1 10 107 https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/48e51db0bb2e418314f7486dafcfffeb.mp3 6cb4b14d2ca8d5fbae9231cbc658a490 https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/69e8869a1ac2947d741f28b8c5ce31c2.mp3 da71513b3e620379221b167a2d9021c2 https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/9f17bb53191f22a079c4a7510425925b.mp3 a1e3c50cc379354da2e88d054a78d763 https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/ff2e04bad3230c43314465e9b43fcf30.mp3 e77faf496e85689e695d892eaa583460 https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/44613ca5d38eecfbbd89172f474c39cb.mp3 abe289d2bd46dbfc3a3edc7762c15e6d https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/25aedd586747948a9ff1b9162263fe47.mp3 1f7a1c3c7b2a622c6b85eb9b166833f9 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Anishinaabemowik - Indigenous Languages Program Historical Documents Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Faculty of Education, Native Language Instructors Program Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Advanced Ojibwe: Audio Files Subject The topic of the resource Universities Indigenous Language Description An account of the resource Accompanying audio file for Advanced Ojibwe (Tom Beardy). There are six audio files: click on each to play or download in .mp3 format. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Native Language Instructor Program, Faculty of Education, Lakehead University Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Faculty of Education, Lakehead University Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2001-07-01 Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource Faculty of Education, Lakehead University. The print version of this text and accompanying audio files are available at Lakehead University Libraries (Chancellor Paterson and Education Libraries) library.lakeheadu.ca This text has been scanned as part of the Anishinaabemowik - Indigenous Languages Program Historical Documents Digitization Project, Faculty of Education, Education Library (Thunder Bay Campus), Lakehead University. This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercialNoDerivatives 4.0 International License. To view a copy of this license, visit https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Please contact the Faculty of Education, Office of the Dean, Lakehead University, Thunder Bay, Ontario Canada for additional information or permissions. 807-343-8010 (ext. 8520) Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource mp3 Language A language of the resource Ojibwe Type The nature or genre of the resource Audio https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/f60f8524d72135600172038674c524f1.mp3 0fa0ad973e706936c1f3f94a46399960 https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/5d2d31b86eedd61a4469ec00cd71fa9e.mp3 e16f63a0c3160e621319b69c1832b768 https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/f27096f6006c1b718b9a801499c8d09c.mp3 a9c10067842f80b7ab5d82128fcd7bda https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/cf14f52d35d6f8a032f45cffc9f8fa24.mp3 d82e33e90ee2917c7d38e7ca4312a627 https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/15151ba10b48502cd5cbbb9b07c6a10f.mp3 ba8b9996b4f669cdba78a93bf31c9510 https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/d168f002bdf67fc3465bb06cb06330a9.mp3 9e891dd324ea33044ddd293675c7bfea Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Anishinaabemowik - Indigenous Languages Program Historical Documents Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Faculty of Education, Native Language Instructors Program Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Intermediate Ojibwe: Audio Files Subject The topic of the resource Universities Description An account of the resource Accompanying audio file for Intermediate Ojibwe (Tom Beardy). There are six audio files: click on each to play or download in .mp3 format. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Native Language Instructor Program, Faculty of Education, Lakehead University Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Faculty of Education, Lakehead University Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2001-07-01 Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource Faculty of Education, Lakehead University. The print version of this text and accompanying audio files are available at Lakehead University Libraries (Chancellor Paterson and Education Libraries) library.lakeheadu.ca This text has been scanned as part of the Anishinaabemowik - Indigenous Languages Program Historical Documents Digitization Project, Faculty of Education, Education Library (Thunder Bay Campus), Lakehead University. This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercialNoDerivatives 4.0 International License. To view a copy of this license, visit https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Please contact the Faculty of Education, Office of the Dean, Lakehead University, Thunder Bay, Ontario Canada for additional information or permissions. 807-343-8010 (ext. 8520) Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource mp3 Language A language of the resource Ojibwe Type The nature or genre of the resource Audio https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/09efa4e9665de124e8e09e48a4bc59d1.mp3 daf64dd5333c4275e71423caac9f27d4 https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/949d26dfa066ffe8a2ede9577c7d57ff.mp3 4f79f736cd06266d8dfad6c45015b3fd https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/0befdabf7dd9f3b9f4c609a75e125265.mp3 276ee563a404b9c61ef6ebb710aaeb4b https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/e37f0c282a2bf00d51d83d223b6424ba.mp3 451b4c94be6d975ec51f63e3867475e7 https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/3f9af5d3aa8a604f33a0271e8d25656f.mp3 0aeebdbf09a65335fa7648547bf9c7e7 https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/ca08c7aef8b244194c85215f4a89abd0.mp3 5eb2bbc3cd5b1233355182ae668aa161 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Anishinaabemowik - Indigenous Languages Program Historical Documents Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Faculty of Education, Native Language Instructors Program Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Introductory Ojibwe: Audio Files Subject The topic of the resource Universities Indigenous Language Description An account of the resource Accompanying audio files for Introductory Ojibwe (Tom Beardy). There are six audio files: click on each to play or download in .mp3 format. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Native Language Instructor Program, Faculty of Education, Lakehead University Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Faculty of Education, Lakehead University Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2001-07-01 Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource Faculty of Education, Lakehead University. The print version of this text and accompanying audio files are available at Lakehead University Libraries (Chancellor Paterson and Education Libraries) library.lakeheadu.ca This text has been scanned as part of the Anishinaabemowik - Indigenous Languages Program Historical Documents Digitization Project, Faculty of Education, Education Library (Thunder Bay Campus), Lakehead University. This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercialNoDerivatives 4.0 International License. To view a copy of this license, visit https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Please contact the Faculty of Education, Office of the Dean, Lakehead University, Thunder Bay, Ontario Canada for additional information or permissions. 807-343-8010 (ext. 8520) Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource mp3 Language A language of the resource Ojibwe Type The nature or genre of the resource Audio https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/7c584293507072860c93f2149aa9fb2c.pdf 2320e9b83f048f57a753aec6d583953a PDF Text Text r- ADVANCED OJIBWE: uc at io n PARTS ONE AND TWO IN SEVERN DIALECT Editor: Verification and Editing: Typing and Graphics: Graphic Artist: Translation: ke he ad U ni v er sit y Audio tape production was produced by Studio One Productions. The audio tapes were mastered using Studio One Productions Digital Facility. Toll Ftt.c: l-8~35 4-8952 Fax (807) 767-9234 Produced by: Ken James English Voice: Ken James Native Language Voice: Tom Beardy Licensed Music: Studio One Productions Library Duplication Coordination: John Somers A special thanks again to Lena Odjig White for all of her encouragement in making this book a reality and for all of her devotion to the preservation of Native languages. La ( Fa cu l ty of Ed Tom Beardy John O'Mea ra Sonya Matson Bruce Beardy Elsie Stoney �Advanced Ojibwe: Parts One and Two in Severn Dialect By Tom Beardy ©1997, Native Language Instructors’ Program, Faculty of Education, Lakehead University, Thunder Bay, Ontario Canada The print version of this text and accompanying audio files are available at Lakehead University Libraries (Chancellor Paterson and Education Libraries) library.lakeheadu.ca This text has been scanned as part of the Anishinaabemowik - Indigenous Languages Program Historical Documents Digitization Project, Faculty of Education, Education Library (Thunder Bay Campus), Lakehead University. This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercialNoDerivatives 4.0 International License. To view a copy of this license, visit https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Please contact the Faculty of Education, Office of the Dean, Lakehead University, Thunder Bay, Ontario Canada for additional information or permissions. 807-343-8010 (ext. 8520) �:.DLIB <IT i97.3 l\OV3 uc at io n 0 cu l ty of Ed This book is based on a collection of materials by Tom Beardy, Department of Languages, Lakehead University, the Native Language Department, Lakcbcad University Fa Printed and distributed by: sit ni v Not to be sold for profit 0 er P7B SEl y Lakehead University Thunder Bay, Ontario La ke he ad U © 1997 by the Native Language Instructors' Program, Lakebead University. All rights reserved. No part of this work may be reproduced in any form or by any means without written permission from the Native Language Instructors' Program, Lakebead University. ISBN 0-88663-025-8 0 �Course Description Ed uc at io n Welcome, this is the continuation of the journey in Severn Ojibwe which will introduce students to the language and culture of the native people of Northwestern Ontario. Students will continue learning basic vocabulary through listening, speaking, reading, and writing in Severn Ojibwe. Students will develop basic communication skills in Severn Ojibwe through study and practice. They will also become familiar with the traditional values and culture as the language learning progresses, which are vital when working with native people. La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of ------------- LET'S CONTINUE OUR JOURNEY UP THE RIVER TO DISCOVER MORE SEVERN OJIBWE i �What is Severn Ojibwe? Severn Ojibwe is a dialect of the Ojibwe and Cree language. It is spoken mostly around the Severn River in Northwestern Ontario and areas around it. Q io n It is different from Ojibwe spoken in communities south, east, and west of the Severn River area. Some people call it an Oji-Cree, an Ojibwe, or even a Cree language. In some ways, Severn Ojibwe is similar to Cree. Today, as many as 5,000 people speak Severn Ojibwe. uc There are two units of study, which are used along with cassette tapes. at What is in this subject? ty of Ed In these units, you will be given instructions in English and guided through exercises that go along with the tapes to continue learning basic vocabulary in Sevem Ojibwe. You will be studying the one dialect of Severn Ojibwe and will learn through conversation both vocabulary and the structure of the language. 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l At the end of the course of studies, you will be able to carry on a short conversation in Sevem Ojibwe. 0 ii �SUBJECT OUTLINE Subject Name: Advanced Ojibwe (Severn dialect) Subject Number: 013001 Subject Description: io n The aim of this subject is to provide students with the skills necessary to speak Severn Ojibwe. In this functional and conversational program, students will learn basic vocabu lary through listening, speaking, writing and understanding and optional laboratory facilitie s. at Objectives: ty of Ed uc - to understand through conversation the structure of the Severn Ojibwe. - to listen with understanding and to converse at a basic level in the Severn dialect of the Native language. - to pronounce words accurately - to demonstrate effective use of the Severn Ojibwe dialect in culturally appropriate contexts. cu l What Is this subject about? sit U What Is dialect? ni v er ( y Fa This is an advanced Severn Ojibwe subject for students who wish to learn to speak the Severn Ojibwe dialect. It is designed to give practice in conversation using everyday situations that students might encounter as they live and work in a Native community. It can be used to practice Native language by students of Native ancestry or by students from other backgrounds. Leaming a Native language can lead to a better appreciation and understanding of the whole society who uses it. Both Native and non-Native learners can gain a sense of the traditio ns, the customs, and both the historical and modem view of Native life. ad Generally speaking, dialect means the differcnte in how words are formed and said. La ke he Linguists, or people skilled in the science of languages, believe dialect shows what area people come from because of the special way that they use a language. Although there arc differences in dialect or the way people speak, the root or basic language is still the same. It may be that because of the way Native people once travelled easiest...up and down the river systems...that areas shared a river system for transportation, the dialect is different. How do these dialects affect how Native people can communicate with one another? Many Native language speakers claim that they can understand most of what speake rs of a different dialect arc saying. Sometimes misunderstanding does occur. C But most Native language speakers also say that they quickly become familiar with the differences in vocabulary when they need to frequently communicate with speakers of another dialect. iii �Indeed, there are many dialects in the Native language. There is no standard dialect that can be learned and used everywhere. Q Two students at Lakehead University, Richard Jourdain and Judith Petch, wrote a paper about how people in different geographical areas say words. Look at the chart below. Then consider how these words might be used in your community. AREA COMMUNITY One Two Three Water io n OJIBWE TRANSLATION FROM ENGLISH Pesbilc niishin nibsin nipi piihsim Big Trout Lake North western Ontario Macdiarmid bazik nihsin nihshin nibi kiiziis Savant Lake bejik nijzhin niso nibi kiiziis Lake Helen bejik nijin nibi gissis Longlac bezbilc niinzhin niswi nisib kiiziis Manitoulin Island bezhik sweh nipi keesiim Spanish River bejik neesh niswei nebi gissis bashique neesh swehi beesheh geesus niizh neswi nipi Ed of ty niswe cu l y ni v Walpole Island Cape Croker niish sit Southern Ontario er 4 bashig uc Severn Fa at Sun 0 geezis he ad U Adapted from an unpublished paper An Elementazy Comparative Study of MorpholQ1ical and PhonolQaical Features of Several Ontario Dialects of Ojibwe, R. Jourdain and J. Petch, NL 2711 North American Linguistics course, Lakehead University, November 1988. ke Where should the learning begin? La There is no right or wrong dialect. What is important is to keep the Native language alive and growing in use. Perhaps then, it is important to become familiar with one dialect of the language to start, and it would be simple from there to learn the differences in sounds of words to learn other dialects. Appreciating the dialects of other communities takes a trained ear and a curiosity to understand one another. Perhaps this first step will help to bring a stronger unity among our Native communities to keep alive the Native culture. Although people iii their own communities must be the ones to decide how to carry on their language through the generations, this advanced course of studies uses Severn Ojibwe. iv 0 �Writing AnlbshlninHmowin (Severn Ojlbwe) In this section we discuss the writing system which is used in all three books.in this series. First there is a discussion of the basic letters and combinations of letters which are used to write Anihshininiimowin (Severn Ojibwe). Following this there is a discussion of some issues which arise n in writing and reading Severn Ojibwe. You do not need to read all the information at once. You may io find it helpful to read it over from time to time as you progress through the courses. Some of the uc at topics discussed here will become more understandable to you after you have been exposed to the Ed language for some time. of The Writing System ty In this book Severn Ojibwe is written with Roman (alphabetic) letters. Severn Ojibwe uses some of cu l the letters used in writing English. However Severn Ojibwe is written in a way that is more consistent than English writing. Although English writing is basically fairly regular, there are enough y writing. When we use letters or combinations of letters in Severn, these consistently represent the sit ( Fa irregularities found in English writing that we would not want to import them into Severn Ojibwe er same sound or combination of sounds. Each letter corresponds to a certain sound, and is only used to ni v represent that sound. U Sounds in Severn Ojibwe are divided into two basic types: vowels and consonants. ad Vowels he There are seven vowel sounds in Severn Ojibwe. Vowels are divided into two types: long vowels ke and short vowels. Long vowels take longer to say. With one exception, there is a long vowel corre- La sponding to each short vowel. In elementary school you may have learned that certain English vowels were long and others were short. However, the way that vowels are analysed as long and short in Severn Ojibwe is different from the way they are presented in English, and you should ignore the English usage. e V �Here is a chart of the long and short vowels. You will learn how they are pronounced in the following paragraphs. SHORT 11 1 00 0 aa a 0 io n LONG uc at e Ed You can see that the first three long vowels are represented by writing them double. Each is still one of vowel, though. Further, each of the first three long vowels bas a corresponding short vowel, and ty each short vowel is written with a single letter. The last long vowel, e, bas no corresponding short cu l vowel. Because there is no need to indicate a distinction between a long and short e sound, the long Fa e is written with a single letter. In the sets of example words given in this section we have for the most part used words that are Q sit y taken from Introductory OJibwe and Intermediate Ojlbwe. Particularly at first you will not be er familiar with many (or any) of them. You may fmd it helpful to get your instructor or another fluent ni v speaker of Severn Ojibwe to pronounce them for you. Do not worry if you are not familiar with U them yet. ad You will find that some of the letters do not represent what we might expect them to in English. he But remember that when we use these letters to write words in Severn Ojibwe, they are Severn ke Ojibwe letters! So the letters represent Severn Ojibwe sounds and you should not expect them to be pronounced the same way they are pronounced in English. Every language bas its own rules for how La letters are to be pronounced, and Severn Ojibwe is no exception. Here are some examples of Severn Ojibwe words that contain long vowels. The examples show the vowel in three positions: beginning, middle, and end of a word. The vowel in question in each word is written in bold type. The approximate English equivalent of the Ojibwe vowel sound is also given. 0 vi �Approximate English Equivalent seat 00 oocii 'fly' moos 'moose' pimipahtoo 'he/she runs by' note, toot aa aakim 'snowshoe' naape 'man' maacaa 'he/she leaves' father e emihkwaan 'spoon' pehkaac 'slowly' kiiwe 'he/she goes home' bed Ed uc at io n Ojibweword Utok 'supposedly' niln 'I, me' anohldi 'he/she is working' Vowel ii Vowel OJlbweword i ihlcwe 'woman' nlhka 'Canada goose' aahkosi 'be/she is sick' 0 onaakan 'plate' animohsh 'dog' onaako 'yesterday' a ahki 'land, moss' kaye 'and, also' ekwa 'and, so' cu l Approximate English Equivalent sit y Fa sit put ni v er ( ty of Now here arc some examples of words that contain short vowels. he Consonants ad U but \ ke There arc more consonants than vowels in Severn Ojibwe. All the letters used to write consonants La are also found in English. Some have a pronunciation very similar to that which they have in Eng- lish, while others are quite different. Some of the letters used for consonants are virtually the same as ones used in English: m, n, w, y and h. They should not cause you any difficulty. The sounds m, n and w can appear in any position in a word: beginning, middle, and end. C vii �English equivalent man Phonetic Ojlbwe examples mahkisin 'shoe' m ohomaa 'here' saakaham 'goes out' name w waahsa 'far' kaawin 'no' waaw 'egg' win io naape 'man' pine 'partridge' koon 'snow' uc at n n 0 Ed The sound y never appears at the beginning of a word. English equivalent yes cu l ty of Phonetic Ojibwe examples y kiiyaapic 'still' ehshay 'oh yuck!' Fa The sound h never appears at the end of a word. As well, it only appears at the beginning of a word y if a preceding short vowel is optionally dropped. For example, ohomaa 'here' is often pronounced er sit and spelled homaa. ni v Phonetic Ojlbwe examples h ohowe 'this' 0 English equivalent U him ad The remaining six consonants (p, t, k, c, s, sh) occur in both a weak and a strong form. In their he weak form, these consonants may occur anywhere in a word: at the beginning, in the middle, or at ke the end of a word. They may not be preceded by the consonant h, but they may be preceded by any La of the other consonants or a vowel. The weak consonants may have slightly different pronunciation depending upon where they appear in a word. For example, at the end of a word the letter p usually sounds the same as it does in English. But when it appears in the middle of a word it may sound more like an English b. You may also find that the Severn p sound resembles a weakly pronounced b at the beginning of a word. Listen carefully as your instructor or another fluent Severn speaker says these words and see if you can notice the difference. You may fmd that there is a minor amount viii Q �of variation in how these letters are pronounced by different speakers. Notice also that in Severn Ojibwe the sequence of letters sh is used to represent a single sound even though two letters are used. In the examples that follow, each Severn Ojibwe sound corresponds to two sounds in the En• gllsh equivalent column. The second English equivalent sound is the one that occurs between vowel uc at io n (or between norm and a vowel sound; see the discussion below in the 'Spelling Notes' section). English equivalent pit, bit t tepwe 'really' acitamoo 'squirrel' kekaat 'nearly' time, dime C ciimaan 'canoe' kohtaaci 'he/she is afraid' kiimooc 'secretly' chip,judge k kiin 'you' naakosi 'he/she is visible' kotak 'other' keep, game s §laakabikan 'lake' aahkosi 'he/she is sick' waapoos 'rabbit' Fa cu l ty of Ed Ojibwe examples pine 'partridge' nipi 'water' ahsap 'net' Sound p U ni v er sit y ( he ad sit, zip La ke sh shiihshiip 'duck' peshik 'one' piish 'bring him!' ship, measure In the strong form each of these six consonants is preceded by the letter h. The b is quite clearly pronounced, although you may find it harder to hear before s. The strong consonants appear in the C middle of a word or at the end of a word, but do not appear at the beginning of a word. ix �Sounds hp Ojibwe examples ahpii 'when' nipaahp 'I laugh' 0 ebta 'only' he ahcaap 'bow' miikwehc 'thank you' hk ihkito 'he/she says' atihk 'caribou' bs ahsin 'stone' wiiyaabs 'meat' bsh Anihsbinini 'person, Indian' tahsb 'but, and' of Ed uc at io n ht cu l ty A sequence of two weak consonants may also occur in the middle of a word or at the end of a word, Fa but not at the beginning of a word. Ojibwe examples sk miskwi 'blood' sbp ishpimink 'above' sbt nishtikwaan 'my head' shk wesbkac 'long ago' kiiya.hk 'seagull' 0 ad U ni v er sit y Sounm he Severn Ojibwe also allows for other combinations of n or m followed by a weak consonant. These La ke are discussed separately below, in the first point of the 'Spelling Notes' section. SPELLING NOTES 1. Pronunciation of 'n' and 'm' before weak consonants 1.0 Severn Ojibwe allows a combination of the letters n or m followed by one of the weak consonants. Howe~er, there is a very important difference found in Severn Ojibwe which influences the pronunciation of these sequences. There are three different groups of communities in which Severn X Q �Ojibwe is spoken in northern Ontario. (A) West Severn: Bearski n Lake, Muskra t Dam, Sachigo Lake, Big Trout Lake, Wapeke ka (Angling Lake) (B) East Severn: Kingfish er Lake; Wunnum in Lake, Kasabonika Lake io n (C) Sandy Lake: uc at Sandy Lake, Deer Lake, North Spirit Lake are not pronounced when they appear before a weak consonant. So in the words of the sounds n and m Ed The way people speak is very similar in these three areas. Howeve r, in West Severn commun ities Sounds mp ompiki 'he/she grows up' nt piintike 'he/she comes inside' DC oncii 'he/she is from there' pehshon c 'near, close' nk pankii 'a little bit' maank 'loon' ns onsaam 'too much' nimihse ns 'my older sister' ni v U akaahsb cnshi 'he/she is small' kinwen sh 'a long time' ke he nsb er sit y Fa cu l Ojlbwe exampl es ad ( ty in the table below then and m sounds in bold type are 'silent.' La THE FOLLO WING IS VERY IMPOR TANT: In these books these 'silent' letters arc written in all words in which they are pronoun ced in East Severn and Sandy Lake. So, if your instruct or is from a West Severn commun ity you will fmd that there are words C in which n and m are written but not pronounced. You should listen carefull y to your instruct or or to a fluent speaker to determi ne if they pronoun ce n or m in words of this type. Writing these xi words with �n and mallows these books to be used by instructors from a wide variety of Severn Ojibwe communities. I.I There are some common grammatical endings that are affected by this form of variation. They 0 are briefly reviewed here. More information about each of these grammatical topics can be found in n the appropriate section of the textbooks. at io 1.2 The 'locative' suffix indicates the location where something is happening. This suffix usually Locative Form of Noun tehsapiwin 'chair' ahkihk 'kettle' tehsapiwink 'on the chair' ahkihkonk 'in the kettle' ty of Ordinary Noun Ed uc ends in nk. In West Severn communities, the n is silent. Fa that sound will be silent when the suffix is added. cu l 1.3 Verbs may add a suffix to indicate the negative form of the verb. If the verb ends inn or m then Negative Verb minwentam 'he/she is glad' kitayamihin 'I talk to you' kaawin minwentansiin 'he/she is not glad' ~aawin kitayamihinsinoon' 'I don't talk to you' 0 er sit y Ordinary Verb ni v 1.4 Some verbs may add a suffix k to indicate a third-person subject. If the verb ends in n then that ad Ordinary Verb U sound will be silent when the ending is added. Verb with Suffix pipoonk '(that) it is winter' waapank 'be tomorrow' ke he pipoon 'it is winter' waapan 'it is dawn' La There are some Inanimate Intransitive verbs which end in the sound n, but behave differently when the suffix k is added. A very small number of these verbs shift the n to h when a grammatical ending such as k 'third-person inanimate' is added. No ending ihkin 'it happens' Endingk ihkihk '(that) it happens' A few words of this type will appear in the materials presented in your textbooks. There is no special rule for telling which verbs which end inn will shift their final n to h when the suffix is added. xii 0 �You should simply make note of the fact that they do occur. As well, if the verb ends in m then that sound is written n when the suffix k is added, but the n is still silent (n is written here because that is what is pronounced in East Severn and Sandy Lake). Ordinary Verb minwentam 'he/she is glad' inentam 'be/she thinks' io n Verb with Suffix minwentank '(that) he/she is glad' inentank '(that) be/she thinks' uc of cu l nt Ojlbwe examples aanti 'where?' aanta 'some' kwanta 'no reason' naanta 'maybe' ty Sounds Ed consonants. These are usually very short words, such as the following. at 1.S There is a very small number of words in which n and m are always pronounced before weak Fa As well, there are many verbs in Severn Ojibwe which contain a suffix entam or entan. In these Ojlbwe eumples minwentam 'he/she is happy' macentam 'he/she is sad' sit Sounds nt ni v er (_ y words the n before the t is always pronounced. U 2. Pronunciation of 'o' after 's,' 't,' 'n,' 'c' ad In Severn Ojibwe the pronunciation of the short o sound may sometimes sound more like a short I he when o is preceded by one of the consonants s, t, n, or c. Listen carefully when your instructor or a ke Severn Ojibwe speaker says the following words. You may find that not all speakers display this La variation, but some do. C Sounds t OJlbwe examples ihkito 'he/she says' s pimipiso 'be/she is driving by' n minohpikwan 'it tastes good' To be consistent, we still write these words with the letter o. xiii �3. Dropping of short vowels When you listen to people say words in Severn Ojibwe you may notice that sometimes the short vowel i is not pronounced even though it is included in the written form of the word. This is particu- 0 larly common in the middle of a word. but is rare at the beginning of a word. It does not happen at the end of a word. io n If you listen to someone say the following word you may find that the short vowel i in the second at syllable is not pronounced. uc pimipiso 'he/she drives• Ed Similarly the short vowels in the second and fourth syllables of the following word may not be of pronounced. Anihshinini 'Indian. person• cu l ty In the writing system used in these publications we write these vowels even if they are not always pronounced. You may find that there is some variation in the way different speakers pronounce Fa words that contain short i. Listen carefully and you will become familiar with the rhythm of words in y Severn Ojibwe. sit You may be aware that something similar happens in English. For example, often the first syl- 0 ni v letter included just the same. er lable of English 'suppose• is not pronounced. but English speakers write the word with the vowel U 4. Pronunciation variation of 'i' ad Sometimes the letter i sounds more like o when it is next to the sounds m, p, or w. Listen carefully as he someone says the following word. You may hear an o between the m and the w, rather than an i. ke kimiwan 'it is raining' La Similarly you may hear an o in the third syllable of the following word. tehsapiwin 'chair• This type of variation is very common. All three of the sounds m, p, and w are produced with the lips in a rounded position. as is o. Try making these sounds while looking in a mirror and observe the position of your lips. When the sound i, which is not made with the lips in a rounded position. appears next to one of these sounds, it often will be pronounced like an o, because the rounding of the lips is being transferred from one sound to an adjacent one. We will write i in these words. xiv 0 �SYLLAB llJi CHAKI (with alphabetic equivalents) FINALS A C> e ii 00 <J aa EAST 'v· A• <3• we C> • wii woo •'v waa •A ·t> V pe I\ pii > poo u n J le tii q ke p uc nil noo naa r' .., se ,-J sil SOO saa '\, I ,:' C, she shii shoo sbaa ~ ~ 7 yii yoo yaa y sit ni v U ad he Ed Q.. l, ke of JJ ne La ty a- ""0 "" ye C cu l maa me Fa L mil J moo cii r X • • forchrist forR for end of sentence xv , C taa L caa 7 EXTRA SIGNS: C J coo r ( paa b kaa '1 oe ( • < d koo kii • •<J too er WEST io 'v at SHORT VOWELS EASI n WEST II • forH forL ' C L .. " V ► �SDJ..ABICi tRABI (with alpbabetlc equivalents) 0 FJNAJ,S V· ll· • C>• Wll woo • •V •ll V A pe pii poo u n• :J tie tii too q p kii of mil moo maa y er ni v U ad ty cu l L Fa sit J .D 0. nil noo naa 'l, I she .,. • r' soo . • sbii shoo shaa ;.• ~ yii yoo 7 yaa II . forcbrist forR for end of sentence L " • C, X C 0 saa ~ t " . • CT sii he ke La r • se C • caa • ,J , b kaa coo l, "' . • ( laa .L 7 ,, . C koo • 0 .paa J cii ye • 0 < d r• 'l ce ne . > . me . waa . •<J . <J• •C> . kc EXTRA SIGNS: 00 . w: WEST • <l aa n e EAST io C> at EAST . • ll ii uc V Ed LONG VOWELS WEST • II ~ forH forL 0 xvi �CONTENTS UNI T ONE Inanimate Nouns ''Buildings'' ..................................................... 1 Pronunciation Practice ....................................................................2 English Translation.............................. ............................................3 Match Up Pictures and Words.........................................................4 Translation into Severn Ojibwe.......................................................5 Useful Expressions .........................................................................6 Questions and Answers....................................................................7 Initial Change "Exainples" ..............................................................8 Some I..etters Missing...................................................................... 11 Reading and Understanding............................................................ 12 Review Spelling and Translation Test............................................ 13 LeuonTwo: My Relatlons.................................................................................. 14 Pronunciation Practice.................................................................... 15 Twelve Pictures and Words ............................................................ 16 Translations into English................................................................ 17 My, Yours, llis/llers. ........ ... ...... ........... ... .. .................................... 18 Questions and Answers...................................................................20 Mini-Dialogu.es............................................................................... 21 New Vocabulary............................................................................. 22 More on Animate Intransitive Conjunct Verbs.............................. 23 Reading and Writing....................................................................... 26 Transitive Verbs in the Conjunct Order.......................................... 27 Possessive Nouns: Review Test. ..................................................... 31 Leuon Three: Preverbs: Read and Undentand ................................................ 33 Using Prevcrbs in Sentences........................................................... 34 !..earning How Preverbs Work........................................................ 36 New Vocabulary.....:............... .............................. ............... ........... 37 Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n LeuonOne: U ni v er sit y ( ad Joining Preverbs to Vcrbs............... ................................................ 38 La ke he Dialogues I and New Vocabulary................................................... 39 Transitive Inanimate Verbs in the Conjunct...................................41 Dialogues II and New Vocabulary..................................................42 Dialogues m and New Vocabulary................................................ 45 !..earning the unguage................................................................... 47 Using the unguage........................................................................ 49 Prcverbs: Review Test.................................................................... 52 LeuonFour: L Additional Sentences I ................................................................. 54 Additional Sentences 11....... ......................................... .................. 57 Additional Sentences ill................................................................. 60 Review the New Words.................................................................. 63 Continuation of Review: New Words............................................ 65 Using the New Words in Sentences............................................... 67 xvii �Studying New Words...................................................................... 69 How Words Are Used in Sentences................................................ 71 Asking for Infonnation About Kinds..............................................73 Review the Words........................................................................... 74 Useful Expressions..........................................•..........•..•..............•. 75 Review Test.................................................................................... 76 Lesson Six: Unit 1 Review Tests: Lessons 1 through 5 ................................. 90 Unit 1 Review .Sectlon:..................................................................95 English Translation Section......................................................... 98 n Phrases and Expressions ............................................................. 77 Some Words Are Missing............................................................... 78 Expanding Phrases and Expressions............................................... 79 New Vocabulary............................................................................. 80 Verbs With Indefinite Subjects....................................................... 81 Expanding Your Own Sentences.................................................... 82 Translation: Review Exercise......................................................... 83 More Phrases and Expressions....................................................... 84 Some Words Are Missing............................................................... 85 Expanding Phrases and Expressions............................................... 86 New Vocabulary............................................................................. 87 Expanding Your Own Sentences.................................................... 88 Translation: Review Exercise......................................................... 89 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io Lesson Five: 0 0 XVlll �CONTENTS UNIT TWO l.a.fflnOn e: Anima.te In.animate Verbs ........................................................... 131 Pronunciation Practice.................................................................... 132 Understanding the Meanings of the Words................................... . 133 Match Up Pictures and Words ........................................................ 134 Translation into English.................................................................. 135 Singular Forms: First and Second-Person Forms........................... 136 Questions and Answers in Singular Forms..................................... 138 Plural Forms.................................................................................... 139 Dialogues........................................................................................ 141 Review Test.•.................................................................................. 143 Lesson Two: First and Second-Person Transitive Verbs..........._ ................. 145 Third-Person Transitive Verbs ........................................................ 146 Questions and Answers: First, Second-Person Forms Only......•.... 147 Questions and Answers: Third-Person With Obviative.................. 149 Paradigms...•..•..........••......................................................•.............. 1S 1 Working With the Language...................................................... ..... 153 More Sentences........................................................•...................... 154 Dialogues........................................................................................ 155 More About TA Verb Types: Subject and Object Combination..... 157 Review Tests................................................................................... 161 Fa Les.wn Three: I.Danlmate Intransitive Verbs "....................................................164 ni v er sit y Translation into Severn Ojibwe...................................................... 166 Translation into English.................................................................. 167 Sentences........................................................................................ 168 New Vocabulary............................................................................. 168 More Sentences.................•.....................•.............. .....•.......•.•......... 169 Questions an.d Answers .................•...........•.........•................•.•........ 170 U New Vocabulary............................................................................. 170 ad Continuation of Questions and Answers ........................................ 172 New Vocabulary............................................................................. 172 Mini-Dialogues............................................................................... 174 New Vocabulary............................................................................. 175 Creative Writing.............................................................................. 177 New Vocabulary............................................................................. 177 Review Tests................................................................................... 179 he ke La C cu l ty of Ed uc at io n r Les.wn Four: Pa.rticles................................................................................." .......181 English Translation......................................................................... 182 I.earning the New Vocabulary..................................................... ... 183 Translation Into Severn Ojibwe...................................................... 184 Translation Into English.................................................................. 18S Working With the unguage........................................................... 186 xix �ad he ke La y sit er ni v U ty cu l ( Fa of at uc Ed n io Part One Oniikaanii Leader �ADVANCED O.JIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Exercise A Inanimate Nouns .. 2 Ed . uc at io n Listen carefully as your instructor says these words. Each word will be repeated three or four times. Translations are on page 98. 4 5 Fa cu l ty of 3 6 8 JI 12 U ni v er sit y ( 7 9 La ke he ad JO ]3 LI !RA!t 14 ..·r; •.' . ]6 L I . .. �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Exercise B Pronunciation Practice For review of the 16 pictures from the previous page, listen carefully to your instructor saying the following words and imitate what you hear. ahtaahsoni kamik uc at io natohtamoowikamik shimaakanjhshiiwikamik ayamihewikamik kaahsaniiwikamik wawcshahitaapaanewikamilc (15) masinabikauikarnik (16) kisiipiikiuikewikamik. n (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) Listen carefully as your instructor says these words. Words are broken down for you into syllables to help you identify the proper pronunciations. Spend some time to repeat the words on your own or with your partner. a htaa ·hso ni ka mile na to hta moo wi ka mik shi maa ka ni hshii wi ka mile a ya mi he wi ka milt kaa hsa nii wi ka mik wa we sha hi taa paa nc wi ka mik ma si na hi ka ni ka mile lei sii pii lei ni ke wi ka mile cu l (9) (10) er sit y Fa (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) 0 U For writing practice, rewrite the words using section one as your guideline. Space is provided for you below. s. he 10. 11. ke 2. 3. 4. 9. ad 1. 12. 13. La 3. i sbkoo noo wi ka mile wii hsi nil wi ka mik a nwc pii wi ka mik me ta we wi ka mik ma si na hi ke wi ka mile mash ki hkii wi ka mik lei pa ho too ka mik a taa wi ka mik ni v (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) ty of 2. ishkoonoo\Vjkamik wiihsiniiwi1camik anwepiiwikamik metawewikamik masinahikewikamik mashkibkiiwikamik kipahotookamik ataawikamik Ed (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) 0 6. 7. 8. 14. 15. 16. 0 2 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Exercise C library laundromat n gas station garage warehouse radio station police station church uc at io band office nursing station jail store (f) (g) (h) 1. 5. 2. 6. 3. 7. 8. ty cu l 9. 10. 11. 13. 14. 15. 16. 12. U 4. (j) Fa (c) (d) (e) ataawikamik kipahotookamik (k) ma.c;hkibkiiwikamik (1) masinahikewikamik (m) ayamibewikaroik (n) shimaakanihshiiwikamik (o) natohtamoowikaroik (p) ahtaahsonikamik (i) y (b) kisiipiildnikewikamik masinabikanikamik waweshahitaapaanewikamik kaahsaniiwikamik ishkoonoowikaroik wiihsiniiwikaroik anwepiiwikamik metawewikamik of Ed Here is a list of all the items you have learned given in mixed order. Use the numbered pictures on page 1 to match up numbers and letters in the space provided for you below. Answers are on page 98. (a) ( school restaurant restroom recreation hall sit 2. Assemble all the items (or pictures of the items) you see at the beginning of this lesson. er 1. ni v r English Translation ke he ad Just a reminder, as you already learned from the previous text, there are two different words used when asking for an article to be brought or passed to you. The Native languge has a structural rule that divides all nouns into two classes, called GENDER. One gender is called animate. In this gender are found all things that are recognized as living. The other gender is called Inanimate and in it are found all the nouns that are not animate. La As a hint, remember that usually anything that is living will be classified as animate. Most things that are not Jiving will be classified as inanimate. However, things that are not living can be classified as animate and these are the ones for which you will have to memorize the gender. Translations are on page 98. For example: a) tobacco b) stone c) bread i) star j) fishnet k) raisin q) iron r) frying pan l., d) tree e) drum 1) money m) sun These are just a few things classified as living. 3 t) ring n) kettle g) flour h) bicycle o) spoon p) moon �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 1 ExerciseD Match Up Pictures and Words Q In this exercise. there are 16 pictures shown below. as well as the Ojibwe names for them. There is a small box to the right of each word. Using a pencil. match up pictures and words by writing the number for the appropriate picture in each box. Answers and translations are on page 98. s n io at □ uc cu l ty waweshihitaapaanewikamik □ er obtaahsonikamik sit y Fa 1 1 ~ masinahikanikamik 0 ~ 1 2 ~ kisiipiikinikewikamik D 0 -~•wikamik □ 1 3 ~ ataawikamik □ 1 4 ~ kipahotookamik D La ke he ~ 6~ 10 □ ni v ~ D natohtamoowikamik U 4 ~ ~ ad 3 □ kaahsaniiwikamik Ed ~7:.-lb.; k .hshii.wikami'k 2 ~ shimaaaru ~ ~ of 9 anwepiiwikamik □ D ma.~hkibkiiwi.kamik □ 16 4 masinahikewikamik D 0 �ADVANCED O.JIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Exercise E Translation into Severn Ojibwe nursing station 3. store 4. jail 5. recreation hall 6. restroom 7. school 8. restaurant 9. laundromat 10. gasoline station 11. garage 12. library 13. warehouse 14. police station 15. radio station 16. church io 2. he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at band office La ke ( 1. n ( ' Here is the list once again of all 16 items you have learned given in mixed order in English. Translate them into Severn Ojibwe. The space is provided for you on the right of each word. Try to do this translation on your own without looking at the previous translations. Translations are on page 98. L s �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Exercise F Useful Expressions io When are you going there? When do you want to go there? When is he/she going there? When does he/she want to go there? When are you going there? (pl) When do you want to go there? (pl) When are they going there? When do they want to go there? at Aanahpii eshaayan? Aanahpii waa-ishaayan? Aanahpii eshaat(c)? Aanahpii waa-ishaat(c)? Aanahpii eshaayek? Aanahpii waa-ishaayek? Aanahpii eshaawaat(c)? Aanahpii waa-ishaawaat(c)? uc Where are you going? Where do you want to go? Where is he/she going? Where does he/she want to go? Where are you going? (pl) Where do you want to go? (pl) Where are they going? Where do they want to go? sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed Aanti eshaayan? Aanti waa-ishaayan? Aanti eshaat(c)? Aanti waa-ishaat(c)? Aanti eshaayek? Aanti waa-ishaayek? Aanti eshaawaat(c)? Aanti waa-ishaawaat(c)? Q n You now know the names of 16 items introduced to you. The most important consideration for learning the language well will be to USE what you learn whenever you get the chance. Before we continue on reading and writing exercises, let's review some useful expressions that you have learned from the previous text. 0 La ke he ad U ni v er Here, the basic verb is isbaa. There are several different endings added after the basic verb. These endings indicate the person and number of the subject, that is, who is doing the action and how many people are involved. These endings are used in some types of questions. As well, there is the preverb waa- which also adds to the meaning of the sentence. These word parts were introduced in Intermediate Ojibwe, pages 52 - 55. You may wish to review them to refresh your memory. 0 6 �ADVANCED O.JIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Exercise G Questions and Answers r In this exercise, work in pairs taking turns asking questions and answers using the questions and answers listed below. Repeat this exercise three or four times. Remember, pronunciation is important when learning the language. Translations are on page 99. Question n Answer Aanti esbaayan? Aanti waa-isbaayan? Aanti eshaat(c)? Aanti waa-ishaat(c)? Aanti eshaayek? Aanti waa-ishaayek? Aanti eshaawaat(c)? Aanti waa-ishaawaat(c)? Noonkom kaa-kiishikaak. Waapank maawiin. Awahsiwaapank. Wiipac. Naake. Paanimaa. Waapank iitok. Ahpii ishkwaa-anobkiiwaat(c ). sit er ke he ad U ni v You notice an extra ending onk on these nouns. What is this ending? Give a brief explanation. La ( y Fa cu l Aanahpii eshaayan abtaahsonikamikonk? Aanahpii waa-ishaayan natohtamoowikamikonk? Aanahpii esbaat(c) shimaakanihshiiwikamikonk? Aanahpii waa-ishaat(c) ayamihewikamikonk? Aanahpii esbaayek kaabsaniiwikamikonk? Aanahpii waa-eshaayek wawesbihitaapaanikamikonk? Aanahpii eshaawaat(c) roasinahikanikamikonk? Aanahpii waa-eshaawaat(c) kisiipiikinikewikamikonk? ty of Ed uc at io Ishkoonoowikamikonk. Wiihsiniiwikamikonk. Anwepiiwilcamikonk. Metawewikamikonk. Masinahikewikamikonk. Masbkihkiiwikamikonk. Kipabotookamik. Ataawikamikonk. 7 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Initial Change Sometimes the vowel in the first syllable of a Severn Ojibwe verb may change, depending upon how the verb is being used. Compare the following two sentences. Q 'laawinlnk lshaa. He/she is going to town. at io n Aanti esbaac? Where is be/she going? er ii sit Unchanged Form y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc In both sentences the verb stem is ishaa 'go.' In the first sentence, which is a statement, the verb appears without any prefixes or suffixes. In the second sentence the form of the verb is slightly different. It has the suffix c(t). which is the Conjunct Order third-person suffix. Notice also that the first vowel of the verb stem is e, not I. This modification of the first vowel is called Initial Change. Initial Change occurs in Conjunct Order forms of verbs. Recall that the Conjunct Order is used in embedded clauses or in sentences which ask questions such as 'what,• 'where,' 'when,• 'what,' 'who,' and 'bow.' Initial Change only affects the first vowel of a verb. H the verb is preceded by a preverb, Initial Change affects only the first vowel of the first preverb, if there is one. In Severn Ojibwe the only three vowels that are affected by Initial Change are U, a, and i. In some varieties of Ojibwe other vowels are affected by Initial Change. Here is a chart which shows the vowels affected by Initial Change and how they are modified. a CbaqedForm aa 0 ni v e i e he ad U There are several preverbs whose vowel is ii in the unchanged form. These preverbs change this vowel to aa in the form which shows Initial Change. The next example shows a sentence with the prcverb wfi. 'want' in the unchanged form, followed by a question which shows the changed form waa-. Mlhclkan saakablkanllnk ruwll-isbaa. La ke I want to go to Bearskin Lake. Aanti waa-ishaa c(t)? Where does be want to go? The preverb kli- 'past tense' changes to kaa· in the form which shows Initial Change, as in the second example below where the preverb is kaa•. Nlkll-lsbaa. I went there. 0 8 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Aanahpil kaa-lshaac(t)? When did he go? Unchanged Form Changed Form Meaning wii- waa- want kii- kaa- past ka-, ta- ke- future io n r uc at Verbs or preverbs whose first syllable contains the vowel a change it toe in forms that show Initial Change. Ed Ani-tipihkaa. It is getting to be night. ty of Eni-tiplhkaak. The coming night. Fa cu l Another common preverb is lshi- 'in a certain manner, in a certain direction.• The changed form is eshi-. Compare the following two examples. sit ni v er Aanti eshi-taac? Where does he/she live? Unchanged Form Changed Form Meaning ani- eni- away from, begin eshi- manner, direction U ( y Pinehsllwi-•aasbikamaak lshi-taa. He/she lives in Thunder Bay. ad ishi- La ke he There is one preverb that only occurs in a changed form, that is, it has no unchanged form. This preverb has the form e-. It is followed either by a verb or by other preverbs, which must be followed by a verb. The preverb e- is often difficult to translate, but it frequently is similar to 'that' in English, when used to introduce an embedded clause (one that follows a main verb). Wllntamaw e-wii-waapamak. Tell him that I want to see him. A few verbs have an 'irregular' changed form. Most of these verbs start with t in the unchanged form. Tootam. He/she does something. L 9 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Aan entootank? What is he/she doing? 0 Here is another pair of examples with this pattern of Initial Change. Waaninaawankaaok tananohkll. He/she works in Sioux Lookout. 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n Aantl eotananohkllc? Where does he/she work? 0 10 �ADVANCED O.JIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 1 ExerclseH For this exercise, you need to refer to the pictures on page 1. The names of the buildings are given below in random order with some letters missing. See if you can match up each picture with the appropriate word on the list by writing the picture's number in the small box to the right of the word. See also if you can fill in the missing letters. Answers are on page 99. k_ko 3. _ tk __ k _ __ 5. __ k n 6. __ hs __ □ k k _ k w _ □ k □ 10. □ s_ _m_ _k_ _ _h_ _ _ _w□ _ _a_ _k 11. _ _t_ _t_ _ _ _wi_ _ _ _k ty _ _t_ _ _w_ _ _m_k Fa __ h __ 13. k __ p k 14. m _ n _ IS. 16. k s n k _ _ k er k _ __ _ k k _ _ k □ k__ □ □ 0 k sit 12. a _ cu l a_ _ _ _b_ _ _k___k y 9. k □ □ U ni v k w _ _ _sh_ _ _t_ _ _ _ _ne_ _ _a_ _k D he ad Give English translation for the items on the list you just completed above. The spaces are provided for you below. Try to do this exercise on your own. Translations are on page 99. 1. ke 9. 2. 10. 3. 11. 4. 12. 5. 13. 6. 14. 7. 15. 8. 16. La 2. □ k 7. a_ _ ~_ _ _ _k___k 8. n □ k at k___ _ io 2.m_k_ii 4.t ( □ m_ _ _n___k___k___k uc 1. Ed 1. of r Some Letters Miuing 11 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Exercise I Reading and Understanding In this exercise, work in pairs taking turns asking questions and answers using the questions and answers listed below. This exercise is similar to that on page 7. However, there are some grammatical differences in the verbs. Find out what they are. Answers and translations are on page 100. Question Answer Q io n 1. Aanti eshaayan? Aanti waa-ishaayan? Aanti eshaat(c)? Aanti waa-ishaat(c)? Aanti eshaayek? Aanti waa-ishaayek? Aanti eshaawaat(c)? Aanti waa-ishaawaat(c)? Noonkom kaa-kiishikaak nitishaa. Waapank maawiin nika-ishaa. Awahsiwaapank maashkooc ta-ishaa. Wripac wii-ishaa. Naake, ani-tipihkaak nika-ishaamin. Ishkwaa-nikamoyek niwii-ishaamin. Waapank iitok ta-ishaawak. Ahpii ishkwaa-anohkiiwaat(c) ta-ishaawak. ke he ad U Exercise I does not contain any new vocabulary. If you need to check the meanings of words you can use the glossary located at the end of Advanced Ojibwe. La 2. 0 ni v er sit y Fa cu l Aanahpii esbaayan ahtaahsonikamikonk? Aanahpii waa-ishaayan natobtamoowikaroikonk.? Aanahpii eshaat(c) !1.hjmaakanihshiiwikaroikonk? Aanahpii waa-ishaat(c) ayamihewikamiknnk? Aanahpii eshaayek kaahsaniiwikamiknnk? Aanahpii waa-eshaayek waweshahitaapaanikamikonk? Aanahpii eshaawaat(c) masinahikanikamikonk? Aanahpii waa-ishaawaat(c) kisiipiikinikP.wikamikonk? ty of Ed uc at lshkoonoowikamikonk nitishaa. Wtlhsiniiwikamiknnk niwii-ishaa. Anwepiiwikamikonk isbaa. Metawewikamikonk wii-ishaa. Masinabikewikamikonk nitisbaamin. Mashkihkiiwikamikonk niwii-ishaamin. Kipahotookamikonk esbaawak. Ataawilcamikonk wii-ishaawalc. 0 12 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Exercise J Review Spelling and Translation Test 1. You now know the names of sixteen items and sixteen useful expressions introduced to you in this lesson. English translations are given in mixed order in section 1. In section 2, translations are in order. If you are in class, corrections will be done by your instructor and if you are outside of class, find the qualified instructor to do the corrections for you. Translations are on page 100 and pagelOl. English 3. 4. io at uc Ed of ty cu l Fa La 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Where are you going? Where do you want to go? Where is he/she going? Where does he/she want to go? Where are you going? (pl) Where do you want to go? (pl) Where are they going? Where do they want to go? When are you going there? When do you want to go there? When is he/she going there? When does he/she want to go there? When are you going there? (pl) When do you want to go there? (pl) When are you going there? When do they want to go there? U 2. Severn Ojlbwe ad 1. English he 2. ke ( y 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. sit 6. 7. 8. 9. nursing station band office church police station radio station warehouse recreation hall restroom restaurant school gasoline station garage laundromat library er 5. store jail ni v 1. 2. 3. 4. Severn Ojlbwe L 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. n r 13 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Exercise A Q 2. 3. 0 10. 11. La ke 9. he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty 1. of Ed uc at io n My Relations In this lesson, there are twelve (12) new Animate Nouns introduced to you. As we always begin with introductions, listen carefully as your instructor says the words that match the pictures below. Each word will be presented in the form that means "my.......", that is. referring to a first-person singular. Each word will be repeated three or four times. 0 14 �ADVANCED O.JIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Exercise B For review of the 12 Animate Nouns, listen carefully to your instructor saying the following words and imitate what you hear. You can also practice saying these words with your partner. Translations are on section 3. (5) niiciihaa niici-ihkwe niici-naape niici-kihci-ayahaa niici-toohkaan Listen carefully as your instructor says these words once more. Notice how they can be broken down into syllables. To help you identify the syllables, we have placed a space between each one. of 2. (7) niicimohsh (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) Ed (6) nimoosom nikayaashim nipehshohtaahkoomaakan nitinaahkoomaakan nitanohkiinaalcan niwiintanohkiimaakan n (2) (3) (4) io (1) at 1. uc r Pronunciation Practice sit U ad (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) my sweetheart my ex-spouse/girlfriend my close relations my relation my worker my co-worker he (1) ni v er Now say each of the following in Severn Ojibwe. Correct pronunciation will be monitored by the instructor. (7) (8) (9) (10) ( 11) (12) my cousin (cross cousin of opposite sex) my spouse my fellow woman my fellow man my fellow elder my name-sake ke 3. La ( ci mohsh cii haa ci -ih kwe ci-naa pc nii ci-ki bci -a ya baa nil ci-too bkaan nil nil nil nil cu l (7) (8) (9) (10) ( 11) (12) ty moo som ka yaa shim pe hsho htaa bkoo maa kan ti naa hkoo maa kan ta no hkii naa kan wiin ta no hkii maa kan Fa ni ni ni ni ni ni y (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) 15 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 ExerciseC Twelve Pictures and Words Q 0 ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n Here are the twelve pictures in mixed order listed below for each of the words we have just learned. Practice writing the corresponding word beside each number in the spaces below. If you have a problem recognizing the pictures, feel free to use Exercise A on page 14 as a guideline. ke he 10. La 1. 7. 8. 9. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 10. 11. 12. 16 0 �ADVANCED O.JIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON 2 2. Before doing this translation into English, make sure you understand the meaning of the words listed below. Do this exercise on your own without looking at any other translation that you have already done. The words are in mixed order. Translations are on page 101. Severn OJibwe 2) niicimohsh 3) niiciihaa 4) nimoosom n niici-toohkaan at io 1) English nipehshohtaahkoomaakan Ed 6) uc 5) nikayaashim niici-naape 11) niici-kihci-ayahaa 12) nitinaahkoomaakan Fa 10) cu l ty of 7) niwiintanohkiimaakan 8) nitanohkiinaakan 9) niici-ihkwe sit Before doing this exercise, you should cover section 2 with a piece of paper so you can do this translation without looking at any previous notes. The words listed below are in mixed order. Translations are on page 102. niwiintanohkiimaakan 3) ad 2) nimoosom U 1) ni v er 3. nitanobkiinaakan nipehshohtaahkoomaakan ke 5) he 4) nikayaashim 6) niici-toohkaan La ( y Repeat TranslaUon: 7) niicimohsh 8) niiciihaa 9) niici-naape 10) nitinaahkomaakan 11) niici-kihci-ayahaa 12) niici-ihkwe 17 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT l; LESSON 2 Exercise D My, Yours, His/Hers Q nimoosom kimoosom Ed uc at io n In this exercise, we will add the second-person and third-person fonns for each of the new possessive nouns we have learned in this lesson. Listen carefully as the instructor says the following words. Translations are on page 102. omoosoman nikayaashim kikayaashim okayaashiman nitanohkiinaakan kitanohkiinaakan otanohkiinaakanan niwiintanohlciiroaakao kiwiintanohkiimakao owiintannbkiimaakanan niicimohsh kiicimohsh wiicimohshan niiciihaa kiiciihaa wiiciihaan niici•kihci-ayahaa kiici-kihci-ayahaa wiici-kihci-ayabaan niici-toohkan kiici-toobkan wiici-toohkanan 0 ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of nipebshobtaahkoomaakan nitinaahkoomaakan kipehsbohtaahkoomaakan kitinaahkoomaakan opehshohtaahkoomaakaoan otinaahkoomaakaoan he ke niici•ihkwe La 1. kiici•ihkwe wiici•ihkwen niici-naape kiici-naape wiici-naapen You may have noticed that the third•person forms have extra endings, either an or n. What are these endings? Give a brief explanation. 0 18 �ADVANCED OJIBW E • UNIT 1; LESSON 2 2. For practice, write each word as follows. Translations are on page I02. my_ _ _ _ _ _ _ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - at io n yours_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Read and understand the meaning of the words before doing the translations below. Translations are on page 102. cu l ty 3. of Ed uc his/hers._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ English 8) 9) 10) 11) 12) Fa y sit er ni v 6) 7) U 5) ad 4) he 3) La C 2) my sweetheart my ex-spouse/girlfriend my close relation my relation my worker my co-worker my cousin my spouse my fellow woman my fellow man my fellow elder my namesake ke 1) Severn Ojibwe 19 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Exercise E Questions and Answers 0 Using the possessive nouns in simple sentences that you have learned. For speaking practice, work in pairs taking turns asking questions and answers. Repeat the same phrases as shown in the examples below for each possessive noun. Translations are on page 103. Question n io Awanen wahawe? Nimoosom. Kikihkenimaa na aha? Ebe, nimoosom ohsha aha. uc Ed For speaking practice, work in pairs talcing turns asking questions and answers both positive and negative. Repeat the same phrases as shown in the examples below for each possessive noun. Translations are on page 103. ty of 2. Answer at 1. Question cu l Positive Answer Kewiin na wii-anohkii kimoosom? Fa Ebe. kewiin wii-anohkii nimoosom. y Negative Answer sit Kaawin, kaawin kewiin wii-anohkiihsiin nimoosom. er Question ni v Positive Answer Kewiin na wii-anohkiiwan omoosoman Henry? U Ebe, kewiin wii-anohkiiwan omoosoman Henry. Negative Answer Kaawin, kaawin kewiin wii-anohkiihsiiwan omoosoman Henry. La ke he ad Q 0 20 �ADVANCED O.JIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Exercise F Mini-Dialogues Read and Understand: uc Kaawin tepwe nimino-ayaahsiin ohowe mekwaac. Aan tahsh, kitaahkos na? Aanti ldkayaashim eshi-taat(c)? Fa cu l Nahke piko. Kaawin ninaanaakacibaahsiin. Mino-ayaatok na kitinentaan? ty of Kaawin, nitayehkos. Onsaam nikii-kihci-anohkii onaako. Kah! Siyaaken maawiin wiipac kika-mino-ayaa. B. Nahke piko. Kaawin ninaanaakacibaahsiin. y Aanahpii ishkwaayaac kaa-waapamaat(c)? Nahke pi.ko. Kaawin nikanoohkehsiin. Peshik nipehshohtaahkoomaakan kii-maacaa onaako. Kah! Aan eshinihkaasot(c)? Soosan ishinihkaaso. Aanahpii ke-pi-kiiwet(c)? ad U ni v C. er sit ( he Awahsiwaapank nika-pi-kiiwe ihkito. Kika-piihaa na tahsh? La ke Kaawin, kaawin kekoon ke-onci-piihak. D. Waaciye nitinaahkoomaakan. Aan entootaman? Kaawin kekoon. Aan tahsh? Kiwenootis na? Kaawin iko naahpic. Aan tahsh? Kiwii-kakwecimin ci-kii-masinahamawinaan pankii shooniyaan? Ahaaw, pankii ehta. L 21 io Waaciye nimoosom. Aan eshi-ayaayan noonkom kaa-kiishikaak? Nimino-ayaa. Kiin tahsh wiin? at A. n Read and understand the following mini-dialogues. Concentrate on how possessive nouns are used in the dialogues. Words introduced in this lesson are in italic type. Also, some words will be introduced to you throughout the dialogues. H you find any new words, underline them. New vocabulary and English translations are listed on the next page. Translations are on page 103. Ed 1. �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 New Vocabulary A. Waaciye (pc) Hello, greetings (in Severn Dialect as well as Cree) Wiipac m.aawiin siyaaken kika•mino-ayaa (phrase). I hope you are well soon. B. Naanaakacihi (vta) Kaawin ninaanaakacihaahsiin Ayaatok (vai+uncertainty ending) Ishkwaayaac (pc) Kanoohke (vai+o) C. Kaawin, kaawin kekoon ke-onci-piihak. No, I don't have any reason to wait for him/her. D. Wenootisi (vai) Kiwenootis na? Kaawin ilco naahpic. Masinahamaw (vta) io at uc cu l sit y 3. niicimohsh 4. niiciihaa 0 ni v er Speaking Practice: Fa Now, write two dialogues of your own at least 6 lines each. Try to include one of the possessive nouns listed below in each dialogue. 1. nitanohkiinaakan 2. niwiitanobkiimaakan ke he ad U For speaking practice, work with a partner by reading the dialogues in this section, as well as the new ones you wrote yourself. Take turns with your partner so you have the opportunity to say each line. Repeat this exercise until you feel comfortable with your pronunciation. La 3. Ed ty of be rich Are you rich? obviously, not really borrow from s.o., write to s.o. Writing Practice: 2. n investigate s.o., watch for s.o. I don't watch for her. he/she seems/must be there. last remember Q 0 22 �ADVANCED O.JIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 More on Animate Intransitive Conjunct Verbs r In Intermediate Ojibwe (Unit 1, Lesson 4, Exercise 0) we discussed how verbs may be used in different orders: Independent, Conjunct, and Imperative. You may find it helpful to review the material in that section. There we only discussed the Conjunct endings for AI verbs in the singular forms (first, second, and third). Now we will introduce the plural endings and show how they may be used. Person-Number Combination uc English Pronoun Ed Ojibwe Pronoun we, us (me and you) kiinawint first-person (exclusive) we, us (me and him) niinawint second-person you (plural) third-person they of first-person (inclusive) ty kiinawaa wiinawaa cu l A. at io n You may recall that there are four different possible plural forms for Animate Intransitive verbs. These are reviewed in the following chart. Don't forget that in the Native language there are two different ways of saying 'we' or 'us'. sit B. kinipaamln Colqunct nipaayank ni v first-person (inclusive) er Independent ninipaamln nipaayaan k second-person kinipaanaawaa nipaayek nipaawak nipaawaat(c) ke he ad third-person U first-person (exclusive) In the following chart we can see the prefixes and suffixes by themselves. These are the form that are used if the verb stem ends in a vowel. La ( y Fa Here is a chart which compares the Animate Intransitive and Conjunct Order for the first-, second, and third-person plural forms of a verb stem that ends in a vowel. C. Independent Conjunct first-person (inclusive) ki min yank first-person (exclusive) ni min yan second-person ki naawaa yek wak waat(c) third-person 23 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 The conjunct plural endings in the charts above can be added to any AI verb stem that ends in a vowel. As well, there are many AI verbs that end in the sound m. For these stems the plural conjunct endings are slightly different. Herc is a chart that compares the verb minwentam 'he is glad' in the Independent and Conjunct Order. D. Independent Q Coltjunct kirninwentaamin minwentamank first-person (exclusive) nirninwentaamin minwcntamaank second-person kiminwentaanaawaa minwentamek third-person minwentamowak minwentamowaat(c) Ed uc at io n first-person (inclusive) E. Id first-person (exclusive) nl second-person Id ank min aank naawaa ek owak owaat(c) sit y third-person Conjunct min Fa first-person (inclusive) cu l Independent ty of In the following chart we can see the prefixes and suffixes by themselves. 0 U ni v er Similarly, if an AI verb ends in the consonant n, the form of the conjunct endings is slightly different. Herc is a chart that compares the verb takobshln "arrive" in the Independent and Conjunct Order. F. Independent Conjunct kitakohshinimin takohshiniyank first-person (exclusive) nltakohshinimin takohshiniyaank second-person kitakohshinlnaawaa takohshiniyek third-person takohshiniwak takohshiniwaat(c) La ke he ad first-person (inclusive) In the following chart we can see the prefixes and suffixes by themselves. G. Independent COl\funct first-person (inclusive) ki imln lyank first-person (exclusive) ni imln iyaank second-person kl inaawaa third-person lwak 24 iyek iwaat(c) 0 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 The AI conjunct plural endings can be used in many of the different sentences we have already learned. io n r Notice that even though there are some minor differences in the form of these conjunct endings, depending upon whether the final sound of the AI verb stem is a vowel, m, or n, the basic endings are the same. Ed uc at Many sentences in Severn Ojibwe start with particles such as Mil or Ami. These are often hard to explain in English but are very common in Ojibwe. Sometime they may be translated with expressions such as 'so .. .' or 'This is .. .' or 'That is .. .' of Ami ahko ehkitowaat(c). 'That is what they usually say• y Fa cu l ty When sentences contain Ami or Mil the following verb is in the Conjunct Order. La ke he ad U ni v er sit ( 25 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 ExerclseG Reading and Writing Read and Understand: This exercise is similar to that on the previous page. Only this time, the dialogues are longer. Concentrate on the possessive nouns which are used in the dialogues. Words introduced in this lesson are in italic type. Also, some words will be introduced to you throughout the dialogues. If you find any new words, underline them. New vocabulary and English translations are listed below. Translations are on page 104. 0 Aasha na kiici-naape kii-kiiwe? Ehe, aasha weshkac kii-kiiwe. Aanabpii miina ke-piishaat(c)? Nabke piko. Kaawin nitoonci-wiintamaakohsiin. Ahpii miina piishaat(c), wiintamaw e-wii-waapamak. Wiipac ohsha iitok miina ta-piishaa. Ahaaw, kehcinaac nika-wiintamawaa. Kinanaabkomin nitootem. at B. uc Aanabpii ke-maatanohkiit(c) kiici-ihkwe? Nahke piko. Kaawin mabshi niwiintamaakohsiin. Aanabpii ke-wiintamawihk inentaman? Siyaaken maawiin wiipac. Aan tahsh ke-tootaman kiishpin ekaa wiintamawihk wiipac? Kaawin kekoon. Amii piko ohomaa ke-ayaayaan ci-piihak. Kekoon ina naanta ka-kii-ishi-wiicihin? Kaawin kehcin. Miikwehc. 0 start to work I am just going to stay here and wait for him. probably not Kinanaabkomin (vta) Kaawin nitoonci-wiintamaakohsiin. I thank you. He didn't tell me. ke Maatanohkii (vai) Amii piko ohomaa ke-ayaayaan ci-piihak. Kaawin kehcin La A. he New Vocabulary: ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed A. io n 1. B. 0 26 �ADVANCED OJIBWE .. UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Writing Practice: r 2. Now, write two dialogues of your own of at least 8 lines each. Try to include each of the possessive nouns listed below in your dialogues. 1. niici-kihci-ayahaa 2. niici-toohkaan io at For speaking practice, work with a partner by reading the dialogues in this section, as well as the new ones you wrote yourself. Take turns with your partner so you have the opportunity to say each line. Repeat this exercise until you feel comfortable with your pronunciation. of Ed uc 3. n Speaking Practice: ty Transitive Verbs in the Conjunct Order Fa cu l The dialogues in this lesson contain several Transitive Animate verbs in the Conjunct Order. In Introductory Ojlbwe and Intermediate Ojibwe we have seen that Transitive Animate verbs in the Independent Order may have many different forms for different combinations of subject and object. y sit er U ni v Aanahpii ishkwaayaac kaa-waapamaac? When did he/she see him/her last? ke he ad Aanahpii ke-wiintamawihk inentaman? When do you think he/she will tell you. Aan tahsh ke-tootaman kiishpin ekaa wiintamawihk wiipac? What will you do if he/she doesn't tell you soon. La ( As well, Transitive Animate verbs may appear in the Conjunct Order. Here are several examples from the dialogues in this lesson. The Conjunct Order endings are in bold type in th~se examples. Amii piko ohomaa ke-ayaayaan ci-piihak. I am just going to stay here and wait for him. Ahpii miina piishaat(c), wiintamaw e-wii-waapamak. When he comes here again, tell him I want to see him. 27 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Q 1 acting on 2 uc at io n Transitive Animate verbs have a grammatical subject which is usually animate and a grammatical object which is always animate. Both the subject and object may indicate person (first, second, or third) and number (singular or plural), as well as other grammatical concepts. Transitive Animate verbs allow for many possible different combinations of grammatical subject and object, as we have already seen when discussing these verbs in the Independent Order in Introductory Ojlbwe and Intermediate Ojibwe. The same holds true in the Conjunct Order. It is not practical to try to learn all of them at once, because there are so many different forms. It may be best for you to learn to use some of the more common ones, and learn to recognize others. Below, we first present the Conjunct Order forms which correspond to some of the Independent Order forms introduced in Introductory Ojibwe. For convenience, suffixes that indicate person and number of the subject and object are in bold type. Don't forget that the Conjunct Order only uses suffixes to indicate person and number. These suffixes may be added to any Transitive Animate verb. 2 acting on 3 waapamac nanaantawapamac wiicihac , wiiciiwac 3 acting on 1 waapamibshic nanaantawapamibsbic wiicihibshic wiiciiwihshic of ty cu l Fa y 0 er sit 3 acting on 2 waapamihk nanaantawapamihk wiicihihk wiiciiwihk ad U ni v 3 acting on 3 Obviative waapamaac nanaantawapamaac wiicihaac wiiciiwaac 2 acting on I waapamlbsbiyan nanaantawapamibsbiyan wiicihihshiyan wiiciiwlbsbiyan Ed waapaminaan nanaantawapaminaan wiicihioaan wiiciiwinaan 1 acting on 3 waapamak nanaantawapamak wiicihak wiiciiwak ke he In the following tables we list the Transitive Animate Conjunct Order endings, using the sample verb waapam 'see s.o.' The tables are organized by the person and number of the object. La Abbreviations ex.cl. exclusive incl. inclusive pl. plural DIRECT FORMS Recall from Introductory Ojibwe that the Direct forms are those in which the grammatical object is third-person while the grammatical subject is first-, second-, or third-person. 0 28 �B. Plura/Subject and Third-Person Singular Object we (incl.) - him/her waapamaayank '(that) we (incl.) see him/her' we (excl.) - him/her waapamaayaank '(that) we (excl.) see him/her' you (pl.)• him/her waapamaayek '(that) you (pl.) see him/her' they - him/her waapamaawaac •(that) they see him/her' C. Singular Subject and Third-Person Plural Object I - them waapamakwaa '(that) I see them' you - them waapamatwaa '(that) you see them' he/she - them waapamaac '(that) he/she sees them' D. Plural Subject and Third-Person Plural Object we (incl.) - them waapamaayahkwaa '(that) we (incl.) see them' we (excl.) - them waapamaayaankitwaa "(that) we (excl.) see them' you (pl.)- them waapamaayekwaa '(that) you (pl.) see them' they- them waapamaawaac '(that) they see them' io Singular Subject and Third-Person Singular Object I - him/her waapamak •(that) I see him/her' you - him/her waapamac ·(that) you see him/her' he/she - him/her waapamaac •(that) he/she sees him/her' Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at A. n ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 2 sit Third-Person Singular Subject and Singular Object he/she - me waapamlhshic '(that) he/she sees me' he/she -you waapamlhk '(that) he/she sees you' he/she (obv.) - him/her waapamlkoc '(that) he/she (obv.) sees him/her' he •Third-Person Plural Subject and Singular Object they- me waapamlhshlwaac '(that) they see me' they - you waapamlhkwaa '(that) they see you' they (obv.) - him/her waapamlkowaac '(that) they (obv.) see him/her' ke B. ad U A. ni v er Recall from Introductory Ojlbwe that the Inverse forms are those that have a third-person grammatical subject and a first-, second-, or third-person object. La ( y INVERSE FORMS C. Third-Person Singular Subject and Plural Object he/she - us (incl.) waapamikoyahk '(that) he/she sees us (incl.)' he/she - us (excl.) waapamlkoyaank '(that) he/she sees us (excl.)' he/she -you (pl.) waapamlkoyek '(that) he/she sees you (pl.)' D. Third-Person Plural Subject and Plural Object they - us (incl.) waapamlkoyahkwaa '(that) they see us (incl.)' they - us (ex.cl.) waapamlkoyankltwaa '(that) they see us (excl.)' they - you (pl.) waapamikoyekwaa '(that) they see you (pl.)' 29 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT l; LESSON 2 LOCAL (ME-YOU) FORMS The Local (Me-You) forms have a first-person subject and a second-person object. 0 waapamikooyan waapamikooyek at '(that) we (excl.) see you' '(that) we (excl.) see you (plural)' io we (excl.) - you I - you (plural) n First-Person Subject and Second-Person Object I - you waapamlnaan '(that) I see you' I - you (plural) waapamina~ok '(that) I see you (plural)' uc LOCAL (YOU-ME) FORMS Ed The Local (You-Me) forms have a second-person subject and a first-person object. '(that) you see us (excl.)' '(that) you (plural) see us (excl.)' INDEFINITE SUBJECT FORMS y cu l waapamihshiyaank you-us (excl.) you (plural)-us (excl.) waapamihshiyaank Fa ty of Second-Person Subject and First-Person Object you-me waapamihsbiyan '(that) you see me' waapamihsbiyek '(that) you (plural) see me' you (plural)-me er sit The Indeftnlte Subject forms are those in which the subject is only implied but is not mentioned specifically. he/she isthey are! amyou are - '(that) he/she is seen' '(that) they are seen• '(that) I am seen' '(that) you are seen' La ke he ad U ni v waapamaakaoiwic waapamaakanlwaac waapamikooyaan waapamikooyan Q 0 30 �ADVANCED O,JIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Exercise ff Review Test 1. This review test for lesson 2 has two sections. Before you begin, review the spelling and meanings of the words very carefully. When you are ready, translate them into English. Remember, try and translate without looking at your notes. Translations are on page 104. Poaessive Nouns at io English Translation uc 1. nimoosom Ed 2. nikayaashim of 3. nipchshohtaahkoomaakan ty 4. nitinaabkoomaakan cu l 5. nitanobkiinaakan 6. niwiintanohkiimaakan Fa 7. niicimohsh sit y 8. niiciibaa er 9. niici-ihkwe ni v 10. niici-naape 11. niici-kihci-ayahaa ad U 12. niici-toohkaan ke he Note: Check your translations when you have finished. La ( n r Possessive Nouns: 31 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 2. In this section, before you begin, review the spelling and meanings of the words very carefully. When you are ready, translate them into Severn Ojibwe. Translations are on page 104. 0 English Severn Ojibwe io n 1. my sweetheart at 2. my ex-spouse/girlfriend uc 3. my close relation Ed 4. my relation 5. myworker . of 6. my co-worker - cu l 8. myspouse ty 7. my cousin (cross cousin of opposite sex) Fa 9. my fellow woman y 10. my fellow man sit 11. my fellow elder ni v er 12. my name sake 0 La ke he ad U Note: Check your spelling and translations when you have finished. 0 32 �ADVANCED O.JIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Exercise A Increase your own "word power". Since the beginning of the Introductory Severn Ojlbwe and Intermediate Severn Ojibwe, you have been using preverbs. First, let's review the ones you already know. pooninihtaa- stop, quit skilled at, knows how, can do, usual away from, in progress, towards after, done, complete before try, to make an effort towards secretly unable to find, fail at, no place for start, begin, proceed, move forward go to do, to go there and to do something in error, wrongly, mistake want to, anxious, need to do something before usual time visible (at a distance) big, great, very io ani- Ed uc at ishkwaamwayekakwekiimoocikwenawi- of maaciiantawi- or natawi- ty wani- cu l noontematekihci- returning, going back fast, quickly try to do get, fetch, go for permanently, not knowing when to quit at night, happening at night, nocturnal delayed. late easily U 1. kiiwe2. kinipi3. koci4. naaci5. nehpici6. niipaa7. pwaahtawi8. watakami- ni v er Here are some more common preverbs new to you. They can be combined with many different verbs. Don't forget that a hyphen is used to join preverbs to the following verb. La ke he ad 2. piihtaa- sit wenci- y From Intermediate Ojlbwe. ( n 1. Fa r Preverbs Make sure you understand the meaning of these words before moving on to the next exercise. 33 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT l; LESSON 3 ExerciseB Using Preverbs in Sentences Here are some examples of the new preverbs introduced in the previous section. Each one is given in the first-person form. Study and understand these sentences. n io Fa cu l You are returning to work. You get exhausted quickly. You try to sleep. You fetch food. You go home permanently. You work at night. You get up late. You get tired easily. 0 Now here are the same sentences in third-person form. Study and understand these sentences. ni v 3. Kikiiwe-anohkii. Kikinipi-caakii. Kikoci-nipaa. Kinaaci-miicime. Kinebpici-kiiwe. Kiniipaa-anohkii. Kipwaahtawi-wanishkaa. Kiwatakami-ayehkos. er 1. 2. 3. 4. S. 6. 7. 8. ty of Here are some examples of sentences which contain the same preverbs. This time each one is given in the second-person form. Study and understand these sentences. y 2. I go home permanently. I work at night. I get up late. I get tired easily. at 5. 6. 7. 8. I am returning to work. I get exhausted quickly. I try to sleep. I fetch food uc 2. 3. 4. Nikiiwe-anohkii. Nikinipi-caakii. Nikoci-nipaa. Ninaaci-miicime. Ninehpici-kiiwe. Niniipaa-anohkii. Nipwaahtawi-wanishkaa. Niwatakami-ayehkos. Q Ed 1. sit 1. 1. Kiiwe-anobkii. 2. Kinipi-caakii. 3. Koci-nipaa. 4. Naaci-miicime. 5. Nehpici-kiiwe. 6. Niipaa-anobkii. 7. Pwaahtawi-wanishkaa. 8. W&takaroi-ayehkosi. La ke he ad U He/she is returning to work. He/she gets exhausted quickly. He/she is trying to sleep. He/she fetches food. He/she goes home permanently. He/she works at night. He/she gets up late. He/she gets tired easily. There are some preverbs that occur only in the Conjunct Order. Among these are the preverbs which refer to tense. You have already met these preverbs. You may fmd it helpful to refer to Intermediate Ojlbwe, Unit 1, Lesson 4. 1. ci- 2. kaa- 3. ke- to, that, will, would, could, should the one who; the one that will, would, should, could: FUTURE 0 34 �ADVANCED O.JIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Here is an example of each one in the first-person singular fonn. 1. 2. 3. Ninoonteyentaan ci-.kiiweyaan. Nitanoh.kii noonkom kaa-.kiishikaak. Nimaacaa noonkom ke-k.iishaak. I am anxious to go home. I work today. I will be leaving today. Ed Now here they are in third-person. Noonteyentam ci-kiiwet(c). Anohkii noonkom kaa-kiisbikaaoik. Maacaa noonkom ke-kiishikaanik. of He/she is anxious to go home. He/she is working today. He/she will be leaving today. ty 1. 2. 3. io You are anxious to go home. You are working today. You will be leaving today. at 3. Kinoonteyentaan ci-kiiweyan. Kitanoh.kii noonkom kaa-kiishikaak. Kimaacaa noonkom ke-kiishikaak. uc 1. 2. n Now here they are in the second-person. y I live in Big Trout Lake. er In a sentence such as this one the preverb is 'related' to the place name. 2: Aanti waa-ishi-anohkiiyan? Aanti waa-ishi-apiyan? Where do you want to work? Where do you want to sit? ad 1. U ni v Another common use of this relative preverb is when you are asking a question with Aantf 'where•. For example, the following questions contain ishi-. ke he Notice that if there is no other preverb, then ishi- changes to eshi-. 1. 2. Aanti eshi-anohkiiyan? Aanti eshi-apiyan? Where are you working? Where are you sitting? La ( Kihci-namekohsipiink nitishi-taa. sit 1. Fa cu l The preverbs ishi- and tahso- are a little different from those we have just discussed. They are often called relative preverbs because they are usually 'related' to other words in the sentence. For example, if you want to tell someone that you live in Big Trout Lake, you need to mention the place name, followed by the preverb ishi- and the verb taa 'live somewhere'. The preverb tahso- 'so many' is used with many different types of verbs. It is often used with words for seasons and units of the day, with the meaning 'every'. 1. Kiiwe tahso-niipin. He/she goes home every summer. It can also be used with words for 'day' or 'night'. 1. 2. Tahso-k.iishikaa Tahso-tipihkaa Every day. Every night. 35 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Exercise C Learning How Preverbs Work Read and Understand: io n This exercise is similar to the one on the previous page. Only this time, the sentences are longer and they are in mixed order such as first-person, second-person and third-person forms. Concentrate on preverbs how its used in the sentences. Also, some words will be introduced to you throughout the sentences. If you find any new words, underline them. New vocabulary and English translations are listed on the next page. Complete translations are on page 105. 0 Aanahpii miina ke-pi-.kiiwe-anohkiiyan? Nahke piko. Kaawin mahshi mayaam nikihkentansiin. B. Aanti waa-ishi-nipaayan? Weti naaniyahii pootawaanink. C. Amiinahi waapank ci-maacaayan? Ehe, kiisbpin ehta mino-kiishikaak. D. Noonkom na kaa-kiishikaanik ta-kiiwe kitootem? Kiishpin ekaa kimiwaninik ta-kiiwe noonkom kaa-kiisbikaanik. E. Ta-nehpici-sookihpwan ina kitisbinaan ke-tipihkaak? Ka maawiin siyaaken (or: siyaaken maawiin kaawin). F. Watakami-kishiwaasi na kitayihsh? Kaawin, eshkam ehta kiishpin kaa-wii-wiihsinit(c). G. Tahso-kiishikaa nikihci-anoh.kii. Kiln tahsh wiin? Ebe, keniin tahso-kiisbikaa nikihci-anoh.kii. H. Nahshine niipaa-anoh.kii na kiwiiciiwaakan? Kaawin, kiishpin ehta kaa-nantawentaakosit(c). I. Kikii-pwaahtawi-naaci-ataawikaroikwe na kekishep? Ebe, nikii-nipaa. 0 K. he ke La J. ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at A. Miina na kiwii-koci-minihkwe pankii nipi? Kaawin, aasha onsaam mishtahi nimioihkwe nipi. Kinipi-caakihse shooniyaan kiishpin ekaa kwayahk kaa-kanawenimaakanooc aanti ke-ishiaapatisit(c). 0 36 �ADVANCED O.JIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 3 New Vocabulary: r C. Amiinahi (pc) E. Ishinan (vti) Kitishinaan Ka maawiin siyaaken OR siyaaken maawiin kaawin. G. Eshkam(pc) Nahshine {pc) K. io at uc J. Ataawikamik (na) Naaci-ataawikamikwe Kekiishep (pc) Naahpic (pc) Caakihse (vai/ii) Kanawenim (vta) Ed H. n Nantawentaakosi (vai) is that right. is that so see s.t. a certain way you see s.t. a certain way (or, that way) I hope not. sometimes, once in a while all the time, often, frequently be wanted. be desirable trading post. store He/she is going to the store this morning past really. very, to a high degree get used up, run out. be exhausted be taken care of I take care of him/her You take care of him/her He/she takes care of him/her He/she is taken care of of nikanawenimaa y Fa cu l ty kikanawenimaa okanawenimaan kanawenimaakaanoo La ke he ad U ni v er sit ( 37 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Exercise D Joining Preverbs to Verbs Writing Practice: 0 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. kiiweisbici- aancipo ataawe ihkwaamaciwe kihkinoohamaake kihtimi miihsbitoone kiishikaa tipihkaa paawanii pimohse pimipahtoo waahkaahike kaa- Fa cu l ty of kekinipikocinehpiciniipaapwaahtawitahso- watakami- sit y 10. 11. 12. Aanahpii ke-kiiwe-ihkwaamaciwet(c) naape? 2. MiihkanN!lk isbi-pimohse. ni v 3. U 4. ad 5. 10. ke La 9. he 6. 8. 0 er 1. 7. at Verbs uc Preverbs Ed 1. 2. io n In this exercise, use the two lists below to write complete sentences which contain preverbs joined to verbs. Add appropriate nouns and particles to make complete sentences. Each sentence should have at least three or more words as shown in the first two examples given below. Note, the verbs listed below are not in order. 11. 12. 0 38 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Dialogues I Read and Understand: 1. Read and understand the following dialogues. Concentrate on how preverbs are used in the sentences. Preverbs introduced in this lesson are in italic type. Also, some new words will be introduced to you throughout the dialogues. If you find any new words, underline them. New vocabulary and English translations are listed below and on the next page. Complete translations are on pages 105 and 106. A. Kiwii-kiiwe-nipaa na ahpii ishkwaa-wiihsiniyan? Kaawin, niwii-antawi-manihse pankii. Kinantawentaan ina ci-wiicihinaan? Kaawin, nika-kii-tootaan niinehta. Wtintamawihshin kiishpin nantawentaman ci-wiicihinaan. Mii.kwehc nitootem. (Ki)ka-pi-kanoonin ahpii takohshiniyaan. Naanta (ki)ka-nantawenimin ci-wiicihihshiyan ahpii kiishkipoocikeyaan. Amibiwe kwayahk. Keniin e-wii-anohkiiyaan. Ahaaw, naake kaana tahsh (ki)ka-waapamin. B. Ekwa miina nika-koci-maacaa. Tahswaa ahko kaa-wii-maacaayaan maacii-kimiwan. Aanti waa-kakwe-ishaayan? Kaa-ishi-makohshenaaniwank ohsha kaa-kakwe-ishaayaan. Kah! Kekonenini ahshankewaat(c)? Piko kekoonini ahshankewak ihk.itowak. Siyaaken maawiin nato-miicimini ahshanketokwenak. Ehe, amohshahi ehkitowaat(c ). Amiinahi! Keniin nitaa-kii-ishaa. Ci.kc, kiishpin ishaayan, pi-naasihkawihshin. Ahaaw, pinamaa nika-kakwecimaa nitookimaam. Awanen tahsh kitookimaam? Niwiiciiwaakan. sit er ni v U ad he ke New Vocabulary In Dialogue A: Manihse Nimaoibse Kimanihse Manihse La ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n r ExerciseE Wiintamaw Wtlntamawihshin Kiwiintamawin to get firewood. I get firewood. You get firewood. He/she gets firewood Tell him/her. Tell me. I tell you. 39 Tootan Nitootaan Kitootaan Tootam Do it. I do it. You do it. He/she does it. Kanoosh Kikanoonin Kanoonihshin Call s.o., speak to s.o. I call you. You call me. �ADVANCED OJIBWE .. UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Kiishkipooci.ke Nikiishkipooci.ke Kilciishkipoocike Kiishkipoocike Saw things. I saw things. You saw things. He/she saws things. Niinehta Kiinehta Wiinehta Alone, me only. Alone, you only. Alone, he/she only. 0 Makohshe (vai) Amohshahi (pc) Amiinahi ! (pc) feast, meals for special occasion that is so...., seemingly so is that so, is that right! io so many times, every time formerly, used to, usually, keep on as far as, as long as, a certain length at Tahswaa (pc) Ahlco (pc) Ahlco- (prev) uc and, then, let's, now and so, and then, but then, let's then ty of Ed Ekwa (pc) Ekwa tahsh (pcs) n New Vocabulary in Dialogue B: cu l Naasihkaw (vta) get s.o., approach s.o., fetch s.o. Pi-naasibkawihshin (2 on 1) come and get me, come and approach me, come and fetch me y Now, write two mini-dialogues of your own no less then eight lines each using some of the preverbs introduced to you in this lesson. ni v er Speaking Practice: ke he ad U With a partner, practice reading and understanding the dialogues in #1 from the previous page until you feel comfortable with the material. Then do the same with the dialogues you wrote yourself. La 3. Q sit 2. Fa Writing Practice: 0 40 �ADVANCED 0.JIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Transitive Inanimate Verbs in the Conjunct r When a Transitive Inanimate verb appears following a particle such as Ami it also must be in the Conjunct Order, as in the following example. Amihimaa wenci-nihsitohtamaan. 'That is how I understand it.' uc at io n Transitive Inanimate verbs add the Conjunct suffixes in patterns similar to those of Animate Intransitive verbs. We can divide the TI verbs into three groups. We can compare one example of each of the three types of TI verbs, in Independent Order and the Conjunct Order. Independent Group 2 I bring it. nipiitoon Group 3 I eat it nimiicin Ed niminwentaan minwentamaan of Group 1 I like it. Conjunct miiciyaan Fa cu l ty piitooyaan sit ni v er Group 2 verbs have the vowel oo before the ending in both the Independent and Conjunct Order forms. Similarly the Group 3 verbs have the vowel i before the ending in both the Independent and Conjunct forms. U There are many Group I and 2 TI verbs in Ojibwe but only a small number of Group 3 verbs. ke he ad Notice that Group 1 TI verbs have the same conjunct endings as are found with AI verbs that end in m. Similarly, Group 2 and 3 TI verbs have the same Conjunct ending as are found in AI verbs that end in a vowel. Her are some examples of sentences that contain TI verbs in the Conjunct Order. The Conjunct suffixes is in bold type. La ( y Notice that in the Independent forms the ending fonn of all three groups is n. Group l verbs have a vowel aa before the ending, but am before the ending in the corresponding Conjunct Order form. Aanti wenci-kibkentaman? How do you know it? Aan tahsh kaa-ishi-nihsitawinaman? How did you recognize it? 41 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Exercise F Dialogues D Read and Understand: Read and understand the following dialogues. Once again, concentrate on how preverbs are used in the sentences. Preverbs introduced to you in this lesson are in italic type. Also, some new words will be introduced to you throughout the dialogues. If you find any new words, underline them. New vocabulary and English translations are listed below and on the next page. Complete translations are on page 106. 0 at Ta-nehpici-sookihpwan ishi-naakwan ke-kiishikaak. Aanti wenci-nihsitawinaman ke-ishi-kiishikaak? Naahpic ohsha kii-maci-miskwaawaa wiipac kekiishep. Aan tahsh kaa-ishi-nihsitawinaman miskwaawaa? Kii-niipaa-miskwaawaa ekwa wiipac kii-aahte-naakwan. Ami ahko ehkitowaahpan kihci-ayahaak weshkac. Kiishpin kaa-niipaa-miskwaawaak wiipac kekiishepaa ekwa ketahtawen kaa-aahte-naakwank, kape-kiishikaa ta-maci-kiishikaa. Amiicika tahsh ihi maamahkaac. Amoosha tahsh ahiko tepwe ehkihkipan aan kaa-ishi-nihsitawinaakwank miskwaawaa. Noonkom kaa-kiishikaak, kaawin ihiwe ihkinsinoon. B. Fa cu l ty of Ed uc A. io n 1. Aanahpii ta-pipoon eshinaman? y Ta-pwaahtawi-pipoon nitishinaan. Q he ad U ni v er sit Aanti wenci-nihsitawinaman aanahpii ke-pipoonk? Tahso-kiishikaa nitahshawaapamaak wehwewak ci-pimihsewaat(c) shaawanonk kaa-ishihsewaat(c) kaa-ani-pipoonk. Kaawin mahshi niwaapamaahsiik. Amihimaa wenci-kihkentamaan ci-pwaahtawi-pipoonk. Kiishpin wiipac kaa-pimihsewaat(c) wehwewak, wiipac ta-pipoon ahko ihkitoopaniik weshkaci-anihshininiwak. Kitepwehtaan ina tahsh? Ebe, amohsha piko tepwe ahko e-ishi-kihkentamaao e-ibkihk. ke New Vocabulary in Dialogue A: be visible, show up. (pi-naakwan 'be seen coming this way') Nihsitawinan (vti) Ninihsitawinaan. Kinihsitawinaan. Onihsitawinaao. Kekishep (pc) recognize s.t. by sight, realize s.t. I recognize it. I realize it. You recognize it. You realize it. He/she recognizes it. He/she realizes it. this morning past Miskwaawaa (vii) Maci-miskwaawaa Mino-miskwaawaa be a red-coloured sky (at dawn or sunset) be a red-coloured sky that predicts bad weather be a red-coloured sky that predicts good weather La Naakwan (vii) 42 0 �ADVANCED O.JIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Maamahkaac (pc) Amiici.ka tahsh ihi maamahkaac Amohsha tahsh i.ko (expression) Amohsha tahsh i.ko tepwe Thkin (vii) ahko ehkihkipan Kaawin ihiwe ihkinsinoon. amazing, astounding, wonderful It is so amazing That is so.... That is so true happen a certain way, be a certain problem it used to happen Does not happen that way. io at uc Ed of ty Fa New Vocabulary in Dialogue B: sit y look at s.t. which looks so, see s.t. a certain way I see it in acertain way. That's the way I see it. When do you see being winter? every day be on the lookout, lie in wait be on the lookout for s.o. I am on the lookout for them. snow goose, white goose fly along, fly by (of a bird) fly in a certain direction Not yet. certain location, certain way of know s.t., fmd s.t. out what purpose, why/how/where is it so That's where/how I know that the winter will be late. ke he ad U ni v er lshinan (vti) Nitishinaan. Aanahpii ta-pipoon eshinaman? Tahso-kiishikaa (pc) Ahshawaapi (vai) Ahshawaapam Nitahshawaapamaak Wehwew -ak (na) Pimihse (vai) Isbihse (vai) Kaawiirmahshi. Amihimaa (pc) Kihkentan (vti) Wenci- (prev) Amihimaa wenci-kihkentamaan ci-pwaahtawi-pipoonk. Wiipac ta-pipoon ahko ihkitoopaniik. Weshkaci-anihshininiwak. Kitepwehtaan ina tahsh? E-ishi-kihkentamaan. La ( n fade away, disappear use to, usually speak so, say a certain thing That's what they used to say. elder this morning (past) all of a sudden, suddenly all the way, all the time, through all day bad be a bad day (weather) it is so... cu l r Aahte- (prev) Ami ahko (pc) Thkito (vai) Ami ahko ehkitowaahpan (phrase) Kihci-ayahaa -k (na) Kekishepaa (pc) Ketahtawen (pc) Kape- (pre) Kape-kiishikaa (pc) Maci- (pre) Maci-kiishikaa (vii) Amiici.ka tahsh ihi (expression) E-ihkihk. They use to say the winter will come early. Old timers, elders So, do you believe it? That's what I know; that's the way I know That's the way it happened. 43 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Writing Practice: 2. Now, write two mini-dialogues of your own no less then eight lines each using some of the preverbs introduced to you in this lesson. 0 Speaking Practice: 0 ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n With a partner, practice reading and understanding the dialogues in #1 from page 42 until you feel comfortable with the material. Then do the same with the dialogues you wrote yourself. La 3. 0 44 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 3 ExerciseG Read and Understand: 1. Once again, concentrate on how preverbs are used in the sentences. Preverbs introduced to you in this lesson are in italic type. Also, some new words will be introduced to you throughout the dialogues. If you find any new words, underline them. New vocabulary and English translations are listed below. Complete translations are on page 106. io n r Dialogues ill ty of Ed uc at Nihtaa-watakami-aahkosi na kitaanihs? Naahpic nihtaa-watakami-aahkosi mekwaa tahkaayaa. Mashkihkiini ina ahko otaana-aapacihtoon? Ebe, mashkihkiiwinini ohsha ahko otaana-miinaan mashkihkiini. Okinipi-caakinaan ohsha tahsh ahko. Mooshak ahko onsaam e-aapacibtoot(c). Naanta kaana onsaam mishtahi otaapacihtoon kaa-onci-aahkosit(c). Amihi esbkam eshihsek kiishpin onsaam mishtahi kaa-aapatank mashkihki, aanci.ko kitaahkos. cu l New Vocabulary: er Otaana-aapacihtoon (pv + vti) Masbkibkiiwinini (na) aana- (pv) Miish (vta) nimiinaa kimiinaa omiinaan Otaana-miinaan (pv + vta) Caakinan (vti) sit y Mashkihki (ni) Aapacihtoon (vti2) he ad U ni v ( La ke nicaakinaan kicaakinaan ocaakinaan Ahko (pc) Naanta (pc) Kaana (pc) Naanta kaana. L, Amihi (pc) Eshkam(pc) lshihse (vii) Aapatan (vii) Aanci.ko (pc) very, to a high degree while, during, at the time During cold weather medicine, drug use s.t. He/she uses it anyway. medicine person, doctor attempt, effort, anyway, anyhow give it to him I give (it) to him. you give (it) to him. he/she gives (it) to him. He/she gives (it) to him anyway. use it up I use it up you use it up he/she uses it up usually, often maybe, perhaps, in some way is it possible that, probably It is possible, probably. that is, final sometimes it happens so, continues so, runs so, the time is it is useful, usable regardless, anyway Fa Naahpic (pc) Mekwaa(pc) Mek:waa tahkaayaa. 45 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Writing Practice: 2. Now, write one dialogue of your own at least eight lines using some preverbs introduced to you in this lesson. Q_ Speaking Practice: With a partner, practice reading and understand the dialogue in #1 from the previous page until you feel comfortable with the material. Then do the same with the dialogue you wrote yourself. 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n 3. 0 46 �ADVANCED O.JIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Exercise H Learning the Language r Read and Understand: l. In this exercise, we will go back to Exercise E. Section 1. Dialogue A on page 39. We will n take some time to review and study the meaning of each new word, phrase and sentence and give some additional examples as shown below. Once again, concentrate on the meaning of the sentence. Translations are on page 107. at a) Kiwii-kiiwe-nipaa na ahpii ishkwaa-wiihsiniyan? uc 1. io This is the first sentence from dialogue A. Kaawin, niwii-antawi-manihse pankii. Fa a) sit Kiwii-antawi-manihse ina waapank? Antawi-anohkii na Soosan? or Soosan na antawi-anohkii? ni v er b) c) y Additional Sentences: ( cu l This is the second sentence from dialogue A. 2. Kinantawentaan ina ci-wiicihinaan? ad a) U This is the third sentence from dialogue A. 3. ke he Additional Sentences: Ninantawentaan ci-wiicihihshiyan. Ta-nantawentam ci-wiicihaat(c ). La b) c) This is the fourth sentence from dialogue A. 4. a) Kaawin, nika-kii-tootaan niinehta. Additional Sentences: b) c) of Ahpii ishkwaa-wiihsiniyaan, niwii-kiiwe-nipaa. Wii-kiiwe-anohkii ahpii ishkwaa-anwepit(c). ty b) c) Ed Additional Sentences: Kehcinaac ina ka-kii-tootaan kiinehta? Ebe, nika-kii-tootam niinhta. 47 .. �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 3 This is the fifth sentence from dialogue A. 5. a) Wiintamawihshin kiishpin nantawentaman ci-wiicihinaan. 0 Additional Sentences: Wlintamawihshin k.iishpin nantawentaman ci-wiiciiwinaan. Wlintamawihshin kiishpin nantawentank ci-wiicihak. n b) c) Miikwehc nitootem. (K.i)ka-pi-kanoonin ahpii takohshiniyaan. ty cu l Amihiwe kwayahk. Keniin e-wii-anobkiiyaan. Fa a) y Additional Sentences: sit Amihiwe kwayahk kekiin kaa-wii-anohkiiyan. Amihiwe kwayahk kewiin kaa-wii-anohkiit(c). 0 er b) c) of Nitootem, pi-kanoonihshin ahpii takohshiniyan. Otooteman oka-kanoonaan ahpii takohsbink. This is the seventh sentence from dialogue A. 7. Ed Additional Sentences: b) c) at a) uc 6. io This is the sixth sentence from dialogue A. a) Ahaaw, naake kaana tahsh (ki)ka-waapamin. U 8. ni v This is the eighth sentence from dialogue A. he Ahaaw, naake kaana tahsh (ki)ka-maacaamin. Abaaw, naake kaana tahsh nika-wiih11inimin, ke b) c) ad Additional Sentences: La Writing Practice: Now, write one sentence of your own from each section. There are eight sections. Speaking Pnctlce: Work with a partner for practice reading and understanding the sentences until you feel comfortable with the material. Then do the same with the sentences you wrote yourself. 0 48 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Exercise I Using the Language Read and Understand: 1. Once again, we will go back to Exercise E, Section 1, Dialogue B on page 39. We will take some time to review and study the meaning of each new word, phrase and sentence and give some additional examples as shown below. Once again, concentrate on the meaning of the sentence. Translations are on pages 107 and 108: n (' at a) Ekwa miina nika-koci-maacaa. uc 1. io This is the first sentence from dialogue B. of Aanahpii miina ke-koci-maacaayan? Aasha na miina wii-koci-maacaa? ty b) c) Ed Additional Sentences: a) Tahswaa ahko kaa-wii-maacaayaan maacii-kimiwan. Fa 2. cu l This is the second sentence from dialogue B. Aan tahswaa kaa-niimiyan onaako? Aan tahswaa kaa-nikamot(c) kikosihs? er sit b) c) ( y Additional Sentences: a) Aanti waa-kakwe-ishaayan? U 3. ni v This is the third sentence from dialogue B. he Kaa-ishi-niiminaaniwank niwii-kakwe-ishaa. Aanti waa-kakwe-isbaat(c)? · ke b) c) ad Additional Sentences: La This is the fourth sentence from dialogue B. 4. a) Kaa-ishi-makohsbenaaniwank ohsha kaa-kakwe-ishaayaan. Additional Sentences: b) c) L Kikakwe-ishaa na kaa-ishi-makohshaaniwank? Kaa-ishi-makohshenaaniwaninik ohsha kaa-kakwe-ishaat(c). Note: Kaa-ishi-makobshenaanlwank and kaa-ishl-makohaaniwank are slightly two different pronunciations but the meanings are the same. 49 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 3 This is the fifth sentence from dialogue B. 5. a) Kah! Kekonenini ahshankewaat(c)? 0 Additional Sentences: Kah! Kekonen ahshankeyan? Kah! Kekonenini ahshanket(c)? n b) c) at a) Piko kekoonini ashankewak ihkitowak. uc 6. io This is the sixth sentence from dialogue B. of Piko kekoon nitahshanke ihkito. Piko na kekoon kitahshanke? ty b) c) Ed Additional Sentences: a) Nato-miicimini maawiin siyaaken kaye abshanketokwenak. Fa 7. cu l This is the seventh sentence from dialogue B. sit Siyaaken maawiin kekiin kiminobpitaanaatok nato-miicim. Soosan na ahshanke nato-miicimini. 0 er b) c) y Additional Sentences: a) Ebe, amohsbabi ehkitowaat(c). U 8. ni v This is the eighth sentence from dialogue B. he Ebe, amohsbahi keniin ehk.itoyaan. Ebe, amohsbabi waa-tootamaan. ke b) c) ad Additional Sentences: 9. La This is the ninth sentence from dialogue B. a) Amiinahi! Keniin nitaa-kii-ishaa. Additional Sentences: b) c) Amiinahi kek.iin e-wii-maacaayan? Amiinahi tepwe? 0 50 �ADVANC ED O,JIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 3 This is the tenth sentence from dialogue B. a) Cike, kiishpin ishaayan pi-naasihkawihshin. Additional Sentences: b) c) Cikemaa, kiishpin ishaayan, keniin nika-ishaa. Cike, kekiin kehcinaac piishaan. (Ki)ka-pi-naasihkawin. n r 10. at a) Ahaaw, pinamaa nika-kakwecimaa nitookimaam. uc 11. io This is the eleventh sentence from dialogue B. Awancn tahsh kitookimaam? Niwiiciiwaakan. Fa a) cu l This is the twelfth sentence from the dialogue B. 12. sit Kitookimaam na kahkina kekoonini otipentaan? Awancnan wiiciiwaat(c) kitookimaam? er b) c) y Additional Sentences: ni v Writing Practice: U Now, write one sentence of your own from each section. There are twelve sections. ad Speaking Practice: ke he Work with a partner for practice reading and understanding the sentences until you feel comfortable with the material. Then do the same with the sentences you wrote yourself. La ( of Pinamaa na kiwii-kakwecimaa kitookimaam? Otookimaaman na pinamaa owii-kakweci.maan? ty b) c) Ed Additional Sentences: 51 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Exerci.seJ Review Test Preverbs: This review test has two sections. Before you begin, review the spelling and meanings of the words very carefully. When you are ready, translate them into English. Remember, try to answer without looking at your notes. Translations are on page 108. Severn Ojibwe 3. ci- io ishi- at 2. uc kiiwe- Ed 1. Translation of 4. kaake- ty 5. 0 n 1. cu l 6. kinioi- Fa 7. koci- y 8. nato- niioaa- 12. owaahtawi- 13. tahso- 14. watakami- er 11. 0 ni v nehpici- ke he ad U LO. sit 9. naaci- La Note: Check your translations when you have finished. 0 52 �ADVANCED O.JIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 3 2. In this section, before you begin, review the meanings of the words very carefully. When you are ready, translate them into Severn Ojibwe. Translations are on page 109. r Severn Ojlbwe returning_ 2oin2 back 2. thus: so. there. in the certain wav 3. to that. will. would. could should 4. the one who: the one that: 5. will. would. should. could: FUTURE 6. fast 7. trv to do 8. real, natural, plain 9. 2et, fetch, 20 for 11. at night, haooening at ni2ht, nocturnal 12. delayed, late 13. so manv, so much, a certain number 14. easily Fa nennanentlv, not knowing when to quit ad U ni v er sit y 10. cu l ty of Ed uc at io n 1. ke he Note: Check your translations when you have finished. La ( English 53 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise A Additional Sentences I Read and Understand: 1. In this lesson. we will continue to review dialogues from the previous lesson. Let's go back to lesson 3. Exercise F, Section 1, Dialogue A on page 42. 0 uc at io n Once again, concentrate on how preverbs are used in each sentence. Preverbs used throughout the sentences will be in italic type. Also, some new words will be introduced to you throughout the sentences. If you find any new words, underline them. English translations can be found in the translation section. Translations are on page 110. a) Ta-nehpici-sookipwan ishi-naakwan ke-kiishikaak. of 1. Ed This Is the ftrst sentence from dialogue A. ty Additional Sentences: cu l b) Kiishpin nehpici-kimiwank, kaawin nika-maacaahsiin. Fa c) Kiisbpin nehpici-poonanohkiiyan, keniin nika-poonanobkii. sit a) Aanti wenci-nihsitawinaman aan ke-ishi-kiisbikaak? ni v Additional Sentences: 0 er 2. y This Is the second sentence from dialogue A. U b) Kinihsitawinaan ina aan ke-ishi-kiisbikaak waapank? ad c) Aanti waa-ishi-abtooyan kiciimaan? a) Naabpic ohsha kii-maci-miskwaawaa wiipac kekishep. ke 3. he This Is the third sentence from dialogue A. La Additional Sentences: b) Naabpic kii-mino-naakwan miskwaawaa kekisbep. c) Naahpic niminwentaan e-waapantamaan miskwaawaa. This Is the fourth sentence from dialogue A. 4. a) Aan tahsh kaa-ishi-nihsitawinaman miskwaawaa? 0 �ADVANCED O,JIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Additional Sentences: b) Kikii-kanawaapantaan ina miskwaawaa kekishep? c) Kii-maci-miskwaawaa wiipac kekishep. This is the t1fth sentence from dialogue A. n a) Kii-niipaa-miskwaawaa ekwa wiipac kii-aahte-naakwan. io S. Ed b) Kiishpin kaa-niipaa-miskwaawaak, kehcinaac ta-maci-kiishikaa. uc at Additional Sentences: of c) Kiisbpin miskwaawaa ekwa wiipac kaa-aahte-naakwank, kehcinaac ta-maci-kiishikaa. a) Ami ahko ehkitowaahpan kihci-ayahaak weshkac. cu l 6. ty This is the sixth sentence from dialogue A. Fa Additional Sentences: y b) Wesbkac, kihci-ayahaak okii-minwentaanaawaa e-kanawaapantamowaat(c) miskwaawaani. c) Ami ahko eshi-naakwank mishkwaawaa kiishpin kaa-wii-maci-kiii;hikaak, sit ( a) Kiishpin kaa-niipaa-miskwaawaak wiipac kekishepaa ekwa ketabtawen kaa-aahte-naakwank., kape-kiishikaa ta-maci-kiishikaa. U 7. ni v er This is the seventh sentence from dialogue A. ad Additional Sentences: ke he b) Kiishpin kaa-niipaa-miskwaawaak ekwa tahsh wiipac kaa-aahte-naakwank., kehcinaac wiipac ta-maci-kiishikaa. La c) Kikii-waapantaan ina kaa-kii-niipaa-miskwaawaak wiipac kekisbepaa? This is the eighth sentence from dialogue A. 8. a) Amiicika tahsh ihi rnaarnahkaac. Additional Sentences: b) Amiicika tahsh ihi e-aanirnisiyan. c) Amiicika tahsh ihi e-mino-naakosit(c). 55 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 This is the ninth sentence from dialogue A. 9. a) Amohsha tahs_h ilco tepwe ahko ehkihkipan aan kaa-ishi-nihsitawinaakwank miskwaawaa. Additional Sentences: 0 b) Kaa-ishi-nihsitawinaakwank miskwaawaa. amohsha ahko tepwe ehkihkipan. io n c) Kaa-ishi-miskwaawaak, amihiwe ke-ishi-kiishikaak. uc a) Noonkom kaa-kiishilcaak, kaawin ihiwe ihkinsinoon. Ed 10. at This is the tenth sentence from dialogue A. of Additional Sentences: ty b) Noonkom kaa-kiishilcaak, kaawin wiihkaa ihiwe ishiwepansinoon. cu l c) Noonkom kaawin wiihkaa ihiwe kitishi-waapantansiimin ci-ishiwepank. For writing practice, write one sentence of your own, following the sentence patterns reviewed above. Try to use the preverbs in these patterns. There are ten sentence patterns in all. sit y 2. Fa Writing Practice: ke he ad U ni v For practice reading and understanding, work with a partner taking turns until you completely understand the material. Then do the same with the sentences you wrote yourself. La 3. 0 er Speaking Practice: 0 56 �ADVANCED 0,JIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise B Additional Sentences Il 1. In this exercise we will review sentences from lesson 3; Exercise F; section 1; dialogue Bon page 42. Once again, concentrate on how preverbs are used in each sentence. Preverbs used through out the sentence will be in italic type. Also, some new words will be introduced to you through out the sentences. If you find any new words, underline them. English translations can be found in the translation section. Translations are on page 111. io n r Read and Understand: uc a) Aanahpii ta-pipoon eshinaman? Ed 1. at This is the first sentence from dialogue B. of Additional Sentences: ty b) Wripac ina ta-pipoon kitinentaan? cu l c) Aasha ina kekaat ta-niipin kitishinaan? Additional Sentences: y ( a) Ta-pwaahtawi-pipoon nitishinaan. sit 2. Fa This is the second sentence from dialogue B. ni v er b) Ta-pwaahtawi-pipoon nitinentaan. U c) Nika-pwaahtawi-nipaa ani-tipihk;tak- a) Aanti wenci-nillsitawinaman aanahpii ke-pipoonk? he 3. ad This is the third sentence from dialogue B. ke Additional Sentences: La b) Aanahpii wenci-kihkentaman aasha wiipac ci-pipoonk? c) Aanahpii wenci-kihkentaman e-aahkosiyan? This is the fourth sentence from dialogue B. 4 a) Tahso-kiishikaa nitahshawaapamaak wehwewak ci-pimihsewaat(c). Ad~tional Sentences: b) Tahso-kiishikaa nipiihaak nitootemak ci-pi-kiiwitewaat(c). 57 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 4 c) Tahso-kiisbikaa kipiihin ci-piishaayan. This is the rlfth sentence from dialogue B. s. 0 a) Sbaawanonk kaa-ishihsewaat(c) kaa-ani-pipooninik. Additional Sentences: io n b) Shaawanonk ina kitishaa ahpii ani-pipoonk? uc at c) Shaawanonk ina oncinowe? a) Kaawin mahshi niwaapamaahsiik. of 6. Ed This is the sixth sentence from dialogue B. ty Additional Sentences: cu l b) Ikaawin mahshi maacaan! Fa c) Kaawin mahshi nikiishihtoohsiin. 0 ni v Additional Sentences: sit a) Amihimaa wenci-kihkentamaan ci-pwaahtawi-pipoonk. er 7. y This is the seventh sentence from dialogue B. U b) Amihimaa wenci-kihkentamaan ci-pwaahtawi-takohshink. ad c) AO)ihimaa keoiin wenci-wiihsiniyaan. ke a) Kiishpin wiipac kaa-pimihsewaat(c) wehwewak, wiipac ta-pipoon ahko ihkitoopaniik weshkaci-anihshininiwak. La 8. he This is the eighth sentence from dialogue B. Additional Sentences: b) Kiishpin wiipac kaa-maaciihsewaat(c) shiihshiipak wiipac ta-aahkwatin ahko ihkitoopaoiik weshkaci-anihshininiwak. c) Kiishpin wiipac kaa-pipoonk, miishkoc wiipac ta-niipin ahko ihkitoopaniik weshkacianihshininiwak. 0 S8 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 4 This is the ninth sentence from dialogue B. r 9. a) Kitepwehtaan ina tahsh? Additional Sentences: b) Kitepwehtaan ina ihiwe aacimowin? io n c) Kaawin nitepwebtansiin ohowe aacimowin? ty b) Aan tahsh abko kiln e•ishi•waapantaman e-ihkihk? cu l c) Weshkac ahko amihi tepwe eihkihkipan. Fa Writing Practice: sit y For writing practice, write one sentenc~ of your own, following the sentence patterns reviewed above. Try to use the preverbs in these patterns. There arc ten sentence patterns in all. ni v For practice reading and understanding, work with a partner taking turns until you completely understand the material. Then do the same with the sentences you wrote yourself. ke he ad U 3. er Speaking Practice: La ( of Additional Sentences: 2. uc a) Ebe, amohsha piko tepwe abko e-ishi-kihkentamaan e•ihkihk. Ed 10. at This is the tenth sentence from dialogue B. 59 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise C Additional Sentences m Read and Understand: 1. In this exercise we will review sentences from lesson 3; Exercise G; section l; dialogue A on 0 io n page 45. Once again, concentrate on how preverbs are used in each sentence. Preverbs used throughout the sentences will be in italic type. Also, some new words will be introduced to you throughout the sentences. If you find any new words, underline them. English translations can be found in the translation section. Translations are on page 112. uc a) Nihtaa-watakami-aahk.osi na kitaanihs? Ed 1. at This is the first sentence from dialogue A. of Additional Sentences: 0 er Additional Sentences: y a) Naahpic nihtaa-watakami-aahkosi mekwaa tahkaayaa. sit 2. Fa This is the second sentence from dialogue A. cu l c) Naahpic nihtaa-watakami-kishiwaasi nitayihsh. ty b) Ninihtaa-watakami-aahkos kaa-tahkaayaanik. ni v b) Naahpic ninihtaa-watakami-kawac mekwaa pipoon. U c) Kinihtaa-watakami-ishkii ina kekoon kaa-tootaman? a) Mashkibkiini ina ahko otaana-aapacihtoon? he 3. ad This is the third sentence from ~alogue A. ke Additional Sentences: La b) Aani minikohk mashkihki aapacihtooyan? c) Onsaam mishtahi nitaapacihtoon mashkihki nitinentaan. This is the fourth sentence from dialogue A. 4. a) Ebe, mashkihkiiwinini ohsha ahko otaana-miinaan mashkihkiini. Additional Sentences: b) Ebe, mashkihkiiwinini ohsha kewiin aahkosi. 60 0 �ADVANCED OJIB WE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 c) Mashkihkiiwihkwe tahsh wiin, kewiin ina aahkosi? r This is the fifth sentence from dialog ue A. 5. a) Okinipi-caakinaan ohsha tahsh ahko. Additional Sentences: io n b) Nikinipi-caal<ln.aa shooniyaan. uc at c) Kekiin na ahko kikinipi-caalcinaa sbooniyaan? a) Moosbak otahko onsaam e-aapacihtoot(c). of 6. Ed This Is the sixth sentence from dialogue A. cu l b) Moosbak ina kitaapacihtoon mashkibki? ty Additional Sentences: Fa c) Kaawin wiihkaa nitaapacihtoohsiin mashkibki. sit a) Naanta kaana onsaam mishtahi otaapacihtoon kaa-onci-aahkosit(c). ni v Additional Sentences: · er 7. U b) Onsaam kaana mishtahi kitaapacihtoon mashkibki kaa-onci-aahkosiyan. ad c) Onsaam maawiin mishtahi kitootaahpinaanaatok mashkibki kaa-onci-wiinipaayan. a) Amihi eshkam eshihsek kiishpin onsaam mishtahi kaa-aapatank mashk ibki, ke 8. he This Is the eighth sentence from dialogue A. aancilco kitaahkos. Additional Sentences: La ( y This is the seventh sentence from dialogue A. b) Eshkam kcniin pankii nitaapacihtoon mashkihki. c) Eshkam ishihsc kiishpin onsaam misbtahi, kaa-aapatank masbkihki, aancilc o aahkosinaaniwan. Writing Practice: 2. For writing practice, write one sentence of your own, following the senten ce patterns reviewed above. Try to use the prevcrbs in these patterns. There are eight sentence patterns in all. 61 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Speaking Practice: Q 0 ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n For practice reading and understanding, work with a partner taking turns until you completely understand the material. Then do the same with the sentences you wrote yourself. La 3. 0 62 �ADVANCED OJIBW E • UNIT 1; LESSON 4 E:xerciseD Review the New Words Read and Understand: 1. In this exercise once again, we will go back to lesson 3; Exercise E; dialogue A on page 39 to kiishkipoocike (vai) at tootan (vti) kanoosh (vta) (2 on 3) niinehta (pr) wiintamawibshin (vta) (2 on 1) uc (vai) Ed manihse io n review the new words. The list contains the new words introduced in dialogue A. The example s are given in sentence fonn. Concentrate on and understand each word on how its used in each sentence. New words used throughout the sentences will be in italic type. Translations are on page 113. a) Waapank ina (ki)ka-antawi-manihse? b) Wticihihshin e-wii-manihseyaan. c) Kitaataa na kewiin wii-manihse. 2. a) Wiintamawihshin abpii kiroaamaa tJlkohsbink. b) Wiiniamawihshin abpii ishkwaa-anobkiiyan. c) Wiintamawihshin kiisbpin nantawenimat(c) sbooniyaan. 3. a) Nikii-kiishkipoocike abpii kaa-ishkwu-roanibseyaan. b) Kekiin na kiwii-kiishkipoocilce? y Fa cu l ty of 1. ( er sit c) Abpii ishkwaa-nipaayaan keniin nika-ldishkipoocike. a) Ikaawin wiihkaa miina tootanl b) Kiishpin miina tootaman, kaawin wiibkaa miina ka-ayamihinsinoon! c) Kwayahk tootanl 5. a). Kanoosh kiwiiciiwaakan mwaye-kiiweyan. b) Kanoosh kitaanihs ahpii wii-maacaayan. c) Ka-kanoonin abpii nantaweniminaan. 6. a) Niinehta nika-kiiwe awahsiwaapank. b) Kiinehta na kika-maacaa abpii ishkwaa-nipaayan? c) Wiinehta ta-nikamo abpii isbkwaa-wiihsinit(c). La ke he ad U ni v 4. Writing Practice: 2. Now, write six (6) sentences of your own using each word from the list below. manihse (vai) wiintamawihshin (vta) (2 on 1) kiisbkipoocike (vai) tootan kanoosh niinehta (vti) (vta) (2 on 3) (pr) 63 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Speaking Practice: 0 0 ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n For practice reading and understanding, work with a partner taking turns saying the sentences in this exercise out loud until you completely understand the material. Then, do the same with the sentences you wrote yourself. La 3. 0 64 �ADVAN CED O.JIBW E - UNIT 1; LESSO N 4 Exercise E In this exercise, once again, we will go back to Lesson 3; Exercise E; Dialogue Bon page 39 to review the new words. The list below contains the new words introduced in dialogue B. The examples are given in sentence form. Concentrate and understand each word how its used in each sentence. New words used throughout the sentences will be in italic type. Translations are on page 114. of (pc) (prev) (pc) (pc) (vta) (2 on 3) (vta) (2 on I) uc (pc) (vai) at makohsbe amobshahi amiinahi naasibkaw pi•naasibkawihshin a) Menii elcwa Saanii ta-manihsewak waapaok. b) Elewa wiipac ishkwaa-wiihsinin aasha wiipac ka-maacaa! 2. a) Nika-kiiwe elcwa tahsh nika-wiihsin. b) Nika-wiihsin elcwa tahsh nika-nipaa. 3. a) Tahswaa kaa-wii-nipaayaao, awiya nitamacihik. b) Tahswaa kaa-kanooninaan, kaawin kitayapibsiin. 4. a) Mooshak ahlw nitishaa kaa-isbi-niimina.aniwank.. b) Kekiin ina ahlw ihimaa kitishi-taanaapan? 5. a) Waahsa ahko-naakwan pimihsewin. b) Kiisbpin kaa-mino-kiishikaak, waabsa ahko-naakwan. 6. a) Kekiin ina kika-makohshe waapank? b) Aanahpii miina waa-malcohsheyan? 7. a) Amohshahi ekaa ci-kii-tootamaan. ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty I. b) Amohshahi iitok ekaa ci-kii-piishaayaao noonkom kaa-kiisbikaak. La ( (pc) (pcs) Ed ekwa ckwa tahsh tahswaa ahko ahko- io n r Continuation of Review: New Words Read and Understand: 8. a) Amiinahi ekaa ci-kii-pilshaayan noonkom kaa-kiishaak? b) Amiinahi kekiin e-aahkosiyan? 9. a) Naasihkaw kitoohaan. Ta-toohaaoiwan OR toohetaa. b) Naasihkaw kitootaapan. Ta-papaamipisonaaniwan OR papaamipisotaa. 10. a) Pi-naasihkawihshin ahpii ani-maacaayan. b) Ahpii ani-kiiweyan, aahti pi-naasihkawihshin. 65 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Writing Practice: Now, write ten ( 10) sentences of your own using each word from the list below. tabswaa ahko ahko- (pc) (pcs) (pc) (pc) (prev) makohshe amohsbahi amii na hi naasihkaw pi-naasihkawihshin (vai) (pc) (pc) (vta) (2 on 3) (vta) (2 on 1) uc For practice reading and understanding. work with a partner taking turns saying sentences out loud until you completely understand the material. Then do the same with the sentences you wrote yourself. of Ed 3. at Speaklng Practice: 0 n ekwa ekwa tabsb io 2. ty Spelling Notes: Fa cu l In Severn Ojibwe sometimes the shon vowel o is pronounced as I after the consonants s, t, or n. For example, listen to the following words: Sounds like pimipiso mintito pimipisl mintid 0 er sit y Word La ke he ad U ni v Listen carefully to your instructor's pronunciation and follow what be says. In this book we always write such words with an o even if the pronunciation varies. 0 66 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise F 1. Once again, let's go back to Lesson 3; Exercise F; Dialogue A on page 42 to review the new words. The list below contains some new words introduced in dialogue A. The examples are given in sentence form below. Concentrate on understanding how each word is used. New words used throughout the sentences will be in italic type. Translations are on page 115. (pc) ihkito uc ihkin (pc) (vii) (vai) ty a) Mino-naakwan kiwaahkaahikan. b) Kehte-naakwan kiciimaan. a) Kinihsitawinaan ina ihiwc masinahikan? cu l 2. (vii) (prev) (pc) (pre) (pre) Ed aabteami ahko 1. ketahtawen kapemacimaamabkaac (vti) (pc) at (vii) of naakwan nibsitawinan kekisbep miskwaawaa io n r Using the New Words in Sentences Read and Understand: a) Wtlpac nikii-wanisbkaa kelcishep. b) Kekoncn kaa-miiciyan kekishep? 4. a) Kii-miskwaawaa kekishepaa. b) Kikii-waapantaan ina miskwaawaa onaako kekishepaa. sit y 3. ni v er ( Fa b) Kinihsitawinaan ina aanti kaa-ishi-taayan? he a) Ami ahko keniin enentamaan, aasha kekaat ta-pipoon. La 6. Wiipac Jcii-aahte-miskwaawaa kekishep. b) Elewa ta-maacaaniwan, aasha aahte-Jcimiwan. a) ke s. ad U Note: Kekishep and keklshepaa means the same. ''This morning (past)" Kekishlpaayaa means "It is morning." Kekishepaayaak means "(That) it is morning." [Conjunct form of previous sentence.] b) Ami ahko keniin eshi-waapantamaan e-ihlcihk. l.., 7. a) Mekwaac kii-nipaayaan, ketahtawen nikayaashim kii-takohshin. b) Mekwaac kii-anobkiiyaan, ketahtawen nikii-aahkos. 8. a) Kape-kiishikaa ina kika-inent waapank? b) Kape-tipihkaa ina kikii-pimohsc tipihkonk? 9. a) Kehcinaac ta-maci-kiishikaa ishi-naakwan waapank. b) Mooshak maci-ayaa. 67 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 10. a) Maamahkaac nitinentaan ekaa mahshi kaa-takohshink. b) Maamahkaac ekaa mahshi kaa-pipoonk. 12. a) Aan ehkitot(c)? Kaawin nika-piishaabsiin ihkito. b) Kekiin ihkiton otinaan. uc at Otinaan means "he says to him/her" Nitinaa means "I say to him/her'' Kitinaa means ''you say to him/her" Ed Note: 0 n a) Maamahkaac ihkin ohowe mekwaac. b) Maamahkaac ina kekiin kitinentaan kaa-ihkink. io 11. Writing Practice: of Now, write twelve (12) sentences of your own using the words on the list below. (vii) ketahtawen kapemacimaamabkaac ihkin ihkito (pc) ty naakwan ninihsitawinaan kekishep miskwaawaa aahteamiahko cu l (vti) (pc) (vii) (prev) Fa 2. (pre) (pc) (vii) (vai) sit y (pc) (pre) ke he ad U ni v For practice reading and understanding work with a partner taking turns saying the sentences in this section out loud until you completely understand the material. Then do the same with the sentences you wrote yourself. La 3. 0 er Speaking Practice: 0 68 �ADVANCED O.IlBW E • UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercis e G r Studyin g New Words Read and Understand: 1. In this exercise, once again, we will go back to Lesson 3; Exercise F; Dialogue Bon page 42 to 2. a) Aasha kekaat ta-kimiwan nitishinaan. Fa a) Kiyaapic ina Menii ahshawaapi? y 3. b) Kekiin na (ki)ka-ahshawaap ani-tipihkaak? sit er a) Nikii-waapamaa wehwew e-pimihset{c) onaako. b) Kckiin na pankii kiwii-amwaa wehwe? 5. a) Kikii-waapamaak na nibkak lcaa-pimihsewaat(c) kekishep? b) Kitahshawaapamaak na shiihshiipak ci-pimihscwaat(c)? 6. Peshik aapihta ishihse. b) Moosbak ihiwe ishihse ohowe mekwaac. 7. Kaawin mahshi niwii-wiihsinihsiin. b) Kaawin, kaawin mahshi niwaapamaahsiin. ad U ni v 4. a) La 8. ke he a) a) Amihimaa ke-ahkoshkaayaan waapank. b) Amihimaa keniin ke-ishi-taayaan. 9. a) Aasha na kildhkentaan aanahpii ke-maacaayan? b) Kikihkentaan na aanahpii ke-takohshink? 10. (vti) (phrase) {phrase) of ty a) Tahso-kiishikaa kipiihin. b) Tahso-ldishikaa maci-ldishikaa. b) Aanahpii kc-isbkwaa-kimiwank eshinaman? ( (prev) (pv) Ed (na) {vai) (vai) (2 pcs) (pc) (vti) a) Aanti wenci-kihkentaman wiipac ci-maci-kiisbilcaak? b) Aanahpii wenci-kihkentaman e-aahkosiyan? 69 io (vti) {vai) at amihimaa k.ihkentan wenciweshkacikitepwehtaan e-ishi-k.ihkcmamaan e-ihkihk cu l 1. (pc+ vii) uc tahso-kiishikaa nitishinaan ahshawaapi wchwew pimihsc ishihse kaawin mahshi n review the new words. The list below contains some new words introduced from dialogue B. The examples are given in sentence fonn. Concentrate on understanding how each word is used in each sentence. New words will be in italic type. Translations are on pages 116 and 117. �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 11. a) Weshkaci-anihshininiwak, mooshak kii-kihci-anohk.iiwak. b) Weshkaci-ishi-pimaatisiwin. a) Kitepwehtaan ina kahkina kekoon kaa-ishi-noontaman? b) Ehe, nitepwehtaan kahkina kekoon kaa-ishi-wiinramaakoyaan. 13. a) Amihiwe mooshak e-ishi-kihkentamaan keniin. b) Aan tahsh kiin e-ishi-kihkentaman? 14. a) Amihiwe mooshak e-ihkihk kaa-mwaye-pipoonk. b) Kiwaapantaan ina ahko kekiin e-ihkihk? 0 uc at io n 12. taho-kiishikaa nitisbinaan abshawaapi (pc+ vii) wehwe (na) pimihse ishihse kaawin mahsbi (vai) (vai) (2 pcs) of Now, write fourteen ( 14) sentences of your own using each word from the list below. amihimaa kihkentan wenciwesbkacikitepweh~ e-ishi-kihkentamaan e-ihkibk ty (vti) Fa cu l (vai) (pc) (vti) (prev) (pv) (vti) (phrase) (phrase) sit y 2. Ed Writing Practice: ke he ad U ni v For practice reading and'understanding, work with a partner taking turns saying the sentences above out loud until you completely understand the material. Then do the same with the sentences you wrote yourself. La 3. 0 er Speaking Practice: 0 70 �ADVANCED O,JIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise H (vta) (vti) a) Naahpic tahkaayaa noonkom kaa-kii~bikaak b) Naahpic niminwentaan acina e-waapamioaao 2. a) Mekwaa tahlcaayaa shaawanonk nikii-isbaa. b) Mekwaa ldhci-ldmiwan lcii-pi-kiiwe tipibkonk. 3. a) Keko mashkih/ci aapacihtooyan ohowc mekwaac? b) Mashkihki ina kitataawe? 4. Mashkihkiiwinini nikii-miinik mashkihkiini. b) Mashkihkiiwinini kewiin aahkosi. s. a) Otaana-kii-wiintamawaan ekaa ci-tootank. b) Anaa-kii-wiintamawaakanoo ekaa ci-maacaat(c). 6. Miish omabkisinan mwaye-maacaat(c). b) Miinihshirt oimabltisinan mwaye-roaacaayaan. 7. a) Shemaak caakinan kinipiim. b) Aasha kekaat nicaalcinaan nimiicimiro. 8. a) Mooshak ahko keniin e-maamitoneniminaan. b) Mooshak otahko kewiin e-ontamiibket(c). 9. a) Kekiin pankii onci-aapacihtoon. b) Kewiin na pankii owii-aapacihtoon? io. a) Naanta waapank nika-kiiwe. b) Kaawin kaana mahshi takohshinihsiin. er sit y Fa cu l 1. he a) ad U ni v a) L (pc) (pc+ pc) of (pc) 71 io miisb caakinan ahko OR otabko (pc) at (pv) (ni) (vti) uc aana- aapacihtoon naanta kaana naanta kaana amibi esbkam aapatan aanciko (pc) (pc) Ed (na) (pc) (pc) ty naahpic mekwaa mashkihki ma.~bkiblciiwinini n In this exercise, for the last time, we will go back to Lesson 3; Exercise G; Dialogue A on page 45 to review the new words. The list below contains some new words introduced in dialogue A. The examples are given in sentence form. Concentrate on understanding how each word is used in each sentence. New words will be in italic type. Translations are on pages 117 and 118. La ( 1. ke r How Words Are Used in Sentences Read and Understand: (vii) (pc) �ADVANCED OJIBWE .. UNIT 1; LESSON 4 11. a) Naanta kaana nika-pankihshin. b) Naanta kaana kaawin ta-piishaahsiin. 12. a) Amihi keniin ci-maacaayaan waapank. b) Amihi iitok ekaa ci-kii-piishaayaan. 13. a) Eshkam naahpic nikibtim ohomaa kaa-anohkiiyaan. b) Eshkam ehta niminwentaan. 14. a) Aapatan obowe melcwaac niciiroaan. b) Kiisbpin ekaa aapatank waapank, ka-kii-aapacihtoon. 15. a) Ikaawin aanciko ani-maacaan! b) Kiisbpin awaasbibsb ekaa wiihsinit(c ), aanciko ta-mawi. (ni) miish caakin• abko OR otabko io at uc Ed {pc) {pc} y amihi esbkam aapatan aanciko (pc+ pc) (pc) (pc) (vii) 0 (pc) U Speaking Practice: naanta naanta kaana ni v (pc) (vti) kaana sit (na) (pv) (vta) (vti) aana- aapacihtoon Fa (pc) (pc) naabpic mekwaa masbkihki masbkihkiiwinini ke he ad For practice reading and understanding, work with a partner taking turns saying the sentences in this section out loud until you completely understand the material. Then do the same with the sentences you wrote yourself. La 3. cu l ty Now, write fifteen ( 15) sentences of your own using the words from the list below. er 2. of Writing Pracdce: n 0 0 72 �ADVANCED O.JIBWE - UNIT l; LESSON 4 Asking for Information about Kinds: r Here is a type of question from the dialogues in this exercise. Keko mashkihki aapaclhtooyan ohowe mekwaac? What kind of medicine are you taking (using) now? uc at io n This type of question is used when you are making an enquiry about the type or kind of something. The question particle keko 'what' is followed by the noun that you arc asking the question about and a verb in the Conjunct order. Here the verb is the Transitive Inanimate verb aapaci htoo 'use s.t.' with the ending yan 'second-person subject and third person inanimate object.' Ed It is easy to make questions of this kind. The verb may be Transitive Animate (vta), Transit ive Inanimate (vti). and Animate Intransitive plus Object (vai+o). Here are some more examples. of TRANSITIVE ANIMATE cu l ty Keko awUyaashHhsh waapamac? What type of animal do you see? Fa TRANSITIVE INANIMATE sit ni v er Kelm wilyaabs mliclyan? What kind of meat are you eating? U ANIMATE INTRANSITIVE PLUS OBJECT ad Keko paashldsikan ataaweyan? What kind of gun are you buying? ke he As with other types of questions. the subject does not have to be second-person only. You can also ask similar questions with a third-person subject. In this case the noun you are asking the question about is marked with the obviative suffix, lni for inanim ate nouns and an for animate nouns. La ( y Keko pimlhsewin waapaDtaman? What kind of airplane do you see? TRANSITIVE INANIMATE Keko mashklhkHnl aapaclhtoot(c) ohowe mekwaac? What kind of medicine is be/she taking (using) now? TRANSITIVE ANIMATE Keko awliyaashllmhan waapamaat(c)? What type of animal does he/she see? 73 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise I Review the Words Read and Understand: n In this exercise, once again we will review the new words you have learned in Lesson 4. Review and understand the meaning of the words listed below. Note: When they were introduced, some words and phrases may have had different prefixes and suffixes attached to them. Translations are on page 119. Inanimate No11D5 mashkibki makohshewin aahkosiwin anobkiiwin mihsi Animate Intransitive Verbs manibse piroihse kiishkipoocike makohshe Inanimat.! Intransitive Verbs miskwaawaa of Ed uc at io Animate No11D5 kihci-ayabaa roa<!-bkibkiiwinini wcbwcw niwiiciiwaakan nitookimaam ty ihkin cu l isbibse aapatan naakwan kekishepaayaa maci-kiishikaa tahkaayaa Fa ihkito ahsbawaapi 0 Transitive Inanimate Verbs nihsitawinan ishinan kihkentan aapacihtoon caakinan he ad U ni v Transitive Animate Verbs kaanoosb m.iish naasihkaw wiintamawihshin (2 on 1) pi-naasihkawihsbin (2 on l) er sit y ahshanke Preverbs Partides kekishep OR kekishepaa ami abko OR amiyahko ketahtawen amihjmaa naahpic ahko naanta kaana esbkam aanciko niinehta mekwaa ke aahte- 0 La weshkaciaanatahso. ahko- 74 0 �ADVANCED OJIBW E • UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Useful Expreuions - Translations are on page 120. r nika-kii-tootaan niinehta. miikwehc nitootem. (ki)ka-pi-kanoonin naake. amihiwe kwayahk. amiinahi! amobshahi! n amiicika tabsh ihi maamahkaac ! y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io amihimaa wenci-kihkentamaan. amobsha tcpwe! amobsha tabsh iko tcpwe! tepwe (o)bsha! aanahpil ta-pipoon eshinaman? amihi eshkam eshibsek. kaawin mabshi. (statement) Ikaawin mahshi! (command) La ke he ad U ni v er sit ( 75 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise J Review Test 0 Useful Expressions: at uc Ed of ty cu l Fa y sit 0 ke he ad U ni v er nika-kii-tootaan niinehta. miikwehc nitootem. (ki)ka-pi-kanoonin naake. amihiwe kwayabk. amiinahi! amohshahi! amiicika tahsh ihi maamabkaac 1 amihimaa wenci-kihkentamaan. amohsha tepwe! amohsha tahsh iko tepwe! tepwe (o)hsha! aanahpii ta-pipoon eshinaman? amihi eshkam eshihsek. kaawin mahshi. ikaawin mabshi! io n This review test has one section only. Before you begin, review the meanings of the phrases very carefully. When you are ready, translate them into English. Space is provided for you below. Remember, try to do this on your own without looking at your notes. Corrections will be done by the instructor. La 1. 0 76 �ADVANCED OilBW E - UNIT 1; LESSO N 5 Exercise A io at uc Ed of ty y Fa 1) Kinantawentaan ina ci-wiicihinaan? 2) Naake kaana tahsh miina ka-waapamin. 3) Kaa-ishi-maawacihitinaaniwank. 4) Piko kekoon. 5) Amohshahi ehkitot(c). 6) Keniin nitaa-kii-ishaa. 7) Kiisbpin wii-ishaayan, (ki)ka-wiiciiwin. 8) Pinamaa niwii-anwep. 9) Ta-pwaahtawi-takohshin. 10) Aanti wenci-kihkentaman? 11) Aan tahsh kaa-ishi-nihsitawinaman? 12) Wtipac kii-aahte-naakwan. 13) Amihimaa wenci-nihsitohtamaan14) Amihimaa ke-ishi~piihinaan. 15) Ami ahko ehkitowaahpan. (Also amiyahko.) n Th.is lesson has two sections. First, we will study fifteen (15) phrases and expressions listed below. Concentrate on the meanings and pronunciations. If you have a partner to work with, take turns repeating them. Translations are on page 121. cu l r Phrases and Expressions Read and Understand: La ke he ad U ni v er sit ( 77 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 5 Exen:iseB Some Words Are Missing Read and Understand: 0 n For this exercise, the phrases and expressions are given below with some words missing. See if you can fill in the blanks with the appropriate phrase or expression. You can refer to Exercise A as a guideline. Answers and translations are on page 121. at io Ta-pwaahtawi-_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ uc Pinamaa _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _-anwep. Ed _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _-kihkentaman? Aan _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ kaa-ishi-_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _? --------------- ty of Amiahko Keniin _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ cu l Kiishpin _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _, (ki)ka-_ _ _ _ _ _ __ Fa Amohshahi _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ y Amihimaa _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _-piihinaan. er ------------- 0 ni v Piko sit Wiipac _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _-naakwan. U - - - - - - - - - - - - - ina ci-wiicihinaan? _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ miina ka-waapamin. ----------------- he --------- La ke Amibimaa ad Kaa-ishi- 0 78 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 5 Exercise C r Expanding Phrases and Expressions Read and Understand: 1. In this exercise, we will rewrite the phrases and expressions, this time, adding more words to each phrase and expression. Phrases and expressions introduced to you in Exercise A will be in italic type. Also, some new words will be introduced to you throughout the sentences. New vocabulary will be given further explanation afterwards. Translations are on page 122. 2. This is a reading and understanding exercise only. The new phrases introduced in Exercise C, Section 1 above are listed below. Study and review them very carefully. Remember, most of these phrases are incomplete. Translations are on page 122. sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n (Ki)ka-nantawentaan ina ci-wiicihinaan ahpii manihseyan? Naake kaana tahsh miina ka-waapamin kaa-ishi-niiminaaniwank. Kaa-i.shi-maawacihitinaaniwank (ki)ka-ishi-waapamin kckishepaayaak. Piko kekoon ta-abshankaaniwan kaa-ishi-makobshaaniwank. Amohshahi ehkitot(c) ekaa-e-wii-piishaat(c). Keniin nitaa-kii-i.shaa kiishpin ekaa ontamiihkeyaan. Kiishpin wii-ishaayan, (ki)ka-wiiciwin kiishpin ekaa naanta inentaman. Pinamaa niwii-anwep ahpii ishkwaa-anohkiiyaan. Ta-pwaahtawi-takohshin kiishpin maci-kii~hikaanik. Aanti wenci-kihkentaman wiipac ci-kasbkatink_ Aan tahsh kaa-ishi-nihsitawinaman ci-ishiwepahk waapank? Wiipac kii-aahte-naakwan kaa-kii-miskwaawaak kekisbepaa. Amihimaa wenci-nihsitawinanuum ci-mino-kiisbikaak waapank. Amihimaa ke-i.shi-piihinaan ci-pi-takobshiniyan. Ami ahko ehkitowaahpan wesbkaci-kihci-ayahaak. 1) Ahpii manibseyan. ni v er ( 1) 2) 3} 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10} 11) 12) 13) 14} 15) La ke he ad U 2} Kaa-ishi-niiminaaniwank. 3) (Ki)ka-ishi-waapamin kekishepaayaak. 4) Ta-ahshankaaniwan kaa-ishi-makohsbaaniwank. 5) Ekaa e-wii-piisbaat(c}. 6) Kiisbpin ekaa ontamiihkeyaan. 7) Kiisbpin ckaa naanta inentaman. 8) Ahpii ishkwaa-anohkiiyaan. 9) Kiishpin maci-kiishikaanik_ 10) Wiipac ci-kashkatink. 11) Ci-ishiwepahk waapank? 12) Kaa-kii-miskwaawaak kekishepaa. 13) Ci-mino-kiishikaak waapank. 14) Ci-pi-takohshiniyan. 15) Weshkaci-kihci-ayahaak. L 79 incomplete incomplete incomplete complete complete incomplete incomplete incomplete incomplete incomplete incomplete incomplete incomplete incomplete complete �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSONS 3. New Vocabulary: Here is the new vocabulary introduced in Exercise C (2). Each word is given first in its basic fonn and then in the form in which it appears in the example sentence. Translations are on pages 122 and 123. 1) 0 vai conjunct first-person singular (I) manihse io n manihseyan niimi niiminaaniwank vai indefinite subject, conjunct order 3) kekishepaayaa kekishepaayaalc vii conjunct third-singular inanimate 4) ahshanke ahsbaokaaoiwan vai indefinite subject, independent order 5) makohshe makohshaaniwank vai indefinite subject, conjunct 6) ontamiihke OJltamiihkeyaan vai conjunct first-person singular (I) 7) inentan inentaman vti conjunct second-person subject/third-person singular object uc Ed of ty cu l Fa y sit er U vii conjunct third-singular inanimate vii conjunct third-singular inanimate ad he ishiwepan ishiwepabk 0 ni v 10) kasbkatin kasbkatink 11) at 2) vii conjunct third-singular inanimate La ke 12) miskwaawaa miskwaawaak 0 80 �ADVANCED 0.JIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSONS Verbs with Indefinite Subjects Sometimes Animate Intransitive or Transitive Animate verbs may be used with a special ending which indicates the action being done by an unspecified person or group of persons. Here are some AI verbs used in the Independent Order with this ending, which is in bold type. ( 1) niiminaaniwan People are dancing OR there's a dance going on (2) wiihsininaaniwan People are eating. (3) maawacihitinaaniwan There's a gatherin OR, people are gathering together. Ed uc at io n r cu l ty of Almost any AI verb can have an indefinite subject form, and they are very common in the spoken language. For most AI verbs, the indefinite subject suffix has the form naaniwan. With verbs that end in certain sounds, the form of the suffix may change slightly. Notice what happens with a verb that ends in a long aa. y sit er nipaanlwan People are sleeping. U pimohsaanlwan People are walking. ni v Now, notice what happens if the basic verb ends in a long e. he ad makohshaaniwan People are feasting. ke Here, the final e of the verb pimobse 'walk' and makohshe 'have a feast' are dropped and the indefinite subject suffix is added in the form aaniwan. La ( Fa maacaaniwan People are leaving. Indefinite subject forms can also appear in the Conjunct Order, by adding the Conjunct suffix k. Compare the two forms of the Ojibwe verb that means 'people are dancing' in the following table (the Conjunct suffix is in bold type). People are dancing. Independent Conjunct niiminaaniwan niiminaniwank Notice that in the conjunct form the final n of the indefinite subject suffix is often silent when the Conjunct suffix is added (please check with your instructor and follow his or her pronunciation). 81 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSONS ExerdseD Expanding Your Own Sentences Writing Practice In this exercise, write your own sentences using the words listed below. Try to expand your 1. 0 io at Ed ontamiihke inentam kashkatin ishiwepan miskwaawaa uc manibse niiminaaniwan kekishkepaayaa ah.41-baukaaniwan makobsbaaniwan n sentences as much as you can by using verbs, particles and past, present and future tense etc. The first two examples are done for you. Translations are on page 123. 1) Kiisbpin nantawentaman ci-wiibinaan abpii of yan, pi-kanoonibshin. ty 2) Ta-nHmloaanlwan abpii isbkwaa-anobkiiyank. cu l 3) Fa 4) 5) sit y 6) 0 er 7) ni v 8) U 9) ad 10) he Speaking Practice: La ke 2. For speaking practice, go back to Exercise C, Section l on page 79. Work with a partner for reading and understanding the sentences until you feel comfortable with the material. Then do the same with the sentences you wrote yourself. 0 82 �ADVANCED O.TIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON S Exercise E Translation Review Exercise: io n This is a final review exercise of the fifteen phrases and expressions introduced in this lesson. Before you begin the translation, refer to page 77, Exercise A. Study and review the meanings of these phrases very carefully. When you are ready, translate the sentences into Severn Ojibwe. Space is provided for you below. Remember, try to do this exercise without looking at your notes. Translations are on pages 123 and 124. at 1. uc Do you want me to help you? Ed 2. So, I guess I will be seeing you again later. of 3. At the meeting. ty 4. cu l Anything. s. Fa Thafs what he/she says. 6. y sit ( I should go too. 7. er If you want to go, I will go with you. ni v 8. U I want to rest for a while. ' 9. ad He/she will be arriving late. he 10. 11. ke Where/how so you know? La So, how did you see it will happen? 12. It disappeared quickly. 13. That's where/how I understand it. 14. I will wait for you there or could refer to; a cenain date. L 15. That's what they used to say. 83 �ADVANCED OJIBWE .. UNIT 1; LESSONS Exercise F More Phrases and Expressions Read and Understand: 0 In this exercise, we will continue to study some more phrases and expressions listed below. Concentrate on the meanings and pronunciations. If you have a partner to work with, take turns repeat- 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. io at uc Ed of sit y 15. ty 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. cu l 2. Ikaawin maanenciken! Ikaawin nanaatihkosiin ! Ikaawin tootan! Ikaawin maci-tootan! Sakamaatapin! Waabkamisin! Nimincinawes ! Ninanepewis. Nishikatentaan. Tetako nicaakii. Manaaci-pihci-tootaason! Ka-kii-tootaan ina kiinehta? Kwayahk kanawenimitison. Aasha miina maacii-tahkaayaa. Pi-otaahpinihshin ahpii ani-maacaayan. Fa 1. n ing them until you are comfortable with the material. Translations are on page 124. 0 er Negative Imperatives ad U ni v Sometimes you may wish to tell someone not to do something. The most common way is to use the special negative word lkaawln followed by the regular imperative (command) form of the verb. In the following examples, repeated from Exercise F above, the suffix n at the end of the word is the suffix used to make commands addressed to a single person. Ikaawin maanenciken! Don't cause trouble! (2) Ikaawin nanaatihkosiin ! Don't make fun! (4) ke La (3) he (1) Ikaawin tootan! Don't do it! Ikaawin maci-tootan ! Don't do something bad! You may wish to review the material in Introductory Ojibwe (Unit 1, Lesson 4, Exercise A) where imperatives are discussed. 84 0 �ADVANCED OilBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 5 Exercise G Ni ka Te koni io taan. ci at kii. uc Ni n For this exercise. the phrases and expressions are given below with some words or syllables missing. See if you can fill in the blanks with the appropriate phrase or expression. You need to refer to Exercise Fas a guideline. Corrections are on page 124. wes! Ed r Some Words Are Missing Read and Understand: kami ka -tootaaoson! Ka- -tootaan ina cu l ? Fa -otaahpinihshin y Aasba naa er lkaawin sit lkaawin maa ni v kanawenimitison. U tootan! ---- -----tootan! ke he ad Ni._ _ _ _ _ _ _~.____s. 85 -tabkaayaa. ken! kob La ( ty Manaacii- of ta -maacaayan. �ADVANCED OJIBW E - UNIT 1; LESSON 5 Exercise ff Expanding Phrases and Expressions Read and Undentand: In this exercise, we will rewrite the phrases and expressions by adding more words to each phrase and expression. Phrases and expressions introduced in this lesson will be in italic type. Also, some new words will be introduced to you throughout the sentences. New vocabulary will be given further explanation afterwards. Complete translations are on page 125. 1) Jkaawin maanencilcen mekwaac isbkoonooyan. 2) Ikaawin nanaatihkosiin! Kiisbpin nanaatibkosiiyan, awiya (ki)ka-miikaaoik3) Jkaawin tootan ! (Ki)ka-pihci-tootaas. 4) Ikaawin maci-tootan! Kiishpin maci-toownan, (ki)ka-tipaahkooikoo. S) Sakamaatapin mekwaac wiihsiniyan. 6) Waahkamisin! Kiishpin ekaa waabkami~iyan, (ki)ka-pabkihtehokoo. 7) Nimincinawes kaa-kii-wani-kanooninaan. 8) NinaMpewis abko kaa-wiiciiwinan. 9) Nishilcatentaan ahko kaa-maacaayan. 10) Tetako nicaaldi noonkom kaa-kii~hikaak 11) Manaaci-pihci-tootaason mekwaac anohkiiyan. 12) Ka-ldi-tootaan ina ldinehta ci-kiishihtooyan obowe anobkiiwin? 13) Kwayahlc lcanawenimitison ekaa ci-pibci-tootaasoyan. 14) Aasha miina maacii-tahkaayaa noonkom kaa-pimikonakaak. 1S) Pi-otaahpinihshin ahpii ani-maacaayan, keniin e-wii-maacaayaan. This is a reading and understanding exercise only. The new phrases introduced in Exercise C, Section 1 above are listed below. Study and review them very carefully. See and·understand the ones that are complete and that the ones are incomplete. Make sure you understand ..why" the phrase is complete or incomplete. Translations are on page 12S. 0 y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n 1. Q ni v er sit 2. 1) U 2) ad 3) La ke he 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10) 11) 12) 13) 14) 1S) Mekwaac isbkoonooyan. Kiisbpin nanaatibkosiiyao. awiya (ld)ka-miikaaoik(Ki)ka-pibci-tootaas. Kiishpin maci-tootaman. (ki)ka-tipaahkonikoo. Mekwaac wiihsiniyao. Kiishpin ekaa waabkamisiyan. (ki)ka-pahkitebokoo. Kaa-kii-wani-kanooninaan. Amihi kekaat e-kii-nihshiwanaatisiyaan. Abko kaa-maacaayan. Noonkom kaa-kiisbikaak. Mckwaac anobkiiyan. Ci-kiishihtooyao ohowe anohkiiwin. Ekaa ci-pibci-tootaasoyan. Noonkom kaa-pimikonaakaak. Keniin e-wii-maacaayaan. 86 incomplete complete complete complete incomplete complete incomplete complete incomplete complete incomplete incomplete incomplete complete incomplete 0 �ADVANCED O.JIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 5 3. New Vocabulary: Here we list the new vocabulary in Exercise H( 1). For each word the first line lists the basic fonn of the word. The next line lists the word as it appears in the exercise. Any following lines give other fonns of the basic word. Complete translations arc on pages 125 and 126. vai independent first-person independent second-person 4) tipaahkonike (ki)ka-tipaahkonikoo nitipaahkonaa · kitipaahkonaa vta ad he ke La 12a) kiishibtoon (command) nikiishihtoon kikiishibtoon b) anohkiiwin nitanohkiiwin kitanohkiiwin otanohkiiwin 14) cu l Fa y sit vta independent indefinite subject/third-person object, future preverb independent first-person subject/third-person object independent second-person subject/third-person object er kanoosh kaa-kii-wani-kanooninaan nikanoonaa kikanoonaa amihi kekaat ci-kiishibtooyan 8) independent indefinite subject/second person object, future preverb independent first-person subject/third person object independent second-person subject/third-person object ni v pahkibtebo (command) (ki)ka-pahkihtebokoo nipahkibtewaa kipabkibtewaa U 7) of tootaaso nitootaas kitootaas ty 3) 6) n vta independent third-person subject/second-person subject, future preverb first-person second-person nimiikaaoaa kimiikaanaa ( io miikaash (ki)ka-roiikaanik at 2) vai conjunct first-person independent first-person independent second-person uc ishkoonoo ishkoonooyan nitishkoonoo kitishkoonoo Ed I) pimikonaakaa pimikonaakaak vta conjunct first-person subject/second-person object independent first-person subject/third-person object independent second-person subject/third-person object particle conjunct second-person subject/third-person object vti2 independent first-person subject/third-person object independent second-person subject/third-person object noun first-person possessive second-person possessive third-person possessive vii conjunct third-person inanimate 87 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSONS Exercise I Expanding Your Own Sentences Writing Practice: ishkoonoo miikaash tootaaso tipaahkon pahkihteho n In this exercise, write your own sentences using the words listed below. Try to expand your sentences as much as you can by using verbs, particles, preverbs and past, present, future tense, etc. The first two examples are done for you. Translations are on page 126. at Ed ty 3) uc kiishihtoon anohkiiwin pimikonakaa 1) Mwaye-antawi-ishkoonooyan, saakitahtoon wepinikan. 2) Ikaawin mllkaason mekwaac lshkoonooyan! sit y Fa cu l 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 0 er 9) ni v 10) U Speaking Practice: For speaking practice, go back to Exercise H Section 1 on page 86. Work with a partner to read and understand the sentences until you feel comfortable with the material. Then do the same with the sentences you wrote yourself. La ke he ad 2. io kanoosh amihi kekaat of 1. 0 0 88 �ADVANCED O.TIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON 5 Exercise J Translation Review Exercise: io n This is the final review exercise of the phrases and expressions that you have been working on. Before you begin the translation, refer to page 84 Exercise F. Study and review the meanings of them very carefully. When you are ready, translate the sentences into Severn Ojibwe. Space is provided for you below. Remember, try to do this exercise without looking at your notes. Translations are on page 127. at 1. uc Don't disobey! Ed 2. Don't tease! of 3. Don't do that! ty 4. cu l Don't do bad things! (evil things) s. Fa Sit still! Behave yourself! sit ( y 6. 7. er I am sorry! ni v 8. U I am embarrassed (shy). 9. ad I am lonely. he 10. 11. ke I am totally exhausted. La Watch out not to hurt yourself! 12. Can you do it by yourself! 13. Take good care of yourself. 14. Already it is starting to get cold again. L, 1S. Come and pick me up when you leave. 89 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT l; LESSON 6 Unit 1 Review Tests n This lesson contains review tests for Lessons 1 through 5 on pages 90 thru 94. For most of the review tests, your instructor will dictate the words or sentences for you to write. You can do the review test for Lesson 5, on your own but you must have your instructor check your translations. You may fmd it helpful to review your notes and lessons before trying the review materials in this section. Check your spelling and translation with your instructor when you are done. io Lesson 1 Review Test: Sixteen Bulldinp Ed uc at Your instructor will say the words for sixteen buildings from the vocabulary you have learned in Lesson 1. Listen carefully as the instructor says each noun. For each word your instructor says, please write it in Severn Ojibwe and give the English translation. Spaces are provided for you below. Severn OJlbwe of English Translation 1. ty ~ cu l 2. 3. Fa 4. y s. sit 6. ni v 8. U 9. 10. he ke 13. ad 11. 12. 0 er 7. La 14. lS. 16. 0 90 �ADVANCED OJIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON 6 Lesson 2 Review Test: My Relations n r This review test has one section. Before you begin, review the words for "my relations., on page 15. sections 1 and 2. Listen carefully as the instructor says each word. For each word your instructor says, please write it in Severn Ojibwe and give the English translation. Spaces are provided for you below. Check your spelling and translation with your instructor when you are done. io Severn Ojibwe at English Translation uc 1. Ed 2. 3. of 4. ty s. y Fa 7. 8. 9. sit 10. er 11. ke he ad U ni v 12. La ( cu l 6. 91 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 6 l'...eaon 3 Review Test: Preverbs Before you begin, review the spelling and meanings of the preverbs on page 52. Your instructor will say fourteen preverbs from the vocabulary you have learned. Listen carefully as the instructor says each preverb. For each word your instructor says, please write it in Severn Ojibwe and also write the English translation. Spaces are provided for you below. Check your spelling and translations with your instructor when you are done. Severn Ojlbwe 0 n English Translation io 1. Ed uc at 2. 3. 4. 5. of 6. ty 7. cu l 8. Fa 9. 10. y 11. sit 12. er 13. 0 La ke he ad U ni v 14. 0 92 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 6 Lesson 4 Review Test: Words and Phrases Severn Ojlbwe io English Translation at 1. uc 2. Ed 3. 4. of 5. ty 6. cu l 7. Fa 8. 9. y 10. sit 11. er 12. ni v 13. U 14. ke he ad 15. La ( n This review test has one section. Before you begin, review the spelling and translation of the words and phrases on page 75. Listen carefully as the instructor says each word. For each word your instructor says, please write it in Severn Ojibwe and also write the English translation. Spaces are provided for you below. Check your spelling and translation with your instructor when you are done. 93 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT l; LESSON 6 Lesson 5 Review Test: Expregions and Phrases This review test has one section. Before you begin, take some time to review the meanings of the expressions and phrases listed below. Then, when you are ready, translate them into English. Severn Ojlbwe Translation io n 1. Kinantawentaan ina ci-wiicihinaan? at 2. Piko kekoon. uc 3. Amohshahi ehkitot(c). Ed 4. Keniin nitaa-kii-ishaa. 5. Pinamaa niwii-anwep. of 6. Ta-pwaahtawi-takohshin. ty 7. Aanti wenci-kihkentaman cu l 8. Wiipac kii-aahte-naakwan. 9. Amihimaa ke-ishi-piihinaan. Fa 10. Ikaawin maanenciken ! y 11. lkaawin nanaatihkoshiin ! er U 15. Waahkamisin! 0 ni v 13. Ikaawin maci-tootan! sit 12. lkaawin tootan! 14. Sakamaatiapin! 0 16. Nimincinawes ! ad 17. Ninanepewis. he 18. Nishikatentaan. ke 19. Tetako nicaakii. La 20. Manaaci-pihci-tootaason! 0 94 �ADVANCED OilBWE - UNIT 1; REVIEW SECTION Let's Look Back At What You Have Learned: Lessons 1-S Animate Nouns: -Translations are on page 128. niicimohsh niiciihaa niici-ihkwe niici-naape niici-kihci-ayahaa niici-toohkaan shoosbkwahikan nitookimaam n io at matwehikan Ed uc ahcanihs kinoosbewahsap nitootem niinehta cu l ty Pronouns: wiinehta Fa kiinehta ni v er ahtaabsouikamik natohtamoowikamik !!:himaakaoihshiiwikamik ayamihewikamik kaahsaniiwikamik waweshahitaapaanewikamik masinabikanikamik kisiipiikinikewikamik mashkihk.i makohshewin aahkosiwin maamawihitowin anohkiiwin he ad U ishkoonoowikamik wiihsiniiwikamilc anwepiiwikamilc metawewikamik masinahikewikamik kipahotookamik ataawikamik sit y Inanimate Noum: ke Animate Intransitive Verbs: kanoohke mino-ayaa nantawentaakosi maanencike manihse waahkamisi ahshanke shikatentam tootaaso La ( mashkihkiiwinini kihci-ayahaa wehwew nahscmaa of I nimoosom nikayaashim nipehshohtaahkoomaakan nitinaahkoomaakan nitanohkiinaakan niwiintanobkiimaakan shoominihs niwiiciiwaakan caak.ihse maatanohkii anwepi makohshe sakamaatapi pimihse nanepewisi ishkoonoo kanawenimitiso 95 wenootisi waaciye kiishkipoocike nanaatihkosii ahsbawaapi mincinawesi ontamiihke caakii nanaahkomi �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT l; REVIEW SECTION Inanimate Intransitive Verbs: -Translations are on page 129. naakwan aapatan kashkatin ihkin onaakohshin pimikonaakaa kiishowaayaa masinahamaw nanaahkom wiicihi 0 n tahso-kiishikaa tabkaayaa miskwaawaa kekishepaayaa ishiwepan tahso-tipihkaa uc naanaakacihi naasihkaw piihi at io Transitive Animate Verbs: Ed tipaabkon of nihsitawinaw cu l ty Transitive Inanimate Verbs: ishinam aapacihtoon kiishihtoon Fa ishinan kihkentan tootan inentan nihsitawinan caakinan tepwehtan y 0 sit ishinaakwan ni v er Preverbs: kiiwekinipi- kiiahko- U kaka-kiikakwekaawatakarni- koci- wenci- aana- weshkacipi- oncitaa- pwaahtawi- ke he naacinehpiciniipaa- ad aahte- tahso- La Preverbs and Prenouns: kape- maci- mino- Preverbs that occur only in the Conjunct Order: ci- kaa- ke- kii- e- 0 96 �ADVANCED 0.JIBWE - UNIT 1; REVIEW SECTION Particles: - Translations are on page 130. waaciye amihimaa kekoon amihiwe kekishep ekwatahsh siyaaken ami ahko naake kape-tipihkaa amohsha ahko tahso-kiishikaa kehcin ishkwaayaac naanta kaana aanciko esbkam amiinahi! amiicika amiicika tahsh ihi maawiin OR maawin naahpic tahswaa amohshahi kwayahk kape-kiisbikaa miikwehc iko tetak.o io n kekisbepaa maamahkaac mahshi Ed uc at mekwaa er sit y Fa cu l ty aanahpil eshaayan? aanahpii waa-ishaayan? aanahpii eshaat(c)? aanahpii waa-ishaat(c)? aanahpii eshaayek? aanahpii waa-ishaayek? aanahpii eshaawaat(c)? aanahpii waa-ishaawaat(c)? kinanaabkomin! ikawin maanenciken! ke he ad U ni v ikaawin nanaatihkosiin ! ikaawin tootan! ikaawin maci-tootan! sakamaatapin ! waahkamisin! nimincinawes ! ninanepewis ! nisbikatentaan. tetako nicaakii. ka-k.ii-tootaan ina kiinehta? kwayahk kanawenimitison. aanahpii ta-pipoon esbinaman? ikaawin mahshi ! keniin nitaa-kii-ishaa. La ( aanti eshaayan? aanti waa-isbaayan? aanti esbaat(c)? aanti waa-isbaat(c)? aanti esbaayek? aanti waa-isbaayek? aanti eshaawaat(c)? aanti waa-ishaawaat(c)? kaawin iko naabpic. kaawin kehcin. aanti esbi-anohkiiyan? aanti waa-ishi-anohkiiyan? aanti eshi-apiyan? aanti waa-ishi-apiyan? tahso-kiishikaa. tahso-tipihkaa. ka-maawiin siyaaken. milkwehc nitootem. (ki)ka-pi-kanoonin naake. amihiwe kwayahk. amiicika tahsh ihi maamabkaac! amohsha tepwe! tepwe (o)hsha! kaawin mahshi. kinantawentaan ina ci-wiicihinaan? piko kekoon. pinamaa niwii-anwep. amihimaa ke-ishi-piihinan. of Expreulons: Note: More expressions and sentences on page 401. 97 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Lesson 1 Exercise A: Inanimate Nouns 2) restaurant 6) nursing station 10) radio station 14) garage Exercise C: Sectionl 1) e 5) I 2) f 6) k 3) g 7) j 4) h 8) i 3) restroom 7) jail 11) police station 15) library 15) b 12) m 16) a uc 10) 0 11) n at 13) d 14) C Ed 9) p io Match up Numbers and Letters p) tipihki-piihsim ty o) emihkwaan 0 ni v U ad he ke La masinahilcewikamik m11-~bkibkiiwikamik ataawikamik kipahotookamilc metawewikamik anwepiiwikamik ishkoonoowikamik wiihsiniiwikamik kaabsauiiwikamik waweshahitaapaanewikamik masinabikanikamik kisiipiikioikewikamilc ataawikamik kipahotookamik masbkibkiiwilcamik masinabikewikamik er 12 11 10 sit y Match up Pictures and Words ayamihewikamilc ~himaakanibshiiwikamik natohtamoowikamik ahtaahsonilcamik metawewikamik anwepiiwikamik wiibsiniiwikamik ishkooooowikamik 6. 7. 8. d) shikop b) tihtipwepishldkan 1) shooniyaan r) paanahkihk ExerclseD: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. c) piihswe-aanahkonaa g) pahkwesbikan k) shoominihsh cu l i) wacahkohsh m) piihsim q) shoosbkwabikan b) ahsin t) ahcanihsh j) ahsap n) tiiwahkihk Fa a) nahsemaa e) matwebikan of Classmed as Living Thinp Exercise E: recreation hall store church 16) laundromat 4) 8) 12) 0 n 1) school 5) band office 9) warehouse 13) gas station 9 4 3 2 1 13 14 15 16 8 7 6 5 Translate into Severn Ojibwe 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. kisiipiikioikewilwnik kaabsaniiwikarnik wawesbabitaapaanewikamilc masioabikaoikamik ahtaahsonikaroik shimaakaoibsliiiwik:amik oatohtamoowikamik ayamihewikamik 98 0 �ADVANCED OJIBWE .. UNIT l; TRANSLATION SECTIO N Exercise G: Questions and Answers Question Answer to the school to the restaurant to the restroom to the recreation hall to the band office to the nursing station to the jail to the store When are you going to the warehouse? When do you want to go the radio station? When is he/she going to the police station? When does he/she want to go to the church? When are you (pl) going to the gas station? When do you (pl) want to go to the garage? When are they going to the library? When do they want to go to the laundromat? Today. Tomorrow perhaps. Day after tomorrow. Soon. Later. Much later. Tomorrow maybe. When they're finished working. U io at uc Ed of band office mining station jail store school restaurant washroom recreation ball 4. s. 6. 7. 8. 9. ayamibewikamik 10. shimaakaoibsbiiwikamik 11. natohtamoowikamik 12. ahtaahsnnikamik 13. kisiipiikinikewikarnik 14. rnasinahikanikamik 15. kaahsaniiwikamik 16. wawesbahitaapaanewikamik 9. church 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. ke 2. 3. 8 1 2 3 4 ad i. ty sit 7 he 2. Fa y s 6 er masinahikewikamik mashikihkiiwikamik 3. kipahotookamik 4. ataawikamik 5. isbkoonoowikamik 6. wiihsiniiwikamik 7. anwepiiwikamik 8. metawewikarnik 1. 2. ni v 1. Some Letters Missing La ( cu l Exercise H: n Where are you going? Where do you want to go? Where is he/she going? Where does he/she want to go? Where are you (pl) going? Where do you (pl) want to go? Where are they going? Where do they want to go? 99 police station radio station warehouse laundromat library gas station garage 12 11 10 9 16 15 13 14 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise I: Reading and Understanding Question I'm going to the school I want to go to the restaurant He/she is going to the restroom He/she wants to go to the recreation hall We are going to the band office We want to go to the nursing station They are going to thejail They want to go to the store When are you going to the warehouse? When do you want to go the radio station? When is he/she going to the police station? When does he/she want to go to the church? When are you (pl) going to the gas station? When do you (pl) want to go to the garage? When are they going to the library? When do they want to go to the laundromat? rm going today. I will go tomorrow, maybe. He/she is going the day after tomorrow. He/she wants to go soon. We will go later in the evening. We will go after you (pl) finish singing. cu l ty of Ed uc at io n Where are you going? Where do you want to go? Where is be/she going? Where docs be/she want to go? Where are you (pl) going? Where do you (pl) want to go? Where are they going? Where do they want to go? They will go when they're done working. Fa ExerdseJ: he ke 12. 13. 14. IS. 16. 0 er attawikaroik kipahotookamik ma.~hkihkiiwikamik masinabikewikamik ayamibewikamik ~himaakanibshiiwikamik natohtamoowikamik ahtaahsonikamik metawewikamik anwepiiwikamik wiihsiniiwikaroik ishkoonoowikamik kaahsaniiwikaroik waweshahitaapaanewikamilc kisiipiikinikewikamik masinahikaoikamik ni v s. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. U 2. 3. 4. store jail nursing station band office church police station radio station warehouse recreation hall restroom restaurant school gas station garage laundromat library ad 1. sit y Review Spelling and 'Ihmslation Test La 1. 0 Answer 0 100 �ADVANCED O.JIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION 2. l 1. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. n io 10. at 8. 9. uc 5. 6. 7. Aanti eshaayan? Aanti waa-ishaayan? Aanti eshaat(c)? Aanti waa-ishaat(c)? Aanti eshaayek? Aanti waa-ishaayek? Aanti eshaawaat(c)? Aanti waa-ishaawaat(c)? Aanahpii esbaayan? Aanahpii waa-isbaayan? Aanahpii eshaat(c)? Aanahpii waa-ishaat(c)? Aanahpii eshaayek? Aanahpii waa-ishaayek? Aanahpii eshaayan? Aanahpii waa-ishaawaat(c)? Ed 3. 4. Where are you going? Where do you want to go? Where is he/she going? Where does he/she want to go? Where are you (pl) going? Where do you (pl) want to go? Where are they going? Where do they want to go? When are you going there? When do you want to go there? When is he/she going to there? When does he/she want to go there? When are you (pl) going there? When do you (pl) want to go there? When are they going there? . When do they want to go there? of 2. Translation ty 1. English cu l Lesson2 Severn Ojibwe English y 2. sit ( Fa Exerdse C: 1. niici-toohkan niicimohsh niiciihaa 4. nikayaashim 5. nikayaashim 6. nipehsbohtaahkoomaakan 7. niwiitanohkiimaakao 8. nitanohkiinaakan 9. niici-ihkwe 10. niici-naape 11. niici-kihci-ayahaa 12. nitinaahkoomaakan La ke he ad U ni v er 2. 3. 3. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. C 6. 7. my name-sake my cousin (cross cousin of opposite sex) my spouse my sweetheart my ex-spouse/girlfriend my close relation my.co-worker my worker my fellow woman my fellow man my fellow elder my relation Repeat Translations niwiitanohkiimaakan nikayaashim nitanobkiinaakan nikayaashim nipehshohtaahkoomaakan niici-toohkan niicimohsh my co-worker my sweetheart my worker my ex-spouse/girlfriend my close relation my name-sake my cousin (cross cousin of opposite sex) 101 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION niiciihaa niici-naape nitinaahkoomaakan niici-kihci-ayahaa niici-ihkwe my spouse my fellow man my relation my fellow elder my fellow woman Exercise D: My, Yours, His/Hers my sweetheart your sweetheart his/her sweetheart my ex-spouse your ex-spouse his/her ex-spouse my close relation your close relation his/her close relation my worker your worker his/her worker my co-worker your co-worker his/her co-worker my cousin (cross cousin of your cousin opposite sex) his/her cousin nimoosom kimoosom kitinaabkoomaakan kiicimobsh kiici-naape kikayaashim kitanohkiinaakan kiiciihaa kiici-kihci-ayabaa Fa y sit er ni v U ad okayaashiman otanohkiinaakanan wiiciihaan wiici-kihci-ayahaan he Englisb my sweetheart my ex-spouse/girlfriend my close relation my relation myworker my co-worker mycousin my spouse my fellow-woman my fellow-man my fellow-elder my name-sake La ke 1. 2. 3. 4. S. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. n my name-sake your name-sake his/her name-sake nipcbshohtaahkoomaakan niwiitanobkiimaakan niici-ihkwe niici-toobkan cu l nitinaabkoomaakau niicimobsb niici-naape 3. io uc of my fellow-elder your fellow-elder his/her fellow-elder nikayaashim nitanohkiinaakan niiciihaa niici-kihci-ayahaa omoosoman otinaahkonmaakauJU1 wiicimobsban wiici-naapen my spouse your spouse his/her spou~ Ed my fellow-woman my fellow-man your fellow-woman your fellow-man his/her fellow-woman his/her fellow-man 2. my relation your relation his/her relation ty 1. 0 at 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. kipcshotaakoomaakan kiwiitanohkiimaakan kiici-ibkwe kiici-toobkan 0 opcshotaakoomaakanan owiltanohkiimaakanan wiici-ihkwen wiici-toohkanan Sevem Ojlbwe nimoosom nikayaashim nipehshohtaahkromaakan uirinaahkonmaakau nitanohkiinaakan niwiitanohkiinaakan niicimohsh niiciihaa niici-ihkwe niici-naape niici-kihci-ayabaa niici-toohkan 102 0 �ADVANCED O.IlBWE • UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION r Exercise E: 2. Questions and Answers Question Positive Answer Does your sweetheart want to work too? Yes, my sweetheart wants to work too. Negative Answer Question n No, my sweetheat does not want to work too. at Does Henry's sweetheart want to work too? io Positive Answer Ed Negative Answer uc Yes, Henry's sweetheart wants to work too. Mini-Dialogues ExerciseF: Hello my sweetheart. How are you today? I'm fme. How about you? I'm really not too well right now. Why, are you sick? No, I'm tired because I worked too bard yesterday. Oh yeah! I hope you will be well soon. ty A. B. sit ( y Fa cu l 1. of No, Henry's sweetheart does not want to work too. Where does your ex-spouse/girlfriend live? One of my close relations left yesterday. Oh yeah, what is his/her name? Susan is her name. When will she be coming back? She said, "I will be coming back the day after tomorrow". Will you wait for her then? No, I have no reason to wait for her. La ke he C. ad U ni v er I don't know. I don't watch for her. Do you think she is fme? I don't know. I don't watch for her. When was the last time you saw her? I don't know. I don't remember. D. C Hello my relation. What are you doing? Nothing, why? Are you rich? No, not really. Why? I want to ask you if I could borrow a some money? Okay, only a little. 103 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Reading and Writing B. Did your fellow man go home already? Yes, he went home a long time ago already. When will he come again? I don't know. He didn't tell me. When he comes again, tell him I want to see him. He might be back real soon. Okay, for sure I will tell him. I thank you my friend. 0 n When will your fellow woman start working? I don't know. She hasn't told me yet. When do you think she will tell you? I hope soon. What will you do if she doesn't tell you soon? Nothing, I am just going to stay here and wait for her. Is there something I can help you with? Probably not. Thank you. of Ed uc at A. Review Test Exercise H: g) h) i) Engllish 'Ihmslation er sit y Poaemve Nouns ke j) k) 1). ni v f) my sweetheart my ex•spouse/girlfriend my close relation my relation my worker my co-worker my cousin (cross cousin of opposite sex) my spouse my fellow woman my fellow man my fellow elder my oame•sake U b) c) d) e) nimoosom nikayaashim nipehsbohtaahkoomaakan nitinaahkoomaakao nitanobkiinaakan niwiintanohkiimsakan niicimohsh niiciihaa niici-ihkwe niici-naape oiici-kihci•ayahaa niici-tookaan ad a) Fa Poaemve Nouns: he 1. cu l ty 1. io Exercise G: La 2. a) b) c) d) e) f) g) h) i) j) my sweetheart my ex•spouse/girlfrieod my close relation my relations myworker my co-worker my cousin (cross cousin of opposite sex) my spouse my fellow woman my fellow man 104 nimoosom nikayaasbim nipehshohtaahkoomaakan nitinaahkoornsakan nitanobkiinaakan niwiintanobkiimaakan niicimohsh niiciihaa niici•ihkwe niici•naape 0 0 �ADVANCED O.JIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION k) my fellow elder my name-sake l). niici-kihci-ayahaa niici-tookaan Lesson3 Exercise C: When will you return to work again? I don't know. I don't know yet exactly. B. Where do you want to sleep? Over there near the fireplace. C. Is that right, you're leaving tomorrow? Yes, only if its a nice day (weather wise). D. Is your friend going today? If it is not raining he/she will go home today. E. Does it look like to you it will snow permanently tonight? I hope not. F. Does your dog get mad easily? No, only sometimes if he/she is hungry. G. Every day I work hard. How about you? Yes, me too, I work hard every day. H. Does your spouse work at night all the time? No, only if he/she wanted to. I. Did you go to the store late this morning? Yes, I was sleeping. J. Do you want to try to drink some water again? No, I've drank too much water already. K. The money is fast spent if not kept properly on how it is used. ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n A. he ad U ( Learning How Preverbs Work Do you want to go back to sleep when you're finished eating? No, I want to go and get some firewood. Do you want me to help you? No, I can do it by myself. Tell me if you want me to help you. Thank you my friend. I will call you when I get back. Maybe I will want you to help me when I saw the firewood. That's good. I want to work too. Okay, I guess I will see you later. La A. Dialogue I ke Exercise E: C B. I will try to go again. Every time I want to go it starts to rain. Where do you want to try and go? 105 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT l; TRANSLATION SECTION I'm trying to go to the feast. Oh yeah! What are they serving? All kinds of things they are serving, they say. I hope most likely they are seving traditional food. Yes, that is most likely. they say. Is that so! I should go too. For sure, if you go, come and get me. Okay, wait awhile. I will ask my boss. And, who is your boss? My spouse. n io at ExerdseF: 0 uc Dialogue II It looks like it is going to snow permanently today. Where did you recognize how the day will be? It was a very bad red-coloured sky early this morning. What then did you recognize the red-coloured sky? It was an evening red-coloured sky and it faded away fast. This is what the elders use to say. H there is an evening red-<:oloured sky and it suddenly fades away, it will be a bad day all day long. That is so amazing. That is so true the way it use to happen the way it looks the red-<:oloured sky. Today, it does not happen that way. B. When does it look like it will be winter to you? It looks like to me, it will be a late winter. Where do you recognize when it will be winter? Every day I watch for the geese to fly by to the South when winter approaches. I haven't seen them yet. That is how I know that it is going to be a late winter. H the geese fly by early, there will be an early winter the old timers use to say. Do you believe that then? Yes, it is true that is what I know the way it happened. 0 he Dlaloguem ke Exercise G: ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed A. La Does your daughter get sick easily? She does get very sick easily during the cold weather. Does she use medicine anyway? Yes, the doctor did give her medicine anyway. She uses it up real fast, she uses it all the time. Probably she is using it too much that could be why she is sick. That is what happens sometimes if too much medicine is used, you get sick even more so. 0 106 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise H: a) b) c) Do you want to go back to sleep when you finish eating? When I finish eating, I want to go back to sleep. He/she wants to return to work when he/she is finished resting. 2. a) b) c) No, I want to go and cut some firewood. Do you want to go and cut some firewood tomorrow? Did Susan go to work? a) Do you want me to help you? b) I want you to help me. He/she will want you to help him/her. io at uc c) 5. a) b) c) Tell me if you want me to help you. Tell me if you want me to go with you. Tell me if he/she wants me to help him/her. 6. a) b) Thank you my friend. I will call you when I arrive. My friend, call me when you arrive. He/she should call his/her friend when he/she arrives. cu l Fa y ( a) sit c) That's good. I want to work too. That's good that you want to work too. That's good that he/she wants to work too. a) er 7. U ni v b) c) 8. Okay, I guess I will see you later. Okay, I guess we will go later. Okay, I guess we will go later a) ad b) he c) Using the Language ke Exercise I: a) Now once again I will try and go. When will you try to go again? Does he/she want to try to go again? La l. b) c) 2. a) b) c) 3. a) b) c) of b) c) No, I can do it by myself. Are you positive you can do it by yourself? Yes, I can do it by myself. 4 C Ed 3. n l. ty r Learning the Language Every time that I want to go it starts to rain. How many times did you dance yesterday? How many times did your son sing? Where do you want to try and go? I want to try to go to the dance. Where does he/she want to try to go? 107 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION a) 4. I'm trying to go to the feast. Are you trying to go to the feast? c) He/she is trying to go to the feast. a) Oh yeah! What are they serving (food)? Oh yeah! What are you serving (food)? Oh yeah! What is he/she serving (food)? b) c) I hope they are serving traditional food also. You must like the taste of traditional food, I hope. Is Susan serving traditional food? Yes, that is what they are saying. Yes, that is also what I'm saying. Yes, that is want I want to do. a) b) c) 8. a) b) c) a) 9. Is that so! I should go also. Is that so, you want to go also? Is that true? 10. a) b) c) Sure, if you go, come and get me. For sure, if you go, I will go too. For sure, you come too. 1 will come and get you. 11. a) Okay, wait, I will ask my boss. Do you want to aslc your boss first? Does he/she want to ask bis/her boss first? io cu l Fa y sit 0 er b) ni v c) Who is your boss then? My spouse. Is your boss in charge of everything? Who is going with your boss? c) ExerclseJ: Review Test 1. La ke Preverbs: ad U a) b) he 12. ty b) c) at 7. uc c) n All kinds of things (food) they are serving, they say. All kinds of things (food) I'm serving, he/she says. Are you serving all kinds of things (food)? a) b) Ed 6. 0 of s. b) 1. Severn Ojibwe Translation kiiweishi- returning, going back thus; so, there, in the certain way to, that, will, would, could, should the one who; the one that will, would, should, could: FUTURE fast, quickly try to do real, natural, plain 2. 3. 4. cikaa- 6. 7. 8. kekinipikocinato- s. 108 0 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION 3. 4. s. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. kiiweishici- La ke he ad U ni v er sit y (_ C 109 io n returning, going back thus; so, there, in the certain way to, that, will, would, could, should the one who; the one that will, would, should, could: FUTURE fast, quickly try to do real, natural, plain get, fetch, go for permanently, not knowing when to quit at night, happening at night, nocturnal delayed, late so many, so much, a certain number easily at 2. Severn Ojibwe kaa- kekinipikocinatonaacinehpiciniipaapwaahtawitahsowatakmi- uc 1. Translation Ed 2. of 13. 14. ty 12. get, fetch, go for permanently, not knowing when to quit at night, happening at night, nocturnal delayed, late so many, so much, a certain number easily cu l 11. naacinehpiciniipaapwaahtawitahsowatakmi- Fa 9. 10. �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION La.wn4 Exercise A: Additional Sentences 0 Read and Understand: a) b) 6. c) a) b) c) a) n io at uc Ed of ty 0 U 7. cu l s. Fa 4. y 3. c) a) b) c) a) b) c) sit b) It looks like it is going to snow permanently today. If it rains permanently. I will not leave. If you permanently quit your job, I will quit my job too. How do you recognize what kind of day it will be? (weather wise) Do you recongnize what kind of day it will be tomorrow? (weather wise) Where do you want to put your boat? It was a very bad red coloured sky early this morning. It looked very good. the red coloured sky this morning. I'm very happy to see the red coloured sky, How then did you recognize the red coloured sky? Did you look at the red coloured sky this morning? It was a bad red coloured sky this morning. There was an early dawn red coloured sky but then it faded away. If there is an early dawn red coloured sky, for sure it will be a bad day. If there is a red coloured sky and it fades away quickly, for sure it will be a bad day. That is what the old-timers/elders use to say a long time ago. That is what the old-timers/elders use to like to look at red coloured sky. That is what the red coloured sky looks like if it wants to be a bad day. (weather wise) If there is an early dawn red coloured sky early in the morning and suddenly it fades away. it will be a bad day all day long. er 2. a) b) c) a) ni v 1. c) a) b) c) a) b) c) a) Did you see the early dawn red coloured sky this morning? That is so amazing. You are so smart. He/she is so good-looking. And that was w~t roly use to happen, how you recognize the red coloured sky. That was how it was recognized the red coloured sky, that was how it use to happen. The way the red coloured sky is, that is bow the day will be. Now today, that is not how it is. Now today, it never happens that way. Now today, we don't see it happening that way. ke he ad If there is an early dawn red coloured sky and then it fades away quickly, for sure it will be a bad day soon. La 8. b) 9. 10. b) c) 110 0 �ADVANCED OJIBWE .. UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise B: Read and Understand: c) 5. a) b) c) 6. ( a) b) c) 7. a) b) c) 8. a) b) c) a) n io at uc Ed of ke 9. ty b) cu l 4. c) a) Fa b) y 3. c) a) sit b) er 2. c) a) ni v b) When does it look like to you it will be winter? Do you think it will be an early winter? Does it look like to you it will soon be summer? To me, it looks like it will be a late winter. I think it will be a late winter. I will be late in falling asleep this evening. How do you recognize when it will be winter? Since when did you know that soon it will be winter? Since when did you know that you are sick? Every day I watch and wait for the geese to fly by. Every day I wait for my friends to come and visit. Every day I wait for you to come. They fly to the south when winter approaches. Are you going south when winter approaches? Is the wind blowing from south? I haven't seen them yet. Don't go yet! I haven't finished yet. That is how I know it will be a late winter. That is how I know he/she will be late in arriving. That is where I am eating from too. Old-timers use to say, if the geese fly by early, it will be winter early. Old-timers use to say, if the ducks fly away early, it will freeze up early. Old-timers use to say, if there is an early winter, in tum it will be an early summer. Do you believe it then? Do you believe that story? I don't believe this story. Yes, it is indeed that is true how I know that it usually happens. How then, do you usually see it to happen? A long time ago that is usually how it truly happened. U a) ad 1. he (' Additional Sentences II La b) c) a) b) c) 10. L 111 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise C Additional Sentences III 0 Read and Understand: a) b) c) 5. a) b) c) 6. a) b) 7. c) a) b) c) a) b) n io at uc Ed ke c) 0 La 8. of 4. ty c) cu l b) Fa 3. c) a) y b) sit a) er 2. ni v c) U b) Does your daughter get sick easily? I can get sick easily when the weather is cold. My dog can get very angry easily: He/she can get very sick easily during the cold weather. I can get very cold easily during winter. Do you get easily tired when you do something? Does she usually use/take medicine anyway? How much medicine are you using? I think I am using too much medicine. Yes, the doctor usually gives him/her medicine anyway. Yes, the doctor is sick too. How about the nurse, is she sick too? But then, he/she usually uses them up quickly. I use all the money quickly. Do you use money quickly too? He/she usually uses it too much. Do you use/take medicine all the time? No, I never use medicine. Maybe, perhaps be/she uses too much, that is why he/she is sick. Maybe, perhaps you are using too much medicine, that is why you are sick. Maybe you're taking too much medicine to make you want to sleep. That is what happens sometimes if medicine is used too much, you get sicker. Sometimes I use some medicine too. Sometimes it happens if too much medicine is used, people get sick even more. ad a) he 1. 0 112 �ADVANCED OJIB WE • UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECT ION Exercise D Review the New Words Read and Understand: He/she is cutting firewood. You tell me He/she is sawing. Do it a certain way. Call, address, speak to - 2. a) Tell me when you mother arrives. b) Tell me when you finish working. c) Tell me if you want money. 3. a) I was sawing when I finished cutting firewood. b) Do you also want to saw? c) When I finish sleeping I will also saw. a) uc Ed of cu l 4. io a) Will you be cutting firewood tomorrow? b) Help me, I want to cut firewood. c) Does your father want to-cut firewood too. at 1. n Me only. ty 1. Never do that again. a) Call your spouse before you go home. b) Call your daughter when you want to leave. c) I will call you when I want you. 6. a) I will be going home alone the day after tomorrow. ni v er sit 5. ad U b) Will you be going alone when you finish sleeping. c) He/she will be singing alone when he/she is finished eating. cutting firewood tell me sawing ke 2. he Writi!lg Practice: La ( y Fa b) If you do that again I will never speak to you again. c) Do it correctly! Do it a certain way cal, address, speak to meonly 113 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT l; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise E: Continuation of Review New Words Read and Understand: 3. n io at ty 4. get, fetch come and get me a) Mary and Sally will get firewood tomorrow. b) Please hurry up and finish eating soon you will be leaving. a) I will go home and then I will eat. b) I will eat and then I will sleep. a) Every time I want to sleep, someone wakes me up. b) Every time I call you, you are not home. a) I go to the dance all the time. b) Did you use to live there too? a) The airplane can be seen in a distance. b) If it is a nice day, it can be seen in a distance. a) Will you be feasting too tomorrow? b) When will you be feasting again? a) It is indeed not possible that I can do it. b) It is indeed not possible that I can come today. a) So it is possible that you can't come today? b) So are you sick too? a) Go and get your ball. Let's play ball. b) Go and get your car. Let us go for a ride. a) Come and get me when you're leaving. b) When you're going home, please come and get me. uc 2. 0 he/she is feasting it is indeed Ed 1. And, and so, then, and then wait please Every time usually of 1. Fa cu l s. y 6. 0 er sit 7. ni v 8. ke he 10. ad U 9. 2. La Writing Practice: And, and so, then, and then wait! please Every time Usually He/she is feasting It is indeed Is that so get, fetch come and get me 0 114 �ADVANCED OJIBW E • UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTIO N Exercise F: Using the New Words in Sentences Read and Understa nd: It is visible I recognize it this morning red coloured sky faded away that is usually a) Your house looks nice. b) Your boat looks old. a) Do you recognize that book? 2 b) Do you recognize where you live? 3. a) I got up early this morning. b) what did you eat this morning? 4. a) There was a red coloured sky in the morning. b) Did you see the red coloured sky yesterday morning? s. a) The red coloured sky faded away quickly this morning. b) Let's go, the rain bas already stopped. a) That is usually what I think too, that soon it will be winter. 6. b) That is usually what I sec happening too. 7. a) While I was sleeping ·my ex-spouse suddenly arrived. b) While I was working, I suddenly got sick. 8. a) Will you be gone all day long tomorrow? b) Did you walk all night long last night? a) For sure, it looks like it will be a bad day tomorrow. 9. b) He/she is always bad. 10. a) I think that it i~ amazing that he/she has not arrived yet. b) That is amazing that it is not winter yet. 11. a) That is amazing what is happening now. b) Do you think that too it is amazing what is happening? 12. a) What is he/she saying? "I am not coming.., be/she is saying. b) You too say it, he/she says to him/her. io n suddenly all the time, all the way through bad amazing happen a certain way say, speak in a cenain way at 1. sit er ni v U ad he ke La ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc 1. 115 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Writing Practice: It is visible I recognize it This morning red coloured sky faded away That is usually suddenly all the time, all the way through bad amazing happens a certain way say , speak in a certain way Exercise G: uc at io n 0 of Studying New Words 4. S. 6. 7. 8. cu l Fa y sit er 0 ad U ni v a) Every day I wait for you. b) Every day is a bad day. a) Soon it will rain I see it that way. b) When do you see that it will stop raining? a) Is Mary still watching and waiting this evening? b) Will you be watching and waiting too this evening? a) I saw a snow goose flying by yesterday. b) Do you also want to eat a some snow goose? a) Did you see the geese fly by this morning? b) Are you watching and waiting for the ducks to fly by? a) It is half past one. b) It always happens like that about this time. a) I don't wantto eat yet. b) No, I have not seen him/her yet. a) That is how far I am going to go tomorrow. b) That is where I want to live too. he 3. It is there know what purpose, why is it so a long time ago you believe that is what I know to be it happens ke 2. everyday I see it that way watch and wait snow goose flys by the time is not yet La 1. ty Read and Understand: 1. Ed 2. 116 0 �ADVANCED O,DBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSL ATION SECTIO N 13. 14. Everyday ty 2. of Writing Practice: he Exercise H: ad Fa U ni v er sit y He/she is watching and waiting snow goose he/she is flying by the time is not yet It is there you know what purpose, why is it so a long time ago you believe that is what I know to be it happens cu l I see it a certain way ( n 12. io 11. at 10. uc r a) Do you know already when you will be leaving? b) Do you know when he/she will arrive? a) How do you know that soon it will be a bad day? b) When did you know that you were sick? a) The old timers worked hard all the time. b) The old way of living. a) Do you believe everthing that you bear? b) Yes, I believe everything that is told to me. a) That is what I know too always. b) What do you know then? a) That is what happens all the time before winter. b) Do you see that too that is usually what happens? Ed 9. Learning Words How Its Used In Sentences La ke Read and Understan d: 1. very during medicine doctor although, in vain give to him/her use it all usually use it maybe. perhaps. in some way possible. would, perhaps maybe so. perhaps so. is it possible so it is so sometimes it is used do it anyway. regardless 117 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION 5. 6. n 0 U La 15. ad 14. he 13. ke 12. ni v er 11. sit y 10. cu l 9. Fa 8. ty of 7. io 4. 0 at 3. It is very cold today. I am very happy to see you for a little while. During the cold weather I went south. During the heavy rain he/she came home last night. What kind of medicine are you using at this time? Are you buying medicine? a) The doctor gave me medicine. b) The doctor is sick too. a) He/she has told him/her not to do that. b) He/she was told not to leave. a) Give him/her shoes before he/she leaves. b) Give me my shoes before you leave. a) Use up all your water right now. b) Now I have almost used up my food. a) I am always thinking of you too. b) He/she always seems busy too. a) You can use some of it too. b) Does he/she want to use some of it too. a) Maybe tomorrow I will go home. b) Perhaps be/she has not arrived yet. a) Maybe its possible I will fall down. b) Maybe its possible that he/she will not come. a) And so I will be leaving tomorrow too. b) So maybe I will not be coming. a) Sometimes I am very lazy to work here. b) Only sometimes I am happy. a) My canoe is being used at this time. b) If it is not being used tomorrow, you can use it. a) Do not plan on going anyway. b) If the child does not eat, he/she will keep on crying anyway. uc 2. a) b) a) b) a) b) Ed 1. Writing Practice: 2. very during medicine doctor all though. in vain give it to him/her use it all usually use it maybe, perhaps, in some way possible, would, perhaps maybe so, perhaps so, is it possible so it is so sometimes it is used do it anyway, regardless 118 0 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTIO N Exercise I: n Inanimate Nouns medicine feast sickness job, work, employment stick of firewood io Animate Nouns elder, old-timers doctor snow goose my spouse my boss Inanimate Intransitive Verbs red coloured sky it happens the time is it is being used it is visible it is morning it is a bad day the weather is cold Transitive Animate Verbs you call him/her you give it to him/her get, fetch you tell me come and get me Transitive I11anlmate Verbs you recognize it look at, which looks so, see in a cenain way to know to use something USC it all uc Ed of ty cu l Fa y sit er he ad U ni v Preverbs to fade away a long time ago all though, in vain every usually at Animate Intramltiv e Verbs cutting firewod flying by sawing he/she is having a feast say, speak in a cenain way he/she is watching and waiting he/she is serving food Particles this morning so it is usually suddenly there very usually maybe, perhaps, in some way is it possible that, would you, perhaps sometimes do it anyway, regardless meonly ke ( Read and Understand: La r Review the Words during 119 �ADVANCED OJIBW E - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTI ON Useful Expressions: I can do it myself. Thank you my friend. I will call you later. That's good. Is that so!, Is that right! That is it indeed! That is so amazing! That is bow I know. It is indeed true. That is indeed true. That is true. When does it look like to you it will be winter? That is what happens sometimes. Not yet (statement) Not yet! (command) n io at uc Ed of ty Exercise J: cu l ReviewTest Fa Useful Expressions: 0 ke he ad U ni v er sit y I can do it myself. Thank you my friend. I will call you later. That's good. Is that so!, Is that right! That is it indeed. That is so amazing! That is bow I know. It is indeed true. That is indeed true. It is true! When does it look like to you it will be winter? That is what happens sometimes. Not yet (statement) Not yet! (command) La 1. 0 0 120 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Lesson 5 Exercise A: Phrases and Expressions Read and Understand: Do you want me to help you? 2) Perhaps I will see you again later. 3) At the gathering. (meeting) 4) Just anything. 5) 6) 7) 8) That is indeed what he/she is saying. at io n 1) uc I should go to. 13) That is bow/where I understand it. 14) That is where I will wait for you. 15) That is what they used to say. of It faded away quickly. ty 12) cu l How then did you recognize it? Fa 11) sit y How did you fmd that out? Exercise 8: Read and Understand: er Some Words are Missing ni v ( 10) Ed If you want to go, I will go with you. I want to rest for a short while. 9) He/she will be arriving late. U Ta-pwaahtawi-takobshin. ad Pinamaa niwii-anwep. Aanti wenci-kihkentaman? he Aan tahsh kaa-ishi-nibsitawinaman? La ke Ami ahko ehkitowaabpan. Keniin nitaa-kii-ishaa. Kiishpin wii-ishaayan, (ki)ka-wiiciiwin. Amobshahi ehkitot(c). Amihimaa ke-ishi-piihinaan. Wtlpac kii-aahte-naakwan. Piko kekoon. Kinantawentaan ina ci-wiicihinaan? L Naake kaana tabsh miina ka-waapamin. Kaa-ishi-maawacihitinaaniwak. Amihimaa wenci-nibsitohtamaan. 121 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT l; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise C: Expanding Phrases and Expressions r 10) 11) 12) 13) 14) 15) 1) 2) 4) y 5) 2) 3) 4) n ni v U New Vocabulary: La l} ke 8) 9) 10) 11) 12) 13) 14} 15} 0 er sit 6) 7) 3. io Fa 3) When I cut wood. At the dance. I will see you there in the morning. They will be serving at the feast. He/she does not want to come. If I am not busy. If you don't mind. When I finish working. If its a bad day. (obviative) Early freeze-up. What the weather would be tomorrow. The red-coloured sky this morning. That it would be nice a day tomorrow. That you will be arriving. Old timers/elders. ad 2. at 7) 8) 9) uc 6) Ed 5) of 4) 0 ty 2) 3) Do you want me to help you when you're cutting wood? Perhaps I will see you later again at the dance. I will see you at the gathering in the morning. They serve just about anything at the feast. That is indeed what he/she said that he/she will not come. I should go too if I am not busy. If you want to go. I will go with you if you don•t mind. I want to rest for a short while when I finish work. He/she will arrive late if its a bad day. How did you fmd that out it would freeze-up early. How then did you recognize what the weather would be tomorrow? This morning the red-coloured sky faded away quickly. That is how I understand that it will be a nice day tomorrow. That is where I will wait for you when you arrive. That is what the old-timers/elders use to say. cu l 1) he 1. He/she is cutting firewood. When I am cutting firewood. He/she is dancing. When there is a dance. Be morning. In the morning. He/she is serving food. People are serving food. 0 122 �ADVANCED OilBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION 5) n io at uc Ed r He/she feasts. At the feast. 6) He/she is busy. Ifl am busy. 7) You think. If you think. 10) Freeze-up. If freeze-up. 11) Be a certain weather. If being a certain weather. 12) A red-coloured sky. If there is a red-coloured sky. Expanding Your Own Sentences of ExerciseD: cu l ty Writing Practice: He/she is cutting firewood. There is a dance. Be morning. They are serving food. There is a feast. He/she is busy. He/she thinks. Be a certain weather, happen in a certain way. There is a red-coloured sky. 1) 2) If you want me to help you when you are cutting firewood, call me. There is going to be a dance after we work. Fa I. he ExerciseE: ad U ni v er sit y ( Translation La ke Review Exercise: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. L 8. 9. 10. Kinantawentaan ina ci-wiicihinaan? Naake kaana tahsh miina ka-waapamin. Kaa-ishi-maawacihitinaaniwank. Piko kekoon. Amohsbahi ehkit(c). Keniin nitaa-kii-ishaa. Kiishpin wii-ishaayan, (ki)ka-wiiciiwin. Pinamaa niwii-anwep. Ta-pwaahtawi-taohshin. Aanti wenci-kihkentaman? 123 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. Aan tahsh kaa-ishi-nihsitawinaman? Wiipac kii-aahte-naakwan. Amihimaa wenci-nihsitohtamaan. Amihimaa ke-ishi-piihinaan. Ami ahko ehkitowaahpan. Exercise F: 0 More Phrases and Expressions Don't disobey! 2. Don't teasel/mischief 3. Don't do that! 4. Don't do bad things! S. Sit still! 6. Behave yourself! 7. I regret it, I am sorry! 8. I am embarrassed. (shy) 9. I am lonely. 10. I am totally exhausted. 11. Be careful not to bun yourself. 12. Are you able to do it by yourself? 13. Take good care of yourself. 14. Already its starting to get cold (weather) again. 15. Come and get/pick me when you go. io n Read and Understand: sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at 1. Exercise G: 0 ni v er Some Words are Missing U Read and Understand: La ke he ad Nisbikatentaan. Tetako nicaakii. Nimincinawes! Waabkamisin! Sakamaatapin ! Manaaci-pihci-tootaason ! Ka-kii-tootaan ina kiinehta? Pi-otaahpinihshin ahpii ani-maacaayan. Aasba miina maacii-tahkaayaa. Ikaawin maanenciken! lkaawin nanaatihkosiin ! Kwayahk kanawenimitison. Ikaawin tootan ! Ninanepewis. Ikaawin maci-tootan ! 0 124 �ADVANCED OJIBW E - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTIO N Exercise H: Read and Understand: 1. 1) Don't disobey while you're at school. 2) Don't tease! If you're teasing. someone will fight you. 3) Don't do that! You might bun yourself. 4) Don't do bad things! If you do something bad, you will be judged by the coun. 5) Sit still while you're eating. 6) Behave yourself! If you don't behave yourself, you will get a spanking. 7) I am sorry that I spoke to you wrongly. 8) I usually get embarrassed when I go with you. 9) I usually get lonely when you go. 10) I am totally exhausted today. 11) Be careful not to hurt yourself while you're working. 12) Are you able to do this by yourself to finish this job? 13) Take good care of yourself so you don't hurt yourself. 14) Already its staning to get cold (weather) again this week. 15) Come and get me when you go I would like to go too. 1) While you are at school. 2) Hyou're teasing, someone will fight you. 3) You will hurt yourself. 4) H you're doing something bad, you will be judged by the court. 5) While you are eating. 6) If you are not behaving, you will get a spanking. Fa 2. cu l ty of Ed uc at io n r Expanding Phrases and Expressions sit y ( New Vocabulary: La 3. ke he ad U ni v er 7) That I spoke to you wrongly. 8) That was almost the end of me. 9) Usually when you go. 10) Today. 11) While you're working. 12) To finish this job. 13) So you won't hurt yourself. 14) This week. 15) I want to go also. 1) He/she is attending school Are attending school I am attending school You are attending school C 2) Fight him/her He/she will fight you I am fighting him/her You are fighting him/her 125 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION 3) He/she is doing something to self I am doing something to myself You are doing something to yourself 4) He/she is judging in court You will be taken to court I am taking him/her to court You're taking him/her to court 6) You hit him/her OR You are spanking him/her. You will get a spanking (hitting) I am hitting him/her (spanking) You are hitting him/her (spanking) uc at io n 0 ad U ni v bis/berjob 14) be a week in one week Expanding Your Own Sentences he Exercise I: 0 er my job your job sit 13) job. work. employment y Fa 12) You finish i~ I finish it You finish it ke He/she is attending school. Fight him/her. Doing something to self. You take him/her to court. You give him/her a spanking. (bitting) Call him/her OR Speak to him/her. It is close/nearly. Finish it. job. work be a week La 1. of ty That is close/nearly To finish it cu l 8) Ed 7) Call him/her OR Speak to him/her I spoke to you wrongly I am speaking to him/her You are speaking to him/her l) 2) Before you go to school, take out the garbage. Don't fight while you are at school. 126 0 �ADVANCED OJIBW E • UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECT ION Exercise J: Translation Review Exercise: n io at uc Ed Fa cu l 14. 15. Nimincinawes! Ninanepewis. Nisbikatentaan. Tetako nicaakii. Manaaci-pihci-tootaason! Ka-kii-tootan ina kiinebta? Kwayabk kanawenimitison. Aasba miina maacii-tabkaayaa. Pi-otaabpinihshin abpii ani-maacaayan. of 4. S. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. lkaawin maanenciken ! Ikaawin nanaatihkosiin ! Ikaawin tootan! lkaawin maci-tootan! Sakaroaatapin! Waabkaroi~ui! ty 1. 2. 3. La ke he ad U ni v er sit y ( C 127 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; ENGLIS H TRANSLATIONS Let's Look Back At What You Have Learned: Lessons 1- 5 0 Animate Nouns: at io n doctor elder snow goose tobacco drum uc my cousin (cross cousin of opposite sex) my spouse my fellow woman my fellowman my fellow elder my name-sake ring fish net my friend Ed iron my boss of my sweetheart my ex-spouse/girlfriend my close relation my relation my worker my co-worker raisin my spouse cu l ty Pn>nouns: I alone, me only Fa you alone, you only 0 get used up start work rest feast sit quietly fly along be embarrassed attend school take care of oneself be rich shake hands saw things do mean things be on the lookout be sorry be busy burned out/exhausted er laundromat dug/medicine feast sickness/illness gathering/meeting work/employment he store warehouse radio station police station church gas station garage library ni v ad jail U school restaurant restroom recreation hall band office sit y Inanimate NOUDS: him/her along, him/her only La ke Animate Intransitiv e Verbs: remember be fme, be well, be in good be wanted disobey get firewood to behave give food to people be bored, lonely do s.t. to oneself 128 be thankful 0 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 1; ENGLISH TRANSLATIONS Inanimate Intransitive Verbs: r be visible be useful be a red-coloured sky happen a certain way be late afternoon be a week be warm weather borrow from s.o., write to s.o. judge s.o. recognize s.o. thank s.o. help s.o. n freeze up every day be cold (weather) be morning happen so, be such weather every night uc Ed of watch for s.o. fetch s.o., approach s.o. wait for s.o. at io Transitive Animate Verbs: see s.t. a certain way know s.t., find s.t. out do s.t. so think so of s.t. look so, appear so y Fa see a certain way use s.t. finish s.t. recognize s.t. use up s.t. believe s.t. recognize s.t. by sight sit ( cu l ty Transitive lnanlma~ Verbs: ni v er Preverbs: past tense as far as, as long as fade away, disappear what purpose, cause although, in vain delayed, late will, shall be able to try,attempt did easily so many, so much long ago during hither, towards from there, cause would, could ke he ad U returning, going back fast, quickly try to do get, fetch, go for permanently at night La Preverbs and Prenouns: all the way bad good, nice Preverbs that occur only in the Conjunct Order: to, that, will the one who will, would C 129 able to that �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 1; ENGLISH TRANSLATIONS Particles: every day probably. possibly regardless, anyway sometimes. once in a while (exclamation of amazement) likely, must be it is indeed so right, correct. straight all day thanks, thank you obviously extremely, extensively io at uc of Expressions: ty When are you going? La ke he ad U Anything. I want to rest for a while. I will wait there. y Fa cu l When do you want to go? When is be/she going? When does be/she want to go? When are you going? (pl) When do you want to go? (pl) When are you going? When do they want to go? I thank you. Don't disobey! Don't get into mischief! Don't do that! Don't do bad things! Settle down! (sit still!) Behave yourself! I am sorry! I am embarrassed. (shy) I am lonely, bored. I am burned out/exhausted! Can you do it by yourself. Take good care of yourself. When do you see it being winter? Not yet! I should go too. sit ni v er Where are you going? Where do you want to go? Where is he/she going? Where does he/she want to go? Where are they going? (pl) Where do you want to go? (pl) Where are you going? Where do they want to go? Not really. Probably not. Where do you work? Where do you want to work? Where are you sitting? Where do you want to sit? Everyday Every night I hope not. Thanks my friend! I will call you later. That's good. That is so amazing! That's true! It is true! Not yet. Do you want me to help you? 0 n last it is possible is that so. is that right! it is so really. very. to a high degree so many times. everytime this morning amazing yet Ed hello!. greetings! cenain location. cenain way of something so is that this morning and then (exclamation of surprise) it is usually later all night it is indeed formerly. used to 0 Note: More expressions and sentences on page 401. 0 130 �ad he ke La L y ( sit er ni v U ty cu l Fa of at uc Ed n io I r Part Two Onikamook Singers �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Exercise A Listen carefully as your instructor says these words. Each word will be repeat ed three or four times. Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n r Animate Intransitive Verbs La ke he ad U ni v er sit y ( 13. ~ L 131 �ADVANCED OJIBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 1 ExerciseB Pronunciation Practice For review of the 16 pictures from the previous page, listen carefully to your instruc tor saying the following words and imitate what you hear. Translations are on page 220. tawebkonehike n Listen carefully as your instructor says these words. Words arc broken down for you into syllables to help you identify the pronunciations. Spend some time to repeat them on your own or with your partner. cu l 0 U ni v For writing practice. rewrite the words using section one as a guideline. Space is provide d for you below. he ke 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. ad 1. La 3. er 6) 7) 8) pi mi wa nc pi mi ni kc pi moo ci ke ma sbka wii nil na mii wii nta maa kc 11) 12) 13) 14) 15) 16) Fa 3) 4) 5) 9) lcwa yaa nta hci kc 10) pi mi taa pii y 2) pa ye hki ni kc kaa hsii ni kc we pa hi kc wii hlcwe pa hi kc na na ha ci kc ki sii pii ki ni kc we pa baa ko ne ta we hko ne hi kc sit 1) ty of 2. pimitaapii pimiwane piminike pimoocike masbkawii 15) niinamii 16) wiintamaake Ed 7) 8) 9) kwayaantahcike 10) 11) 12) 13) 14) io 5) 6) paychkinike kaahsiinike wcpahikc wiihkwcpahike nanahacike kisiipiikinike wcpabaakonc at 1) 2) 3) 4) 0 uc 1. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 0 132 �ADVANCED OJI BW E - UNI T 2; LES SON 1 Exer cise C Und ersta ndin g the Mea ning of the Wor ds Writing Practice: 8) 9) 10) C io at uc Ed Here is a list of all the items you have learned given in mixe d order. Use the numbered pictures on page 131 to match up numbers and letters in the space provided for you below. Answers are on page 220. pimoocike masbkawii niinamii wiintamaalce pay~bkinike kaahsiinike wepahikc kisiipiikioike i) j) he a) k) 1) ke b) c) d) ad U 2. ni v 11) of 7) y 6) sit 5) er 4) ty announce to people 3) cu l 16) 2) Fa 12) 13) 14) 15) clean things wipe things for cleaning sweep the floor vacuum cleaning tidy things washing clothes shovelling snow snow-plow be ready or available things go along by sled or sleigh carry pack along on back carry things along on one's shoulder carry things strong weak 1) n Here is the list of sixteen Animate Intransitive Verbs once again . In this exercise, before you begin, review the meaning of the words. Then translate them into Severn Ojibwe. Translations are on page 220. 1. m) o) o) p) La e) f) g) h) l._ 2. _ _ 3. _ _ 4._ s. __ 6. _ _ 7._ 8. _ 9. _ 10. _ 11._ 12. - - 133 pimioike pimiwane pimitaapii kwayaantahcikc nanahacike tawebkooehike wepahaakone wiihkwepahike 13. _ _ 14. _ 15._ 16. _ �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Exercise D Match Up Pictures and Words 0 io n In this exercise. there are sixteen ( 16) pictures listed below in mixed order. Accompanying the words is a small box to the right of each word. Using a pencil. match up pictures and words by writing the appropriate number in each box. Use page 131 for corrections. □ pimiwane □ wiibkwepahike □ niinamii □ Fa kaabsiinike □ 0 y ~ tawehkonchikc □ 12. wcpahikc □ □ 13. pimoocikc □ payehkinik~ □ □ U ni v er 4. 11. sit 3. cu l ty ::=====::==::::: of 2. Ed uc at □ 1. ke he ad s. .,.. ~-- kwayaantahcike □ 7. pimitaapii □ wiiritamaakc 8. wcpahaakone □ mashkayii La 6. 14. 134 □ 0 �ADVANCED 0.JIBW E • UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Exercise E Here is the list once again of all sixteen verbs given in mixed order in Severn Ojibwe. Translate them into English. The space is provided for you in the right of each word. Try to do this translation on your own without looking at previous translations. Translations are on page 221. 8) n io 4) S) 6) 7) at 3) uc 2) wepahike pimoocike kaahsiinike niinamii payebkinike wiiritaroaake piminike wilbkwepahike Ed 1) of r Translation into English cu l Fa nanabacike 14) kwayaantahcike 15) pimitaapii 16) wepahaakone ty 9) masbkawii 10) kisiipiikinike 11) pimiwane 12) tawehkonehike sit er ni v U ad he ke La ( y 13) 135 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Exercise F Singular Forms Read and Understand: 1. In this exercise, we will add the first-person and second-person fonns for each of the new verbs we have learned. Listen carefully as the instructor says the following words. This time, we will not use the pictures, just numbers. Translations are on page 221. 1) nipayehkinike kipayehkinike payebkioike 2) nikaahsiinike kikaahsiinike kaahsiinike 5) ninanahaci.ke ldnanahaci.ke nanahaci.ke 6) nildSllpJI .. ..le.JDJ3' ·1c 7) kikisiipiikinike kisiipiikinike 9) nikwayaantahcike kikwayaantahcike lcwayaantahci.ke 10) nipimitaapii kipimitaapii pimitaapii 11) 14) oimashkawii kimashkawii mashkawii 15) niniinamii kiniinamii niinamii n niwiihkwepahike kiwiihkwepahike wiihkwepahike nitawebkonehike ldtawehkonehike tawehkonehike Ed uc niwepahaakone 8) ldwepahaakone wepahaakone at io 4) 12) nipimioike kipiminike piminike cu l ty of nipimiwane kipimiwane pimiwane 16) sit y Writing Practice: niwepahike ldwepahike wepahike Fa 13) nipimooci.ke kipimoocike pimooci.ke 3) 0 0 Now you know sixteen Animate Intransitive Verbs. For writing practice, write each word as follows: Answers are on page 222. ni v er 2. he ad U I'm La ke You're._ _ _ _ _ __ He/she._ _ _ _ _ __ 0 136 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 3. Let's also practice some negative forms using the words listed below. Remember to use correct negative fonns. Kaawin + verb + hsiin. payehkinike kaahsiinike wepahike wiihkwepahike nanahacike kisiipiikinike wepahaakone tawehkonehike io n 1) I'm not _ _ _ _ _ __ uc at 2) You'rcnot._ _ _ _ __ Fa cu l ty of Ed 3) He/she's not._ _ _ __ La ke he ad U ni v er sit y ( 137 �ADVANCED OJIBW E - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Exercise G Questions and Answers in Singular Forms Speaking Practice: 0 io n Using the words in sentences that you have learned. In this exercise for speaking, work in pairs taking turns asking questions and answers both positive and negative. Use the phrases from Exercise F section numbers 1, 2. and 3. Translations are on page 223. Question uc at Here are some examples: Positive Answer Ed Negative Answer Ebe. nipayebkioike, Kaawin, kaawin nipayebkinikeshsiin. Payebkinikc na Sam? Ebe, payebkinike Sam. Kaawin, kaawin payehkinikebsiin Sam. 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Kipayehkinike na? 0 138 �ADVANCED OJIBW E - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Exercise H 1. In this exercise, you will be learning the plural fonns of the Animate Intransitive Verbs we have introduced in this lesson. Listen carefully as your instructor says the following words. The prefixes and suffixes that make these words plural are in bold type. Translations are on pages 223 and 224. 1) nlpayebkinikemin 2) kipayebkinikemin kipayebkinikenaawaa payehkinikewak 5) nlnanahacikemin 6) nikisiipiikinikemin 7)niwcpabaak.ooemin 8) nitawehkonehikemin kinanahacikemin kikisiipiikioikemin kiwepabaakonemin kitawehkonebikemfn kinanahacikenaawaa ldsiipiikinikeuaawaa kiwepabaakonenaawaa ldtawebkonebikenaawaa nanahacikewak kisiipiikioikewak wepabaakonewak tawchkonchikewak 9) nlkwayaantahcikcmin 10) kikwayaantahcikemin kikwayaantahcikenaawaa kwayaantabcikewak io n niwiihkwepahikemfn klwiihkwepabikemfn klwiihkwepahikenaawaa wiihkwepahikewak at nlwepahikemin 4) kiwcpahikemin kiwcpahikenaawaa wepahikewak uc nlkaahsiinikemin 3) kikaabsiinikemin kikaabsiinikenaawaa kaabsiinikewak ty cu l Fa er sit y nimashkawiimln 15) niniinamjimln 16) niwiintamaakcmfn kimashkawiimin ldniinamiimln kiwiintamaakemin kimashkawiinaawaa ldniinamiinaawaa kiwiintamaakenaawaa mashkawiiwak niinamiiwak wiit)tarnsakewak U Y~ can also ask and answer questions using the plural forms that you have just learned. Translations are on page 224. ad 2. 14) nipimitaapiimin 11} nipimiwancmfn 12) nipimini.kemin ldpimitaapiimfn kipimiwanemln kipiminilcemin kipimitaapiinaawaa ldpimiwanenaawaa ldpiminikenaawaa pimitaapiiwak pimiwanewak piminikcwak ni v Question and Answer: he Question ke Kipayehkinikenaawaa na? Kipayebkinikenaawaa na? La ( 13) nipimoocikemin ldpimoocikemin ldpimoocikenaawaa pimoocikewak of Ed r Plural Forms Answer Ebe, nipaycbkioikemin. (exclusive) Kaawin, kaawin nipayebkinikebsiimin. Kika-payebkioikemin na? Kika-payibkioikemin na? Ebe, kika-payehkinikemin. (inclusive) Kaawin, kaawin kika-paycbkinikebsiimin. Payehkioikewak na? Payebkinikewak na? Ehe, payehkinikewak. Kaawin, kaawin payebkinikebsiiwak. Now, write question and answer pairs using the plural verb fonns using the word listed below. kaahsllnlke 139 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Paradigms: Q . 1 niwepahike 1 nikisiipiikinike 2 ldkisiipiikinike 3 ldsiipiikinike 13 ninanabacikemin 21 kinanabacikemin 22 kinanahacikenaawaa 33 nanahacikewak 13 nikisiipiikioikemin 13._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ uc Ed of Fa 2 3 13 21 22 33 22._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 0 3 13 33 ad Write negative paradigms for the following. The first set of examples has been done for you. he c) 1 2 22 U 33_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ kwayaantahcike 21 ni v 21 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 1 y 2._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 3._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ tawehkoneblke sit WiP.pabaakone l _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ cu l Now, write paradigms for the following verbs listed below. er b) 21 kikisiipiikinikemin 22 ldkisiipiikinikenaawaa 33 kisiipHkinikewak ty 21 ldwepahikemin 22 ldwepahikenaawaa 33 wepahikewak at 1 ninanabacike 2 kinanabacike 3 nanabacike 2 ldwepahike 3 wepahike 13 niwepahikem.in io n 3 a) In this lesson, you have learned the meanings of sixteen Animate Intransitive Verbs, including singular and plural forms, and also positive and negative fonns. Below are complete positive paradigms for some of these verbs. For convenience, we have also listed the number codes that indicate the person and number of each verb fonn given. This is just a reminder. You have already used these person and number codes in Introductory and Intermediate levels. (You may wish to ~view your notes or consult your instructor if you are unsure of what each number code stands for.) Translations are on pages 224 and 225. 13 kaawin nipimitaapiihsiim.in La ke 1 kaawio nipi.mitaapiihsiin 2 kaawin kipi.mitaapiihsiin 3 kaawin pi.mitaapiihsiin pimlwane plminfkfl! 1. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 1._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 2._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 2._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 3._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 3_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 13._ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 13._ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 21_ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 21 kaawin kipi.mitaapiihsiim.in 21_ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 22 kaawin kipimitaapiihsiinaawaa 22._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 33._ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 33 kaawin pimitaapiihsiiwak 140 22._ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 33._ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 0 �ADVANCED O.IlBW E .. UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Exercise I Dialogues Read and Understand: Read and understand the following dialogues. Concentrate on singular verbs and how they are used in the dialogues. Words introduced to you in this Lesson are in italic type. Also, some words will be introduced to you throughout the dialogues. If you find any new words, underline them. New vocabulary and English translations will be explained aferwards. Translations arc on pages 225 and 226. io n 1. Waaciye nitootem. Aan entootaman? Waaciye nitootem. Mekwaac nipayehkinilce. Kah! Kinantawcntaan ina ci-wiicihinaan? Ebe, kimashkawii na? Kiishpin ckaa ontamiihkeyan pi-wiicihihshin. Kaawin nitoontamiibkchsiin obowe mekwaac. Aanahpii tahsh kc-piishaayan? Shemaak nika-piishaa. Kinantawentaan ina kckoon ci-piitooyaan? Kaawin. Amii piko ishi-piisbaan. Aasha kahkina kckoon nitayaan kc-aapacihtooyahk. Amihiwe kwayahk. Aasha nipi-maacaa. Ahaaw, naake kaana tabsb ka-waapamin. B. Waaciyc nitoonci-wiicitaamaakao. Aan eshi-ayaayan noonkom kaa-kekishcpaayaak? Noonkom piko nitishi-wanishkaa. Kah! Kikii-pwaatawi-kawihsbim na eni-tipihkaak? Kaawin, kaawin kwayahk nitoonci-nipaahsiin tipihkonk. Awiya na kikii-amacibik tipihkonk? Ebe, awiya kii-kaahsiinilce kape-tipihk tipihkonk kaa-ishi-taayaan. Kiln tahsh wiin, aan entootaman? Akwaciink nitashiiwihtoo ohowc mekwaac. Kah! Aan entootaman? Nipayehkinike akwaciink. Niwepahilce kaye niwepahaakone. Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at A. ad U ni v er sit y ( Nitayaan nid My possession, I have it Nitoonci-ricitaamaakan na my neighbour Kawlbshimo vai go to bed, lie down on a bed Eni-tiplhkaalc vii last evening Tiplhkonk vii last night Amaclhi vta wake s.o. up Kaa-llbi-taayaan vai where I live (location) Nltashiiwihtoo vai do things in a certain location La ke A. B. he New Vocabulary: Note: Kape-tiplhk and kape-tlplhkaa means the same which is "all night". C 141 �ADVANCED OJIBW E - UNIT 2; LESSO N 1 Writing Practice: 7. Now, write two dialogues of your own. Try to include some of the AI verbs listed on Exercise B on page 132 in each dialogue. Q Speaking Pnctlce: 0 ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n For speaking practice, work with a partner by reading the dialogues in this lesson, as well as the new ones you wrote yourself. Take turns with your partner so you have the opportunity to say each line. La 3. 0 142 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 1 ExerciseJ Review Test Animate Intransitive Verbs: This review test has two sections. Before you begin, review the spelling and meanings of the words very carefully. When you are ready, translate them into English. Remember, try to answer without looking at your notes. Translations are on page 226. Severn OJlbwe Translation io at 1. payehkinike uc 2. kaahsiinike Ed 3. wepahike 4. wiihkwepahike nanahacike of s. ty 6. kisiipiikinike cu l 7. wepahaakone 8. tawehkonehike Fa 9. kwayaantahcike y 10. pimitaapii I I. pimiwane sit ( 15. niinamii ni v U 14. mashkawii er 12. piminike 13. pimoocike n 1. he ad 16. wiintamaake La ke Note: Check your translations when you have finished. C 143 �ADVANCED OJIBW E - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 2. In this section, before you begin, review the spelling and the meaning of the words very carefully. When you arc ready, translate them into Severn Ojibwe. Translations are on page 227. En1ll•h 0 Severn OJlbwe 1. clean things 2. wipe things for cleaning io n 3. sweep the floor at 4. vacuum cleaning uc 5. tidy things Ed 6. wash clothes 7. shovelling snow of 8. snow-plow ty 9. be ready or available things 11. carry pack along on back Fa 12. carry thing along on one's shoulder cu l 10. go along by sled or sleigh y 13. carry things 15. be weak U ni v 16. announce to people 0 er sit 14. be strange La ke he ad Note: Check your translations when you have finished. 0 144 �ADVANCED OJIBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercise A First and Second-Person Transitive Verbs You have already learned how to fonn the sentences with Transitive Verbs. Here are more TA and TI verbs that you can learn how to use. Translations for sections 1 and 2 are on pages 227 and 228. 1. In this exercise, there are twelve (12) TA verbs and twelve (12) TI verbs introduced to you. 8) 9) 10) 11) 12) ( io at uc er sit y Repeat this exercise until you completely understand the meaning of the words and have mastered the pronunciation. Let's repeat the exercise with the second-person singular fonns. Again, remember that the grammatical object is third-person. ni v 2. 3) U ke 4) 5) ad 2) VTA Kipaahpihaa Kikihkcnimaa Kikaaoaa Kikanoonaa Kinaasihkawaa Kishikatenimaa Kipahkihtehwaa Kikanawaapamaa Kimibkawaa Kitakwanabwaa Kitanaameuimaa Kitayamiihtamawaa he 1) 6) La 7) 8) 9) 10) 11) 12) C Ed of ty 6) 7) Nipaabpihtoon Nikihkentaan Nikaatoon Nikanootaan Ninaasihkaan Nishikatentaan Nipahkihtehaan Nikanawaapantaan Nimibkaan Nitakwanahaan Nitanaamentaan Nitayamiihtaan cu l 4) 5) vn VTA Nipaahpihaa Nikibkenimaa Nikaanaa Nikanoonaa Ninaasihkawaa Nishikatenimaa ~Hpabkibtehwaa Nikanawaapamaa Nimihkawaa Nitakwanahwaa Nitanaamenimaa Nitayamiihtamawaa Fa 1) 2) 3) n Listen carefully as your instructor repeats them. Let's begin with the first person singular subject fonns. In these forms the grammatical object is third-person. VTI Kipaahpihtoon Kikibkentaan Kikaatoon Kilcanootaan Kinusibkaan Kishikatentaan Kipahldhtebaan Kilcanawaapantaan Kimibkaan Kitakwanahaan Kitanaamentaan Kitayamiihtaan Repeat these words until you completely understand the meaning of the words and have mastered the pronunciation. 145 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercise B Third..Person Transitive Verbs In this exercise, you will continue to practice the pronunciation of these words listed below. 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) Qmibkawaan io at ty 10) Otakwanabwaan 11) Otanaamenimaan uc 3) 4) VTI Opaahpibtoon Okihkentaan Okaatoon Okanootaan Onaa.~ibkaao Oshikatentaan Opahkibtebaan _Okanawaapantaan Qmihkaan Otakwanahaan Otanaamentaan Otayamiibtaan Ed 2) VTA Opaahpihaan Okibkcnimaan Okaanaan Okanoonaan Onaasibkawaan Osbikar~nimaan Opahkihtehwaan Okanawaapamaan of 1) n Listen carefully as the instructor repeats them with third-person singular object. Translations are on page 228. 0 cu l 12) Otayamiibtamawaan 0 ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa Repeat these words until you completely understand the meaning of the words and have mastered the pronunciation. La 1. 0 146 �ADVANCED OJIBW E - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercis e C Questions and Answers First, Second-Person Forms Only You have just learned the meaning of these twelve TA verbs and Tl verbs. In this exercise, you will form the sentences by asking simple questions and answers. Listen to and imitate these sets of examples. Examples will be given in first or second-person form only. Let's begin with TA verbs. Translations are on pages 228 and 229. Question Kipaahpihaa na Saanii? Ebe, nipaahpibaa OR Ed Negative Answer at Answer uc A. io n 1. Kikibkenimaa na Saanii? Ebe, nikibkenimaa. ty B. of Kaawin, kaawin nipaahpibaahsiin. Kikaanaa na kimoosom? OR Ebe, nikaanaa. Kikanoonaa na Menii? Kaawin, kaawin nikaanaahsiin. Ebe, nikanoonaa. er D. sit y ( Fa C. cu l OR ni v OR Kaawin, kaawin nikanoonaahsiin. U Let's also do some examples with TI verbs. ad Kipaahpibtoon ina kimabkisin? C. Ebe, nipaahpibtoon. OR Kaawin, kaawin nipaabpihtoohsiin. Kikihkentaan ina ci-kiiweyan? La B. ke he A. Ebe, nikibkentaan. OR Kaawin, kaawin nikibkentansiin. Kikaatoon ina kipaashkisikan? Ebe, nikaatoon. OR Kaawin, kaawin nikaatoohsiin. D. C Kikanootaan ina kekoon7 Ebe, nikanootaan. OR Kaawin, kaawin nikanootansiin. 147 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Writing Practice: Now, write questions and answers using the new verbs listed below by using the model above. For this exercise, concentrate on questions that have a second-person subject, and answers that have a first-person subject. Translations arc on page 229. . vn VTA ninaasihkawaa nishikatenimaa nipahkihtehwaa nikanawaapamaa io n ninaasihkaan nishikatentaan nipahkibtehaan nikanawaapantaan uc Ed Speaking Practice: 0 ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Now, work with a panner asking and answering questions with the words you have learned in this lesson. Take turns so that you both have an opportunity to participate. La 3. Q at 2. 0 148 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercise D Questions and Answers Third-Person with Obviative 1. In this exercise. you will form sentences by asking questions and answers. Listen to and imitate these sets of examples. Examples will be given in third-person forms only. Obviative endings are in bold type. Translations are on pages 229 and 230. Question n Answer Opaahpihaan na Saaniiwan? Ebe, opaahpihaan. io A. at OR B. uc Kaawin, kaawin opaahpihaahsiin. Okibkenimaan na Saaniiwan? Ebe, okihkenimaan, Ed OR C. of Kaawin, kaawin okihkenimaahsiin. Okaanaan na omoosoman? Ebe, okaanaan. ty OR Okanoonaan na Meniiwan? Fa D. cu l Kaawin, kaawin okaanaahsiin. Ebe, okanoonaan. OR sit y Kaawin, kaawin okanoonaahsiln. Let's do some examples with TI verbs. Opaahpihtoon ina nisitini? Ebe, okihkentaan. OR Kaawin, kaawin okibkentahsiin. he La D. Kaawin, kaawin opaahpihtoohsiin. Okaatoon ina kekoonini? ke C. OR Okihkentaan ina aanti ke-ishaat(c)? ad B. Ebe, opaahpihtoon. U ni v A. er ( Ebe, okaatoon. OR Kaawin, kaawin okaatoohsiin. Okanootaan ina otashiihkewin? Ebe, okanootaan OR Kaawin, kaawin okanootahsiin. C 149 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Writing Practice: Now, write questions and answers using the new verbs listed below by using the model above. For this exercise, concentrate on questions that have a third-person subject. Translations are on page 230. VTA VTI onaasihkawaan oshikatenimaan opahkihtehwaan okanawaapamaan io n onaasihkaan oshikatentaan opahkihtehaan okanawaapantaan Ed uc Speaking Practice: 0 ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Now, work with a partner asking and answering questions with the words you have learned in this lesson. Take turns so that you both have an opportunity to participate. La 3. Q at 2. 0 150 �ADVANCED O.JIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercise E Just a reminder. it is important in paradigm work to use numbers for the different persons to help in an orderly arrangement and identification of your work. The following numbers are used: 1 First-person 2 Second-person 3 Third-person 13 21 22 33 First-person exclusive First-person inclusive Second-person plural Third-person plural n 1. io r Paradigms VTA ty cu l nipaahpihtoomin kipaahpihtoomin kipaabpihtoonaawaa opaabpihtoonaawaa sit y 13 21 22 33 Fa nipaahpibaamin kipaahpibaamin kipaahpihaawaa opaahpihaawaan Write out some of your own full paradigms using the verbs listed below. Check the corrections with your instructor. The verbs are listed in third-person form. Translations are on page 231. he ad VTA ni v 2. er Writing Practice: U ( 1 nipaahpihtoon 2 kipaahpihtoon 3 opaahpihtoon of VTI I nipaahpihaa 2 kipaahpihaa 3 opaahpihaan 13 21 22 33 Ed uc at Now, let's do some examples using one TA verb and one TI verb. Listen carefully as the instructor says these examples. The number code refers to the subject only. Translations are on page 230. a) C La ke okanoonaan onaasihkawaan 1 b) 2 3 I 2 3 13 21 22 33 13 21 22 33 151 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 l 2 2 3 3 13 13 21 22 33 21 22 33 l 2 2 3 y Fa 3 er sit 13 21 22 U 1 13 he 3 13 21 22 22 33 3. 1 2 La 21 d) ke 3 0 33 ad 2 13 21 22 ni v 33 c) I cu l b) ty of Ed uc VTI okihkentaan okaatoon okanootaan onaasihkaan a) 0 n d) io 1 at c) 33 When you complete your own paradigms, read aloud with your partner for several times until you have mastered the pronunciation. Check with your instructor for proper pronunciation. 0 152 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercise F Working With the Language Read and Understand: Here are some simple sentences for reading practice. Each one contains a transitive verb. In this exercise. listen carefully as the instructor reads the following sentences listed below. Again. we remind you to concentrate on how transitive verbs are used in the sentences. Translations are on page 232. io n 1. uc at a) Nipaahpihaa ahawe naape kaa-mate-pimohset(c). b) Kipaahpihtoon ina nitaacimowin? ty of e) Aan entootaman? Kikaanaa na shooniyaan? t) Kaatoon kipaashkisikan mwaye-maacaayan! Ed c) Nikihkcnimaa ahawe ihkwe kaa-mate-pimohset(c). d) Kikihkentaan ina ekaa ci-kii-tootaman kiinehta? cu l g) Kiwil-kanoonaa na kikayaashim ahpii isbkwaa-anohkiiyan? Fa h) Nikanootaan ishihsewin. sit The sentences above use four TA and four TI verbs. Now try writing some sentences using four TA and TI verbs listed below. Translations are on page 232. ninaa.ciibkaan nishikatentaan nipahkibtehaan nikanawaapantaan ad U Ninaasihkawaa Nishikatenimaa Nipabkibtehwaa Nikanawaapamaa er 2. ni v ( y Writina Practice: For speaking practice, get someone to work with you using the sentences from above plus your own. Repeat this exercise until you completely understand and have mastered the pronunciation. La ke 3. he Speaking Practice: C 153 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercise G More Sentences Read and Understand: 0 Here are some more examples of sentences with transitive verbs. In this exercise, listen carefully as the instructor reads the following sentences. You can use your knowledge of Severn Ojibwe words and sentence types to help you understand these sentences. Obviative suffixes are in bold type. Translations are on page 232 io n 1. at a) Aasha okii-mihkawaan otayihsban. uc b) Aasha ina okii-mihkaao ciikahikaninl? Ed c) Otakwanahwaan otaaoihsan. d) Otakwahaan ciimaoini. ty of e) Otanaamenirnaan otooteman. f) Otanaamentaan maci-kiisbikaani- Fa cu l g) Otayamiibtamawaan okosihsan. h) Otayamiibtaan ishibcikewinini. sit Using the sentences above as a model, write at least eight sentences of your own by using the same transitive verbs. ni v Speaking Practice: ke he ad U For speaking practice, get someone to work with you using the sentences above plus your own. Repeat this exercise until you completely understand and have mastered the pronunciation. La 3. 0 er 2. y Writing Practice: 0 154 �ADVANCED OJIBW E - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercise H Dialogues Read and Understand: A. n Read and understand the following dialogues. Concentrate on how transitive verbs are used in the sentences. Transitive verbs introduced in this lesson are in italic type. Also, some new words will be introduced to you throughout the dialogues. If you find any new words, underline them. New vocabulary will be explained afterwards. Translations are on pages 232 and 233. Waaciye nitaanihs. Aan entootaman? io 1. Waaciye nitooshim. Aan eshi-ayaayan? Nimino-ayaa. Kiln tahsb wiin? Nimino-ayaa keniin. Niwii-ayamihaa kitaataa. ayapi na? Kaawin, aasba kii-maacaa. Kah! Kikihkentaan ina aanahpii ke-pi-kiiwet(c)? Kaawin, kaawin wiikaa niwiintamaakobsiin aanahpii mayaam ke-pi-kiiwet(c). Kekoonini ina okaatoon kitinentaan? Ehe, taapisbkooc ohsba kekoonini e-kaatooc nitinentaan. Aan tahsh wenci-inentaman? Ekaa wiihkaa ohsba kekoonini e-wiintamawihshit(c). Kitaana na abko kakwecimaa? Kaawin, kaawin wiibkaa mihsawaac nitayamihikohsiin. sit he ad U ni v er ( y Fa B. cu l ty of Ed uc at Mekwaac nipaahpihaa nitootem. Kah! Aan entootank? Wawiyatisiibke na? Kaawin. Nanaatihkosii. Koobkoohkohoo j~hinibkaaso. Kikihkenimaa na? Kaawin. Aan ishi-naakosit(c)? Wawiyasinaakosi na? Ebe, naahpic wawiyasinaakosi. Kiwii-waapamaa na? Ebe, naahpic nika-minwentaan ci-waapamak. Ahaaw, nika-wiintamawaa ci-piishaat(c) kaa-ishi-taayan. Kaawin, ikaawin mahshi! Pinamaa nika-kakwecimaa nitookimaam. Wtlntamaw kitootem, naake nika-pi-kanoonaa. Ahaaw, wiipac miina ka-ayamibin. ke Note: Here are partial paradigms for the new words in the above dialogues. Let's begin with dialogue A. La VAi 1 niwawiyatisiike 2 kiwawiyatisiike 3 wawiyatisiike C VAi 1 ninanaatihkohsii 2 kinanaatihkohsii 3 nanaatihkohsii 13 21 22 33 niwawiyatisiikemin kiwawiyatisiikemin kiwawiyatisiikenaawaa wawiyatisiikewak. 13 21 22 33 ninanaatihkohsiimin kinanaatihkohsiimin kinanatibkohsiinaawaa nanaatihkobsiiwak. 15S �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 VAi 1 niwawiyasinaakos 2 kiwawiyasinaakos 3 wawiyasinaakosi 13 niwawiyasinaakosimin 21 kiwawiyasinaakosimin 22 kiwawiyasinaakosinaawaa 33 wawiyasinaakosiwak VAi 1 nitishi-taa 2 kitishi-taa 3 ishi-taa 0 io at uc Ed ty 13 nitayamimin 21 kitayamimin 22 kitayaminaawaa 33 ayamiwak of VAi 1 nitayam 2 kitayam 3 ayami n 13 nitishi-taamin 21 kitishi-taamin 22 kitishi-taanaawaa 33 ishi-taawak cu l Dialogue B - Translations are on page 234. Preverb Fa 1 nitaana- sit y 2 kitaana3 aana- 0 ni v er 'Iaapishkooc is a particle which means "alike, even, at the same time" Mihsawaac is a particle which means "even though, although" Now, write your own dialogues using some of the new vocabulary you have learned in this lesson. ad 2. U Writing Practice: ke With a partner, read over your dialogues. Be sure to take turns saying each part. Then try your partner's dialogues. La 3. he Speaking Practice: 0 156 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercise I r More About TA Verb Types Subject and Object Combinat ion Listen and Understand: We know already that Transitive Animate verbs are ones that have a grammatical subject (the person or persons doing the action) and a grammatical object (the person(s) or animate thing(s) that the action of the verb is done to). And we know that the grammatical object of a Transitive Animate verb is always animate. For Transitive Animate verbs there arc a large number of different possible combinations of person and number of the subject and object which may be expressed. We indicate these combinations by headings such as (1 acting on 3), which means a first-person singular subject 1, niln with a third-person singular object 3, wiin. uc at io n 1. of Ed We are already familiar with some of these combinations. Here are some examples with verbs we learned in this lesson. In the examples the stem of the verb is in bold type. Remember that the stem is the basic form of a word, to which any prefixes or suffixes are added. Translations for sections 1 and 2 are on pages 234 and 235. (2 acting on 3) nipaahplb aa kloaaslbka111Jaa kisblkat.!nbnaa tipabklbtebwaa kikanawaapamaa cu l ad U ni v opaahplhaan oldhkenlmaao okaanaan okanoonaao sit er (3 acting on 3 obmtive) y Fa niklbken.lmaa olkaauaa nikanoonaa ( ty (1 actln& OD 3) he You have already learned how to ask and answer forms using these questions. We will do some more exercises together in the next section. La ke You may have noticed that in each of the examples in the chart there is an ending aa which comes after the verb stem. As well, for each one the grammatical object is a third-person. 2. C Now compare the forms in the chart above with the forms in the following chart. Again, the verb stem is in bold type. (3 acting on 1) (3 acting on 2) nipaahplb ik niklbk..ohnik kipaabpihi k kildhkenim ik nikaaoik nikanoonik kikaanik kikanooni k 157 �ADVANCED OJIBW E - UNIT 2; LESSO N 2 (3 obviative acting on 3) opaabpihikoon okihkenlmikoon okaanikoon okanoonikoon 0 at io n You may have noticed that in each of the forms in this new chart there is a suffix ik following the verb stem. As well, each one of these verb forms bas a third-person subject, unlike the forms in the previous chart, which have third-person object. (3 actin& on 2) (3 acting OD 1) Q. A. of Ebe, nipaahpihik. Yes, he/she is laughing at me. ty Kipaahpihilc na? Is he/she laughing at you? Ed uc Just as before we can ask and answer questions using some of these new Transitive Animate combinations. Here's an example using the first two. 0 Possessor of Subject opaabpihaan. is laughing at him. ad he First-person Nitootem My friend U ni v er sit Now, let's see if we can understand bow to use the final set of forms that we introduced in Exercise A. These forms have a third-person obviative subject and a third-person object: (3 obviative acting on 3). One of the most common ways of using this Transitive Animate number combination is when the subject noun is possessed by a third-person. Compare the following two sentences. In the first one the subject ("friend") is possessed by a first-person. In the second one the ("friend") is possessed by a third-person. ke Third-person Sam otooteman Sam's friend La 3. y Fa cu l Before moving on to another set of examples, work with a panner and ask and answer question s that use the person combinations presented in the sample pair just above. Try using some of the different Transitive Animate verbs introduced in this lesson, or some of the other ones you know. Take turns so that you both get an opportunity to ask and answer questions. Possessor ofSubject opaahpihikoon. is laughing at him. The second sentence means that Sam's friend is laughing at Sam. Notice that in the second sentence we must use the ending lkoon, but in the first we use the ending aan. You can ask a questions such as: Sam na otooteman opaahpihikoon? Is Sam's friend laughing at him? 0 158 �ADVANCED O.JIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 A positive answer would be: Ebe, opaahpihikoon. Yes, she's laughing at him. Writing Practice: okibkenimaan okanoonaan n Using the examples above as a model, write sentences of your own by using the TA verbs listed below. at io okaanaan onaasihkawaan There is another way to use the 3 obviative form. If the subject of a Transitive Animate verb refers back to the object of a previous sentence that contains an obviative third-person, then the subject of the second sentence must also be obviative third-person. The 3 obviative form would only be used when you have already been referring to the people involved and the subject of the action has previously been referred to in the obviative. For example: cu l ty of 4. Ed uc Before moving on to another set of examples, make sure you understand this section. Ebe, opaabpihikoon. Yes, he/she (3 obviative) is laughing at him/her (3). ni v A. sit (3 obviative acting OD 3) er ( Janet naopaabpihaan? Is Janet (3) laughing at him/her (3 obviative)? y Q. Fa (3 acting OD 3 obviative) ad U Using the examples above as a model, write sentences of your own by using the TA verbs listed below. opabkihtebwaan he oshikatenimaan ke Now, let's look at two more Transitive Animate subject and object combinations. (2 acting OD I) kipaabpibin kikibkenunin kikaaoin kikanoonin kipaahpihibsh kikihkenimihsh kikaanihsh kikanoonihsh La (I acting OD 2) Notice that in both these sets there is no third-person; the subject and object are only first or secondperson. C 159 �ADVANCED OJIBW E - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 You can also ask and answer questions using these forms: (2 acting on 1) Q. 0 (1 acting on 2) Kipaahpihihsh na? Are you laughing at me? A. Ebe, kipaahpihin. Yes, I am laughing at you. lcikanoonaa io n Using the examples above as a model, write sentences of your own by using the TA verbs listed below. at kikanawaapamaa Ed (2 acting OD 3) (3 acting OD 2) A. A. (1 acting OD 3) (3 acting on 1) ty Q. Q. of Write some more questions and answers using the verbs listed below by using them on these numbers; cu l S. uc Writing Pnctlce: Fa •mihkaw •akwanaho (3 acting on 3 obvlaUve) A. (3 obvlative acting OD 3) 0 er Q. sit y Repeat this writing practice using the same verbs above by using them on these numbers; ni v Speaking PracUce: La ke he ad U For speaking practice, get someone to work with you taking turns by asking questions and answers in sections 1 - S. Pay particular attention to proper pronunciation and the accent of the dialect 0 160 �ADVANCED O.IlBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercise J 1. This review test has three sections. Before you begin, review the spelling and meanings of the words. When you are ready, translate them into English. Remember, try to do this on your own without looking at your notes. Translations are on page 236. io n r Review Test Transitive Animate Verbs: TA Verbs at Ensllsb Translation uc 1. nipaahpihaa of kinaasihkawaa ty s. Ed 2. kikihkenimaa 3. okaanaan 4. nikanoonaa cu l 6. oshikatenimaan 7. nipahkihtehwaa 11. kitanaamenimaa ad U ni v 12. otayamiihtamawaan sit 10. nitakwanahwaa y 9. omihkawaan er ( Fa 8. kikanawaapamaa La ke he Note: .Check your spelling and translations when you are finished. C 161 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Transitive Inanimate Verbs: 2. Translate the following words into English. The words are in the same order from (1 - 12) as in the previous section. Translations arc on page 236. TI Verbs Q n English Translation io 1. nipaahpihtoon at 2. kikihkentaan uc 3. okaatoon Ed 4. nikanootaan . S. kinaasihkaan of 6. oshikatentaan ty 7. nipahkihtehaan cu l 8. kikanawaapantaan Fa 9. omihkaan 10. nitakwanahaan sit y 11. kitanaamcntaan 0 ni v er 12. otayamiihtaan La ke he ad U Note: Check your spelling and translations when you arc finished. 0 162 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 In this final review exercise, there are 24 transitive verbs listed ( 1 - 24) on the left hand side below in mixed order. Accompanying the English translation is a small box. Use a pencil and write the number which matches the translation in the box. Translations are on pages 236 and 237. okaanaan s. nitakwanahwaa 6. kikibkeutaan 7. omihkawaan 8. nipahkihtehwaa 9. kinaasihkawaa 10. osbikateoiroaan 11. nipaahpihtoon 12. kikanawaapantaan 13. nmibkaao 14. nitakwanahaan 15. kitanaamenimaa 16. okaatoon 17. kikibkenimaa 18. nipaahpihaa 19. oshikatentaan 20. nipahkihtehaan 21. kitanaamentaan 22. otayamiihtamawaan 23. nikanootaan 24. kikanawaapamaa n 4. He/she find s.o. io ninaasihkaan He/she is lonesome for s.o. (lonely) at 3. I laugh at s.t. uc nikanoonaa I call s.t., I address s.t. I laugh at s.o. Ed 2. □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ You blame s.o. I cover s.t. of otayamiihtaan He/she is lonesome for s.t. (lonely) ty 1. You know s.t. cu l Fa y sit er ni v U ad La ke ( 3. he r I call s.o., I address s.o. He/she hide s.o. You blame s.t. You looking a t s.o. He/she is speaking for s.o. I fetch s.t., I get s.t. I cover s.o. I hit s.t He/she fmd s.t. You fetch s.o., you get s.o. You know s.o. You looking at s.t. He/she is hiding s.t. I hit s.o. He/she speaking for s.t. Note: Check your answers with your instructor wben you have finished. C 163 �ADVANCED OJIBW E - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Exercise A Inanimate Intransitive Verbs Read and Understand: 1. 9. 10. mihsbikamaa akaah~ikamaa 7. 8. mankihtikweyaa akaabsmtikweyaa maamihcaasbkaa anwaahtinikamin 11. akontin pimaapoote pimaahoote 12. 13. 15. cu l To help you identify the syllables and pronunciation, we have placed a space between each one. In this section, listen carefully as your instructor repeats the words. After completing this exercise , repeat the exercise in section 1 with your partner for speaking and pronunciation practice. Do not worry about the meanings of the words for now. Concentrate on syllables and spelling. sit a nwaa bti ni ka min a ko ntin pi maa poo te pi maa boo te ka sbka tin maa ci btan moo sbka ban 0 er 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. The words introduced to you in this lesson arc presented to you in mixed order listed ke he below. For writing practice, fill in the missing letters to complete the words. When you are complete, check your spelling. Answers arc on pages 237 and 238. La 3. 10. ni v 6. 7. 8. 9. maa mi bcaa shkaa U 5. a koo te pa nki hsin kii shkaa ya waa paa kwaa mi hshi ka maa a kaa hsi ka maa ma nki bti kwe yaa a kaa hsi bti kwe yaa ad 1. 2. 3. 4. y Fa 2. ty 16. kashkatin maacihtan mooshkaban of 14. io 6. kiishkaayawaa paakwaa 3. at 5. 4. uc 2. ak.oote pankihsin Ed 1. 0 n In this exercise, there are sixteen new Inanimate Intransitive verbs introduced to you listed in sets below. Listen carefully as your instructor repeats them. Translations are on page 237. 1) p_ _k_ _ _ 9) a___hsi_ _ _kwe_ _ _ 2) mi_ _ _ _ka_ _ _ 10) an_ _ _ _ti_ _ka_ _ _ 3) _ _ _ci_ _ _n 11) 12) 13) 14) 15) 16) pi_ _ _ _ _ _te _ _maa_ _ _ _e a_ _ _bsi_ _ _aa _ko_ _ _ _ k_ _ _k_ _ _n _ _ _ki_ _ _kwe_ _ _ 4) a___te 5) m_ _sh_ _h_ _ 6) _ _ _mi_ _ _ _ _ _kaa 7) 8) _ _ _sb_ _ _sa_ _ _ _ _ _ki_ _ _ _ 164 0 �ADVANCED O.DBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 15. maacihtao rooosbkahan n io Ed of La ke he ad U ni v er sit y 16. ty kasbkatin cu l 14. hang (something inanimate) fall (something inanimate) be deep water be shallow water be a big lake be a small lake be a wide river be a narrow river be big waves be a nice and calm body of water float, be in the water drift along on current drift along on waves freeze up ice break up flood. be high water at 1. akoote 2. pankihsin 3. kiishkaayawaa 4. paakwaa 5. mibshikamaa 6. akaahsilcamaa 7. mankihtikweyaa 8. akaabsihtikweyaa 9. maamibcaashkaa 10. aowaahtioikamin 11. akootin 12. pimaapoote 13. pimaahoote Fa r The translation of each new word is given below. Study them and then do the next exercise. uc 4. C 165 �ADVANCED OJIB WE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Exercise B Translation into Sevem Ojlbwe Write and Understand: In this exercise, there are sixteen ( 16) new words listed below in mixed order. Transl ate them into 0 Severn Ojibwe. Remember, try to do this on your own without looking at your notes. The first one has been done for you. Translations are on page 238. 1) be big waves n maamihcaashkaa io 2) be a wide river at 3) be a big lake uc 4) be shallow water a narrow river 6) freeze up 7) ice break up 8) drift along on CWTCDt 9) float, be in the water 10) drift along on waves cu l ty of Ed 5) be Fa 11) fall (some thing inanimate) 13) be a small lake 0 er 15) bang (some thing inanimate) sit 14) be a nice and calm body of water y 12) flood, be high water ni v 16) be deep water La ke he ad U Note: Check your translation when you have finished. 0 166 �ADVANCED OJIBW E • UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Exercis e C r Translation into English Write and Unders tand: There are sixteen (16) new words listed below in mixed order. Translate them into English. Try to do this on your own without looking at your notes. Translations are on page 238. 1) pimaapoote n 2) kashkatin io 3) maamibcaashkaa at 4) maacibtan uc 5) pimaahoote Ed 6) moosbkahan 7) akaabsikamaa paakwaa of 8) ty 9) akoote Fa y sit er ( 12) mibshikamaa 13) pankihsin 14) kiisbkaayawaa 15) akontin 16) anwaahtinjkamin cu l 10) akaabs\htikweyaa 11) mankjhtikweyaa La ke he ad U ni v Note: Check your translations wben you have finished. C 167 �ADVANCED OJIBW E - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Exercis eD Sentences Read and Understand: In this exercise. there are eight (8) sentences listed below. Each sentence uses one of the new words introduced to you in this lesson. Words introduced to you in this lesson are in italic type. If any new words are introduced to you throughout the sentences, proper translation will be given 0 at ty of Ed uc 1) Akoote ina kimakoot tehsapiwinink? 2) Pankihsin ina pimihsewin noohpimink kitinentaan? 3) Kiishkaayawaa ibiwe saakahikan nitishinaan. 4) Kaawiri ihimaa ka-kii-isbi-pimahkwashiwehsiimin. Onsaam paakwaa. 5) Naahpic mihshikamaa saak3bikan kaa-wii-isbaayaan. 6) Akaahsilcamaa H&kabikan kaa-isbi-taayaan. 7) Manldhtikweyaa siipi kaa-wii-antawi-ishi-kwaashkwepineyaan. 8) Akaahsihtikweyaa siipi kaa-kii-ishi-nihsak moos. io n afterwards. Listen carefully and imitate as the instructor reads the sentences. Translations are on page 239. cu l New Vocabulary: y Fa Here are partial paradigms for the new words in the sentences above. Let's take a look at sentenc e4 first. Translations are on page 239. ni v 13 21 22 33 nipimabkwashiwemin kipimabkwasbiwemain kipimahkwashiwenaawaa pimabkwasbiwewak he Sentence 8: ad U VAi 1 nipimahlcwasbiwe 2 kipimahkwashiwe 3 pimahkwasbiwe 0 er sit Kaawin ibimaa ka-kii-ishi-pimahkwashiwehsiimin. ''We cannot paddle there." La ke Akaahsihtikweyaa siipi kaa-kii-ishi-nihsak moos. "The river is narrow where I killed the moose." VTA 1 ninihsaa 2 kioihsaa 3 onibsaan 13 21 22 33 ninihsaamin kinibsaarnio kioibsaawaa onihsaawaan 0 168 �ADVANCED OilB WE • UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Exercise E More Sentences Read and Under stand: In this exercise, we will repeat the exercise from the previous page using differe nt II verbs. Once again, there are eight (8) sentences listed below. Each sentence uses one of the new words introduced to you in this lesson. Words introduced to you in this lesson are in italic type. If any new words are introduced to you throughout the sentences, proper translation wil be given afterwards. Listen carefully and imitate as the instructor reads the sentences. Translations are on page 239. io n 1. at 1) Mamnihcaashkaa ina kibci-saakahikan kitinentaan? uc 2) Mitoni anwaahtinikamin saakahikan. Ed 3) Pimihsewin mate-alcontin siipiink. 4) Pimaapoote mihtik paawihtikonk. Fa cu l ty of S) Pimaahoote ciimaan saakabikanink. 6) Aasha kekaat ta-kashkatin. 7) Aasha wiipac ta-maacihtan siipi. 8) Ta-mooshkahan ishi-naakwan ahpii ishkwaa-maacihtahk. Writing Practice: y Now, write your own sentences in your notebook using the same eight (8) Il sit 2. La ke he ad U ni v er ( C 169 verbs above. �ADVANCED OJIBW E - UNIT 2; LESSO N 3 Exercise F Questions and Answers Read and Understa nd: 0 Q. Aanti csbi-akootek kimakoot? at a) io n In this exercise, we will form the sentences by asking simple questions and answers. Words introduced to you in this lesson are in italic type. If there are any new words introduced to you throughout the sentences, proper explanation will be given afterwards. Listen to and imitate these sets of sentences listed below. Remember, some of these Il verbs will be written in conjunct form throughout the sentences. Translations arc on page 240. Q. Aanti kaa-isbi-pankihsink pimihscwin kitinentaan? Ed b) uc A. Weti naaniyahii ishkwaantemink. A. Naanta maawiin waasha noohpimink. Q. Aminahi ihimaa waa-isbi-kwaashkwcpineyan? A. Kaawin, onsaam lciishlcaayawaa ohomaa. d) Q. lhimaa t.ahsh wiin, onsaam ina paakwaa kitinentaan? A. Kaawin, amihimaa ke-ishi-kapaahshimoyaan. e) Q. Mihshikamaa ina saakahikan kaa-wii-ishaayan waapank? A. Ebe, naahpic mihshikamaa shaakooc tahsh mibshiinatinoon minihtikoon. f) Q. Akaahsikamaa ina saakahikan kaa-wii-isbi-pakitahweyan? A. Ebe, akaahsikamtla shaakooc tahsh kinokamaa. g) Q. Mankihtikweyaa ina siipi kaa-wii-antawi-ishi-nanaantawencikeyan? A. Nahkc piko, kaawin mahshi niwaapantahsiin. h) Q. Akaahsihtikweyaa ina siipi kaa-wii-ishi-nooncihshipeyan? A. Ebe, akaahsihtikweyaa ekwa naahpic mihshiniwak kinooshek. 0 he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of c) ke New Vocabulary: La Here arc partial paradigms for the new words in the sentences above. Let's begin with sentence D. Translations are on pages 240 and 241. VAi 1 nikapaahshim 2 ldkapaahshim 3 kapaahshimo 13 nikapaahsbimomin 21 kikapaahshimomin 22 kikapaahshimonaawaa 33 kapaahshimowak Conjunct form: "kapaabsbimoyaan" (first-person singular, "r) Check translation in translation section. 170 0 �ADVANCED OllBW E - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Sentence E: Shaakooc is a particle which means ..however, nevertheless, after all". Mihshilnatinoon is an Il verb which means ..be a lot of, be many of'. Minlbtlk is an inanimate noun singular which means ..island" (plural minihtikoon) Sentence F: 1 nipakitahwe 2 kipakitahwe 3 pakitahwe n 13 nipakitahwemin at uc Ed of Conjunct form: "pakitahweyan", (second-person singular, 'you') Kinnkamaa is an ll verb which means "be a long lake". Check translations in the translation section. io 21 kipakitahwemin 22 kipakitahwenaawaa 33 pakitahwewak ty Sentence H: 1 ninooncihshipe 2 kinooncihshipe 3 nooncihshipe cu l 13 ninooncihshipemin Fa 21 kinooncihshipemin 22 kinooncihshipenaawaa 33 nooncibshipewak er sit y Conjunct form: "nooncihshipeyan" (second-person singular, 'you') Check translations in the translation section. Now, write your own questions and answers in you notebook using the Il verbs listed below. U 2. ni v Writing Practice: kiisbkaayawaa paakwaa he ad akoote pankihsin 3. ke Speaking Practice: For speaking practice, get someone to work with you using the questions and answers above plus your own. Repeat this exercise with your panner until you completely understand and have mastered the pronunciation. La ( 171 �ADVANCED OJIBW E - UNIT 2; LESSO N 3 Exerclse G Continua tion of Question s and Answers Read and Understand: 0 In this exercise, once again, we will form the sentences by asking simple questions and answers. Words introduced to you in this lesson are in italic type. If there are any new words introduced to you throughout the sentences, proper explanation will be given afterwards. Listen to and imitate these sets of sentences listed below. Please note. some of these II verbs will be written in conjunct form throughout the sentences. Translations are on page 241. a) Q. Maamihcaashkaa ina naawic kitishinaan? A. Ebe, maamihcaashkaa ohsha ishi-naakwan. b) Q. Ta-anwaahtinikamin ina ani-tipihkaak kitishinaan? A. Nahke piko. Kaawin mahshi nimemecikaayaapatansiin. c) Q. Kckonen ihi kaa-mate-akontink? A. Minihtikwaapihk ohsba ishi-naakwan. d) Q. Ciimaanenhs ina hi kaa-mate-pimaapootek? uc Ed of ty cu l Fa A. Kaawin. Ciipayi-mihtikowash ohsha hi. Q. Kiwaapantaan ina mihtikowash kaa-mate-pimaahootek? y e) at io n 1. sit A. Kaawin! Aanti? Q. Aanahpii ta-ka.shlcatin eshinaman? A. Wiipac maawiin ta-ka.shlcatin nitishinaan. g) Q. Aasha ina kekaat ta-maacihtan kitinentaan? A. Nahke piko. Kaawin nimikoshkaatentamihikohsiin. h) Q. Ta-mooshlcahtm ina kitishinaan ahpii isbkwaa-maacihtahk? ad U ni v er f) 0 he A. Ka-maawiin siyaaken. La ke New Vocabulary: Here are partial paradigms for the new words in the sentences above. Let's begin with sentence B. Translations are on page 241. Kaawin mabshi Dimemecikaayaapantanslln. "I haven't checked up on it yet (by looking)." V11 1 nimemecikaayaapantaan 13 nimemecikaayaapantaamin 2 kimemecikaayaapantaan 21 kimemecikaayaapantaamin 3 omemecikaayaapantaan 22 kimemecikaayaapantaanaawaa 33 omemecikaayaapantaanaawaa 172 0 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 r SentenceD ciipay-mlhtikowash is an inanimate noun (ni) which means "coffin". SentenceE n mihtikowash is an inanimate noun (ni) which means "wooden box/suitcase" io Sentence G uc Ed of nimikoshkaatentaarnin kimikoshkaatentaarnin kimikoshkaatentaanaawaa omikoshkaatcntaanaawaa cu l 13 21 22 33 ty VTI 1 nimikosbkaatentaan 2 kimikoshkaatentaan 3 omiko~bkaatentaan at Kaawin nimikoshkaate11tamlhlkobslln. "I am not wonying about it.•• Fa SentenceH y sit Writing Practice: Now, write your own questions and answers in your notebook using the ll verbs listed below. kashkatin mooshkaban ad U ni v 2. er ( Ka-maawlln slyaaken OR Slyaaken maawiln kaawin. '"I hope not." Speaking Practice: he . For speaking practice, get someone to work with you using the questions and answers above plus your own. Repeat this exercise with your partner until you completely understand and have mastered the pronunciation. La ke 3. C 173 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Exercise H Mini-Dialogues Read and Understand: n you in this lesson. Words introduced to you in this lesson arc in italic type. H there are any new words introduced to you throughout the dialogues, explanations will be given afterw ards. Listen to and imitate these sets of dialogues listed below. Translations arc on page 242. m, io Niibtaawihs ihimaa ayaa? Ebe, kiwii-ayamibaa na? Ebe, niwii-kakwecimaa kekoonini. at A. 0 In this exercise, we will form mini-dialogues by using the Il verbs introduced to uc 1. Ed Brother-In-law comes to the phone. Fa Mab! Kinoontaan ina kekoon? Kaawin, kekoon ina kinoontaan kitinentaan? Ebe, kaake ohsba kekoon panldhsin inibtaakwan. Aanti nebke entanihtaakwabk? lshpimink tanihtaakwan. Kiwii-antawi-memecikaahcike na? Kaawin, nikohtaac. 0 Kiwii-antawi-kwaasbkwepine na? Kaawin, onsaam maamihcaashkaatok saakabikao, Kaa-ishi-akaahsikamaak ohsha saakahikan ldtaa-kii-ishaaminAhaaw, ta-kocihcikaate. Aanabpii tabsh waa-maacaayan? Shcmaak kaana piko, e-mwaye-onsaam-kihci-nootink. Ahaaw, sbemaak nika-kwayaancii. D. La ke he ad U C. ni v er sit y B. cu l ty of Waaciye niihtaawihs. Aan ke-kii-ishi-wiichihinaan noonkom kaa-kiisbikaak7 Kiisbpin ekaa 011tamiihkeyan, ldwii-kakwecimin ci-wiicihibshiyan e-wii-akootoo yaan niciimaan. Ahaaw, pinamaa niwii-kekishepaanebkwe. Miikwehc niibtaawihs. Naake ka-waapamin. Aan waa-tootaman noonkom ke-kiishkaak? Niwii-antawi-namewi-pakitahwe kaa-ishi-kiishkaayawaak siipi. Pahkaao ruin niwii-antawi-ishi-pakitabwe. Aanti eneotaman e-wii-ishi-pakitahweyan? K.aa-isbi-akaahsihtikweyaak siipi. Name na ihimaa papaamaataketok kitinentaan? Weshkac ahko ohowe mekwaac pimaatakcpaniik ihiroaa Siyaaken maawiin kika-kaahcitinaak. 174 0 �ADVANCED OilBW E • UNIT 2; LESSON 3 New Vocabulary: Here are paradigms for the new words in the dialogues above. Let's begin with dialogue A. Nllhtaawim is a dependent animate noun (nad) which means "my brother-in-law." Dialogue B: - Translations are on page 243. io n Jnihtaakwan is a (vii) which means "sound so, be understood so." lnehke is a (pc) which means "in direction of..." nimemccikaahcikemin kimemecikaahcikemin kimemecikaahcikenaawaa mcmecikaahcikewak Ed 13 21 22 33 of 1 nimemecikaahcike 2 kimemecikaahcike 3 memecikaahcike uc at Tanlhtaakwan is a (vii) which means ''to hear a sound in certain location." Memedkaahclke is a (vai) which means "examine things, check up on things." cu l ty DlalogueC: 13 21 22 33 nikocihtoomin kikocihtoomin kikocihtoonaawaa okocihtoonaawaa sit y 1 nikocihtoon 2 kikocihtoon 3 okocihtoon ni v er ( Fa 1a-koclhdkaate is a phrase which means "let's try it." Koclhtoon is a (vti2) which means ''try s.t." Dialogue D: VTI ad U EnePtaman is a conjunct form of lnentan which means ''think so of s.t., think s.t. to be so." he r nitinentaan La ke 2 kitinentaan 3 otinentaan 13 21 22 33 nitinentaamin kitinentaamin kitinentaanaawaa otincntaanaawaa Kaahciduaak is a conjunct form of kaahcitln which means "catch s.o., capture s.o." VTA 1 nikaabr.itinaa 2 kikaabcitinaa 3 okaahcitinaan C 13 21 22 33 nikaabcitinaamin kikaahcitinaamin kikaabcitinaawaa okaahcitinaawaan 175 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Writing Practice: 2. Now, write two mini-dialogues of your own. Be sure to include some of the new vocabulary introduced in this lesson. Q Speaking Practice: 0 ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n For speaking practice, get someone to work with you using the dialogues in section 1 plus your own in section 2. Repeat this exercise until you completely understand and have mastered the pronunciation. La 3. 0 176 �Creative Writing Read and Understand: 1. In this exercise, we will try some the creative writing by using the Il verbs introduced to you in this lesson. Words introduced to you in this lesson are in italic type. Any new words introduced in the sentences will be explained afterwards. Listen to and imitate as your instructor reads the following sentences. Translations are on pages 243 and 244. n r ADVANCED 0,DBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Exercise I of Ed uc at io Aanahpii maacaat(c) kitaataa? Aasha ohsha kii-maacaa. WJ..ipac kckishep kii-maacaa. Aanahpii ke-pi-kiiwet(c)? Nahke piko. Kaawin nitoonci-wiintarnaakohsiin. Kiwii-ayamihaa na ahpii takohshink? Ebe, wiintamaw ci-pi-kanoonihshit(c) ahpii takohsbink. Ahaaw nika-wiintamawaa ahpii takohshink. ty Father arrived and returns the call. sit U ni v er ( y Fa cu l Waaciyc nitootem. Kikii-pi-kanoonihsb na? Ebe, kekoon e-wii-kakweciminaan. Ahaaw, aan ke-kii-ishi-wiicihinaan noonkorn kaa-kiisbikaak? Kinantawenimin ci-wiiciiwihsbiyan e-wii-antawi-kwaashkwepineyaan waapank:. Aanti waa-isbaayan? Kaa-ishi-mihshikamaak saakabikan. Kitanenimaak na mihsbiin kinoosbek ibimaa? Ebe, nitanenimaak mihsbiin kinooshek ihimaa obowe mekwaac. Ahaaw, (ki)ka-wiiciiwin kiisbpin ehta ekaa onsaam kihci-nootink. Kiishpin kiishkaayawaak saakahikao, ta-maamihcaashkaa. Kiisbpin onsaam kibci-nootink, kaa-ishi--akaahsikamaak saakabikan ta-ishaaniwan miisbkoc. ad New Vocabulary: he Here are some new words given in the sentences above. La ke 'llmenlm (vta) think s.o. to be there Nltan~oimaa (singular) I think s.o. to be there Nltanenlmaak (plural) I think s.o. (pl) to be there Here is a partial paradigm: - Translations are on page 244. l nitanenimaa 2 kitanenimaa 3 otanenimaan 13 21 22 33 nitanenimaamin kitanenimaamin kitanenirnaawaa otanenimaawaan C 177 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Writing Practice: 2. Now, write one mini-dialogue of your own. Be sure to try to include at least one or two new words introduced in any of lesson 3. Q Speaking Practice: 0 ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n For speaking practice, get someone to work with you using the dialogue in section 1 plus your own in section 2. Repeat this exercise until you completely understand and have mastered the pronunciation. La 3. 0 178 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Exercise J r Final Review Tests Inanimate Intransitive Verbs: 1. In this exercise, review the spelling and meanings of the words very carefully. When you are ready, translate them into English. They are in mixed order. Try to do this exercise without looking at your notes. Translations are on page 244. Severn Ojlbwe io at l. anwaahtinikamin uc 2. maamihcaashkaa Ed 3. pankihsin 4. paakwaa akoote of s. ty 6. kiishkaayawaa cu l 7. mooshkahan 8. pimaapoote Fa 9. kasbkatin 11. mankihtikweyaa U 14. pimaahoote ni v 13. mihshikamaa er 12. maacihtan y 10. akontin sit ( n Translation 15. kiishkaayawaa ke he ad 16. akaahsikamaa La Note: Check you translations when you have finished. C 179 �ADVANCED OJIBW E - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 2. In this section, before you begin, review the spelling and meanings of the words very carefully. When you are ready, translate them into Severn Ojibwe. Again, they are in mixed order. Translations are on pages 244 and 245. English Q n Severn Ojibwe io 1. frcei.e up at 2. float, be in the water uc 3. be big waves Ed 4. ice break up 5. be a narrow river of 6. drift along on current ty 7. be a small lake cu l 8. bang (something inanimate) Fa 9. be a nice and calm body of water 10. be shallow water sit y 11. be a big lake 12. drift along on waves ni v er 13. be a wide river 0 14. flood, be high water U 15. be deep water ad 16. fall (something inanimate) La ke he Note: Check you translations when you have finished. 0 180 �ADVAN CED O.JIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Exercise A Particles Listen and Understand: Particles are words that cannot be changed in anyway. They do not add any prefixes or suffixes. They will always be the same as follows. In this exercise, there are thirty (30) particles introduced to you listed below. Listen carefully as your instructor repeats them. Do not worry about the meanings of the words for now. Translations will be given on the next page, and also you can fmd them on page 24S. 21. kihcinibkiik 2. akaami-kibcikam 12. aanti piko 22. kwanta 3. akaaroibkana. 13. capasbiihsh 23. pebkihsh 4. akaawaac 14. ciikic 24. 5. ahpii piko 15. enikohk 6. ariaaroaaknnak 16. eniwebk 7. anaamipiink 17. inehke 8. anihshaa 18. kayaash 9. awahsbime 19. 10. aanta Ed ty pchpeshik namacinihkiik cu l 2S. 26. nawac 27. siitawaac 28. tcpinaahk 29. tipihkonk 30. wenipan Fa y sit er kaye piko 20. misiwc U ad he ke La C 181 at 11. aanti nehkc uc akaamabkiink ni v ( 1. of io n 1. �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 4 English Translatio n 0 Read and Understand: 7. akaawaac ahpii piko anaarnaaknnak anaamipiink 8. anihsbaa s. 6. awahshime 10. aanta 11. aanti nehke 12. aanti piko 13. capasbiihsh 14. ciikic 15. enikohk 19. 20. 21. ke 22. La 23. 24. 25. nawac 27. siitawaac 28. tepinaahk 29. tipihkonk 30. wenipan 26. Fa y sit er he 18. 0 ni v inehke kayaash kayepiko misiwe kihcioibkiik kwanta pehkihsh pehpeshik U 17. ad eniwehk cu l 9. 16. io 4. at akaamihkana uc 3. - in Europe, abroad - across the ocean - across the road or trail - hardly, scarcely - anytime - under the snow - underwater - by chance, at the last minute - to greater extent, more and more -some, few - whereabouts, which direction -anywhere - low, lower level - by, close to, near to - with more effort, harder - at least, anyhow, okay but - in direction - originally, long ago, former - likely, to be expected, probably - all over, whole, everywhere - on the right - for no reason or purpose - at the same time, while -one by one - on the left - more, quite (-er) - barely, hardly, poorly - carelessly - last night - gone, disappear Ed akaamahkiink akaarni-kibcikam of 1. 2. n Here is the list of the thirty words once again given in English translation. Take some extra time to review the pronunciation and meanings with your instructor. Listen to and imitate as your instrUctor repeats them. ty 2. 182 0 �ADVANCED O.IlBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Exercise B Here is the list of thiny new words once again. Match up the Severn Ojibwe words with the appropriate English translation by writing each number in the correct box. The list in Severn Ojibwe is in order but English translation is not. Try to do this without looking at your notes. You can check your answers on page 246. ahpii piko 6. anaamaaknnak 7. anaamipiink 8. anihshaa 9. awahshime 10. aanta 11. aanti nehke 12. aanti piko 13. capashiihsh 14. ciikic 15. enikohk 16. eniwehk 17. 18. inehke kayaash 19. kayepiko 20. more, quite (-er) in direction for no reason or purpose gone, disappear barely, hardly, poorly on the left at least, anyhow, okay but all over, whole, everywhere y one by one sit er ni v U ad misiwe 21. kihcinihkiik 22. kwanta 23. pehkihsh 24. pehpcshik 25. namacinihkiik 26. nawac 27. siitawaac 28. tepinaahk 29. tipihkonk 30. wenipan La C n 5. io akaawaac at 4. last night uc akaamibkana Ed 3. carelessly of akaami-kihcikam on the right ty 2. □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ cu l akaamabkiink Fa 1. ke ( Read and Understand: he r Learning the New Vocabulary by chance, at the last minute at the same time, while under the snow hardly, scarcely more, to greater extent. more and more across the road or trail underwater anywhere originally, long ago anytime across the ocean with more effort. harder in Europe, abroad some.few likely, to be expected, probably whereabouts, which direction by, close to near to low, lower level. downstairs 183 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Exercise C Translation Into Severn Ojlbwe 0 Writing Practice: 10) 11) 12) 13) 14) 15) 16) 17) 18) 19) 20) 21) io at uc Ed of ty 0 ke 22) cu l 9) Fa 8) y 7) sit 6) er S) ni v 4) U 3) ad 2) in direction one by one by, close to, near to anywhere some at the same time, while on the right under the snow likely, to be expected whereabouts, which direction in Europe, abroad carelessly underwater anytime originally, long ago last night at least, anyhow, okay but more, quite (-er) across the ocean on the left with more effort, harder gone, disappear all over, whole, everywhere low, lower level more, to greater extent, more and more barely, hardly, poorly by chance, at the last minute hardly, scarcely across the road or trail for no reason or purpose he 1) n In this exercise, we will do some more translations. Here is the list in English of thirty words you have learned in this lesson given in mixed order. Write appropriate translation in Severn Ojibwe. Try to do this without looking at your notes. Translations are on pages 246 and 247. La 23) 24) 25) 26) 27) 28) 29) 30) 184 0 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 4 ExerciseD Translation Into English Writing Practice: Here is the list once again in Severn Ojibwc of thirty words you have learned in this lesson given in mixed order. Write appropriate translation in English. Remember, you do this exercise without looking at your notes. Translations are on pages 247 and 248. 10) 11) 12) ( 13) 14) 15) 16) 17) 18) 19) 20) 21) n io at uc Ed of ty ke 22) cu l 9) Fa 8) y 7) sit 6) er 5) ni v 4) enikobk misiwe kayaash inebke aantinebke pehkihsh wenipan kaye piko kihcioihkiik tepinaablc ahpii piko nawac namacinihkiik akaawaac pebpeshik siitawaac akaamabkiink akaamihkana anihsbaa tipihkonk anaamaak'>nak ciikic kwanta anaamipiink aanti piko awahsbime eniwebk akaami-kihcikam U 3) ad 2) aanta capasbiihsh he 1) La 23) 24) 25) 26) 27) 28) 29) C 30) 185 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Exercise E Working With The Language Read and Understand: 0 Ahpii ishkwaa-anobkiiyaan niwii-ishaa akaamahkiink. at Mooshak miikaasowin takwan akaamahkiink. Alcaamahkiink ina kitooncii? Akaami-kihcikam oncii nitootem. Mooshak nootinikewin takwan akaami-kihcikam. Aasha na wiipac wii-kiiwewan otooteman akaami-kihcikam? C) Akaamihkana niwii-ishi-aanci-taa. Akaamihkana ina kitishi-taa? Aanahpii akaamihkana waa-ishaat(c)? D) Akaawaac nitepihse miicim. Akaawaac na kikii-wanishkaa kekiship? Akaawaac kii-tepihsewan roibsm pipoononk. E) Aanti piko nika-ishi-ap. Aanti piko ishi-ahtoon. Aanti piko ta-kii-ishaa. F) Anaamaakonak nika-ahtoon niwanibikan. Anaamaakonak na api kitootaapaan? Anaamaakonak ishi-nipaa nato-pine. G) Kinooshe papaamaatake anaamipiink. Shiihshiip kookii anaamipiink. Kekiin na kiwaapamaa shiihshiip kaa-kookiic anaamipiink? 0 he ke H) ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed B) uc A) io n In this exercise. you will learn to fonn simple sentences that contains panicles. Listen to and imitate these sets of examples listed below. Words introduced to you in this lesson are in italic type. H there are any new words introduced to you throughout the sentences. proper translation will be given afterwards. Listen carefully and imitate as the instructor reads the sentences. Translations are on page 248. Anihshaa wiipac e-kii-k.ibke11tamaan e-sahkitek, ekaa kaa-kii-onci-caakisoyaan. Anihshaa wiipac e-kii-waapamak. ekaa kaa-kii-onci-nihsaapaawet(c). Anihshaa ekaa e-onci-tabkaayaak, ekaa kaa-kii-onci-kawaciyaan. La 1. I) Awahshime ani-aahkosi nitineoimaa, Awahshime ta-tabkaayaa miina pipoonk nitinentaan. Awahshime ta-ani-kiisbowaayaa abpii ani-siikwak. J) Aanta ehta ta-maacaawak waapank. Aanta naapewak kaawin ta-maacaabsiiwak. Aanta ehta kii-aapatanoon mibsan tipihkonk. 186 0 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 New Vocabulary: Sahkite drown be warm weather Ed Caakiso Nlhsaapaawe Kllshowaayaa be lit, be OD fire be lit, be on fire, have one's house on fire of Writing PractJce: Now, try to write one sentence each in your notebook using the particles listed below. Translations are on page 249. akaaroabkiink akaamibkana cu l abpii piko anaamaalcflnak anaamipiink Fa akaawaac For speaking practice, get someone to work with you using the sentences above plus your own. Go over the material with your partner and concentrate on pronunciation and the meanings of the sentences. Repeat this until you feel comfortable with the material. La ke he ad U ni v er 3. y Speaking Practice: sit ( ty 2. n Ishi-taa Tepihse Kookll io Aanci-taa fight, violence. Also miilcaatiwin be there, exist war, violence move one's residence live there, reside there there is enough of s.t., be sufficient dive at (ni) (vii) (ni) (vai) (vai) (valii) (vai) (vii) (vai) (vai) (vii) uc r Mllkaasowin Takwan Nootinikewin C 187 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Exercise F Learning the Language Read and Understand: 0 n In this exercise, we will repeat a second set of particles by forming simple sentences. Listen carefully and imitate these sets of examples listed below. Words introduced to you in this lesson are in italic type. If there are any new words introduced to you throughout the sentences, proper translation will be given afterwards. Translations arc on pages 249 and 250. Amui nehke waa-isbaayan? Aanti nehke wencinowek? Aanti nehke eshiciwahk? B) Aanti piko ishi-apin! Aanti piko ka-kii-ishi-nipaa. Q. Aanti waa-ishi-ahtoon ohowe? A. Aanti piko. C) Capashiihsh pimakoote pimihsewin. Capashiihsh pimihsewak nibkakCapashiihsh pimaanabkwan noonkom kaa-kii!thikaak D) Ciilcic waabkaabikanink nika-ishi-kipibcii. Ciikic makobsbe-kiisbikaak 'lika-kiiwe. Ciikic waapahk nika-wanishkaa. Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io A) sit y I. Enikohk pimipahtoon! Enikohk wiibkopitoon piihsbaakaneyaap! Enikohk ano!J)ciitaa mwaye-tipibkaak. F) Eniwehk keniin nika-piisbaa wapank. Eniwehk piko amihi ishi-maacaan! Eniwehk piihi ci-takobshink. G) Ihiweti inehke ta-isbaaniwan. Weti inehke ishi-taa. Kiiwetinonk inehke onciniwe. La ke he ad U ni v er E) 0 H) Kii-aaoiman kayaash pimaatisiwin. Kii-nibtaaw-anobkiiwak awiyak kayaash. Kii-wenootan nato-miicim kayaash. I) Kaye piko ta-kimiwan ke-tipibkaak. Kaye piko na wiipac kika-maacaa kekisbepaayaak? Kaye piko na kitaataa ta-takobshin wiipac? I) Misiwe ta-papaamobsenaaniwan waapank. Amii piko misiwe ishi-miinihshin kisbooniyaanim. Misiwe papaami-isbaamakao aahkosiwin. 188 0 �ADVANCED O.JIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 New Vocabulary: io at uc ty of Ed (vii) flow there, flow so (vii) fly along, fly by (vii) be dawn, be morning (vai) run along, run by (command fonn) (vti) pull s.t. (vai) let's work Amihi (pc) so it is ... Pimaatislwin (ni) life Nihtaa-anohldi (vai) work well, be a good worker Wenootan (vii) be plenty of, be lots of Papaamohse (vai) walk about, take a walk MHnlhshin! (vta) give it to me (command form) Papaaml-ishaamakan (vii) go there Aahkoslwin (ni) sickness, illness lshl-taa (vii) live there. reside there n lshiclwan Pimakoote Waapan Pimipahtoon! WUbkopitoon! Anohkiltaa Now, try to write one sentence each in your notebook using the particles listed below. Translations are on page 250 Fa 2. cu l Writing Practice: aanti neh.ke aanti piko capashihsb y sit ni v Speaking Practice: U For speaking practice, get someone to work with you using the sentences above plus your own. Go over the material with your partner and concentrate on pronunciation and the meanings of the sentences. Repeat this until you feel comfortable with the material. La ke he ad 3. cilkic enikobk eniwebk er ( C 189 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Imperative Forms That Mean "Let's .••" 0 Here is a sentence from Exercise E. io n Enikohk anohkiitaa mwaye-tipihkaak. Let's work hard before it get's dark. Ed uc at This sentence contains the word anohkiitaa 'let's work,' which consists of the verb stem anobkil 'work' and the suffix taa, which adds the meaning 'let's ... ' to the meaning of the basic verb. You can add this suffix to almost any Animate Intransitive or Transitive Animate verb. Here are a few examples with Animate lntrdllsitive Verbs. of maacaataa ty kiiwetaa niimitaa cu l nikamotaa y Fa You will often find in conversation that these command forms are preceded by the word ekwa 'so,' as in the following example; 0 ni v er sit Ekwa anohkiitaa. Let's work. U As well, you will often find that there are two other common ways of expressing the meaning 'let's ... • Both of the following sentences mean 'let's work...' ke he ad 'la-anC)hkHnaautwan. Ka-anohklimtn. La The first uses the preverb ta- 'future' and the indefinite subject suffix naaniwan, while the second uses the preverb ka- 'future' and the first•person plural suffix min. Both of these ways of expressing 'let's... ' can be used with almost any Animate Intransitive or Transitive Animate verb. 0 190 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Exercise G Read and Understand: 1. Once again, we will repeat the third set of particles by forming simple sentences. Listen carefully and imitate these sets of examples as the instructor reads the sentences listed below. Words introduced to you in this lesson are in italic type. If there are any new words introduced to you throughout the sentences, proper translation will be given afterwards. Translations are on pages 250and 251. io n r Using the Language Kihcinihkiik inehke isbi-washkiin ohomaa! O/dhcinihkiik inehke ishi-niipawin! Kihcinikiik na inehke kiwii-isbi-pimohse? B) Kwanta kaa-piisbaayaan ohomaa. Kwanta ohsha ihkito! Onsaam mishtahi kwanta kitayam! C) Pehkihsh nika-wiihsin mekwaac anohkiiyaan. Pehkihsh niwii-nanaantawaapamaa nitootem ahpii maabarnaanPehkihsh ina panki (ki)ka-maabam ahpii taawinink ishaayan? D) Pehpeshik ta-otaabpinaawak. (animate) Pehpeshik ta-otaahpinikaatewan. (inanimate) Pehpeshik ebta onci-otaabpinanin ! (inanimate) E) Namacinihkiik inehke ishi-apin! Namacinihkiik inehke nika-ishi-pimipahtoo. Namacinihkiik inehke ishi-washkinan ihiweti! F) Nawac anoonaakohshink nika-maacaa. Nawac tahsh wiin ahpii ani-anwaahtik maacilhkwasbiwcyak? Nawac ahpii ani-mino-ayaayaan, nika-maatanobkii. G) Siitawaac nikii-papaamohse onaako. Siitawaac ina kitanohkii noonkom kaa-kiisbikaak? Siitawaac piko pimiwitoon ekaa ci-pilkohsitooyan. La ke he ad U ni v er sit y ( Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at A) C H) lkaawin tepinaahk tootan ! Onsaam mooshak tepinaahk kitanohkii. Tepinaahk piko pinamaa nika-onahtoon. I) Kaawin kwayahk nitoonci-nipaahsiin tipihkonk. Koobkoohkoboo nikii-noontawaa tipihkonk. Kekiin ina kikii-saakahan tipihkonk? 191 �ADVANCED OJIBWE .. UNIT 2; LESSON 4 1) Wenipan niminihkwaakan. Awiya kaana okii-otaahpinaan. Wenipan ahpin nitayihsh. Kii-maaciipahtoo kaana. Wenipan awiya ke-amanihsotaakosit(c). 0 New Vocabulary: Wasbkli Maaham Otaahplnan Otaabpioikaate Wasbklnan Anoonaakobsbln Maacilhkwashiwe Papaamobse Plmlwitoon Pllkobsitoon Onahtoon Noontaw Saakaban (vai) he/she turns uc (vti) tum s.t., steer s.t. (command fonn) at (vii) be chosen, be taken, be accepted, be picked io (vii) choose s.t., accept s.t., take s.t., pick s.t. (command fonn) Ed (vii) late in the afternoon (vai) start to paddle, paddle off of (vai) walk about, take a walk (vti2) carry s.t. along, carry s.t. by (command form) ty (vti2) break s.t. by dropping (command form) cu l (vti2) amnge s.t., organize s.t., put s.t. in order, stack s.t. (command form) (vta) hear s.o. y Fa (vai2) go out, exit (command form) 0 er sit Writing Practice: he ad kihcinihkiink kwanta pebkihsb pebpeshik ni v Now, write one sentence each in your notebook using the particles listed below. Translations are on page 251. U 2. n (vai2)goes on a shopping trip, he/she shops namacinibkiiolc nawac siitawaac tepioaabk For speaking practice, get someone to work with you using the sentences above plus your own. Go over the material with your partner and concentrate on pronunciation and the meanings of the sentences. Repeat this until you feel comfortable with the material. La 3. ke Speakio1 Practice: 0 192 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Exercise H Mini-Dialogues Read and Understand: In this exercise, we will form mini•dialogues by trying to include some particles introduced to you in this lesson. Words introduced to you in this lesson are in italic type. If there are any new words are introduced to you throughout the dialogues, proper explanation will be given after wards. Listen to and imitate these sets of dialogues listed below. Translations are on pages 251 and 252. io n 1. Waaciye nitootem. Aan eshi•ayaayan? Nimino♦ayaa ohowe mekwaac. Kiln tahsh wiin? Keniin nimino♦ayaa. Amii na wahawe peshik kitootem? Ehe, akaamahkiink oncii. Kah! Kipi-kiiwitamik na? Aanahpii kaa-takohshink? npihkonk kii-takohsbin ciikic kaa-ani-aapihtaa-tipihkaak. Aani minilcohk ohomaa ke-ayaat(c)? Nahke piko. Kaawin mahshi nikakwecirnaabsiin. B. Waaciye niicihkiwesi. Aan eshi-ayaayan noonkorn kaa·kiisbikaak? Kaawin tcpwe nimino♦ayaawamancihohsiin noonkorn kaa-kii!lbikaak Kah! Aanti eshi-aahkosiyan? Nihkaatik. Akaamihkana nikii-isbaa kekishepaa. Akaawaac nikii-pimohse. Kiwiihsakentaan ina? Kaawin naahpic ohowe mekwaac. Siitawaac nitayap. Siyaaken maawiin wiipac (ki)ka-mino♦ayaa. Miikwehc. Siyaaken maawiin. C. Aanahpii miina ke-nanaantawencikeyan? Paanimaa isbkwaa-maacihtahk nika-nanaantawencike. Kika-pimahkwasbiwe ina? Kaye piko, kaawin mahsbi mayaam nikihkentansiin. Aanti nehke ke-isbi-maacaayaan? Kiiwetinonk inehke nika-ishi-maacaa kiishpin ekaa onsaaDl tabkaayaak. Eniwehk hsa kitaa-kii-wiiciiwin kiishpin ekaa onsaam kihtimiyaan. Ahaaw, kiisbpin wii-piisbaayan, (ki)ka•kii-piisbaa. Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at A. La ke he ad U ni v er sit y C D. C Waaciye nitootcm. Kwanta piko kaa-pi-kanooninaan. Kah! Aan esbi-ayaayan? Nimino-ayaa. Kiin tahsh wiin? Keniin piko nimino♦ayaa ohowe mekwaac. Nirnaamitonentaan ci-nanaantawencikeyaan waapank. Kiwii-wiiciiwihsh na? Abaaw, (ki)ka-wiiciiwin. Aanahpii ke-maacaayan waapank? Ahpii piko kekishepaayaak. Aanti mayaam kaa-wii-ishaayan? Aanti piko. Kaawin mayaam nikibkentansiin. 193 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 New Vocabulary: 0 (pr) this (vai) feeling well (vai2) extremely hurt, feel extreme pain n (vai) sit around, stay around (vti2)know io Wahawe Mlno-ayaawamanciho Wiihsakentam Ayapl Kibkentam Maaclhtan Hsa (pc) emphatic 'Iaa- (pvl) would, could, should, ought, can Ed of Writing Practice: Now, write two mini-dialogues of your own in your notebook, similar to the ones on the previous page. Be sure to include some of the new vocabulary introduced in this lesson. ty 2. cu l ~peaking Practice: Q ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa For speaking practice, get someone to work with you using the dialogues in section 1 plus your own in section 2. Repeat this exercise until you completely understand and have mastered the pronunciation. La 3. uc at (vii) ice break up 0 194 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Exercise I Creative Writing Read and Understand: In this exercise, we will practice creative writing by using the particles introduced to you in this lesson. Words introduced in this lesson are in italic type. If there are any new words introduced throughout the sentences, proper explanation will be given afterwards. Listen to and imitate as your instructor reads the following sentences. Translations are on page 252. n 1. Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io Aanahpii ke-pi-takohshik kitootem pakiciiwinink? Nahke piko. Kaawin mahshi nikibkentansiin. Sookihpwan ohowe mekwaac. Awahshime tahsh ta-ani-kihci-sookihpwan ekwa naanta pehkihsh ta-ani-kinikawi-kimiwan nitinihtaan. Kah! Amiicika tahsh ihi ci-niiskaatahk. Misiwe kaana piko amihi ishiwepanitok. Anaamaakonalc kaana (ki)ka-papaamohsemin ahpii ishkwaa-kihci-sookihpwahk. Ka maawiin siyaaken onsaam mishtahi ta-sookihpwansiinoon. Ka maawiin siyaaken. Eniwehk kaana enilcohk (ki)ka-ayamihaamin ekaa onsaam mishtahi ci-sookihpwabk. Tepinaahk hsa ekaa rniibkanan nihkwaakonekin. Ebe, aanta ota kanake. Amil kaana piko ohomaa ke-ayaayahk ci-piihtooyahk ci-pooni-sookihpwahk. Amii kaana piko ehta ke-kii-tootamahk, Ekaa ota wiin mihsawaac naanta ci-kii-ishaayahk. Aan tahsh ke-tootamahk mekwaac piihoyahk? Nahke piko. Oncihta kaana piko naanta kitaa-kii-tootaamin. sit y ( Ktnlkawi- er New Vocabulary: (pv) mixed (vii) be certain weather, happen in certain way Hsa NJhkaakone Ci-pllhoyahk Ota Mlbsawaac Oncita Kanak(> emphatic (vaVii) cover over with snow (vai) to wait (pl) (pc) emphatic (pc) even though, anyhow, anyway, although (pc) puposely,jokingly (pc) at least ni v lshlwepan La ke he ad U (pc) Writing Practice: 2. Now, write one dialogue of your own in your notebook no less than twelve lines similar to the one above. Be sure to include as many as you can of the new words introduced in this lesson. Speaking Practice: C 3. For speaking practice, get someone to work with you using the dialogue in section 1 plus your own in section 2. Repeat this exercise until you completely understand and mastered the pronunciation. 195 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 ExerciseJ Review Test Particles: Here is a list of all thirty (30) particles you have learned from this lesson given in mixed order. Before you begin. review the spelling and meanings of the words very carefully. When you are ready. give translations into Severn Ojibwe. Do this exercise without looking at your notes. Translations are on pages 252 and 253. Severn OJlbwe 3. at the same time. while 4. one by one s. on the left 6. more. quite (-er) 7. barely, hardly, poorly 8. carelessly 9. last night 10. gone. diappear of ty cu l Fa 11. whereabouts, which direction 12. y anywhere sit 13. with more effort. harder er 14. ni v IS. 16. U 17. ad 18. ke 21. he 19. 20. io for no reason or purpose at 2. uc on the right Ed 1. n Translatio n 0 at least, anyhow, okay but low, lower level by, close to. near to in direction originally, long ago, former likely. to be expected. probably all over, whole, everywher e some. few 22. to greater extent, more and more 23. by chance. at the last minute 24. underwater 25. under the snow 26. anytime, whenever 27. hardly, scarcely 28. across the road or trail 29. across the ocean 30. in Europe. abroad La 0 196 0 �ADVANCED O.JIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSONS Exercise A r Review: Dubitatives Review and Understand: In Introductory Ojibwe we saw that the Ojibwe language has ways of expressing the difference at io The dubitative is expressed in English by adding words such as ..seems to be" to the basic idea. For example: Translations are on pages 253 and 254. Uncertain He/she is afraid. He/she must be afraid. He/she seems to be afraid. He/she is probably afraid. Ed uc Certain ty of 1. n between concepts that speakers are certain about and ones that they are uncertain about. When a speaker of Severn Ojibwe is uncertain about whether something is true or not, or did not witness it themselves, they frequently use a special verb suffix referred to as the dubltative. Fa cu l When speakers of Ojibwe are uncertain about something, as discussed above, they will regularly use the dubitative. Similarly, if they do not have personal knowledge of the subject they are discussing, using the dubitative is normal. Compare the following two paradigms for an Animate Intransitive verb. Certain y sit kohtaacitok nikohtaaciminaatok kikohtaaciminaatok kikohtaacinaawaatok kohtaacitokwenak ad U ni v 13 nikohtaacimin 21 kikohtaacimin 22 kikohtaacinaawaa 33 kohtaaciwak er ( Uncertain nikohtaacinaatok kikohtaacinaatok 1 nikohtaac 2 kikohtaac 3 kohtaaci he The following sentence is a statement of fact about Paul. Paul is afraid. ke Kobtaaci Paul. La In comparison, the next sentence indicates that the speaker is uncertain about whether Paul is afraid, so the verb is marked with the dubitative suffix. Kohtaacitok Paul. Paul must be afraid. Sometimes you may fmd that sentences expressing uncertainty not only contain dubitative suffixes, but also particles which express uncertainty such as naanta and kaaoa C Naanta kaana kohtaacitok Paul. Paul is probably afraid. 197 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 5 Severn Ojibwe can make subtle distinctions, for example, the following sentence does not contain a dubitative. The speaker is stating that based on his personal observation Paul looks afraid, even though he isn•t certain that Paul is in fact afraid. Kohtaaciiwi-naakosi Paul. 0 Paul looks afraid. Watch for dubitatives as you listen to Native language speakers talk, and try to use them in your own speech as much as you can. Please concentrate on the following questions and answers given below. Metawetok akwaaciink. Aan entootank kimohshoom? Anohkiitok naanta naasipiink. Paahpaakomo na kitayihsh? Ebe, naanta kaana aahkositok. Ed uc at io n Aan entootank kiciimiic? Ebe, nitaahkosinaatok. Kikibtim na? Ebe, nitayehkosinaatok. Kikimoot na? Ebe. nipaawaniinaatok maawiin kaa-onci-kimootiyaan. cu l ty Kitayehkos na? Please concentrate on the dubitatives in the mini-dialogue below. Translations are on page 254. Fa 2. of Please concentrate on the following second set of questions and answers listed below. Translations are on page 254. 0 he ad U ni v er sit y Aanti kitaataa? Wtipac kekishepaa kii-maacaatok. Aanti .kii-ishaatok. Okaabsi-saakabikauiiokAasha na ani-takohsbinitok kitineutaan? Nahke piko. Naanta kiyaapic pimipisotok. Aanahpii ke-pi-kiiwet(c)? Waapank iitok. Awiyan na oka-pi-wiiciiwikoou? Kaawin kebcin. Wun ehta iitok ta-pi-kiiwe. La ke The mini-dialogue above uses two words kehcln 'probably' and lltok 'must be, maybe, or so it is said.' lltok suggests a considerable degree of uncertainty on the part of the speaker. On the other band. kebcln. which is similar to English 'probably', suggests a higher degree of certainty on the part of the speaker. but that one is not completely certain. Writing Practice: 3. Now, write three or four questions and answers of you own in dubitative fonns using the sentences in section 1 as a model. Also, write one mini-dialogue using the one above as a model. Speaking Practice: 4. Work with a partner using sections 1 and 2 plus your own sentences you have just completed. Pay particular attention to dubitatives. Repeat this exercise until you completely understand the material. 198 Q �ADVANCED O.JIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 5 ExerclseB r Review: Preterits Review and Understand: In Introductory Ojlbwe. you were introduced to the use of preterit suffixes on verbs. These arc used to indicate an action, state, or event that occurred in the past but is no longer true. You can recognize a verb that is being used in the preterit because it will contain the suffix pan. io n Nikli-isbaamin abko tabso-sllkwan. "We went there every spring." (inference: "and we still do 0 uc at ) ty of Kil-nihtaawlki mitaamo abkl otaauaaok. "He was born ten years ago." (inference: "and he is still living.") Ed Nl.kil-isbaaminaapan ahko tahso-slikwan. "We went there every spring but we no longer do." y sit ( Nl.kil-ataawe dimaao. "I bought a canoe." (infeience: and I still own it") Fa cu l KU-nihtaawlkilpan mitaahso abkl fltaaoaank. "He was born ten years ago but he is no longer living." U ni v er Nlkil-ataawenaapan rHmaan. "I bought a canoe but I no longer own it." ad Let's take a look at the paradigm listed below. Translations arc on page 254 he Neutral nikibtiminaapao kikihtimioaapan kibtimiipan 13 nikihtiminimin 21 kikibtimimin 22 kikihtiminaawaa 33 kihtimiwak oikihtimiminaapan kikihtirnimioaapan kikihtiminaawaapao kihtimiipaniik ke 1 nikibtim 2kikihtim 3 kibtimi La C Preterit Notice in the paradigm above that if a verb stem ends in a short vowel such as i or o, then the short vowel becomes long U or oo in third•person singular or plural forms when the preterit suffix is added. 199 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON S Writing Practice: 2. For writing practice, translate the following sentences into Severn Ojibwe. Translations are on page 255. 0 a. n I went there every winter. io b. uc at I went there every winter, but I no longer do. c. Ed He was small four years ago. of d. ty He was small four years ago, but he no longer is. e. f. y I bought a plane, but I no longer own it. Fa cu l I bought a plane. 0 er sit Note: Sometimes in English, terms such as "formerly" are used in a way that is similar to the use of the preterit in Severn Ojibwe. Compare the following two sentences. U ni v Example: Nlkll-wanihlke ahko wesbkac. "I used to trap long ago. he ad Nlkll-wanihikenaapan ahko wesbkac. "I (formerly) used to trap long ago, but I no longer do." La ke For further practice with the preterits, with your instructor's assistance, try to write some of your own sentences. As the English language speakers would say, "Practice makes perfect.., 0 200 �2. emibkwaanihsh ashikanihsh animobshihsh pahkweshikanihsh pimihsewinihsh uc onaakanihsh masiDabikanilzsh paashkisikanihsh As you can see from the list above, the term Pejorative is usually used to denote this ihsh suffix. ty Let's look at another set of examples: Inanimate Nouns abkibkohsh atihkohsh isbkotebkaanaapibkohsh aribkamekohsh masinabikanJabtikohsh wiibsiniiwinaabtikohsh rnihtikohsh rnihtawakohsh 3. sit y Fa cu l Animate Nouns As you can see from the list above, the form of the suffix is slightly different from the first list. Let's take a look at one more set of examples: Animate Nouns ni v er (_ io lnanima~ Nouns at Animat.e Nouns n Sometimes Native language speakers want to indicate that something he/she is talking about is for some reason not very good. In English he/she may describe it as nasty, useless, poorly made, broken down, good-for-nothing, or worn out. In Severn Ojibwe, all these ideas are conveyed in one neat way. The suffixes are in italic type. Check the examples below to see how it is done. Translations are on page 255 for the next 4 sections. Ed 1. of r ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 5 Exercise C Review: Pejoratives U naapewihsh aanabkonaawihsh kinooshewihsh anoominaapoowihsh rnitebiwihsh pirnitewihsh ad pepaawihsh he coocoohshaapoowihsh ke The term pejorative is used to refer to this suffix. As you can see from the examples above, the first sound of the suffix varies, depending upon the last sound of the word it is being added to. As a result, the suffix has the forms ihsh, obsh, and wibsh. To give yourself some practice of "not very good" idea. try the following words listed below. H you are not sure about any of your answers, ask your instructor. La 4. Inanimate Nouns a) C maank ohkaataabk name namekohs piinahikan shooniyaan shooniyaawash memenkwe b) sakime koobkoobkohoo miikihsikwaabson cwaapiibsh pakiciiwin ahcikanaabtik atihkamP.~ pinaahkwaan 201 c) tihtipwepishkikan okaahs kinepik maacii-kitowin cahkaahtehsicikan pahkweshikan masinaabtehsicikan maacishikan �ADVANCED OJIBW E - UNIT 2; LESSO NS ExerciseD Review: Diminutives pepaanhs mitebinhs Ed of Inanimate Nouns emibkwaanenhs pabkweshi.kanenhs ciisbtahikan,.nhs ciimaaoenhs tibkioaakanenhs ty Animate Nouns Fa piihsimohkaanenhs Let's take a look at one more set of examples. This time, we will use the suffix oonhs. sit y 3. uc pimitenhs Now, let's try some examples with enhs. io aanahkonaanhs naapenhs pinenhs at Inanimate Nouns cu l 2. Animate Nouns er AnlmateNoum U obkaataahkoonhs abkibkoonhs 0 ad As the examples shown above, the term diminutive is usually used to refer to the variant forms of the ••nhs, enhs,and oonhs" suffixes. To give yourself some practice this "smallness" thing. try a) ke he these following words listed below. If you are not sure about any of your answers, ask your instructor. maaok La 4. ln•oimau, NOUDS masinabikanaahtikoonhs wiihsiniiwinaabtikoonhs minihtikoonhs ni v waapoosoonhs 0 n How docs the Native language speaker indicate that something is small? There is a special suffix referred to as the DIMINUTIVE. which is used to indicate that the noun it is added to is small. This suffix bas three different fonns: nbs. enhs. and oonbs. Diminutive forms can be made from animate and inanimate nouns. Here are some examples. Let's begin with nhs. The suffixes are in italic type. Translations are on page 256. amihk name namekobs piinahikan shooniyaan sbooniyaawasb memcnkwe b) sakime koobkoohkoboo miikibsikwaabson miikwan pakiciiwin abcikanaabtik atibkaml'!k pinaabkwaao c) tibtipwepisbkikan okaahs kinepik maacii-kitowin cahkaahtehsicikan pabkweshikan masinaahtebsicikan maacisbikan 0 202 �ADVANCED O.JIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 5 ExerclseE 1. In this exercise, you will learn to fonn simple sentences by using dubltatlve, preterit, pejorative and cllmlnutive suffixes. Listen to and imitate these sets of examples listed below. Suffixes introduced to you in this lesson arc in italic type. If any new words introduced to you throughout the sentences, proper translation will be given afterwards. Listen carefully and imitate as the instructor reads the sentences. Translations arc on pages 256 and 257. io n r Working With the Language Read and Understand: ' Kihtimitok ekaa kaa-ooci-anohkiit(c). Kaawin awiya ohomaa. roaacaatok. Ciiwcyaa. Kiiyaapic nipaatok. B) Aasha ta-kii-takohshiniipan. Aasha na oncihcibse ci-kii-wiihsiniyaapan? Wesbkac ahpin isbkwaayaac nikii-kiiwenaarnpan. C) Niwaabkaabikanih.rh kii-caakite tipihkonk. Kiciirnaaoihsh ina kii-rnaaciiyaahoote? Opaasbkisikanihsh okaahsiinaao. D) Ahtoon onaakan wakici-wiihsiniiwinaahtikohsh. Aasha kitabkibkohsh iskaaciwaso ! Kinepikohsh otamwaan omakabkiin. E) Pinewihsh kekishepaa-nanaantawi-wiihsini. Memenkwewihsh papaamib~. Mahkwawihsh omiikaanan rnahiiokaoenhsan. F) Pinchshiinshsenhs kekishepaa-nikamo. Pimihsewinenhs pankibsio noohpimink. Piish emihkwaanenhs! G) Piitoon rnasinabikaoubtikoonhs. Kiminohpwaa na obkaataahkoonhs? Atibka~ko onhs papaamaatake anaamipiink. sit er ni v U ad he ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at A) La ke New Vocabulary: l., cilweyaa ondhcibse ishkwaayaac caakite maacUyaahoote kaahsllnan lskaaclwaso p.-paarnihse mHkaaso (vii) make no sound, be silent (vii) be the time of, come to happen, the time bas come (pc) last, ultimate (vii) bum up, be burned up (vii) drift away on the waves (vti) wipe s.t., clean s.t., wash s.t. (vai) boil dry (vai) fly about (vai) fight 203 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSONS Writing Practice: 2. Now, try to write one sentence each in your notebook with the ending tok, pan, ihsh, ohsh, wihsh, enbs, and oonhs by using any nouns you can think of. 0 Speaking Practice: 0 ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n For speaking practice, get someone to work with you using the sentences above plus your own. Go over the material with your partner and concentrate on pronunciation and the meanings of the sentences. Repeat this until you feel comfortable with the material. La 3. 0 204 �ADVAN CED O.JIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 5 Exercise F 1. In this exercise, we will write mini-dialogues using dubltatlve, preterit, pejorative, and diminutive suffixes. Listen carefully and imitate as your instructor reads the following dialogues. Pay particular attention to the pronunciation. Repeat this exercise several times on your own. H any new words introduced to you throughout the sentences, proper explanation will be given afterwards. The suffixes arc in italic type. Translations arc on page 257. io n r Mini-Dialogues Read and Understand: Aasha na kitaataa kii-takobshin? Kaawin, kiiyaapic ontenti. Aasha na ta-kii-takobshiniipan? Ebe, naanta maawiin ishi-ontamihsetok. Ka-maawiin siyaaken naanta ishi-macihsetok. (Ki)ka-pi-wiintamawin ahpii takobshink. Ahaaw, kehcinaac (ki)ka-pi-kanoonin ahpi takobshihk. B. Aanabpii kitootem ke-kiiwct(c)? Noonkom kaa-ki.i~bikaanik wii-kiiwepan. Kaawin tabsh nitawaac. Onsaam niiskaatan. Aan entootank obowe mekwaac? Nahke piko. Kiiyaapic maawiin nipaatok. Wrintamaw ci-pi-kanoonibshit(c) ahpii wanisbkaat(c)? Aasha na kikii-ishkwaa-waweshihtoon kiciiroaanenhs? Ebe, aasha Dikii-ishkwaa-waweshibtoon. Kipimipanihc.ikanihsh tabsh wiin? (Ki)ka-waweshibtoon ina kaye? Kaawin, kaawin mabshi. Kaawin nikii-tootansiin niinehta. Kinantawentaan ina ci-wiicihinaan? Kiisbpin kaana ekaa ontamiihkeyan. Kaawin nitootamiibkchsiin obowe mekwaac. Naabpic nika-minwentaan ci-wiicihinaan. Amihiwe kwayabk. Miikwchc. Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at A. ke he ad U ni v er sit y ( K.ekoon ina Jdwaapantaan kitinentaan, ibkwesenhs? Ebe, kaake obsha niwaapamaa mabkonnhs weti. Kiwii-antawi-inaap na? Kaawin, nikobtaac ohsha. (Ki)ka-wiiciiwin. Antawi-inaapitaa. Paasbkisikan ta-maaciiwicikaate. Kiinehta isbaan. (Ki)ka-piihin ohomaa. La C. C 205 �ADVANCED OJIBWE .. UNIT 2; LESSON 5 New Vocabulary: n io cu l Speaking Practice: 0 ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa For speaking practice, get someone to work with you using the dialogues in section 1 plus you own from section 2. Repeat this exercise until you completely understand and have mastered the pronunciation. La 3. at of Now, write two mini-dialogues of your own similar to the ones on the previous page. Be sure to include some dubitative, preterit, pejorative and diminutives introduced in this lesson. ty 2. Ed Writing Practice: 0 uc ontenti (vai) be absent, be gone ontamlhse (vai) get busy macibse (vai) have something bad happen, have things go wrong waweshihtoon (vti2) fix s.t., repair s.t. niinehta (pr) alone, me only ontamHhke (vai) be busy inaapltaa (vai) let's look {plural command) ta-maacllwlclkaate (vai) will take it along with us kllnehta (pr) alone, you only 0 206 �ADVANCED O,JIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 5 Exercise G Creative Writing Read and Understan d: In this exercise, we will use the variant suffixes introduced to you in this lesson. Suffixes introduced in this lesson are in italic type. H any new words are introduced throughout the sentences, proper explanation will be given afterwards. Listen to and imitate as your instructor reads the following sentences. Translations are on page 2S8. n 1. y Half Hour Later sit Powaan kii-takopiso. Kaawin onci-patotepisohsiin. Moosoonhsan okii-pih~w aan. Amihiwe kaa-kii-onci-pwaatawi-takohshink. er C Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io Aasha kekaat oncihcihsetok ci-wiihsiniyank. Aasha na kabkina awiyak takohsbiniwak? Kaawin, Powaan kaawiJl mahsbi takobshinihsiin. Aasha na ta-kii-takohsbiniipan? Ebe, aasha ohsba ta-kii-takobshiniipan. Keko otaapaanan maaciiwinaapan? Otaapaanenh.nm ohsba omaaciiwinaapaniin. Naanta kaana piikohsewan. Aan tabsb ke-tootamank? Kiiyaapic kaana noomake (ki)ka-piibaarnin. Ka-maawiin siyaaken patotepisotok. Kaawin kehcin. Kiiyaapic noornake ka-piibaarnln. Kiishpin ekaa takohshink aabpita waabkaab~k, oika-maaciipis ci-nantonawak. Amii piko ohomaa .ka-apimin ci-piihaayank. lkaawin awiya ta-mikoshkaatentam. ad ke noomake he pllkobse (na) Paul (pc) what kind or sort, which one (vii) get broken, break down, break by self (vai) break out in a rash or pimples, have a blow out (pc) for a while (vai) drive off the road (pc) probably, possibly (vii) go around, be an hour (vta) to go and look for s.o. (vai) arrive by vehicle (vta) bit s.o. accidentally using s.t. U Powaan keko pllkobse ni v New Vocabulary: La patotepiso kehcln waabkaabSI" nantonaw takoplso plhtaho C 207 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 5 Writing Practice: 2. Now, write one dialogue of your own in your notebook no less than ten lines similar to the one above. Be sure to include as many as you can of the suffixes introduced in this lesson. 0 Speaking Practice: io n For speaking practice, get someone to work with you using the dialogue in section 1 plus your own in section 2. Repeat this exercise until you completely understand and have mastered the 0 ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at pronunciation. La 3. 0 208 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 5 Exercise H Read and Write: pimipahtoo wanishkaa aatisoohke maacaa wanihike io paawanii pimohse naasipii ataawe natawihiwe at minihkwe metawe masinahike nantawencike naatabipii uc anohkii kiiwe kohtaaci nipaa wanishkaa n This is the final review test for lesson 5. Translations for sections 1, 2, and 3 are on page 258. • 1. There are twenty verbs listed below. Write the dubitative fonn of each one. Try to do this exercise without looking at your notes. Ed r Suffixes: Review Tests Write preterits using the same verbs above. 3. There are twenty-four nouns listed below. Write pejorative forms of each one. Remember. there are three different forms of suffixes. pootawaan misbtikwaan tashiikewin pakiciwin pahkweshikan maacishikan waawikan mahkisin Fa y sit er ni v aamoo ihkwe pine sakime memenkwe pepaa OOCll nihka There are twenty-four nouns listed below. Write the diminutive forms for each one. Remember, ~ere are three possible different forms for each suffixes. Translations are on page 259. U 4. La ke he name aamoo pepaa oocii mitebi naape kinooshe sakime ad ( ~bikaak namebtek obkaataahk paanahkihk ahcikanaahtik ataawikamik sbeshtak peshikwaapihk cu l ty of 2. maacisbikan moobkomaan masiraahikan piinahikan wiikwaahs wiikweroot shiihshiip waaw waapoos maank ohkaataahk ahkihk ataawikamik sheshtak namehtek ahsapaahtik C 209 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 Unit 2 Review Test This lesson contains review materials for lessons I through 5. For most of the exercise your instructor will dictate words or sentences for you to write. You may find it helpful to review your notes and lessons before trying the review materials in this section. Lesson 1 Review Test: Q Animate Intransitive Verbs Ed uc at io n Your instructor will say sixteen animate intransitive verbs from the vocabulary you have learned in Lesson 1. Listen carefully as the instructor says each verb. For each word you instructor says. please write it in Severn Ojibwe and write the English translation. The spaces are provided for you below. Corrections will be done by your instructor. Animate lntnmsiUve Verbs Enalfsb Tnnsladon of 1. ty 2. cu l 3. 4. Fa 5. y 6. sit 7. er 8. ni v 9. U 10. 11. he La 15. ke 14. ad 12. 13. 0 16. 0 210 �ADVANCED O.IlBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 Lesson 2 Review Test: r Transitive Verbs This review test has one section. Here is a list of all 24 transitive verbs you have learned in this lesson given in mixed order. Translate them into Severn Ojibwe as shown below. Be sure to indicate the verb type of each word. Do this exercise without looking at your notes. Spelling and translations are on page 259. • verb n io vta I hit s.o. 2. kilcanawaapantaan vti You looking at s.t. at 1. nipahkihtehwaa He/she is hiding s.t. 4. I hit s.t. 5. You fetch s.o., you get s.o. 6. He/she is speaking for s.t. 7. I cover s.o. of ty cu l Fa You know s.o. 9. He/she finds s.t. sit y 10. 11. er 12. I cover s.t. ke You know s.t. He/she is lonesome for s.t. (lonely) La 19. He/she hides s.o. he 16. 18. You blame s.t. ad 15. You are looking at s.o. I call s.o., I address s.o. U 14. I fetch s.t., I get s.t. He/she is speaking for s.o. ni v 13. 17. Ed 3. 8. ( English Tnmslatlon type uc Sevem OJibwe I laugh at s.o. 20. You blame s.o. 21. He/she is lonesome for s.o. (lonely) 22. I call s.t., I address s.t. 23. You laugh at s.t. 24. He/she finds s.o. C Note: Check your spelling and translation when you are done. 211 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 Lesson 3 Review Test: Inanimate Intransitive Verbs Your instructor will say sixteen inanimate intransitive verbs from the vocabulary you have learned on page 174. Listen carefully as the instructor says each verb. For each word your instructor says. please write it in Severn Ojibwe and also write the English translation. The spaces are provided for you below. Corrections will be done by your instructor. ' Inanimate Intransitive Verbs io n Enallsb Translation Q at l. uc 2. Ed 3. 4. of s. ty 6. cu l 7. 8. Fa 9. y 10. sit 11. er 12. 0 ni v 13. U 14. 15. La ke he ad 16. 0 212 �ADVANCED O,IlBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 Lesson 4 Review Test: r Particles There are thirty particles listed below in Severn Ojibwe. Translate them into English. Translations are on pages 259 and 260. 1. akaamahkiink 2. akaami-kihcikam io n 3. akaamihkana at 4. akaawaac uc 5. ahpii piko 6. anaamaa.konak Ed 7. anaamipiik of 8. anihshaa 9. awahshime ty 10. aanta cu l 11. aanti nehke Fa 12. aanti piko 13. capashihsh y 14. cilkic sit ( 15. cnikobk er 16. cniwebk ni v 17. inebke ad 19. misiwe U 18. kayepiko 20. kihcinibkiik he 21. kwanta ke 22. kayaash La 23. pehkihsh 24. pehpesbik 25. namacinihkiik 26. nawac 27. siitawaac 28. tepinaabk C 29. tipibkonk 30. wenipan 213 �ADVANCED OJIBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 6 Continuation of Particles Q There are thirty particles listed below in English in mixed order. Translate them into Severn Ojibwe. Translations are on pages 260 and 261. . 1. on the right 2. careless io n 3. last night at 4. more. quite(-cr) uc 5. in direction Ed 6. for no reason or purpose 7. gone. disappear of 8. barely, hardly, poorly ty 9. on the left cu l 10. at least, anyhow, okay but 11. all over, whole, everywhere Fa 12. one by one 13. by chance. at the last minute sit y 14. at the same time, while 0 er l 5. under the snow ni v 16. hardly. scarcely 17. more, to greater extent, more and more._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ad 19. underwater U 18. across the road or trail he 20. anywhere 21. originally, long ago ke 22. anytime 23. across the ocean La 2. 24. with more effort. harder 25. in Europe, abroad 26. same, few 27. likely, to be expected. probably_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 28. whereabouts, which direction _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 29. by, close to, near to 0 30. low. lower level 214 �ADVANCED OilBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 Lesson S Review Test: r 1. Dubitative There are sixteen phrases listed below. Translate them into Severn Ojibwe. Translations are on page 261. English Translation 1. He/she must be working. io n 2. He/she must be leaving. at 3. He/she must be going home. uc 4. He/she must be afraid. Ed 5. He/she must be sleeping. 6. He/she must be getting up. of 7. He/she must be drinking. ty 8. He/she must be playing. cu l 9. He/she must be writing. Fa 10. He/she must be hunting. 11. He/she must be starving. er 14. He/she must be healing. y 13. He/she must be buying. sit ( 12. He/she must be walking. ni v 15. He/she must be going to the shore. La ke he ad U 16. He/she must be sick. C 215 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 Preterit 2. There are eight phrases listed below. Translate them into Severn Ojibwe. 0 1. We went there every winter but we no longer do. (exc.) 2. io n I bought a house but I no longer own it. at 3. uc He got married a long time ago but he no longer is. Ed 4. of He was working there the day before yesterday but he no longer docs. 5. ty We went there many times but we no longer do. (cxc.) cu l 6. Fa She bought a car yesterday but she no longer has it. 7. sit y I (formerly) lived there a long time ago but I no longer do. 8. 0 There are twelve words listed below. Write pejoratives on each one. Remember, there are three kinds of endings. Translations for sections 3 and 4 are on page 262. La ke he emibkwaan onaakan paashkisikan pimihsewin ad 3. 4. Pejontlve U ni v er He (formerly) hunt there ten years ago but be no longer docs. paanahkihk mihtik sakimc mcmenkwe pimite aanohkonaa mihtawak ahkihk Diminutive There are twelve words listed below. Write diminutives on each one. Remember, there are three kinds of endings. pine pimite aanabkonaa pepaa onaakan piibsimohkaan dimaao pimihsewin 216 mahkwa ohkaataahk tiiwabkibk maaok 0 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; REVIEW SECTION Let's Look Back At What You Have Learned: Lessons 1-S niihtaawihs ashikan aamoo shcshtak k.imohshoom miikwan mishtikwaan ahsapaabtik uc at io kitayihsh mikisi namehtek Powaan n Animate Nouns: payehkinike kaahsiinike kwayaantahcike pimitaapii pimiwanc piminike pimoocike mashkawii ty pimihsewin mihtikowash pootawaan pimaatisiwin ciipayi-mihtikowash tihkinaakan nootinikewin waawi.kan sit ( y Fa cu l minihtik wiikwaahsi..ciirnaao miikaasowin tasbiikcwin aahkosiwin of Ed lnanlma~ Nouns: La ke he ad U ni v er wepahike wiibkwepahike nanahaci.ke k.isiipiikinike wepahaakone tawehkonehike kawihshimo tashiiwihtoo wawiyasinaakosi ishi-taa ayami pakitahwe aanci-taa washkii caakiso caakaban anohkiitaa ayapi piiho ayehkosi kimooti C niinamil wiintamaake wawiyatisiihke nanaatihkohsii kapaahshimo nooncihshipe mernecikaahcike kookii maaciikwashiwe pimipahtoo wiihsakentam papaamohse kohtaaci kihtimi wanihike 217 iskaaciwaso papaamihse miikaaso ootenti ontamibse macihse inaapitaa ontamiihke takopiso patotepiso akiso pimahkwashiwe mihshiinatinoon mikosbkaatentam tepihse maahan nihsaapaawe mino-ayaawamaciho nibtaawanohkii nibkaakone paabpaakomo paawanii �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; REVIEW SECTION Inanimate Intransitive Verbs: io n 0 at uc pabkihteho kaash akwanaho shikatenim kaahcitin noontaw akwaahshim Ed paahpibi pankihsin anwaahtinikamin mihshikamaa 'pimaahoote inihtaak.wan takwan kocihcikaate kiishowaayaa ishiwepan waapan nihtaawiki oncihcihse maaciiyaahoote . waabkaabse of akaahsihtikweyaa kiishkaayawaa akontin akaabsikamaa kashkatin eni-tipihkaak tanihtaak.wan tepihse maacihtan ishiciwan tahso-siikwan papaami-isbaamakan tabso-pipoon caakite piikobse Fa cu l ty akoote maamihcaashkaa paak.waa pimaapoote makihtikweyaa mooshkahan otaapinikaate sahkite nibkaakone pimakoote tahso-niipin ciiweyaa tahso-ahki maaciiwicikaate akite sit y kanawaapam kanoosb anaamenim er amacihi ni v miinibshin pihtabo kihkenim mihkaw naasibkaw ayamiihtamaw tanenim nantonaw nihsi 0 U Transitive Inanimate Verbs: he ad paahpihtoon kanawaapantan kanootan anaamentan pahkihtehan kaatoon akwanahan inentan kiiwenotan kaahcitinan otaapinan La ke ayaan shikatentan mcmecikaayaapantan pimiwitoon kihkentam kaahsiinan onahtoon kihken~ mibkan naasihkan ayamiihtan kocihtoon wiihkopitoon washkinan piikobsitoon waweshihtoon akwaahsitoon Preverbs: _ _1aa_-_ _ _ _ _ _ _n_an_aa_n_ta_w_i•_ _ _ _ _ _ma_1_e-_ _ _ _ _ _P_a_p_aann __ ·-_ _ ___,I 218 Q �ADVANCED OJIBW E - UNIT 2; REVIE W SECTIO N Pronouns: ( ' l~_w_ah_a_w_e____ __ik_w_e_n_iw__ ak _ _ _ _ah_a_w_e_ _ _ _ _ _o_k_w_en_i_w_ak _____ ....J Particles: sit er ni v U ad he ke La 219 n eniwebk kayaash kibcinibkiik pehpesbik siitawaac kilcaatoon ina kipaashkisikan? okaatoon ina opaasbkisikan? More expressions and phrases on page 401 C io at uc awabshime isbkwaayaac aanti piko y kipaahpihaa na? opaahpihaan na? Note: kanakc Fa Exprealons: ( Ota anaaroaakonak cu l ahpii pi.ko oncita anihshaa otaanaank aanti nehke noomake capashiibsb kayepiko kwanta namacinibkiik Ed kinika inehke wenipan akaamihkana of tepinaahk akaamahkiink hsa akaawaac mibsawaac anaamipiink kebcin aanta kcko enihkobk ciikic misiwe pebkihsb nawac ty shaakooc tipihkonk akaami-kibci.kam �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Lesson 1 Exercise B: 14) 15) 16) ExerclseC: 10) 11) 12) 13) n io at uc Fa y sit ke 14) er 7) 8) 9) ni v 6) 0 U 4) 5) payehkinik~ kaahsiinike wepabike wiibkwepahilce nanahacike kisiipiikinike wepahaakone tawehkooehilce kwayaantabcike pimitaapii pimiwane riminike pimoocike mashkawii niinamii wiintamaake ad 2) 3) Understanding the Me.anlng of the Words he 1) Ed 11) 12) 13) of 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10) 0 ty 2) 3) 4) clean things wipe things for cleaning sweeping vacuuming tidy things wash clothes shovelling snow snow-plow be ready or available things go along by sled carry pack along on back carry things along on one's shoulder carry things strong weak announce to people cu l 1) Pronunciation Practice La 15) 16) Match Up Numbers and Letters: 1.e 2.f 3.g 4.p 5.m 6.h 7.o 11. j 14.b 15. C 8.o 12.1 16.d 9. l 10.k 13. a 0 220 �·ADVANCED O.IlBW E • UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTIO N Exercise E: Exercise F: Read and undentand: I am cleaning things. You are cleaning things. He/she is cleaning things. 3) I am sweeping. You are sweeping. He/she is sweeping. 5) I am tidying up (things). You are tidying up (things). He/she is tidying up (things). 7) I am shovelling snow. You are shovelling snow. He/she is shovelling snow. 11) he I am getting things ready. You are getting things ready. He/she is getting things ready. n io at I am cleaning, wiping things. You are cleaning, wiping things. He/she is cleaning, wiping things. 4) I am vacuuming. You are vacuuming. He/she is vacuuming. 6) I am washing clothes. You are washing clothes. He/she is tidying up (things). 8) I am snow-plowing. You are snow-plowing. He/she is snow-plowing. ad U ni v er sit y 2) ke La 9) uc Fa cu l Singular Forms 1) ( Ed of He/she is sweeping. He/she is carrying things. He/she is cleaning things. He/she is weak. He/she is wiping things for cleaning. He/she is announcing to people (telling). He/she is carrying things along on one's shoulder. He/she is vacuuming. He/she is strong. He/she is washing clothes. He/she is carrying pack along on back. He/she is snow-plowing. He/she is tidying up (things). He/she is getting ready (things). He/she is pulling something along on sled or sleigh. He/she is shovelling snow. ty 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10) 11) 12) 13) 14) 15) 16) Translate into English 10) I am pulling something on sled. You are pulling something on sled. He/she is pulling something on sled. I am carrying a pack on my back. You are carrying a pack on your back. He/she is carrying something along on his/her back. C 221 �ADVANCED OJIBW E • UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTIO N 12) I am carrying something along on my shoulders. You are carrying something along on your shoulders. He/she is carrying something along on his/her shoulders. 0 13) I am carrying things. You are carrying things. He/she is carrying things. 14) 15) I am weak. You are weak. He/she is weak. 16) I am telling (announcing). You are telling (announcing). He/she is telling (announcing). uc at io n I am strong. You are strong. He/she is strong. Kikaabsiinike Kinanabacike Kitawebkonehike Kipimiwane Kimasbkawii Fa y sit er ni v U Kaahsiinike Nanabacike Tawebkonebike Pimiwane Masbkawii Kiwepahike Kikisiipiikinike Kikwayaantabcike Kipiminike Kiniinamil 0 Wepabike Kisiipiiikioike Kwayaantahcike Pimimioike Niinamji ke he ad Payebkinike Wtlbkwepahike Wepahaakone Pimitaapil Pimoocike WtlDtarnaake of Kipayehlcioike Kiwiibkwepahike Kiwepahaakooe Kipimitaapii Kipimoocike Kiwiintamaake Niwepahike Nikisiipiikinike Nikwayaantahcike Nipimioike Nipiminike Niniinarnii ty Nikaahsiinike Ninanabacike Nitawebkonebike Nipimiwane Nipimiwane Nimasbkawii cu l Nipayehkioike Niwiihkwepahike Niwepahaakone Nipimitaapii Nipimoocike Nipimoocike Niwiiotamaake Ed Writing Pracdce: La Negadve Forms: 1) Kaawio oipayebkinikehsiio. Kaawio oioanahacikehsiin. KaawiJ, oikaabsiioikebsiio. Kaawin nikisiipiikioikebsiio. Kaawin oiwepahikehsiio. Kaawin oiwepahaakonehsiio. Kaawin oiwiihkwepahikebsiio. Kaawin oitawebkooebikehsiin. 2) Kaawin kipayebkioikehsiio. Kaawin kinanahacikebsiio. Kaawin kikaahsiioikehsiio. Kaawin kildsiipiikinikehsiin. Kaawin kiwepahikebsiio. Kaawin kiwcpabaakooehsiio. Kaawin kiwiibkwepahikebsiio. Kaawin kitawebkooebikehsiio. 222 0 �ADVANCED OilBW E • UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECT ION 3) Kaawin payehkinikehsiin. Kaawin nanahacikehsiin. Kaawin kaahsiinikehsiin. Kaawin kisiipiikinikehsiin. r Exercise G: Kaawin wepahikehsiin. Kaawin wepahaakonehsiin. Kaawin wiihkwepahikehsiin. Kaawin tawehkonehikehsiin. Questions and Answers in Singular Form ' Exerdse H: We are cleaning up. (exc) We are cleaning up. (inc) You (pl) are cleaning up. They are cleaning up. 2) 3) We arc swecping.(exc) We are sweeping. (inc) You (pl) are sweeping. They are sweeping. 4) 5) We are tidying up. (exc) We are tidying up. (inc) You (pl) are tidying up. They are tidying up. 7) 9) ty cu l y Fa We are vacuuming. (exc) We are vacuuming. (inc) You (pl) are vacuuming. They are vacuuming. We are washing clothes. (exc) We are washing clothes. (inc) You (pl) are washing clothes. They are washing clothes. We are shovelling snow. (exc) We are shovelling snow. (inc) You (pl) arc shovelling snow. They are shovelling snow. 8) We are snow-plowing. (exc) We are snow-plowing. (inc) You (pl) are snow-plowing. They are snow-plowing. We arc getting things ready. (exc) We arc getting things ready. (inc) You (pl) are getting things ready. They are getting things ready. 10) We are pulling something on the sled. (exc) U ni v er sit 6) ke he ad 11) io We are cleaning things. (exc) We are cleaning things. (inc) You (pl) are cleaning things. They are cleaning things. of 1) Ed PluralFonm La ( Negative Answer No, I'm not cleaning up. No, Sam is not cleaning up. uc Positive Answer Yes, rm cleaning up. Yes, Sam is cleaning up. at Question Are you cleaning up? Is Sam cleaning up? n Speaking Practice: We arc pulling something on the sled. (inc) You (pl) are pulling something on the sled. They are pulling something on the sled. We are carrying a pack on our back. (exc) We are carrying a pack on our back. (inc) You (pl) arc carrying a pack on your back. They are carrying a pack on their back. 223 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION 12) We are carrying something along on our shoulder. (exc) We are carrying something along on our shoulder. (inc) You (pl) are carrying something along on your shoulder. They are carrying something along on their shoulder. 0 io n 13) We are carrying things. (exc) We are carrying things. (inc) You (pl) are carrying things. They are carrying things. Ed uc at 14) We are strong. (exc) We are strong. (inc) You (pl) are strong. They are strong. Questions and Answers: U ni v Question Are you (pl) cleaning up? Are you (pl) cleaning up? 0 er 2. sit y Fa 16) We are making an announcement. (exc) We are making an announcement. (inc) You (pl) are making an announcement. They are making an announcement. cu l ty of 15) We are weak. (exc) We are weak. (inc) You (pl) are weak. They are weak. Are we (inc) going to clean up? Are we (inc) going to clean up? Answer Yes, we (exc) are cleaning up. No, we (exc) are not cleaning up. he ad Yes, we (inc) are going to clean up. No, we (inc) are not going to clean up. Are they cleaning up? Are they cleaning up? La ke Yes, they are cleaning up. No, they are not cleaning up. He/she is cleaning things. 3 a) Paradigms 1 2 3 I am sweeping. You are sweeping. He/she is sweeping. 13 21 22 33 We are sweeping. (exc) We are sweeping. (inc) You (pl) are sweeping. They are sweeping. 224 0 �ADVANCED OJIBW E - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTI ON 1 I am tidying up. 13 We are tidying up. (exc) 2 You are tidying up. 21 We are tidying up. (inc) 3 He/she is tidying up. 22 You (pl) are tidying up. 33 They are tidying up. I am washing clothes. You are washing clothes. He/she is washing clothes. 13 21 22 33 We are washing clothes. (ex~) We are washing clothes. (inc) You (pl) arc washing clothes. They are washing clothes. I 2 3 Niwepahaakone Kiwepahaakone Wepahaakone 13 21 22 33 Niwepahaakonemin Kiwepahaakonemin Kiwepahaakonenaawaa Wepahaakonewak 1 2 3 Nitawehkonehike Kitawehkonehike Tawebkonehike 13 21 22 33 Nitawebkonebikemin Kitawebkonebikemin Kitawebkonebikenaawaa Tawehkonehikewak 1 2 Nikwayaantahcike Kikwayaantahcike Kwayaantahcike 13 21 22 33 Nikwayaantahcikemin Kikwayaantahcikemin Kikwayaantahcikemin kwayaantahcikewak er 1 2 3 Kaawin nipimiwanehsiin. Kaawin kipimiwanebsiin. Kaawin pimiwanebsiin. I Kaawin nipiminikehsiin. 2 3 Kaawin kipimioikehsiin. Kaawin pimioikebsiin. U ad he ke Exercise I: io at 13 21 22 33 Kaawin nipimiwanebsiimin. Kaawin kipimiwanebsiimin. Kaawin kipimiwanebsiinaawaa. Kaawin pimiwanehsiiwak. 13 21 22 33 Kaawin nipimioikebsiimin. Kaawin kipimioikcbsiimin. Kaawin kipiminikehsiinaawaa. Kaawin piminikehsiiwak. Dialogues Read and Understand: A. uc Ed of ty cu l sit Negative Paradigms: ni v c) La ( Fa 3 y b) n 1 2 3 Hello my friend. What arc you doing? Hello my friend. I am cleaning right now. Oh yah! Do you want me to help you? Yes, are you strong? If you are not busy, come and help me. I am not busy right now. When will you come then? 225 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION I will come right away. Do you want me to bring something? No, just come as you are. I have everything we need to use. That's good Then I will be on my way. Okay, I guess I will see you later. n io at uc Hello my neighbour. How are you this morning? I just got up now. Oh yeah! Did you go to bed late last night? No, I didn't sleep too good last night. Did someone keep you awake last night? Yes, someone was cleaning all night last night at my place. What about you, what are you doing? I'm busy outside right now. Oh yeah! What are you doing? I am cleaning up outside. I am sweeping and also I am sh9velling snow. Ed B. 0 ExercJseJ: of Review Test cu l ty Animate Intransitive Verbs 0 ke he ad U ni v er sit y He/she is cleaning up. He/she is cleaning up things. He/she is sweeping. He/she is vacuuming. He/she is tidying up. He/she is washing clothes. He/she is shovelling snow. He/she is snow-plowing. He/she is getting things ready. He/she is pulling something on sled. He/she is carrying a pack on back. He/she is carrying something on shoulder. He/she is carrying something. He/she is strong. He/she is weak. He/she is making an announcement. La 1. 2. 3. 4. S. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. Fa Fnglish Translation 0 226 �ADV ANC ED O.IlB WE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECT ION 2. Sever n Ojlbw e 11. io ty 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. at 10. uc 6. 7. 8. 9. Ed 5. of 3. 4. n payehkinike kaahsiinike wepahike wiihkwcpahike nanahacike kisiipiikinike wepahaakone tawebkonehike kwayaantahcike pimitaapii piminiwane piminike pimoocike masbkawii niinamii wiintamaake 1. 2. cu l Leaonl Exercise A: Fa Flnt and Second-Person Transitive Verbs I am laughing at him/her. I know him/her. 3) I am biding him/her. 4) I am calling him/her. 5) I am fetching him/her. 6) I am missing him/her. 7) I am bitting him/her. 8) I am looking at him/her. 9) I found him/her. 10) I am covering him/her. 11) I am blaming him/her. 12) I am speaking for (on behalf of) him/her. ke he ad U ni v er sit 1) 2) La ( y VTA 227 VTI I am laughing at it. I know it. I am biding it I am calling it. I am fetching it. I am lonely. I am hitting it. I am looking at it. I found it. I am covering it. I am blaming it. I am speaking for it. �ADVANCED OJIBWE ., UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTIO N VTA VTI ExerdseB: at uc VTA of VTI He/she is laughing at him/her. He/she knows him/her. 3) He/she is hiding him/her. 4) He/she is calling him/her. 5) He/she is fetching him/her. 6) He/she is missing him/her. 7) He she is bitting him/her. 8) He/she is looking at him/her. 9) He/she found him/her. 10) He/she covers him/her. 11) He/she is blaming him/her. 12) He/she is speaking for him/her. cu l Fa y sit er ni v 0 ad U Questions and Answen Fint, Second-Person Fonm Only Answer Are you lauging at Sally? Yes. I am lauging at her. No. I am not laughing at her. ke he Question La A. He/she is laughing at it. He/she knows that. He/she is biding it. He/she is calling it. He/she is fetching it. He/she is missing it He/she is hitting it. He/she is looking at it. He/she found it. He/she covers it. He/she blames it. He/she is speaking for it. ty 1) 2) ExerdseC : 0 n You are laughing at it. You know it. You are hiding it. You are calling it. You are fetching it. You are missing it. You are hitting it. You are looking at it. You found it. You cover it. You blame it. You are speaking for it. io You are lauging at him/her. You know him/her. 3) You are hiding him/her. 4) You are calling him/her. 5) You are fetching him/her. 6) You are missing him/her. 7) You are hitting him/her. 8) You arelooking at him/her. 9) You found him/her. 10) You cover him/her. 11) You are blaming him/her. 12) You are speaking for him/her. 1) 2) Ed 2. B. Do you know Sally? Yes. I know her. No. I don•t know her. C. Are you biding your sweetheart? Yes. I am hiding him/her. No. I am not hiding him/her. D. Are you calling Mary? Yes. I am calling her. No. I am not calling her. 228 0 �ADVANCED OHBW E - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECT ION TI Verb Are you laughing at your shoe? Yes, I am laughing at it. No, I am not laughing at it. B. Do you know that you arc going? Yes, I know. No, I don't know. C. Are you hiding your gun? Yes, I am hiding it. No, I am not hiding it. D. Are you calling something? Yes, I am calling it. No, I am not calling it. of VTA Fa cu l ty I am fetching him/her. I am missing him/her. (lonely) I am hitting him/her. I am looking at him/her. sit er Questio ns and Answe n Third-Person with Obviative ad U ExerciseD: ni v I am fetching it. I am lonely. I am hitting it. I am looking at it. y VTI Is be/she laughing at Sally? Yes, he/she is laughing at her. No, he/she is not laughing at her. he Answer ke A. Questio n La ( io at uc Ed Writin& Practice: 2. n A. B. Does he/she know Sally? Yes, be/she knows her. No, be/she does not know her. C. Is he/she hiding he/her sweetheart? Yes, be/she is hiding his/her sweetheart. No, he/she is not hiding his/her sweetheart. D. Is he/she calling Mary? Yes, he/she is calling her. No. He/she is not calling her. 229 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION TI Verbs Is he/she laughing at my feet? Yes, he/she is laughing at it. No, he/she is not laughing at it. B. Does he/she know where to go? Yes, he/she knows. No, he/she does not know. C. Is he/she hiding something? Yes, he/she is hiding it. No, he/she is not hiding it. D. Is he/she call his/her village? Yes, be/she is calling it. No, he/she is not calling it. 0 Ed uc at io n A. Writing Practice: of VTA Fa cu l ty He/she is fetching himlbcr. He/she is missing him/her. He/she is hitting him/her. He/she is looking at him/her. ad he er 13 Niinawint 21 Kiinawint 22 Kiinawaa 33Wrinawaa La ke 3WJ.in Paradigms U ExerdseE: 1 Niin 2 Kiln 0 ni v He/she is fetching it. He/she is lonely. He/she is hitting it. He/she is looking at it. sit y VTI VTA VTI 1 I am laughing at him/her. 2 You're laughing at him/her. 3 He/she is laughing at him/her. 1 I am laughing at it. 2 You're laughing at it. 3 He/she is laughing at it 13 We (exc) arc laughing at him/her. 21 We (inc) arc laughing at him/her. 22 You (pl) are laughing at him/her. 33 They are laughing at him/her. 13 We (exc) are laughing at it. 21 We (inc) are laughing at it. 22 You're (pl) are laughing at it. 33 They are laughing at it. 230 0 �ADVANCED O.JIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTI ON Writing Practice: 1 Nikihkenimaa 2 Kikihkenimaa 3 Okikihkenimaan b) 13 Nikibkenimaamin 21 Kikihkenimaamin 22 Kikihkenimaawaa 33 Okikibkenimaawaan 1 Nikanoonaa 2 Kikanoonaa 3 Okanoonaan d) 13 Nikanoonaamin 21 Kikanoonaamin 22 Kikanoonaawaa 33 Okanoonaawaan cu l Fa 1 Niltihkentaan 2 Kikihkentaan 3 Okihkentaan sit ad U ni v 13 Niltihkentaamin 21 Kikibkentaamin 22 Kikibkentaamin 33 Okibkentaanaawaa ke he 1"'Nikanootaan 2 Kikanootaan 3 Okanootaan 13 Nikanootaamin 21 Kikanootaamin 22 Kikanootanaawaa 33 Okanootanaawaa La c) 1 Nikaatoon 2 Kikaatoon 3 Okaatoon y b) er a) io at ty 13 Ninaasihkawaamin 21 K.inaasihkawaamin 22 K.inaasihkawaawaa 33 Onaasibkawaawaan VTI ( 1 Ninaasibkawaa 2 Kinaasibkawaa 3 Onaasihkawaan n 13 Nikaanaamin 21 Kikaanaamin 22 Kikaanaawaa 33 Okaanaawaan of c) l Nikaanaa 2 Kikaanaa 3 Okaanaan uc a) Ed r VTA d) 13 Nikaatoomin 21 Kikaatoomin 22 Kikaatoonaawaa 33 Okaatoonaawaa 1 Ninaa~ibkaao 2 Kinaasibkaan 3 Onaasibkaao 13 Ninaasibkaamin 21 Kinaasibkaamin 22 Kinaasibkaanaawaa 33 Onaasibkaanaawaa 231 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise F: Working with the Language Read and Understand: 0 io n I am laughing at that man walking over there. Are you laughing at my story? I know that woman walking over there. Do you know that you can•t do that by yourself? What are you doing? Are you hiding the money? Hide your gun before you leave. Do you want to call your ex-spouse when you finish work? I am speaking for the situation. at a) b) c) d) e) f) g) h) Read and Understand: 0 ni v er sit y Fa He/she has already found his/her dog. Has he/she already found the axe? He/she is covering up bis/her daughter. He/she is covering up the boat. (canoe) He/she is blaming his/her friend. He/she is blaming the bad weather. He/she is speaking for bis/her son. (on behalf of) He/she is speaking for the situation. U a) b) c) d) e) f) g) h) Ed More Sentences of ExerclseG: ty I am fetching it. I am lonely. I am bitting it. I am looking at it. cu l I am fetching him/her. I am missing him/her. (lonely) I am bitting him/her. I am looking at him/her. uc Writing Practice: Dialogues ad ExerciseH: ke Hello my daughter. What are you doing? I am laughing at my friend right now. Oh yeahf What is be/she doing? Is he/she doing something funny? No. he/she is being miscbievious. He/she is called an owl. Do you know him/her? No. what does he/she look like? Does be/she look cute/funny? Yes. he/she is very cute/funny. Do you want to see him/her? Yes, I would be very happy to see him/her. Okay, I will tell him/her to come to my home. No, not yet! Wait awhile I will ask my boss. Tell your friend I will call him/her later. Okay, I will talk to you again soon. La A. he Read and Understand: 232 0 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTIO N at io n Hello, my nephew. How are you? I am well. How about you? I am fine too. I wanted to speak to your father, Is he home? No. he left already. Oh yeah! Do you know when he will be home? No, he never tells me exactly when he will be borne. Do you think he is hiding something? Yes, it seems like he is hiding something, I think. Why do you think so? He never tells me anything. Do you ever ask him? No, I never do, he never talks to me anyway. uc B. Ed VAi 1 I am doing something funny. 2 You are doing something funny. 13 We (exc) are doing something funny. of 21 We (inc) are doing something funny. 3 He/she is doing something funny. cu l ty 22 You (pl) are doing something funny. 33 They are doing something funny. 13 We (exc) are being mischievious. 21 We (inc) are being miscbievious. 22 You (pl) are being mischievious. 33 They are being mischievious. er sit y 1 I am being mischievious. 2 You are being mischievious. 3 He/she is being mischievious. ni v VAi ke VAi 13 We (exc) look cute/funny. 21 We (inc) look cute/funny. 22 You (pl) look cute/funny. 33 They look cute/funny. he ad U 1 I look cute/funny. 2 You look cute/funny. 3 He/she looks cute/funny. 1 I live there. 2 You live there. 3 He/she lives there. La ( Fa VAi 13 We (exc) live there. 21 We (inc) live there. 22 You (pl) live there. 33 They live there. VAi 1 I am speaking. 2 You are speaking. 3 He/she is speaking. 13 We (exc) are speaking. 21 We (inc) are speaking. 22 You (pl) are speaking. 33 They are speaking. 233 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION DialogueB 0 Preverb 1. even though I ... 2. even though you ... 3. even though Exercise I: at io n More About TA Verb Types Subject and Object Combinations uc Listen and Understand: Ed (1 acting on 2) cu l ty of I am laughing at him/her. I know him/her. I am biding him/her. I am calling him/her. y sit ni v (3 acting on 3 obviative) 0 er You are fetching him/her. You are lonely for him/her. You are bitting him/her. You are looking at him/her. Fa (2 acting on 3) ke (3 acting on 1) He/she is laughing at me. He/she knows me. He/she is hiding me. He/she is calling me. La 2. he ad U He/she is laughing at him/her. He/she knows him/her. He/she is hiding him/her. He/she is calling him/her. (3 acting on 2) He/she is laughing at you. He/she knows you. He/she is hiding you. He/she is calling you. 0 234 �ADVANCED OilBW E • UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTIO N (3 obviative acting on 3) He/she is laughing at him/her. He/she knows him/her. He/she is hiding him/her. He/she is calling him/her. Writing Practice: uc at io n He/she knows him/her. He/she is calling him/her. He/she is hiding him/her. He/she is fetching him/her. of Ed He/she is lonely for him/her. He/she is hitting him/her. ty ( 1 acting on 2) Fa cu l I am laughing at you. I know you. I am hiding you. I am calling you. er ad Writing Practice: U ni v You are laughing at me. You know me. You are hiding me. You are calling me. sit y (2 acting on 1) ( (2 acting OD 3) Kiroihkawaa Da? Q. (3 acting on 2) Kimihkawik Da? Q. (2 acting on 3) Kitakwanawaa na? Q. (3 acting on 2) Kitakwanahook na? Q. (3 acting on 3 obviative) Omibkawaan na? Q. (3 acting on 3 obviativc) Otalcwanshwaan na? La ke he Q. C (1 acting on 3) A. Ebe, Diroihkawaa. A. (3 acting on 1) Ebe, nimihkawik. (1 acting OD 3) A. Ebe, nitakwanawaa. A. (3 acting on 1) Ebe, nitakwanahook. A. (3 obviative acting on 3) Ebe, omibkaakoon. A. (3 abviative acting on 3) Ehe,otakwanahokoon. 235 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION ExerciseJ: Final Review for Lesson 2 Transitive Animate Verbs: 1. 0 English Translations: I am laughing at him/her. 2. You know him/her. 3. He/she is hiding him/her. 4. I am calling him/her. 5. I am fetching him/her. 6. He/she is lonely for him/her. 7. I am hitting him/her. 8. You are looking at him/her. 9. He/she found him/her. 10. I am covering him/her. 11. I am blaming him/her. 12. He/she is speaking for him/her. Engllsh Transladons: I am laughing at it. You know it He/she is biding it. I am speaking for it. s. I am fetching it. 6. He/she is lonely. 7. I am hitting it. 8. You are looking at it. 9. He/she found it. 10. I am covering it. 11. I am blaming it. 12. He/she is speaking for it. Fa 2. cu l ty of Ed uc at io n 1. 0 He/she is speaking for s.t. I call s.o. I address s.o. I fetch s.t. I get s.t. 4. He/she is hiding s.o. s. I cover s.o. 6. You know s.t. 7. He/she fmds s.o. 8. I hit s.o. 9. You fetch s.o. You get s.o. 10. He/she is lonesome for s.o. 11. I laugh at s.t. 1. 2. 3. La 3. ke he ad U ni v er sit y 1. 2. 3. 4. 0 236 �ADVANCED OilBWE • UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION You are looking at s.t. 13. He/she find s.t. 14. I cover s.t. 15. You blame s.o. 16. He/she is hiding s.t. 17. You know s.o. 18. I laugh at s.o. 19. He/she is lonely. 20. I hit s.t. 21. You blame s.t. 22. He/she is speaking for s.o. io at uc I call s.t. I address s.t. You are looking at s.o. Ed 23. 24. n 12. Lesson3 Inanimate Intransitive Verbs of Exercise A: cu l Fa he ad U ni v er sit ( 1. hang 2. fall 3. be deep water 4. be shallow water 5. be a big lake 6. be a small lake 7. be a wide lake 8. be a narrow lake 9. be big waves 10. be nice and calm body of water 11 .. float, be in the water 12. drift along on current 13. drift along on waves 14. freeze up y 1. ty Read and Undentand: 3. La ke 15. ice break up 16. flood, be high water 1. p ~ 2. mih:-hjkarou 3. 1Jl11Ci1Uln 4. akggte 5. mmisbklhm 6. maamihcashkaa 7. kilsbwyalY,U s. pankihsin 9. akubsihlikwem 10. anl!il,lhtinikamjn 237 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION 11. pimaapoote 12. J2imaahoote 13. akalhsibmaa 0 14. akomin 15. killhkitin 16. mmlcihtikwem ExerclseB: 'lranslation into Severn Ojlbwe io n Write and Understand: 1. maamihcaashkaa uc at 2. mankihtikweyaa 3. mih~hikamaa 4. paakwaa Ed 5. akaabsihtikweyaa 6. kasbkatin of 7. maacihtan 8. pimaapoote cu l y Fa paokibsi11 moo~bkaban akaabsikamaa anwaahtioikamio akoote kiishkaayawaa sit 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. ty 9. akootin 10. p.imaahoote Exercise C: 0 er Translation into English ni v Write and Understand: La ke he ad U 1. drift along oo current 2. freeze up 3. be big waves 4. ice break up 5. drift along on waves 6. flood. be high water 7. be a small lake 8. be shallow water 9. bang s.t. 10. be a narrow river 11. be a wide river 12. be a big lake 13. fall s.t. 14. be a deep water 15. float, be in the water 16. be nice and calm body of water 0 238 �ADVANCED O.JIBWE • UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise D: Read and Understand: at io n 1. Is your coat hanging on the chair? 2. Do you think the airplane crashed into the bush? 3. That lake looks deep to me. 4. We can't go paddle there. It is too shallow. 5. The lake is very big where I want to go. 6. The lake is small where I live. 7. The river is wide where I want to go and fish. 8. The river is narrow where I killed the moose. uc r Sentences Ed New Vocabulary: 22 33 We paddle (exc) We paddle (inc) You (pl) paddle They paddle I kill s.o. You kill s.o. He/she kills s.o. 13 21 22 33 We kill s.o.(exc) We kill s.o. (inc) You (pl) kill s.o. They kill s.o. sit er ni v 1 2 3 y VTA More Sentences U Exercise E: ad Read and Understand: ke he 1. Do you think the big lake has big waves? 2. It is a very nice and calm lake. 3. There is an airplane in the river over there. 4. There is a branch drifting along on current by the rapids. 5. The canoe is drifting along on waves on the lake. 6. Very soon it will be freeze up. 7. Very soon the ice in the river will break up. 8. It looks like there will be a flood after the ice breaks up. La ( ty 13 21 cu l I paddle Youpaddle He/she paddles Fa 1 2 3 of VAi 239 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION ExerciseF: Questions and Answers Read and Understand: 0 Q. A. Where is your coat hanging? Over there beside the door. b) Q. A. Where do you think the airplane crashed. Perhaps maybe far away in the bush. c) Q. A. Is that where you want to go fishing? No, the water is too deep here. d) Q. How about there, do you think the water is too shallow? No, that is where I will go swimming. Q. Q. cu l Is it a small lake where you want to set your fish net? Yes, it is a small lake although it is a long lake. A. Fa Is it a wide river where you want to go hunting? I don't know, I haven't seen it yet. Q. Is it a small river where you want to go duck hunting? A. Yes, it is a small ri~er and very many fish. y h) Q. A. sit g) at ty A. f) uc of Is it a big lake where you want to go tomorrow? Yes, it is a very big lake although there are many islands. 0 er e) Ed A. io n a) ni v New Vocabulary: U VAi I am swimming. 2 3 You are swimming. He/she is swimming. 13 21 22 33 We are swimming. (exc) We are swimming. (inc) You (pl) are swimming. They are swimming. 13 21 22 33 We are fishing with a net. (exc) We are fishing with a net. (inc) You (pl) are fishing with a net. They are fishing with a net. 13 21 22 33 We are hunting ducks. (exc) We are hunting ducks. (inc) You (pl) are hunting ducks. They are hunting ducks. ke he ad 1 La SentenceF: 1 2 3 I am fishing with a net. You are fishing with a net. He/she is fishing with a net. SentenceH: 2 I' am hunting ducks. You are hunting ducks. 3 He/she is hunting ducks. 1 240 0 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION r Writing Practice: hang S.l. fall s.t. deep water shallow water Exercise G: io n Continuation of Questions and Answers d) Q. A. e) Q. A. ( f) Q. A. g) Q. A. h) Q. A. uc Ed of What is that thing that is floating? It looks like a rock island. ty A. Is that a small canoe drifting along on current? No, it is a coffin. cu l Q. Fa c) Do you see that wooden box drifting along on current? No, where? y A. Do you see it that the water will be nice and calm this evening. I don't know. I haven't checked up on it yet. When do you see that it will freeze up? I see that it will probably freeze up soon. sit Q. er b) Does it look like the waves are big in the middle of the lake? Yes. it looks like there are big waves. Do you think the ice will break up soon? I don't know. I am not worried about it. ni v A. Do you see it there will be a flood when the ice breaks up? I hope not. U Q. ad a) at Read and Understand: ke VTI he New Vocabulary: I am checking up on it. You are checking up on it. La 1 2 3 He/she is checking up on it. 13 21 22 33 We are checking up on it. (exc) We are checking up on it (inc) You (pl) are checking up on it. They are checking up on it. 13 21 22 33 We are worrying about it. (exc) We are worrying about it. (inc) You (pl) worrying about it. They are worrying about it. VTI 1 2 3 I am worrying about it. You are worrying about it. He/she is worrying about it. 241 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Writing Practice: - be big waves - float, be in the water - freeze up - flood, be high water Exercise H: 0 Mini-Dialogues at io Is my brother-in-law there? Yes, do you want to talk to him? Yes, I want to ask him something. uc A. n Read and Understand: cu l Listen! Do you hear something? No, do you think you heard something? Yes, I thought it sounds like something fell. What direction did it sound like? It sounds like it came from up there. Do you want to go and check up on it? No, I am scared. 0 er sit y Fa B. ty of Ed Hello my brother-in-law. How can I help you today? If you are not busy, I want to ask you to help me. I want to hang up my boat. Okay, wait I want to eat my breakfast. Thank you my brother-in-law. I will see you later. Do you want to go fishing? No, the lake has big waves. We should go to a small lake. Okay, lets give it a try. When do you want to go then? I guess right away, before it gets too windy. Okay, I will get ready immediately. D. What do you want to do today? I want to go trout fishing with a net where the river is deep. I am going to a different place to fish with a net. Where, do you think you want to go to fish with a net? Where the river is narrow. Do you think there is a trout swimming around there? A long time ago about this time, they use to swim around there. I sure hope you will catch them. La ke he ad U ni v C. 0 242 �ADVANCED OilB WE • UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECT ION New Vocabulary: Dialogue B: 1 2 3 I am checking up on things. You are checking up on things. He/she is checking up on things. 21 22 33 We are checking up on things. (exc) We arc checking up on'things. (inc) You (pl) are checking up on things. They are checking up on things. I3 21 22 33 We are trying it. (exc) We are trying it. (inc) You (pl) are trying it. They are trying it. 13 3 of Dialogue D: U ni v I caught s.o. You caught s.o. He/she caught s.o. er sit VTA 1 2 3 13 21 22 33 We caught s.o. (exc) We caught s.o. (inc) You (pl) caught s.o. They caught s.o. CreaUve Writing he ad Exercise I: ke Read and Understand: When is your father leaving? He left already. He left early this morning. When will be be coming home? I don't know. He didn't tell me. Do you want to talk to him when be arrives. Yes, tell him to call me when he arrives. Okay, I will tell him when he arrives. La A. We think SO. (CXC) We think so. (inc) You (pl) think so. They think so. Fa 13 21 22 33 cu l I think so. You think so. He/she thinks so. y ( ty vn 1 2 3 at You are trying it. He/she is trying it. uc I am trying it. Ed 1 2 io n Dialogue C: Hello my friend. Did you call me? Yes, I want to ask you something. Okay, how can I help today? 243 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION I want you to go with me, I want to go fishing tomorrow. Where do you want to go? Where there is a big Jake. Do you think that there are plenty of fish there? Yes, I think there are plenty of fish there at this time. Okay, I will go with you if only it isn't too windy. If the lake is deep, there will be big waves. If it is too windy, we will go to a small lake instead. n 0 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 2. I. 2. 3. 4. s. 6. 7. 8. at cu l Fa y sit er ni v 8. 9. U 6. 7. 0 ad s. he 3. 4. it is calm, clear water be big waves fall s.t. be shallow water hang be deep water flood, be high water drift along on current freeze up float, be inlhe water be wide river ice break up be big lake drift along on waves be deep water be small lake ke 2. Inanimate Intransitive Verbs: La 1. uc Final Review Lesson 3 ExerdseJ: 1. We think s.o. to be there. (exc) We think s.o. to be there. (inc) You (pl) think s.o. to be there. They think s.o. to be there. Ed 13 21 22 33 of I think s.o. to be there. You think s.o. to be there. He/she thinks s.o. to be there. ty l 2 3 io New Vocabulary: Severn Ojlbwe: kashkatin akontin maamihcaashkaa maacibtan akaahsibtikweyaa pimaapoote akaahsikamaa akoote 0 244 �ADVANCED OJIBW E - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECT ION 9. r anwaahtinikamin 10. paakwaa 11. mihshikamaa 12. pimaahoote 13. makihtikweyaa 14. mooshkaban 15. kiishkaayawaa 16. pankibsin Exercise A: io n Leuon 4 uc at Particles 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. of ty cu l Fa y sit La 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. er 14. 15. 16. 17. ni v 10. 11. 12. 13. U 9. ( ad 6. 7. 8. he s. in Europe, abroad across the ocean across the road or trail hardly, scarcely anytime, whenever under the snow under the water by chance, at the last minute to greater extent, more and more some, few whereabouts, which direction anywhere low, lower level by, close to, near to with more effort, harder at least, anyhow, okay but in direction originally, long ago, fo'nner likely, to be expected, probably all over, whole, everywhere on the right for no reason or purpose at the same time, while one by one on the left more, quite barely, hardly, poorly carelessly last night gone, disappear ke 1. 2. 3. 4. Ed Listen and Understand: 30. C 245 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise B: 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. n io at uc Ed of ty cu l Translation into Severn Ojibwe inehke pehpeshik ciikic aanti piko aanta pehkihsh kibcinihkiik anaamaakonak kayepiko aanti nehke akaamahkiink La 1. 0 ke Exercise C: 2. 3. 4. Fa 21. 22. y 19. 20. sit 16. 17. 18. er 13. 14. 15. ni v 11. 12. U I 0. 0 ad 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. in Europe. abroad across the ocean across the road or trail hardly. scarcely anytime, whenever under the snow under the water by chance, at the last minute to greater extent. more and more some, few whereabouts, which direction anywhere low, lower level by, close to, near to with more effort, harder at least, anyhow, okay but in direction originally, long ago. former likely, to be expected, probably all over. whole, everywhere on the right for no reason or purpose at the same time, while one by one on the left more, quite barely, hardly, poorly carelessly last night gone, disappear he I. 2. Learning the New Vocabulary 0 246 �ADVANCED O.JIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECT ION n io at uc Ed of 2S. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. tepinaahk anaamipiink ahpii piko kayaash tipihkonk eniwehk nawac akaami-kihcikam namacinihkiik enikohk wenipan misiwe capashiibsb awasbime siitawaac anibsbaa akaawaac ahami bkaana kwanta ty (' 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 11. 12. 13. 14. Fa y sit er La 15. 16. 17. ni v 7. 8. 9. 10. U 6. ad 3. 4. 5. some, few low, lower level with more effort, harder all over, whole, everywhere originally, long ago, form'er in direction whereabouts, which direction at the same time, while gone, disappear likely, to be expected on the right carelessly anytime more, quite on the left hardly, scarcely one by one barely, hardly, poorly in Europe, abroad across the road or trail by chance, at the last minute last night under the snow by, closer to, near to for no reason or purpose he 2. ( Translation into English ke 1. cu l ExerciseD: 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. t:-2425.. 247 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTIO N 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. underwater anytime to greater extent, more and more at least. anyhow. okay but across the ocean Exercise E: 0 Working the Language n Read and Understand: When I finish with work I want to go to Europe. There is always fighting (war) in Europe. Are you from Europe? B) My friend came from across the ocean. There is always fighting (war) in Europe. Does his/her friend want to go home soon across the ocean? C) I want to change my place of residence to across the road. Do you live across the road? When does he/she want to go across the road? D) I scarcely bad enough food. Did you barely get out of bed this morning? There was barely enough wood this winter. E) I will just sit anywhere. Just put it anywhere. He/she will go anywhere. F) I will set my trap under the snow. Is your vehicle under the snow? The partridge sleeps under the snow. G) The fish is swimming underwater. The duck is diving underwater. Do you also see the duck diving underwater. H) By chance I found out quickly there was a fire that is why I didn't get burned. By chance I saw him early enough that is ~by he didn't drown. By chance it was not cold that is why I didn' t freeze. 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io A) I) I think he/she is getting even more sicker. I think the weather is going to be even more colder next winter. The weather will be even more warmer when spring comes. J) Only a few will leave tomorrow. Some men will not go. Only a few wood were used last night. 0 248 �ADVANCED OJIBW E • UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTIO N Writing Practice: - in Europe, abroad - across the road, trail - hardly, scarcely - anytime - under the snow - underwater ExerciseF: io n Learning the Language B) Just sit anywhere. You can just sleep anywhere. Q. Where do you want to put this? A. Anywhere. C) The airplane is flying low. The geese arc flying low. The clouds arc low today. D) I will stop near the house. Close to Christmas day I will go home. Near morning I will get up. E) Run bard! Pull the rope harder. Let us work hard before night fall. F) Anyhow I will be coming too tomorrow. Just go anyway! Wait for him to arrive anyway. ty cu l Fa y sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( Ed What direction do you want to go? What direction is the wind coming from? What direction is it flowing? of A) uc at Read and Understand: G) Let's go over there in that direction. He/she lives over there in that direction. The wind is coming from the north direction. H) A long time ago life was bard. A long time ago people were constantly working. There was plenty of traditional food a long time ago. 249 �ADVANCED OJIBWE .. UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION I) It will likely rain tonight. Is it likely that you will be leaving early in the morning? Is it likely that your father will arrive sooner? J) We will walk all over tomorrow. Just give me all your money. The sickness is going around all over. 0 io n Writing Practice: Exerdse G: ty Using the Language cu l Read and Undentand: Tum on the right here! y Stand by his right side! Do you want to walk on your right side? Fa A) of Ed uc at whereabouts, which direction anywhere low, lower level by, close to, near to with more effort. harder at least, anyhow, okay but I came here for no reason. He is saying it for no reason. You are talking too much for no reason. C) I am going to eat at the same time while I am working. I want to look for my friend at the same time when I go shopping. Are you going to do some shopping at the same time when you go to town? D) One by one we will take them. One by one we will take them. Just take them one by one. E) Sit on the left side. I will nm on the left side. Tum on the left side over there. 0 F) G) La ke he ad U ni v er sit B) I will leave closer to the afternoon. How about we paddle away when the wind calms down? Close to the time when I am feeling well I will start working. I walked around barely yesterday. 0 Are you working barely today? Carry it carefully so you won't break it. 250 �I) I did not sleep good last night. I heard an owl last night. Did you go out too last night? J) My cup in no where to be seen. Someone must have taken it. My dog has dissappeared. He must have ran away. Everyone is gone, no one to be heard from. io Don't do it carelessly. You are always working too carelessly. I will just arrange it carelessly for now. at H) n ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION uc Writing Practice: cu l ty of Ed - on th right - for no reason or purpose - at the same time -one by one - on the left - more, quite - carelessly Exercise H: Fa sit y Read and Understand: A) Hello my friend. How arc you doing? I am well right now. How about you? I am also well. Is this one of your friends. Yes, he/she is from Europe. Oh yeah! Did he/she come to visit you? when did he/she arrive? He/she amved last night close to midnight. How long will he/she be here? I don't know. I haven't asked him/her yet. B) Hello my brother. How arc you today? I am not really feeling too well today. Ob yeah! Where are you sick? My leg. I went across the road this morning. I barely could walk. Are you feeling pain? No, not too much right now. I can barely sit around. I hope you will be getting better real soon. Thank you. I hope so. La ke he ad U ni v er ( Mini-Dialogues C) C When will you go hunting again? Much later after the ice breaks up, I will hunt. W'dl you be paddling away? 251 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION It is possible, I don't exactly know for sure yet. Which direction will you be going? I will be going the north direction if it isn't too cold. I could at least go with you if I am not too lazy. Okay, if you want to come, you can come. n io Hello my friend, I am calling you for no reason. (of importance) Oh yeah! How are you? I am fine, how about you? As for myslelf, I am just fine too right now. I am thinking about going hunting tomorrow. Do you want to come with me? Okay, I will go with you. When will you leave tomorrow? Anytime in the morning. Where do you want to go exactly? Anywhere. I don't exactly know. Exercise I: cu l ty of Creative Writing Read and Undentand: When is your friend arriving at the airport? I don't know, I don't know yet. It is snowing right now. It is going to snow even more and maybe at the same time it will start to rain I bear. Ob yeah! So it is going to be miserable weather. Perhaps the weather is like that all over. We will probably walk around under the snow when it stops snowing. I hope it won't snow too much. I hope not. We could probably pray harder anyway that it won't snow too much. As long as the road don't get buried with snow. Yes, at least for some. I guess we'll just stay here to wait for it to stop snowing. I guess that is all we can do. We can't go anywhere anyways. What will we do while we wait? I don't know. We should do something anyhow. {purposely) 0 ke ExerciseJ: he ad U ni v er sit y Fa A) Ed uc at D) 0 Final Review Leuon 4 La Particles: Ojibwe Translation: I. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. kihcinihkiik kwanta pehkibsh pehpeshik namacinibkiik nawac 0 252 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTIO N n io at uc Ed of ty cu l Fa sit Leaon5 er ExerclseA: ad For Example: Certain Uncertain Kohtaaci Kobtaacitok Kobtaacitok Kohtaacitok he 1. U Read and Undentand: ni v Review ke ( 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. La r 8. 9. siitawaac tepinaahk tipihkonk wenipan aanti nehke aanti piko enikohk eniwebk capashiibsb ciikic inebke kayaash kaye piko misiwe aanta awabshime anibsbaa anaamipiink artaarnaakllnak ahpil piko akaawaac akaarnibk.ana akaami.kihcikam akaamahkiink y 7. Certain Uncertain 1 I am scared. 2 You•re scared. 3 He/she is scared. I must be scared. You must be scared. He/she must be scared. 13 wc•rc scared. (exc) 21 we•rc scared. (inc) 22 You're (pl) scared. 33 They're scared. We must be scared. (exc) We must be scared. (inc) You (pl) must be scared. They must be scared. 253 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION What is your younger sibling doing? They are playing outside. 0 What is your grandfather doing? He is probably working down the shore. n Is your dog throwing up? Yes, he is probably sick. io Are you tired? Yes, I must be sick. Ed Are you stealing? Yes, I must be starving, perhaps that is why I am stealing. uc at Are you lazy? Yes, I must be tired. ty cu l 0 er sit y Fa Where is your father? He must have left early this morning. Where could he have gone? Pickeral Lake. Do you think he is arriving by now? I don't know. Maybe he is still driving. When will he be returning? Maybe tomorrow. Will someone be coming with him? Probably not. Maybe he will be coming home alone. of 2. Minl-dJalogues Exercise 8: U Review and Understand: ni v Review Preterits he ke Neutral ad Paradigm La 1 I am lazy. 2 You are lazy. 3 He/she is lazy. 13 We are lazy. (exc) 21 We are lazy. (inc) 22 You (pl) are lazy. 33 They are ~azy. Preterit I was lazy, but no longer am. You were lazy, but no longer are. He/she was lazy, but no longer is. We were lazy, but we are no longer. We were lazy, but we are no longer. You were lazy, but no longer are. They were lazy, but they no longer are. 0 254 �ADVANCED OilBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Writing Practice: Exercise C: Animate Nouns Inanlma~ Nouns worn-out kettle useless caribou broken down stove spoiled whitefish cu l ty of Ed broken down airplane broken down plate worn-out book broken down gun Fa poorly made pencil useless table good-for-nothing branch Animate Nouns useless heart good-for-nothing lard useless pepper spoiled milk mosquito owl beadwork jackfish (pike) air strip table whitefish comb c) U useless man poorly made bannock spoiled fish poorly made porridge b) ad loon carrot sturgeon trout bag/purse money wallet butterfly he a) ke 4. Inanimate Nouns sit 3. useless spoon worn-out sock good-for-nothing dog spoiled flour La ( IDanima~ Nouns ni v 2. Animate Nouns y 1. Review Pejoratives n e. f. io d. at b. C. Nikii-ishaa weti tahso-pipoon. Nikii-ishaanaapan ahko weti tahso-pipoon. Kii-akaahsheshi niiwi-ahki otaanaank. Kii-akaahsheshiipan niiwi-ahki otaanaank. Nikii-ataawe pimihsewin. Nikii-ataawenaapan pimihsewin. uc \ a. er r 255 bicycle pickcral snake telephone camera flour television scissors �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise D: 1. Animate Nouns Inanimate Nouns little bannock little boy, boy little partridge little lard little pepper little heart Animate Nouns Inanimate Nouns little spoon little flour little clock little fork little canoe little cradle board Animate Nouns Inanimate Nouns little rabbit little carrot little elk little pencil little table little island 0 a) c) sit er wallet bicycle pickeral snake telephone camera· flour television scissors at 0 ni v butterfly ExerciseE: ad U Working the Language Read and Understand: ke he He/she is probably lazy that is why he/she is not working. No one here. he is probably gone. It is silent. he must be still sleeping. He/she could have arrived by now. Is it time for us to eat already? It has been a long time since I went home last. La B) mosquito owl beadwork feather landing strip table whitefish comb y sturgeon trout bag money A) uc Ed b) beaver 1. of ty loon cu l 4. Fa 3. io n 2. Review Dimunltives C) My broken-down house burnt down last night. Did your worn-out canoe float away? He is cleaning up his useless gun. D) Put the plate on top of the broken-down table. Your worn-out kettle is boiled dry. The useless snake is eating the frog. 256 0 �F) The little bird is singing in the morning . The little airplane crashed in the bush. Bring the little spoon! G) Bring the little pencil. Do you like the taste of the little carrot? The little whitefish is swimming around under water. Exercls eF: uc Mini-Dialogues ke he ad U ni v er sit y of ty When is your friend going home? He wanted to go home today, but it's too miserable (weather). What is be doing now? I don't know. He is probably still sleeping. Tell him to call me when he gets up. Did you already finish fixing up your little canoe? Yes, I have already finished fixing it up. What about your little out-board motor? Will you be fixing it up too? No. not yet. I can't do it by myself. Do you want me to help you? Only if you are not busy. I am not busy right now. I would be very happy to help you. That's good. Thank you. La ( B) Fa cu l Did your father arrive yet? No. he is still gone. Sbouldn't he have arrived by now? Yes, perhaps maybe he got busy. I sure hope nothing bad happened. I will come and tell you when be arrives. Okay. for sure I will call you when he arrives. Ed Read and Understand: A) io The useless partridge is looking for his morning meal. The nasty butterfly is flying around. The good-for-nothing bear is fighting the little wolf. at E) n ADVANCED OJIBW E - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTI ON C) Do you think you see something. little girl? Yes. I think I see a bear cub over there. Do you want to go and look? No, I am scared. I will go with you. Let us go and look. We will take a gun along. You go alone. I will wait for you here. 2S7 �ADVANCED OJIBW E - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECT ION Exercis e G: Creativ e Writin& Read and Unders tand: 0 1. ty of Ed uc at io n It is probably almost time for us to eat. Has everyone arrived yet? No, Paul has not arrived yet. Shouldn't he have arrived by now? Yes, he should have arrived by now. What sort of car did he take along? He took the little car along. Perhaps, maybe it broke down. What shall we do then? Maybe we should wait for him a little while yet. I sure hope be didn't drive off the road. It's not possible. We will wait for him a little while yet. If he does not arrive in half an hour, I will drive (go) to look for him. We will just sit right here to wait for him. Don't anyone get worried. cu l Half hour later Fa Paul anived by vehicle. He did not drive off the road. He hit a little moose. That is why be arrived late. y 0 sit ExerdseR: er Suff'axes work going home U 1. ni v Read and Write: ad scared be skinny run walk go to the shore buy s.t. heal s.o. getting up (from bed) tell legends leave trap 3. La ke he sleep getting up (from bed) drink play write hunt fetch water campfire head community air strip flour scissors back shoe skunk smoked fish carrot frying pan table store thread one dollar bee woman partridge mosquito butterfly pepper house fly goose 258 0 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION 4. sturgeon scissors knife book bag/purse birch bark birch bark basket bee pepper house fly heart man fish mosquito rabbit loon carrot kettle store thread smoked fish shuttle for net making duck egg io n Lesso n6 lcikihkenimaa 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. y sit er VTA VTA ni v VTI VTA U VTI VTI V11 VTA VTA VTA VTI VTI ad 17. 18. 19. kikanawaapamaa otaayamiihtamawan nikanoonaa kitanaamentaan okaanaan nitakwanahaan kikikentaan osbikatcntaan nipaabpihaa he 16. kimibkaan ninaasihkaan kitanaaroenimaa oshikat.-.nimaan nikanootaan kipaahpihtoon omi.hkaawaan ke 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. cu l 8. Fa 7. VTA Lesson 4 Review Test: Particles English Translation 1. 2. 3. Ed ty nipahkihtehaan naasihkaw otaayamiihtaan nitakwanahwaa VTA VTI VTI VTI VTA VTI VTA VTA V11 VTI VTA of nipahkihtehwaa kikanawaapantaan okaatoon La ( 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Verb'Iype uc Severn Ojibwe at Les.1on 2 Review Test: Transitive Verbs in Europe, abroad across the ocean across the road. trail 259 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTIO N s. n io at uc Ed of ty cu l ad 4. kibcinihkiik tepinaahk tipihkonk nawaac he 1. 2. 3. 0 U Continuation of Particles inchke ke 6. kwanta 7. wenipan 8. siitawaac 9. namadnihkiik 10. eniwehk 11. misiwe 12. pehpeshik 13. akaawaac 14. pehkihsb 15. anaaroaakonak 16. eniwchk 17. awahshime La 2. Fa 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. y 18. sit 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 0 er 6. 7. hardly, scarcely any time under the snow underwater by chance, at the last minute even more some, few which direction just anywhere low, lower level by, close to, near to with great effort, harder at least, anyhow, okay, but in that direction perhaps all over, whole, everywhere on the right for no reason or purpose originally, long ago at the same time, while one by one on the left more, quite (-er) barely, hardly, poorly careless last night gone, disappear ni v 4. 5. 0 260 �ADVANCED OilB WE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECT ION uc at io n akaamihkana anaamipiik aanti piko kayaash ahpii piko akaami-kihcikam enikonk akaamahkiink aanta kaycpiko aanti nehke ciikic capashihsb Les.wnS anobkiitok 2. maacaatok 3. kobtaacitok 4. kobtaacitok 5. nipaatok 6. wanisbkaatok 7. minibkwetok 8. mitawetok 9. masinahiketok 10. nantawenciketok 11. paawanitok 12. pimobsctok 13. ataawetok 14. natawihiwetok 15. naasipiitok 16. aabkositok of Review Test: Dubitatives ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty l. Preterit 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Nikii-isbaaminaapan tahso-pipoon. Nikii-maniwaahkaahikanenaapan. Kii-wiikitoopan wesbkac. Kii-anohkiipan awahsinaako. Nikii-isbaarninaapan mibshiiniwaa. Kii-ataawepan ooaako. Nikii-isbitaanapan wesbkac. Kii-isbi-nanaantawencikepan mitaabso ahki otaanaak. ke he 2. La ( Ed 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 261 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTIO N Pejorative 3. useless spoon useless plate useless gun useless airplane useless frying pan useless branch useless ear useless kettle useless mosquito useless butterfly uselc!ss lard useless bannock little plate little clock little canoe little airplane little bear little carrot little tea pot little loon io at uc Ed 0 ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of little partridge little lard little bannock little pepper La 4. n Diminutive 0 0 262 �ADVA NCED O.JIB WE - UNIT 2; ENGL ISH TRAN SLAT IONS Let's Look Back At What You Have Learne d: my brother-in-law sock your grandfather feather head shuttle bee uc at thread your dog eagle smoked fish Paul n Animate Nouns: io r Lessons 1-5 ni v er sit y be ready, available things go along by sled or sleigh cany pack along on back carry things along on one's shoulder cany things strong ke he ad U clean things wipe things for cleaning sweep the floor vacuum cleaning tidy things ·washing clothes shovelling snow snow-plow goto bed be occupied certain location look cute, look funny live there, reside there Fa Animate lntranslUve Verbs: speak, talk ·fish with a net move one's residence La ( turns burn s.o. up go out! let's work sits around, stays around wait coffin cradle board war, violence back cu l ty airplane suitcase, wooden box fireplace, campfire life of island birchbark canoe fight, violence village.settlement sickness, illness Ed Inanimate Nouns: weak announce to people do funny thiings do mean things to s.o. swim hunting ducks check up on things dive start paddling, paddle off run along, run by feel extreme pain walk about, take a walk be afraid, get scared be lazy trap tire, be tired steal 263 boil dry fly about fight absent, gone busy (by accident) it goes wrong for him let's look busy (by doing things) arrive by vehicle drive off be counted, belong paddle along, paddle by be a lot of, be many worry, be concerned there is enough of go on shopping trip drown feeling well, feeling better work well, work all the tim cover with snow s.t. anima vomit be skinny, be starving �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; ENGLISH TRANSLATIONS Inanimate Intransitive Verbs: be narrow river be deep water float, be in the water be small (as a lake) freeze up last evening be beard certain location 0 n sounds like it be there, exist being tried warm weather happen so, be such weather be dawn bebom the time has come drift away by waves go around, be an hour io there is enough of at break up of Ed uc flow there, flow so every spring it goes here and there every winter bum up, be burned up break down, get broken hit s.o. hide s.o. cu l Transitive Animate Verbs: laugh at s.o. look at s.o. call, speak s.o. suspect, blame s.o. wakes.o. up gave it tome hit s.o. accidentally fall down be calm water be big (as a lake) drift Along on the waves ty hang s.t. inanimate big waves be shallow water drift along in the current be wide river flood, there is high water be taken be lit, be on fire cover with snow s.t. inanimate fly along, fly by every summer silence every year be taken away be counted, belong 0 ni v er sit y Fa know s.o. fmd s.o. cover s.o. get s.o.• fetch s.o. be lonesome for s.o. speak for s.o. catch s.o.• capture s.o. think s.o. to be there hears.o. to go look for s.o. unload s.o.• take s.o. off the water kill s.o. U Transitive blanlmat.e Verbs: La ke he ad laugh at s.t. look at s.t. call for. speak for suspect, blame s.t. have s.t. think certain way return to s.t. carry s.t. clean s.t. unload s.t., take s.t. off the water hit s.t. hide s.t. cover s.t. be lonesome examine s.t. by looking catch s.t., capture s.t. take s.t. know set s.t. in a certain way know s.t., fmd s.t. out find s.t. get s.t.• fetch s.t. speak for s.t. try s.t. out pull s.t. tum s.t., steer s.t. break s.t., smash s.t. fix s.t., repair s.t. Pffverbs: would, could, should seek visible in distance 264 about, around, no definite goal 0 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; ENGLISH TRANSLATIONS Pronouns: r thi·s_ _ _ _ _ _ _th_e_m_ _ _ _ _ _ _th_a_t_o_ne_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _th_o_s_e_ _ _ _ ___,1 ' - 1_ _ _ Particles: cu l Are you laughing at him/her? Are you hiding your gun? Is he/she hiding his/her gun? sit y Is he/she laughing at him/her? er More expressions and phrases on page 40I. La ke he ad U ni v Note: n Fa Expremons: ( io ty of anytime purposely. jokingly by chance, at the last minute last, behind. previously whereabouts, which direction for a while low. lower level likely, to be expected for no reason or purpose on the left at mix in direction gone. disappear cross the road/street emphatic under the snow at least to greater extent, more and more last anywhere at least, anyhow, okay but originally, long ago, form.er on the right one by one barely, hardly, poorly uc carelessly in Europe, abroad emphatic hardly, scarcely even though. anyhow, anyway underwater probably, possibly some what kind of son with more effort, harder close to, near to all over, whole, everywhere at the same time more, quite (-er) Ed however. nevertheless last night across the ocean 26S �ADVANCED OJIBWE GLOSSARY Guide to the Glossaries This section is divided into two parts: Anihshininiimowin-English Glossary. and EnglishAnihshininiimowin Glossary. The glossaries contains listings of basic words (word stems) and some 0 prefixes. In order to make the glossaries more useful we will explain the way that entries are organized and the information they contain. We will treat the Anihsbininiimowin-English and English- io n Anihshininiimowin sections separately, because they are organized differently. at The glossaries are intended only to be a listing of words used in the books in this series. Because uc there are often local variations in pronunciation and vocabulary, students are encouraged to make Ed notes in the glossaries about aspects of the usage and vocabulary of their instructor which are not already indicated there. As well, the glossaries do not present detailed information about all the of possible different forms which many Anib~hininiimowin words may take. especially nouns and cu l ty verbs. In both sections the following alphabetic order is used for Anih.shininjjmnwin words, in which long c e h i ii km no oops sh t w y sit y a aa Fa vowels are sorted after the corresponding short vowels: 0 er ANIHSHININIIMOWIN-ENGLISB GLOSSARY WORD, ni v In the Anibshioioiimowin-English section, each entry contains at least an Anibshininiimowin HEAD an abbreviation for the WORD CLASS code, and an English translation, as in the following entry. U Notice that the Anihsruoioiirnowin head word is in bold print, the word class code is in italic type, he ad and the English translation is in plain type. ke kiiwe vai go home, return La Each Anihshininiimnwin word is assigned a word class code. We will review examples of each type, and will explain the types of information which may be found in entries for different word classes. Nouns There are two main types of nouns, ANIMATE and INANIMATE. Their word class codes are as follows. na animate noun ni inanimate noun 0 266 �ADVANCED OJIBW E GLOSSARY Typical entries for each are given here. ahcaap -Ilk na bow minihkwaakan -an ni cup The head word for a noun is usually the SINGULAR fonn of the noun. PRmxEs and SUFFIXES may be n added to this fonn to give extra meaning and grammatical information. The head word for a noun is at io followed by the form of the PLURAL suffix that the noun takes. This suffix can be added directly to uc the bead word (minus the hyphen) to make the plural form. So for example. the entry for the noun ahcaap 'bow' given above contains the plural suffix -Uk. They can be combined to give the plural Ed form ahcaapllk 'bows.' of There are also two other types of nouns. which are called DEPENDENT nouns. Their word class codes dependent animate noun nid dependent inanimate noun cu l nad ty are as follows. Fa Dependent nouns are nouns that must always occur with a POSSESSlVE prefix to indicate who the noun belongs to (the 'possessor'). Dependent nouns are nearly always words for body parts or kinship sit y terms. In the glossary dependent nouns for kinship terms are always given in the fonn in which the er basic word is preceded by the first-person prefix ni or n. U ni v nimihsens -ak nad my older sister (E). Stem: /-mibses-/. Also'. nlmlh.cens CW) he ad The head word is the prefixed form that means 'my older sister.' You will see that after the English translation appears the notation 'Stem: /-mihses/.' The form that is given in angled brackets is called the S'Il!M. It is the basic form of the word without any prefixes or suffixes. This is the form of the ke word that is used when you wish to make other forms of this word by adding prefixes or suffixes. For many glossary entries the bead word and the stem are identical, so the entry does not need to La ( give any special indication of what the stem is. As with dependent nouns, we will sec that other types of words may contain information indicating that the stem is slightly different from the head word. Entries for dependent nouns for body parts are slightly different from those for kinship terms. They are given in the form that contains the prefix mi or m, which means 'someone's.' Here is an example. 267 �ADVANCED OJIBWE GLOSSARY misit -an nid foot. Stem: /-sit-/ 0 Note that the entry is indicates what the stem of the word is. There are also a small number of entries that have the following class code: animate noun with participle io n na-pt uc at Entries of this type are mostly only found with names for months of the year. Ed kaa-tahkwekisoc pllbslm na-pt shorter month, February of This is a noun which consists of two pans. The first part is a participle form of an Animate Intransi- ty tive verb {in this case kaa-tahkweklsoc 'the one which is shorter') and the second part is an animate cu l noun {in this case pllbslm 'moon, month') Verbs Fa Apart from nouns, there are several different types of VERBS. We will first discuss the two main types no OBJECT. Their word class codes are as follows. sit JECT but y of INTRANSmvE verbs. ANIMATE INTRANSmvE verbs are those that have an animate grammatical sueanimate intransitive verb vai2 animate intransitive verb (-.am,'11) vai+o animate intransitive verb + object ni v er vai 0 U The head word for any animate intransitive verb is usually the THIRD-PERSON singular form, that is, ad the one that means 'he/she is ... ' Such forms have no prefix or suffix on the head entry. he Here is a typical entry for an animate intransitive (vai) verb. La ke anobkH vai work The class of animate intransitive verbs referred to as vai2 are very similar to animate intransitive verbs of the vai class. Here is the entry for a typical example. saakabam vai2 go out, exit The entry for a verb of the vai2 class will always have a head word that ends in am. Vai2 verbs are 268 Q �ADVANCED OJIBW E GLOSSARY slightly different than other animate intransitive verbs because in any form that involves a FIRST· or SECOND-PERSON the end of the verb stem changes. For example the first-person form for the vai2 verb stem just mentioned is nisaakahaan 'I go out' {first person). There is one other type of animate intransitive verb, refererred to as vai+p. Verbs of this class resemble ordinary verbs of the vai class, but frequently occur with a grammatical object. There are not many verbs of this type, and only a few are used in the books in this series. Here is an entry for a at io n verb of this type. Ed uc ataawe vai+o buy s.t. INANIMATE INTRANSITIVE verbs are those that have a grammatically inanimate subject but no gram- of matical object. There is only one word class code for inanimate intransitive verbs. ty vii inanimate intransitive verb The bead word for any inanimate intransitive verb is usually the third-person singular form, that is, Fa cu l the one that means 'it is... ' Such forms have no prefix or suffix on the head entry. Here is a typical entry for an iDanimate intransitive (vii) verb. er sit y ahte vii be in a certain place ni v Some animate intransitive verbs, particularly verbal forms of numbers, always occur in a plural form. In the glossary the head entry is the third-person plural form {the form that means 'they... '). U As a result the bead entry consists of the basic verb stem and the third-person plural suffix, usually ad wak. The stem is identified between diagonal slashes. Here is an example. ke he nlbsiwak vai be three. Stem: /nibsi-/ Similarly, some inanimate intransitive verbs, particularly verbal forms of numbers, always occur in La ( a plural form. In the glossary the bead entry is the third-person plural form (the form that means 'they (inanimate) ... '). As a result the bead entry consists of the basic verb stem and the third-person plural suffix, usually oon. The stem is identified between diagonal slashes. Here is an example. nlbsinoon vii be three. Stem: /nihsin-/ 269 �ADVANCED OJIBWE GLOSSARY Transitive verbs are those that have a subject and an object. There are several different types of transitive verbs. Their word class codes are as follows. transitive animate verb vti transitive inanimate verb (-.imJ/-u) vti2 transitive inanimate verb (-QQ) vti3 transitive inanimate verb (-i) 0 n vta io All transitive verbs have a grammatically animate subject. TRANSITIVE ANIMATE verbs are those that at have a grammatically animate object. uc For transitive animate verbs, the head word of the glossary entry is always the form of the verb that Ed means you are telling someone to do the action to someone, or to some entity that is grammatically animate (this is called the IMPERATIVE form). of The entries for some transitive animate verbs contain extra information about what the stem is, as in cu l ty the following example. Fa amo vta eat s.o. Stem: /amw-/ y The head word is still the imperative form, but you will notice there is extra information about the sit stem of the word. To make other forms of the word, prefixes and suffixes are added to the form 0 er between the diagonal slashes. rather than to the head word. ni v The head word for some transitive animate verbs ends in sh. When a transitive animate verb ends in U sh. the stem is not identical to the head word. he ad mifsh vta give (s.t.) to s.o. Stem: /miiN-/ ke Notice that the stem of this word is given in the entry as /miiN-/. The capital N means that in certain forms the fmal consonant of the stem is an n sound, as in nimHnaa 'I give it to him/her' (with prefix La nl and suffix aa). But in others the fmal consonant of the stern is sh. as in command forms such as the head entry. If the entry for a transitive animate verb does not contain information about the stem, then other forms of the verb may be made by adding prefixes and suffixes directly to the head word of the entry. Here is a typical example. 0 kanawaapam vta look at s.o. 270 �ADVANCED OJIBWE GLOSSARY Notice also that the entries for transitive animate verbs given above all contain the abbreviation •s.o.' This is short for 'someone.' We know that the grammatical object of a transitive animate verb must be animate, and so it may refer to a human being, an animal, or anything else that is classified as animate in Anihshininiimowin. For convenience, we use the abbreviation •s.o.' to refer to any of io n these possibilities. uc at Here is a typical entry for a TRANSJ11VE INANIMATE verb which has the word class code vti. Ed caaklsan vii bum s.t. of Verbs of this class nearly always have a head word that ends in an. To make other forms of verbs of this class it is necessary to change the final an to 88D for many of the forms that will be used in the ty books of these series. For example, 'I am burning it up' is nicaakisaan, with the first person prefix Fa cu l ni. More rarely the an is changed to am when other endings are added: '(that) I bum it up' would be caakisamaaa, with the suffix aan. Here is a typical entry for a transitive inanimate verb which bas the word class code vti2. sit y ahtoon vti2 put s.t. in a certain place. Stem: /ahtoo-/ Verbs of the vti2 class contain a long vowel oo at the end of the basic stem. The fmal n which fol- ni v er lows the long oo in the head word is a suffix found in the command forms. You will find that nearly all of the different forms of words of the vti2 class which you will learn also have a suffix of the U form n. ad There are very few verbs of the vti3 class. Here is an example. ke he mlldn vti3 cat s.t. Stem: /miici-/ The n at the end of the head word is an imperative suffix. As with the vti2 verbs, most of the forms La ( of vti3 forms that you will learn also have a suffix of the form n. The entries for transitive inanimate verbs given above all contain the abbreviation 's.t. • This is short for 'something.• We know that the grammatical object of a transitive inanimate verb must be inanimate, and so it may refer to anything that is classified as inanimate in Anihshininiimowin. For convenience, we use the abbreviation 's.t.' in glossary entries. Particles 271 �ADVANCED OJIBWE GLOSSARY There are several other word classes in Anihshininiimowin. There are two different types of PARTICLES. This tenn is used to refer to words that do not take any prefixes or suffixes to indicate informa- tion such as person or number. Here are the word class codes for the two types of particles. pc uninflected particle nu number particle 0 n The term 'uninflected particle' emphasizes that these particles never take suffixes for what are io sometimes called 'inflectional' information, such as person and number. Here is a typical entry for uc at an uninflected particle. Ed mitoni pc really, entilely so, completely. Also: tetako of The number particles are forms of numbers which never take any prefixes or suffixes. Here is a cu l ty typical entry for a number particle. Fa peshik nu one y In Anih.~hininiimowin, numbers may take many different forms. This means that not all of them are sit number particles. Some may be verbs. prenouns, or preverbs. er Pronouns 0 ni v The word class code for PRONOUNS is as follows. pr U pronoun ad Here is an example of a entry for a pronoun. ke he niin pr I, me. [first person singular personal pronoun] La Prenouns and Preverbs All of the word classes we have discussed are for items that can be words on their own. However there are certain word classes whose members never occur on their own, but must always be followed by another word. pren prenoun prev preverb ~ ~~~~ 0 A PRENOUN must always be directly followed by a noun. The head word of the entry for a prenoun is 272 �ADVANCED OJIBWE GLOSSARY always followed by a hyphen, to indicate that the prenoun must be followed by a noun. Because prenouns may be followed by many different nouns, the entry for a prenoun does not attempt to list any of the possible combinations (examples will be presented in several different lessons in the books in this series). A typical example of an entry for a prenoun follow~. io n sblipaa- pren beneath at A PREVERB must always be directly followed by a verb. The head word of the entry for a preverb is uc always followed by a hyphen, to indicate that the preverb must be followed by a verb. Because Ed preverbs may be followed by many different verbs, the entry for a preverb does not attempt to list any of the possible combinations (examples will be presented in several different lessons in the of books in this series). A typical example of an entry for a preverb follows. cu l ty saaklci- prev out Fa Some elements may be used both as a preverb and as a prenoun. The word class code pre is assigned to these. A typical entry is as follows. ni v er klhci- pre big, great, very sit y ( Other Information in Gloaary Entries U Some glossary entries contain information about sub-dialects of Anihshininiimnwin. In the section ad 'Writing Anihshininiimowin (Severn Ojibwe)' we discussed how in the 'Western' he Anjhshininiimowin communities, such as Bearskin Lake and Muskrat Dam, the sound n is not pronounced before another consonant. Information about pronunciation variation is recorded in La ke glossary entries, such as the following one. kwayaancll vai get ready, prepare (E). Also: kwayaacll (W) This notation '(E)' indicates that the head word reflects the 'Eastern' pronunciation, which includes the sound n before the c. As an alternative form, the entry also includes the 'Western' form of the c word, in which then before c is dropped (the 'W' indicates that it is the 'Western' form):kwayaacii (W). 273 �ADVANCED OJIBWE GLOSSARY Some entries also include information about alternative pronunciations of the word, as in the following entry. 0 aha pr that. Also: ahawe. [animate singular demonstrative] io n Note that this entry also contains further infonnation about the head word in square brackets. uc at A few entries for preverbs contain an abbreviation 'IC' in their translation. Ed waa- prev will, want to. IC< wii- of This abbreviation refers to INmAL CHANGE, which is a change in the pronunciation of the vowel in the first syllable of certain forms of verbs. The notation 'IC<Wii-' means that waa- is the form of ty the preverb wif. which has undergone Initial Change. WU- also has an entry. The differences in the cu l use of waa- and wii- are explained in the lessons. Fa Some entries may also tell you what the form with Initial Change is. 0 er sit y ishi- prev to. Also: in a cenain place, in a cenain way. Also: shl-. IC> eshi- The notation 'IC> eshl-' means that the form of the preverb ishi- with Initial Change is esbi-. U ni v Now look at the following entry, which also makes use of the right-pointing arrowhead. he ad lsbinihkaaso vai be called or named a certain way. IC> esbinihkaaso= The entry for this verb tells us what the form of the basic verb is when it has Initial Change. How- ke ever there is an equal sign (=) at the end of the form with Initial Change. This is to indicate that La appropriate endings need to be added. For example if you were asking 'someone what their name was you would need to add the suffix yan 'second-person Conjunct Order': Aan eshinihkaasoyan? 'What is your name?' You will also find that other entries contain an arrowhead '>• or '<.' amohsba pc it is indeed. < amli oluba 0 274 �ADVANCED OJIBWE GLOSSARY The left.pointing arrowhead indicates that the head word is based on a sequence of words which are contracted, much like English 'don't' is a contraction of 'do not.' Some entries may also contain further information about related words, ~ in the following. n naanHmi vai keep on dancing. Reduplication of: nilml io The notation "Reduplication of: niimJ' indicates that the head word is related to the separate word uc at nilml 'he/she dances' by a pattern of word formation called REDUPLICATION. In this case reduplication involves copying the first consonant of the shorter word at the beginning of the word and adding the Ed vowel aa, as if the basic word nllml is modified and becomes n-aa•nllml (the hyphens are only used of for illustrative purposes and are not normally written). The meaning of the reduplicated word is related to the shorter word, but slightly different. Hence nllmi means 'he/she dances,' but oaanHmi ty 'he/she keeps on dancing.' cu l means Fa ENGLISB-ANIHSHININDMOWIN GLOSSARY In tlie English•Anib§hininiimowin section the head word is an English word or phrase. Each head sit y word may include reference to one or more Anih.~hininiimowin words. The following entry contains er information about one Anihshininiimowin term. ni v AIRPLANE U pimihsewin •an ni airplane, plane The Anihshininiimowin entry given under this head \YOrd is identical to the entry given in the ad Anibshininiimowin•English section. ke he Some headwords may include entries for more than one Anibshininiimowin term. AND La ( ekwa pc and, and so, then, and then, wait! please kaye pc and, also, too, as for. miina pc and, again tahsh pc and, but 21S �ADVANCED OJIBWE GLOSSARY 0 Word Class Codes animate noun ni inanimate noun nad dependent animate noun nid dependent inanimate noun na-pt animate noun with particle vai animate intransitive verb vai2 animate intransitive verb {-am/-aa) vai+o animate intransitive verb + object vii iriaoimate intransitive verb vta transitive animate verb Vii transitive inanimate verb {-am/-M) vti2 transitive irianimate verb (:gQ) vti3 transitive inanimate verb (:i) pc uninflected particle 0 ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n na number particle prenoun ad pren U nu he prev ke pre La pr preverb prenoun and preverb pronoun Other Abbreviations s.o. someone, something animate s.t. something 0 276 �ANIH SffiN INIIM OWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY aha pr that. Also: ahawe. [animate singular demonstrative] ahawe pr that. Also: aha. [animate singular demonstrative] ahawenlwan pr that, those. [animate obviative demonstrative) ahcaap -Ilk na bow n ahcanlhah -ak na ring at io ahclkanaahtlk -oon ni table. Also: ahclkan uc ahklhk -wak -ook na pail, kettle Ed ahko pc usually, formerly, used to, keep on cu l ty ahplhkwehshlmon -an ni pillow ahpll pc when, at that time Fa ahpll ahpln pc finally when y ahpll plko pc anytime sit ( of ahko- prev as far as, as long as, a certain length er ahpllhcl- prev to a certain extent. Also: apllhcl- ni v ahpllhclklnl vai be a certain size. Also: apllhclklnl U ahpln pc when, since, then, for a reason, gone, subsequently he ad ahap -Ilk na net ke ahapaahtlk-ook na shuttle (with twine) for net making La ahshanke vai give food to people (E). Also: ahahake (W) ahahawaapam vta lie in wait for s.o. ahshawaapantan vti lie in wait for s.t., look out for s.t. (E). Also: ahahawaapantan (W) ahshawaapl vai be on the lookout, lie in wait ahsl vta put s.o. in a certain place. Stem: /ahs•/ C ahaln -Ilk ns stone, rock 277 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN · ENGLISH GLOSSARY ahsiniiwan vii be rocky 0 ahtaahsonlkamlk -oon ni warehouse ahtay -ak na pelt, fur for trade ahte vii be in a certain place io n ahtoon vti2 put s.t. in a certain place. Stem: /ahtoo-/ at akaahshenahl vai be small (E). Also: akaahsheshl (W) Ed uc akaahslhtlkweyaa vii be a narrow river akaahalkamaa vii be a small fake of akaamahkllnk pc in Europe, abroad (E). Also: akaamahkllk (W) cu l ty akaaml• pren across, right across Fa akaaml-klhclkam pc across the ocean y akaamlhkana pc across the road or trail er 0 ni v akaawaac pc hardly, scarcely sit akaamlnk pc across the lake or river (E). Also: akaamlk (W)" U akohke vai stick on, adhere ad akoncln vai float, soak (E). Also: akocln (W) he akontln vii float, soak (E). Also: akotln (W) ke akoocln vai hang, be in sky (as sun, moon, and stars) La akoote vii hang akwacllnk pc outside (E). Also: akwacllk (W) akwanahan vti cover s.t. akwanaho vta cover s.o. Stem: /akwanahw-/ amaclhl vta wake s.o. up. Stem: /amacih-/ 0 aml ahko pc used to, usually 278 �ANIH SIDN INIIM OWI N - ENG LISH GLOSSARY amlhl pc so, it is. < amil lhlwe. Also: amlhiwe r amlhi pc that1s amlhlmaa pc that is where, there in a certain location amlhlwe pc so is that n amlhk -wak na beaver at uc amlhko-wliyaahs ni beaver meat Ed amlhkohkonlm -lln ni beaver dam of amll pc so, it is ty amllclkahl pc that is so cu l amllnahl pc is that so, is that right Fa amo vta eat s.o. Stem: /amw-/ y amohsha pc it is Indeed. < amll ohsha sit ( er amohshahl pc it is indeed so. < amll ohaha lhlwe. Also: amohahahl i ni v anaamaakonak pc under the snow U anaam~nlm vta suspect s.o., blame s.o. he ad anaamentan vti suspect s.t., blame s.t. ke anaamink pc under something (E). Also: anaamlk (W) La anaamlpllk pc underwater anl• prev away from, in progress toward, gradual onset, from that time anl-naakoal vai be seen going (from the speaker) anlhshaa pc by chance, at the last minute anlhahlnaape -k na Indian, person C io amlhko-wanlhlkan -an ni trap for beaver. Also: amlhko-wanlhllkan anlhshlnlnl -wak na Indian, person 279 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY anihsfilnlnHmo vai speak the Native language anlhshlnlnllwihkwe 0 na Native woman, Indian woman. Also: anlhshinlnlihkwe anlipilwaa vii be green anllpllwlsl vai be green n na dog io animohsh -ak at anohkll vai work Ed uc anohkllnaakan -ak na worker anohkllwl-kllshikaa vii be Monday ty na porridge cu l anoomlnaapoo of anohkllwln -an ni job, employment, work Fa anoonaakohshin vii be late in the afternoon y anwaahtln vii be calm (not windy) sit anwaahtlnlkamln vii be a nice and calm body of water 0 ni v er anwepllwlkamlk -oon ni restroom/washroom na paddle, oar. Also: apoy -yak ad apwl -yak -wak U apl vai be in a certain place, sit, be at home na sock ke ashlkan -ak he asheplte vii go backwards La ashklpwaaw -an ni potato ashtotln -an ni hat; cap ataawe vai+o buy s.t. ataawlkamlk -oon ni store, trading post atlhk -wak na caribou (locally called deer) atlhkamek -wak 0 na whitefish 280 �ANIH SIDNI NIIMO WIN - ENGL ISH GLOSSARY atihko-wilyaahs ni caribou meat atlhtemlni-pllhslm na ripe berry month, August awaashlhsh -ak na child awaashlhahllwl vai be a child io n awahahlme pc to greater extent, more and more at awahalnaako pc day before yesterday uc awahalte pc beyond, back Ed awahalwaapank pc day after tomorrow (E). Also: awahalwaapak (W) of awanen -ak pr who. Also: awenen cu l ty awaao vai wann oneself Fa awlya -k pr person, someone, somebody, anyone, anybody. Also: awllya awlyaashllhshlwl vai be an animal. Also: awllyaaahllhahlwl sit ( y awlyaashllhsh -ak na animal. Also: awllyaashllhah ni v er ayaa vai be, be there ayaan vti have s.t. ad U ayaan vti my possession, It belongs to me he ayaaw vts have s.o.• have pennission to use s.o. ke ayahaa -k na that being, person, or animate thing. Also: ehaa, ahaa La ayaml vsi speak, talk ayamihaa vsi pray ayamlhe-kiishlkaa vii be Sunday ayamihewlkamlk -oon ni church ayamllhtamaw vta speak for s.o. C ayamlihtan vti speak for s.t. 281 �ANillSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY ayapi vai sit around, stay around. Reduplication of: api aylnaanemltana nu eighty 0 ayinaanew nu eight. Also: enaanew aylnaanewaaplhk na eight dollars io n aylnaanewlnoon vii be eight. Stem: /ayinaanewin-/ at ayinaanewishaap nu eighteen Ed uc ayinaanewlahaap tahswaaplhk na eighteen dollars ayinaanewlwak vai be eight. Stem: /ayinaanewi-/ ty of aylnaapi vai look around. Reduplication of: lnaapl cu l aylntootam vai2 do something (E). Reduplication of: tootam. Also: ayltootam (W) Fa aacaan pc go! sit aahkoslwln -an ni sickness, illness y aahkosl vai be sick 0 ni v er aahkwatln vii be frozen up, be frozen over U aahte- pv fade away, disappear ad aahtl pc please, why don't you, let me! Also: maahti he aaklm -ak na snowshoe ke aamoo •k na bee La aan pc how, in what manner, why, what. Also: aanl, aanlln aan tahsln pc how many aana- pv in vain, to attempt, effort, anyway, anyhow, aanahkonaa •k na bannock aanahpll pc when? aancl-taa vai move one's residence (E). Also: aacl-taa (W) 282 0 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY aanciko pc to do anyway regardless of... (E). Also: aaclko (W) aanclpo vai be fat, be chubby (E). Also: aaclpo (W) aanl pc how, in what manner, why, what. Also: aanlln, aan aanlln pc how, in what manner, why, what. Also: aan, aani io n aanlman -oon vii be difficult, be hard at aanlmlhae vaVii have difficulties, run into problems, get complicated pc some, few Ed aanta uc aanlmlal vai be difficult, be argumentative, be hard to get along with, be cranky of aantl pc where cu l ty aantl nehke pc whereabouts, which direction Fa aantl plko pc anywhere aapaclhclkan -an ni tool, useful thing, equipment y aapaclhtoon vti2 use it. Stem: /aapacihtoo-/ ni v aapatlal vai be useful er aapatan vii be useful, be useable sit ( ad U aaplhsakahlkan -an ni key prev half ke aaplhtaa- he aaplhta pc half La aaplhtawaaplhk -ook na half dollar aaplhtawan vii be Wednesday aaplkoshllhsh -ak na mouse rN). Also: waaplkoshllhsh (E) aasha pc now, then, yet. Also: aashay aashokan bridge C aatlsoohkaan -an ni legend 283 �ANIBS HININ IIMOW IN • ENGLI SH GLOSS ARY aatlsoohke vai tell legends aaw pc well, well then, sure 0 caahcaamohkl vai sneeze a lot caaklhse vaVii get used up, run out, be exhausted io n caakll vai be too tired to do anything, have no more energy at caakln vta use s.o. up Ed uc caaklnan vti use s.t. up caaklsan vtl bum s.t. of caaklao vai be lit, be on fire, have one's house on fire, bum up, be bumed up cu l ty caaklao vta bum s.o. up. Stem: /caakisw-/ Fa caaklte vii bum up, be burned up 0 ni v er capashllhah pc low, lower level sit cahkaahtehalclkan -an ni camera y caam ni jam cl• prev to, that, will, would, could, should. [conjunct future and modal) -an ni ax (W). Also: waakaahkwat {E) he cllkahlk an ad U cl•kll• prev could. cl-+ kll- 'potential' ke cllklc pc by, close to, near to La cllmaan -an ni canoe, boat cllpay -ak na ghost, corpse cllpayl•mlhtlkowaah -an ni coffin cllshtahlkan -an ni fork cllweyaa vii be silent, be no sound 0 clke pc tor sure. Also: clkema 284 �ANIH SHIN INIIM OWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY na breast coocoohsh -ak r coocoohshaapoo ni milk cwaaplihsh -ak na jackfish. Also: nicwaapllhsh e- prev (conjunct subordinator] n ehe pc yes. Also: eha at io ehshay pc oh yuck! uc ehta pc only pc don't (E). Also: lkaawln (W) of ekaawln Ed ekaa pc no, not. [conjunct negative word] cu l ty ekwa pc and, and so, then, and then ekwa tahah pc and so, and then, but then y enl-tlplhkaak vii last evening. IC < anl-tlplhkaa sit ( na spoon, ladle Fa emlhkwaan -ak pc sometimes U eshkam anyways, effort, at least, anyhow ni v enlwe hk pc er enlkohk pc with more effort, harder he ad eahkan -an ni ice chisel ke hlmaa pc there. Also: lhlmaa La homaa pc here. Also: ohomaa haa pc emphatic haha pc [emphatic particle]. Also: ohaha lhl pr that. Also: lhlwe. [inanimate singular demonstrative] lhlmaa pc there. Also: hlmaa C nlwe pr that. Also: lhl, lhlwe, hi. [inanimate singular demonstrative ] 285 �ANIHSIIlNINIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY ihiwetl pc over there, that way. Also: hiweti 0 ihkin vii happen a certain way, be a certain problem ihklto vai say, speak in a certain way lhkwaamaclwe vai climb a hill io n lhkwaantawe vai climb up a ladder or stairs (E). Also: lhkwaatawe (W) uc at lhkwe -wak na woman, female Ed lhkweaenha -ak na girl (E). Also: lhkwesehs -ak (W) of lhpahlwe vai run to a certain place for cover ty lltok pc maybe, must be cu l lkaawln pc don't (W). Also: ekaawln (E) Fa lklwenlwak pr those. Also: lklwe~iwak. [animate plural demonstrative] y lko pc emphatic sit lko pc [emphatic} 0 ni v er Ina pc (yes-no question marker]. Also: na. U lnaakoomaakan -ak na relation, person one is related to ad lnaapl vai take a look, take a peek he lnanklao vai cost so much, have such a price, be such a date of the month (E). Afso: lnaklso (W) ke lnanklte vii cost so much, have such a price (E). Also: lnaklte (W) La lnehke pc in direction of lnentam vai2 think so, feel so lnentan vti think so of s.t., think s.t. to be so lnentl vai be gone so long, be absent so long (E). Also: lnetl (W) lnlhtaakwan vii sound so, be understood so lnlweniwan pr those. Also: lnweniwan. [inanimate plural demonstrative] 286 0 �ANI HSH ININ IIM OW IN • ENG LISH GLOSSARY ishaa vai go to a certain place r Jehl vta say to s.o. Stem: /iN-/ lshi- prev to. Also: in a certain place, in a certain way. Also: shl-. IC> eshi, lahi-taa vai live there, reside there at lahihse vii It happens so, continues so, ran so, the time is. Also: lsihae Ed lahlnan vti look at s.t. which looks so, see s.t. a certain way uc lahlhse vai fly in a certain direction of lshlnlhkaaso vai be called or named a certain way. IC> eahlnlhkaas0= cu l ty lahlnlhkaate vii be called or named a certain way. IC> eshl nlhkaate= Fa ishlwepan vii be certain weather, happen in a certain way. IC: eshlwepa= sit lshkoonlwlkamlk -oon ni school y lshkil vai be tired of doing something ( ni v er lshkoonoo vai attend school. Also: lshoonoowi, lshkoonl l lahkotehkaanaaplhk -ook na stove, heater ad U lahkotewaapoo ni whisky, liquor he lshkwaa- prev after, comi:,leted vii event is over ke lshkwaahkamlkan La lshkwaantem -an ni door (E). Also: lshkwaatem (W) lahkwaayaac pc end, last, ultimate lahplmlnk pc up above (E). Also: lshplmlk (W) lskaaclwaso vai be boiled dry lskaaclwate vii be boiled dry c,t1 io n ishiclwan vii flow in a certain direction, flow so vai have such things happen to one 287 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY kaa- prev one who, one that. {conjunct relativizer] kaa-tahkweklsoc pilhslm na-pt shorter month, February 0 kaahcltln vta catch s.o., capture s.o. kaahaanll ni gasoline io n kaahsanllwlkamlk -oon ni gas station uc at kaahahaa vii be sharp Ed kaahalln vta wipe s.o., clean s.o., wash s.o. of kaahsllnan vti wipe s.t., clean s.t., wash s.t. ty kaahallnlke vai wipe things for cleaning cu l kaahsflnlnaakane vai wash dishes Fa kaahsllnltlao vai clean oneself y kaahsllnkwe vai wash one's face (E). Also: kaahallkwe (W) sit kaak -wak na porcupine ni v er kaakaakl -wak na raven 0 U kaana pc is it possible that, would you, perhaps ad kaanlka pc I wonder, I wish, I hope he kaaah vta hide s.o., hide s.t. animate. Stem: /kaaN-/ ke kaatoon vti2 hide it La kaawln pc no, not. Also: kwaan kaawln mahahl pc not yet kaawln wllhkaa pc never kaawlnlln pc no < kaawln + wlln kahkllwe vai to portage, make a prtage, go across land to water kahklna pc all, every 288 0 �ANI HSH ININ IIMO WIN • ENG LISH GLOSSARY kakweclm vta ask s.o. r kamaawln pc think not so, probably not so. <kaawin maaw in kanake pc at least kanawaapam vta look at s.o. io n kanawaapantan vti look at s.t. (E). Also: kanawaapatan (W) at kanawenlm vts look after, take care of s.o. uc kanawentan vti look after, take care of s.t. Ed kanoohke vai+o remember of kanoohkem vta remind s.o. cu l ty kanoohkentaw vta remember s.o. Fa kanooah vta call, address, speak to s.o. Stem: /kanooN-/ kanootan vti call s.t., address s.t., speak to s.t. pre all the time, all the way, through ni v kape - er kapat -an ni cupboard y kapaa vai get off, disembark sit ( U kapehahlwln -an ni camp, campsite, hotel room he ad kaahkatln vii freeze up ke kaahkatlnoo-pllhslm na freeze-up month, November La kaahkawan vii be misted over, fogged in kaahklhl vta be able to manage, can do to s.o.; let s.o. go Stem : /kashkih-/ kaahkll-tlplhkaa vii be pitch dark kaahkll-tfplhkanlhae vii be night kawacl vai be cold (of a person) C uwihahimo vai lie down, go to bed 289 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY kayaash pc originally, long ago, former 0 kaye pc and, also, too, as for kaye plko pc likely, to be expected, probably ke pc as for. See: kenUn, keniinawlnt, keklln, kekllnawlnt, kekilnawaa, kewiln, kewiinawaa io n ke- prsv will, should, could. (Changed future and modal] uc at kehcln pc probably.possibly Ed kehclnaac pc certainly, for sure of keka pc finally, eventually ty kekaat pc nearly, almost cu l keklln pr you too, as for you. [second person singular personal pronoun] Fa kekllnawaa pr you too, as for you. [second person plural personal pronoun] y kekllnawlnt pr us too, as for us. [first person inclusive personal pronoun] (E). Also: kekllnawlt (W) 0 er sit keklshep pc this morning (past). Also: keklshepaa ni v keklahepaanehkwe vai have breakfast U kekiahepaayaa vii be morning ad keko pc what kind or sort, which one or sort he kekonen -an pr what ke kenlln pr me too, as for me. [first person singular personal pronoun] La kenllnawlnt pr us too, as for us: [first person exclusive personal pronoun]. (E) Also: kenllnawlt (W) ketahtawen pc all of a sudden, suddenly kewiln pr him too, her too, as for him, as for her. (third person singular personal pronoun] kewllnawaa pr them too, as for them. [third person plural personal pronoun] klclkwaashkonl vai jump out 0 klhci- pre big, great, very 290 �ANIHSHININIThfOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY kihcl-ayaa na elder r kihci-mitaahsomltana nu thousand. nllshwaa kihci-mitahsom itana 'two thousand', etc. klhcinlhkiink pc on the right (E). Also: kihcinihkiik (W) klhclpiaon -an ni belt io vii be known at klhkentaakwan -oon n klhkenlm vta know s.o. Ed uc klhkentam vai2 know klhkentamoosh vta infonn s.o., let s.o. know. Stem: /kihkentam ooN-/ of klhkentan vti know s.t. cu l ty ldhklnoohamaw vta teach s.o. Fa klhldnoohamaw vta teach someting to s.o., give direction to s.o. klhtlm l vai be lazy sit ( y ldhsaapaawanltlao vai wash oneself ni v er kll- prev [past tense]. Also: kllh-. IC> kaa- U klin pr you. [second person singular personal pronoun] ad kllnawaa pr you. (second person plural personal pronoun) he kllnawlnt pr we, us. [first person inclusive personal pronoun] (E). Also: kllnawlt r,N) ke klinehta pr you alone, you only La kllnehtawaa pr you alone, you only (plural) kllnehtawint pr we alone, us only (inclusive) (E). Also: klinehtaw lt r,N) kllnlahtam pr you next, you first. [second person personal prono un]. Also: klishlhl vta finish s.o. Stem: /kiishih-/ kllahlhtoon vti2 finish s.t., be done with s.t. Stem: /kiishihtoo -/ l.cnahlk ni sky, day 291 nllnlhtam �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY kHshlkaa vii be day kiishlkaahte vii be moonlight 0 klishlpakaawl-plihslm na leaves are fully grown month, July kllshlsan vtl cook s.t.. done io n kllshiso vai be cooked done uc at kllshlte vii be cooked, done Ed kllshltepo vai cook of klishlwaayaa vii be wann weather ty kllshkaayawaa vii be deep water cu l kilshklpooclke vai saw things, cut things with the saw Fa kllshowaayaa vii be wann weather y kllshpln pc if 0 er sit kllwe vai go home, return U kliwekoote vii fly back ni v kliwe- prev returning, going home, going back ad kllwenotan vti retum to s.t. he kllwetlnonk pc north (E). Also: kllwetlnok rN) ke kllwewlsh vta take s.o. home. Stem: /kiiwewiN-/ La kllwewltoon vti take s.t. home. Stem: /kiiwewetoo-/ kllweyaahsln vii retum through air, blow back kllwlke vai visit (especially in one's own community) kllwite vai visit (especially outside one's own community) kllyaaplc pc still, yet, more. Also: kiyaaplc 0 kimiwan vii rain. Also: klmowan 292 �ANIH SHIN INIIM OWI N • ENGLISH GLOSSARY kimootl r vai+o steal s.t. kinepik -ook na snake. Also: kineplk -wak klnik a pc mix klnlpl• pv fast io at klnlpll vai hurry, be quick, be fast Ed uc klnokaapawl vsi stand tall, be tall klnooshe -k na fish ty of klnooshenhs -ak na minnow (E). Also: klnoosheha rN) cu l klnwaakaaah pc for a tong time have long hair Fa klnwaanlhkwe vai sit klpaahkwahltllwlkamlk -oon ni jail y klnwensh pc for a long time (E). Also: klnweah (W) ( ni v er klplhcll vai stop U klplhaln -oon vii be closed ad klplhtln~n vti block s.t. (in an action), stop s.t. he klahaakamlte vii be hot (liquid) ke klahllclwan -oon vii be a fast current La klahllwemakan vii be loud klshlte vii be hot (atmosphere) klshlwaaal vai be angry, be mad klallhalpaao vai take a shower klaliplikll vai take a bath, wash self l.., klsllpllklnlke n kiniplhae vsVii be quick, be fast, be used up quickly (money or time) vai wash clothes 293 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY klsilpllklnlkewlkamlk -oon ni laundromat 0 kltohclke val play a musical instrument klyaashk -wak na seagull. Also: kliyaashk n kocl• pv try to do, to attempt io koclhclkaate vii be tried uc vta take a taste of, try a taste of s.t. animate. Stem: /kocihpw-/ Ed koclhpo at koclhpltan vti take a taste of, try a taste of s.t. inanimate of koclhtoon vti2 try s.t. Stem: /kocihtoo-/ ty kohsl vta fear s.o., afraid of s.o. Stem: /kohs-/ cu l kohtaacl vai be afraid, get scared Fa konclpanlhclkaate vii be swallowed (E). Also: koclpanlhclkaate (W) er ad U kookll vai dive koon -ak na snow 0 ni v koohkoohkohoo -k na owl sit y konclpanlhl vta swallow s.o. (E). Stem: /koncipanih-/ Also: koclpanlhl (W). Stem:/ kocipanih-/ he kooshta pc oopsl oh myl Also: ooshta ke koshkosl vai awaken La koahkoal vai be awake, wake up kotak -lyak pr the other. [animate altemative pronoun] kotak -lyan pr the other. [inanimate altemative pronoun] kwaaahkonl vai jump kwaaahkweplclkan -ak na fishhook 0 kwaaahkweplclke vai fish with a hook 294 �ANIH SHINI NI™O WIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY kwaashkweplne val fish with a hook kwaashkwepleh vta hook s.o. Stem: /kwaashkwepiN-/ kwaashkweplso vai be hooked kwanta pc for no reason or purpose io n kwayaancll vai get ready, prepare (E). Also: kwayaacll (W) at kwayaantahclke vai be ready or available things (E). Also: kwayaatahclke {W) kwllkwllh8 -ak na Canada jay. Also: kwllhwllhshl -wak ty of maacaa vai go, leave cu l maacaamakan vii go, leave Fa maaclclwan vii start to flow y maaclhtan vii be ice breaking up maacll- prev start, begin sit ( Ed uc kwayahk pc right, straight, correct(ly), proper(ly) ni v er maacllhatoo vai start off on a trail, go for a walk U maacllhkwaahlwe vai start to paddle, paddle off ad maacllhs -ak na match he maacllhse vaVii fly off (as a bird), starts (as a motor) ke maacllkltowln -an ni telephone La maacllpahlwaash vta run away from s.o. Stem: /maaciipahiwaaN-/ maacllpahlwaatan vti run away from s.t. maacllpahlwe vai run away from maacllpahtoo vai set out running, start running maacllplso vai set out by vehicle, speed off, drive off l., maacllwlclkaate vii be taken away, be carried away 295 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY maacllwlsh vta take along with s.o. Stem: /maaciiwiN-/ 0 maacllwltoon vti 2 take along with s.t., take s.t. away. Stem: /maaciiwitoo-/ maacliyaahoote vii be carried away on the waves n maaciahlkan -an ni scissors io maacisho vta cut s.o. Stem: /maacishw-/ uc at maaham va/2 go on a shopping trip, shop Ed maamahkaac pc amazing, astounding, that is so amazing of maamaw pc all together, in total cu l maamltonenlm vta think about s.o., consider s.o. ty maamlhcaaahkaa vii be big waves Fa maamltonentam vai be thinking 0 er sit maanenclke vai disobey, bother things y maamltonentan vti think about s.t., consider s.t. ni v maank -wak na loon (E). Also: maak (W) U maashkooc pc perhaps, maybe, also, else ad maataho vta scrape s.o. Stem: /maatahw-/ he maatanohkll vsi start to work ke maatlnawe-kllshlkaa vii be Saturday La maawac pc most; most of all maawaclhltowln ni gathering, meeting maawatoonan vti gather s.t. maawln pc most likely; perhaps; maybe; must be. Also: maawlln macentaakwan vii be dull, boring 0 macl- pre bad 296 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY maci-miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts bad weather macl-naakoal vai be bad looking maclhclke vai do something bad, get into trouble maclhpo vta taste s.o. who tastes bad. Stem: /macihpw-/ io n maclhse vai have something bad happen, have things go wrong uc at mah! pc listen! Ed mahllnkan -ak na wolf (E). Also: mahllkan (W) of mahkatewaa vii be black ty mahkatewaanlhkwe vai have black hair cu l mahkatewlsl vai be black Fa mahkehshl --wak ns fox. Also: waakohsh sit mahko-pllhslm na bear month, May er ( y mahklsln -an ni shoe, moccasin U mahkwa •k ns bear ni v mahkoonhs -ak na bear cub (E). Also: mahkoohs (W) ad mahahl pc yet he makohshe vai feast, give a feast ke makohahe-kllahlkanl-pllhaim na feast day month, December La makohshewln -an ni feast makoot -ayan. Also: -an ni coat; dress; skirt; jacket mamaanll vai do something bad, make mistakes mamlahlm vta mamishlntan tell on s.o. vta tell on s.t. (E). Also: mamlshftan (W) l., mamlalwe- prev all over, everything 297 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY manehtek .wak na smoke fish manlcoohsh -ak na bug, insect 0 manihse val get firewood manipahi vta grab s.o., pick s.o. up quickly. Stem: /manipah-/ io n maniwaahkaahikane vai buy a house uc Ed manoway .ak nad cheek. Stem: /-anoway-/ of mashkash •ilk nad fingemaiVtoenail. Stem: /-ashkash-/ ty mashkawaahkwatin -oon vii be frozen solid cu l mashkawll val be strong Fa mashklhki •In ni medicine, drug ni nursing station y mashklhldiwlkamik -oon at manklhtikweyaa vii be a wide river (E). Also: makihtikweyaa (W) 0 er sit maahklhkllwlnlnl -wak na medicine person, doctor ni v maahkilk -oon ni muskeg, bog, swamp U maainaahtehaiclkan -an ni television ad maainahamaw vta write to or for s.o., owe to s.o., borrow from s.o. ni book, document, paper, letter, newspaper he maainahlkan -an ke maainahlkanaahtlk -oon ni pencil, pen La maainahlkanlkamlk -oon ni library maalnahlke vai write, borrow, get credit maslnahlkewlkamlk -oon mate- ni office, band office prev visible (at a distance) matokwaan -an ni tipi. Also: matokaan, matlkwaan matwehlkan -ak na drum 298 0 �ANIH SIDN INIIM OWI N • ENG LISH GLOSSARY matwehike r vai be drumming mawl vai cry mawlnehlke vai compete, attack mayaam pc exactly io n mekwaa pc while, during, at the time uc at mekwaac pc while, during, at the (same) time, now Ed memeclkaahclke vai examine things, check up on things ty memenkwe -k na butterfly (E). Also: memekwe (W) Fa sit metawaakan -an ni toy, plaything y memeplaon ..n ni swing, blanket cradle cu l memeplao vai swing oneself ( er metawe vai play ni v metawewlkamlk -oon ni recreation hall U mlcaap -an nid eye. Stem: /-caap•/ ad mlhkaat -an nid leg. Stem : /-hkaat-/ ke he mlhkan vti find s.t. La mlhkaw vta find s.o. mlhkwam •Ilk na ice mlhaan ni firewood. Stem: /mihs-/ Plural of: mlhal mlhaat ..n ni stomach mlhaawaac pc even though, anyhow, although L nlhahlln of memeclkaayaapantan vti examine s.t., investigate s.t., check up on s.t. (by looking) (E). Also: memeclkaayaapatan (W) pc many, much, a lot 299 �ANIHSHININI™OWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY mlhshiinatlnoon vii be a lot of, be many of. Stem: /mihshiinatin-/ 0 mlhshiinlwaa pc many times, often. Also: mihshllnwaa mlhshiinowak vai be many. Stem: /mihshiino•/ n mihshlkamaa vii be a big lake at io mlhsl ni stick of firewood. Stem: /mihs-/ Plural: mlhsan 'firewood' na tree (deciduous) Ed mlhtlk -ook uc mlhtawak -an nid ear. Stem: /-htawak-/ of mlhtlk -oon ni stick, piece of wood, yard (measurement) ty mlhtlkowash -an ni suitcase, wooden box. cu l mllclm ni food Fa mllclmlhkanclkan -an ni bait (E). Also: mllclmlhkaclkan -an (W) 0 er mllhkana -n ni trail, path, road sit y mllcln vti3 eat s.t. Stem: /miici-/ ni v mllhsaweshklshll vsi have a mustache vta fight s.o. Stem: /miikaaN-/ ad mllkaash U mllhshltoone vai have a beard he mllkaaso vsi fight La ke mlikaasowln -an ni fight, violence. Also: mllkaatlwln mllkaatan vti fight s.t. mllklhslkwaahson -an ni beaded article mllkwehc pc thanks mllna pc and, again, next milnkwan -ak na feather. Also: mllkwan mlish vta give (s.t.) to s.o. Stem: /miiN-/ 0 �ANIH SHIN INIIM OWI N • ENGLISH GLOSSARY miiahkoc pc r in exchange, instead of, in tum mikaash vta fight s.o. Stem: /miikaaN-/ mlkanakaap -an nid forehead. Stem: /-kanakaap-/ mikihtlk -oon nid knee. Stem: /-kihtik-/ io mlkonew n mlklsliwl-pllhslm na bald eagle month, March uc vta worry about s.o., be concerned about s.o. Ed mlkoshkaatenim at nid inside of mouth. Also: mlkwlnew. Stem: /-konew-/ of mlkoshkaatentam vai2 worry, be concerned, wonder nid nose. Stem: /-kot-/ cu l mlkot -an ty mlkoshkaatentan vti worry about s.t., be concerned about s.t. Fa mikotashkway -an nid throat. Stem: /-kotashkway-/ mlnclhkaawan - ak na mitt, glove (E). Also: miclhkaawan (W) sit ( y mlkwayaw -an nid neck. Stem: /-kwayaw-/ ni v er mlnc lnaw ni vai be sorry, be regretful (E). Also: miclnawesl (W) U mlnlhk -an nid arm. Stem: /-nihk-/ ad mlnlhkwaakan -an ni cup he mlnlhkwe vai drink, drink s.t. ke mtnlhkwewln -an ni drink, booze La mlnlhtlk -oon ni island mlnlhtlkwaaplhk -oon ni rocky island mlnlkohk pc much, many. Also: mlnlkwahk mlnlnc -lln nid finger (E). Stem: /-nine-/. Also: mlnlc (W) mlno- pre nice, good l., mlno-ayaawamaclho vai feel well, feel better 301 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY mino-kiishlkaa vii be a nice day 0 mlno-mlskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts good weather mino-naakosl vai look nice, good looking. Also: minonaakosl n minohpakosl vai taste good. Also: mlnohpikosi io mlnohpakwan vii taste good uc vta like taste of s.o. Stem: /minohpw-/ Ed mlnohpo at mlnohpltan vti like taste of s.t. of mlnomaakoal vai smell nice, smell good ty mlnomaakwan vii smell nice, smell good cu l mlntlto vai be big (E). Also: mltlto (W) Fa mlnwaahahln vii be nice, look nice sit y mlnwanclke vai eat weir, enjoy one's meal (E). Also: mlnwaclke (W) 0 er mlnwenlm vta like s.o. be enjoyable, be liked, be fun, be a good time, be appreciated ni v mlnwentaakwan vii U mlnwentam vai2 be happy, be glad nid hair. Stem: /-piiway-/. Also: pllway he mlpllway -an ad mlnwentan vti like s.t., enjoy s.t. La ke mlpwaam -an nid thigh. Stem: /-pwaam-/ mlshookan -an nid hip. Stem: /-shookan-/ mlahtahl pc much, a lot. Also: mlatahl mlshtlkwaan ~n nid head. Stem: /-shtikwaan-/ mlalt -an nid foot. Stem: /-sit-/ mlalwe pc all over, everything, whole 0 miskosl vai be red 302 �AN IHS HIN INI IM OW IN .. ENGLISH GLOSS ARY miskwaa vii be red mlskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky at daw n or after sunset mltaahs -ak nad pants. Stem: /-taahs-/ mltaahslnoon vii be ten. Stem: /mitaahsin/ io nu ten at mltaahao n mftaahslwak vai be ten. Stem: /mitaahsi-/ Ed uc mltaahao pllwaaplhkonhsh -ak na ten cents (E). Also: mltaahso pilwaaplhkohsh (W) mltaahaomltana nu hundred. nllahwaa mltaahaomltana 'two hundred', etc. of mltaahaoopllhlkan -ak na ten dollar bill cu l mltenan •lln nid tongue. Stem: /-tenan-/ sit ( nid heart. Stem: /-tehi-/ y mltehl •In nid chin. Stem: /-taamihkan--/ Fa mltaamlhkan -an ty mltaahawaaplhk na ten dollars ni v er mlt lhs ..11n nid navel. Stein: /..tihs-/ mltlhtlman -an nid shoulder. Stem: /-tih timan-/ really, entirely so, completely. Also: tetako U pc ad mltonl mltoon -an nid mouth (especially oute r part of mouth; lips) he . Stem: /-toon-/ ke mitoontan -an nid heel (E). Stem: /..toon tan-/. Also: mltootan (W) La mltooakwan -an nid elbow. Stem: /-tooskwan-/ mlyaw -an nid body. Stem: /..yaw-/. Also : mllyaw moohkomaan -an ni knif e moos --ook na moose mooshak pc always, all the time L nooahkahan vii flood, be high water 303 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY mooshklne vii be full 0 mooso-wilyaahs ni moose meat mwaye- prev before. Usually e-mwaye n na pc [yes-no question marker]. Also: Ina. io naacl- pv get, fetch, go for uc at naaclhkomaane vai get a knife Ed naaclmllclme vai go for food, fetch food ty naahplc pc really, very, to a high degree, extensively of naaclwanlhlkane vai go to check traps. Also: naaclwanlhllkane cu l naake pc later Fa naakosl vai be visible, show up. (pl-naakosl be seen coming this way) sit y naakwan vii be visible, show up. (pl-naakwan be seen coming this way) 0 er naanaakaclhl vta investigate s.o., watch for s.o. Stem: /naamaakacih-/ ni v naanew pc down at the shore, on the shore U naanewl- pren on shore ad naanl- pren near, by he naanllml vai keep on dancing. Reduplication of: nllml La ke naanlpaawe -wak vai yawn. Also: naanlpaayawe naanlyahll pc near something naanta pc maybe, perhaps, in some way. Also: naanlta naapakwaash vta snare s.o. Stem: /naapakwaaN-/ naapakwe vai set snares naape -wak na man naapenhs -ak na boy (E). Also: naapehs -ak (W) 304 0 �ANIH SHIN INIIM OWI N • ENGLISH GLOSSARY naapi• prev put together, assemble naaplhkaakan -ak na kerchief; scarf naaahaantawe -wak vai climb down a tree, go downstairs (E). Also: naashaatawe (W) , naaslhkan vti get s.t., fetch s.t. io n naaalhkaw vtia get, fetch s.o. at naaslpll vai go to the shore, go to the water Ed uc naataham vai2 go to get by boat naatahan vti go to get s.t. by boat cu l naatahaapll vai get one's net, check one's net Fa naatakwe vai go to check snares U nahsaw pc middle of ni v nahke plko pc I don't know er nahl pc look! look out! sit y naawl- pren center of, middle of ( ty of naatahlpll vai get water, go for water ad nahsemaa -k na tobacco he nahshlne pc often, all the time, frequently ke nakaah vta leave s.o. behind Stem: /nakaN-/ La nakatan vti leave s.t. behind nakwaakan -an ni snare nakwaakanaahtlk -oon ni snare stick (wooden frame) nakwaakanlyaap -fin ni snare wire nakwaash vta snare s.o. Stem: /nakwaaN-/ l.., nakwaaso vai be snared 305 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY namanclnihklink pc on the left. Also: namaclnihkHk (W) namatapl vsi sit down, be seated name -wak 0 na sturgeon namekohs •ak na lake trout io n nanaahkom vta thank s.o uc at nanaantawaapam vta look around for s.o., hunt for s.o. (E). Also: nanaatawaapam (W) Ed nanaantawenclke vai hunt (E). Also: nanaatawenclke (W) of nanaantawenlm vta look around for s.o., search for s.o. (E). Also: nanaatawenlm (W) ty nanaantawentan vti look around for s.t., search for s.t. (E). Also: nanaatawentan (W) cu l nanaantawl-oocllwe vai go about looking for flies (E). Also: nanaatawl-oocllwe (W) Fa nanaantawl-p18v seek, go around for (E). Reduplication of: nantawl-, ntawl-. Also: nanaatawl- (W) 0 er nanahaclke vai tidy things sit y nanaatlhkosll vai do mean things, tease, make fun of people ni v nantawenclke vai hunt (E). Also: natawenclke (W) U nantawenim vta want/need s.o. (E). Also: natawenim (W) he ad nantawentaakosl vai be wanted, be desirable (E). Also: natawentaakosl (W). ke nantawentan vti want/need s.t. (E). Also: natawentan (W) La nantohtamowln ni radio nantohtan vti listen to s.t. nantohtaw vts listen to s.o. (E). Also: natohtaw (W) nantonaw vta look for s.o. natawlhlwe vai heal people. Also: antawlhlwe 0 nato- p18 real, natural, plain 306 �ANI HSH ININ IIM OW IN - ENG LISH GLOSSARY natohtamoowlkamlk -oon ni radio station natohtan vii listen to s.t. natok pc suddenly, miraculously, as a suprise nawac pc more, quite (-er) n nehplcl- pv permanently, not knowing when to quit io . at nekaapllhanonk pc west (E). Also: nekaapllhanok (W) Ed uc neyaa vii be a peninsula, be a point In the lake neyaahsh -Hn ni point of land, peninsula ty of nlcaahkohah -ak nad my (woman's) (female cross-)cou sin, my (woman's) sister-in-law. Stem: /-caahkohsh-/ nlhk a •k na Canada goose nlhkl-pllhalm na goose month, April ni v nlhsaapaawe vai drown er ( sit y nlhkaakone vaVii be covered with snow Fa cu l nlcllmlc -ak nad my younger brother. Also: sister, my youn ger sibling. Stem: /-ciim U nlhahlwanaatan -oon vii be spoiled ad nlhs l vta kill s.o. Stem: /nihs-/ he nlhs ln nu three La ke nlhslnoon vii be three. Stem: /nihsin-/ nlhaltawlnan vii recognize s.t. by sight, realize s.t. nlhsltohtam va/2 understand nfhsltohtan vti understand s.t. nlhalwak vai be three. Stem: /nihsi-/ L1lhsomltana nu thirty 307 ic-/ �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY nihsoshaap nu thirteen 0 nihsoshaap tahswaapihk na thirteen dollars nihswaa pc three times, thrice nlhswaapihk ni three dollars io n nihtaa- prev can do, skilled at1 know how uc at nihtaawanohkii vai work well, be a good worker Ed nlhtaawe vai know how to talk, can talk of nlhtaawlhse vai know how to walk, can walk, walks well ty nlicl-klhclhaa -k nad my fellow elder. Stem:/-iici-kihcihaa-/ cu l nllcl-naape -wak nsd my fellow man. Stem: /-iici-naapew-/ Fa nllcl-toohkan -ak nsd my name-sake. Stem: /-iici-toohkan-/ y nliclhklwesl -wak nad my (man's) brother. Stem: /-iicihkiwesiw-/ 0 er sit nllcllhaa •k nad my spouse. Stem: /-iiciihaa-/ ni v nliclmohsh -ak nad my (cros,-)cousin of opposite sex. Stem: /-iicimohsh-/ U niihsllkinlncaan -an ni finger. Also: nllhsllklnlcaan ad nllhsliklsltaan -an ni toe he nlihtaawihs -ak nad my (man's) brother-in-law. Stem: /-iihtaawahs-/. Also: nflhtaawahs ke nllkate pc a ways off, far away La nllkateshkaa vai go away nllmaawlnlwash -an ni provisions box, container nflml vsi dance nlimltana nu forty nlin pr I, me. [first person singular personal pronoun] nilnamll vai be weak 308 0 �ANI HSID NIN IIMO WIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY nlina wlnt pr we, us (E) Oirst person exclusive personal prono un]. Also: nllnawit (W) nllnehta pr I alone, me only n nllnehtawlnt pr we alone, us only (exclusive) (E). Also: nlinehtaw lt (W) • nllnlm -ook nad my (cross-)cousin of opposite sex, my siblin g-in-law of opposite sex. Stem: /-iinimw-/ io nllnlshtam pr me next, me first. [first person singular pronoun]. Also: nllnlhtam uc at nllpaa- pv at night, happening at night, nocturnal Ed nllpawl vai stand, be standing of nllpln vii summer ty nllahln nu two cu l nllahlnoon vii be two. Stem: /niishin-/ Fa nllahltana nu twenty nllahltanawepllhlkan -ak na twenty dollar bill er ( sit y nllahltana tahswaaplhk na twenty dollars ni v nllahlwak vai be two. Stem: /niishi-/ U nllaho-kllahlkaa vii be Tuesday ad nliahoopllhlkan -ak na two dollar bill he nllshoshaap nu twelve, (decade number) plus two La ke nllahoahaap tahswaaplhk na twelve dollars nliahwaa pc twice nllahwaahslnoon vii be seven. Stem: /niishwaahsin-/ nllahwaahalwak vai be seven. Stem: /niishwaahsi-/ nllshwaahso nu seven L,Hahwaahsomltana nu seventy 309 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY nHshwaahaoshaap nu seventeen, (decade number) plus seven niishwaahaoshaap tahswaapihk na seventeen dollars 0 nilshwaahawaapihk na seven dollars nilshwaaplhk na two dollars. io n nliskaatan vii be miserable weather uc at nlltlhkwe -wak nad my (woman's) sister. Stem: /-iitihkwew-/ pc four times of nliwaa Ed nlltlhkwe -wak nad my fellow woman. Stem: /-iitihkwew-/ ty nllwaaplhk na four dollars cu l nllwl-ldlshlkaa vii be Thursday Fa nllwln nu four y nllwlnoon vii be four. Stem: /niiwin-/ 0 er sit nllwlshaap nu fourteen, (decade number) plus four ni v nllwlahaap tahawaapihk na fourteen dollars U nllwlwak val be four. Stem: /niiwi-/ ad nlkamo val sing he nlkamowln -an ni song ke nlkayaashlm -ak nad my ex-spouse. Stem: /-kayaashim-/ La nlkoalha -ak nad my son. Stem: /-kosihs-/ nlmaamaa -mak nad my mother. Stem: /-maamaa(m)-/ nlmlhsena -ak nad my older sister (E). Stem: /-mihses-/. Also: nimihaena (W} nimohahoom -ak nad my grandfather. Stem: /-mohshoom-/. Also: nimlhahoom nlmoosom -ak nad my sweetheart. Stem: /-moosom-/ 310 0 �ANI HSH ININ IIMO WIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY ntnahaankantfikwem -ak nad my daughter-in-law, my (cross-)nie ce (E). Stem: /-nahaakanihkwem-/. Also: nlnahaakanlhkwem (W) nlnahaanklhahllm -ak nad my son-in-law, my (cross-)nephew (E). Stem: /-nahaakihshiim-/. Also: nlnahaaklhshllm (W) io nlnlnc -lln nid my hand (E). Stem: /-nincy-/. Also: nlnlc. Stem : /-nicy-/ (W) n nlnllklhlk -ook nad my parent. Stem: /-niikihikw-/ at nlnklk -wak na otter (E). Also: nlklk (W) Ed uc nlnklko-wanlhlkan -an ni trap for otter (E). Also: nlklko-wanlhlk an (W), nlnklko-wanlhllkan (E) of nlnkl ao vai be melted (E). Also nlklao (W) ty nlnkotwaahalnoon vii be six (E). Stem: /ninkotwaahsin-/. Also: nlkotwaahslnoon {W) cu l nlnkotwaahalwak vai be six (E). Stem: /nlnkotwaahsi-/. Also: nlkotwaahalwak (W) Fa nlnkotwaahao nu six (E). Also: nlkotwaahso (W) y sit '· nlnkotwaahaoahaap nu sixteen (E). Also: nlkotwaahsoahaap (W) er ( nlnkotwaahaomltana nu sixty (E). Also: nlkotwaahaomltana {W) ni v nlnkotwaahaoahaap tahawaaplhk na sixteen dollars (E). Also: nlkotwaahsoshaap tahswaaplhk r,N) ad U nlnkotwaahawaaplhk na six dollars (E). Also: nlkotwaahawaa plhk r,N) he nlnkwahkwan vii be overcast (E). Also: nlkwahkwan (W) ke nlntawi• prev go to do. Also: nantawi•, ntawl- (E). Also: nltaw l-, natawi-, ntawl- (W) La nlpaa vai sleep nlpaaciyaa vii be dirty, slimy nlpah toon vti2 kill s.t. Stem: /nipahtoo-/ nlpewln -an ni bed nlpl ni water L nlpllhkaank pc in the water (E). Also: nlplihkaak (W) 311 �ANillSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY nlpo vai die, be dead nlshihsenah -ak nad my (cross-) uncle, my father-in-law (E). Stem: /-shihsensh-/. Also: Q nishlhsesh (W) nlahtam pc first, next at uc nlaikohs -ak nad my (cross-) aunt; my mother-in-law. Stem: /-sikohs-/ io n nlshtehs -ak nad my older brother. Stem: /-shtehs-/ Ed nftaanlha -ak nad my daughter. Stem: /-taanihs-/ of nltaataa •mak nad my father. Stem: /-taataa(m)-/ ty nltawaac pc might as well, rather. Also: ntawaac Fa nltaylhlhsh -ak nad my dog. Stem: /-tayihsh-/ cu l nltawemaa •k nad my (man's) sister, my (woman's) brother. Stem: /-tawemaa-/ y nltlko pc it seems, probably. Also: ntlko 0 er sit nltooahlm •ak nsd my (parallel-) nephew. Stem: /-tooshim;/ ni v nltooshlmlhkwem -ak nad my (parallel-) niece. Stem: /-tooshimihkwem-/ ad nlyaanan nu five U nltooslhs -ak nad my (parallel-) aunt. Stem: /-toosihs-/ he nlyaanan pllwaaplhkohsh -ak na five cents (W). Also: nlyaanan pllwaaplhkoonhsh (E) vai ke nlyaananlwak be five. Stem: /niyaanani-/ La nlyaanano-ahkl pc five years nlyaananomltana nu fifty. Also: nlyaanomltana nlyaananoon vii be five. Stem: /niyaanan-/ nlyaananoopllhlkan -ak na five dollar bill nlyaananoahaap nu fifteen. Also: nlyaanoshaap nfyaananoshaap tahswaaplhk na fifteen dollars 312 0 �ANIH SHIN INIIM OWI N - ENGLISH GLOSSARY nlyaananwaa pc five times nlyaananwaaplhk na five dollars noocl-klnooahewl-aapaclhclkan ni fishing gear noohkom -ak nad my grandmother. Stem: /-oohkom-/ io n noohkomlh• •ak nad my (parallel-)uncle. Stem: /-oohkomihs-/ noonclhahlpe vai hunt ducks (E). Also: nooclhahlpe r,N) of noonkom pc now, today (E). Also: nookom (W) Ed uc noomake pc for a while at noohplmlnk pc in the bush, inland (E). Also: noohplmlk r,N) cu l ty noonkom kaa-kllahlkaak vii today (E). Also: noonkom kaa-kllahlkaak (W) Fa noontaw vta hear s.o. (E). Also: nootaw (W) nooalha -ak nad my grandchild. Stem: /-oosihs-/ sit ( y noonte- prev want to, need to (before usual time) (E). Also: noote- (W) ni v er nootlhkwewe vai womanize: chase women U nootl n vii be windy, be a wind ad nootl nlkew ln -an ni war, violence he ntlko pc it seems, probably. Also: nltlko ke ocllmaanl vai have a boat, have s.t. as one's boat La ocllmltoo-pllhalm na kissing month, January. Also: ocllml-kllahlkaaw l-pllhalm ohkaataahk -wak na carrot oho pr this. [inanimate singular demonstrative]. Also: ohowe, howe . ohomaa pc here. Also: homaa ohowe pr this. Also: oho, howe. [inanimate singular demonstrative] L ohaha pc [emphatic particle). Also: haha 313 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY okaanhs -ak ns pickerel (E). Also: okaahs (W) 0 oklmaa -k na boss, manager oklmaahkaan -ak na chief n okln -Ilk nl tomatoe io okowenlwan pr this, these. Also: okwenlwan. [inanimate obviative demonstrative] of onaakan -an ni dish, plate Ed omplpanlho vai go up in a hurry (E). Also: oplpanlho (W) uc at omakahkll -k na frog ty onaako pc yesterday cu l onahtoon vti2 arrange s.t., organize s.t., put s.t. in order, stack s.t. Stem: /onahtoo-/ Fa oncl pc from (E). Also: ocl (W) sit y oncl- prev from, cause (E). IC> wenci-. Also: ocl- (W). IC> weci- 0 er oncl-wllcl-taamaakan na neighbour (E). Also: ocl-wllcl-taamaakan (W) ni v onclhclhse vii be the time of, come to happen, the time has come (E). Also: oclhclhse (W) ad U oncll vai come from a certain place (E). IC> wencii=. Also: ocll (W). IC> wecii= he onclnowe vii the wind is blowing from a certain direction (E). Also: oclnowe (W) ke onclta pc purposely, jokingly (E). Also: oclta (W) La onclwltoon vti2 carry s.t. from a certain place (E). Stem: /onciwitoo-/. Also: onclwltoon (W) onlkam -Hn ni portage onsaam pc too much, extreme, excessive (E). Also: osaam (W) ontaml- prev busy at (E). Also: otaml• (W) ontamlhse vai get busy (E). Also: otamlhse (W) 0 ontamll vai be busy (E). Also: otamll (W) 314 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY ontamlihke vai be busy (E). Also: otamHhke (W) ontentl vai be absent, be gone (E). Also: otetl (W) oocll -k na fly ooshta pc oops! oh my! Also: kooshta io n oplhkwahko vai have arrows at oplhkwanaacllhsh -ak na bat Ed uc osaawaa vii be yellow/brown osaawaanlhkwe vai have brown hair of osaawlsl vai be yellow/brown cu l ty oshaawashkosl vai be blue Fa oshaawaahkwaa vii be blue oaohaotam vai2 cough ni v er ota pc emphatic sit ( y oshlhclkaate vii be made, be build, be processed U otaahplnan vti choose s.t., accept s.t., take s.t., pick s.t. ad otaahplnlkaate vii be chosen, be taken, be accepted, be picked he otaan_aank pc at the back, behind, previously (E). Also: otaanaak ~) ke otaapaan -ak na skidoo, car La otaapaanaahk -wak na toboggan paahklhaln -oon vii be open paahpl vai laugh paahplhl vta laugh at s.o. Stem: /paahpih-/ paahplhtoon vti2 laugh at s.t. Stem: /kaatoo-/ L paahso vta dry s.o. (by heat). Stem: /paahsw-/ 315 �ANDISHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY paakwaa v,1 be shallow water paanahkihk -wak 0 na frying pan paane- prev wide; broad; roomy; expanded n paanesi val be wide, broad, roomy, expanded io paaneyaa vii be wide, broad, roomy, expanded uc at paanlmaa pc much later, later on, after a long while Ed paaahklalkan ..n ni gun of paaahklso vta shoot s.o. Stem: /paashkisw-/ ty paawanll vai be skinny, be starving cu l paawlhtik -oon ni rapids Fa pahkaan pc different sit y pahklhtehan vti hit s.t., strike s.t. 0 er pahklhteho vta hit s.o. Stem: /pahkihtehw-/ ni v pahklnaake vai win; beat someone (in a competition) na flour, bread ad pahkweahlkan U pahkon vta skin s.o., cut the pelt off s.o. he pahkweahlkanaapoo ni stew, soup with flour La ke pahkweshlkanl-kllshlkaa vii be Friday pahpaaplwln -an ni window. Also: pahpaapowln paklcllwln ..n ni airport. Also: poonllwln pakltahwe vai fish with a net, set a net pakltanemo vta regurgitate s.o. Stem: /pakitanemw-/ pakltln vta let go of s.o. 0 pakltlnan vti let go of s.t. 316 �r ANIH SHINI NIIMO WIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY pakohaenlmo val wish, hope pakwaan -an ni shirt panlnan vti drop s.t. from hand panklhahlmon vii be the setting sun (E). Also: paklhshlmon (W) io n panklhaln vii fall (E). Also: paklhsin (W) uc at pankll pc a little, some (E). Also: pakll (W) Ed papaamaatake vai swim around of papaaml-lahaamakan vii go about, go there ty papaamohae vai walk about, take a walk cu l papllhkwahkamlklal vai fumble things, cause problems Fa papllkonlke vai fumble things, cause problems sit paahkwatahlkan -an ni clear-cut area ni v paahkwewaah -an ni pack er ( y papllkwaanahkwan vii be cloudy U paalkwll vai stand up, arise ad patotepiao vai drive off the road he payahklnan vti clean s.t. ke payahtak pc very carefully La payehklnlke vai clean things pehkaac pc slowly, carefully pehklhah pc at the same time, while pehpeahlk pc one by one pehshonc pc close, near (E). Also: pehahoc (W) l.., pehahotaahkoomaakan -ek na close relation 317 �ANillSHININilMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY pepaa ni pepper 0 peshlk nu one peshlk pllwaaplhkohsh -ak na one cent. Also: peshlk piiwaaplhkoonhs n peshlko vai be alone, single io peshlko- pre one, single uc at peshlkoopllhlkan -ak na one dollar bill Ed peshlkoahaap nu eleven, (decade number) plus one of peahlkoshaap tahswaaplhk na eleven dollars ty peshlkwaa pc once, one time cu l peahlkwaaplhk ns one dollar Fa peshlkwan pc same sit y peshlkwan vii be alone, single ni v pl- prsv here, hither, towards 0 er peshlshoonlyaahsh -ak na twenty-five cents, (quarter). Also: peshlk ahoonlyaahah U pl-kllwenotan vti return to s.t., come back to s.t. ad pl-kllwenotaw vta return to s.o., come back to s.o. he pl-naakoai vai be visible coming this way La ke plhkwaamatlnaa -n ni hill plhkwahk -oon ni arrow plhkwan -an ni blouse plhkwatahkamlnk ni forest; wilderness (E). Also: pihkwatahkamik (W) plhtaahplso vai put clothes on, dress plhtaho vta hit s.o. accidentally using s.t. Stem: /pihtahw-/ pflclwlah vta bring s.o. Stem: /piiciwiN-/. Also: pllsh 318 0 �ANIH SHIN INIIM OWI N - ENG LISH GLOSSARY pUhi r vts wait for s.o. Stem: /piih-/ pllho vai watt, be waiting pllhshaakaneyaap ni rope, string pllhslm -ook na sun, moon, month. Also: pllhsom io n pllhslmohkaan -ak na clock uc at pllhslmoo-maalnahlkan -an ni calendar ty pllkohse vii get broken, break down, break by itself of pllkohse vai break out in a rash or pimples, have a blow out Ed pllhswe-aanahkonaa -k na bread (loaf) cu l pllkohaltoon vti2 break s.t. by dropping. Stem: /piikohsitoo-/ Fa pllkoahkaa vaVii be broken pllnahlke vai put something in a container, pack something sit ( y pllnahlkan -an ni purse ni v er pllnaho vta put s.o. in a container, pack s.o. Stem: /piinahw-/ U pllncl- pren inside, into (E). Also: pllcl- (W) ad pllnclyahll pc inside something (E). Also: pllclyahll r,N) he pllntlkamlnk pc indoors (E). Also: plltlkamlk (W) ke pllntlke vai enter, go in, come in (E). Also: plltlke (W) La pllah vta bring s.o. Stem: /piiN-/. Also: pllclwlsh pllahaa vai come here. Also: pl-lshaa plltoon vti2 bring s.t. Stem: /piitoo-/ pllway -an ni hair. Also: mlpllway pllwlte -k na stranger L plko pc just. Also: poko 319 �ANillSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY plko tooho pc any kind, varied, anything, all sort of 0 pimaahkwepahike vai play hockey pimaahkwepahlkewin ni hockey n plmaahoote vii drift along on the waves io pimaapoote vii drift along on the current uc at pimaatlsl vai live, be alive Ed plmaatlalwln -an ni life of plmahkwaahlwaake vai paddle something ty plmahkwaahlwe vai paddle, paddle by cu l plmakoote vii fly along, fly by Fa piml.. prev by, past, along, in process of y plmlhse vai fly along, fly by (of a bird) 0 er sit plmlhsewln -an nl airplane, plane. Also: plmlnaakan ni v plmlhshln vai lie down U plmlkonaakaa vii be a week ad pimlnlke vai carry things along on one's shoulder he plmlpahtoo vai run along, run by ke pimlpanihcikan -an ni engine, motor, machine La plmlplao val drive along, drive by pimltaaclmo vai crawl along, crawl by pimltaapil val go along by sled or sleigh pimlte nl lard, grease, fuel oil, gas plmiwane val carry a pack along on one's back pimlwitoon vtl2 carry s.t. along, carry s.t. by. Stem: /pimiwitoo../ 320 0 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY plmo vta shoot s.o. with an arrow. Stem: /pimw-/ (' plmohse val walk along, walk by plmooclke vai carry things n pinaahkwaari -an ni comb at io plnaahkweho vsi comb one's hair uc plnaahkwllwl-pllhalm na leaves are falling month, October Ed plnamaa pc wait a while; for a short while; in awhile ty plnehahllnah -ak ns bird (E). Also: plnehshllsh (W) cu l plnehsllwan vii there is thunder Fa plpoon vii winter sit y plahlw -ak na lynx pltlkohtaakosl vai have a muffled or low sound, have a muffled or low voice er ( ni v pltlkoal vsi be stocky, be chubby U poonanohkll vai quit a job, stop working ad poonl- prev stop, cease, quit ke he poonl-plmaatlal vai die La pooshoo pc hello pooal vsi get on, embark pooslhl vta puf s.o. on board. Stem: /poosih-/ pooslhtoon vti put s.t. on board. Stem: /poosihtoo-/ pooalkwaashkonl vai jump aboard l.,. of pine -wak na spruce hen pooslpanlho vai hurry aboard. Also: pooslpanlhoo pootaanitlso vai blow on oneself 321 �ANillSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY pootawaan -an ni fireplace, campfire 0 pootawe vai make a fire, build a fire Powaan -ak na Paul (person's name) n pwaatawl- pv delayed, late at io pwatan ni butter uc saakaahte vii the sun is rising, the sun comes up. Ed saakaapahte vii smoke comes out (in the distance) of aaakaham vai2 go out, exit ty saakahlkan -an -iin ni lake cu l aaaldcl- prev out Fa saaldhl vta love s.o. Stem: /saakih-/ sit y Aaldhtoon vti2 like s.t. Stem: /saakihtoo-/ 0 er saaklpaakaawl-pllhslm na leaves are out month, June U ni v saankahslnoon vii be nine (E). Stem: /saakahsin-/. Also: shaankahslnoon (E), saakahslnoon (W) ad saankahslwak vai be nine (E). Stem: /saankahsi-/. Also: shaankahslwak (E), saakahslwak (W) ke he saankahao nu nine (E). Also: shaankahso (E), saakahso (W) La saankahsohshaap nu nineteen, (decade number) plus nine (E). Also: shaakahsoshaap (W) saankahsomltana nu ninety. Also: ahaankahaomltana (E), aaakahsomltana rN) saankahaoshaap tahawaaplhk na nineteen dollars (E). Also: aaakahsoshaap tahswaaplhk rN) aaankahawaaplhk na nine dollars (E). Also: aaakahswaaplhk rN) sahklao vsi be lit, be on fire, have one's house on fire sahklte vii be lit, be on fire 322 0 �ANIHSl llNINIIM OWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY sakamaatapl vai stay in place, sit quietly ( ' saklme -k na mosquito aaklmewayaan -ak na mosquito net n ahaakaahklne vii be full at io ahaakooc pc however, nevertheless, after all uc ahaawanonk pc south (E). Also: shaawanok (W) Ed aheahtak -ook na thread of ahllhahllp -ak na duck ty ahllpaa- pren beneath cu l ahllpaahl pc beneath something sit y ahllpllkwaan -an ni sweater ahllwaa vii be sweet er ( Fa ahllpllkll vai stretch one's body ni v shllwaakamln -oon vii be sweet (liquid) U ehllwaapoo ni pop, soft drink, juice ad ahllwlhtaakan ni salt ke he shlkaak -wak na skunk La shlkatentam vai2 be bored, be lonely, be homesick, be sad ehlkatentan vti be lonesome for s.t. ahlmaakanlhahllwlkamlk -oon ni police station ahlnkop •Ilk na evergreen tree, spruce (E). Also: ahlkop (W) ahlnkopllwaapoo ni beer (E). Also: ahlkopllwaapoo (W) l.., ahoohp na soap ahookaa na sugar 323 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY ni shoominaapoo wine 0 shoomlnlhah -ak na raisin shoonlyaan -ak na money. Also: shoonlyaa n shoonlyaawash -an ni wallet at io shooshkwahlkan -ak na iron uc sflkinan vti pour s.t., pump s.t. out Ed sllkinlkaate vii be poured of aflkwan vii be spring ty aflpl -In ni river cu l alftawaac pc barely, hardly, poorly Fa alkohal -wak na weasel sit y aooklhpwan vii snow, be snowing. Also: sookohpwan 0 er soonkltehe vai be brave (E). Also: aookltehe (W) ni v ta- prev will [future tense in independent with no personal prefix] U taa- prev would, could, should, ought, can [modal] ad taaplshkooc pc alike, even, at the same time ke he taashklkahlke vai split wood La taashklsho vta split s.o. by cutting. Stem: /taashkishw-/ taawln ni town, village tahkaayaa vii be cold (weather) tahkokaapawl vai stand short, be short tahkwaanfhkwe vai have short hair 0 tahsh pc and, but tahsin pc a certain number 324 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY tahslnoon vii be a certain number of. Stem: Aahsin-/ ( ' tahslwak val be a certain number of. Stem: /tahsi-/ tahso- pre so many, so much, every n tahao-nllpln pc every summer at io tahsoosh vta trap s.o. Stem: /tahsooN-/ uc tahswaa pc so many times, every time Ed takahklnaakosl vai be good looking, handsome of taklln pc usually takohshln vii arrive sit y takoplsl vai arrive by vehicle takwaakln vii be fall, be autumn ni v takwan vii be there, exist er ( Fa takooah vts arrive with s.o. Stem: /takooN-/ cu l ty takohse vii arrive by flying U tanenlm vta think s.o. to be there ad tanlhtaakwan vii be heard there ke he tanlwewltam vai2 be heard from a certain place La tashllhke vai stay there, hang around, live there, play taahllhkewln -an ni village, settlement, community tashllwlhtoo vai do things in a certain location tashlm vta tell about, talk about s.o. tashoplsh vts stretch s.o. (as a pelt). Stem: /tashopiN-/ l., tatlpaaclmo vai be telling. Reduplication of: tlpaaclmo tawehkonehlke vai plow snow 325 �ANDISIIININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY tefisaplwln -an ni chair. Also: tehsapowin 0 tepl-naakoal vai be visible at a distance tepl-wllhslni vai have enough to eat teplhtan vti hear s.t. in the distance teplhtaw vta hear s.o. in the distance uc at io vaVii be enough of s.t., be sufficient Ed teplhae n tepl• prev enough, sufficient of teplnaahk pc carelessly ty tepwe pc true, for sure vti believe s.t., agree with s.t., go ahead with something Fa tepwehtan cu l tepwehtam vai2 believe, agree, go ahead with something (what someone says to do) y (what someone says to do) ·· 0 er (what someone says to do) sit tepwehtaw vta believe in s.o., agree with s.o., go ahead with something U tetlpaa pc around ni v tetako pc extremely, totally, very he ad tetlpaahl pc around something ke tlhklnaakan -an ni cradleboard La tlhtfpanaweyaanlhkwe vai have curty hair tlhtlplhae vailii roll tfhtlplpanlho val roll fast. Also: tlhtlplpanlhoo tlhtlpweplehklkan -ak ni bicycle tll ni tea 0 tllhke vai make tea tllhtlpaamaclwe vai go downhill 326 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY tlihtlpaantawe val climb down a ladder, climb downstairs (E). Also: tHhtlpaatawe (W) ( ' tllwahklhk -wak -ook na kettle, teakettle tlpaaclmo vai tell news, narrate ' n tlpaaclmohtaw vta tell s.o. news, tell a story about someone at io ttpaactmowtn -an ni story, narration uc tlpaahkon vta judge s.o. punish s.o., charge s.o. Ed tlpaahkonlke vai judge things/people, measure things (as something stick-like) of tlpahlkaneyaa vii be so many hours tlplhkl-pllhalm -ook na moon sit y tlplhkaa vii be night er ( Fa tlpentan vti own s.t., keep s.t., control s.t. cu l tlpenlm vta own s.o., keep s.o., control s.o. ty tlpenclkewtn -an ni property, belongings, family U toohaan -ak na ball ni v tlplhkonk pc last night (E).' Also: tlplhkok (W) ad toohkaan pc sort, kind. Also: tlnoohkaan, toowlnlhkaan ke he tootaaao vai do so to oneself La tootam vai2 do in a certain way tootan vti do s.t. so, do so to s.t., treat s.t. so tootaw vta do so to s.o., treat s.o. so twaahlkan -an ni hole in ice twaahlke vai make a hole in the ice L waa- prev will, want to. IC< wiiwaaclye pc hello! greeting! (also used by some speakers as a farewell) 327 �ANIHSH ININIIM OWIN - ENGLIS H GLOSSARY waaclye val shake hands 0 waahkaahl pc around something waahkaahlkan -an ni house n waahkaahlke vai build a house at io waahkaahae vii go around, be an hour uc waahkamlal vai behave Ed waahklkan -an ni chest of waahaa pc far, distant ty waahahehkwan vii the sky is clear Fa cu l waahtepakllwl-pllhalm na leaves are changing colour month, September. Also: waahtepakaawi-pllhalm y waakaahkwat -oon ni ax (E). Also: cllkahlkan (W) sit waakohah -ak na fox. Also: mahkehahl -wak 0 U waapaa vii be white ni v er waanipllyaa vii pond, be an area of water ad waapaanlhkwe vai have white/grey hair he waapam vta see s.o. ke waapan vii be moming, be dawn, be tomorrow La waapank vii tomorrow (E). [conjunct form of: waapan). Also: waapak (W) waapanonk pc east (E). Also: waapanok (W) waapantan vti see s.t (E). Also: waapatan (W) waaplhaahaa vii be grey waaplhaahlal vai be grey waaplkoahllhsh -ak na mouse (E). Also: aaplkoahllhsh (W) 328 0 �ANIHSH ININilM OWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY r waaptsi val be white waapoos -ook na snowshoe hare (rabbit) waapooso-wanlhlkan -an ni trap for snowshoe hare (rabbit) n waapoyaan -an ni blanket. Also: waaplyaan at io waashahaa vii be a bay uc waashtenlkan -an ni lamp. Also: waahtenlkan, waaatenlkan Ed waaw -an ni egg of waawaahte vii northern lights ty waawaashkehshl -wak na deer cu l waawlkan -an ni back Fa wacahkohsh -ak na star (W). Also: wanankohah •ak (E) sit wacll -n ni mountain er ( y wacashk -wak na muskrat ni v wahawe pr this. Also: wahwawe. [animate singular demonstrative] U wahkwl •In ni cloud. Also: wahko ad waklc pc on top of something he waklc~ pren on top of La ke waklctyahll pc on top of something wanankohsh -ak na star. Also: wacahkohsh wanlhl vts lose s.o., miss s.o•• mislay s.o. Stem: /wanih-/ wanlhlkan -an ni trap. Also: wanlhllkan wanlhlkanaahtlk -oon ni trap stake. Also: wanlhllkanaahtlk l.., wanlhlke vai trap. Also: wanlhilke wanlhtoon vti2 lose s.t. Stem: /wanihtoo-/ 329 �ANIH SIIINI NIIMO WIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY wanHhkenotan vti forget s.t. 0 wanllhkenotaw vta forget s.o. wanlshkaa vai get up n waahkll val tum at io waahklnan vti tum s.t., steer s.t. uc watakaml• pv easily Ed waweshahltaapaanewlkamlk -oon ni garage of waweshlhl vta fix s.o. Stem: /waweshih•/ 0 ni v er wehwe -k na snow goose wehwew -ak na white goose y sit wawoono vai howl (of dog, wolf etc.) Fa wawlyatlsllke val do funny things cu l wawiyaalnaakosl vai took cute, look funny ty waweahlhtoon vt/2 fix s.t., repair s.t. Stem: /waweshihtoo-/ U wemlhtlkooahl -wak na whiteman ad wemlhtlkooahllhkwe •k na white woman ke he wemlhtlkooshllmo ~•i speak English La wencl• prev what purpose, why is it so (W). IC< oncl• Also: wecl• CN). IC< ocl• wenlpan pc be gone, disappear wenootlal val be rich wepahaakone val shovel snow wepahlkan -an ni broom 0 wepahlke vai sweep the floor weahkac pc long ago, in the past 330 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY weshkacl- pv long ago, in the past (' weshkacl-anlhshlnlnl na old-timer, old Indian person, elder wetl pc there, that way, yonder, over there n wll- prev will. want to. {desiderative, voluntative] at io wllclhl vta help s.o. Stem: /wiicih-/ uc wllcllw vta go with. accompany s.o. Ed wllcllwaakan -ak na spouse, companion of wllhkaa pc ever cu l wllhkwepahlke vai use a vacuum cleaner ty wllhkwehplclkan ni bundle, package Fa wllhaakaakamln -oon vii taste bitter (liquid) sit er wllhalnl vai eat ni v wllhalnilwlkamlk -oon ni restaurant U wilhalnllwlnaahtlk -oon ni table ad wllklto vai be married, many ke he wilkwaaha -an ni birchbark wllkwemot -an ni birchbark basket La ( y wllhaakentam vai2 be extremely hurt, feel extreme pain wlln pc [contrastive]. Also: =lln wlln pr he, she, him, her. [third person singular personal pronoun] wllnashk -wak na groundhog wllnawaa pr they, them. [third person plural personal pronoun] wllncllklsl vai stink (E). Also: wllcllkial (W) wllnehta pr him/her alone, him/her only 331 �ANIHSHININilMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY wllnehtawaa pr they alone, them only wllnlshtam pr him first, her first, him next, her next. [third person singular personal pronoun]. Also: wllnlhtam Q wllntamaake vai announce to people (E). Also: wlltamaake (W) io n wllntamaw vta tell something to s.o. (E). Also: wlltamaw (W) uc at wllpac pc soon, in a little while, quick, hurry, early Ed wllakwehokaan -an ni tent of wlltanohkllmaakan -ak na co-worker 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty wllyaaha ni meat 0 332 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY r ALOT mihshiin pc many, much, a lot mishtahi pc much, a lot. Also: mistahi ABLE kashkihi vta be able to manage, can do to s.o.; let s.o. go. Stem: /kashkih-/ ABOUT papaami-ishaamakan vii go about, go there n ABOVE io ishpimink pc up above (E). Also: ishpimik (W) at ABROAD ABSENT Ed inenti vai be gone so long, be absent so long (E). Also: ineti CN) ontenti vai be absent, be gone (E). Also: oteti (W) uc akaamahkiink pc in Europe, abroad of ACCEPT ty otaahpinan vti choose s.t., accept s.t., take s.t., pick s.t. otaahpinikaate vii be chosen, be taken, be accepted, be picked ACCIDENTALLY cu l pihtaho vta hit s.o. accidentally using s.t. Stem: /pihtahw-/ wiiciiw vta go with, accompany s.o. ACROSS er sit y akaami- pren across, right across akaamink pc across the lake or river (E). Also: akaamink CN) akaami-kihcikam pc across the ocean akaamihkana pc across the road or trail ni v ADDRESS U kanoosh vta call, address, speak to s.o. Stem: /kanooN-/ kanootan vti call s.t., address s.t., speak to s.t. ADHERE ad akohke vai stick on, adhere AFRAID ke he kohsi vta be afraid of s.o. Stem: /kohs-/ kohtaaci vai be afraid, get scared AFTER ishkwaa- prev after, completed La ( Fa ACCOMPANY AFTER ALL shaakooc pc however, nevertheless, after all AFTERNOON anoonaakohshin vii be late in the afternoon AGAIN miina pc and, again AGREE tepwehtam vai2 believe, agree, go ahead with something (what someone says to do) tepwehtan vti believe s.t., agree with s.t., go ahead with something (what some one says to do) tepwehtaw vta believe in s.o., agree with s.o., go ahead with something (what someone says to do) 333 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY AIRPLANE pimihsewin -an ni airplane, plane 0 AIRPORT pakiciiwln -an ni airport. Also: pooniiwin ALIKE taapishkooc pc alike, even, at the same time io at 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc pimaatisi vai five, be alive ALL kahkina pc all, every ALL OF A SUDDEN ketahtawen pc all of a sudden, suddenly ALLOVER mamisiwe- prsv all over, everything misiwe pc all over, everything, whole ALL THE TIME kape- prs all the time, all the way, through mooshak pc always, all the time nahshine pc often, all the time, frequently ALMOST kekaat pc nearly, almost ALONE peshiko vsi be alone, single peshikwan vii be alone. single kiinehta pr you alone, you only kiinehtawaa pr you alone. you only (plural) kiinehtawint pr we alone. us only (inclusive) (E). Also: kiinehtawit r,N) niinehta pr I alone, me only niinehtawint pr we alone, us only (exclusive) (E). Also: niinehtawit (W) wiinehta pr him/her alone, him/her only wiinehtawaa pr they alone, them only ALONG pimi- prsv by. past, along, in process of ALSO kaye pc and, also, too, as for. ALTHOUGH mihsawaac pc even though, anyhow, aHhough ALWAYS mooshak pc always, all the time AMAZING maamahkaac pc amazing, astounding, that is so amazing AND ekwa pc and, and so, then, and then, wait! please kaye pc and, also, too, as for. miina pc and, again tahsh pc and, but n ALIVE 334 o. �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY ANGRY sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n r kishiwaasi vai be angry, be mad ANIMAL awiyaashllhsh -ak na animal. Also: awiiyaashiihsh awiyaashlihshiwi vai be an animal. Also: awiiyaashiihshiwi ANNOUNCE wiintamaake vai announce to people (E). Also: wiitamaake (W) ANYHOW aana- pv in vain, to attempt, effort, anyway, anyhow mihsawaac pc eventhough,anyhow,although ANYONE awiya -k pr person, someone, somebody, anyone, anybody. Also: awiiya ANYTIME ahpii piko pc anytime ANYWAY aana- pv in vain, to attempt, effort, anyway, anyhow aanciko pc to do anyway regardless of... (E). Also: aaciko (W) ANYWAYS eniwehk pc anyways, effort, at least, anyhow ANYWHERE aanti piko pc anywhere APPRECIATE minwentaakwan vii be fun, liked, appreciated APRIL nihki-piihsim na goose month, April ARGUMENTATIVE aanimisi vai be difficult, be argumentative, be hard to get along with, be cranky ARISE pasikwii vai stand up, arise ARM minihk -an nid ann AROUND tetipaahi pc around something waahkaahi pc around something waahkaahse vii go around, be an hour ARRANGE onahtoon vti2 arrange s.t., organize s.t., put s.t. in order, stack s.t. Stem: /onahtoo-/ ARRIVE takohse vii arrive takohshin vii arrive takoosh vta arrive with s.o. Stem: /takooN-/ takopisi vai arrive by vehicle ARROW opihkwahko vai have arrows pihkwahk -oon ni arrow AS FOR ke pc as for. See: keniin, keniinawint, kekiin, kekiinawint, kekiinawaa, kewiin, kewiinawaa L 335 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 0 Ed uc at io n kekiin pr you too, as for you. [second person singular personal pronoun) kekiinawaa pr you too, as for you. [second person plural personal pronoun] kekiinawint pr us too, as for us(E). [first person inclusive personal pronoun] .Also: kekiinawit (W) keniin pr me too, as for me. [first person singular personal pronoun] keniinawint pr us too, as for us (E). [first person exclusive personalpronoun). Also: keniinawit (W) kewiin pr him too, her too, as for him, as for her. [third person singular personal pronoun] kewiinawaa pr them too, as for them. [third person plural personal pronoun] ASK kakwecim vta ask s.o. ASTOUNDING maamahkaac pc amazing, astounding, that is so amazing AT THAT TIME 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of ahpii pc when, at that time ATl"EMPT aana- pv in vain, to attempt, effort, anyway, anyhow koci- pv try to do, to attempt ATl"END ishkoonoo vai attend school. Also: ishoonoowi, ishkoonii AUGUST atihtemini-piihsim na ripe berry month, August AUNT nisikohs -ak nad my (cross-)aunt; my mother-in-law. Stem: /-sikohs-/ nitoosihs -ak nad my (parallel-)aunt. Stem: /-toosihs-/ AWAKE koshkosi vai be awake, wake up AWAKEN koshkosi vai awaken AWAY ani- prev away from, in progress toward, gradual onset, from that time AX ciikahikan -an ni ax (W). Also: waakaahkwat (E) waakaahkwat -oon ni ax (E). Also: ciikahikan (W) BACK awahsite pc beyond,back otaanaak pc back, behind • Also: otaanaank waawikan -an ni back pimiwane vai carry a pack along on one's back BAD maci- pre bad maci-miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts bad weather macihse vai have something bad happen, have things go wrong BAD LOOKING maci-naakosi vai be bad looking BAD TASTE macihpo vta taste s.o. who tastes bad. Stem: /macihpw-/ 336 0 �ENGLISH -ANIHSIIlNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY r BAIT miicimihkancikan -an ni bait (E). Also: miicimihkancikan (W) BALL toohaan -ak ns ball BAND OFFICE masinahlkewikamik -oon ni office, band office BANNOCK na bannock n aanahkonaa -k io BARELY at siitawaac pc barely, hardly, poorly opihkwanaaciihsh -ak uc BAT na bat Ed BATH kisiipiikii vai wash oneself, bathe, take a bath of BATHE kisiipiikii vai wash oneself, bathe, take a bath ty BAY waashahaa vii be a bay cu l BE BEADED ARTICLE sit ( y Fa ahte vii be in a certain place api vai be in a certain place, sit, be at home ayaa vai be, be there takwan vii be there, exist miikihsikwaahson -an ni beaded article er BEAR ni v mahkwa -k na bear mahkoonhs -ak na bear cub (E). Also: mahkoohs (W) U BEARD miihshitoone vai have a beard ad BEAVER La BED ke he amihk -wak ns beaver amihko-wanihikan -an ni trap for beaver. Also: amihko-wanihiikan amihko-wiiyaahs ni beaver meat amihkohkonim ni beaver dam nipewin -an ni bed kawihshimo vai lie down, go to bed BEE aamoo -k ns bee BEER shinkopiiwaapoo ni beer (E). Also: shikopiiwaapoo (W) BEFORE mwaye- prev before. Usually e-mwaye- L BEGIN maacii- prev start, begin 337 �ENGLISH -ANIHSfilNINilMOWIN GLOSSARY BEHAVE 0 La ke he ad U ni v na 0 er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n waahkamisi vai behave BEHIND otaanaank pc back, behind (E). Also: otaanaak (W) BEING ayahaa -k na that being, person, or animate thing. Also: ehaa, ahaa BELIEVE tepwehtam vai2 believe, agree, go ahead with something (what someone says to do) tepwehtan vti believe s.t., agree with s.t., go ahead with something (what someone says to do) tepwehtaw vta believe in s.o., agree with s.o., go ahead with something (what someone says to do) BELONGINGS tipencikewin -an ni property, belongings, family BELT kihcipison -an ni belt BENEATH shiipaa- pren beneath shilpaahi pc beneath something BESIDE naaniyahii pc beside something BEnER mino-ayaawamaciho vai feel well, feel better BEYOND awahsite pc beyond,back BICYCLE tihtipwepishkikan -ak bicycle BIG ahpiihcikini vai be a certain size. Also: apiihcikini kihci- pre big, great, very mintito vai be big (E). Also: mitito (W) maamihcaashkaa vii be big waves mihshikamaa vii be a big lake BIRCH BARK wiikwaahs -an ni birchbark BIRCHBARK BASKET wiikwemot -an ni birchbark basket BIRD pinehshiinsh -ak na bird (E). Also: pinehshiish (W) BLACK mahkatewaa vii be black mahkatewisi vai be black BLACK HAIR mahkatewaanihkwe vai have black hair BLAME anaamenim vta suspect s.o., blame s.o. anaamentan vti suspect s.t., blame s.t. 338 0 �ENGLISH • ANIHSmNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY r BLANKET waapoyaan •an ni blanket. Also: waapiyaan BLANKET CRADLE memepison -an ni swing. blanket cradle BLOUSE pihkwan -an ni blouse at io kiiweyaahsln vii return through air, blow back oncinowe vii the wind blows from a certain direction (E). Also: ocinowe (W) pootaanitlso val blow on oneself n BLOW uc BLUE Ed oshaawashkosi vai be blue oshaawashkwaa vii be blue ciimaan -an ni canoe, boat ociimaani vai have a boat. have s.t. as one's boat ty BODY of BOAT BOG mashkiik -oon ni muskeg, bog. swamp y BOOK sit ( iskaaciwaso vsi be boiled dry iskaaciwate vii be boiled dry Fa BOILED cu l miyaw •an nid body. Stem: /-yaw-/. Also: miiyaw. Stem: /-iiyaw•/ masinahikan •an ni book, document, paper, letter, newspaper er BORED vii be dull, boring U macentaakwan BORROW ni v shikatentam vai2 be bored, be lonely, be homesick. be sad BORING he BOSS ad masinahike vai write, borrow. get credit masinahamaw vta write to or for s.o., owe to s.o., borrow from s.o. ke okimaa -k na boss. manager BOTHER La maanencike val disobey, bother things, get into trouble BOW ahcaap -iik na bow BOX mihtikowash -an ni suitcase, wooden box niimaawiniwash -an ni provisions box or container BOY naapenhs -ak na boy (E). Also: naapehs (W) BRAVE L soonkitehe vai be brave (E). Also: sookitehe (W) BREAD pahkweshikan na flour, bread 339 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 0 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n piihswe-aanahkonaa -k na bread (loaf) BREAK piikohse vii get broken, break down, break by itself piikohsitoon vti2 break s.t. by dropping. Stem: /piikohsitoo-/ BREAKDOWN piikohse vii get broken, break down, break by itself BREAKOUT piikohse vai break out in a rash or pimples, have a blow out BREAKUP maacihtan vii be ice breaking up maacihtan vii ice break up BREAKFAST kekishepaanehkwe vai have breakfast BREAST coocoohsh -ak na breast BRIDGE aashokan -ak na bridge BRING piiciwish vta bring s.o. Stem: /piiciwiN-/. Also: piish piish vts bring s.o. Stem: /piiN-/. Also: piiciwish piitoon vti2 bring s.t. Stem: /pitoo-/ BROKEN piikoshkaa vaVli be broken BROOM wepahikan -an ni broom BROTHER niciimic -ak nad my younger brother or sister, my younger sibling. Stem: /-ciimic-/ nishtehs -ak nad my older brother.Stem: /-shtehs-/ nitawemaa -k nad my (man's) sister, my (woman's) brother. Stem: /-tawemaa-/ niicihkiwesi -wak nad my (man's) brother. Stem: /-iicihkiwesiw-/ BROTHER-IN-LAW niihtaawahs -ak nad my (man's) brother-in-law. Stem: /-iihtaawahs-/. Also: niihtaawihs BROWN osaawisi vai be brown, yellow BROWN HAIR osaawaanihkwe vai have brown hair BUG manicoohsh -ak na bug, insect BUILD waahkaahike vai build the house pootawe vai make or build up a fire BUILT oshihcikaate vii be made, be built, be processed BURN caakisan vti bum s.t. caakiso vai be lit, be on fire, have one's house on fire, bum up, be burned up caakiso vta bum s.o. up. Stem: /caakisw-/ 340 0 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY r caakite BUSH vii bum up, be burned up noohpimink pc in the bush, inland (E). Also: noohpimik (W) BUSY ontamiihke vai be busy (E). Also: otamiihke (W) ontamihse vai get busy (E). Also: otamihse (W) BUSY AT n ontami- prev busy at (E). Also: otami- (W) io BUT at tahsh pc and, but uc BUTTER pwatan n/ butter memenkwe -k Ed BUTTERFLY na butterfly (E). Also: memekwe (W) of BUY ty ataawe vai to buy (s.t.) maniwaahkaahikane vai buy a new house Fa naani- pren near, by pimi- prev by, past, along, in process of ciikic pc by, close to, near to CALENDAR y piihsimoermasinahikan -an ni calendar sit CALL ni v er kanoosh vta call, address, speak to s.o. Stem: /kanooN-/ ishinihkaaso vai be called or named a certain way. IC> eshinihkaaso= ishinihkaate vii be called or named a certain way. IC> eshinihkaate= kanootan vti call s.t., address s.t., speak to s.t. U CALM ad anwaahtin vii be calm (not windy) anwaahtinikamin vii be a nice and calm body of water CAMERA ke CAMP he cahkaahtehsicikan -an ni camera kapehshiwin -an ni camp, campsite, hotel room CAMPFIRE La ( cu l BY pootawaan -an ni campfire, fire CANDO kashkihi vta be able to manage, can do to s.o.; let s.o. go. Stem: /kashkih-/ nihtaa- prev can do, skilled at, know how CANOE ciimaan -an ni canoe, boat CAPTURE kaahcitin vta catch s.o., capture s.o. CAR otaapaan -ak na skidoo, car CAREFULLY 341 �ENGLISH • ANIHSIDNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 0 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n pehkaac pc slowly, carefuliy payahtak pc very carefully CARELESSLY tepinaahk pc carelessly CARIBOU atihk -wak na caribou atihko-wllyaahs ni caribou meat CARROT ohkaataahk -wak na carrot CARRY piminike vai carry things along on one's shoulder pimiwane vai carry a pack along on one's back pimiwitoon vti2 carry s.t. along, carry s.t. by. Stem: /pimiwitoo./ pimoocike vai carry things CARRY AWAY maaciiwicikaate vii be taken away, be. carried away maaciiyaahoote vii be carried away on the waves CARRY FROM onciwitoon vti2 carry s.t. from a certain place. Stem: /onciwitoo-/ (E). Also: ociwitoon (W) Stem: /ociwitoo-/ CATCH kaahcitin vta catch s.o., capture s.o. CAUSE onci- prev from, cause (E). IC: wenci-. Also: oci- (W) IC: weciCAUSE PROBLEMS papiikonike vai fumble things, cause problems CEASE pooni- prev stop, cease, quit CENTER nenaawi- pren center of, middle of CERTAINLY kehcinaac pc certainly, for sure CHAIR tehsapiwin -an ni chair. Also: tehsapowin CHANCE anihshaa pc by chance, at the last minute CHARGE tipaahkon vta judge s.o. punish s.o., charge s.o. CHECK naaciwanihikane vai go to check traps. Also: naaciwanihiikane naatakwe vai go to check snares naatahsapii vai get one's net, check one's net CHECKUP memecikaahcike vai examine things, check up on things memecikaayaapantan vti examine s.t., investigate s.t., check up on s.t. (by looking) (E). Also: memecikaayaapatan (W) 342 Q �ENGLISH -ANIHSIIlNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY manoway -ak nad cheek. Stem: /-anoway-/ CHEST uc at io n waahkikan -an ni chest CHIEF okimaahkaan -ak na chief CHILD awaashihsh -ak na child awaashihshliwi vai be a child CHIN mitaamihkan -an nid chin. Stem: /-taamihkan-/ CHISEL eshkan -an ni ice chisel Ed r CHEEK CHOOSE sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of otaahpinan vti choose s.t., accept s.t., take s.t., pick s.t. otaahpinikaate vii be chosen, be taken, be accepted, be picked CHURCH ayamihewikamik -oon ni church CLEAN kaahsiinitlso vai clean oneself payahkinan vti clean s.t. kaahsiin vts wipe s.o., clean s.o., wash s.o. kaahsiinan vti wipe s.t., clean s.t., wash s.t. payehkinike vai clean things CLEAR SKY waahshehkwan vii the sky is clear CLEAR-CUT AREA pashkwatahikan -an ni clear-cut area CLIMB naashaantawe -wak vsi climb down a tree (E). Also: naashaatawe (W) tiihtipaantawe -wak vsi climb down a ladder or stairs (E). Also:tiihtipaatwe (W) ihkwaantawe vsi climb up a ladder or stairs (E). Also: ihkwaatawe (W) CLIMB AHILL . ihkwaamaciwe vai climb a hill CLOCK piihsimohkaan -ak na clock CLOSE L pehshonc pc close, near (E). Also: pehshoc (W) ciikic pc by, close to, near to pehshotaahkoomaakan -ak na close relation CLOSED kipihsin vii be closed CLOUD wahkwi -in ni cloud. Also: wahko CLOUDY papiikwaanahkwan ni cloudy 343 �ENGLISH • ANIHSIHNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY co-WdRKER n 0 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io wiitanohklimaakan •ak na co•worker COAT makoot -an or -ayan ni coat, dress, skirt, jacket COFFIN ciipayi-mlhtikowash -an ni coffin COLD kawaci val be cold (of a person) tahkaayaa vii be cold (weather) COMB pinaahkwaan -an ni comb COMB HAIR pinaahkweho vai comb one's hair COME naakosi vai be visible, show up (pi-naakosi be seen coming this way) piishaa vai come here. Also: pi-ishaa COME FROM oncii vai come from a certain place (E). IC: wencii=. Also: ocii {W) IC: wecii= COME IN piintike vai enter, go in, come in (E). Also: piitike (W) COMPANION wiiciiwaakan -ak na spouse, companion COMPLETED ishkwaa- prev after, completed COMPLICATED aanimihse vaVii have difficulties, run into problems, get complicated CONCERNED · mikoshkaatenim vta worry about s.o., be concerned about s.o. mikoshkaatentarn vai2 worry, be concerned, wonder mikoshkaatentan vti worry about s.t., be concerned about s.t. CONSIDER rnaamitonenim vta think about s.o., consider s.o. maamitonentan vti think about s.t., consider s.t. CONTEST mawinehike vai compete, take part in a contest COOK kiishitepo vai cook kiishisan vti cook s.t., done kiishite vii be cooked, done COOKED DONE kiishiso vai be cooked done CORPSE ciipay -ak na ghost, corpse CORRECT kwayahk pc right, straight, correct(ly), proper(ly) 344 0 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY r cosfsoMOcR inankiso vai cost so much, have such a price, be such a date of the month (E). Also: inakiso (W) inankite vii cost so much, have such a price (E). Also: inakite (W) COUGH osohsotam vai2 cough io at uc ci- prev that, will, would, could, should [conjunct future and modal] ci-kii- prev could. ci- + kii- 'potential' ke- prev will, should, should, could [Changed future and modal] taa- prev would, could, should, ought, can [modal] n COULD COUSIN cu l ty of Ed nicaahkohsh -ak nad my (woman's) (female cross-)cousin, my (woman's) sister-in-law. Stem: /-caahkohsh-/ ninahaankanihkwem -ak nad my daughter-in-law, my (cross-) niece (E). Stem: /-nahaankanihkwem-/ . Also: ninahaakanihkwem (W) niicimohsh -ak nad my (cross-)cousin of opposite sex). Stem: /-iicimohsh-/ niinim -ook nad my (cross-)cousin of opposite sex), my sibling-in-law of opposite sex. Stem: /-iinimw-/ niicimohsh -ak nad my cousin (cross cousin of opposite sex). Stem:/iicimohsh-/ y akwanahan vti cover s.t. akwanaho vta cover s.o. Stem: /akwanahw-/ nihkaakone vaVii be covered with snow sit ( Fa COVER CRADLEBOARD er tihkinaakan -an ni cradleboard ni v CRANKY aanimisi vai be difficult, be argumentative, be hard to get along with, be cranky U CRAWL pimitaacimo vsi crawl along, crawl by ad CREDIT masinahike vai write, borrow, get credit he CRY CUB ke mawi vai cry La mahkoonhs -ak na bear cub (E). Also: mahkoohs (W) CUP minihkwaakan -an ni cup CUPBOARD kapat -an ni cupboard CURLY HAIR tihtipanaweyaanihkwe vai have curly hair CURRENT pimaapoote vii drift along on the current { "--- CUT maacisho vta cut s.o. Stem: /maacishw-/ pahkon vta skin s.o., cut pelt off s.o. 345 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 0 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n kiishkipooclke vai saw things, cut things with the saw CUTE wawiyasinaakosi vai look cute, look funny DAM ohkonim ni dam DANCE niimi val dance naaniiml vai keep on dancing. Reduplication of: niimi DARK kashkii-tipfhkaa vii be pitch dark kashkii-tipihkanihse vii get dark quickly (at night) DAUGHTER nitaanihs -ak nad my daughter. Stem: /-taanihs-/ DAUGHTER-IN-LAW ninahaankanihkwem -ak nad my daughter-in-law, my (cross-)niece. Stem: /-nahaankanihkwem-/ (E). Also: ninahaakanihkwem (W) DAWN waapan vii be morning, be dawn, be tomorrow mino-miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts good or badweather miskwaawaa vii be a red.coloured sky at dawn or after sunset DAY kiishikaa vii be day mino-kiishikaa vii be a nice day kiishik ni sky, day DAY AFTER TOMORROW awahsiwaapank pc day after tomorrow (E). Also: awahsiwaapak(W) DAY BEFORE YESTERDAY awahsinaako pc day before yesterday DEAD nipo vai die, be dead DECEMBER makohshe-kiishikani-piihsim na feast day month, December DEEP kiishkaayawaa vii be deep water DEER waawaashkehshi -wak na deer DELAY pwaatawi- pv delayed, late DESIRABLE nantawentaakosi vai be wanted, be desirable (E). Also: natawentaakosi (W). DIE nipo vai die, be dead pooni-pimaatisi vai die DIFFERENT pahkaan pc different DIFFICULT aaniman vii be difficult, be hard 346 0 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n r aanimlsl val be difficult, be argumentative, be hard to get along with, be cranky DIFFICULTY aanimihse vaVii have difficulties, run into problems, get complicated DIRECTION aanti nehke pc whereabouts, which direction inehke pc in direction of DIRTY nipaaciyaa vii be dirty, slimy DISAPPEAR aahte- pv fade away, disappear wenipan pc be gone, disappear DISH onaakan -an ni dish, plate DISOBEY maanencike vai disobey, bother things, get into trouble DISTANT waahsa pc far, distant DIVE kookii vai dive DO ayintootam vai2 do something (E). Reduplication of: tootam. Also: ayitootam CV'/) tootam vai2 do in a certain way aanciko pc to do anyway regardless of••. (E). Also: aaciko (W) koci- pv try to do, to attempt tashiiwihtoo vai do things in a certain location tootaaso vai do so to oneself tootan vti do s.t. so, do so to s.t., treat s.t. so tootaw vta do so to s.o., treat s.o. so DO BAD macihcike vai do something bad, get into trouble mamaani vai do something bad, make mistakes DOCTOR mashkihkiiwinini -wak na medicine person, doctor DOCUMENT masinahikan -an ni book, document, paper, letter, newspaper DOG animohsh -ak na dog nitayihsh -ak nad my dog. Stem: /-tayihsh-/ DON'T ikaawin pc don't. Also: ekaawin DON'T KNOW nahke piko pc I don't know DONE kiishihtoon vti2 finish s.t., be done with s.t. Stem: /kiishihtoo-/ DOOR ishkwaantem -an ni door (E). Also: ishkwaatem (W) L 347 �ENGLISH • ANillSIIlNINilMOWIN GLOSSARY DOWN THE SHORE Ed uc at io n 0 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of naanew pc down the shore, on the shore DRESS pihtaahplso vai get dressed. Also: pohtaahpiso DRIFT pimaahoote vii drift along on the waves pimaapoote vii drift along on the current DRINK minihkwe vai drink, drink s.t. minihkwewin -an ni drink, booze DRIVE patoteplso vai drive off the road pimipiso vai drive along, drive by DRIVE OFF maaciipiso vsi set out by vehicle, speed off, drive off DROP paninan vti drop s.t. from hand piikohsltoon vti2 break s.t. by dropping. Stem: /piikohsitoo-/ DROWN nihsaapaawe vai drown DRUG mashkihkl -in ni medicine, drug DRUM matwehikan -ak na drum DRUMMING matwehike vai be drumming DRY paahso vts dry s.o. (by heat). Stem: /paahsw-/ iskaaciwaso vai be boiled dry iskaaciwate vii be boiled dry DUCK shiihshiip -ak na duck DUCKS nooncihshipe vsi hunt ducks (E). Also: noocihshipe (W} DURING mekwaac pc while, during, at the (same) time, now EAR mihtawak -an nid ear. Stem: /-htawak-/ EASILY watakami- pv easily EAST waapanonk pc east (E). Also: waapanok (W) EAT amo vts eat s.o. Stem: /amw-/ miicin vti3 eat s.t. Stem: /miici-/ tepi-wiihsini vai have enough to eat wiihsini vai eat 348 0 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY n io at aana- pv In vain, to attempt, effort, anyway. anyhow enikohk pc with more effort, harder EGG waaw -an ni egg EIGHT ayinaanew nu eight. Also: enaanew ayinaanewinoon vii be eight. Stem: /ayinaanewin-/ ayinaanewiwak vai be eight. Stem: /ayinaanewi-/ EIGHT DOLLARS ayinaanewaapihk na eight dollars EIGHTEEN ayinaanewishaap nu eighteen EIGHTEEN DOLLARS ayinaanewishaap tahsiwaapihk na eighteen dollars EIGHTY ayinaanemltana nu eighty ELBOW mitooskwan -an nid elbow. Stem: /-tooskwan-/ ELDER kihci-ayaa ·na elder niici-kihcihaa •k nad my fellow elder. Stem:/-iici-kihcihaa-/ weshkaci-anihshinini na old-timer, old Indian person, elder ELEVEN peshikoshaap nu eleven, (decade number) plus one ELEVEN DOLLARS peshikoshaap tahsiwaapihk na eleven dollars ELSE maashkooc pc perhaps, maybe, or else EMBARK poosi vai get on, embark EMPHATIC hsa pc emphatic ota pc emphatic iko pc emphatic EMPLOYMENT anohkiiwin -an ni job, employment, work END ishkwaayaac pc end, last, ultimate ENGINE pimipanihcikan -an ni engine, motor, machine ENGLISH wemihtikooshiimo vai speak English ENJOY EATING minwancike vai eat well, enjoy eating (E). Also: minwacike (W) ENJOYABLE minwentaakwan vii be enjoyable, be liked, fun, be a good time sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc r EFFORT L 349 �ENGLISH • ANDISHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY ENdUdA tepi- prev enough, sufficient tepihse vaVii be enough of s.t., be sufficient 0 ENTER 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n piintike vai enter, go in, come in (E). Also: piitike (W) ENTIRELY mitoni pc really, entirely so, completely. Also: tetako ENTIRELY SO mitoni pc really, entirely so EQUIPMENT aapacihclkan -an ni tool, useful thing, equipment EUROPE akaamahkiink pc in Europe, abroad EVEN mlhsawaac pc even though, anyhow, although EVENING eni-tipihkaak vii last evening. IC < ani-tipihkaa EVENT IS OVER ishkwaahkamikan vii event is over EVENTUALLY keka pc finally, eventually EVER wiihkaa pc ever EVERGREEN shinkop -iik na evergreen tree, spruce (E). Also: shikop (W) EVERY kahkina pc all, every tahso• pre every, a certain number EVERY SUMMER tahso-niipin pc every summer EVERYTHING mamisiwe- prev all over, everything misiwe pc all over, everything, whole EVIDENTLY ohsha pc [emphatic particle] Also: hsha EX-SPOUSE nikayaashim -ak nad my ex-spouse. Stem: /-kayaashim-/ EXACTLY mayaam pc exactly EXAMINE memecikaahcike vai examine things, check up on things memecikaayaapantan vti examine s.t., investigate s.t., check up on s.t. (by looking) (E). Also: memecikaayaapatan (W) EXCESSIVE onsaam pc too much, extreme, excessive (E). Also: osaam (W) EXCHANGE miishkoc pc in exchange, instead of, in tum 350 0 �ENGLISH -ANIHSIDNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY r EXHAOsfeb caakihse vsVii get used up, run out, be exhausted EXIST takwan vii be there, exist EXIT at io n saakaham vai2 go out, exit EXPECTED kaye piko pc likely, to be expected, probably EXTENSIVELY naahpic pc really, very, to a high degree, extensively Ed Fa cu l ty of ahplihci- prev to a certain extent. Also: apiihciawahshime pc to greater extent, more and more EXTREME osaam pc too much, extreme, excessive wiihsakentam vai2 be extremely hurt, feel extreme pain EXTREMELY tetako pc extremely, totally, very wiihsakentam vai2 be extremely hurt, feel extreme pain EYE micaap -an nid eye. Stem: /-caap-/ uc EXTENT FALL sit ( aahte- pv fade away, disappear y FADE pankihsin vii fall (E). Also: pakihsin (W) er FALUAUTUMN ni v takwaakin vii be fall, be autumn FAR FARAWAY ad U waahsa pc tar, distant ahko- prev as far as, as long as, a certain length niikate pc a ways off, far away he FAST La ke kinipi- pv fast kinipii vai hurry, be quick, be fast FAT aancipo vai be fat, be chubby (E). Also: aacipo (W) FATHER nitaataa -mak nad my father. Stem: /-taataa(m)-/ FATHER-IN-LAW nishihsesh -ak nad my (cross-)uncle, my father-in-law. Stem: /-shihsesh-/ FEAR kohsi vta fear s.o. Stem: /kohs-/ FEAST L makohshe vai feast, give a feast makohshewin -an ni feast 351 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY FEATHER Ed uc at io n 0 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of miinkwan -ak na feather. Also: miikwan FEBRUARY kaa-tahkwekisoc piihsim na-pt shorter month, February FEEL mino-ayaawamaciho vai feel well, feel better wiihsakentam vai2 be extremely hurt, feel extreme pain FELLOW niici-kihclhaa -k nad my fellow elder. Stem:/-iici-kihcihaa-/ niici-naape -wak nad my fellow man. Stem: /-iici-naapew-/ niitihkwe -wak nad my fellow woman. Stem: /-iitihkwew-/ FEMALE ihkwe -wak na woman, female FETCH naasihkan vti fetch s.t., get s.t. naaci- pv get, fetch, go for FEW aanta pc some, few FIFTEEN niyaananoshaap nu fifteen. Also: niyaanoshaap FIFTEEN DOLLARS niyaananoshaap tahsiwaapihk na fifteen dollars FIFTY niyaananomitana nu fifty. Also: niyaanomitana FIGHT mikaash vta fight s.o. Stem: /miikaaN-/ miikaaso vai fight milkaasowin -an ni fight, violence. Also: miikaatiwin miikaatan vti fight s.t. FILLED UP shaakashkine vii be filled up, be full. Also: mooshkine FINALLY keka pc finally, eventually FINALLY WHEN ahpii ahpin pc finally when FIND mihkaw vta find s.o. mihkan vti find s.t. FINGER niihsiikinincaan -an ni finger FINGERNAIL mashkash -iik nad fingemaiVtoenail. Stem: /-ashkash-/ FINISH kiishihi _vta finish s.o. Stem: /kiishih-/ kiishihtoon vti2 finish s.t., be done with s.t. Stem: /kiishihtoo-/ FIRE pootawe vai make or build up a fire 352 0 �ENGLISH -ANIHSIDNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n r caaklso vai be lit, be on fire, have one's house on fire, bum up, be burned up sahkiso vai be lit, be on fire, have one's house on fire sahkite vii be lit, be on fire FIREWOOD mihsan n/ firewood. Plural of: mihsi mihsi ni stick of firewood. Plural: mihsan 'firewood' manihse vai get firewood FIRST kiinishtam pr you next, you first. [second person personal pronoun]. Also: niinihtam nishtam pc first, next niinishtam pr me next, me first. [first person singular pronoun]. Also: niinihtam wiinishtam pr him first, her first, him next, her next. [third person singular personal pronoun]. Also: wiinihtam FISH kinooshe -k na fish pakitahwe vai fish with a net, set a net FISH WITH HOOK kwaashkwepicike vai fish with a hook and a line kwaashkwepine vai fish with a hook and a line FISHHOOK kwaashkwepicikan -ak na fishhook FISHING GEAR nooci-kinooshewi-aapacihcikan ni fishing gear FIVE niyaanan nu frve niyaananiwak vai be five. Stem: /niyaanani-/ niyaananoon vii be five. Stem: /niyaanan-/ FIVE CENTS niyaanan piiwaapihkohsh -ak na five cents. Also: niyaanan piiwaapihkoonhsh FIVE DOLLAR BILL niyaananoopiihikan -ak na five dollar bill FIVE DOLLARS niyaananwaapihk na five dollars. Also: niyaananwaapihk FIVE TIMES niyaananwaa pc five times FIVE YEARS niyaanowahki or niyaanino-ahki pc five years FIX L waweshihi vta fix s.o. Stem: /waweshih-/ waweshihtoon vti2 fix s.t., repair s.t. Stem: /waweshihtoo-/ FLASH waawaahte vii flash (light), Northern Lights FLOAT akoncin vai float, soak (E). Also: akocin (W) akontin vii float, soak (E). Also: akotin r,N) FLOOD mooshkahan vii flood, be high water 353 �ENGLISH -ANillSHININIIl\10WIN GLOSSARY FLOOR 0 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n wepahike vai sweep the floor FLOUR pahkweahikan na flour FLOW ishiciwan vii flow in a certain direction, flow so FLOW SWIFTLY kishiiciwan -oon vii flow swiftly FLY ishihse vai fly in a certain direction maaciihse vaVii fly off (as a bird), starts (as a motor) pimakoote vii fly along, fly by pimihse vai fly along, fly by (of a bird) FLY (INSECT) nanaantawi-oociiwe vai go about looking for flies (E). Also: nanaatawi-oociiwe (W) oocii -k ns fly FLY BACK kiiwekoote vii fly back FOGGED IN kashkawan vii be misted over, be fogged in FOOD miicim ni food ahshanke vai give food to people (E). Also: ahshake (W) FOOT misit -an nid foot. Stem: /-sit-/ FOREHEAD mikanakaap -an nid forehead. Stem: /-kanakaap-/ FOREST pihkwatahkamik ni forest, wilderness FORGET waniihkenotan vti forget s.t. waniihkenotaw vts forget s.o. FORK ciishtahikan -an ni fork. Also: ciishtahipon FORMER kayaash pc originally, long ago, former FORTY niimitana nu forty FOUR niiwin nu four niiwinoon vii be four. Stem: /niiwin-/ niiwiwak vsi be four. Stem: /niiwi-/ FOUR DOLLARS niiwaapihk na four dollars FOUR TIMES niiwaa pc four times 354 0 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY sit FUMBLE er ( y Fa cu l ty io at uc of Ed r niiwishaap nu fourteen, (decade number) plus four FOURTEEN DOLLARS niiwishaap tahsiwaapihk na fourteen dollars FOX mahkehshl -wak na fox. Also: waakohsh waakohsh -ak na fox. Also: mahkehshi -wak FREEZE kashkatin vii freeze up FREQUENT nahshine pc often, all the time, frequently FRIDAY pahkweshikani-kiishikaa vii flour day, be Friday FROG omakahkii -k na frog FROM onci pc from (E). Also: ocl (W) onci- prev from, cause (E). IC: wenci-. Also: oci- (W)IC: weciFROZEN aahkwatin vii be frozen up, be frozen over FROZEN SOLID mashkwaakwatin vii be frozen solid FRYING PAN paanahkihk -wak ns frying pan n FOURTEEN ni v papiikonike vsi fumble things, cause problems FUN . minwentaakwan vii be fun, be liked, be appreciated U FUNNY La ke he ad wawiyasinaakosi vai look cute, look funny wawiyatisiike vai do funny things FUR ahtay -ak ns pelt, fur for trade FUTURE ta- prev will [future tense in independent with no personal prefix] GARAGE waweshahitaapaanewikamik -oon ni garage GAS pimite ni lard, grease, fuel oil. gas GAS STATION kaahsaniiwikamik -oon ni gas station GASOLINE kaahsanii ni gasoline GATHER , maawatoonan vti gather s.t. '--- GATHERING maawacihitowin ni gathering, meeting 355 �ENGLISH • ANIHSIIlNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY GET naasihkan vti get s.t., fetch s.t. naaci- pv get. fetch, go for GET BY BOAT naataham vai2 go to get by boat naatahan vti go to get s.t. by boat 0 GET NET n naatahsapii vai get one's net, check one's net at uc Ed ty of kapaa val get off, disembark GETON poosi val get on, embark poosihi vta get on board Stem: /poosih-/ GET READY kwayaancil vai get ready, prepare (E). Also: kwayaacii (W) GETUP wanishkaa vai get up in the moming io GET OFF cu l GETWATEA . Q sit GIVE y Fa naatahipii vai get water, go for water GHOST ciipay -ak na ghost, corpse GIRL ihkwesenhs -ak na girl (E). Also: ihkwesehs (W) . ni v GO er miish vta give (s.t.) to s.o. Stem: /miiN-/ ahshanke vai give food to people (E). Also: ahshake (W) La ke he ad U aacaan pc gor ishaa vai go to a certain place maacaa vai go, leave papaami-ishaamakan vii go about, go there pimitaapii vai go along by sled or sleigh waahkaahse vii go around, be an hour GO AHEAD tepwehtam vai2 believe, agree, go ahead with something (what someone says to do) tepwehtan vti believe s.t., agree with s.t., go ahead with something (what someone says to do) tepwehtaw vta believe in s.o., agree with s.o., go ahead with something (what some one says to do) GO AROUND nanaantawi- prev seek, go around for (E). Reduplication of: nantawi-, ntawi-. Also: nanaatawi- (W) GO AWAY ani-naakosi vai be seen going away (from the speaker} niikateshkaa vai go away GO BACK kiiwe- prev retuming, going home, going back 356 Q �ENGLI SH -ANillS HININ IIMOW IN GLOSSARY do alcK\YARos sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n ashepite vii go backwards GO DOWNHILL tiihtipaamaciwe vai go downhill GO FOR naaci- pv get, fetch, go for GO FOR FOOD naacimiiclme vai go for food GO HOME kliwe val go home, return kiiwe- prev retuming, going home, going back GOIN piintike vsi enter, go in, come in (E). Also: piitike (W) GO OUT saakaham vai2 go out, exit GOTO DO nintawi- prev go to do (E). Also: nantawi-, ntawi- (E). Also: nitawi-, natawi-, ntawi- (W) GOTO SHORE naasipli vsi go to the shore, go to the water GOUP ompipaniho vsi go up in a hurry (E). Also: opipanihoo, opipaniho (W) GOWITH wiiciiw vta go with s.o., accompany s.o. GOING AWAY maacaamakan -oon vii go away, leave GONE inenti vai be gone so long, be absent so long (E). Also: ineti (W) ontenti vai be absent, be gone (E). Also: oteti (W) wenipan pc be gone, disappear GOOD mino- pre nice, good nlhtaawanohkii vai work well, be a good worker GOOD LOOKING takahkinaakosi vai be good looking, handsome GOOD TASTE minohpitan vti like taste of s.t. minohpo vta like taste of s.o. Stem: /minohpw-/ GOOSE nihka -k na Canada goose wehwe -k na snow goose wehwew -ak na white goose GRAB manipahi vta grab s.o., pick s.o. up quickly. Stem: /manipah-/ GRANDCHILD noosihs -ak nad my grandchild. Stem: /-oosihs-/ GRANDFATHER nlmohshoom -ak nad my grandfather. Stem: /-mohshoom-/. Also: nimihshoom 357 L �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY GRANDMOTHER noohkom -ak nad my grandmother. Stem: /-oohkom-/ 0 GREASE pimite n/ lard, grease, fuel oil, gas GREAT kihci- pre big, great, very GREATER n awahshime pc to greater extent, more and more io GREEN uc at aniipiiwaa vii be green aniipiiwisl. vai be green GREmNG Ed waaciye pc hello! greeting! (also used by some speakers as a farewell) GREY of waapisahaa vii be grey waapisahisi vai be grey ty GROUNDHOG wiinashk -wak na groundhog cu l GUN paashkislkan -an ni gun nid hair. Stem: /-piiway-/ y mipiiway -an piiway ni hair Fa HAIR sit HALF 0 er aapihta pc half aapihtaa- prsv half ni v HALF-DOLLAR aapihtawaapihk -ook na half-dollar U HALL metawewikamik -con ni recreation hall ad HAND ke HANG he mininc -iin ni my hand (E). Stem: /-nine-/. Also: minic (W). Stem: /-nic-/ waaciye vai shake hands La akoocin vai hang, be in the sky (as sun, moon, and stars) akoote vii hang HANG AROUND tashiihke vai stay there, hang around, live there, play HAPPEN ishiwepan vii be certain weather, happen in a certain way. IC: eshiwepa= iti vai have such things happen to one ihkin vii happen a certain way, be a certain problem macihse vai have something bad happen, have things go wrong oncihcihse vii be the time of, come to happen, the time has come (E). Also: ocihcihse (W) HAPPY minwentam vai2 be happy, be glad 358 0 �ENGLIS H • ANIHSID NINIIMO WIN GLOSSARY HARD r aanimisi val be difficult, be argumentative, be hard to get along with, be cranky HARDER enikohk pc with more effort, harder HARDLY akaawaac pc hardly, scarcely siitawaac pc barely, hardly, poorly n HARE at io waapoos -ook na snowshoe hare (rabbit) waapooso-wanihikan -an ni trap for snowshoe hare (rabbit) uc HAT ashtotin -an ni hat, cap Ed HAVE ayaan vti have s.t. ayaaw vta have s.o., have permission to use s.o. HAVE ARROWS cu l oplhkwahko vai have arrows ty ociimaani vai have a boat, have s.t. as one's boat of HAVE A BOAT HE C sit y Fa kewiin pr him too, her too, as for him, as for her [third person singular personal pronoun] wiin pr he, she, him, her [third person singular personal pronoun] wiinishtam pr him first, her first, him next, her next [third person singular personal pronoun). Also: wilnihtam wiinehta pr him/her alone, him/her only er HEAD ni v mishtikwaan -an nid head. Stem: /-shtikwaan-/ HEAL U natawihiwe -wak vai heal people (W). Also: antawihiwe (E) HEAR he HEAR S.O. ad noontaw vta hear s.o.(E). Also: nontaw (W) tanihtaakwan vii be heard there ke tepihtaw vta hear s.o. in the distance tepihtan vti hear s.t. in the distance La HEARD taniwewitam vai2 be heard from a certain place HEART mitehi -in HEATER nid heart. Stem: /-tehi-/ kishisikanaapihk -oon ni heater HEEL mitoontan -an nid heel (E). Stem: /-toontan•/. Also: mitootan (W). Stem: /-tootan-/ HELLO t "- pooshoo pc hello waaciye pc hello! greeting! (also used by some speakers as a farewell) 359 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY HELP wiicihi vta help s.o. Stem: /wiicih-/ HER 0 n kewiin pr him too, her too, as for him, as for her [third person singular personal pronoun] wiin pr he, she, him, her [third person singular personal pronoun) wiinishtam pr him first, her first, him next, her next [third person singular personal pronoun]. Also: wiinihtam wiinehta pr him/her alone, him/her only io HERE uc at ohomaa pc here. Also: homaa pi- prev here, hither, towards HIDE of HIGH Ed kaash vta hide s.o., hide s.t. animate. Stem: /kaaN-/ kaatoon vt/2 hide it mooshkahan vii flood, be high water ty HILL cu l pihkwaamatinaa -n ni hill HIM sit y Fa kewiin pr him too, her too, as for him, as for her [third person singular personal pronoun] wiin pr he, she, him, her [third person singular personal pronoun] wiinishtam pr him first, her first, him next, her next [third person singular personal pronoun]. Also: wiinihtam wiinehta pr him/her alone, him/her only 0 er HIP U ni v mishiikan -an nid hip. Stem: /-shiikan-/ HIT pahkihteho vta hit s.o. /pahkihtehw-/ pahkihtehan vti hit s.t., strike s.t. pihtaho vta hit s.o. accidentally using s.t. Stem: /pihtahw-/ ad HITHER HOCKEY he pi- prev here, hither, towards ke pimaahkwepahike vai play hockey pimaahkwepahikewin ni hockey La HOLE IN ICE twaahikan -an ni hole in ice twaahike vai make a hole in the ice HOME api vai be in a certain place, sit, be at home kiiwe vsi go home, return HOMESICK shikatentam va/2 be bored, be lonely, be homesick, be sad HOOK kwaashkwepicikan -ak na fishhook kwaashkwepish vts hook s.o. Stem: /kwaashkwepiN-/ 360 0 �ENGLISH - ANDISIDNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY r sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n \ HOOKED kwaashkwepiso vai be hooked HOPE kaanika pc I wonder, I wish, I hope HOT kishite vii be hot (atmosphere) kishaakamtte vii be hot (liquid) HOUR waahkaahae vii go around, be an hour HOUSE maniwaahkaahikane vai buy a house waahkaahikan •an ni house HOW aan pc how, in what manner, why, what. Also: aani, aaniin HOW MANY aan tahsin pc how many HOWEVER shaakooc pc however. nevertheless, after all HOWL wawoono vsi howl (of dog, wolf etc.) HUNDRED mitaahsomitana nu hundred. niishwaa mitaahsomitana 'two hundred', etc. HUNGRY paawanii vai be skinny, starving, hungry HUNT nanaantawaapam vta look around for s.o., hunt for s.o. (E). Also:nanaatawaapam (W) nanaantawaapantan vti look around for s.t., hunt for s.t. (E). Also: nanaatawaapatan (W) nanaantawencike vai hunt (E). Also: nanaatawencike rN) nantawencike vai hunt (E). Also: natawencike (W) nooncihshipe vai hunt ducks (E). Also: noocihshipe r,N) HURRY kinipii vai hurry, be quick, be fast HURRY ABOARD poosipaniho vai hurry aboard. Also: poosipanihoo HURT wiihsakentam 'vai2 be extremely hurt, feel extreme pain keniin pr me too, as for me [first person singular personal pronoun] niin pr I, me [first person singular personal pronoun] niinishtam pr me next, me first [first person singular pronoun]. Also: niinihtam niinehta pr I alone, me only ICE mihkwam •iik na ice maacihtan vii be ice breaking up , maacihtan vii ice break up ' - ICE BREAK UP maacihtan vii be ice breaking up 361 �ENGLISH • ANIHSIIlNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY maacihtan vii Ice break up IF 0 kiishpin pc if ILLNESS aahkosiwin -an ni sickness, illness IN ishi- prev to or in a certain place, in a certain way. Also: shi-. IC> eshi- at Ed uc pimi- prev by, past, along, in process of IN PROGRESS ani- prev away from, in progress toward, gradual onset, from that time IN THE WATER nipiihkaank pc in the water (E). Also: nipiihkaak (W) INDIAN io n lN PROCESS cu l ty of anihshinaape -k na Indian, person anihshinini -wak na Indian, person anihshininiimo vai speak the native language anihshininliwihkwe na native woman, Indian woman. Also: anihshininiihkwe INDIAN Fa weshkaci-anihshinini na old-timer, old Indian person, elder INDOORS piintikamik pc indoors (E). Also: piitikamik (W) y INFORM sit kihkentamoosh vta inform s.o., let s.o. know. Stem: /kihkentamooN-/ 0 er INLAND noohpimink pc in the bush, inland (E) . Also: noohpimik (W) ni v INSECT manicoohsh -ak na bug, insect U INSIDE ad piinci- pren inside, into (E). Also: piici- (W) piinciyahii pc inside something (E). Also: piiciyahii (W) he INTO piinci- pren inside, into (E). Also: piinci- (W) ke INVESTIGATE La memecikaayaapantan vti examine s.t., investigate s.t., check up on s.t. (by looking) (E). Also: memecikaayaapatan (W) naanaakacihi vta investigate s.o., watch for s.o. Stem: /naamaakacih-/ IRON shooshkwahikan -ak na iron ISLAND minihtik -oon ni island JACKFISH cwaapiihsh -ak na jackfish. Also: nicwaapiihsh JAIL 0 kipaahkwahitiiwikamik -oon ni jail JAM caam ni jam 362 �ENGLISH • ANIHSmNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY ociimitoo-pllhsim na kiss month, January. Also: ociimi-kiishikaawi-piihsim JAY kwiikwiihs •ak na Canada jay. Also: kwiihwiihshi -wak JOB anohkiiwln -an ni job, employment, work poonanohkll vai quit a job, stop working JOKINGLY oncita pc purposely, jokingly (E). Also: ocita (W) JUDGE tipaahkon vta judge s.o. punish s.o., charge s.o. tipaahkonlke vai judge things/people, measure things (as something stick-like) JULY kiishipakaawi-piihsim na leaves are fully grown month, July JUMP kwaashkonl vsi jump poosikwaashkoni vai jump aboard kicikwaashkoni vsi jump out JUNE saakipaakaawi-piihsim na leaves are out month, June JUST . piko pc just. Also: poko KERCHIEF naapihkaakan -ak na kerchief, scarf sit KETTLE ahkihk -wak -ook na pail, kettle tiiwahkihk -wak -ook na kettle, teakettle KEY aapihsakahikan -an ni key KILL nihsi. vta kill s.o. Stem: /nihs-/ nipahtoon vti2 kill s.t. Stem: /nipahtoo-/ KIND toohkaan pc sort, kind. Also: tinoohkaan, toowinihkaan keko pc what kind or sort, which one or sort KITCHEN TABLE wiihsiniiwinaahtik -oon ni kitchen table KNEE mikitik -oon ni knee KNIFE moohkomaan -an ni knife naacihkomaane vsi get a knife KNOW kihkenim vta know s.o. kihkentan vti know s.t. nahke piko pc I don't know kihkentam vai2 know La ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n r JANUARY L 363 �ENGLISH • ANDISHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY kNowAoW Ed uc at io n 0 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of nihtaa- prev can do, skilled at, know how nihtaawe vai know how to talk, can talk KNOWN kihkentaakwan vii known LADLE emihkwaan -ak na spoon, ladle LAKE saakahikan -an -iin ni fake akaahsikamaa vii be a small lake mihshikamaa vii be a big lake LAKE TROUT namekohs -ak na lake trout LAMP waashtenlkan -an ni lamp. Also: waahtenikan, waastenikan LARD pimite ni lard, grease, fuel oil, gas LAST anihshaa pc by chance, at the last minute eni-tipihkaak vii last evening. IC < ani-tipihkaa ishkwaayaac pc end, last, ultimate LATE anoonaakohshin vii be late in the aftemoon pwaatawi- pv delayed, late LATER paanimaa pc later, later on, after a long while naake pc later LAUGH paahpi vai laugh paahpihi vta laugh at s.o. Stem: /paahpih-/ LAUGH AT paahpihtoon vti2 laugh at s.t. Stem: /kaatoo-/ LAUNDROMAT kisiipiikinikewikamik -oon ni laundromat LAZY kihtimi vai be lazy LEAST kanake pc at least LEAVE maacaa vai go, leave LEAVE BEHIND nakash vta leave s.o. behind. Stem: /nakaN-/ nakatan vti leave s.t. behind LEFT namancinihkiink pc on the left. Also: namacinihkiik rN) LEG mihkaat -an nid leg. Stem: /-hkaat-/ 364 0 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY aatisoohkaan -an ni legend aatisoohke vai tell legends LENGTH ahko- prev as far as, as long as, a certain length LET GOOF pakitin vts let go of s.o. pakitinan vti let go of s.t. LET KNOW kihkentamoosh vta inform s.o., let s.o. know. Stem: /kihkentamooN-/ LETTER masinahikan -an ni book, document, paper, letter, newspaper LIBRARY masinahikanikamik -oon ni library LIE ahshawaapam vta lie in wait for s.o. ahshawaapantan vti lie in wait for s.t., look out for s.t. (E). Also: ahshawaapantan (W) LIE DOWN kawihshimo vai lie down, go to bed pimihshin vai lie down cu l ty of Ed uc at io n r LEGEND Fa LIFE pimaatisiwin -an ni life sit sahkiso vai be lit, be on fire, have one's house on fire sahkite vii be lit, be on fire LIKE minwenim vta like s.o. ' minwentan vti like s.t., enjoy s.t. LIKE TASTE minohpitan vti like taste of s.t. minohpo vta like taste of s.o. Stem: /minohpw-/ LIKED minwentaakwan vii be fun, liked, appreciated LIKELY maawin pc likely, perhaps, maybe, must be kaye piko pc likely, to be expected, probably LIPS mitoon -an nid mouth (especially outer part of mouth; lips) LISTEN nantohtaw vta listen to s.o. (E). Also: natohtaw (W) nantohtan vti listen to s.t. (E). Also: natohtan (W) LISTEN! mahl pc listenf La ke he ad U ni v er ( y LIGHT L, LITTLE pankii pc a little (E). Also: pakii (W) LIVE pimaatisi vai live, be alive 365 �ENGLISH - ANDISHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 0 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n tashiihke vai stay there, hang around, live there, play ishi-taa vai live there, reside there LOCATION amihimaa pc that is where, there in a certain location LONELY · shikatentam vai2 be bored, be lonely, be homesick, be sad LONESOME shikatentan vti be lonesome for s.t. LONG ahko- prsv as far as, as long as, a certain length kinwaakaash pc for a long time LONG AGO weshkac pc long ago, in the past kayaash pc originally, long ago, fonner weshkaci- pv long ago, in the past LONG HAIR kinwaanihkwe vai have long hair LONGTIME kinwensh pc for a long time (E). Also: kinwesh (W) LOOK inaapi vai take a look wawiyasinaakosi vai look cute, look funny LOOKAFTER kanawenim vta look after, take care of s.o. kanawentan vti look after, take care of s.t. LOOK AROUND ayinaapi vai look around. Reduplication of: inaapi nanaantawaapam vta look around for s.o., hunt for s.o. (E) Also: nanaatawaapam CN) nanaantawenim vta look around for s.o., search for s.o. (E) Also: nanaatawenim (W) nanaantawentan vti look around for s.t., search for s.t. (E) Also: nanaatawentan(W) nanaatawaapam vta look around for s.o., hunt for s.o. (E) Also: nanaantawaapam (W) nanaatawaapatan vti look around for s.t., hunt for s.t. (E) Also: nanaantawaapantan (W) nanaatawenim vta look around for s.o., search for s.o. (E) Also: nanaantawenim (W) nanaatawentan vti look around for s.t., search for s.t. (E) Also: nanaantawentan (W) LOOKAT kanawaapam vta look at s.o. kanawaapantan vti look at s.t. (E). Also: kanawaapatan (W) LOOK FOR nantonaw vta look for s.o. LOOK NICE mino-naakosi vai looks nice, good looking. Also: minonaakosi LOOKI nahl pc lookf look outf LOOKOU'f ahshawaapi vai be on the lookout, lie in wait LOON maank -wak na loon (E). Also: maak (W) 366 Q �ENGLISH • ANIHSIDNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io wanihi vta lose s.o., miss s.o., mislay s.o. Stem: /wanih-/ wanihtoon vti2 lose s.t. Stem: /wanihtoo-/ LOT mihshiinatinoon vii be a lot of, be many of. Stem: /mihshiinatin-/ LOUD kishiiwemakan vii be loud LOVE saakihi vta like, love s.o. Stem: /saaldh-/ LOW capashiihsh pc low, lower level LOW SOUND OR VOICE pitikohtaakosi vai have a muffled or low sound, have a muffled or low voice LYNX pishiw -ak na lynx MACHINE pimipanihcikan -an ni engine, motor, machine MAD kishiwaasi vai be angry, be mad MAKE FIRE pootawe vai make or build up a fire MAKE FUN nanaatihkosii vai do mean things, tease, make fun of people MAN naape -wak ns man niici-naape -wak nad my fellow man. Stem: /-iici-naapew-/ MANAGE kashkihi vta be able to manage, can do to s.o.; let s.o. go. Stem: /kashkih-/ MANAGER okimaa -k na boss, manager MANY aan tahsin pc how many mihshiin pc many, much, a lot mihshiinowak vai be many. Stem: /mihshiino-/ minikohk pc much, many. Also: minikwahk tahsin pc a certain number tahsinoon vii be a certain number of. Stem: /tahsin-/ tahsiwak vai be a certain number of. Stem: /tahsi-/ mihshiinatinoon vii be a lot of, be many of. Stem: /mihshiinatin-/ MANY TIMES mihshiiniwaa pc many times, often. Also: mihshiinwaa MARCH mikisiwi-piihsim na bald eagle month, March MARRIED I. wiikito vai be married, marry '-- MARRY wiikito vai be married, marry n r LOSE La ke he ad U ni v er sit ( 367 �ENGLISH -ANillSIIlNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY MATCH 0 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n maaciihs -ak na match MAY mahko-plihsim na bear month, May MAYBE iitok pc maybe, must be maashkooc pc perhaps, maybe, or else maawin pc likely, perhaps, maybe, must be naanita pc maybe, perhaps, in some way. Also: naanta ME keniin pr me too, as for me (first person singular personal pronoun) niin pr I, me [first person singular personal pronoun] niinishtam pr me next, me first [first person singular pronoun). Also: niinihtam niinehta pr I alone, me only MEAN nanaatihkosii vai do mean things, tease, make fun of people MEASURE tipaahkonike vai judge things/people, measure things (as something stick-like) MEAT wiiyaahs ni meat amihko-wiiyaahs ni beaver meat atihko-wiiyaahs ni caribou meat mooso-wiiyaahs ni moose meat MEDICINE mashkihki -in ni medicine, drug mashkihkiiwinini -wak na medicine person, doctor MELT ninkiso -wak vai be melted (E). Also: nikiso (W) MIDDLE nahsaw pc middle of MIGHT AS WELL nitawaac pc might as well, rather. Also: ntawaac MILK coocoohshaapoo ni milk MINNOW kinooshenhs -ak na minnow (E). Also: kinooshehs (W) MINUTE anihshaa pc by chance, at the last minute MIRACULOUSLY natok pc suddenly, miraculously, as a suprise MISERABLE WEATHER niiskaatan vii be miserable weather MISTAKE mamaanii vai do something bad, make mistakes MITIEN mincihkaawan -ak na mitten (E). Also: micihkaawan (W) 368 0 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed io uc at kinika pc mix MOCCASIN mahkisin -an ni shoe, moccasin MONDAY anohkiiwl-klishikaa vii work day, be Monday MONEY shooniyaan -ak na money. Also: shooniyaa MONTH piihsim -ook na sun, moon, month. Also: piihsom MOON akoocin vsi hang, be in the sky (as sun, moon, and stars) piihsim -ook na sun, moon, month. Also: piihsom tipihki-pilhslm -ook na moon MOONLIGHT ldishikaahte vii be moonlight MOOSE moos -ook na moose mooso-wiiyaahs ni moose meat MORE kliyaapic pc still, yet, more. Also: kiyaapic awahshime pc to greater extent, more and more enikohk pc with more effort, harder nawac pc more, quite (-er) MOANING kekishepaayaa vii be morning waapan vii be morning, be dawn, be tomorrow kekishep pc this morning (past). Also: kekishepaa MOSQUITO saldme -k na mosquito MOSQUITO NET sakimewayaan -ak na mosquito net MOST maawac pc most, most of all MOTHER nimaamaa -mak nad my mother. Stem: /-maamaa(m)-/ MOTHER-IN-LAW nisikohs -ak nad my (cross-)aunt; my mother-in-law. Stem: /-sikohs-/ MOTOR pimipanihcikan -an ni engine, motor, machine MOTOR OIL apaakaminikan na motor oil MOUNTAIN wacii -n ni mountain MOUSE aapikoshiihsh -ak na mouse. Also: waapikoshiihsh n Mix L 369 �ENGLISH - ANIHSIIlNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY UoOfH mikonew ni mouth, inside mouth. Stem: /-konew-/ 0 MOVE aanci-taa vai move one's residence (E). Also: aaci-taa (W) MUCH io n mihshiin pc many, much, a lot minikohk pc much, many. Also: minikwahk mishtahl pc much, a lot. Also: mistahi MUSIC at kitohcike vai play a musical instrument uc MUSKEG mashkiik -oon ni muskeg, bog, swamp Ed MUSKRAT wacashk -wak na muskrat of MUST maawin pc likely, perhaps, maybe, m_ust be iitok pc maybe, must be MUSTACHE Fa miihsaweshkishii vai have a mustache cu l ty MUST BE NAME-SAKE niici-toohkan -ak nad my name-sake. Stem: /-iici-toohkan-/ sit y NAMED 0 er ishinihkaaso vai be called or named a certain way. IC> eshinihkaas0= ishinihkaate vii be called or named a certain way. IC> eshinihkaate= ni v NARRATE tipaacimo vai tell news, narrate NARRATION U tipaacimowin -an ni story. narration ad NARROW he akaahsihtikweyaa vii be a narrow river NATIVE ke anihshininiimo vai speak the native language anihshininiiwihkwe na native woman, Indian woman. Also: anihshiniihkwe La NATURAL nato- pre real, natural, plain NAVEL mitihs -iin ni navel. Stem: /-tihs-/ NEAR naani- pren near, by naaniyahii pc near something pehshonc pc close, near (E). Also: pehshoc r,J) NEAR ciikic pc by, close to, near to 0 NEARLY kekaat pc nearly, almost 370 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY mikwayaw -an nid neck. Stem: /kwayaw-/ NEIGHBOUR onci-wiici-taamaakan na neighbour (E). Also: oci-wiici-taamaakan (W) NEPHEW ninahaanklhshiim -ak nad my son-in-law, my (cross-)nephew (E). Stem: /-nahaankihshiim-/. Also: ninahaakihshiim (W) nitooshim -ak nad my (parallel-)nephew. Stem: /-tooshim-/ at uc Ed of cu l NEXT ty ahsap -ilk na net naatahsapli vai get one's net, check one's net pakitahwe vai fish with a net, set a net NEVER kaawin wilhkaa pc never NEVERTHELESS shaakooc pc however, nevertheless, after all NEWS tipaacimohtaw vta tell s.o. news or a story io NET n r NECK y Fa kiinishtam pr you next, you first [second person personal pronoun]. Also: niinihtam nishtam pc first, next nlinishtam pr me next, me first [first person singular pronoun]. Also: niinihtam wiinishtam pr him first, her first, him next, her next [third person singular personal pronoun]. Also: wiinihtam NICE mino- pre nice, good minwaahshin vii be nice, look nice anwaahtinikamin vii be a nice and calm body of water NICE DAY mino-kiishikaa vii be a nice day NIECE nitooshimihkwem -ak nad my (parallel-)niece. Stem: /-tooshimihkwem-/ NIGHT . kashkii-tipihkanihse vii get dark quickly (at night) tipihkaa vii be night niipaa- pv at night, happening at night, nocturnal tipihkonk pc last night (E). Also: tipihkok (W) NINE saankahso nu nine (E). Also: shaakahso, saakahso (W) NINE DOLLARS saankahswaapihk na nine dollars (E). Also: saakahsowaapihk. Also: saakahswaapihk (W) NINETEEN saankahsohshaap nu nineteen, (decade number) plus nine (E). Also: shaankahsoshaap (W) NINETEEN DOLLARS t saankahsoshaap tahswaapihk na nineteen dollars (E). Also: saakahsoshaap tahsiwaapihk (W) ' - NINETY saankahsomitana nu ninety (E). Also: shaakahsomitana, saankahsomitana (W) La ke he ad U ni v er sit ( 371 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY N Ed uc at io n 0 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of ekaa pc no, not (conjunct negative word] kaawin pc no, not. Also: kwaan. NO REASON kwanta pc for no reason or purpose NORTH kiiwetinonk pc north (E). Also: kiiwetinok (W) NORTHERN LIGHTS waawaahte vii flash (light), Northam Lights NOSE mikot -an nid nose. Stem: /-kot-/ NOT ekaa pc no, not. [conjunct negative word] kaawin pc no, not. Also: kwaan. nehpici- pv permanently, not knowing when to quit NOT YET kaawin mahshi pc not yet NOVEMBER kashkatinoo-piihsim na freeze up month, November NOW aasha pc now, then, yet. Also: aashay noonkom pc now, today (E). Also: nookom (W) NUMBER tahsin pc a certain number tahsinoon vii be a certain number of. Stem: /tahsin-/ tahsiwak vai be a certain number of. Stem: /tahsi-/ tahso- pre every, a certain number NURSING STATION mashkihkiiwikamik -oon ni nursing station OAR ashepoyaan -ak na paddle, oar. OCEAN akaami-kihcikam pc across the ocean OCTOBER pinaahkwiiwi-piihsim na leaves are falling month, October OFFICE masinahikewikamik -oon ni office, band office OFTEN nahshine pc often, all the time, frequently OHMYI kooshta pc oopsl oh myl Also: ooshta ooshta pc oops! oh myl Also: kooshta OLD weshkaci-anihshinini na old-timer, old Indian person, elder OLD-TIMER weshkaci-anihshinini na old-timer, old Indian person, elder 372 0 �ENGLISH • ANillSIDNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY n ONE peshik nu one peshiko- pre one, single pehpeshlk pc one by one ONE CENT peshik pliwaapihkohsh -ak na one cent. Also: peshik piiwaapihkoonhsh ONE DOLLAR peshikwaapihk na one dollar ONE DOLLAR BILL peshikoopiihikan -ak na one dollar bill ONE THAT kaa- prev one who, one that [conjunct relativizer] ONETIME peshikwaa pc once, one time ty ONE WHO kaa- prev one who, one that [conjunct relativizer] of Ed uc at io r ONCE peshikwaa pc once, one time cu l ONLY sit ad U ni v er ( y Fa ehta pc only kiinehta pr you alone, you only kiinehtawaa pr you alone, you only (plural) kiinehtawint pr we alone, us only (inclusive) (E). Also: kiinehtawit (W) niinehta pr I alone, me only niinehtawint pr we alone, us only (exclusive) (E). Also: niinehtawit (W) wiinehta pr him/her alone, him/her only wiinehtawaa pr they alone, them only OOPS! ooshta pc oopsf oh myl Also: kooshta OPEN paahkihsin -oon vii be open ORDER he onahtoon vti2 arrange s.t., organize s.t., put s.t. in order, stack s.t. Stem: /onahtoo-/ ke ORGANIZE La onahtoon vti2 arrange s.t., organize s.t., put s.t. in order, stack s.t. Stem: /onahtoo-/ ORIGINALLY kayaash pc originally, long ago, fonner L OTHER kotak -iyak pr the other. [animate alternative] kotak -iyan pr the other. [inanimate alternative] OTTER nikik -wak na otter. Also: ninkik nikiko-wanihikan -an ni trap for otter. Also: nikiko-wanihiikan, ninkiko-wanohikan OUGHT taa- prev would, could, should, ought, can [modal] OUT saakici- prev out 373 �ENGLISH • ANIHSIIlNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY OUTSIDE akwacilnk pc outside (E). Also: akwaciik (W) 0 OVER THERE ihiweti pc over there, that way. Also: hiweti OVERCAST ninkwahkwan vii overcast (E). Also: nikwahkwan (W) OWE n masinahamaw vta write to or for s.o., owe to s.o., borrow from s.o. io OWL at koohkoohkohoo -k na owl uc OWN Ed tipenim vta own s.o.• keep s.o., control s.o. tipentan vti own s.t., keep s.t., control s.t. PACK ty of pashkwewash -an ni pack piinahike vai put something in a container, pack something piinaho vta put s.o. in a container, pack s.o. Stem: /pinahw-/ pimiwane vai carry a pack along on one's back cu l PADDLE y Fa apwi -yak -wak na paddle, oar. Also: apoy -yak pimahkwashiwaake vai paddle something pimahkwashiwe vai paddle, paddle by maacilhkwashiwe vai start to paddle, paddle off sit PAIL ahkihk -wak -ook na pail, kettle er PAIN 0 ni v wiihsakentam vai2 be extremely hurt, feel extreme pain PANTS U mitaahs -ak nad pants. Stem: /-taahs-/ PAPER ad masinahikan -an ni book, document, paper, letter, newspaper he PARENT ke niniikihik -ook nad my parent. Stem: /-niikihikw-/ PAST La pimi- prev by, past, along, in process of weshkac pc long ago, in the past weshkaci- pv long ago, in the past PASTTENSE kii- prev [past tense] Also: kiih-. IC> kaaoci- prev [negative past tense]. Also: oncionci- prev [negative past tense]. Also: oci- PATH miihkana -n ni trail, path, road PAUL 0 Powaan -ak na Paul (person's name) PELT ahtay -ak na pelt, fur for trade 374 �ENGLISH -ANIHSIDNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY PEN y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n r masinahikanaahtik -oon ni pencil, pen PENCIL masinahikanaahtik -oon ni pencil, pen PENINSULA neyaahsh ni be a peninsula or point of land in the lake PEPPER pepaa ni pepper PERHAPS maashkooc pc perhaps, maybe, or else maawin pc likely, perhaps, maybe, must be naanita pc maybe, perhaps, in some way. Also: naanta PERMANENTLY nehpici- pv permanently, not knowing when to quit PERMISSION ayaaw vts have s.o., have permission to use s.o. PERSON anihshinaape -k na Indian, person anihshinini -wak na Indian, person awiya -k pr person, someone, somebody, anyone, anybody. Also: awiiya ayahaa -k na that being, person, or animate thing. Also: ehaa, ahaa PICK otaahpinan vti choose s.t., accept s.t., take s.t., pick s.t. otaahpinikaate vii be chosen, be taken, be accepted, be picked PICKUP manipahi vta grab s.o., pick s.o. up quickly. Stem: /manipah-/ PICKEREL okaahs -ak na pickerel PILLOW ahpihkwehshimon -an ni pillow PLAIN nato- pre real, natural, plain PLANE pimihsewin -an ni airplane, plane PLATE onaakan -an ni dish, plate PLAY metawe vai play tashiihke vai stay there, hang around, live there, play pimaahkwepahike vai play hockey PLAY INSTRUMENT kitohcike vai play a musical instrument PLAYTHING metawaakan -an ni toy, plaything , PLEASE '-' aahti pc please, why don't you, why not, let mer Also: maahti ekwa pc and, and so, then, and then, wait! please La ke he ad U ni v er sit ( 375 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY Plow at io n 0 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc tawehkonehike vai plow snow POLICE STATION shimaakanihshiiwikamik -oon ni police station POND waanipiiyaa vii pond, be an area of water POORLY siitawaac pc barely, hardly, poorly POP/JUICE shiiwaapoo ni pop, soft drink, juice PORCUPINE kaak -wak na porcupine PORRIDGE anoomlnaapoo na porridge PORTAGE kahkiiwe vai to portage onikam -iin ni portage POSSESSION ayaan vtl my possession, it belongs to me POSSIBLE kaana pc is it possible that, would you, perhaps POSSIBLY kehcin pc probably possibly POTATO ashkipwaaw -an ni potato POUR siikinan vti pour s.t., pump s.t. out POURED siikinikaate -wan vii be poured (liquid) PRAY ayamihaa vsi pray PREPARE kwayaancii vai get ready, prepare (E). Also: kwayaacii r,J) PROBABLY nitiko pc probably. Also: ntiko kaye piko pc likely, to be expected, probably kehcin pc probably possibly PROBABLY NOT kamaawin pc think not so, probably not so. <kaawin maawin PROBLEM aanimihse vaVii have difficulties, run into problems, get complicated PROBLEMS papiikonike vai fumble things, cause problems PROPERTY tipencikewin -an ni property, belongings, family PROVISIONS BOX niimaawiniwash -an ni provisions box or container 376 0 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY PONisR n tipaahkon vta judge s.o. punish s.o., charge s.o. PURPOSE kwanta pc for no reason or purpose PURPOSELY oncita pc purposely, jokingly (E). Also: ocita (W) PURSE piinahikan -an ni purse io PUT sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at ahsi vta put s.o. in a certain place. Stem: /ahs-/ ahtoon vti2 put s.t. in a certain place. Stem: /ahtoo-/ onahtoon vti2 arrange s.t., organize s.t., put s.t. in order, stack s.t. Stem: /onahtoo-/ PUT CLOTHES ON pihtaahpiso vai put clothes on, get dressed PUT IN CONTAINER piinahike vai put something in a container, pack something piinaho vta put s.o. in a container, pack s.o. Stem: /piinahw-/ PUT ON BOARD poosihi vta put on board s.o. Stem: /poosih-/ poosihtoon vti2 put s.t. on board. Stem: /poosihtoo-/ QUARTER peshishooniyaahsh -ak na twenty-five cents, (quarter). Also: peshik shooniyaahsh QUESTION ina pc [yes-no question marker] also na. QUICK kinipihse vsVii be quick, be fast, be used up quickly (money or time) kinipii vsi hurry, be quick, be fast QUICKLY wiipac pc soon, in a lmle while, quick, hurry kashkii-tipihkanihse vii get dark quickly (at night) QUIETLY sakamaatapi vai stay in place, sit quietly QUIT pooni- prev stop, cease, quit poonanohkii vai quit a job, stop working QUITE nawac pc more, quite (-er) RABBIT waapoos -ook na snowshoe hare (rabbit) waapooso-wanihikan -an ni trap for snowshoe hare (rabbit) RADIO nantohtamowin ni radio RADIO STATION natohtamoowikamik -oon ni radio station RAIN kimiwan vii rain. Also: kimowan l., 377 �ENGLISH - ANDISIDNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY RAISIN 0 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n shoominihsh -ak na raisin RAPIDS paawihtik -oon ni rapids RATHER nitawaac pc might as well, rather. Also: ntawaac RAVEN kaakaakl -wak na raven READY kwayaancii vai get ready, prepare (E). Also: kwayaacii (W) kwayaantahcike vai be ready or available things (E). Also: kwayaatahcike (W) REAL nato- pre real, natural, plain REALIZE nihsitawinan vti recognize s.t. by sight, realize s.t. REALLY mitoni pc really, entirely so naahpic pc really, very, to a high degree, extensively RECOGNIZE nihsitawinan vti recognize s.t. by sight, realize s.t. RECREATION HALL metawewikamik -oon ni recreation hall RED miskosi vai be red miskwaa vii be red maci-miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts bad weather mino-miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts good weather miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky at dawn or after sunset REGARDLESS aanciko pc to do anyway regardless of... (E). Also: aaciko (W) REGRETFUL mincinawesi vai be sorry, be regretful (E). Also: micinawesi (W) REGURGITATE pakitanemo vta regurgitate s.o. Stem: /pakitanemw-/ RELATION inaakoomaakan -ak na relation, person one is related to pehshotaahkoomaakan -ak na close relation REMEMBER kanoohkentaw vta remember s.o. kanoohke vai+o remember REMIND kanoohkem vta remind s.o. REPAIR waweshihtoon vti2 fix s.t., repair s.t. Stem: /waweshihtoo-/ RESIDE ishi-taa vai live there, reside there 378 0 �sit er ni v U ad he ke La ( y Fa cu l ty of io at Ed uc r RESIDENCE aanci-taa vai move one's residence (E). Also: aaci-taa (W) RESTAURANT wiihsiniiwikamik -oon ni restaurant RESTROOM/WASHROOM anwepiiwikarnik -oon ni restroom/washroom RETURN kiiwe vai go home, return kiiwe- prev returning, going home, going back kiiwenotan vti return to s.t. RETURN THROUGH AIR kiiweyaahsin vii return through air, blow back RETURN TO pi-kiiwenotaw vta return to s.o., come back to s.o. pi-kiiwenotan vti return to s.t., come back to s.t. RICH wenootisi vai be rich RIGHT kwayahk pc right, straight, correct(ly), proper(ly) kihcinihkiink pc on the right (E). Also: kihcinihkiik (W) RING ahcanihsh -ak na ring RIVER siipi -in ni river akaahsihtikweyaa vii be a narrow river mankihtikweyaa vii be a wide river (E). Also: makihtikweyaa (W) ROAD . miihkana -n ni trail, path, road akaamihkana pc across the road or trail patotepiso vai drive off the road ROCK ahsin -iik na stone, rock ROCKY ahsiniiwan vii be rocky ROCKY ISLAND rninihtikwaapihk -oon ni rocky island ROLL tihtipihse vaVii roll ROLL FAST tihtipipaniho vai roll fast. Also: tihtipipanihoo RUN pirnipahtoo vai run along, run by maaciipahtoo vai set out running, start running ihpahiwe -wak vai run to a certain place (for cover) RUN AWAY FROM maaciipahiwe vai run away from maaciipahiwaash vta run away from s.o. Stem: /maaciipahiwaaN-/ n ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 379 �ENGLISH • ANIHSlllNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY maaciipahiwaatan vti run away from s.t. RUN OUT caakihse vaVii get used up, run out, be exhausted 0 SAD shikatentam vai2 be bored, be lonely, be homesick, be sad SALT n shiiwihtaakan ni sah io SAME at peshikwan pc same pehkihsh pc at the same time, while uc SAME TIME mekwaac pc while, during, at the (same) time, now Ed SATURDAY SAW kiishkipoocike vai saw things, cut things with the saw ty SAY cu l ihkito vai say, speak in a certain way ishi vta say to s.o. Stem: /iN-/ Fa SCARCELY akaawaac pc hardly, scarcely kohtaaci vai be afraid, get scared sit y SCARED SCHOOL of maatinawe--kiishikaa vii distribution day, be Saturday 0 er ishkooniwikamik -oon ni school ishkoonoo vai attend school. Also: ishoonoowi, ishkoonii ni v SCISSORS maacishikan -an ni scissors U SCRAPE maataho vta scrape s.o. Stem: /maatahw-/ ad SEAGULL he kiyaashk -wak na seagull. Also: kiiyaashk SEARCH La SEATED ke nanaantawenim vta look around for s.o., search for s.o. (E). Also: nanaatawenim (W) nanaantawentan vti look around for s.t., search for s.t. (E). Also: nanaatawentan (W) namatapi vai sit down, be seated SEE ishinan vti look at s.t. which looks so, see s.t. a certain way waapam vta see s.o. waapantan vti see s.t. Also: waapatan ani-naakosi vai be seen going away (from the speaker) SEEK nanaantawi- prev seek (E). Reduplication of: nantawi-, ntawi-. Also: nanaatawi- (W) SEPTEMBER waahtepakiiwi-piihsim na leaves are changing colour month, September. Also: waahtepakaawi-piihsim 380 0 �ENGLISH .. ANIHSlilNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY sef sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n pakitahwe vai fish with a net, set a net SET OUT maaciipahtoo vai set out running, start running maaciipiso vai set out by vehicle, speed off, drive off SEVEN niishwaahsinoon vii be seven. Stem: /niishwaahsin-/ niishwaahsiwak vai be seven. Stem: /niishwaahsi-/ niishwaahso nu seven SEVEN DOLLARS niishwaahswaapihk na na seven dollars SEVENTEEN niishwaahsoshaap nu seventeen, (decade number) plus seven SEVENTEEN DOLLARS niishwaahsoshaap tahsiwaapihk na seventeen dollars SEVENTY niishwaahsomitana nu seventy SHAKE HANDS waaciye vai shake hands SHALLOW paakwaa vii be shallow water SHARP kaahshaa vii be sharp SHE kewiin pr him too, her too, as for him, as for her [third person singular personal pronoun] wiin pr he, she, him, her [third person singular personal pronoun] wiinishtam pr him first, her first, him next, her next [third person singular personal pronoun]. Also: wiinihtam SHIRT pakwaan -an ni shirt SHOE mahkisin -an ni shoe, moccasin SHOOT paashkiso vta shoot s.o. Stem: /paashkisw-/ SHOOT WITH ARROW pimo vta shoot s.o. with an arrow. Stem: /pimw•/ SHOP maaham vai2 go on a shopping trip, shop SHORE naanew pc down the shore, on the shore naanewi- pren on shore SHORT tahkokaapawi vai stand short, be short SHORTHAIR tahkwaanihkwe vai have short hair SHOULD ci- prev to, that, will, would, could, should [conjunct future and modal] L 381 �ENGLISH - ANillSIIlNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 0 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n ke- prev will, should, would. could [Changed future and modal] taa• prev would, could, should, ought, can [modal] SHOULDER mitihtiman -an nid shoulder. Stem: /-tihtiman-/ piminike vai carry things along on one's shoulder SHOVEL wepahaakone vai shovel snow SHOW UP naakosi vai be visible, show up naakwan vii be visible, show up. (pi-naakwan be seen coming this way) SHOWER kisiisihpaso vai take a shower SHUTTLE ahsapaahtik -ook na shuttle (with twine) for net making SIBLING niciimic •ak nad my younger brother or sister, my younger sibling. Stem: /-ciimic-/ nitawemaa -k nad my (man's) sister, my (woman's) brother. Stem: /-tawemaa-/ SIBLING-IN-LAW niinim -ook nad my (cross-)cousin of opposite sex, my sibling-in-law of opposite sex. Stem: /-iinimw-/ SICK aahkosi vai be sick SICKNESS aahkosiwin -an ni sickness, illness SIGHT nihsitawinan vti recognize s.t. by sight, realize s.t. SILENT ciiweyaa vii be silent, be no sound SINCE ahpin pc when, since, then, subsequently SING nikamo vsi sing SINGLE peshiko vai be alone, single peshiko- pre one, single peshikwan vii be alone, single SISTER niciimic -ak nad my younger brother or sister, my younger sibling. Stem: /-ciimic-/ nimihses -ak nad my older sister. Stem: /-mihses-/ nitawemaa -k nad my (man's) sister, my (woman's) brother. Stem: /-tawemaa-/ niitihkwe -wak nsd my (woman's) sister. Stem: /-iitihkwew-/ SISTER-IN-LAW nicaahkohsh -ak nsd my (woman's) (female cross-)cousin, my (woman's) sister-in-law. Stem: /-caahkohsh-/ SIT api vai be in a certain place, sit, be at home namatapi vai sit down, be seated 382 0 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n r ayapi vai sit around, stay around. Reduplication of: api sakamaatapi vai stay in place, sit quietly SIX ninkotwaahsinoon vii be six (E). Stem: /ninkotwaahsin-/. Also: nikotwaahsinoon (W) ninkotwaahsiwak vai be six (E). Stem: /ninkotwaahsi-/. Also: nikotwaahsiwak (W) ninkotwaahso nu six (E). Also: nikotwaahso (W) SIX DOLLARS ninkotwaahsowaapihk ns six dollars (E). Also: ninkotwaahswaapihk (W) SIXTEEN ninkotwaahsoshaap nu sixteen (E). Also: ninkotwaahsoshaap (W) SIXTEEN DOLLARS ninkotwaahsoshaap tahswaapihk na sixteen dollars (E). Also: nikotwaahsoshaap tahswaapihk (W) SIXTY ninkotwaahsomitana nu sixty (E). Also: nikotwaahsomitana (W) SIZE ahpiihcikini vai be a certain size. Also: apiihcikini SKIDOO otaapaan -ak na skidoo, car SKILLED nihtaa- prsv can do, skilled at, know how SKIN pahkon vta skin s.o., cut pelt off s.o. SKINNY paawanii vai be skinny, starving, hungry SKUNK . shikaak -wak na skunk SKY kiishik ni sky. kiishlk ni sky, day maci-miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts bad weather mino-miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts good weather miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky at dawn or after sunset SLED pimitaapii vai go along by sled or sleigh SLEEP nipaa vai sleep SLEIGH pimitaapii vai go along by sled or sleigh SLIMY nipaaciyaa vii be dirty, slimy SLOWLY pehkaac pc slowly, carefully SMALL ahpiihcikini vai be a certain size. Also: apiihcikini akaahshenshi vai be small (E). Also: akaahsheshi (W) L 383 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY of Ed uc at io n 0 0 U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty akaahsikamaa vii be a small lake SMELL NICE minomaakosi vsi smells nice, smells good minomaakwan vii smells nice, smells good SMOKE COMES OUT saakaapahte vii smoke comes out SMOKE FISH manehtek -wak ns smoke fish SNAKE kinepik -ook ns snake SNARE nakwaakan -an ni snare nakwaakanaahtik -oon ni snare stick (wooden frame) nakwaakaniyaap -iin ni snare wire nakwaaso vsi be snared nakwaash vts snare s.o. Stem: /nakwaaN-/ naapakwaash vts snare s.o. Stem: /naapakwaaN-/ naapakwe vsi set snares naatakwe vai go to check snares SNEEZE caahcaamohki vai sneeze a lot SNOW koon -ak ns snow sookihpwan vii be snowing. Also: sookohpwan anaamaakonak pc under the snow nihkaakone vaVii be covered with snow tawehkonehike vsi plow snow wepahaakone vsi shovel snow SNOWSHOE aaldm -ak na snowshoe ad so La ke he amiicikahi pc that is so amiinahi pc is that so, is that right ekwa tahsh pc and so, and then, but then SO IS THAT amihiwe pc so is that SOAK akoncin vsi float, soak (E). Also: akocin (W) akontin vii float, soak (E). Also: akotin (W) SOAP shoohp ns soap SOCK ashikan -ak na sock SOME aanta pc some, few SOMEONE awiya -k pr person, someone, somebody, anyone, anybody. Also: awiiya 384 0 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY r \ SOMETIMES eshkam pc sometimes SON nikosihs -ak nad my son. Stem: /-kosihs-/ SON-IN-LAW ninahaankihshiim -ak nad my son-in-law, my (cross-)nephew (E). Stem: /-nahaankihshiim-/. Also: ninahaankihshiim (W) n SONG io nikamowin -an ni song cu l ty uc of Ed wiipac pc soon, in a little while, quick, hurry SORRY mincinawesi vai be sorry, be regretful (E). Also: micinawesi (W) SORT toohkaan pc sort, kind. Also: tinoohkaan, toowinihkaan SORT keko pc what kind or sort, which one or sort SOUND ciiweyaa vii be silent, be no sound inihtaakwan vii sound so, be understood so at SOON sit y shaawanonk pc south (E). Also: shaawanok (W) SPEAK ihkito vai say, speak in a certain way kanoosh vta call, address, speak to s.o. Stem: /kanooN-/ anihshininilmo vai speak the native language ayami vai speak, talk ayamiihtamaw vta speak for s.o. ayamiihtan vti speak for s.t. SPEAKTO kanootan vti call s.t., address s.t., speak to s.t. SPEED OFF m~cilpiso vsi set out ·by vehicle, speed off, drive off SPLIT taashkisho vts split s.o. by cutting. Stem: /taashkishw-/ SPLIT WOOD taashkikahike vai split wood La ke he ad U ni v er ( Fa SOUTH SPOILED L nihshiwanaatan vii be spoiled SPOON emihkwaan -ak ns spoon, ladle SPOUSE wiiciiwaakan •ak na spouse, companion niiciihaa -k nad my spouse. Stem: /-iiciihaa-/ nikayaashim -ak nad my ex-spouse. Stem: /-kayaashim-/ SPRING siikwan vii spring 385 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY SPRUce 0 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n shikop -iik na evergreen tree, spruce. Also: shinkop -iik SPRUCE HEN pine -wak na spruce hen STACK onahtoon vti2 arrange s.t., organize s.t., put s.t. in order, stack s.t. Stem: /onahtoo-/ STAND niipawi vai stand, be standing STAND UP pasikwii vai stand up, arise STAR wacahkohsh -ak na star (W). Also: wanankosh (E) START maacii- prsv start, begin maaciihatoo vai start off on a trail, go for a walk maaciciwan -oon vii start to flow maaciipahtoo vai set out running, start running maaciihkwashiwe vai start to paddle, paddle off maaciihse vaVii fly off (as a bird), starts (as a motor) maatanohkii vai start to work STARVE paawanii vai be skinny, starving, hungry STAY tashiihke vai stay there, hang around, live there, play ayapi vai sit around, stay around. Reduplication of: api sakamaatapi vai stay in place, sit quietly STEAL . kimooti vsi+o steal s.t. STEER washkinan vti tum s.t., steer s.t. STICK mihtik -oon ni stick, piece of wood, yard (measurement) STICK ON akohke vai stick on, adhere STILL kiiyaapic pc still, yet, more. Also: kiyaapic STINK wiinciikisi vai stink (E). Also: wiiciikisi (W) STOCKY pitikosi vai be stocky, be chubby STOMACH mihsat -an ni stomach STONE ahsin -iik na stone, rock STOP kipihcii vai stop pooni- prev stop, cease, quit 386 0 �ENGLISH - ANIHSmNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY r \ kipihtinan vti (in an action) stop s.t., block s.t. poonanohkii vai quit a job, stop working STORE ataawikamik -oon ni store, trading post STORY tipaacimowin -an ni story, narration STOVE n ishkotehkaanaapihk -ook na stove, heater io STRAIGHT at kwayahk pc right, straight, correct(ly), proper(ly) na stranger STRETCH of shiipiikii vai stretch one's body tashopish vts stretch s.o. (as a pelt). Stem: /tashopiN-/ STRIKE ty pahkihtehan vti hit s.t., strike s.t. cu l STRONG mashkawii vsi be strong STURGEON Fa name -wak ns sturgeon SUDDENLY y ketahtawen pc all of a sudden, suddenly natok pc suddenly, miraculously, as a suprise sit ( Ed piiwite -k uc STRANGER er SUFFICIENT SUGAR U shookaa ns sugar ni v tepi- prev enough, sufficient tepihse vsVii be enough of s.t., be sufficient SUITCASE he SUMMER ad mihtikowash -an ni suitcase, wooden box. SUN ke niipin vii summer tahso-niipin pc every summer La piihsim -ook na sun, moon, month. Also: piihsom SUN RISE saakaahte vii the sun is rising, the sun comes up SUNSET pankihshimon vii the sun sets (E). Also: pakihshimon (W) SUNDAY ayamihe-kiishikaa vii pray day, be Sunday SUNSET l.., mino-miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts good weather miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky at dawn or after sunset SURE aaw pc well, well then, sure 387 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY io n 0 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at cike, cikema pc for sure kehcinaac pc certainly, for sure tepwe pc true, for sure SUSPECT anaamenim vta suspect s.o., blame s.o. anaamentan vti suspect s.t., blame s.t. SWALLOW koncipanihi vta swallow s.o. (E). Stem: /kocipanih-/. Also kocipanihi (W) SWALLOWED koncipanihcikaate vii be swallowed (E). Also: kocipanihcikaate (W) SWAMP mashkiik -oon ni muskeg, bog, swamp SWEATER shiipiikwaan -an ni seater SWEEP wepahike vai sweep the floor SWEET shiiwaa vii be sweet shiiwaakamin vii be sweet (liquid) SWEETHEART nimoosom -ak nad my sweetheart. Stem: /-moosom-/ SWIM AROUND papaamaatake vai swim around SWING memepiso vai swing oneself memepison -an ni swing, blanket cradle TABLE ahcikanaahtik -oon ni table, also ahcikan wiihsiniiwinaantik -oon ni kitchen table TAKE otaahpinan vti choose s.t., accept s.t., take s.t., pick s.t. otaahpinikaate vii be chosen, be taken, be accepted, be picked TAKE ALONG maaciiwish vta take along with s.o. Stem: /maaciiwiN-/ maaciiwitoon vti take along with s.t., take s.t. away. Stem: /maaciiwitoo-/ TAKEAWAY maaciiwitoon vti2 take along with s.t., take s.t. away. Stem: /maaciiwitoo-/ maaciiwicikaate vii be taken away, be carried away TAKE CARE kanawenim vta look after, take care of s.o. kanawentan vti look after, take care of s.t. TAKE S.O. /S.T. HOME kiiwewish vta take s.o. home. Stem: /kiiwewiN-/ kiiwewitoon vti take s.t. home. Stem: /kiiwewitoo-/ TALK ayami vai speak, talk nihtaawe vai know how to talk, can talk 388 0 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY n io at uc kinokaapawi vai stand tall, be tall TASTE BAD macihpo vta taste s.o. who tastes bad. Stem: /macihpw-/ macihpikwan vti taste bad TASTE BITTER wiihsakaakamin -oon vii tastes bitter (liquid) TASTE GOOD mlnohpakosi vai taste good. Also: minohpikosi minohpakwan vii taste good TASTE OF kocihpitan vti take a taste of, try a taste of s.t. inanimate kocihpo vta take a taste of, try a taste of s.t. animate TEA tii ni tea tiihke vai make tea TEACH kihkinoohamaw vta teach s.o. kihkinoohamaw vta teach someting to s.o., give direction to s.o. TEAKETTLE tiiwahkihk -wak -ook na kettle, teakettle TEASE nanaatihkosii vai do mean things, tease, make fun of people TELEPHONE maaciikitowin -an ni telephone TELEVISION masinaahtehsicikan -an ni television TELL wiintamaw vta tell something to s.o. {E). Also: wiitamaw (W) TELL ABOUT tashim vta tell about, talk about s.o. TELL LEGENDS aatisoohke vai tell legends TELL NEWS tipaacimo vai tell news, narrate tipaacimohtaw vta tell s.o. news or a story about someone sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed r TALL TELL ON L mamihshim vta tell on s.o. mamihshintan vta tell on s.t. (E). Also: mamihshitan {W) TELL STORY tipaacimohtaw vta tell s.o. news or a story about someone TEN mitaahsinoon vii be ten. Stem: /mitaahsin-/ mitaahsiwak vai be ten. Stem: /mitaahsi-/ mitaahso nu ten TEN CENTS mitaahso piiwaapihkohsh -ak na ten cents. Also: mitaahso piiwaapihkoonhsh 389 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY TEN boLLIR BILL mitaahsoopiihikan -ak na ten dollar bill 0 TEN DOLLARS mitaahswaapihk na ten dollars TENT wiiskwehokaan -an ni tent n THANK io nanaahkom vta thank s.o. THANKS at miikwehc pc thanks uc THAT weti pc there, that way, yonder, over there Fa THAT'S cu l THATWAY ihiweti pc over there, that way. Also: hiweti ty of Ed aha pr that. Also: ahawe. [animate singular demonstrative] ahawe pr that. Also: aha. [animate singular demonstrative] ahaweniwan pr that, those. [animate obviative demonstrative] ci- prev that, will, would, could, should. (conjunct future and modal] ihi pr that. Also: ihiwe. [inanimate singular demonstrative] ihiwe pr that. Also: ihi, ihiwe, hi. [inanimate singular demonstrative] amihi pc that's y THEM 0 er sit kewiinawaa pr them too, as for them. [third person plural personal pronoun] wiinawaa pr they, them. [third person plural personal pronoun] wiinehtawaa pr they alone, them only ni v THEN ad U ahpin pc when, since, then, subsequently aasha pc now, then, yet. Also: aashay ekwa pc and, and so, then, and then, waitl please THEN THERE he ekwa tahsh pc and so, and then, but then La THESE ke ihimaa pc there. Also: himaa weti pc there, that way, yonder, over there okoweniwan pr this, these. Also: okweniwan. [inanimate obviative demonstrative] THEY kewiinawaa pr them too, as for them. [third person plural personal pronoun] wiinawaa pr they, them. [third person plural personal pronoun] wiinehtawaa pr they alone, them only THIGH mipwaam -an nid thigh. Stem: /-pwaam-/ THING ayahaa -k na that being, person, or animate thing. Also: ehaa, ahaa THINK inentam vai2 think so 390 0 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY inentan vtl think so of s.t., to be so sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n maamitonentam vai be thinking inentan vti think so of s.t., think s.t. to be so tanenim vta think s.o. to be there THINK ABOUT maamitonenim vta think about s.o., consider s.o. maamitonentan vti think about s.t., consider s.t. THIRTEEN nihsoshaap nu thirteen THIRTEEN DOLLARS nihsoshaap tahswaapihk na thirteen dollars THIRTY nihsomitana nu thirty THIS oho pr this. [inanimate singular demonstrative). Also: ohowe, howe. ohowe pr this. Also: oho, howe. [inanimate singular demonstrative] okoweniwan pr this, these. Also: okweniwan. [inanimate obviative demonstrative) wahawe pr this. Also: wahwawe. [animate singular demonstrative] THOSE ahaweniwan pr that, those. [animate obviative demonstrative] ikiweniwak pr those. Also: ikiweniwak. [animate plural demonstrative] iniweniwan pr those. Also: inweniwan. [inanimate plural demonstrative] THOUGH mihsawaac pc even though, anyhow, although THOUSAND kihci-mitaahsomitana nu thousand. niishwaa kihci-mitahsomitana 1wo thousand', etc. THREAD sheshtak -ook na thread THREE nihsin nu three nlhsinoon vii be three. Stem: /nihsin-/ nihsiwak vai be three. Stem: /nihsi-/ THREE DOLLARS nihsowaapihk ni three dollars. Also: nihswaapihk THREE TIMES nihswaa pc three times, thrice THRICE nihswaa pc three times, thrice THROAT mikotashkway -an nid throat. Stem: /kotashkway-/ THUNDER . pinehsiiwan vii be thunder THURSDAY niiwi-kiishikaa vii fourth day, be Thursday L TIDY nanahacike vai tidy things 391 �ENGLISH - ANillSIIlNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY TIME Q 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n kinwaakaash pc for a long time oncihcihse vii be the time of. come to happen, the time has come (E). Also: ocihcihse (W) pehkihsh pc at the same time, while TIMES tahswaa pc so many times. every time TIPI matokwaan -an ni tipi. Also: matokaan, matikwaan TIRED caakii vai be too tired to do anything, have no more energy ishkii vai be tired of doing something TO ishi- prev to or in a certain place, in a certain way. Also: shi-. IC> eshiTOBACCO nahsemaa -k na tobacco TOBACCO PIPE ohpwaakan -ak na tobacco pipe TOBOGGAN otaapaanaahk -wak na toboggan TODAY noonkom pc now, today (E). Also: nookom (W) noonkom kaa-kiishikaak vii today (E). Also: nookom kaa-kiishikaak (W) TOE niihsiikisitaan -an ni toe TOENAIL mashkash -iik nad fingemaiVtoenail. Stem: /-ashkash-/ TOGETHER maamaw pc all together, in total naapi- prev together TOMATOE okin -iik ni tomatoe TOMORROW waapank vii tomorrow (E). Also: waapak (W) waapan vii be moming, be dawn, be tomorrow TONGUE mitenan -iin nid tongue. Stem: /-tenan-/ TOO kekiin pr you too, as for you. [second person singular personal pronoun] kekiinawaa pr you too, as for you. [second person plural personal pronoun] kekiinawint pr us too, as for us (E). [first person inclusive personal pronoun]. Also: kekiinawit (W) keniin pr me too, as for me. [first person singular personal pronoun] keniinawint pr us too, as for us (E). [first person exclusive personal pronoun]. Also: keniinawit (W) kewiin pr him too, her too, as for him, as for her. [third person singular personal pronoun] kewiinawaa pr them too, as for them. [third person plural personal pronoun] 392 Q �ENGLISH .. ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY TOO MUCH onsaam pc too much, extreme, excessive. (E). Also: osaam (W) TOO,AS FOR kaye pc and. Also:, too. as for. TOOL y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n aapacihcikan -an ni tool, useful thing, equipment TOP wakic pc on top of something wakici- pren on top of wakiciyahii pc on top of something TOTAL maamaw pc all together, in total TOWARDS pi- prev here, hither, towards TOWN taawin na town. Also: taawinink (locative) TOY metawaakan -an ni toy, plaything TRAIL miihkana •n ni trail, path, road akaamihkana pc across the road or trail TRAP amihko-wanihikan -an ni trap for beaver. Also: amihko-wanihiikan naaciwanihlkane vai go to check traps. Also: naaciwanihiikane nikiko-wanihikan -an ni trap for otter. Also: nikiko-wanihiikan, ninkiko-wanohikan tahsoosh vta trap s.o. Stem: /tahsooN-/ wanihikan -an ni trap. Also: wanihiikan wanihike vai trap. Also: wanihiike TRAP HARE waapooso-wanihikan -an ni trap for snowshoe hare (rabbit) TRAP STAKE wanihikanaahtik -oon ni trap stake. Also: wanihiikanaahtik TREE mihtik --ook na tree (deciduous) shnikop -Uk na evergreen tree, spruce (E). Also: shinkop (W) TROUBLE macihcike vai do something bad, get into trouble maanencike vai disobey, bother things, get into trouble TRUE tepwe pc true, for sure TRY koci- pv try to do, to attempt kocihcikaate vii be tried kocihtoon vti2 try s.t. Stem: /kocihtoo-/ l TUESDAY 'niisho-kiishikaa vii second day, it is Tuesday La ke he ad U ni v er sit ( 393 �ENGLISH - ANIHSlllNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY TURN io n 0 Q La us ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at washkii vai tum washkinan vti tum s.t., steer s.t. TWELVE niishoshaap nu twelve, (decade number) plus two TWELVE DOLLARS niishoshaap tahswaapihk na twelve dollars TWENTY niishitana nu twenty TWENTY DOLLAR BILL niishitanawepiihikan •ak na twenty dollar bill TWENTY DOLLARS niishitana tahswaapihk na twenty dollars TWICE niishwaa pc twice TWO niishin nu two niishinoon vii be two. Stem: /niishin-/ niishiwak vai be two. Stem: /niishi-/ TWO DOLLAR BILL niishoopiihikan -ak na two dollar bill TWO DOLLARS niishwaapihk na two dollars UNCLE nishihsesh -ak nad my (cross-)uncle, my father-in-law. Stem: /-shihsesh-/ noohkomlhs -ak nad my (parallel-)uncle. Stem: /-oohkomihs-/ UNDER . anaamink pc under something (E). Also anaamik (W) anaamaakonak pc under the snow UNDERSTAND nihsitohtam vai2 understand nihsitohtan vti understand s.t. inihtaakwan vii sound so, be understood so UNDERWATER anaamipiik pc underwater kekiinawint pr us too, as for us (E). [first person inclusive personal pronoun]. Also: kekiinawit (W) keniinawint pr us too, as for us (E). [first person exclusive personal pronoun]. Also: keniinawit (W) kiinawint pr we, us (E). [first person inclusive personal pronoun]. Also: kiinawit (W) niinawint pr we, us (E). [first person exclusive personal pronoun]. Also: niinawint (W) kiinehtawint pr we alone, us only (inclusive) (E). Also: kiinehtawit (W) niinehtawint pr we alone, us only (exclusive) (E). Also: niinehtawit (W) USE aapacihtoon vti2 use it. Stem: /aapacihtoo-/ 394 Q �ENGLISH • ANIHSfilNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY io at uc Ed VE~:isi val arrive by vehicle VERY of ( er sit y Fa cu l ty r caakin vta use s.o. up caakinan vti use s.t. up USEABLE aapatan vii be useful, be useable USED TO ami ahko pc used to, usually USED UP caakihse vaVii get used up, run out, be exhausted USEFUL aapatan vii be useful, be useable aapatisi vai be useful USEFUL THING aapacihcikan -an ni tool, useful thing, equipment USUALLY ahko pc usually ami ahko pc used to, usually VACUUM CLEANER wiihkwepahlke vai use a vacuum cleaner VAIN aana- pv in vain, to attempt, effort, anyway, anyhow VARIED piko tooho pc any kind, varied, anything, all sort of n Use OP La ke he ad U ni v kihci- pre big, great, very VERY naahpic pc really, very, to a high degree, extensively VILLAGE tashiihkewin -an ni village, settlement, community VIOLENCE miikaasowin -an ni fight, violence. Also: miikaatiwin nootinikewin -an ni war, violence VISIBLE mate- prev visible (at a distance) naakosi vai be visible, show up. pi-naakosi 'come' tepi-naakosi vai be visible at a distance naakwan vii be visible, show up. (pi-naakwan be seen coming this way) VISIT kiiwite vai visit (especially outside one's own community) kiiwike vai visit (especially in one's own community) WAIT ekwa pc and, and so, then, and then, wait! please pilhi vta wait for s.o. Stem: /piih-/ piiho vai wait 395 �ENGLISH .. ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY WAIT AWHILE n 0 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io pinamaa pc wait a while, for a short while, in a while WAKEUP amacihi vta wake s.o. up. Stem: /amacih-/ WALK pimohse vai walk along, walk by maaciihatoo vai start off on a trail, go for a walk pimohse vai walk, walk by, walk past pimohse vai walk, walk by, watk past nihtaawihse vai know how to walk, can walk, walks well papaamohse vai walk about, take a walk WALLET shooniyaawash -an ni wallet WANT nantawenim vta want s.o. (E). Also: natawenim (W) nantawentan vti want s.t.(E). Also: natawentan (W) nantawentaakosi vai be wanted, be desirable (E). Also: natawentaakosi (W). WANTTO waa- prev will, want to. IC> wiiwii- prev will, want to. [desiderative, voluntative] WANTTOJNEEDTO noonte- prev want to, need to (be usual time) (E). Also noote- (W) WAR nootinikewin -an ni war, violence WAREHOUSE ahtaahsonikamik -oon ni warehouse WARM awaso vai warm oneself kiishowaayaa vii be warm weather WARM WEATHER kiishiwaayaa vii be warm weather WASH kihsaapaawanitiso vai wash oneself kisiipiikii vai wash oneself, bathe, take a bath kaahsiin vta wipe s.o., clean s.o., wash s.o. kaahsiinan vti wipe s.t., clean s.t., wash s.t. WASH CLOTHES kisiipiikinike vai wash clothes WASH DISHES kaahsiininaakane -wak vai wash dishes WASH FACE kaahsiinkwe vai wash one's face (E). Also: koohsiikwe (W) WATCH FOR naanaakacihi vta investigate s.o., watch for s.o. Stem: /naamaakacih-/ WATER naatahipii vai get water, go for water nipi ni water 396 0 �ENGLISH • ANIHSIDNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n anwaahtinikamin vii be a nice and calm body of water kiishkaayawaa vii be deep water mooshkahan vii flood, be high water paakwaa vii be shallow water WAVES maaciiyaahoote vii be carried away on the waves maamihcaashkaa vii be big waves pimaahoote vii drift along on the waves WAY ishi- prev to or in a certain place, in a certain way. Also: shk IC> eshinaanita pc maybe, perhaps, in some way. Also: naanta WAYS OFF niikate pc a ways off, far away WE kekiinawint pr us too, as for us (E). [first person inclusive personal pronoun]. Also: kekiinawit (W) keniinawint pr us too, as for us (E). [first person exclusive personal pronoun]. Also: keniinawit (W) kiinawint pr we, us (E). [first person inclusive personal pronoun]. Also: kiinawit (W) niinawint pr we, us (E). [first person exclusive personal pronoun]. Als~: niinawit (W) kiinehtawint pr we alone, us only (inclusive) (E). Also: kiinehtawit (W) niinehtawint pr we alone, us only (exclusive) (E). Also: niinehtawit (W) WEAK niinamii vai be weak WEASEL sikohsi -wak na weasel WEATHER ishiwepan vii be certain weather, happen in a certain way. IC> eshiwepa= kiishowaayaa vii be wann weather maci-miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts bad weather WEDNESDAY aapihtawan vii be half, be Wednesday WEEK pimikonaakaa vii be a week WELL aaw pc well, well then, sure mino-ayaawamaciho vai feel well, feel better nihtaawanohkii vai work well, be a good worker WEST nekaapiihanonk pc west (E). Also: nekaapiihanok (W) WHAT aan pc how, in what manner, why, what. Also: aani, aaniin aani pc how, in what manner, why, what. Also: aaniin, aan aaniin pc how, in what manner, why, what. Also: aan, aani { kekonen -an pr what ~ WHAT PURPOSE wenci- prev what purpose, why is it so (E). IC< onci-. Also: wenci- (W) La ke he ad U ni v er sit C 397 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY WHEN of Ed uc at io n 0 cu l ty ahpin pc when, since, then, subsequently ahpii pc when, at that time aanahpii pc when? WHERE aanti pc where amihimaa pc that is where, there in a certain location WHEREABOUTS aanti nehke pc whereabouts, which direction WHILE mekwaac pc while, during, at the (same) time, now paanimaa pc later, later on, after a long while wiipac pc soon, in a little while, quick, hurry mekwaa pc while, during, at the time noomake pc for a while pehkihsh pc at the same time, while . WHISKEY ishkotewaapoo ni fire water, whiskey, liquor WHITE 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa waapaa vii be white waapisi vai be white WHITE WOMAN wemihtikooshiihkwe na white woman WHITE/GREY HAIR waapaanihkwe vai have white/grey hair WHITEFISH atihkamek -wak ni whitefish WHITEMAN wemihtikooshi -wak na whiteman WHO awanen -ak pr who. Also: awenen WHOLE misiwe pc all over, everything, whole WHY aan pc how, in what manner, why, what. Also: aani, aaniin aani pc how, in what manner, why, what. Also: aaniin, aan WHY DON'T YOU aahti pc please, why don't you, why not, let mel. Also: maahti WIDE mankihtikweyaa vii be a wide river (E). Also: makihtikweyaa (W) WILL ci- prev that, will, would, could, should. [conjunct future and modal] ka- prev will. [future tense in independent verbs with personal prefix.] ke- prev will, should, should, could. [Changed future and modal] ta- prev will. [future tense in independent with no personal prefix] waa- prev will, want to. IC< wiiwii- prev will, want to. [desiderative, voluntativeJ 398 0 �ENGLIS H • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY wiN pahkinaake vai win, beat someone (in a competition) WINDOW pahpaapiwin -an ni window. Also: pahpaapowin WINDY nootin vii be windy, be a wind WINE shoominaapoo ni wine WINTER pipoon vii winter WIPE kaahsiin vta wipe s.o., clean s.o., wash s.o. kaahsiinan vti wipe s.t., clean s.t., wash s.t. kaahslinike vsi wipe things for cleaning WISH pakohsenimo vai wish, hope kaanika pc I wonder, I wish, I hope WOLF mahiinkan -ak na wolf (E). Also: mahilkan (W) WOMAN anihshininiiwihkwe na native woman, Indian woman. Also: anihshininiihkwe ihkwe -wak ns woman, female nootihkwewe vai womanize, chase women niitihkwe -wak nad my fellow woman. Stem: /-iitihkwew-/ ( WONDER kaanlka pc I wonder, I wish, I hope mikoshkaatentam vai2 worry, be concemed, wonder WOOD mihtik -oon ni stick, piece of wood, yard (measurement) WOODEN BOX mihtikowash -an ni suitcase, wooden box. WORK anohkii vai work anohkiiwin -an ni job, employment, work rnaatanohkii vai start to work nihtaawanohkii vai work well, be a good worker poonanohkii vai quit a job, stop working WORKER anohkiinaakan -ak na worker nihtaawanohkii vsi work well, be a good worker wiitanohkiimaakan -ak na my co-worker WORRY mikoshkaatenim vts worry about s.o., be concemed about s.o. mikoshkaatentam vai2 worry, be concerned, wonder ( mikoshkaatentan vti worry about s.t., be concemed about s.t. ' - WOULD ci- prev that, will, would, could, should. [conjunct future and modal] La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n r 399 �ENGLISH - ANDISHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY taa• prev would, could. should, ought. can. [modal] WOULD YOU kaana pc is it possible that, would you, perhaps 0 WRITE masinahike vai write, borrow, get credit masinahamaw vta write to or for s.o.• owe to s.o., borrow from s.o. n WRONG io macihse vai have something bad happen, have things go wrong YARD at mihtik .aon ni stick, piece of wood, yard (measurement) uc YAWN naanipaawe •wak vai yawn. Also: naanipaayawe Ed YELLOW of osaawaa vii be yellow/brown osaawisi vai be yellow/brown YES ty ehe pc yes. Also: eha cu l YESTERDAY onaako pc yesterday YET - 0 er YONDER sit y Fa aasha pc already, now, then, yet. Also: aashay kaawin mahshi pc not yet kiiyaapic pc still, yet, more. Also: kiyaapic mahshi pc yet weti pc there, that way, yonder, over there - ni v YOU YUCK ke he ad U kekiin pr you too, as for you. [second person singular personal pronoun] kekiinawaa pr you too, as for you. [second person plural personal pronoun] kiin pr you. [second person singular personal pronoun] kiinawaa pr you. [second person plural personal pronoun] kiinishtam pr you next, you first. [second person personal pronoun]. Also: niinihta kiinehta pr you alone, you only kiinehtawaa pr you alone, you only (plural) La ehshay pc oh yuckl 0 400 �ADVANCED OJIBWE EXPRESSIONS What's going on? OR What's happening? Aan enakimaac(t)? How much is he charging for it? (animate) Aan enakimac(t)? How much are you charging for it? (animate) Aan enakitaman? How much are you charging for it? (inanimate) Aan enakitank? How much is he charging for it? (inanimate) Aan enentaman? What do you think? Aan entootarnaan? What am I doing? at Ed What are we doing? (incl) Aan entootaman obowe kaa-ani- mishakaamekonakaak? of What are you doing this coming weekend? What are you doing this evening? Aan entootaman? What are you doing? cu l ty Aan entootaman ohowe kaa-ani-tipihkaak? What are you doing?(pl) Fa Aan entootamek? Aan entootamowaac? y What are they doing? How are you this morning? ni v kaa-kekishepaayaak? er Aan eshi-ayaayan noonkom What's be/she doing? sit Aan entootank? Whatdayisittoday? Aan e~hinibkaasoc(t)? What's his/her name? U Aan eshi-kii~bikask noonkom kaa-kiisbikaak? What is it called? Aan isbihsek? What time is it? Aan e~binibkaasoyan? What is your name? Aan eshiwepahk? How is the weather? OR What's happening? Aan ke-kii-ishi-wiicihinaan noonkorn kaa-kiishikaak? How can I help you today? Aan ke-tootaman noonkom kaa-kiishikaak? What will you be doing today? Aan tahsh wiin ihi ekaa? Why is it not so? Aan tahsh wiin ihi? How come? Aan tahsh? Why? Aan tahsinkin? How many of them are there? (inanimate) ke he ad Aan e~binibkaatek? La ( uc Aan entootamank? io n Aan enahkamikank? 401 �ADVANCED OJIBWE EXPRESSIONS How many of them are there? (animate) Aan waa-tootamaan? What do I want to do? Aan waa-tootaman ahpii ishkwaa-anohkiiyan? What do you want to do when you are done working? Aan waa-tootaman ke-kiishikaak? What do you want to do today? Aan waa-tootaman? What do you want to do? Aan waa-tootamowaac? What do they want to do? Aan waa-tootank? What does he/she want to do? Aan/aani m.inikohk? How much? Aanahpii eshaayan? When are you going there? Aanahpii ke-ishaayan WaawiyP.kamaak? When are you going to Round Lake? Aanahpii ke-maatanohkiiyan kekishepaayaak? When do you begin/start to work tomorrow morning? Aanahpii ke-pi-kiiwec(t)? When is he/she returning? io at uc Ed of ty cu l Fa Aanahpii ke-pi-kiiweyan? y When are you returning? sit Aanahpii ke-pi-takohshink? ni v er When is he/she arriving? Aanahpii mayaam ke-pi-kiiweyan? ' Aanahpii ta-kashkatin eshinaman? When do you think it will freeze up?1 Aanahpii ta-maacihtan eshinaman? When do you think it will break up? Aanahpii ta-niipin eshinaman? When do you think it will be summer? Aanahpii tahsh waa-kiiwcyan? So when do you want to go home? Aanahpii waa-ishaayan? When do you want to go there? Aanahpii waa-kiiweyan? When do you want to go home? Aanahpii wenci-kihkentaman e-aahkosiyan? When did you realize that you are sick? Aani minikohk aapacihtooyan mashkihki? How much medication do you use? Aani minikohk nantawenimac shooniyaan? How much money do you need/want? Aani minikohk ohomaa ke-ayaayan? How long are you going to be here? La ke he ad U When will you be go hunting again? The Severn Ojibwe word esbfo•mao literally means 'how do you sec it?' 402 0 When exactly will you be coming home? Aanahpii miina ke-nanaantawencikcyan? 1 0 n Aan tahsiwaac? 0 �ADVANCED OJIBWE EXPRESSIONS There will only be a few of them leaving tomorrow. Aanta ehta ta-maaciiwicikaatewan. Only a few things will be taken along. Aanti eshaayan? Where are you going? Aanti eshaayek? Where are you going? (pl) Aanti eshi-kaahkiitisiyan? Where is it aching? Aanti eshi-tewisiyan? Where is it sore? Aanti eshi-wilhsakentaman? Where is the pain? Aanti kaa-ishi-akootooyan kimakoot? Where did you hang your coat? Aanti kaa-ishi-pankibsink pimihsewin? Where did the airplane fall down/crash? Aanti ke-oncinowek kitinentaan waapank? Where do you think the wind will blow from tomorrow? cu l ty of Ed uc at io n Aanta ehta ta-maacaawak waapank. Aanti mayaam kaa-wii-ishaayan? Where exactly is it that you want to go? Aanti nehke entanihtaakwahk? Fa Whereabouts does the sound come from? sit Aanti nehlce waa-ishaayan? Put it anywhere. You can sleep anywhere. Aanti piko nika-ishi-ap. I will be sitting anywhere. Aanti waa-ishaayan ke-kiisbikaak? Where do you want to go today? Aanti waa-ishaayan noonkom kaa-kii~hikaak? Where do you want to go today? Aanti waa-ishaayan? Where do you want to go? Aanti waa-ishi-ahtooyan kiciimaan? Where do you want to put/place your canoe? Aanti wenci-kihkeotaman? How do you know? Aanti wenci-nihsitawinaman? How do you recognize it? Aanti wenciiyan? Where are you from? Aanti wencinowek? Where is the wind blowing from? Aapatan ohowe mekwaac. It is being used at this time. he ad U Aanti piko ka-kii-ishi-nipaa. ke L What direction do you want to go? La Aanti piko ishi-ahtoon. Which direction is the wind blowing? What direction is the wind blowing from? ni v Aanti nehke wencinowek? er ( y Aanti nehke eshinowek? 403 �ADVANCED OJIBWE EXPRESSIONS Aasba kekaat ta-kashkatin saakahikan. The lake will freeze up very soon. Aasba kii-maacaa. He/she left already. Aasha miina ani-kiishowaayaa. It is getting warm again. Aasha na kekaat ta-niipin kitinentaan? Do you think tbe summer is near? Aasha na kekaat ta-niipin kitisbinaan? Do you think tbe summer is near?' Aasha rut kikibkentaan aanahpii ke-maacaayan. Do you know yet when you will be leaving? Aasha na ldkii-akwanahwaa k1taaoihs? Did you cover your daughter yet (with a blanket? Aasha na okii-mibkawaan otayibshan? Did he/she find his/her dog yet? Aasha niltii-waapamaa. I already saw him/her. Aasha nipaa. He/she is sleeping now. Aasha weshkac kii-maacaa. He/she left long time ago. Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n 0 The ice will break up very soon. Aasha wiipac ta-maacihtan siipi. I want to buy a table. sit y Ahcikanaahtik niwii-ataawe. er Ahcikanaahtikoni wii-ataawe. He/she wants to buy a table. When I don't have any money, I will go home. ni v Ahpii ekaa oshooniyaanimiyaan nika-kiiwe. When I am done working, I will drink some beer. Ahpii ishkwaa-anwepiyaan, nika-anobkii. After I am done resting, I will work. ad U Ahpii ishkwaa-anohkiiyaan, pankii nika-minihkwe shinkopiiwaapoo. Are you from Europe? he Akaamahkiink na kitooncii? Does your friend come from across tbe ocean? ke Akaarni-kihcikam na oncii kitootem? Are you going across the road? Akaamihkao.a niwii-ishi-kiiwike. I want to go and visit across tbe road. Akaawaac kii-tepihsewan rnihsan pipoonook. There was barely enough firewood during tbe winter. Akaawaac naahpic nitepihse miicim. I have just barely enough food. Akwaciiok nitashiiwihtoo ohowe mekwaac. I am busy outside at tbe moment doing things. Amihi aasha e-ani-pipooni-naakwank. It is starting to look like winter already. La Akaamihkaoa ina kitishaa? 1 0 The Severn Ojibwe verb ldtisbbaaan literally means '(do) you see it'. 404 0 �ADVANCED OJIBWE EXPRESSIONS Amibiwe eshkam esbihsek! That's the way things happen sometimes. Amibiwe kwayabk kekiin kaa-wii-anohkiiyan. That's good that you want to work too. Amii piko ohomaa ke-ayaayaan. I am just going to stay here. Amiicika tahsh ihi maaroabkaac. That is so amazing. Amii na bi ihimaa waa-ishi-nipaayan? Is that where you want to sleep? Amii na hi tepwe? Is that right? or Is that true? Amohsbahi iitok ekaa ci-kii-maacaayaan. I don't think I can go. Amohsbahi iitok ekaa ci-kii-piishaayaan. I don't think I can come. Amohshahi iltok ekaa ci-kii-tontamaan. I don't think I can do it. Amohsbahi iitok ekaa ci-kii-wiiciiwinaan. I don't think I can go with you. Fa When will you be coming? Anoonaakobshink ni.b-maacaa. y I will be leaving this afternoon. sit Ataawe ina kekoonini? Is he buying something? He/she is getting sicker, I think. Awabshime ina ta-tahkaayaa miina pipoononk kitinentaan? Do you think it will be colder next winter? Awabshime ta-ani-kiishowaayaa ahpii ani-siikwahk. It will get warmer when spring comes. ad U ni v er Awabshime ani-aahkosi nitinenimaa Who is that? he Awanenaha? Awanen ke-wiici-pimaabkwepahikemac(t)? ke Who will you be playing hockey with? Awiya na kikii-amicihik tipihkonk? Did someone keep you awake last night? La l., io at uc Ed of ty Anahpii tahsh ke-piishaayan? ( n I will wait for you there (in a certain location). cu l r Amihimaa ke-ishi-piihinaan. Ayapi na kit8anihs? Is your daughter home? Ayapi na kitaataa? Is your dad home? Ciikic ani-waapahk nika-kiiwe. I will go home near dawn. Ciikic waap'ahk nika-wanisbkaa. I will get up near dawn. Ehe, ninibsitobtaan! Yes, I understand! Enikobk anohkiitaa mwaye-kimiwank. Let's work hard before it rains. Enikobk pimipahtoon! Run hard! 405 �ADVANCED OJIBWE EXPRESSIONS Eniwehk nika-wiintamawaa ci-piishaat(c ). I will tell him/her to come anyway. Esbkam ehta nimiwentaan. I am only happy sometimes. Esbkam keniin pankii nitaapacihtoon masbkihki. Sometimes I use some medication too. Esbkam naahpic nikihtim. Sometimes I am very lazy. lkaa mahshi pinamaa! Wait a minute! Just a second! Ikaamahshi! Wait! lkaawin maanenciken mekwaac ishkoonooyan. Don't be disobedient while you're in school. lkaawin mahsbi maacaan! Don't go/leave yet! lkaawin mahshi! Not yet! (command) lkaawin wiibkaa miina tootan! Don't ever do it again! Ka-kanoonin ahpii ishkwaa-anohkiiyaan. I will call you when I am done working. Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n 0 Ka-kii-tootaan ina kiinehta ci-kiishihtooyan Can you complete this job on your own? sit er Ka-maawin siyaaken OR siiyaaken maawiln kaawin. y ohowe anohkiiwin? I am going to the gathering/meeting U Kaa-ishi-maawacibitonaaniwank nitishaa. Clean up before you leave/go! ad Kaahsiiniken mwaye-maacaayan! Wash the dishes before you leave/go! he Kaahsiininaakanen mwaye-maacaayan! Hide your gun before you go! ke Kaatoon kipaashkisikan mwaye-maacaayan! I didn't sleep too well last night Kaawin kwayahk nitoonci-nipaahsiin tipihkonk. I didn't sleep well last night Kaawin mabshi mayaam nikihkentansiin. I don't know yet exactly. Kaawin mahsbi nikiisbihtoobsiin. I haven't finished yet. La Kaawin kwayahk nitoonci-nipaahsiln tipihkonk. Kaawin mahsbi niwaapamaahsiin. 0 I'll call you later. ni v Ka-pi-kanoonin naake. I hope not. \ I haven't seen him/her yet. Kaawin mabsbi. Not yet. (statement) Kaawin nika-kii-tootansiin niinehta. I can't do it by myself. 406 0 �I am not feeling well today. Kaawin ninaanaakacihaahsiin. I don't watch out for him/her. Kaawin tepwe nimino-ayaahsiin noonkom kaa-kii~hikaak. I am not doing too well today. Kaawin tepwe nimino-ayaawamancihobsiin noonkom kaa-kiishikaak. I am not feeling too well today. No, I don't have any reason to wait for him/her. Kaawin, kaawin ninihsitohtabsiin. No, I don't understand. Kaawin, kaawin nitepwehtansiin ihiwe aacimowin. No, I don't believe that story. Kaawin, kaawin nitepwehtansiin ohowe aacimowin. No, I don't believe this story. Kape-kiishik na kika-inent? cu l ty of Ed uc at Kaawin, kaawin kekoon ke-onci-piihakipan. Kanoosh kiiwiiciiwaakan mwaye-kiiweyan. Call your spouse before you go home. Fa Are you going to be gone all day? Kape-kiishikaa na kika-inent? Is it possible you will be leaving early? Is it possible you will be leaving early tomorrow morning. ni v er Kaye piko na wiipac kib-roaacaa kekishepaayaak? sit Kaye piko na wiipac (ki)ka-maacaa? y Are you going to be gone all day? Kaye piko na wiipac ta-takobsbin? U Is it possible he/she will be arriving soon. Kaye piko ta-kimiwan kitipibkaak ad It will probably be raining today. I will clean up for sure before I leave/go. Kehcinaac ta-maci-kiishikaa ishi-naakwan. It looks like there will be bad weather for sure. Kekiin ina kiwii-kocihpitaan pankii mooso-wiiyaabs? Do you want to taste some moose meat too? Kekishepaayaak (ki)ka-waapamin kaa-ishimaawacihitonaaniwak. I will see you at the meeting tomorrow morning. Keko masbkihki aapacihtooyan obowe mekwaac. What kind of medication are you using/taking at this time? Kekonen ataawaakeyan? What are you selling? Kekonen ataaweyan? What are you buying? Kekonen ihi? What's that? ke he Kehcinaac nika-kaahsiinike mwaye-maacaayaan! La ( io Kaawin nimmo-ayaawamancihobsim noonkom kaa-kiisbikaak n ADVANCED OJIBWE EXPRESSIONS 407 �ADVANCED OJIBWE EXPRESSIONS Kekonen naasihkaman? What are you going to fetch? Kekonen nantawentaman? What do you want? Kekonen tabsh ekaa? Why is it not? Kekonen tahsh miishkoc waa-miiciyan? What do you want to eat instead? Kekonen tahsh? What about? OR What for? Kekonen waa-ataawaakeyan? What do you want to sell? Kekonen waa-ataaweyan? What do you want to buy? Kekonenini ataawaakec(t)? What does he want to sell? Kekonenini ataawec(t)? What is he buying? Kekonenini waa-ataawec(t)? What does he want to buy~ Kekoon ina kinantawentaan? Do you want something? Kekoon kiwii-kakwecimin. I want to ask you something. Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n 0 I should go there too. Keniin nitaa-kii-ishaa. Your pants look old. sit y Kehte-naakosi kitaabs. Your canoe looks old. er Kehte-naakwan kiciiroaan, ni v K.ihci-miikwehc nitootero! 0 Thank you very much my friend. Turn to the right! U K.ihdnibkiink inehke ishi-wasbkiin! Do you want to walk on the right? K.ihcinihkiink na inehke kiwii-ishi-pimohse? ad Let me know when yoq are leaving. he K.ihkeotamoonihshin ahpii ani-maacaayan. Kii-aaniman ina anohkiiwin ooonk.om kaa-kil~hikaak? ke Was work difficult today? Native people were hard working a long time ago. Ki.i-wenootan nato-miicim kayaash. There was plenty of traditional food a long time ago. Ki.in iko kihkentan ke-tootaman. You do whatever you want to do. Kiln ina hi kimiicimim? Is that your food? Kiln kihkentan ke-tootaman. You decide what to do. Ki.in na ha kishooniyaanim? Is that your money? Kiln tahsh wiin? How about you? La Kii-nihtaawanohkiiwak anihshininiwak kayaash. 408 0 �ADVANCED OJIBWE EXPRESSIONS If it's not used today, you can use it tomorrow. Kiishpin ekaa maci-kiishikaak nika-antawi-kwaashkwepine. If the weather is not bad, I will go fishing. Kiishpin ekaa ontamiihkeyaan, keniin nika-ishaa. If I am not busy, I will go there too. n Kiishpm ekaa aapatank noonkom kaakiishikaak, ka-kii-aapacihtoon waapank. If the weather is nice tomorrow, we will work Kiishpin nekaapiihanonk oncinowek, kehcinaac ta-maci-kiishikaa. If the wind is blowing from the east, for sure it will be a bad day. Kiishpin wii-ishaayan, (ki)ka-wiiciiwin. If you want to go there, I will go with you. Kiisbpin wii-wiihsiniyaan, wiipac nika-kiiwe. If I get hungry, I will go home early. Kiiwetinonk ina oncinowe? Is the wind blowing from the north? Kiiwetinonk inehke onciniwe. The wind is blowing from the north. cu l ty of Ed uc at again. I see it the wind will be blowing from the north, it will be snowing and windy. Fa Kiiwetinonk ta-oncinowe, ta-sookibpwan ekwa ta-kibci-nootin nitishinaan. sit y (Ki)ka-pi-kanoonin ahpii ishkwaa-anohkiiyaan. er Kika-nanaantawencike na ahpii takwaak!nk? I will call you when I am done working. Are you going hunting in the fall? I will go with you only if the weather is not too Kikaanaa na shooniyaan? Are you hiding money? Kikihkentaan na aanahpii ke-pi-kiiweyan? Do you know when you will be coming home? Kikii-aahkos na onaako? Were you sick yesterday? Kikii-ayamihaa na? Did you talk to him/her? Kikii-pi-kanoonihsb na? Did you call me (on the phone)? Kikii-pwaatawi-kawihshim na eni-tipihkaak? Did you go to bed late last night? Kikii-pwaatawi-wanishkaa na kekishep? Did you get up late this morning? Kikosihs mooshak nanaatihkosii. Your son is always teasing people. Kiminohpitaan ina nato-miicim? Do you like the taste of traditional food? Kinaaci-ataa · · e na noonkom kaa-kiishikaak? Are you going to the store today? Kinahshine-niipaa-anohkii ina? Are you working nights all the time? ni v Kika-wiiciiwin kiisbpin ehta ekaa onsaam maci-kii~hikaak. ke he ad U bad. La ( io Kiishpin mino-kiishikaak waapank, miina ta-anohkiinaaniwan. 409 �ADVANCED OJIBWE EXPRESSIONS Kinanaahkomin nitootem! I thank you, my friend. Kinantawenimin ci-wiicihishiyan. Kinantawentaan ina ci-wiicihinaan? I need/want you to help me. J?o you want me to help you? Kinantawentaan ina kekoon ci-piitooyaan? Do you want me to bring something? Kinihsitohtaan ina? Do you understand? Kinihtaa-watakami-aahkos na? Do you usually get sick easily? Kipaahpihtoon ina nitaacimowin? Are you laughing at my story? Kitaana na abko kakwecimaa? Do you ever attempt to ask him/her? Kitaataa niwii-ayamihaa. I want to talk to your dad. Kitanaamenimaa na kitootem? Are you blaming your friend? Kitanenimaak na mihshin kinooshek ibimaa? Do you expect lots offish there? Kitataawe ina kekoon? Are you buying something? Kitepwehtaan ina ihiwe aacimowin? Do you believe that story? ty cu l Fa Kitepwehtaan ina kabkiou kekoon kaa-ishi-wiintamaaknoyan? sit y Do you believe everything that you are told? Do you believe this story? ni v er Kitepwehtaan ina obowe aacimowin? Kitookimaam na kahkina kekoonini otipentaan? of Ed uc at io n 0 Kiwii-antawi-memecikaahcike na? 0 Does your boss controls everything? ad U Do you want to go and check up on the situation? Kiwii-antawi-pakitahwe waapank? he Do you want to go and set up the fish net tomorrow? Kiwii-ataawe ina kekoon? ke Do you want to buy something? Kiwii-ayamihaa na ahpii takohshink? La Do you talk with him/her when he/she arrives? Kiwii-ayamjhaa na? Do you want to talk to him/her? Kiwii-kakwecimin ci-kiimasmahamawinaan pankii shooniyan? I want to ask you if I can borrow some money. Kiwil-kanoonaa na kikayaashim? Do you want to call your ex? Kiwii-kiiwe-nipaa na ahpii ishkwaa-wiihsiniyan? Do you want to go back to sleep when you are done eating? Kiwii-nantobtaan ina nikamowin? Do you want to listen to the song? Kiwii-wiiciiwihsh na? Do you want to go with me? 410 0 �ADVANCED OJIBWE EXPRESSIONS Are you in pain? Kwanta kaa-piishaayan ohomaa. I come here for no reason. Kwanta ohsba ihkito! He/she is not telling the truth! Kwanta piko kaa-pi-kanooninaan. I am calling for no reason. Kwayahk kanawenimitison ekaa ci-pihci-tootaasoyan. Take good care not to hurt yourself. Kwayahk tootan! Do it rigbt! OR Do it correctly! Maaroabkaac nitinentaan ekaa mahshi kaa-pipoonk. I think it'~ amazing it's not winter yet. Manaaci-pibci-tootaason mekwaac anohkiiyan. Be careful not to hurt yourself while you're working. Mayaam nitani-maacaa. I am just leaving. of Ed uc at io n Kiwiibsakentaan ina? cu l ty . Mekwaac kii-anohkiiyaan, ketahtawen nikii-aahkos. Say it again! U Miina ihkiton! I will go to Round Lake during goose month. (April) Thank you my friend. ni v Miikwehc nitootem! er sit Mekwaac pimankisoc(t) nihki-piihsim., nika-isbaa Waawiyekamaak- Mino-ani-tipihkihtoon. ad Have a good evening. Mino-kii~bikanihtoon. he Have a good day. Mino-naakosi kimoosom. ke Your sweetheart looks nice. Mino-naakwan kiwaahkaabikan_ Your house looks nice. La ( While I was sleeping, my house was on fire. y Mekwaac kii-nipaayaan, niwaabkaahikan kii-sabkite. Fa While I was working, all of a sudden I got sick. Mino-tipihkihtooo. Have a good night. Mishtahi kinaoaahkomin nitootem! I thank you a lot, my friend. Misiwe miioihshin kishooniyaanim! Give me all your money! Misiwe miioihshin ! Give me all of it! Misiwe ta-papaamohsenaaniwan waapank. We will walk around all over the place tomorrow. Mitoni mino-anwaahtinikamin ~aakahihn_ It is very nice and calm water in the lake. Mooshak kellllJl kimibkawinotawin. Me too, I think about you all the time. 411 �ADVANCED OJIBWE EXPRESSIONS I think about you all the time. Mooshak miilcaasowin takwan akaamahkiink. There is always a war going on in Europe. Naahpic ahko niminwentaan e-waapantamaan miskwaawaa. I usually very happy to see red-coloured sky at dawn/sunset. Naahpic ahko niminwentaan wiipac kaa-kiiweyaan. I am usually very happy to go home early. Naahpic kii-aaoimao kayaash pimaatisiwin. Life was very hard a long time ago. Naahpic kii-mino-naakwan kiishikaa onaako. The day was very nice yesterday. Naahpic nika-minwentaan ahpii waapaminaan. I will be very glad/happy when I see you. Naahpic niminwentaan e-waapaminaan. I am very glad to see you. Naabpic niminwentaan kaa-waapaminaan miliµl. I am very glad that I saw you again. Naabpic ninihtaa-wat.akami-aahkos mekwaat.ahkaayaa. I usually get sick very easily during the cold weather. Naahpic tabkaayaa noonlcom kaa-kii~bikaak. It is very cold today. io at uc Ed of ty cu l Fa Naake (ki)ka-waapamin kaa-isbiniiminQDiwank. sit y I will see you later at the dance. er Naant.a maawiin waapank. 0 n Mooshak kimihkawinotawin. Nahke piko, kaawin mahsbi nhyaapamaabsiin. Probably tomoITOw. 0 ni v I don't know, I haven't seen him/her yet. Nahke piko. Kaawin mahsbi mayaam oikibkcnt.ansiin. U I don't know. I don't know yet exactly. Namacinibkiink inehke isbi-washkinan. ad Tum it to the left! Name niwii-ataawe. he I want to buy a sturgeon. Namewan wii-ataawe. ke He/she wants to buy a sturgeon. Niihtaawihs na ihimaa ayaa? La Is my brother-in-law there? Niineht.a nika-maacaa waapank. I will be leaving tornoITOw by myself. Nika-kanoonaa abpii ishkwaa-anohkiiyaan. I will call him/her when I am done working. Nika-kii-tootaan niinehta. I can do it by myself. Nika-kiiwe-anohkii wiipac. I will go back to work soon. Nika-wiihsin pankii mwaye-maacaayaan ke-kishepaayaak. I will eat some before I leave/go tomoITOw Nika-wiintamawaa ci-pi-kanoonihk ahpii takohshinlc. I will tell him/her to give you a call when he/she arrives. morning. 412 0 �ADVANCED OJIBWE EXPRESSIONS Nikanawentaan. I am taking care of it. Nikibkenimaa ahawe ih.kwe. I know that woman. Nikibkinoohamawaa ci-nihtaawec(t). I am teaching him/her to talk. Nikihkinoobamawaa ci-nihtaawihsec(t). I am teaching him/her to walk. Nikii-pwaahtawi-wanisbkaa kekishepaa. I got up late this morning. Nikii-tepihtawaa koobkoobkoboo noobpimink tipihkonk. I heard the owl in the woods last night. Nimaaroitonentaan miicim. I am thinking about food. Nimaamitonenimaa nimoosom. I am thinking about my sweetheart. Nimaaroitoncntaan ci-nanaantawencikeyaan waapank. I am thinking about to go hunting tomonow. at uc Nimikosbkaatentaan. ty of Ed Nimincinawes kaa-wani-kanooninaan. I am sony for offending you. Fa I am worried. y Nimino-ayaa ohowe mekwaac. Niminwenimaa. sit ( I am doing well at the present time. I like him/her. I like it. OR I am happy. ni v er Niminwentaan. I am looking for him/her. Ninanaantawaapantaan. I am looking for it. Ninoonteyentaan ci-kiiweyaan. I am anxious to go home. Nipakohsenim ci-wii-minohseyan. I wish you the best.II wish things go well for you. ke he ad U Ninanaantawaapamaa. Nipayehkinike akwaciink. I am cleaning up outside. La L io n I am talcing care of him/her. cu l r Nikanawenimaa. Nisaakihaa. I love him/her. Nisaakibtoon. I love it. Nishikatentaan ahko kinwesb kaa-maacaayan. I usually feel lonely when you arc gone for a long time. Nitaahkosiiwamaci. I feel sick. Nitanaamenimaa nitootem. I blame my friend. Nitanenimaak mihshiin kinoosbek ihimaa ohowe mekwaac. I expect lots of fish there at this time. 413 �ADVANCED OJIBWE EXPRES SIONS Nitishinihkaas My name is _ _ _ _ _ __ Nitooncii I am from _ _ _ _ _ __ Niwaniihkenotaan. I forgot about it. Niwaniihkenotawaa. I forgot about him/her. Niwii-anwep pinamaa I want to take a rest for a while. Niwii-kekishepaanehkwe. I want to eat morning meal. (breakfast) Niwii-kiiwe-anobkii, abpii · ishkwaa-anwepiyaan. I want to go back to work when I am finished resting. Niwii-kiiwe. I want to go home. Niyaananwaapihk nitinakimaa I'm charging $5.00 for it. (animate) Niyaananwaapihk nitinakitaan. I'm charging $S.00 for it. (inanimate) Niyaananwaapihk otirtakimaao. He's charging $5.00 for it. (animate) cu l ty of Ed uc at io n 0 Niyaananwaapihk otinakitaan. Fa He's charging $5.00 for it. (inanimate) Noonkom piko oitishi-wanishkaa. y I just got up. Do you think the water is too deep here? Onsaam mishtahi kwanta kitayam! You talk too much for no reason! er sit Onsaam ina kilshkaayawaa ohomaa kitinentaan? Too often you're working too carelessly. ~paan oitataawe. I am buying a car. U I want to buy a car. ad Otaapaan niwii-ataawe. ni v Onsaam moosbak tepinaabk ldtanobkil. 0 Otaapaanan ataawe. he He/she is buying a car. Otaapaanan wii-ataawe. ke He/she wants to buy a car. Otakwanahaan odimaan La He/she is covering his/her canoe. Pabkaan niin oiwii-antawi-ishi-pakitahwe. As for myself, I am going to a different location to set up the fish net. Payahtak niwii-anwep ahpii ishkwaa-anohkiiyaan. When I am done working, I want to rest very carefully. Pchkaac ihkiton ! Say it slowly! Pehkihsh nika-wiibsin mekwaac anobkiiyaan. I'm going to cat while I'm working. Pcbpesbik ta-otaabpinaawak. (animate) They (animate) will be picked up· one by one. (by us). 414 0 �ADVANCED OJIBWE EXPRESSIONS They (inanimate) will be picked up one by- one (by us}. Pi-kanoonihshin ahpii ishkwaa-anohkiyan! Call me when you are done working! Pi-naasihkawihshin ahpii ani-maacaayan! Come and get me when you leave! Pi-otaapinihshin ahpil ani-roaacaayan! Come and pick me up when you leave! Piko tooho miicim ta-ashankaaniwan kaa-ishi-makohsbaaniwank. All sorts of food will be served at the feast. Piko tooho miicim. Any kind of food. (Vari~ fQ941} Pinamaa obsha nika-kakwecimaa nit()()kirnaaro- I have to ask my boss first. Sakaroaat11pin mekwaac wiihsiniyan ! Sit still while you're eating! Sbaawanonk ina kitishaa ahpii ani-pipoonk. Are you going to south \;Vhen win~t comeii· Sbemaak nika-kii-piisbaa. I can come right now. _ io at uc Ed of ty cu l Shemaak nika-kwayaanci. Fa I will get ready right away. Shemaak niwii-maacaa e-mwaye-onsaam-kihci-nootink. y sit Siitawaac ina kitanohkii noonkom kaa-kiishikaak? I want to leave before it gets too windy. er ( You can barely _work today~ I barely walked,yesterdaY.1 Siyaakcn maawiin kekiin kiminohpitaanaatok nato-miicim. I hope you like the tute of traditional food ·too. Siyaakcn maawiin kika-kaahcitlnaa. I hope you'll catch him/her. Siyaaken maawiin wiipac kika-mino-ayaa. I hope you get well soon. Ta-moo~bkaban ishi-naak:wan ishkwaa-maacihtahk. It looks like there will be high water after ice break up. ke he ad U ni v Siitawaac nikii-papaamobse onaako. La l., n Pehpeshik ta-otaahpinilcaatewan. (inanimate) Ta-pwaatawi-pipoon nitishinaan. I see it the winter will be late. Tahso-kiishikaa nitahshawaapamaa nitootem. Everyday I watch and wait for my friend. Tahso-kiishikaa nitahshawaapantaan pimihsewin. Everyday I watch and wait for an aiplane. Tahswaa kaa-kanooninaan. kaawin wiihkaa kitapihsiin'. Every time I call you. you're not home. Tekako nicaakii noonkom kaa-kiishikaak. I am totally exhausted today. Tepwe (o)hsba! That's true! 415 �'I: ADVANCED OJIBWE EXPRESSIONS Really? (Is that true?) Tipihkonk kii-takobsbin ciikic kaa-ani-aapihtaa-tipihkaanik. He/she arrived last night close to midnight. W aaciye nitoonci-wiicitaamaakan. Hello my neighbour. Waaciye nitootem. Hello/Greetings my friend. Wawiyasinaakosi Jritaanihs. Your daughter is cute. Wenipan ahpin Ditayihsb. Kii-maaciipahtoo kaana. My dog disappeared. He/she probably ran off. Weti iDehke isbi-taa. He/she lives there in that direction. Weti iDehke ta-isbaaniwan. We will go in that direction. Weti naaniyabii isbkwaantemink. Over there beside the door. W'u-ataawe ina tetoonini? Does he want to buy something? Wiintamaw ci-pi-kanoonibsbit(c) ahpii talcobshink. Tell him/her to give me a call when he/she arrives. 0 sit Wilntamawihsbin kiisbpin nantawenimac Tell me when you are done working. y Wiintamawibsbin ahpii ishkwaa-anohkiiyan. Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n Tcpwe na? also Tepwe? er shooniyaan. Wilpac auba ta--niipin iaentaakwaa. Tell me if you need/want money. 0 ni v It seems that it will be summer soon. It looks like it will be summer soon. Wlipac ina ta-niipin titisbioaan? Do you think summer will come early? Wiipac bldsbep kil-maacaa. He/she left early this morning. Wlipac maawiin siyaaken kika-mino-ayaa. I hope you get well soon. Wiipac miina (ki)ka-ayamihin_ I will talk to you again soon. Wiipac nikil-kosbkos kekisbep. I woke up early this morning. Wlipac nikii-wanishkaa kekisbep. I got up early this morning. Wlipac ta•pipoon Ditinentaan. I think winter will come early. La ke he ad U W'upac auba ta-nilpin isbi..naakwan. Wilntamawibsbin tilsbpin nantawentmnan ci•wiicibinaan. Tell me if you want me to help you. _ _ _ i11hinibka18". His/her name is _ _ _ __ 0 416 � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Anishinaabemowik - Indigenous Languages Program Historical Documents Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Faculty of Education, Native Language Instructors Program Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Advanced Ojibwe: Parts One and Two in Severn Dialect Subject The topic of the resource Universities Description An account of the resource The Native Language Instructors Program, Faculty of Education, Lakehead University. Text for Advanced Ojibwe (Severn Dialect) course. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Native Language Instructors Program, Faculty of Education, Lakehead University. Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Faculty of Education, Lakehead University. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1997-07-01 Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource Native Language Instructors Program, Faculty of Education, Lakehead University. The print version of this text and accompanying audio files are available at Lakehead University Libraries (Chancellor Paterson and Education Libraries) library.lakeheadu.ca This text has been scanned as part of the Anishinaabemowik - Indigenous Languages Program Historical Documents Digitization Project, Faculty of Education, Education Library (Thunder Bay Campus), Lakehead University. This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercialNoDerivatives 4.0 International License. To view a copy of this license, visit https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Please contact the Faculty of Education, Office of the Dean, Lakehead University, Thunder Bay, Ontario Canada for additional information or permissions. 807-343-8010 (ext. 8520) Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource PDF Language A language of the resource English Type The nature or genre of the resource text https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/9d71b8938a11e54c430a4879a6f69483.pdf eef9cacbd0df2f1ece0ac9729daad246 PDF Text Text INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE: uc at io n PARTS ONE AND TWO IN SEVERN DIALECT Tom Beardy John O'Meara Sonya Matson Bruce Beardy ... Fa cu l ty of Ed Editor: Verification and Editing: Typing and Graphics: Graphic Artist: ke he ad U ni v er sit y Audio tape production was produced by Studio One Productions. The audio tapes were mastered using Studio One Productions Digital Facility. Toll Free: 1-800-354-8952 Fax (807) 767-9234 Produced by: Ken James English Voice: Ken James Native Language Voice: Tom.Beardy Licensed Music: Studio One Productions Library Duplication Coordination: J9hn Somers La A special thanks to Lena Odjig White for all of her en~ouragement in making this book a reality and for all of her devotion to the preservation of Native languages. �Intermediate Ojibwe: Parts One and Two in Severn Dialect By Tom Beardy ©1996, Native Language Instructors’ Program, Faculty of Education, Lakehead University, Thunder Bay, Ontario Canada The print version of this text and accompanying audio files are available at Lakehead University Libraries (Chancellor Paterson and Education Libraries) library.lakeheadu.ca This text has been scanned as part of the Anishinaabemowik - Indigenous Languages Program Historical Documents Digitization Project, Faculty of Education, Education Library (Thunder Bay Campus), Lakehead University. This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercialNoDerivatives 4.0 International License. To view a copy of this license, visit https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Please contact the Faculty of Education, Office of the Dean, Lakehead University, Thunder Bay, Ontario Canada for additional information or permissions. 807-343-8010 (ext. 8520) �n io at uc Ed sit y Printed and distributed by: ni v er Lakehead University Thunder Bay, Ontario · P7B 5El U Not to be sold for profit. ke he ad © 1996 by the Native Language Instructors' Program, Lakehead University. All rights reserved. No part of this work may be reproduced in any form or by any means without written permission from the Native Language Instructors' Program, Lakehead University. La ( Fa cu l ty of This book is based on a collection of materials by Tom Beardy, Department of Languages, Lakehead University, the Native Language Department, Lakehead University and Explore Ojibwe: A Practical Reference Workbook for Teachers By Lena White, Department of Languages, Lakehead University. ISBN 0-88663-023-1 �Intermediate Ojibwe CD # 1 uc Title of Ed Trk at io n (Unit 1, Lessonl , Ex. A to Unit 1, Lesson 3, Ex. C) cu l ty 2 3 Introduction......................................................................................... 1.08 Unit l, Lesson 1, Ex. A (pg l) ........................................................................................4.27 Ex. B (pg 2)........................................................................................0.28 Ex. C (sec 1) (pg 3).............................................................................2.36 Ex. C (sec 2) (pg 3)............................................................................. 3.47 Ex. D (sec 1) (pg 3).............................................................................0.24 Ex. D (sec 2) (pg 4).............................................................................0.24 Ex. E(pg 5).........................................................................................2.45 Ex. F (pgs 6& 7)................................................................................. 7.54 Ex. G(pg Fa 4 sit y 5 0 er 6 ni v 7 10 he 9 ad U 8 8)......................................................................................... 0.25 Ex. H (pg 9)......................................................................................... 0.33 Ex. I (secs 1 & 2) (pg 10).................................................................... 3.07 Ex.J(pg ll)........................................................................................3.07 Unit 1, Lesson 2, Ex. A (pg 12)...................................................................................... 2.28 Ex. B (sec 1) (pg 13)........................................................................... 1.30 Ex. B (sec 2) (pg 13)........................................................................... l.56 Ex. C (secs 1 & 2) (pg La ke 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 0 �r Intermediate Ojibwe CD #2 io n (Unit 1, Lesson 3, Ex. D to Unit 1, Lesson 4, Ex. F) at Time Unit 1, Lesson 3, Ex. D (sec 1 ) (pg 30)........................................................................ .4.04 Ex. D (secs 2 & 3)) (pgs 31)............................................................... 0.32 3 Ex. E (secs 1 & 2) (pg 52).................................................................. l .22 4 Ex. F (sec 1) (pg 32)...........................................................................6.38 5 Ex. F (secs 2 & 3) (pg 33)...................................................................0.30 6 Ex. G (pg 34) ...................................................................................... 7.26 7 Ex. H (secs 1 & 2) (pg 35) ..................................................................2.02 8 Ex. I (sec 1) (pg 35)............................................................................ 3.00 9 Ex. I (secs 2 & 3) (pg 36) .................................................................... 0.39 10 Ex. .J Review Test (secs 1 & 2) (pg 37) ..............................................4.07 11 Unit 1, Lesson 4 Ex. A (sec 1) (pg 38).......................................................................... .4.49 12 Ex. A (sec 2) (pgs 38 & 39) ................................................................ 5.09 13 Ex. A (sec 3) (pg 40) ..........................................................................0.24 14 Ex. A (sec 4) (pgs 40 & 41) ................................................................ l.54 15 Ex. B (secs 1 & 2) (pgs 41 & 42) ........................................................0.46 16 Ex. C (sec l)(pg 43) ........................................................................... 1.08 17 Ex. C (sec 2) (pg 43) ...........................................................................3.04 18 Ex. C (sec 3) (pg 44).......... . ............................................................... 3.16 19 Ex. D (sec 1).(pg La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc 1 2 (_ �24 25 n 23 io 22 at 21 0 uc 20 45) ........................................................................... l.l l Ex. D (sec 2) (pg 45) ........................................................................... 3.52 Ex. D (sec 3) (pg 46)........................................................................... 3.52 Ex. E (sec 1) (pg 47)............................................................ ............... 1.26 Ex. E (sec 2) {pg 47)............................. .............................................. l.41 Ex. E (sec 3) {pg 48)........................................................................... 1.34 Ex. E (sec 4)(pg Ed 48))..........................................................................3.30 Ex. E (secs 5 & 6) (pg 26 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of 48) ..................................................................0.31 Ex. F (sec l) {pg 27 49)............................................................................2.49 Ex. F (sec 2) (pg 28 .............................................................4.06 ............... 49) 0 �r Intermediate Ojibwe CD #3 (Unit 1, Lesson 4, Ex. F to Unit 2, Lesson 1, Ex. B) Trk n Title Unit I, Lesson 4, Ex. F (sec 3) (pgs 50 & 51)................................................................ .4.58 at 1 2 io Time sit ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc Ex. G (sec 1) (pgs 52 & 53)................................................................ 3.46 3 Ex. G (sec 2) (pg 53)...........................................................................0.21 4 Ex. G (sec 3) (pgs 53 & 54)................................................................ 1.00 5 Ex. G (sec 4) (pgs 54 & 55)................................................................ 4.44 6 Ex. H (pgs 56 & 57) ............................................................................ 0.40 7 Ex. I (sec l)(pg 58)............................................................................2.18 8 Ex. I (sec 2) (pgs 58 & 59) .................................................................. 2.13 Ex. I (sec 3) (pg 9 59) ............................................................................ 1.21 10 Ex. I (secs 4 & 5)) (pg 60) .................................................................. l. l 7 Ex. J (sec 1) (pg ad La 14 he 13 61)............................................................................ 3.04 Ex. J (sec 2)(pgs 61 & 62)................................................................. l .Ol Ex. J (sec 3) (pg 63) ............................................................................ I .59 Ex. J (sec 4) (pg 63) ............................................................................ 0.26 Unit 1, Lesson 5 Ex. A (pg 64).......................................................................................0.35 Ex. B (pg 65) ....................................................................................... 2.23 Ex. B Review Ex. (pg 66)................................................................... 0.27 Ex. C (secs 1 & 2) (pgs 67 & ke 12 U 11 15 16 17 18 68)........................................................ l. l 8 19 Ex. D (pg L 20 69)....................................................................................... l.17 Ex. D Review Ex. (sec 1) (pg �0 0 U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n 70)................................................... .... 0.43 Review Ex. (sec 2) (pgs 70 & 21 71)............................................ 0.25 Ex. E (secs 1, 2 & 3) (pgs 72 & 22 73).................................................... 2.24 Ex. F (secs 1, 2 & 3) (pg 23 74)......................... ...................................... l . 10 Ex. G (secs 1, 2, & 3) (pgs 75 & 24 76)................. ................................. l.01 Ex. H (secs 1 & 2) (pgs 77 & 25 78).......................................................0.38 Ex. I (sec l)(pg 26 79)..................................................................... .......4.14 Ex. I (sec 2) (pg 27 80).................. ..........................................................4.26 Unit 1, Lesson 6 Unit Review (pgs 81 thru 91) Animate Nouns (pg 92).......................6.35 28 Unit Review... Inanimate Nouns (pg 29 92)............................................ 1.12 Unit Review... Animate Intransitive Verbs (pg 30 92)............................3.32 Unit Review... Inanimate Intransitive Verbs (pg 31 93).......................... 1.58 Unit Review... Transitive Animate Verbs (pg 32 93)................. .............0.13 Unit Review...Transitive Inanimate Verbs (pg 33 93).............................0.11 Unit Review...Particles (pg 34 93)................. ..........................................0. l 7 Unit Review... Expressions (pg 35 93)................................................... .4.08 he Con't Title ke Irk ad Page 1 La Unit 2, Lesson 1, Ex. A (secs 1 & 2) (pg 129).................................................... ............ 3.49 36 Ex. A (secs 3 & 4) (pg 37 129).................. .................................. ............3.06 Ex. B (secs 1 & 2) (pg 38 130)................. ................. .................. ............3.20 Page2 0 �Intermediate Ojibwe CD #4 n (Unit 2, Lesson 1, Ex. C to Unit 2, Lesson 3, Ex. F) io Time Unit 2, Lesson 1, Ex. C (secs 1, 2 & 3) (pg 131)............................................................3.03 2 Ex. D (secs 1, 2 & 3)(pg 132)............................................................2.57 Ex. E (secs 1, 2 &3) (pgs 133 & 3 134)................................................. 2.28 4 Ex. F (secs 1, 2 & 3) (pg 135).............................................................2.55 5 Ex. G (secs 1, 2 & 3) (pg 136)............................................................3.00 6 Ex. H (secs 1, 2 & 3)(pgs 137 & 138)...............................................6.27 7 Ex. I (secs 1, 2 & 3) (pgs 139 & 140).................................................7.1 l 8 Ex. J (sec 1) (pgs 141 & 142).............................................................0.37 Ex. J (sec 2) (pg 9 143)..........................................................................0.31 10 Unit 2, Lesson 2, Ex. A (pgs 144 & 145) .......................................................................4.58 11 Ex. B (sec 1) (pg 146).........................................................................3.09 12 Ex. B (secs 2 & 3)(PG 147)............................................................... 0.21 13 Ex. B (sec 4) (pg 147)......................................................................... l.39 14 Ex. C (pgs 148 & 149)........................................................................7.54 15 Ex. D (secs 1, 2 & 3)(pg 150) ............................................................3.08 16 Ex. E (secs 1, 2 & 3) (pgs 151 & 152)................................................ 4.53 17 Ex. F (secs 1, 2 & 3) (pg 153).............................................................2.34 18 Ex. G (secs 1, 2 & 3) (pg 154)............................................................ 2.26 19 Ex. H (secs 1, 2 &3) (pg 155) ............................................................. 2.10 sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at 1 L �20 Ex. I (secs 1, 2 & 3) (pg 156) .............................................................. 3.37 Ex. J (secs 1, 2 &3)) (pgs 157, 158 & 159)........................................ l .23 22 Unit 2, Lesson 3, Ex. A (pg 160).................................................................................... 2.22 23 Ex. B (sec 1) (pg 161)......................................................................... l.27 24 Ex. B (sec 2) (pg 161)......................................................................... l.44 25 Ex. C (secs 1, 2 & 3) (pgs 162 & 163)................................................ 0.49 26 Ex. D ( sec I & 2) (pgs 164 & 165)....................................................0.56 27 Ex. E (secs I & 2) (pg 166)................................................................ 0.46 28 Ex. F (sec 1) (pg 167)......................................................................... 4.15 0 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n 21 0 �r Intermediate Ojibwe CD #5 io n (Unit 2, Lesson 3, Ex. F to Unit 2, Lesson 5, Ex. E) at Time sit er ni v U ad he ke La ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc l Unit 2, Lesson 3, Ex. F (sec 2) (pg 168)......................................................................... 0.16 2 Ex. F (secs 3 & 4)) (pg 169)................................................................ 0.28 3 Ex. G (secs 1, 2 & 3) (pgs 170 & 171)...............................................6.09 4 Ex. H (sec 1) (pg l 72).........................................................................6.00 5 Ex. H (secs 2 & 3) (pgs 173 & 174)................................................... 1.16 6 Ex. I (sec l)(pg 175)..........................................................................3.10 7 Ex. I (sec 2) (pg 175)..........................................................................0.07 8 Ex. I (secs 3 & 4) (pg 176)................................................................. 2.10 9 Ex. J (secs 1, 2 & 3) (pgs 177, 178 & 179)........................................ l.20 10 Unit 2, Lesson 4, Ex. A (sec 1) (pg 180)........................................................................ 2.08 11 Ex. A (sec 2} (pg 180)......................................................................... 1.41 12 Ex. A (secs 3 & 4) (pgs 180 & 181)................................................... 0.20 13 Ex. B (secs 1 & 2} (pg 182)................................................................ 0.54 14 Ex. C (secs 1 & 2) (pg 183)................................................................ l.31 15 Ex. D (secs 1 & 2) (pgs 184 & 185)................................................... 3.51 16 Ex. E (secs 1, 2 & 3) (pgs 186 & 187)................................................ 5.42 17 Ex. F (sec l )(pg 188).......................................................................... l.43 18 Ex. F (sec 2) (pg 188).......................................................................... l.31 �25 26 27 28 29 n io at 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y 30 uc 24 Ed 23 of 22 ty 21 0 cu l 20 Ex. F (secs 3 & 4) (pgs 188 & 189)....................................................0.24 Ex. G (secs I & 2) (pg l 90)................................................................ 0.49 Ex. H (secs 1 & 2) (pg l 91)................................................................ l .48 Ex. I (secs l & 2) (pgs 192 & l 93).....................................................3.43 Ex. J ( secs 1 & 2) (pgs 194 & 195) ....................................................6.23 Ex. K (secs 1 & 2) (pgs 196 & l 97)...................................................2.33 Unit2, Lesson 5, Ex. A (pg 198)..................................................................................... 2.32 Ex. B (pg l 99)..................................................................................... 4.20 Ex. C (pg 200)..................................................................................... 4.09 Ex. D (sec 1 & 2) (pg 201).................................................................. 2.14 Ex. E (secs 1, 2 & 3) (pg 202)............................................................ 3. l 7 Ex. E (sec 4) (pg 203)......................................................................... 1.23 Fa 19 0 �Intermediate Ojibwe CD #6 Title io Trk n (Unit 2, Lesson 5, Ex. F to Closing) at Time Unit 2, Lesson 5, Ex. F (pg 204)..................................................................................... 2.27 Ex. G (pg 205)......................................................................................3.30 3 Ex. H (pg 206)..................................................................................... 3.27 4 Ex. I (secs l, 2 & 3)(pg 207)............................................................... 2. l 9 5 Ex. J (secs 1, 2 & 3) (pg 208)............................................................... 3.06 6 Ex. J (sec 4) (PG 209)..........................................................................2.27 7 Ex. K (Review Test) (secs, 2, 3 & 4) (pgs 210,211.212, & 213 ........ 0.53 8 Unit 2, Lesson 6, Review Test (pgs 214 to 225).............................................................. 0.41 9 Review Section... Animate Nouns ...(pg 226) .................................................................... 0.37 10 Inanimate Nouns ...(pg 226)..................................................................2.20 11 Animate Intransitive Verbs ...(pg 226) .................................................. 1.17 12 Inanimate Intransitive Verbs ...(pg 226) ................................................2.00 13 Transitive Animate Verbs ...(pg 227).................................................... l.13 14 Transitive Inanimate Verbs ...(pg 227) .................................................. 1.01 15 Particles ...(pg 227) ................................................................................ 0.35 16 Preverbs...(pg sit er ni v U ad he ke La ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc 1 2 17 18 19 227) ...............................................................................0. l 0 Prefix...(pg 227) ...................................................................................0.05 Expressions ...(pg 227) .......................................................................... 1.00 Intermediate Oj ibwe Close................................................................... 1.00 �Course Description Welcome, this is the continuation of the journey in Severn Ojibwe which will introduce students to the language and culture of the native people of Northwestern Ontario. Students will continue learning basic vocabulary through listening, speaking, reading, and writing in Severn Ojibwe. Students will develop basic communication skills in Severn Ojibwe through study and practice. They will also become familiar with the traditional values and culture, which are vital when working 0 _Lw 0 ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n with native people. Hv\\..\Jl-- La "VJJJ ~ ~ f), \, \;"' ~\ LET'S CONTINUE OUR JOURNEY UP THE RIVER TO DISCOVER MORE SEVERN OJIBWE l 0 �ad he ke La L y sit er ni v U ( ty cu l Fa of at uc Ed n io �What is Severn Ojibwe? Severn Ojibwe is a dialect of the Ojibwe language. It is spoken mostly around the Severn River in Northwestern Ontario and areas around it. 0 io n It is different from Ojibwe spoken in communities south, east, and west of the Severn River area. Some people call it an Oji-Cree, an Ojibwe, or even a Cree language. In some ways, Severn Ojibwe is similar to Cree. Today, as many as 5,000 people speak Severn Ojibwe. at What is in this subject? uc There are two units of study, which are used along with cassette tapes. of Ed In these units, you will be given instructions in English and guided through exercises that go along with the tapes to continue learning basic vocabulary in Severn Ojibwe. You will be studying the one dialect of Ojibwe and will learn through conversation both vocabulary and the structure of the language. 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty At the end of the course of studies, you will be able to carry on a short conversation in Severn Ojibwe. 0 ii �SUBJECT OUTLINE Subject Name: Intermediate Ojibwe (Severn dialect) Subject Number: OJ 2001 Subject Description: uc at io n The aim of this subject is to provide students with the skills necessary to speak Severn Ojibwe. In this functional and conversational program, students will learn basic vocabulary through listening, speaking, writing and understanding and optional laboratory facilities. Ed Objectives: cu l ty of - to understand through conversation the structure of the Severn Ojibwe. - to listen with understanding and to converse at a basic level in the Severn dialect of the Native language. - to pronounce words accurately - to demonstrate effective use of the Severn Ojibwe language in culturally appropriate contexts. What is this subject about? sit U What is dialect? ni v er ( y Fa This is an intermediate Severn Ojibwe subject for students who wish to learn to speak Native language. It is designed to give practice in conversation using everyday situations that students might encounter as they live and work in a Native community. It can be used to practice Native language by students of Native ancestry or by students from other backgrounds. Learning a Native language can lead to a better appreciation and understanding of the whole society who uses it. Both Native and non-Native learners can gain a sense of the traditions, the customs, and both the historical and modem view of Native life. he ad Generally speaking, dialect means the difference in how words are formed and said. La ke Linguists, or people skilled in the science of languages, believe dialect shows what area people come from because of the special way that they use a language. Although there are differences in dialect or the way people speak, the root or basic language is still the same. It may be that because of the way Native people once travelled easiest...up and down the river systems... that areas shared a river system for transportation, the dialect is different. How do these dialects affect how Native people can communicate with one another? Many Native language speakers claim that they can understand most of what speakers of a different dialect are saying. Sometimes confusion does occur. L But most Native language speakers also say that they quickly become familiar with the differences in vocabulary when they need to frequently communicate with speakers of another dialect. iii �Indeed, there are many dialects in the Native language. There is no standard dialect that can be learned and used everywhere. Q n Two students at Lakehead University, Richard Jourdain and Judith Petch, wrote a paper about how people in different geographical areas say words. Look at the chart below. Then consider how these words might be used in your community. Two Three Water Peshik niishin nihsin Northwestern Ontario Macdiarmid bazik nihsin nihshin Savant Lake bejik nijzhin niso Lake Helen bejik nijin Longlac bezhik niinzhin Manitoulin Island bezhik Spanish River bejik kiiziis nibi gissis niswi nisib kiiziis sweh nipi keesiim neesh niswei nebi gissis bashique neesh swehi beesheh geesus niizh neswi nipi ty kiiziis sit of nibi piihsim cu l niswe er y niish bashig 0 geezis U Cape Croker nipi nibi ni v Walpole Island uc Big Trout Lake Ed Severn Southern Ontario Sun at One io OJIBWE TRANSLATION FROM ENGLISH Fa AREA COMMUNITY he ad Adapted from an unpublished paper An Elementazy Comparative Study of Morpholo~ical and Phonolo~ical Features of Several Ontario Dialects of Ojibwe, R. Jourdain and J. Petch, NL 2711 North American Linguistics course, Lakehead University, November 1988. ke Where should the learning begin? La There is no right or wrong dialect. What is important is to keep the Native language alive and growing in use. Perhaps then, it is important to become familiar with one dialect of the language to start, and it would be simple from there to learn the differences in sounds of words to learn other dialects. Appreciating the dialects of other communities takes a trained ear and a curiosity to understand one another. Perhaps this first step will help to bring a stronger unity among our Native communities to keep alive the Native culture. Although people in their own communities must be the ones to decide how to carry on their language through the generations, this advanced course of studies uses Severn Ojibwe. iv 0 �Writing Anihshininiimowin (Severn Ojibwe) In this section we discuss the writing system which is used in all three books in this series. First there is a discussion of the basic letters and combinations of letters which are used to write Anihshininiimowin (Severn Ojibwe). Following this there is a discussion of some issues which arise io n in writing and reading Severn Ojibwe. You do not need to read all the information at once. You may at find it helpful to read it over from time to time as you progress through the courses. Some of the uc topics discussed here will become more understandable to you after you have been exposed to the Ed language for some time. of The Writing System ty In this book Severn Ojibwe is written with Roman (alphabetic) letters. Severn Ojibwe uses some of cu l the letters used in writing English. However Severn Ojibwe is written in a way that is more consist- Fa ent than English writing. Although English writing is basically fairly regular, there are enough y irregularities found in English writing that we would not want to import them into Severn Ojibwe writing. When we use letters or combinations of letters in Severn, these consistently represent the sit ( ni v represent that sound. er same sound or combination of sounds. Each letter corresponds to a certain sound, and is only used to U Sounds in Severn Ojibwe are divided into two basic types: vowels and consonants. ad Vowels he There are seven vowel sounds in Severn Ojibwe. Vowels are divided into two types: long vowels ke and short vowels. Long vowels talce longer to say. With one exception, there is a long vowel corre- La sponding to each short vowel. In elementary school you may have learned that certain English vowels were long and others were short. However, the way that vowels are analysed as long and short in Severn Ojibwe is different from the way they are presented in English, and you should ignore the English usage. - L V �Here is a chart of the long and short vowels. You will learn how they are pronounced in the 0 following paragraphs. SHORT ii i 00 0 aa a at io n LONG Ed uc e You can see that the first three long vowels are represented by writing them double. Each is still one of vowel, though. Further, each of the first three long vowels has a corresponding short vowel, and ty each short vowel is written with a single letter. The last long vowel, e, has no corresponding short cu l vowel. Because there is no need to indicate a distinction between a long and short e sound, the long Fa e is written with a single letter. y In the sets of example words given in this section we have for the most part used words that are sit taken from Introductory Ojibwe and Intermediate Ojibwe. Particularly at first you will not be Q er familiar with many (or any) of them. You may find it helpful to get your instructor or another fluent ni v speaker of Severn Ojibwe to pronounce them for you. Do not worry if you are not familiar with U them yet. ad You will find that some of the letters do not represent what we might expect them to in English. he But remember that when we use these letters to write words in Severn Ojibwe, they are Severn ke Ojibwe letters! So the letters represent Severn Ojibwe sounds and you should not expect them to be La pronounced the same way they are pronounced in English. Every language has its own rules for how letters are to be pronounced, and Severn Ojibwe is no exception. Here are some examples of Severn Ojibwe words that contain long vowels. The examples show the vowel in three positions: beginning, middle, and end of a word. The vowel in question in each word is written in bold type. The approximate English equivalent of the Ojibwe vowel sound is also given. 0 vi �Ojibwe word iitok 'supposedly' niin 'I, me' anohkii 'he/she is working' Approximate English Equivalent seat 00 oocii 'fly' moos 'moose' pimipahtoo 'he/she runs by' note, toot aa aakim 'snowshoe' naape 'man' maacaa 'he/she leaves' father e emihkwaan 'spoon' pehkaac 'slowly' kiiwe 'he/she goes home' bed of Ed uc at io n Vowel ii onaakan 'plate' animohsh 'dog' onaako 'yesterday' a ahki 'land, moss' kaye 'and, also' ekwa 'and, so' Fa 0 Approximate English Equivalent sit sit y Ojibwe word ihkwe 'woman' nihka 'Canada goose' aahkosi 'he/she is sick' put ni v er ( Vowel cu l ty Now here are some examples of words that contain short vowels. he ad U but ke Consonants La There are more consonants than vowels in Severn Ojibwe. All the letters used to write consonants are also found in English. Some have a pronunciation very similar to that which they have in Eng- lish, while others are quite different. Some of the letters used for consonants are virtually the same as ones used in English: m, n, w, y and h. They should not cause you any difficulty. The sounds m, n and w can appear in any position in a word: beginning, middle, and end. L vii �Phonetic Ojibwe examples mahkisin 'shoe' m ohomaa 'here' saakaham 'goes out' English equivalent man name w waahsa 'far' kaawin 'no' waaw 'egg' win io naape 'man' pine 'partridge' koon 'snow' Ed uc at n n 0 of The sound y never appears at the beginning of a word. Phonetic Ojibwe examples y kiiyaapic 'still' ehshay 'oh yuck!' Fa cu l ty English equivalent yes The sound h never appears at the end of a word. As well, it only appears at the beginning of a word sit y if a preceding short vowel is optionally dropped. For example, ohomaa 'here' is often pronounced 0 ni v er and spelled homaa. Phonetic Ojibwe examples ohowe 'this' English equivalent him ad U h he The remaining six consonants (p, t, k, c, s, sh) occur in both a weak and a strong form. In their ke weak form, these consonants may occur anywhere in a word: at the beginning, in the middle, or at La the end of a word. They may not be preceded by the consonant h, but they may be preceded by any of the other consonants or a vowel. The weak consonants may have slightly different pronunciation · depending upon where they appear in a word. For example, at the end of a word the letter p usually sounds the same as it does in English. But when it appears in the middle of a word it may sound more like an English b. You may also find that the Severn p sound resembles a weakly pronounced b at the beginning of a word. Listen carefully as your instructor or another fluent Severn speaker says these words and see if you can notice the difference. You may find that there is a minor amount viii Q �of variation in how these letters are pronounced by different speakers. { Notice also that in Severn Ojibwe the sequence of letters sh is used to represent a single sound even though two letters are used. In the examples that follow, each Severn Ojibwe sound corresponds to two sounds in the En- n glish equivalent column. The second English equivalent sound is the one that occurs between vowel uc at io (or between norm and a vowel sound; see the discussion below in the 'Spelling Notes' section). Ojibwe examples pine 'partridge' nipi 'water' ahsap 'net' English equivalent pit, bit t tepwe 'really' acitamoo 'squirrel' kekaat 'nearly' time, dime C ciimaan 'canoe' kohtaaci 'he/she is afraid' kiimooc 'secretly' k kiin 'you' naakosi 'he/she is visible' kotak 'other' s saakahikan 'lake' aahkosi 'he/she is sick' waapoos 'rabbit' Fa cu l ty of Ed Sound p er sit y ( chip.judge U ni v keep, game he ad sit, zip La ke sh shiihshiip 'duck' peshik 'one' piish 'bring him!' ship, measure In the strong form each of these six consonants is preceded by the letter h. The h is quite clearly pronounced, although you may find it harder to hear before s. The strong consonants appear in the C middle of a word or at the end of a word, but do not appear at the beginning of a word. ix �Sounds hp Ojibwe examples ahpii 'when' nipaahp 'I laugh' ht ehta 'only' he ahcaap 'bow' miikwehc 'thank you' hk ihkito 'he/she says' atihk 'caribou' hs ahsin 'stone' wiiyaahs 'meat' hsh Anihshinini 'person, Indian' tahsh 'but, and' ty of Ed uc at io n 0 cu l A sequence of two weak consonants may also occur in the middle of a word or at the end of a word, Fa but not at the beginning of a word. Ojibwe examples miskwi 'blood' shp ishpimink 'above' sht nishtikwaan 'my head' shk weshkac 'long ago' kiiyaashk 'seagull' 0 he ad U ni v er sit y Sounds sk ke Severn Ojibwe also allows for other combinations of n or m followed by a weak consonant. These La are discussed separately below, in the first point of the 'Spelling Notes' section. SPELLING NOTES 1. Pronunciation of 'n' and 'm' before weak consonants 1.0 Severn Ojibwe allows a combination of the letters n or m followed by one of the weak consonants. However, there is a very important difference found in Severn Ojibwe which influences the pronunciation of these sequences. There are three different groups of communities in which Severn X Q �Ojibwe is spoken in northern Ontario. (A) West Severn: Bearskin Lake, Muskrat Dam, Sachigo Lake, Big Trout Lake, Wapekeka (Angling Lake) (B) East Severn: n Kingfisher Lake; Wunnumin Lake, Kasabonika Lake io (C) Sandy Lake: Ed uc at Sandy Lake, Deer Lake, North Spirit Lake The way people speak is very similar in these three areas. However, in West Severn communities of the sounds n and m are not pronounced when they appear before a weak consonant. So in the words Ojibwe examples ompiki 'he/she grows up' nt piintike 'he/she comes inside' nc oncii 'he/she is from there' pehshonc 'near, close' nk pankii 'a little bit' maank 'loon' ns onsaam 'too much' nimihsens 'my older sister' Fa y sit er ni v U akaahshenshi 'he/she is small' kinwensh 'a long time' La ke he nsh cu l Sounds mp ad ( ty in the table below the n and m sounds in bold type are 'silent.' THE FOLLOWING IS VERY IMPORTANT: In these books these 'silent' letters are written in all words in which they are pronounced in East Severn and Sandy Lake. So, if your instructor is from a West Severn community you will find that there are words in which n and m are written but not pronounced. You should listen carefully to your instructor or to a L fluent speaker to determine if they pronounce n or m in words of this type. Writing these words with xi �n and mallows these books to be used by instructors from a wide variety of Severn Ojibwe communities. 1.1 There are some common grammatical endings that are affected by this form of variation. They 0 are briefly reviewed here. More information about each of these grammatical topics can be found in io n the appropriate section of the textbooks. at 1.2 The 'locative' suffix indicates the location where something is happening. This suffix usually Ed Locative Form of Noun tehsapiwink 'on the chair' ahkihkonk 'in the kettle' ty of Ordinary Noun tehsapiwin 'chair' ahkihk 'kettle' uc ends in nk. In West Severn communities, the n is silent. cu l 1.3 Verbs may add a suffix to indicate the negative form of the verb. If the verb ends in n or rn then Fa that sound will be silent when the suffix is added. 0 er sit y Negative Verb kaawin minwentansiin 'he/she is not glad' kaawin kitayamihinsinoon' 'I don't talk to you' ni v Ordinary Verb minwentam 'he/she is glad' kitayamihin 'I talk to you' 1.4 Some verbs may add a suffix k to indicate a third-person subject. If the verb ends in n then that ad U sound will be silent when the ending is added. Verb with Suffix pipoonk '(that) it is winter' waapank 'be tomorrow' La ke he Ordinary Verb pipoon 'it is winter' waapan 'it is dawn' There are some Inanimate Intransitive verbs which end in the sound n, but behave differently when the suffix k is added. A very small number of these verbs shift the n to h when a grammatical ending such ask 'third-person inanimate' is added. No ending ihkin 'it happens' Ending k ihkihk '(that) it happens' A few words of this type will appear in the materials presented in your textbooks. There is no special rule for telling which verbs which end in n will shift their final n to h when the suffix is added. Xll 0 �You should simply make note of the fact that they do occur. As well, if the verb ends in m then that sound is written n when the suffix k is added, but the n is still silent (n is written here because that is what is pronounced in East Severn and Sandy Lake). Ordinary Verb rriinwentam 'he/she is glad' inentam 'he/she thinks' io n Verb with Suffix minwentank '(that) he/she is glad' inentank '(that) he/she thinks' cu l ty of Ojibwe examples aanti 'where?' aanta 'some' kwanta 'no reason' naanta 'maybe' Fa Sounds nt Ed consonants. These are usually very short words, such as the following. uc at 1.5 There is a very small number of words in which n and m are always pronounced before weak As well, there are many verbs in Severn Ojibwe which contain a suffix entam or entan. In these Ojibwe examples minwentam 'he/she is happy' macentam 'he/she is sad' er Sounds nt sit y words then before the tis always pronounced. ni v ( U 2. Pronunciation of 'o' after 's,' 't,' 'n,' 'c' ad In Severn Ojibwe the pronunciation of the short o sound may sometimes sound more like a short i he when o is preceded by one of the consonants s, t, n, or c. Listen carefully when your instructor or a ke Severn Ojibwe speaker says the following words. You may find that not all speakers display this La variation, but some do. Sounds L t Ojibwe examples ihkito 'he/she says' s pimipiso 'he/she is driving by' n minohpikwan 'it tastes good' To be consistent, we still write these words with the letter o. XIU �3. Dropping of short vowels When you listen to people say words in Severn Ojibwe you may notice that sometimes the short vowel i is not pronounced even though it is included in the written form of the word. This is particu- 0 larly common in the middle of a word, but is rare at the beginning of a word. It does not happen at n the end of a word. io If you listen to someone say the following word you may find that the short vowel i in the second uc at syllable is not pronounced. pimipiso 'he/she drives' Ed Similarly the short vowels in the second and fourth syllables of the following word may not be of pronounced. ty Anihshinini 'ln~ian, person' cu l In the writing system used in these publications we write these vowels even if they are not always Fa pronounced. You may find that there is some variation in the way different speakers pronounce words that contain short i. Listen carefully and you will become familiar with the rhythm of words in sit y Severn Ojibwe. 0 er You may be aware that something similar happens in English. For example, often the first syl- letter included just the same. ni v lable of English 'suppose' is not pronounced, but English speakers write the word with the vowel U 4. Pronunciation variation of 'i' ad Sometimes the letter i sounds more like o when it is next to the sounds m, p, or w. Listen carefully as he someone says the following word. You may hear an o between them and thew, rather than an i. ke kimiwan 'it is raining' La Similarly you may hear an o in the third syllable of the following word. tehsapiwin 'chair' This type of variation is very common. All three of the sounds m, p, and w are produced with the lips in a rounded position, as is o. Try making these sounds while looking in a mirror and observe the position of your lips. When the sound i, which is not made with the lips in a rounded position, appears next to one of these sounds, it often will be pronounced like an o, because the rounding of the lips is being transferred from one sound to an adjacent one. We will write i in these words. xiv 0 �SYLLABICS CHARI (with alphabetic equivalents) FINALS WO ·V •/l. ·I> V pe A pi > po u n ) te ti to ct ke p ki 'l ce ci I>· Ed of .J mi mo L ma a- .D Q. ni no na \.i r' ,J se si so sa 'L she I ~ C, shi sho sha r" yi ~ 'r ya y ni v U ad he ke ty cu l r Fa ca ne ~ ye yo X for christ ~ forR • for end of sentence L xv < , C '\ b C L , Q. ta co ""O La C ~ me • pa J r • < ka 1 EXTRA SIGNS: <I· wa ·<I d ko sit ( ll.· wi er EAST we n V• 0 BASI io WEST <I a at e :WBSI I> /l. i uc V SHORT VOWELS b " 11 ~ ,. "' for H forL �0 SYLLABICS CHART (with alphabetic equivalents) FINALS ii 00 aa WEST V· A· I>· <I· we Wll woo waa ·V ·A ·I> •<I V A pe pii > poo < paa u n c te tii ) too ct ~ ke kii 'l ~ ce cii y er .s, Q. nii noo naa b ad .; se sii soo saa 1, J' ~ c., she shii shoo shaa ~ ;.. ~ • ~ ye yii yoo yaa . X for Christ ~ forR • for end of sentence 0 L . ~ ke \ C r' XVI C ty Fa cu l . L ', La EXTRA SIGNS: , C maa . < caa he ne • kaa mil U ""0 j coo b j moo ni v l me • taa sit r . d koo er EAST n e io <I EA,ST at I> uc A Ed V of LONG VOWELS ~ESI .. . ., • II for H ~ forL 0 �Notes to instructors and students: Due to some late changes, the following page numbers that the tape refers to have changed. We apologize for any inconvenience. 1. Page 16, Unit 1, Lesson 2, Exercise D, Section 3 Page 83, Unit 1, Lesson 6, Useful Expressions io 2. n - given instructions on tape; Unit 1, Lesson 2. Change to Lesson 1. at - given instructions on tape; Review the words from (a-p) on page 16. Change to 4. - given instructions on tape; page 20. Change to page 27. Page 85, Lesson 4 Review Test: Possessive Forms of Animate Nouns. 5. - given instructions on tape; page 30. Change to page 38. Page 86, Possessive Forms of Inanimate Nouns. 6. - given instructions on tape; page 30. Change ot page 38. Page 87, Four Directions. Fa cu l ty of Ed uc 3. page 20. Page 84, Lesson 3 Review Test: What Are They Doing? - given instructions on tape; page 34. Change to page 43. 8. - given instructions on tape; page 36. Change to page 45. Page 88, Days of the Week. sit y Page 87, Seasons. er ( 7. ni v - given instructions on tape; page 38. Change to page 47. Page 88, Months of the Year. 10. - given instructins on tape; page 40. Change to page 49. Page 90, Colours. U 9. he Page 91 Descriptions. - given instructions on tape; page 50. change to page 61. La ke 11. ad - given instructions on tape; page 47. Change to page 58. L x.vii �0 CONTENTS UNIT ONE io Ed uc at Match Up Pictures and Words ........................................................ 2 Pronunciation Practice ................................................................... 3 English Translation ........................................................................ 3 Animate or Inanimate .................................................................... 5 Using the Language ....................................................................... 6 Plural Forms ........................... :...................................................... 10 Review Spelling Test ..................................................................... 11 n What Are They? .......................................................................... 1 Lesson One: How Much Does It Cost? ............................................................ 12 Pronunciation Practice .... .. ... ....... ..... ...... ........ ...... ..... ..... ... ......... .... 13 English Translation ..... .... ..... ..... ....... ..... .... .... ...... ...... ........ ...... ....... 13 Dollars ............................................................................................ 17 Review Vocabulary ... .... ..... .... .. ... ... .. .... ........ .. ... ...... ... ..... ..... .... ... .. 19 Some Useful Expressions .............................................................. 20 Are You Buying Something? ........................................................ 23 Questions and Answers ................................................................. 26 Lesson Three: What Are They Doing? ................................... Pronunciation Practice................................................... . Singular Forms........................................................... . Mini-Dialogues........................................................... . Plural Forms.............................................................. . Paradigms ................................................................. . Review Test. .............................................................. U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Lesson Two: Possessive Forms of Nouns .............................. ad Lesson Four: La ke he Four Directions............................................................ Seasons.................................................................... Days of the Week......................................................... Months of the Year....................................................... Independent and Conjunct Verbs....................................... Colours.................................................................... Descriptions............................................................... Lesson Five: 27 28 30 32 34 35 37 38 43 45 47 49 52 58 61 Review Kinds of Verbs .................................. 64 Obviation.................................................................. . More AI Verbs with Obviative Subject.. ............................... II Verbs with Obviative.................................................. . TA Verbs with Obviative............................................... .. TI Verbs with Obviative.................................................. Independent Verbs ....................................................... . 65 xviii 0 67 69 72 74 75 0 �77 79 Unit 1 Review Section: Twenty Four Items ............................. How Much Does It Cost?............................................... Useful Expressions...................................................... What Are They Doing?.................................................. Possessive Forms of Animate Nouns................................. Possessive Forms of Inanimate Nouns............................... Four Directions and Season............................................ Days of the Week and Months of the Year........................... Independent and Conjunct Verbs...................................... Colours................................................................... Descriptions.............................................................. 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 Ed uc at io n Independent and Conjunct Verbs....................................... More Independent and Conjunct Verbs................................ of Let's Look Back At What You Have Learned............................. Fa cu l ty Translation Section Lessons 1-6............. .............. .......... ... ..... .......... ....... La ke he ad U ni v er sit y ( L xix 92 94 �CONTENTS UNIT TWO io 130 131 132 133 135 136 137 139 141 n 0 Ed uc at More About Transitive Verbs .............................129 Third-Person Transitive Verbs.......................................... Questions and Answers First, Second-Person Form Only.......... Questions and Answers Third-Person with Obviative............... Paradigms.................................................................. Working With the Language............................................. More Sentences........................................................... Dialogues.................................................................. More Dialogues........................................................... Review Transitive Verbs................................................. Lesson One: More About TA Verbs Subject and Object Combination 144 More Transitive Animate Combinations................................ Dialogues.................................................................. More Dialogues........................................................... Continuation of Dialogues............................................... More Sentences with Transitive Verbs................................. Continuation of Sentences.............................................. . More Sentences.......................................................... . Final Set of Sentences .................................................... Final Review Test for Lesson 2........................................ . sit y Fa cu l ty of Lesson Two: New AI Verbs............................................. Reading and Understanding............................................. Matching Pictures and Words........................................... Fill in the Missing Letters................................................ Singular Forms............................................................ Dialogues.................................................................. Plural Forms............................................................... Paradigms Singular and Plural.......................................... Review Test............................................................... ke he ad U ni v er Lesson Three: La Lesson Four: Inanimate Intransitive Verbs............................. Complete the Sentences................................................. . Working With the Language............................................. Questions and Answers ................................................. . Dialogues................................................................. . 10 More II Verbs.......................................................... Complete the Sentences................................................. . Working With the Language............................................. Questions and Answers ................................................. . Dialogues.................................................................. Final Review Test for Lesson 4 ......................................... xx 146 148 150 15 l 153 154 155 156 157 0 160 161 164 166 167 170 172 175 177 180 182 183 184 186 188 190 191 192 194 196 0 �n 199 200 201 202 204 205 206 207 208 210 of Ed uc Unit 2 Review Test Lesson 1 Review Test.................................................. Lesson 3 Review Test.................................................. Lesson 4 Review TEst...... .. ... ... ... .......... ... .... ..... ... .... .... Lesson 5 Review Test.................................................. 198 io Introduction to Body~Parts ............................... Possessive Forms of Body-Part Nouns............................... . Locative Forms of Body-Part Nouns ................................ ... Questions and Answers ................................................. . More Questions and Answers ......................................... .. More Body-Parts ................................................... ...... . Possession in Paradigm Fonns........................................ . Locative Forms of Body-Part Nouns ................................. .. Questions and Answers................................................ .. More Questions and Answers .......................................... . Review Test.............................................................. . at Lesson Five: Fa cu l ty Let's Look Back At What You Have Learned ............................. Translation Section.............................................................................. Guide to the Glossaries......................................................................................... Anihshininimowin - English.................................................................. English - Anihshininimowin.......... ......... .............. ...... ............... ...... ...... La ke he ad U ni v er sit y C L x.xi 214 217 220 222 226 228 271 282 325 �ad he ke La L ty cu l Fa C y sit er ni v U of at uc Ed n io Part One Nantawencike �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Exercise A 3 2 4 Ed uc at 1 n d three or four times. Listen careful ly as your instructor says these words. Each word will be repeate Transla tions are on page 94. io - What are They? 8 Fa cu l ~ '\ \ 12 10 sit 9 y I ty of 7 15 14 ke he A ad U ni v er -=~ La 17 ~ 18 ~)',~ •£J 21 ( -;:_, ~2 23 I -- 16 �ad he ke La y sit er ni v U ty cu l Fa of at uc Ed n io C 0 -, �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE- UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Match Up Pictures and Words Exercise B Accompanying the words is a small box to the right of the word. Using a pencil, match up pictures and words by writing the appropriate number in each box. Answers are on page 94. ahcikanaahtik D D shooniyaawash D piinahikan D ( cu l D Fa memenkwe sit D 21 ad U wiikwaahs D he pakiciiwin ke <&fft1 La nameO atihkamek maank 3 D 0 pinaahkwaan 0 cwaapiihsh er D ni v namekohs D maacishikan 0 y maacii-kitowinD D pakweshikan ty koohkoohkohoo D of masinaahtehsicikan Ed uc shooniyaan at io sakimeO n r In the previous page, you were introduced to 24 articles. In this exercise, there are 24 pictures. D miikihsikwaahson D tihtipwepishkikan D okaahs D kinepik D cahkaahtehsicikan L 2 D �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Pronunciation Practice Exercise C ng words and For review of the 24 items, listen carefully to your instructor saying the followi . imitate what you hear. You can also practice saying these words with your partner (6) (13) (14) (15) (16) maacii-kitowin cahkaahtehsicikan pahkweshikan masinaahtehsicikan maacishikan (7) (8) (14) (15) (16) ty cu l (10) (11) (12) (13) saki me koo hk oo hko boo mii ki si kwaa hson cwaa piihsh pa ki cii win ah ci ka naa htik a ti hka mek pi naa hkwaan Fa (6) (9) y (4) (5) maank wii kwaahs name name kohs pii na hi kan shoo ni yaan shoo ni yaa wash meme nkwe sit (l) (2) (3) of down Listen careful ly as your instructor says these words. Notice how they can be broken one. each n betwee space into syllables. To help you identify the syllables we have placed a (17) ti hti pwc pi shki kan (18) o kaahs (19) kine pik (20) maa cii - ki to win (21) (22) (23) (24) ca hkaa hte hsi ci kan pa hkwe shi kan ma si naa hte hsi ci kan maa ci shi kan 0 English Tramlation er 2. (12) (19) kinepik (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) Ed (7) (8) (10) (11) (17) tihti pwepishkikan (18) okaahs sakime koohkoohkohoo miikihsikwaahson cwaapiihsh pakiciiwin ahcikanaahtik atihkamek pinaahkwaan n (3) (4) (5) (9) io (2) maank wiikwa ahs name namek ohs piinahi kan shooniyaan shooniyaawash memen kwe at (I) 0 uc 1. ni v Exercise D loon he ad lesson. Assemble all the items (or pictures of the items) you see at the beginning of this Ojibwe translations are on page 94. birchbark butterfly sturgeon lake trout purse money owl beaded article comb flour bicycle televison jackfis h pickerel airport table mosquito whitefish snake telephone camera ke wallet La 1. U Here are two listening exercises to work on: scissors 0 3 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE- UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Reading and Writing: Here is a list of all the items you have learned given in mixed order. Use the numbered pictures on page 1 to match up numbers and letters in the space provided for you below. Answers are on page 94. pinaahkwaan maacishikan 1. 7. 13. 19. 2. 8.- - 14. 3. 9._ _ 4. 10.- 11._ _ 15. 16._ _ 20.- 21. 17. 12._ _ 1s._·_ -- -- n cwaapiihsh name tihtipwepishkikan shooniyaawash maacii-kitowin koohkoohkohoo cahkaahtehsicikan okaahs io memenkwe (r) (s) (t) (u) (v) (w) (x) at (k) (q) ()) pak.iciiwin (m) wiikwaahs (n) masinaahtehsicikan (o) piinahikan (p) miikihsikwaahson kinepik maank 22. -- 23. 24._ _ Fa 5. 6. Just a reminder, as you already learned from the previous text, there are two different words used when asking for an article to be brought or passed to you. The Native language has a structural rule that divides all nouns into two classes, called GENDER. One gender is called animate. In this gender are found all things that are recognized as living. The other gender is called inanimate and in it are found all the nouns that are not animate. ni v er sit y ( sak.ime pahkweshikan uc (h) (i) (j) Ed (g) ahcikanaahtik narnekohs shooniyaan atihkamek of (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) ty 2. cu l r La ke he ad U As a hint, remember that usually anything that is living will be classified as animate. Most things that are not living will be classified as inanimate. However, things that are not living can be classified as animate and these are the ones for which you will have to memorize the gender. L 4 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT I; LESSON 1 "Animate or Inanimate" Exercise E Q . Each picture is either an In this exercise, listen carefully as your instructor repeats these words mate" underneath the animate noun (na) or an inanimate noun (ni). Write "animate" or "inani pictures listed below. Answers are on page 94. ~ <1 '2§ ~~ 8 cu l ty of Ed ~1 uc ~ at io n 1 4 3 2 12 Fa 9 ni v er sit y 0 La ke he ad U 15 17- 18 23 21 5 24 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE- UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Exercise F Using the Language You now know the names of 24 items introduced to you. The secret to learning the language well will be to USE what you learn whenever you get the chance. n In this exercise, work in pairs taking turns asking questions using either transitive animate verbs (VTA) and transitive inanimate verbs (VTI). Individual items in picture form will be provided by the instructor for this exercise. Here are some verbs listed below. For now, you will use the transitive verbs that you already know from previous lessons. Ed uc at io Remember that Transitive Animate verbs are ones that have a grammatical subject and object, and that the object is animate. In the examples in the first column below the subject is first person singular ('I') and the object is third person singular animate {'him' or 'her'). You will notice that each word begins with the prefix ni, which indicates that the subject is first person. Similarly, in the examples in the second column below there is a prefix ki. The subject is second person singular ('you') and the object is third person singular animate ('him' or 'her'). Translations are on page 95. (second person subject) kiwaapamaa kitamwaa kinanaantawaapamaa kiminohpwaa kinihsaa kinantawenimaa kikanawenimaa kikiishiswaa kipiinahwaa kisaakihaa kimaamitonenimaa ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty (first person subject) niwaapamaa nitamwaa ninanaantawaapamaa niminohpwaa ninihsaa ninantawenimaa nikanawenimaa nikiishiswaa nipiinahwaa nisaakihaa nimaamitonenimaa U ( of VTA ad You can ask and answer questions using these verb forms and the animate nouns you learned in this lesson. he Here is a typical question: ke Kiwaapamaa na maank? La Here is a positive answer: Ehe niwaapamaa maank. Here is a negative answer: Kaawin, kaawin niwaapamaahsiin maank. Don't forget that in this type of question the question marker na or Ina comes after the first word in the sentence. L 6 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 1 io (second person subject) kiwaapantaan kimiicin kinanaantawaapantaan kiminohpitaan kinipahtoon kinantawentaan kikanawentaan kikiishisaan kipiinahaan kisaakitoon kimaamitonentaan cu l ty of Ed uc (first person subject) niwaapantaan nimiicin ninanaantawaapantaan niminohpitaan ninipahtoon ninantawentaan nikanawentaan nikiishisaan nipiinahaan nisaakitoon nimaamitonentaan at VTI 0 n grammatical subject and object, Now, remem ber that Transitive Inanimate verbs are ones that have a the subject is first person and that the object is inanimate. In the examples in the first column below You will notice that each word singular ('I') and the object is third person singular inanimate ('it'). . Similarly, in the examples begins with the prefix ni, which indicates that the subject is first person person singular ('you' ) and the in the second colum n below ther is a prifix ki. The subject is second 95. object is third person singular inanimate ('it'). Translations are on page y 0 ni v er sit Here is a typical question: .Kiwaapantaan ina pakiciiwin? Here is a positive answer: Ehe niwaapantaan pakiciiwin. Fa ate nouns you learne d in You can ask and answe r questions using these verb forms and the inanim this lesson. U Here is a negative answer: Kaawin niwaapantansiin pakiciiwin. the first word in he ad comes after Don't forget that in this type of question the question marke r na or ina the sentence. La ke ulary items you have learned Now, working with a partner ask and answer questions about the vocab in this lesson. Try giving both positive and negative answers. 0 7 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Exercise G In this exercise you will need to refer to the 24 numbered pictures listed below. For each picture write the sentence that means "I see"_ _ _ _ _ " and write the GENDER of the noun on the same line. The first and last responses have been done for you. Answers are on page 96. ~ n . io , 4 8 ty of Ed uc 3 at ~~ 15 12 ~ 16 cu l ~=========:::: y sit er 23 ni v 21 ~- Fa 18 17 ( U Gender 1. Niwaaoamaa maank ad 2. 5. La 6. ke 4. he 3. L na 24 Gender 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 7. 19. 8. 20. 9. 10. 21. 22. 11. 23. 12. 24. Niwaapantaan maacishikan 8 ni �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Exercise H For this exercise, you need to refer to the pictures on page I or 8. The names of each of the items is given below in random order with some letters missing. See if you can match up each picture with the appropria te word on the list by writing the picture's number in the small box to the right of the word. See also if you can fil1 in the missing letters. Answers are on page 96. a_ _ _k_ _ _k D D _ _ _ _p_ _ _sh s_ _ _n_y_ _w _ _ _ sit ni v er D D U p_ _k_ _ _h_ _ _n he ad D D m _ k c k n D o -k _ _ w_ _ _ k 0 o --- □ ck_ts_k_0 o_ _ _ _s D La ke p_ _ _c_ _w_ _ io Fa t_ _t_p_ _p_ _ _k_ _ _ _ D D D cu l D m_ _c_ _ _ _k_ _ o y p _ _ _ _hk_ _ _n m_ _ _ _k_ _ _ _ _ _n w _s k m n_ _ _ s_ _ _m_ D p _ _n_ _ _k_ _ D at D _ _s_ _ _k t _ _n__ m uc sh_ _n_y_ _ _ D w_ _k_ _ _ _s D n_ _ _k_ _s k_ _ _p _ _ D _ t Ed n_ _ of _ _k ty a Q 0 9 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Plural Forms Exercise I Look back to the pictures at the beginning of this lesson and listen while your instructor gives the PLURAL FORMS of these nouns. You will notice that there are five kinds of endings that form the plural? For each word, write the gender of the noun and list the appropriate form of the plural ending. The first two responses have been done for you. Answers are on page 96. ahcikanaahtik na namekohs oon ak masinaahtehsicikan piinahikan atihkamek miikihsikwaahson kinepik cwaapiihsh of Ed uc shooniyaan name ty oinaahkwaan cu l tihtioweoishk.ikan maacishikan shooniyaawash Fa sakime y oahkweshikan sit memenkwe maacii-kitowin koohkoohkohoo cahkaahtehsicikan okaahs ni v er pakiciiwin 2. Plural wiikwaahs maank C Noun io ni Gender n Plural Gender Noun at l. Review the plural endings. ad U The ending k, ak, wak are heard on _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ nouns. he The ending an, oon are heard on _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ nouns. ke The plural endings of animate nouns are _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ and _ _ _ __ La The plural endings of inanimate nouns are _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Exercise J 0 Review Spelling Test Gender 4. 16. 5. 17. 6. 18. 7. 19. at 15. uc 3. Ed 14. of 2. ty 13. Fa cu l I. io Nouns Gender Nouns n Your instructor will say the twenty-four items from the vocabulary you have learned. Listen carefully as your instructor says each word. Then write the word and gender of the item beside the numbered space provided for you below. Corrections will be done by the instructor. 20. 8. 21. 0 sit y 9. 22. er 10. ni v 11. 24. La ke he ad U 12. 23. 0 J1 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Exercise A How Much Does It Cost? Listen carefully as the instructor says these words. Each word will be repeated three or four times. Translations are on page 97. 8 I. n 3. io 8 50 cents 25cents 5. $1.00 of $2.00 sit y $5.00 Fa cu l ty 7. ( 9. La ke he ad U ni v er 8. Ed uc at 4. $20.00 12 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Pronunciation Practice Exercise B Your instructor will say each of the number words pictured on the previous page one more time. The written form of each one is given below. Follow along with the written form as your instructor says each word. Translations are on page 97. 6. peshikwaa pihk 7. niishwaapi hk 8. niyaananw aapihk 1. peshik piiwaapihk ohsh 2. niyaanan piiwaapihk ohsh 3. mitaahso piiwaapihk ohsh 4. peshishoon iyaahsh 5. aapihtawaa pihk n 9. mitaahswa apihk at 10. niishitana tahswaapih k uc Listen carefully as your instructor repeats these words. Notice how they can be broken down into syllables. To help you identify them and assist with proper pronouncia tion, we have placed a space between each one. Ed 2. Q io 1. 6. pe shi kwaa pihk 7. nii shwaa pihk 3. mi taah so pii waa pi hkohsh 4. pe shi shoo ni yaahsh 8. ni yaa na nwaa pihk 9. mi taa hswaa pihk cu l ty of l . pe shik pii waa pi hkohsh 2. ni yaa nan pii waa pi hkohsh 10. nii shi ta na ta hswaa pihk Fa 5. aa pi hta waa pihk 0 English Translation sit y Exercise C In the spaces below, write the Ojibwe words which correspond s to the English amounts. ni v I. er Here are two reading, listening and writing exercises to work on. Translation s are on page 97. he ad U 1. one cent _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 6. 7. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 2. five cents._ _ 3. ten cents_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 8. 4. quarter_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 9. 10. 5. half-dollar_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ twenty dollars _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ke Here is a list of the ten new words you have learned. Use the numbered pictures at the beginning of this lesson to match up numbers and letters in the spaces provided for you below. La 2. ---- ---- ---- five dollars ---------_ _ __ ____ ____ ten dollars _ one dollar two dollars _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) niyaanan piiwaapihk ohsh (g) mitaahso piiwaapihk ohsh (h) peshikwaa pihk (i) peshishoon iyaahsh (j) mitaahswa apihk aapihtawaa pihk niishwaapi hk niishitana tahswaapih k niyaananw aapihk peshik piiwaapihk ohsh 1._ _ 2._ _ 3._ __ 4._ _ 5. _ _ 6._ _ 7._ _ 8._ __ 9._ _ 10._ _ 13 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Exercise D l. In this exercise we will learn to ask questions about how much something costs. The question will be slightly different depending on the GENDER of the item you are asking about. For example, if we are asking about the cost of something inanimate, such as pinaahkwaan, the question will be the following: Translations are on page 97. n Aan enakitek? at io The answer might be: uc Peshikwaapihk inakite. Ed If we are asking about the cost of something animate, such as atihkamek, the question will be the following: of Aan enakisoc? or cu l ty Aan enakisot? Fa y er ni v Aan enakisoc(t)? sit So, the two variants of the question given just above can be written as: U You can follow the pronunciation of your instructor. The answer to this question might be: ad Peshikwaapihk inakiso. ke he You can see that there is a difference in the word used in making the question depending upon whether the item you are talking about is animate or inanimate. The answer will also differ. La C Notice that there are two ways of saying the last sound of the second word, either c or t. This is an important grammatical ending which will be discussed later on in the book. For convenience we will write it as c(t) to indicate the two possible pronunciations. 14 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Using each of the number words you have learned in this lesson, write answers in the spaces below to each question. Use the pictures on page 1 of Lesson 1, Exercise A to find the animate and inanimate nouns. Check your answers with your instructor. (a) (a) Aan enakisoc(t)? Aan enakitek? inakite. (b) Aan enakitek? at Aan enakisoc(t)? io n inakiso. (b) inakite. (c) Aan enakitek? Ed Aan enakisoc(t)? (d) Aan enakisoc(t)? inakiso. (f) er (g) ni v Aan enakisoc(t)? Aan enakitek? inakite. (j) (h) ad U Aan enakisoc(t)? he Aan enakitek? inakite. inakiso. (i) Aan enakisoc(t)? ke (i) 0 inakite. inakiso. (h) inakite. Aan enakitek? inakiso. (g) inakite. Aan enakitek? y Aan enakisoc(t)? sit (f) cu l (e) Aan enakisoc(t)? Fa (e) Aan enakitek? ty inakiso. inakite. of inakiso. (d) uc inakiso. (c) 0 Inanimate Animate Aan enakitek? inakite. inakiso. (j) Aan enakisoc(t)? La 2. Aan enakitek? inakite. inakiso. 0 15 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Here are pictures of some of the items you have learned in Unit 1; Lesson 1. Working with a partner, ask him or her the price of one of the items by pointing to a picture and using the appropriate form of the question. He or she can then answer with a sentence containing an appropriate number word. Try different pictures and take turns asking and answering questions. This section will be done by the instructor. Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n 3. La ke he ad U ni v er sit y ( !6 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Dollars Exercise E some more words Before we continue on asking about how much things cost, it is helpful to learn to twenty dollars. do1Iar for amounts in dollars. Let's begin with words for the amounts from one Q Listening and Understanding: n Listen carefully as your instructor reads the following words. at niishwaapihk nihswaapihk io one dollar two dollars peshikwaapihk niiwaapihk niyaananwaapihk ninkotwaahswaapihk uc three dollars four dollars Ed five dollars eight dollars nine dollars saankahswaapihk mitaahswaapihk Fa ten dollars ty niishwaahswaapihk ayinaanewaapihk of six dollars seven dollars cu l I. eleven dollars peshikoshaap tahswaapihk niishoshaap tahswaapihk nihsoshaap tahswaapihk 0 sit y twelve dollars thirteen dollars er fourteen dollars fifteen dollars sixteen dollars seventeen dollars U ni v niiwishaap tahswaapihk niyaananoshaap tahswaapihk ninkotwaahsoshaap tahswaapihk eighteen dollars nineteen dollars niishitana tahswaapihk twenty dollars Here are some words for dollar bills: La 2. ke he ad niishwaahsoshaap tahswaapihk ayinaanewishaap tahswaapihk saankahsoshaap tahswaapihk peshikoopiihikan niishoopiihikan niyaananoopiihikan mitaahsoopiihikan niishitanawepiihikan one dollar bill two dollar bill five dollar bill ten dollar bill twenty dollar bill 0 17 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 3. In this exercise, the words are listed below in English. You will be expected to study the meaning of them. Then write the word in Ojibwe in the corresponding space provided for you. The numbers are in order. This time we will use the phrase Aani minikohk? which means "How much?". Translations are on page 98. Understanding and Writing Practice: ··- n Aani minikohk? one dollar io two dollars at three dollars uc four dollars five dollars Ed six dollars seven dollars of eight dollars ty nine dollars cu l ten dollars eleven dollars thirteen dollars sit y fourteen dollars fifteen dollars er sixteen dollars ni v seventeen dollars eighteen dollars ad ke Exercise F he twenty dollars U nineteen dollars You have just completed exercise E. In this exercise, get someone to work with you for speaking practice using the same exercise. Repeat several times by taking turns asking questions and answers. Pay particular attention to pronunciation. Translations are on page 98. La ( Fa twelve dollars For example: Aani minikohk? peshikwaapihk. Do this exercise with the words for amounts from one to twenty dollars. 18 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Exercise G Review Vocabulary Here is the list of thirty words you have learned in this lesson. Match up the Ojibwe words with the appropriate English translation by writing each number in the correct box. Answers are on page 98. 4) peshikos haap tahswaap ihk 5) peshisho oniyaahs h 6) niyaanan waapihk 7) ayinaane wishaap tahswaapihk 8) niyaanan piiwaapih kohsh 9) niishwaa pihk 10) nishosha ap tahswaap ihk 11) niyaanan oopiihika n 12) niishwaa hswaapih k 13) mitaahso opiihikan 14) saankahs waapihk 15) niishitan a tahswaap ihk 16) niishitan awepiihik an 17) niishwaa hsoshaap tahswaap ihk 18) nihswaap ihk 19) saankahs oshaap tahswaap ihk 20) niishoop iihikan 21) niyaanan oshaap tahswaap ihk 22) peshikwa apihk 23) ninkotwa ahswaapi hk thirteen dollars n mitaahsw aapihk five dollar bill io 3) two dollars seven dollars at niiwaapi hk five cents ty cu l Fa y sit er ni v U ad he ke La 24) niishosha ap tahswaap ihk 25) ayinaane waapihk 26) peshikoo piihikan 27) ninkotaa hsoshaap tahsiwaa pikh 28) niiwishaa p tahswaap ihk 29) mitaahso piiwaapi hkohsh 30) peshik piiwaapi hkohsh ten dollar bill uc 2) □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ D □ □ □ □ □ □ D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ nine dollars Ed aapihtaw aapihk of 1) 0 19 twenty dollars eighteen dollars five dollars quarter eleven dollars ten dollars four dollars half-doll ar 0 one dollar fifteen dollars two dollar bill six dollars three dollars seventee n dollars twenty dollar bill one cent ten cents fourteen doJiars sixteen dollars one dollar bill eight dollars twelve dollars nineteen dollars 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Some Useful Expressions: uc at io n How much are you charging for it? (animate) How much are you charging for it? (inanimate) I'm charging $5.00 for it. (inanimate) I'm charging $5.00 for it. (animate) How much is he charging for it? (inanimate) How much is he charging for it? (animate) He charges $5.00 for it. (inanimate) He charges $5.00 for it. (animate) What are you buying? What do you want to buy? What is he buying? What does he want to buy? What are you selling? What do you want to sell? What is he selling? What does he want to sell? Ed Aan enakimac(t)? Aan enak.itaman? (c) Niyaananwaapihk nitinakitaan. (d) Niyaananwaapihk nitinakimaa. Aan enak.itank? (e) Aan enakimaac(t)? (f) (g) Niyaananwaapihk otinakitaan. (h) Niyaananwaapihk otinakimaan. Kekonen ataaweyan? (i) Kekonen waa-ataaweyan? U) (k) Kekonenini ataawec(t)? Kekonenini waa-ataawec(t)? (1) (m) Kekonen ataawaakeyan? (n) Kekonen waa-ataawaakeyan? (o) Kekonenini ataawaakec(t)? (p) Kekonenini waa-ataawaakec(t)? (a) (b) of Exercise H Aan enakitaman? y How much are you charging for it (inanimate)? sit ( Fa cu l ty Besides asking how much something costs, as we did before, it is also possible to ask what price someone is charging for something. The verbs that are used to ask and answer these questions are transitive. There is a grammatical subject and a grammatical object. The grammatical object is the item whose price you are asking about. If you are asking about how much is being charged for something inanimate, the question will be like this: ni v er In this question the subject is second-person singular ('you') and the object is third-person inanimate singular ('it'). The answer could be any amount of money. A typical answer might be as follows: I'm charging $5.00 for it (inanimate). U Niyaananwaapihk nitinakitaan. ad In this answer the subject is first-person singular ('I') and the object is third-person inanimate singular ('it'). For both the question and answer above the verb is Transitive Inanimate. La ke he If you are asking about how much is being charged for something animate, the question will be like this: Aan enakimac(t)? How much are you charging for it (animate)? In this question the subject is second-person singular ('you') and the object is third-person animate singular ('him', 'her', 'something animate'). Again, the answer could be any amount. A typical answer might be as follows: Niyaananwaapihk nitinakimaa. I'm charging $5.00 for it (animate). In this answer the subject is first-person singular ('I') and the object is third-person animate ~ singular ('him', 'her', 'something animate'). 20 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSO N 2 For this exercise use the set of pictures in Exercise D3. Working with a partner, ask him or her how much they are charging for one of the items by pointing to a picture and using the appropriate folJ11 of the question. Your partner can then answer by telling you how much they are charging for it. Ask questions about various pictures and then change places with your partner. Q Now look at the following question: How much is he charging for it (inanimate)? Aan enakitank? io n e In this question the subject is third-person ('he' or 'she') while the object is third-person inanimat ('it'). An answer to this question might be: at He's charging $5.00 for it (inanimate). uc Niyaananwaapihk otinakitaan. Ed The subject and object are the same as for the corresponding question. Now look at the following question: How much is he charging for it (animate)? of Aan enakimaac(t)? cu l ty An answer to this question might be: He's charging $5.00 for it (animate). Fa Niyaananwaapihk otinakimaan. Q ni v er sit y For this exercise use the same set of pictures that you just used. Working with a partner, ask him or her how much someone is charging for one of the items by pointing to a picture and using the appropriate form of the question, "How much is he charging for it?" Your partner can then answer by telling you how much that person is charging for it. Ask questions about various pictures and then change places with your partner. U After you've asked about the price of things, you may want to buy something! Here is how you would ask someone what they are buying: ad Kekonen ataaweyan? What are you buying? ke he Here, the basic verb is ataawe, and yan is a second-person ending used in some types of questions . An answer to this question might be: La Name nitataawe. I'm buying a sturgeon. The prefix nit indicates a first-person subject ('I'). Similarly, you can ask someone what they want to buy: Kekonen waa-ataaweyan? What do you want to buy? In this type of question the prefix waa- means 'want to'. An answer to this question might be: Ahcikanaahtik niwii-ataawe. I want to buy a table. 21 Q �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 If you are talking about somebody you might ask the following question: Kekonenini ataawec(t)? What is he buying? Note that the question word kekonen 'what' has an 'extra' ending ini. This is an obviative suffix which is required because there is a third-person subject ('he') and a third-person inanimate object ('what'). You may wish to review some of the material in Introductory Ojibwe where the obviative was discussed. Now look at a possible answer for this question: Ahcikanaahtikoni ataawe. He's buying a table. io n r Ed uc at In this answer the inanimate noun ahcikanaahtik 'table' has an extra ending oni which indicates that the noun is obviative. It is obviative because there is a third-person subject and a third-person object. of Now look at the following answer to the same question, where the thing being bought is animate: Namewan ataawe. ty He•s buying a sturgeon. cu l The animate noun name 'sturgeon' has the extra ending wan which indicates that the noun is obviative. Kekonenini waa-ataawec(t)? sit y What does he want to buy? er We've already mentioned that in these types of questions waa- has the meaning 'want'. ni v As you might expect, some possible answers might be as follows: U Ahcikanaahtikoni wii-ataawe. He wants to buy sturgeon. ke he ad Namewan wii-ataawe. He wants to buy a table. La ( Fa If you wish to ask what someone wants to buy you can ask the following question: 22 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Are You Buying Something? Exercise I 0 Reading and understanding practice. Nitataawe (2) Kitataawe (3) Ataawe (33) Ataawewak at uc (d) Namekohs nitataawaake. Namekohsan ataawaake. Piinahilcan niwii-ataawaake. Piinahilcanini wii-ataawaake. Kekonen ataawaakeyan? Kekonenini ataawaakec(t)? Kekonen waa-ataawaakeyan? Kekonenini waa-ataawaakec(t)? Ed (a) (b) (c) n I am buying. You are buying. He/she is buying. They are buying. (]) io l. ty Here is how you would ask someone what they are selling: of Translations are on page 99. What are you selling? cu l Kekonen ataawaakeyan? Fa An answer might be: I'm selling a lake trout. 0 sit y Namekohs nitataawaake. ni v er How would you say "What do you want to sell?" Write your answer below: U Here is how you would ask what someone is selling: What is he selling? ad Kekonenini ataawaakec:(t)? ke he Notice again the obviative suffix inion the question word. Some answers might be the following. Notice obviative suffixed on the nouns. La Namekohsan ataawaake. Piinahikanini ataawaake. He's selling lake trout. He's selling a purse. Now, how would you say "What does he want to sell?" Write your answer below: Transitivized (Al+O) Verbs In the section above we used the verb ataawe, which means •he/she is buying something'. This is a transitive verb, because it has both a grammatical subject and grammatical object. The grammatical object is whatever one is buying. You may have noticed that unlike most other transitive verbs, 23 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 ataawe may be used with a grammatical object that is either animate or inanimate (check the example sentences to make sure you agree). As well, you may have noticed, that when person and number prefixes and suffixes are added to ataawe to make a statement the pattern of the prefixes and suffixed follows that of Animate Intransitive verbs rather than that of Transitive Animate or Transitive Inanimate verbs. (You may wish to review the different types of verb paradigms we have given before). r Verbs such as ataawe are sometimes called Transitized AI (AI+O) verbs. They are similar to AI verbs but are transitive. io uc at he/she sells it he/she steals it ataawaake kimooti n There are some other common verbs that are classified as Transitized AI verbs. Ed Although it may be confusing to remember that these verbs are different, there are only a few of them, and they are also very common. Fa cu l ty of Working with a partner and some of the pictures in this lesson, practice asking and answering questions using the 'buy' and 'sell' words you have learned above. Be sure to use questions in which you are asking your partner what he or she is doing, and also questions where you are asking your partner what someone else is doing. Use the language patterns you have learned above, and ask your instructor if you need help. Take turns with your partner so you both get an opportunity to ask and answer questions. You can also ask questions that require a 'yes' or 'no' answer with these verbs: sit y ( Are you buying something? er Kitataawe na kekoon? ni v The answer can be positive: Ehe, nitataawe pahkweshikan. U Yes, I'm buying flour. ad or negative: Kaawin, kaawin kekoon nitataawehsiin. he No, I'm not buying anything. La ke Similarly, with a third-person subject: Ataawe na kekoonini? Is he buying something? The answer can be positive: Ebe, ataawe pahkweshikanan. Yes, he is buying flour. or negative: ~ Kaawin, kaawin kekoonini ataawehsiin. No, he is not buying anything. 24 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Here are some questions and answers for reading practice: Translations are on page 99. Questions Answers (a) (b) Kitataawe na kekoon? Ataawe na kekoonini? Ehe, nitataawe pahkweshi kan. Ebe, ataawe pahkweshikanan. 2. (a) (b) Kitataawe na kekoon? Ataawe na kekoonini? Kaawin, kaawin kekoon nitataawehsiin. Kaawin, kaawin kekoonini ataawehsiin. 3. (a) Kekonen ataawaakeyan? Kekonenin i ataawaakec(t)? Mii.kihsikwaahson nitataawaake. Miikihsikwaahsonini ataawaake. Aan ena.kimac(t) atihkamek? Aan cna.kitaman maacishikan? Niishwaapihk nitina.kimaa. Niiwaapihk nitinakitaan. Aan ena.kimaac atihkamekwan? Aan enakitank maacishikanini? Niishwaapihk otina.kimaan. Niishwaapihk otina.kitaan. (b) 5. (a) io at uc 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa (b) Ed (a) of 4. ty (b) n l. 0 cu l 2. 0 25 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Questions and Answers: Exercise J Kekonenini ataawec(t)? c) Kekonen waa-ataaweyan? d) Kekonenini waa-ataawec(t)? e) Kekonen ataawaakeyan? f) Kekonenini ataawaakec(t)? g) Kekonen waa-ataawaakeyan? h) Kekonenini waa-ataawaakec(t)? i) Aan enakimac(t)? j) Aan enakitaman? k) Aan enakimaac(t)? I) Aan enakitank? cu l ty of Ed uc at io n b) Writing and understanding practice. In this exercise, write appropriate questions for the following answers using the question phrases that you have learned. The first one has been done for you. y sit b) Wiikwaahs nitataawe. Kekonen ataaweyan? _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Wiikwaahsini ataawe. er a) e) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Tihtipwepishkikan nitataawaake. f) g) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Tihtipwepishkikanan ataawaake. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Maaciikitowin niwii-ataawaake. h) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Maaciikitowinini wii-ataawaake. i) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Ninkotwaahswaapihk nitinakimaa. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Niishwaahswaapihk nitinakitaan. j) he ad U ni v d) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Okaahs niwii-ataawe. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Okaahsan wii-ataawe. c) La ( Kekonen ataaweyan? Fa 2. Masinaahtehsicikan nitataawe. a) ke r Writing and understanding practice. In this exercise, give appropriate answers to the questions listed below. The first one has been done for you. Note: Sections I and 2 corrections will be done by the instructor. 1. k) 1) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Ayinaanewaapihk otinakimaan. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Saankahswaapihk otinakitaan. For review, work with your partner to practice the different types of questions and answers that we have learned. 26 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT l; LESSON 3 Exerc ise A What Are They Doing? s introduced to you. In this lesson, there are twelve (12) new Animate Intransitive Verb 0 pictures below. Each word will be Listen carefully as the instructor says the words that match the person singu lar. Each word will presented in the fonn that means 'he or she is... ', that is, the thirdbe repeated three or four times. Translations arc on page 100. ty of Ed uc at io n J 2. er sit y Fa cu l _. o·. 0 " ni v g La ke he ad U 7 II ,,,, ";',':"",-t"" ---- 1 ;, V I / / ~ \It, 11. 0 27 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Exercise B Listening and Reading: 1. Here is a list of the words which were just introduced to you. Listen carefully once again as the insttuctorrepeats them, and follow along with the written fonns. Translations are on page 100. tiihtipaamaciwe ihkwaamaciwe (9) tiihtipaatawe (10) ihkwaatawe (11) waahkaahike (12) pimitaacimo n (7) (8) Ed uc (6) pimohse pimipahtoo naanipaawe natawihiwe naacimiicime naasipii io (I) (2) (3) (4) (5) at r Pronunciation Practice ke he ad U ni v er sit (6) La ( cu l (4) (5) tii hti paa ma ci we (8) i hkwaa ma ci we (9) tii hti paa ta wc (10) ih kwaa ta we (11) waa hkaa hi kc (12) pi mi taa ci mo Fa (3) (7) pi mo hse pi mi pa htoo naa ni paa we na ta wi hi wc naa ci mii ci me naa si pii y (1) (2) ty of 2. These words have been broken down into syllables to help you identify them and to help with pronunciation. There is a space between each syllable. 28 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE- UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Exercise C Writing Practice: 0 0 ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n 1. Here are the twelve pictures listed below for each of the words we have just learned. Practice writing the corresponding word beside each number in the spaces below. Translations are on page 100. ad he 10. ke 11. 12. La 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. U 1. 2. Now say each of the following in the Native language. Corrections will be done by the instructor. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) walking down the hill (8) walking up the hill (9) walking downstairs (10) walking upstairs (11) building a house (12) crawling (7) walking running yawning healing going for food going to the shore 29 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Exercise D Singular Forms 1. In this exercise, we will add the first-person and second-person fonns for each of the new verbs we have learned. Listen carefully as the instructor says the following words. Translations are on page 100. 1 2 '4 nipimipahtoo kipimipahtoo pimipahtoo ninaanipaawe kinaanipaawe naanipaawe of nipimohse kipimohse pimohse Ed uc at io n 3 s 8 Fa cu l ty 7 ninatawihiwe kinatawihiwe natawihiwe sit y ( ninaasipii kinaasipii naasipii ni v er ninaacimiicime kinaacimiicime naacimiicime 10 11 U 9 nitiihtipaamaciwe kitiihtipaamaciwe tiihtipaamaci we 12 ad ~ he ke La ni tiihtipaatawe kitiihtipaatawe tiihtipaatawe nitihkwaamaciwe kitihkwaamaciwe ihkwaamaciwe nitihkwaatawe kitihkwaatawe ihkwaatawe niwaahkaahike lei waahkaahike waahkaahike 6 30 nipimitaacim kipimitaacim pimitaacimo �INTERMEDIATE OJIBW E - UNIT l; LESSON 3 word as 2. Now you know twelve new Inttansitive Animate Verbs. For writing practice, write each follows. Corrections are on page 101. I'm uc at io n You're._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 0 of Ed He/she's._ _ _ _ _ __ oipimohsehsiin Fa 1) I'm not - Kaawin cu l ty 3. Let's also practice the negative forms. The first exampl e in each has been done for you. ni v er sit y 0 kipimohsehsiin ke he ad U 2) You're not- Kaawin La 3) He/she's not - Kaawin pimohsehsiin When you complete this exercise, be sure you can identify the parts that make the idea negativ 31 e. Q �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Exercise E r Questions and Answers in Singular Form Using the words in sentences that you have learned. In this exercise for practice speaking, work in pairs talcing turns asking questions and answers both positive and negative. Use the phrases from Exercise D section number 1, 2, and 3. Translations are on page 101. Here are some examples: Positive Answer Negative Answer Kipimohse na? Sally na pimohse? Ehe, nipimohse Ebe, Sally pimohse Kaawin nipimohsehsiin. Kaawin pimohsehsiin Sally. uc at io n Question Ed Repeat this exercise for each verb from Exercise D section 1. Mini-Dialogues of Exercise F A. Pooshoo nitootem. Aan entootaman? Mayaam nitani-maacaa. Kah! Aanti eshaayan? Ataawikamikonk. Kekonen naasihkaman? Ninaacimiicime. Kika-wiiciiwin. C. Aan entootank kikohsihs? D. Pimitaacimo. Kaawin mahshi nihtaa-pimohsehsiin. Kah! Kikihkinoohamawaa na ci-nihtaa-pimohsec(t)? Ehe, nikihkinoohamawaa ci-pimohsec(t). Aasha maawiin wiipac ta-pimohse. Aanti eshaayan? Ninaasipii. Aan waa-tootaman naasipiink? Niwii-kwayaacii e-wii-nantawencikeyaan waapank. Kah! Awanen ke-wiiciiwat? Nikohsihs nika-wiiciiwik. Fa y sit er ni v ke he ad U ( B. cu l ty 1. Read and understand the following dialogues with a panner. Ask your instructor if you need help with any of the words. Translation are on page 102. Aan ke-tootaman noonkom kaa-kiishikaak? Nahke piko. Kaawin mahshi mayaam nikihkentahsiin. Kiin tahsh wiin, aan ke-tootaman? Niwii-pimipahtoo. Osaam aasha nikihtim. Kekiin na kiwii-pimipahtoo? Ebe, keniin niwii-pimipahtoo. Osaam aasha keniin nitaacip. La New Vocabulary: Kihkinoohamaw • "Teach him" Nikihkinoohamawaa - "I am teaching him." Kikihkinoohamawaa - "You are teaching him." Kikihkinoohamawaak - "You are teaching them." Kihtimi - "He/she is lazy." Nikihtim - "I am lazy." Kikihtim - "You're lazy." Kihtimiwak - "They are lazy." Aacipo - "He/she is fat." Nitaacip - "I am fat." Kitaacip • "You are fat." Aacipowak - "They are fat." Naasihkan - "Go and get it." Ninaasihkaan - "I go and get it." Kinaasihkaan - "You go and get it." 32 �INTER MEDIA TE OJIBW E • UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Writing Practice: 2. Now, try writing two mini-dialogues of your own, using some of the vocabulary and the pictures introduced in this lesson. They should be at least eight lines each. Q Speaking Practice: 0 ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n With a partner practice reading the mini-dialogues in #1 from the previous page until you feel comfona ble with the material. Then do the same with the dialogues you wrote yourself. La 3. 0 33 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE- UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Exercise G Plural Forms In this exercise, you will be learning the plural forms of the Animate Inttansitive Verbs we have introduced in this lesson. Let's begin with twelve pictures listed below. Listen carefully as your instructor says the following words. The prefixes and suffixes that make these words plural are in bold type. Translations are on page 103. nipimohsemin kipimohsemin kipimohsenaawaa pimohsewak Ed uc at io n 1. nipimipahtoomin kipimipahtoomin kipimipahtoonaawaa pimipahtoowak ninatawihi wemin kinatawihiwemin kinatawihiwenaawaa natawihiwewak Fa cu l ty of ninaanipaawemin kinaanipaawemin kinaanipaawenaawaa naanipaawewak ni v ninaasipiimin kinaasipiimin kinaasipiinaawaa naasipiiwak nitiihtipaamaciwemin kitiihtipaamaciwemin kitiihtipaamaciwenaawaa tiihtipaamaci wewak nitihkwaamaciwemin kitihkwaamaciwemin kitihkwaamaciwenaawaa ihkwaamaciwewak La ke he ad U ninaacimiicimemin kinaacimiicimemin kinaacimiicimenaawaa naacimiicimewak er sit y C nitiihtipaatawemin n itihkwaatawemin ki tiihtipaata wemin kitihkwaatawemin kitiihtipaatawenaawaa kitihkwaatawenaawaa tiihtipaatawewak ihkwaatawewak niwaahkaahikemin kiwaah.kaahikemin kiwaahkaahikenaawaa waah.kaahikewak 34 nipimitaacimomin kipimitaacimomin kipimitaacimonaa waa pimitaacimowak �INTE RME DIAT E OJIBW_g- UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Exercise H IGpimohsenaawaa na? Kipimohsenaawaa na? Ebe, nipimohsemin. (exclusive) Kaawin, kaawin nipimohsehsiimin. Kipimohsemin na? Kipimohsemin na? Ebe, kipimohsemin. (inclusive) Kaawin, kaawin kipimohsehsiimin. Pimohsewak na? Pimohsewak na? Ebe, pimohsewak. Kaawin, kaawin pimohsehsiiwak. io Answer Ed uc at Question 0 n have just learned. You can also ask and answer questions using the plural forms that you Here are some examples: Translations are on page 103. of I. Questions and Answers in Plural Form ty forms Now, try writing some question and answer pairs using the plural verb more asking and answering Fa cu l 2. When you complete this writing exercise, work in groups of three or the questions and answers that you have prepared. you have just learned. Exercise I y Paradigms 0 U ni v er sit te Intransitive verbs, including 1. In this lesson you have learned the meanings of twelve Anima we present complete singular and plural forms, and also positive and negative forms. Below also listed the number codes positive paradigms for some of these verbs. For convenience, we have wish to review your notes that indicate the person and numb er of each verb form given. (You may stands for.) Translations are or consult your instructor if you are unsure of what each number code ad on page 104. ke he 1 nipimohse 2 kipimohse 3 pimohse La 13 nipimohsemin 21 kipimohsemin 22 kipimohsenaawaa 33 pimohsewak I nipimipahtoo 2 kipimipahtoo 3 pimipahtoo 1 ninaanipaawe 2 .kinaanipaawe 3 naanipaawe 13 nipimipahtoomin 21 kipimipahtoomin 22 kipimipahtoonaawaa 33 pimipahtoowak 13 ninaanipaawemin 21 .kinaanipaawcmin 22 kinaanipaawenaawaa 33 naanipaawewak 0 35 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 3 2. Write paradigms for the following verbs listed below. naasipii 1 n 1 n 2k 2 k 3 2k 3 13 n 21 k 22 k 33 13 n 13 n 21 k 22 k Ed 33 21 k 22 k 33 uc 3 io 1 n n ti ihtipaamaci we at r naacjmiicime of 3. Write negative paradigms for the following verbs. The first one has been done for you. tiihtipaatawe ty ihkwaamaciwe cu l 1_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 1 Kaawin nitihkwaamaciwehsiin. 2_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 2._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ y 3._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 13._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 21 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 21._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 22._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 22._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 33_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 33_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ad U ni v sit 13._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ er C Fa 3_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ihkwaatawe he ! _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ke 2_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ La 3_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 13_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 21 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 22_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 33_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 6 Before you continue on to the next exercise, be sure you can identify the word parts that make the plural and negative forms. 36 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBW E- UNIT I; LESSON 3 Exercise J Review Test 0 1. Translate the words and phrases below. Translations are on page 104. (a) Kaawin nipimohsehsiin. (b) Ehe pimipahtoo. n (c) Kinaanipaawe na? io (d) Niiwii-naacimiicime. Ed uc at (e) Ninatawihiwe. (0 Naasipii na Jane? (g) Aasha na kiwii-tiihtipaamaciwe? (h) Niwaahkaahike noonkom kaa-kiishikaak. of (i) Ihkwaamaciwewak na? cu l ty (j) Kaawin nika-tiihtipaatawehsiimin. (k) Nikii-ihkwaatawemin onaako. (1) Pimitaacimo awaashihsh. y Fa (m) Tiihtipaatawewak na? (n) Kiwii-pimohsenaawaa na noonkom ke-kiishikaak?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ (o) Ta-waahkaahikewak na waapank? 0 ni v er sit (p) Kika-pimipahtoomin (q) Kikii-natawihiwe na? (r) Kiwii-waahkaahike na kekiin? (s) Kewiin na naapenhs pimitaacimo? ad U (t) Niwii-naacimiicimemin waapank. (u) Kaawin niwii-pimipahtoohsiimin. (v) Kaawin kika-pimohsehsiimin. ke he 2. Say these words/phrases in the Native language. Translations arc on page 104. La 1 I am walking. 2 You're walking. 3 He/she is walking. 13 21 22 33 We are walking. (exclusive) We are walking. (inclusive) You are walking. (plural) They are walking. 0 37 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise A Possessive Forms of Nouns r l. Nouns may have possessive fonns, which indicate who the noun belongs to (the possessor). The possessor is indicated by a person prefix for first•, second•, or third•person possessors. As well, some nouns may add a suffix that ends in m to the noun, but others do not. It is difficult to predict which nouns add this suffix and which do not. You may find it helpful to follow your instructor when it comes to using this suffix. uc at io n Some possessive fonns of nouns are listed below. Each one has the first·person prefix. The possessive prefix and suffix are in bold type. See if you can recognize the basic fonn of the noun in each possessive fonn. Remember that if the basic noun begins with a vowel sound, a t is inserted between the possessive prefix and the basic noun. Ed Listen carefully as your instructor says these words. Translations are on page 105. Animate nouns of Inanimate nouns nimaankom Fa cu l ty ninamem ninamekohsim nishooniyaanim nimemenkwem sit ni v nikinepikom er nikoohkoohkohoom nicwaapiihshim nitatihkamekom nitookaahsim y nisakimem ( U nipahkweshikanim Now, let's look at a partial paradigm for possessive fonns of nouns. We'll first look at nouns with singular possessors. Listen carefully as your instructor says the following words. ad 2. niwiikwaahsim nipiinahikanim nishooniyaawash nimiikihsikwaahson nipakiciiwin nitahcikanaahtik nipinaahkwaan nitihtipwepishkikan nimaacii.kitowin nicahkaahtehsicikan nimasinaahtehsicikan nimaacishikan 1 niwiikwaahsim 2 kiwiikwaahsim 3 owiikwaahsim I ninamem 2 kinamem 3 onameman 1 nipiinahikan 2 kipiinahikan 3 opiinahikan La ke he 1 nimaankom 2 kimaankom 3 omaankoman Notice that when an animate noun has a third-person possessor ('his' or 'her') there is an extra suffix at the end of the noun. This is called the obviative suffix, which has previously been discussed in Introductory Ojibwe. 38 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 4 These are simila r to the plural Now we will look at some nouns which have a plural possessor. d. forms of Anim ate Intransitive verbs which we have already Jearne 'purse ' with plura l possessors. Here is a partial paradigm for the inanimate noun piinahikan opiinahikaniwaan Our (exclusive) purse Our (inclusive) purse Your (plural) purse Their purse n ni piina hikan inaan k.ipiinahikaninaan k.ipiinahikaniwaa io 13 21 22 33 0 owiikwaahsimiwaan Our (exclusive) birchbark Our (inclusive) birchbark Your (plural) birchbark Their birch bark of niwii kwaa hsirni naan k.iwiikwaahsiminaan k.iwiikwaahsimiwaa ty 13 21 22 33 Ed uc at suffix indicates that the posse sor is Notice that each form has a suffix, which is in bold type. This is one that takes m in the posse ssive plural. Now, notice also where these suffixes come if the noun form. Listen carefu lly as your instructor says these forms. y Our (exclusive) sturgeon Our (inclusive) sturgeon Your (plura l) sturgeon Their sturge on ni v ninam emina an k.inameminaan k.inamemiwaa onam emiw aan sit omaankomiwaan 0 er k.imaankorniwaa Our (exclusive) loon Our (inclusive) loon Your (plural) loon Their loon ad 13 21 22 33 nimaankominaan k.imaankorninaan U 13 21 22 33 Fa cu l posse ssive forms. Listen carefu lly as Animate nouns are almost identical to inanimate nouns in the your instructor says the following forms: La ke he extra n at the end. This is a form of Notice that the forms for third-person plural ('thei r') have an the obviative suffix. 0 39 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 memenkwe singular singular singular n k n k k 0 0 0 plural n plural k k k 0 0 0 ahcikanaahtik singular miikisikwaahson singular n k n k 0 0 k k of ty Fa plural k pahkweshikan singular cu l plural n k Ed k n k sit y n 0 0 plural n k ni v 0 Here's a common type of question which uses possessive forms: U 4. n k k er 0 io plural n k n ad Kiin na hi kiwiikwaahsim? Is that your birchbark? he A simple answer might be: ke Ehe or Kaawin. La (_ pinaahkwaan n shooniyaan at r Write paradigms for the following words: uc 3. You can also ask: Niin na hi niwiikwaahsim? Is that my birchbark? Notice that the first word changes to Niin and the first-person possessive form of the noun is used. If the noun you are asking about is animate, notice that the third word change to ha. Kiin na ha kishooniyaanim? Is that your money? 40 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 And you can also ask: 0 Is that my money? Niin na ha nishooniyaanim? Again notice that the first word changes to Niin and the first-person possessive form of the noun is used. Working with a partner, try asking and answering some questions of this type about the nouns we n j ust presented above. io Exercise B uc Write paradigms for the following list of nouns: Translations are on page 106. Inanimate nouns Ed Animate nouns shooniyaawash singular singular n n k cu l ty of shooniyaan k Fa 0 0 plural sit y plural er n ni v k k n k 0 U 0 miikisikwaahson singular singular k he ad memenkw e n ke n 0 k k La 1. at More Paradigms 0 0 plural plural n n k k k k 0 0 41 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 My owl Your mosquito His jack-fish Our white fish (exclusive) My comb Our bicycle (inclusive) Your flour My telephone Her scissors My television My camera Our television (inclusive) Their sturgeon Your trout {plural) Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io r Translate the following possessive nouns listed below. Translations are on page 106. n 2. La ke he ad U ni v er sit y C 42 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise C Four Directions The four directions are particles. A particle is a word that cannot be changed in any other way. It will never include a personal, tense marker, etc. It will only be used as it is written here. In this exercise, you will be studying how to use these four words in simple sentence form. Listen carefully as the instructor says them. Translations are on page 106. n l. 0 Ed uc at io Kiiwetinonk Waapanonk Fa cu l ty of Nekaapiihanonk Aanti eshaayan? Aanti eshaayan? Aanti eshaayan? Aanti eshaayan? (b) Aanti wenciiyan? Aanti wenciiyan? Aanti wenciiyan? Aanti wenciiyan? Kiiwetinonk nitishaa. Waapanonk nitishaa. Shaawanonk nitishaa. Nekaapiihanonk nitishaa. ni v (a) er Questions and Answers: Translations are on page 106. La ke he ad U 2. 0 sit y Shaawanonk (c) Aanti wencinowek? Aanti wencinowek? Aanti wencinowek? Aanti wencinowek? Kiiwetinonk nitooncii. Waapanonk nitooncii. Shaawanonk nitooncii. Nekaapiihanonk nitooncii. Kiiwetinonk oncinowe. Waapanonk oncinowe. Shaawanonk oncinowe. Nekaapiihanonk oncinowe. Note: "Oncinowe" is an Inanimate Intransitive Verb meaning "the wind is blowing from a certain direction". 43 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 3. Reading and understanding exercise. Translations are on page 107. (a) Aanti eshaayan noonkom kaa-kiishikaak? Kiiwetinonk nitishaa noonkom kaa-kiishikaak. (b) Aanti ke-oncinowek kitinentaan waapank? io Aan ke-ishi-wepahk kitinentaan ke-tipihkaak? at (c} n Waapanonk ta-oncinowe nitinentaan waapank. Nekaapiihanonk na ta-oncinowe kitinentaan ke-tipihkaak? Ed (d) uc Shaawanonk ta-oncinowe, ta-kimiwan ekwa ta-kihci-nootin nitinentaan. of Kaawin, kiishpin nekaapiihanonk oncinowek, kehcinaac ta-sookipwan. ty New Vocabulary: "he thinks" "I think" "you think" Fa C cu l inentam nitinentaan kitinentaan "if the wind is blowing from the west". sit y kiishpin nekaapiihanonk oncinowek er This construction will be explained in Unit 2. For speaking practice, work in pairs repeating these exercises you have just completed from section 2 a, b, c and section 3 a, b, c, d. 5. For writing practice, rewrite the exercises from section 2 a, b, c and section 3 a, b, c, d. La ke he ad U ni v 4. 44 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise D Seasons The four seasons are Inanimate Intransitive verbs (VII). These can be translated as "it is._ _ _ .. Personal pronouns are not used with these words but tense markers may be used when required. l. 0 In this exercise, you will be studying how to use these four words in simple sentence forms. Listen carefully as the instructor says them. Translations are on page 107. Ed uc at io n Pipoon Siikwan cu l ty of Takwaakin Fa Niipin y Questions and Answers: Pipoon Siikwan Niipin Takwaakin Aan eshiwepahk akwaciink? Aan eshiwepahk akwaciink? Aan eshiwepahk akwaciink? Aan eshiwepahk akwaciink? (b) Aan enahkamikahk akwaciink? Aan enahkamikahk akwaciink? Aan enahkamikahk akwaciink? Aan enahkamikahk akwaciink? Niipin. Siikwan Takwaakin Pipoon. (c) Wiipac na ta-pipoon kitinentaan? Wiipac na ta-siikwan kitinentaan? Wiipac na ta-niipin kitinentaan? Wiipac na ta-takwaakin kitinentaan? Ebe, wiipac ta-pipoon nitinentaan. Ebe, wiipac ta-siikwan nitinentaan. Ehe, wiipac ta-niipin nitinentaan. Ebe, wiipac ta-takwaakin nitinentaan. sit (a) 0 La ke he ad U ni v er 2. Negative forms: (d) Note: Kaawin wiipac ta-pipoonhsinoon nitishinaan. Kaawin wiipac ta-siikwanbsinoon nitishinaan. Kaawin wiipac ta-niipinhsinoon nitishinaan. Kaawin wiipac ta-takwaakinbsinoon nitishinaan. Aanahpii ta-pipoon eshinaman? Aanahpii ta-siikwan eshinaman? Aanahpii ta-niipin eshinaman? Aanahpii ta-takwaakin eshinaman? Sentences such as "Aanahpii ta-pipoon eshinaman?" can be translated as meaning "When do you see it being winter?" Similarly, "Kaawin wiipac ta-pipoonhsinoon nitishinaan" can-be translated as "I see that it won't be winter soon". 45 0 �INTER MEDIA TE OJIBW E .. UNIT 1; LESSON 4 3. These are the same verbs with conjunct endings. Translations are on page 108. r pipoonk, siikwank, niipink, takwaakink (a) io Kika-kiiwe na ahpii pipoonk? Ebe, nika-kiiwe ahpii pipoonk. at (b) n These verbs often have an extra ending k. This is the third-person conjunct ending for Inanimate Intransitive verbs. We have already used some common words which contain this ending such as noonkom kaa-kiishikaak, in which the last sound of kilshikaak is the conjunct ending. In the following mini-dialogues the words for the seasons are used with the conjunct ending. They occur after the particle ahpii "when". uc OR Ed Kaawin nika-kiiwehsiin ahpii pipoonk. OR Fa OR cu l Kika-anohkii na ahpii niipink? Ehe, nika-anohkii ahpii niipink. ty Kaawin nika-maacaahsiin ahpii siikwank. of Kika-maacaa na ahpii siikwan.k? Ehe, nika-maacaa ahpii siikwan.k. Kaawin nika-anohkiihsiin ahpii niipink. y ( er sit Kika-nanaantawencike na ahpii takwaakink? Ebe, nika-nanaantawencike ahpii takwaakink. OR U Some speakers may omit the word ahpii in the sentences above. Both patterns are equally acceptable. La ke he ad Note: ni v Kaawin nika-nanaantawencikehsiin ahpii takwaakink. 46 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise E Days of the Week Just like the seasons, the days of the week are also Inanimate Intransitive verbs (VII). Often they can be translated as it is _ _ _ _ _ _". These words do not take the personal pronouns, but the tense markers can occur before them. Q 0 In this exercise, you will be studying how to use these seven words in simple sentence forms. Listen carefully as your instructor says them. Sections l and 2 translations are on page 108. n io at of (a) Aan eshi-kiishikaak noonkom kaa-k.iishikaak? (b) Aan eshi-kiishikaak noonkom kaa-k.iishikaak? (c) Aan eshi-kiishikaak noonkom kaa-kiishikaak? Aapihtawan. (d) Aan eshi-kiishikaak noonkom kaa-k.iishikaak? Niiwi-kiishikaa. (e) Aan eshi-kiishikaak noonkom kaa-k.iishikaak? (0 Aan eshi-k.iishikaak noonkom kaa-kiishikaak? Maatinawe-k.iishikaa. (g) Aan eshi-k.iishikaak noonkom kaa-kiishikaak? Ayamihe-k.iishikaa. ty Anohkiiwi-k.iishikaa. U ni v er sit y Fa cu l Niisho-kiishikaa. 0 Pahkweshikani-k.iishikaa. (a) he ad Like the words for seasons, words for days of the week can take the conjunct ending in certain constructions. Here they are one-word answers to questions. Translations are on page 109. Aanahpii waa-kiiweyan? Anohkii wi-kiishikaak. Aanahpii waa-k.iiweyan? Niisho-kiishilcaak. ke 3. Questions and Answers: (b) La 2. anohkiiwi-k.iishikaa niisho-kiishikaa aapihtawan niiwi-kiishikaa pahkweshikani-k.iishikaa maatinawe-kiishikaa ayamihe-kiishikaa uc • • • • • • • Ed 1. (c) Aanahpii waa-kiiweyan? Aapihtawank. (d) Aanahpii waa-kiiweyan? Niiwi-kiishikaak. (e) Aanahpii waa-kiiweyan? Pahkweshikani-kiis·hikaak. (0 Aanahpii waa-kiiweyan? Maatinawe-kiishikaak. (g) Aanahpii waa-kiiweyan? Ayamihe-kiishikaak. 47 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 io n K.ika-maacaa na niisho-kiishikaak? Kaawin, aapihtawank iitok. Awanen ke-wiiciiwat? Noohkomihs iitok nika-wiiciiwaa. Kitaataa tahsh wiin? Aanti eshaac(t)? Aasha ohsha kii-maacaa. at (b) uc r Mini-dialogues with conjunct endings. Listen carefully as the instructor reads these dialogues. Translations are on page 109. (a) K.iwii-kiiwe na noonkom kaa-kiishikaak? Kaawin, paanimaa nika-kiiwe anohkiiwi-kiishikaak. Aan ke-tootaman weti? K.ika-anohkii na? Kaawin, nika-pimaahkwepahike. Kah! Awanen ke-wiici-pimaahkwepahikemac? Peshik nishtehs ekwa nitinawemaakanak. Ed 4. New Vocabulary: sit Now write two mini-dialogues that use some of the material about seasons and days of the week that you have learned in this lesson. er 5. y Fa cu l ty of "He/she is playing hockey." "I am playing hockey." "You are playing hockey." "They are playing hockey." "Play hockey with him." "I am playing hockey with him." "You are playing hockey with him." "He/she is playing hockey with him/her." ke he ad U ni v (a) (b) La ( Pimaahkwepahike Nipimaahkwepahike Kipimaahkwepahike Pimaahkwepahikewak Wiici-pimaahkwepahikem Ni wiici-pimaahkwepahikemaa Kiwiici-pimaahkwepahilcemaa Owiici-pimaahkwepahikemaan Working with a partner practice some of the questions and answers in #2 and #3 above. When you are done that, work with your partner to read the dialogues in #4, and also the dialogues that you wrote yourself. 48 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise F Months of the Year 0 The months of the year are animate nouns. Questions and Answers with months of the year: io at uc of Different communities and different dialects might have a different way of naming of the months. Check with speakers as you progress in learning the Native language. cu l Aanahpii ke-ishaayan amihko-saakahikaniink? Nika-ishaa mekwaac pimankisoc(t) ociimitoo-piihsim. Fa Aanahpii ke-ishaayan amihko-saakahikaniink? Nika-ishaa mekwaac pimankisoc(t) kaa-tahkwekisoc-piihsim. sit y Aanahpii ke-ishaayan amihko-saakahikaniink? Nika-ishaa mekwaac pimankisoc(t) mikisiiwi-piihsim. 0 ni v er Aanahpii ke-ishaayan amihko-saakahikaniink? Nika-ishaa mekwaac pimankisoc(t) nihki-piihsim. U Aanahpii ke-ishaayan amihko-saakahikaniink? Nika-ishaa mekwaac pimankisoc(t) mahko-piihsim. ke he ad Aanahpii ke-ishaayan amihko-saakahikaniink? Nika-ishaa mekwaac pimankisoc(t) saakipakaawi-piihsim. Aanahpii ke-ishaayan amihko-saakahikaniink? Nika-ishaa mekwaac pimankisoc(t) kiishipakaawi-piihsim. Aanahpii ke-ishaayan amihko-saakahikaniink? Nika-ishaa mekwaac pimankisoc(t) atihtemini-piihsim. La 2. kiishipakaawi-piihsim atihtemini-piihsim waahtepakiiwi-piihsim pinaahkwiiwi-piihsim kashkatinoo-piihsim makohshe-kiishikani-piihsim ty Note: • • • • • • ociimitoo-piihsim kaa-tahkwekisoc-piihsim mikisiiwi-piihsim nihki-piihsim mahko-piihsim saakipakaawi-piihsim Ed • • • • • • n I. In this exercise, you will be studying how to use these twelve words in simple sentence form. Listen carefully as the instructor says them. Notice that each name for a month contains the noun piihsim. which means •sun' or 'moon'. Sections I and 2 translations are on page 109 & 110. Aanahpii ke-ishaayan amihko-saakahikaniink? Nika-ishaa mekwaac pimankisoc(t) waahtepakiiwi-piihsim. Aanahpii ke-ishaayan amihko-saakahikaniink? Nika-ishaa mekwaac pimankisoc(t) pinaahkwiiwi-piihsim. Aanahpii ke-ishaayan amihko-saakahikaniink? Nika-ishaa mekwaac pimankisoc(t) kashkatinoo-piihsim. Aanahpii ke-ishaayan amihko-saakahikaniink? Nika-ishaa mekwaac pimankisoc(t) makohshe-kiishikani-piihsim. 49 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 If you are asking questions with the question word aanahpii, the question may refer to the 3. past, present or the future. The questions in #2 above were all in the future, and,so they used the conjunct form of the future tense prefix, which is ke-. r Aanahpii ke-ishaayan mahko-saakahikaniink? When will you go to Bear Lake? n The main verb of the answer will have the independent form of the future tense prefix, which is ka( when there is a preceding person prefix). io Nika-ishaa mekwaac pimankisoc(t) mikisiiwi-piihsim. uc at I will go during Eagle Month ('March'). Ed It is also possible to ask a similar question about something that happened in the past. The verb has the conjunct form of the past tense prefix, which is kaa-kii-. of Aanahpii kaa-kii-ishaayan Mahko-saakahikaniink? ty The main verb of the answer will have the independent form of the past tense prefix, which is kii-. cu l Nikii-isbaa mekwaac kaa-kii-pimankisoc(t) mikisiiwi-piihsim. It is also possible to ask a question in which there is no specified reference to time. y ( Fa I went during Eagle Month ('March'). sit Aanahpii eshaayan Mahko-saakahikaniink? er When are you going to Bear Lake? U ni v In this type of question you may find that the first vowel of the basic verb changes to the sound e. For example, in the previous sentence the basic verb is ishaa, but in this type of question it is pronounced eshaayan. ad The main verb of the answer will not have any tense prefix. he Nitishaa mekwaac pimankisoc(t) nihki-piihsim. ke I'm going during April. La Working with a partner, ask and answer questions about when your partner: • • • • L went some place will go some place is going some place wants to go some place (hint: remember that the prefix waa- is used in this type of question and wii- in the answer.) Take turns with your partner. 50 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Notice that in the previous sentences we were asking someone when they were doing something, that is, with a second-person subject ('you'). Now, we can also ask someone when.someone else is doing something, that is, with a third-person subject ('he' or 'she'). The following example is in the past tense. 0 Aanahpii kaa-kii-ishaac(t) Mahko-saakahikaniink. When did he go to Bear Lake? io n As you might expect the main verb has the independent past tense prefix kii•. uc at Kii-ishaa mekwaac kaa-pimankisonic(t) atihtemini-piihsimoon. He went during Ripe-Berry Month ('August'). of Ed Notice however, that the second verb pimankisonic(t), which means 'be during the month of has and extra suffix ni which does not appear in the previous sentences. This is another obviative suffix which occurs on Animate Intransitive verbs. In sentences where both Intransitive verbs have third-person subjects, the second verb must be Second-person Subject of second verb First-person Second-person Second verb obviative? Fa Subject of first verb First-person cu l ty marked with the obviative suffix. Here is a chart which illustrates the possibilities. Third person YES sit y Third-person NO NO 0 ni v er Notice also that the subject of the second verb (the word for 'moon') has an extra suffix oon which was not present in the previous sentences. This is also an obviative suffix. U The same pattern can be seen in the answer to the following question which is in the present. he ad Aanahpii esbaac(t) Mabko-saakahikaniink? Ta-ishaa mekwaac pimankisonic(t) waahtepakiiwi-piihsimoon. He will go during September. went some place will go some place is going some place wants to go some place La • • • • ke Working with a partner, ask and answer questions about when someone else: Take turns with your partner. You can write your answers if you find it helpful. 0 51 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise G We have learned that in Ojibwe there are four different verb classes: Animate Intransitive, Inanimate Intransitive, Transitive Animate, and Transitive Inanimate. Each of these four verb types can occur in different types of sentence structures in which they may require different sets of prefixes or suffixes. Remember that we have learned that prefixes and suffixes added to verbs indicate who is doing the action and whether there is one or more than one person involved. Each of these sets is referred to as a verb order. There are three separate verb orders. n r Independent and Conjunct Verbs uc at io • Independent - used with verbs that can stand alone and express a complete thought • Conjunct - used with verbs that can't stand alone and in certain types of questions • Imperative - used to form commands of Ed Each of the four different verb clauses can appear in any of the three orders (except that Inanimate Intransitive verbs do not have Imperative forms). Below we will review some Animate Intransitive verbs in the Independent Order. Niwii-nantawencike waapank. ty (independent verb) cu l An independent verb can also appear in a question that can be answered by a "yes" or "no". (independent verb) y In this exercise, you are going to translate some sentences in Ojibwe listed below. Underline sit 1. er the independent verbs. Translations are on page 110. ni v a. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I will go later. b. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - U Did you leave yesterday? C. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ad The boy is hungry. he d. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ke Your dog was sick the day before yesterday. e. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - It rained yesterday. f. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ La ( Fa Kitanohkii ina noonkom kaa-kiishikaak? It will be snowing the day after tomorrow. Think of your own two sentences to write below. Check your answers with the instructor. Review the sentences you just wrote. Is each one a complete statement? _ _ _ _ __ 52 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Now, let us look at Animate Intransitive verbs being used in a slightly different way. You will notice these sentences do not give a complete thought. These verbs are in the Conjunct Order. Very often verbs in the Conjunct Order will have a special modifier that comes before them. Some of these are particles, separate words that never have any prefixes or suffixes added to them. Q while/during if when Mekwaac K.iishpin Ahpii uc at after before lshkwaaMwaye- or e-mwaye- Mekwaac kii-nipaayaan. Ed Example: io n As well, some of these are preverbs, modifiers that are always directly followed by a verb. Preverbs are always written with a following hyphen. (conjunct verb) of In this exercise, you are going to translate the incomplete sentences listed below into Ojibwe. Underline the conjunct verbs. Translations are on page 110. ty 2. cu l a. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - After I am done sleeping, While I was working yesterday, Fa b. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - sit Before I went home, y C. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 0 d. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ni v er If I am hungry, e. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - U When I am working, DISCUSSION: Now, let's put two sentences together with independent verb and conjunct verb. First, let's do one example together. ·· ke 3. he ad Review the sentences you wrote. Can these verbs occur on their own?_ _ _ _ _ __ These verbs are called Conjunct Order Verbs. La Mekwaac kii-nipaayaan, nitayihsh kii-maacaa. While I was sleeping, my dog left. Let's analyze this sentence one more time. Mej;waac kii~aavaan. nitayi~kii-maacaa. ~~ ·11\ ~~ past conjunct conjunct I possessive noun past independent tense verb ending I prefix tense verb (statement is not complete- must be joined I (Complete statement) with another main sentence) Particle 53 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 In this exercise, you are going to translate the sentences listed below into Ojibwe. Underline the independent and conjunct order verbs. Translations are o~ page 110. a. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - After I am done working, I will go home. b. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 will go later when I am done eating. C. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - io n If I get hungry, I will go home. at d. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - My mother left while I was playing. Here is a chart which compares the Animate Intransitive verb nipaa 'sleep' in the Independent and Conjunct Order, for the first-, second-, and third-person singular forms. Prefixes and suffixes are in bold. First-person Second-person Fa nipaa nipaayan nipaac(t) y Third-person sit In the following chart we can see the prefixes and suffixes by themselves. Second-person Conjunct yaan ki yan c(t) ad U Third-person Independent ni er ni v First-person ke he The conjunct singular endings in the charts above can be added to any Al verb stem that ends in a vowel. There are many Al verbs that end in the sound m. For these stems the singular conjunct endings are slightly different. Here is a chart that compares the verb minwentam "be glad" in the Independent and Conjunct Order. La ( kinipaa Conjunct nipaayaan cu l Independent ninipaa ty of 4. Ed uc e. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 drank some water before I went to sleep. First-person Second-person Third-person Independent Conjunct niminwentaan kiminwentaan minwentamaan minwentaman minwentam .54 minwentank �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 In the fol1owing chart we can see the prefixes and suffixes by themselves. First-person Second-person 0 Conjunct aan an Independent ni ki k Third-person uc at io n Similarly, if an Al verb ends in the consonant n, the form of the conjunct endings is slightly different. Here is a chart that compares the verb takohshin "arrive" in the Indepenent and Conjunct Order. Conjunct Ed Independent takohshini yaan takohshiniyan nitakohsin First-person Second-person of kitakohshin takohshink takohshin cu l ty Third-person Fa In the following chart we can see the prefixes and suffixes by themselves. y Independent ni ki er sit First-person Second-person iyaan iyan k 0 La ke he ad U ni v Third-person Conjunct 0 55 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE- UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise H r . More Independent and Conjunct Verbs Here are more sentences to translate in Native language. Make sure you understand and recognize the independent and conjunct verbs as you go along doing this exercise. Underline the Independent Verbs with one line and the conjunct verbs with two lines. Translations are on page 111. n a. io While I was sleeping, my spouse left. at b. uc After I finish working, I will be going home. C. Ed I want to go before it rains. d. of If you are hungry, eat some moose meat. e. ty I was happy when you came home. cu l f. g. h. sit I want to eat before I work. er i. ni v Before I go to sleep, I want to drink water. j. U When I finish eating, I will go. k. ad When you finish working, go home. he 1. While you were playing, your dog left. ke m. If you don't come, I will be angry. La ( y I will call her after I finish eating. Fa Tell him when you want to leave tomorrow. n. After you are done hunting, come home. 0. While you were sick, I arrived. p. I will leave when you are done cooking. q. Before I begin singing, I want to drink water. 56 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE UNIT 1; LESSON 4 M r. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - When do you want to go home? 0 s. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 want to work when you are done sleeping. t. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n If you are afraid, get up! 0 57 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE- UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Colours Exercise I Here are some words that are used to describe colours. Here are two sets of words listed below. Listen carefully as your instructor says them. Translations are on page 111. Inanimate C. d. b. c. d. e. f. g. waapaa mahkatewaa oshaawashkwaa aniipiiwaa miskwaa osaawaa waapihsahaa Ed e. f. g. a. waapisi mahkatewisi oshaawashkosi aniipiiwisi miskosi osaawisi waapihsahisi n a. b. io Animate at 1. uc ( In Ojibwe the colour words are verbs. The words in the first column are Animate Intransitive verbs, Asking about colours If the thing you are asking about is animate, your question should look ty 2. of while the ones in the second column are Inanimate Intransitive verbs. cu l like this. What colour is (animate)? Aan enasinaasoc(t)? Fa What colour is the sock? y The answer would be: sit ( For example: Aan enasinaasoc(t) ashikan? The sock is white. Waapisi ashikan. ni v er Or simply, Waapisi. It is white. U A variation on this question would be: What colour is your sock? My sock is white. ke he ad Aan enasinaasoc(t) kitashikan? Answer: Waapisi nitashikan. La If the thing you are asking about is inanimate, your question should look like this: Aan enasinaahtek? For example: Aan enasinaahtek mahkisin? What colour is the (inanimate)? What colour is the shoe? An answer would be: Mahkatewaa mahkisin. ~ Orsimply, Mahkatewaa. The shoe is black. It is black. 58 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 A variation on this question would be: What colour is your shoe? Aan enasinaahtek kimahkisin? Answer: Mahkatewaa nimahkisin. My shoe is black. Twenty nouns you have already learned are listed below. Using different nouns from the list below, ask questions about their colour, using the appropriate question forms that we have learned in this lesson. Write the questions in the first column. Then in the second column, give an answer that uses the appropriate form of the colour verb. The first two examples have been done for you. Corrections will be done by the instructor in class. b. Aan enasinaahtek ciimaan? Aniipiiwaa ciimaan. Fa sit y d. ni v f. g. U h. La ke he ad i. m. 0 er e. I. Ed Mahkatewisi maank. c. k. of ty Aan enasinaasoc(t) maank? pinaahkwaan cumaan pimihsewin waapoyaan waahkaahikan cu l a. j. ashikan pakwaan micihkaawan kihcipison mitaahs maacii-kitowin shooniyaawash pahkweshikan makoot ashtotin maank wiikwaahs piinahikan masinahikan koohkoohkohoo uc at io n 3. 0 n. o. p. 0 59 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 r 4. Now do the same as in the previous exercise, only this time using the possessive forms of the nouns. The first two examples have been done for you. Corrections will be done by the instructor in class. a. Aan enasinaasoc(t) kimaankom? Mahkatewisi nimaankom. b. Aan enasinaahtek kiciimaan? Aniipiiwaa niciimaan. c. io n d. at e. uc f. Ed g. of h. ty l. cu l J. k. sit y m. er n. ni v 0. U p. ad Working with a partner, ask your partner questions about the colour of items listed in this exercise or other items you have learned. Take turns asking and answering these questions. ke he 5. La ( Fa 1. 60 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise J Descriptions In this exercise you will be learning Animate Intransitive Verbs used for describing people. There are seventeen words listed below. Listen carefully as your instructor repeats them. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. n io at y In this exercise, you will be learning how to form questions and answers using the descriptive.. terms above. The question in 2a below means "What does he/she look like?" while the question in 2b means "What is his/her hair like?" A typical answer for each one is given below. Q Answer Kinokaapawi. Kinwaanihkwe. U Question Aan eshinaakosic(t)? Aan enaanihkwec(t)? ad a. b. ni v er sit 2. uc 9. Ed 8. of 5. 6. 7. He/she is tall. He/she is short. He/she is fat. He/she is skinny. He/she is stocky/chubby. He/she has long hair. He/she has short hair. He/she has curly hair. He has a beard. He has a mustache. He/she has black hair. He/she has brown hair. He/she has red hair. He/she has white/grey hair. He/she is good-looking, handsome, pretty. He/she is bad-looking. He/she looks nice, looks good. Kinokaapawi Tahkohkaapawi/Tahkoosi Aacipo Paawanii Pitikosi Kinwaanihkwe Tahkwaanihkwe Tihtipanaweyaanihkwe Miihshitoone Miihsaweshkishii Mahkatewaanihkwe Osaawaanihkwe Miskwaanihkwe Waapanihkwe Takahkinaakosi Maci-naakosi Minonaakosi/Mino-naakosi ty 2. 3. 4. 0 cu l 1. Fa 1. La ke he Your instructor will make available to you several pictures of different people. Working with a partner ask and answer questions about the people shown in the pictures using the questions and descriptive terms you have learned in this lesson. 0 61 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 r 3 5 7 4 sit y 9 12 U ni v er ,,,-, 15 14 ke he ad 13 La ( Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n 1 17 62 16 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 3. In this exercise, you will be learning how to expand the questions and answers by using verbs and nouns that you already know. Some examples are ~iven for you below. a) Q. A. Aan eshinaakosic(t) kitootem? Kinokaapawi, waapaanihkwe ekwa takahkinaakosi. b) Q. A. Aan enaanihkwec(t) k.imaamaa? Kinwaanihkwe ekwa waapaanihkwe. c) Q. A. Aan eshinaakosic(t) kiwiiciiwaakan? Tihtipanaweyaanihkwe, osaawaanihkwe ekwa takahkinaakosi. d) Q. A. Aan enaanihkwec(t) kitaanihs? Tahkwaanihkwe ekwa miskwaanihkwe. a) Q. A. What does your friend look like? He/she is tall. grey hair and good looking. b) Q. A. What colour is your mother's hair? She has long hair and grey hair. c) Q. A. What does your spouse look like? He/she has currie hair, brown hair and good looking. d) Q. A. What does your daughter look like? She has short hair and red hair. 4. Write some of your own questions and answers. For speaking practice, work with a partner using the sections 1, 2 and 3 plus the ones you have just completed. Pay particular attention to the pronunciation. Repeat several times by taking turns. 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n 0 0 63 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 5 Exercise A r Review Kinds of Verbs ' So far, you have learned how to write simple sentences with AI, II, TA, and TI verbs in the independent and conjunct order. l. Let's translate some of the sentences listed below. Corrections are on page 112. Animate Intransitive Verbs: n A. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ at io Jason was working yesterday. B._________________________________ _ uc Sally is sick today. c.________________________________ _ Ed Mary will be going home. of Inanimate Intransitive Verbs: A. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ty It costs dollar. B._ _ _ _one __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ cu l The house is red. c.______________________________ _ y Transitive Animate Verbs: A._________________________________ sit ( Fa The food tastes good. er I saw a moose yesterday in the bush. B.________________________________ _ ni v Aie you looking for a dog? c._______________________________ _ U I will cook some fish today. ad Transitive Inanimate Verbs: he A. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ I am cooking some moose meat. ke B.________________________________ La Bring the cup! c.________________________________ _ Put the plate on the kitchen table. Independent and Conjunct Verbs: A._________________________________ I want to go before it rains. B._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ c c._____________________ Aie you going home when you finish working? While I was sleeping, she arrived. 64 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 5 Exercise B Obviation What is an Obviative? An obviative is a form of a word (noun, pronoun, or verb) that makes a distinction between third persons in a conversation, narrative or legend. 0 Animate nouns with third-person possessor nitaanihs kitaanihs otaanihsan n Compare the following three forms of the Ojibwe animate nouns that means 'daughter'. uc at io My daughter Your daughter His/her daughter of Ed Notice that if the 'possessor' (the person whose daughter it is) is third-person ('his/her') there is an extra ending, called the obviative, on the noun that is not present in the first- and second-person forms. Whenever an animate noun has a third-person possessor it must have the obviative suffix. AI verbs with obviative: My daughter is playing. Mary's daughter is playing. Nitaanihs metawe. Menii otaanihsan metawewan. Fa (a) (b) cu l ty Now compare the following two sentences which have two different forms of the Ojibwe word that means 'daughter'. 0 U Third Person Possessor ni v er sit y Both sentences have a third-person subject ('daughter'). Part of the difference between the two sentences is that the subject of the first one has a first-person possessor ('my'), while the subject of the second has a third-person possessor ('Mary'). We see that in the second sentence the verb has an extra ending wan, which is an obviative ending. Whenever an Animate Intransitive verb has a third-person subject which has a third-person possessor, the verb must have the obviative ending. The diagram below illustrates the structure of this type of obviative sentence. ad M~aughter is playing. Menii otaan)hsm metawewan. he Further Third- Person Possessed ~ t i v e suffix La ke (obviative noun) What is the SUBJECT of the VERB? _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _.is the subject of the verb. (Menii) {Otaanihsan) Example: Menii otaanihsan metawewan. -~Ob'.v1at1ve Suffixes 0 65 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE- UNIT 1; LESSON 5 Review Exercise: r 1. Write the following sentences in Ojibwe. Underline the noun suffixes (an) and the verb suffixes (wan). Corrections are on page 112. a. Sarah's grandmother is sleeping. b. io n John's (older) brother is hunting. at C. uc Bonnie's son is eating. Ed d. of Peter's dog is hungry. cu l Susan's (younger) sister is going away (leaving). f. Fa Samson's friend is sick. g. sit y Anna's grandfather is working. er h. ni v Jane's (older) sister is angry. i. U Debbie's father is getting out of bed. ad j. Rewrite some of the sentences above using Past, Present and Future tenses. ke 2. he Ruby's husband is making (building) a fire. La ( ty e. 66 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 5 Exercise C More AI Verbs with Obviative Subjects We will continue to examine some more examples to study what features an obviative has. 0 Third Person Possessor \~daughter is playing. io at ~iative · Suffix uc Further Third-Person Possessed n -Otaanihsan I - metawewan. - of Ed (obviative noun) ty What is the SUBJECT of the VERB? cu l OTAANIHSAN is the subject of the verb. Fa Example: er 0 ni v Review exercise. In this exercise some of the sentences have obviative subjects while others do not. Check the previous section if you need to review these different types of subjects. Where present, underline the noun suffixes (an) and the verb suffixes (wan). Corrections are on page 113. he a. ad U 1. Suffixes sit ~ ProLminal Prefix y Qtaanihsin metawewan b. ke Her friend is going home. La My friend is going home. c. His dog is sleeping. d. My dog is sleeping. 0 e. My son is sick. 67 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSONS r f. Her son is sick. g. His mother is cooking. h. io n My mother is cooking. at 1. uc Her sock is black. Ed J. Rewrite some of the sentences above using Past and Future tenses. Fa cu l ty 2. of My sock is black. La ke he ad U ni v er sit y ( 68 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON 5 Exercise D II Verbs with Obviative In this exercise, we will continue studying how to form sentences using Inanimate Intransitive verbs with obviative endings Q The structure of the second sentence is illustrated in Example l(a). / sit 0 er What is the subject of the .Ym2? y Fa cu l ty Mary's food tastes good. Menii omiicimi..m minohpikwanini. F ~ Third-person (Obviative noun) at of Third Person Possessor uc My food tastes good. Mary's food tastes good. Nimiicimim minohpikwan. Menii omiicimim minohpikwanini. Ed (a) (b) io n Just like Animate Intransitive verbs, Inanimate Intransitive verbs may have a subject that has a thirdperson possessor. In this case, there is no obviative suffix on the noun. However, the II verb will have an obviative suffix ini (or ni if the verb ends in a vowel). Compare the following two sentences: ni v _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ is the subject of the verb. (Mary) (food) U Example #1 (b) presents more information about this sentence. he ad ~icimim Inanimate P~ssive ~erb ~iative Noun Suffix Suffix La ke Pronominal Prefix minohpikwanini. 0 69 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 5 I. r Review Exercise: Translate the following sentences into Ojibwe. Underline the Verb suffixes (ni). Corrections are on page 113. a. Her coat is yellow. b. n His house is white. io C. Joan's hat is black. at d. uc Bruce's gun is broken. e. Ed John's plane is red. f. of His axe is sharp. g. ty Susan's food is hot. cu l h. Matthew's canoe is green. Fa i. Sally's camera is grey. j. y Peter's shirt is brown. sit ( er Note: These are some of the Il verbs in the sentences above: Translate the following sentences below. Indicate beside each sentence which is an AI Verb and which is an IT Verb. Underline the obviative endings. The first two have been done for you. Corrections are on page 113. ke he 2. ad U ni v • sharp - kaashaa • be hot - kishite • nice - minwaahshin a. La VAiorVIl b. VAI VII Opiinahikan piikoshkaani Her purse is broken. Saanii omihsens!!l kiiwewan Sally's (older) sister is going home. c._ _ __ His car is red. ~ d._ _ John's canoe is blue. 70 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 5 e. Her son is running. 1 0 f. Joyce's dog is walking. g. His shoe's are brown. h. n Henry's tent is hot. io i. at My grandmother's tipi is cold. uc j. Nancy's daughter is coming home. Ed k. Her car is stopped. of I. ty His dog is going downhill. cu l Think of four sentences of your own to write in the spaces provided below. Fa a. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ -------------------------------------------------- sit y b._ __ __ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ __ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ __ __ _ 0 er -------------------------------------------------- ni v c._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ U -------------------------------------------------- ad d._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ La ke he -------------------------------------------------- 0 71 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 5 Exercise E TA Verbs with Obviative { Transitive Animate with a Specified Object. Tansitive Animate verbs may also have obviative forms. Compare the following two sentences which both have an animate grammatical object. Nipaashk.iswaa moos. Ciimii Qpaashkiswaan moosQQJ!. I'm shooting the moose. Jimmy is shooting a moose. n (a) (b) of Ed uc at io Both sentences have a third-person animate grammatical object ('moose'). The first sentence has a first-person grammatical subject ('I'). The second sentence has a third-person grammatical subject ("Jimmy'). Notice that the second sentence has an extra ending non the verb and an ending oon on the object noun. Both of these are obviative endings. In a sentence with a Transitive Animate verb if both the subject and the object are third-person, then one of them must be obviative. In the type of sentence presented here, it is the object that is obviative. ty Listen and look carefully as the instructor goes through the example sentence below. cu l Jimmy is shooting a moose. Ciimii o hki waan moosoon. Fa ru! ( S~fied~eNoun TA verb y Person Subject Suffix sit Object er Obviative Verb Suffix Before doing the exercises, make sure you understand the examples above. Underline the Noun and Verb suffixes. Corrections are on page 114. U 1. ni v Pronominal Prefix ad a. ___________________________________ he Rose is eating bread. ke b.___________________________________ La John is cooking a partridge. c._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Bob is looking for an animal. d. ___________________________________ James is feeding his dog. e.___________________________________ Tony loves his son. f. ___________________________________ \;::; Susan is visiting her friend. (within community) 72 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON 5 g. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Peter is talking to his mother. h._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Thomas knows Sally. 0 i._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Maggie is snaring a rabbit. j._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ io n Steven is trapping a beaver. Now, try to write two or three sentences of your own with obviative endings and using the Past, Present and Future tenses. 3. For speaking practice, get someone to work with you taking turns by repeating the sentences in section 1 (a-j). 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at 2. 0 73 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE- UNIT 1; LESSON 5 Exercise F r Tl Verbs with Obviative Transitive Inanimate with a Specified Object. Listen and look carefully as the instructor goes through the example sentence below. io ty a. Joyce is looking after the house. cu l b. Fa Allen dropped the gun. C. y Mary is looking at the lake. d. sit ( at Ed Before doing the exercises, make sure you understand the example above. Underline the Verb obviative suffixes. Corrections are on page 114. of 1. Obviative Noun Suffix uc r First/ TI\erb Spelfied Third Object Person Obviative Pronominal Verb Suffix Prefix n Anna is cutting a meat. Aana okiishkishaa ~ e. ni v Tony loves the house. er Sam is cooking some moose meat. f. U Peter is taking an outboard motor. g. he h. ad Susan is writing a book. ke Albert is using a canoe. 1. j. La Rose is cutting meat. Joe is thinking about the plane. ~ 2. Now, try to write two or three sentences of your own with obviative endings and using the Past, Present and Future Tenses. 3. For speaking practice, get someone to work with you taking turns by repeating the sentences in section I (a-j). 74 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 5 Exercise G Independent Ver~s So far, we have been looking at sentences with verbs that can stand alone, and express a complete thought. Below are more sentences of these kind. The sentences are written in English. Translate them into the Native language. Corrections are on page 114. 1. Q Review exercise for Independent Order verbs. n a. io He wants to go hunting tomorrow. at b. uc Are you going today? C. Ed I found your dog yesterday. d. of I will talk to you later. e. ty She wants to go home soon. cu l f. They are leaving right away. Fa g. h. sit We will go later. (Exclusive) y We will g~ later. (Inclusive) er i. 0 ni v Are you going to work tomorrow? (Plural) j. U When did he/she arrive? La ke he ad Note: Review the translations you just wrote. Is each one a complete statement?_ _ __ Underline the Independent verbs. 0 75 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE- UNIT 1; LESSON 5 2. r Review exercise for verbs that cannot stand alone. These are called Conjunct Verbs. Translate each of the following incomplete sentences !nto Ojibwe and underline the conjunct verbs. Corrections are on page 115. a. While I was working. n b. io If he/she comes soon. at C. uc When you arrive, d. Ed After you finish eating, e. of Before it rains, f. ty If they come, cu l g. (Plural) While you're gone, Fa h. (Inclusive) ( i. j. Think of your own sentences to write below. U 3. ni v Before I sleep. (Exclusive) er sit After we have done working, y When we arrive, (over there) ad a. _________________________________ he b .._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ke c .. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ La d._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 76 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 5 Exercise H ,Independent and Conjunct Verbs In this review exercise, we will put two clauses together. The clauses are written in English. Translate them into the Severn dialect. Underline the conjunct verbs once and the independent verbs twice. Corrections are on page 115. Q a.. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ io n I'll leave before it rains. b . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ at Are you going home after the snow falls? uc c._________________________________ While he was working. his spouse left. Ed d. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ of If it costs too much, don't buy it. e._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ cu l ty After we eat, we will go. (Inclusive} f . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ After I ate, she arrived. Fa g. If the weather is nice, I will be coming home soon. y h. sit I will work if the weather is nice. 1. 0 er When do you want to go home? ni v j. I will go home when the weather is nice. U k. ad When did he leave? I. ke m. he After you left, the baby cried. Do you want to work before the snow falls? n. La 1. If you sick, I will sick too. o. I will go home after I have finished working. 0 77 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 5 2. r Think of your own sentences to write below. a. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ b._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ c._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n d . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ La ke he ad U ni v er sit y ( 78 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON 5 Exercise I More Independent and Conjunct Verbs We have already learned that in sentences containing several clauses, verbs that are in the Conjunct Order will frequently have a particle or a preverb before them. Q after before io Preverbs ishkwaamwaye- at if while/during when when? of Ed uc Particles kiishpin mekwaac. ahpii aanahpii? n Here is the list of the particles and preverbs. ty We are going to continue to do some more exercises joining Independent Clauses and Conjunct Clauses. In this review exercise, the sentences are written in Severn Ojibwe. Please translate them into cu l 1. Fa English. Corrections are on page 115. Conjunct Clause Independent Clause Nikiiwe b. C. kiishpin mino-kiishikaak? Ebe, nika-anohkii waapank kiishpin mino-kiishikaak. ad he mekwaac sookihpwaninink. K.ika-pootawenaawaa na mwaye-kimiwank? La g. ke Ta-maacaawak f. 0 U K.ika-anohkii na waapank d. e. ahpii ishkwaa-anohkiiyaan. ahpii ishkwaa-wiihsiniyank. ni v K.ika-kiiwemin (incl.) er sit y a. Nilcii-nanaantawaapamaamin (excl.) mekwaac kii-tipihkaak. Ta-maacaa ahpii ishkwaa-aahkosic. Niwii-wiihsin mwaye-anohkiiyaan. K.iwii-nanaantawaapamaa na kitaanihs mwaye-tipihkaak? h. i. J. 79 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON 5 2. In the following exercise each of the verbs in the first column is in the conjunct. The corresponding verb in the second column expresses the same person and number but is in the independent. Translate each of them into English so that you can compare the differences in meaning. Then underline each verb and circle the preverbs and particle. Sections 2 and 3 corrections are on page 116. Independent Clause Conjunct Clause a. nipaa Ishkwaa-anohkiic, anohkii Mekwaac kii-wiihsiniyan, niwiihsin Mwaye-pootawewaac pootawewak n Ahpii nipaac, at io b. Ed d. of e. (already a complete thought.) ty Aanahpii waa-k.iiweyan? Now try translating the following complete Severn Ojibwe sentences into English. cu l 3. uc c. y Nika-ayamihaa ahpii ishkwaa-wiihsiniyaan. b. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ er sit Kika-ayamihaa na ahpii ishkwaa-wiihsiniyan? c._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Oka-ayamihaan na ahpii ishkwaa-wiihsinic(t)? ni v d. _________________________________ U Nik.ii-.kiiwemin ahpii kaa-ishkwaa-sookihpwank. (exclusive) e., _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ________________________________ ad Kiishpin kimiwak kaawin nika-maacaahsiimin. (exclusive) {., he Kika-minihkwemin na ahpii ishkwaa-nipaayank? (inclusive) ke g.__________________________________ Mekwaac kii-tipihkaak niwiiciiwaakan k.ii-kiimooci-maacaa. h. __________________________________ La ( Fa a. __________________________________ __________________________________ Mekwaac kii-anohkiiyaan nitayihsh kii-nipo. )., Niwii-niim mwaye-wiihsiniyaan. J·---------------------------------Kiwii-pimipahtoo na mwaye-nipaayan? 80 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON 6 Unit 1 Review Section This lesson contains review materials for Lessons 1 through 5. For most of the exercises your instructor will dictate words or sentences for you to write. You can do the first review exercise for Lesson 5 on your own. You may find it helpful to review your notes and lessons before trying the review materials in this section. 0 n Lesson I Review Test: Twenty-Four Items maank loon na 13. 2. wiikwaahs birchbark ni 14. 15. Fa 3. 16. 4. 17. sit y 5. er 19. ni v 7. 20. U 8. 21. ad 9. 22. he 10. ke 23. 24. La 12. 0 18. 6. 11. Gender ty 1. Translation cu l Translation of Noun Gender Noun Ed uc at io Your instructor will say twenty-four items from the vocabulary you have learned in Lesson L Listen carefully as the instructor says each noun. For each word your instructor says, please write it in Ojibwe, write the English translation, and write 'the gender of the Ojibwe word. The spaces are provided for you below. The first two responses have been done for you. Corrections are on page 117. Note: Be sure to check your Ojibwe spelling after you have written the words! 0 81 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 6 Lesson 2 Review Test: How Much Does It Cost? Translation Native Language one cent peshik piiwaapihkohsh uc 1. Ed 2. 3. of 4. ty 5. cu l 6. Fa 7. y 8. sit 9. ke he ad U ni v er 10. La ( n Listen carefully as the instructor says each word. For each word your instructor says, please write it in Ojibwe and give the English translation. The space is provided for you below. The first one has been done for you. Corrections are on page 118. io 1. at r This review test has two sections. Before you begin, review the words for amounts of money from one cent to twenty dollars on page 12. 82 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 6 Useful Expressions: 2. ' Before you begin, review the words from (a - p) on page 20. Listen carefully as the instructor says each word. For each word your instructor says, please write it in Ojibwe and give the English translation. The space is provided for you below. Corrections are on page 119. Q Translation Native Language n a. io h. at c. uc d. Ed e. of f. ty e:. cu l h. Fa i. Ii. sit y k er I 0 ni v m U n. ad o. he p. La ke Note: Check your spelling and translations when you are done. 0 83 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE- UNIT 1; LESSON 6 Lesson 3 Review Test: What Are They Doing? Your instructor will say twelve Animate Intransitive verbs from the vocabulary you have learned on page 27. Listen carefully as the instructor says each verb. For each word your instructor says, please write it in Ojibwe and also write the English translation. The spaces are provided for you below. corrections are on page 120. Enelish Translation at io Animate Intransitive Verbs uc 1. Ed 2. 3. of 4. ty 5. cu l 6. Fa 7. y 8. sit 9. ni v er 10. 11. ad U 12. ke he Note: Check your spelling and translation when you are done. La ( n r 84 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 6 Possessive Forms of Animate Nouns Lesson 4 Review Test: This review test has nine sections. Before you begin, review the spelling and translation of the words on page 38. 1. Q io n Listen carefully as the instructor says each word. For each word your instructor says, please write it in Ojibwe and also write the English translation. Sections 1 and 2 corrections are on page 121. Translation at Animate Nouns uc a. Ed b. of C. d. cu l ty e. f. Fa g. y h. sit i. ni v er J. 0 k. ad U l. La ke he Note: Check your spelling and translation when you have finished. 0 85 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 6 Possessive Forms of Inanimate Nouns: r 2. Before you begin, review the spelling and translation of the words on page 38. Listen carefully as the instructor says each word. For each word your instructor says, please write it in Severn Ojibwe and also write the English translation. Translation Inanimate Nouns io n a. at b. uc IC Ed rl of IP ty f ty cu l h y i sit k. ni v er I. ke he ad U Note: Check your spelling and transition when you have finished. La ( Fa i 86 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 6 Four Directions: ' The four directions are particles. Before you begin, review the spelling and translation of the words on page 43. Listen carefully as the instructor says each word. For each word your instructor says, please write it in Ojibwe and also write the English translations. Space is provided for your answers. Sections 2 and 3 corrections are on page 122. Translation io Four Directions n 3. 0 uc at a. Ed b. of c. cu l ty d. Seasons: sit Listen carefully as the instructor says each word. For each word your instructor says, please write it in Ojibwe and also write the English translations. Space is provided for your answers. er 4. y Fa The four seasons are Inanimate Intransitive Verbs (VII). Before you begin, review the spelling and translations of the words on page 45. Translation ni v Intransitive Inanimate Verb U a. he ke La d. ad b. C. 0 0 87 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 6 Days of the Week: The days of the week are Inanimate Intransitive Verbs (VIl). Before you begin, review the spelling and translations of the words on page 47. 5. Listen carefully as the instructor says each word, and then fill in the spaces below. Sections 1 and 2 corrections are on page 123. Intransitive Inanimate Verb Translation n a. io b. at C. uc d. Ed e. f. of e:. cu l ty Months of the Year: Listen carefully as the instructor says each word, and then fill in the spaces below. y 6. Animate Nouns ni v er I~ h U (' ad d f La fJ ke he IP h sit ( Fa The months of the year are Animate Nouns (na). Review the spelling and translation on page 49 before doing the review test. ; ; Ir I ~ Note: Check your spelling when you have done. 88 Translation �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 6 Lesson S: Independent and Conjunct Verbs In this review test, you will be translating sentences into the Native language. Spaces are provided below for your answers. 7. 0 After completing your translations, the instructor will give you the correct Severn Ojibwe sentence. Corrections are on page 124. n a. io After I have done working, I'll be going home. at b. uc I want to go before it rains. c. Ed While you were playing, your dog left. d. of Tell him when you want to leave tomorrow. e. ty If you are afraid, get up! cu l f. g. I'll be leaving after I have done eating. I want to dance before it snows. 0 er i. sit y h. Fa When do you want to go home? ni v Your son came home while you were sleeping. J. U When do you want to work? ad Note to Instructors and students: La ke he This section somehow got mixed up. As indicated above, this is Lesson 5 review exercise. 0 89 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE- UNIT 1; LESSON 6 Colours: ( ' Before you begin, review the spelling and meanings of the words on page 58. 8. Listen carefully as the instructor says each word. Space is provided below for your answers. Corrections are on page 125. Translation AI verbs io n a. at b. uc C. Ed d. of e. ty f. cu l 1?,. Translation y a. sit b. er c. ni v d. U e. ad f. he g, ke Note: Check your spelling and translation when you have finished. La ( Fa II verbs 90 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 6 Descriptions: We have learned some descriptive words which are Animate Intransitive verbs (VAI). Before you begin, review the spelling and translation of the words on page 61. 9. Listen carefully as your instructor says each of the descriptive words. Space is provided for you below. Corrections are on page 126. Spelling n Translation io a. uc at b. Ed C. d. of e. ty f. cu l fl. Fa h. y i. sit j. ni v I. U m. ad n. La ke he 0. q. 0 er k. p. Q Note: Check your spelling and translation when you have finished. This is the end of UNIT 1; Lessons 1- 6. 0 91 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT l; REVIEW SECTION Let's Look Back At What You Have Learned: Animate Nouns: Translations on this page are on page 127. cu l ty of Ed uc at io n niyaananwaapihk ociimitoo-piihsim okaahs pahkweshikan peshik piiwaapihkohsh peshikoshaap tahswaapihk peshikwaapihk peshishooniyaahsh pinaahkiiwi-piihsim saankahsoshaap tahswaapihk saankahswaapihk sakime sakipakaawi-piihsim shooniyaan tihtipwepishkikan waahtepakiiwi-piihsim miikihsi.kwaahson pakiciwin pinaahkwaan piinahikan shooniyaawash wiikwaahs ad U ni v ahcikanaahtik ataawikamik cahkaahtehsicikan maacii-kitowin maacishikan masinaahtehsicikan sit y Inanimate Nouns: he Animate Intransitive Verbs: ke aacipo aniipiiwisi ataawe ihkwaamaciwe ihkwaatawe inakiso ishi-naakosi kihkinooharnaake kihtimi kinokaapawi La ( mitaahswaapihk name namekohs nihki-piihsim nihsoshaap tahswaapihk nihswaapihk niishitana tahswaapihk niishoshaap tahswaapihk niishwaahsoshaap tahswaapihk niishwaahswaapihk niishwaapihk niiwaapihk niiwishaap tahswaapihk ninkotwaahsoshaap tahswaapihk ninkotwaahswaapihk niyaanan piiwaapihkohsh niyaananoshaap tahswaapihk Fa aapih tawaapihk atihtemini-piihsim atihkamek ayinaanewaapihk ayinaanewishaap tahswaapi hk cwaapiihsh kaa-tahkwekisoc-piihsim kashkatinoo-piihsim kiishipakawi-piihsim kinepik koohkoohkohoo maank mahko-piihsim makohshe-kiishikani-piihsim memenkwe mikisiiwi-piihsim mitaahso piiwaapihkohsh er r Le~ons 1-S kinwaanihkwe maci-naakosi mahkatewaanihkwe mahkatwisi miihsaweshkishii miishitoone mino-naakosi miskosi miskwaanihkwe naacimiicine 92 naanipaawe naasipii natawihiwe osaawaanihkwe osaawisi oshaawashkosi paawanii pimipahtoo pimitaacimo pimohse pitikosi tahkohkaapawi tahkwaanihkwe takahki-naakosi tiihtipaamaciwe tiihtipaatawe tihtipanaweyaanihkwe waapisahisi waap1s1 waahkaahike �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; REVIEW SECTION Inanimate Intransitive Verbs: Translations on this page are on page 128. osaawaa oshaawashkwaa pahkweshikani-kiishikaa pipoon siikwan takwaakin waapaa waapisahaa 0 io n maatinawe-kiishikaa mahkatewaa minwaashin miskwaa niipin niisho-kiishi.kaa nii wi-kiishikaa oncinowe aapihtawan aniipiiwaa anohkiiwi-kiishikaa ayamihe-kiishikaa inakite ishi-naakwan kaashaa kishaakamite uc at Transitive Animate Verbs: naasihkaw Ed inentam of Transitive Inanimate Verbs: inentan ty naasihkan cu l Particles: shaawanonk waapanonk Fa kiiwetinonk nikaapiihanonk sit y Expressions: La ke he ad U ni v er Aan enakisoc(t)? Aan enakitek? Aani minikohk? Aan enakimac? Aan enakimaac? Aan enakitaman? Aan enakitank? Aan eshiwepahk? Aan enahkamikahk? Aan eshi-kiishikaak noonkom kaa-kiishikaak? Aan enasinaasoc(t)? Aan enasinaatek? Anahpii ta-pipoon eshinaman? Anahpii ta-siikwan eshinaman? Anahpii ta-niipin eshinaman? 0 Anahpii ta-takwaakin eshinaman? Aanahpii waa-kiiweyan? Aanti wencinowek? Kekonen ataaweyan? Kekonenini ataawec(t)? Kekonen waa-ataaweyan? Kekonenini waa-ataawec(t)? Kekonen ataawaakeyan? Kekonenini ataawaakec(t)? Kekonen waa-ataawaakeyan? Kekonenini.waa-ataawaakec(t)? Wiipac ina ta•pipoon kitinentaan? Wiipac ina ta-siikwan kitinentaan? Wiipac ina ta-niipin kitinentaan? Wiipac ina ta-takwaakin kitinentaan? 0 93 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Lesson 1: What are they? 23, 15, 12, 11, I, 17, 22) owl table pickerel flour 11) 15) 19) 23) 4) lake trout 8) butterfly 12) jackfish 16) comb 20) telephone 24) scissors n 7) sturgeon wallet beaded article white fish snake television Answers 8, 10, 14, 18, 7, 19, 4, 22, 20, 5, 21 2, 16, I 3, 24, ty 6, 6) money 10) 14) 18) Exercise B: 9, 3, 3) io I 7) 21) 2) birchbark uc 9) 13) loon purse mosquito airport bicycle camera Ed 1) 5) Aan entootamowaac(t)? at Exercise A: of r cu l Exercise D: maank wiikwaahs name namekohs piinahikan shooniyaan shooniyaawash memenkwe sakime koohkoohkohoo miikihsikwaahson cwaapiihsh pakiciiwin ahcikanaahtik atihkamek pinaahkwaan tihtipwepishkikan okaahs kinepik maaciikitoowin cahkaahtehsicikan pahkweshikan masinaahtehsicikan maacishikan 2. I. f 2. m Fa I. 3. r 4. b 5. 0 U ad C 19. 20. 21. 22. s 23. n 24. h X e u w j Answers La ke Exercise E: I a d q he 6. 10. V 11. p 12. q 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. ni v 7. t 8. k 9. i er sit y ( 1. 7. 13. 19. animate inanimate inanimate animate 2. 8. 14. 20. inanimate animate inanimate inanimate 3. 9. 15. 21. animate animate animate inanimate 94 4. 10. 16. 22. animate animate inanimate animate 5. 11. 17. 23. inanimate inanimate animate inanimate 6. 12. 18. 24. animate animate animate inanimate �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise F: io you see s.t. animate you eat s.t. animate you are looking for s.t. animate you like the taste of s.t. animat you kill s.t. aniamate you need/want s.t. animate you take care of s.t. animate you cook s.t. animate you pack s.t. animate you love s.t. animate you think about s.t. animate of Ed uc I see s. t. animate I eat s.t. animate I am looking for s.t. animate I like the taste of s.t. animate I kill s.t. animate I need/want s.t. animate I take care of s.t. animate I cook s.t. animate I pack s.t. animate I love s.t. animate I think about s.t. animate n 0 (second person subject) at YIA (first person subject) Examples: Fa cu l ty Do you see a loon? Yes, I see a loon. No, I don't see a loon. YII (second person subject) er you see s.t. inanimate you eat s.t. inanimate you are looking for s.t. inanimate you like the taste of s.t. inanimate you kill s.t. inanimate you need/want s.t. inanimate you take care of s.t. inanimate you cook s.t. inanimate you pack s.t. inanimate you love s.t. inanimate you think of s.t. inanimate 0 La ke he ad U ni v I see s.t. inanimate I eat s.t. inanimate I am looking for s.t. inanimate I like the taste of s.t. inanimate I kill s.t. inanimate I need/want s.t. inanimate I take care of s.t. inanimate I cook s.t. inanimate I pack s.t. inanimate I love s.t. inanimate I think of s.t. inanimate sit y (first person subject) Examples: Do you see the airport? Yes. I see the airport. I don't see the airport. 0 95 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise G: Exercise H: ad he La 2. of 2 23 5 ty 11 12 3 17 7 20 10 21 18 cu l Fa oon ak ak wak wak wak an an k ak k an U ahcikanaahtik namekohs shooniyaan atikamek kinep maank pinaahkwaan maacishikan sakime pahkweshikan memenkwe pakiciiwin ke m na na na na na ni m na na na ni sit 8 13 Exercise I: 1. y 9 22 ni v ( wiikwaahs masinaahtesicikan piinahikan miikihsikwaahson cwaapiihsh name tihtipwepishkikan shooniyaawash maaciikitoowin koohkoohkohoo cahkaahtesicikan okaahs 14 4 6 15 19 1 16 24 er ahcikanaahtik namekohs shooniyaan atikamek kinepik maank pinaahkwaan maacishikan sakime pahkweshikan memenkwe pakiciiwin ni ni ni ni na na na ni ni na ni na wiikwaahs masinaahtesicikan piinahikan miikihsikwaahson cwaapiihsh name tihtipwepishkikan shooniyaawash maaciikitoowin koohkoohkohoo cahkaahtesicikan okaahs Review the plural endings: The ending k. ak, wak, are heard on animate nouns. The ending an, oon, are heard on inanimate nouns. The plural endings of "animate'' nouns are k. ak, wak. The plural endings of ''inanimate" nouns are an, oon. 96 ni Ill na Ill na na na ni ni na ni ni n io 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. Niwaapantaan pakiciiwin. Niwaapantaan ahcikanaahtik. Niwaapamaa atikamek. Niwaapantaan pinaahkwaan. Niwaapamaa tihtipwepishkikan. Niwaapamaa okaahs. Niwaapamaa kinepik. Niwaapantaan maaciikitoowin. Niwaapantaan cahkaahtesicikan. Niwaapamaa pahkweshikan. Niwaapantaan masinaahtesicikan. Niwaapantaan maacishikan. at 5. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. na ni na na m na ni na na na ni na uc r Niwaapamaa maank. Niwaapantaan wiikwaahs. Niwaapamaa name. Niwaapamaa namekohs. Niwaapantaan piinahikan. Niwaapamaa shooniyaan. Niwaapantaan shooniyaawash. Niwaapamaa memenkwe. Niwaapamaa sakime. Niwaapamaa koohkoohkohoo. Niwaapantaan miikihsikwaahson. Niwaapamaa cwaapiihsh. Ed 1. 2. 3. 4. an an an an ak wak ak an an k an ak �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise J: Note:Review spelling test will be done by the instructor. 0 Lesson 2: Exercise A: 1. e 2. f 7. b 3. g 8. d io y er sit 0 5. a 10. C 4. i 9. j he Exercise D: 1. Examples: 7. niishwaapihk 8. niyaananwaapihk 9. mitaahswaapihk 10. niishitana tahswaapihk ad 6. h 6. peshikwaapihk ni v 1. peshik piiwaapihkohsh 2. niyaanan piiwaapihkohsh 3. mitaahso piiwaapihkohsh 4. peshishooniyaahsh 5. aapihtawaapihk U 2. Fa Exercise C: 1. at cu l ty 3. ten cents 4. quarter 5. half-dollar of 6. one dollar 7. two dollars 8. five dollars 9. ten dollars 10. twenty dollars Ed Exercise B: 1. one cent 2. five cents n 6. peshikwaapihk 7. niishwaapihk 8. niyaananwaapihk 9. mitaahswaapihk 10. niishitana tahswaapihk uc 1. peshik piiwaapihkohsh 2. niyaanan piiwaapihkohsh 3. mitaahso piiwaapihkohsh 4. peshishooniyaahsh 5. aapihtawaapihk La ke Comb Q. How much does it cost? (inanimate) A. It costs one dollar. White fish Q. How much does it cost? (animate) A. It cost on dollar. 2. This section will be done by the student. Check your answers with your instructor. 3. This section will be done by the student. Follow the instructions. 97 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise E: r Note: Sections I and 2 translations are done in text. 3. HowMuch? ni v Q. How much? 9 10 11 6) 7) 8) 9) 12 13 14 15 La 3) 4) 5) 10) 7 6 11) 12) 13) 14) 15) 5 4 3 2 16) 22 21 20 23 18 he 2) ke 8 ad Exercise G: 1) ty cu l Fa A. One dollar. U Exercise F: Example: er sit ( y peshikoshaap tahswaapihk. niishoshaap tahswaapihk. nihsoshaap tahswaapihk. niiwishaap tahswaapihk. niyaananoshaap tahswaapihk. ninkotwaahsoshaap tahswaapihk. niishwaahsoshaap tahswaapihk. ayinaanewishaap tahswaapihk. saankahsoshaap tahswaapihk. niishitana tahswaapihk. of Ed uc at io n peshikwaapihk niishwaapihk nihswaapihk niiwaapihk niyaananwaapihk ninkotwaahswaapihk niishwaahswaapihk ayinaanewaapihk saankahswaapihk mitaahswaapihk 17) 18) 19) 20) I 21) 22) 23) 24) 25) 26) 27) 28) 29) 30) Exercise H: (;_ J Note: Translations are done in text. 98 17 16 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 19 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise I: Answers What are you selling? What is he selling? What do you want to sell? What does he want to sell? I am selling lake trout. He is selling lake trout. I want to sell a purse. He wants to sell a purse. Questions Answers a) b) Are you buying something? Is he buying something? Yes, I'm buying flour. Yes, he's buying flour. a) b) Are you buying something? Is he buying something? No, I'm not buying anything. No, I'm not buying anything. a) b) What are you selling? What is he selling? a) b) How much are you charging for white fish? How much are you charging for scissors? I'm charging $2.00. I'm charging $4.00. a) b} How much is he charging for white fish? How much is he charging for scissors? He is charging $2.00. He is charging $2.00. a) b) c) d) ( at uc Ed of U Sections 1 and 2 corrections will be done by the instructor. ad Exercise K: he Done in text. La ke Note: ty cu l Fa y sit ni v Exercise J: Note: I'm selling a beaded article. He is selling a beaded article. er 2. io n I. Questions 99 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Lesson 3 1) 2) 3) 8) 9) 10) 11) 12) ihkwaamaciwe tiihtipaatawe ihkwaatawe waahkaahike pimitaacimo io 4) 5) 6) 7) tiihtipaamaciwe pimohse pimipahtoo naanipaawe natawihiwe naacimiicime naasipii n r Exercise A 10) 11) 12) walking upstairs building a house crawling Exercise C 5) Note: Fa Corrections will be done by the instructor. ad ExerciseD I am walking. You are walking. He/she is walking. (2) I am running You are running. He/she is running. (3) I am yawning. You are yawning. He/she is yawning. (4) I am healing. You are healing. He/she is healing. (5) I am going to get food. You are going to get food. He/she is going to get food. (6) I am going to the shore. You are going to the shore. He/she is going to the shore. (7) I am going down the hill. You are going down the hill. He/she is going down the hill. (8) I am going up the hill. You are going up the hill. He/she is going up the hill. ke he (1) La c ihkwaatawe waahkaahike pimitaacimo U 2. 10) 11) 12) ni v 6) y 3) 4) 7) tiihtipaamaciwe 8) ihkwaamaciwe 9) tiihtipaatawe sit ( pimohse pimipahtoo naanipaawe natawihiwe naacimiicime naasipii er 1) 2) 1. Ed walking up the hill 9) walking downstairs of 4) 5) 6) 8) ty 2) 3) 7) walking down the hill walking nmnmg yawning healing going for food going to the shore cu l I) uc at Exercise B 100 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION (10) I am climbing up by ladder or stairs. I am climbing down by ladder or stairs. You are climbing down by ladder or stairs. He/she is climbing down by ladder or stairs. You are climbing up by ladder qr stairs. He/she is climbing up by ladder or stairs. (12) I am crawling. ( 11) I am building a house. You are building a house. He/she is building a house. You are crawling. He/she is crawling. ninaanipaawe nitiihtipaamaciwe niwaahkaahik.e You're kipimohse kinaacimiicime kitiihtipaatawe kipimipahtoo kinaasipii kitihkwaatawe kinaanipaawe kitiihtipaamaciwe kiwaahkaahike He/she's pimohse naacimiicime tiihtipaatawe pimipahtoo naasipii ihkwaatawe naanipaawe tiihtipaatawe waahkaahike kinatawihiwe kitihkwaamaciwe kipimitaacim Ed of ty natawihiwe ihkwaamaciwe pimitaacimo cu l kaawin nipimohsehiin kaawin nipimipahtoohsiin kaawin ninaanipaawehsiin kaawin natawihiwehsiin kaawin ninaacimicimehsiin kaawin ninaasipiihsiin kaawin nitiihtipaamaciwehsiin kaawin nitihkwaamaciwehsiin kaawin nitiihtipaatawehsiin kaawin nitihkwaatawehsiin kaawin niwaahkaahikehsiin kaawin nipimitaacimohsiin er sit y Fa I'm not ninatawihiwe nitihkwaamaci we nipimitaacim n nipimipahtoo ninaasipii nitihkwaatawe io nipimohse ninaacimiicimer nitiihtipaatawe uc 2. I'm 3. kaawin kipimohsehsiin kaawin kipimipahtoohsiin kaawin kinaanipaawehsiin kaawin kinatawihiwehsiin kaawin kinaacimiicimehsiin kaawin kinaasipiihsiin he ad U ni v You're not La ke He/she's not 0 at (9) kaawin pimohsehsiin kaawin pimipahtoohsiin kaawin naanipaawehsiin kaawin natawihiwehsiin kaawin naacimiicimehsiin kaawin naasipiihsiin 0 kaawin kitiihtipaamaciwehsiin kaawin kitihkwaamaciwehsiin kaawin kitiihtipaatawehsiin kaawin kitihkwaatawehsiin kaawin kiwaahkaahikehsiin kaawin kipimitaacimohsiin kaawin tiihtipaamaciwehsiin kaawin ihkwaamaciwehsiin kaawin tiihtipaatawehsiin kaawin ihkwaatawehsiin kaawin waahkaahikehsiin kaawin pimitaacimohsiin Exercise E Examples: Q. Aie you walking? Q. Is Sally walking? A. or A. or 101 Yes, I am walking I am not walking. Yes, Sally is walking. Sally is not walking. 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION D. What will you be doing tomorrow? I don't know. I am not exactly sure yet. What about you. what will you be doing? I want to run/jog. I am getting too lazy. Do you want to run/jog too? Yes. I want to run to. I am getting too fat to. io What is your son doing? He/she is crawling. He/she is not walking yet. Oh yeah! Are you teaching him/her to walk? Yes. I am teaching him/her to walk. He/she should be walking soon. at C. uc Where are you going? I am going to the shore. What are you going to do at the shore? I want to get ready to go hunt tomorrow. Oh yeah! Who will go with you? My son is coming with me. Ed B. of Hello my friend. What are you doing? I am just leaving. Oh yeah! Where are you going? Store. What are you fetching? I am going to get food. I will go with you. ty A. y sit er ni v U ke he ad Note: Sections 2 and 3 are done by the student. La ( Fa cu l r l. n Exercise F 102 �INTERMEDIATE OilBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise G . 0 We are walking. (excl.) We are walking. (incl.) You are walking. (pl) They are walking. (2) We are running. (excl.) We are running. (incl.) You are running. (pl) They are running. (3) We are yawning. (excl.) We are yawning. (incl.) You are yawning. (pl) They are yawning. (4) We are healing. (excl.) We are healing. (incl.) You are healing. (pl) They are healing. (5) We are fetching food. (excl.) We are fetching food. (incl.) You are fetching food. (pl) They are fetching food. (6) We are going to the shore. (excl.) We are going to the shore. (incl.) You are going to the shore. (pl) They are going to the shore. (7) We are going down the hill. (excl.) We are going down the hill. (incl.) You are going down the hill. (pl) They are going down the hill. (8) We are going up the hill. (excl.) We are going up the hill. (incl.) You are going up the hill. (pl) They are going up the hill. (9) We are climbing down.(excl.) We are climbing down. (incl.) You are climbing down. (pl) They are climbing down. (10) We are climbing up. (excl.) io at uc ni v We are crawling. (incl.) You are crawling. (pl) They are crawling. Are you walking? (pl) Yes, we're walking. (excl.) Are you walking? (pl) No, we are not walking. (excl.) Q. A. Q. A. Are we walking? (incl.) Yes, we are walking. (incl.) Are we walking? (incl.) No, we are not walking. (incl.) Q. A. Q. A. Are they walking? Yes, they are walking. Are they walking? No, they are not walking. La he ad Q. A. Q. A. ke Examples: 0 U Exercise H Ed of ty cu l Fa y (12) We are crawling. (excl.) er We are building a house. (incl.) You are building a house. (pl) They are building a house. We are climbing up. (incl.) You are climbing up. (pl) They are climbing up. sit (11) We are building a house. (excl.) n (1) Note: Section 2 will be done by the student. 103 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise I 1 I am running. 2 You are running. 3 He/she is running. I I am yawning. 2 You are yawning. 3 He/she is yawning. 13 We are walking. (excl.) 21 We are walking. (incl.) 22 You are walking. (pl) 33 They are walking. 13 21 22 33 13 21 22 33 t) 2. 1 nipimohse 2 kipimohse 3 pimohse 13 21 22 33 of ty cu l Fa y sit er ni v La ke u) v) U g) h) i) j) k) 1) m) n) o) p) q) r) s) ad f) I am not walking. Yes, he/she is running. Are you yawning? I want to get food. I am healing. Is Jane going to the shore? Do you want to go down the hill now? I am building a house today. Are they going up hill? We will not be climbing down. (excl.) We were climbing up yesterday. (excl.) The baby is crawling. Are they climbing down? Do you want to walk today? (pl) Are they going to build the house tomorrow? We will run. Were you healing? Do you want to build the house too? Is the boy crawling too? We want to get food tomorrow. (excl.) We don't want to run. (excl.) We will not be walking. (incl.) he a) b) c) d) e) Ed Exercise J ( n at Sections 2 and 3 will be done by the student. Note: 1. We are yawning. (excl.) We are yawning. (incl.) You are yawning. (pl) They are yawning. io We are running. (excl.) We are running. (incl.) You are running. (pl) They are running. uc r 1 I am walking. 2 You are walking. 3 He/she is walking. nipimohsemin (excl.) kipimohsemin (incl.) kipimohsenaawaa (pl) pimohsewak 104 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Lesson 4 Exercise A: n cu l 1 my purse 2 your purse 3 his/her purse 0 er sit y 1 my sturgeon 2 your sturgeon 3 his/her sturgeon ni v Translations in plurals are done in the text. nipinaahkwaan kipinaahkwaan opinaahkwaan nimemenkweminaan kimemenkweminaan k.imemenkwemiwaa omemenkwemiwaa nipinaahkwaaninaan kipinaahkwaaninaan kipinaahkwaaniwaa •pinaahkwaaniwaa nitahcikanaahtik kitahcikanaahtik otahcikanaahtik nimiikisikwaahson kimiikisikwaahson omiikisikwaahson nipahkweshikanim kipahkweshikanim opahkweshikanim nitahcikanaahtikonaan kitahcikanaahtikonaan kitahcikanaahtikaw aa otahcikanaahtikowaa nimiikisikwaahsoninaan kiimiikisi.kwaahsoninaan kimiikisikwaahsoniwaa omiikisikwaahsoniwaa nipahkweshikaniminaan kipahkweshikaniminaan kipahkweshikanimiwaa opahkweshikanimiwaa ad U nimemenk.wem kimemenkwem omemenkweman nishooniyaanim kishooniyaanim oshooniyaaniman ke he nishooniyaanirninaan kishooniyaanirninaan kishooniyaanimiwaa oshooniyaanimiwaa La 3. io of 1 my birchbark 2 your birchbark 3 his/her birchbark 1 my loon 2 your loon 3 his/her loon Note: at my birchbark my purse my wallet my beaded article my airport my table my comb my bicycle my telephone my telephone my television my scissors uc my loon my sturgeon my lake trout my money my butterfly my mosquito my owl my jackfish my whitefish my pickeral my snake my flour Ed Inanimate Fa 2. 0 Animate ty 1. 105 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION nishooniyaawash kishooniyaawash oshooniyaawash nishooniyaaniminaan k.ishooniy aaniminaan kishooniyaanimiwaa oshooniyaanimiwaa nishooniyaawashinaan kishooniyaawashinaan kishooniyaawashiwaa oshooniyaawashiwaa nimemenkwem kimemenkwem omemenkweman nimiikisikwaahson kimiikisikwaahson omiikisikwaahson nimemenkweminaan kimemenkweminaan kimemenkwemiwaa omemenkwemiwaa nimiikisikwaahsoninaan kimiikisikwaahsoninaan kimiikisikwaahsoniwaa omiikisikwaahsoniwaa uc Ed of ty er sit y nipinaahkwaan kipahkweshikanim omaacishikan nicahkaatehsicikan onamemiwaa South West I am going up north. I am going down east. I am going down south. I am going out west. (b) Where do you come from? Where do you come from? Where do you come from? Where do you come from? I come from up nonh. I come from down east. I come from down south. I come from out west. (c) Where is the wind blowing from? Where is the wind blowing from? Where is the wind blowing from? Where is the wind blowing from? he Where are you going? Where are you going? Where are you going? Where are you going? ke (a) La 2. East ad North 1. kinamekohsimiwaa ni v Exercise C: k.isakimem nitatihkamekominaan nitihtipwepishkikaninaan nimaaciikitowin nimasinaahtehsicikan nimasinaahtehsicikaninaan Fa nikoohkoohkohoom ocwaapiihshiman ( io nishooniyaanim k.ishooni yaanim oshooniyaaniman at Inanimate Nouns cu l 2. Animate Nouns U r l. n Exercise B: It is blowing from the nonh. It is blowing from the east. It is blowing from the south. It is blowing from the west. 106 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION (a) 3. (b) Where are you going today? I am going ~p north today. 0 Where do you think the wind will be blowing from tomorrow? I think the wind will be blowing from the east tomorrow. What do you think the weather will be like tonight? I think it will be blowing from the south, it will rain and it will be windy. (d) Do you think the wind will be blowing from the west tonight? No, if the wind is blowing from the west, it will be snowing for sure. io at uc Sections 4 and 5 will be done by the students. Note: n (c) Winter 2. (a) What's the weather like outside? What's the weather like outside? What's the weather like outside? What's the weather like outside? (b) What's happening outside? What's happening outside? What's happening outside? What's happening outside? (c) Do you think the winter will come early? Yes, I think the winter will come early. Fall Fa cu l ty Winter Spring Summer Fall 0 sit y Summer Spring Fall Winter U ni v er Spring of Summer 1. Ed Exercise D: ad Do you think the spring will come early? Yes, I think the spring will come early. ke he Do you think the summer will come early? Yes, I think the summer will come early. La Do you think the fall will come early? Yes, I think the fall will come early. Negative Forms: When do you see it being winter? I see that it won't be winter soon. 0 When do you see it being spring? I see that it won't be spring soon. 107 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION When do you see it being summer? I see that it won:t be summer soon. r When do you see it being fall? I see that it won't be fall soon. 3. (a) Are you going home in the winter? Yes, I will be going home in the winter. n OR at io I will not be going home in the winter. uc Are you leaving in the spring? Yes, I will be leaving in the spring? Ed OR I will not be leaving in the spring. ty of Are you going to be working when summer arrives? Yes, I will be working in the summer. I will not be working in the summer. y OR sit I will not be going hunting in the fall. 2. (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) U Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday ke he ad l. ni v er Exercise E: What day is it today? What day is it today? What day is it today? What day is it today? What day is it today? Whatdayisittoday? What day is it today? La ( Fa Are you going hunting in the fall? Yes, I will be going hunting in the fall. cu l OR Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday 108 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION 5. Are you leaving on Tuesday? No, probably Wednesday. Who are you going with? I am probably going with one of my uncles. What about your dad, where is he going? He already left. Note: Sections 5 and 6 are done in the text. of ty 0 sit y Exercise F: io (b) Ed Do you want to go today? No, after a while I will be going on Monday. What will you be doing over there? Will you be working? No, I will be playing hockey. Oh yeah! Who are you going to play hockey with? One of my older brothers and my cousins. n 0 (a) Fa 4. Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday at (f) (g) When do you want to go home? When do you want to go home? When do you want to go home? When do you want to go home? When do you want to go home? When do you want to go home? When do you want to go home? uc (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) cu l 3. July August September October November December January February March April May June 2. When will you be going to Beaver Lake? I will be going during the month of January. ke he ad U ni v er l. La When will you be going to Beaver Lake? I will be going during the month of February. When will you be going to Beaver Lake? I will be going during the month of March. When will you be going to Beaver Lake? I will be going during the month of April. 0 When will you be going to Beaver Lake? I will be going during the month of May. 109 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION When will you be going to Beaver Lake? I will be going during the month of June. r When will you be going to Beaver Lake? I will be going during the month of July. When will you be going to Beaver Lake? I will be going during the month of August. n When will you be going to Beaver Lake? I will be going during the month of September. at io When will you be going to Beaver Lake? I will be going during the month of October. Ed uc When will you be going to Beaver Lake? I will be going during the month of November. ty Sections 3 and 4 are done in the text. Note: a. Nika-maacaa naake. IGkii-maacaa ina onaako? Naapenhs wii-wiihsini. Kitayihsh kii-aahkosi awahsinaako. Kii-kimiwan onaako. Ta-sookihpwan awahsiwaapank. Fa b. C. ( y d. er sit e. f. 2. Ishkwaa-nipaayaan, Mekwaac kii-anohkiiyaan onaako, Mwaye-kii-kiiweyaan, ni v a. b. U C. OR ad e. kaa-mwaye-kiiweyaan, Kiishpin wii-wiihsiniyaan, Ahpii anohkiiyaan, lshkwaa-anohkiiyaan, nika-kiiwe. Nika-maacaa naake ahpii-ishkwaa wiihsiniyaan. Kiishpin wii-wiihsiniyaan, nika-kiiwe. Nimaamaa kii-maacaa mekwaac kii-metaweyaan. Nikii-minihkwe pankii nipi mwaye-kii-nipaayaan. La a. b. No. ke Discussion: he d. 3. cu l Exercise G: 1. of When will you be going to Beaver Lake? I will be going during the month of December. C. d. e. OR Nikii-minihkwe pankii nipi kaa-mwaye-nipaayaan. Note: This section is done in the text. 110 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise H: a. b. c. d. e. Mekwaac kii-nipaayaan niwiiciiwaakan kii-maacaa. Ishkwaa-anohkiiyaan, nika-kiiwe . Niwii-maacaa mwaye-kimiwank. Kiishpin wii-wiihsiniyan, miicin pankii mooso-wiiyaahs. Nikii-minwentaan ahpii kii-pi-kiiweyan. f. g. h. i. J. k. I. m. n. o. p. q. r. s. t. Nikii-minwentaan ahpii kaa-kii-pi-kiiweyan. Wiintaman aanahpii waa-maacaayan waapank. Nika-kanoonaa ishkwaa-wiihsiniyaan. Niwii-wiihsin mwaye-anohkiiyaan. Mwaye-nipaayaan, niwii-minihkwe nipi. Ahpii ishkwaa-wiihsiniyaan, nika-maacaa. Ahpii ishkwaa-anohkiiyan, kiiwen. Mckwaac kii-metaweyan, kitayihsh kii-maacaa. Kiishpin ekaa piishaayan, nika-kishiwaas. lshkwaa-nantawencikeyan, pi-kiiwen. Mekwaac .kii-aahkosiyan, ni.kii-takohshin. Nika-maacaa ahpii ishkwaa-.kiishitepoyan. Mwaye-maacii-nikamoyaan, niwii-minihkwe nipi. Aanahpii waa-.kiiwcyan? Niwii-anohkii ahpii ishkwaa-nipaayan. Kiishpin kohtaaciyan, wanishkaan! 0 io at uc Ed of ty cu l Fa y er U ad he ke g. white black blue green red brown/yellow grey ni v Animate a. b. c. d. e. f. 0 sit Execise I: 1. n OR a. b. C. d. e. f. g. Inanimate white black blue green red brown/yellow grey Sections 2, 3 and 4 are done in the text. La Note: Exercise J: Note: Sections I, 2, 3 and 4 are done in the text. 0 111 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Lesson S: r Exercise A: I. VAi n a) Jason kii-anohkii onaako. b} Sally aahkosi noonkom kaa-lciishikaak. c) Mary ta-kiiwe. io VII VTA Fa a) Nikiishisaan pankii mooso-wiiyaahs. b) Piitoon minihkwaakan ! c) Ahtoon onaakan wiihsiniiwinaahtikonk. cu l ty of a) Nlkii-waapamaa moos onaako noohpimink. b) Kinanaantawaapamaa na animohsh? c) Nika-kiishiswaa pankii kinooshe noonkom kaa-kiishikaak. Ed uc at a) Peshikwaapihk inakite. b) Waahkaahikan miskwaa. c) Miicim minohpikwan. sit y ( er Independent and Conjunct U ni v a) Niwii-maacaa mwaye-kimiwank. b) Kikiiwe na ahpii ishkwaa-anohkiiyan? c) Mekwaac kii-nipaayaan, kii-takohshin. ke he a. Sarah oohkomM nipaawan. b. John oshtehsan nantawencike~. c. Bonnie okohsihsmi wiihsini~ d. Peter otayihshm wii-wiihsiniwan. e. Susan ociimicmi maacaawan. f. Samson otootemill aahkosiwan. g. Anna omohshooman anohkiiwan. h. Jane omihsensm kishiwaasi~. i. Debbie otaataa.lllim wanishkaa~. j. Ruby owiiciiwaakanm pootawewan. La 1. ad Exercise B: Note: Section 2 will be completed in the text. 112 �INTERM EDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTIO N Exercise C: 1. a. Otootemm kiiwewan. b. Nitootem kiiwe. c. Otayihshan nipaawan. d. Nitayihs nipaa. e. Nikohsihs aahkosi. f. Okohsihs.iYl aahkosi~ . g. Omaamaa mm kiishitepowan. h. Nimaamaa kiishitepo. i. Otashikanmi mahkatew isi~. j. Nitashikan mahkatewisi. 2. Note: Section 2 will be completed in the text. Ed uc at io n 0 ty cu l a. Omakoot osaawaani.. b. Owaahkaahikan waapaani. c. Joan otashtotin mahkatewaani. d. Bruce opashkisikan piikoshkaani. e. John opimihsew in miskwaani. f. Owaakaahkwat kaashaani. g . Susan omiicimim kishiteni. h. Mathew ociimaan aniipiiwaani. i. Sally ocahkaahtesicikan waapihsahaani. j . Peter opakwaan osaawaam. 0 U ke he b. VAI C. VAI d . VII e. VAI f . VAi g. VII h. VII i. VII j . VAI k. VAI 1. VAI Opiinahikan piikoshkaan,i. Sally omihsensmi kiiwewan. Otootaapaanan miskosiYii!fi. John ociimaan oshaawashkwaani. Okohsihsm pimipaht oo~. Joyce otayihshm pimohsewan. Omahkisin osaawaan.i. Henry owiishkwehokaan kishiteni. Noohkom omatikwaan tahkaayaani. Nancy otaanihsmi pi~kiiwe ~. Otootaapa anm kipihcii~ . Otayihsh.m tiihtipaamaciwelYAO. ad a. VII ni v VAlorVI I La 2. er sit y Fa 1. of Exercise D: 0 113 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise E: io n a. Rose otamwaan piihswe-aanahkonaan. b. John ok.iishiswaan pinewan or pinen. c. Bob onanaantawaapamaan awiyaashiihshf!.ll. d. James otahshamaan otayihshan. e. Tony osaak.ihaan okohsihsan. f. Susan ok.iwikamaan otootemrui. g. Peter otayamihaan omaamaaman. h. Thomas ok.ihkenimaan saanii~. i. Maggie onakwaanaan waapoosQQ!l. j. Steven otahsoonaan amihkw&i. at I. Ed uc Note: Sections 2 and 3 will be completed in the text. ty cu l a. Joyce okanawentaan waahkaahikan.ini. b. Allen okicishkinan paashkisikani..ni. c. Mary okanawaapantaan saakahikanini. d. Sam okiishisaan wiiyaahsini. e. Tony osaakihtoon waahkaahikanini. f. Peter otootaapionaan pimipanihcikanini. g. Susan omasinahaan masinahikanini. h. Albert otaapacihtoon ciimaanini. i. Rose okiishk.ishaan wiiyaahsini. j. Joe omaamitonentaan pimihsewinini. Fa 1. of Exercise F: sit y ( ni v er Note: Sections 2 and 3 will be completed in the text. Exercise G: U a. Wii-nanaantawencike waapaninink. b. Kika-maacaa na noonkom kaa-kiishikaak? c. Nikii-mihkawaa kitayihs onaako. d. Kika-ayamihin naake. e. Wii-kiiwe wiipac. f. Maacaawak ohsha shemaak. g. Kika-kiiwemin naake. (incl.) h. Nika-kiiwemin naake. (excl.) i. Kika-anohkii na waapank? j. Aanahpii kaa-takohshik? La ke he ad I. 114 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION n 0 at Note: Section 3 will be completed in the text. uc 3. a. Mekwaac kii-anohkiiyaan, b. Kiishpin piishaac(t) wiipac, c. Ahpii takohshiniyan. d. Ishkwaa-wiihsiniyan, e. Mwaye-kimiwank, f. Kiishpin piishaawaat, g. Mekwaac kii-maacaayek, h. Ahpii ani-takohshiniyak, (incl.) i. Ishkwaa-anohkiiyaak, (excl.) j. Mwaye-nipaayaan. io 2. a. Nika-maacaa mwaye-kimiwank. b. Kika-kiiwe na ishkwaa-sookibpwank? c. Mekwaac kii-anohkiic(t), owiiciiwaakanan kii-maacaawan. d. Kiishpin osaam mishtahi inakitek, ikaawin ataawen. e. lshkwaa-wiihsiniyak. kika-maacaamin. f. Kaa-ishkwaa-wiihsiniyaan, kii-takohshin. g. Kiishpin mino-kiishikaak. nika-pi-kiiwe wiipac. h. Nika-anohkii kiishpin mino-kiishikaak. i. Aanahpii waa-kiiweyan? j. Nika-kiiwe ahpii mino-kiishikaak. k. Aanahpii kaa-maacaat? I. Kii-ishkwaa-maacaayan, awaashihsh kii-mawi. m. Kiwii-anohkii na mwaye-sookibpwank'rn. Kiishpin aahkisiyan, nika-aahkos keniin. o. Nika-kiiwe ishkwaa-anohkiiyaan. 0 Exercise I: Conjunct Clause I am going home We will go home (incl.) Are you going to work tomorrow Yes, I will be working tomorrow They will be working Are you going to make a fire We were looking for him/her (excl.) He/she will be leaving I want to eat/I am hungry Do you want to look for you daughter when I am finished working. when we finish eating. (inc.) if the weather is nice? if the weather is nice. during the snow. before it rains? (you pl.) during the night. (excl.) when he gets well. before I work. before night time? La a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. Independent Clause ke 1. ad Note: Section 2 will be completed in the text. he 2. U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of l. Ed Exercise H: 115 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Independent Clause a. b. c. d. e. When he is sleeping After he is working While you were eating Before he is making a fire When do you want to go home? he is sleeping. he is working. I am eating. they are making a fire. a. I will talk to him/her when I finish eating. Are you going to talk to him/her when you are finished eating? Is he going to talk to him/her when he is finished eating? We went home when it finished snowing. (excl.) If it rains, we are not leaving. (excl.) Are we going to drink when we finish sleeping? (incl.) During the night, my spouse sneak away. While/during I was working, my dog died. I want to dance before I eat. Do you want to run before you sleep? g. h. I. Fa cu l ty j. io at d. e. f. uc b. C. Ed 3. of r n Coniunct Clause 2. La ke he ad U ni v er sit y C i16 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Review Section: 0 Lesson 1: Translation Noun Translation Noun Gender Gender loon na 13. oakiciiwin aimort ni 2. wiikwaahs birchbark ni 14. ahcikanaahtik table ni 3. name sturgeon na . 15. atikamek whitefish 4. namekohs lake trout na 16. oinaahkwaan comb ni 5. piinahikan ourse ni 17. tihtiowepishkikan bicycle na 6. shoonivaan money na 18. okaahs pickerel na 7. shooniyaawash wallet ni 19. k.inepik 8. memenkwe butterfly na 20. maaciik.itowin 9. sakime mosquito na 21. cahkaahtehsicikan owl na io at camera ni 22. pahkweshikan flour na 23. masinaatehsicikan television ni scissors ni y 24. maacishikan 0 La ke he ad U ni v er na uc Ed of ni ty telephone sit jackfish 12. cwaapiihsh na cu l ni 11. miikihsikwaahson beaded article na snake Fa 10. koohkoohkohoo n 1. maank 0 117 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Lesson 2: Native Language Translation peshik piiwaapihkohsh one cent 2. niyaanan piiwaapihkohsh five cents 3. mitaahso piiwaapihkohsh ten cents 4. peshishooniyaahsh quarter 5. aapihtawaapihk half-dollar 6. peshikwaapihk one dollar 7. niishiwaapihk two dollars 8. niyaananowaapihk five dollars 9. mitaahsowaapihk ten dollars io uc Ed of ty cu l miishitana tahsiwaapihk twenty dollars Fa 10. n I. at r La ke he ad U ni v er sit y C 118 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION 2. Useful Expressions: 0 Translation How much are vou chareine: for it?(animate) b. Aan enakitarnan? How much are you char2in2 for it?(inanimate) c. Niyaananowaapihk nitinakitaan. I charge $5.00 for it. (inanimate) d. Niyaananowaapihk nitinakimaa. I charge $5.00 for it. (animate) e. Aan enakitank? How much is he charging for it?(inanimate) f. Aan enakimaac? How much is he charging for it?(animate) g. Niyaananwaapihk otinakitaan. He charges $5.00 for it. (inanimate) h. Niyaananwaapihk otinakimaan. He charges $5.00 for it. (animate) i. Kekonen attaweyan? What are you buying? j. Kekonen waa-ataaweyan? ty of Ed uc at io n a. Aan enakimac?(t) cu l Native Language Fa What do you want to buv? k. Kekonenini ataawec?(t) What is he buvim?? I. Kekonenini waa-ataawec?(t) sit y What does he want to buv? What are vou sellimr? What do you want to sell? ni v n. Kekonen waa-ataawaakeyan? er m. Kekonen ataawaakevan? 0 o. Kekonenini ataawaakec?(t) U What is he selling? What does he want to sell? La ke he ad p. Kekonenini waa-ataawaakec?(t) 0 119 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Lesson 3: r Animate Verbs English Translation walking 2. pimipahtoo nmnin_g 3. naanipaawe yawning 4. natawihiwe healing 5. naacimiicime going for food 6. naasipii going to the shore 7. tiihtipaamaciwe walking down the hill 8. ihkwaamaciwe walking up the hill 9. tiihtipaatawe walking downstairs io at uc Ed of ty walking upstairs cu l 10. ihkwaatawe 11. waahkaahike Fa building a house 12. pimitaacimo ke he ad U ni v er sit y crawling La ( n 1. pimohse 120 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Lesson 4: 1. 0 Translation Animate Nouns my loon b. kinamem your sturgeon c. onamekohsiman his/her laketrout d. nishooniyaanim my money e. kimemenkwem your butterfly f. osakimeman his/her mosquito g. nikoohkoohkohoom my owl h. kicwaapiihshim your jackfish i. otatikamekoman his/her whitefish j. nitookaahsim my pickerel cu l ty of Ed uc at io n a. nimaankom your snake Fa k. kikinepikom I. opahkweshikaniman 0 Inanimate Nouns his/her wallet ad c. oshooniyaawash your purse U b. kipiinahikanim Translation my birchbark ni v a. niwiikwaahsim er 2. sit y his/her flour my beaded article he d. nimiikisikwaahson your airport ke e. kipakiciiwin f. otahcikanaahtik La his/her table. g. nipinahkwaan my comb h. kitihtipwepishkikan your bicycle i. omaaciikitowin his/her telephone j. nicahkaahtehsicikan my camera k. kimasinaahtesicikan your television l. omaacishikan his/her scissors 121 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION 3. Translation a. k.iiwetinonk north b. waapanonk east C. shaawanonk south d. nekaapiihanonk west io n Four Directions Seasons: of 4. Ed uc at r Four Directions: d. takwaakin cu l niipin Fa C. y siikwan sit b. winter ke he ad U ni v er pipoon La ( a. Translation ty Intransitive Inanimate Verb 122 spring summer fall �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION 5. Days of the Week: ·1 ranslation a. anohkiiwi-k.iishikaa Monday b. niisho-k.iishikaa Tuesday C. aapihtawan Wednesday d. ni iwi-k.iishikaa Thursday e. pahkweshikani-k.iishikaa Friday f. maatinawe-k.iishikaa Saturday g. ayamihe-k.iishikaa Sunday 0 Months of the Year: of 6. Ed uc at io n Intransitive Inanimate Verb Translation Animate Nouns January ociimitoo-piihsim b. kaa-tahkwek.isoc-piihsim C. mik.isiiwi-piihsim d. nihki-piihsim e. mahko-piihsim f. saakipakaawi-piihsim g. kiishipakaawi-piihsim July h. atihtemini-piihsim August 1. waahtepakiiwi-piihsim September Ii. oinaahkwiiwi-oiihsim October k. kashkatinoo-piihsim November 1. makohshe-k.iishikani-piihsim December cu l ty a. La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa February March April May 0 June 0 123 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION 7. r Independent and Conjunct Verbs: Niwii-maacaa mwaye-kimiwank. I want to go before it rains. c. Mekwaac kii-metaweyan. kitayihsh kii-maacaa. While you were playing, your dog left. d. Wiintamaw aanahpii waa-maacaayan waapank. Tell him when you want to leave tomorrow. e. Kiishpin kohtaciyan, wanishkaan! If you are afraid, get up! f. Aanahpii waa-kiiweyan? When do you want to go home? g. Nika-maacaa ishkwaa-wiihsiniyaan. I'll be leaving after I have done eating. uc Ed of ty cu l Fa y er sit h.;,__.....;..N..;;.iw---=ii--n=i=im;;;;;..;;;m_w""""'""'... aye_-_so....o_ki=·,h;;;.ip;;..;w"""an=k;.;. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ I want to dance before it snows. he ad Aanahpii waa-anohkiiyan? -'"""'.'.".~-":"-------------------------------When do you want to work? ke j. U ni v i. _ _Ki_'k_o_h_s_ih_s_ki..;..'_i-.p_i-_ki_.iw__,;..e..;.m..;;.e_k_w_a=a..;;.c..;;.ki=·i_-ru=··p=aa_,yi.;;an;;;;.;.. ... _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Your son came home while you were sleeping. La ( at io b. n a._ _Is_hk_w_a_a_-an_o_hki_·i,,_yaan ___, _n_ik_a_-ki_._iw_e_._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ After I have done working, I'll be going home. 124 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION 8. Colours: Translation Al verbs waapisi white b. mahkatewisi black c. oshaawashkosi blue d. aniipiiwisi green e. miskosi red f. osaawisi brown/yellow g. waapisahisi grey 0 Ed uc at io n a. Translation of II verbs c. oshaawashkwaa d. aniipiiwaa e. miskwaa f. osaawaa g. waapisahaa black cu l mahkatewaa Fa b. er sit y waapaa ty white a. blue green red 0 brown/yellow La ke he ad U ni v grey 0 125 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE ~ UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION K.inokaapawi He/she is tall. b. Tahkohkaapa wi/fahkoosi He/she is short. C. Aacioo He/she is fat. d. Paawanii He/she is skinnv. e. Pitikosi He/she is stocky/chubby. f. Kinwaanihkwe He/she has Jong hair. g. Tahkwaanihkwe He/she has short hair. h. Tihtioanawevaanihkwe He/she has curlv hair. i. Miihshitoone He has a beard. j. Miihsaweshkishii He has a mustache. k. Mahkatewaanihkwe ]. Osaawaanihkwe m. Miskwaanihkwe n. W aapaanihkwe o. Takahkinaakosi p, Maci-naa.kosi q. Minonaakosi/Mino-naakosi ty of Ed uc at io a. cu l He/she has black hair. Fa He/she has brown hair. er sit y He/she has red hair. He/she has white/grev hair. He/she is eood-Jookino- handsome. ni v He/she is bad-Jookine:. he ad U He/she looks nice, looks good ke (_ Translation Spelline La r Descriptions: n 9. 126 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT I; ENGLISH TRANSLATIONS Let's Look Back At What You Have Learned: 0 Lessons 1 - 5 of Ed uc at io five dollars January pickeral flour one cent eleven dollars one dollar quarter October nineteen dollars nine dollars mosquito June money bicycle September cu l Fa 0 sit y Inanimate Nouns: U ni v er beaded article airport comb purse wallet birchbark ad table store camera telephone scissors television ty ten dollars sturgeon lake trout April thirteen dollars three dollars twenty dollars twelve dollars seventeen dollars seven dollars two dollars four dollars fourteen dollars sixteen dollars six dollars five cents fifteen dollars half dollar August whitefish eight dollars eighteen dollars jack fish February November July snake owl loon May December butterfly March ten cents n Animate Nouns: he Animate Intransitive Verbs: La ke fat green buying going up hill climbing up cost looks like teaching lazy tall long hair bad looking black hair black beard mustache good looking red red hair get food yawn going to shore healing brown/yell ow hair brown/yell ow blue skinny running crawl walk 127 chubby short short hair handsome going down hill going down stairs curly hair grey white build house 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; ENGLISH TRANSLATIONS Inanimate Intransitive Verbs: ' Saturday black it looks nice red summer Tuesday Thursday wind blows from certain direction brown/yellow blue Friday winter spring fall white grey io n Wednesday green Monday Sunday cost so much it looks certain way sharp hot water to fetch/go uc think so at Transitive Animate Verbs: Ed Transitive Inanimate Verbs: to fetch/get cu l ty Particles: south east Fa north west sit y Expressions: ke he ad U ni v er How much does it cost (animate)? How much does it cost (inanimate)? How much? How much are you charging for it (animate)? How much is he charging for it (animate)? How much are you charging for it (inanimate)? How much is he charging for it (inanimate)? How's the weather? What is happening? What day is it today? What colour is it (aniamte)? What colour is it (inanimate)? When do you see it being winter? When do you see it being spring? When do you see it being summer? La ( of think so 128 When do you see it being fall? When do you want to go home? Where's the wind blowing from? What are you buying? What is he/she buying? What do you want to buy? What does he/she want to buy? What are you selling? What is he/she selling? What do you want to sell? What does he/she want to sell? Do you think it will be winter soon? Do you think it will be spring soon? Do you think it will be summer soon? Do you think it will be fall soon? �ad he ke La y sit er ni v U ty cu l ( Fa of at uc Ed n io r Part Two Kihkinoohainaake �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Exercise A More About Transitive Verbs You have already learned how to fonn the sentences with Transitive Verbs. Here are more TA and TI verbs listed below. 1. In this exercise, there are twelve (12) TA verbs and twelve (12) TI verbs introduced to you. Ed of ty 3. Let's repeat the exercise with the second person singular forms. Again, remember that the grammatical object is third-person. ni v ke C. Kipiihaa Kimaaciipahiwaanaa Kimamisbimaa Kipakitinaa Kipoosihaa Kikocihpwaa Kipi-kiiwenotawaa Kitepihtawaa Kinatobtawaa Kikiiwewinaa Kimaaciiwinaa Kinakanaa he a. b. ad VfA La d. e. f. g. b. i. j. k. 1. C cu l y sit Repeat this exercise until you completely understand the meaning of the words and have mastered the pronunciation. er 2. U ( I. Fa k. Nipiihtoon Nimaaciipahiwaataan Nimamishitaan Nipakitinaan Nipoosihtoon Nikocibpitaan Nipi•kiiwenotaan Nitepihtaan Ninatohtaan Nikiiwewitoon Nimaaciiwitoon Ninakataan uc Nipiihaa Nimaaciipahiwaanaa Nimamishimaa Nipakitinaa Nipoosihaa Nikocihpwaa Nipi•kiiwenotawaa Nitepihtawaa Ninatohtawaa Nikiiwewinaa Nimaaciiwinaa Ninakanaa at VTI VTA a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. io n Listen carefully as your instructor repeats them. Let's begin with the first person singular subject forms. In these forms the grammatical object is third-person. Translations are on page 228. 4. VTI Kipiihtoon Kimaaciipahiwaataan Kimamishitaan Kipakitinaan Kipoosihtoon Kikocihpitaan Kipi-kiiwenotaan Kitepihtaan Kinatohtaan Kikiiwewitoon Kimaaciiwitoon Kinakataan Repeat these words until you completely understand the meaning of the words and have mastered the pronunciation. 129 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Exercise B Third•Person Transitive Verbs In this exercise, you will continue to practice the pronunciation of these words listed below. Listen carefully as the instructor repeats them with third person singular subject. Translations are on page 228. io uc Ed 0 ke he ad U ni v er sit y Repeat these words until you completely understand the meaning of the words and have mastered the pronunciation. La 2. Fa k. I. of h. i. j. ty f. g. cu l e. Opiihtoon Omaaciipahiwaataan Omamishitaan Opakitinaan Opoosihtoon Okocihpitaan Opi-kiiwenotaan Otepihtaan Onatohtaan Okiiwewitoon Omaaciiwitoon Onakataan Opiihaan Omaaciipahiwaanaan Omamishimaan Opakitinaan Opoosihaan Okocihpwaan Opi-kiiwenotawaan Otepihtawaan Onatohtawaan Okiiwewinaan Omaaciiwinaan Onakanaan n VTI VTA a. b. c. d. 0 at 1. 0 130 �INTERMEDIATE onBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Exercise C Questions and Answers First, Second-Person Form Only You know the meaning of these twelve TA verbs and twelve TI verbs. 1. In this exercise, you will form the sentences by asking simple questions and answers. Question Kipiihaa na Soosan? at Positive Answer Ebe, nipiihaa. uc A. io n Listen to and imitate these sets of examples. Examples will be given in first, second person form only. Translations are on page 229. OR B. Kimaaciipahiwaanaa na? of Ed Negative Answer Kaawin, kaawin nipiihaahsiin. Ebe, nimaaciipahiwaanaa. C. Kipiihtoon ina pimihsewin? cu l ty OR Ebe, nipiihtoon pimihsewin. Fa OR D. Kimaaciipahiwaataan ina? Ebe, nimaaciipahiwaataan. sit ( y Kaawin, kaawin nipiihtoohsiin pimihsewin. U Writing Practice: Try writing questions using some of the new verbs that we have learned, using the model above. For this exercise concentrate on questions that have a second-person subject, and answers that have a first-person subject. he ad 2. Kaawin, kaawin nimaaciipahiwaatahsiin. ni v er OR Now, try working with a partner asking and answering questions with the words you have learned in this section. Take turns so that you both have an opportunity to participate. La 3. ke Speaking Practice: C 131 �INTERMEDIATE onBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Exercise D Questions and Answers Third-Person With Obviative In this exercise, you will learn to fonn sentences by asking simple questions and answers. Listen to and imitate these sets of examples. Examples will be given in third person form only. Obviative endings are underlined for you. Translations are on page 229. io A. n Answer Question Ebe, opiihaan soosanm. Opiihaan na Soosanmi? uc OR at 1. 0 B. Ed Kaawin, kaawin opiihaahsiin Soosanm. Ehe, omaaciipahiwaanaan. Omaciipahiwaanaan na? of OR C. ty Kaawin, kaawin omaacilpahiwaanaahsiin. Ehe, opiihtoon pimihsewinioi. Opiihtoon ina pimihsewiniDi? cu l OR D. Fa Kaawin, kaawin opiihtoohsiin pimibsewinw. Ebe, omaaciipahiwaataan. Omaaciipahiwaataan ina? y OR sit Kaawin, kaawin omaaciipahiwaataahsiin. ni v Now try writing questions and answers that have third-person subjects using some of the new verbs that you have learned. Speaking Practice: ke he For speaking practice, work in groups of three by taking turns asking questions and answers using those sentences you have just completed. Repeat this exercise until you completely understand and have mastered the pronunciation. La 3. ad U 2. er Writing Practice: 0 0 132 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Exercise E Paradigms 13 First Person Plural Exclusive 21 First Person Plural Inclusive 22 Second Person Plural 33 Third Person Plural uc at 1 First Person 2 Second Person 3 Third Person n As you are aware, it is important in paradigm work to use numbers for the different persons to help in an orderly arrangement and identification of your work. The following numbers are used: io 1. of Ed Now, let's do some examples using one TA verb and one TI verb. Listen carefully as the instructor says these examples. The number code refers to the subject only. Translations are on page 230. 13 21 22 33 2. Fa 13 21 22 33 nipiihtoomin kipiihtoomin kipiihtoonaawaa opiihtoonaawaa U ni v er 1 nipiihtoon 2 kipiihtoon 3 opiihtoon sit y VTI ( nipiihaamin kipiihaamin kipiihaawaa opiihaawaan cu l 1 nipiihaa 2 kipiihaa 3 opiihaan ty VTA On the next page, write out some of your own full paradigms using the verbs listed below. ad Check the corrections with your instructor. VTA La ke he VTI omaaciipahiwaanaan omishimaan opakitinaan opoosihaan omaaciipahiwaataan omishitaan opakitinaan opoosihtoon C 133 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 1 1 1 2 3 n io at 1 2 3 uc 1 2 3 Ed 13 21 22 33 of 13 21 22 33 ty 1 2 3 cu l 1 2 3 sit y Fa 22 33 13 21 22 33 13 21 0 er 13 21 22 33 1 2 3 13 13 21 22 33 La ke he ad U ni v 13 21 22 33 1 2 3 0 2 3 3. When you complete your own paradigms, read aloud for several times until you have mastered the pronunciation. Check with your instructor for proper pronunciation. 21 22 33 0 134 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Exercise F Working With The Language Read and Understand: Here are some sentences in a variety of forms to read. 1. In this exercise, listen carefully as the instructor reads the following sentences. The words and Kiwii-piihaa na okimaahkaan ohomaa? Kaawin, kaawin niwii-piihaahsiin. Aasha niwii-kiiwe. b) Nitayihsh wii-wiihsini. Niwii-maaciipahiwaanaa noonkom kaa-kiishikaak. c) Nikii-mamishimaa kitootem onaako. Kii-kimooti miicimini. d) Nitaanihs wii-anohkii waapaninink. Nika-pakitinaa. e) Kipiihtoon ina pimihsewin? f) Nimaaciipahiwaataan aahkosiwin. g) Opoosihtoon paashkisikanini ciimaanink. h) Nipakitinaan nimoobkomaan wakici-wiihsiniiwinaahtikonk. at uc Ed of ty cu l Fa y ni v ad U The sentences above use four TA and four TI verbs. Now try writing some sentences using four different TA verbs and four different TI verbs. Speaking Practice: he For speaking practice, get someone to work with you using the sentences from above plus your own. Repeat this exercise until you completely understand and have mastered the pronunciation. La ke 3. er Writing Practice: 2. io a) sit ( n sentence types are ones that you are familiar with. Translations are on page 231. C 135 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 ExerciseG More Sentences 0 Read and Understand: Here are some other examples of sentences with Transitive verbs. 1. In this exercise, listen carefully as the instructor reads the following sentences. You can use Kikii-natohtawaa na pinehshiihsh kaa-kii-nikamoc awahsinaako? b) Niwii-natohtaan natohtamowin noonkom ani-tipihkaak. c) Nimihshoom aahkosi. Niwii-kiiwewinaa waapank. (or with obviative "waapaninik".) d) Kika-kiiwewitoon ina .kimasinahikan noonkom ani-tipihkaak? e) Nikii-maaciiwinaa noohkom noonkom kaa-kii-kekishepaayaak. f) Noonkom ina kaa-kiishikaak kika-maaciiwitoon kipaashkisikan? g) Noonkom ina kaa-kiishikaak kika-maaciiwitoon kimoobkomaan? h) Joan onakanaan ociimican. i) Piitan (Peter) onakataan owiiskwehokaan. 0 ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc a) U Writing Practice: ad Using the sentences above as a model, write at least eight sentences of your own in your notebook. Make sure you include some of the new transitive verbs introduced in this lesson for each sentence. ke he 2. at io n your knowledge of Ojibwe words and sentence types to help you understand these sentences. Translations are on page 231. 3. La Speaking Practice: For speaking practice, get someone to work with you using the sentences above plus your own. Repeat this exercise until you completely understand and have mastered the pronunciation. 0 136 �INTERMEDIATE OllBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Exercise ff r Dialogues 1. Read and understand the following dialogues. Translations are on page 231. A. Pooshoo Ernie. Aan ke-tootarnan noonkom kaa-kiisbikaak? Nika-piihaa nitaanihs. Ta-pi-kiiwe noonkom kaa-kiishikaanink. at uc Aan waa-tootarnan ahpii ishkwaa-anohkiiyan? Nika-piihtoon pimihsewin. Ta-pi-takohse naanta niishin ishihsek. Kiin tabsh wiin, aan waa-tootarnan ahpii ishkwaa-anohkiiyan? Niwii-maaciipahiwaataan tahkaayaa. Kekonen tahsh, kaawin ina kiminwentahsiln tahkaayaa? Kaawin niminentahsiin pipoon. Osaam kinwesh tahkaayaa. Kiwiiciiwaakan tahsh wiin, kiwiiciiwik na? Ehe, kewiin piisbaa. Fa cu l ty B. of Kikohsihs tahsh wiin, kiwiiciiwik na? Ebe, niwiiciiwik. Kaawin nika-kii-nakanaahsiin. Ed Kekonen tahsh? Osaarn mishtahi minihkwe. Kaawin niminwentahslln. io n Kiin tahsh wiin, aan ke-tootarnan? Niwii-maaciipahiwaanaa niwiiciiwaakan. er sit y ( ni v Kinwesh is a particle which means ''for a long time". U G,ammattcal Note: The basic form of the new word in bold in the dialogue above is minwentam 'he/she is glad'. This is an Animate Intransitive (VAl) verb. However, the way La ke he ad that person and number endings for first and second-person singular and plural forms are added to this verb is slightly different from the way that they are added to most AI verbs. Below is a partial paradigm for minwentam. Check the translations in the translation section on page 231. I niminwentaan 2 kiminwentaan 3 minwentam 13 niminwentaamin (excl.) 21 kiminweotaamio (incl.) 22 kiminweotaanaawaa (you pl.) 33 ominweotaanaawaa (they) Imperative Forms: • minwentan! • minwentamok! Like it! Like it! (singular) (plural) 137 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 1 You will probably notice that the endings are identical to those Transitive Inanimate verb fonns in the first and second-person singular and plural fonns. There are many AI verbs that end in am which add their suffixes in the same pattern as minwentam. These include common words such as: io n he/she goes out he/she understands he/she is listening saakaham nihsitohtam natohtam uc at The ftrst-person singular fonn for these are: I go out. nisaakahaan ninihsitohtaan ninatohtaan Q of Ed I understand. I am listening. ty Just remember that if a verb ends in am in the third-person fonn it will add the extra endings in the other fonns. Now; write your own dialogues using some of the new vocabulary you have learned in this lesson. Fa 2. cu l Writing Practice: 0 ke he ad U ni v er With a partner; read over your dialogues. Be sure to take turns saying each part. Then try your partner's dialogue. La 3. sit y Speaking Practice: 0 138 �INTERMEDIATE OilBWE .. UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Exercise I More Dialogues io at Kikii-mamishitaan ina maci-kekoon onaako? Ehe, awiya kii-macihcike onaako. Aan tahsh kaa-tootank? Awiyan okii-miikanaan. Kekonen tahsh? Osaam mishtahi kii-minihkwe sboomlnaapooni. Aan tahsh ke-tootank? Oka-pakitinaan minihkwewinini. uc B. Ed Nikii-mamishimaa nitootem awahsinaako. Kekonen tahsh? Kii-kimooti kekoonini ataawikamikonk. Kekonenini kaa-kimootic(t)? Shooniyaanan. Ooshta! Aani minikohk? Nahke piko. Kaawin mayaam niwiintamaakohsiln. Aan tahsh waa-tootawac? Niwii-kiiwewinaa waapanlc. of A. n Read and understand the following dialogues. er sit Note: Here are partial paradigms for the new words in bold in the above dialogues. You can check the translations in the translation section on page 232. (Remember that kimooti is an VAl+O verb, that is, an Animate Intransitive verb that can have either an animate or inanimate object.) ke he 1 nikimoot 2 kikimoot 3 kimooti U ni v VAI+O 13 nikimootimin (excl.) 21 kikimootimin (incl.) 22 kikimootinaawaa (you pl.) 33 kimootiwak (they) ad ( y Fa cu l ty I. La Imperative forms: • kimootin! • kimootik! or • kimootiyok! Steal! (singular) Steal! (plural) Steal! (plural) Noun • ataawikamik • atawikamikmlk store store + locative ending C 139 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Translations are on page 232. 0 VAi 13 21 22 33 nimacihcikemin (excl.) kimacihcikemin (incl.) kimacihcikenaawaa (you pl.) macihcikewak. (they) Ed or at Do something bad! Do something bad! (plural) Do something bad! (plural) uc Imperative forms: • macihciken ! • macihcikek! • macihcikeyok io n 1 nimacihcike 2 kimacihcike 3 macihcike of VTA Imperative forms: • miikaash! sit y fight him! {singular) fight them! (plural) Fa cu l 21 kimiikaanaamin (incl.) 22 kimiikaanaawaa (you pl.) 33 omiikaanaawaan (they) ty 13 nimiikaanaamin (excl.) 1 nimiikaanaa 2 kimiikaanaa 3 omiikaanaan er Noun Shoominaapoo Shoominaapoon U ni v wine (singular) wine (plural) ad Writing Practice: Now try writing two dialogues of your own. Be sure to include some of the vocabulary introduced in this lesson. ke he 2. 0 3. La Speaking Practice: For speaking practice, get someone to work with you using the dialogues above plus your own. Go over the dialogues with your partner until you feel comfortable with the material. 0 140 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 ExerciseJ Review Transitive Verbs This is the final review exercise of this lesson. There are twelve (12) Transitive Animate Verbs (VTA) and twelve (12) Transitive Inanimate Verbs (VTI). Read the words over and check to see if you understand them. Then, write the English translation of each one in the space provided. Try to do this without looking at your notes. You can check your answers on page 233. io n 1. English Translation uc at Transitive Animate Verbs I am waiting for him/her. Ed 1. Nipiihaa 2. Kimaaciipahiwaanaa of 3. Omamishimaan cu l ty 4. Nipakitinaa 5. Kipoosihaa sit er 8. Kitepihtawaa ni v 9. Onatobtawaan ad U 10. Ni.kiiwewinaa 1. Kimaaciiwinaa y 7. Nipi-kiiwenotawaa ke he l2. Onakanaan La ( Fa 6. Okocihpwaan 141 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 English Translation Transitive Inanimate Verbs 0 1. K.ipiihtoon 2. Nimaaciipahiwaataan n 3. Omamishitaan at io 4. K.ipakitinaan uc 5. Nipoosihtoon Ed 6. Okocihpitaan of 7. K.ipi-kiiwenotaan ty 8. Nitepihtaan cu l 9. Onatohtaan Fa 0. K.ikiiwewitoon U. Nimaaciiwitoon 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y 12. Onakataan 0 142 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Here is a list of all 24 transitive verbs you have learned from this lesson given in mixed order. Translate them into Native language as shown below. Do this exercise on your own. After you have completed, check your translations on page 233. VTA 1. Nipiihaa 3. He/she is running away from him/her. 4. You are running away from it. s. Are you telling on him/her? 6. I am telling on it. 7. I am letting him/her go. ty of Ed uc at io Are you waiting for it? He/she is letting it go. VI1 cu l Are you putting him/her on board? Fa 9. y lO. sit 1. I am coming back for it. U 14. I hear him/her from the distance. ad 15. Are you hearing it from the distance? he 16. He/she is listening to him/her. ke l7. I am tasting s.t. animate. Are you coming back for it. ni v 13. You are putting it on board. He/she is tasting s.t. inanimate. er 12. I am listening to it. La 18. Are you taking him/her home? 9. C I am waiting for him. 2. 8. Opakitinaan ( English Language Translation Verb Type Native Language Translation n 2. 20. He/she is taking it home. 21. He/she is taking him/her away. i2. I am taking it away. !3. He/she leaves him/her behind. !4. You are leaving him/her behind 143 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercise A More About TA Verb Subject and Object Combinations 0 Listen and Understand: uc at io n We know already that Transitive Animate verbs are ones that have a grammatical subject (the person or persons doing the action) and a grammatical object (the person(s) or animate thing(s) that the action of the verb is done to). And we know that the grammatical object of a Transitive Animate verb is always animate. For Transitive Animate verbs there are a large number of different possible combinations of person and number of the subject and object which may be expressed. We indicate these combinations by headings such as "(1 acting on 3)", which means a fll'St-person singular subject (1, "niin") with a third-person singular object (3, "wiin"). ty of Ed We are already familiar with some of these combinations. Here are some examples with verbs we learned in Unit 2; Lesson 1. In the examples the stem of the verb is in bold type. Remember that the stem is the basic fonn of a word to which any prefixes or suffixes are added. Translations are on page 234. cu l (1 acting on 3) nipiihaa Fa nimaaciipahiwaanaa nimamishimaa sit y nipoosihaa ni v U kipllhaa kimuclipahiwaanaa kimamibsllimaa er (2 acting on 3) 0 ad kipooslhaa he (3 acting on 3 Obviative) La ke opllbaan omaaciipahiwaanaan nmamlshimaan opooslhaan You have already learned how to ask and answer forms using these questions. You may have noticed that in each of the examples in the chart there is an ending aa which comes after the verb stem. As well, for each one the grammatical object is a third person. 0 144 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Now compare the forms in the chart above with the forms in the chart above with the forms in the following chart. Again, the verb stem is in bold type. (3 acting on 1) n nipiihik nimaacllpahiwaanik nimamishlmik io nipoosihaa uc at (3 acting on 2) Ed kipiihik kimaacllpahiwaanik kimamishimik of kipoosihaa cu l ty (3 Obviative acting on 3) opllbikoon y sit You may have noticed that in each of the forms in this new chart there is a suffix ik following the verb stem. As well, each one of these verb forms has a third-person subject, unlike the forms in the previous chart, which have a third-person object. ni v er C. Fa omaaciipahiwaanikoon omaroisbimikoon opoosihikoon U Just as before we can ask and answer questions using some of these new Transitive Animate combinations. Here's an example using the first two. ad A. (3 acting on 1) Ebe, nipiihik. Yes, he/she is waiting for me. ke he Q. (3 acting on 2) Kipiihik na? Is he/she waiting for you? La Speaking Practice: Working with a partner ask and answer questions that use the person combinations presented in the sample pair just above. Try using some of the different Transitive Animate verbs introduced in this Unit, or some of the other ones you know. Take turns so that you both get an opportunity to ask and answer questions. C 145 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercise B More Transitive Animate Combinations Listening and Understanding: - Q· Possessor ofSubject at Third-person uc Possessor ofSubject opiihaan. is waiting for him. Ed First-person Nitaanihs My daughter io n Now let's see if we can understand how to use the final set of forms that we introduced above in Exercise A. These forms have a third-person obviative subject and a third-person object: "(3 obviative acting on 3)". One of the most common ways of using this Transitive Animate number combination is when the subject noun is possessed by a third-person. Compare the following two sentences. In the first one the subject ("daughter") is possessed by a first-person. In the second one the subject ("daughter") is possessed by a third-person. ty of John otaanihsan opiibikoon. John's daughter is waiting for him. cu l The second sentence means that John's daughter is waiting for John. Notice that in the second sentence we must use the ending ikoon, but in the first we use the ending aan. y 0 A positive answer would be: ni v Ebe, opiibikoon. Yes, she• s waiting for him. er sit John na otaanihsan opiihikoon? Is John• s daughter waiting for him? Fa You can ask a question such as: U Speaking Practice: ke There is another way to use the 3 obviative form. If the subject of a Transitive Animate verb refers back to the object of a previous sentence that contains an obviative third-person, then the subject of the second sentence must also be obviative third-person. The 3 obviative form would only be used when you have already been referring to the people involved and the subject of the action has previously been referred to in the obviative. For example: La 1. he ad Now try making question and answer pairs that use this new person combination. Take turns asking and answering questions with your partner. Q. (3 acting on 3 obviative) Dave na opiibaan? A. Is Dave (3) waiting for him/her (3 obviative)? (3 obviative acting on 3) Ebe, opiihikoon. Yes, he/she (3 obviative) is waiting for him/her (3). Now, try making up a question and an answer in your notebook using the verb "omaaciipahiwaanaan" - "He/she is running away from him/her''. 146 0 �INTERMEDIATE onBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Writing Practice: r 2. In this exercise, write some questions and answers using the verbs listed below by using them on these numbers; Check the corrections with your instructor. A. A. (2 acting on 3) (3 acting on 2) Q. Q. (1 acting on 3) (3 acting on I) io A. (3 acting on 3 obviative) Q. uc at Repeat this exercise using the same verbs in section 2 by using them on these numbers; (3 obviative acting on 3) Ed 3. n • mamishim • poosihi For speaking practice, get someone to work with you taking turns by asking questions and answers in sections I - 3. Pay particular attention to proper pronunciation and the accent of the dialect. cu l ty 4. of Speaking Practice: Fa Now let's look at two more Transitive Animate subject and object combinations. Translations are on page 235. (1 acting on 2) ( kipllhihsh er U (2 acting on 1) ni v kipooslhin sit y kipiihin kimaaclipahiwaanin kimamishimin ad kimaacilpahiwaanihsh he kimamishimihsh kipoosihihsh La ke Notice that in both these sets there is no third-person; the subject and object are only first-· or second-person. You can also ask and answer questions using these forms: Q. (2acting on 1) Kipiihihsh na? Are you waiting for me? A. (1 acting on 2) Ebe, kipiihin. Yes, I am waiting for you. Speaking Practice: L Now try making question and answer pairs that use this new person combination. Take turns asking and answering questions with your partner. 147 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercise C Dialogues 0 Listen and Understand: Nika-maacaa noonkom ke-kiishikaak. Kah! Aanti ahpin eshaayan? Nimaaciipahiwaanaa nitayihsh. Kekonen tahsh? Wii-wiihsini na? Kaawin, kishiwaasi. Kekonen tahsh weci-kishiwaasic(t)? Okii-wanlhaan Qtoobaanan. Aanti kaa-ishi-wanihaac? Nahke piko. Kaawin nitoonci-wiintamaakohsiin. io B. at Aan entootaman ohowe kaa-ani-tipihkaak? Nika-piihaa Soosan. Kekonen tahsh? Niwii-maacaamin. Kah! Aanti waa-ishaayek? Kaa-ishi-niiminaaniwank niwii-ishaamin. Aahti piihishik! Keniin niwii-ishaa kaa-ishi-niiminaaniwank. Ahaaw ka-piihikoo. uc A. n Listen carefully as the instructor reads the following dialogues. Pay particular attention to the pronunciation. Repeat this reading exercise several times on your own. Translations are on page 235. sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed 1. 0 U ni v er Note: (1) "Ahpin" is a particle which means "when, then, since, for a reason, or gone". (2) The phrase "okii-wanlhaan" is a Transitive Animate verb which means "he/she lost it" (talking about someone or something animate). (3) "Toohaan" is an animate noun which means "ball". he 13 21 22 33 niwanihaamin kiwanihaamin kiwanihaawaa owaoibaawaan (excl.) (incl.) (you pl.) (they) La 2 3 niwanibaa kiwanihaa owanibaan ke 1 ad Here is the paradigm for the verb mentioned in Note 2 above; the verb stem is wanlh. Grammatical Notes: In Dialogue 1B above one of the speakers asks the question; Kekonen tahsh wenci-kishiwaasic? Why is he/she angry? This sentence is a common way to ask questions involving the concept "why". The question contains the particle sequence Kekonen tahsh "why" and is followed by a preverb meaning "reason/cause, or source" and a verb in the conjunct order. The preverb has the form wencl- because it is in the conjunct form. The Animate Intransitive verb kishiwaasi "be angry" has the thirdperson conjunct c. 148 Q �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 r Almost any verb can appear in a sentence that asks a question about why something is a certain way. Here are some examples with third-person subject. Translations are on page 236. io n Kekonen tahsh wenci-mawic(t)? Kekonen tahsh wenci-nipaac(t)? Kekonen tahsh wenci-aahkosic(t)? Kekonen tahsh wenci-paahpic(t)? Kekonen tahsh wenci-maacaac(t)? uc at Remember that you already know how to make Animate Intransitive conjunct forms for other person-number combinations. Here are some others based on kishiwaasi. Fa cu l ty of Ed Kekonen tahsh wenci-kishiwaasiyan? Kekonen tahsh wcnci-kishiwaasiwaac(t)? Kekonen tahsh wenci-kishiwaasiyek? Kekonen tahsh wenci-kishiwaasiyank? Kekonen tahsh wenci-kishiwaasiyaank? Kekonen tahsh wenci-kishiwaasiyaan? La ke he ad U ni v er sit y ( L 149 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 ExerciseD More Dialogues 0 Listen and Understand: io at Nika-maacaa noonkom ke-ani-tipihkaak. Kah! Aanti ahpin eshaayan? Nimaaciipahiwaataan tabkaayaa. Kekonen tabsh? Kikawac ina? Ehe, osaam mooshak tabkaayaa. Kitayibsh tabsh wiin, kiwiiciiwik na? Kaawin, kaawin wiin kawacibsiin. Aan tahsb ke-tootank? Nishtehs oka-kanawenimaan. uc B. Ed Aan entootaman ohowe kaa-ani-maacii-kiishikaak? Nika-piihtoon pimihsewin. Kekonen tahsh? Niwii-maacaa. Kah! Aanti waa-ishaayan? Kaa-ishi-kllsbiwaayaak niwii-ishaa. Ahaaw. kika-piihin. Wiipac pi-kiiwen. cu l ty of A. n Listen carefully as the instructor reads the following dialogues. Pay particular attention to the pronunciation. Repeat this reading exercise several times on your own. Translations are on page 236. sit y Fa 1. 0 ni v er Note: ..Kiishlwaayaa" is an Intransitive Inanimate verb which means "it is warm" (speaking about the weather). ad Now, write two dialogues of your own, similar to the ones in the ·previous section. Be sure to include at least one of the Transitive Verbs you have learned in this lesson in each dialogue. he 2. U Writing Practice: For speaking practice, get someone to work with you using the dialogues in section 1 plus your own in section 2. Repeat this exercise until you completely understand and have mastered the pronunciation. La 3. ke Speaking Practice: 0 150 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercise E Continuation of Dialogues Listen and Understand: Listen carefully as the instructor reads the following dialogues. Pay particular attention to the pronunciation. Repeat this reading exercise several times on your own. Translations are on pages 236 and 237. io n Nilcii-mamishimaa nitootem onaako. Kah! Aan tahsh kaa-tootank? Kii-kiimooci-maacaa awahsinaako. Kekonen tahsh? at A. uc 1. Okii-kohsaan ominlhkwen. of ty Nikii-mamishitaan kipimipanihcikan. Kekonen tahsh? Osaam kii-k.ishllwemakan. Aan tahsh waa-tootaman? Nahke piko. Aan tahsh kiln enentaman? Kinantawentaan ina ci-kipihtinamaan? Ebe, aahti nftawaac klpihtinan. Fa cu l B. Ed Aanti tahsh kaa-ishaac? Nahke piko. Kii-kiiwetok maawiin. Miina na tahsh ta-pi-kiiwe Jdtlnentaan? Siyaaken maawiin. er sit y ( 1 2 3 13 21 22 33 nikohsaamin kikohsaamin kikohsaawaa okohsaawaan (excl.) (incl.) (you pl.) (they) he ad U nikohsaa kikohsaa okohsaan ni v Note: ••okohsaan,, is a Transitive Animate Verb meaning "he/she is afraid of him/her''. The verb stem is kobs. Here is a partial paradigm: ke "Ominihkwe" is an animate noun meaning "alcohol drinker". La "Kitinentaan° is a Transitive Inanimate Verb meaning "think something to be so',_ The verb stem is lnentan. Here is a partial paradigm: 1 2 3 C nitinentaan kitinentaan inentam 13 nitinentaamin 21 kitinentaamin 22 kitinentaanaawaa 33 inentamowak "Kishiiwemakan" is an Inanimate Intransitive verb which means "it is loud". "Nitawaac" is a Particle which means '-might u well". "Kipihtinan!" is a Transitive Inanimate verb which means "stop it! (by hand), shut it off!". 151 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Writing Practice: 2. Write two dialogues of your own. Be sure to use some of the new vocabulary introduced in this lesson. Q Speaking Practice: 0 ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n For speaking practice, work with a partner by reading the dialogues in this section, as well as the new one you wrote yourself. Take turns with your partner so you have the opportunity to say each line. La 3. 0 152 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 ExerciseF Read and Understand: n In this exercise, you will learn how to use some of the transitive verbs introduced in this lesson in simple sentences. First, we will do some examples together. Translations are on page 237. Noonkom kaa-tipihkaak niwii-pakitinaa kinooshe ci-papaarnaatakec. b) (Ki)ka-poosihaa na kimohshoom pimihsewinink noonkom kaa-kiishikaak? c) Kaawin. kaawin niin nika-poosihaahsiin. Soosan iitok oka-poosihaan. d) Ohomaa nika-pakitinaan moohkomaan naaniyahii onaakanink. e) (Ki)ka-poosihtoon ina kipaashkisikan ciimaanink? f) Kaawin nika-poosihtoohsiin nipaashkisikan ciimaanink. Osaam kohtaatikwan. uc at io a) Ed 1. of r More Sentences With Transitive Verbs 1 ty Note: ' Kohtaatikwan" is an Intransitive Inanimate verb meaning "it is dangerous". Fa For speaking practice work with a partner by reading the dialogues in this section, as well as the new one you wrote yourself. Take turns with your partner so you have the opportunity to say each line. La ke he ad U ni v 3. sit Speaking Practice: er ( Write two dialogues of your own. Be sure to use some of the new vocabulary introduced in this lesson. y 2. cu l Writing Practice: L 153 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercise G Continuation of Sentences Read and Understand: d) Kika-pi-kiiwenotawaa na kiwiiciiwaakan ahpii ishkwaa-anohkiiyan? Kaawin, kaawin nika-pi-kiiwenotawaabsiin noonkom kaa-kiishikaak. Paanimaa waapank nika-pi-kiiwenotawaa. Kekiin ina kiwii-kocihpitaan pankii shoomlnaapoo? e) Kaawin, kaawin wiibkaa nimihkwehsiin sboominaapoo. f) Aasba wiipac nika-pi-kiiwenotaan nitashllhkewin. io b) c) at Ke-kishepaayaak nika-kocihpwaa aanahkonaa. Ed uc a) 0 n In this exercise you will continue to learn how to use the Transitive verbs introduced in this lesson in simple sentences. First, we will do some examples. Tranlsations are on page 237. of t. cu l ty Note: "Shoominaapoo" is an Inanimate noun which means "wine". "Tashiihkewin" is an Inanimate noun which means "village, settlement, or community". Writing Practice: Fa Write two dialogues of your own. Be sure to use some of the new vocabulary introduced in this lesson. y 2. er 0 ke he ad U ni v For speaking practice, work with a partner by reading the dialogues in this section, as well as the new one you wrote yourself. Take turns with your partner so you have the opportunity to La 3. sit Speaking Practice: 0 154 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercise ff More Sentences Read and Understand: In this exercise, read and understand the following sentences. Translations are on page 237. Nikii-tepihtawaa koohkoohkohoo noopimink tipihkonk. b) Kikii-nantohtawaa na mahiinkan kaa-kii-wawoonoc tipihkonk? c) Kaawin, kaawin nitoonci-nantohtawaahsiin mahiinkan tipihkonk. Nikii-nipaa. d) Nitepihtaan paawihtik ihiweti awahsite pihkwaamatinaak. e) Aan ke-tootaman ani-tipihkaak? O Niwii-nantohtaan nikamowin. uc at io n a) Ed 1. of Note: "Nikamowin" is an Inanimate Noun which means "song". "Wawoono" is an Animate Intransitive verb which means "howl". cu l sit 3. y Speaking Practice: For speaking practice, work with a partner by reading the dialogues in this section, as well as the new one you wrote yourself. Take turns with your partner so you have the opportunity to say each line. La ke he ad U ni v er ( Write two dialogues of your own. Be sure to use some of the new vocabulary introduced in this lesson. Fa 2. ty Writing Practice: L 155 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercise I Final Set of Sentences 0 Read and Understand: io of h) at b) c) d) e) f) g) Nika-kiiwewinaa nitootem waapank. Awahsiwaapank nika-pi-kiiwe. Sally na kewiin oka-maaciiwinaan owiiciiwaakanan? K.aawin, kaawin oka-maaciiwinaahsiin owiiciiwaakanan. Oka-nakanaan na otayihshan ahpii maacaat? Ebe, oka-nakanaan (o )hsha iitok ahpii maacaat. Kika-kiiwewitoon ina kipaashkisikan ahpii ishkwaa-nanaantawencikeyan? Ebe, nika-kiiwewitoon ahpii isbkwaa-nanaantawencikeyaan. Ahpii miina wii-nanaantawencikeyaan nika-maaciiwitoon. Nika-nakataan nioiimaawiniwash ohomaa. Nika-pi-naaslhkaan naake. uc a) n This is the final exercise involving sentences in this lesson. Translations are on page 238. Ed 1. Fa (excl.) (incl.) (you pl.) (they) 0 er Naasihkan! Naasibkamok! U ni v Go get it! (singular) Go get it! (plural) ad Now, using the sentences above as a model, write some sentences of your own using the transitive verbs listed below: La ke he 2. ninaasihkaamin kinaasihkaamin kinaasihkaanaawaa onaasihkaanaawaa sit Imperative Form: Writing Practice: cu l 13 21 22 33 ninaasihkaan kinaasihkaan onaasihkaan y 1 2 3 ty Note: "Naasihkan" is a Transitive Inanimate Verb which means "Get it; fetch it". Here is a partial paradigm: nikiiwewitoon oirnaaciiwitoon ninakataan nikiiwewinaa oimaaciiwinaa ninakanaa Speaking Practice: 3. For speaking practice, get someone to work with you using the sentences in section 1 plus your own from section 2. Repeat this exercise until you completely understand these sentences and have mastered the pronunciation. 0 156 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE .. UNIT 2; LESSON 2 ExerciseJ Final Review Test for Lesson 2 Transitive Animate Verbs This review test has three sections. Before you begin, review the spelling and meanings of the words. When you are ready, translate them into English. Remember, try to do this on your own without looking at your notes. Translations are on page 238. English Translation io TA Verbs uc at a. nipiihaa Ed b. kimaaciipahiwaanaa of c. omamishimaan cu l ty d. nipakitinaa Fa e. kipoosihaa U h. kitepihtawaa ni v er g. nipi-kiiwenotawaa sit y f. okocihpwaan ad i. onatohtawaan ke he j. nikiiwewinaa k. kimaaciiwinaa La ( n 1. I. onakanaan Note: Check your spelling and translation when you have finished. 157 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Transitive Inanimate Verbs Translate the following words into English. The words are in the same order from (a-1) from the previous section. Translations are on page 238. Q En1dish Translation n TI-Verbs at io a. nipiihtoon uc b. kimaaciipahiwaataan of Ed c. omamishitaan ty d. nipakitinaan cu l e. kipoosihtoon Fa f. okocihpitaan sit y g. nipi-kiiwenotaan ni v er h. kitepihtaan 0 he ad j. nikiiwewitoon U i. onatohtaan ke k. kimaaciiwitoon I. onak.ataan La 2. Note: Check your spelling and translation when you are finished. 0 158 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 3. In this final review exercise, there are 24 transitive verbs listed in mixed order (a-x) on the left hand side below. Accompanying the English translation is a small box. Use a pencil and write the letter which matches the translation in the box. b) nikiiwewinaa c) nipiihtoon d) kimaaciwinaa e) omamishitaan t) kipoosihtoon g) onatohtawaan h) nipiihaa i) kimaaciipahiwaanaa j) kitepihtaan k) nikiiwewitoon I) nipi-kiiwenotawaa m) kitepihtawaa n) onakataan o) kimaaciiwitoon p) omamisbimaan q) nipakitinaa io at uc Ed of ty cu l Fa y sit er ni v U ad he onatobtaan ke r) s) □ I am coming back for it. □ He/she is tasting it. □ He/she is listening to it. □ You are hearing him/her from the distance. □ He/she is leaving it behind. □ You are taking it away. □ I am Jetting it go. □ He/she is tasting s.t. animate. □ You are putting him/her on board. □ I am letting hem/her go. □ You are running away from it. □ He/she is telling on it. □ You are putting it on board. □ You are hearing it from the distance. □ I am taking him/her home. n onakanaan La ( a) kimaaciipahiwaataan t) okocihpwaan u) nipi-kiiwenotaan v) okocihpitaan w) x) D □ □ D D He/she is listening to him/her. You are running away from him/her. You are taking him/her away. I am waiting for it. I am waiting for him/her. kipoosihaa D D D He/she is telling on him/her. nipakitinaan D I am coming back for him/her. He/she is leaving him/her behind. I am taking it home. Note: Check your answers with the instructor when you have done this final review test. 159 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Exercise A New AI Verbs Q 2. 4. s. 0 ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of 1. Ed uc at io n In this lesson, there will be twelve (12) new Animate Intransitive Verbs introduced to you. Listen carefully as the instructor says the words that match the pictures below. Each word will be repeated three or four times. Translations arc on page 239. he - - --- La ke -- 0 . 11. 160 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 ExerciseB r Reading and Understanding Listen and Understand: Here is the list of words which were introduced to you in the previous page. In this exercise, listen carefully once again as the instructor repeats them. They are in order from 1 to 12. Translations are on page 240. {12) kwaashkwepine Words have been broken down into syllables for you to help identify them and for proper pronunciation. A space separates the syllables. (1) lei sii pii lcii (2) ki sii hsi pa so kaa hsii kwe (9) memcpi so kaa hsii ni naa ka ne pih taa bpi so pi naa hkwe ho (10) .Id to hci ke Fa kapaa y {11) matwehike (12) kwaa shkwe pi ne sit (6) poosi (7) (8) La ke he ad U ni v er (_ (3) (4) (5) cu l ty 2. memepiso (10) Jdtohcike (11) matwehike of (6) (9) at (3) (4) (5) uc (2) (7) poosi (8) . kapaa kisiipiikii kisiihsipaso kaahsiikwe kaahsiininaakane pihtaahpiso pinaahkweho Ed (1) io n 1. L 161 �INTERM EDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Exercise C 0 Read and Understan d: io . Ed uc at . n Below are twelve pictures. For writing practice, write the word in the numbered space which corresponds to the picture. Translations arc on page 240. cu l ty of 1. 0 ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa 4. - 11. La l. 7. 8. 9. 1. 2. 3. 4. 10. 5. 11. 6. 12. 162 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 2. Translate these words into English. They are in mixed order. Translations are on page 240. English Translation AI Verbs 2. pinaahkweho 3. kapaa 4. lcisiihsipaso 5. kwaashkwepine 6. ldtohcike 7. kaahsiikwe 8. memepiso 9. pihtaahpiso 10. kisiipiikii 11. matwehike 12. poosi y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n kaahsiininaakane (4) he (5) take a bath take a shower wash one's face wash dishes put clothes on comb one's hair U (1) (2) (3) ni v Say each of the following in the Native language in the form that means "he/she...,. ad 3. er sit ( 1. La ke (6) get on, embark disembark:, get off (9) swing oneself (10) play a musical instrument (11) drumming (12) fishing with a hook (7) (8) L 163 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Exercise D Matching Pictures and Words 0 In the beginning of this lesson, you were introduced to twelve AI Verbs. In this exercise, there are 12 pictures below. Accompanying the words is a small box to the right of the picture. Using a pencil, match up pictures and wolds by writing the appropriate number in each box. Corrections are on page 241. I pinaahkweho □ memepiso uc Ed cu l □ □ at □ Fa y sit er ni v U ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ poosi of :I~ , ~~ ,' I t:J. ___ □ ty (0 io n ~ ad he ke La ~ ~ 164 kitohcike □ pihtaahpiso □ kaahsiikwe □ □ [I:] kisiipiikii 0 kapaa matwehike □ kwaashkwcpine □ kisiihsipaso □ kaahsiininaakane 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE .. UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Matching Words to the Pictures n In this exercise. there are twelve pictures in the first column. Accompanying them is a list of words in the second column. Using a pencil, draw a line to the picture which corresponds to each word. The first one has been done for you. Corrections are on page 242. kaahsiininaakane t at io t uc 2. Ed ldsiihsipaso kwaashkwepine t matwehike • kapaa y sit kaahsiikwe er ~ ~ --~ ~ • • ad - U ni v C Fa cu l ty of t La ke he • • • . --- ~ ' ◄I H - - ~ t! • . , .~ ., .. 165 pihtaahpiso kitohcike kisiipiikii memcpiso pinaahkweho poosi �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 ExerciseE Fill in the Missing Letters _ _ _h_ _ _k__ _o_ _i p_ _t_ _ _p__ _ k_ _ _s_ _n_n_ _k_ _ _ _ _t_ _ _i_ _ __s_ _ _s_p_ _ _ _ _s_ _p_ _k_ _ _ w _ _ _h_ _ _p_ _ _ m_ _e_ _s_ m__w_ _i_ _ n p_n___k_ _h_ uc at io k_ _ _a of Matching Up Translations Fa cu l ty In this exercise, there are two columns of words. The column on the left contains AI verbs and the column on the right contains English translations. Using a pencil, draw a line to the English translation which corresponds to the AI verbs. The first one has been done for you. Corrections are on page 243. er sit y AI-Verbs ni v kisiipiikii 0 fishing with hook put clothes on he poosi get on, embark disembark, get off••• ad pinaahkweho Enelish Translation drumming U memepiso wash one's face ke lcaahsiininaakane lay musical instrument kisiihsipaso La 2. 0 For each of the following words, fill in the missing letters. Ed 1. kwaashkwepine swing oneself matwehike take a bath kapaa wash dishes kaahsiikwe take a shower pihtaahpiso comb one's hair 166 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Singular Forms Read and Understand: 1. In this exercise, you will be learning how to use these new Intransitive Animate Verbs in first, second and third person fonns only. Let's begin with the twelve pictures below. Listen carefully as the instructor says these following words. Translations are on page 243. n r Exercise F uc at io . . nikisiihsipas kikisiihsipas kisiihsipaso of nikaahsiikwe kikaahsiikwe kaahsiikwe :s. nipihtaahpis kipihtaahpis pihtaahpiso sit nipinaahkweh kipinaahkweh pinaahkweho U ni v er nikaahsiininaakane .kikaahsiininaakane kaahsiininaakane y 4. ( Fa cu l ty nikisiipiikii Jcikisiipiikii kisiipiikii Ed l. he ad -- La ke nipoos ldpoos poosi nikapaa kikapaa kapaa nimemepis kimcmepis memepiso nimatwehike kimatwehike matwehike 167 nikwaashkwepine kikwaashkwepine kwaashkwepine . 11. L nikitohcike kikitohcike kitohcike �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Now you know twelve new Animate Intransitive Verbs. For writing practice, fill in the following chart with appropriate forms of each of these new words. 0 uc at io n I'm cu l ty of Ed You're_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 0 ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa He/she's,__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ La 2. 0 168 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 3. Let's also practice the negative fonns. The first example in each set has been done for you. Corrections are on page 244. Ed uc at io n 1) I'm not - kaawin nikisiipiikiihsiin Fa cu l ty of 2) You're not - kaawin .kikisiipiikiihsiin er sit y ( La ke he ad U ni v 3) He/she's not - kaawin kisiipiikiihsiin 4. For speaking practice, work in pairs by taking turns repeating phrases out loud in sections 1, 2. and 3. L 169 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE .. UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Exercise G Dialogues 0 Read and Understand: Read and understand the following dialogues with a partner. English translations are on page 245. Nikosihs aasha na kikii-kisiipiikii? Kaawin, kaawin niwii-kisiipiikiihsiin. Niwii-kisiihsipas ehta. Wiipac! Kwayaaciin. Aasha wiipac kika-maacaa. Niwii-wiihsin pankii mwaye-maacaayaan. Kekonen waa-miiciyan? Anoominaapoo, pankii ehta. Ahaaw, nika-kiishisaan. Miikwehc nimaamaa. B. Kaahsiininaakanen mwaye-rnaacaayan! Naake, niwii-kaahsiikwe niikaan. Kehcinaac nika-kaahsiininaakane mwaye-maacaayaan. Amihiwe kwayahk. Aasha na kitani-maacaa? Ebe, wiipac miina kika-waapamin. Ahaaw, mino-kiishikanihtoon. Miikwehc. Kekiin mino-kiishikanihtoon. of Ed uc at io n A. sit y Fa cu l ty 1. Aasha na pihtaahpiso kiciimic? Kaawin, kiiyaapic pinaahkweho. Wiintamaw aasha ke.kaat otaapaan ta-pi-takopiso. Ahaaw. eniwehk nika-wiintamawaa. Kiin tahsh wiin, aan ke-tootaman noonkom .kaa-kiishikaak? Nahke piko. Kaawin mahshi mayaam nikihkentahsiin. Naanta nika-matwehike kape-kiishikaa. D. Aan waa-tootaman noonkom ke-kiishikaak? Niwii-antawi-kwaashkwepinc. Niwii-amwaa kinooshe. Kekiin ina kiwii-amwaa kinooshe? Kaawin. Shikaak niin niwii-amwaa. Tepwe ina? Ehshay! Ebe, kekiin ina kiwii-amwaa shikaak? No, paanimaa kwenawi-miiciyaan nika-amwaa shikaak. La ke he ad U ni v er C. 0 New Vocabulary: Niikaan (pc) Amihiwe kwayahk (pc) Mino-kiishikanihtoon (vai) Eniwehk (pc) Kape-kiishikaa (vii) at front, leading that's good have a good day attempt, cffo~ trial all day 170 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Writing Practice: 2. Now write two dialogues of your own. Be sure to use some of the new vocabulary introduced in this section. Speaking Practice: For speaking practice. get someone to work with you using the dialogues in section 1 plus your own in section 2. Repeat this exercise until you completely understand and have io n 3. La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at mastered the pronunciation. L 171 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2 2 LESSON 3 Exercise H Plural Forms 0 Read and Understand: nikisiihsipasomin kikisiihsipasomin kikisiihsipasonaawaa kisiihsipasowak nikaahsiikwemin kikaahsiikwemin kikaahsiikwenaawaa lcaahsiikwewak (4) nikaahsiininaakanemin kikaahsiininaakanemin kikaahsiininaakanenaawaa kaahsiininaakanewak (5) nipihtaahpisomin kipihtaahpisomin kipihtaahpisonaawaa pihtaahpisowak (6) nipinaahkwehomin kipinaahkwehomin kipinaahkwehonaawaa pinaahkwehowak (7) nipoosimin kipoosimin kipoosinaawaa poosiwak (8) (9) nimemepisomin kimemepisomin kimemepisonaawaa memepisowak at uc Ed of nikapaamin ldkapaamin kikapaanaawaa kapaawak sit er kikitohcikemin kikitohcikenaawaa kitohcikewak U ni v 0 (10) nikitohcikemin ad he ty cu l Fa (3) (excl.) (incl.) (you pl.) (they) y nikisiipiikiimin Jcikisiipiikiimin kikisiipiikiinaawaa kisiipiikiiwak io (2) (1) (11) nimatwehikemin (12) La ke kimatwehikemin kimatwehikenaawaa matwehikewak Note: n In this exercise, you will be learning how to use these new Animate Intransitive verbs in the plural fonns. This time. we will not be using pictures. Listen carefully as the instructor says the words listed below. Translations are on page 246. 1. nikwaashkwepinemin kikwaashkwepinemin kikwaashkwepinenaawaa lcwaashkwepinewak When you complete this exercise, see if you can identify the prefixes and suffixes used to make the different plural forms. 0 172 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Writing Practice: 2. For writing practice, fill in the plural paradigms of the words listed below. Corrections are on page 246 and 247. kisiipiikii kaahsiikwe pihtaahpiso pinaahkweho poosi kitohcikc matwehike kwaashkwepine n kapaa io _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _(excl.)_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _(excl.)_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _(excl.) (incl.)._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (incl.) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _(you pl.) (you pl.)._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _(you pl.) _ _ _ _ _ _ _(they) (thcy)._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _(they) of Ed uc at _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (incl.) (cxcl.) (excl.) (incl.) (incl.) ty (excl.) cu l (incl.) Fa (you pl.) (they) (you pl.) (you pl.) (they) (they) (cxcl.) (excl.) (incl.) (incl.) (incl.) (you pl.) (you pl.) U ni v er (excl.) sit y ( (they) La ke he ad (they) L 173 (you pl.) (they) �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 3. Let's also try some negative plural forms using the verbs listed below. Here is an example: Corrections are on page 247. matwchike io memepiso poosi at kitohcike (excl.) (incl.) (incl.) (you pl.) (you pl.) (they) (they) uc (excl.) (excl.) (incl.) (you pl.) (they) cu l ty of Ed kapaa kaahsiikwe 0 n kaawin nikisiihsipasohsiimin (excl.) kaawin kikisiihsipasohsiimin (incl.) kaawin kikisiihsipasohsiinaawaa (you pl.) kaawin kisiihsipasohsilwak (they) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (excl.),_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _(excl.),_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _(excl.) (incl.) Fa _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _{incl.) sit (you pl.) (they) (you pl.) (they) 0 er _ _ _ _ _ _ _(they) y _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _(you pl.) (incl.) La ke he ad U ni v Note: When you complete this exercise, make sure you can identify the word parts used in making plural negative fonns. 0 174 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Exercise I r Paradigms Singular and Plural Read and Understand: So far, you have learned the meaning of twelve Intransitive Animate Verbs in this lesson both singular and plural and positive and negative forms. n In this exercise, let's put together singular and plural in pardigms for some verbs. Translations are on page 248. 1 nikisiihsipas 2 kikisiihsipas 3 kisiihsipaso 13 nikisiipiikiimin 21 .kikisiipiikiimin 22 .kikisiipii.kiinaawaa 33 kisiipii.kiiwak 13 ni.kisiihsipasomin 21 kikisiihsipasomin 22 .kikisiihsipasonaawaa 33 kisiihsipasowak 1 nikaahsiikwe 2 lcikaahsiikwe 3 kaahsiikwe 1 nikaahsiininaakane 2 kikaahsiininaakanc 3 kaahsiininaakane 13 nikaahsiininaakanemin 21 kikaahsiininaakanemin 22 kikaahsiininaakanenaawaa 33 kaahsiininnaakanewak Write paradigms for the following verbs listed below. Corrections arc on page 248. U 2. ni v er 13 nikaahsiikwemin 21 .kikaahsiikwemin 22 .kikaahsiikwenaawaa 33 kaahsiikwewak y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc 1 nikisiipiikii 2 kikisiipiikii 3 kisiipiikii sit ( at io 1. ad pihtaahpiso poosi 1_ _ _ _ _ _ __ l _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 2_ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 2._ _ _ _ _ _ __ 2._ _ _ _ _ _ __ 3_________ 3_ _ _ _ _ _ __ 3_ _ _ _ _ _ __ 13_ _ _ _ _ _ __ 13_ _ _ _ _ _ __ 13_ _ _ _ _ _ __ 21 _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 21_ _ _ _ _ _ __ 21_ _ _ _ _ _ __ 22_ _ _ _ _ _ __ 22._ _ _ _ _ _ __ 33_ _ _ _ _ _ __ 33_ _ _ _ _ _ __ ke he l _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ La L pinaahkweho 175 22'----------33_ _ _ _ _ _ __ �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 3 1 kaawin nimemepisohsiin 2 kaawin kimemepisohsiin 3 kaawin memepisohsiin 13 21 22 33 13 21 22 33 at io kaawin nimemepisohsiimin kaawin kimemepisohsiimin kaawin kimemepisohsiinaawaa kaawin memepisohsiiwak uc kaawin nikapaahsiimin kaawin ki.kapaahsiimin kaawin kikapaahsiinaawaa kaawin kapaahsiiwak 0 n 1 kaawin nikapaahsiin 2 kaawin kikapaahsiin 3 .kaawin kapaahsiin Ed Write negative paradigms using the verbs listed below. Corrections are on page 249. matwehike of kitohcike l._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 2._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 2.____________ 3,_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 3.____________ 13._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 13._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ cu l Fa y 21 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ sit 21_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ty !. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ er 22._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 0 he ad U ni v 33_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 22'------------33_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ke 4. Let's also do some negative fonns. The first two examples have been done for you. Translations are on page 248. La 3. 0 176 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Exercise J r Review Test This review has three sections. Before you begin. review the meaning of the words. In this exercise, there are twelve pictures below. Accompanying each word is a small box. Using a pencil, write the number of each picture in the appropriate box. Corrections are on page 249. at □ uc kaahsiininaakane io n 1. of ty □ kapaa □ kaahsiikwe □ pihtaahpiso Fa y sit er ( cu l matwehike ni v kwaashkwepine Ed □ □ kisiihsipaso U □ he ad memepiso La ke kiisiipiikii kitohcike poosi pinaahkweho L □ □ □ □ □ Note: Check your answers when you have finished. 177 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 In this section, there are twelve pictures listed in the second column. In the first column is a list of words. Using a pencil, draw a line to the picture which corresponds to each word. Correctionsa are on page 250. . .... uc ... io ~ kaahsilkwe n [tlJ kapaa 0 at 2. pihtaahpiso Ed ~ • pinaahkwcho • poosi • matwehikc • cu l memepiso Fa • 0 he ad U ni v er sit y kiisiipiikii ty of kitohcike ke kwaashkwcpinc • La kisiihsipaso t kaahsiininaakanc t Note: Check your answers when you have finished. 178 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 3. Translate the following words into English. Translations arc on page 249. English Translation AI Verbs pinaahkweho io n poos1 at kitohcike uc kiisiipiikii Ed memepiso of pihtaahpiso cu l ty kaahsiikwe kapaa Fa matwehike sit U ni v kaahsiininaakane er kisiihsipaso y kwaashkwepine ( La ke he ad Note: Check your translation when you have finished. L 179 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Exercise A Inanimate Intransitive Verbs You have already learned how to fonn simple phrases and sentences with Inanimate Intransitive verbs. Some new II verbs are listed below. Translations are on page 251. In this exercise. there are ten verbs introduced to you. Listen carefully as your instructor repeats them. shaakashkine (7) masbkawaahkwatin (8) niiskaatan (9) isbkwaahkamikan (10) wiihsakaakamin Ed uc at (6) nihshiwanaatan kipihsin kihkentaakwan kishiiciwan maacaamakan of (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) io n 1. 0 ty Notice how the words can be broken down into syllables. To help you identify the syllables and pronunciation, we have placed a space between each one. In this section, listen carefully as your instructor repeats each word. After completing this exercise. repeat the exercise in section l with your partner for speaking and pronunciation practice. English translations will be given in section 4. Fa cu l 2. (3) (4) (5) ad U The words from section 1 are presented below. Fill in the missing letters to complete the words. When you have completed, check your spelling. sh_ _k_ _ _k_ _ _ (f) m__c_ _m_ _ _n (b) m_ _ _k_ _ _ _ _k__t_ _ (g) ki_ _ _ _ci_ _ _ n_ _ _k_ _t_ _ {b) ki (i) _ _p_ _s_ _ (j) __ ke (c) he (a) La 3. 0 y ki pi hsin kih ken taa kwan ki shii ci wan maa caa ma kan shaa ka shki ne ma sbka waa bkwa tin (8) nil skaa tan (9) isb kwaa hka mi kan (10) wii hsa kaa ka min sit (2) (6) (7) er nih shi wa naa tan ni v (1) (d) __ k___ k __ k (e) __ h k k _ _ n __ shi t k __ _ aa __ 0 180 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 4. The translation of each new word is given below. Study them and then do the next exercise. nihshiwanaatan kipihsin kihkentaakwan (4) ldshiiciwan (5) maacaamakan (6) shaakashkine (7) mashkawaahkwatin (8) niiskaatan (9) ishkwaahkamikan (10) wiihsakaakamin (1) (2) (3) y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n It is spoiled It is closed It is known It is a fast current It is going away It is full It is frozen solid (something non-liquid) The weather is miserable The event is over It tastes bitter (liquid) La ke he ad U ni v er sit ( L 181 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 ExerciseB Complete the Sentences 0 Read and Understand: In this exercise, ten incomplete phrases in English are listed below. Using one of the II verbs learned in this lesson, complete each phrase with a suitable Ojibwe word. The first one has been done for you. Corrections are on page 251. n I. at io The suitcase: wsh.-.aak_as_hki_·nu.:e~-------The river: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _. uc The weather: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Ed The event: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ The salt water: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ cu l The door: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ty The meat: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _, of The plane: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Fa The food: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _, Q Shinkopiiwaapoo ni v er sit There are ten incomplete phrases in the Severn dialect listed below. Using one of the II verbs introduced in this lesson, complete each phrase with a suitable word. The first one has been done for you. wiihsakaakamin U Akwaciink awahsinaako kii-____________ ad Pipoononk saakahikau kii- ____________ ---------------------------------- ke Paawihtik he Pasbkwewash _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Miicim kiih hkwaantem _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _. La 2. y When the winter arrives: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _. Aahkosiwin _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _. Pimibsewin _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _, Aasha weshkac kii-_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 0 182 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Exercise C Working With the Language Read and Understand: Here are some sentences in a variety of fonns to read. 1. In this exercise, you will be learning to write simple sentences using the Il verbs you have d) e) at ty Writing Practice: wiihsakaakamin La ke he ad U ni v er sit ( ishkwaahkamikan Fa shaakashkine mashkawaabkwatin niiskaatan cu l Now, write your own sentences in your notebook, similar to the ones above. Use the II verbs listed below. y 2. uc c) Ed Kaawin niwii-miicihsiin wiiyaahs. Nihshiwanaatan. Nitishkwaantem kipihsin. Kihkentaakwan aasba wiipac ci-pipoonk. Kishiiciwan siipi kaa-kii-waapantamaan onaako. Aasha kii-maacaamakan ciimaan. of a) b) io n just learned in this lesson. Listen carefully as the instructor reads the following sentences for you. Translations are on page 251. L 183 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 4 ExerciseD Questions and Answers 0 Read and Understand: Question at (a) io n You have already learned how to form some simple phrases and sentences with II verbs. In this exercise, you will learn to form sentences by asking simple questions and answers. 1. Listen to and imitate these sets of examples. Examples will be in given first, second and third person forms. Negative answers will also be given immediately after. Translations are on page 252. uc Nihshiwanaatan ina kitinentaan wiiyaahs? Ed Positive Amwer Ne1attve Answer Kaawin, kaawin nihshiwanaatanhsinoon nitinentaan. Question ty (b) of Eba, nihshiwanaatan ohsba nitinentaan. cu l Kipibsin ina lcitisbkwaantem? Fa Positive Answer Eba, kipihsin (o)hsha nitishkwaantem. y Neptlve Answer Question 0 er ( C) sit Kaawin, kaawin kipihsinhsinoon nitishkwaantem. Positive ADfflet ni v Kihkentaakwan ina aasha kekaat ci-pipoonk? U Eba, kihkentaakwan (o)hsha aasha kekaat ci-pipoonk. Ne1at1ve Answer Question he (d) ad Kaawin, kaawin kihkentaakwanhsinoon aasba kekaat ci-pipoonk. ke Osaam ina kishiiciwan siipi kitinentaan? Positive Answer La Ebe, osaam (o)hsha kisbiiciwan nitinentaan. Nuattve Aomer Kaawin, kaawin osaam kishiiciwanhsinoon nitinentaan. (e) Question Aasha ina kekaat ta-maacaamakan pimihsewin? Positive Amwer Ebe, aasha kekaat ta-maacaamakan. Neptlve Answer Kaawin, kaawin wiipac ta-maacaamakanhsinoon. 184 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE .. UNIT 2; LESSON 4 2. Now, try writing some questions and answers of your own, using the sentences above as a model. Use the II verbs listed below. Translations are on page 253. ishkwaahkamikan wiihsakaakamin y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n shaakashkine mashkawaahkwatin niiskaatan La ke he ad U ni v er sit ( L 185 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 4 ExerciseE Dialogues 0 Read and Understand: Read and understand the following dialogues. Concentrate on how II verbs are used in the dialogues. Some of the II verbs introduced in this lesson are written in italic type. As before, new words will be written in bold type. Translations are on page 253. Kaawin niwii-miicihsiin wiiyaahs. Kekonen tahsh? Nihshiwanaatan nitinentaan. Kekonen tahsh miishkoc waa-miiciyan? Kaawin nltawaac nika-wiihsinihsiin. Pankii ehta nika-minihkwe shoominaapoo. B. Kipihsin ina kitishkwaantem? Kaawin, nipaahkihsltoon. Aanahpii tahsh ke-kipihsitooyan? Waapank maawiin nika-kipibsitoon mwaye-maacaayaan. Amihiwe kwayahk. C. Kihkentaakwan aasha kekaat ci-niipink. Anleldlshiwaayaa. Koon ekwa mihkwam ani-ninkiso. Siipi ani-maaciciwan kaye ani-kishiiciwan. Nihkak takohsewak kaye shiihshiipak ekwa mahlcwak wanishkaawak. Ed uc at io n A. Aasha kekaat ta-maacaamakan pimihsewin. Aasha na kikwayaacii? Kekaat aasha nikwayaacii. Kiin tahsh wiin, kekiin n;1. kirnaacaa? Kaawin. Niwii-nanaantawencike noohpimink. Waapoos ekwa pine niwii-nanaantawaaparnaak. Amihiwe k.wayahk. Nipakobsenim ci-wii-minobseyan. Kihci-miikwebc nitootern. ke he ad U ni v D. 0 er sit y Fa cu l ty of 1. La New Vocabulary: Milshkoc (pc) Nitawaac (pc) Paahkihsin (vii) Ani-kiishiwaayaa (prev + vii) Ani-ninkiso (prev + vai) Ani-maaciciwan (prev + vii) Ani-kishiiciwan (prev + vii) Nipakohsenim ci-wii-minohseyan Ani-(prev) Kipihsitoon in exchange, instead of, in turn might as well, well I better, instead it is open becomes warm weather becomes melted (animate) start to flow start to flow fast I wish you the best begin to, start to, away close it 186 0 �INTERMEDIATE onBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Writing Practice: 2. Now, write two dialogues of your own. Try to include some of the vocabulary items listed below, or some of the other new vocabulary introduced in this lesson. Translations are on page 253. ishkwaahkarnikan wiihsakaakamin io n shaakashkine mashkawaahkwatin niiskaatan uc Working with a partner, practice reading the dialogues introduced in this exercise. Practice reading your own dialogues also. Take turns so you each have an opportunity to say each line. y Fa cu l ty of Ed 3. at Speaking Practice La ke he ad U ni v er sit ( 187 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Exercise F 10 More U Verbs 0 Read and Understand: In this exercise, there are ten more new II verbs introduced to you. Listen carefully as your instructor repeats them. Translations are on page 2':54. (5) n In this section, to help you identify the syllables and with pronunciation, we have placed a Ed 2. shiiwaa shiiwaakamin (8) moosbkine (9) minwentaakwan (10) macentaakwan io (2) (3) (4) (6) (7) saakaapahte ashepite siilcinikaate aaniman oshihcikaate at (1) uc 1. saa kaa pa hte a she pi te sii ki ni kaa te aaniman o shi hci kaa te (3) (4) 0 ni v er Fill in the missing letters to complete the words. When you have completed, check your spelling. (a) sh_ _w_ _ (b) o_ _ _ _ci_ _ _te (c) - _ _kaa_ _ _te (g) m_c_ _t_ __k_ _ _ _ _m_ _ _ (h) m_ _w_ _t_ _k_ _ _ (d) s_ _ki__k_ _ _e (i) _ _ _sb_ _ _e (e) a_ _ _pi_ _ (j) ___ ke he ad U (f) waa __ n La 3. sit y (5) cu l (2) shii waa shii waa lea min moosbkine (9) mi nwen taa kwan (10) ma cen taa kwan (6) (7) (8) Fa (1) ty of space between each one. Listen carefully as the instructor repeats them. After completing this exercise, repeat the exercise in section 1 with your partner for speaking and pronunciation practice. English translations will be given in section 4. 0 188 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 io of ty cu l Fa y La ke he ad U ni v er sit ( n smoke comes out goes backwards being poured (liquid) be difficult/be hard be made, built, processed be sweet be sweet (liquid) be full (liquid) be enjoyable, liked, fun, good time be dull, boring saakaapahte ashepite sii.kinikaate aaniman oshihcikaate sbiiwaa shiiwaakamin mooshkine minwentaakwan macentaakwan at ( 1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) Ed r In this section. study the meaning of the words carefully before you continue to the next exercise. uc 4. L 189 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 ExerciseG Complete the Sentences 0 Read and Understand: In this exercise, ten incomplete phrases in English are listed below. Using one of the II verbs just introduced, complete each phrase with a suitable word. The first one has been done for you. Corrections are on page 254. n I. The event:_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ty of The smoke: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ The outboard motor: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ uc Ed The water: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ in the container. The pow-wow: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ at io The porridge: _ _ sru.,.·1... ·w.._.aa ___________ The juice: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ cu l The water: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ in the container. Fa Life: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _, 0 ni v er sit There are ten incomplete phrases in the Severn dialect listed below. Using one of the new Il verbs, complete each phrase with a suitable word. The first one has been done for you. Corrections are on page 254. U Metawewin minwentaakwan Nipi _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ad Shiiwupoo ________________ he Anoominupoo _______________ --------------- ke Waahkaahikan Aahkosiwin _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ La 2. y The house is being _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _, Shinkopiiwupoo _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _in a container. Pimipanihcikan _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Noohpimink _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Kiishikaa _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 0 190 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Exercise H r Working With the Language Read and Understand: Here are some sentences in a variety of fonns to read. In this exercise, you will be learning to write simple sentences using the II verbs you have learned in this lesson. Listen carefully as the instructor reads the following sentences for you. Sections 1 and 2 translations are on page 254. cu l ty Writing Practice: 2. at Kii-aaniman anohkiiwin noonkom kaa-kiishikaak. Matikwaan kii-oshihcikaate onaako. uc d) e) Ed Saakaapahte ihiweti naaniyahii pihkwaamatinaak. Pimihsewin ishi-ashepite naanew. Ta-siikinikaate shinkopiiwaapoo ani-tipihkaak. of a) b) c) io n 1. Now, write some sentences of your own using the Il verbs listed below. minwentaakwan macentaakwan y La ke he ad U ni v er sit ( Fa shiiwaa shiiwaakamin mooshkine L 191 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Exercise I Questions and Answers 0 Read and Understand: You have already learned how to fonn simple phrases and sentences with II verbs. Question at a) io n In this exercise, you will learn to fonn sentences by asking simple questions and answers. Listen to and imitate these sets of examples. Examples will be given in first, second and third person forms. Also, negative answers will be given immediately after. Translations are on page 255. uc Saakaapahte ina noohpimink? Ed PosltiveAnswer Ebe, saakaapahte (o )hsha noobpimink. of Neptive Answer Kaawin, kaawin saakaapahtehsinoon noohpimink. Nibtaa-ashepite ina kipimipanihcikan? Fa PositiveAnswer ty Question cu l b) Ebe, nihtaa-ashepite (o )hsha nipimipanihcikan. y Nentive Answer Question 0 er c) sit Kaawin, kaawin nihtaa-ashepitehsinoon nipimipanihcikan. PosttiveAoswer ni v Aasba ina kii-siikinikaate nipi asiwacikaniok? U Ebe, aasha (o )hsba kii-siikinikaate nipi asiwacikanink. Neutive Answer he Qgestion Aaniman ina anohkiiwin kitinentaan? ke d) ad Kaawin, kaawin mahshi siikioikaatehsinoon nipi asiwadkanink. PosltlveAnswer Ebe, aaniman (o)hsha anohkiiwin nitinentaan. La I. NenUve Answer Kaawin, kaawin aanimanhsinoon anohkiiwin nitinentaan. e) Question Oshibcikaate ina kiwaahkaahikan? PosltlveAnswer Ebe, oshibcikaate (o )hsha niwaahkaahikan. Neptive Answer Kaawin, kaawin oshibcikaatehsinoon niwaahkaahikan. 192 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Writing Practice: r 2. Now, write some sentences of your own using the II verbs listed below. Be sure to include some negative answers. Translations are on page 256. minwentaakwan macentaakwan y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n shiiwaa shiiwaakamin mooshkine La ke he ad U ni v er sit ( L 193 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 E:x:erci.seJ Dialogues 0 Read and Understand: at Aasha miina saakaapahte noohpimink. Ooshta! Amiikaanahi miina aasha e-maacii-sahkitek. uc A. io n Read and understand the following dialogues. Concentrate on how Il verbs are used in the dialogues. Words introduced in this lesson are in italic type. Also, some new words will be introduced to you throughout the dialogues. If you find any new words, underline them. Translations of the new vocabulary are listed on the next page. Translations are o page 256. Aan tahsh ke-tootamank? Ed Nahke piko. Ka-maaciipahiwemin kaana. Aanti tahsh ke-ihpahiweyank? ty Aan entiyan kitinentaan? Ashepite ohsha nishtikwaan nitinentaan. Fa Kekonen tahsh wenci-inentaman? cu l B. of Nahke piko. Nipiihkaank kaana. Kaawin kwayahk nimaamitonentansiin. y Kekoon ina piikoshkaa kishtikwaanink kitinentaan? 0 er OR sit Kamaawiin siyaaken. Aasha na nipi kii-siikinikaate pootawaanink? U C. ni v Siyaaken maawiin kaawin. ad Kaawin mahsbi. Kiyaapic pankii niwii-kiishitep. K.ehcinaac nipi siikinan ahpii ishkwaa-kiishitepoyan. he Ahaaw, kehcinaac nika-tootaan. Aasha ina kimaacaa? ke Ebe, niwii-kiiwe mwaye-kimiwank. Waapank kaana tahsh miina kika-waapamin. La 1. Ahaaw, waapank kika-waapamin kiishpin mino-kilshikaak. D. Kii-aaniman ina anohkiiwin noonkom kaa-kiishikaak? Ebe, tepwe kii-aaniman. Kika-kii-pi-wiicihihsh ina waaapank? Kaawin, nika-otamiihke. Awahsiwaapank tahsh wiin? Nahke piko. Pinamaa nika-kakwecimaa nitookimaam. 194 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE .. UNIT 2; LESSON 4 D. oshihcikaate saakaapahte shiiwaakamin Fa io mooshkine aaniman macentaakwan er sit Speaking Practice: For speaking practice, work with a partner by reading the dialogues in this section, as well as the new ones you wrote yourself. Take turns with your partner so you have the opportunity to say each line. La ke he ad U ni v 3. (4) (5) (6) y (2) (3) cu l ty Now, write two dialogues of your own. Try to include some of the Il verbs listed below in each dialogue. ( l) ( of Writing Practice: 2. at C. I guess so, is that so start fire, begin fire run away from in the water my head what purpose, why is it so think so be broken I hope not fireplace, camp fire pour s.t., pump s.t. out be busy uc B. Amiikaanahi (pc) Maacii-sahkite (prev + vii) Maaciipahiwe (vai) Nipiihkaank (ni + locative) Nishtikwaan (prefix+ ni) Wenci-onci- (prev) Inentam (vai2) Piikoshkaa (vai) Kamaawiin siyaaken (pc) Pootawaan (ni) Siikinan (vti) Otamiihke (vai) Ed A. n New Vocabulary: 195 �INTERM EDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Exercise K Final Review Test for Lesson 4 0 Intransitive Inanimate Verbs: Enelish Translation II Verbs shaakashkine b. mashlcawaahkwatin c. niiskaatan Ed uc at a. nihshiwanaatan g. kioihsin ty f. cu l wiihsAlrSISIleamin Fa e. of d. ishkwaahlcamikan maacaamakan k. shiiwaa 1. shiiwaakamin ni v U ad m. mooshkine minw;anta . - o. macentaakwan ke abte La . he n. p. 0 sit j. er kishiiciwan y b. kihkentaakwan i. n This review test has two sections. Before you begin, review the spelling and meanings of the words very carefully. When you are ready. translate them into English. Remember, try and answer without looking at your notes. Sections 1 and 2 translations are on page 251. io 1. a. asheoite r. siikinikaate s. aaniman t. oshihcikaate . Note: Check your translations when you have finished. 196 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 4 2. In this section, before you begin, review the spelling and meanings of the words very carefully. When you are ready, translate them into Ojibwe (Severn dialect). II Verbs It tastes bitter (liquid) b. The event is over c. The weather is miserable d. It is frozen solid (something non-liquid) e. It is full f. It is swim? awav g. It is a fast current h. It is known i. y Be dull, boring sit 1. ni v er m. n. Being made, build. processed he Be difficult, be hard ke Being poured Goes backwards La s. Be full Be sweet ad p. Be enjoyable, liked, fun Be sweet (liauid) U o. r. io at Fa It is spoiled k. q. uc Ed of ty It is closed j. ( n a. cu l English t. Smoke comes out Note: Check your spelling and translations when you are finished. L 197 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON S Exercise A Introduction to Body-Parts 0 Read and Understand: 1. In this exercise, we will introduce you to some of the body parts, as shown in the diagram at io n below. Listen carefully as your instructor says each of the following words. Translations are on page 258. h. mishtikwaan Ed uc a. mikanakaap i. mipiiway j. mihtawak mikot ty C. of b. micaap Fa cu l d. mitoon y e. mitaamihkan er sit f. mikotashkway • ni v g. mitooskwan k. manoway I. mikwayaw t;m.~~ 0 n. minihk La ke he ad U o. mininc 0 198 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE .. UNIT 2; LESSON S Exercise B Possessive Forms of Body-Part Nouns Read and Understand: 1 ni.kanakaap 2 kikanakaap 3 okanakaap b. 1 nicaap 2 kicaap 3 ocaap C. 1 nikot 2 ktkot 3 okot d. 1 nitoon 2 ldtoon 3 otoon e. 1 nitaamihkan 2 kitaamihkan 3 otaamihkan f. 1 nikotahshkway 2 kikotahshkway 3 okotahshkwayan g. 1 nitooskwan 2 kitooskwan 3 otooskwan h. 1 nishtikwaan 2 kishtikwaan 3 oshtikwaan i. 1 nipiiway 2 kipiiway 3 opiiway k. 1 nimanoway 2 kimanoway 3 omanowayan m. 1 nitihtiman 2 ldtihtiman 3 otihtiman ad he ke La o. y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n a. 1 nihtawak 2 kihtawak 3 ohtawak er sit j. I. l nikwayaw 2 kikwayaw 3 okwayaw n. 1 nioihk 2 ldnihk 3 onihk U C In this exercise, we will review the possessive forms of the new words you have learned in singular form only. Listen carefully as your instructor repeats them. Translations are on page 258. ni v 1. 1 nininc 2 ldninc 3 oninc In Severn Ojibwe nearly all nouns for body parts must occur with a person prefix (to indicate who the body part belongs to). Three of the person prefixes are the same as are found with L other nouns, those for "my", "your''. and "his/her''. These forms were presented in Exercise B, number 1. There is also a special prefix mi or m which only occurs with nouns for body parts or kinship terms. It indicates an indefinite possessor: "someone's". For example, a form such as mikot means "someone's nose, a nose". 199 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 5 ExerclseC Locative Forms of Body-Part Nouns 0 Read and Understand: Body-part nouns can also have locative forms, just like other nouns. Listen carefully as your insbllctor repeats the following words. Translations are on page 259. 1 nikanakaapink 2 kikanakaapink 3 okanakaapink b. 1 nlcaapink 2 kicaaplnk 3 ocaapink c. 1 nlkotink 2 klkotink 3 okotink d. 1 nltoonlnk 2 kltoonlnk 3 otoonink e. 1 nltaamihkanink or sank 2 kltaamihkanlnk or aank 3 otaamihkanink oraank f. I nlkotashkwaank 2 kikotashkwaank 3 okotashkwayank g. 1 nltooskwanink or aank 2 kltooskwanink or sank 3 otooskwanink or sank h. 1 nlshtikwaanlnk 2 klshtikwaanlnk 3 oshtilcwaanink i. 1 nlpiiwayink 2 klpiiwayink 3 opiiwayink k. 1 nlmanowayink 2 klmanowayink 3 omanowayink m. 1 nltihtimanink or aank 2 kltihtimanink or aank 3 otihtimanink or aank io at uc Ed of ty cu l Fa y 1 nlbtaw k 2 kihtawakaank 3 ohtawakaaok I. 1 nllcwayawaank 2 kikwayawaank 3 okwayawaank n. 1 ninihldnk 2 klojbldnk 3 onibklnk he ad U ni v er sit j. 0 ke 0. n a. 1 nlninciink 2 klninciink La 1. 3 oninciin.k 0 200 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 5 ExerciseD r Questions and Answers Read and Understand: 1. In this exercise, before you begin asking questions and answers, learn t~s phrase first n "Aanti eshi-tewisiyan?" which means "where does it hurt you?" First, we will do some examples together. Notice that in each one the answer has a locative ending. Translations are on page 259. Aanti eshi-tewisiyan? A. Nikanakaapink. Aanti eshi-tewisiyan? A. Nicaapink. Q. Aanti eshi-tewisiyan? A. Nikotink. Q. Aanti eshi-tewisiyan? A. Nitoonink. Q. Aanti eshi-tewisiyan? A. Nitaamihkanink or aank. Q. Aanti eshi-tewisiyan? A. Nikotashkwaank. Q. Aanti eshi-tewisiyan? A. Nitooskwanink or aank. mihtawak at uc Ed of ty mioibk mininc ad Speaking Practice: mitihtiman U manoway mikwayaw ni v mishtikwaan mipiiway he With a partner try asking and answering the types of question you learned in this section. Take turns so that both of you have the opportunity to practice questions and answers. La ke 3. cu l y Now try writing some questions and answers that follow the pattern in #1 above. sit 2. er ( Fa Writing Practice: io Q. Q. L 201 �INTER MEDI ATE OJIBW E • UNIT 2; LESSON 5 Exercis eE More Questio ns and Answer s 0 Read and Understand: In this exercise we'll learn another question you can ask about body parts.. The first question below means "Does your forehead hurt?" Listen carefully as your instructor repeats the examples listed below. Translations are on page 259 and 260. Question: Kitewis ina kicaapink? Positive: Ebe, nitewis nicaapink. Negative: Kaawin, kaawin nitewisihsiin nicaapink. C. Question: Kitewis ina kikotink? Positive: Ebe. nitewis nikotink? Negative: Kaawin, kaawin nitewisihsiin nikotink. D. Question: Kitewis ina kitoonink? Positive: Ehe, nitewis nitoonink. Negative: Kaawin. kaawin nitewisihsiin nitoonink. at B. uc Question: Kitewis ina kikanakaapink? Positive: Ehe, nitewis nikanakaapink. Negative: Kaawin, kaawin nitewisihsiin nilcanakaapink. 0 er Question: Kitewis ina ldtsarnibkaoink? Positive: Ebe, nitewis nitaarnibkaoiokNegative: Kaawin. kaawin nitewisihsiin nitaamihkanink. Now, try writing some questions and answers that follow the pattern in #1 above. he 2. ad Writing Practice: U ni v E. sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed A. io n 1. mihtawak maooway La ke mitooskwao mishtikwaan mipiiway Speaking Practice: 3. With a partner try asking and answering the types of questions you learned in this section. Take turns so that both of you have the opportunity to practice questions and answers. 0 202 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 5 B. Question: Tewisi ina otitihtimanink? Positive: Ebe, tewisi otitihtimanink. Negative: Kaawin, kaawin tewisihsiin otitihtimanink. io Question: Tewisi ina okwayawaank? Positive: Ehe, tewisi okwayawaank. Negative: Kaawin, kaawin tewisihsiin okwayawaank. at A. n Now try some of the following questions, in which the question is asked about a third-person. Notice again that the answer contains a body-part noun with a locative ending. Translations are on page 260. uc 4. Ed Write your own questions and answers in third person form by using the words listed below. Fa cu l ty of mininc minihk La ke he ad U ni v er sit y ( 203 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 5 ExerciseF More Body-Parts 0 Read and Understand: In this exercise, we will introduce to you the second half of the body parts as shown in the diagram below. Listen carefully as the instructor repeats the words. Translati ons are on page 260. c. coocoobs h d. mihsat e. mitihs f. mishiikan g. mipwaam h. milcitik i. mibkaat j. misit Fa mitehi y b. 0 sit waahkika n ni v er a. m. waawika n cu l ty of Ed uc at io n 1. La ke he ad U n. miyaw or miiyaw k. mitoonta n 1. niihsiikisitaan 0 204 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 5 Possession in Paradigm Forms Read and Understand: 1 nicoocoohshim 2 klcoocoohshim 3 ocoocoohshiman d. 1 nimihsat 2 kimihsat 3 omihsat e. I nitihs 2 kltihs 3 otihs f. 1 nishiikan 2 kishiikan 3 oshiikan g. l nipwaam 2 klpwaam 3 opwaam i. 1 nihkaat 2 kihkaat 3 ohkaat k. 1 nltoontan 2 kitoontan 3 otoontan m. 1 niwaawikan 2 kiwaawikan 3 owaawikan n C. io 1 nitehi 2 kitehi 3 otehi at b. uc 1 niwaahkikan 2 kiwaahkikan 3 owaahkikan cu l ty of Ed a. ni v he ke 205 l nikitik 2 kfkitik 3 okitikoon j. 1 nisit 2 kisit 3 osit I. l niniihsiikisitaan 2 klnHhsiikisitaan 3 oniihsiikisitaan n. 1 niyaw 2 kiyaw 3 oyaw er sit y Fa h. La ( In this exercise, we will review possessive forms of the new words you. have learned, in singular form only. Listen carefully as your instructor repeats them. Translations are on page 261. U 1. ad r Exercise G �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE .. UNIT 2; LESSON S ExerciseH Locative Forms of Body-Part Nouns 0 Read and Understand: Body•part nouns can also have locative forms. just like other nouns. Liste_n carefully as your instructor repeats the following words. Translations ar eon page 262. 1 nlwaahkikanink 2 kiwaahkikanink 3 owaahkikanJnk b. 1 nitebink 2 kltehink 3 otebink c. 1 nlcoocoohshimink 2 klcoocoohshimink 3 ocoocoohshimink d. 1 nlmibsataank 2 klmihsataank 3 omihsataank e. 1 nltihsiink 2 kltihsiink 3 otihsiink f. 1 nishiikanink or aank 2 klshiikanJnk or aank 3 oshiikanink or aank g. l nlpwaamink 2 klpwaamink 3 opwaamlnk h. i. 1 nlhkaatink 2 klhkaatink 3 ohkaatlnk k. 1 nitoontanlnk 2 kltoontanlnk 3 otoontanlnk m. l niwaawikanaank 2 kiwaawikanaank 3 owaawikanaank cu l ty of Ed uc at io n a. y Fa 1 nlkitikonk 2 klkitikonk 3 okitikonk 1 niniihsiikisitaanlnk 2 kiniihsiikisitaaoiuk 3 oniihsiikisitaanink n. 1 niyawink 2 ldyawink 3 oyawink ad 0 ke he l nisitlnk 2 ldsidnk 3 ositink 1. U ni v er sit J· La 1. 0 206 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 5 Exercise I Questions and Answers Read and Understand: A. A. A. A. ty Vocabulary Note: io A. A. Niwaahkikanink. Nitehink. Nicoocoohshimink. Nimihsataank. Nisitink. Nitihsiink. Nishiikanink or aank. Nipwaamink. at A. A. uc Aanti eshi-wiihsakentaman? Aanti eshi-wiihsakentaman? Aanti eshi-wiihsakentaman? Aanti eshi-wiihsakentaman? Aanti eshi-wiihsakentaman? Aanti eshi-wiihsakentaman? Aanti eshi-wiihsakentaman? Aanti eshi-wiihsakentaman? Ed Q. Q. Q. Q. Q. Q. Q. Q. n Here we will learn another way to ask questions about body parts. The question means "Where does it hurt you?" First, we will do some examples together. Sections 1 and 2 translations are on page 262. of 1. Fa cu l The word wiihsakentam "he/she has extreme pain" suggests very severe pain, while tewlsi "he/she is sore, is in pain", suggests Jess intense but constant pain. sit Try writing some questions and answers on your own using the words listed below. niihsiikisitaan waawikan miyaw or miiyaw U mildtik mihkaat misit mitoontan er 2. ni v ( y Writing Practice: With a partner try asking and answering the types of questions you learned in this section. Take turns so that both of you have the opportunity to practice questions and answers. La ke 3. he ad Speaking Practice: L 207 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON S ExerciseJ More Questions and Answers Read and Understand: In this exercise, we will be asking questions such as "Kiwiihsakentaan Ina kiwaaldhkanink?" which means "Do you have pain in your chest?" Listen carefully as your instructor repeats the examples listed below. Sections 1, 2 and 4 translations are on page 263. 0 io n I. Question: Kiwiihsakentaan ina kiwaahkikanink? Positive: Ebe, niwiibsakentaan niwaahkikanink. Negative: Kaawin, kaawin niwiibsakentahsiin niwaahkikanink. B. Question: Kiwiihsakentaan ina kitehink? Positive: Ebe. niwiihsakentaan nitebink. Negative: Kaawin, kaawin niwiihsakentahsiin nitehink. C. Question: Kiwiihsakentaan ina kicoocoohshimink? Positive: Ebe, niwiihsakentaan nicoocoohshimink. Negative: Kaawin, kaawin niwiibsakentahsiin nicoocoohshimink. D. Question: Kiwiihsakentaan ina kimihsataank? Positive: Ebe. niwiihsakentaan nimihsataaok. Negative: Kaawin, kaawin niwiihsakentahsiin nimihsataank. E. Question: Kiwilhsakentaan ina kitihsiink? Positive: Ehe, niwiihsakentaan nitihsiink. Negative: Kaawin, k.aawin niwiibsuentahsiin nitibsiink. 0 U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at A. Now, write your own questions and answers following the pattern in section 1, and using the words listed below. ke he 2. ad Writing Practice: mihkaat misit La mishiikan mipwaam mikitik Speaking Practice: 3. With a partner try asking and answering the types of questions you learned io this section. Take turns so that both of you have the opportunity to practice questions and answers. 0 208 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 5 A. Question: Wiihsakentam ina otootanink or aank? Positive: Ehe, wiihsakentam otootamink or aank. Negative: Kaawin, kaawin wiihsakentansiin otoontanink. or aank B. Question: Wiihsakentam ina oniihsiikisitaanink? Positive: Ebe, wiihsakentam oniihsiikisitaanink. Negative: Kaawin, kaawin wiihsakentansiin oniihsiikisitaanin.k. n Here are some examples of questions and answers in third person form only. io 4. waawikan mikonew/mikwinew mitenan niihsiikinicaan mashkasb Fa cu l ty inside of mouth tongue finger fmgemail/toenail La ke he ad U ni v er sit y ( of Here are some additional body•part words to keep in mind. Ed miyaw/miiyaw L 209 uc at Write your own questions and answers in the third person form by using the words listed below. �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON S Exercise K Review Test This review test has four sections. Before you begin, review the spelling and the meaning of the words. In this review test exercise. there are fifteen (15) words in mixed order listed below. io Translate them into English. The space is provided for you. Sections 1, 2, 3, and 4 translations are on page 264. uc at English Translation Nouns Ed mishtilcwaan mipiiway of mihtawak ty manoway cu l mikwayaw Fa mitihtiman y minihk sit mininc 0 er mitooskwan ni v mikotashkway U mitaamihkan ad mitoon ke he mikot micaap n 1. 0 La mikanakaap Note: Check your translations when you have finished. 0 210 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 5 2. In this section. there are fifteen English words listed below. Translate them into Severn Ojibwe in the spaces provided for you. English Ojibwe (Severn Dialect) hand io n elbow Ed lips uc chin/jaw at throat of nose eye Fa cu l ty forehead sit y ( arm shoulder neck er cheek ni v ear hair ad U head La ke he Note: Check your translations when you have finished. 211 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 5 3. In this review exercise, there are fourteen words listed below. Translate them into English in the spaces provided for you. Q English Translation Nouns n mipwaam io milcitik at mihkaat uc misit Ed mitoontan of niihsiikisitaan ty waawikan cu l miyaw/miiyaw Fa waahkikan mitehi sit y coocoohsh 0 er mihsat ni v mitihs ad U mishiikan La ke he Note: Check your translations when you have finished. 0 212 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 5 4. In this section, there are fourteen words listed below. Translate them into Severn Ojibwe in the spaces provided for you below. Ojfbwe (Severn Dialect) English hip io n navel Ed heart uc breast at stomach of chest ty body Fa cu l thigh er sit y ( knee leg foot heel ni v toe ad U back La ke he Note: Check your translations when you have finished. L 213 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE .. UNIT 2; LESSON 6 Unit 2 Review Test 0 Lesson 1 Review Test This review test has three sections. There are twelve Transitive Animate Verbs (VTA) and twelve Transitive Inanimate Verbs (VTI). To successfully complete the review, you will need to go over the spelling and meaning of the words you have learned. In this part, please give the English translation for each Ojibwe word. Sections 1, 2, and 3 translations are on page 265. uc at io n 1. English Translation Ed Transitive Animate Verbs I am waiting for him/her. of 1. Nipiihaa ty 2. Kimaaciipahiwaanaa cu l 3. Omamishimaan Fa 4. Nipakitinaa y S. Kipoosihaa sit 6. Okocibpwaan ni v 8. Kitepihtawaa ad U 9. Onatohtawaan l 0. Nikiiwewinaa 0 er 7. Nipi-kiiwenotawaa La ke 2. Onakanaan he 11. Kimaaciiwinaatoon Note: Check your translations when you have finished. 0 214 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 6 r 2. Now give the English translation for each of the following Transitive Inanimate verbs. English Translation Transitive Inanimate Verbs 1. Kipiihtoon io n 2. Nimaaciipahiwaataan at 3. Omamishitaan Ed uc 4. Kipakitinaan S. Nipoosihtoon of 6. Okocihpitaan ty 7. Kipi-kiiwenotaan cu l 8. Nitepihtaan Fa 9. Onatohtaan er sit 11. Nimaaciiwinaa ke he ad U ni v 12. Onakataan La ( y 0. Kikiiwewitoon 21S �INTERMEDIATE ODBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 Here is a list of all 24 transitive verbs you have learned in this lesson. Translate them into Ojibwe as shown below. Be sure to indicate the verb type of each Ojibwe word. Do this exercise on your own. Native Language Translation English Language Translation Verb Type I am waiting for him. VTA 1. Nipiihaa Are you waiting for it? 3. He/she is running away from him/her. 4. You are running away from it. 5. Are you telling on him/her? 6. I am telling on it. 7. I am letting him/her go. at uc Ed of ty He/she is letting it go. cu l VTI 8. Opakitinaan Are you putting him/her on board? Fa 9. You are putting it on board. 10. sit y u. er 12. ni v l3, Are you coming back for it. ke He/she is listening to him/her. I am listening to it. La 19. 0 Are you hearing it from the distance? he 16. He/she is tasting s.t. inanimate. I bear him/her from the distance. ad !5. I am tasting s.t. animate. I am coming back for it. U 4. l8. io 2. 17. 0 n 3. Are you taking him/her home? He/she is taking it home. ?O. He/she is taking him/her away. 1. Z2. I am taking it away. 23. He/she leaves him/her behind. Z4. You are leaving him/her behind 216 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 Unit 2 Review Test Lesson 3 Review Test Note: In lesson 1 review test there were the same TA Verbs and TI Verbs used in lesson 2. Therefore, there is no need to repeat the review test. io In this section, there are twelve pictures. There are also twelve Ojibwe words, each with a small box beside it. Using a pencil, match up pictures and words by writing the appropriate number in each box. Sections 1 and 3 corrections are on page 266. □ memep1so □ kisiipiikii kaahsiininaakane ty □ pihtaahpiso of Ed uc at 1. n This review test has three sections. Before you begin, review the spelling and the meaning of the words. Fa y kisiisihpaso □ er sit ( cu l 1. □ .- □ < c:..;,, _., '--~,. . U ni v kwaashkwepine kitohcike □ poosi kapaa D pinaahkweho kaabsiikwe matwehike La ke he ad □ L 217 □ □ □ lQ~ �INTERMEDIATE onBWE .. UNIT 2; LESSON 6 In this section, there are twelve pictures. Accompanying them is a list of words to the left of the pictures. Using a pencil, draw a line to the picture which corresponds to each word. Corrections are on page 267. kiisiipiikii memepiso io at uc Ed of kitohcike ty pihtaahpiso cu l kaahsiikwe y sit er • • • ke he kwaashkwepine • La kisiisibpaso ~ 0 - ~ ad matwehike [ji] .- U poosi Fa •• pinaahkweho 0 n • • • • • kapaa ni v 2. - • . ~ ~ kaahsiininaakane • Note: Check your answers when you have finished. 218 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 3. Translate the following words into English. They are in mixed order. r English Translation AI Verbs pinaahkweho io n poosi at kitohcike Ed uc kisiipiikii memepiso of pihtaahpiso cu l ty kaahsiinkwe Fa kapaa ( y matwehike er ni v kisiihsipaso sit kwaashkwepine U kaahsiininaakane La ke he ad Note: Check your translation when you have finished. 219 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 Unit 2 Review Test Lesson 4 Review Test: En21ish Translation II Verbs shaakashkine b. mashkawaahkwatin c. niiskaatan d. ishkwaahkamikan e. wiihsakaakamin f. nihshiwanaatan 2, kipihsin h. kihkentaakwan i. kishiiciwan i. maacaamakan k. shiiwaa I. shiiwaakamin 0 U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at a. 0 n This review test has two sections. Before you begin, review the meanings of the words very carefully. Remember, you have to do this on your own. There are twenty Il verbs listedbelow. When you are ready, translate them into English. Check your translations on page 266. io 1. minwent11akwan o. macentaakwan D. saakaaoahte Q. r. siikinikaate s. aaniman t. oshihcikaate ke he n. La ad m. mooshkine asheoite 0 220 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 In this section, before you begin, review the spelling and meanings of the words very carefully. There are twenty English phrases listed below. When you are ready. translate them into Ojibwe (Severn dialect). Check your translations on page 268. English Tranlstions It tastes bitter (liquid) b. The event is over C. The weather is miserable d. It is frozen solid (somethin2 non-liquid) e. It is full f. It is 2oin2 away g. It is a fast current h. It is known i. at Fa y sit er l. n. Be made, built, processed he Be difficult, be hard ke Bein2 noured Goes backwards La s. Be sweet ad p. Be enjoyable, liked, fun Be sweet (liauid) U o. Be dull, boring Be full ni v m. r. uc It is spoiled k. q. Ed of ty It is closed j. ( n a. cu l II Verbs io r 2. Smoke comes out t. Note: Check your spelling and translations when you are done. L 221 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 Unit 2 Review Test Lesson 5 Review Test: This review test has four sections. Before you begin, review the spelling and the meaning of the words. 1. 0 In this review exercise, there are fifteen words listed below. Translate them into English in the io EngUsh Translation at Nouns uc mishtikwaan Ed mipilway of mihtawaak ty manoway cu l mikwayaw Fa mitihtiman minihk sit y mininc 0 er mitooskwan ni v mikotasbkway U n,itaamihkan ad mitoon ke he mikot micaap n space provided for you. Sections 1 to 4 translations are on page 268. La mikanakaap Note: Check your translations when you are done. 0 222 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE .. UNIT 2; LESSON 6 2. In this section, there are fifteen words listed below. Translate them into Severn Ojibwe in the space provided for you. English Ojibwe (Severn Dialect) n hand throat Ed lips uc chin/jaw at io elbow of nose ty eye Fa cu l forehead er sit y ( arm shoulder neck cheek ni v ear U hair ad head La ke he Note: Check your translations when you have finished. L 223 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 6 3. In this review test exercise, there are fourteen words listed below. Translate them into English in the space provided for you. 0 English Translation Nouns mipwaam io n mikitik at mihkaat uc misit Ed mitoontan of niihsilkisitaan waawikan cu l ty miyaw/miiyaw waahkikan Fa mitehi y coocoohsh sit mihsat ni v er mitibs 0 U mishiikan La ke he ad Note: Check your translations when you have finished. 0 224 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 r 4. In this section, there are fourteen words listed below. Translate them into Severn Ojibwe in the space provided for you. English Ojibwe (Severn Dialect) hip Ed heart at breast uc stomach io n navel of chest ty body Fa cu l thigh er sit y ( knee leg foot heel ni v toe ad U back This is the end of Unit 2; ~ n s 1 • 6 La ke he Note: Check your translations when you have finished. This is the end of the semester. On behalf of Ken James and Tom Beardy, we hope you did well in this course. We thank you for your interest in the Native language. Kinanaahkomlkoo L 225 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; REVIEW SECTION Let's Look Back At What You Have Learned: 0 Lessons 1-5 Animate Nouns: Translations are on page 269. mashkash toohaan io n coocoohsh manoway ty of Ed mikotashkway mihtawak mininc mitihs mihkaat waawikan niihsiikincaan nikamowin mikot mitooskwan mikwayaw waahkikan mishiikan misit miyaw/miiyaw pinaahkweho kapaa memepiso matwehike wiiciikisi ihpahiwe maaciipahiwe piikoshkaa ontamiihke 0 he ad U ni v kisiisihpaso pakohsenimo nikiso kaahsiikwe kaahsiininaakane pihtaabpiso er sit kiiwike (within community) kiiwite (out of community) inentam y Fa Animate Intransitive Verbs: IDJcaap uc kapehshiwin tashiikewin mikanakaap mitaamihkan mipiiway minihk mihsat mikitik niihsiikisitaan mitenan cu l minihkwewin pootawaan mitoon mishtikwaan mitihtiman mitebi mipwaam mitoontan mikonew at Inanimate Nouns: ke Inanimate Intransitive Verbs: kiishiwaayaa kishiiwemakan maacaamakan shaakashkine mashkawaahkwatin niiskaatan La minwentaakwan macentaakwan paabkibsi.n maaciciwan kishiiciwan saakaapahte ashepite ishkwaahkamikan wiihsakaakamin siikinikaate aaniman oshihcikaate mooshkine nihshiwanaatan kipihsin kihkentaakwan shiiwaa shiiwaakamin 226 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE .. UNIT 2; REVIEW SECTION Transitive Animate Verbs: Translations are on page 270. kohsi maaciwish maaciipahiwaash mamishim poosihi nakash nantohtaw pi-kiiwenotaw pakitin kohtan maaciwitoon maaciipahiwaatan mamishitan poosihtoon nakatan nantohtan pi-kiiwenotan pakitinan io n wanihi kiiwewish piihi tepihtaw kocihpo uc Ed eniwehk ahkonaak nipiihkaank ahpii piko y Fa nitawaac acina miishkoc kamaawin sit Preverbs: piihtaa- ni v er wenci- Prefix: he Expressions: ad U kape- Ani-maaciciwan. Ani-ninkiso. Kape-kiisbikaa. Mino-kiishikanihtoon. Nipakohsenim ci-wii-minohseyan. ke Amihiwe kwayahk. Aanti eshi-tewisiyan? Aanti eshi-wiihsakentaman? Ani-kiishiwaayaa. Ani-kishiiciwan. La ( cu l ty Particles: of wanihtoon kiiwewitoon piihtoon tepihtan kocihpitan at Transitive Inanimate Verbs: 227 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Lesson 1: More About Transitive Verbs Exercise A: d. e. f. f. g. i. J. k. 1. n io at uc Ed m He/she is waiting for him/her. He/she is running away from him/her. He/she is telling on him/her. He/she is letting him/her go. He/she is putting him/her on board. He/she is tasting it. (VTA) He/she is coming back to him/her. He/she bears him/her from a distance. He/she is listening to him/her. He/she is taking him/her home. He/she is taking him/her along. He/she is leaving him/her behind. He/she is waiting for it. He/she is running away from it. He/she is telling on it. He/she is letting it go. He/she is putting it on board. He/she is tasting it. (VTI) He/she is coming back to it. He/she hears it from a distance. He/she is listening to it. He/she is taking it home. He/she is taking it along. He/she is leaving it behind. ke he YIA La a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. I. 0 Third-Person Transitive Verbs ExerclseB: 1. of You are waiting for it. You are running away from it. You are telling on it. You are letting it go. You are putting it on board. YOU are tasting it. You are coming back to it. You hear it from a distance. You are listening to it. You are taking it home. You are taking it along. You are leaving it behind. ty You are waiting for him/her. You are running away from him/her. You are telling on him/her. You are letting him/her go. You are putting him/her on board. You are tasting it. (VTA) You are coming back to him/her. You hear him/her from a distance. You bear him/her. You are taking him/her home. You are taking him/her along. You are leaving him/her behind. cu l c. m Fa a. b. YU y 3. sit I. er i. j. k. ni v h. U b. c. d. e. f. g. I'm waiting for it. ·"Tm running aw~y_from it. rm telling on it. I'm letting it go. I'm putting it in a car/boat. I'm trying the taste of it (inanimate). I'm coming back to it. I'm coming back to it. I can hear it from a distance. I'm listening to it. I'm taking it home. I'm leaving it behind. I'm waiting for him/her. I'm running away from hlm/her. I'm telling on him/her. I'm letting him/her go. I'm putting him/her on board. I'm trying the taste of it (animate). I'm coming back to him/her. I hear him/her from a distance. I'm listening to him/her. I'm taking him/her home. I'm taking him/her along. I'm leaving him/her behind. ad a. 0 m YIA 1. 228 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Questions and Answers First, Second-Person Form Only Exercise C: Question 1. Positive Answer Are you waiting for Susan? Yes, I'm waiting for Su~an. OR Neeative Answer Are you running away from him/her? io n No, I'm not waiting for her. Yes, I'm running away from him/her. at OR uc No, I'm not running away from him/her. Are you waiting for the airplane? Ed Yes, I'm waiting for the airplane. OR of No, I'm not waiting for the airplane. Are you running away from it? cu l OR ty Yes, I'm running away from it. No, I'm not running away from it. Fa Questions and Answers Third-Person with Obviative Question 1. er sit ExerciseD: ni v ( Sections 2 and 3 will be completed in the text. y Note: Answer Yes, he/she is waiting for Susan. OR No, he/she is not waiting for Susan. ad U Is he/she waiting for Susan? Yes, he/she is running away from him/her. OR No, he/she is not running away from him/her. ke he Is he/she running away from him/her? La Is he/she waiting for the airplane? Yes, he/she is waiting for the airplane. OR No, he/she is not waiting for the airplane. Is he/she running away from it? Yes, he/she is running away from it. OR NO, he/she is not running away from it. L Note: Sections 2 and 3 will be completed in the text. 229 �INTERMEDIATE O.nBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Paradigms Exercise E: 0 1 I'm waiting for him/her. 2 You are waiting for him/her. 1 I'm waiting for it_. 2 You are waiting for it. 3 He/she is waiting for him/her. 3 He/she is waiting for it. 13 We (exc) are waiting for it. 21 We (inc) are waiting for it. 22 You (pl) are waiting for it. 33 They are waiting for it. io 13 We (exc) are waiting for him/her. 21 We (inc) are waiting for him/her. ty cu l Fa Sections 3 will be completed in the text. Working With the Language y Exercise F: Do you want to wait for the chief here? No, I don't want to wait for him/her. I want to go home now. b) My dog wants to eat. I want to run away from him/her today. c) I told on your friend yesterday. He/she stole the food. d) My daughter wants to work tomorrow. I will let her go. sit a) 0 U ad he ke Are you waiting for the airplane? La e) ni v er I. He/she is running away from it. He/she is telling on it. He/she is letting it go. He/she is putting it on board. of He/she is running away from him/her. He/she is telling on him/her. He/she is letting him/her go. He/she is putting him/her on board. Ed m llA Note: uc at 22 You (pl) are waiting fonn him/her. 33 They are waiting for him/her. 2. n YIA 1. Note: f) I'm running away from the sickness. g) He/she is putting the gun into the boat. h) I put my knife on the kitchen table. Sections 2 and 3 will be completed in the text. 0 230 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION More Sentences Exercise G: Did you listen to the bird that was singing the day before yesterday? b) I want to listen to the radio tonight. c) My grandfather is sick. I want to take him home tomorrow. d) Are you taking you book home tonight? e) I took my grandmother along this morning. 0 Are you taking your gun along today? g) Are you taking your knife along today? h) Joan is leaving behind her younger sibling. i) Peter is leaving behind his tent. Note: Ed uc at io n a) Sections 2 and 3 will be completed in the text. Exercise H: cu l Dialogues of 1. ty r 1. Hello Ernie. What will you do today? I will wait for my daughter. She is coming home today. How about you? What will you do? I want to run away from my spouse. Why? He/she drinks too much. I'm not happy. How about your son, is he going with you? Yes, he is going with me. I can't leave him behind. B. What do you want to do when you finish work? I will wait for the airplane. It will arrive maybe at 2 o'clock. How about you, what do you want to do when you finish work? I want to run away from the cold weather. Why? Don't you like the cold weather? I don't like winter. It's cold too long. How about your spouse, is he/she going with you? Yes, he/she also is coming. La ke he ad U ni v er sit y ( Fa A. 1 I'mhappy 2 You're happy 3 He/she is happy L Note: 13 21 22 33 We're happy (exc.) We're happy (inc.) You're happy (pl.) They're happy Sections 2 and 3 will be completed in the text. 231 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE .. UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION More Dialogues n io at Did you tell about the bad thing yesterday? Yes, someone did something bad yesterday. What did he/she do? He/she fought someone. Why? He/she drank too much wine. What will he/she do? He/she will let the drinking go. uc B. 0 Ed I told on my friend the day before yesterday. Why? He/she stole something from the store. What did he/she steal? · Money. Ohmy! How much? I don't know. I'm not told exactly. What do they want to do? I want to take him/her home tomorrow. of A. Fa cu l 1. ty Exercise I: sit y VAI+Q ni v ad 1 I'm fighting him/her. 2 You are fighting him/her. 3 He/she is fighting him/her. Note: 0 13 We (exc.) are doing something bad. 21 We (inc.) are doing something bad. 22 You (pl.) are doing something bad. 33 They are doing something bad. La ke he 1 I'm doing something bad. 2 You're doing something bad. 3 He/she is doing something bad. YIA We (exc.) are stealing. We (inc.) are stealing. You (pl.) arc stealing. They are stealing. U LU 13 21 22 33 er 1 I'm stealing 2 You're stealing. 3 He/she is stealing. 13 21 22 33 We (exc) are fighting him/her. We (inc.) are fighting him/her. You (pl.) are fighting him/her. They are fighting him/her. Sections 2 and 3 will be completed in the text. 0 232 �INTERMEDIATE OllBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Transitive Animate Verbs: 10. he Native Lapguaae Inuslatiop Yecbime ke Nipiihaa Kipiihtoon na? Omaaciipahiwaanan Kimaaciipahiwaataan Kimamishimaa na? Nimamishitaan Nipakitinaa Opakitinaan Kipoosihaa na? Kipoosihtoon Nikocihpwaa Okocihpitaan La 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. L n io at cu l Fa y sit er ad 11. 12. ni v 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. You are waiting for it. I'm running away from it. He/she is telling on it. You are letting it go. I'm putting it on board. He/she is tasting it (VTI). You are coming back to it. I hear it from a distance. He/she is listening to it. You are taking it home. I'm taking it along. He/she is leaving it behind. U 1. ty Transitive Inanimate Verbs: uc 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. I'm waiting for him/her. You are running away from him/her. He/she is telling on him/her. I'm letting him/her go. You are putting him/her on board. He/she is tasting it (VTA). I'm coming back to him/her. You hear him/her from a distance. He/she is listening to him/her. I'm taking him/her home. You are taking him/her along. He/she is leaving him/her behind. Ed 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. of r Review Transitive Verbs ExerciseJ: Native J.anpaae Translation VTA 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. VTI VTA VTI VTA VTI VTA VTI VTA VTI VTA VTI 233 Kipi-kilwenotaan ina? Nipi-kilwenotaan Nitepihtawaa Kitepihtaan ina? Onatohtawaan Ninatohtaan Kikiiwewinaa na? Okilwewitoon Omaaciiwinaan Nimaaciiwitoon Onakanaan Kinakanaa Yerbime VTI VTI VTA VTI VTA VTI VTA VTI VTA VTI VTA VTA �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Lesson 2: 0 More About TA Verb Subject and Object Combinations Exercise A: (1 acting on 3) at io n I'm waiting for him/her. I'm running away from him/her. I'm telling on him/her. I'm putting him/her on board. uc (2 acting on 3) of Ed You are waiting for him/her. You are running away form him/her. You are telling on him/her. cu l ty (3 acting on 3 Obviatlve) y Fa He/she is waiting for him/her. He/she is running away from him/her. He/she is telling on him/her. He/she is putting him/her on board. 0 er sit (3 acting on 1) ad (3 acting on 2) U ni v He/she is waiting for me. He/she is running away from me. He/she is telling on me. ke he He/she is waiting for you. He/she is running away from you. He/she is telling on you. La (3 Obviative acting on 3) He/she is being waited on by him/her. He/she is being ran away from by him/her. He/she is being told on by him/her. He/she is being put on board by him/her. 0 234 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION More About Animate Combinations ExerciseB: 2. Tell on him/her! Put him/her on board! Section 3 will be completed in the text. Note: (1 acting on 2) n 4. io I'm waiting for you. Ed uc at I'm running away from you. I'm telling on you. I'm putting you on board. (2 acting on 1) cu l ty of You are waiting for me. You are running away from me. You are telling on me. You are putting me on board. Dialogues 1. Fa Exercise C: A. What are you doing this evening? I will wait for Susan. Why? We want to leave. Oh yeah! Where do you (pl.) want to go? We (exc.) want to go to the dance. Please wait for me! I want to go to the dance too. Okay. we (exc.) will wait for you. B. I will be leaving today. Oh yeah! Where, then, are you going? rm running away from my dog. Why? Does he/she want to eat? No, he/she is angry. Why is he/she angry? He lost his/her ball. Where did he/she lose it? I don't know. He did not tell me. La ke he ad U ni v er sit y ( 1 I lost him/her. 2 You lost him/her. 3 He/she lost him/her. L 13 21 22 33 We lost him/her. (exc) We lost him/her. (inc.) You lost him/her. (pl.) They lost him/her. 235 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE • UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Why is he/she crying? Why is he/she sleeping? Why is he/she sick? Why is he/she laughing? Why is he/she leaving? 0 I will be leaving this evening. Oh yeah! Where abouts are you going? rm running away from the cold weather. Why? Are you cold? Yes, its always too cold. How about your dog? Is he/she going with you? No, he/she is not cold. What is he/she going to do? My older brother will look after him/her. of B. ty What are you doing this start of the day? I will wait for the airplane. Why? I want to leave. Oh yeah! Where do you want to go? I want to go where the weather is warm. Okay, I will wait for you. Come home soon. 0 Sections 2 and 3 will be completed in the text. ke Note: he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l A. Ed More Dialogues Exercise 0: 1. uc at io n Why are you angry? Why are they angry? Why are you (pl.) angry? Why are we (inc.) angry? Why are we (exc.) angry? Why am I angry? 1. Continuation of Dialogues La ExerciseE: A. I told on my friend yesterday. Oh yeah! What did he/she do? He/she left secretly the day before yesterday. Why? He/she wu scared of the alcohol drinker. Where did he/she go? I don't know. He/she most likely went home. Do you think he/she will be coming back again. I hope so. 236 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE .. UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION I told on it about your outboard motor. Why? It was too loud. What do you want to do. I don't know. What do you think? Do you want me to shut it off? Yes, please, might as well shut it off. 1 I think somthing to be so. 2 You think something to be so. 3 He/she thinks something to be so. Sections 2 and 3 will be completed in the text. Continuation of Sentences U Exercise G: La ke he ad a) In the morning I will taste the bannock. b) Will you be coming back to your spouse when you finish work? c) No, I will not be coming to him/her today. Later tomorrow I will be coming back to him/her. d) Do you also want to taste some wine? e) No, I never drink wine. f) Soon I will be coming back to my community. Note: Sections 2 and 3 will be completed in the text. Exercise H: 1. L Note: at cu l er sit y Fa Tonight I want to let the fish to swim around. Are you going to put your grandfather on the airplane today? No. I'm not going to put him on board. Susan will most likely put him on board. I will put the knife here beside the plate. Are you going to put your gun in the boat? No, I will not put my gun in the boat. It is too dangerous. Note: 1. uc More Sentences With Transitive Verbs ni v ( We think something to be so. (exc.) We think something to be so. (inc.) You think something to be so. (pl.) They think something to be so. ty Exercise F: a) b) c) d) e) f) io Sections 2 and 3 will be completed in the text. Note: 1. 13 21 22 33 We are afraid of him/her. (exc.) We are afraid of him/her. (inc.) You are afraid of him/her. (pl.) They are afraid of him/her. Ed 13 21 22 33 n 1 I'm afraid of him/her. 2 You are afraid of him/her. 3 He/she is afraid of him/her. of B. a) b) c) d) e) More Sentences I heard the owl in the woods last night. Did you listen to the wolf that was howling last night? No, I did not listen to the wolf last night. I was sleeping. I hear the rapids over there beyond the hills. What will you do tonight? I want to listen to a song. Sections 2 and 3 will be completed in the text. 237 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Final Set of Sentences Exercise I: a) I will take my friend home tomorrow. The day after tomorrow I will be coming home. b) Will Sally also be taking along her spouse? c) No. she will not be taking her spouse along. d) Will he/she be leaving behind his/her dog when he/she leaves? e) Yes. he/she will most likely leave him/her behind when he/she leaves. f) Will you be taking your gun home when you finish hunting? g) Yes, I will be taking it home when I finish hunting. When I want to hunt again I will take it along. h) I will leave my lunch box here. I will come and get it later. Q uc of ty cu l Sections 2 and 3 will be completed in the text. Exercise J: Final Review Test for Lesson 2 2. ad U ni v er sit y TransiUve Animate Verbs a) I'm waiting for him/her. b} You are running away from him/her. c) He/she is telling on him/her. d) I'm letting him/her go. e) You are putting him/her on board. f) He/she is tasting it. (TA) Transitive Inanimate Verbs a) b) c) I'm waiting for it. You are running away from it. d) He/she is telling on it. I'm letting it go. e) f) You are putting it on board. He/she is tasting it. (TI) I'm coming back to him/her. g) I'm coming back for it. h) You ar hearing him/her from a distance. h) i) He/she is listening to him/her. I'm taking him/her home. i) You are hearing it from a distance. He/she is listening to it. I'm taking it home. ke j) he g) j) La 1. I'm taking it home. I'm taking it along. I'm leaving it behind. I'm taking him/her home. I'm taking him/her along. I'm leaving him/her behind. Note: We are getting it. (exc.) We are getting it. (inc.) You are getting it. (pl.) They are getting it. Fa 2. 13 21 22 33 Ed 1 I'm getting it. 2 You are getting it. 3 He/she is getting it. at io n I. k) I) You are taking him/her along. He/she is leaving him/her behind. k) I) 0 You are taking it along. He/she is leaving it behind. 0 238 �y w) x) Lesson 3: er C New AI Verbs U ad he 5. La 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. take a bath take a shower wash one's face wash dishes put clothes on comb one's hair get on. embark disembark. get off swing one's self play a musical instrument drumming fishing with a hook ke 2. 3. 4. ni v Exercise A: 1. 11. 12. io at uc Ed Fa u) v) of h) i) j) k) I) m) n) o) p) q) r) s) t) ty O g) He/she is leaving him/her behind. I'm talcing him/her home. I'm waiting for it. You are talcing him/her along. He/she is telling on it. You are putting it on board. He/she is listening to him/her. I'm waiting for him/her. You are running away from him/her. You are hearing it from a distance. I'm talcing it home. I'm coming back to him/her. You are hearing him/her from a distance. He/she is leaving it behind. You are taking it along. He/she is telling on him/her. I'm letting him/her go. He/she is listening to it. You are running away from it. He/she is tasting it. (TA) I'm coming back to it. He/she is tasting it. (TI) You are putting him/her on board. I'm letting it go. cu l a) b) c) d) e) sit 3. n INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION L 239 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise B: 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. n 5. io 4. at 3. 0 take a bath take a shower wash one's face wash dishes put clothes on comb one's hair get on, embark disembark, get off swing one's self play a musical instrument drumming fishing with a hook uc I. 2. Ed I. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 1. ty cu l Fa y 0 wash dishes s. 6. 7. he ad 2. comb one's hair 3. disembark, get off 4. take a shower fishing with a hook play a musical instrument wash one's face swing one's self put clothes on take a bath drumming get on, embark La 2. sit 6. 7. er s. ni v 2. 3. 4. take a bath take a shower wash one's face wash dishes put clothes on comb one's hair get on, embark disembark, get off swing one's self play a musical instrument drumming fishing with a hook U 1. ke I. of Exercise C: 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 0 240 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION n io at uc of ty cu l La ke he ad U ni v er ( kapaa kwaashkwepine 3. mempiso 4. kaahsiininaakane s. kaahsiikwe 6. kitohcike 7. kisiipiikii 8. pinaahkweho 9. pihtaahpiso 10. matwehike 11. poosi 12. kisiihsipaso 1. 2. Fa 1. Ed Matching Pictures and Words Exercise D: y r kisiipiikii 2. kisiihsipaso 3. kaahsiinkwe 4. kaahsiininaakane 5. pihtaahpiso 6. pinaahkweho 7. poosi 8. kapaa 9. memepiso 10. kitohcike 11. matwehike 12. kwaashkwepine 1. sit 3. L 241 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Matching Words to the Pictures 0 2. at uc kisiihsipaso io n kaahsiininaakane of Ed kwaashkwepine kapaa kaahsiikwe ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty matwehike pihtaahpiso 0 U kitohcike he ad kisiipiikii La ke memepiso pinaahkweho poosi 0 242 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION r Fill in the Missing Letters Exercise E: Note: Section 1 will be completed in the text. 2. English Translation AIVerbs get on, embark pin disembark, get off... at drumming Ed uc meme io n fishing with hook lay musical instrument of wing oneself ea bath ash dishes ty kap cu l a shower Fa pihtaahpiso Singular 1. I'm taking a bath You are taking a bath. He/she is taking a bath. 3. I'm washing my face. You are washing your face. He/she is washing his/her face. s. I'm taking a shower. You are taking a shower. He/she is taking a shower. 4. I'm washing dishes. You are washing dishes. He/she is washing dishes. I'm putting on my clothes. You are putting on your clothes. He/she is putting on bis/her clothes. 6. I'm combing my hair. You are combing your hair. He/she is combing bis/her hair. I'm embarking. You are embarking. He/she is embarking. 8. I'm disembarking. You are disembarking. He/she is disembarking. 9. I'm swinging. You are swinging. He/she is swinging. 10. I'm playing a musical instrument. You are playing a musical instrument. He/she is playing a musical instrument. 11. I'm drummimg. You are drumming. He/she is drumming. 12. I'm fishing with a hook. You are fishing with a hook. He/she is fishing with a hook. ni v er sit 2. La 7. ke he ad U ( y Exercise F: C 243 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE • UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION n io cu l Kaawin nikisiipiikiihsiin Kaawin nikisiihsipasohsiin K.aawin nikaahsiikwehsiin Kaawin nikaahsiininaakanehsiin Kaawin nipihtaahpisohsiin Kaawin nipinaahkwehohsiin Fa 1) at Poosi Kapaa Memepiso Kitohcike Matwehike Kwaashkwepine uc Kisiipiikii Kisiihsipaso Kaabsiinkwe Kaahsiininaakane Pihtaahpiso Pinaahkweho Ed Kipoos Kikapaa Kimemepis Kikitohcike Kimatwehike Kikwaashkwepine of Kikisiipiikii Kikisiihsipas Kikaahsiinkwe Kikaahsiin inaakane Kipihtaahpis Kipinaahkweh 0 ty Nipoos Nikapaa Nimemepis Nikitohcike Nimatwebike Nikwaashkwepine Kaawin nipoosihsiin Kaawin nikapaahsiin Kaawin nimemepisohsiin Kaawin nikoticikehsiin Kaawin nimatwebikehsiin Kaawin nikwaashkwepinehsiin Kaawin kipoosihsiin Kaawin kikapaahsiin Kaawin kimemepisohsiin Kaawin kikoticikebsiin Kaawin kimatwehikehsiin Kaawin ki.kwaashkwepinehsiin Kaawin kisiipiikiibsiin Kaawin kisiihsipasohsiin Kaawin kaabsiinkwebsiin Kaawin kaahsilninaakanebsiin Kaawin pihtaahpisohsiin Kaawin pinaahkwehohsiin Kaawin poosihsiin Kaawin kapaabsiin Kaawin memepisohsiin Kaawin koticikebsiin Kaawin matwehikehsiin Kaawin kwaasbkwepinehsiin U Kaawin kikisiipiikiihsiin Kaawin kikisiihsipasohsiin Kaawin kikaahsiinkwebsiin Kaaw.iD kikaabsiminaakanebsiin Kaawin kipihtaahpisiihsiin Kaawin kipinaahkwehohsiin La 3) ke he ad 2) ni v er sit 3. Nikisiipiikii Nikisiihsipas Nikaahsiinkwe Nikaahsiininaakane Nipihtaahpis Nipinaahkweh y 2. Note: 0 Section 4 will be done in the text. 0 244 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Dialogues Exercise G: My son, did you take a bath yet? No, I don't want to have a bath. I want just to take a shower. Hurry! Get ready. You will be leaving soon. I want to eat some before I leave. What do you want to eat? Porridge. Only a little. Okay, I will cook it. Thank you my mother. B. Wash the dishes before you go! Later, I want to wash my face first. For sure, I will wash dishes before I go. That's good. Are you leaving now? Yes, I will see you again soon. Okay, have a good day. Thank you. You too, have a good day. C. Is your younger sibling putting bis/her clothes on already? No, he/she is still combing his/her hair. Tell him/her the car will arrive soon. Okay, I will tell him/her anyway. How about you, what will you do today? I don't know. I don't exactly know yet. Maybe I will drum all day long. D. What do you want to do today? I want to go fishing. I want to eat fish. Do you want to eat fish too? No, I want to eat skunk. Is that true? Yuk! Yes, do you want to eat skunk too? Much later when I don't have anything else to eat, I will eat skunk. of Ed uc at io n A. ty 1. La ke he ad U ni v er sit ( y Fa cu l r Note: Sections 2 and 3 will be done in the text. L 245 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Plural We are taking a bath. (exc) We are taking a bath. (inc) You are taking a bath. (pl) They are taking a bath. 2. We are taking a shower. (exc) We are taking a shower. (inc) You are taking a sho~er. (pl) They are taking a shower. 3. We are washing our face. (exc) We are washing our face. (inc) You are washing your face. (pl) They are washing their faces. 4. We are washing dishes. (exc) We are washing dishes. (inc) You are washing dishes. (pl) They are washing dishes. 5. We are putting on our clothes. (exc) We are putting on our clothes. (inc) You are putting on your clothes. (pl) They are putting on their clothes. 6. We are combing our hair. (exc) We are combing our hair. (inc) You are combing your hair. (pl) They are combing their hair. 7. We are embarking. (exc) We are embarking. (inc) You are embarking. (pl) They are embarking. 8. We are disembarking. (exc) We are disembarking. (inc) You are disembarking. (pl) They are disembarking. 9. We are swinging. (exc) We are swinging. (inc) You are swinging. (pl) They are swinging. ad ke he Nikisiipiikiimin (exc) Kikisiipiikiiroin (inc) Kikisiipiikiinaawaa (You pl) Kisiipiikiiwak (They) La 2. at uc Ed of ty cu l Fa y sit er ni v We are drumming. (exc) We are dmmming. (inc) You are drumming. (pl) They are drumming. 10. 12. We are playing a musical instrument. (exc) We are playing a musical instrument. (inc) You are playing a musical instrument. (pl) They are playing a musical instrument. 0 We are fishing. (exc) We are fishing. (inc) You are fishing. (pl) They are fishing. U 11. 0 io 1. n Exercise H: Nikaahsiinkwemin (exc) Kikaabsiinkwemin (inc) Kikaabsiinkwenaawaa (You pl) Kaahsiinkwewak (They) Nipihtaahpisomin (exc) Kipihtaahpisomin (inc) Kipihtaahpisonaawaa (you pl) Pihtaahpisowak (They) Nipinaabkwehomin (exc) Kipinaahkwebomin (inc) Kipinaahkwehonaawa (You pl) Kapaawak (They) Nipoosimin (exc) Kipoosimin (inc) kipoosinaawaa (You pl) Poosiwak (they) Nikapaamin (exc) Kikapaamin (inc) Kikapaanaawaa (You pl) Kapaawak (They) 246 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Nimatwehikemin (exc) Kimatwehikemin (inc) Kimatwehikenaawaa (You pl) Matwehikewak (They) Nikitocikemin (exc) K.ikitocikemin (inc) K.ikitocikenaawaa (You pl) Kitocikewak (They) r io uc ty cu l Fa y sit U ni v er Kaawin nikohcikehsiimin (exc) Kaawin kikitohcikehsiimin (inc) Kaawin kikitohcikehsiinaawaa (you pl) Kaawin kitohcikehsiiwak (they) ke he ad Kaawin nipoosihsiimin (exc) Kaawin kipoosihsiimin (inc) Kaawin kipoosihsiinaawaa (you pl) Kaawin poosihsiiwak (they) Kaawin nimemepisohsiimin (exc) Kaawin kimemepisohsiimin (inc) Kaawin kimemepisohsiinaawaa (you pl) Kaawin memepisohsiiwak (they) La ( Kaawin nikapaahsiimin (exc) Kaawin kikapaahsiimin (inc) Kaawin kikapaahsiinaawaa (you pl) Kaawin kapaahsiiwak (they) of Kaawin nikaahsiikwehsiimin (exc) Kaawin kikaahsiikwehsiimin (inc) Kaawin kikaahsiikwehsiinaawaa (you pl) Kaawin kaahsiikwehsiiwak (they) at Example: We are not taking a shower. (exc) We are not taking a shower. (inc) You are not taking a shower. (You pl) They are not taking a shower. Ed 3. n Nikwaashkwepinemin (exc) Kikwaashkwepinemin (inc) Kikwaashkwepinenaawaa (You pl) Kwaashkwepinewak (they) Kaawin nimatwehikehsiimin (exc) Kaawin kimatwehikehsiimin (inc) Kaawin kimatwehikehsiinaawaa (you pl) Kaawin matwehikehsiiwak (they) 247 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2 2 TRANSLATION SECTION Paradigms Singular and Plural I'm washing my face You're washing your face He/she is washing bis/her face 2 13 21 22 33 We are washing our faces We are washing our faces You are washing your face (pl) They are washing their faces 13 21 22 33 n io at We are washing dishes We are washing dishes You are washing dishes (pl) They are washing dishes cu l Fa Nipinaabkweh Kipinaabkweh Pinaahkweho Nipinaabkwehomin Kipinaahkwehomin Kipinaabkwebonaawaa Pioaahkwehowak 1 I'm not swinging You're not swinging He/she is not swinging 0 ad 3 he Nipoosimin Kipoosimin Kipoosinaawaa Poosiwak ke 22 y er 2 ni v Nipoos Kipoos Poosi 1 I'm washing dishes You're washing dishes He/she is washing dishes 13 21 22 33 sit Nipihtaahpisomin Kipihtaahpisomin Kipihtaahpisonaawaa Pihtaahpisowak 13 21 22 33 13 21 1 2 3 Nipibtaahpis Kipihtaahpis Pihtaahpiso 1 2 3 3 uc 1 1 2 3 We are taking a shower We are taking a shower You are taking a shower (pl) They are taJcing a shower Ed 13 21 22 33 We are taking a bath We are taking a bath You are taJcing a bath (pl) They are taking a bath 13 21 22 33 0 I'm taking a shower You're taking a sho~er He/she is taking a shower of 3 2. 1 2 3 I'm taJcing a bath You're taking a bath He/she is taking a bath 1 2 U 1. ty Exercise I: 3. La 33 3 I'm not disembarking You're not disembarking He/she is not disembarking 13 21 22 33 We're not disembarking we•re not disembarking You're not disembarking Yhey are not disembarking 1 2 2 3 13 21 22 33 We're not swinging We're not swinging You're not swinging They are not swinging 0 248 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION 4. 1 2 3 2 3 13 21 K.aawin kikitohticikehsiimin Kaawin kikitohticikehsiimin Kaawin kikitohticikehsiinaawaa Kaawin kitohticikehsiiwak 22 33 K.aawin nimatwehikehsiin K.aawin kimatwehikehsiin K.aawin matwehikehsiin K.aawin nimatwehikehsiimin Kaawin kimatwehikehsiimin Kaawin kimatwehikehsiinaawaa K.aawin matwehikehsiiwak Review Test 12 Ed 2 of 10 1 5 ty 9 cu l 3 Fa 7 6 11 y 8 sit Section 2 on next page. comb's one hair get on, embark play a musical instrument take a bath swing one's self put clothes on wash one's face disembark, get off he ad U ni v 3. uc 4 kaahsiininaakane kisiihsipaso kwaashkwepine matwehike kapaa kaahsiikwe pihtaahpiso memepiso kiisiipiikii kitohcike poosi pinaahkweho er ( at ExerciseJ: 1. io n 13 21 22 33 1 Kaawin nikitohticikehsiin Kaawin kikitohticikehsiin K.aawin kitohticikehsiin ke drumming La fishing with a book take a shower wash dishes L 249 �INTERMEDIATE ODBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION 2. 0 kapaa at io n kaahsiikwe Ed uc pibtaahpiso of kitobcike cu l ty kisiipiikii Fa memepiso 0 ni v er sit y pinaahkwebo ad U matwehike ke he kwaashkwepine La kisiibsipaso kaahsiininaakane • 0 250 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Lesson 4: Inanimate Intransitive Verbs 1. (1) (6) (7) (8) (9) ( 10) it is spoiled it is closed it is known it is a fast current it is going away (2) (3) (4) (5) it is full it is frozen solid (s.t. non-liquid) the weather is miserable the event is over it tastes bitter (liquid) n Exercise A: uc Ed shaakashkine kishiiciwan niiskaatan of ishkwaahkamikan cu l Fa Shinkopiiwaapoo wiihsakaakamin. Akwaciink awahsinaako kii-niiskaatan. Pipoononk saakahikan kii-mashkawaahkwatin. Pashkwewash shaakash.kine. Paawihtik kishiiciwan. Miicim kii-nihshiwanaatan. lshkwaantem kipihsin. Aahkosiwin kihkentaakwan. Pimihsewin maacaamakan. Aasha weshkac kii-ishkwaahkamikan. he ad U ni v er sit y 2. ty wiihsakaakamin maacaamakan mashkawaahkwatin kipihsin nihshiwanaatan kihkentaakwan ( Working with the Language ke Exercise C: a) b) c) d) e) I don't want to eat the meat. It is spoiled. My door is closed. It is known that soon it will be winter. The river I saw yesterday, has a fast current. The boat has left already. La 1. 2. C at Complete the Sentences ExerciseB: 1. io Note: Section 2 and 3 will be completed in the text. it is full it is frozen (s.t. non-liquid) the weather is miserable the event is over it tastes bitter (liquid) 251 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Questions and Answers Exercise D: (a) 0 Question Do you think the meat is spoiled? Positive Answer Yes, I think it is spoiled. io at uc Question Is your door closed? Ed (b) n Negative Answer No, I don't think it is spoiled. of Positive Anwer Yes, my door is closed. cu l Question Is it known that soon it will be winter? Fa (c) ty Negative Answer No, my door is not closed. sit y Positive Answer Yes, it is known that soon it will be winter. 0 Question Do you think the current from the river is too fast? ad U (d) ni v er Negative Answer No, it is not known that soon it will be winter. ke he Positive Answer Yes, I think the current is too fast. Negative Answer No, I don't think the current is too fast. La 1. (e) Question Will the airplane be leaving soon? Positive Answer Yes, it will be leaving soon. Negative Answer No, it will not be leaving soon. 0 252 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION it is full it is frozen (s.t. non-liquid) the weather is miserable the event is over it tastes bitter (liquid) Execise E: Dialogues I don't want to eat the meat. Why? I think it is spoiled. n A. 1. io 2. at What do you want to eat instead? Ed uc I might as well not eat. I will drink only some wine. Is your door closed? No, I've left it open. When will you close it? Tomorrow, maybe I will close it before I leave. That's good. C. It is known that soon it will be summer. The weather is getting warm. The snow and the ice are melting. The river is starting to flow and also it is starting to flow fast. The geese will arrive and also the ducks. The bears are getting up. D. Soon the airplane will be leaving. Are you ready now? I'm almost ready now? How about you, are you going also? No, I want to hunt in the bush. I want to look for rabbit and partridge. That's good. I wish you the best. Thank you very much, my friend. Fa cu l ty of B. it is full it is frozen (s.t. non-liquid) the weather is miserable the event is over it tastes bitter {liquid) La 2. ke he ad U ni v er sit y ( Note: Section 3 will be completed in the text. 253 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE • UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION 10 More II Verbs Exercise F: 1. ( 1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) smoke comes out goes backward being poured (liquid) be difficult/be hard be made, built, processed 0 be sweet be sweet (liquid) be full (liquid) . be enjoyable, liked, fun, good time be dull, boring at cu l ty of Ed uc shiiwaa shiiwaakamin siikinikaate minwentaakwan macentaakwan saakaapahte ashepite mooshkine aaniman y U ni v er sit 0 1. a) There is smoke coming from near the mountain. The aiiplane is going backwards by the shore. We will pour the beer tonight. The job was difficult today. A teepee was built yesterday. La b) c) d) e) ke Exercise B: he ad minwentaakwan siikinikaate shiiwaakamin shiiwaa oshihcikaate macentaakwan mooshkine asbepite saakaapahte aaniman Fa osbihcikaate 2. io Complete the Sentences Exercise G: I. n Sections 3 and 4 will be completed in the text. 2. be sweet be sweet (liquid) be full be enjoyable, liked. fun, good time be dull, boring 0 254 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise I: 1. (a) Question Is there smoke coming from the bush? Positive Answer Yes, smoke is coming from the bush. io (b) n Negative Answer No, there is no smoke coming from the bush. uc at Question Can your outboard motor go backwards? ty Question Has the water been poured in the container yet? Fa (c) cu l Negative Answer No, my outboard cannot go backwards. of Ed Positive Anwer Yes, my outboard can go backwards. Positive Answer Yes, the water has been poured in the container already. sit y ( Question Do you think the job is difficult? U (d) ni v er Negative Answer No, the water hasn't been poured in the container yet. he ad Positive Answer Yes, I think the job is difficult. La ke Negative Answer No, I don't think the job is difficult. (e) Question Is your house being built? Positive Answer Yes, my house is being built. Negative Answer No, my house is not being built. 255 �INTER MEDIA TE OJIBW E - UNIT li TRANSLATION SECTI ON Dialogues Has the water been poured on the camp fire yet. Not yet. I want to cook some more. Make sure you pour water when you finish cooking. Yes, for sure I will do that. Are you leaving already? Yes, I want to go home before it rains. Perhaps I will see you again tomorrow. Yes, I will see you again if it's a good day. D. Was the job difficult today? Yes, truly it was difficult. Will you come and help me tomorrow? No, I will be busy. How about the day after tomorrow? I don't know. Wait, I will ask my boss. (1) (2) (3) be made smoke comes out be sweet (liquid) n C. io What do you think is the matter with you? I think my head is going backwards. And why do you think that? I'm not thinking right Do you think something is broken inside your head? I hope not. at B. 0 uc Already there is smoke coming from the bush again. Oh my! I guess the fire is starting again. What shall we do? I don't know. We will run away, perhaps. Where, then, shall we run to? I don't know. To the water, perhaps. Ed A. 0 ad he (5) (6) be full be difficult/be hard be dull, boring Section 3 will be completed in the text. La Note: (4) ke 2. U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty 1 of Execise J: 0 256 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Final Review Test for Lesson 4 Exercise K: p) q) r) s) t) e) f) g) h) i) j) k) io at uc Ed ke I) m) er d) ni v c) wiihsakaakamin ishkwaahkamikan niiskaatan mashkawaahkwatin shaakashkine maacaamakan kishiiciwan kihkentaakwan kipibsin nihshiwanaatan macentaakwan minwentaakwan mooshkine shiiwaakamin shiiwaa oshihcikaate U b) ad a) he 2. n) La ( of o) ty m) n) cu l 1) Fa i) j) k) y e) f) g) h) n it is full it is frozen solid (non-liquid) the weather is miserable the event is over it tastes bitter (liquid) it is spoiled it is closed it is known it is a fast current it is going away be sweet be sweet (liquid) be full be enjoyable, liked, fun, good time be dull, boring smoke comes out goes backwards being poured (liquid) be difficult, be hard be made, built, processed a) b) c) d) sit L o) p) q) r) s) t) aaniman siikinikaate ashepite saakaapahte 257 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE • UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Lesson S: 0 Exercise A: j. k. ). m. n. o. n io at h. i. hair uc f. g. ear cheek neck shoulder arm hand Ed d. e. of C. forehead eye nose lips chin/jaw throat elbow head ty a. b. cu l 1. 1 my lips 2 your lips 3 his/her lips g. j. C. 1 mynose 2 yournose 3 his/her nose 1 my chin/jaw 2 your chin/jaw 3 his/her chin/jaw f. 1 my throat 2 your throat 3 his/her throat 1 myelbow 2 yourelbow 3 his/her elbow b. 1 my head 2 yourhead 3 his/her head i. 1 my hair 2 yourhair 3 his/her hair 1 myear 2 yourear 3 his/her ear k. 1 mycheek 2 yourcheek 3 his/her cheek 1. 1 myneck 2 yourneck 3 his/her neck 1 my shoulder 2 your shoulder 3 his/her shoulder n. 1 myarm 2 yourann 3 his/her arm 0 1 myhand 2 yourhand 3 his/her hand he ad U ni v e. ke m. 1 myeye 2 youreye 3 his/her eye y d. b. sit 1 my forehead 2 your forehead 3 his/her forehead er a. La 1. Fa ExerdseB: 0 0 2S8 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise C: a. 1 on my forehead 2 on your forehead 3 on his/her forehead b. 1 on my eye 2 on your eye 3 on his/her eye d. l on my lips 2 on your lips 3 on his/her lips e. 1 on my chin/jaw f. 2 on your chin/jaw 3 on his/her chin/jaw I on my throat 2 on your throat 3 on his/her throat g. 1 on my elbow 2 on your elbow 3 on his/her elbow h. 1 on my head 2 on your head 3 on his/her head 1 on my hair 2 on your hair 3 on bis/her hair J· 1 on my ear 2 on your ear 3 on his/her ear k. I on my cheek 2 on your cheek 3 on his/her cheek I. m. l on my shoulder 2 on your shoulder 3 on his/her shoulder n. 1 onmyarm 2 on your arm 3 on his/her arm 0 C. 1 onmy nose 2 on your nose 3 on his/her nose head hair A. A. A. neck shoulder arm hand Exercise E: 1. at uc Ed of ty cu l Fa A. A. La ke on my forehead on my eye on my nose on my lips on my chin/jaw onmy throat on my elbow sit ni v U ear cheek A. A. er Where does it hurt? Where does it hurt? Where does it hurt? Where does it hurt? Where does it hurt? Where does it hurt? Where does it hurt? he 2. Q. Q. Q. Q. Q. Q. Q. ad 1. y Exercise D: (_ i. io n r 1. Question: Does your forehead hurt? Positive: Yes, my forehead hurts. Negative: No, my forehead does not hurt. Question: Does your eye hurt? Positive: Yes, my eye hurts. Negative: No, my eye does not hurt. 259 l on my neck 2 on your neck 3 on his/her neck 1 onmy hand 2 on your hand 3 on his/her hand �INTERMEDIATE onBW E - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Question: Does your nose hurt? Positive: Yes, my nose hurts. Negative: No, my nose does not hurt. 0 Question: Does your lips hurt? Positive: Yes, my lips hurt. Negative: No, my lips do not hurt. io at uc ear cheek elbow head hair Ed 2. n Question: Does you chin/jaw hurt? Positive: Yes, my chin/jaw hurt. Negative: No, my chin/jaw does not hurt. cu l ty Question: Does his/her neck hurt? Positive: Yes, his/her neck hurts. Negative: No, his/her neck does not hurt. Fa 4. of Section 3 will be completed in the text. hand ni v ExerciseF: ke he c. breast d. stomach e. navel f. hip g. thigh h. knee i. leg j. foot k. heel l. toe m. back n. body ad U a chest b. heart La 1. 0 er arm sit y Question: Does his/her shoulder hurt? Positive: Yes, his/her shoulder hurts. Negative: No, his/her shoulder does not hurt. 0 260 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION C. 1 my breast 2 your breast 3 his/her breast d. 1 my stomach 2 your stomach 3 his/her stomach e. 1 my navel 2 yournavel 3 his/her navel f. 1 my hip 2 yourhip 3 his/her hip g. 1 my thigh 2 yourthigh 3 his/her thigh h. 1 myknee 2 yourknee 3 his/her knee i. 1 my leg 2 yourleg 3 his/her leg j. 1 my foot 2 yourfoot 3 his/her foot k. 1 my heel 2 yourheel 3 his/her heel m. 1 myback 2 yourback 3 his/her back of ty cu l Fa y I. n. La ke he ad U ni v ( io 1 my heart 2 yourheart 3 his/her heart at b. uc 1 my chest 2 yourchest 3 his/her chest Ed a. sit 1. er r n Exercise G: e 261 1 mytoe 2 yourtoe 3 his/her toe 1 mybody 2 yourbody 3 his/her body �INTERMEDIATE onBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise H: a. l on my chest 2 on your chest 3 on his/her chest b. 1 onmy heart 2 on your heart 3 on his/her heart c. 1 on my breast 2 on your breast 3 on his/her breast d. 1 on my stomach 2 on your stomach 3 on his/her stomach e. 1 on my navel 2 on your navel 3 on bis/her navel f. 1 onmyhip 2 on your hip 3 on his/her hip g. 1 on my thigh 2 on your thigh 3 on bis/her thigh h. 1 on my knee 2 on your knee 3 on his/her knee i. I onmyleg 2 on your leg 3 on his/her leg j. 1 onmy foot 2 on your foot 3 on his/her foot k. 1 onmy heel 2 on your heel 3 on his/her heel 2. knee leg foot heel n io at uc Ed of ty cu l Fa y sit ad he Where does it hurt? Where does it hurt? Where does it hurt? Where does it hurt? Where does it hurt? Where does it hurt? Where does it hurt? Where does it hurt? ke Q. Q. Q. Q. Q. Q. Q. Q. La 1. 0 n. 1 onmytoe 2 onyourtoe 3 on his/her toe 0 1 onmybody 2 on your body 3 on bis/her body U Exercise I: er 1 onmyback 2 on your back 3 on his/her back m. 1. ni v 1. A. A. A. A. A. A. A. A. on my chest on my heart on my breast on my stomach on my foot on my navel on my hip on my thigh toe back body 0 262 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE .. UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION ExerciseJ: Question: Do you have pain in your chest? Positive: Yes, I have pain in my chest. Negative: No, I don't have pain in my chest. 1. io n Question: Do you have pain in your heart? Positive: Yes, I have pain in my heart. Negative: No, I don't have pain in my heart. Ed uc at Question: Do you have pain in your breast? Positive: Yes, I have pain in my breast. Negative: No, I don't have pain in my breast. 2. hip thigh leg foot ty y ( Fa cu l Question: Do you have pain in your navel? Positive: Yes, I have pain in my navel. Negative: No, I don't have pain in my navel. of Question: Do you have pain in your stomach? Positive: Yes, I have pain in my stomach. Negative: No, I don't have pain in my stomach. sit knee Section 3 will be done in the text. ni v Question: Does be/she have pain in his/her heel? Positive: Yes, he/she has pain in his/her heel. Negative: No, he/she does not have pain in his/her heel. ad U 4. er Note: ke he Question: Does he/she have pain in his/her toe? Positive: Yes, he/she has pain in his/her toe. Negative: No, he/she does not have pain in his/her toe. La back body e 263 �INTERMEDIATE OnBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise K: 4. mishiikan mitihs mihsat coocoohsh mitehi waalcihlcan miiyaw mipwaam mikitik arm hand elbow throat chin/jaw lips Ed nose ni v er sit y Fa cu l thigh knee leg foot heel toe back body chest heart breast stomach navel hip ty of eye forehead 0 mihkaat ke he ad U misit mitootan niisiikihsitaan waawikan La 3. 0 n mininc mitooskwan mikotahshway mitaamikan mitoon mikot micaap mikanakap minihk mitihtiman mikwayaw manway mihtawak mipiiway mishtilcwan io 2. at head hair ear cheek neck shoulder uc 1. 0 264 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Lesson 6: Lesson 1 Review Test: C 9. 10. 11. 12. 3. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Nipiihaa Kipiihtoon ina? Omaaciipahiwaanaan Kimaaciipahiwaataan Kimamishimaa na? Nimamishitaan Nipakitinaa Opakitinaan Kipoosihaa na? Kipoositoon Nikocihpwaa Okocihpitaan ke 6. La 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. n io at uc sit 5. 6. 7. 8. er 4. ni v 3. You're waiting for it. I'm running away from it. He/she is telling on it. You're letting it go. I'm putting it on board. He/she is tasting it. (Tl) You're coming back to it. I hear it from a distance. He/she is listening to it. You're taking it home. I'm taking it along. He/she is leaving it behind. U 1. 2. ad 2. he 10. 11. 12. Ed 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. of 4. ty 2. 3. I'm waiting for him/her. You're running away from him/her. He/she is telling on him/her. I'm letting him/her go. You're putting him/her on board. He/she is tasting it. (TA) I'm coming back to him/her. You hear him/her from a distance. He/she is listening to him/her. I'm taking him/her home. You're taking him/her along. He/she is leaving him/her behind. cu l 1. Fa 1. y r VTA 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. VTI VTA VTI VTA VTI VTA VTI VTA VYI VTA VTI 265 Kipi-kiiwenotaan ina? Nipi-kiiwenotaan Nitepihtawaa Kitepihtaan ina? Onatohtawaan Ninatohtaan Kikiiwewinaa na? Okiiwewitoon Omaaciiwinaan Nimaaciiwitoon Onakanaan Kinakanaa VTI VTI VTA VTI VTA VTI VTA VTI VTA VTI VTA VTA �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Lesson 3 Review Test: 3 7 6 11 8 0 4 kaahsiininaakane kisiisihpaso kwashkwepine matwehike kapaa kaahsiikwe 9 pihtaahpiso memepiso kisiipiikii kitohcike poosi pinaahkwe ho 12 2 10 1 5 n I. g. h. i. at Ed of ty cu l Fa y ni v La j. k. U e. f. ad d. he c. be full it is frozen (non-liquid) the weather is miserable the event is over be bitter (liquid) it is spoiled it is closed it is known it is a fast currtent it is going away be sweet be sweet (liquid) it is full be enjoyable, liked, fun be dull, boring smoke comes out goes backwards being poured be difficult/be hard be made, built, processed 0 ke a. b. sit Lesson 4 Review Test: l. uc comb's one's hair embark, get on plays a musical instrument take a bath swing one self put clothes on wash one's face disembark, get off drumming fishing with a hook take a shower wash dishes er 3. io Section 2 on next page. I. m. n. o. p. q. r. s. t. 0 266 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE • UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION 2. kapaa at io n kaahsiikwe Ed uc pihtaahpiso of kitohcike cu l ty kisiipiikii sit y pinaahkweho ni v er ( Fa memepiso ad U matwehike he kwaasbkwepine La ke kisiihsipaso kaahsiininaakane • C 267 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2i TRANSLATION SECTION k. b. C. d. e. f. l. m. n. o. p. q. r. maacaamakan g. h. kishiici wan kihkent aakwan kipihsin nihshiw anaatan i. j. macenta akwan minwen taakwan moosbk ine shiiwaa kamin shiiwaa oshihcik aate aaniman siikinik aate ashepite saakaap ahte s. t. cheek neck shoulde r arm hand elbow mitoon ty mikot cu l micaap mikanakaap . . k mitihtiman Fa throat milcwayaw manowa y mihtaw aak chin/jaw y lips sit nose eye forehead ni v er mipiiway thigh knee misbtilcwan mishiik an mitihs ad coocooh sh mitehi he waahkilcan miyaw/ miiyaw mipwaam mikitik ke body 0 mihsat U leg foot heel toe back 4. chest heart breast stomach navel hip La 3. Ed ear of mininc mitoosk wan mikotas hkway mitaamihkan 2. head hair uc at Lesson 5 Review Test: 1. 0 n wiihsak aakamin ishkwaahkamilcan niiskaat an mashka waahkw atin shaakas hkine a. io 2. mihkaat misit mitoontan niihsiikisitaan waawik an 0 268 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; ENGLISH TRANSLATIONS Let's Look Back At What You Have Learned: Lessons l • 5 Animate Nouns: finger/toe nail ball breast n cheek hair arm stomach knee heel inside mouth hand navel leg back fmger of heart thigh ty head toe y Fa visit (within community) cu l tongue Animate Intransitive Verbs: ad U ni v er shower wish/hope melt wash face wash dishes put clothes on sit visit (out of community) think so Ed forehead chin shoulder ( campsite eye throat ear comb hair get on board swinging drumming stinks run to cover run away from broke busy La ke he Inanimate Intransitive Verbs: C warm weather loud leaving full frozen solid miserable event is over bitter taste enjoyable dull/boring open started to flow fast flow smoke appears go backwards spoil pour closed difficult made built known sweet full sweet (liauid) 269 song nose elbow neck chest hip foot body uc village drink/booze fireplace lip at io Inanimate Nouns: �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; ENGLISH TRANSLATIONS Transitive Animate Verbs: afraid s.o. take s.o. along run away from s.o tell on s.o. put s.o. on board leave s.o. behind listen to s.o. come back for s.o. put s.o. down afraid o{ s.t. take s.t. along run away from s.t. tell on s.t. put s.t. on board leave s.t. behind listen to s.t. come back for s.t. put s.t. down 0 n lose s.o. take s.o. home wait for s.o. hear s.o. in the distance taste of (animate) at of wait for s.t. hear s.t. in the distance taste of (inanimate) uc take s.t. home Ed lose s.t. io Transitive Inanimate Verbs: ty Particles: anyways up to (in time) in the water anytime Fa cu l instead a little while in exchange I guess not Preverbs: be a long of time Prefix: ni v all the way 0 er sit y cause, reason U Expressions: water starts flowing ice starts melting all day have a good day I wish you the best La ke he ad that's good Where does it hurt you? Where does it hurt you? (extreme pain) becomes warm weather water starts to flow fast 0 270 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE GLOSSARY Guide to the Glossaries This section is divided into two parts: Anihshininiimowin-English Glossary, and EnglishAnihshininiimowin Glossary. The glossaries contains listings of basic words (word stems) and some prefixes. In order to make the glossaries more useful we will explain the way that entries are organized and the information they contain. We will treat the Anihshininiimowin-English and English- io n Anihshininiimowin sections separately, because they are organized differently. at The glossaries are intended only to be a listing of words used in the books in this series. Because uc there are often local variations in pronunciation and vocabulary, students are encouraged to make Ed notes in the glossaries about aspects of the usage and vocabulary of their instructor which are not already indicated there. As well, the glossaries do not present detailed information about all the of possible different forms which many Anihshininiimowin words may take, especially nouns and cu l ty verbs. In both sections the following alphabetic order is used for Anihshininiimowin words, in which long a aa c e h ii k m n 0 00 p s sh t w y sit y (_ Fa vowels are sorted after the corresponding short vowels: er ANIHSHININIIMOWIN-ENGLISH GLOSSARY WORD, HEAD ni v In the Anihshininiimowin-English section, each entry contains at least an Anihshininiimowin an abbreviation for the WORD CLASS code, and an English translation, as in the following entry. U Notice that the Anihshininiimowin head word is in bold print, the word class code is in italic type, he ad and the English translation is in plain type. ke kiiwe vai go home, return La Each Anihshininiimowin word is assigned a word class code. We will review examples of each type, and will explain the types of information which may be found in entries for different word classes. Nouns There are two main types of nouns, C na animate noun ni inanimate noun ANIMATE and INANIMATE. Their word class codes are as follows. 211 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE GLOSSARY Typical entries for each are given here. 0 ahcaap -iik na bow minihkwaakan -an ni cup PREFIXES and SUFFIXES may be n The head word for a noun is usually the SINGULAR form of the noun. io added to this form to give extra meaning and grammatical information. Th~ head word for a noun is at followed by the form of the PLURAL suffix that the noun takes. This suffix can be added directly to uc the head word (minus the hyphen) to make the plural form. So for example, the entry for the noun Ed ahcaap 'bow' given above contains the plural suffix -iik. They can be combined to give the plural form ahcaapiik 'bows.' of There are also two other types of nouns, which are called DEPENDENT nouns. Their word class codes nad dependent animate noun nid dependent inanimate noun cu l ty are as follows. Fa Dependent nouns are nouns that must always occur with a POSSESSIVE prefix to indicate who the noun y belongs to (the 'possessor'). Dependent nouns are nearly always words for body parts or kinship sit terms. In the glossary dependent nouns for kinship terms are always given in the form in which the 0 ni v er basic word is preceded by the first-person prefix ni or n. U nimihsens -ak nad my older sister (E). Stem: /-mihses-/. Also: nimihsens (W) ad The head word is the prefixed form that means 'my older sister.' You will see that after the English he translation appears the notation 'Stem: /-mihses/.' The form that is given in angled brackets is called ke the STEM. It is the basic form of the word without any prefixes or suffixes. This is the form of the word that is used when you wish to make other forms of this word by adding prefixes or suffixes. La For many glossary entries the head word and the stem are identical, so the entry does not need to give any special indication of what the stem is. As with dependent nouns, we will see that other types of words may contain information indicating that the stem is slightly different from the head word. Entries for dependent nouns for body parts are slightly d1fferent from those for kinship terms. They are given in the form that contains the prefix mi or m, which means 'someone's.' Here is an exam- 0 ple. 272 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE GLOSSARY misit -an nid foot. Stem: /-sit-/ Note that the entry is indicates what the stem of the word is. There are also a small number of entries that have the following class code: animate noun with participle uc at Entries of this type are mostly only found with names for months of the year. io n na-pt Ed kaa-tahkwekisoc piihsim na-pt shorter month, February of This is a noun which consists of two parts. The first part is a participle form of an Animate Intransi- ty tive verb (in this case kaa-tahkwekisoc 'the one which is shorter') and the second part is an animate cu l noun (in this case piihsim 'moon, month') Verbs sit but no OBJECT. Their word class codes are as follows. vai animate intransitive verb vai2 animate intransitive verb (-filll/aa) vai+o animate intransitive verb+ object er JECT verbs are those that have an animate grammatical SUB- ni v ( ANIMATE INTRANSITIVE y of INTRANSITIVE verbs. Fa Apart from nouns, there are several different types of VERBS. We will first discuss the two main types U The head word for any animate intransitive verb is usually the THIRD-PERSON singular form, that is, ad the one that means 'he/she is... ' Such forms have no prefix or suffix on the head entry. he Here is a typical entry for an animate intransitive (vai) verb. La ke anohkii vai work The class of animate intransitive verbs referred to as vai2 are very similar to animate intransitive verbs of the vai class. Here is the entry for a typical example. saakaham vai2 go out, exit C The entry for a verb of the vai2 class will always have a head word that ends in am. Vai2 verbs are 273 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE GLOSSARY slightly different than other animate intransitive verbs because in any form that involves a FIRST- or SECOND-PERSON the end of the verb stem changes. For example the first-person form for the vai2 verb stem just mentioned is nisaakahaan 'I go out' (first person). 0 There is one other type of animate intransitive verb, refererred to as vai+o. Verbs of this class resemble ordinary verbs of the vai class, but frequently occur with a grammatical object. There are n not many verbs of this type, and only a few are used in the books in this series. Here is an entry for a at io verb of this type. Ed INANIMATE INTRANSITIVE uc ataawe vai+o buy s.t. verbs are those that have a grammatically inanimate subject but no gram- of matical object. There is only one word class code for inanimate intransitive verbs. inanimate intransitive verb ty vii cu l The head word for any inanimate intransitive verb is usually the third-person singular form, that is, the one that means 'it is ... ' Such forms have no prefix or suffix on the head entry. y Fa Here is a typical entry for an inanimate intransitive (vii) verb. 0 er sit ahte vii be in a certain place ni v Some animate intransitive verbs, particularly verbal forms of numbers, always occur in a plural form. In the glossary the head entry is the third-person plural form (the form that means 'they ... '). U As a result the head entry consists of the basic verb stem and the third-person plural suffix, usually he ad wak. The stem is identified between diagonal slashes. Here is an example. ke nihsiwak vai be three. Stem: /nihsi-/ La Similarly, some inanimate intransitive verbs, particularly verbal forms of numbers, always occur in a plural form. In the glossary the head entry is the third-person plural form (the form that means 'they (inanimate) ... '). As a result the head entry consists of the basic verb stem and the third-person plural suffix, usually oon. The stem is identified between diagonal slashes. Here is an example. nihsinoon vii be three. Stem: /nihsin-/ 0 274 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE GLOSSARY Transitive verbs are those that have a subject and an object. There are several different types of transitive verbs. Their word class codes are as follows. transitive animate verb vti transitive inanimate verb (-am/-aa) vti2 transitive inanimate verb (-oo) vti3 transitive inanimate verb (-i) n vta io All transitive verbs have a grammatically animate subject. TRANSITIVE ANIMATE verbs are those that at have a grammatically animate object. uc For transitive animate verbs, the head word of the glossary entry is always the form of the verb that Ed means you are telling someone to do the action to someone, or to some entity that is grammatically animate (this is called the IMPERATIVE form). of The entries for some transitive animate verbs contain extra information about what the stem is, as in cu l ty the following example. Fa amo vta eat s.o. Stem: /amw-/ stem of the word. To make other forms of the word, prefixes and suffixes are added to the form sit ( y The head word is still the imperative fonn, but you will notice there is extra information about the er between the diagonal slashes, rather than to the head word. ni v The head word for some transitive animate verbs ends in sh. When a transitive animate verb ends in U sh, the stem is not identical to the head word. he ad miish vta give (s.t.) to s.o. Stem: /miiN-/ Notice that the stem of this word is given in the entry as /miiN-/. The capital N means that in certain ke forms the final consonant of the stem is an n sound, as in nimiinaa 'I give it to him/her' (with prefix La ni and suffix aa). But in others the final consonant of the stem is sh, as in command forms such as the head entry. If the entry for a transitive animate verb does not contain information about the stem, then other forms of the verb may be made by adding prefixes and suffixes directly to the head word of the entry. Here is a typical example. C kanawaapam vta look at s.o. 275 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE GLOSSARY Notice also that the entries for transitive animate verbs given above all contain the abbreviation 's.o.' This is short for 'someone.' We know that the grammatical object of a transitive animate verb 0 must be animate, and so it may refer to a human being, an animal, or anything else that is classified as animate in Anihshininiimowin. For convenience, we use the abbreviation 's.o.' to refer to any of io n these possibilities. uc at Here is a typical entry for a TRANSITIVE INANIMATE verb which has the word class code vti. Ed caakisan vti bum s.t. of Verbs of this class nearly always have a head word that ends in an. To make other forms of verbs of ty this class it is necessary to change the final an to aan for many of the forms that will be used in the cu l books of these series. For example, 'I am burning it up' is nicaakisaan, with the first person prefix ni. More rarely the an is changed to am when other endings are added: '(that) I bum it up' would be Fa caakisamaan, with the suffix aan. y Here is a typical entry for a transitive inanimate verb which has the word class code vti2. sit ahtoon vti2 put s.t. in a certain place. Stem: /ahtoo-/ er Verbs of the vti2 class contain a long vowel oo at the end of the basic stem. The final n which fol- 0 ni v lows the long oo in the head word is a suffix found in the command forms. You will find that nearly all of the different forms of words of the vti2 class which you will learn also have a suffix of the U formn. he ad There are very few verbs of the vti3 class. Here is an example. ke miicin vti3 eat s.t. Stem: /miici-/ La Then at the end of the head word is an imperative suffix. As with the vti2 verbs, most of the forms of vti3 forms that you will learn also have a suffix of the form n. The entries for transitive inanimate verbs given above all contain the abbreviation 's.t.' This is short for 'something.' We know that the grammatical object of a transitive inanimate verb must be inanimate, and so it may refer to anything that is classified as inanimate in Anihshininiimowin. For convenience, we use the abbreviation 's.t.' in glossary entries. 0 Particles 276 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE GLOSSARY There are several other word classes in Anihshininiimowin. There are two different types of PARTICLES. This term is used to refer to words that do not take any prefixes or suffixes to indicate informa- tion such as person or number. Here are the word class codes for the two types of particles. pc uninflected particle nu number particle n The term 'uninflected particle' emphasizes that these particles never take suffixes for what are io sometimes called 'inflectional' information, such as person and number. Here is a typical entry for really, entirely so, completely. Also: tetako Ed mitoni pc uc at an uninflected particle. of The number particles are forms of numbers which never take any prefixes or suffixes. Here is a cu l ty typical entry for a number particle. Fa peshik nu one number particles. Some may be verbs, prenouns, or preverbs. sit ( y In Anihshininiimowin, numbers may take many different forms. This means that not all of them are er Pronouns ni v The word class code for PRONOUNS is as follows. pr U pronoun ad Here is an example of a entry for a pronoun. ke he niin pr I, me. [first person singular personal pronoun] La Prenouns and Preverbs All of the word classes we have discussed are for items that can be words on their own. However there are certain word classes whose members never occur on their own, but must always be followed by another word. C pren prenoun prev preverb pre preverb and prenoun A PRENOUN must always be directly followed by a noun. The head word of the entry for a prenoun is 277 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE GLOSSARY always followed by a hyphen, to indicate that the prenoun must be followed by a noun. Because prenouns may be followed by many different nouns, the entry for a prenoun does not attempt to list any of the possible combinations (examples will be presented in several different lessons in the 0 books in this series). A typical example of an entry for a prenoun follows. io n shiipaa- pren beneath at A PREVERB must always be directly followed by a verb. The head word of the entry for a preverb is uc always followed by a hyphen, to indicate that the preverb must be followed by a verb. Because Ed preverbs may be followed by many different verbs, the entry for a preverb does not attempt to list any of the possible combinations (examples will be presented in several different lessons in the ty of books in this series). A typical example of an entry for a preverb follows. cu l saakici- prev out Fa Some elements may be used both as a preverb and as a prenoun. The word class code pre is assigned sit y to these. A typical entry is as follows. ni v er kihci• pre big, great, very 0 Other Information in Glossary Entries U Some glossary entries contain information about sub-dialects of Anihshininiimowin. In the section ad 'Writing Anihshininiimowin (Severn Ojibwe)' we discussed how in the 'Western' he Anihshininiimowin communities, such as Bearskin Lake and Muskrat Dam, the sound n is not ke pronounced before another consonant. Information about pronunciation variation is recorded in La glossary entries, such as the following one. kwayaancii vai get ready, prepare (E). Also: kwayaacii (W) This notation '(E)' indicates that the head word reflects the 'Eastern' pronunciation, which includes the sound n before the c. As an alternative form, the entry also includes the 'Western' fonn of the word, in which then before c is dropped (the 'W' indicates that it is the 'Western' form):kwayaacii 0 (W). 278 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE GLOSSARY r Some entries also include information about alternative pronunciations of the word, as in the following entry. n aha pr that. Also: ahawe. [animate singular demonstrative] at uc A few entries for preverbs contain an abbreviation 'IC' in their translation. io Note that this entry also contains further information about the head word in square brackets. Ed waa- prev will, want to. IC< wii- of This abbreviation refers to INITIAL CHANGE, which is a change in the pronunciation of the vowel in ty the first syllable of certain forms of verbs. The notation 'IC<wii-' means that waa- is the form of cu l the preverb wii- which has undergone Initial Change. Wii- also has an entry. The differences in the use of waa- and wii- are explained in the lessons. sit ishi- prev to. Also: in a certain place, in a certain way. Also: shi-. IC> eshi- er ( y Fa Some entries may also tell you what the form with Initial Change is. ni v The notation 'IC> eshi-' means that the form of the preverb ishi- with Initial Change is eshi-. U Now look at the following entry, which also makes use of the right-pointing arrowhead. he ad ishinihkaaso vai be called or named a certain way. IC> eshinihkaaso= ke The entry for this verb tells us what the form of the basic verb is when it has Initial Change. However there is an equal sign (=) at the end of the form with Initial Change. This is to indicate that La appropriate endings need to be added. For example if you were asking 'someone what their name was you would need to add the suffix yan 'second-person Conjunct Order': Aan eshinihkaasoyan? 'What is your name?' You will also find that other entries contain an arrowhead'>' or'<.' amohsha pc it is indeed. < amii ohsha C 279 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE GLOSSARY The left-pointing arrowhead indicates that the head word is based on a sequence of words which are contracted, much like English ·don't' is a contraction of •do not.' 0 Some entries may also contain further information about related words, as in the following. io n naaniimi vai keep on dancing. Reduplication of: niimi at The notation 'Reduplication of: niimi' indicates that the head word is related to the separate word uc niimi 'he/she dances' by a pattern of word formation called REDUPLICATrON. In this case reduplication Ed involves copying the first consonant of the shorter word at the beginning of the word and adding the vowel aa, as if the basic word niimi is modified and becomes n-aa-niimi (the hyphens are only used of for illustrative purposes and are not normally written). The meaning of the reduplicated word is ty related to the shorter word, but slightly different. Hence niimi means •hetshe dances,' but naaniimi Fa ENGLISH-ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY cu l means •he/she keeps on dancing.' In the English-Anihshininiimowin section the head word is an English word or phrase. Each head sit y word may include reference to one or more Anihshininiimowin words. The following entry contains 0 ni v er information about one Anihshininiimowin term. AIRPLANE U pimihsewin -an ni airplane, plane ad The Anihshininiimowin entry given under this head word is identical to the entry given in the he Anihshininiimowin-English section. La AND ke Some headwords may include entries for more than one Anihshininiimowin term. ekwa pc and, and so, then, and then, wait! please kaye pc and, also, too, as for. miina pc and, again tahsh pc and, but 0 280 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE GLOSSARY r Word Class Codes animate noun ni inanimate noun nad dependent animate noun nid dependent inanimate noun na-pt animate noun with particle vai animate intransitive verb vai2 animate intransitive verb (-am/-aa) vai+o animate intransitive verb + object vii inanimate intransitive verb vta transitive animate verb vti transitive inanimate verb (-am/-aa) vti2 transitive inanimate verb (:QQ) vti3 transitive inanimate verb (:i) pc uninflected particle Fa y ni v er sit ( cu l ty of Ed uc at io n na number particle ad pren U nu he prev La ke pre pr prenoun preverb prenoun and preverb pronoun Other Abbreviations s.o. someone, something animate s.t. something C 281 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY aha pr that. Also: ahawe. (animate singular demonstrative] 0 ahawe pr that. Also: aha. [animate singular demonstrative] ahaweniwan pr that, those. [animate obviative demonstrative] ahcaap •ilk na bow io n ahcanihsh -ak na ring uc at ahclkanaahtlk -oon nl table. Also: ahclkan Ed na pail, kettle ahklhk -wak -ook of ahko pc usually, fonnerly, used to, keep on ty ahko-- prev as far as, as long as, a certain length .ahplhkwehshlmon -an ni pillow cu l ·,' Fa ahpll pc when, at that time 0 y ahpll ahpln pc finally when er sit ahpll plko pc anytime ni v ahpllhcl- prev to a certain extent. Also: apllhcl- U ahpllhclklnl vai be a certain size. Also: apllhclklnl na net he ahsap •Ilk ad ahpln pc when, since, then, for a reason, gone, subsequently ns ke ahsapaahtlk -ook shuttle (with twine) for net making La ahshanke val give food to people (E). Also: ahshake (W) ahshawaapam vta ahshawaapantan lie in wait for s.o. vti lie in wait for s.t., look out for s.t. (E). Also: ahshawaapantan (W) ahshawaapJ vsi be on the lookout, lie in wait ahsl vta put s.o. in a certain place. Stem: /ahs-/ 0 ahsin -Ilk na stone, rock 282 - - - - - --- �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY ahsmiiwan vii be rocky ( ahtaahsonlkamik -oon ni warehouse ahtay -ak na pelt, fur for trade ahte vii be in a certain place io n ahtoon vti2 put s.t. in a certain place. Stem: /ahtoo-/ uc at akaahshenshl vai be small (E). Also: akaahsheshl (W) Ed akaahslhtikweyaa vii be a narrow river of akaahslkamaa vii be a small lake ty akaamahkllnk pc in Europe, abroad (E). Also: akaamahkllk (W) cu l akaaml- pren across, right across Fa akaaml-klhclkam pc across the ocean sit akaamlnk pc across the lake or river (E). Also: akaamlk (W) er ( y akaamlhkana pc across the road or trail ni v akaawaac pc hardly, scarcely U akohke vai stick on, adhere ad akoncln vai float, soak (E). Also: akocln (W) he akontin vii float, soak (E). Also: akotln (W) ke akoocln vai hang, be in sky (as sun, moon, and stars) La akoote vii hang akwacllnk pc outside (E). Also: akwaclik (W) akwanahan vti cover s.t. akwanaho vta cover s.o. Stem: /akwanahw-/ C amaclhl vta wake s.o. up. Stem: /amacih-/ ami ahko pc used to. usually 283 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY amihi pc so, it is. < amii ihiwe. Also: amihiwe 0 amihl pc that's amihimaa pc that is where, there in a certain location amlhiwe pc so js that n na beaver io amlhk -wak uc at amlhko-wanlhikan -an ni trap for beaver. Also: amlhko-wanihllkan Ed amlhko-wllyaahs ni beaver meat of amlhkohkonlm -lln ni beaver dam ty amll pc so, it is cu l amllclkahl pc that is so Fa amllnahl pc is that so, is that right 0 er sit amohsha pc it is indeed. < amll ohsha y amo vta eat s.o. Stem: /amw-/ ni v amohshahl pc it is indeed so. < amll ohsha lhlwe. Also: amohshahll U anaamaakonak pc under the snow ad anaamenim vta suspect s.o., blame s.o. he anaamentan vti suspect s.t., blame s.t. ke anaamink pc under something (E). Also: anaamik (W) anl- La anaamipllk pc underwater prev away from, in progress toward, gradual onset, from that time ani-naakosi vai be seen going (from the speaker) anlhshaa pc by chance, at the last minute anlhshlnaape -k na Indian, person 0 anlhshinini -wak na Indian, person 284 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY anihshininiimo vai speak the Native language (' anihshininiiwihkwe na Native woman, Indian woman. Also: anihshininiihkwe anlipiiwaa vii be green aniipiiwlsi vai be green dog n na io animohsh -ak uc at anohkll vai work Ed anohkllnaakan -ak na worker of anohkliwi-klishlkaa vii be Monday ty anohkllwln -an ni job, employment, work cu l anoomlnaapoo na porridge Fa anoonaakohshln vii be late in the afternoon anwaahtinlkamln vii be a nice and calm body of water sit (_ y anwaahtln vii be calm (not windy) ni v er anwepllwikamlk -oon ni restroom/washroom U apl vsi be in a certain place, sit, be at home ad apwl -yak -wak na paddle, oar. Also: apoy -yak he asheplte vii go backwards na ke ashikan -ak sock La ashklpwaaw -an ni potato ashtotln -an ni hat; cap ataawe vai+o buy s.t. ataawikamlk -oon ni store, trading post C atlhk -wak na caribou (locally called deer) atihkamek -wak na whitefish 285 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY atlhko-wiiyaahs ni caribou meat atihtemini-pilhsim na ripe berry month, August 0 awaashihsh •ak na child awaashJhshllwJ vai be a child io n awahshime pc to greater extent, more and more uc at awahslnaako pc day before yesterday Ed awahslte pc beyond, back awahslwaapank pc day after tomorrow (E). Also: awahslwaapak (W) ty of awanen -ak pr who. Also: awenen cu l awaao vai wann oneself Fa awlya •k pr person, someone, somebody, anyone, anybody. Also: awliya awiyaashllhsh -ak na animal. Also: awilyaashllhsh y 0 sit awfyaashllhshJwl vai be an animal. Also: awllyaashllhshiwl ni v er ayaa vai be, be there U ayaan vti have s.t. ad ayaan vti my possession, it belongs to me he ayaaw vta have s.o., have pennission to use s.o. ke ayahaa -k na that being, person, or animate thing. Also: ehaa, ahaa La ayaml vai speak, talk ayamlhaa vai pray ayamihe-klishlkaa vii be Sunday ayamlhewJkamlk -oon ni church ayamllhtamaw ayamiihtan vta speak for s.o. 0 vti speak for s.t. 286 �ANIHSHINlNIIMOWIN · ENGLISH GLOSSARY ayapi vai sit around, stay around. Reduplication of: api (' ayinaanemitana nu eighty nu eight. Also: enaanew ayinaanew na eight dollars ayinaanewaapihk io na eighteen dollars uc aylnaanewlshaap tahswaaplhk at nu eighteen Ed aylnaanewishaap n ayinaanewinoon vii be eight. Stem: /ayinaanewin-/ ty aylnaapl vai look around. Reduplication of: inaapl of aylnaanewlwak vai be eight. Stem: /ayinaanewi-/ cu l aylntootam vai2 do something (E). Reduplication of: tootam. Also: ayitootam (W) Fa aacaan pc gol aahkoslwln -an ni sickness, illness sit ( y aahkosl vai be sick ni v er aahkwatln vii be frozen up, be frozen over U aahte- pv fade away, disappear na snowshoe he aaklm -ak ad aahtl pc please, why don't you, let mel Also: maahtl na bee ke aamoo -k La aan pc how, in what manner, why, what. Also: aanl, aanlin aan tahsln pc how many aana- pv in vain, to attempt, effort, anyway, anyhow, aanahkonaa -k C na bannock aanahpll pc when? aancl-taa vai move one's residence (E). Also: aaci-taa (W) 287 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY aanciko pc to do anyway regardless of... (E). Also: aaciko (W) vai be fat, be chubby (E). Also: aacipo (W) aancipo 0 aani pc how, in what manner, why, what. Also: aaniin, aan aaniin pc how, in what manner, why, what. Also: aan, aani n at vaVii have difficulties, run into problems, get complicated uc aanlmlhse vii be difficult, be hard io aaniman -oon Ed vai be difficult, be argumentative, be hard to get along with, be cranky aanlmlsi of aanta pc some, few ty aantl pc where cu l aantl nehke pc whereabouts, which direction Fa aantl piko pc anywhere aapaclhclkan •an ni tool, useful thing, equipment y 0 vii be useful, be useable aapatisl vai be useful U ni v er aapatan sit aapacihtoon vti2 use it. Stem: /aapacihtoo-/ prev half ke aaplhtaa- he aaplhta pc half ad aaplhsakahlkan •an ni key La aaplhtawaaplhk ..ook na half dollar aapihtawan vii be Wednesday aaplkoshilhsh ..ak na mouse (W). Also: waaplkoshllhsh (E) aasha pc now, then, yet. Also: sashay aashokan bridge 0 aatisoohkaan ..an ni legend 288 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN .. ENGLISH GLOSSARY r aatisoohke vai tell legends aaw pc well, well then, sure caahcaamohkl vai sneeze a lot caaklhse vaVii get used up, run out, be exhausted n be too tired to do anything, have no more energy io caakil vai at caakin vta use s.o. up Ed uc caaklnan vti use s.t. up caakisan vti bum s.t. ty of caaklao vai be lit, be on fire, have one's house on fire, bum up, be burned up cu l caaklso vta bum s.o. up. Stem: /caakisw-/ Fa caaklte vii bum up, be burned up cahkaahtehalclkan -an ni camera sit ( y caam ni jam ni v er capashilhsh pc low, lower level U cl- prev to, that, will, would, could, should. [conjunct future and modal] ad ci-kll- prev could. cl- + kll- 'potential' he cllkahlkan -an ni ax (W). Also: waakaahkwat (E) ke cliklc pc by, close to, near to La cllmaan -an ni canoe, boat cllpay -ak na ghost, corpse cilpayl-mlhtlkowash -an ni coffin ciiahtahlkan -an ni fork C ciiweyaa vii be silent, be no sound cike pc for sure. Also: clkema 289 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY coocoohsh -ak na breast coocoohshaapoo ni milk na cwaapllhsh •ak 0 jackfish. Also: nicwaapilhsh e- prev [conjunct subordinator] ' io n ehe pc yes. Also: eha uc at ehshay pc oh yuck! Ed ehta pc only ekaa pc no, not. [conjunct negative word] ty of ekaawln pc don't (E). Also: lkaawln (W} cu l ekwa pc and, and so, then, and then Fa ekwa tahsh pc and so, and then, but then 0 y emlhkwaan -ak na spoon, ladle anyways, effort, at least, anyhow ad eshkam pc sometimes U enlwehk pc ni v er enlkohk pc with more effort, harder sit eni-tlplhkaak vii last evening. IC < anl-tlplhkaa he eshkan -an ni ice chisel ke hlmaa pc there. Also: lhlmaa La homaa pc here. Also: ohomaa hsa pc emphatic hsha pc [emphatic particle]. Also: ohsha lhl pr that. Also: lhlwe. [inanimate singular demonstrative] lhlmaa pc there. Also: hlmaa 0 ihiwe pr that. Also: lhl, lhlwe, hi. [inanimate singular demonstrative] 290 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY lhiweti pc over there, that way. Also: hlweti ( lhkln vii happen a certain way, be a certain problem lhklto vai say, speak in a certain way lhkwaamaciwe vai climb a hill io n ihkwaantawe vai climb up a ladder or stairs (E). Also: ihkwaatawe (W) uc at lhkwe -wak na woman, female Ed lhkwesenhs -ak na girl (E). Also: lhkwesehs -ak (W) of lhpahlwe vai run to a certain place for cover ty lltok pc maybe, must be cu l lkaawln pc don't (W). Also: ekaawin (E) Fa lklwenlwak pr those. Also: lkiweniwak. [animate plural demonstrative] sit lko pc [emphatic] er (_ y lko pc emphatic ni v Ina pc (yes-no question marker]. Also: na. take a look, take a peek ad vai lnanklso vsi lnanklte he lnaapl U lnaakoomaakan •&k na relation, person one is related to cost so much, have such a price (E). Also: lnaklte (W) ke vii cost so much, have such a price, be such a date of the month (E). Also: lnaklso (W) La lnehke pc in direction of lnentam vsi2 think so, feel so lnentan inentl C vti think so of s.t., think s.t. to be so vai be gone so long, be absent so long {E). Also: Inell (W) lnlhtaakwan vii sound so, be understood so lniweniwan pr those. Also: lnwenlwan. [inanimate plural demonstrative] 291 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY 1shaa vai go to a certain place ishl vta say to s.o. Stem: /iN-/ 0 ishl• prev to. Also: in a certain place, in a certain way. Also: shi-. IC> eshi- vai five there, reside there lshinan lshlwepan ty vai be called or named a certain way. IC> eshinlhkaaso= vii be called or named a certain way. IC> eshfnfhkaate= cu l fshfnlhkaate io n vti look at s.t. which looks so, see s.t. a certain way lshinlhkaaso vii be certain weather, happen in a certain way. IC: eshiwepa= Jshkoonlwlkamlk -oon ni school 0 y vai be tired of doing something sit lshkil uc vai fly in a certain direction Ed lshihse vii it happens so, continues so, ran so, the time is. Also: islhse of fshihse vii flow in a certain direction, flow so at lshiciwan Fa ishl-taa ni v er lshkoonoo vai attend school. Also: lshoonoowl, lshkoonll U lshkotehkaanaapihk -ook na stove, heater ad lshkotewaapoo ni whisky, liquor he lshkwaa- prev after, completed ke lshkwaahkamlkan vii event is over La lshkwaantem -an ni door (E). Also: lshkwaatem (W) lshkwaayaac pc end, last, ultimate lshplmink pc up above (E). Also: ishpimlk (W) iskaaciwaso vai be boiled dry lskaaclwate vii be boiled dry 0 lti vai have such things happen to one 292 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY r kaa- prev one who, one that. [conjunct relativizer] kaa•tahkweklsoc piihstm na-pt shorter month, February kaahcttin vta catch s.o., capture s.o. kaahsanll ni gasoline io kaahsllnlke vai wipe things for cleaning uc of vti wipe s.t., clean s.t., wash s.t. ty kaahsllnan Ed vta wipe s.o., clean s.o., wash s.o. vai wash dishes cu l kaahsllnlnaakane vai clean oneself kaahsllnkwe vai wash one's face (E). Also: kaahsllkwe (W) y Fa kaahsllnltlao na raven ni v kaakaakl -wak sit kaak -wak na porcupine er ( at vii be sharp kaahshaa kaahslin n kaahsaniiwikamlk -oon ni gas station U kaana pc Is it possible that, would you, perhaps vta hide s.o., hide s.t. animate. Stem: /kaaN-/ vti2 hide it ke kaatoon he kaash ad kaanlka pc I wonder, I wish, I hope La kaawln pc no, not. Also: kwaan kaawln mahshl pc not yet kaawin wllhkaa pc never kaawiniin pc no < kaawin + wlln C kahkilwe vai to portage, make a prtage, go across land to water kahklna pc all, every 293 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY kakwecim vta ask s.o. kamaawln pc think not so, probably not so. <kaawin maawin 0 kanake pc at least kanawaapam vt~ look at s.o. io n kanawaapantan vti look at s.t. (E). Also: kanawaapatan (W) uc at kanawenim vta look after, take care of s.o. Ed kanawentan vti look after, take care of s.t. of kanoohke vai+o remember ty kanoohkem vta remind s.o. cu l kanoohkentaw vta remember s.o. Fa kanoosh vta call, address, speak to s.o. Stem: /kanooN-/ kanootan vti call s.t., address s.t., speak to s.t. y ni v pre all the time, all the way, through U kape- er kapat -an ni cupboard 0 sit kapaa vai get off, disembark ad kapehshiwin -an ni camp, campsite, hotel room he kashkatin vii freeze up ke kashkatinoo•pllhslm na freeze-up month, November La kashkawan vii be misted over, fogged in kashkihi vta be able to manage, can do to s.o.; let s.o. go Stem: /kashkih-/ kashkil-tipfhkaa vii be pitch dark kashkff-tfplhkanlhse vii be night kawacl vai be cold (of a person) 0 kawlhshimo vai lie down, go to bed 294 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY r kayaash pc originally, long ago, former kaye pc and, also, too, as for kaye piko pc likely, to be expected, probably ke pc as for. See: keniin, kenlinawint, kekiin, kekiinawint, keklinawaa, kewiin, kewilnawaa io n ke- prev will, should, could. [Changed future and modal] uc at kehcln pc probably,possibly Ed kehclnaac pc certainly, for sure of keka pc finally, eventually ty kekaat pc nearly, almost cu l keklln pr you too, as for you. [second person singular personal pronoun] Fa kekllnawaa pr you too, as for you. [second person plural personal pronoun] sit kekishep pc this morning (past). Also: keklshepaa er ( y kekllnawlnt pr us too, as for us. [first person Inclusive personal pronoun] (E). Also: kekllnawlt (W) ni v kekishepaanehkwe vai have breakfast U keklshepaayaa vii be morning ad keko pc what kind or sort, which one or sort he kekonen -an pr what ke kenlln pr me too, as for me. [first person singular personal pronoun] La kenilnawlnt pr us too, as for us. (first person exclusive personal pronoun]. (E) Also: kenllnawlt (W) ketahtawen pc all of a sudden, suddenly kewiin pr him too, her too, as for him, as for her. [third person singular personal pronoun] kewlinawaa pr them too, as for them. [third person plural personal pronoun] C klclkwaashkonl vai jump out klhcl- pre big, great, very 295 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN · ENGLISH GLOSSARY klhc1-ayaa na elder kihcl-mitaahsomitana nu thousand. niishwaa kihci-mitahsomitana 'two thousand', etc. 0 kihcinihkilnk pc on the right (E). Also: kihclnlhkiik (W) kihciplson -an ni belt io be known uc vii at klhkentaakwan -oon n klhkenlm vta know s.o. Ed klhkentam vai2 know of klhkentamoosh vta inform s.o., let s.o. know. Stem: /kihkentamooN-/ ty klhkentan vti know s.t. cu l klhklnoohamaw vta teach s.o. Fa klhklnoohamaw vta teach someting to s.o., give direction to s.o. 0 y klhsaapaawanitlso vai wash oneself sit klhtlml vai be lazy ni v er kli· prev [past tense]. Also: kllh-. IC> kaa- U klln pr you. [second person singular personal pronoun] ad kllnawaa pr you. (second person plural personal pronoun] he kllnawlnt pr we, us. [first person inclusive personal pronoun] (E). Also: kllnawlt (W) ke kllnehta pr you alone, you only La kllnehtawaa pr you alone, you only (plural) kllnehtawlnt pr we alone, us only (inclusive) (E). Also: kllnehtawlt (W) kllnlshtam pr you next, you first. [second person personal pronoun]. Also: nlinlhtam klishlhl vta finish s.o. Stem: /kiishih-/ kilshlhtoon vti2 finish s.t., be done with s.t. Stem: /kiishihtoo-/ 0 kllshlk ni sky, day 296 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY klishlkaa vii be day r kiishikaahte vii be moonlight na kiishipakaawi-pfihsim leaves are fully grown month, July kiishisan vti cook s. t., done io n kllshiso vai be cooked done at kllshlte vii be cooked, done Ed uc kiishltepo vai cook klishlwaayaa vii be warm weather ty of kllshkaayawaa vii be deep water cu l kllshkipooclke vsi saw things, cut things with the saw Fa klishowaayaa vii be wann weather kiiwe vsi go home, return sit ( y kllshpln pc if ni v er kllwe- prev returning, going home, going back U kliwekoote vii fly back ad kilwenotan vti return to s.t. he kliwetlnonk pc north (E). Also: kilwetinok (W) ke kliwewlsh vts take s.o. home. Stem: /kiiwewiN-/ La kiiwewitoon vti take s.t. home. Stem: /kiiwewetoo-/ kliweyaahsin vii return through air, blow back kllwlke vai visit (especially in one's own community) kllwite vai visit (especially outside one's own community) C kllyaaplc pc still, yet, more. Also: klyaaplc klmlwan vii rain. Also: kimowan 297 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY vai+o steal s.t. k1moot1 0 kinepik -ook na snake. Also: kinepik-wak kinika pc mix kinipi- pv fast io at hurry, be quick, be fast uc klnipfi vai n vaVii be quick, be fast, be.used up quickly (money or time) klnipihse Ed klnokaapawl vai stand tall, be tall ty klnooshenhs -ak na minnow (E). Also: kinooshehs (W) vai cu l klnwaakaash pc for a long time have long hair Fa klnwaanlhkwe of klnooshe -k na fish klnwensh pc for a long time (E). Also: klnwesh (W) sit y 0 er kipaahkwahltllwlkamlk -oon ni jail ni v klplhcll vai stop vii block s.t. (in an action), stop s.t. vii be hot (liquid) he klshaakamlte ad klplhtlnan U kipihsin -oon vii be closed ke klshilclwan -oon vii La klshllwemakan klshlte be a fast current vii be loud vii be hot (atmosphere) klshlwaasl vai be angry, be mad klsllhslpaso kisilpllkll vai take a shower vai take a bath, wash self 0 kisiipllklnlke vai wash clothes 298 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY r kisiipiikinlkewikamik -oon ni laundromat kitohcike vai play a musical instrument kiyaashk -wak na seagull. Also: kiiyaashk koci• pv try to do, to attempt io n kocihcikaate vii be tried uc vta take a taste of, try a taste of s.t. animate. Stem: /kocihpw-/ Ed koclhpo at koclhpitan vti take a taste of, try a taste of s.t. inanimate of koclhtoon vti2 try s.t. Stem: /kocihtoo-/ ty kohsl vts fear s.o., afraid of s.o. Stem: /kohs-/ cu l kohtaacl vsi be afraid, get scared koncipanlhi vta swallow s.o. (E). Stem: /koncipanih-/ Also: koclpanlhl (W). Stem:/ y kocipanih-/ koon -ak na snow ni v vai dive U kookli na owl er koohkoohkohoo •k sit ( Fa konclpanlhclkaate vii be swallowed (E). Also: koclpanlhclkaate (W) vai awaken ke koshkosl he ad kooshta pc oops! oh myl Also: ooshta vai be awake, wake up La koshkosl kotak -lyak pr the other. (animate alternative pronoun] kotak •lyan pr the other. [inanimate alternative pronoun] kwaashkonl vai jump kwaashkwepiclkan -ak C kwaashkweplcike na fishhook vai fish with a hook 299 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN .. ENGLISH GLOSSARY kwaashkwepme vai fish with a hook kwaashkwepish vta hook s.o. Stem: /kwaashkwepiN-/ 0 kwaashkwepiso vai be hooked kwanta pc tor no reason or purpose io n kwayaancli vai get ready, prepare (E). Also: kwayaacll (W) uc at kwayaantahclke vai be ready or available things (E). Also: kwayaatahclke (W) Ed kwayahk pc right, straight, correct(ly), proper(ly) of kwllkwllhs -ak na Canada jay. Also: kwllhwllhshl -wak ty maacaa vai go, leave cu l maacaamakan vii go, leave Fa maaclclwan vii start to flow 0 y maaclhtan vii be ice breaking up sit maacn.. prev start, begin ni v er maacllhatoo vai start off on a trail, go for a walk U maacllhkwashlwe vai start to paddle, paddle off ad maacllhs -ak na match he maacllhae vaVii fly off (as a bird), starts (as a motor) ke maacllkltowln -an ni telephone La maacllpahlwaash vta run away from s.o. Stem: /maaciipahiwaaN-/ maacHpahiwaatan vti run away from s.t. maacllpahlwe vai run away from maacllpahtoo vai set out running, start running maacliplso vai set out by vehicle, speed off, drive off 0 maacilwiclkaate vii be taken away, be carried away 300 �r ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY maaciiwish vta take along with s.o. Stem: /maaciiwiN-/ maaciiwitoon vti2 take along with s.t., take s.t. away. Stem: /maaciiwitoo-/ maacllyaahoote vii be carried away on the waves maaclshikan -an ni scissors n vta cut s.o. Stem: /maacishw-/ io maacisho uc at maaham vai2 go on a shopping trip, shop Ed maamahkaac pc amazing, astounding, that is so amazing vii be big waves cu l maamitonenlm vts think about s.o., consider s.o. ty maamlhcaashkaa of maamaw pc all together, in total Fa maamltonentam vai be thinking na loon (E). Also: maak (W) ni v maank -wak sit maanenclke vai disobey, bother things er ( y maamltonentan vti think about s.t., consider s.t. vta scrape s.o. Stem: /maatahw-/ ad maataho U maashkooc pc perhaps, maybe, also, else he maatanohkll vai start to work ke maatinawe-kllshikaa vii be Saturday La maawac pc most; most of all maawaclhltowln ni gathering, meeting maawatoonan vti gather s.t. maawin pc most likely; perhaps; maybe; must be. Also: maawlln C macentaakwan vii be dull, boring macl- pre bad 301 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY maci-miskwaawaa vii be a red•coloured sky that predicts bad weather maci-naakosi vai be bad looking 0 macihcike vai do something bad, get into trouble vta taste s.o. who tastes bad. Stem: /macihpw-/ maclhpo io n macihse vai have something bad happen, have things go wrong uc at mah! pc listen! be black of mahkatewaa vii Ed na wolf (E). Also: mahllkan (W) mahlinkan -ak ty mahkatewaanlhkwe vai have black hair cu l mahkatewlsl vai be black Fa mahkehshl -wak na fox. Also: waakohsh na ad feast, give a feast he vai er bear mahshl pc yet makohshe bear cub (E). Also: mahkoohs (W) U mahkwa -k na ni v mahkoonhs -ak 0 sit mahko-pllhslm na bear month, May y mahklsln -an ni shoe, moccasin ke makohshe-kllshlkanl-pllhslm na feast day month, December La makohshewln -an ni feast makoot -ayan. Also: -an ni coat; dress; skirt; jacket mamaanii vai do something bad, make mistakes mamlshlm vta mamlshintan tell on s.o. vta tell on s.t. (E). Also: mamishltan (W) 0 mamislwe- prev all over, everything 302 �r ANIHSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY manehtek -wak na smoke fish manicoohsh -ak na bug, insect manlhse vai get firewood manlpahi vta grab s.o., pick s.o. up quickly. Stem: /manipah-/ at uc manklhtlkweyaa vii be a wide river (E). Also: maklhtlkweyaa (W) io n manlwaahkaahlkane vai buy a house Ed manoway --ak nad cheek. Stem: /-anoway-/ of mashkash -Ilk nad fingemaiVtoenail. Stem: /-ashkash-/ ty mashkawaahkwatln -oon vii be frozen solid cu l mashkawll val be strong Fa mashklhkl -In ni medicine, drug sit mashklhkllwfnlnl -wak na medicine person, doctor .,. er ( y mashklhkllwlkamlk -oon ni nursing station ni v mashkllk -oon ni muskeg, bog, swamp U maslnaahtehslclkan --an ni television ad maslnahamaiw vta write to or for s.o., owe to s.o., borrow from s.o. he maslnahlkan -an ni book, document, paper, letter, newspaper ke maslnahlkanaahtlk -oon ni pencil, pen La masinahlkanlkamfk -oon ni library maslnahfke vai write, borrow, get credit maslnahlkewlkamlk •oon ni office, band office mate- prev visible (at a distance) L matokwaan -an ni tipi. Also: matokaan, matlkwaan matwehlkan -ak na drum 303 �ANIHSHININI™OWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY matwehike vai · be drumming mawi vai cry mawinehike vai 0 compete, attack mayaam pc exactly io n mekwaa pc while, during, at the time uc at mekwaac pc while, during, at the (same) time, now Ed memecikaahcike vai examine things, check up on things memepiso val swing oneself 0 sit y -an ni toy, plaything Fa memeplson -an ni swing, blanket cradle metawaakan ty na butterfly (E). Also: memekwe {W) cu l memenkwe •k of memeclkaayaapantan vti examine s.t., investigate s.t., check up on s.t. (by looking) (E). Also: memecikaayaapatan (W) er metawe vai play ni v metawewlkamlk -oon ni recreation hall U mlcaap -an nid eye. Stem: /-caap-/ he ad mlhkaat -an nid leg. Stem: /-hkaat-/ vti find s.t. mlhkaw vta find s.o. La ke mlhkan mlhkwam -Ilk na ice mihsan ni firewood. Stem: /mihs-/ Plural of: mlhsl mlhsat -an ni stomach mlhsawaac pc even though, anyhow, although 0 mlhshlln pc many, much, a lot 304 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY r mihshiinatinoon vii be a lot of, be many of. Stem: /mihshiinatin•/ mihshiiniwaa pc many times, often. Also: mihshiinwaa mihshlinowak vai be many. Stem: /mihshiino•/ mihshikamaa vi! be a big lake io n mihsi ni stick of firewood. Stem: /mihs-/ Plural: mihsan 'firewood' uc at mlhtawak -an nid ear. Stem: /•htawak-/ of mlhtlk -oon ni stick, piece of wood, yard (measurement) Ed mlhtlk ~ok na tree (deciduous) ty mlhtlkowash -an ni suitcase, wooden box. cu l mllclm ni food Fa mllclmlhkanclkan -an ni bait (E). Also: mllcimlhkaclkan -an (W) mllhkana -n ni trail, path, road sit ( y mllcin vti3 eat s.t. Stem: /miici•/ ni v er milhsaweshkishli vai have a mustache U mlihshltoone vai have a beard ad mlikaash vta fight s.o. Stem: /miikaaN-/ he mllkaaso vai fight ke mlikaasowln -an ni fight, violence. Also: mllkaatlwln La mllkaatan vti fight s.t. milkihsikwaahson -an ni beaded article mllkwehc pc thanks mlina pc and, again, next L mlinkwan -ak na feather. Also: milkwan mlish vta give (s.t.) to s.o. Stem: /miiN-/ 305 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY miishkoc pc in exchange, instead oi,in turn 0 mikaash vta fight s.o. Stem: /miikaaN•/ mlkanakaap -an nid forehead. Stem: /•kanakaap•/ mikihtlk -oon nid knee. Stem: /-kihtik•/ io at nid inside of mouth. Also: mikwlnew. Stem: /•konew•/ uc mlkonew n mikisllwl-piihsim na bald eagle month, March Ed mlkoshkaatenim vta worry about s.o., be concerned about s.o. of mlkoshkaatentam vai2 worry, be concerned, wonder nid nose. Stem: /-kot-/ cu l mfkot -an ty mlkoshkaatentan vti worry about s.t., be concemed about s.t. Fa mlkotashkway -an nid throat. Stem: /-kotashkway-/ mlkwayaw -an nid neck. Stem: /-kwayaw-/ y 0 er sit mlnclhkaawan • ak na mitt, glove (E). Also: mfcihkaawan (W) ni v mlnclnaweal vai be sorry, be regretful (E). Also: mlcfnaweaf (W) U mfnlhk -an nid am,. Stem: /-nihk-/ ad mlnfhkwaakan -an ni cup he mlnlhkwe vai drink, drink s.t. ke mlnlhkwewln -an ni drink, booze La mlnlhtlk aoon ni island mlnlhtlkwaaplhk -oon ni rocky island mlnikohk pc much, many. Also: mlnfkwahk mlnlnc -fin nid finger (E). Stem: /-nine-/. Also: mlnic (W) mlno- pre nice, good 0 mlno-ayaawamaclho vai feel well, feel better 306 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY mino-klishlkaa vii be a nice day { mino-miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts good weather mino-naakosi vai look nice, good looking. Also: minonaakosi minohpakosi vai taste good. Also: minohpikosl io n mlnohpakwan vii taste good uc at minohpltan vti like taste of s.t. Ed vta like taste of s.o. Stem: /minohpw-/ mlnohpo of minomaakosl vai smell nice, smell good ty minomaakwan vii smell nice, smell good cu l mlntlto vai be big (E). Also: mltlto (W) Fa mfnwaahshln vii be nice, look nice minwenlm vta like s.o. sit ( y mlnwanclke vai eat well, enjoy one's meal (E). Also: minwaclke (W) ni v er minwentaakwan vii be enjoyable, be liked, be fun, be a good time, be appreciated U minwentam vai2 be happy, be glad ad mlnwentan vti like s.t., enjoy s.t. nid hair. Stem: /-piiway-/. Also: pliway he mipiiway -an ke mlpwaam -an nid thigh. Stem: /-pwaam-/ La mlshookan -an nid hip. Stem: /-shookan-/ mishtahl pc much, a lot. Also: mistahi mlshtlkwaan -an nid head. Stem: /-shtikwaan-/ mlslt -an nid foot. Stem: /-sit-/ L mlsiwe pc all over, everything, whole miskosl vai be red 307 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY miskwaa vii be red miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky at dawn or after sunset 0 mitaahs -ak nad pants. Stem: /-taahs-/ mitaahsinoon vii be ten. Stem: /mitaahsin-/ io at nu ten uc mltaahso n mltaahslwak vai be ten. Stem: /mitaahsi-/ nu hundred. nllshwaa mltaahsomltana 'two hundred', etc. of mltaahsomltana Ed mltaahso pliwaaplhkonhsh •ak na ten cents (E). Also: mltaahso pllwaaplhkohsh (W) ty mltaahsoopllhlkan -ak na ten dollar bill cu l mltaahswaaplhk na ten dollars nid heart. Stem: /-tehi-/ 0 y mltehl -In Fa nid chin. Stem: /-taamihkan-/ mltaamlhkan -an sit mltenan -lin nid tongue. Stem: /-tenan-/ ni v er mitlhs -Jin nid navel. Stem: /-tihs-/ pc really, entirely so, completely. Also: tetako ad mltonl U mltihttman -an nid shoulder. Stem: /-tihtiman-/ he mltoon -an nid mouth (especially outer part of mouth; lips). Stem: /-toon-/ ke mltoontan -an nid heel (E). Stem: /-toontan-/. Also: mltootan (W) La mltooskwan -an nid elbow. Stem: /-tooskwan-/ mlyaw -an nid body. Stem: /-yaw-/. Also: mllyaw moohkomaan -an ni knife moos -ook na moose mooshak pc always, all the time 0 mooshkahan vii flood, be high water 308 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY r be full mooshkine vii mooso-wiiyaahs ni moose meat mwaye- prev before. Usually e-mwaye na pc [yes-no question marker]. Also: Ina. io n naacl• pv gett fetch. go for uc go for food. fetch food naaclwanlhlkane vai Ed vai go to check traps. Also: naaclwanlhllkane ty naahplc pc really. very. to a high degree. extensively of naaclmllclme at naaclhkomaane vai get a knife cu l naake pc later vta investigate s.o., watch for s.o. Stem: /naamaakacih-/ sit naanaakaclhl er ( vii be visible, show up. (pl-naakwan be seen coming this way) y naakwan Fa naakosl vai be visible, show up. (pl-naakosl be seen coming this way) ni v naanew pc down at the shore, on the shore U naanewl• pren on shore vai keep on dancing. Reduplication of: nllml he naanllml ad naanl- pren near, by ke naanlpaawe -wak vai yawn. Also: naanlpaayawe La naanlyahll pc near something naanta pc maybe, perhaps, in some way. Also: naanlta naapakwaash vta snare s.o. Stem: /naapakwaaN-/ naapakwe vai set snares L naape -wak na man naapenhs -ak na boy (E). Also: naapehs -ak (W) 309 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY naapl- prev put together, assembte naapihkaakan -ak na kerchief; scarf 0 naashaantawe -wak vai climb down a tree, go downstairs (E). Also: naashaatawe (W) naasihkan vii get s.t., fetch s.t. n vtia get, fetch s.o. io naaslhkaw uc at naasipil vai go to the shore, go to the water vti go to get s.t. by boat of naatahan Ed naataham vai2 go to get by boat ty naatahlpll vai get water, go for water cu l naatahsapil vai get one's net, check one's net Fa naatakwe vai go to check snares 0 y naawl- prsn center of, middle of er ni v nahke plko pc I don't know sit nahl pc look! look outl U nahsaw pc middle of ad nahsemaa -k na tobacco vti leave s.t. behind La nakatan vta leave s.o. behind Stem: /nakaN-/ ke nakash he nahshlne pc often, all the time, frequently nakwaakan -an ni snare nakwaakanaahtik -oon ni snare stick (wooden frame) nakwaakaniyaap -Un ni snare wire nakwaash vta snare s.o. Stem: /nakwaaN-/ 0 nakwaaso vai be snared 310 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY vai sit down, be seated na sturgeon name -wak namekohs -ak lake trout nanaantawaapam n vta thank s.o io nanaahkom na vta look around for s.o., hunt for s.o. (E). Also: nanaatawaapam (W) at namatapi uc r namancinihkiink pc on the left. Also: namacinihkiik (W) Ed nanaantawenclke vai hunt (E). Also: nanaatawencike f'N) vta look around for s.o., search for s.o. (E). Also: nanaatawenlm (W) nanaantawentan vti look around for s.t., search for s.t. (E). Also: nanaatawentan (W) ty of nanaantawenlm cu l nanaantawl-oocilwe vai go about looking for flies (E). Also: nanaatawl-oocllwe (W) Fa nanaantawl-prev seek, go around for (E). Reduplication of: nantawl-, ntawf-. Also: nanaatawl- (W) y nanaatfhkosll vai do mean things, tease, make fun of people vai tidy things er nanahacike sit ( vta want/need s.o. (E). Also: natawenlm (W) U nantawenlm ni v nantawenclke vai hunt (E). Also: natawenclke (W) he ad nantawentaakosl vai be wanted, be desirable (E). Also: natawentaakosl (W). vti want/need s.t. (E). Also: natawentan (W) ke nantawentan La nantohtamowln ni radio nantohtan vti listen to s.t. nantohtaw nantonaw vta listen to s.o. (E). Also: natohtaw (W) vta look for s.o. natawihlwe vai heal people. Also: antawlhlwe L nato- pre real, natural, plain 311 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY natohtamoowikamik -oon ni radio station 0 natohtan vti listen to s.t. natok pc suddenly, miraculously, as a suprise nawac pc more, quite (-er) io n nehpici- pv permanently, not knowing when to quit uc at nekaapilhanonk pc west (E). Also: nekaaplfhanok (W) Ed neyaa vii be a peninsula, be a point in the lake of neyaahsh -Un ni point of land, peninsula nlcaahkohsh -ak nad my (woman's) (female cross-)cousin, my (woman's) sister-in-law. ty Stem: /-caahkohsh-/ cu l nicllmJc -ak nad my younger brother. Also: sister, my younger sibling. Stem: /-ciimic-/ Fa nlhka •k na Canada goose y 0 sit nlhkaakone vaVii be covered with snow be spoiled U nlhshlwanaatan -oon vii ni v nlhsaapaawe vai drown er nlhki-pllhslm na goose month, April he ad nlhsl vta kill s.o. Stem: /nihs-/ ke nlhsln nu three La nlhslnoon vii be three. Stem: /nihsin-/ nlhsltawlnan vti recognize s.t. by sight, realize s.t. nlhsltohtam vai2 understand nlhsltohtan vti understand s.t. nlhslwak vai be three. Stem: /nihsi-/ nihsomltana 0 nu thirty 312 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY nihsoshaap nu thirteen r nihsoshaap tahswaapihk na thirteen dollars nlhswaa pc three times, thrice nlhswaapihk ni three dollars io n nihtaa- prev can do, skilled at, know how uc at nlhtaawanohkll vai work well, be a good worker of nlhtaawlhse vai know how to walk, can walk, walks well Ed nlhtaawe vai know how to talk, can talk ty nllcl-klhclhaa -k nad my fellow elder. Stem:/-ilci-kihcihaa-/ cu l nllcl-naape -wak nad my fellow man. Stem: /-iici-naapew-/ Fa nllcl-toohkan -ak nad my name-sake. Stem: /-iici-toohkan-/ sit nlicllhaa -k nad my spouse. Stem: /-iiciihaa-/ er ( y nllclhklwesl -wak nad my (man's) brother. Stem: /-iicihkiwesiw-/ ni v nllclmohsh -ak nad my (cross-)cousin of opposite sex. Stem: /-iicimohsh-/ U nllhsllklnlncaan -an ni finger. Also: nllhsllklnlcaan ad nllhsllklsltaan -an ni toe he nilhtaawlhs •ak nad my (man's) brother-in-law. Stem: /-iihtaawahs-/. Also: nllhtaawahs ke nllkate pc a ways off, far away La nllkateshkaa vai go away nllmaawlniwash -an ni provisions box, container nllml vai dance nilmltana L nu forty niln pr I, me. [first person singular personal pronoun] nilnamli vai be weak 313 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY niinawint pr we, us (E) [first person exclusive personal pronoun]. Also: niinawit (W) 0 niinehta pr I alone, me only niinehtawint pr we alone, us only (exclusive) (E). Also: niinehtawft (W) niinim -ook nad my (cross-)cousin of opposite sex, my sibling-in-law of opposite sex. Stem: io n /-iinimw-/ at nlinlshtam pr me next, me first. [first person singular pronoun]. Also: nllnlhtam uc nllpaa- pv at night, happening at night, nocturnal Ed nllpawl vai stand, be standing of nllpln vii summer cu l ty nllshln nu two nllshlnoon vii be two. Stem: /niishin-/ Fa nllshltana nu twenty nlishltana tahswaaplhk na twenty dollars sit y 0 er nlishltanawepllhlkan -ak na twenty dollar bill ni v nllshlwak vsi be two. Stem: /niishi-/ U nllsho-kllshlkaa vii be Tuesday na two dollar bill he ad nlishoopiihlkan -ak ke nlishoshaap nu twelve, (decade number) plus two La niishoshaap tahswaapihk na twelve dollars nlishwaa pc twice nilshwaahslnoon vii be seven. Stem: /niishwaahsin-/ nllshwaahsiwak val be seven. Stem: /niishwaahsi-/ nllshwaahso nu seven 0 nllshwaahsomltana nu seventy 314 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY niishwaahsoshaap nu seventeen, (decade number) plus seven (' nlishwaahsoshaap tahswaapihk na seventeen dollars nilshwaahswaapihk na seven dollars niishwaapihk na two dollars. n vii be miserable weather io niiskaatan uc Ed nlltlhkwe -wak nad my fellow woman. Stem: /-iitihkwew-/ of nllwaa pc four times ty nllwaaplhk na four dollars cu l nllwl-kll&hlkaa vii be Thursday nu four nu fourteen, (decade number) plus four na fourteen dollars ni v nliwlshaap tahswaaplhk sit nliwlshaap er ( y nliwlnoon vii be four. Stem: /niiwin-/ Fa nllwln at nlltlhkwe -wak nad my (woman's) sister. Stem: /-iitihkwew-/ ad nlkamo vai sing U nliwiwak vai be four. Stem: /niiwi-/ he nlkamowin -an ni song La ke nlkayaashlm -ak nad my ex-spouse. Stem: /-kayaashim-/ nlkoslhs -ak nad my son. Stem: /-kosihs-/ nlmaamaa •mak nad my mother. Stem: /-maamaa(m)-/ nlmlhsens -ak nad my older sister (E). Stem: /-mihses-/. Also: nlmlhsens (W) nlmohshoom -ak nad my grandfather. Stem: /-mohshoom-/. Also: nlmlhshoom L nlmoosom -ak nad my sweetheart. Stem: /-moosom-/ 315 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY ninahaankanihkwem -ak nad my daughter-in-law, my (cross-)niece (E). Stem: /-nahaakanihkwem-/. Also: ninahaakanlhkwem (W) nlnahaanklhshiim -ak nad my son-in-law, my (cross-)nephew (E). Stem: /-nahaakihshiim-/. Also: nlnahaakihshiim (W) 0 niniikihlk -ook nad my parent. Stem: /-niikihikw-/ io at na otter (E). Also: nikik (W) uc nlnklk -wak n nininc -lin nid my hand (E). Stem: /-nincy-/. Also: nlnic. Stem: /-nicy-/ (W) Ed nlnklko-wanlhlkan -an ni trap for otter (E). Also: niklko-wanihlkan (W), nlnklko-wanlhllkan (E) of nlnklao vai be melted (E). Also nlkiso (W) ty nlnkotwaahslnoon vii be six (E). Stem: /ninkotwaahsin-/. Also: nlkotwaahslnoon (W) vai be six (E). Stem: /ninkotwaahsi-/. Also: nlkotwaahsiwak (W) cu l nlnkotwaahsiwak Fa nlnkotwaahso nu six (E). Also: nlkotwaahso (W) nu sixty (E). Also: nlkotwaahsomltana (W) y 0 sit nlnkotwaahsomltana er nlnkotwaahsoshaap nu sixteen (E). Also: nlkotwaahsoshaap (W) vii be overcast (E). Also: nlkwahkwan (W) he nlnkwahkwan na six dollars (E). Also: nlkotwaahswaaplhk (W) ad nlnkotwaahswaaplhk U ni v nlnkotwaahsoshaap tahswaapihk na sixteen dollars (E). Also: nlkotwaahsoshaap tahswaapihk (W) ke nintawl- prev go to do. Also: nantawl-, ntawl- (E). Also: nltawi-, natawl-, ntawl- (W) La nlpaa vai sleep nipaaciyaa vii be dirty, slimy nipahtoon vti2 kill s.t. Stem: /nipahtoo-/ nlpewin -an ni bed nlpl ni water 0 nipilhkaank pc in the water (E). Also: nipilhkaak (W) 316 �r ANIHSHININIIMOWIN .. ENGLISH GLOSSARY nipo vai die, be dead nlshlhsensh -ak nad my (cross-} uncle, my father-in-law (E). Stem: /-shihsensh-/. Also: nishlhsesh (W} nishtam pc firs~, next uc at nlslkohs -ak nad my (cross-) aunt; my mother-in-law. Stem: /-sikohs-/ io n nishtehs -ak nad my older brother. Stem: /-shtehs-/ Ed nltaanlhs -ak nad my daughter. Stem: /-taanihs-/ of nltaataa -mak nad my father. Stem: /-taataa(m)-/ ty nltawaac pc might as well, rather. Also: ntawaac cu l nltawemaa -k nad my (man's) sister, my (woman's) brother. Stem: /-tawemaa-/ Fa nltaylhlhsh -ak nsd my dog. Stem: /-tayihsh-/ sit nltooshlm -ak nad my (parallel-) nephew. Stem: /-tooshim-/ er (_ y nltiko pc it seems, probably. Also: ntlko ni v nltooshlmlhkwem -ak nsd my (parallel-) niece. Stem: /-tooshimihkwem-/ ad niyaanan nu five U nltooslhs -ak nad my (parallel-) aunt. Stem: /-toosihs-/ he nlyaanan pliwaaplhkohsh -ak na five cents (W). Also: nlyaanan pllwaaplhkoonhsh (E) La ke nlyaananlwak vai be five. Stem: /niyaanani-/ nlyaanano-ahkl pc five years nlyaananomltana nu fifty. Also: nlyaanomltana nlyaananoon vii be five. Stem: /niyaanan-/ nlyaananoopllhlkan -ak L na five dollar bill nlyaananoshaap nu fifteen. Also: nlyaanoshaap niyaananoshaap tahswaaplhk na fifteen dollars 317 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN .. ENGLISH GLOSSARY niyaananwaa pc five times 0 niyaananwaaplhk na five dollars nooci-klnooshewi-aapacihcikan ni fishing gear n noohkom -ak nad my grandmother. Stem: /-oohkom-/ io noohkomlhs -ak nad my (parallel-)uncle. Stem: /-oohkomihs-/ uc at noohplmlnk pc in the bush, inland (E). Also: noohplmlk (W) Ed noomake pc for a while of noonclhshlpe vai hunt ducks (E). Also: nooclhshlpe (W) ty noonkom pc now, today (E). Also: nookom (W} vta hear s.o. (E). Also: nootaw (W} Fa noontaw cu l noonkom kaa-klishfkaak vii today (E). Also: noonkom kaa-klishlkaak (W) noonte- prev want to, need to (before usual time) (E). Also: noote- (W) y 0 er sit nooslhs -ak nad my grandchild. Stem: /-oosihs-/ ni v nootlhkwewe vai womanize; chase women U nootln vii be windy, be a wind it seems, probably. Also: nltlko he ntiko pc ad nootinikewin -an ni war, violence ke ocllmaanl vai have a boat, have s.t. as one's boat La oclimltoo-pllhslm na kissing month, January. Also: oclimi-klishlkaawl-plihslm ohkaataahk -wak na carrot oho pr this. [inanimate singular demonstrative]. Also: ohowe, howe. ohomaa pc here. Also: homaa ohowe pr this. Also: oho, howe. [inanimate singular demonstrative] 0 ohsha pc [emphatic particle). Also: hsha 318 �ANIHSHININIThlOWIN · ENGLISH GLOSSARY r na okaanhs -ak okimaa •k na pickerel (E). Also: okaahs (W) boss, manager okimaahkaan •ak na chief n okin -ilk ni tomatoe at io okoweniwan pr this, these. Also: okweniwan. [inanimate obviative demonstrative] of onaakan •an ni dish, plate Ed omplpanlho vsi go up in a hurry (E). Also: oplpanlho (W) uc omakahkll -k na frog ty onaako pc yesterday cu l onahtoon vti2 arrange s.t., organize s.t., put s.t. in order, stack s.t. Stem: /onahtoo-/ sit y oncl- prev from, cause (E). IC> wenci-. Also: ocl-{W). IC> wecionci•wllci-taamaakan ns neighbour (E). Also: ocl-wllcl-taamaakan (W) er ( Fa oncl pc from (E). Also: ocl (W) U ni v onclhcihse vii be the time of, come to happen, the time has come (E). Also: oclhclhse (W) ad oncll vai come from a certain place (E). IC> wencii=. Also: ocll (W). IC> wecii= he onclnowe vii the wind is blowing from a certain direction (E). Also: ocinowe (W) ke onclta pc purposely, jokingly (E). Also: ocita (W) La onclwltoon vti2 carry s.t. from a certain place (E). Stem: /onciwitoo-/. Also: onclwltoon (W) onlkam -Jin ni portage onsaam pc too much, extreme, excessive (E). Also: osaam (W) ontami- prev busy at (E). Also: otaml- (W) L ontamlhse vai get busy (E). Also: otamlhse (W) ontamli vai be busy (E). Also: otamil (W) 319 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY ontamiihke vai be busy (E). Also: otamiihke (W) 0 ontenti vai be absent, be gone (E). Also: oteti (W) oocii -k na fly n ooshta pc oops! oh my! Also: kooshta io oplhkwahko vai have arrows uc at opihkwanaacllhsh -ak na bat Ed osaawaa vii be yellow/brown of osaawaanlhkwe vai have brown hair ty osaawlsl vai be yellow/brown cu l oshaawashkosl vai be blue Fa oshaawashkwaa vii be blue oshihclkaate vii be made, be build, be processed sit y 0 er osohsotam vai2 cough ni v ota pc emphatic U otaahplnan vti choose s.t., accept s.t., take s.t., pick s.t. ad otaahplnlkaate vii be chosen, be taken, be accepted, be picked he otaanaank pc at the back, behind, previously (E). Also: otaanaak (W) La ke otaapaan -ak na skidoo, car otaapaanaahk -wak na toboggan paahklhsln -oon vii be open paahpi vai laugh paahplhl vta laugh at s.o. Stem: /paahpih-/ paahplhtoon vti2 laugh at s.t. Stem: /kaatoo-/ 0 paahso vta dry s.o. (by heat). Stem: /paahsw-/ 320 �r ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY paakwaa vii be shallow water paanahkihk -wak na frying pan paane- prev wide; broad; roomy; expanded paanesi vai be wide, broad, roomy, expanded io n paaneyaa vii be wide, broad, roomy, expanded uc at paanimaa pc much later, later on, after a long while Ed paashkislkan -an ni gun of paashklso vta shoot s.o. Stem; /paashkisw-/ ty vai be skinny, be starving paawanll cu l paawlhtlk -oon ni rapids vti hit s.t.. strike s.t. pahklhteho vta hit s.o. Stem: /pahkihtehw•/ pahklnaake vai win; beat someone (in a competition) er sit y pahkihtehan ni v ( Fa pahkaan pc different U pahkon vta skin s.o., cut the pelt off s.o. ad pahkweshlkan na flour, bread he pahkweshlkanaapoo ni stew, soup with flour vii be Friday La ke pahkweshlkani-kllshlkaa pahpaaplwln -an ni window. Also: pahpaapowin paklcllwln -an pakltahwe vai fish with a net, set a net pakltanemo L ni airport. Also: poonilwln vta regurgitate s.o. Stem: /pakitanemw-/ pakltln vta let go of s.o. pakltinan vti let go of s.t. 321 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY pakohsenimo vai wish, hope 0 pakwaan -an ni shirt paninan vti drop s.t. from hand panklhshlmon vii be the setting sun (E). Also: pakihshimon (W) n vii fall (E). Also: pakihsin (W) io panklhsin uc at pankll pc a little, some (E). Also: pakll (W) Ed papaamaatake vai swim around of papaaml-lshaamakan vii go about, go there ty papaamohse vai walk about, take a walk Fa papllkonlke vai fumble things, cause problems cu l papllhkwahkamlklsl vai fumble things, cause problems 0 ni v pashkwewash -an ni pack er sit pashkwatahlkan -an ni clear-cut area y papllkwaanahkwan vii be cloudy U paslkwli vai stand up, arise ad patoteplso vai drive off the road he payahklnan vti clean s.t. ke payahtak pc very carefully vai La payehklnike clean things pehkaac pc slowly, carefully pehklhsh pc at the same time, while pehpeshlk pc one by one pehshonc pc close, near (E). Also: pehshoc (W) 0 pehshotaahkoomaakan -ak na close relation 322 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY pepaa ni pepper (' peshik nu one peshik piiwaapihkohsh -ak na one cent. Also: peshik piiwaapihkoonhs peshlko vai be alone, single io n peshlko- pre one, single uc at one dollar bill peshlkoopllhlkan -ak na na eleven dollars of peshlkoshaap tahswaaplhk Ed peshlkoshaap nu eleven, (decade number) plus one ty peshlkwaa pc once, one time cu l peshlkwaaplhk na one dollar Fa peshlkwan pc same sit peshlshoonlyaahsh -ak na twenty-five cents, (quarter). Also: peshlk shooniyaahsh er ( y peshikwan vii be alone, single ni v pi- prev here, hither, towards U pl-kllwenotan vti return to s.t., come back to s.t. ad pl-kilwenotaw vta return to s.o., come back to s.o. he pl-naakosi vai be visible coming this way La ke plhkwaamatinaa -n ni hill pihkwahk -oon ni arrow plhkwan -an ni blouse pihkwatahkamlnk ni forest; wilderness (E). Also: pihkwatahkamik (W) plhtaahplso vai put clothes on, dress L pihtaho vta hit s.o. accidentally using s.t. Stem: /pihtahw-/ piiclwish vta bring s.o. Stem: /piiciwiN-/. Also: pllsh 323 �ANIHSH ININIIM OWIN - ENGLIS H GLOSSARY piihi vta wait for s.o. Stem: /piih-/ 0 pliho vai wait, be waiting piihshaakaneyaap ni rope, string n pifhsim -ook na sun, moon, month. Also: pflhsom io plihsimohkaan -ak na clock uc at pllhsimoo-masinahikan -an ni calendar of pilkohse vai break out in a rash or pimples, have a blow out Ed pilhswe-aanahkonaa -k na bread (loaf) ty pilkohae vii get broken, break down, break by itself cu l pilkohsltoon vti2 break s.t. by dropping. Stem: /piikohsitoo-/ Fa plikoshkaa vaVii be broken 0 sit y plinahlkan -an ni purse er pllnahlke vai put something in a container, pack something ni v pllnaho vta put s.o. in a container, pack s.o. Stem: /piinahw-/ U pllnci- pren inside, into (E). Also: pllcl- (W) ad pllnclyahll pc inside something (E). Also: pllciyahll (W) he pllntlkamlnk pc indoors (E). Also: plltlkamlk (W) La ke pllntlke vai enter, go in, come in (E). Also: plltike (W) pllsh vta bring s.o. Stem: /piiN-/. Also: pllclwlsh pllshaa vai come here. Also: pl-lshaa plltoon vti2 bring s.t. Stem: /piitoo-/ pllway -an ni hair. Also: mlpllway 0 pliwlte •k na stranger plko pc just. Also: poko 324 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY r piko tooho pc any kind, varied, anything, all sort of pimaahkwepahlke vai play hockey pimaahkwepahikewin ni hockey n plmaahoote vii. drift along on the waves io pimaapoote vii drift along on the current uc ni life Ed plmaatlslwln -an at plmaatlsl vai live, be alive of plmahkwashlwaake vai paddle something vii fly along, fly by sit plmlhsewln -an ni airplane, plane. Also: plmlnaakan ni v ptmlhshln vai lie down er ( y plmlhse vai fly along, fly by (of a bird) Fa plml- prev by, past, along, in process of cu l pimakoote ty plmahkwashlwe vai paddle, paddle by U plmlkonaakaa vii be a week ad ptminlke vai carry things along on one's shoulder he plmlpahtoo vai run along, run by La ke plmlpanlhclkan -an ni engine, motor, machine plmlplso vai drive along, drive by plmltaaclmo vai crawl along, crawl by plmltaapll vai go along by sled or sleigh plmlte ni lard, grease, fuel oil, gas L plmlwane vai carry a pack along on one's back pimiwltoon vti2 carry s.t. along, carry s.t. by. Stem: /pimiwitoo-/ 325 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY pimo vta shoot s.o. with an arrow. Stem: /pimw-/ 0 pimohse vai walk along, walk by plmooclke vai carry things pinaahkwaan ..an ni comb io n plnaahkweho vai comb one's hair uc at plnaahkwliwl-pllhsim na leaves are falling month. October na spruce hen of pine •wak Ed pinamaa pc wait a while; for a short while; in awhile ty plnehshilnsh •ak na bird (E). Also: plnehshilsh (W) cu l plnehsllwan vii there is thunder na lynx 0 y pishlw -ak Fa plpoon vii winter er sit pltlkohtaakosl vai have a muffled or low sound. have a muffled or low voice ni v pltikosl vai be stocky. be chubby U poonanohkli vai quit a job, stop working ad poonl- prev stop. cease, quit he pooni-plmaatisl vai die ke pooshoo pc hello La poosl vai get on, embark pooslhl vta put s.o. on board. Stem: /poosih-/ poosihtoon vti put s.t. on board. Stem: /poosihtoo-/ poosikwaashkonl vai jump aboard pooslpanlho vai hurry aboard. Also: pooslpanlhoo 0 pootaanltlso vai blow on oneself 326 �ANIHSIDNINIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY r ni fireplace, campfire pootawaan -an pootawe vai make a fire, build a fire Powaan -ak na Paul (person's name) n pwaatawl- pv delayed, late vii at uc saakaapahte the sun is rising, the sun comes up. smoke comes out (in the distance) Ed vii saakaahte io pwatan ni butter of saakaham vai2 go out, exit ty saakahikan -an -iin ni lake vta love s.o. Stem: /saakih-/ Fa saaklhl cu l saakicl- prev out na sit saaklpaakaawf-plihslm leaves are out month, June er ( y saaklhtoon vti2 like s.t. Stem: /saakihtoo-/ ni v saankahslnoon vii be nine (E). Stem: /saakahsin-/. Also: shaankahslnoon (E), saakahslnoon (W) ad U saankahsiwak vai be nine (E). Stem: /saankahsi-/. Also: shaankahsiwak (E), saakahslwak (W) he saankahso nu nine (E). Also: shaankahso (E), saakahso (W) La ke saankahsohshaap nu nineteen, (decade number) plus nine (E). Also: shaakahsoshaap (W) saankahsomltana nu ninety. Also: shaankahsomitana (E), saakahsomltana (W} saankahsoshaap tahswaaplhk na nineteen dollars (E). Also: saakahsoshaap tahswaapihk (W) saankahswaapihk na nine dollars (E). Also: saakahswaapihk (W) sahklso vai be lit, be on fire, have one's house on fire L sahklte vii be lit, be on fire 327 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY sakamaatapi vai stay in place, sit quietly sakime -k 0 na mosquito sakimewayaan -ak na mosquito net n shaakashkine vii be full io shaakooc pc however, nevertheless, after all uc at shaawanonk pc south (E). Also: shaawanok (W) na duck of shllhshllp -ak Ed sheshtak -ook na thread ty shlipaa- pren beneath cu l shllpaahl pc beneath something Fa shlipllkll vai stretch one's body 0 sit y shllpllkwaan -an ni sweater er shllwaa vii be sweet ni v shllwaakamin -oon vii be sweet (liquid) ad shliwlhtaakan ni salt U shliwaapoo ni pop, soft drink, juice he shikaak -wak na skunk La ke shikatentam vai2 be bored, be lonely, be homesick, be sad shlkatentan vti be lonesome for s.t. shlmaakanlhshliwlkamlk -oon ni police station shinkop -ilk na evergreen tree, spruce (E). Also: shlkop (W) shlnkoplfwaapoo ni beer (E). Also: shikopliwaapoo (W) shoohp na soap 0 shookaa na sugar 328 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY shoominaapoo ni wine (' na shoominlhsh •ak na shooniyaan -ak raisin money. Also: shooniyaa pour s.t., pump s.t. out at vti iron uc siiklnan na io shooshkwahlkan •ak n shoonlyaawash -an ni wallet Ed sllkinlkaate vii be poured of sllkwan vii be spring ty alipl -In ni river cu l slltawaac pc barely, hardly, poorly Fa slkohsl -wak na weasel sit soonkltehe vai be brave (E). Also: sookltehe (W) er ( y aooklhpwan vii snow, be snowing. Also: sookohpwan would, could, should, ought, can [modal] U taa- prev ni v ta- prev will [future tense in independent with no personal prefix] ad taaplshkooc pc alike, even, at the same time he taashklkahlke vsi split wood vta split s.o. by cutting. Stem: /taashkishw-/ La ke taashklsho taawin ni town, village tahkaayaa vii be cold (weather) tahkokaapawl vai tahkwaanihkwe L stand short, be short vai have short hair tahsh pc and, but tahsln pc a certain number 329 �ANIHSHININITh10WIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY tahsinoon vii be a certain number of. Stem: /tahsin-/ 0 tahsiwak vai be a certain number of. Stem: /tahsi-/ tahso- pre so many, so much, every n tahso-niipin pc .every summer io tahsoosh vta trap s.o. Stem: /tahsooN-/ uc at tahswaa pc so many times. every time Ed takahklnaakosl vai be good looking, handsome of takiln pc usually ty takohse vii arrive by flying 0 vii be fall. be autumn er takwaakfn sit y takoplsf val arrive by vehicle Fa takoosh vta arrive with s.o. Stem: /takooN-/ cu l takohshin vii arrive ni v takwan vii be there, exist vii be heard there ad tanlhtaakwan U tanenlm vts think s.o. to be there ke vai stay there, hang around. live there, play La tashilhke he tanlwewltam vai2 be heard from a certain place tashilhkewln •an ni village. settlement, community tashilwlhtoo vai do things in a certain location tashlm vta tell about. talk about s.o. tashoplsh vta stretch s.o. (as a pelt). Stem: /tashopiN-/ 0 tatipaaclmo vai be telling. Reduplication of: tipaaclmo tawehkonehlke vai plow snow 330 �ANIHSHININ1Th10WIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY r tehsapiwln -an ni chair. Also: tehsapow1n tepi- prev enough, sufficient tepi-naakosi vai be visible at a distance n tepl-wllhsini vai have enough to eat io teplhse vaVii be enough of s.t.. be sufficient uc at teplhtan vti hear s.t. in the distance Ed vta hear s.o. in the distance teplhtaw of teplnaahk pc carelessly ty tepwe pc true. for sure vti believe s.t., agree with s.t., go ahead with something Fa tepwehtan cu l tepwehtam vai2 believe, agree, go ahead with something (what someone says to do) (what someone says to do) y vta believe in s.o., agree with s.o., go ahead with something (what someone says to do) sit tepwehtaw er ( ni v tetako pc extremely. totally, very U tetlpaa pc around ad tetlpaahl pc around something he tlhklnaakan -an ni cradleboard La ke tlhtipanaweyaanlhkwe vai have curly hair tlhtlplhse vai/A roll tlhtiplpanlho vai roll fast. Also: tlhtlplpanlhoo tihtipweplshklkan -ak ni bicycle til ni tea L tilhke vai make tea tllhtlpaamaclwe vai go downhill 331 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY tiihtipaantawe vai climb down a ladder, climb downstairs (E). Also: tiihtipaatawe (W) tiiwahkihk -wak -cok 0 na kettle, teakettle tipaaclmo vai tell news, narrate n tipaacimohtaw __ vta tell s.o. news, tell a story about someone io tipaaclmowin -an ni story, narration uc at tlpaahkon vta judge s.o. punish s.o., charge s.o. Ed tipaahkonlke vai judge things/people, measure things (as something stick-like) of tlpahlkaneyaa vii be so many hours 0 sit y tlplhkaa vii be night cu l tlpentan vti own s.t., keep s.t., control s.t. Fa tlpenlm vta own s.o., keep s.o., control s.o. ty tipenclkewln -an ni property, belongings, family er tlplhkl-pllhslm -ook na moon ni v tlpihkonk pc last night (E). Also: tiplhkok (W) U toohaan -ak na ball ad toohkaan pc sort, kind. Also: tlnoohkaan, toowlnlhkaan he tootaaso vai do so to oneself La ke tootam vai2 do in a certain way tootan vti do s.t. so, do so to s.t., treat s.t. so tootaw vta do so to s.o., treat s.o. so twaahlkan -an ni hole in ice twaahlke vai make a hole in the ice 0 waa- prev will, want to. IC< wii- waaclye pc hello! greeting! (also used by some speakers as a farewell) 332 �r ANIHSIDNINIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY waaciye vai shake hands waahkaahl pc around something waahkaahikan -an ni house n waahkaahike vai build a house io waahkaahse vii go around, be an hour uc ni chest Ed waahkikan -an at waahkamisl vai behave of waahsa pc far, distant ty waahshehkwan vii the sky is clear waakohsh -ak na fox. Also: mahkehshl -wak sit ( ni ax (E). Also: cllkahlkan (W) y waakaahkwat -oon Fa cu l waahtepakliwi-pilhslm na leaves are changing colour month, September. Also: waahtepakaawl-piihslm waapaa vii be white ni v er waanipliyaa vii pond, be an area of water ad U waapaanihkwe vai have white/grey hair he waapam vta see s.o. ke waapan vii be morning, be dawn, be tomorrow La waapank vii tomorrow (E). [conjunct form of: waapan). Also: waapak (W) waapanonk pc east (E). Also: waapanok (W) waapantan vti see s.t (E). Also: waapatan (W) waaplhsahaa vii be grey L waaplhsahisi vai be grey waapikoshiihsh -ak na mouse (E). Also: aapikoshilhsh (W) 333 �ANIHSH ININIIM OWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY waapisi vai be white 0 waapoos -ook na snowshoe hare (rabbit) waapooso-wanihikan -an ni trap for snowshoe hare (rabbit) n waapoyaan -an ni blanket. Also: waapiyaan io waashahaa vii be a bay uc at waashtenlkan -an ni lamp. Also: waahtenlkan, waastenlkan Ed waaw -an ni egg of waawaahte vii northern lights ty waawaashkehshl -wak na deer cu l waawfkan -an ni back Fa wacahkohsh -ak na star (W). Also: wanankohsh -ak (E) 0 sit y wacashk -wak na muskrat er wacll -n ni mountain ni v wahawe pr this. Also: wahwawe. [animate singular demonstrative] U wahkwl -in ni cloud. Also: wahko ad waklc pc on top of something he waklcl- pren on top of La ke waklclyahll pc on top of something wanankohsh •ak na star. Also: wacahkohsh wanlhl vta lose s.o., miss s.o., mislay s.o. Stem: /wanih-/ wanlhlkan -an ni trap. Also: wanihllkan wanlhlkanaahtlk -oon ni trap stake. Also: wanihllkanaahtlk wanihlke vai trap. Also: wanlhilke 0 wanlhtoon vti2 lose s.t. Stem: /wanihtoo-/ 334 �wanlihkenotaw wanfshkaa vta forget s.o. vai get up washkinan n vai tum washkil vti tum s.t., steer s.t. io r ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY wanilhkenotan vti forget s.t. uc at watakaml- pv easily Ed waweshahltaapaanewlkamlk -oon ni garage vta fix s.o. Stem: /waweshih-/ of waweshlhl wehwew -ak sit er na snow goose wehwe -k na white goose na Whiteman U wemlhtlkooshl -wak ni v ( y wawoono vai howl (of dog, wolf etc.) cu l wawlyatlslike vsi do funny things Fa wawiyasinaakosl vsi look cute, look funny ty waweshlhtoon vti2 fix s.t., repair s.t. Stem: /waweshihtoo-/ ad wemlhtikooshlihkwe -k na white woman he wemlhtikooshilmo vai speak English La ke wencl- prev what purpose, why is it so (W). IC< oncl- Also: weci- (W). IC< oclwenipan pc be gone, disappear wenootlsl vai be rich wepahaakone vai shovel snow wepahlkan -an ni broom l., wepahlke vai sweep the floor weshkac pc long ago, in the past 335 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY weshkaci- pv long ago, in the past 0 weshkaci-anlhshlnlnl na old-timer, old Indian person, elder wetl pc there, that way, yonder, over there n wli- prev will, want to. [desiderative, voluntative] io wilclhi vta help s.o. Stem: /wiicih-/ uc na spouse, companion Ed wlicliwaakan -ak at wilciiw vta go with. accompany s.o. of wllhkaa pc ever wllhkwepahlke vsi use a vacuum cleaner Fa wllhsakaakamln -oon vii taste bitter (liquid) cu l ty wllhkwehplclkan ni bundle, package wllhsakentam va/2 be extremely hurt, feel extreme pain sit y 0 er wllhslnl vai eat ni v wlihslnllwlkamlk -oon ni restaurant U wlihslnliwlnaahtlk -oon ni table ad wllklto vai be married. marry he wllkwaahs -an ni birchbark La ke wllkwemot -an ni birchbark basket wlln pc (contrastive]. Also: =lin wlin pr he, she, him, her. [third person singular personal pronoun] wllnashk -wak na groundhog wilnawaa pr they, them. [third person plural personal pronoun] 0 wlincilkisl vai stink (E). Also: wiiciikisl (W) wiinehta pr him/her alone. him/her only 336 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY whnehtawaa pr they alone, them only r wllnlshtam pr him first, her first. him next. her next. [third person singular personal pronoun]. Also: wlinihtam wiintamaake vai announce to people (E). Also: wiitamaake (W) io n wllntamaw vta tell something to s.o. (E). Also: wlltamaw (W) at wlipac pc soon, in a little while, quick, hurry, early uc wilskwehokaan -an ni tent Ed wiltanohkllmaakan -ak na co-worker La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of wllyaahs ni meat L 337 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY ALOT mihshiin pc many, much, a lot mishtahi pc much, a lot. Also: mistahi 0 ABLE kashkihi vta be able to manage, can do to s.o.; let s.o. go. Stem: /kashkih-/ ABOUT papaami-isha_ amakan vii go about, go there n ABOVE io ishpimink pc up above (E). Also: ishpimik (W) ABROAD ABSENT Ed inenti vai be gone so long, be absent so long (E). Also: ineti (W) ontenti vai be absent, be gone (E). Also: oteti (W) uc at akaamahkiink pc in Europe, abroad ACCEPT of otaahpinan vti choose s.t., accept s.t., take s.t., pick s.t. otaahpinikaate vii be chosen, be taken, be accepted, be picked ty ACCIDENTALLY cu l pihtaho vts hH s.o. accidentally using s.t. Stem: /pihtahw-/ ACCOMPANY Fa wiiciiw vts go wHh, accompany s.o. ACROSS akaami- pren across, right across akaamink pc across the lake or river (E). Also: akaamink (W) akaami-kihcikam pc across the ocean akaamihkana pc across the road or trail . ni v ADDRESS er sit y 0 kanoosh vta call, address, speak to s.o. Stem: /kanooN-/ kanootan vti call s.t., address s.t., speak to s.t. U ADHERE ad akohke vai stick on, adhere AFRAID ke AFTER he kohsi vta be afraid of s.o. Stem: /kohs-/ kohtaaci vai be afraid, get scared La ishkwaa- prev after, completed AFTER ALL shaakooc pc however, nevertheless, after all AFTERNOON anoonaakohshin vii be late in the afternoon AGAIN . miina pc and, again AGREE tepwehtam vai2 believe, agree, go ahead with something (what someone says to do) tepwehtan vti believe s.t., agree with s.t., go ahead with something (what some one says to do) tepwehtaw vta believe in s.o., agree with s.o., go ahead with something (what someone says to do) 0 338 �io sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( •· y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at r AIRPLANE pimihsewin -an ni airplane, plane AIRPORT pakiciiwin -an ni airport. Also: pooniiwin ALIKE taapishkooc pc alike, even, at the same time ALIVE pimaatisi vai live, be alive ALL kahkina pc all, every ALL OF A SUDDEN ketahtawen pc all of a sudden, suddenly ALLOVER mamisiwe- prev all over, everything misiwe pc all over, everything, whole ALL THE TIME kape- pre all the time, all the way, through mooshak pc always, all the time nahshine pc often, all the time, frequently ALMOST kekaat pc nearly, almost ALONE peshiko vai be alone, single peshikwan vii be alone, single kiinehta pr you alone, you only kiinehtawaa pr you alone, you only (plural) kiinehtawint pr we alone, us only (inclusive) (E). Also: kiinehtawit (W) niinehta pr I alone, me only niinehtawint pr we alone, us only (exclusive) (E). Also: niinehtawit (W) wiinehta pr him/her alone, him/her only wiinehtawaa pr they alone, them only ALONG pimi- prev by, past, along, in process of ALSO kaye pc and, also, too. as for. ALTHOUGH mihsawaac pc eventhough,anyhow,although ALWAYS mooshak pc always, all the time AMAZING maamahkaac pc amazing, astounding, that is so amazing AND ekwa pc and, and so, then, and then, wait! please kaye pc and, also, too, as for. miina pc and, again tahsh pc and, but n ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY L • 339 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 0 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n ANGRY kishiwaasi vai be angry, be mad ANIMAL awiyaashiihsh -ak na animal. Also: awiiyaashiihsh awiyaashiihshiwi vai be an animal. Also: awiiyaashiihshiwi ANNOUNCE wiintamaake vai announce to people (E). Also: wiitamaake {W) ANYHOW . aana- pv in vain, to attempt, effort, anyway, anyhow mihsawaac pc even though, anyhow, although ANYONE awiya -k pr person, someone, somebody, anyone, anybody. Also: awiiya ANYTIME ahpii piko pc anytime ANYWAY aana- pv in vain, to attempt, effort, anyway, anyhow aanciko pc to do anyway regardless of•.• (E). Also: aaciko (W) ANYWAYS eniwehk pc anyways, effort, at least, anyhow ANYWHERE aanti piko pc anywhere APPRECIATE minwentaakwan vii be fun, liked, appreciated APRIL nihki-piihsim na goose month, April ARGUMENTATIVE aanimisi vai be difficult, be argumentative, be hard to get along with, be cranky ARISE pasikwii vai stand up, arise ARM minihk -an nid arm AROUND tetipaahi pc around something waahkaahi pc around something waahkaahse vii go around, be an hour ARRANGE onahtoon vti2 arrange s.t., organize s.t., put s.t. in order, stack s.t. Stem: /onahtoo-/ ARRIVE takohse vii arrive takohshin vi(,. arrive takoosh vta arrive with s.o. Stem: /takooN-/ takopisi vai arrive by vehicle ARROW opihkwahko vai have arrows pihkwahk -con ni arrow ASFOR ke pc as for. See: keniin, keniinawint, kekiin, kekiinawint, kekiinawaa, kewiin, kewiinawaa 340 0 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININI™OWIN GLOSSARY kekiin pr you too, as for you. [second person singular personal pronoun] kekiinawaa pr you too, as for you. [second person plural personal pronoun] kekiinawint pr us too, as for us(E). [first person inclusive personal pronoun) .Also: kekiinawit ('fl} keniin pr me too, as for me. [first person singular personal pronoun) keniinawint pr us too, as for us (E}. [first person exclusive personalpronoun]. Also: keniinawit (W) kewiin pr him too, her too, as for him, as for her. [third person singular personal pronoun] kewiinawaa pr them too, as for them. [third person plural personal pronoun] io n r ASK ask s.o. at vta ASTOUNDING maamahkaac pc amazing, astounding, that is so amazing Ed AT THAT TIME uc kakwecim ty ATTEMPT aana- pv in vain, to attempt, effort, anyway, anyhow koci- pv try to do, to attempt of ahpii pc when, at that time cu l ATTEND ishkoonoo vai attend school. Also: ishoonoowi, ishkoonii Fa AUGUST atihtemini-piihsim na ripe berry month, August y nisikohs -ak nad my (cross-)aunt; my mother-in-law. Stem: /-sikohs-/ nitoosihs -ak nsd my (parallel-)aunt. Stem: /-toosihs-/ sit ( AUNT er AWAKE ni v koshkosi vai be awake, wake up AWAKEN koshkosi vai awaken U AWAY ad ani- prev away from, in progress toward, gradual onset, from that time AX ke BACK he ciikahikan -an ni ax (W). Also: waakaahkwat (E) waakaahkwat -oon ni ax (E). Also: ciikahikan (W) La awahsite pc beyond, back otaanaak pc back, behind . Also: otaanaank waawikan -an ni back pimiwane vai carry a pack along on one's back BAD L maci- pre bad maci-miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts bad weather macihse vai have something bad happen, have things go wrong BAD LOOKING maci-naakosi vai be bad looking BAD TASTE macihpo vta taste s.o. who tastes bad. Stem: /macihpw-/ 341 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY uc at io n 0 Fa cu l ty of Ed BAIT miicimihkancikan -an ni bait (E). Also: miicimihkancikan (W) BALL toohaan -ak na ball BAND OFFICE masinahikewikamik -oon ni office, band office BANNOCK aanahkonaa -k na bannock · BARELY siitawaac pc barely, hardly, poorly BAT opihkwanaaciihsh -ak na bat BATH kisiipiikii vai wash oneself, bathe, take a bath BATHE kisiipiikii vai wash oneself, bathe, take a bath BAY waashahaa vii be a bay BE ahte vii be in a certain place api vai be in a certain place, sit, be at home ayaa vai be, be there takwan vii be there, exist BEADED ARTICLE miikihsikwaahson -an ni beaded article BEAR mahkwa -k na bear mahkoonhs -ak na bear cub (E). Also: mahkoohs (W) BEARD miihshitoone vai have a beard BEAVER amihk -wak na beaver amihko-wanihikan -an ni trap for beaver. Also: amihko-wanihiikan amihko-wiiyaahs ni beaver meat amihkohkonim ni beaver dam BED nipewin -an ni bed kawihshimo vai lie down, go to bed BEE aamoo -k na bee BEER shinkopiiwaapoo ni beer (E). Also: shikopiiwaapoo (W) BEFORE mwaye- prev before. Usually e-mwayeBEGIN maacii- prev start, begin La ke he ad U ni v er sit y 0 0 342 �ENGLIS H - ANIHSH ININIIM OWIN GLOSSARY BEHAVE uc Ed of sit er ni v U ad he ke La ( y Fa cu l ty someone says to do) BELONGINGS tipencikewin -an ni property, belongings, family BELT kihcipison -an ni belt BENEATH shiipaa- prsn beneath shiipaahi pc beneath something BESIDE naaniyahii pc beside something BETIER mino-ayaawamaciho vai feel well, feel better BEYOND awahsite pc beyond, back BICYCLE tihtipwepishkikan -ak na bicycle BIG ahpiihcikini vai be a certain size. Also: apiihcikini kihci- pre big, great, very mintito vai be big (E). Also: mitito rN) maamihcaashkaa vii be big waves mihshikamaa vii be a big lake BIRCHBARK wiikwaahs -an ni birchbark BIRCHBARK BASKET wiikwemot -an ni birchbark basket BIRD pinehshiinsh -ak na bird (E). Also: pinehshiish (W) BLACK mahkatewaa vii be black mahkatewisi vai be black BLACK HAIR mahkatewaanihkwe vai have black hair BLAME anaamenim vta suspect s.o., blame s.o. anaamentan vti suspect s.t., blame s.t. at io n r waahkamisi vai behave BEHIND otaanaank pc back, behind (E). Also: otaanaak (W) BEING ayahaa -k na that being, person, or animate thing. Also: ehaa, ahaa BELIEVE tepwehtam vai2 believe, agree, go ahead with something (what someone says to do) tepwehtan vti believe s.t., agree with s.t., go ahead with something (what someone says to do) tepwehtaw vta believe in s.o., agree with s.o., go ahead with something (what 343 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININITh10WIN GLOSSARY BLANKET waapoyaan -an ni blanket. Also: waapiyaan 0 BLANKET CRADLE memepison -an ni swing, blanket cradle BLOUSE ni blouse pihkwan -an io kiiweyaahsin vii return through air, blow back oncinowe vii the wind blows from a certain direction (E). Also: ocinowe (W) pootaanitiso vai blow on oneself n BLOW vai vii be blue be blue uc oshaawashkosi oshaawashkwaa at BLUE Ed BOAT of ciimaan -an ni canoe, boat ociimaani vai have a boat, have s.t. as one's boat BODY nid body. Stem: /-yaw-/. Also: miiyaw. Stem: /-iiyaw-/ ty miyaw -an cu l BOG mashkiik -oon ni muskeg, bog, swamp Fa BOILED iskaaciwaso vai be boiled dry iskaaciwate vii be boiled dry 0 y BOOK ni book, document, paper, letter, newspaper sit masinahikan -an er BORED shikatentam vai2 be bored, be lonely, be homesick, be sad ni v BORING vii be dull, boring macentaakwan U BORROW BOSS he ad masinahike vai write, borrow, get credit masinahamaw vta write to or for s.o., owe to s.o., borrow from s.o. okimaa -k boss, manager ke BOTHER na La maanencike vai disobey, bother things, get into trouble BOW ahcaap -iik na bow BOX mihtikowash -an ni suitcase, wooden box niimaawiniwash -an ni provisions box or container BOY naapenhs -ak na boy (E). Also: naapehs (W) BRAVE 0 soonkitehe vai be brave (E). Also: sookitehe (W) BREAD pahkweshikan na flour, bread 344 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIIIVIOWIN GLOSSARY sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n r piihswe-aanahkonaa -k na bread (loaf) BREAK piikohse vii get broken, break down, break by itself piikohsitoon vti2 break s.t. by dropping. Stem: /piikohsitoo-/ BREAKDOWN piikohse vii get broken, break down, break by itself BREAKOUT piikohse vai break out in a rash or pimples, have a blow out BREAKUP maacihtan vii be ice breaking up maacihtan vii ice break up BREAKFAST kekishepaanehkwe vai have breakfast BREAST coocoohsh -ak na breast BRIDGE aashokan -ak na bridge BRING piiciwish vta bring s.o. Stem: /piiciwiN-/. Also: piish piish vta bring s.o. Stem: /piiN-/. Also: piiciwish piitoon vti2 bring s.t. Stem: /pitoo-/ BROKEN piikoshkaa vaVii be broken BROOM wepahikan -an ni broom BROTHER niciimic -ak nad my younger brother or sister, my younger sibling. Stem: /-ciimic-/ nishtehs -ak nad my older brother.Stem: /-shtehs-/ nitawemaa -k nad my (man's) sister, my (woman's) brother. Stem: /-tawemaa-/ niicihkiwesi -wak nad my (man's) brother. Stem: /-iicihkiwesiw-/ BROTHER-IN-LAW niihtaawahs -ak nad my (man's) brother-in-law. Stem: /-iihtaawahs-/. Also: niihtaawihs BROWN osaawisi vai be brown, yellow BROWN HAIR osaawaanihkwe vai have brown hair BUG manicoohsh -ak na bug, insect BUILD waahkaahike vai build the house pootawe vai make or build up a fire BUILT oshihcikaate vii be made, be built, be processed BURN caakisan vti bum s.t. caakiso vai be lit, be on fire, have one's house on fire, bum up, be burned up caakiso vta bum s.o. up. Stem: /caakisw-/ C 345 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY caakite vii bum up, be burned up BUSH 0 noohpimink pc in the bush, inland (E). Also: noohpimik (W) BUSY ontamiihke vai be busy (E). Also: otamiihke (W) ontamihse vai get busy (E). Also: otamihse (W) BUSY AT ontami- prev busy at (E). Also: otami- (W) io n BUT tahsh pc and, but at BUTTER BUTTERFLY uc pwatan ni butter Ed na butterfly (E). Also: memekwe (W) memenkwe -k BUY of ataawe vai to buy (s.t.) maniwaahkaahikane vai buy a new house ty BY piihsimoo-masinahikan -an ni calendar 0 y CALL Fa CALENDAR cu l naani- pren near, by pimi- prev by, past, along, in process of ciikic pc by, close to, near to ni v er sit kanoosh vta call, address, speak to s.o. Stem: /kanooN-/ ishinihkaaso vai be called or named a certain way. IC> eshinihkaaso= ishinihkaate vii be called or named a certain way. IC> eshinihkaate= kanootan vii call s.t., address s.t., speak to s.t. CALM U anwaahtin vii be calm (not windy) anwaahtinikamin vii be a nice and calm body of water ad CAMERA he cahkaahtehsicikan -an n/ camera CAMP ke kapehshiwin -an ni camp, campsite, hotel room CAMPFIRE La pootawaan -an ni campfire, fire CANDO kashkihi vta be able to manage, can do to s.o.; let s.o. go. Stem: /kashkih-/ nihtaa- prev can do, skilled at, know how CANOE ciimaan -an ni canoe, boat CAPTURE kaahcitin via catch s.o., capture s.o. CAR otaapaan -ak 0 na skidoo, car CAREFULLY 346 �ENGLISH · ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n r pehkaac pc slowly, carefully payahtak pc very carefully CARELESSLY tepinaahk pc carelessly CARIBOU atihk -wak na caribou atihko-wiiyaahs ni caribou meat CARROT ohkaataahk -wak na carrot CARRY piminike vai carry things along on one's shoulder pimiwane vai carry a pack along on one's back pimiwitoon vti2 carry s.t. along, carry s.t. by. Stem: /pimiwitoo-/ pimoocike vai carry things CARRY AWAY maaciiwicikaate vii be taken away, be carried away maaciiyaahoote vii be carried away on the waves CARRY FROM onciwitoon vti2 carry s.t. from a certain place. Stem: /onciwitoo-/ (E). Also: ociwitoon (W) Stem: /ociwitoo-/ CATCH kaahcitin vta catch s.o., capture s.o. CAUSE onci- prev from, cause (E). IC: wenci-. Also: oci- (W) IC: weciCAUSE PROBLEMS papiikonike vai fumble things, cause problems CEASE pooni- prev stop, cease, quit CENTER nenaawi- pren center of, middle of CERTAINLY kehcinaac pc certainly, for sure CHAIR tehsapiwin -an ni chair. Also: tehsapowin CHANCE anihshaa pc by chance, at the last minute CHARGE tipaahkon vta judge s.o. punish s.o., charge s.o. CHECK naaciwanihikane vai go to check traps. Also: naaciwanihiikane naatakwe vai go to check snares naatahsapii vai get one's net, check one's net CHECKUP memecikaahcike vai examine things, check up on things memecikaayaapantan vti examine s.t., investigate s.t., check up on s.t. (by looking) (E). Also: memecikaayaapatan (W) C 347 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININI™OWIN GLOSSARY CHEEK manoway -ak nad cheek. Stem: /-anoway-/ 0 CHEST waahkikan -an ni chest CHIEF okimaahkaan -ak na chief CHILD io n awaashihsh -ak na child awaashihshiiwi vai be a child CHIN nid chin. Stem: /-taamihkan-/ at mitaamihkan -an uc CHISEL Ed eshkan -an ni ice chisel CHOOSE CLEAN Fa kaahsiinitiso vai clean oneself payahkinan vti clean s.t. kaahsiin vta wipe s.o., clean s.o., wash s.o. kaahsiinan vti wipe s.t., clean s.t., wash s.t. payehkinike vai clean things cu l ty of otaahpinan vti choose s.t., accept s.t., take s.t., pick s.t. otaahpinikaate vii be chosen, be taken, be accepted, be picked CHURCH ayamihewikamik -oon ni church y 0 sit CLEAR SKY ni v . er waahshehkwan vii the sky is clear CLEAR-CUT AREA pashkwatahikan -an ni clear-cut area CLIMB HILL he CLIMB A ad U naashaantawe -wak vai climb down a tree (E). Also: naashaatawe (W) tiihtipaantawe -wak vai climb down a ladder or stairs (E). Also:tiihtipaatwe (W) ihkwaantawe vai climb up a ladder or stairs (E). Also: ihkwaatawe (W) ke ihkwaamaciwe vai climb a hill CLOCK La piihsimohkaan -ak na clock CLOSE pehshonc pc close, near (E). Also: pehshoc (W) ciikic pc by, close to, near to pehshotaahkoomaakan -ak na close relation CLOSED kipihsin vii be closed CLOUD wahkwi -in ni cloud. Also: wahko 0 CLOUDY papiikwaanahkwan ni cloudy 348 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIThfOWIN GLOSSARY sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n CO-WORKER wiitanohkiimaakan -ak na co-worker COAT makoot -an or -ayan ni coatt dress, skirt, jacket COFFIN ciipayi-mihtikowash -an ni coffin COLD kawaci vai be cold (of a person) tahkaayaa vii be cold (weather) COMB pinaahkwaan -an ni comb COMB HAIR pinaahkweho vai comb one's hair COME naakosi vai be visible, show up (pi-naakosi be seen coming this way) piishaa vai come here. Also: pi-ishaa COMEFROM oncii vsi come from a certain place (E). IC: wencii=. Also: ocii (W) IC: wecii= COME IN piintike vai enter, go in, come in (E). Also: piitike (W) COMPANION wiiciiwaakan -ak na spouse, companion COMPLETED ishkwaa- prev after, completed COMPLICATED aanimihse vaVii have difficulties, run into problems, get complicated CONCERNED .. mikoshkaatenim vta worry about s.o., be concerned about s.o. mikoshkaatentam vai2 worryt be concerned, wonder mikoshkaatentan vti worry about s.t., be concerned about s.t. CONSIDER maamitonenim vta think about s.o., consider s.o. maamitonentan vti think about s.t., consider s.t. CONTEST mawinehike val compete, take part In a contest COOK kiishitepo vai cook kiishisan vti cook s.t., done kiishite vii be cooked, done COOKED DONE kiishiso vai be cooked done CORPSE ciipay -ak na ghost, corpse CORRECT kwayahk pc right, straight, correct(ly), proper(ly) C 349 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY COST SO MUCH inankiso vai cost so much, have such a price, be such a date of the month (E). Also: inakiso (W) inankite vii cost so much, have such a price (E). Also: inakite (W) Q COUGH osohsotam vai2 cough COULD . io at uc COUSIN n ci- prev that, will, would, could, should [conjunct future and modal] ci-kii- prev could. ci- + kii- 'potential' ke- prev will, should, should, could [Changed future and modal] taa- prev would, could, should, ought, can [modal] cu l ty of Ed nicaahkohsh -ak nad my (woman's) (female cross-)cousin, my (woman's) sister-in-law. Stem: /-caahkohsh-/ ninahaankanihkwem -ak nad my daughter-in-law, my (cross-) niece (E). Stem: /-nahaankanihkwem-/ . Also: ninahaakanihkwem (W) niicimohsh -ak nad my (cross-)cousin of opposite sex). Stem: /-iicimohsh-/ niinim -ook nad my (cross-)cousin of opposite sex), my sibling-in-law of opposite sex. Stem: /-iinimw-/ niicimohsh -ak nad my cousin (cross cousin of opposite sex). Stem:/iicimohsh-/ Fa COVER akwanahan vti cover s.t. akwanaho vta cover s.o. Stem: /akwanahw-/ nihkaakone vaVii be covered with snow y 0 er tihkinaakan -an ni cradleboard sit CRADLEBOARD CRANKY ni v aanimisi vai be difficult, be argumentative, be hard to get along with, be cranky CRAWL U pimitaacimo vai crawl along, crawl by CREDIT ad masinahike vai write, borrow, get credit he CRY CUB ke mawi vai cry CUP La mahkoonhs -ak na bear cub (E). Also: mahkoohs (W) minihkwaakan -an ni cup CUPBOARD kapat -an ni cupboard CURLY HAIR tihtipanaweyaanihkwe vai have curly hair CURRENT pimaapoote vii drift along on the current CUT maacisho vta cut s.o. Stem: /maacishw-/ pahkon vta skin s.o., cut pelt off s.o. 0 350 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY kiishkipoocike vai saw things, cut things with the saw CUTE wawiyasinaakosi vai look cute, look funny DAM ohkonim ni dam DANCE niimi vai dance naaniimi vai keep on dancing. Reduplication of: niimi n DARK sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io kashkii-tipihkaa vii be pitch dark kashkii-tipihkanihse vii get dark quickly (at night) DAUGHTER nitaanihs -ak nad my daughter. Stem: /-taanihs-/ DAUGHTER-IN-LAW ninahaankanihkwem -ak nad my daughter-in-law, my (cross-)niece. Stem: /-nahaankanihkwem-/ (E). Also: ninahaakanihkwem (W) DAWN waapan vii be morning, be dawn, be tomorrow mino-miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts good or badweather miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky at dawn or after sunset DAY kiishikaa vii be day mino-kiishikaa vii be a nice day · kiishik ni sky, day DAY AFTER TOMORROW awahsiwaapank pc day after tomorrow (E). Also: awahsiwaapak(W) DAY BEFORE YESTERDAY awahsinaako pc day before yesterday DEAD nipo vai die, be dead DECEMBER makohshe-kiishikani-piihsim na feast day month, December DEEP kiishkaayawaa vii be deep water DEER waawaashkehshi -wak na deer DELAY pwaatawi- pv delayed, late DESIRABLE nantawentaakosi vai be wanted, be desirable (E). Also: natawentaakosi (W). DIE nipo vai die, be dead pooni-pimaatisi vai die DIFFERENT pahkaan pc different DIFFICULT aaniman vii be difficult, be hard L 351 �ENGLISH · ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY aanimisi vai be difficult, be argumentative, be hard to get along with, be cranky DIFFICULTY aanimihse vaVii have difficulties, run into problems, get complicated DIRECTION aanti nehke pc whereabouts, which direction inehke pc in direction of DIRTY . nipaaciyaa vii be dirty, slimy DISAPPEAR aahte- pv fade away, disappear wenipan pc be gone, disappear DISH onaakan -an ni dish, plate DISOBEY maanencike vai disobey, bother things, get into trouble DISTANT waahsa pc far, distant DIVE kookii vai dive DO ayintootam vai2 do something (E). Reduplication of: tootam. Also: ayitootam (W) tootam vai2 do in a certain way aanciko pc to do anyway regardless of... (E). Also: aaciko (W) koci- pv try to do, to attempt tashiiwihtoo vai do things in a certain location tootaaso vai do so to oneself tootan vti do s.t. so, do so to s.t., treat s.t. so tootaw vta do so to s.o., treat s.o. so Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n 0 ni v er sit y 0 DO BAD La ke he ad U macihcike vai do something bad, get into trouble mamaani vai do something bad, make mistakes DOCTOR mashkihkiiwinini -wak na medicine person, doctor DOCUMENT masinahikan -an ni book, document, paper, letter, newspaper DOG animohsh -ak na dog nitayihsh -ak nad my dog. Stem: /-tayihsh-/ DON'T ikaawin pc don't . Also: ekaawin DON'T KNOW nahke piko pc I don't know DONE kiishihtoon vti2 finish s.t., be done with s.t. Stem: /kiishihtoo-/ DOOR ishkwaantem -an ni door (E). Also: ishkwaatem (W) 0 352 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININI™OWIN GLOSSARY n io ( DOWN THE SHORE naanew pc down the shore, on the shore DRESS pihtaahpiso vai get dressed. Also: pohtaahpiso DRIFT pimaahoote vii drift along on the waves pimaapoote vii drift along on the current DRINK minihkwe vai drink, drink s.t. minihkwewin -an ni drink. booze at DRIVE DRIVE OFF maaciipiso vai set out by vehicle, speed off, drive off of DROP Ed uc patotepiso vai drive off the road pimipiso vai drive along, drive by ty paninan vti drop s.t. from hand piikohsitoon vti2 break s.t. by dropping. Stem: /piikohsitoer/ cu l DROWN nihsaapaawe vai drown Fa DRUG mashkihki -in ni medicine, drug DRUM y matwehikan -ak na drum sit ( DRUMMING er matwehike vai be drumming DRY I U ni v paahso vta dry s.o. (by heat). Stem: /paahsw-/ iskaaciwaso vai be boiled dry iskaaciwate vii be boiled dry ad DUCK DUCKS he shiihshiip -ak na duck nooncihshipe vai hunt ducks (E). Also: noocihshipe (W) ke DURING . La mekwaac pc while. during, at the (same) time, now EAR mihtawak -an nid ear. Stem: /-htawak-/ EASILY watakami- pv easily EAST waapanonk pc east (E). Also: waapanok (W) EAT L amo vta eat s.o. Stem: /amw-/ miicin vti3 eat s.t. Stem: /miici-/ tepi-wiihsini vai have enough to eat wiihsini vai eat 353 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY EFFORT aana• pv in vain, to attempt, effort, anyway, anyhow enikohk pc with more effort, harder 0 io at uc Ed of cu l ty waaw -an ni egg EIGHT ayinaanew n_ u eight. Also: enaanew ayinaanewinoon vii be eight. Stem: /ayinaanewin-/ ayinaanewiwak vai be eight. Stem: /ayinaanewi•/ EIGHT DOLLARS ayinaanewaapihk na eight dollars EIGHTEEN ayinaanewishaap nu eighteen EIGHTEEN DOLLARS ayinaanewishaap tahsiwaapihk na eighteen dollars EIGHTY ayinaanemitana nu eighty ELBOW mitooskwan -an nid elbow. Stem: /-tooskwan-/ n EGG ELDER Fa kihci-ayaa na elder niici-kihcihaa -k nad my fellow elder. Stem:/-iici-kihcihaa-/ weshkaci-anihshinini na old-timer, old Indian person, elder ELEVEN . peshikoshaap nu eleven, (decade number) plus one ELEVEN DOLLARS peshikoshaap tahsiwaapihk na eleven dollars ELSE maashkooc pc perhaps, maybe, or else EMBARK poosi vai get on, embark EMPHATIC hsa pc emphatic ota pc emphatic iko pc emphatic EMPLOYMENT anohkiiwin -an ni job, employment, work END ishkwaayaac pc end, last, ultimate ENGINE pimipanihcikan -an ni engine, motor, machine ENGLISH wemihtikooshiimo vai speak English ENJOY EATING minwancike vai eat well, enjoy eating (E). Also: minwacike (W) ENJOYABLE minwentaakwan vii be enjoyable, be liked, fun, be a good time La ke he ad U ni v er sit y 0 0 354 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIII\{OWIN GLOSSARY sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n ENOUGH tepi- prev enough, sufficient tepihse vaVii be enough of s. t., be sufficient ENTER piintike vai enter, go in, come in (E). Also: piitike (W) ENTIRELY mitoni pc really, entirely so, completely. Also: tetako ENTIRELY SO mitoni pc really, entirely so EQUIPMENT aapacihcikan -an ni tool, useful thing, equipment EUROPE akaamahkiink pc in Europe, abroad EVEN mihsawaac pc even though, anyhow, although EVENING eni-tipihkaak vii last evening. IC < ani-tipihkaa EVENT IS OVER ishkwaahkamikan vii event is over EVENTUALLY keka pc finally, eventually EVER wiihkaa pc ever EVERGREEN shinkop -iik na evergreen tree, spruce (E). Also: shikop--(W) EVERY kahkina pc all, every tahso- pre every, a certain number EVERY SUMMER tahso-niipin pc every summer EVERYTHING mamisiwe- prev all over, everything misiwe pc all over, everything, whole EVIDENTLY ohsha pc [emphatic particle] Also: hsha EX-SPOUSE nikayaashim -ak nad my ex-spouse. Stem: /-kayaashim-/ EXACTLY mayaam pc exactly EXAMINE memecikaahcike vai examine things, check up on things memecikaayaapantan vti examine s.t., investigate s.t., check up on s.t. (by looking) (E). Also: memecikaayaapatan (W) EXCESSIVE onsaam pc too much, extreme, excessive (E). Also: osaam (W) EXCHANGE miishkoc pc in exchange, instead of, in tum L 355 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY EXHAUSTED caakihse vaVii get used up, run out, be exhausted EXIST takwan vii be there, exist EXIT saakaham vai2 go out, exit EXPECTED _ kaye piko pc likely, to be expected, probably EXTENSIVELY naahpic pc really, very, to a high degree, extensively io n 0 at EXTENT Ed uc ahpiihci• prev to a certain extent. Also: apiihciawahshime pc to greater extent, more and more osaam pc too much, extreme, excessive wiihsakentam vai2 be extremely hurt, feel extreme pain EXTREMELY of EXTREME Fa cu l ty tetako pc extremely, totally, very wiihsakentam vai2 be extremely hurt, feel extreme pain EYE micaap •an nid eye. Stem: /-caap•/ FADE aahte- pv fade away, disappear FALL pankihsin vii fall (E). Also: pakihsin (W) FALUAUTUMN takwaakin vii be fall, be autumn FAR waahsa pc far, distant ahko- prev as far as, as long as, a certain length FARAWAY niikate pc a ways off, far away FAST kinipi• pv fast kinipii vai hurry, be quick, be fast FAT aancipo vai be fat, be chubby (E). Also: aacipo (W) FATHER nitaataa -mak nad my father. Stem: /-taataa(m)-/ FATHER-IN-LAW nishihsesh -ak nad my (cross-)uncle, my father-in-law. Stem: /-shihsesh-/ FEAR kohsi vta fear s.o. Stem: /kohs-/ FEAST makohshe vai feast, give a feast makohshewin -an ni feast La ke he ad U ni v er sit y 0 0 356 �io at uc sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed r FEATHER miinkwan -ak na feather. Also: miikwan FEBRUARY kaa-tahkwekisoc piihsim na-pt shorter month, February FEEL mino-ayaawamaciho vai feel well, feel better wiihsakentam_ vai2 be extremely hurt, feel extreme pain FELLOW niici-kihcihaa -k nad my fellow elder. Stem:/-iici-kihcihaa-/ niici-naape -wak nad my fellow man. Stem: /-iici-naapew-/ niitihkwe -wak nad my fellow woman. Stem: /-iitihkwew-/ FEMALE ihkwe -wak na woman, female FETCH naasihkan vti fetch s.t., get s.t. naaci- pv get, fetch, go for FEW aanta pc some, few FIFTEEN niyaananoshaap nu fifteen. Also: niyaanoshaap FIFTEEN DOLLARS niyaananoshaap tahsiwaapihk ns fifteen dollars FIFTY niyaananomitana nu fifty. Also: niyaanomitana FIGHT mikaash vts fight s.o. Stem: /miikaaN-/ miikaaso vai fight miikaasowin -an ni fight, violence. Also: miikaatiwin miikaatan vti fight s.t. FILLED UP shaakashkine vii be filled up, be full. Also: mooshkine FINALLY keka pc finally, eventually FINALLY WHEN ahpii ahpin pc finally when FIND mihkaw vta find s.o. mihkan vti find s.t. FINGER niihsiikinincaan -an ni finger FINGERNAIL mashkash -iik nad fingemaiVtoenail. Stem: /-ashkash-/ FINISH kiishihi vta finish s.o. Stem: /kiishih-/ kiishihtoon vti2 finish s.t., be done with s.t. Stem: /kiishihtoo-/ FIRE pootawe vai make or build up a fire n ENGLISH · ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY L 357 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY caakiso vai be lit, be on fire, have one's house on fire, burn up, be burned up sahkiso vai be lit, be on fire, have one's house on fire sahkite vii be lit, be on fire 0 Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n FIREWOOD mihsan ni firewood. Plural of: mihsi mihsi ni stick of firewood. Plural: mihsan 'firewood' manihse vai get firewood FIRST kiinishtam pr you next, you first. (second person personal pronoun]. Also: niinihtam nishtam pc first, next niinishtam pr me next, me first. [first person singular pronoun]. Also: niinihtam wiinishtam pr him first, her first, him next, her next. [third person singular personal pronoun). Also: wiinihtam FISH kinooshe -k na fish pakitahwe vai fish with a net, set a net FISH WITH HOOK kwaashkwepicike vai fish with a hook and a line kwaashkwepine vai fish with a hook and a line FISHHOOK kwaashkwepicikan -ak na fishhook FISHING GEAR nooci-kinooshewi-aapacihcikan ni fishing gear FIVE · niyaanan nu five niyaananiwak vai be five. Stem: /niyaanani-/ niyaananoon vii be five. Stem: /niyaanan-/ FIVE CENTS niyaanan piiwaapihkohsh -ak na five cents. Also: niyaanan piiwaapihkoonhsh FIVE DOLLAR BILL niyaananoopiihikan -ak na five dollar bill FIVE DOLLARS niyaananwaapihk na five dollars. Also: niyaananwaapihk FIVE TIMES niyaananwaa pc five times FIVE YEARS niyaanowahki or niyaanino-ahki pc five years FIX waweshihi vta fix s.o. Stem: /waweshih-/ waweshihtoon vti2 fix s.t., repair s.t. Stem: /waweshihtoo-/ FLASH waawaahte vii flash (light), Northern Lights FLOAT akoncin vai float, soak (E). Also: akocin (W) akontin vii float. soak (E). Also: akotin (W) La ke he ad U ni v er sit y 0 0 FLOOD mooshkahan vii flood, be high water 358 �ENGLISH · ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n r FLOOR wepahike vai sweep the floor FLOUR pahkweshikan na flour FLOW ishiciwan vii flow in a certain direction, flow so FLOW SWIFTLY kishiiciwan -oon vii flow swiftly FLY ishihse vai fly in a certain direction maaciihse vaVii fly off (as a bird}, starts (as a motor) pimakoote vii fly along, fly by pimihse vai fly along, fly by (of a bird) FLY (INSECT) nanaantawi-oociiwe vai go about looking for flies (E). Also: nanaatawi-oociiwe (W} oocii -k na fly FLY BACK kiiwekoote vii fly back FOGGED IN kashkawan vii be misted over, be fogged in FOOD miicim ni food ahshanke vai give food to people (E). Also: ahshake (W) FOOT misit -an nid foot. Stem: /-sit-/ FOREHEAD mikanakaap -an nid forehead. Stem: /-kanakaap-/ FOREST pihkwatahkamik ni forest, wilderness FORGET waniihkenotan vti forget s.t. waniihkenotaw vta forget s.o. FORK ciishtahikan -an ni fork. Also: ciishtahipon FORMER kayaash pc originally, long ago, former FORTY niimitana nu forty FOUR niiwin nu four niiwinoon vii be four. Stem: /niiwin-/ niiwiwak vai be four. Stem: /niiwi-/ FOUR DOLLARS niiwaapihk na four dollars FOUR TIMES niiwaa pc four times L 359 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY uc at io n 0 Fa cu l ty of Ed FOURTEEN niiwishaap nu fourteen, (decade number) plus four FOURTEEN DOLLARS niiwishaap tahsiwaapihk na fourteen dollars FOX mahkehshi -wak na fox. Also: waakohsh waakohsh -~k na fox. Also: mahkehshi -wak FREEZE kashkatin vii freeze up FREQUENT nahshine pc often. all the time, frequently FRIDAY pahkweshikani-kiishikaa vii flour day, be Friday FROG omakahkii -k na frog FROM onci pc from (E). Also: ocl (W) onci- prev from, cause (E). IC: wenck Also: oci- (W)IC: weciFROZEN aahkwatin vii be frozen up, be frozen over FROZEN SOLID mashkwaakwatin vii be frozen solid FRYING PAN paanahkihk -wak na frying pan FUMBLE papiikonike vai fumble things, cause problems FUN minwentaakwan vii be fun, be liked, be appreciated FUNNY wawiyasinaakosi vai look cute, look funny wawiyatisiike vai do funny things FUR ahtay -ak na pelt, fur for trade FUTURE ta- prev will [future tense in independent with no personal prefix] GARAGE waweshahitaapaanewikamik -oon ni garage GAS pimite ni lard. grease. fuel oil, gas GAS STATION kaahsaniiwikamik -oon ni gas station GASOLINE kaahsanii ni gasoline GATHER maawatoonan vti gather s.t. GATHERING maawacihitowin ni gathering, meeting La ke he ad U ni v er sit y 0 0 360 �r ENGLISH - ANIHSHININI™OWIN GLOSSARY GET naasihkan vti get s.t., fetch s.t. naaci- pv get, fetch, go for GET BY BOAT naataham vai2 go to get by boat naatahan vti go to get s.t. by boat GET NET n naatahsapii vai get one•s net, check one's net kapaa vai io GET OFF get off, disembark at GETON uc poosi vai get on, embark poosihi vta get on board Stem: /poosih-/ Ed GET READY kwayaancii vsi get ready, prepare (E). Also: kwayaacii r,N) of GETUP wanishkaa vai get up in the morning ty GETWATER cu l naatahipii vsi get water, go for water GHOST na ghost, corpse Fa ciipay -ak GIRL sit GIVE miish vta give (s.t.) to s.o. Stem: /miiN-/ ahshanke vai give food to people (E). Also: ahshake CN) er ( y ihkwesenhs -ak ns girl (E). Also: ihkwesehs (W) ni v GO he ad U aacaan pc gol ishaa vai go to a certain place maacaa vai go, leave papaami-ishaamakan vii go about, go there pimitaapii vsi go along by sled or sleigh waahkaahse vii go around, be an hour GO AHEAD La ke tepwehtam vai2 believe, agree, go ahead with something (what someone says to do) tepwehtan vti believe s.t., agree with s.t., go ahead with something (what someone says to do) tepwehtaw vta believe in s.o., agree with s.o., go ahead with something (what some one says to do) GO AROUND nanaantawi- prev seek, go around for (E). Reduplication of: nantawi-, ntawi-. Also: nanaatawi- (W) GO AWAY l.. ani-naakosi vai be seen going away (from the speaker) niikateshkaa vai go away GO BACK kiiwe- prev returning, going home, going back 361 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY GO BACKWARDS ashepite vii go backwards GO DOWNHILL tiihtipaamaciwe vai go downhill GO FOR naaci- pv get, fetch, go for GO FOR FOOD naacimiicime vai go for food GO HOME kiiwe vai go home, return kiiwe- prev returning, going home, going back GOIN piintike vai enter, go in, come in (E). Also: piitike (W) GOOUT saakaham vai2 go out, exit GOTO DO nintawi- prev go to do (E). Also: nantawh ntawi- (E). Also: nitawi-, natawi-, ntawi- (W) GOTO SHORE naasipii vai go to the shore, go to the water GOUP ompipaniho vai go up in a hurry (E). Also: opipanihoo, opipaniho (W) GO WITH wiiciiw vta go with s.o., accompany s.o. GOING AWAY maacaamakan -oon vii go away, leave GONE inenti vai be gone so long, be absent so long (E). Also: ineti (W) ontenti vai be absent, be gone (E). Also: oteti (W) wenipan pc be gone, disappear GOOD mino- pre nice, good nihtaawanohkii vai work well, be a good worker GOOD LOOKING takahkinaakosi vai be good looking, handsome GOOD TASTE minohpitan vti like taste of s.t. minohpo vta like taste of s.o. Stem: /minohpw-/ GOOSE nihka -k na Canada goose wehwe -k ns snow goose wehwew -ak na white goose GRAB manipahi vta grab s.o., pick s.o. up quickly. Stem: /manipah-/ GRANDCHILD noosihs -ak nad my grandchild. Stem: /-oosihs-/ GRANDFATHER nimohshoom -ak nad my grandfather. Stem: /-mohshoom-/. Also: nimihshoom Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y 0 0 362 �ENGLISH · ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY GRANDMOTHER noohkom -ak nad my grandmother. Stem: /-oohkom-/ GREASE pimite ni lard, grease, fuel oil, gas GREAT kihci- pre big, great, very GREATER awahshime pc to greater extent, more and more io n GREEN at aniipiiwaa vii be green aniipiiwisi vai be green uc GREETING waaciye pc hello! greeting! (also used by some speakers as a farewell) Ed GREY of waapisahaa vii be grey waapisahisi vai be grey GROUNDHOG ty wiinashk -wak na groundhog cu l GUN paashkisikan -an ni gun mipiiway -an piiway ni hair nid hair. Stem: /-piiway-/ sit y HALF aapihta pc half aapihtaa- prev half ni v HALF-DOLLAR er ( Fa HAIR aapihtawaapihk -ook HALL na half-dollar U metawewikamik -oon ni recreation hall ad HAND HANG he mininc -iin ni my hand (E). Stem: /-nine-/. Also: minic (W). Stem: /-nic-/ waaciye vai shake hands La ke akoocin vai hang, be in the sky (as sun, moon, and stars) akoote vii hang HANG AROUND tashiihke vai stay there, hang around, live there, play HAPPEN L ishiwepan vii be certain weather, happen in a certain way. IC: eshiwepa= lti vai have such things happen to one ihkin vii happen a certain way, be a certain problem macihse vai have somethi ng bad happen, have things go wrong oncihcihse vii be the time of, come to happen, the time has come (E). Also: ocihcihse (W) HAPPY minwentam vai2 be happy, be glad 363 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY HARD aanimisi vai be difficult, be argumentative, be hard to get along with, be cranky 0 HARDER enikohk pc with more effort, harder HARDLY akaawaac pc hardly, scarcely siitawaac pc barely, hardly, poorly n HARE io waapoos -ook na snowshoe hare (rabbit) waapooso-wanihikan -an ni trap for snowshoe hare (rabbit) at HAT uc ashtotin -an ni hat, cap ayaan ayaaw Ed HAVE vti have s.t. vta have s.o., have permission to use s.o. of HAVE A BOAT ociimaani vai have a boat, have s.t. as one's boat ty HAVE ARROWS cu l opihkwahko vai have arrows HE sit y Fa kewiin pr him too, her too, as for him, as for her [third person singular personal pronoun] wiin pr he, she, him, her [third person singular personal pronoun] wiinishtam pr him first, her first, him next. her next [third person singular personal pronoun]. Also: wiinihtam wiinehta pr him/her alone, him/her only er HEAD Q HEAL natawihiwe -wak ni v mishtikwaan -an nid head. Stem: /-shtikwaan-/ vai heal people (W). Also: antawihiwe (E) U HEAR HEAR S.O. La HEARD vta hear s.o. in the distance vti hear s.t. in the distance ke tepihtaw tepihtan he ad noontaw vta hear s.o.(E). Also: nontaw (W) tanihtaakwan vii be heard there taniwewitam vai2 be heard from a certain place HEART mitehi -in nid heart. Stem: /-tehi-/ HEATER kishisikanaapihk -oon ni heater HEEL mitoontan -an nid heel (E). Stem: /-toontan-/. Also: mitootan (W). Stem: /-tootan-/ HELLO Q pooshoo pc hello waaciye pc hello! greeting! (also used by some speakers as a farewell) 364 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY HELP vta help s.o. Stem: /wiicih-/ HER kewiin pr him too, her too, as for him, as for her [third person singular personal pronoun] wiin pr he, she, him, her [third person singular personal pronoun} wiinishtam pr him first, her first, him next, her next [third person singular personal pronoun]. Also: wiinihtam wiinehta pr him/her alone, him/her only n r wiicihi io HERE at ohomaa pc here. Also: homaa pi- prev here, hither, towards HIGH of mooshkahan vii flood, be high water Ed kaash vta hide s.o., hide s.t. animate. Stem: /kaaN-/ kaatoon vti2 hide it uc HIDE HILL ty pihkwaamatinaa -n ni hill cu l HIM sit ( y Fa kewiin pr him too, her too, as for him, as for her [third person singular personal pronoun] wiin pr he, she, him, her (third person singular personal pronoun] wiinishtam pr him first, her first, him next, her next [third person singular personal pronoun]. Also: wiinihtam wiinehta pr him/her alone, him/her only HIP er mishiikan -an nid hip. Stem: /-shiikan-/ ni v HIT U pahkihteho vta hit s.o. /pahkihtehw-/ pahkihtehan vti hit s.t., strike s.t. pihtaho vta hit s.o. accidentally using s.t. Stem: /pihtahw•/ ke he ad HITHER pi- prev here, hither, towards HOCKEY pimaahkwepahike vai play hockey pimaahkwepahikewin ni hockey La HOLE IN ICE twaahikan -an ni hole in ice twaahike vai make a hole in the ice HOME L api vai be in a certain place, sit, be at home kiiwe vai go home, return HOMESICK shikatentam vai2 be bored, be lonely, be homesick, be sad HOOK kwaashkwepicikan -ak na fishhook kwaashkwepish vta hook s.o. Stem: /kwaashkwepiN-/ 365 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY HOOKED kwaashkwepiso vai be hooked 0 HOPE kaanika pc I wonder, I wish, I hope HOT kishite vii be hot (atmosphere) kishaakamite vii be hot (liquid) n HOUR io waahkaahse vii go around, be an hour at HOUSE HOW aan pc how, in what manner, why, what. Also: aani, aaniin HOW MANY of · aan tahsin pc how many HOWEVER cu l HOWL ty shaakooc pc however, nevertheless, after all wawoono vai howl (of dog, wolf etc.) Fa HUNDRED mitaahsomitana Ed uc maniwaahkaahikane vai buy a house waahkaahikan -an ni house nu hundred. niishwaa mitaahsomitana 'two hundred', etc. Q y HUNGRY sit paawanii vai be skinny, starving, hungry HUNT U ni v er nanaantawaapam vta look around for s.o., hunt for s.o. (E). Atso:nanaatawaapam (W) nanaantawaapantan vti look around for s.t., hunt for s.t. (E). Also: nanaatawaapatan (W) nanaantawencike vai hunt (E). Also: nanaatawencike (W) nantawencike vai hunt (E). Also: natawencike (W) nooncihshipe vai hunt ducks (E). Also: noocihshipe (W) ad HURRY kinipii vai hurry, be quick, be fast he HURRY ABOARD HURT ke poosipaniho vai hurry aboard. Also: poosipanihoo La wiihsakentam vai2 be extremely hurt, feel extreme pain keniin pr me too, as for me [first person singular personal pronoun] niin pr I, me [first person singular personal pronoun] niinishtam pr me next, me first [first person singular pronoun]. Also: niinihtam niinehta pr I alone, me only ICE mihkwam -iik maacihtan vii maacihtan vii ICE BREAKUP maacihtan vii na ice be ice breaking up ice break up 0 be ice breaking up 366 �ENGLISH .. ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY maacihtan vii ice break up kiishpin pc if ILLNESS aahkosiwin -an ni sickness, illness IN ishi- prev to or in a certain place, in a certain way. Also: shi-. IC> eshilN PROCESS pimi- prev by, past, along, in process of IN PROGRESS ani- prev away from, in progress toward, gradual onset, from that time IN THE WATER nipiihkaank pc in the water (E). Also: nipiihkaak 0N) INDIAN anihshinaape -k na Indian, person anihshinini -wak na Indian, person anihshininiimo vai speak the native language anihshininiiwihkwe na native woman, Indian woman. Also: anihshininiihkwe INDIAN weshkaci-anihshinini na old-timer, old Indian person, elder INDOORS piintikamik pc indoors (E). Also: piitikamik (W) INFORM kihkentamoosh vta inform s.o., let s.o. know. Stem: /kihkentamooN-/ INLAND noohpimink pc in the bush, inland (E) . Also: noohpimik (W) INSECT . manicoohsh -ak na bug, insect INSIDE piinci- pren inside, into (E). Also: piici- (W) piinciyahii pc inside something (E). Also: piiciyahii (W) INTO piinci- pren inside, into (E). Also: piinci- (W) INVESTIGATE memecikaayaapantan vti examine s.t., investigate s.t., check up on s.t. (by looking) (E). Also: memecikaayaapatan (W) naanaakacihi vta investigate s.o., watch for s.o. Stem: /naamaakacih-/ IRON shooshkwahikan -ak na iron ISLAND minihtik -oon ni island JACKFISH cwaapiihsh -ak na jackfish. Also: nicwaapiihsh JAIL kipaahkwahitiiwikamik -oon ni jail JAM caam ni jam sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n r IF L 367 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY n 0 Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io JANUARY ociimitoo-piihsim na kiss month, January. Also: ociimi-kiishikaawi-piihsim JAY kwiikwiihs -ak na Canada jay. Also: kwiihwiihshi -wak JOB anohkiiwin -an ni job, employment, work poonanohkii vai quit a job, stop working JOKINGLY oncita pc purposely, jokingly (E). Also: ocita (W) JUDGE tipaahkon vta judge s.o. punish s.o., charge s.o. tipaahkonike vai judge things/people, measure things (as something stick-like) JULY kiishipakaawi-piihsim na leaves are fully grown month, July JUMP kwaashkoni vai jump poosikwaashkoni vai jump aboard kicikwaashkoni vai jump out JUNE saakipaakaawi-piihsim na leaves are out month, June JUST piko pc just. Also: poke KERCHIEF naapihkaakan -ak na kerchief, scarf KETTLE ahkihk -wak -ook na pail, kettle tiiwahkihk -wak -ook na kettle, teakettle KEY aapihsakahikan -an ni key KILL nihsi vta kill s.o. Stem: /nihs-/ nipahtoon vti2 kill s.t. Stem: /nipahtoo-/ KIND toohkaan pc sort, kind. Also: tinoohkaan, toowinihkaan keko pc what kind or sort, which one or sort KITCHEN TABLE wiihsiniiwinaahtik -con ni kitchen table KNEE mikitik -oon ni knee KNIFE moohkomaan -an ni knife naacihkomaane vai get a knife KNOW kihkenim vta know s.o. kihkentan vti know s.t. nahke pike pc I don't know kihkentam vai2 know La ke he ad U ni v er sit y 0 0 368 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY n io at r KNOWHOW nihtaa- prev can do, skilled at, know how nihtaawe vai know how to talk, can talk KNOWN kihkentaakwan vii known LADLE emihkwaan -ak na spoon, ladle LAKE saakahikan -an -iin ni lake akaahsikamaa vii be a small lake mihshikamaa vii be a big lake uc LAKE TROUT namekohs -ak na lake trout Ed LAMP LAST Fa cu l anihshaa pc by chance, at the last minute eni-tipihkaak vii last evening. IC < ani-tipihkaa ishkwaayaac pc end, last, ultimate ty of waashtenikan -an ni lamp. Also: waahtenikan, waastenikan LARD pimite ni lard, grease, fuel oil, gas LATE y sit ni v er ( anoonaakohshin vii be late in the afternoon pwaatawi- pv delayed. late LATER paanimaa pc later, later on, after a long while naake pc later LAUGH U paahpi vai laugh paahpihi vta laugh at s.o. Stem: /paahpih-/ ad LAUGH AT paahpihtoon vti2 laugh at s.t. Stem: /kaatoo-/ he LAUNDROMAT kisiipiikinikewikamik -oon ni laundromat ke LAZY be lazy La kihtimi vai LEAST kanake pc at least LEAVE maacaa vai go, leave LEAVE BEHIND nakash nakatan vta leave s.o. behind. Stem: /nakaN-/ vti leave s.t. behind LEFT L namancinihkiink pc on the left. Also: namacinihkiik (W) LEG mihkaat -an nid leg. Stem: /-hkaat-/ 369 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY LEGEND aatisoohkaan -an ni legend aatisoohke vai tell legends . 0 LENGTH io Ed LIBRARY uc masinahikan -an ni book, document, paper, letter, newspaper at LETTER n ahko- prev as far as, as long as, a certain length LET GOOF pakitin vta _ let go of s.o. pakitinan vti let go of s.t. LET KNOW kihkentamoosh vta inform s.o., let s.o. know. Stem: /kihkentamooN-/ Fa cu l ty of masinahikanikamik -oon ni library LIE ahshawaapam vta lie in wait for s.o. ahshawaapantan vti lie in wait for s.t., look out for s.t. (E). Also: ahshawaapantan (W) LIE DOWN kawihshimo vai lie down, go to bed pimihshin vai lie down LIFE pimaatisiwin -an ni life LIGHT sahkiso vai be lit, be on fire, have one's house on fire sahkite vii be lit, be on fire LIKE minwenim vta like s.o. · minwentan vti like s.t., enjoy s.t. LIKE TASTE minohpitan vti like taste of s.t. minohpo vta like taste of s.o. Stem: /minohpw-/ LIKED minwentaakwan vii be fun, liked, appreciated LIKELY maawin pc likely, perhaps, maybe, must be kaye piko pc likely, to be expected, probably LIPS mitoon -an nid mouth (especially outer part of mouth; lips) LISTEN nantohtaw vta listen to s.o. (E). Also: natohtaw (W) nantohtan vti listen to s.t. (E). Also: natohtan (W) LISTEN! mahl pc listen! La ke he ad U ni v er sit y 0 LITTLE 0 pankii pc a little (E). Also: pakii (W) LIVE pimaatisi vai live, be alive 370 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n tashiihke vai stay there, hang around, live there, play ishi-taa vai live there, reside there LOCATION amihimaa pc that is where, there in a certain location LONELY shikatentam vai2 be bored, be lonely, be homesick, be sad LONESOME shikatentan vti be lonesome for s.t. LONG ahko- prsv as far as, as long as, a certain length kinwaakaash pc for a long time LONG AGO weshkac pc long ago, in the past kayaash pc originally, long ago, fonner weshkaci- pv long ago, in the past LONG HAIR kinwaanihkwe vai have long hair LONGTIME kinwensh pc for a long time (E). Also: kinwesh (W) LOOK inaapi vai take a look wawiyasinaakosi vai look cute, look funny LOOK AFTER kanawenim vta look after, take care of s.o. kanawentan vti look after, take care of s.t. LOOK AROUND ayinaapi vsi look around. Reduplication of: inaapi nanaantawaapam vta look around for s.o., hunt for s.o. (E) Also: nanaatawaapam (W) nanaantawenim vta look around for s.o., search for s.o. (E) Also: nanaatawenim (W} nanaantawentan vti look around for s.t., search for s.t. (E) Also: nanaatawentan(W) nanaatawaapam vta look around for s.o., hunt for s.o. (E) Also: nanaantawaapam (W) nanaatawaapatan vti look around for s.t., hunt for s.t. (E) Also: nanaantawaapantan (W) nanaatawenim vta look around for s.o., search for s.o. (E) Also: nanaantawenim (W) nanaatawentan vti look around for s.t., search for s.t. (E) Also: nanaantawentan (W) LOOK AT kanawaapam vta look at s.o. kanawaapantan vti look at s.t. (E). Also: kanawaapatan (W) LOOK FOR nantonaw vta look for s.o. LOOK NICE mino-naakosi vai looks nice, good looking. Also: minonaakosi LOOK! nahl pc look! look out! LOOKOUT ahshawaapi vai be on the lookout, lie in wait LOON maank •wak na loon (E). Also: maak (W) L 371 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY n 0 Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io LOSE wanihi vta lose s.o., miss s.o., mislay s.o. Stem: /wanih-/ wanihtoon vti2 lose s.t. Stem: /wanihtoo-/ LOT mihshiinatinoon vii be a lot of, be many of. Stem: /mihshiinatin-/ LOUD kishiiwemakan vii be loud LOVE saakihi vta like, love s.o. Stem: /saakih-/ LOW capashiihsh pc low, lower level LOW SOUND OR VOICE pitikohtaakosi vai have a muffled or low sound, have a muffled or low voice LYNX pishiw -ak na lynx MACHINE pimipanihcikan -an ni engine, motor, machine MAD kishiwaasi vai be angry, be mad MAKE FIRE pootawe vai make or build up a fire MAKE FUN nanaatihkosii vai do mean things, tease, make fun of people MAN naape -wak na man niici-naape -wak nad my fellow man. Stem: /-iici-naapew-/ MANAGE kashkihi vta be able to manage, can do to s.o.; let s.o. go. Stem: /kashkih-/ MANAGER okimaa -k na boss, manager MANY aan tahsin pc how many mihshiin pc many, much, a lot mihshiinowak vai be many. Stem: /mihshiino-/ minikohk pc much, many. Also: minikwahk tahsin pc a certain number tahsinoon vii be a certain number of. Stem: /tahsin-/ tahsiwak vai be a certain number of. Stem: /tahsi-/ mihshiinatinoon vii be a lot of, be many of. Stem: /mihshiinatin-/ MANY TIMES mihshiiniwaa pc many times, often. Also: mihshiinwaa MARCH mikisiwi-piihsim na bald eagle month, March MARRIED wiikito vai be married, marry MARRY wiikito vai be married, marry La ke he ad U ni v er sit y 0 0 372 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININI™OWIN GLOSSARY r MATCH maaciihs -ak na match MAY mahko-piihsim na bear month, May MAYBE sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n iitok pc maybe, must be maashkooc pc perhaps, maybe, or else maawin pc likely, perhaps, maybe, must be naanita pc maybe, perhaps, in some way. Also: naanta ME keniin pr me too, as for me [first person singular personal pronoun] niin pr I, me [first person singular personal pronoun] niinishtam pr me next, me first [first person singular pronoun]. Also: niinihtam niinehta pr I alone, me only MEAN nanaatihkosii vai do mean things, tease, make fun of people MEASURE tipaahkonike vai judge things/people, measure things (as something stick-like) MEAT wiiyaahs ni meat amihko-wiiyaahs ni beaver meat atihko-wiiyaahs ni caribou meat mooso-wiiyaahs ni moose meat MEDICINE mashkihki -in ni medicine, drug mashkihkiiwinini -wak na medicine person, doctor MELT ninkiso -wak vai be melted (E). Also: nikiso (W) MIDDLE nahsaw pc middle of MIGHT AS WELL nitawaac pc might as well, rather. Also: ntawaac MILK coocoohshaapoo ni milk MINNOW kinooshenhs -ak na minnow (E). Also: kinooshehs (W) MINUTE anihshaa pc by chance, at the last minute MIRACULOUSLY natok pc suddenly, miraculously, as a suprise MISERABLE WEATHER niiskaatan vii be miserable weather L MISTAKE mamaanii vai do something bad, make mistakes MITTEN mincihkaawan -ak na mitten (E). Also: micihkaawan (W) 373 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY MIX at io n 0 Fa cu l ty of Ed uc kinika pc mix MOCCASIN mahkisin -an ni shoe, moccasin MONDAY anohkiiwi-kiishikaa vii work day, be Monday MONEY shooniyaan -ak na money. Also: shooniyaa MONTH piihsim -ook na sun, moon, month. Also: piihsom MOON akoocin vai hang, be in the sky (as sun, moon, and stars) piihsim -ook na sun, moon, month. Also: piihsom tipihki-piihsim -ook na moon MOONLIGHT kiishikaahte vii be moonlight MOOSE moos -ook na moose mooso-wiiyaahs ni moose meat MORE kiiyaapic pc still, yet, more. Also: kiyaapic awahshime pc to greater extent, more and more enikohk pc with more effort, harder nawac pc more, quite (--er) MORNING kekishepaayaa vii be moming waapan vii be morning, be dawn, be tomorrow kekishep pc this morning (past). Also: kekishepaa MOSQUITO sakime -k na mosquito MOSQUITO NET sakimewayaan -ak na mosquito net MOST maawac pc most, most of all MOTHER nimaamaa -mak nad my mother. Stem: /-maamaa(m)-/ MOTHER-IN-LAW nisikohs -ak nad my (cross-)aunt; my mother-in-law. Stem: /-sikohs-/ MOTOR pimipanihcikan -an ni engine, motor, machine MOTOR OIL apaakaminikan na motor oil MOUNTAIN wacii -n ni mountain MOUSE aapikoshiihsh -ak na mouse. Also: waapikoshiihsh La ke he ad U ni v er sit y 0 0 374 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY MOUTH r mikonew ni mouth, inside mouth. Stem: /-konew-/ MOVE aanci-taa vai move one's residence (E). Also: aaci-taa (W) MUCH n mihshiin pc many, much, a lot minikohk pc _much, many. Also: minikwahk mishtahi pc much, a lot. Also: mistahi kitohcike io MUSIC vai play a musical instrument at MUSKEG uc mashkiik -oon ni muskeg, bog, swamp Ed MUSKRAT wacashk -wak na muskrat ty cu l maawin pc likely, perhaps, maybe, must be MUST BE iitok pc maybe, must be MUSTACHE miihsaweshkishii vai have a mustache of MUST Fa NAME-SAKE niici-toohkan -ak nad my name-sake. Stem: /-iici-toohkan-/ y ishinihkaaso vai be called or named a certain way. IC> eshinihkaaso= ishinihkaate vii be called or named a certain way. IC> eshinihkaate= sit C NAMED er NARRATE ni v tipaacimo vai tell news, narrate NARRATION U tipaacimowin -an ni story, narration NARROW vii be a narrow river ad akaahsihtikweyaa NATIVE ke he anihshininiimo vai speak the native language anihshininiiwihkwe na native woman, Indian woman. Also: anihshiniihkwe NATURAL La nato- pre real, natural, plain NAVEL mitihs -iin ni navel. Stem: /-tihs-/ NEAR naani- pren near, by naaniyahii pc near something pehshonc pc close, near (E). Also: pehshoc (W) NEAR ciikic pc by, close to, near to L NEARLY kekaat pc nearly, almost 375 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIIlvlOWIN GLOSSARY NECK mikwayaw -an nid neck. Stem: /kwayaw-/ 0 NEIGHBOUR onci-wiici-taamaakan na neighbour (E). Also: oci-wiici-taamaakan (W) NEPHEW n ninahaankihshiim -ak nad my son-in-law, my (cross-)nephew (E). Stem: /-naha~nkihshiim-/. Also: ninahaakihshiim (W) nitooshim -ak nad my (parallel-)nephew. Stem: /-tooshim-/ io NET uc at ahsap -iik na net naatahsapii vai get one's net, check one's net pakitahwe vai fish with a net, set a net Ed NEVER kaawin wiihkaa pc never NEVERTHELESS of shaakooc pc however, nevertheless, after all NEWS vta tell s.o. news or a story cu l NEXT ty tipaacimohtaw Fa kiinishtam pr you next, you first [second person personal pronoun]. Also: niinihtam nishtam pc first, next niinishtam pr me next, me first [first person singular pronoun]. Also: niinihtam wiinishtam pr him first, her first, him next, her next [third person singular personal pronoun]. Also: wiinihtam sit y Q NICE ni v er mino- pre nice, good minwaahshin vii be nice, look nice anwaahtinikamin vii be a nice and calm body of water U NICE DAY mino-kiishikaa vii be a nice day ad NIECE nitooshimihkwem -ak nad my (parallel-)niece. Stem: /-tooshimihkwem-/ he NIGHT La ke kashkii-tipihkanihse vii get dark quickly (at night) tipihkaa vii be night niipaa- pv at night, happening at night, nocturnal tipihkonk pc last night (E). Also: tipihkok (W) NINE saankahso nu nine (E). Also: shaakahso, saakahso (W) NINE DOLLARS saankahswaapihk na nine dollars (E). Also: saakahsowaapihk. Also: saakahswaapihk (W) NINETEEN saankahsohshaap nu nineteen, (decade number) plus nine (E). Also: shaankahsoshaap (W) NINETEEN DOLLARS saankahsoshaap tahswaapihk na nineteen dollars (E). Also: saakahsoshaap tahsiwaapihk (Y.r NINETY saankahsomitana nu ninety (E). Also: shaakahsomitana, saankahsomitana (W) 376 ) �io at uc sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed r NO ekaa pc no, not [conjunct negative word] kaawin pc no, not. Also: kwaan. NO REASON kwanta pc tor no reason or purpose NORTH kiiwetinonk pc north (E). Also: kiiwetinok (W) NORTHERN LIGHTS waawaahte vii flash (light), Northern Lights NOSE mikot -an nid nose. Stem: /-kot-/ NOT ekaa pc no, not. [conjunct negative word] kaawin pc no, not. Also: kwaan. nehpici- pv permanently, not knowing when to quit NOT YET kaawin mahshi pc not yet NOVEMBER kashkatinoo-piihsim na freeze up month, November NOW aasha pc now, then, yet. Also: aashay noonkom pc now, today (E). Also: nookom (W) NUMBER tahsin pc a certain number tahsinoon vii be a certain number of. Stem: hahsin-/ tahsiwak vai be a certain number of. Stem: /tahsi-/ tahso- pre every, a certain number NURSING STATION mashkihkiiwikamik -con ni nursing station OAR ashepoyaan -ak na paddle, oar. OCEAN akaami-kihcikam pc across the ocean OCTOBER pinaahkwiiwi-piihsim na leaves are falling month, October OFFICE masinahikewikamik -con ni office, band office OFTEN nahshine pc often, all the time, frequently OHMYI kooshta pc oops! oh myl Also: ooshta ooshta pc oops! oh my! Also: kooshta OLD weshkaci-anihshinini na old-timer, old Indian person, elder OLD-TIMER weshkaci-anihshinini na old-timer, old Indian person, elder n ENGLISH - ANIHSHININITh10WIN GLOSSARY L 377 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY ONCE peshikwaa pc once, one time 0 ONE peshik nu one peshiko- pre one, single pehpeshik pc one by one ONE CENT na one cent. Also: peshik piiwaapihkoonhsh na one dollar at peshikwaapihk io ONE DOLLAR na uc ONE DOLLAR BILL peshikoopiihikan -ak n peshik piiwaapihkohsh -ak one dollar bill Ed ONE THAT kaa- prev one who, one that [conjunct relativizer] ONETIME ONE WHO kaa- prsv one who, one that [conjunct relativizer] cu l ONLY ty of peshikwaa pc once, one time Fa ehta pc only kiinehta pr you alone, you only kiinehtawaa pr you alone, you only (plural) kiinehtawint pr we alone, us only (inclusive) (E). Also: kiinehtawit (W) niinehta pr I alone, me only niinehtawint pr we alone, us only (exclusive) (E). Also: niinehtawit (W) wiinehta pr him/her alone, him/her only wiinehtawaa pr they alone, them only ni v er sit y 0 OOPS! U ooshta pc oops! oh my! Also: kooshta OPEN ad paahkihsin -oon vii be open ORDER ke ORGANIZE he onahtoon vti2 arrange s.t., organize s.t., put s.t. in order, stack s.t. Stem: /onahtoo-/ onahtoon vti2 arrange s.t., organize s.t., put s.t. in order, stack s.t. Stem: /onahtoo-/ La ORIGINALLY kayaash pc originally, long ago, former OTHER kotak -iyak pr the other. [animate alternative] kotak -iyan pr the other. [inanimate alternative] OTTER nikik -wak na otter. Also: ninkik nikiko-wanihikan -an ni trap tor otter. Also: nikiko-wanihiikan, ninkiko-wanohikan OUGHT Q taa- prev would, could, should, ought, can [modal] OUT saakici- prev out 378 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY OUTSIDE r akwaciink pc outside (E). Also: akwaciik (W) OVER THERE ihiweti pc over there, that way. Also: hiweti OVERCAST ninkwahkwan vii overcast (E). Also: nikwahkwan (W) OWE vta write to or for s.o., owe to s.o., borrow from s.o. n masinahamaw na owl at koohkoohkohoo -k io OWL sit er PAIN U ni v wiihsakentam vai2 be extremely hurt, feel extreme pain PANTS mitaahs -ak nsd pants. Stem: /-taahs-/ PAPER ke he ad masinahikan -an ni book, document, paper, letter, newspaper PARENT niniikihik -ook nad my parent. Stem: /-niikihikw-/ PAST pimi- prev by, past, along, in process of weshkac pc long ago, in the past weshkaci- pv long ago, in the past PAST TENSE kii- prev [past tense] Also: kiih-. IC> kaaoci- prev [negative past tense). Also: oncionci- prev [negative past tense]. Also: oci- La ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed tipenim vta own s.o., keep s.o., control s.o. tipentan vti own s.t., keep s.t., control s.t. PACK pashkwewash -an ni pack piinahike vai put something in a container, pack something piinaho vta put s.o. in a container, pack s.o. Stem: /pinahw-/ plmiwane vai carry a pack along on one's back PADDLE apwi -yak -wak na paddle, oar. Also: apoy -yak pimahkwashiwaake vai paddle something pimahkwashiwe vai paddle, paddle by maaciihkwashiwe vai start to paddle, paddle off PAIL ahkihk -wak -ook na pail, kettle uc OWN PATH miihkana -n ni trail, path, road PAUL Powaan -ak na Paul (person's name) PELT ahtay -ak na pelt, fur for trade 379 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININI™OWIN GLOSSARY PEN masinahikanaahtik -oon ni pencil, pen 0 PENCIL masinahikanaahtik -oon ni pencil, pen PENINSULA neyaahsh ni be a peninsula or point of land in the lake PEPPER n pepaa ni pepper PERSON at uc Ed of maashkooc pc perhaps, maybe, or else maawin pc likely, perhaps, maybe, must be naanlta pc maybe, perhaps, in some way. Also: naanta PERMANENTLY nehpici- pv permanently, not knowing when to quit PERMISSION ayaaw vta have s.o., have permission to use s.o. io PERHAPS Fa cu l ty anihshinaape -k na Indian, person anihshinini -wak na Indian, person awiya -k pr person, someone, somebody, anyone, anybody. Also: awiiya ayahaa -k na that being, person, or animate thing. Also: ehaa, ahaa PICK otaahpinan vti choose s.t., accept s.t., take s.t., pick s.t. otaahpinikaate vii be chosen, be taken, be accepted, be picked PICK UP manipahi vta grab s.o., pick s.o. up quickly. Stem: /manipah-/ PICKEREL okaahs -ak na pickerel PILLOW ahpihkwehshimon -an ni pillow PLAIN nato- pre real, natural, plain PLANE pimihsewin -an ni airplane, plane PLATE ke he ad U ni v er sit y 0 La onaakan -an ni dish, plate PLAY metawe vai play tashiihke vai stay there, hang around, live there, play pimaahkwepahike vai play hockey PLAY INSTRUMENT kitohcike vai play a musical instrument PLAYTHING metawaakan -an ni toy, plaything PLEASE aahti pc please, why don't you, why not, let mel Also: maahti ekwa pc and, and so, then, and then, wait! please 0 380 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY PLOW r tawehkonehike vai plow snow POLICE STATION shimaakanihshiiwikamik -con ni police station POND waanipiiyaa vii pond, be an area of water POORLY n siitawaac pc barely, hardly, poorly io POP/JUICE uc Ed of sit er siikinan vti pour s.t., pump s.t. out ni v ( y Fa cu l ty PORCUPINE kaak -wak na porcupine PORRIDGE anoominaapoo na porridge PORTAGE kahkiiwe vai to portage onikam -iin ni portage POSSESSION ayaan vti my possession, it belongs to me POSSIBLE kaana pc is it possible that, would you, perhaps POSSIBLY kehcin pc probably possibly POTATO ashkipwaaw -an ni potato POUR at shiiwaapoo ni pop, soft drink, juice POURED U siikinikaate -wan vii be poured (liquid) PRAY PREPARE ad ayamihaa vai pray he kwayaancii vai get ready, prepare (E). Also: kwayaacii (W) La ke PROBABLY nitiko pc probably. Also: ntiko kaye piko pc likely, to be expected, probably kehcin pc probably possibly PROBABLY NOT kamaawin pc think not so, probably not so. <kaawin maawin PROBLEM aanimihse vaVii have difficulties, run into problems, get complicated PROBLEMS papiikonike vai fumble things, cause problems PROPERTY L tipencikewin -an ni property, belongings, family PROVISIONS BOX niimaawiniwash -an ni provisions box or container 381 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY PUNISH tipaahkon vta judge s.o. punish s.o., charge s.o. 0 PURPOSE kwanta pc for no reason or purpose pihtaahpiso vai Ed uc at io n PURPOSELY oncita pc purposely, jokingly (E). Also: ocita (W) PURSE piinahikan -an ni purse PUT ahsi vta put s.o. in a certain place. Stem: /ahs-/ ahtoon vti2 put s.t. in a certain place. Stem: /ahtoo-/ onahtoon vti2 arrange s.t., organize s.t., put s.t. in order, stack s.t. Stem: /onahtoo-/ PUT CLOTHES ON put clothes on, get dressed PUT IN CONTAINER ty of piinahike vai put something in a container, pack something piinaho vta put s.o. in a container, pack s.o. Stem: /piinahw-/ Fa cu l PUT ON BOARD poosihi vta put on board s.o. Stem: /poosih-/ poosihtoon vti2 put s.t. on board. Stem: /poosihtoo-/ QUARTER peshishooniyaahsh -ak na twenty-five cents, (quarter). Also: peshik shooniyaahsh QUESTION ina pc (yes-no question marker] also na. QUICK kinipihse vaVii be quick, be fast, be used up quickly (money or time) hurry, be quick, be fast ni v vai kinipii er sit y Q QUICKLY U wiipac pc soon, in a little while, quick, hurry kashkii-tipihkanihse vii get dark quickly (at night) ad QUIETLY QUIT he sakamaatapi vai stay in place, sit quietly La QUITE ke pooni- prev stop, cease, quit poonanohkii vsi quit a job, stop working nawac pc more, quite (-er) RABBIT waapoos -ook na snowshoe hare (rabbit) waapooso-wanihikan -an ni trap for snowshoe hare (rabbit) RADIO nantohtamowin ni radio RADIO STATION natohtamoowikamik -oon ni radio station 0 RAIN kimiwan vii rain. Also: kimowan 382 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY RAISIN shoominihsh -ak na raisin RAPIDS paawihtik -oon ni rapids RATHER nitawaac pc might as well, rather. Also: ntawaac RAVEN n kaakaaki -wak na raven io READY at kwayaancii vai get ready, prepare (E). Also: kwayaacii (W) kwayaantahcike vai be ready or available things (E). Also: kwayaatahcike (W) Ed y RED sit miskosi vai be red miskwaa vii be red maci-miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts bad weather mino-miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts good weather miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky at dawn or after sunset ni v er ( Fa cu l ty of nato- pre real, natural, plain REALIZE nihsitawinan vti recognize s.t. by sight, realize s.t. REALLY mitoni pc really, entirely so naahpic pc really, very, to a high degree, extensively RECOGNIZE nihsitawinan vti recognize s.t. by sight, realize s.t. RECREATION HALL metawewikamik -oon ni recreation hall uc REAL ke he ad U REGARDLESS aanciko pc to do anyway regardless of.•. (E). Also: aaciko (W) REGRETFUL mincinawesi vsi be sorry, be regretful (E). Also: micinawesi (W) REGURGITATE pakitanemo vta regurgitate s.o. Stem: /pakitanemw-/ RELATION La inaakoomaakan -ak na relation, person one is related to pehshotaahkoomaakan -ak na close relation REMEMBER kanoohkentaw vta remember s.o. kanoohke vai+o remember REMIND kanoohkem vta remind s.o. REPAIR waweshihtoon vti2 fix s.t., repair s.t. Stem: /waweshihtoo-/ L RESIDE ishi-taa vai live there, reside there 383 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIII\10WIN GLOSSARY . io n 0 Fa cu l ty of Ed uc aanci-taa vai move one's residence (E). Also: aaci-taa (W) RESTAURANT wiihsiniiwikamik -oon ni restaurant RESTROOM/WASHROOM anwepiiwikamik -oon ni restroom/washroom RETURN kiiwe vai go home, return kiiwe- prev returning, going home, going back kiiwenotan vti return to s.t. RETURN THROUGH AIR kiiweyaahsin vii return through air, blow back RETURN TO pi-kiiwenotaw vta return to s.o., come back to s.o. pi-kiiwenotan vti return to s.t., come back to s.t. RICH wenootisi vai be rich RIGHT kwayahk pc right, straight, correct(ly), proper(ly) kihcinihkiink pc on the right (E). Also: kihcinihkiik (W) RING ahcanihsh -ak na ring RIVER siipi -in ni river akaahsihtikweyaa vii be a narrow river mankihtikweyaa vii be a wide river (E). Also: makihtikweyaa (W) ROAD · miihkana -n ni trail, path, road akaamihkana pc across the road or trail patotepiso vai drive off the road ROCK ahsin -iik na stone, rock ROCKY ahsiniiwan vii be rocky ROCKY ISLAND minihtikwaapihk -oon ni rocky island ROLL tihtipihse vaVii roll ROLL FAST tihtipipaniho vai roll fast. Also: tihtipipanihoo RUN pimipahtoo vai run along, run by maaciipahtoo vai set out running, start running ihpahiwe -wak vai run to a certain place (for cover) RUN AWAY FROM maaciipahiwe vai run away from maaciipahiwaash vta run away from s.o. Stem: /maaciipahiwaaN-/ at REAIDENCE La ke he ad U ni v er sit y 0 0 384 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININI™OWIN GLOSSARY maaciipahiwaatan vti run away from s.t. RUN OUT caakihse vaVii cet used up, run out, be exhausted SAD shikatentam vai2 be bored, be lonely, be homesick, be sad SALT shiiwihtaakan ni salt n SAME io peshikwan pc same pehkihsh pc at the same time, while at SAME TIME maatinawe-kiishikaa vii distribution day, be Saturday SAW Ed SATURDAY uc mekwaac pc while, during, at the (same} time, now of kiishkipoocike vsi saw things, cut things with the saw akaawaac pc hardly, scarcely SCARED y sit SCHOOL ishkooniwikamik -oon ni school ishkoonoo vai attend school. Also: ishoonoowi, ishkoonii er ( kohtaaci vai be afraid, get scared Fa SCARCELY cu l ihkito vai say, speak in a certain way ishi vta say to s.o. Stem: /IN-/ ty SAY ni v SCISSORS maacishikan -an ni scissors SCRAPE U vta scrape s.o. Stem: /maatahw-/ ad maataho SEAGULL kiyaashk -wak na seagull. Also: kiiyaashk he SEARCH ke nanaantawenim vta look around for s.o., search for s.o. (E). Also: nanaatawenim (W} nanaantawentan vti look around for s.t., search for s.t. (E). Also: nanaatawentan (W) La SEATED namatapi vai sit down, be seated SEE ishinan vti look at s.t. which looks so, see s.t. a certain way waapam vta see s.o. waapantan vti see s.t. Also: waapatan ani-naakosi vai be seen going away (from the speaker) SEEK nanaantawi- prev seek (E}. Reduplication of: nantawi-, ntawi-. Also: nanaatawi- (W) L SEPTEMBER waahtepakiiwi-piihsim na leaves are changing colour month, September. Also: waahtepakaawi-piihsim 385 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIThfOWIN GLOSSARY 0 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n SET pakitahwe vai fish with a net, set a net SET OUT maaciipahtoo vai set out running, start running maaciipiso vai set out by vehicle. speed off, drive off SEVEN niishwaahsinoon vii be seven. Stem: /niishwaahsin-/ niishwaahsiwak vai be seven. Stem: /niishwaahsi-/ niishwaahso nu seven SEVEN DOLLARS niishwaahswaapihk na na seven dollars SEVENTEEN niishwaahsoshaap nu seventeen, (decade number) plus seven SEVENTEEN DOLLARS niishwaahsoshaap tahsiwaapihk na seventeen dollars SEVENTY niishwaahsomitana nu seventy SHAKE HANDS waaciye vai shake hands SHALLOW paakwaa vii be shallow water SHARP kaahshaa vii be sharp SHE kewiin pr him too, her too, as for him, as for her [third person singular personal pronoun) wiin pr he, she, him1 her [third person singular personal pronoun] wiinishtam pr him first, her first, him next, her next [third person singular personal pronoun]. Also: wiinihtam SHIRT pakwaan -an ni shirt SHOE mahkisin -an ni shoe, moccasin SHOOT paashkiso vta shoot s.o. Stem: /paashkisw-/ SHOOT WITH ARROW pimo vta shoot s.o. with an arrow. Stem: /pimw-/ SHOP maaham vai2 go on a shopping trip, shop SHORE naanew pc down the shore, on the shore naanewi- pren on shore SHORT tahkokaapawi vai stand short, be short SHORTHAIR tahkwaanihkwe vai have short hair SHOULD ci- prev to, that, will, would, could, should [conjunct future and modal] 386 0 �ENGLISH .. ANIHSHININITh10WIN GLOSSARY n ke- prev will, should, would, could [Changed future and modal] taa- prev would, could, should, ought, can [modal] SHOULDER mitihtiman -an nid shoulder. Stem: /-tihtiman-/ piminike vai carry things along on one's shoulder SHOVEL wepahaakone vai shovel snow io naakosi vai be visible, show up naakwan vii be visible, show up. (pi-naakwan be seen coming this way) n SHOW UP at SHOWER uc kisiisihpaso vai take a shower ahsapaahtik -ook na shuttle (with twine) for net making SIBLING Ed SHUTILE of niciimic -ak nad my younger brother or sister, my younger sibling. Stem: /-ciimic-/ nitawemaa -k nad my (man's) sister, my (woman's) brother. Stem: /-tawemaa-/ ty SIBLING-IN..LAW cu l niinim -ook nad my (cross-)cousin of opposite sex, my sibling-in-law of opposite sex. Stem: /-iinimw-/ Fa SICK aahkosi vai be sick ni sickness, illness sit aahkosiwin -an SIGHT nihsitawinan vti recognize s.t. by sight, realize s.t. er ( y SICKNESS ciiweyaa ni v SILENT vii be silent, be no sound SINCE U ahpin pc when, since, then, subsequently ad SING SINGLE he nikamo vsi sing La ke peshiko vai be alone, single peshiko- pre one, single peshikwan vii be alone, single SISTER niciimic -ak nad my younger brother or sister, my younger sibling. Stem: /-ciimic-/ nimihses -ak nad my older sister. Stem: /-mihses-/ nitawemaa -k nad my (man's) sister, my (woman's) brother. Stem: /-tawemaa-/ niitihkwe -wak nsd my (woman's) sister. Stem: /-iitihkwew-/ SISTER-IN-LAW nicaahkohsh -ak nad my (woman's) (female cross-)cousin, my (woman's) sister-in-law. Stem: /-caahkohsh•/ L SIT api vai be in a certain place, sit, be at home namatapi vai sit down, be seated 387 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY IT ayapi vai sit around, stay around. Reduplication of: api sakamaatapi vai stay in place, sit quietly 0 SIX SIXTEEN ninkotwaahsoshaap nu six dollars (E). Also: ninkotwaahswaapihk (W) sixteen (E). Also: ninkotwaahsoshaap (W) uc SIXTEEN DOLLARS io na ninkotwaahsowaapihk at SIX DOLLARS n ninkotwaahsinoon vii be six (E}. Stem: /ninkotwaahsin-/. Also: nikotwaahsinoon (W) ninkotwaahsiwak vai be six (E). Stem: /ninkotwaahsi-/. Also: nikotwaahsiwak (W) ninkotwaahso nu six (E). Also: nikotwaahso (W) Ed ninkotwaahsoshaap tahswaapihk na sixteen dollars (E). Also: nikotwaahsoshaap tahswaapihk (W) ninkotwaahsomitana nu sixty (E). Also: nikotwaahsomitana (W) of SIXTY ahpiihcikini vai be a certain size. Also: apiihcikini otaapaan -ak na cu l SKIDOO ty SIZE skidoo, car Fa SKILLED nihtaa- prev can do, skilled at, know how vta skin s.o., cut pelt off s.o. 0 y pahkon sit SKIN SKINNY er paawanii vai be skinny, starving, hungry shikaak -wak na skunk U SKY ni v SKUNK SLED ke he ad kiishik ni sky. kiishlk ni sky, day maci-miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts bad weather mino-miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts good weather miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky at dawn or after sunset La pimitaapii vai go along by sled or sleigh SLEEP nipaa vai sleep SLEIGH pimitaapii vai go along by sled or sleigh SLIMY nipaaciyaa vii be dirty, slimy SLOWLY pehkaac pc slowly, carefully 0 SMALL ahpiihcikini vai be a certain size. Also: apiihcikini akaahshenshi vai be small (E). Also: akaahsheshi (W) 388 �io at uc Ed sit er ni v U ad so ke he amiicikahi pc that is so amiinahi pc is that so, is that right ekwa tahsh pc and so, and then, but then SO IS THAT amihiwe pc so is that SOAK akoncin vsi float, soak (E). Also: akocin (W) akontin vii float, soak (E). Also: akotin (W) SOAP shoohp na soap SOCK ashikan -ak na sock SOME aanta pc some, few SOMEONE awiya -k pr person, someone, somebody, anyone, anybody. Also: awiiya La ( y Fa cu l ty of r akaahsikamaa vii be a small lake SMELL NICE minomaakosi vai smells nice, smells good minomaakwan vii smells nice, smells good SMOKE COMES OUT saakaapahte vii smoke comes out SMOKE FISH manehtek -wak na smoke fish SNAKE kinepik -ook na snake SNARE nakwaakan -an ni snare nakwaakanaahtik -oon ni snare stick (wooden frame) nakwaakaniyaap -iin ni snare wire nakwaaso vsi be snared nakwaash vta snare s.o. Stem: /nakwaaN-/ naapakwaash vta snare s.o. Stem: /naapakwaaN-/ naapakwe vsi set snares naatakwe vai go to check snares SNEEZE caahcaamohki vai sneeze a lot SNOW koon -ak ns snow sookihpwan vii be snowing. Also: sookohpwan anaamaakonak pc under the snow nihkaakone vaVii be covered with snow tawehkonehike vai plow snow wepahaakone vai shovel snow SNOWSHOE aakim -ak na snowshoe n ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 389 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY at io n 0 Fa cu l ty of Ed uc SOMETIMES eshkam pc sometimes SON nikosihs -ak nad my son. Stem: /-kosihs-/ SON-IN-LAW ninahaankihshiim -ak nad my son-in-law, my (cross-)nephew (E). Stem: /-nahaankihshiim-/. Also: ninahaankihshiim (W) SONG nikamowin -an ni song SOON wiipac pc soon, in a little while, quick, hurry SORRY mincinawesi vai be sorry, be regretful (E). Also: micinawesi {W) SORT toohkaan pc sort, kind. Also: tinoohkaan, toowinihkaan SORT keko pc what kind or sort, which one or sort SOUND ciiweyaa vii be silent, be no sound inihtaakwan vii sound so, be understood so SOUTH shaawanonk pc south (E). Also: shaawanok (W) SPEAK ihkito vai say, speak in a certain way kanoosh vta call, address, speak to s.o. Stem: /kanooN-/ anihshininiimo vai speak the native language ayami vai speak, talk ayamiihtamaw vta speak for s.o. ayamiihtan vti speak for s.t. SPEAK TO kanootan vti call s.t., address s.t., speak to s.t. SPEED OFF maaciipiso vai set out by vehicle, speed off, drive off SPLIT taashkisho vta split s.o. by cutting. Stem: /taashkishw-/ SPLIT WOOD taashkikahike vai split wood SPOILED nihshiwanaatan vii be spoiled SPOON emihkwaan -ak na spoon, ladle SPOUSE wiiciiwaakan -ak na spouse, companion niiciihaa -k nad my spouse. Stem: /-iiciihaa-/ nikayaashim -ak nad my ex-spouse. Stem: /-kayaashim-/ SPRING siikwan vii spring La ke he ad U ni v er sit y 0 0 390 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY r SPRUCE shikop -iik na evergreen tree, spruce. Also: shinkop -iik SPRUCE HEN pine -wak na spruce hen STACK onahtoon vti2 arrange s.t., organize s.t., put s.t. in order, stack s.t. Stem: /onahtoo-/ STAND n niipawi vai stand, be standing io STAND UP pasikwii vai stand up, arise at STAR uc wacahkohsh -ak na star (W}. Also: wanankosh (E) of cu l ty maacii- prev start, begin maaciihatoo vai start off on a trail, go for a walk maaciciwan -oon vii start to flow maaciipahtoo vai set out running, start running maaciihkwashiwe vai start to paddle, paddle off maaciihse vaVii fly off (as a bird), starts (as a motor) maatanohkii vai start to work Ed START Fa STARVE paawanii vai be skinny, starving, hungry y er sit tashiihke vai stay there, hang around, live there, play ayapi vai sit around, stay around. Reduplication of: api sakamaatapi vai stay in place, sit quietly . ni v STEAL kimooti vai+o steal s.t. U STEER ad washkinan vti tum s.t., steer s.t. STICK mihtik -oon ni stick, piece of wood, yard (measurement) he STICK ON ke akohke vai stick on, adhere STILL kiiyaapic pc still, yet, more. Also: kiyaapic La ( STAY STINK wiinciikisi vai stink (E). Also: wiiciikisi (W) STOCKY pitikosi vai be stocky, be chubby STOMACH mihsat -an ni stomach STONE ahsin -iik na stone, rock STOP kipihcii vai stop pooni- prev stop, cease, quit 391 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY kipihtinan vti (in an action) stop s.t., block s.t. poonanohkii vai quit a job, stop working 0 STORE ni store, trading post ataawikamik -oon STORY tipaacimowin -an ni story, narration STOVE n ishkotehkaanaapihk -ook na stove, heater io STRAIGHT at kwayahk pc right, straight, correct(ly), proper(ly) STRANGER na stranger uc piiwite •k Ed STRETCH shiipiikii vai stretch one's body tashopish vta stretch s.o. (as a pelt). Stem: /tashopiN-/ of STRIKE pahkihtehan vti hit s.t., strike s.t. ty STRONG cu l mashkawii vai be strong STURGEON na sturgeon Fa name -wak SUDDENLY ketahtawen pc all of a sudden, suddenly natok pc suddenly, miraculously, as a suprise y 0 sit SUFFICIENT ni v er tepi- prev enough, sufficient tepihse vaVii be enough of s.t., be sufficient SUGAR shookaa na sugar U SUITCASE ad mihtikowash -an ni suitcase, wooden box. SUMMER ke SUN he niipin vii summer tahso-niipin pc every summer La piihsim -ook na sun, moon, month. Also: piihsom SUN RISE saakaahte vii the sun is rising, the sun comes up SUNSET pankihshimon vii the sun sets (E). Also: pakihshimon (W) SUNDAY ayamihe-kiishikaa vii pray day, be Sunday SUNSET mino-miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts good weather miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky at dawn or after sunset 0 SURE aaw pc well, well then, sure 392 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY sit er ni v U ad he ke La ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n r cike, cikema pc tor sure kehcinaac pc certainly, for sure tepwe pc true, for sure SUSPECT anaamenim vta suspect s.o., blame s.o. anaamentan vti suspect s.t., blame s.t. SWALLOW .. koncipanihi vta swallow s.o. (E). Stem: /kocipanih-/. Also kocipanihi (W) SWALLOWED koncipanihcikaate vii be swallowed (E). Also: kocipanihcikaate (W) SWAMP mashkiik -oon ni muskeg, bog, swamp SWEATER shiipiikwaan -an ni seater SWEEP wepahike vai sweep the floor SWEET shliwaa vii be sweet shiiwaakamin vii be sweet (liquid) SWEETHEART nimoosom -ak nad my sweetheart. Stem: /-moosom-/ SWIM AROUND papaamaatake vai swim around SWING memepiso vsi swing oneself memepison -an ni swing, blanket cradle TABLE ahcikanaahtik -oon ni table, also ahcikan wiihsiniiwinaantik -oon ni kitchen table TAKE otaahpinan vti choose s.t., accept s.t., take s.t., pick s.t. otaahpinikaate vii be chosen, be taken, be accepted, be picked TAKE ALONG maaciiwish vta take along with s.o. Stem: /maaciiwiN-/ maaciiwitoon vti take along with s.t., take s.t. away. Stem: /maaciiwitoo-/ TAKEAWAY maaciiwitoon vti2 take along with s.t., take s.t. away. Stem: /maaciiwitoo-/ maaciiwicikaate vii be taken away, be carried away TAKE CARE kanawenim vta look after, take care of s.o. kanawentan vti look after, take care of s.t. TAKE S.O. /S.T. HOME kiiwewish vta take s.o. home. Stem: /kiiwewiN-/ kiiwewitoon vti take s.t. home. Stem: /kiiwewitoo-/ TALK ayami vai speak, talk nihtaawe vai know how to talk, can talk 393 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY TEA n io at uc of tii ni tea tiihke vai make tea 0 Ed TALL kinokaapawi vai stand tall, be tall TASTE BAD macihpo vta taste s.o. who tastes bad. Stem: /macihpw~/ macihpikwan vti taste bad TASTE BITTER wiihsakaakamin -oon vii tastes bitter (liquid) TASTE GOOD minohpakosi vai taste good. Also: minohpikosi minohpakwan vii taste good TASTE OF kocihpitan vti take a taste of, try a taste of s.t. inanimate kocihpo vta take a taste of, try a taste of s.t. animate TEACH Fa cu l ty kihkinoohamaw vta teach s.o. kihkinoohamaw vta teach someting to s.o., give direction to s.o. TEAKETTLE tiiwahkihk -wak -ook na kettle, teakettle TEASE nanaatihkosii vai do mean things, tease, make fun of people 0 y maaciikitowin -an ni telephone er TELEVISION sit TELEPHONE ni v masinaahtehsicikan -an · ni television TELL ad U wiintamaw vta tell something to s.o. (E). Also: wiitamaw (W) TELL ABOUT tashim vta tell about, talk about s.o. ke he TELL LEGENDS aatisoohke vai tell legends TELL NEWS tipaacimo vai tell news, narrate La tipaacimohtaw vta tell s.o. news or a story about someone TELL ON mamihshim vta tell on s.o. mamihshintan vta tell on s.t. (E). Also: mamihshitan (W) TELL STORY tipaacimohtaw vta tell s.o. news or a story about someone TEN mitaahsinoon vii be ten. Stem: /mitaahsin-/ mitaahsiwak vai be ten. Stem: /mitaahsi-/ mitaahso nu ten TEN CENTS mitaahso piiwaapihkohsh -ak na ten cents. Also: mitaahso piiwaapihkoonhsh 0 394 �io cu l ty of Ed uc at r TEN DOLLAR BILL mitaahsoopiihikan -ak na ten dollar bill TEN DOLLARS mitaahswaapihk na ten dollars TENT wiiskwehokaan -an ni tent THANK nanaahkom vta thank s.o. THANKS miikwehc pc thanks THAT aha pr that. Also: ahawe. [animate singular demonstrative] ahawe pr that. Also: aha. [animate singular demonstrative] ahaweniwan pr that, those. [animate obviative demonstrative] ci- prev that, will, would, could, should. [conjunct future and modal) ihi pr that. Also: ihiwe. [inanimate singular demonstrative] ihiwe pr that. Also: ihi, ihiwe, hi. [inanimate singular demonstrative] THATWAY ihiweti pc over there, that way. Also: hiwetl weti pc there, that way, yonder, over there n ENGLISH · ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY er sit y amihi pc that's THEM kewiinawaa pr them too, as for them. [third person plural personal pronoun] wiinawaa pr they, them. {third person plural personal pronoun] wiinehtawaa pr they alone, them only . ni v THEN U ahpin pc when, since, then, subsequently aasha pc now, then, yet. Also: aashay ekwa pc and, and so, then, and then, wait! please ad THEN THERE he ekwa tahsh pc and so, and then, but then ke ihimaa pc there. Also: himaa weti pc there, that way, yonder, over there THESE La ( Fa THAT'S okoweniwan pr this, these. Also: okweniwan. [inanimate obviative demonstrative] THEY kewiinawaa pr them too, as for them. [third person plural personal pronoun] wiinawaa pr they, them. [third person plural personal pronoun] wiinehtawaa pr they alone, them only THIGH mipwaam -an nid thigh. Stem: /-pwaam-/ THING ayahaa -k na that being, person, or animate thing. Also: ehaa, ahaa THINK inentam vsi2 think so 395 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY inentan vti think so of s.t., to be so maamitonentam vai be thinking inentan vti think so of s.t., think s.t. to be so tanenim vta think s.o. to be there THINK ABOUT maamitonenim vta think about s.o., consider s.o. maamitonentan vti think about s.t., consider s.t. THIRTEEN nihsoshaap nu thirteen THIRTEEN DOLLARS nihsoshaap tahswaapihk na thirteen dollars THIRTY nihsomitana nu thirty THIS oho pr this. [inanimate singular demonstrative]. Also: ohowe, howe. ohowe pr this. Also: oho, howe. [inanimate singular demonstrative} okoweniwan pr this, these. Also: okweniwan. [inanimate obviative demonstrative] wahawe pr this. Also: wahwawe. (animate singular demonstrative] THOSE ahaweniwan pr that, those. [animate obviative demonstrative] ikiweniwak pr those. Also: ikiweniwak. [animate plural demonstrative] iniweniwan pr those. Also: inweniwan. [inanimate plural demonstrative] THOUGH mihsawaac pc even though, anyhow, although THOUSAND kihci-mitaahsomitana nu thousand. niishwaa kihci-mitahsomitana 'two thousand', etc. THREAD sheshtak -ook na thread THREE nihsin nu three nihsinoon vii be three. Stem: /nihsin-/ nihsiwak vai be three. Stem: /nihsi-/ THREE DOLLARS nihsowaapihk ni three dollars. Also: nihswaapihk THREE TIMES nihswaa pc three times, thrice THRICE nihswaa pc three times, thrice THROAT mikotashkway -an nid throat. Stem: /kotashkway-/ THUNDER pinehsiiwan vii be thunder THURSDAY niiwi-kiishikaa vii fourth day, be Thursday TIDY nanahacike vai tidy things Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y 0 0 396 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY at io n TIME kinwaakaash pc for a long time oncihcihse vii be the time of, come to happen, the time has come (E). Also: ocihcihse (W) pehkihsh pc at the same time, while TIMES tahswaa pc so many times, every time TIPI matokwaan -an ni tipi. Also: matokaan, matikwaan TIRED caakii vai be too tired to do anything, have no more energy ishkii vai be tired of doing something uc TO sit er ni v U ad he ke La ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed ishi- prev to or in a certain place, in a certain way. Also: shi-. IC> eshiTOBACCO nahsemaa -k na tobacco TOBACCO PIPE ohpwaakan -ak na tobacco pipe TOBOGGAN otaapaanaahk -wak na toboggan TODAY noonkom pc now, today (E). Also: nookom rN) noonkom kaa-kiishikaak vii today (E). Also: nookom kaa-kiishikaak (W) TOE niihsiikisitaan -an ni toe TOENAIL mashkash -iik nad fingemaiVtoenail. Stem: /-ashkash-/ TOGETHER maamaw pc all together, in total naapi- prev together TOMATOE okin -iik ni tomatoe TOMORROW waapank vii tomorrow (E). Also: waapak (W) waapan vii be morning, be dawn, be tomorrow TONGUE mitenan -iin nid tongue. Stem: /-tenan-/ TOO kekiin pr you too, as for you. [second person singular personal pronoun] kekiinawaa pr you too, as for you. [second person plural personal pronoun) kekiinawint pr us too, as for us (E). [first person inclusive personal pronoun]. Also: kekiinawit (W) keniin pr me too, as for me. [first person singular personal pronoun] keniinawint pr us too, as for us (E). [first person exclusive personal pronoun]. Also: keniinawit (W) kewiin pr him too, her too, as for him, as for her. [third person singular personal pronoun] kewiinawaa pr them too, as for them. (third person plural personal pronoun] 397 �ENGLISH • ANIHSmNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY TOO MUCH onsaam pc too much, extreme, excessive. (E). Also: osaam (W) 0 TOO,AS FOR kaye pc and. Also:, too, as for. TOOL at io n aapacihcikan -an ni tool, useful thing, equipment TOP wakic pc on top of something wakici- pren on top of wakiciyahii pc on top of something TOTAL uc maamaw pc all together, in total Ed TOWARDS pi- prev here, hither, towards TOWN town. Also: taawinink (locative) of na taawin TOY ty metawaakan -an ni toy, plaything cu l TRAIL Fa miihkana -n ni trail, path, road akaamihkana pc across the road or trail TRAP amihko-wanihikan -an ni trap for beaver. Also: amihko-wanihiikan naaciwanihikane vai go to check traps. Also: naaciwanihiikane nikiko-wanihikan -an ni trap for otter. Also: nikiko-wanihiikan, ninkiko-wanohikan tahsoosh vta trap s.o. Stem: /tahsooN-/ wanihikan -an ni trap. Also: wanihiikan wanihike vai trap. Also: wanihiike TRAP HARE waapooso-wanihikan -an ni trap for snowshoe hare (rabbit) TRAP STAKE wanihikanaahtik -oon ni trap stake. Also: wanihiikanaahtik ad U ni v er sit y 0 he TREE na tree (deciduous) na evergreen tree, spruce (E). Also: shinkop (W) ke mihtik -ook shnikop -iik La TROUBLE macihcike vai do something bad, get into trouble maanencike vai disobey, bother things, get into trouble TRUE tepwe pc true, for sure TRY koci- pv try to do, to attempt kocihcikaate vii be tried kocihtoon vti2 try s.t. Stem: /kocihtoo-/ 0 TUESDAY niisho-kiishikaa vii second day, it is Tuesday 398 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY TURN washkii vai tum washkinan vti tum s.t.. steer s.t. TWELVE niishoshaap nu twelve, (decade number) plus two TWELVE DOLLARS niishoshaap tahswaapihk na twelve dollars n TWENTY io niishitana nu twenty TWENTY DOLLAR BILL na twenty dollar bill at niishitanawepiihikan -ak uc TWENTY DOLLARS Ed niishitana tahswaapihk na twenty dollars TWICE niishwaa pc twice TWO DOLLAR BILL ty Fa niishoopiihikan -ak na two dollar bill cu l niishin nu two niishinoon vii be two. Stem: /niishin-/ niishiwak vsi be two. Stem: /niishi-/ of TWO TWO DOLLARS y niishwaapihk na two dollars sit UNCLE er nishihsesh -ak nad my (cross-)uncle, my father-in-law. Stem: /-shihsesh-/ noohkomihs -ak nsd my (parallel-)uncle. Stem: /•oohkomihs-/ ni v UNDER UNDERSTAND U anaamink pc under something (E). Also anaamik (W) anaamaakonak pc under the snow he ad nihsitohtam vai2 understand nihsitohtan vti understand s.t. inihtaakwan vii sound so, be understood so ke UNDERWATER anaamipiik pc underwater La us kekiinawint pr us too, as for us (E). [first person inclusive personal pronoun]. Also: kekiinawit (W) keniinawint pr us too, as for us (E). [first person exclusive personal pronoun]. Also: keniinawit (W) kiinawint pr we, us (E). (first person inclusive personal pronoun]. Also: kiinawit (W) niinawint pr we, us (E). [first person exclusive personal pronoun]. Also: niinawint (W) kiinehtawint pr we alone, us only (inclusive) (E). Also: kiinehtawit (W) niinehtawint pr we alone, us only (exclusive) (E). Also: niinehtawit (W) USE aapacihtoon vti2 use it. Stem: /aapacihtoo-/ 399 �ENGLISH· ANIHSIDNINI™OWIN GLOSSARY at io n 0 Fa cu l ty of Ed uc USE UP caakin vta use s.o. up caakinan vti use s.t. up USEABLE aapatan vii be useful, be useable USED TO ami ahko pc used to, usually USED UP caakihse vaVii get used up, run out, be exhausted USEFUL aapatan vii be useful, be useable aapatisi vai be useful USEFUL THING aapacihcikan -an ni tool, useful thing, equipment USUALLY ahko pc usually ami ahko pc used to, usually VACUUM CLEANER wiihkwepahike vai use a vacuum cleaner VAIN aana- pv in vain, to attempt, effort, anyway, anyhow VARIED piko tooho pc any kind, varied, anything, all sort of VEHICLE takopisi vai arrive by vehicle VERY kihci- pre big, great, very VERY naahpic pc really, very, to a high degree, extensively VILLAGE tashiihkewin -an ni village, settlement, community VIOLENCE miikaasowin -an ni fight. violence. Also: miikaatiwin nootinikewin -an ni war. violence VISIBLE mate- prev visible (at a distance) naakosi vai be visible, show up. pi-naakosi 'come' tepi-naakosi vsi be visible at a distance naakwan vii be visible, show up. (pi-naakwan be seen coming this way) VISIT kiiwite vai visit (especially outside one's own community) kiiwike vai visit (especially in one's own community) WAIT ekwa pc and, and so, then, and then, wait! please piihi vta wait for s.o. Stem: /piih-/ piiho vai wait La ke he ad U ni v er sit y 0 0 400 �ENGLISH .. ANIHSHININI™OWIN GLOSSARY WAIT A WHILE pinamaa pc wait a while, for a short while, in a while WAKEUP amacihi vta wake s.o. up. Stem: /amacih•/ WALK uc at io n pimohse vai walk along, walk by maaciihatoo vai start off on a trail, go for a walk pimohse vai walk, walk by, walk past pimohse vai walk, walk by, walk past nihtaawihse vai know how to walk, can walk, walks well papaamohse vai walk about, take a walk WALLET ni wallet Ed shooniyaawash -an WANT ty of nantawenim vta want s.o. (E). Also: natawenim (W) nantawentan vti want s.t.(E). Also: natawentan (W) nantawentaakosi vai be wanted, be desirable (E). Also: natawentaakosi (W). WANTTO cu l waa- prev will, want to. IC> wiiwii- prev will, want to. (desiderative, voluntative] Fa WANT TO/NEED TO noonte- prev want to, need to (be usual time) (E). Also noote- (W) y WAREHOUSE ahtaahsonikamik -oon ni warehouse ni v WARM sit ni war, violence er nootinikewin -an WARM WEATHER U awaso vai warm oneself kiishowaayaa vii be warm weather vii be warm weather ad kiishiwaayaa WASH ke he kihsaapaawanitiso vai wash oneself kisiipiikii vai wash oneself, bathe, take a bath kaahsiin vta wipe s.o., clean s.o., wash s.o. kaahsiinan vti wipe s.t., clean s.t., wash s.t. La ( WAR WASH CLOTHES kisiipiikinike vai wash clothes WASH DISHES kaahsiininaakane -wak vai wash dishes WASH FACE kaahsiinkwe vai WATCH FOR naanaakacihi wash one's face (E). Also: koohsiikwe (W) vta investigate s.o., watch for s.o. Stem: /naamaakacih·/ WATER naatahipii vai get water, go for water nipi ni water 401 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY anwaahtinikamin vii be a nice and calm body of water kiishkaayawaa vii be deep water mooshkahan vii flood, be high water paakwaa vii be shallow water 0 Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n WAVES maaciiyaahoote vii be carried away on the waves maamihcaast,kaa vii be big waves pimaahoote vii drift along on the waves WAY ishi- prev to or in a certain place, in a certain way. Also: shi-. IC> eshinaanita pc maybe, perhaps, in some way. Also: naanta WAYS OFF niikate pc a ways off, far away WE kekiinawint pr us too, as for us (E). [first person inclusive personal pronoun). Also: kekiinawit (W) keniinawint pr us too, as for us (E). [first person exclusive personal pronoun). Also: keniinawit (W) kiinawint pr we, us (E). [first person inclusive personal pronoun]. Also: kiinawit (W) niinawint pr we, us (E). [first person exclusive personal pronoun]. Also: niinawit (W) kiinehtawint pr we alone, us only (inclusive) (E). Also: kiinehtawit (W) niinehtawint pr we alone, us only (exclusive) (E). Also: niinehtawit (W) WEAK niinamii vai be weak WEASEL sikohsi -wak na weasel WEATHER ish1wepan vii be certain weather, happen in a certain way. IC> eshiwepa= kiishowaayaa vii be warm weather maci-miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts bad weather WEDNESDAY aapihtawan vii be half, be Wednesday WEEK pimikonaakaa vii be a week WELL ke he ad U ni v er sit y 0 La aaw pc well, well then, sure mino-ayaawamaciho vai feel well, feel better nihtaawanohkii vai work well, be a good worker WEST nekaapiihanonk pc west (E). Also: nekaapiihanok (W) WHAT aan pc how, in what manner, why, what. Also: aani, aaniin aani pc how, In what manner. why, what. Also: aaniin, aan aaniin pc how, in what manner, why, what. Also: aan, aani kekonen -an pr what WHAT PURPOSE wenci- prev what purpose, why is it so (E). IC< onci-. Also: wenci- (W) 0 402 �io at uc Ed sit er ni v U ad WHOLE ke he misiwe pc all over, everything, whole WHY aan pc how, in what manner, why, what. Also: aani, aaniin aani pc how, in what manner, why, what. Also: aaniin, aan WHY DON'T YOU aahti pc please, why don't you, why not, let me!. Also: maahti WIDE mankihtikweyaa vii be a wide river (E). Also: makihtikweyaa (W) Will:. ci- prev that, will, would, could, should. [conjunct future and modal] ka- prev will. [future tense in independent verbs with personal prefix.] ke- prev will, should, should, could. [Changed future and modal] ta- prev will. [future tense in independent with no personal prefix] waa- prev will, want to. IC< wiiwii• prev will, want to. [desiderative, voluntative] La ( y Fa cu l ty of WHEN ahpin pc when, since, then, subsequently ahpii pc when, at that time aanahpii pc when? WHERE aanti pc where amihimaa pc. that is where, there in a certain location WHEREABOUTS aanti nehke pc whereabouts, which direction WHILE mekwaac pc while, during, at the (same) time, now paanimaa pc later, later on, after a long while wiipac pc soon, in a little while, quick, hurry mekwaa pc while, during, at the time noomake pc for a while pehkihsh pc at the same time, while WHISKEY ishkotewaapoo ni fire water, whiskey, liquor WHITE waapaa vii be white waapisi vai be white WHITE WOMAN wemihtikooshiihkwe na white woman WHITE/GREY HAIR waapaanihkwe vai have white/grey hair WHITEFISH atihkamek -wak ni whitefish WHITEMAN wemihtikooshi -wak na whheman WHO awanen -ak pr who. Also: awenen n ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 403 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY WOLF n io at uc Ed of cu l mahiinkan -ak na wolf (E). Also: mahiikan (W) 0 ty WIN pahkinaake vai win, beat someone (in a competition) WINDOW pahpaapiwin -an ni window. Also: pahpaapowin WINDY nootin vii be windy, be a wind WINE shoominaapoo ni wine WINTER pipoon vii winter WIPE kaahsiin vta wipe s.o., clean s.o., wash s.o. kaahsiinan vti wipe s.t., clean s.t., wash s.t. kaahsiinike vai wipe things for cleaning WISH pakohsenimo vai wish, hope kaanika pc I wonder, I wish, I hope WOMAN Fa anihshininiiwihkwe na native woman, lndi"1 woman. Also: anihshininiihkwe ihkwe •wak na woman, female nootihkwewe vai womanize, chase women niitihkwe •wak nad my fellow woman. Stem: /-iitihkwew•/ WONDER kaanika pc I wonder, I wish, I hope mikoshkaatentam vai2 worry, be concerned, wonder WOOD mihtik -oon ni stick, piece of wood, yard (measurement) U ni v er sit y 0 WOODEN BOX ad mihtikowash -an ni suitcase, wooden box. WORK La ke he anohkii vai work anohkiiwin -an ni job, employment, work maatanohkii vai start to work nihtaawanohkii vai work well, be a good worker poonanohkii vai quit a job, stop working WORKER anohkiinaakan -ak na worker nihtaawanohkii vai work well, be a good worker wiitanohkiimaakan -ak na my co-worker WORRY mikoshkaatenim vta worry about s.o., be concemed about s.o. mikoshkaatentam vai2 worry, be concerned, wonder mikoshkaatentan vti worry about s.t., be concerned about s.t. WOULD ci- prev that, will, would, could, should. [conjunct future and modal] 0 404 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY taa~ pr.av would, could, should, ought, can. [modal] kaana pc is it possible that, would you, perhaps WRITE masinahike vai write, borrow, get credit masinahamaw vta write to or for s.o., owe to s.o., borrow from s.o. WRONG macihse vai have something bad happen, have things go wrong YARD mihtik -oon ni stick, piece of wood, yard (measurement) vai yawn. Also: naanipaayawe io naanipaawe -wak n YAWN at YELLOW uc osaawaa vii be yellow/brown osaawisi vai be yellow/brown Ed YES ehe pc yes. Also: eha YESTERDAY of onaako pc yesterday YET Fa cu l ty aasha pc already, now, then, yet. Also: aashay kaawin mahshi pc not yet kiiyaapic pc still, yet, more. Also: kiyaapic mahshi pc yet YONDER . sit YOU y weti pc there, that way, yonder, over there ad U ni v er kekiin pr you too, as for you. [second person singular personal pronoun] kekiinawaa pr you too, as for you. [second person plural personal pronoun] kiin pr you. [second person singular personal pronoun] kiinawaa pr you. [second person plural personal pronoun] kiinishtam pr you next, you first. [second person personal pronoun]. Also: niinihta kiinehta pr you alone, you only kiinehtawaa pr you alone, you only (plural) YUCK ke he ehshay pc oh yuck! La r WOULD YOU 405 � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Anishinaabemowik - Indigenous Languages Program Historical Documents Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Faculty of Education, Native Language Instructors Program Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Intermediate Ojibwe: Parts One and Two in Severn Dialect Subject The topic of the resource Universities Description An account of the resource The Native Language Instructors Program, Faculty of Education, Lakehead University. Text for Intermediate Ojibwe (Severn Dialect) course. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Native Language Instructors Program, Faculty of Education, Lakehead University. Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Faculty of Education, Lakehead University Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1996-07-01 Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource Native Language Instructors Program, Faculty of Education, Lakehead University. The print version of this text and accompanying audio files are available at Lakehead University Libraries (Chancellor Paterson and Education Libraries) library.lakeheadu.ca This text has been scanned as part of the Anishinaabemowik - Indigenous Languages Program Historical Documents Digitization Project, Faculty of Education, Education Library (Thunder Bay Campus), Lakehead University. This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercialNoDerivatives 4.0 International License. To view a copy of this license, visit https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Please contact the Faculty of Education, Office of the Dean, Lakehead University, Thunder Bay, Ontario Canada for additional information or permissions. 807-343-8010 (ext. 8520) Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource PDF Language A language of the resource English Type The nature or genre of the resource text https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/16f80a18b080af767c33f9ee8f80b406.pdf 1e92d581052997f731e85a67aab3b54f PDF Text Text .., ... ....., ':,,,, -,' ..-4, ... . . ~ ~-. ... ' .. , \, ... _..,. .,_:: . . .. cu lty of ~ i Ed ... ...,. l . _;' uc at io n r La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa Parts One and Two In Severn Dialect Tam Be■rdf �Introductory Ojibwe: Parts One and Two in Severn Dialect By Tom Beardy ©1996, Native Language Instructors’ Program, Faculty of Education, Lakehead University, Thunder Bay, Ontario Canada The print version of this text and accompanying audio files are available at Lakehead University Libraries (Chancellor Paterson and Education Libraries) library.lakeheadu.ca This text has been scanned as part of the Anishinaabemowik - Indigenous Languages Program Historical Documents Digitization Project, Faculty of Education, Education Library (Thunder Bay Campus), Lakehead University. This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercialNoDerivatives 4.0 International License. To view a copy of this license, visit https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Please contact the Faculty of Education, Office of the Dean, Lakehead University, Thunder Bay, Ontario Canada for additional information or permissions. 807-343-8010 (ext. 8520) �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE: of cu lty ity Audio tape production and coordination of the binder and cover artwork was produced by Studio One Productions. The audio tapes were mastered using Studio One Productions Digital Facility. Toll Free: 1-800-354-8952 Fax (807) 767-9234 ni ve rs ( Tom Beardy Laura James John O'Meara Sonya Bruyere-Matson Bruce Beardy Fa Editor: Assistant: Verification and Editing: Typing and Graphics: Graphic Artist: Ed uc at io n PARTS ONE AND TWO IN SEVERN DIALECT La k eh ea d U Produced by: Ken James English Voice: Ken James Native Language Voice: Tom Beardy Licensed Music: Studio One Productions Library Duplication Coordination: John Somers Binder Coordination: John Somers Binder Cover and Spine Art Work: Matt Williams A special thanks to Lena Odjig White for all of her help in making this book a reality and for all of her devotion to the preservation of Native languages. L �DLIB IT 97.3 ~TR03 cu lty of Ed uc at io n 0 This book is based partly on material contained in the following publications: ni ve Printed and distributed by: 0 rs ity Fa Introductory Ojibwe (Severn dialect) by Mary L. Mitchell, Lakehead University, Thunder Bay, Ontario and SS 509 Conversational Ojibwe (In the Severn Dialect) Confederation College of Applied Arts and Technology, P.O. Box 398, Thunder Bay, Ontario U Lakehead University Thunder Bay. Ontario P7B 5El ea d Not to be sold for profit. La k eh © 1996 by the Native Language Instructors' Program, Lakehead University. All rights reserved. No part of this work may be reproduced in any form or by any means without written permission from the Native Language Instructors' Program, Lakehead University. Some illustrations © 1994, RT Graphics, NM. 0 ISBN 0-88663-018-5 �Course Uescdotioo Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n This is the beginning of a journey in Ojibwe (Severn Dialect) which will introduce students to the language and culture of the indigenous people of Nonhcm Ontario. Students will learn basic vocabulary through listening, speaking, ieading, and writing in Ojibwe. Students will develop basic communication skills in Ojibwe through study and practice. They will also become familiar with the traditional values and culture, which arc vital when working with indigenous people. La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity ( LET'S BEGIN OUR JOURNEY UP THE RIVER TO DISCO VER SEVERN OJIBW E i �What is Severn Ojibwe? Severn Ojibwe is a dialect of the Ojibwe and Cree language. It is spoken mostly around the Severn River in Northwestern Ontario and areas around it. 0 It is different from Ojibwe spoken in communities south, east, and west of the Severn River uc at io n area. Some people call it an Oji-Cree, an Ojibwe, or even a Cree language. In some ways, Severn Ojibwe is similar to Cree. Today, as many as 5,000 people speak Severn Ojibwe. What is in this subject? Ed There are two units of study, which are used along with cassette tapes. cu lty of In these units, you will be given instructions in English and guided through exercises that go along with the tapes to continue learning basic vocabulary in Severn Ojibwe. You will be studying the one dialect of Severn Ojibwe and will learn through conversa tion both vocabulary and the structure of the language. 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa At the end of the course of studies, you will be able to carry on a short conversa tion in Severn Ojibwe. 0 ii �SUBJECT OUTLINE Subject Name: Introductory Ojibwe (Severn dialect) Subject Number: OJ 1010 Part One and OJ 1012 Part Two Subject Description: uc at io n The aim of this subject is to provide students with the skills necessary to speak Severn Ojibwe. In this functional and conversational program, students will learn basic vocabulary through listening, speaking, writing and understanding and optional laboratory facilities. Objectives: cu lty of Ed - to understand through conversation the structure of the Severn Ojibwe. - to listen with understanding and to converse at a basic level in the Severn dialect of the Native language. - to pronounce words accurately - to demonstrate effective use of the Severn Ojibwe dialect in culturally appropriate contexts. What is this subject about? Fa This is an introductory Severn Ojibwe subject for students who wish to learn to speak the Severn Ojibwe dialect. It is designed to give practice in conversation using everyday situations that students might encounter as they live and work in a Native community. It can be used to practice Native language by students of Native ancestry or by students from other backgrounds. Leaming a Native language can lead to a better appreciation and understanding of the whole society who uses it. Both Native and non-Native learners can gain a sense of the traditions, the customs, and both the historical and modem view of Native life. What is dialect? ni ve rs ity ( U Generally speaking, dialect means the difference in how words are formed and said. La k eh ea d Linguists, or people skilled in the science of languages, believe dialect shows what area people come from because of the special way that they use a language. Although there are differences in dialect or the way people speak, the root or basic language is still the same. It may be that because of the way Native people once travelled easiest...up and down the river systems ...that areas shared a river system for transportation, the dialect is different. How do these dialects affect how Native people can communicate with one another? Many Native language speakers claim that they can understand most of what speakers of a different dialect are saying. Sometimes misunderstanding does occur. L But most Native language speakers also say that they quickly become familiar with the differences in vocabulary when they need to frequently communicate with speakers of another dialect. iii �Indeed, there are many dialects in the Native language. There is no standard dialect that can be learned and used everywhere. Q uc at io n Two students at Lakehead University, Richard Jourdain and Judith Petch, wrote a paper about how people in different geographical areas say words. Look at the chart below. Then consider how these words might be used in your community. OJIBWE TRANSLATION FROM ENGLISH AREA COMMUNITY Two Water Sun nipi piihsim Big Trout Lake Peshik niishin nihsin Northwestern Ontario Macdiarmid bazik nihsin nihshin nibi kiiziis Savant Lake bejik nijzhin niso nibi kiiziis Lake Helen bejik Longlac bezhik Manitoulin Island bezhik nibi gissis niinzhin niswi nisib kiiziis sweh nipi keesiim gissis Fa niswe ity niish bejik neesh niswei nebi neesh swehi beesheh geesus niizh neswi nipi Spanish River bashique ni ve Walpole Island nijin rs Southern Ontario Ed Severn of Three cu lty One Cape Croker bashig 0 geezis ea d U Adapted from an unpublished paper An Elementacy Comparative Study of Mor.phological and Phonological Features of Several Ontario Dialects of Oiibwe. R. Jourdain and J. Petch, NL 2711 North American Linguistics course, Lakehead University, November 1988. eh Where should the learning begin? La k There is no right or wrong dialect. What is important is to keep the Native language alive and growing in use. Perhaps then, it is Important to become familiar with one dialect of the language to start, and it would be simple from there to learn the differences in sounds of words to learn other dialects. Appreciating the dialects of other communiti es takes a trained ear and a curiosity to understand one another. Perhaps this first step will help to bring a stronger unity among our Native communiti es to keep alive the Native culture. Although people in their own communities must be the ones to decide how to carry on their language through the generations, this advanced course of studies uses Severn Ojibwe. IV 0 �Writing Anihshininilmowin (Severn Ojibwe) In this section we discuss the writing system which is used in all three books in this series. First there is a discussion of the basic letters and combinations of letters which are used to write Anihshininiimowin (Severn Ojibwe). Following this there is a discussion of some issues which arise uc at io n in writing and reading Severn Ojibwe. You do not need to read all the information at once. You may find it helpful to read it over from time to time as you progress through the courses. Some of the topics discussed here will become more understandable to you after you have been exposed to the Ed language for some time. of The Writing System cu lty In this book Severn Ojibwe is written with Roman (alphabetic) letters. Severn Ojibwe uses some of the letters used in writing English. However Severn Ojibwe is written in a way that is more consistent than English writing. Although English writing is basically fairly regular, there are enough writing. When we use letters or combinations of letters in Severn, these consistently represent the ity ( Fa irregularities found in English writing that we would not want to import them into Severn Ojibwe ni ve represent that sound. rs same sound or combination of sounds. Each letter corresponds to a certain sound, and is only used to U Sounds in Severn Ojibwe are divided into two basic types: vowels and consonants. d Vowels ea There are seven vowel sounds in Severn Ojibwe. Vowels are divided into two types: long vowels eh and short vowels. Long vowels take longer to say. With one exception, there is a long vowel corre- La k sponding to each short vowel. In elementary school you may have learned that certain English vowels were long and others were short. However, the way that vowels are analysed as long and short in Severn Ojibwe is different from the way they are presented in English, and you should ignore the English usage. L V �Here is a chart of the long and short vowels. You will learn how they are pronounced in the Q following paragraphs. SHORT ii i 00 0 aa a uc at io n LONG Ed e You can see that the first three long vowels are represented by writing them double. Each is still one of vowel, though. Further, each of the first three long vowels has a corresponding short vowel, and cu lty each short vowel is written with a single letter. The last long vowel, e, has no corresponding short vowel. Because there is no need to indicate a distinction between a long and short e sound, the long Fa e is written with a single letter. You will find that some of the letters do not represent what we might expect them to in English. ity But remember that when we use these letters to write words in Severn Ojibwe, they are Severn Q rs Ojibwe letters! So the letters represent Severn Ojibwe sounds and you should not expect them to be ni ve pronounced the same way they are pronounced in English. Every language has its own rules for how letters are to be pronounced, and Severn Ojibwe is no exception. U Here are some examples of Severn Ojibwe words that contain long vowels. The examples show ea d the vowel in three positions: beginning, middle, and end of a word. The vowel in question in each eh word is written in bold type. The approximate English equivalent of the Ojibwe vowel sound is also La k given. Vowel ii Ojibweword iitok 'supposedly' niin 'I, me' anohkii 'he/she is working' 00 oocii 'fly' moos 'moose' pimipahtoo 'he/she runs by' Approximate English Equivalent seat note, toot 0 vi �aakim 'snowshoe' naape 'man' maacaa 'he/she leaves' father e emihkwaan 'spoon' pehk.aac 'slowly' kiiwe 'he/she goes home' bed Now here are some examples of words that contain short vowels. Ojibweword ihk.we 'woman' nihka 'Canada goose' aahk.osi 'he/she is sick' Approximate English Equivalent sit 0 onaakan 'plate' animohsh 'dog' onaako 'yesterday' put a ahk.i 'land, moss' kaye 'and, also' ekwa 'and, so' cu lty of Ed Vowel Fa but ity ( uc at io n aa Consonants ni ve rs There are more consonants than vowels in Severn Ojibwe. All the letters used to write consonants are also found in English. Some have a pronunciation very similar to that which they have in Eng- U lish, while others are quite different. d Some of the letters used for consonants are virtually the same as ones used in English: m, n, w, y ea and b. They should not cause you any difficulty. The sounds m, n and w can appear in any position La k eh in a word: beginning, middle, and end. L Phonetic Ojibwe examples mahkisin •shoe' ohomaa 'here' saakaham 'goes out' English equivalent man n name m naape 'man' pine 'partridge' koon 'snow' vii �win waahsa 'far' kaawin 'no' waaw 'egg' w 0 English equivalent yes Phonetic Ojibwe examples y kiiyaapic 'still' ehshay 'oh yuck!' uc at io n The sound y never appears at the beginning of a word. Ed The sound h never appears at the end of a word. As well, it only appears at the beginning of a word of if a preceding short vowel is optionally dropped. For example, ohomaa 'here' is often pronounced cu lty and spelled homaa. English equivalent him Fa Phonetic Ojibwe examples h ohowe 'this' ity The remaining six consonants (p, t, k, c, s, sh) occur in both a weak and a strong form. In their 0 rs weak form, these consonants may occur anywhere in a word: at the beginning, in the middle, or at ni ve the end of a word. They may not be preceded by the consonant h, but they may be preceded by any of the other consonants or a vowel. The weak consonants may have slightly different pronunciation U depending upon where they appear in a word. For example, at the end of a word the letter p usually d sounds the same as it does in English. But when it appears in the middle of a word it may sound ea more like an English b. You may also find that the Severn p sound resembles a weakly pronounced eh b at the beginning of a word. Listen carefully as your instructor or another fluent Severn speaker La k says these words and see if you can notice the difference. You may find that there is a minor amount of variation in how these letters are pronounced by different speakers. Notice also that in Severn Ojibwe the sequence of letters sh is used to represent a single sound even though two letters are used. In the examples that follow, each Severn Ojibwe sound corresponds to two sounds in the En- glish equivalent column. The second English equivalent sound is the one that occurs between vowel (or between norm and a vowel sound; see the discussion below in the 'Spelling Notes' section). viii 0 �Sound p English equivalent pit. bit Ojibwe examples pine 'partridge• tepwe 'really' acitamoo ·squirrel' kekaat 'nearly' time. dime C ciimaan 'canoe• kohtaaci 'he/she is afraid' kiimooc 'secretly' chip.judge k kiin 'you' naakosi 'he/she is visible' kotak 'other• keep, game s saakahikan 'lake• aahkosi 'he/she is sick' waapoos 'rabbit' sit. zip sh shiihshiip 'duck• peshik 'one' piish 'bring him!' Fa cu lty of Ed t uc at io n nipi 'water• ahsap 'net' ity ship, measure U ni ve rs ( In the strong form each of these six consonants is preceded by the letter h. The h is quite clearly ea d pronounced, although you may find it harder to hear before s. The strong consonants appear in the La k eh middle of a word or at the end of a word, but do not appear at the beginning of a word. Sounds Ojibwe examples hp ahpii 'when• nipaahp 'I laugh' ht ehta 'only' he ahcaap 'bow' miikwehc 'thank you' hk ihkito 'he/she says' ix �atihk 'caribou• 0 ahsin 'stone' wiiyaahs 'meat' hsh Anihshinini 'person, Indian' tahsb 'but, and' uc at io n hs A sequence of two weak consonants may also occur in the middle of a word or at the end of a word, but not at the beginning of a word. Ojibwe examples miskwi 'blood' shp ishpimink 'above' sht nishtikwaan 'my head' shk weshkac 'long ago' kiiyaashk 'seagull' Fa cu lty of Ed Sounds sk ity Severn Ojibwe also allows for other combinations of n or m followed by a weak consonant. These Q SPELLING NOTES ni ve rs are discussed separately below, in the first point of the 'Spelling Notes' section. U 1. Pronunciation of 'n' and 'm' before weak consonants ea d 1.0 Severn Ojibwe allows a combination of the letters n or m followed by one of the weak conso- eh nants. However, there is a very important difference found in Severn Ojibwe which influences the La k pronunciation of these sequences. There are three different groups of communities in which Severn Ojibwe is spoken in northern Ontario. (A) West Severn: Bearskin Lake, Muskrat Dam, Sachigo Lake, Big Trout Lake, Wapekeka (Angling Lake) (B) East Severn: Kingfisher Lake; Wunnumin Lake, Kasabonika Lake 0 (C) Sandy Lake: X �Sandy Lake. Deer Lake, North Spirit Lake The way people speak is very similar in these three areas. However, in West Severn communities the sounds n and m are not pronounced when they appear before a weak consonant. So in the words piintike 'he/she comes inside' nc oncii 'he/she is from there• pehshonc 'near. close• nk pankii 'a little bit' maank 'loon' ns onsaam 'too much' nimihsens 'my older sister' nsh akaahshenshi 'he/she is small' kinwensb 'a long time' Ed nt Fa cu lty of Ojibwe examples ompiki 'he/she grows up• rs ity ( Sounds mp uc at io n in the table below then and m sounds in bold type are 'silent.' ni ve THE FOLLOWING IS VERY IMPORTANT: In these books these 'silent' letters are written in all words in which they are pronounced in East U Severn and Sandy Lake. ea d So, if your instructor is from a West Severn community you will find that there are words in eh which n and m are written but not pronounced. You should listen carefully to your instructor or to a La k fluent speaker to determine if they pronounce norm in words of this type. Writing these words with n and m allows these books to be used by instructors from a wide variety of Severn Ojibwe communities. 1.1 There are some common grammatical endings that are affected by this form of variation. They are briefly reviewed here. More information about each of these grammatical topics can be found in the appropriate section of the textbooks. L xi �1.2 The 'locative' suffix indicates the location where something is happening. This suffix usually 0 Ordinary Noun Locative Form of Noun tehsapiwin 'chair' ahkihk 'kettle' tehsapiwink 'on the chair' ahkihkonk 'in the kettle• uc at io n ends in nk. In West Severn communities, the n is silent. 1.3 Verbs may add a suffix to indicate the negative form of the verb. ff the verb ends in n or m then Ed that sound will be silent when the suffix is added. Negative Verb minwentam 'he/she is glad' kitayamihin 'I talk to you• kaawin minwentansiin 'he/she is not glad' kaawin kitayamihinsinoon' 'I don't talk to you' cu lty of Ordinary Verb 1.4 Some verbs may add a suffix k to indicate a third-person subject. If the verb ends in n then that Fa sound will be silent when the ending is added. Verb with Suffix Ordinary Verb pipoon 'it is winter' ity pipoonk '(that) it is winter' waapank 'be tomorrow' 0 ni ve rs waapan 'it is dawn' There are some Inanimate Intransitive verbs which end in the sound n, but behave differently when U the suffix k is added. A very small number of these verbs shift the n to h when a grammatical end- d ing such ask 'third-person inanimate' is added. Endingk ihkihk '(that) it happens' eh ea No ending ihkin 'it happens• La k A few words of this type will appear in the materials presented in your textbooks. There is no special rule for telling which verbs which end in n will shift their final n to h when the suffix is added. You should simply make note of the fact that they do occur. As well, if the verb ends in m then that sound is written n when the suffix k is added, but the n is still silent (n is written here because that is what is pronounced in East Severn and Sandy Lake). Ordinary Verb Verb with Suffix minwentam 'he/she is glad' inentam 'he/she thinks' minwentank '(that) he/she is glad' inentank '(that) he/she thinks' xii 0 �1.5 There is a very small number of words in which n and m are always pronounce d before weak consonants. These are usually very short words, such as the following. nt Ojibwe examples aanti 'where?' aanta 'some' kwanta 'no reason' naanta 'maybe' uc at io n Sounds Ed As well, there are many verbs in Severn Ojibwe which contain a suffix entam or entan. In these words the n before the t is always pronounced. cu lty of Ojibwe examples minwentam 'he/she is happy' macentam 'he/she is sad' Sounds nt Fa 2. Pronunciation of 'o' after 's,' 't,' 'n,' 'c' In Severn Ojibwe the pronunciation of the short o sound may sometimes sound more like a short i ity when o is preceded by one of the consonants s, t, n, or c. Listen carefully when your instructor or a Sounds pimipiso 'he/she is driving by' d ea s Ojibwe examples ihkito 'he/she says' U t ni ve variation, but some do. rs Severn Ojibwe speaker says the following words. You may find that not all speakers display this minohpikw an 'it tastes good' eh n To be consistent, we still write these words with the letter o. La k ( 3. Dropping of short vowels When you listen to people say words in Severn Ojibwe you may notice that sometimes the short vowel i is not pronounce d even though it is included in the written fonn of the word. This is particularly common in the middle of a word, but is rare at the beginning of a word. It does not happen at the end of a word. Xlll �H you listen to someone say the following word you may find that the short vowel i in the second 0 syllable is not pronounced. pimlpiso 'he/she drives' Similarly the short vowels in the second and fourth syllables of the following word may not be uc at io n pronounced. Anihshinini 'Indian, person' In the writing system used in these publications we write these vowels even if they are not always pronounced. You may find that there is some variation in the way different speakers pronounce Ed words that contain short i. Listen carefully and you will become familiar with the rhythm of words in of Severn Ojibwe. cu lty You may be aware that something similar happens in English. For example, often the first syllable of English 'suppose' is not pronounced, but English speakers write the word with the vowel letter included just the same. Fa 4. Pronunciation variation of 'i' ity Sometimes the letter I sounds more like o when it is next to the sounds m, p, or w. Listen carefully as ni ve kimlwan 'it is raining' 0 rs someone says the following word. You may hear an o between them and thew, rather than an i. Similarly you may hear an o in the third syllable of the following word. U tehsapiwin 'chair' d This type of variation is very common. All three of the sounds m, p, and w are produced with the lips ea in a rounded position, as is o. Try making these sounds while looking in a mirror and observe the eh position of your lips. When the sound i, which is not made with the lips in a rounded position, ap- La k pears next to one of these sounds, it often will be pronounced like an o, because the rounding of the lips is being transferred from one sound to an adjacent one. We will write i in these words. 0 xiv �SYLLABICS CHARI' (with alphabetic equivalents) FINALS WEST b. t> e i 0 WEST '\}. b. • t> • we wi WO • b. • C> V pe I\ pi > po u n :) te ti to q p ke ki '1 ce < C ta C pa cu lty ko r J L ci co ca r J C L > a. "'t) er ..0 a.. ne ni no na L, ~ r ~ se si so sa t ~ c., she J' shi sho sha 4 ~ ~ ye yi yo '7 ya ni ve ' b ka mo U d ea eh < mi me La k 0 L ma 7 EXTRA SIGNS: • <J Fa ( 0 wa d rs EAST ity '\} <J • of . <J a uc at io n '\} Ed SHORT VOWELS EASI X ~ )( forchrist forR for end of sentence xv II ~ for H forL n ,. �SYLLABICS CHART (with alphabetic equivalents) 0 FINALS . C> <] ii 00 '\} • D.. C> • we • '\} Wll woo V pe A pii poo u n j te tii 9 ke p kii 'l r e WEST EAST 7 "'t) U ne cu lty . b koo kaa Fa d . r J mii moo ity cii J coo . L . a.. noo naa saa '\, J' ~· ~ she shii shoo shaa 4 ~ ~ .7 ye yii yoo yaa d SOO . xvi L . .D sii X C maa .~ ~ 0 caa . forchrist forR for end of sentence b L, . r X ' . ) . C taa . . < c too anii 0 < paa Li se ea eh La k . <i . . 0 waa > ni ve me <l • .f> •D. . . . rs c:e . aa Ed D. of LONG VOWELS '\} EXTRA SIGNS: . BAS! uc at io n . WEST II ~ " V for H forL 0 �CONTENTS UNIT ONE "What's On The Kitchen Table?" ............................. ......... 1 "Pass the Bannock Please?" - Sounding Syllables - Spelling System - Nouns, Animate and Inanimate - singular and Plural Lesson Two: "How Much/Many?"..................................... ............... 10 - Numbers 1-24 - How many are there? (animate) - How many are there? (inanimate) - Singular and Plural Lesson Three: "What is Your Name?" ................................................. 24 - My name is.. . - I am from .. . - Some Useful Phrase - Translations Lesson Four: "Command!"............................................................. 30 - Imperatives; singular and Plural • Word Search - Locatives - Some Useful Particles Lesson Five: "What is He/she Doing?"............................. .................. 45 - Intransitive Verbs - H/she is Singing - Making Verbs Negative - Personal Pronouns, singular - Questions and Answers - Some Useful Particles and Translation Fa ity rs ni ve U eh ea d Lesson Six: La k ( cu lty of Ed uc at io n Lesson One: "What Time Is It?"....................................................... 56 - Understanding and Practice Writing - Listening and Speaking - Understanding and Practice Writing - Listening and Speaking - Understanding and Practice Writing - Listening and Speaking - Understanding and Practice Writing - Exercise Review Test Review the Words You Know Lessons l-6 ................................................ 67 Translation Section Lessons 1-6 ......................................................... ..... 70 xvii �CONTENTS UNIT TWO 0 Singular and Plural Nouns and Verbs ............................... .. 79 - "What are they doing?" - Translation - The Voluntative - Some useful expressions - Yesterday, today and tomorrow - Using the tenses - New vocabulary Lesson Two: Plural Pronouns.......................................................... 93 - Inclusive and exclusive - Let's talk around the table - Dialogues - Dirnunitives - Introduction to Transitive Verbs - "How is the Weather?" - Some useful expressions Lesson Three: Introduction to the Obviative........ ... .............. ..... ............. 112 - Fanning the Obviative - More about verb types - Introduction to possession - New vocabulary - Understanding different classes of words - Introduction to kinship :my family: - Additional vocabulary (optional) - More about TA verbs - New vocabulary 0 ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n Lesson One: Scenery and Useful Articles............................................ 131 - Reading and Understanding - Translation - Mini-dialogues - Introduction to Preverbs - More Preverbs - New Vocabulary and Expressions - Introduction to the Dubitative - More Mini-dialogues eh ea d U Lesson Four: The Sun and The Moon................................................. 143 - Introduction to the preterit - Tipaacirno - Introduction to the pejorative - Preterit and pejorative and diminutive - Geographical map Lesson Six: Unit 1 Review Lessons 1-6...... .................. ... .... ...... ..... .. . 153 - Twenty-four articles - Using numbers - Using numbers in verb forms - May I introduce myself La k Lesson Five: xviii 0 �- hnperatives and Locatives - Intransitive verbs (vai) - What time is it? of Ed uc at io n Unit 2 Review Lessons 1-5 ................ ............... .......... .... 157 - What are they doing? - Voluntatives - Vocabulary and diminutives - Transitive verbs - How is the weather? - Some useful expression - Obviatives - Possessive nouns - More about TA verbs - Scenery and useful articles - Vocabulary Expressions - Certain and uncertain - More II verbs (VII) - Preterit and geographical terms Fa cu lty Review the Words You Know Lessons 1 - 5 ............................................... Translatio n Section Lessons 1 - 6....... .. ... .. .. . ... .. ... ... .. .. ... .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. ... .. . Glossary ... ...... ..... .............. .. ............ ...... ... ...... ..... .... ..... .. ....... .... ..... Anihshini nimowin - English............... ............... .. ....... .... ...... ................. English - Anihshini nimowin.. .. . . ........ .. . . ....... .. . .. ... . ...... .... .. . . .. . .. .. .. .. . . . . . . . La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity C xix 166 169 203 214 270 �d ea eh La k cu lty Fa ( ity rs ni ve U of uc at io n Ed Part One Mikisi �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Exercise A Listen carefully as your instructor says these words. Each word will be repeated three or four times. English translation on page 70. uc at io n r What's on the Kitchen Table Ed a 3 cu lty ® @ 6 Fa 5 of 1 ity (J 10 8 {: } 11 La k eh ea d U ni ve 9 rs ( 7 14 15 18 19 0 17 \~ ~ ~ ~ 20 ~ , 21 16 24 22 1 �INTRODUCTORY onBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Exercise B ~ ./ @n ~ 1J ,.0 ~ 11 .lo <:::: t 4 3 5 @] 6 ✓ 8 11 14 20 eh moohkomaan La k shiiwihtaakan rup1 ciishtahikan minihkwaakan D waapoos D D D D □ □ □ 17 .... .':.. 22 ni ve ea d paanahkihk ashkipwaaw ~ 21 U wiiyaahs ity ~ H \) rs ~ 16 Fa 1, \' □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ 0 ~ l\\ 19 12 cu lty 7 of Ed 1 ,fJ Q uc at io n In this exercise, there are 24 numbered pictures. Accompanying the words is a small box to the left of the word. Using a pencil. write the number which matches the picture in the appropriate box. shiihshiip n/ emihkwaan ahkihk tiiwahkihk D pine kinooshe onaakan ohkaataahk 0 24 D pepaa D aanahkonaa D D 0 pimite 18 D D coocoohshaapoo waaw piihswe-aanahkonaa anoominaapoo 0 2 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 1 In the Native Language, two different words are used when asking for an article to be brought, or uc at io n passed to you. The language has a structural rule that divides all nouns into two classes, called GENDER. One gender is called "animate". In this gender, are found all living things, animals, birds, reptiles, bugs, people, etc., and also some other things such as stars, tobacco, drums, fishnets, and kettles that we don' t usually think of as living. The other gender is called "inanimate", and in it are found all the nouns that are not animate. Since there is no way to figure out whether a noun is animate or inanimate, you will just have to remember each one. Ed You have already learned the gender of 24 nouns. ff you say "piish" with a noun, it's because it's an animate noun. ff you say "piitoon", it's because the noun is inanimate. For writing and thinking practice, you may now rewrite all 24 nouns with either "piish/animate or piitoon/inanimate. ity Fa cu lty of (Note: Some people use the word "piiciwish" or "piicowish" instead of "piish".) La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ( Miikwan 3 �INTRODUCTORY onBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Exercise C 1. In this exercise you will need to remember the gender of each of the numbered items below. For each one, in your notebook write the sentence that means "Bring_", and write the gender of the noun in brackets after the sentence. The first two responses have been done for you. uc at io n For example: 1 - Piitoon wiiyaahs (ni). 2 - Piish paanahkihk (na). cu lty of Ed 17.pepaa 18.aanahkonaa 19.coocoohshaapoo 20. waaw 21. ahkihk 22. pine 23. piihswe-aanahkonaa 24.anoominaapoo ity Fa 9. waapoos 10. shiihshiip 11. pimite 12. kinooshe 13. emihkwaan 14. tiiwahkihk 1S.onaakan 16. ohkaataahk 1. wiiyaahs * 2. paanahkihk * 3. moohkomaan 4. shiiwihtaakan s. nipi 6. ciishtahikan 7. minihkwaakan 8. ash.kipwaaw U ni ve rs In this exercise you will need to refer to the 24 numbered pictures in Unit 1, Lesson 1, 2. Exercise B. For each picture write the sentence that means "Bring_" and write the gender on the same line. The first two responses have been done for you. 1. ea La k 5. eh 3. 4. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. *Piish paanahkihk na 0 Gender Gender d 2. Q 13. 14. 1S. 16. *Piitoon wiiyaahs 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 01 0 4 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Exercise D Using the language that you have learned: You now know the names of 24 items often used on the kitchen table and how to ask for them. The secret to learning the language well will be to :usE what you learn whenever you get the chance. uc at io n In this exercise, work in pairs taking turns asking for an article to be brought, or passed to you using the word either "piish or piitoon". Individual articles in picture form will be provided by the instructor for this exercise. Ed Exercise E Here are two listening exercises to work on: frying pan pot fish bannock pepper duck cup water rabbit porridge meat partridge bread plate carrot lard ity Fa salt fork milk teakettle spoon knife egg potato rs Reading and writing: (a) waapoos G) shiihshiip (k) pimite (1) kinooshe (m) emihkwaan (n) tiiwahkihk (o) onaakan (p) ohkaataahk ea (d) eh (e) (f) (g) (h) pepaa aanahkonaa (s) coocoohshaapoo (t) waaw (u) ahkihk (v) pine (w) piihswe-aanahkonaa (x) anoominaapoo (i) wiiyaahs paanahkihk moohkomaan shiiwihtaakan nipi ciishtahikan minihkwaakan ashkipwaaw d (b) (c) U ni ve Here is a list of all the articles you have learned, given in mixed order. Use the numbered pictures on page 1 to match up numbers and letters in the spaces below. La k ( cu lty of Assemble all the articles (or pictures of the articles) you see at the beginning of this lesson. 1. 2. 7. 13. 8. 14. 3. 9. 4. 10. 5. 6. 11. 15. 16. 17. 12. 18. (q) (r) 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 5 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Exercise F For review, listen carefully to your instructor say these following words, and imitate what you hear. You can also practise saying these words with your partner. piihswe-aanahkonaa waaw coocoohshaapoo kinooshe anoominaapoo ashkipwaaw ohkaataahk shiihshiip uc at io n (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) nipi tiiwahkihk ahkihk paanahkihk aanahkonaa pine waapoos wiiyaahs Ed (2) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) onaakan minihkwaakan moohkomaan emihkwaan ciishtahikan shiiwihtaakan pepaa pimite of (1) 0 cu lty ExerciseG ity ni pi tii wah kihk ah kihk paanahkihk aanah ko naa pine waa poos wii yaahs rs (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) piih swe-aa nah ko naa waaw coo cooh shaa poo ki noo she a noo mi naa poo ashki pwaaw ohkaa taahk shiih shiip 0 La k eh ea d U (8) o naakan mi nib kwaa kan moohkomaan emihkwaan ciish ta hi kan shii wih taa kan pepaa pi mite ni ve (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) Fa Listen carefully as your instructor says these words. Notice how they can be broken down into syllables. To help you identify the syllables we have written a space between each one. 0 6 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Exercise H For each of the following words, fill in the missing letters. Then match up the pictures with the words by writing the number which corresponds to each picture beside the correctly spelled word. 0 ___ nah __ h_ 0 ___ wah ___ k D ii aa_s D cooc __ h ____ p __ D aa n D __ ii_ih_aa __ n D _aa_oo_ D oo e D a ___ min ___ oo □ ___ 0 ah ___ k D _a __ of kip ___ _ cu lty D _e __a Ed uc at io n D _i_e D __ nib_ waa __ _ D __ nah ___ aa D _ii __ ta __ ka_ 0 __ k__ t___ k D □ □ □ _ooh __ m __ n _ ii __ we-__ nab aa ity □ _i_i i Fa 0 __ ihk ___ n __ ii ___ii - rs ( 14 . / d U ni ve .~ .0: eh ea @fl .~ 1, . 0 La k 7 14 .lo~ 5 6 ~ 11 12 0 17 18 C3 20 21 22 7 ~ 24 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE • UNIT l; LESSON 1 Exercise I Nouns= Animate and Inanimate of Ed Listening Exercise: Q uc at io n 1. Your instructor will say twelve words from the vocabulary you have learned. Listen carefully as your instructor says each word. Then you can either write the word in a square or make a little drawing in the square to represent the word your instructor said. Check your answers with the instructor. 3 rs ity Fa cu lty 2 l 0 6 8 9 11 12 La k 7 eh ea d U ni ve 5 2. Now, go back over each of the words and for each one decide whether you would say "piitoon" or "piish". Write your answers in the squares. 8 0 �INTRODUCTORY OHBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Exercise J Look back to the pictures at the beginning of this lesson and listen while your instructor gives the plural forms of these nouns. Did you notice that there are two kinds of "endings" that form the plural? uc at io n The ending -n is heard on _ _ _ _ _ nouns. The ending -k is heard o n - - - - - nouns. The plural endings of "inanimate" nouns are. _ _ _ , _ , and_ _ . Noun Plural Piish emihkwaan -ak wiivaahs ity minihkwaakan ( onaakan tiiwahkihk shiihshiin oaanahkihk ni ve coocoohshaaooo ciishtahikan aanahkonaa ashkinwaaw U anoominaaooo waapoos kinooshe waaw ea d ohkaataahk eh La k Noun moohkomaan rs shiiwihtaakan of Gender Fa Gender cu lty Do the following exercise as shown in the example: Ed The plural endings of "animate" nouns are _ _ _ , _ , and _ _ . pimite ahkihk pine pepaa nipi piihswe-aanahkonaa 9 Plural �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Introduction to Numbers 0 uc at io n Using numbers is part of daily life. Numbers are found everywhere. Now you will learn the numbers from 1 to 24 in Severn Ojibwe. This will be especially useful to you as you will hear the numbers from 1 to 24 constantly in the lessons that follow. In this exercise, you will be introduced to the numbers 1 to 24 in Severn Ojibwe. After completing these lessons, you will be able to ask the question "how much/many?" "Aani minikohk?" and respond appropriately by stating a number from l to 24. Look at the numbers on the opposite page. 2. You will hear the Severn Ojibwe words for the numbers from 1 to 24. of Ed 1. Practice makes perfect: Practice until you are sure that you can name each number. You must know them well in order to do the rest of the exercises. 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa 3. cu lty Listen as the instructor calls the numbers in the order that they are shown in the pictures. Each number will be repeated three times. Mahkisinan (plural form) 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Exercise A ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n Listen carefully as your instructor says these words. English translation on page 70. La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ( 11 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Exercise B 0 Reading and writing practice: Ed ity Fa cu lty of Nib so shaap Nii wi shaap Ni yaa na no shaap Nin ko twaah so shaap Nii shwaah so shaap A yi naa ne wi shaap Saan kah so shaap Nii shi ta na Nii shi ta na pe shi ko shaap Nii shi ta na nii sho shaap Nii shi ta na nih so shaap Nii shi ta na nii wi shaap Pe shik Nii shin Nib sin Nii win Ni yaa nan Nin ko twaah so Nii shwaah so A yi naa new Saan kah so Mi taah so Pe shi ko shaap Nii sho shaap uc at io n In this exercise, you will practice recognizing the words in writing for numbers. Listen carefully as your instructor says these words. Notice how they can be broken down into syllables. rs Exercise C 0 ni ve In this exercise, you will practice pronunciation and recognizing the number words. On the next page are twenty-four boxes labelled A to X. In each box are 5 numbers. 2. The instructor will tell you which row you are to look at, then he/she will call a number in Severn Ojibwe and you are to circle the number that you hear. 3. Remember to use a pencil to mark your answers so that you can try this exercise again if you wish. La k eh ea d U 1. * As an example, the answer in Row A have been circled for you. 0 12 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 6 10 1 15 C I E I al B 20 8 12 9 5 I nl 22 15 2 7 10 I F 2 16 19 22 6 8 I HI 4 11 20 21 3 12 9 1 5 11 6 16 14 11 of 17 3 9 23 14 16 2 19 22 6 Ml 4 0 9 12 3 5 1 ( rs 21 20 ni ve 8 11 J Fa I I cu lty 2 8 18 13 24 Kl LI 23 15 3 19 23 NI 20 U p I 22 12 17 9 1 15 6 10 4 ea d 9 10 24 13 4 16 2 6 11 14 RI 5 20 8 12 9 I 4 9 13 24 Tl 2 10 22 15 7 La k eh Q I I ity I © s 10 ul 15 3 21 23 19 vi 23 3 9 17 14 wl 17 9 20 12 22 xi 13 24 2 18 8 13 I I uc at io n I Ed A �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 ExerciseD 0 This Exercise will give you more practice recognizing words for numbers. On the next page are twenty-four boxes labelled A to X. 2. The instructor will tell you which box to look at. Then he will call the number in Severn Ojibwe and you are to write the number that you hear, (you don't have to write number in Ojibwe). 3. Remember to use a pencil to mark your answers so that you can try this exercise again if you wish. 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n 1. Matokwaan 0 14 �A B C D E F G uc at io n INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 I J of Ed H L N 0 p 0 R s T u V w X ( La k eh ea d U ni ve rs M ity Fa cu lty K L 15 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Exercise E In this exercise, you will learn a question, "Aani minikohk" "How much/many?" and you will answer by naming a number from one to twenty-four (1 to 24). On the next page are boxes labelled A to X. 2. The instructor will tell you which box you are to look at. Then he will ask you a question "How many?" You are to answer by saying out loud the number of dots that you see in each box. 3. The instructor will give you the answer so that you can check to see if you are correct. 4. When you have completed the exercise, practice more until you can easily state the number of dots you see in each box. 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n 1. Q Miskwaatehs (turtle) 0 16 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 C D • •••• ••••• • • • • • • • •• • • • • • • ••••• • ••• • F G ••••• E • • • • • •••• • •••• J K L • ••• • • •••• • • •• • ••••• • • ••• •• • • • • • • • • 0 p M cu lty Fa N rs • • • ni ve • • • ••••• • ••• • ity ( • U • s ••••• ••• • • • •••• ••••• • ••• •••••• •••• u V w • ••• • ••••• • ••• • • •• ••••• •• ••• ••• d ea eh La k • •••• •• ••••• • • • R ••••• ••• •• •• ••• • • ••• • • •••• • •••• • • • • • • • I • ••• • • •••• • H Ed ••••• of • •••• uc at io n B A 17 •• ••••• •• • ••••• •••• • ••• • ••••• • • ••• • T • X • ••• • • ••• • •••• �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE .. UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Exercise F 0 Reading exercise for number recognition. Do the exercise as shown in example A. Niishitana = Saankahso = N) Peshikoshaap = C) Niiwishaap = 0) Ayinaanewishaap = D) Niishwaahso = P) Saankahsoshaap = E) Niyaanan = Q) Niyaananoshaap = F) Niishin = R) Niishitana peshikoshaap = G) Niishoshaap = S) Ninkotwaahsoshaap = H) Ayinaanew= T) Niishitana niiwishaap = I) Nihsoshaap = U) Niishwaahsoshaap = J) Peshik= V) Niishitana niishoshaap = K) Mitaahso = W) L) Niiwin = Ed of cu lty Fa B) 6 Nihsin = ity Ninkotwaahso = uc at io n M) A) Niishitana nihsoshaap = 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs X) 0 18 �INTRODUCTORY onBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Exercise G In this exercise, fill in the missing letters for each of the following words. The numbers are in order. N____sh_ _ _ N_ _sh_ _ N_ _ _ _n N_ _w _ _ N_y_ _n_ _ N_ _w _ _ _a_ _ N_y _ a sh _ _ N k _ _ _ _ _so _ _ N_ _k_ tw_ _ _s_ A N _ _ w_ _ _ _ _ A_ _n_ _n_ _ s_ s_ _ _ N _nn s w_ h_ _ _p p Ed of M _ _ _ _h__ ity Fa cu lty P_sh_k_sh_ _ _ N_ _sh_ _ _ _ _p rs ni ve U d ea eh La k h p n so - - - N_ _s_ _ _a_ _ p_s_ _k_s_ _ _p N _ _ _h_ _ _n_ _ii_ _ _t_ _ _ n_ _ _h_ _h_ _p _ _ _sh_ _ _ _a __h_ _s_ _ _ _ N_ _ _ _ _t_ _ _ _ _ _w_s_ _ _ _ s__n_ _ _s_ ( uc at io n p_ _ _ _k Aamoo (bee) L 19 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Exercise H Using Numbers in Verb Forms: In this lesson, you have learned to count from 1 to 24. Often, numbers are in verb form, as in: How many (animate)? A. Peshiko waapoos. There is one rabbit, the rabbit is alone. A. Peshikwan waaw. There is one egg, the egg is alone. How many (inanimate)? Q. Aan tahsinkin? uc at io n Q. Aan tahsiwaac(t)? 0 of Ed Notice that in order to use "verbs" of number, you must know whether what you are describing is animate or inanimate. Listen carefully as your instructor says these sentences. Check with your instructor to make sure you understand what they mean. English translation on page 70. Peshikwan waaw. Niishiwak pinewak. Niishinoon onaakanan. Nihsiwak kinooshek. Nihsinoon moohkomaanan. Fa cu lty Peshiko waapoos. Niiwinoon ciishtahikanan. Niiwiwak emihkwaanak. Ninkotwaahsinoon pepaan. ni ve Niishwaahsiwak ahkihkwak. ity Ninkotwaahsiwak aanahkonaak. Niyaananinoon waawan. rs Niyaananiwak ohkaataahkwak. Niishwaahsinoon pimiten. Ayinaanewinoon wiiyaahsan. Saankahsiwak tiiwahkihkwak. Saankahsinoon coocoohshaapoon. Mitaahsiwak paanahkihkwak. Mitaahsinoon shiiwihtaakanan. U Ayinaanewiwak shiihshiipak. La k eh ea d 0 0 20 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Exercise I r Read and answer each question correctly using the appropriate number verb. The first one has been done for you. 5. Aan tahsiwaac(t)? Aan tahsinkin? Ed uc at io n 1. 2. of nihsiwak ahkihkwak 6. Aan tahsiwaac(t)? Aan tahsinkin? Aan tahsiwaac( t)? 7. Aan tahsinkin? 8. Aan tahsinkin? Aan tahsiwaac( t)? eh 4. ea d U ni ve rs 3. La k C ity Fa cu lty jggggoj 21 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON 2 ExerciseJ 5. 2. 6. cu lty Fa 0 ni ve 7. ~~~~ ~~~ / eh ea d U 3. rs ity Oe-t t ;: :7' 0 of Ed 1.r------------- Q uc at io n In Ojibwe, for each picture, write the appropriate form of the question "how many.. in Severn dialect and answer with the correct "number verb form. 4--,-------------- La k 8. 0 22 �INTRODUCTORY ORBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 ExerciseK Inanimate Verb Form Animate Verb Form Peshikoshaap tahsinoon. Niishoshaap tahsinoon. Nihsoshaap tahsinoon. Niiwishaap tahsinoon. Niyaananoshaap tahsinoon. Ninkotwaahsoshaap tahsinoon. Niishwaahsoshaap tahsinoon. Ayinaanewishaap tahsinoon. Niishitana tahsinoon. Niishitana peshikoshaap tahsinoon. Niishitana niishoshaap tahsinoon. Niishitana nihsoshaap tahsinoon. Niishitana niiwishaap tahsinoon. of Ed uc at io n Peshikoshaap tahsiwak. Niishoshaap tahsiwak. Nihsoshaap tahsiwak. Niiwishaap tahsiwak. Niyaananoshaap tahsiwak. Ninkotwaahsoshaap tahsiwak. Niishwaahsoshaap tahsiwak. Ayinaanewishaap tahsiwak. Saank.ahsoshaap tahsiwak. niishitana tahsiwak. niishitana peshikoshaap tahsiwak. niishitana niishoshaap tahsiwak. niishitana nihsoshaap tahsiwak. niishitana niiwishaap tahsiwak. cu lty r The following two columns give the Animate and Inanimate number verbs for numbers eleven through twenty-four. Here are the plural forms of twenty-four nouns. Some are animate and some are inanimate. shiiwihtaakanan aanahkonaak onaakanan ashkipwaawan tiiwahkihkwak anoominaapoon kinooshek paanahkihkwak shiihshiipak piihswe-aanahkonaak pimiten nipiin ni ve rs ity Fa moohkomaanan ahkihkwak ohkaataahkwak pepaan coocoohshaapoon waapoosook U Using nouns of your choice from the above list, give the appropriate question that means "How many_ _ are there?" in the first column. Then in the second column, give the answer that uses the appropriate form of the number verb. The first two have been done for you. ea d 1. Aan tahsinkin minihkwaakanan? 2. Aan tahsiwaac emihkwaanak? Peshikoshaap tahsinoon minihkwaakanan. Niishitana tahsiwak emihkwaanak. eh 3. - - - - - - - - - - - 4. - - - - - - - - - - - 5. - - - - - - - - - - - - La k ( minihkwaakanan emihkwaanak wiiyaahsan waawan pinewak ciishtahikanan 6. - - - - - - - - - - - - 7. - - - - - - - - - - - 8. - - - - - - - - - - - 9. -_ -_ -_ -_10. ______-_ 11.._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 12.,_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 13. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 14.,_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 15. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 23 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Exercise A May I Introduce Myself? 0 Before you begin listening to the instructor, read these instructions: When you listen to the instructor, you will hear in Severn Ojibwe: - the number of the picture you are to look at. - the instructor will ask, "Aan eshinihkaasoyan?" ("What is your name?") - an answer," nitishinihkaas." ("My name is (shown in the picture)".) 2) Follow the pictures 1 to 7 below as the names shown are used in the answer. Listen carefully as the instructor repeats each question and answer 2 times. 1. Don cu lty of Ed uc at io n 1) 2. David rs ity Fa 3. Paul 4. Maida 5. Elaine 0 ni ve 6. Dolores U Exercise B YourName Look at the illustrations on the opposite page. Notice that there are six pictures around the map. Each box has an arrow pointing to a community on the map from which each person illustrated comes from. La k eh 1) ea d Before you begin listening to the instructor, read these instructions. 2) When you listen to the instructor, you will hear in Severn Ojibwe: - the number of the picture you are to look at. - the question, "Aanti wenciiyan?" ("Where are you from?") - the answer, "nitooncii." ("I am from (the community shown on the map).) 3) Look at each picture and listen to the instructor ask the question. Follow the arrow pointing to the community on the map. Then you will hear the answer to the question, naming the community shown. 4) Keep practicing until you feel comfortable with the questions and answers. 24 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 3 uc at io n Exercise B of Ed 1 cu lty DEER.LAKE • Fa ORASSY NARROWS• ity 0 •AROLAND eh ea d U ni ve rs ( La k \ 4 YOUR COMMUNITY 5 L 25 �INTRODUCTORY OllBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Exercise C nitisbioibkaas • cu lty of Ed R>RTSBVERN ------------=nitooncli Q uc at io n In this exercise. you are talking to each of the following people. Write their answers in the spaces below their names. lB/JtSKJN LAJtB SACHIGO LAKE. BIO TRO~ MUSKRAT DAM I I LAKE ---· WEAGOMOW PAUL WAPBKEKA KASmONIKA Fa DON I KJNGFISfR .LONG DOG L. I IWBBEQUIE _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ity WlJNNUNIN LAKE .UMMER BBAVBR 0 ni ve rs • LANSDOWNE • CAT LAKE U IREDLAICB ea MAIDA NEW SLA1B FALLS LACSEUL AU.AN WATER • UX LOOKOUT I ARMSTRONG FBRLAND cc:lims' I I AUDBN .DRYDEN t La k eh • PICKLE LAJCB • d DAVID IR>RTHOPE OERALDTON .NIPIGON lllUNDE~ PLAINE ---------- DOLORES 0 26 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Exercise D • of Ed R>RTSEVERN uc at io n Give each of the following people a name and a place that they come from. Then working with a partner, ask and answer questions about them. cu lty lEARSKlN LAlCB SACHIOO LAKE. BIG 'IR.Ou, MUSKRAT DAM • I WAPBKBKA LAKE KINGPISljR ILONG DOG L. Fa I • KASmoNJKA I WBAGOMOW IWEBEQUIE WUNNUNIN LAKE .UMMER BP.AVER ity • NOR.1ll SPOUT !AKE ( e LANSDOWNE rs • I I CATLAJCE I PICKLE LAKE • RED LAKE IR>RTHOPB NEW SLA'IB PALLS • IACSBUL • All.AN WATER SIOUX LOOKOtrr I eDRYDF.N I ARMSTRONG FERLAND I mu.INS t • AUDEN OUU.BAYI I La k eh ea d U ni ve MACDOWELL LAKE INIPIOON 111UNDER BAYI 27 GERALDTON �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Exercise E 0 SOME USEFUL PHRASES Yes No Thank you My name is _ _ __ What is your name? Where are you from? lam from _ _ Me too. How about you? Say it again. Say it slowly. Do you understand? Yes, I understand. I do not understand. What is that (inanimate)? Who is/what is that (animate)? What is his/her name? His/her name is _ Eha/Ehe Kaawin Miikwehc Nitishinihkaas Aan eshinihkaasoyan? Aanti wenciiyan? Nitooncii. Keniin Kiin tahsh wiin? Miina ihkiton ! Pehkaac ihkiton ! Kinihsitohtaan ina? Eba, ninihsitohtaan. Kaawin ninihsitohtahsiin. Kekonen ihi? Awanen aha? Aan eshinihkaasoc(t)? ishinihkaaso. 2. Fill in the missing words using the words above. Write English translations in this column. Check your translations from the above list. Q 1. Mary _ _ __ 2. Aan _ _ _ __ ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n 1. d U 3. Thunder Bay _ __ 4. _ _ _wenciiyan? ea 5. Miina _ __ 6. _ _ _ ihkiton! 8. eh 7. Kiin _ _ _ wiin? La k ina? 9. Eha, _ _ _ __ 10. Kaawin _ _ _ _ __ 11. _ _ _ _ _ ihi? 12. Awenen _ _ _ _ __ 13. Aan _ _ _ __ 14. Tanya _ _ _ __ 0 28 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 3 3. For each of the following words, fill in the missing letters. Ni_ _sh_ nih_ _ _ s. k _ o _ n? Aa _ _ i w_nc _ _y_ _? _ _t_ _ nc _ _. K _ _ _ _n. K_ _ _ _ _ _sh _ _ _n? e __ n _ uc at io n n m _ _n_ _ h_ _ t_n! P _ _k_ _ c i_ki _ _ n! a? K_ _ _ _ n n_ _ i_sit _ _ ta_s _ _ n. A _ _ n_n K_k _ _ _ n _h_? e_h_n_hk_ _ s ls _ _n_ _ k c? so. ity Complete these exercises: Write these in English: 1. Naanihsii nitishinihkaas. 2. Piish shiihshiip. 3. Miina ihkiton! 4. Piitoon wiiyaahs! 5. Aanti wenciiyan? 6. Piitoon onaakan ! 7. Piish ohkaataahk. 8. Keniin. 9. Kiin tahsh wiin? 10. Webique nitooncii. 11. Kinihsitohtaan ina? 12. Miikwehc Write these in Ojibwe: l. I don't understand. 2. Bring the salt! 3. Bring the fork! 4. Bring the partridge! 5. What is your name? 6. How about you? 7. What is that (animate)? 8. Bring the teakettle! 9. I am from Thunder Bay. 10. Say it slowly! 11. My name is Nancy. 12. Bring the bread! d La k eh ea (b) U ni ve rs (a) (c) ? Fa Exercise F ( h cu lty A Ed _ h _ n_ _ ihs_t _ _ t _ _n. of K_n_h_ _to_t _ _n Ask and answer these questions in Ojibwe: 1. Do you understand? 2. What is his/her name? 3. Where are you from? 4. My name is ___ How about you? 5. I am from___ How about you? 6. What is your name? 29 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise A Introduction to Imperatives Imperatives are those words we use when we want to "tell., someone what to do. They are, in fact, commands. Now you will learn ten imperatives in the following lesson. 0 of cu lty Piin ti ken A pin Nii pa win Pii shaan Maacaan Poo ta wen Kii wen Nikamon Ni paan Wani shkaan ity 1. Piintiken ! 2. Apin! 3. Niipawin! 4. Piishaan ! 5. Maacaan! 6. Pootawen! 7. Kiiwen! 8. Nikamon! 9. Nipaan! 10. W anishkaan ! Ed On the opposite page are pictures of ten imperative sentences. When you listen to the instructor, you will hear the number of the picture you are to look at, and an imperative statement. They are presented in this order. For your convenience, each word is written twice, the first time in 'regular' writing, and the second time with the word broken into syllables. English translations are on page 71. Fa 1) 2) uc at io n In this exercise, you will be introduced to sentences for making commands or imperatives. 0 U Look at each picture and listen as an instructor repeats each imperative statement. Keep practicing on your own until you are sure you can easily recognize and use these ten imperatives. La k eh ea d 3) ni ve rs You are to clearly understand what imperative statement each picture represents. Once you are certain that you know which statement each picture represents, you must think of these sentences in Severn Ojibwe only. 0 30 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise A uc at io n r 2 3 Fa cu lty of Ed 1 ity 4 rs ( ni ve \I ~ 6 La k eh ea d U ~ 8 9 31 5 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise B 0 In this exercise, you will practice recognizing imperatives. On the opposite page are six rows labelled A to F. In each row are four pictures representing the imperatives you are studying. In the upper left hand comer of each picture is a small box. 2) When you listen to the instructor, he will tell you which row you are to look at. Then you will hear in Severn Ojibwe an imperative expression. In each row you may hear more than one imperative. 3) Place a check mark or a nmuber in the box matching the imperative you hear. As an example, the first row has been done for you. Pay particular attention to the pronunciation as you are going along doing the exercise. 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n 1) Ciihwhwe (dragon fly) 0 32 �INTRODUCTORY onBW E - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n ExerciseB La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ( 33 �INTRODUCTORY OHBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise C 0 Listening: Maacaan Maacak K.iiwen K.iiwek Nipaan Nipaak Pootawen Pootawek Nikamon Nikamok Piishaan Piishaak Apin Apik Piintiken Piintiken Wanishkaan W anishkaak Ed Niipawin Niipawik uc at io n Your instructor will give some commands. Watch for clues as to meaning, and try to respond correctly to each command. Notice that sometimes the instructor is speaking to only one person (singular) and sometimes to two or more people at once (plural). Here are the imperatives you'll be asked to do (in any order). of 1. Write the correct imperative for each of the following: ity Fa 2. cu lty SINGULAR IMPERATIVES 0 2. U ni ve rs 1. 5. 4. La k eh ea d 3. 6. 7. 9. 10. 34 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise D PLURAL IMPERATIVES uc at io n Write the correct plural imperatives for each of the following: Fa cu lty of Ed 2. ity 4. rs ( ni ve ..... ~ -l& a=, 8. La k eh ea d 6. U ~ 35 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise E 0 Reading and Writing: Pootawe Pootawek Pootaweyok Maacaan Maacaak Maacaayok Nikamon Nikamok Niikamoyok Piishaan Piishaak Piishaayok Nipaan Nipaak Nipaayok Apin Apik Apiyok Piintiken Piintikek Piintikeyok of cu lty Sinletllar Come in! Wanishkaan Wanishkaak W anishkaayok PluraI Fa Stand up! Kiiwen Kiiwek Kiiweyok Ed Nipawin Niipawik Niipawiyok uc at io n Here are the words you have been using. Try sorting them out for meaning by filling in the chart below. Your instructor will help you check your answers. For the plural imperatives, you may find that some speakers use the ending n1k rather than k. These endings are listed. Go away! ity Go home! Go to sleep! rs Sit down! ni ve Come here! 0 Make (build) a fire U Sing! eh Speaking: ea d Get up! La k When you think you've heard and understood the commands well, try telling someone (or several people) to do some of these things. If you do it successfully, you should have all the people making the appropriate responses. 0 36 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON 4 ExerciseF Fill in the missing letters to complete the words. 5. _p_k (_o_) 9. _ii_aw __ {_o_) 13. _p_n 17. _i_a_o_ (_ _k) 2. n__p_w_n 6. _iiw_ _ L _k) 10. __nish_aa_ 14. n_k_m_n 18. _ii__i_ek (y_ __) 3. _iish__n 7. _ii_a_ik (y_ _) 11. _oo_a_e_ 15. wan__ _k__k {_o_) 19. k__w_n 4. p__t_w_k (y_k) 8. _aa_aa_ 12. _pi_(y_ _) 16. _ii__aa_(_o_) 20. m__c__k (_ __) uc at io n 1. P__nt_k_n Ed Exercise G of In this exercise, fill in the chart below by using the words from the previous page exercise E. Singular Imperative Fa cu lty English La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity ( L 37 Plural Imperative �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise H-1 0 Word Search: 1. The words listed in 1-30 below can be found in the puzzle. Look for these and circle each one as you find it. Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n CRYU¢1 INTAHSHWI 1WQUDCEEM P K E K O N E N I H I X R G WA C A J W S H H Z B I P C Q G M D N P A A Q C E V P X I WH A A E NQN I XNQDXEAWMOHEV I OWi TNQ A I C E I MWQ J S A A N T A H S I N K I N I K V J U H Q S V P A H Q A N C Q E D W I V S O N X K I N O O S H E C I Z P N F P I M I T E H S I W 0 E Q W E R T P G K N O I F V R T N O O I H H E T Y N K Q W E A WU T O S N X I R N O E I A S B WN S I C O O C O O H S H A A P O O N N H A I C A I N I I I S H I N I H I A M Q B U C A P T T S AWFWDNVYERWGNHNUUWINOIOP A A N E S H I N I H K A A S O Y A N I A WM H Z R A V K N I K A M O N F E I G E R Q Y Y A R T W H K O M I T A A H S O N I I S H I N W I A N A Q A N O O M I N A A P O O D P T A H S I I WA A C M O E U T Q J F J S P V R Z I U C D J N S A N K K A A W I N N I I N K E I I I N I H K I W E T U ity 2. For each of the following give the English translation. rs 1. kiin tahsh wiin? = _ _ _ _ _ __ 5. niiwin = _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 20. waapoos = _ _ _ _ _ __ 6. peshik = _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 21. eha= _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 22. nihsin = _ _ _ _ _ __ U ni ve 3. nipaan = _ _ _ _ _ __ 4. aan tahsinkin? - _ _ _ _ _ __ 17. eha, ninihsitohtaan = _ _ __ 18. kekonen ihi? = _ _ _ __ 19. mitaahso= _ _ _ _ _ __ d 2. piish = _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 16. shiihshiip= _ _ _ _ __ ea 7. kaawin= _ _ _ _ _ __ 0 23. kiiwek = _ _ _ _ _ __ 24. nikamon = _ _ _ _ _ __ 25. pepaa = _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 8. kinooshe = _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ eh 9. keniin= _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ La k 10. coocoohshaapoo = _ _ _ _ _ __ 11. piishaan = _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 26. 27. 28. 29. 12. nitooncii = _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 13. pimite= _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 14. niyaanan= _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 15. apin= _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ aan eshinihkaasoyan? = _ __ niishoshaap = _ _ _ _ __ anoominaapoo = _ _ _ __ waaw = _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 30. pine= _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 0 38 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise H-2 Word Search: There are thirty Ojibwe words or phrases in the puzzle. As you find each one, circle the letters. Then write the Ojibwe word or phrase in the appropriate space in 1-30 below. s 1. Bring it (animate)= 2. plate= 4. Water= 5. Metoo= 7. Meat= U 6. Bannock= ni ve rs 3. No= ea d 8. Bread= 9. Anegg= A I B T B 0 s H E T K A S A A N T I L N A A G A N I E H A I G R 0 G T E 0 s H s A H A A WA T W 0 H K s N I I I N N I 0 16. Yes= 17. Salt= 18. Thank you = 19. Carrot= 20. Say it slowly= 21. Partridge = 22. Come in!= 23. How many (animate)?= 24. Do you understand? = 25. Go home(plu.)! = 11. Nine= 26. Stand up!= eh F 12. Two= 27. Wake/get up!= 13. Six= 28. Who/what's that (animate)?= 14. Eight= 29. Go/go away!= 15. Seven= 30. Build a fire (plu.) ! = 39 B Q p WN I uc at io n A A K H 0 I N N F 0 B p K s 10. Twenty= La k C V of R I p N N 0 T M B F Q N I D K A A cu lty 0 G z Fa L G ity 0 F R E N I z z R K Q I N N B I N H Ed A A C I H K I T 0 N w E A R T G W P A A N T A A N E WC I A E J R T 0 UWGHQN N H X T E s H I I W I H T A A K A NW AWD s NM E A L 0 R A E N I I s H I T A N I B A T O N N L - E A T s G 0 R w I T K Q I D A F E I V 0 A V RAH WT y A L s D A F Q HWH DWQHKNAO p N T I I s H I N E K I A 0 N A A N p 0 H I T W F A C H R H W R A K I N O R T A Y K K C KW E H C K p 0 NW OR I I Y A A H s OWNN J NA WEN E N A H R p 0 0 TAW E K A N M p E H K C I C V A y I N V p p H T y I K A I A I WN I E N K N L C p D HM G A Q A G C p A WA X N s K z I N T I K E N K Q C D L Q B R Q �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise I - 1 Introduction to Nouns: s 6 4 uc at io n 2 of Ed 1 0 7 8 --l_ 12 Listen as your instructor pronounces the names of the things pictured above. After you have heard each word several times, try to match the pictures to the words written below: English translations are on page 71. d U 1. 0 ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty ~===== ::====~ :======~ . . . .-----------_------ # pimihsewin # eh ea ishkotehkaanaapihk # ciimaan # tehsapiwin pahpaapiwin/waahsecikan # # # otaapaan # wiihsiniiwinaahtik # wiiskwehokaan # nipewin # matikwaan # La k ishkwaantem waahkaahikan 0 40 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 2. Fill in the missing letters to complete the words. The numbers are in order from section 3 below. Check your own spelling. 1. w _ _hsini _ _ i _ _ _ h _ _ k 2. t _ _s_ _ 1 _ _ n 3. i _ _ ko _hk _ _ n _ _ p _ _ k uc at io n 4. p _ _ p _ _ pi _ _ n 5. n _ _ e _ _ n 6. i _ _ k_ _ _ n _ _ m 7. w _ _hk hi n Ed 8. m_t _ _w_ _ n 2. teh sa pi win 7. waah kaa hi kan ity 1. wiih si nii wi naah tile 8. ma ti kwaan 9. pi mih se win 4. pah paa pi win 10. cii maan ni ve rs 3. i shko teh kaa naa pihk 11. wii skwe ho kaan 6. i sbkwaan tern 12. o taa paan eh ea d U 5. ni pe win La k ( cu lty Listen carefully as your instructor repeats these words. Notice the words are broken down into syllables. This will help you to concentrate on pronunciation. Fa 3. of 9. p _ _ ih _ _ w_n 10. c _ _ m_ _ n 11. w _ _ s_ _ _ ho _ _ _ n 12. o _ _ _ p_ _ n 41 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise I • 2 Introduction to Locatives 2 of Ed 4 uc at io n 0 6------- 8 ity Fa ::============:::: ';.-:.-:.-:.-:.-:.-:.-:.-:.-:.-:.-:.-:.~ cu lty s rs 0 ni ve Now, watch and listen as your instructor repeats the names of the items you have just learned. Pay special attention to the new ending on each word. English translation on page71. U "LOCATIVE" means the form that tells you where something is located. pimihsewini...nk ciimaanink waahkaahikanink otaapaanink wiiskwehokaanink matikwaanink La k eh ea d ishkotehkaanaapihk2Dk ishkwaantemink tehsapiwinink pahpaapiwin,ink wiihsiniiwinaahtikQDk nipewinink Remember. locative endings can mean "in", "at" or "on". Repeat the pronunciation as many times as you want. When you think you understand the names of the items with the locative endings, learn the word for "where". It should look like this: "Aanti". Now that you know these locative forms, in this exercise, work in pairs. Your partner will now ask you questions such as: "aanti minihkwaakan?", "Aanti moohkomaan?", by referring to the following pictures. By taking turns asking and answering questions, complete this exercise until you have mastered these questions and answers. 42 0 �INTRODUCTORY onBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 4 ExerciseJ How can you make a noun locative? Usually. just add /-ink/ to the simple noun. However, if the simple noun ends with a /-k/ or /-hk/, add /-onk/ instead. And, if the simple noun ends in a vowel. just add /-nlc/. uc at io n (a) (b) (c) A few nouns don't follow these rules, but they will be pointed out to you as we come to them. Using what you have learned: Ed To continue practicing with locative forms, look back to the 24 pictures on page I of your text. For exercise writing, list those 24 articles with locative forms and underline the locative endings. of Continue reading and writing practice: the locative form of the noun: ( Fa beside on top under it away from ity naaniyahii wakiciyahii anaamiyahii niikatehii cu lty If you want to be more specific about a location, it is helpful to use one of the following words with piiciyahii shiipaahii ohpimeyahii pehshociyahii inside under on the side closer/nearer ni ve rs (piintikamink (indoors) and akwaciink (outdoors) are used without nouns.) New Vocabulary La k eh ea d U ahsi! ahtoon! pahkihteho ! kwayahk nab! pankii ehta pankii ehta (o)hsha! ihimaa ohomaa ohoweti weti ihiweti waahsa aanahpii? ahpii put (animate) put (Inanimate) hit him! well (correctly, thoroughly) Look! a little only only a little bit emphatic particle: also hsa right there right here over here, this way there over there, that way way over there, far when?, in question only when 43 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE • UNIT l; LESSON 4 Exercise K Working in pairs with the language. Read until you understand well the following mini-dialogues. For further study of the meaning of the dialogues, translations are on page 71. Piishaan ! Aanti? Ohoweti! Apin ohomaa! Ahtoon miicim wiihsiniiwinaahtikonk. Aanti shiiwihtaakan ekwa pepaa? Ihimaa naaniyahii onaakanink. Piish aanahkonaa kaye pimite. Kekiin wiihsinin! Ahaaw, miikwehc. (b) uc at io n Nah! Weti! Aanti? Ihiweti! Awanenaha? Waapoos ekwa pine. Miina ihk.iton! Pine ekwa waapoos. Aasha ninihsitohtaan. Miikwehc. of (a) Q Ed l. Using what you have learned, now, write two mini-dialogues of your own by trying to use all the nouns and verbs and particles that you can think of. 3. Continue working in pairs with the language. Share what you have learned and take turns with your partner sharing your own dialogue. Make sure that you both understand! Fa cu lty 2. Review this lesson with your instructor. Pay particular attention to pronunciation. 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs 4. ity Note: At this time, your instructor will be concentrating on pronunciation and grammatical structure. 0 44 �INTRODUCTORY OilBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 5 Introduction to Intransitive Verbs (VAl) What is an intransitive verb? An intransitive verb is a word that: - describes what the activity is. - describes what the state is. - describes what the condition is. uc at io n In the Native language, all intransitive verbs are complete sentences. For example, "Anohkii" means ·•He/she is working". English translation on page 72. Exercise A d U ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed (1) eh ea The pictures above show persons who are: (1) nikamo (2) kishiwaasi (3) nipaa (5) aahkosi La k (9) pootawe (6) kiiwe (10) kiishitepo (4) wiihsini (8) tepi-wiihsini (7) niimi ( 11) anohkii (12) metawe Watch the pictures as you listen to your instructor. (2) Pronunciation Practice: As your instructor says these words, listen to how they are broken down into syllables. (2) ki shi waa si (3) ni paa (4) wiih si ni (1) ni ka mo L (5) aah ko si (9) poo ta we (6) kii we (7) nii mi (10) kii shi te po (11) a nob kii 45 (8) te pi-wiih si ni (12) me ta we �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 5 Practice speaking with a partner by asking questions and giving answers. First, learn the sentence for "What is he/she doing?" It should look like this: "Aan entootank?" Your partner will now ask you questions such as: "Aan entootank?" the answer would be "Nikamo" or "Anohkii" etc. Pay particular attention to good pronunciation on both questions and answers. Repeat talcing turns asking questions and answers until you have completely mastered the pronunciation. Example: Question: Aan entootank? Answer: Nikamo Exercise writing Fill in the blank spaces for your answers by using the pictures from the previous page. Ed (4) 2. 3. 4. 6. 8. s. 7. 9. Fa 10. cu lty 1. of Aan entootank? 12. 11. ity Exercise B In this exercise, you will continue practice spealcing with your partner by asking questions rs 1. Q uc at io n (3) 0 d U ni ve and answers. This time. your partner will ask questions such as. "Is Mary going home?" Translation in the Native language should look like this "Kiiwe na Mary?" For now, the answer should be either "Kaawin" or "Ebe". Continue this exercise until you complete all 12 verbs. Once again, pay particular attention to good pronunciation. Beside each of the questions below, write positive or negative answers. The first one is done for you. ea Nikamo na Jane? ~ eh Aahkosi na Richard? Pootawe na Aaron? La k Kiishitepo na? Anohkii na Duane? Metawe na Tony? Tepi-wiihsini na? Wiihsini na Judy? Nipaa na shiihshiip? Kishiwaasi na Ann? Kiiwe na Nancy? 0 Niimi na? 46 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON S Exercise C Reading and Writing: (A) (B) wiihsini tepi-wiihsini (C) niimi (D) kishiwaasi (I) (J) aahkosi pootawe nipaa kiishitepo (E) (F) (G) (H) kiiwe anohkii (K) metawe (L) nikamo 4._ _ 7._ _ 10._ _ 2. 5.- - 3._ _ 6. 8.- 9._ _ 11.- 12._ _ Answer key: 1-L 2-D 3-G 4-A 5-E 7-C 8-B 9-F 10-H 11 -J 12-K Fa 6-1 cu lty -- of l._ _ -- uc at io n Here is a list of the verbs you have been learning, given in mixed order. See if you can identify them by matching numbers and letters and the numbers which correspond to each picture. Remember, the pictures are at the beginning of this lesson in Exercise A. Ed (a) ity ni ve rs Introduction to Negatives Listening: Turn back to the beginning of this lesson, and use the twelve verb pictures for reference as you listen to your instructor ask and answer questions like these U 1. Ehe, nikamo Jane. Kaawin nikamohsiin Jane. eh ea d Nikamo na Jane? Nikamo na Jane? As you listen to the examples your instructor gives, notice how to give a NEGATNE ("no") answer correctly. La k ( Exercise D Negative responses always follow the pattern of: Kaawin + Verb +"hsiin" As an example: kaawin - nikamo - hsiin Jane. 47 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 5 Reading and Writing: 2. Answer the following questions in the negative only. The first one has been done for you. Q Kaawin kiiwehsiin Nancy, Kiiwe na Nancy? Kishiwaasi na? uc at io n Nikamo na Kim? Aahkosi na Richard? Nipaa na shiihshiip? Niimi na John? Ed Wiihsini na pine? Pootawe na Scott? of Tepi-wiihsini na? Kiishitepo na? cu lty Anohkii na Duane? Metawe na Tony? Fa ExerciseE ity Speaking: Q La k eh ea d U ni ve rs When you believe you,ve got it ... answer the questions the instructor asks using the negative forms of the verbs. Moos 48 0 �INTRODUCTORY ODBWE - UNIT l; LESSON 5 Exercise F r Positive and Negative Responses Answer the following questions with either a positive or a negative response. Make sure each answer makes sense. Remember, you have to do this exercise on your own. Ed of cu lty Fa U ni ve rs ity Aahkosi na Betty? Kiishitepo na Delores? Kishiwaasi na? Niimi na Dave? Kiiwe na Jonathan? Tepi-wiihsini na? Wiihsini na Elaine? Metawe na Lisa? Nikamo na Sally? Anohkii na Lena? Nipaa na John? Pootawe na Paul? Aahkosi na Susan? Niimi na Wendy? Kiiwe na Paul? Kiishitepo na? Anohkii na Dave? Kishiwaasi na Don? La k eh ea ( 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. Metawe na Don? Pootawe na Paul? Nipaa na Sarah? Wiihsini na pine? Tepi-wiihsini na Maida? _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ d 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. uc at io n 1. Nikamo na Jane? L 49 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 5 ExerciseG Introduction to Person: 0 Listening Exercise: (b) wiin You'll need to know how to express these ideas: _ _ _ _called "first" person". "You" _ _ _ _called "second person". "He/she" or Him/her'' _ _ _ _called "third person". cu lty of "I" or "Me" Fa (a) kiin Ed niin uc at io n Listen to your instructor as he/she says these words in Ojibwe (Severn dialect) and watch him as he identifies what each word means. When you think you've got it, tell which word below is first person, which is second person, and which is third person: In lesson three, page 28, you learned to say "Kiin tahsh wiin". Now listen to your instructor ity so you'll hear and understand the meaning of: rs 0 ni ve "Niin tahsh wiin?" and "Wiin tahsh wiin?". "Linda tahsh wiin?" and "Jimmy tahsh wiin?" Now listen to these phrases until you understand them easily too. English translations are on page 72. eh ea (c) d U What would these mean? 5. kaawin niin 9. ehe niin 13. niinishtam 2. kekiin 6. kaawin kiin 10. ehe kiin 14. kiinishtam 3. kewiin 7. kaawin wiin 11. ehe wiin 15. wiinishtam 4. kaye James 8. kaawin Joan 12. ehe Mary 16. wiinishtam Tim La k 1. keniin (d) Listen to your instructor and pay particular attention to the pronunciation and to find out the exact meaning of each of the following words on the next page. English translations are on page 72. 50 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSONS niwiihsin kiwiihsin wiihsini nitaahkos kitaahkos aahkosi nikiiwe kikiiwe kiiwe uc at io n ninipaa kinipaa nipaa nikishiwaas kikishiwaas kishiwaasi cu lty of Ed ninikam kinikam nikamo nitepi-wiihsin nipootawe nikiishitep nitanohkii nimetawe kiniim kitepi-wiihsin kipootawe kikiishitep kitanohkii kimetawe niimi tepi-wiihsini pootawe kiishitepo anohkii metawe Fa niniim Now you know twelve verbs. Before you continue, practice how to ask and answer questions with them in the ftrst, second, and third person forms. First you have to learn some phrases for asking questions. Here they are: ni ve rs (a) What are you doing? What am I doing? What is he/she doing? d Working with the language, in pairs, take turns going through all twelve verbs, both asking and answering questions. For example: ea (b) U Aan entootamm? Aan entootanwm? Aan entootimk? Question Answer Aan entootaman? Aan entootamaan? Aan entootank? Nitanohkii. Kikiiwe. Nipaa. eh La k ( ity Exercise H Before doing some exercise speaking with your partner, look back to the words under the pictures in exercise G (d) of this lesson. They seem to follow a fairly regular pattern. What information do you understand from ..ni-" at the beginning of a verb? What information do you understand from "ki-" at the beginning? Notice the verb listed for pictures 5, 8, 11. Is there anything different about these examples? How do you account for these irregularities? (The added "t" is just slipped in to make the word easier to pronounce, in much the same way we add and "n" in English phrases such as ..an apple".) 51 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON S Notice too, that the first and second person forms of the verb sometimes keep the final vowel and sometimes drop it. From your own observation, can you think of any ..rule" you could make to predict when the vowel will drop? The third person form of the verb is also the verb STEM. Aan entootamaan? Kinikam. Aan entootank? Nikamo. Ed ~nikam. Continue working in pairs and take turns going through all twelve verbs. both asking and answering questions. This time, questions and answers should look like this: Answer Kaawin nitaahkosihsiin. Kaawin kitaahkosihsiin. Kaawin aahkosihsiin. Kaawin aahkosihsiin Mary. d Question ea U (d) 0 ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty Aan entootaman? uc at io n Here are some exercises for you to complete using the pictures and phrases from the previous page. The first one has been done for you. of (c) 0 La k eh Kitaahkos na? Nitaahkos na? Aahkosi na? Aahkosi na Mary? Here are some questions for you to answer in the negative form only. Kinikam ina? Kikishiwaas ina? Nipaa na Jane? Niwiihsin na? Kikiiwe na? Nimi na Paul? 0 52 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON 5 Kitepi-wiihsin ina? Nipootawe na? Nikishiwaas ina? Dave na anohkii? Metawe na Susan? or Ebe, kikiiwe. Kaawin kikiiwehsiin. or Ebe, kiiwe. Kaawin Kiiwehsiin. or Ebe, kiiwe Mary. Kaawin kiiwehsiin Mary. Nikiiwe na? Kiiwe na? Kiiwe na Mary? of or Ebe, nikiiwe. Kaawin nikiiwehsiin. cu lty Kikiiwe na? Ed Continue working in pairs. This time mix asking questions and answers. For example: Fa (e) uc at io n Kimetawe na? rs Again, and Also, too Hurry! quick! soon (not a verb) More, still Now, then, yet, already Really ("It's the truth") Really? ("Is that true?") Right away Maybe, perhaps eh ea d U Miina Kaye Wiipac! Kiiyaapic Aasha Tepwe Tepwena? Shemaak Naanta ni ve C. ity SOME USEFUL PHRASES La k Exercise I (a) Read the following mini-dialogues until you fully understand them. Translations are on page 73. (1) Henry piishaan ! (2) Pi-wiihsinin! Apin, wiihsinin ! Piish kinooshe kaye Ashkipwaaw ! Miikwehc. Kiiyaapic ina ashkipwaaw? Kaawin, aasha nitepi-wiihsin. Kitanohkii ina? Ehe, kiin tahsh wiin? Kaawin, nitaahkos. Kikiiwe na shemaak? Ebe, nikiiwe wiipac. Kaawin niin. Naanta kiiyaapic nitanohkii. 53 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSONS (b) Now, write one of your own. Ed uc at io n 0 Working in pairs, share your dialogue with your partner. Both of you should read it through, making sure that you can understand it all, and that you can pronounce all the words. Check with your instructor if you need help. (d) Complete these exercises. Translations are on page 73. Say in English: ity (1) Fa cu lty of (c) 0 ea Say in Ojibwe: I'm sick. Are you sick? He/she is sick. Is Sam sick? You are sick. La k eh (2) Tepwena? Piishaan shemaak! Pi-wiihsinin ! Kikishiwaas ina? Kitepi-wiihsin ina? Ehe, miikwehc. Piish emihkwaan kaye shookaa. d U ni ve rs Miina ihkiton! Aasha na kiiwe? Mary nitishinihkaas. Kiiyaapic na kinooshe? Nipaa na Samuel? Kaawin nimaacaahsiin. Piitoon moohkomaan kaye onaakan. Do all five of the sentences in (2) above again, changing the verb to: (3) eating (8) sleeping (4) angry (9) dance (5) going home ( 10) playing (6) make a fire ( 11) cooking (7) full (12) working 54 0 �INTRODUCTORY OilBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 5 {e) Say these pronouns in Ojibwe: You too! {l) Not me! Jane too! {2) Not you! Me too! (3) Not him/her. My tum. Your tum. Jack's tum. How about him? How about me? How about you? uc at io n Exercise J Practice writing these following mini-dialogues. Translations are on page 74. Write in Ojibwe: (1) What is your name? Ed My name is George. Where are you from? of I'm from Big Trout Lake. cu lty Really? Big Trout Lake. Me too, I'm from Big Trout Lake. Sam is sleeping. Are you sleeping too? Not me ... I'm eating. Fa (2) Bring the bannock! Partridge too. ( rs More bannock? ity Bring the knife! Fork too. (3) ni ve No, I'm already full. Thank you. Is Mary dancing? No, she's working. U How about you? Are you working? ea d Yes, me too, I am working. Me, I am not dancing also I'm not working. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ La k eh I am eating. 55 �INTRODUCTORY OHBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 6 Exercise A What Time Is It? 0 Listening and Speaking: Listen carefully as your instructor reads the times displayed on the following clocks. The instructor will repeat the words three times the first time around, then, repeat after him. English translations are on page 74. Aan eshihsek? ishihse Niishin ishihse Nihsin ishihse Niiwin ishihse U d ea ishihse Ninkotwaahso ishihse La k eh Niyaanan 0 ni ve Peshi.k rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n 1. Niishwaahso ishihse Ayinaanew ishihse Saankahso ishihse Mitaahso ishihse Peshikoshaap ishihse Niishoshaap ishihse 0 56 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 6 2. of Ed uc at io n r Understanding and Practice Writing: In this exercise you should look at the clocks above and say the time in Severn Ojibwe. cu lty Then write it in the corresponding space below. The first one is done for you. Check your answers and spelling from the previous page. Peshik 1. ity 2. rs 3. ni ve 4. 5. U 6. ea eh 8. d 7. 9. La k ( ishihse Fa Aan eshJhsek? 10. 11. 12. 57 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 6 ExerciseB 0 Listening and Speaking: Listen carefully as your instructor reads the time displayed on the following clocks. The instructor will repeat the words three times the first time around, then, repeat after him. English translations are on page 74 and 75. uc at io n 1. 12 I 2 3 ity Fa cu lty of Ed l 0 Peshik aapihta ishihse Niishin aapihta ni ve rs Aan eshihsek? ishihse ishihse U Nihsin aapihta ishihse d Niiwin aapihta ea Niyaanan aapihta ishihse ishihse Niishwaahso aapihta ishihse Ayinaanew aapihta ishihse Saankahso aapihta ishihse Mitaahso aapihta ishihse Peshikoshaap aapihta ishihse Niishoshaap aapihta ishihse La k eh Ninkotwaahso aapihta 0 58 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 6 Understanding and Practice Writing: 3 4 uc at io n 5 Ed 6 cu lty of In this exercise you should look at the clocks above, and say the time in Severn Ojibwe. Then write it in the corresponding space below. The first one is done for you. Check your answers and spelling from the previous page. ishihse Peshik 1. Fa 2. rs 3. ni ve 4. 5. U 6. eh 9. ea 8. d 7. 10. La k ( ity 2. 11. 12. 59 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 6 Exercise C Listening and Speaking: 1. Before we move on asking what time it is. we need to add some numbers first. Let's start from fifteen (15) to sixty (60). Translations are on page 75. uc at io n Niyaananoshaap Niishitana Niishitana niyaananoshaap 0 Nihsomitana Nihsomitana niyaananoshaap Ed Niimitana Niimitana niyaananoshaap cu lty of Niyaananomitana Niyaananomitana niyaananoshaap _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Ninkotwaahsomitana Listening and Speaking: Fa Listen carefully as your instructor reads the time displayed on the following clocks. Translations on page 75. 0 ea d U ni ve rs ity 2. Niyaanan aatihse ishkwaa-peshik (ishihse). Mitaahso aatihse ishkwaa-niishin (ishihse). Niyaananoshaap aatihse ishkwaa-nihsin (ishihse). Niishitana aatihse ishkwaa-niiwin (ishihse). 5. Niishitana niyaananoshaap aatihse ishkwaa-niyaanan (ishihse). 6. Nihsomitana aatihse ishkwaa-ninkotwaahso (ishihse). 7. Nihsomitana niyaananoshaap aatihse ishkwaa-niishwaahso (ishihse). 8. Niimitana aatihse ishkwaa-ayinaanew (ishihse). 9. Niimitana niyaananoshaap aatihse ishkwaa-saankahso (ishihse). 10. Niyaananomitana aatihse ishkwaa-mitaahso (ishihse). 11. Niyaananomitana niyaananoshaap aatihse ishkwaa-peshikoshaap (ishihse). 12. Aapihtaa-kiishikaa (mid-day) OR aapihtaa-tipihkaa (mid-night) La k 1. 2. 3. 4. eh Aan eshihsek? 60 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 6 of Ed uc at io n Understanding and Practice Writing: cu lty 3. In this exercise, you should look at the clocks above and say the time in Severn Ojibwe. Then write it in the corresponding space below. All of the answers will contain the words aatihse, which means "minutes" and ishkwaa- which means "after". Fa 1. rs 3. ni ve 4. 5. U 6. eh 9. ea 8. d 7. 10. La k ( ity 2. 11. 12. 61 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 6 ExerciseD 0 Listening and Speaking: Listen carefully as your instructor reads the time displayed on the following clocks. All of the answers will contain the word "mwaye-" which means "before" except #1 which is twelve thirty. The English translations are on page 75. Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n 1. 1. Niishoshaap aapihta (ishihse). ity Aan eshihsek? rs 2. Niishitana niishwaahsoshaap aatihse mwaye-peshik (ishihse). 0 ni ve 3. Niishitana niyaananoshaap aatihse mwaye-niishin (ishihse). 4. Niishitana nihsoshaap aatihse mwaye-niiwin (ishihse). U 5. Niishitana aatihse mwaye-niyaanan (ishihse). ea d 6. Ayinaanewishaap aatihse mwaye-ninkotwaahso (ishihse). eh 7. Niiwishaap aatihse mwaye-niishwaahso (ishihse). La k 8. Niishoshaap aatihse mwaye-saankahso (ishihse). 9. Mitaahso aatihse mwaye-saankahso (ishihse). 10. Niyaananoshaap aatihse mwaye-mitaahso (ishihse). 11. Ayinaanew aatihse mwaye-niyaanan (ishihse). 12. Ninkotwaahso aatihse mwaye-ninkotwaahso (ishihse). 0 62 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE .. UNIT 1; LESSON 6 Understanding and Practice Writing: Listen carefully as your instructor reads the time displayed on the following clocks. All of the answers will contain the word mwaye- 'before'. You have to do this exercise on your own. If you are doing this exercise in class, check your answers with your instructor. of Ed uc at io n 2. cu lty 6 Fa l. 2. ity rs 4. ni ve 5. 6. d ea 8. U 7. eh 9. 10. La k ( 3. 11. 12. 63 4 5 11 1 9:-7 2 3 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 6 ExerciseE 0 Look at the clocks above and say the time in Severn Ojibwe. Then write it in the corresponding space below. You have to do this exercise on your own. If you are doing this exercise in class, check your answers with your instructor. Fa 1. cu lty of Ed uc at io n Understanding and Practice Writing: 1. ity 2. rs 3. ni ve 4. 5. U 6. eh ea d 7. 8. 0 La k 9. IO. 11. 12. 0 64 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 6 Exercise F cu lty of Ed uc at io n Continuation of Understanding and Practice Writing: Fa Look at the clocks above and say the time in Severn Ojibwe. Then write it in the corresponding space below. The answers may contain either ishkwaa- or mwaye-. You have to do this exercise on your own. If you are doing this exercise in class, check your answers with your instructor. rs 2. ni ve 3. 4. d ea 6. U 5. eh 7. 8. 9. La k C ity 1. 10. 11. 12. 65 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 6 ExerciseG Review Test of Ed uc at io n 0 cu lty Translate each of the following sentences into English. Then draw the hands in the appropriate position on the clocks above. Translations are on page 76. 1. Peshik ishihse._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Fa 2. Peshik aapihta ishihse._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ity 3. Niishitana niiwishaap aatihse ishkwaa-niishin ishihse. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 0 ni ve rs 4. Nihsoshaap aatihse ishkwaa-niyaanan ishihse._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 5. Niyaananoshaap aatihse mwaye-saankahso ishihse._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ d U 6. Niishitana aatihse ishkwaa-mitaahso ishihse. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ea 7. Niishitana niishwaahsoshaap aatihse mwaye-ninkotwaahso ishihse._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ La k eh 8. Ayinaanew aatihse mwaye-ayinaanew ishihse._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 9. Niishoshaap aatihse ishkwaa-nihsin ishihse._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 10. Ninkotwaahso aatihse mwaye-ninkotwaahso ishihse._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 11. Niishitana niishoshaap mwaye-peshikoshaap ishihse._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 12. Niishitana aatihse mwaye-niishoshaap ishihse._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 66 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE • UNIT 1; REVIEW LESSONS UNIT 1: Let's Look Back at What You Have Learned- Lessons 1 to 6 1. Vocabulary - Review the words you know: Translations are on pages 77 and 78. A. Nominals shiihshiip aanahkonaa ohkaataahk ahkihk paanahkihk emihkwaan piihsimohkaan ishkotehkaanaapihk piihswe-aanahkonaa kinooshe pine tiiwahkihk of Ed waapoos cu lty Pronouns: mm wiin kiin Fa Inanimate Nouns: moohkomaan shiiwihtaakan nipewin tehsapiwin nipi tii onaakan waaw coocoohshaapoo otaapaan waahkaahikan ishkwaantem pahpaapiwin wiihsiniiwinaahtik matikwaan pepaa wiiskwehokaan miicim pimihsewin wiiyaahs anoominaapoo ity ashkipwaaw C uc at io n Animate Nouns: d U ni ve ciishtahikan rs ciimaan pimite B. Verbs La k eh ea minihkwaakan You have learned the following IMPERATNE forms: Ahsi! Maacaan! Piish! Ahtoon! Niipawin! Piishaan! Anohkiin! Nikamon! Piitoon! Apin! Nipaan! Pi-wiihsinin ! Ihkiton! Pahkihteho ! Pootawen! Kiiwen! Piintiken! Wanishkaan! 67 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE .. UNIT 1; REVIEW LESSONS You have also learned the following verbs and can make simple statements with them (you should also be able to make imperative forms for them as well): kiiwe nipaa anohkii kohtaaci tepi-wiihsini kishiwaasi niimi wanishkaa kiishitepo nikamo wiihsini C. Number Verbs of Animate Verbs: Ed aahkosi niishwaahsiwak niiwiwak niishiwak niyaananiwak nihsiwak ninkotwaahsiwak ayinaanewiwak saankahsiwak mitaahsiwak Fa cu lty peshiko ity Inanimate Verbs: niwinoon niishwaahsinoon niishinoon niyaananinoon ayinaanewinoon ninkotwaahsinoon saankahsinoon rs peshikwan U ni ve nihsinoon 0 mitaahsinoon D. Particles ninkotwaahso peshikoshaap niishin niishwaahso niishoshaap nihsin ayinaanew nihsoshaap niiwin saankahso niiwishaap niyaanan rnitaahso niyaananoshaap La k peshik eh ea d Numbers: 0 uc at io n Independent Verbs ninkotwaahsoshaap niishitana peshikoshaap niishwaahsoshaap niishitana niishoshaap ayinaanewishaap niishitana nihsoshaap saankahsoshaap niishitana niiwishaap niishitana 68 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; REVIEW LESSONS Particles: kaye ohoweti aanahpii? kiiyaapic ohpimeyahii aasha kwayahk pehshonciyahii ahpii miikwehc piinciyahii akwaciink miina piintikamink anaamiyahii mooshak ehe/eha na (ina) ehta nah! ekwa nahke piko ihimaa naanta ihiweti niikatehi kaawin ohomaa uc at io n aanti shiipaahii tepwe wakiciyahii Ed waahsa wiipac cu lty of weti Fa E. Expressions Aan eshihsek? ( Aan entootamaan? Kiin tahsh wiin? Kinihsitohtaan ina? (O)hsha! rs Aan entootank? ity Aan entootaman? Kekonen ihi Miina ihkiton ! Aan minikohk? Nitishinihkaas Aan tahsinkin? Nitooncii U ni ve Aan eshinihkaasoyan? Ninihsitohtaan Aanti wenciiyan? Pehkaac ihkiton! Awanen aha? Ishihse La k eh ea d Aan tahsiwaac? 2. Structure - Things you can do with the words you know: - Find the difference between an animate and an inanimate noun by using them in different kinds of sentences. - Give singular and plural commands. - Give first, second, and third person forms of verbs. - Ask questions in writing and answer them with positive and negative statements. - Use locative endings to indicate where things are. To be more specific about a location, use additional particle locative forms. - Recognize an use counting numbers and number verbs. -Tell time. 69 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1: TRANSLATION SECTION Unit 1; Lessons 1-6 In this section we have provided English translations for the Severn Ojibwe words and sentences 0 Lesson 1: 24 Articles; Cup Salt Teakettle Partridge Egg Potatoe 2. 6. 10. 14. 18. 22. Two Six Ten Fourteen Eighteen Twenty two Lesson 2: Spoon Lard Frying pan Meat Fish Duck eh ea d ity rs There is one rabbit. There are two partridges. There are three fish. There are four spoons. There are five carrots. There is one egg. There are three knifes. There are five eggs. There are seven cartons of lard. There are nine cartons of milk. La k 3. Three 7. Seven 11. Eleven 15. Fifteen 19. Nineteen 23. Twenty three 4. 8. 12. 16. 20. 24. Four Eight Twelve Sixteen Twenty Twenty four 0 U Verb Numbers: ni ve One Five Nine Thirteen Seventeen Twenty one Fa Numbers: 1. 5. 9. 13. 17. 21. 4. 8. 12. 16. 20. 24. of 3. Knife 7. Pepper 11. Pot 15. Rabbit 19. Milk 23. Carrot Ed 2. 6. 10. 14. 18. 22. cu lty 1. Plate 5. Fork 9. Water 13. Bannock 17. Bread 21. Porridge uc at io n introduced in Unit 1. There are seven pots. There are eight ducks. There are nine teakettles. There are ten frying pans. There six bannock. There are two plates. There are four forks. There are six peppers. There are eight pieces of meat. There are ten salts. 0 70 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Lesson4: I. Come in! 6. Build the fire! 7. Go home! 8. Sing! 9. Go to sleep! 10. Get up! 2. Sit down! 3. Stand up! 4. Come here ! 5. Go away or leave! 5.Bed 9. Airplane 2. Chair 6. Door 10. Canoe 3. Stove 7. House 11. Tent cu lty Lesson 4, Exercise I (2): 7. On the house 8. On the tipi 9. On the airplane 10. In the canoe 11. On the tent 12. On the car ni ve rs ity 1. On the kitchen table 2. On the chair 3. On the stove 4. At the window 5. On the bed 6. At the door Fa Locatives; ( 4. Window 8. Tipi 12. Car of I. Kitchen table Ed Lesson 4, Exercise I (1): uc at io n Imperatives; U Lesson 4, Exercise K: Look! There! Where? Over there? Who is that? Rabbit and partridge. Say it again! Partridge and rabbit. I understand now. Thank you. (B) Come here! Where? Over here? Sit right here! Put food on the kitchen table. Where the salt and pepper? Right there beside the plate. Pass the bannock and lard. You too eat! Okay, thank you. La k eh ea 1. (A) d Dialo~ues; 71 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1: TRANSLATION SECTION LeMon 5, Exercise A: 0 Verbs: 2. Angry 6. Going home 10. Cooking 3. Sleeping 4. Eating 7. Dancing 11. Working 8.Full 12. Playing 5. Not me 6. Not you 7. Not him/her 8. Not Joan 9. Yes me 10. Yes you 11. Yes her/him 12. Yes Mary uc at io n 1. Singing 5. Sick 9. Build a fire of 2. You too 3. Her/Him too 4. Also James LeMon 5, Exercise G (d): Fa Verbs; d U 4. I am eating You are eating He/she is eating ea 7. I am dancing eh You are dancing He/she is dancing La k ity ni ve You are singing He/she is singing 2. I am angry You are angry He/she is angry rs 1. I am singing 10. I am cooking You are cooking He/she is cooking 13. My turn 14. Your turn 15. Him/her tum 16. Jim's turn cu lty 1. Me too Ed Lesson 5, Exercise G (c): 5. I am sick You are sick He/she is sick 3. I am sleeping You are sleeping He/she is sleeping 0 6. I am going home You are going home he/she is going home 8. I am full You are full He/she is full 9. I am building a fire You are building a fire He/she is building a fire 11. I am working You are working He/she is working 12. I am playing You are playing He/she is playing 0 72 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Lesson S Exercise I: Dialowes: Say it again! Are you going home now? My name is Mary. Do you want some more fish? Is Samuel sleeping? I am not leaving. Bring the knife also plate. ity Fa (d) (1) cu lty of Are you working? Yes, How about you? No, I am sick. Are you going home right now? (right away?) Yes, I am going home soon. Not me. Maybe I am working still. uc at io n Henry, come here! Come and eat! Sit down, eat! Pass the fish also potato. Thank you. More Potato? No, I am already full. Ed (a) (1) ni ve rs ( eh ea d U Is that true? Come here right now! (right away) come and eat! Are you angry? Are you full? Yes, thanks. Bring the spoon also sugar. La k ill Say in Qjibwe: Nitaahkos. Kitaahkos ina? Aahkosi. Sam ina aahkosi? Kitaahkos. 73 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1: TRANSLATION SECTION Lesson 5 Exercise J: 0 Sam nipaa. Kekiin ina kinipaa? Kaawin niin. Niwiihsin. Piish aanahkonaa! Kaye pine. Piitoon moohkomaan! Ciishtahikan kaye. Kiiyaapic na aanahkonaa? Kaawin, aasha nitepi-wiihsin. Miikwehe. (3). Mary na niimi? Ed (2). of Aan eshinihkaasoyan? George nitishinihkaas. Aanti wenciiyan? Kihci-namekohsipiik nitooncii. Tepwe na? Kihci-namekohsipiik? Keniin, kihci-namekohsipiik nitooncii. cu lty ( 1) uc at io n Write in Qjibwe: rs ity Fa Kaawin, anohkii. Kiin tahsh wiin? Kitanohkii na? Ehe, keniin nitanohkii. Niin, kaawin niniimihsiin kaye kaawin nitanohkiihsiin. Niwiihsin. ni ve Lesson 6: U Exercise A What time is it? 0 It is seven o'clock. It is eight o'clock. It is nine o'clock. It is ten o'clock. It is eleven o'clock. it is twelve o'clock. La k eh ea d It is one o'clock. It is two o •clock. It is three o'clock. It is four o'clock. It is five o'clock. It is six o'clock. ExerciseB What time is it? It is half past one. / It is one-thirty. It is half past two. / It is two-thirty. It is half past three. / it is three-thirty. It is half past four. / It is four-thirty. 0 74 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION uc at io n It is half past five. / It is five-thirty. It is half past six. / It is six-thirty. It is half past seven. / It is seven-thirty. It is half past eight. / It is eight-thirty. It is half past nine. / It is nine-thirty. It is half past ten. I It is ten-thirty. it is half past eleven. / It is eleven-thirty. It is half past twelve. / It is twelve-thirty. (2). What time is it? 1). 2). 3). 4). 5). 6). 8). 9). 10). 11). 12). Five minutes after one o'clock. Ten minutes after two o'clock. Fifteen minutes after three o'clock. Twenty minutes after four o'clock. Twenty five minutes after five o'clock. Thirty five minutes after seven o'clock. Forty minutes after eight o'clock. Forty five minutes after nice o'clock. Fifty minutes after ten o'clock. Fifty five minutes after eleven o'clock. Explained in text already. ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of fifteen twenty twenty-five thirty thirty-five ea d Exercise D U ( forty forty-five fifty fifty-five sixty (1). eh What time is it? La k 1). 2). 3). 4). 5). 6). 7). 8). 9). 10). 11). 12). L Ed Exercisec It is half past twelve. / It is twelve thirty. It is twenty seven minutes before one o'clock. It is twenty-five minutes before two o'clock. It is twenty-three minutes before four o'clock. It is twenty minutes before five o'clock. It is eighteen minutes before six o'clock. It is fourteen minutes before seven o'clock. It is twelve minutes before eight o'clock. It is ten minutes before nine o'clock. It is fifteen minutes before ten o'clock. It is eight minutes before five o'clock. It is six minutes before six o'clock. 75 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1: TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise G Review Test 0 1). It is one o•clock. 2). It is half past one./ It is one-thirty. uc at io n 3). It is twenty-four minutes after two o•ciock. 4). It is thirteen minutes after five o•clock. 5). It is fifteen minutes before nine o•ciock. 6). it is twenty minutes after ten o•ciock. 7). It is twenty-seven minutes before six o•ciock. 9). It is twelve minutes after three o'clock. 10). It is six minutes before six o•clock. 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa 12). It is twenty minutes before twelve o'clock. cu lty 11). It is twenty-two minutes before eleven o'clock. of Ed 8). It is eight minutes before eight o'clock. 0 76 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION A.Nominals Animate Nouns: carrot frying pan clock bread partridge me you duck kettle rabbit uc at io n Bannock pail/pot spoon stove fish Ed Pronouns: him/her Fa cu lty knife bed water plate car window pepper airplane lard ity ni ve ( rs porridge potato canoe fork milk door teepee food cup of Inanimate nouns: salt chair tea egg house kitchen table tent meat B. Verbs U Imperative Verbs: La k eh ea d Put/place him. Put/place it! Work! Sit down! Say it again! Go home! Go away! Stand up! Sing! Sleep! Hit him! Come in! Bring! (animate) Come here! Bring (inanimate) Come and eat! Build a fire! Get up! going home afraid dance sing sleep full getup eat Independent Verbs: sick work angry cooking 77 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1: TRANSLATION SECTION C. Number Verbs Animate Verbs: there are four of animate there are five of animate there are six of animate there are seven of animate there are eight of animate there are nine of animate there are ten of animate there are four of inanimate there are five of inanimate there are six of inanimate there are seven of inanimate there are eight of inanimate there are nine of inanimate there are ten of inanimate of D. Particles Ed Inanimate Verbs: there is one of inanimate there are two of inanimate there are three of inanimate 0 uc at io n there is one of animate there are two of animate there are three of animate Numbers: U d ea eh La k What time is it? What are you doing? What am I doing? What is he doing? What is your name? How much? How many? (inanimate) cu lty twenty-one twenty-two twenty-three twenty-four Fa also, and more, still right, straight, correct thank you again always question marker Look! I don't know. maybe away from ri2ht here ni ve where when? now, then, already when outside (outdoors) under (underneath) yes only and.so right there over there/that way no rs Particles: sixteen seventeen eighteen nineteen twenty ity eleven twelve thirteen fourteen fifteen six seven eight nine ten one two three four five this way (over this way} on the side closer/nearer inside indoors beneath truth on the top of far away (distant) over there in a while (soon) 0 E. Expressions How many? (animate) Where are you from? Who is that? What is that? How about you? Do you understand? Emphatic, particle 78 Say it again? My name is .. . I am from .. . I understand. Say it slowly. The time is ... 0 �d ea eh La k C cu lty Fa C ity rs ni ve U of Part Two Mahkwa uc at io n Ed r �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Exercise A Singular and Plural Nouns and Verbs Here are some nouns to learn, with their singular and plural forms given. Listen carefully as the instructor says these words. Pay particular attention to the endings of the plural forms. English translations are on page 169. 1. ihkwe #__ naapewak cu lty #__ awaashihsh 7. naapenhs 8. naapenhsak Fa 2. ihkwewak ( 5. awaashihsh 6. awaashihshak 3. naape 4. naapewak of Ed uc at io n 1. ity #__ ihkwesenhsak rs #__ ihkwe ni ve #__ awaashihshak #__ naapenhs #__ ihkwewak U #__ naape #_ _ naapenhsak eh ea d #__ ihkwesenhs Fill in the missing letters to complete the words. La k 2. _ _ _e a _ _ _ sh_ _ sh n__ p ___ s 6. 1. 1 2. 4. kw_ w i _ _ _ pe n __ p ___ k 8. 9. 5. a - - -sh 10. 3. - - sh 7. n _ _ p_ nh_ _k -. hk _ _ _ _ _hs L 79 kw_ _ _ nh _ _ _ 9. ihkwesenhs 10. ihkwesenhsak �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 1 ExerciseB What are They Doing? 0 .. I of Ed uc at io n ...~---~ t. . . .... ~ Fa cu lty s 12 0 ni ve rs ity 10 · : : ~ Kohtaaciwak kinooshek. ea #_ Wiihsini pine. d #_ U 1. Listen to and imitate the sentences describing the following pictures. Then identify each one by number. English translations on page 169. Anohkiiwak naapewak. La k eh #_ #_ #_ #_ #_ #_ #_ #_ #_ #_ Anohkii ihkwe. Wiihsiniwak pinewak. Pootawe ihkwesenhs. Anohkiiwak ihkwewak. Nipaa awaashihsh. Kohtaaci kinooshe. Anohkii naape. Nipaawak awaashihshak. 0 Pootawewak ihkwesenhsak. 80 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 1 2. Read and understand the sentences below. Then translate them in the Native language. A. The man is working. B. uc at io n The men are working. C. The fish is afraid. D. The fish are afraid. Ed E. The baby is sleeping. of F. cu lty The babies are sleeping. G. The girl is building (or making) a fire. Fa H. The girls are building (or making) a fire. I. ity ( The partridge is eating. rs J. ni ve The partridges are eating. K. U The woman is working. L. La k eh ea d The women are working. L 81 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Now you know four verb forms as follows. English translations on page 169. (Practice by reading aloud.) ninipaa kinipaa nipaa nipaawak 1) I'm 2) You're 3) He/she's 4) They're nimetawe kimetawe metawe metawewak nikishiwaas kikishiwaas kishiwaasi kishiwaasiwak nimetawehsiin kimetawehsiin metawehsiin metawehsiiwak kaawin ninipaahsiin 2) You're not kaawin kinipaahsiin 3) He/she's not_ _ kaawin nipaahsiin 4) They're not,_ _ _ kaawin nipaahsiiwak nikishiwaasihsiin kikishiwaasihsiin kishiwaasihsiin kishiwaasihsiiwak Ed Let's also practise these forms in the negative. 1) I'm not 0 uc at io n 3. Here are some verbs listed below to be used for further exercises. You might have to use a seperate sheet to do the exercises properly. anohkii aahkosi ity 1. I'm___ _ 2. You're__ _ 0 U 2. You're__ _ nikamo wanishkaa ni ve 1. I'm___ _ pootawe kiiwe rs 3. He/she's__ 4. They're__ _ Fa 4. cu lty of Although you already have a very good idea how to form the negative response, do more practice in writing by using the verbs that you already have learned. eh Negatives: English translations on page 169. 1. I'm not___ _ La k 5. ea d 3. He/she's__ 4. They're__ _ 2. You're not__ _ 3. He/she's not 4. They're not 1. I'm not___ _ 2. You'renot__ _ 3. He/she's not 0 4. They're not 82 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 6. Read each phrase below, and be sure to pronounce the words carefully. Be sure you know the meaning of each phrase you read. Use your textbook to help you with the meanings of the words, if necessary. Kohtaaciwak awaashihshak. uc at io n Kiiwewak naapenhsak. Ninipaa. Anohkiiwak ihkwesenhsak. Ed Tepi-wiihsiniwak ina pinewak? (or pinek) Kishiwaasiwak ina naapenhsak? of Kaawin, pootawewak. cu lty Naanta aahkosiwak. Wiihsiniwak wiipac. 7. Say in Ojibwe: rs ( They're sleeping. They're going home. They're full. ni ve They're angry. They're working. They're playing. ity Kohtaaciwak ina kinooshek? Fa Nikamowak ihkwewak. U They're making a fire. They're cooking. They're singing. They're dancing. They're afraid. La k eh ea d They're getting up. They' re sick. They're eating. L 83 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Exercise C In this exercise, write your own dialogue by using singular and plural nouns and verbs and as many Q particles as you can. English translations on page 170. For example: Ed uc at io n 1 - Aanti awaashihshak? 2 - Metawewak akwaciink. 1 - Aanti akwaciink? 2 - Ihiweti naaniyahii matikwaanink. 1 - Kekiin na kimetawe? 2 - Kaawin, nitanohkii. Kiin tahsh wiin? 1 - Kaawin, keniin nitanohkii. of Sharing What You Have Learned: cu lty With your partner practice reading the above dialogue, as well as your own. Pay particular attention to pronunciation and grammar structure. Your instructor will give you further instructions. Fa Exercise D ity The Voluntative 1. It is possible to put the prefix "wii-" on most verbs. Doing this gives the idea of "want to" Q rs or "intend to". Listen to, read, and understand the following: wiihsini "eat" U wii+ "wants to0 ni ve Example: Voluntative Prefix+ Verb kiiwe wii-kiiwe wii-kiiwe na? kaawin wii-kiiwehsiin 2nd line nipaawak wii-nipaawak wii-nipaawak na? kaawin wii-nipaahsiiwak La k eh 1st line ea d Here are some more examples both in statement and negative forms. 3rd line kitanohkii kiwii-anohkii kiwii-anohkii na? kaawin kiwii-anohkiihsiin 4th line pootawe wii-pootawe wii-pootawe na? kaawin wii-pootawehsiin 0 84 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 uc at io n Now let's work with some new verbs. Practice reading aloud the verbs under each picture. As you read, think about what each verb means. Pay particular attention to the prefixes on each verb. These prefixes indicate the person who is doing the action of the verb. English translations on page 170. nimaw kimaw mawi mawiwak nipaahp kipaahp paahpi paahpiwak niwiihsin kiwiihsin wiihsini wiihsiniwak of niminihkwe kiminihkwe minihkwe minihkwewak Ed 2. cu lty Now read each of the verbs again, this time adding the voluntative prefix to each one. Here are some examples for you. English translations on page 170. wii-mawi kiwii-paahp Fa niwii-minihkwe 3. Read and understand the following dialogues with a partner for practice speaking. 1 - Mawi awaashihsh. 2 - Naanta wii-minihkwe. 1 - Coocoohshaapoo na? 2 - Minihkwe aasha. 1 - Wii-nipaa. 2- Nipaa aasha. ni ve U d 1 - Aanti ihkwewak? 2 - Pootawewak. Wii-kiishitepowak. 1 -Aanti? 2 - Weti matikwaanink. 1 - Wii-wiihsiniwak na? 2-Ehe. 1 - Kekiin pi-wiihsinin. 1 - Kishiwaasiwak na naapenhsak? 2 - Kaawin, anohkiiwak. 1 - Wii-kiiwewak na wiipac? 2 - Ehe wii-kiiwewak? 1 - Wii-wiihsiniwak kaye wii-nipaawak. Kiin tahsh wiin? 2 - Keniin niwii-kiiwe naake. La k eh ea C. B. ity A. rs (_ L 85 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Some Useful Expressions uc at io n 0 Ed I don't know. What are you doing? (singular) What am I doing? What is he/she doing? What are they doing? What are EJLdoing? (pl.) What are M doing? (pl. inclusive) What do you want to do? What do I want to do? What does he/she want to do? What do they want to do? What do XQY want to do? (pl.) What is he/she called? (What's his name?) What is it called? (What's its name?) Ask him! Tell him! of Nahkepiko. Aan entootaman? Aan entootamaan? Aan entootank? Aan entootamowaac? Aan entootamek? Aan entootamak? Aan waa-tootaman? Aan waa-tootamaan? Aan waa-tootank? Aan waa-tootamowaac? Aan waa-tootamek? Aan eshinihkaasoc? Aan eshinihkaatek? Kakwecim! Wiintamaw! cu lty 4. Now write your own dialogues. Try to use sentences which contain the prefix wii- in your dialogue. 6. Sharing what you have learned with your partner, practice reading the dialogues in section #3 a, b, and c, as well as your own. Concentrate mainly on pronunciation and grammar structure. Your instructor will give you further instructions. 0 rs ity Fa S. ni ve Exercise E Reading and Understanding: U Remember in Lesson One how it was important to distinguish singular from plural forms when giving commands? In the same way one must distinguish between these two ideas: ea d 1. eh Kiwii-kiiwe na? Do you want to go home? (talking to one person) La k Kiwii-kiiwenaawaa na? (talking to more than one person) Do you want to go home? (You plural) Example: Kiwii-kiiwenaawaa na? pronLltati~ ~ ~ i o n prefix "you" prefix verb suffix marker 86 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Here are some more examples: play? work? Kiwii-metawe na? Kiwii-metawenaawaa na? Kiwii-anohkii na? Kiwii-anohkiinaawaa na? playing? Are you: Singular: Plural: working? Kimetawe na? Kimetawenaawaa na? uc at io n Do you want to: Singular: Plural: Kitanohkii na? Kitanohkiinaawaa na? pro~ "YoSplwal~stion verb suffix marker of prefix "you'' Ed Kimetawenaawaa xm? cu lty To practice this distinction, work in groups of three. Each member of your group takes a tum asking "you" questions, first to only one member of the group, then to both. Ask different questions by using different AI verbs. Some are listed below. ity tepi-wiihsini wanishkaa wiihsini niimi rs ( kiiwe kohtaaci nikamo nipaa Fa aahkosi anohkii kishiwaasi kiishitepo ni ve 2. Negative forms with "you" plural d U Continue practice speaking in groups with negative forms by using same verbs from the box above. Listen as your instructor says these examples. Notice particularly where the negative suffix "hsii" occurs. eh ea Examples: La k You (plural) don't want to go home. Kaawin kiwii- ·iwehsiinaawa Ne~7.ol~\tive Particle Pronominal prefix "you" ~ative prefix suffix L 87 "you" plural suffix �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 You (Plural) are not playing. ~ verb Negative suffix Pronominal prefix "you" ''you" plural suffix uc at io n /jnlime~we \ Negative Particle 0 Ed Exercise F 2. A: B: A: B: A: B: A: Aan entootamowaac? Kaawin anohkiihsiiwak. Nipaawak. Kiin tahsh wiin? Kaawin niwii-nipaahsiin. Niwii-anohkii. Aanti? Naaniyahii waahkaahikanink. Keniin niwii-anohkii. cu lty Aan entootaman? Niin ina? Ehakiin. Nikiishitep. Kiin tahsh wiin? Kaawin niwii-kiishitepohsiin. Niwii-metawe B: Kiwii-wiihsin ina? A: Ahaaw, pankii ehta. B: Keniin pankii niwii-wiihsin. Fa A: B: A: B: A: 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity 1. of Read the following two dialogues. Then write two of your own, using as many of the new expressions you have learned at the beginning of this lesson as you can. Here are 2 examples. 0 88 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Exercise G Yesterday, Today and Tomorrow 1. Past, Present and Future Tenses. When talking about time, you will need to know these expressions: English translations on page 171. yesterday day before yesterday a long time ago today now tomorrow day after tomorrow hurry!, soon later much later wait! wait a minute! wait a second! when? when cu lty of Ed uc at io n onaako awahsinaako weshkac noonkom kaa-kiishikaak. noonkom waapank awahsiwaapank wiipac naake paanimaa ikaa mahshi ! ikaa mahshi pinamaa! aanahpii? ahpii 2. ity Starting with the Present Tense nikiiwe kikiiwe kiiwe kikiiwenaawaa kiiwewak. ~ rs ( Fa Note: Use "aanahpii" only in a question. Use "ahpii" only in a statement. U ni ve a What do you do to form the Future Tense? ea d What do you do to form the Past Tense? La k eh nikii-kiiwe kikii-kiiwe kii-kiiwe kikii-kiiwenaawaa kii-kiiwewak nika-kiiwe kika-kiiwe ta-kiiwe kika-kiiwenaawaa ta-kiiwewak D What did you do in Unit 2, Lesson 1, Exercise D to form the Voluntative? L niwii-kiiwe kiwii-kiiwe wii-kiiwe kiwii-kiiwenaawaa wii-kiiwewak 89 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 22LESSON 1 Listen to these sentences, and think about what they mean: English translation on pages 172 and 173. Noonlcom metawe. Awahsinaako kii-metawe. Awahsiwaapank ta-metawe. Kiwii-nipaa na noonlcom? Kikii-wii-nipaa na onaako? Noonkom ina kitaahkos? Weshkac ina kikii-aahkos? Paanimaa na kika-aahkos? Kika-wii-nipaa na waapank? Now try using the tenses in your own speech. The first few are done for you: English translations on pages 172 and 173. laughing nikiiwe I was nikii-kiiwe I'll nika-kiiwe making a fire pootawe He was kii-pootawe He'll be ta-pootawe sick crymg sleepmg angry 0 ni ve rs ity Heis Fa lam cooking cu lty going home Ed 4. 0 uc at io n Noonkom kaa-kiishikaak nitanohkii. Onaako nikii-anohkii. Waapank nika-anohkii. of 3. working scarea dnn1e.mg smgmg drinking playing crymg anohkiiwak U They are d They were__ ta-anohkiiwak eatmg You're(singular)_ kiwiihsin You were kikii-wiihsin You'll be kika-wiihsin La k eh ea They'll be_ _ kii-anohkiiwak laughing Are you(plural)_ kipaahpinaawaa na? Were you kikii-paahpinaawaa na? Will you be kika-paahpinaawaa na? 90 sleepmg full 0 �INTRODUCTORY OHBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Exercise H 1. For practice speaking. work with a partner to create mini-dialogues using some of the words in numbers 3 and 4 on the previous pages. Make sure to use different tense forms. 2. Continue working with a partner, and think of your own short dialogues to write in which you will need to use past, present and future tenses. uc at io n r Using the Tenses For example: Kikii-anohkii na onaako? Kaawin, nikii-aahkos. Noonkom tahsb wiin, kitanohkii na? Eba, pankii ehta. Kiin tahsh wiin? Eba, keniin nika-anohkii. B. Kikii-aahkos na awahsinaako? Kaawin, nikii-nipaa. Noonkom kaa-kiishikaak nimetawe. Kekiin na kiwii-metawe. Kaawin, paanimaa waapank nika-metawe. Fa cu lty of Ed A. La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity ( Amihk 91 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Exercise I New Vocabulary 0 Listen carefully as your instructor says the following words. uc at io n 1. 3 Ed 4 ~ 8 cu lty of 5 12 ity Fa 10 9 ,.c;:.====n 0 ni ve rs Match the pictures to the words by writing the appropriate number beside each word. English translation on page 173. #_ _ Masinabikanaahtik2 #_ _ Mahkisin Masinahikan 1 #_ _ #_ _ Waapoyaan #_ _ Ahpihkwehshimon # Tihkinaakan #_ _ Waashtenik.an #_ _ #_ _ Ohpwaakan Waakaahkwat Aapihsakahikan # # # ea d U Animohsh La k Note: eh Wepahikan 1. This word can mean: book, textbook, notebook, bill, writing paper, newspaper, letter, etc. It really just means "anything on which something is written... 2. This word can mean "pen" or "pencil". It refers to almost any writing utensil. ExcerclseJ For a final exercise in this lesson, review your new vocabulary and the words you already know by writing two mini-dialogues of no less than six lines each. Your instructor will help you to review pronunciation. 92 Q �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercise A Plural Pronouns Listening and Understanding: uc at io n l. In Unit 1, Lesson 6, Exercise A, you learned the meaning of niin, k.iin, and wiin. These are all singular pronouns, because each one refers to only one person. Now you will look at the plural pronouns, each of which stands for more than one person. first person plural we/us kiinawint first person plural we/us kiinawaa second person plural you wiinawaa third person plural Ed niinawint of they/them Listen to and then practice saying these phrases until their meaning is clear to you, and you can pronounce them clearly. English translations on page 173. Fa 2. cu lty Note that Ojibwe has two ways of saying 'we' or 'us'. These will be discussed below. ( Niinawint tahsh wiin. Keniinawint. Kiinawint tahsh wiin. Kekiinawint. Ehe, kiinawaa. Kiinawaa tahsh wiin. Kekiinawaa. Ebe, wiinawaa. Wiinawaa tahsh wiin. Kewiinawaa. La k eh rs ea d U ni ve Ehe, kiinawint. ity Ehe, niinawint. Niinawint nishtam. Kaawin niinawint. Kiinawint nishtam. Kaawin kiinawint. Kiinawaa nishtam. Kaawin kiinawaa. Wiinawaa nishtam. Kaawin wiinawaa. 93 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 2 First Person Plural The English word "we" can mean "you and r•. For example, if you call someone with whom you're going on a trip, and say, "We'll be leaving at six," you are including the person you're talking to in the "we" you use. This kind of "we" is expressed in examples like the following: Kinikamomin Kipaahpimin Kitanohkiimin Kipootawemin uc at io n Kitaahkosimin Kimasinahikemin Kimawimin Kikiiwemin Kiwiihsinimin Q Ed This form of the verb is called the first person plural inclusive. It corresponds to the pronoun kiinawint which we introduced above in 1. The important thing to remember about the inclusive is that the person doing the action or asking the question is included among those that the verb or pronoun refers to. For example, if we ask the following question, of Aan entootamak? What are we (inclusive) doing? cu lty then we could answer with any of the inclusive verb forms above. 0 Nikiishitepomin Nipootawemin Nitanohkiimin U ni ve Nimasinahikemin Nikohtaacimin Niwii-wiihsinimin Nitepi-wiihsinimin Ninipaamin rs Niminihkwemin ity Fa 3. The English word "we" can also mean I and someone else (him/her/them), but not you. For example, if you call someone who is not going on the trip with you, you may say, "We will be leaving at six." This "we" is different from the inclusive "we", because that "we" INCLUDES the person you're talking to, while the exclusive "we" EXCLUDES the person you're talking to. This second kind of "we" is expressed in the following: eh ea d This form of the verb is called the first person plural exclusive. It corresponds to the pronoun niinawint which we introduced above in 1. The important thing to remember about the exclusive is that the person doing the action or asking the question is excluded from those that the verb or pronoun refers to. For example, if we ask the following question, What are you (plural) doing? La k Aan entootamek? then we could answer with any of the exclusive verb forms above. 4. Since English speakers don't make a distinction between the two meanings of "we" you will have to pay close attention to these ideas for awhile, until they become automatic to you. Take extra time to Review these two kinds of "we". Answer the following questions. What part of both sets of words is the same?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ What part is different between the first and second sets?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ In which set of words are the speaker excluded?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 94 0 �INTRODUCTORY OilBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Using What You Have Learned: 5. Ask questions and answers by using the question phrases "Aan entootamak?" and "Aan entootamek?" You can use the AI verbs below. Try these with a partner, and then write them down. English translation on page 174. Nikamo Piishaa Kishiwaasi Niimi uc at io n W anishkaa Maacaa Piintike Pootawe cu lty Fa rs Reading and Understanding: ity ExerciseB ni ve 1. Work in groups of three, being careful to look at the person you' re talking to, and clearly understand these mini-dialogues, thinking about who you mean by "we" in each case. English translation on pages 174 and 175. d U Kitanohkiinaawaa na noonkom kaa-kiishikaak? Ehe, nitanohkiimin. eh ea Kika-anohkiimin ina noonkom kaa-kiishikaak? Ehe, kika-anohkiimin. Kika-kiiwenaawaa na waapank? Kaawin, kaawin nika-kiiwehsiimin. La k ( of (getting up) (crying) (drinking) (dancing) (making a fire) (entering) (working) (sleeping) (singing) (eating) (playing) (going home) Aan entootaman? Aan entootamaan? Aan entootank? Aan entootamowaac? Aan entootamek? Aan entootamak? Aan waa-tootaman? Aan waa-tootamaan? Aan waa-tootank? Aan waa-tootamowaac? Aan waa-tootamek? Aan waa-tootamak? Ed 6. Reply in full sentences to these questions: English translation on page 174. Kika-maacaamin ina waapank? Kaawin kika-maacaahsiimin waapank. Kikii-nikamonaawaa na onaako? Ehe, nikii-nikamomin. Wiipac ina kika-kiishitepomin? Ehe, wiipac kika-kiishitepomin. Aasha na kinipaanaawaa? Kaawin mahshi ninipaahsiimin. 95 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 2. Translate these sentences and reply in full sentences. English translations on page 175. Kiwii-wiihsininaawaa na?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 0 Kika-kiiwe na waapank?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Kikii-aahkosinaawaa na awahsinaako?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ uc at io n Kika-anohkiimin na awahsiwaapank?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Aasha na wiipac kika-maacaamin?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Aasha na wii-nipaawak?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Aasha na kitepi-wiihsin?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Ed Waapank na kika-pootawemin ishkotehkaanaapihkonk?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of 3. For practice speaking, work with a partner using the questions and answers you just completed. Ahcaap ekwa Pihkwahk 0 96 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercise C ni ve rs Reply to these questions in full sentences by using locative endings and location words. The first one is done for you. English translations on page 175. Aanti piihsimoo-masinahikan?_Naaniyahii paapaahpiwinink. Aanti piihsimohkaan?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Aanti animohsh?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ----------------------------------------------- eh ea d U Aanti waashtenikan? Aanti tihkinaakan? Aanti masinahikan? Aanti waahkaahikan?- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Aanti waakaahkwat?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ La k ( ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n Let's Talk Around the Table Practice Speaking: Study this picture. and see how many things and events you can see. For example, you could: - Ask and answer questions about the naming of articles. - Ask and answer questions about the naming of people. - Ask and answer questions about the locations of things. - Ask and answer questions about the activities or people. - Repeating the same questions and answers by using past and future tenses. - Make plural forms of the articles. 97 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE .. UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Read and Understand: Exercise D 1. Your instructor will ask you the following questions about the picture. Try not to look at the questions; just listen to what your instructor says and answer each question with either tepwe or kaawin. English translations on page 175. Aaasha nipaa animohsh. Piihsimohkaan wiihsiniiwinaahtikonk. Mawiwak awaashihshak. Aasha kiishitepo ihkwe ishkotehkaanaapihkonk. Waashtenikan wiihsiniiwinaahtikonk. Aasha minihkwe naape. Aasha pootawe ihkwesenhs. Tihkinaakan ishkwaantemink. Aasha masinahike naapenhs. Piihsimoo-masinahikan tehsapiwinink. Mahkisinan ishkwaantemink. Paahpi ihkwe. Nikamo animohsh. Naape, naapenhs ekwa ihkwesenhs wiihsiniwak wiihsiniiwinaahtikonk. Pine pahpaapiwinink. Pootawewak awaashihshak. Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. 1. m. n. o. p. Dialogues: ity Listen to these dialogues carefully in class, then practice them with your partner. English translations on page 176. A. 1 - Aanti animohsh? C. Knock! Knock! 1 - Awanen aha? 2 - Ihiweti naaniyahii matikwaanink. 2 - Niin (oh)sha John. 1 - Aan entootank? 1 - Ahaaw piintiken! Apin ohomaa! 2 - Wiihsini. Kiwii-minihkwe na tii? 1 - Kiin tahsh wiin? Aan entootaman? 2 - Kaawin, nipi ehta 2 - Keniin niwii-wiihsin. 1 - Kaawin niin niwii-wiihsinihsiin. Niwii-maacaa. Q eh ea d U ni ve rs 2. 0 1 - Aan waa-tootaman? 2 - Piish anahkonaa kaye waawan! Kekiin na kiwii-wiihsin? 1 - Kaawin, niwii-anohkii. 2- Aanti? 1 - W aahsa noohpimink. Kekiin na? 2 - Kaawin, niwii-nipaa. La k B. 0 98 �1 - Aan entootank ihkwe? 2 - Pootawe ishkoteh.kaanaapihkonk. Wii-kiishitepo. 1 - Aasha na kii-wiihsiniwak naapenhsak? 2 - Kaawin. Wii-wiihsiniwak shemaak. 1 - Kiin tahsh wiin? Kekiin oa kiwii-wiihsin? 2 - K.aawin. Aasha niin nikii-wiihsin. Niwii-anohkii shemaak. E. 12121212- of Aan waa-tootamek noonkom kaa-kiishikaak? Niwii-masinahikemin. Keniinawint. Aanti masinahikanaahtikoon? Weti naaniyahii masinahikanink. Aahti piitoonan ohomaa? Kekiin ohomaa apin ! Ahtoonan kimasinahikanan ohomaa. Ed D. uc at io n INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 cu lty Practice writing: English translations on pages 176 and 177. Fa 3. Write full answers to these questions about the picture at the beginning of this lesson. Aan entootamowaac awaashihshak?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Aanti piihsimohkaan?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Aan entootank ihkwe? Wiihsiniwak ina naape ekwa naapenhs?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Aanti mahkisinan?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ----------------------- ity ( rs Aasha na kii-pootawe ihkwe?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ni ve Wiipac na ta-tepi-wiihsiniwak ihkwesenhsak?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Aanti waashtenikan?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ U Aan entootank naapenhs?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ La k eh ea d Aan entootank animohsh? ---------------------4. Answer these questions from your own experience. Aan entootaman noonkom? --------------------Aan eshinih.kaasoyan?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Aanti wenciiyan?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Kiwii-wiihsin ina?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Kiwii-nikam ina? Kiwii-nipaanaawaa na? _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Kikii-aahkosinaawaa na awahsinaak:o?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ------------------------- Aan entootamek noonkom kaa-kiishikaak:? Kika-maacaanaawaa na awahsiwaapank?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Kipootawenaawaa na?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ---------------- 99 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 5. Complete each of these phrases with a suitable word. 0 A. Wiipac! Pahkiteho _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ B. Piitoon shiiwihtaakan ekwa _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ C. Wiipac piishaan pi-_ _ _ _ _ _ __ D. Kekiin ina _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _? uc at io n E. Ahtoon masinahikan _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ F. Waapank kika-_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ G. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ noonkom kaa-kiishikaak? H. Nitanohkii. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _? Ed I. Kikiiwena _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _? J. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ta-maacaawak. wiin? N. nitishinihkaas. of K. Kiinawaa L. Keniinawint M. Animohsh tahsh cu lty waapank. ? Kewiin na _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _? Fa 0. eshinihkaasoyan? P. Paahpiwak _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Q. Ta-nikamo _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ity R. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ niwii-nipaa. ? kii-kohtaaciwak. 0 rs S. Tepwe La k eh ea d U ni ve T. 0 100 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercise E Noohpimink Diminutives: Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n 1. Listen to the names of the animals listed below and watch as your instructor points to them. When you think you can identify them yourself, try doing so, imitating Ojibwe pronunciation carefully. Next. write the correct identifying number beside each picture. English translations on page 177. La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity C. L 1. shikaak 2. shikaakoonhs 3. moos 4. moosoonhs 5. mahkwa 6. mahkoonhs 7. waapoos 8. waapoosoonhs 9. amihk 10. amihkoonhs 11. atihk 12. atihkoonhs 13. nihka 14. nihkenhs 15. pinehshiinsh 16. pinehshiinshenhs 17. mahiinkan 18. mahiinkanenhs 19. mahkehshi 20. mahkehshiinhs 101 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 2. How does an Ojibwe speaker indicate a "small,. (young) animal? When the ending (nhs) is used to indicate smallness, the form is called a DIMINUTIVE. Diminutive forms can be made from animate and inanimate nouns. Listen, for example, to these: English translation on page 177. emihkwaan emihkwaanenhs aanahkonaa aanahkonaanhs masinahikan masinahikanenhs onaakan onaakanenhs kinooshe kinooshenhs animohsh animoonhs pahpaapiwin pahpaapiwinenhs tihkinaakan tihkinaakanenhs Ed uc at io n tehsapiwin tehsapiwinenhs Q shikaak= amihk:::; e. atihk = f. ahkihk= ciimaan = ciishtahikan = mahkwa= o. moohkomaan = p. minihkwaakan = q. waapoos= r. pahpaapiwin = s. shiiwihtaakan = t. tehsapiwin = u. shiihshiip = rs ity n. J. nipewin = v. mahiinkan = k. kinooshe = w. tihkinaakan = animohsh = X. waashtenikan = d 0 La k eh 1. U i. nihka= onaakan:::; ea h. pimite = moos:::; ni ve g. m. Fa a. b. c. d. cu lty of 3. You may find that the form of the diminutive suffix changes slightly when you add it to different nouns. Look at the dimunitive forms above and see if you can spot the differences we are talking about. Can you see a pattern which predicts when the forms are different? For the following list of nouns, write the dimunitive form beside each one. Check your answers with the instructor if you need help. English translationn on page 178. 0 102 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 2 4. In this exercise, put the dimunitive nouns from part 3 above into the proper columns. Inanimate Nouns Animate Nouns uc at io n 1. 2. 3. cu lty of Ed 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Fa 12. La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity ( Memenkwe (butterfly) L 103 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 5. Diminutives are used in Ojibwe to refer to small and young animals. Fill in the missing letters and then write the correct diminutive fonn as shown in the example. Go back to page 101 for spelling corrections. 3. n__ ka 1. pinehshiinsh pinehshiinshenhs 6. uc at io n 7. - t -- k 8. - Ed 5. a__ h 4. - - - - - of 2. Q 10. 12. hiin Fa 11. 0 ni ve rs ity 9. mah___ shi cu lty ~~ 15. kaak 16. _ _ _ __ eh ea d U 13. mahk 14. _ _ _ _ _ «-- hsh La k 17. sh 18. _ _ _ _ __ 19. ___ poos 20. _ _ __ 21. - - - 22. _ _ _ __ 0 104 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercise F Introduction to Transitive Verbs 1. Listen to understand, and then pronounce the following sentences. In each sentence the verb means "see": English translations on page 178 for sections 1 to 5. Niwaapamaa moos. Kiwaapamaa na nihka? Mahkoonhs niwaapamaa. Kiwaapamaa na waapoos? Niwaapamaa amihk. uc at io n Niwaapantaan tihkinaakan. Kiwaapantaan ina masinahikanaahtik? Tehsapiwinenhs niwaapantaan. Kiwaapantaan ina atihko-wiiyaahs? Niwaapantaan masinahikan. 2. Now, with a partner, turn back to the picture of the animals at the beginning of this lesson, and put each of the animal names in one of the sentences: "I see _ _ _ _. " or "Do you see ___?" of Ed Experiment with a variety of word orders, as the sentences above illustrate. It is also possible to simply say "Niwaapamaa" or Niwaapantaan" without any other words to form a complete sentence. In this case, you would mean, "I see him" or "I see it." cu lty 3. Did you notice in section 1 that the Ojibwe word for "see" was written in two different ways? How do you account for this difference? Fa Niwaapamaa and Kiwaapamaa are _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ forms. forms. Niwaapantaan and Kiwaapantaan are 4. Now look at these sentences. In each case below, the verb means "eat". ity Nimiicin wiiyaahs. Kimiicin ina anoominaapoo? Ashkipwaaw nimiicin. Pimite ina kimiicin? ni ve rs Nitamwaa waapoos. Kitamwaa na mahkwa? Kinooshe nitamwaa. Atihk ina kitamwaa? d U You now know three Ojibwe words for "eat". How are they different? 1. niwiihsin 2. nitamwaa 3. nimiicin eh ea 5. Using the verbs niwaapamaa. niwaapantaan. nitamwaa and nimiicin. go back over all the nouns you have learned so far in the course, and, using one of these four verbs, put each into at least one sentence. If you can make more than one, do so. Use your file cards for this, supplemented with the list of animal names from Exercise E of this lesson. Now go through your noun list again, asking the following questions of each noun: La k ( Kiwaapamaa na? or Kiwaapantaan ina? 2. Kitamwaa na? or Kimiicin ina? 1. In both 1 and 2 use whichever form is appropriate for the noun in question. 105 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Thinking about verb types: Subj~t I I I Ym:12 Obj~l eat. eat eat fish. meat. 0 uc at io n 6. In the chart below, you'll notice that all three of the sentences have subjects and verbs, but that only two of the sentences have objects. Ed - Verbs that take an object are called TRANSITIVE VERBS. - Verbs that do not take an object are called INTRANSITIVE VERBS. cu lty of When we talk about subjects and objects, what do we mean? Roughly, the subject of a sentence is the person or thing that is doing the action, or in some cases, the person or thing that is being described. The ~ is the person or thing that the action is being done to, or in some way is affected by the verb. If you look at the English translations in the box above, you can see how these rough definitions apply. Fa Which of the following verbs are transitive and which are intransitive? Put a 'T' beside the transitive one and an 'I' beside the intransitive ones. nitamwaa niwaapantaan piitoon 0 nimiicin nitanohkii apin ni ve rs ity niwiihsin niwaapamaa piish U Notice that on each line above there are two transitive verbs but only one intransitive verb. What is the difference between the two transitive verbs in each case (look back to section 3)? eh ea d Some transitive verbs take an ANIMATE object. These are called TRANSITIVE ANIMATE verbs or (VTA) for short. Other transitive verbs take an INANIMATE object. These are called TRANSITIVE INANIMATE or (VTI) for short. From now on, when we need to talk about verb types, we' 11 use the short forms: VTA and VTI verbs. La k Now you should be able to fill in this chart, using the nine verbs from above: l011:Bnsilb'.e Verbs VTA Vech~ VTIVtcbs 0 106 �INTRODUCTORY OllBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercise G New Vocabulary (VD) 1. Listen carefully as your instructor says the words that correspond to each of the following pictures. :::•l· ... . ~ Ed j : -: 0 - 1 \ \ 2 Fa &c:::::i ity s 7 8 ea d U ni ve rs ( ~i 4 cu lty 3 of ••• .... .. • ~ uc at io n Aan eshiwepahk? / How is the Weather? La k eh Write the number which corresponds to each picture. English translations on page 179. Nootin Tahkaayaa Kishite Sookihpwan L #_ _ #_ _ #_ _ #_ _ Waahshehkwan #_ _ #_ _ Kimiwan Kashkawan # Anwaahtin #_ _ Pinehsiiwan #_ _ Ninkwahkwan #_ _ Waawaahte #_ _ Papiihkwaanakwan # 2. Learn this vocabulary in the usual way: Listen, then pronounce the words, then in your notebook make up a little sentence for each of the words. Be creative when writing sentences. For example: "Naanta ta-tahkaayaa waapank." "Kii-waahshehkwan onaako." 107 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 2 ExerciseH Working with the Language: 0 - a little canoe, a small house, a baby partridge. - far away in the bush, the dog is under the table. - by the tipi, a moose is in the bush, it was hot yesterday. - maybe it will rain tomorrow, it was snowing yesterday. - today is windy, today is a sunny day. nitamwaa (VTA) nimiicin (VTI) ninanaantawaapamaa (VTA) ninanaantawaapantaan (VTI) Fa niwaapamaa (VTA) niwaapantaan (VTI) cu lty of Ed 2. Some More Transitive Verbs: English translations on page 179. uc at io n 1. Say these words and sentences in the Native language. ni ve rs ity 0 niminohpwaa (VTA) niminohpitaan (VTI) ninihsaa (VTA) ninipahtoon (VTI) U nimaamitonenimaa (VTA) nimaamitonentaan (VTI) d 3. With which picture does each of the following words go? La k eh ea look for, see, like the taste of, eat, kill, think Kekonen? Kekonen natawentaman? Kekonen tahsh? Aan tahsh ekaa? Aan tahsh wiin ihi ekaa? Aan tahsh wiin ihi? Aanti eshaayan? Aanti eshaayek? Aan eshiwepahk? Aan enahkarnikank? Maawac Some Useful Expressions What? What do you want? What about? or what for? Why not? Why is it not so? How come? Where are you going? (sing.) Where are you going? (plur.) How• s the weather? What's going on? Exceedingly, most, most of all 108 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Reading and understanding exercise: 4. Read these dialogues carefully and make sure you understand them. Work with a partner for practice speaking. 1 - Aanti eshaayan? 2 -Nikiiwe. 1 - Kekonen tahsh? 2 - Nitaahkos. B. 1 - Kekonen natawentaman? 2 - Kaawin kekoon ninatawentahsiin. 1 - Aan tahsh ekaa? 2 - Niwii-nipaa. C. I - Kiwii-nipaa na? 2- Kaawin. 1 - Aan tahsh wiin ihi ekaa? 2 - Nimaamitonenimaa nitootem. D. 1 - Aan eshiwepahk? 2 - Sookihpwan. 1 - Kiwii-metawe na akwaciink? 2 - Kaawin, niwii-nipaa. E. 1 -Aanti eshaayek? 2 - Nikiiwemin. 1 - Aan tahsh wiin ihi? 2 - Niwii-wiihsinimin ekwa maawac niwii-nipaamin. F. 1 - Nah! Aasha sookihpwan! 2 - Kiwii-metawe na ackwaciink? 1 - Kaawin, nimaacaa. 2- Kah! Aanti eshaayan? 1 - Waahsa noohpimink. Niwii-nanaantawaapamaa waapoos. 2- Kikii-waapamaa na tahsh waapoos onaako? l - Eba, peshik ebta nikii-waapamaa. G. 1 - Kikii-waapamaa na moos awahsinaako. 2 - Eba, nikii-waapamaa. 1 - Aanti? 2 - Ihiweti pehshonc noobpimink. 1 - Kikii-nihsaa na moos? 2 - Eba. Kiminohpwaa na moos? 1 - Miina ihkiton ! 2 - Kiminobpitaan ina mooso-wiiyaahs? 1 - Eba, maawac niminohpitaan. Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n A. La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity C Exercise I In this exercise, write two mini-dialogues of no less than eight lines each. After you have done that, practice speaking using these mini-dialogues. You can also work with the dialogues from Exercise H - 4 (A-G) and the expressions from Exercise H - 3. L 109 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE .. UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercise J Q Write sentences in Ojibwe using the Present, Past and Future tenses. :: :·fdj· t - •• i ., J • uc at io n • • •: 2 1 1. 2. 1.________ l._ _ _ _ _ _ __ 2. 2. _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 3. 3 . _ _ _ _ _ _ __ of Ed 3. 3 4 cu lty 1{ 5 l._ _ _ _ _ _ __ l._ _ _ _ _ _ __ 2._ _ _ _ _ _ __ 3._ _ _ _ _ _ __ 2._ _ _ _ _ _ __ 3._ _ _ _ _ _ __ Fa 1. 0 U ni ve rs ity 2. 3. 6 d 7 eh 1. 1. 2. 3. 2. 3. La k 2. 3. ea 1. 8 10 l._ _ _ _ _ _ __ 2._ _ _ _ _ _ __ 3._ _ _ _ _ _ __ 11 1._ _ _ _ _ _ __ 2._ _ _ _ _ _ __ 3._ _ _ _ _ _ __ 110 l. _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 2. _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 3. _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE .. UNIT 2; LESSON 2 ExerciseK Translate the following sentences into Ojibwe. uc at io n 1. I see the bear cub. 2. I am looking for the skunk. Ed 3. I am eating one potatoe. 6. I like the taste of bannock. ity ( Fa 5. I am thinking about a small canoe. cu lty of 4. I will kill a moose tomorrow. ni ve rs 7. I saw a pipe the day before yesterday. U 8. I am eating bread. eh ea d 9. I am looking for a small plate. La k 10. I saw a small house yesterday. 11. I am thinking about the small bed. 12. I like the taste of moose-meat. L 11 1 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Exercise A Introduction to the Obviative 0 1. Listen to and imitate these sets of sentences: Translation on page 180. Nimiicin wiiyaahs. Kimiicin wiiyaahs. Otamwaan kinooshen. Omiicin wiiyaahsini. Niwaapamaa shikaak. Kiwaapamaa shikaak. Niwaapantaan waahkaahikan. Kiwaapantaan waahkaahikan. Owaapamaan shikaakwan. Owaapantaan waahkaahikanini. Ed uc at io n Nitamwaa kinooshe. Kitamwaa kinooshe. cu lty of Look carefully at the objects of each sentence. Do you notice anything different about some of these sentences? Fa Look back to Unit 1, Lesson 5, Exercise G, if you need a reminder about what we mean when we say "first", "second", and "third" person. It's in sentences with _ _ _ _ _ _ _ person subjects that you may have noticed an extra ending on the noun object. Nouns having this form are called OBVIATIVES. Can you make a rule about when you can expect to find obviative nouns? ity ni ve rs It is common in paradigm work to use numbers for the different persons to help in an orderly arrangement and identification of your work. The following numbers are used in Severn Ojibwe paradigms: First Person 13 First Person Exclusive 2 Second Person 21 First Person Inclusive 22 Second Person Plural 33 Third Person Plural Third Person eh ea 3 U 1 d 2. 0 La k Think about why the numbers 13 and 21 are used for the first person exclusive and inclusive. The order in which these numbers occur is also important. Notice that singular forms always come before the plural forms and that the numerical order is I, 2, 3. Translation on page 180. 0 112 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 TA Verbs Niwaapamaa mahkehshi. Kiwaaparnaa mahkehshi. Owaapamaan mahkehshiwan. Nitamwaamin nihka. Kitamwaamin nihka. Kitamwaawaa nihka. Otarnwaawaan nihkan. Niwaapamaamin mahkehshi. Kiwaapamaamin mahkehshi. Kiwaapamaawaa mahkehshi. Owaapamaawaan mahkehshiwan. uc at io n Nitamwaa nihka. Kitamwaa nihka. Otamwaan nihkan. Ed TI Verbs Nimiicinpimite. Kimiicinpimite. Omiicin pimiteni. cu lty of Niwaapantaan paashkisikan. Kiwaapantaan paashkisikan. Owaapantaan paashkisikanini. Nimiicimin pimite. Kimiicimin pimite. Kimiicinaawaa pimite. Omiicinaawaa pimiteni. Fa ity Write out and practice reading aloud full paradigms for these verbs. Use the paradigms in Section 2 if you have forgotten anything. rs ( Niwaapantaamin paashkisikan. Kiwaapantaamin paashkisikan. Kiwaapantaanaawaa paashkisikan. Owaapantaanaawaa paashkisi.kanini. TAVerbs ni ve 1 TI Verbs Ninihsaa mahkehshi. U 2 niwaapantaan waahkaahikan. ea d 3 eh 13 21 La k 22 33 L 113 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE .. UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Forming the Obviative: ciimaan masinahikanaahtik pimite waahkaahikan ciimaanini masinahikanaahtikoni pimiteni waahkaahikanini to to to to Q uc at io n To make the obviative form of an inanimate noun, simply add (oni) to inanimate nouns that have singular forms ending in (k); add (ini) to a noun that ends in any other consonant; for nouns that end in vowels, add (ni). Change mahkwan mahkehshiwan to to Check the rule you made in Section 1, above, to see if it works all through the paradigm. If not, adjust your rule to fit what's really happening. of 3. mahkwak mahkehshiwak Ed Making the obviative form of an animate noun is simple if you know the plural. Simply change the final (k) of the plural to (n), and you have the obviative form. animate nouns? inanimate nouns? both animate and inanimate nouns? cu lty Does your rule apply to: Fa Working with the Language: Do you (plural) like the taste of _ _ _ _ _ _ ? Answer: Yes, we like the taste of him/it. 0 ni ve rs (a) ity 4. In groups of three using all your new VTA and VTI verbs, each person take a turn asking to the other two: Are we (inclusive) looking for _ _ _ _ _ _ _? Using as many different animals as possible, work with your partner asking and answering questions: ea d (b) U Answer: Yes, we're looking for him/it. Yes, I see _ _ _ _ _ __ Does he see _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _? Yes, he sees _ _ _ _ __ eh Do you (singular) see _ _ _ _ _ _? La k Be certain in this exercise to use the obviative form when it's needed. (c) Using as many different things that you can eat as possible, work with your partner asking: Are you (singular) eating _ _ _ _ _ _ ? Yes, I _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Is he/she eating _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ? Yes he/she _ _ _ _ __ Be certain in this exercise to use the obviative form when necessary. 114 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 3 (d) Make up several little two or three line dialogues with this pattern: Nika-nanaantawaapamaa waapoos waapank. Kekiin na kiwii-piishaa? Kaawin, niwii-nipaa. More About Verb Types Ed of cu lty Fa rs ( He hunts He sets out by vehicle He arrives It arrives I am helping him I am helping it I am going with him/her I cook it (animate) I cook it (inanimate) I need him/she, want him/she I need it, want it I give to him (TA) I put him in (a container/packsack); I pack him I put it in (a container/packsack); I pack it Listen! Someone, person a. Nantawencike b. Maaciipiso c. Takohshin d. Takohse e. Niwiicihaa f. Niwiicihtoon g. Niwiiciiwaa h. Nikiishiswaa i. Nikiishisaan j. Ninantawenimaa k. Ninantawentaan L Nimiinaa m. Nipiinahwaa n. Nipiinahaan o. Mah! p. Awiya ity 1. ni ve 2. Reading and Understanding Exercise: Nantawencike John. Owii-nihsaan moosoon. Maaciipiso Mary. Kiiwe. c. Mary waapank ta-takohshin. Ta-anohkii. d. Ta-takohse pimihsewin awahsiwaapank. e. Niwiicihaa nitootem noonkom kaa-kiishikaak. ea d U a. b. Niwiicihtoon anohkiiwin. eh f. uc at io n ExerciseB Nika-wiiciiwaa nitootem waapank. h. Nikiishiswaa kinooshe. i. Nikiishisaan wiiyaahs. j. Ninantawenimaa niwiiciiwaakan. k. Ninantawentaan ciimaan. 1. Nimiinaa minihkwaakanini. m. Nipiinahwaa waapoos. n. Nipiinahaan waapoyaan. o. Mah! Aasha pimihsewin takohse. p. Nah! Awiya pi-naakosi. (visible) La k g. 115 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 B. l - Mah! Aasha awiya takohshin. 2- Aanti? l - A.kwaciink ishkwaantek. 2 - Kekonen tahsh, kikohtaac na? 1- Eha, nikohtaac. Wiipac piitoon nipaashkisikan! 2 - Kaawin ! Kaawin niin nikohtaacihsiin. 1 - Aahti inaapin akwaciink? 2-Ahaaw. 1 - Awiya na kiwaapamaa? 2 - Kaawin. Animohsh ehta niwaapamaa. Ed 1 - Aanti waa-ishaayek noonkom kaa-kiishikaak? 2 - Noohpimink niwii-ishaamin. 1 - Aanahpii waa-maacaayek? 2 - Shemaak niwii-maacaamin. l - Aan waa-tootamek weti. 2- Niwii-nantawencikemin ehta. l - Naanta kaana moos kika-nihsaawaa. 2 - Siyaaken maawin. of A. Q uc at io n Read these dialogues carefully. Pay attention to proper pronunciation. Check with your instructor if you need help understanding any of the sentences. Translations on page 181. Write your own two mini-dialogues. Then get someone to work with you for practice speaking, using those dialogues above plus your own. 0 ni ve rs 4. ity Fa cu lty 3. Exercise C U Introduction to Possession eh ea d 1. Listen, understand and repeat these words: nipaashkisikan niwaahkahikan kipaashkisikan kiwaahkahikan opaashkisikan owaahkahikan niwiiskwehokaan kiwiiskwehokaan owiiskwehokaan nikinooshem kikinooshem okinoosheman nipinem kipinem opineman nitaanahkonaam kitaanohkonaam otaanohkonaaman nimoohkomaan kimoohkomaan omoohkomaan nitiiwahkihk kitiiwahkihk otiiwahkihkwan nitemihkwaan kitemihkwaan otemihkwaanan nitonaakan kitonaakan otonaakan nicoocoohshaappoom kicoocoohshaapoom ocoocoohshaapoom La k niciimaan kiciimaan ociimaan 116 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 2. Observations: - What prefix means "my"? - What prefix means "yours"? - What prefix means "his"? - What suffix do you find on third person forms? - Why is there a (t) in ni (t) emihkwaan? In this exercise, translate the following words in the Native language: Check with your instructor for your corrections. My clock Your kettle His cup My egg My door His bread Ed My chair Your pencil His tea uc at io n 3. My fork Yourknive His bannock of 4. An exception. There is a special way to say "dog" (animohsh) when it is possessed: eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Aanti nitanoominaapoom? Onantawentaan nipaashkisikanini. Aan eshinihkaasoc kitayish? Piitoon kiwaakaahkwat! Kiwaapantaan ina John owaahkaahikan? Aanti kimasinahikanaahtik? Nikii-miinaa opineman. La k ( Fa 5. Listen, understand and repeat: cu lty nitayihsh "my dog" kitayihsh "your dog" otayihshan "his dog" 117 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 ExerclseD New Vocabulary Listen carefully as your instructor pronounces the names of the nouns pictured here. After you have heard each word several times, match the pictures to the written words below: Translations and answers on page 182. 0 1 3 uc at io n ------ 4 8 7 6 cu lty of Ed 5 #__naapihkaakan #_ _micihkaawan #__ makoot #__ashikan #__mitaahs #_ _ ashtotin #__pakwaan #_ _kihcipison ity Fa #__ shiipiikwaan 0 rs #__ pihkwan ni ve In this exercise, write the three possessive forms for each of the nouns. The first set is done for you. my = your= his/hers = my my = your:::.: his/hers = d U my = nimicihkaawan your = kimicihkaawan his/hers = Qlllicihkaawan.m -= eh your ;; his/hers ea ; my = your= his/hers my = your :::.: his/hers = my = your= his/hers = my = your :::.: his/hers = my = your= his/hers = La k my :;: your :::.: his/hers = 118 -= 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Exercise E Understanding Different Classes of Words A. Animohsh! Ninantawentaan nimahkisin! Wiipac piitoon! Ni YII Nil uc at io n 1. This exercise is to give practice identifying the different types of words (nouns, verbs, and particles). Underline each word and then write its abbreviation underneath. The first sentence has been done for you. B. Kiwii-wiiciiwaa na Peter? Onanaantawaapamaan atihkwan. Ed C. Oldi-nantawentaan moohkomaanini, nikii-miinaa tahsh. of D. Kaawin owiicihaahsiin ihkwesenhs ihkwewan. Aasha nipaa. cu lty E. Nika-wiicihaa naapenhs waapank. Kaye awahsiwaapank. Fa F. Kaawin oldi-waapamaahsiin moosoon. Naapewan ehta oldi-waapamaan. G. Kinanaantawaapantaanaawaa na ciimaan? ity ( ni ve rs H. Kiwii-miicinaawaa na mooso-wiiyaahs? Kaawin, shiihshiip niwii-amwaamin. I. Mahkoonhs oldi-waapamaan shikaakwan. Kii-kohtaaci ! La k eh ea d U J. Nitayihsh oldi-amwaan waapoosoon. 119 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Exercise F Reading and Understanding: A. Kikii-wiicihaawaa na naape? Kii-nantawencikewak ina? Okii-waapamaan ina mahkehshi pinewan? Aanti pimihsewin? Kiminohpwaawaa na anahkonaa? Kiwii-wiiciiwaawaa na Frank? Kikii-miinaa na mooso-wiiyaahsini? 0 uc at io n Answer these questions with full sentences using both positive and negative responses. Translations on page 182. Ed 1. of Listen as your instructor reads the dialogues in B and C below. Then work with your partner to practice them. cu lty 1 - Aan ke-tootank waapank? or (with obviative "waapaninik") 2 - Wii-maacaa waapaninik. Aasha kwayaacii. 1 - Aanti waa-ishaac(t)? 2 - W aahsa noohpimink. 1 - Kika-wiiciiwaa na? 2 - Eha, nika-wiiciiwaa iitok. 1 - Kekiin na kiwii-piishaa? 2- Kaawin. ni ve 1 - Aanti Henry? 2 - Aasha kii-maacaa. 1 - Aanahpii? 2 - Awahsinaako. 1 - Aanti kaa-ishaac? 2 - Noohpimink nanaantawencike. 1 - Peshiko na? 2 - Kaawin. Otayihshan owiiciiwaan. 1 - Naapenhs tahsh wiin? Kewiin na maacaa? 2 - Kaawin. Kiiyaapic nipaa. La k eh ea d U C. 0 rs ity Fa B. D. Write two of your own mini-dialogues containing obviative endings. Practice these with your partner. 0 120 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE .. UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Exercise G -Translations on page 183. Introduction to Kinship; ''My Family" 1. uc at io n niwiiciiwaakan niin niciimic Ed nimihsens niciimic nikosihs ity Kinship words are always found in the possessive form. The suffix "pan", when used with kin terms, means that the relation is no longer living. For example. nimaamaapan means my late mother. U 3) There are three terms for siblings in Ojibwe, one for an older brother, one for an older sister, and one for a younger brother or sister. rs 2) nitaanihs ni ve Note that: 1) ea d Kinship charts are structured from the point of view of a particular family member, referred to as EGO. On the chart above, EGO is identified a "niin", the Ojibwe pronoun. eh Now make your own chart, similar to the one above, but with your own family depicted. Draw a line through deceased family members. La k ( Fa cu lty of nishtehs noohkom nimaamaa nitaataa nimihshoom Then, with a friend. ask and answer questions about relatives' names such as: 1) Aan eshinihkaasoc kimihshoom? Peter ishinihkaaso nimihshoom. 2) Aan eshinihkaasoc koohkom? Mary ishinihkaaso noohkom. 3) Aan eshinihkaasoc kitaataa? Jacob ishinihkaaso nitaataa. 4) Aan eshinihkaasoc kimaamaa? Sarah ishinihkaaso nimaamaa. 5) Aan eshinihkaasoc kikosihs? Thomas ishinihkaaso nikosihs. 6) Aan eshinihkaasoc kitaanihs? Emily ishinihkaaso nitaanihs. 12 1 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Ojibwe Kinship: 2. In English, we have one word for "aunt" which means "sister(s) of your father or mother". In Ojibwe, there are two words for "aunt". The first is used for your father's sister(s) and the other is used for your mother's sister(s). The same division is found with the word for uncle. In Ojibwe, there are two terms whereas in English there is but one. Q uc at io n This is just the beginning of an important difference between the Ojibwe and the English kinship systems. In the Ojibwe system, there are two types of aunts, uncles, and cousins. In the first category are mother's sister and her children and father's brother and his children. These are called "parallel" aunts, (uncles and cousins) because they are related to you through siblings {brothers or sisters) of the same sex. of Ed The second category consists of those aunts, uncles and cousins who are related to you through siblings of opposite sexes. In this category are your mother's brother and his children and your father's sister and her children. These are called "cross" aunts, uncles and cousins. cu lty The concepts of "parallel" and "cross" relatives are necessary for understanding the Ojibwe terms for cousins. You will find that parallel cousins use the same terms as "brothers" and "sisters" but crosscousins are designated by different terms. ni ve rs Male speaker (female) niinim niihtaawihs niinim nitawemaa niicihkiwesi Female Speaker (male) niinim niinim nicaahkohsh niitihkwe nitawemaa 0 U Cross-cousin Brother-in-law Sister-in-law sister {unspecified)* brother (unspecified)* ity Fa Certain kin terms are used when a male is speaking and others if a female is speaking. The following list covers these specific terms. Remember on your own family chart to use the appropriate terms. ea d *"unspecified" means whether older or younger. La k eh You will notice that the word for a cross cousin of the opposite sex of EGO in the diagram is the same as the word for brother-in-law (for a female), or sister-in-law (for a male). This is because traditionally it was common (and even preferred) for a person to marry his cross-cousin. So, in a way, these crosscousin terms mean "marriageable relative". Ask your instructor for the words for mother-in-law and father-in-law. Where else on the chart do you find these words? 0 122 �INTRODUCTORY OllBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Additional Vocabulary (Optional): 3. Below is a basic chart of the Ojibwe family. Using the words given under the diagram, produce a colour key and colour each person on the chart according to their kin name. This chart has a male as EGO, so be sure to use the correct terms for a male speaker. 6,=0 OJ6 6-b o-1 1-o b=~ I-o o=X pta=n=d n n=6 !-o n t1nn uc at io n 6-1 I Ed o=?"b 1-J English Equivalent Line /-2/ noohkom nimihshoom my grandmother my grandfather line /-1/ nimaamaa nitaataa nitoosihs noohkomihs nisikohs nishihshensh my mother my father my parallel aunUparallel uncle's wife my parallel uncle/parallel aunt's husband my cross aunUcross uncle's wife my cross uncle/cross aunt's husband Line/0/ rum cu lty Fa ity rs ( of Ojibwe Line /+1/ nitaanihs nikosihs nitooshimihkwem nitooshim ninahaankanihkwem ninahaankihshiim my daughter my son my parallel niece my parallel nephew my cross niece/daughter-in-law my cross nephew/son-in-law Line /+2/ noosihs my grandchild ni ve niihtaawihs I (EGO) my older sister/older parallel female cousin my older brother/older parallel aunt's husband my younger brother or sister/my younger parallel cousin my cross cousin of the opposite sex/my sibling-inlaw of the opposite sex. my cross cousin of the opposite sex my female cross cousin/sister-in-law (female speaking) my brother-in-law (male speaking) U nimihsens nishtehs niciimic ea d niinim La k eh niicimohsh nicaahkohsh 123 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Pages 89 and 91 of this text are adapted from a language learning book called L,A.M.P. (which stands for "Language Acquisition Made Practical"), by E. Thomas and Elizabeth Brewster. (Published by Lingua House, 915 West Jackson, Colorado Springs, CO 80907, 1976. Material here is from pp. 206208. Use restricted.) Q uc at io n L.A.M.P. is designed to help learners of languages for which teaching aids such as grammars and dictionaries are not readily available. Many of the methods in L.A.M.P, are adaptable to Ojibwe language learning, easpecially if one has the opportunity of living in a community of Ojibwe speakers. L,A.M.P. is recommended for students who wish to continue their Ojibwe studies after this course is over. Ed 4. Here are some questions and answers involving kinship tenns. English translations on page 183. Aan entootank kimihsens piintikamink? Kiishitepo. Wii-wiihsini. Fa Aan entootank kiwiiciiwaakan waapaninik? Ta-anohkii noohpimink. cu lty of Aan entootank kishtehs akwaciink? Nahke piko. Naanta anohkii. 0 rs ity Aan waa-tootank kitaataa noonkom kaa-kiishikaanik? Wii-nanaantawencike. ni ve Aan kaa-tootank kimaamaa onaako? Kii-pootawe akwaciink. Kii-k.iishitepo. La k eh ea d U 5. Now, try making up some questions and answers that use kinship tenns. 0 124 �INTRODUCTORY onBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Exercise ff Using the diagram below, and the vocabulary on kinship terms: Produce a legend using a colour key and colour each person on the chart according to their kin name. This chart has "niin" as EGO, so be sure to use the correct terms for a male or female speaker. Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n r Ojibwe Kinship ni ve rs ity ( U = NHN <EGO} = = --------= --------= --------= --------- La k eh ea d = = = = L --------- ----------------- =--------- --------- = --------- = = = = = --------- = = = --------- ----------------= --------- ----------------- --------- --------- =--------= --------125 --------- �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Exercise I More About TA Verbs 1. The following words express actions with different subjects (the doers of the action) and objects (those who have the action done to them). A heading such as; 0 (1 acting on 2) uc at io n means a first person (1), "niin", is doing something to a second person (2), "kiin". English translation on page 184. (1 acting on 3) (2 acting on 1) kiwaapamin kinanaantawaapamin kiwiichihin kiwiiciiwin niwaapamaa ninanaantawaapamaa niwiicihaa niwiiciiwaa kiwaapamihsh kinanaantawaapamihsh kiwiicihihsh kiwiiciiwihsh (2 acting on 3) (3 acting on 1) kiwaapamaa kinanaantawaapamaa kiwiicihaa kiwiiciiwaa niwaapamik ninanaantawaapamik niwiicihik niwiiciiwik of kiwaapamik kinanaantawaapamik kiwiicihik kiwiiciiwik Fa cu lty (3 acting on 2) 0 ni ve rs ity (3 acting on 4) owapaamaan onanaantawaapamaan owiicihaan owiiciiwaan Ed ( 1 acting on 2) The verb stem is the part that doesn't change when you change the subject and the object: kiwaapamihsh U niwaapamaa d Here, the verb stem is WAAparo, eh ea 2. Copy all the above examples into your notebook, and underline each verb stem. Working with first person markers (ni-) and second person markers (ki-), highlight all the SUBJECTS in yellow and all the OBJECTS in blue. La k Questions and Answers Exercise: (2 acting on 1) Q. Kiwaapamihsh na? ( 1 acting on 2) A. Eba, kiwaapamin. (2 acting on 3) Q. Kiwaapamaa na? (1 acting on 3) A. Eba, niwaapamaa. (3 acting on 1) Q. Niwaapamik na? (3 acting on 2) A. Eha, kiwaapamik. Now try making up some questions and answers by using TA verbs listed above. 126 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Observation: In some Ojibwe verbs, the sukject marker comes at the beginning. These are called DIRECT forms. In other Ojibwe verbs, the~ marker comes at the beginning. These are said to be INVERSE forms. Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n You' 11 need lots of practice in lill!li these forms until you can understand and use them without thinking. First, try reading them in the comics on page 130. When the comics make sense to you, work with a partner and create your own short dialogues, to include as many forms as possible in meaningful contexts. La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity ( Ohpwaakan (smoking pipe) 127 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 The Unspoken Language In English, we associate certain qualities or ideas with specific animal, for example: "as sly as a fox", "as busy as a beaver", "as wise as an owl", etc. Ojibwe speakers often make different associations than English speakers do. 0 uc at io n As you learn the Ojibwe language and culture, watch for concepts that connect with the various animals in Ojibwe; don't bring your English associations with you to Ojibwe! 3. In exercise I, you learned seven combinations of Transitive Animate (VTA) forms. Here is one more: Ed 4 acting on 3 owaapamikoon "he (obv) sees him" Does John (3) see her (4)? John na owaapamaan? Yes, and she (4) sees him (3). Ebe, owaapamikoon kaye. cu lty 3 acting on 4: 4 acting on 3: of This form would only be used when you've already been referring to the two people involved, and the subject of the action has previously been referred to in the obviative. For example: Other verbs in the 4 acting on 3 form: omiinikoon Fa owiiciiwikoon ity Now, let's TRANSFORM some TA combinations: English translations on page 184. VTA rs Negative kaawin owiicihikohsiin kaawin kitamwaahsiin kaawin niwaapamikohsiin kaawin ominohpwaahsiin 0 okii-wiicihikoon kikii-amwaa nikii-waapamik okii-minohpwaari Voluntative Future kiwii-wiiciiwin kiwii-miinik (ki)ka-wiiciiwin* (ki)ka-miinik ea d U ni ve owiicihikoon kitamwaa niwaapamik ominohpwaan Past eh kiwiiciiwin kimiinik La k *The sequence of prefix kika- is usually reduced to ka-. Practicing with TA Verbs 4. You have learned to handle eight different VTA subject-object combinations. Here they are: 2on 1 2on3 lon3 3on4 ki-ihah ki-:rul ni--~ 1 on2 3on2 Jon 1 ki--in Q------aan 4on3 Q------ikoon 128 ki--ik ni--ik 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Practice the forms above by combining various stems with the prefix-suffix combinations above. Here are some stems to practice with: English translations on page 185. New Vocabulary Ed of ity Go through the appropriate language learning steps for each word. If you' re not sure of what any word means, your instructor will help you. Listen carefully as your instructor pronounces these words. La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ( I love him/her. I love it. I take care of him/her. I take care of it. I like him/her. I like it. I am worried. I forget him/her. I forget it. I tell him/her. I ask him. cu lty Nisaakihaa Nisaakihtoon Nikanawenimaa Nikanawentaan Niminwenimaa Niminwentaan Nimikoshkaatentaan Niwaniihkenotawaa Niwaniihkenotaan Niwiintamawaa Nikakwecimaa Fa ExerciseJ uc at io n -nantawenim-saakih-kanawenim-waniihkenotaw- -waapam-wiicih-wiiciiw-miin- L 129 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Nimaacaa 2. English translations on page 185. AAtm !.SIIAAV4W? -nu111oe.P- &AY 0 uc at io n NlTIS~AA A4\I,-\ OWU-1\ A~~,,_ • MA~\NA\.11 KA~ltl\ MIKAtM A4S\.\A 01\5"~ "TIIUMt)~1' e,4y I cu lty of Ed A.VA.A, Aanti nitootem AAS"~ NtWAAPA MAA AA1HA IWAAPAMAA Fa 'NEfl' IIUWE.T' AASMA ni ve rs ity 0 Romance t<u.a TAMS~·Wit tt\lSiAlU KtSAA)(l ll \ij. .ClSAAKI ij UISH KE."'' N. eh ea d U WA.? ~", K15AA"'U\1~ La k Chief and Counselor OKlt-1\M OllS" Kl'-IANAA~"Ti E.~A~ WUPAC ~AAVJll-1, ~lltJ OMSHA !:NTA S"E.MAA K 01\S Ktwll • wAAl'AMI )(AA-WI\· WAAPAtA\\.\ ~. 11'-0\tTA \11'1 3. wn For further exercise, create your own comic strips and write mini-dialogues. 130 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Exercise A Scenery and Useful Articles cu lty of Ed uc at io n 1. Listen carefully as your instructor says the words which correspond to each of the following pictures. 6 7 8 11 12 Fa 5 ni ve rs ity ( 10 U 9 ea d Write in the number which corresponds to each picture. English translation on page 186. La k eh Saakahikan Paawihtik Waanipiiyaa Apwi Niimaawiniwash Minihtik #_ _ Paashkisikan Siipi Pihkwaamatinaa Pimipanihcikan Pikwatahkamik Wacii #_ _ #_ _ #_ _ #_ _ #_ _ L 131 #_ _ #_ _ #_ _ #_ _ #_ _ #_ _ �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Reading and Understanding: 2. Listen carefully to the following questions and answers. Notice that many of the answers contain locative particles and endings. Notice also the obviative forms. English translation on page 186. Q uc at io n Aanti kinooshek? Weti paawihtikonk. Aan entootank Piitan (Peter) pikwatahkamik? Pinewan onanaantawaapamaan. Aan entootank amihk waanipiiyaak? Ed Onanaantawaapantaan siipiini. of Kekonen ihiweti saakahikaniink? cu lty Minihtik. Aanti saakahikan? Fa Weti naaniyahii siipiink 0 rs Naaniyahii siipiink. ity Aanti eshaayan? Kiwaapamaa na ahtihk wakiciyahii pihkwaamatinaak? ni ve Eba, niwaapamaa. U Kinanaantawaapamaa na mikifil pehshonciyahii waciik? d Kaawin. Ninanaantawaapamaa mahkoonhs. ea Aanti nipaashkisikan? Niwii-nihsaa mahiinkan. eh Kaawin kekoon kipaashkisikan ohomaa. La k Aanti niniimaawiniwash? Niwii-wiihsin. Weti wakiciyahii wiihsiniiwinaahtikonk. Kinantawenimaa na nitapwi? Kaawin. Kaawin mahshi. Paanimaa waapank. Kipimipanihcikan tahsh wiin? Kinantawentaan na? 0 Eha, shemaak ninantawentaan. 132 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Exercise B Translation: 1. Translate the following questions and answers in Ojibwe. A. What are you doing today?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ uc at io n I am working today. Where are you going tomorrow? I am going home tomorrow. C. Are you going hunting now? No, I want to sleep. D. Are you always dancing at night? No, I am always eating. E. Are you going to kill the moose? No, I want to kill the caribou. F. Will you be going to the forest today? Yes, I will be going with Frank. G. Does this man always sleep? Yes, he is always sleeping. H. What do you want to do today? I want to go home. of cu lty Fa ity rs ni ve What will you be doing the day after tomorrow?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ I don't know. Maybe I'll be working._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ eh ea I. d U ( Ed B. Are you going by the river?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Yes, I want to look for ducks._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ K. Did you see the eagle at the mountain yesterday?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ No, I only saw a bear._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ L. Did Sally see the dog the day before yesterday?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ No, she only saw a wolf. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ La k J. 133 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Exercise C Mini-dialogues: Listen to the following dialogues in class and then read them on your own. Practice speaking these with your partner. English translation on page 187. 1 - Aanti nipaashkisikan? Niwii-nanaantawencike. 2 -Aanti waa-ishaayan? 1 - Weti naaniyahii pihkwaamatinaak. 2 - Kitayihsh na kika-wiiciiwik? 1 - Eba. 2 - Kik.osihs tahsh wiin? Kewiin na kiwiiciiwik? 1 - Kaawin. Wii-nipaa kiyaapic. B: 1 - Aanti niniimaawiniwash? 2-Nahke piko. Kekonen tahsh? 1 - Niwii-maacaa. 2- Kah! Kekonen tahsh? Kiwii-nanaantawaapamaa na awiyaashihsh. 1 - Eba, niwii-nanaantawaapamaak awiyaashihshak. 2 - Kitaanihs na kiwiiciiwik? 1 - Eba, kewiin owii-waapamaan awiyaashihshan. 2- Ahaaw, naake kika-waapamin. C: 1 - Wiipac piitoon paashkisikan! 2 - Kekonen tahsh? 1 - Kekoon niwaapantaan weti. 2 - Aanti? Kaawin kekoon niin niwaapantansiin. 1 - Piishaan ohomaa. Kiwaapamaa na? Moos (o)hsha aha! 2 - Kiwii-paashkiswaa na? 1 - Kaawin. Kiin paashkiso. of Ed uc at io n A: 0 0 ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty 1. La k eh 2. Now write two dialogues of your own of up to eight lines each. Practice these with your partner. 0 134 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Exercise D Introduction to Preverbs 1. Increase your own "word power". Since the beginning of the course, you have been using preverbs, as in "pi-wiihsinin" and "tepi-wiihsini". The preverbs in these words are: uc at io n pi - here, come towards tepi- enough, sufficient These are the ones you already know, but there are plenty more where they came from. Here are a few more preverbs to add to your vocabulary. Remember the hyphen (-) is important when joining preverbs to the verbs. Ed of cu lty Fa ni ve U 2. Here are some examples of how to use preverbs for the third person in sentences. Study and understand these sentences. eh ea d Tepi-wiihsini Pooni-minihkwe Nihtaa-kiishitepo Ani-kiiwe Ishkwaa-anohkii (Mwaye-) Piishaan mwaye-kimiwak! Kakwe-nikamo Kiimooci-maacaa Kwenawi-minihkwe Maacil-masinahike Antawi- or natawi-niimi Wani-tootam Noonte-wii-kiiwe Mate-metawe Kihci-wiihsini La k ( ity nihtaa- aniishkwaamwayekakwekiimoocikwenawimaaciiantawi- or natawiwaninoontematekihci- stop, quit skilled at, knows how, can do away from, in progress towards after, done, complete before try, to make an effort towards secretly unable to find, fail at, no place for start, begin, proceed, move forward go to do, to go there and to do something in error, wrongly, mistake want to, anxious, need to do something (before usual time) visible (at a distance) big, great, very rs pooni- He/she has eaten enough. He/she is stop drinking. He/she is skilled at cooking. He/she is getting ready to go home. He/she completes the work. Come before it rains. He/she is trying to sing. He/she is secretly leaving. He/she is unable to find something to drink. He/she is starting to write. He/she is going out to the dance. He/she is making a mistake./wrong doing. He/she want to go home anxiously. He/she is playing (over there) He/she eats a big meal. 135 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 3. Here are some examples of how to use preverbs for the first person in sentences. Study and understand these sentences. of Ed uc at io n I have eaten enough. I stop drinking. I am skilled at cooking. I am getting ready to go home. I complete the work. I am coming before it rains. I am trying to sing. I am secretly leaving. I am unable to find something to drink. I am starting to write. I am going out ot the dance. I am making a mistake/wrong doing. I want to go home anxiously. I am playing (over there). I am eating a big meal. cu lty Nitepi-wiihsin Nipooni-minihkwe. Ninihtaa-kiishitep. Nitani-kiiwe. Nitishkwaa-anohkii. Nipiishaa mwaye-kimiwak. Nikakwe-nikam. Nikiimooci-maacaa. Nikwenawi-minihkwe. Nimaacii-masinahike. Nitantawi- (or) Ninatawi-niim. Niwani-tootaan. Ninoonte-wii-kiiwe. Nimate-metawe. Nikihci-wiihsin. 0 ity Come and eat! You have eaten enough. You stop drinking. You are skilled at cooking. You are getting ready to go home. You complete the work. You are coming before it rains. You are trying to sing. You are secretly leaving. You are unable to find something to drink. You are starting to write. You are going out to the dance. You are making a mistake/wrong doing. You want to go home anxiously. You are playing (over there). You are eating a big meal. 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs Pi-wiihsinin! Kitepi-wiihsin. Kipooni-minihkwe. Kinihtaa-kiishitep. Kitani-kiiwe. Kitishkwaa-anohkii. Kipiishaa mwaye-kimiwak. Kikakwe-nikam. Kikiimooci-maacaa. Kikwenawi-minihkwe. Kimaacii-masinahike. Kitantawi- (or) Kinatawi-niim. Kiwani-tootaan. Kinoonte-wii-kiiwe. Kimate-metawe. Kikihci-wiihsin. Fa 4. Here are some examples of how to use preverbs for the second person in sentences. Study and understand these sentences. 0 136 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE .. UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Exercise E Understanding How to Use Preverbs: In this exercise, write your own sentences using preverbs. The examples given were in Exercise D and refer to first, second and third person. Repeat this exercise until you completely understand how to use preverbs in sentences. ~ Nouns kakwenihtaakwenawiishkwaaantawi- anoh.kii takohse sookihpwan kiiwe wiihsini kimiwan nipaa maacaa maaciipiso aahkosi niimi •metawe piintike pootawe naapenhs pimihsewin awaashihsh wiiciiwaakan *ihkwesenhs pine ihkwe animohsh kinooshe wiipac paanimaa otaapaan wemihtikooshi naape ni ve ta- Pooni-metawe ihkwesenhs 1. 2. La k eh ea d U 3. 4. 6. 7. 8. 9. of cu lty rs ity Fa wanimwayekihcinoontemaaciimatekii- 5. Ed Preverbs ani- ( uc at io n Exercise F More Preverbs: In this exercise, write complete sentences using the following words. Each sentence should have a minimum of three words. The first one is done for you as an example. 10. 11. 12. 13. L 14. 15. 137 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 ExerciseG New Vocabulary and Expressions 1. ishinihkaate. ishinihkaaso. It is called His/her name is 0 (or He/she is called) Indian Indian woman whiteman white woman He speaks "Indian". He speaks English. An expression roughly translated: "oops!" or "Oh my!" Ed uc at io n anibshinini / anihshinaape anihshininiiwihkwe / anihshinaapekwe wemihtikooshi / shakanaahsh wemihtikooshiihkwe / shakanaahshiikwe anihshininiimo / anihshinaapewimo wemihtikooshiimo / shakanaahshiimo (k)ooshta! of Introduction to the Dubitative Ojibwe speakers make an important distinction between what they are certain about and what they have some doubts about. For example: English translations on page 187. cu lty 2. Uncertain ity nitaahkosinaatok kitaahkosinaatok aahkositok nitaahkosiminaatok kitaahkosiminaatok kitaahkosinaawaatok aahkositokwenak 0 d 22 33 rs 13 21 ni ve 3 nitaahkos kitaahkos aahkosi nitaahkosimin kitaahkosimin kitaahkosinaawaa aahkosiwak U 1 2 Fa Certain ea Listen to and repeat the paradigm above. Note and underline the part ofeach word that indicates information is uncertain or there is some doubt about it. Verbs taking this form expressing doubt are said to be eh DUBITATIVE. La k A dubitative form indicates that the speaker is unable or unwilling to say for sure that the action/state of the verb has really occurred. The speaker may be unwilling because he did not personally witness the event, or because he has only inferred or supposed the action. He may feel that he has forgoten some details, and so doesn't want to wholly commit himself to what he has said. The dubitative may also be used with knowledge that is of a traditional nature. The dubitative is expressed in English by adding words such as "seems to be", or "must be" to the basic idea For example: Certain Uncertain He's sick. He must be sick. He seems to be sick 138 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 An important difference between the dubitative in Ojibwe and English is in the consistency of its usage. Aahkosi Bill. Bill is sick. (I've seen it with my own eyes.) Aahkositok Bill. Bill seems to be sick. (I've heard it, but haven't seen it.) uc at io n In Ojibwe, most information that you assume or have not personally verified by direct observation is presented in the dubitative. So, if someone tells you something that you have not personally verified, you would normally use a dubitative in Ojibwe if you were to tell anyone else this information. Compare the following sentences. of Ed Watch for dubitatives as you listen to people speaking, and try to use them in your own speech, when appropriate. Reply to the following questions using the dubitative form for your answers. The first one has been done for you. English translation on page 188. rs 3. ni ve _____;;...;;.;..;.;.;..;;.~~---------- eh ea d U Aanti anihshininiiwihkwe? Maacaatok Aanti wemihtikooshi?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Aanti kikosihs?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Aanti Soosan?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Aanti nishtehs?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Aanti kiciimic?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Aanti Piitan?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Aanti animohsh?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ La k ( Nantawenciketok. Maaciipisotok. Kiishitepotok. Metawetok. ity Fa Aan entootank kishtehs? Aan entootank kimihsens? Aan entootank kiwiiciiwaakan? Aan entootank kiciimic? cu lty Now, ask and reply to the following questions which assume, rather than observe, the answers given. Then ask and answer some questions of your own in the same way. English translations on page 187. 139 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 ExerciseH Mini-dialogues 1 - Aanti kishtehs? 2 - Nahke piko. Anohkiitok akwaciink. 1 - Nimihsens onanaantawaapamaan kishtehsan. 2 - Kekonen tahsh? 1 - Nahke piko. Owii-wiiciiwaatokwen maawiin. (or Maawin) 2- Kiln tahsh wiin? Aanti waa-ishaayan? 1 - Niwii-kiiwe. Niwii-wiihsin. B: 1 - Aanti kiciimic? 2 - Kiiyaapic maawin nipaatok. 1 - Aan ke-tootaman noonkom ke-kiishikaak? 2 - Nika-nanaantawaapamaak pinewak. 1 - Aanti? Noohpimink na? 2 - Kaawin. Weti naani-saakahikaniink. 1 - Keniin nika-piishaa. of Ed A: 0 uc at io n Listen to the following dialogues in class, and then practice them with your partner. English translation on page 188. In this exercise, write two mini-dialogues using dubitative forms. Practice your dialogues ity 2. Fa cu lty 1. Q La k eh ea d U ni ve rs with your partner. Check each other's pronunciation, and get help from your instructor if you need it. Mahkehshi 0 140 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Exercise I Dubltatives Change each of the following verbs into the dubitative form. Be sure to include the English translation also. Do as shown in the example. English translation on page 188. Uncertain Certain Anihshininiimo 3. Ishinihkaate 4. Kishitepo 5. Kohtaaci 6. Macaa 7. Masinahike 8. Niimi 9. Nikamo 10. Mawi Ed 2. ea Piintike La k eh 11. d U ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of 1. uc at io n Aahkositok He seems/must be sick. Aahkosi He is sick. Anohkii 12. Takohse 13. Tahkaavaa L 14. Wemihtikooshiimo 15. Waawaahte 141 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 ExerciseJ Dubitatives In this exercise, answer the following questions in the dubitative only. Use the verbs listed below. 0 Give three different answers to each question. English translation on page 188. a) Aan entootank naapenhs? uc at io n 1. b) c) 2. a) Aan entootank kitayihsh? Ed b) c) Aan waa-tootank wemihtikooshi? a) of 3. b) 4. Aan waa-tootank awaashihsh? cu lty c) a) c) 5. Aan eshiwepahk akwaciink? a) Fa b) b) ity 0 ni ve rs c) wemihtikooshi maaciipiso kiiwe mawi aahkosi tepi-wiihsini kishiwaasi metawe nipaa kishite ishinihkaaso masinahike maacaa niimi kishitepo piishaa paahpi ishinihkaate tahkaayaa piintike nikamo waawaahte wanishkaa minihkwe wiihsini d U anohkii anihshininiimo eh tahkose ea pootawe La k kohtaaci 0 142 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 5 Exercise A The Sun and the Moon 1. Listening and Understanding: In this exercise, listen carefully as your instructor pronounces the names of the words pictured uc at io n below. After you have heard each word several times, rewrite the words until you completely understand the meaning of the words. English translation on page 189. of tipihkaa wanankohsh tipihki-piihsim . P-114 Fa ,, cu lty ~ Ed ..._ ity ( saakaahte pankihshimon 2. Listening, speaking and understanding: English translation on page 189. U 1 - Aasha tipihkaa ~nipaan! 2 - Kaawin, kaawin mahshi niwii-nipaahsiin. Kiiyaapic niwii-metawe. 1 - Wiipac hsha kika-wanishkaa waapank. 2 - Kekonen tahsh? 1 - Kika-antawi-anohkii waapank. eh ea d A) B) 1 - Kiwaapamaa na tipihkii-piihsim? 2 - Kaawin. Aanti? 1 - Weti waasha naaniyahii wanankohshink. 2 - Aanti? Kaawin niwaapamaahsiin. Pine ehta niwaapamaa. C) 1 - Aasha saakaahte ~ wanishkaan ! 2 - Kekonen tahsh? Kiiyaapic hsha niwii-nipaa. 1 - Kika-maacii-anohkii aasha wiipac. 2 - Kaawin niwii-anohkiihsiin noonkom kaa-kiishikaak. Nitaahkosiiwamacih. Wiintamaw nitookimaam. 1 - Kaawin. Kiin wiintamaw. 143 La k _...,,.... -~- ni ve rs kiishikaa piihsim (1) tipaacimo (2) aatihsoohke �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 5 ExerciseB Writing, Reading and Understanding: 0 uc at io n 1. In this exercise, write some of your own mini-dialogues. After completing your dialogues, work in pairs to practice the dialogue out loud. Make sure you understand the meanings of each sentence, and get help from your instructor with pronunciation if you need it. ExerciseC Introduction to the Preterit of Ed 1. Ojibwe speakers distinguish between past activities or states that contrast with the present situation and those that do not. The PRETERIT marker "pan" indicates an action or state that was cut off in the past and no longer occurs, or an action or state that happened/existed in the remote past. We have already seen the use of "pan" at the end of a kin term, to indicate the contrast between a former, li,ying, relationship, and the present. In verbs, this contrast would be expressed in such ideas as: cu lty "We went there every summer." Nikii-ishaamin tahso-niipin. (Inference: "and we still do.") Fa Nikii-ishaaminiilW} tahso-niipin. (Inference: "but we no longer do.") 0 ity "He got married five years ago. ni ve rs Kii-wiikito niyaananoyahki otaanaank. (Inference: "and is still married.") Kii-wiikitoo12m1 niyaananoyahki otaanaank. (Inference: "but is not longer married.") U "I bought a house." ea d Nikii-ataawe waahkaahikan. (Inference: "and I still own it.") La k eh Nikii-ataawenaapan waahkaahikan. (Inference: "but I no longer own it.'') 2. 1 2 3 13 21 22 33 Neutral Preterit nitipaacim kitipaacim tipaacimo nitipaacimomin kitipaacimomin kitipaacimonaawaa tipaacimowak nitipaacimonaapan kitipaacimonaapan tipaacimoopan nitipaacimominaapan kitipaacimominaapan kitipaacimonaawaapan tipaacimoopaniik 144 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 5 Preterit-like ideas can be expressed in English by means of phrases, such as "formerly." I (formerly) worked on a trap line. He was (formerly) a sick child. Exercise D Tipaacimo uc at io n I. Understanding the difference between "Tipaacimo and Aatihsoohke." ~~ Verb: Noun: Ed Tipaacimo Tipaacimowin ~ Aatihsoohke Aatihsoohkewin of Verb: Noun: ~ Fa cu lty There are basically two kinds of stories in Ojibwe. A tipaacimowin is an ordinary story, true or fictional, short or long. An aatihsoohkewin is a legend story. An aatihsoohk,aan is a legend, with traditional (and sometimes religious) importance. In some areas, it is appropriate to tell aatihsoohkewin QJllI in certain seasons. Check this out in your area to ensure you do not cause offense. ity rs ni ve eh ea d U 2. Some examples: A) Ahaaw, pankii nika-tipaacim. Weshkac peshikwaa mekwaac kii-niipik, nikii-nanaantawaapamaa moos. Wiipac piko nikii-waapamaa moosoonhs. Kaawin nitoonci-paashkiswaahsiin. Osaam kii-akaahsheshi. B) Ahaaw, pankii nika-aatihsoohke. Weshkac peshikwaa aatihsoohkaan. Cahkaapehsh kii-ishinihkaaso. Kii-nihtaa-papiikonike. Mooshak kii-kakwe-pahkinaake. Niin kahkina kekoon nitipentaan kii-inentam. Mooshak kii-mawinehike. Kii-nihtaa-nootikwewe kaye. Kaawin wiihkaa onci-pahkinaakehsiin. Mooshak kii-pahkinawaakanoo. Amihiwe pinamaa minikohk ke-aatihsoohkeyaan. Paanimaa miina waapank. La k ( After work is finished for the day, a family on the trapline can enjoy the evening together by telling stories. But don't stay up too late! Everyone will be up early the next morning for a full day of hard work: men checking and setting traps, women scraping and stretching skins, preparing and smoking meat and fish caught, in addition to the everday tasks, and children carrying water, gathering wood, setting snares. And so to sleep... 145 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 5 In order for you to understand the sentences on the previous page, you have to work with your instructor. Listen very carefully as your instructor pronounces the words. After you have heard each word several times, list the words that you don't know the meaning of. The instructor will give you proper translations. Q More About Preterits: uc at io n There are many cases of preterit use in Ojibwe that are not matched by English equivalents. Therefore, it will be important for you to listen carefully to fluent speakers, note when they use "-pan" and think about what they mean. Gradually, as you grasp the idea, you'll be able to start using the preterit in you own speech. 3. Here are some dialogues in which the preterit is used. Ask your instructor to read them to you, and to explain any words you're not sure of: English translation on page 190. Aanti kiicihkiwesi e-ayaac? Peshiko maacaapan hsha ntiko. Kiwiiciiwaapan na tahsh ahko? Mooshak hsha nikii-nanaantawencikeminaapan. Noonkom hsha tahsh kaawin wiihkaa ci-wiiciiwak. B) Kiwii-wiihsininaapan na? Ebe, weshkac hsha kaa-kii-wiihsiniyaapaan. Ishkotehkanaapihkonk ayinaapin. Wiiyaahs hsha ihimaa ahtepan onaako. Aasha kaana miina kii-onci-kocipanihcikaatetok. C) Aanti tahsh wiin kimoohkomaan? Nahke piko aanti, amohshahi ahpin e-kii-wanihtooyaapaan awahsinaako. Aapin ekaa e-saakihtooyaampaan. 0 rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed A) ni ve Do not be concerned, for a while, about mastering the preterit in your own speech. Do, however, work on recognizing and understanding it when you hear the preterit in the speech of others. U For further practice with the preterits, with your instructor's assistance, try to write some of your own sentences. eh ea d For example; Nikii-nihtaa-masinahikenaapan. I used to be good at writing, (but not anymore). La k Reading and Writing Practice: 4. Rewrite the following sentences using the preterit form of the verb: English translation on page 190. Kii-pootawe weti saakahikaniink. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Anihshininiiwihkwe kii-kiishitepo. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Kikii-masinahike na?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Aashakii-maaciipiso. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Kikii-kishiwaasimin._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Kikii-paahpina?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 146 0 �INTRODUCTORY OHBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON S Exercise E An Introduction to the Pejorative 1. Sometimes a speaker wants to indicate that something he is talking about is for some reason not very good. In English he may describe it as: DMtX, useless, poorly made. broken down. &ood-fornothin&. worn-out, and the like. In Ojibwe, all these ideas (and more!) are conveyed in one neat way. Check the examples below to see how it is done: uc at io n ahkihkolw) pimitewibm waawmm ciimaanibm waakaahikanibsh paashkisikanilw} of Ed 2. The word PEJORATIVE is usually used to denote this "ihsh" suffix. To give yourself lots of practice in hearing and understanding pejoratives, collect and bring to class "sets" of articles: a regular comb and a comb with missing teeth, a good cup and a cracked or chipped cup, etc. Have your teacher name these things for you. The more articles you bring, the more words you'll hear, and the easier it will be for you to recognize and use pejoratives in your own conversations. b. ishkotehkaanaapihk wiiskwehokaan wiihsiniiwinaahtik piihsimohkaan pimihsewin wanihiikan rs ity moohkomaan minihkwaakan matikwaan Fa mahkisin waapoyaan tehsapiwin a. If you're not sure about any of your answers, look back to the work that you did on diminutives, U moohkomaanihsh minihkwaakanihsh matikwaanihsh ea d a. ni ve pages 101 and 102. Notice that the idea of "not very good" works similar in fashion to the idea of "small in size." Now check your answers: ishkotehkaanaapihkohsh piihsimohkaanihsh wiihsiniiwinaahtikohsh eh b. mahkisinihsh waapoyaanihsh tehsapiwinihsh piishimohkaanihsh pimihsewinihsh wanihiikanihsh La k ( cu lty 3. What is done to the word to give this "not very good" idea? Could you try doing it yourself with the following words? 4. Other notes on the Pejorative: a. An expression, roughly translated as "yuk!" carries the pejorative sound: ihshay! b. Like the diminutive, the pejorative may be used also as a term of affection. Ask your teacher for examples of this. c. Sometimes you may have occasion to use both the dimunitive and the pejorative endings at the same time. If you do, your word will sound something like this: ciimaanenhsihsh 147 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 5 Which ending comes first? Ask your instructor for lots of other examples so that you will become very familiar with the sound and the usage of the pejorative, and of the combination of pejorative and diminutive forms. Q cu lty of Ed uc at io n Write a sentence about each of the following pictures. Be sure the pictured nouns take the pejorative or diminutive/pejorative forms. Exercise F Fa Reading, Understanding and Translation: 1. Before you begin your translation, you may find it helpful to look at the comment in Exercise E potato salt duck Q Pejorative B: frying pan pot fish U teakettle ni ve A: rs Pejorative ity above. Remember that the pejorative endings look like "ihsh" or "ohsh". English transalation on page 190. plate lamp ea d carrot pipe cradleboard key eh do La k 2. Sometimes you may have occasion to use both the diminutive and the pejorative endings at the same time. If you do, your word will sound something like this: r. ciimaanenhshihsh / noun . dmunutlve i. peJorattve 0 148 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 5 In this.exercise. again use the words in (1) .above. This time, try using both diminutive and pejorative . form together. Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n • La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity ( Kapehshiiwi-pootawaan (campfire) L 149 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON S Preterit and Pejorative and Diminutive Exercise G In this exercise, use the preterit "pan", pejorative "ihsh" or the diminutive "enhs" / "oonhs". Add the most appropriate suffix to each of the following words below. Example: tipihkaa12m = It was night then. = l. wanankohsh = 2. pootawe 3. wanishkaa =--------------------4. piihsim 5. niciimic 6. animoonhs =--------------------7. kiwiiciiwaa =--------------------8. saakaahte 9. moohkomaan 10. aatihsooke_ __ =--------------------11. pimihsewin._ __ =--------------------12. pakihshimon.___ 13. shiihshiip._ _ __ 14. maaciipiso._ _ __ 15. nitayihsh._ _ __ ;; 16. tipaacimo_ _ __ 17.pahkinaake._ __ = 18. piihsimohkan._ _ = 19.nootihkwewe_ __ 20. shiiwihtaakan._ __ 21. nipaaskihswaa._ _ 22. nikosihs._ _ __ 23. mahkisin._ _ __ =--------------------- 0 uc at io n ----------------------------------------- Fa cu lty of Ed =--------------------=--------------------- ity ______________________ 0 ea d U ni ve rs ------------------------------------------ La k eh 24. kihcipison._ __ 25. kiishikaa._ _ __ 26.onaakan_ _ __ 27. masinahike- - 28. nipewin._ _ __ 29. ishkotehkanaapihk._ __ 30. nanaantawencike._ _ __ 31. tipihki-piihsim.__ _ __ 32. ishinihkaaso_ _ _ _ __ =--------------------- =--------------------=--------------------=--------------------=--------------------=--------------------- =--------------------150 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 5 ExerciseH Geographical Map Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n Listen carefully as your instructor points to different places on the map. When you have heard each one several times, see if you can locate where the numbered terms go on the map. Ask your instructor to repeat the terms if you need to hear them again. English translation on page 191. La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity ( 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. noohpimink mashkiik aashokan neyaahsh akaami-siipi niminaaweyaatawaan 9. 10. 11. 12. 151 naanew onikam akaamink minihtikwaapihk waashahaa minihtik �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON S Exercise I Geographical map (terms) 1. Aanti ciimaan? 2. Aanti eshaayan? 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Aanti matikwaan? 0 uc at io n In this exercise, answer the following questions In some cases you may need to use the locative endings on nouns. Aanti minihtik? Ed Aanti neyaahsh? Aanti aashokan? of Aanti kinooshenhsak? . Aanti tahsh apwiyak? Aanti iitok tahsh shiihshiip? 11. Aanti iitok kihci-kinooshe? 12. Aanti onikam? Fa 10. cu lty Aanti waa-noonte-ishaayan? ity Exercise J 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs Now draw your own map and use the list of words below to label the geographical features. aashokan waashahaa mashkiik waanipiiyaa minihtik onikam niminaaweyaatawaan akaami-siipi minihtikwaapihk noohpimink paawihtik wacii 152 akaamink pihkwaamatinaa neyaahsh saakahikan naanew siipi 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 Unit t and Unit 2 Review Twenty-Four Articles Exercise A 2. After completing the translation, you will be given a quiz in both oral and written formats. Using Numbers Fa ExerciseB ity 1. Numbers are very common words in Ojibwe. Review the pronunciation and the meaning of the words which are listed below. Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. rs ( Milk Fish Porridge Potatoe Carrot Duck cu lty Spoon Fork Salt Ed Knife Bannock Partridge Rabbit Meat Bread Egg of Pepper Lard Water Teakettle Pot Frying pan Plate Cup uc at io n 1. This final lesson will review lessons 1 to 5. To successfully complete the review you will need to go over the vocabulary and structures you have learned, and review the pronunciation of each item.. After each exercise is completed, you will be given a variety of mini-tests, both oral and written. Let's begin with the twenty-four kitchen articles. Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. Thirteen Fourteen Fifteen Sixteen Seventeen Eighteen U ni ve Seven Eight Nine Ten Eleven Twelve eh ea d One Two Three Four Five Six After completing the translation, you will be given a quiz in both oral and written formats. La k 2. Nineteen Twenty Twenty-one Twenty-two Twenty-three Twenty-four L 153 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 Using Numbers in Verb Forms Exercise C YAI Yil There is one egg. There are two partridges. There are two plates. There are three fish. There are three knives. There are four spoons. There are four forks. There are five carrots. There are five eggs. There are six bannocks. There are seven pots. There are six peppers. There are eight ducks. There are eight pieces of meat. Ed There is one rabbit. cu lty of There are seven pieces of lard. There are nine cartons of milk. There are nine teakettles. There are ten frying pans. There are ten containers of salt. After completing the translation, you will be given a quiz in both oral and written formats. Fa 2. Q uc at io n 1. In lesson one, exercise H, you learned how to use numbers in verb form. Review your notes and textbook before you start to work on this exercise. Check the pronunciation of each Ojibwe word, and make sure you understand the meaning of each Ojibwe and sentence. Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. May I Introduce Myself? ity Exercise D 0 ni ve rs 1. When visiting Native language speaking communities, you will need to know some words, phrases and sentences to introduce yourself. Study the useful phrases listed below. Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. eh ea d U Yes No Thank you What is your name? My name is _ _ _ _ _ __ Where are you from? I am from _ _ _ _ __ La k Me too. How about you? Say it again. Say it slowly. Do you understand? Yes, I understand. No, I don't understand. What is that (inanimate)? Who is/what is that (animate)? What is his/her name? His/her name is _ _ _ __ 2. After completing the translation, you will be given a quiz in both oral and written formats. 154 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 6 Imperatives and Locatives Exercise E 1. Imperative: uc at io n Imperatives are those words we use when we are telling someone what to do. You already have a very good idea how to use imperatives. Study those words which are listed below. Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. cu lty of Ed Come in! Stand up! Go away! Go home! Go to sleep! Sit down! Come here! Make (build) a fire! Sing! Getup! eh ea d U ni ve On the stove. At the airplane. At the door. In the canoe. On the chair. In the house. At the window. On the car. On the kitchen table. In the tent. On the bed. At the teepee. rs ity In the Native language, nouns with locative endings could mean "in", "at" or "on". Study the meaning of the words listed below, and check the pronunciation with your instructor if necessary. Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. La k ( Fa 2. Locatives: 3. After completing the translation, you will be given a quiz in both oral and written formats. 155 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 6 Intransitive Verbs (VAl) ExerciseF uc at io n Sick Dancing Make afire Working Angry Eating Go home Enough eating Cooking Playing Ed Sleeping What Time is it? cu lty After completing the translation, you will be given a quiz in both oral and written formats. ExerciseG Using what you have learned. In this review exercise, you will study some of the telling time phrases. Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. Fa 1. Q of Singing Q. What time is it? 0 ni ve 1. It is one o'clock. ity 2. As you are already aware, in the Native language, all intransitive verbs are complete sentences. Study the meaning of the words listed below, and check the pronunciation with your instructor if necessary. Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. Translate the following verbs with the form that means he/she... rs 1. 2. It is two o'clock. 3. It is three o •clock. U 4. It is four o'clock. d 5. It is five o'clock. ea 6. It is six o'clock. eh 7. It is seven o'clock. 8. It is eight o'clock. La k 9. It is nine o •clock. 10. It is ten o'clock. 11. It is eleven o'clock. 12. It is twelve o'clock. 2. After completing the translation, you will be given a quiz in both oral and written formats. 0 156 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 What Are They Doing? Exercise ff In Unit 2, Lesson 1, Exercise A, you learned nouns and expressions. Study the meaning of the words listed below, and check the pronunciation with your instructor if necessary. Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. Woman Man Child Boy Girl Women Men Children Boys Girls uc at io n l. I don't know. Fa cu lty of Ed What are you doing? (singular) What am I doing? What is he/she doing? What are they doing? What are XQY doing? (pl.) What are~ doing? (pl. inclusive) What do you want to do? What do I want to do? What does he/she want to do? What do they want to do? What do )'.Ql! want to do? (pl.) What is he/she called? (What's his name?) What is it called? (What's it's name?) Ask him! Tell him! After completing the translation, you will be given a quiz in both oral and written formats. ni ve 2. rs ity ( Exercise I U As you already know, it is possible to put the prefix "wii-" before most verbs. Doing this expresses the idea "want to" or "intend to". Study the meaning of the words listed below, and check the pronunciation with your instructor if necessary. Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. eh ea d 1. Voluntatives La k I want to drink water. Do you want to drink water too? The man wants to work today. He/she wants to work today. He/she wants to make a fire outside. No, I don't want to play. How about the children. Do they want to play? Do you want to go home? (pl) L 157 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 2. Past, Present and Future Tenses: 0 I am going home today. Did you work yesterday? He/she will be leaving tomorrow. You slept yesterday. (pl) After completing the translations, you will be given a quiz in both oral and written formats. 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed 3. uc at io n They will be dancing soon. Omatwehike (Drummer) 0 158 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 Vocabulary ExerciseJ Shoe Lamp Book Broom Cradleboard Key Pencil Pipe Blanket Pillow Ed Ax First Person Plural: of 2. Dog We are going home. (incl.) cu lty We are eating. (incl.) We are making a fire. (incl.) Fa We are working. (incl.) We are sleeping. (excl.) rs We are playing. (excl.) ity We are writing. (excl.) ( uc at io n Study the meaning of the words listed below, and check the pronunciation with your instructor if necessary. Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. Diminutives: Skunk U 3. ni ve We are leaving. (excl.) Wolf Duck Baby beaver Baby wolf Baby duck After completing the translations, you will be given a quiz in both oral and written formats. La k eh 4. ea d Baby skunk Beaver L 159 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 6 Transitive Verbs Exercise K I am looking for a boy. You are eating a fish. Ed Do you see an airplane? I want/need a book. of Are you looking for a knife? How is the Weather? e) Northern lights f) Thundering g) Raining h) Sunny ity i) Foggy j) Calm k) Overcast 1) Cloudy 0 rs Some Useful Expressions: ni ve 3. Fa a) Windy b) Cold c) Hot d) Snowing cu lty I am eating moose meat. 2. Q uc at io n 1. Study the meaning of the words listed below, and check the pronunciation with your instructor if necessary. Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. I see a woman. Do you want/need a dog? What? What do you want? U What for? ea d Why not? Where are you going? (sing) Where are you going? (pl.) eh How is the weather? La k What's going on? Exceedingly, most, most of all 4. After completing the translations, you will be given a quiz in both oral and written formats. 0 160 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 Obviatives Exercise L 1. In this review exercise, concentrate on the meanings of the words, phrases and sentences. Pay particular attention to extra endings. Look carefully at the objects of each sentence. Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. of Ed Third Person Only: He/she sees the partridge. He/she likes the taste of bear. He/she is looking for goose. He/she is cooking skunk. He/she wants/needs a spoon. He/she loves the dog. He/she is taking care of my older brother. He/she is eating an egg. He/she sees the house. He/she likes the taste of meat. He/she is looking for a lard. He/she is cooking a potatoe. He/she loves milk. He/she takes care of the canoe. U ni ve rs ity ( Fa cu lty 2. uc at io n I am eating meat. You are eating meat. He/she is eating meat. I am eating fish. You are eating fish. He/she is eating fish. d After completing the translations, you will be given a quiz in both oral and written formats. La k eh ea 3. L 161 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 ExerciseM Possessive Nouns Your pencil His tea My doors His bread Your kettle His cups Sweater Shirt Hat Belt Sock Mitten Blouse Pants Coat My forks Your knives His bannock Ed Vocabulary: cu lty of Scarf My Family: Myself My grandmother My father My spouse My older sister My younger sister My son My mother My older brother My daughter ity Fa My grandfather My younger brother 0 After completing the translations, you will be given a quiz in both oral and written formats. La k eh ea d U 4. My clock rs 3. My eggs ni ve 2. My chair Q uc at io n 1. In this review exercise. concentrate on the meanings of the words, phrases and sentences. As you are already aware, the possessive nouns do not have any particular rule that you can follow. Pay particular attention to extra endings. Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. 0 162 �INTRODUCTORY OHBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 6 More About TA Verbs ExerciseN 1. In this review exercise, concentrate on the meanings of the sentences listed below. The following words express actions with different subjects (the doers of the action) and objects (those who have the action done to them). A heading such as; uc at io n (1 acting on 2) means a first person (1), "niin" is doing something to a second person (2), "kiin". (1 acting on 3) I see you. I am looking for you. I am helping you. I am going with you. I see him/her. I am looking for him/her. I am helping him/her. I am going with him/her. cu lty of (1 acting on 2) (2 acting on 3) ni ve rs You see me. You are looking for me. You are helping me. You are going with me. ity Fa (2 acting on 1) ( Ed Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. Note: The verb stem is the part that doesn't change when the subject and object do. · U (3 acting on 1) (3 acting on 2) He/she sees you. He/she is looking for you. He/she is helping you. He/she is going with you. La k eh ea d He/she sees me. He/she is looking for me. He/she is helping me. He/she is going with me. You see him/her. You are looking for him/her. You are helping him/her. You are going with him/her. (3 acting on 4) He/she sees him. He/she is looking for him/her. He/she is helping him. He/she is going with him. 2. After completing the translations, you will be given a quiz in both oral and written formats. 163 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 Scenery and Useful Articles E:xerciseO 1. In this review exercise, study the meanings of the words listed below. Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. Vocabulary and Expressions: White woman He speaks "Indian". He speaks English Whiteman He is sick He is working He must be working cu lty He must be playing He must be sick He must be sleeping 0 rs After completing the translations, you will be given a quiz in both oral and written formats. La k eh ea d U ni ve 4. Fa Certain and Uncertain: ity 3. of It is called His/her name is Indian Indian woman Ed 2. uc at io n Gun River Hill Outboard Motor Forest, Wilderness Mountain Lake Rapid Bond Paddle Lunch Box Island Q 0 164 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 6 Exercise P More ll Verbs (Vll) l .In this review exercise, study the meanings of the words listed below. Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. It is night Moon It is day Sun uc at io n It is sun rise Telling story Telling a lengend story Star It is sunset Preterit: Ed 2. We went there every summer but we no longer do. of He got married five years ago but is no longer married. cu lty I bought a house but I no longer own it. Name these articles in pejorative form: 4. After completing the translations, you will be given a quiz in both oral and written formats. Fa 3. ea d U ni ve rs ity ( Geographical Terms La k eh Exercise Q 1. In this review exercise, study those words which are listed below. Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. In the bush (in the forest) Swamp Bridge There is a peninsula (point in the lake) Across the river L On the shore Portage Across the lake or river Dock There is a bay. 2. After completing the translations, you will be given a quiz in both oral and written formats. 165 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; REVIEW LESSONS Let's Look Back at What You Have Learned Unit 2; Lessons 1 to 5 0 1. Review the words you know: A. Nominals Animate Nouns: of Ed uc at io n nihka nimihshoom, omihshooman noohkom, oohkoman nitaataa, otaataaman nimaamaa, omaamaaman nishtehs, oshtehsan nimihsens, omihsensan niwiiciiwaakan, owiiciiwaakanan niciimic, ociimican nikosihs, okosihsan cu lty micihkaawan mitaahs mahiinkan mahkwa mahkehshi moos naape naapenhs ihkwe ihkwesenhs nitaanihs, otaanihsan ohpwaakan piihsimohkaan piihsim shikaak wemihtikooshi wemihtikooshiihkwe wanahkohsh tipihki-piihsim 0 ni ve rs ity Fa animohsh nitayihsh, otayihshan awaashihsh aatisoohkaan anihshinini anihshininiihkwe amihk atihk apwi ashikan naapihkaakan Inanimate Nouns: La k eh ea d U aapihsakahikan ahpikweshimon ashtotin kihcipison masinahikan masinahikanaahtik makoot mahkisin mashkiik matikwaan minihtik noohpimink niimaawiniwash pakwaan paawihtik paashkisikan pihkwan pihkwaamatinaa pikwatahkamik pimihsewin pimipanihcikan piihsimoo-masinahikan saakahikan siipi shiipiikwaan tihkinaakan tipaacimowin waakahkwat waapoyaan wepahikan wacii waashtenikan wiiskwehokaan 0 166 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; REVIEW LESSONS Pronouns: kiinawaa kiinawint awiiya ninawint wiinawaa B. Verbs ni ve rs ity Fa papiikwaanakwan pinehsiiwan takohse tahkaayaa sookihpwan waahshekwan waawaahte Transitive Animate Verbs: eh ea d U niwaapamaa nitamwaa ninanaantawaapamaa niminohpwaa ninihsaa ninantawenimaa nilcanawenimaa niwaniihkenotawaa nikakwecimaa La k ( anwaahtin kashk.awan kimiwan kishite nootin ninkwahkwan pankihshimon cu lty Intransitive Inanimate Verbs: taashkikahike tipaacimo saakaham wemihtikooshiimo Ed aatisoohke anihshininiimo kwayaacii kahkiiwe kawaci pimaatisi takohshin of minihkwe metawe mawi maaciipiso masinahike nantawencike naatahipii uc at io n Intransitive Animate Verbs: nimiinaa niwiicihaa niwiiciiwaa nikiishiswaa nipiinahwaa nisaakihaa nikocaanimentamihik niwiintamawaa nimaamitonenimaa 167 waanipiiyaa �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; REVIEW LESSONS Transitive Inanimate Verbs: waapank weshkac wiipac kekonen? maawac! of cu lty mah! kekonen tahsh? noonkom onaako paanirnaa Ed C. Particles aanahpii? aan tahsh ekaa? aan tahsh wiin ihi? awahsinaako awahsiwaapank 0 uc at io n ninipahtoon ninantawentaan niwiicihtoon nikiishisaan nisaakihtoon nikocaanimentamihikon nikocaanimentaan niwaapantaan nimiicin ninanaantawaapantaan niminohpitaan nipiinahaan nikanawentaan niwaniihkenotaan nimaamitonentaan pitepipooninihtaamate- Fa D. Preverbs kakwekiimoocikwenawimaacii- antawi- or natawiwaninoonte- 0 ni ve rs ity aniishkwaamwayekihci- E. Expressions La k eh ea d U nahke piko. Aan entootaman? Aan entootamaan? Aan entootank? Aan entootamowaac? Aan entootamek? Aan entootamak? Aan waa-tootaman? Aan waa-tootamaan? Aan waa-tootank? Aan waa-tootamowaac? Kekonen nantawentaman? Kekonen tahsh? Kakwecim? (k)ooshta! Wiintamaw Aan waa-tootamek? Aan eshinihkaasoc? Aan eshinihkaatek? Aan eshiwepahk? Aan enahkamikahk? Aan tahsiwaac? Aan tahsh ekaa? Aan tahsh wiin ihi ekaa? Aani minikohk? Aanti eshaayan? Aanti eshaayek? 0 168 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Unit2; ~ons 1-6 r In this section, we have provided English translations for the Severn Ojibwe words and sentences introduced in Unit 2. ~onl. 1st Row woman women child children man men Some Useful Expressions: Note: Translations are done in text. ( 5. I am sleeping. 2). 3). 4). You are sleeping. H/she's sleeping. They're sleeping. ni ve 1). I'm not sleeping. You're not sleeping. H/she's not sleeping. They're not sleeping. d ea eh La k Ed You are angry. H/she's angry. They're angry. I'm not playing. You're not playing. H/she's not playing. They're not playing. I'm not angry. You' re not angry. H/she's not angry. They're not angry. Ne&ative Fonns; 1). 2). 3). 4). 6. I am angry. I am playing. You are playing. H/she's playing. They're playing. U 3. rs ity Fa cu lty The partridge is eating. The fish are afraid. The men are working. The women is working. The partridges are eating. The girl is building / making a fire. The women are working. The child is sleeping. The fish is afraid. The man is working. The children are sleeping. The girls are building / making a fire. of 1. girl girls boy boys Exercise B uc at io n Exercise A The children are afraid. The boys are going home. I am sleeping. The girls are working. Are the partridges full / had enough to eat? Are the boys angry? No, thefre building/ making a fire. Maybe they are sick. They're eating soon. The women are singing. Are the fish afraid? 169 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION c 0 1 - Where are the children? 2 - They are playing outside. 1 - Where outside. 2 - Over there beside the teepee? 1 - Are you playing too? 2 - No, I'm working. How about you? 1 - No, I'm working too. Example: uc at io n Exercise Exercise D Ed The Voluntative: H/she wants to go home. No, h/she does not want to go home. H/she's going home. Does h/she want to go home? 2nd Line They're sleeping. Do they want to sleep? 3rd Line You are working. Do you want to work? 4th Line H/she's making a fire. Does h/she want to make a fire? cu lty They want to sleep. No, they don't want to sleep. rs ity Fa You want to work. No, you don't want to work. I am drinking. d ea A). 0 You are eating. H/she's eating. They're eating. eh La k 3. No, h/she does not want to make a fire. I am eating. I am laughing. You are laughing. H/she's laughting. They're laughing. * I want to drink. Hfshe wants to make a fire. I am crying. You are crying. H/she's crying. They're crying. U You are drinking. H/she's drinking. They're drinking. ni ve 2. of 1st Line You want to laugh. H/she wants to cry. 1 - The child is crying. 2 - Maybe hfshe want to drink. 1-Milk? 2 - H/she' s drinking now. 1 - H/she wants to sleep. 2 - H/she' s sleeping now. 0 170 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION 1 - Where are the women? 2 -They're building a fire. They want to cook. 1 - Where? 2 - There in the teepee. 1 - Do they want to eat/ Are they hungry? 2-Yes 1 - You (too) come and eat. (too) C). 1 - Are the boys angry? No, they're working. 2 - Do they want to go home soon? 1 - Yes, they want to go home soon. 2 -They want to eat and they want to go to sleep. How about you? 1 - I'll go home too later. (in a while) Ed Exercise F What are you doing? Me? Yes, you. I'm cooking. How about you? I don't want to cook. I want to play. Do you want to eat? Okay, only a little bit. Me too. I want to eat a little bit/some. 2. A). What are they doing? B). They're not working, they're sleeping. A). How about you? B). I don't want to sleep; I want to work. A). Where? B). By the house. A). Me too, I want to work. ity Fa cu lty A). B). A). B). A). B). A). B). U ni ve rs ( 1. of r uc at io n B). ea d Exercise G eh 1. Past, present and future tenses: La k Note: Translations are done in text. 2. Present Tense: I am going home. You are going home. H/she is going home. You (plural) are going home. They are going home. L 171 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Past Tense: 0 uc at io n I went home / I did go home. You went home. / You did go home. H/she went home. / h/she did go home. You (plural) went home. They went home. Future Tense: of Ed I will be going home. You will be going home. H/she will be going home. You (plural) will be going home. They will be going home. cu lty What did you do to form the voluntative: ity 0 rs Today, I am working. Yesterday, I worked / I did work. Tomorrow, I'll work/ I'll be working. ni ve 3. Fa I want to go home. You want to go home. H/she wants to go home. You (plural) want to go home. They want to go home. d U Do you want to sleep now? Were you sleeping yesterday? Are you going to be sleeping tomorrow? La k eh ea Hfshe is playing now. H/she played the day before yesterday. H/she will play the day after tomorrow. Are you sick now? Were you sick a long time ago? Are you going to be sick much later? 4. I am going home. I went home/ I did go home. I will be going home. He is making a fire. He was making a fire. He'1l be making a fire. 0 172 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE .. UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION They are working. They were working. They will be working. uc at io n You (singu.) are eating. You were eating. You will be eating. Are you (plural) laughing? Were you {plural) laughing? Will you be (plural) laughing? Ed Exercise J Fa ity Lesson 2: ni ve rs Plural Pronouns; Note: Translations are done in text. Yes. Yes. Yes. Yes. How about us (exclusive)? How about us (inclusive)? How about you (plural)? How about them/they? We/us. (exclusive) We/us. (inclusive) You (plural) They/them. eh ea d U 2). La k ( cu lty pencil/ pen blanket pillow pipe axe key dog shoe book/paper craclleboard lamp broom of New Vocabul30'; Us first/next, our tum (exclusive). Us first/next, our tum (inclusive). You (plural) first/next, your tum. Them first/next, their turn. Us, too (exclusive). Us, too (inclusive). You (plural) too. They/them too. Not us/we (exclusive) Not us/we (inclusive). Not you (plural). Not them/they. 173 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION First Person Plural; 0 Ed ni ve rs getting up leaving come in building a fire singing coming angry dancing 0 What do you want to do? What do I want to do? What does h/she want to do? What do they want to do? What do you (plural) want to do? What do we want to do? U What are you doing? What am I doing? What is h/she doing? What are they doing? What are you (plural) doing? What are we doing? La k eh ea d 6. of ity 5. Using what you have learned; cu lty We are drinking (exclusive) We are writing. (exclusive) We are afraid. (exclusive) We want to eat/ We're hungry. We are full / had enough to eat. We are sleeping. (exclusive) We are cooking. We are making a fire (exclusive) We are working. Fa 3. uc at io n We are going home. (inclusive) We are eating. (inclusive) We are making a fire. (inclusive) We are sick. (inclusive) We are writing. (inclusive) We are crying. (inclusive) We are singing. (inclusive) We are laughing (inclusive) We are working (inclusive) Exercise B I Are you (plural) working today? Yes, we are working. Are we going to work today? Yes, we are going to work. Are you (plural) going home tomorrow? No, we're not going to go home. 0 174 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Are we leaving tomorrow? We are not leaving tomorrow. Were you (plural) singing yesterday. Yes, we sang I we did sing. uc at io n Are we going to cook soon? Yes, we will cook soon. Do you (plural) want to eat? Are you going home tomorrow? Were you (plural) sick the day before yesterday? Are we going to work the day after tomorrow? Are we going to leave soon? Do they want to sleep now? Are you full now I did you have enough to eat now? Are we going to make a fire in the stove tomorrow? 3. Note: Translations are done in text. Fa Exercise c cu lty of 2. Ed Are you (plural) sleeping now? We're not sleeping yet. Where is the calendar? Beside / near the window. Where is the clock? Where is the dog? Where is the lamp? Where is the cradleboard? Where is the book? Where is the house? Where is the axe? U ni ve rs ity ( Exercise D a. The dog is sleeping /asleep now. The clock is on the table. The children are crying. The woman is cooking on the stove, (now, then) The lamp is on the table. The man is drinking (now, already). The girl is making a fire already. The cradleboard is at the door. The boy is writing (now, already). The calender is on the chair. The shoes are by the door. The woman is laughing. The dog is singing. The man, boy and girl are eating at the table. The partridge is by the door. The children are making a fire. 175 ea b. d 1. La k eh c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. o. p. �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION uc at io n 1 - What do you want to do? 2- Bring the bannock and eggs! Do you want to eat, too? 1 - No, I want to work. 2- Where? 1 - Far away in the bush. You too? 2 - No, I want to sleep. C) 0 Ed B) 1 - Where is the dog? 2 - Over there by the teepee. 1 - What is he doing? 2 - He is eating. 1 - How about you? What are doing? 2 - I want to eat, too. 1 - Not me, I don't want to eat. I want to leave/ go. of A) Knock! Knock! 1 - Who's there/ Who's that? ity Fa 2 - Me, it's John. 1 - Well, come in! Sit down here! Do you want to drink tea? 2 - No, only water. cu lty 2. 1 - What is the woman doing? 2 - She is making a fire in the stove. She wants to cook. 1 - Did the boys eat already? 2 - No, they want to eat right away. 1 - How about you? Do you want to eat, too? 2- No, I ate already. I want to work right away/ right now. E) 1 - What do you (plural) want to do today? 2 - We want to write. 1 - Us, too. 2 - Where are the pencils / pens? 1 - There beside the book. 2 - Please, bring them here! 1 - You too, sit down here! 2 - Put your books here! 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs D) 3. What are the children doing? Where is the clock? What is the woman doing? Is/ are the man and boy eating? Where are the shoes? 0 176 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE • UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION What are you doing now? What is your name? Where do you come from? Do you want to eat? Do you want to sing? Do you (plural) want to sleep? Were you (plural) sick the day before yesterday? What are you (plural) doing today? Are / will you (plural) be leaving the day after tomorrow? Are you (plural) making a fire? cu lty of Ed 4.. uc at io n Did the woman make a fire already? Are the girls going to be full soon? Where is the lamp? What is the boy doing? What is the dog doing? Fa Exercise E Inland; ni ve rs ity 11. Caribou 12. Baby caribou 13. Goose 14. Baby goose 15. Bird 16. Baby bird 17. Wolf 18. Baby wolf 19.Fox 20. Baby fox Spoon Small spoon Bannock Small bannock Book Small book. Plate Small plate Fish Small fish (minnow) Dog Small dog (pup) Window Small window Cradleboard Small cradleboard Chair Small chair eh 2. ea d U 1. Skunk 2. Baby skunk 3. Moose 4. Baby moose 5. Bear 6. Baby bear 7. Rabbit 8. Baby rabbit 9. Beaver 10. Baby beaver La k ( 177 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION m. fork n. bear o. knife p.cup q. rabbit r. window g.canoe h.goose i. plate j. bed k.fish I. dog a. skunk b. beaver c. lard d. moose e.caribou f. pail / bucket s. salt t. chair u.duck v. wolf w. cradleboard x. lamp 4. Done in text by student. 5. Done in text by student. Ed Exercise E Do you see a rabbit? I see a beaver. cu lty Do you see a goose? I see a bear cub. I see a cradleboard. Do you see a pencil /pen? I see a small chair. Do you see the caribou-meat? I see a book. Fa I see a moose. of TA Verbs: 1. I am eating. 5. 1). 3. I am eating (inanimate). ea d Do you see (animate)? Do you see (inanimate)? Are you eating (animate)? Are you eating (inanimate)? I am eating. I see him/her. Bring something (animate). I am eating something (animate). I see it (inanimate). Bring something (inanimate). I am eating something (inanimate). I am working. Sit down. La k 6. 2). I am eating (animate). eh 2). 0 U 1) I am eating meat. Are you eating porridge. I am eating a potato. Are you eating lard? ni ve Are you eating a bear? I am eating fish. Are you eating a caribou? rs I am eating a rabbit. ity Note: #2/3 are done in text. 4. 0 uc at io n 3. 0 178 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION How is the weather? (VII) Exercise G uc at io n It is thundering. There are northern lights. It is foggy. It is calm. It is overcast. It is cloudy. It is windy. It is cold. It is hot. It is snowing. It is a sunny day. It is raining. Exercise H I am eating something animate. I am eating something inanimate. I am thinking of something animate. I am thinking of something inanimate. I am killing something animate. I am killing something inanimate. C) 1 - Do you want to sleep? of 1 - Where are you going? 2 - I am going home. 1 - What for? or what about? 2 - I am sick. B) cu lty A) Fa 4. Ed I see something animate. I see something inanimate. I'm looking for something animate. I'm looking for something inanimate. I like the taste of something animate. I like the taste of something inanimate. D) ity 2-No. 1 - Why is it not so? 2 - I am thinking about my friend. rs ( 1 - What do you want? 2 - I don't want anything. 1 - Why not? 2 - I want to sleep. 1 - How is the weather? 2- Snowing. 1 - Do you want to go outside? 2 - No. I want to sleep. 1 - Where are you going? (plural) 2 - We are going home. (exclusive) 1-Howcome? 2- We want to eat and most of all we want to sleep. (exclusive) F) 1 - Look! It's snowing now. 2 - Do you want to play outside? 1 - No. I am leaving/ going. 2- Oh yeah! Where are you going? 1 - Far away in the bush. I want to look for a rabbit. 2 - So did you see a rabbit yesterday? 1 - Yes. I saw one only. La k eh ea d U ni ve E) G) 1 - Did you see a moose the day before yesterday. 2 - Yes. I saw him. 1- Where? 2 - Over there near the woods / bush. 1 - Did you kill the moose? 2 - Yes. Do you like the taste of the moose? 1 - Say it again! 2 - Do you like the taste of moose-meat? 1 - Yes. I like the taste of it very much. 179 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Lesson 3: 0 I am eating fish. You are eating fish. H/she's eating fish. I am eating meat. You are eating meat. H/she's eating meat. I see a skunk. You see a skunk. H/she sees a skunk. I see a house. You see a house. Hfshe sees a house. Ed 1) uc at io n Obviative; YIA Verbs: of 2) Fa ity rs 0 ea d U ni ve I see a fox. You see a fox. H/she sees a fox. We see a fox. (exclusive) We see a fox. (inclusive) You (plural) see a fox. They see a fox. cu lty I am eating a goose. You are eating a goose. H/she's eating a goose. We are eating a goose (exclusive) We are eating a goose (inclusive). You (plural) are eating a goose. They are eating a goose. eh VTIVerbs; La k I am eating lard. You are eating lard. H/she's eating lard. We're eating lard (exclusive) We're eating lard. (inclusive) You (plural) are eating lard. They are eating lard. I see a gun. You see a gun. H/she sees a gun. We see a gun. (exclusive) We see a gun. (inclusive) You (plural) see a gun. They see a gun. 0 180 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise B 1 - Where do you(plural) want to go today? 2 - We want to go in the woods/ bush. 1 - When are you (plural) going to leave? 2 - We want to leave right away. 1 - What are you (plural) going to do over there? 2 - We want to hunt only. 1 - Maybe it is possible that you (plural) will kill a moose. 2- I hope so. B) 1 - Listen! Someone is arriving now. 2- Where? uc at io n A) Fa cu lty 1 - Outside the door/ at the door. 2 - What for, are you afraid? 1 - Yes, I am afraid. Bring the gun, hurry! 2 - No, I'm not afraid. 1 - Why don't you look outside! 2- Okay. 1 - Do you see someone? 2 - No, I only see a dog. Ed 3. of r 1. My gun Your gun h/her gun rs Possession; ni ve ( ity Exercise c ea d U my canoe your canoe h/hercanoe La k eh my bannock your bannock h/her bannock my spoon your spoon h/her spoon 5. L my house your house h/her house my tent you tent h/her tent my fish your fish h/her fish my partridge your partirdge h/her partridge my knife your knife h/her knife my tea-pot your tea-pot h/her tea-pot my plate your plate h/her plate my milk you milk h/her milk Where is my porridge? H/she wants my gun. What is your dog's name: Bring your axe! Do you see John's house? Where is your pencil / pen? I gave him his partridge. 181 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise P 0 1. mitten 7. scarf 9. sock 10. shirt 3. pants 8. belt Exercise E H). J). Ed of E). F). G). Dog! I want my shoe! Hurry, bring it! Do you want to go with Peter? He's looking for a caribou. H/she wanted a knife, so I gave it to him/her. The girl is not helping the woman. She's sleeping already. I will help the boy tomorrow. The day after tomorrow, too. They did not see the moose. They only saw a man. Are you (plural) looking for a canoe? Do you (plural) want to eat moose-meat? No, we want to eat the skunk. They were afraid. My dog ate the rabbit. cu lty A). B). C). D). Did you (plural) help the man? Were they hunting? Did the fox see the partridge? Where is the airplane? Do you (plural) like the taste of bannock? Do you (plural) want to go with Frank? Did you give him/her the moose-meat? 0 1 - What is he/she going to do tomorrow? 2 - H/she wants to leave tomorrow. Hfshe is ready now. U B). ni ve rs ity A) Fa Exercise F 1. uc at io n 4. sweater 2. coat 6. hat 5. blouse d 1 - Where is h/she going to go? ea 2 - Far away in the bush. La k eh 1 - Will you be going with h/her? 2 - Yes, probably I'll be going with h/her. 1 - Do you want to come along too? 2-No. C). 1 - Where is Henry? 2 - He left already. 1 - When? 2 - The day before yesterday. 1 - Where did he go? 2 - He is hunting in the bush. 1 - Is he alone?/ Go by himself? 2 - No, he went with his dog. 1 - How about the boy? Did he go, too? 2 - No, he is still sleeping. 182 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise G 4). 5). 6). Ed What is your older brother doing outside? (outdoors) I don't know. Maybe be is working. ni ve rs 4. ity 3). of What is your grandfather's name? Peter is my grandfather's name? What is your grandmother's name? Mary is my grandmother's name. What is your father's name? Jacob is my father's name. What is your mother's name? Sarah is my mother's name. What is your son's name? Thomas is my son's name. What is your daughter's name? Emily is my daughter's name. cu lty 1). Fa my grandfather my grandmother my father my mother my older brother my older sisiter 2). ( me, I my spouse, campanion my younger sister my younger brother my son my daughter 1. uc at io n Kinship: U What is your older sister doing indide? (indoors) She is cooking. She is hungry. ea d What is your spouse going to do tomorrow? H/she is going to work in the bush. La k eh What is your father going to do today? He wants to go hunting. What did your mother do yesterday. She made a fire outside. She cooked. L 183 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise I I see him/her. I'm looking for h/her. I help h/her. I accompany him/her. 2on 1 2on3 You see me. You're looking for me. You help me. You accompany me. You see h/her. You're looking for h/her. You help him/her. You accompany him/her. 3 on 1 3 on2 H/she sees me. H.she's looking for me. H/she helps me. H/she accompanys me. Hfshe sees you. H/she's looking for you. Hfshe helps you. H/she accompanys you. 3on4 uc at io n I see you. I'm looking for you. I help you. I accompany you. cu lty of Ed 1 on 3 Fa 0 1 on2 ity 0 ni ve rs H/she sees him/her. H/she's looking for him/her. H.she's helping him/her. H/she accompanys him/her. Transforming some TA combinations; Past He helped her. Negative You are not eating (animate) Past You ate (animate) Present (3 on 1) He sees me. Negative He doesn't see me. Past He saw me. Present (3 on 4) He like the taste of (animate) Negative He doesn't like the taste of (animate) Past He liked the taste of (animate) Present (1 on 2) I accompany you. Voluntative I want to accompany you. Future I will accompany you. d U Negative He doesn't help her. Present (4 on 3) He helps her. La k eh ea Present (2 on 3) You are eating (animate) Present (3 on 2) He gives you. Voluntative He wants to give you. 184 Future He will give you. 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Verb Stems: uc at io n want I to want love / to love keep / to keep forget / to forget See /to see help / to help accompany/ to accompany give/ to give Comic Strips 1. I am leavin&: Fa cu lty of Where are you going? I'm going to Thunder Bay. Is Alec going with you? Yes, he's going with me/ he wants to see Richard. Where is Richard? He's in Thunder Bay, already. Are you going to see Sally? Probably I'll see her. Can you give her this book please? Okay, I'll give it to her ifl see her. Thank you! Ed 1st Caption 2nd Caption d Romance: U ni ve rs Where is Gordon? I don't see him. Now, I see him over there. Where? Over there, do you see him now? Now, I see him in the canoe. ea 3rd Caption eh I love you. Oh, he loves me. I love you lots; how about you, do you love me? Yes, I love you, too! La k ( ity Where is my friend? Chief and counselor: 4th Caption The boss is looking for you. Oh my! Is he looking for me? Are you sure? Yes, hurry! He wants to see you right away. I'm afraid! Please come with me! No, he wants to see you only. 185 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE • UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Lesson 4 0 Exercise A 2. Where are the fish? Over there at the rapids / falls. Ed lake (s) falls / rapids pond paddle(s) lunch box(s) island(s) cu lty of What is Peter doing in the wilderness? He is looking for a partridge. What is the beaver doing in the pond? He is looking for the river. ity ni ve Where are you going? By the river! 0 rs Where is the lake? There by the river. Fa What is over there in the lake? An island. uc at io n gun(s) river(s) hill(s) motor(engine)(s) wilderness mountain 1. d U Do you see a caribou on top of the hill! Yes, I see him/her. eh ea Are you looking for an eagle near the mountain? No, I'm looking for a bear cub. La k Where is my gun? I want to kill a wolf. Your gun is not here. Where is my lunch-box? I want to eat! There on top of the table. Do you want my paddle? No, not yet. Later on tomorrow. How about your motor? Do you want it? Yes, I want it right away/right now. 0 186 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION 1 - Where is my gun? I want to go hunting. 2- Where do you want to go? 1 - There by the hill. 2 - Is your dog going along with you? 1 - Yes. 2 - How about your son? Is he going with you, too? 1 - No, he still wants to sleep some more. B). 1 - Where is my lunch-box? 2 - I don't know, what about it? of 1 - Hurry, bring the gun! 2-Whatfor? 1 - I see something over there! 2 - Where? I don't see anything. 1 - Come over here! Do you see it? It's a moose! 2 - Do you want to shoot him/her? 1 - No, you shot him! ( rs ity Fa C). cu lty 1 - I want to go. 2 - Oh yeah! Do you want to look for an animal? 1 - Yes, I want to look for animals. 2 - Is your daughter going along with you? 1 - Yes, she wants to see the animals too. 2 - Okay, I'll see you later on. Ed A). uc at io n Exercise C ni ve Exercise D Note: Explained in text. U Exercise E d Note: Done in text by the student. eh ea Exercise G 1. 2. 3. 13. 21. 22. 33. La k 2. L I am sick. You are sick. H/she is sick. We are sick. (exclusive) We are sick. (inclusive) You (plural) are sick. They are sick. What is your older brother doing? What is your older sister doing? What is your spouse doing? What is your younger sibling doing? I seem to be sick. You must be sick. H/she must be sick. We must be sick. We seem to be sick. You (plural) must be sick. They must be sick. He must be hunting. She must be driving off. She must be cooking. He must be playing. 187 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE .. UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Where is the native woman? She must be leaving. Where is the white man? Where is your son? Where is Suson's husband? Where is my older brother? Where is your younger sibling? Where is Peter's older sister? Where is the dog? 0 uc at io n 2. of Fa 1 - Where is your younger sibling? 2 - H/she must still be sleeping. 1 - What will you be doing today? 2 - I'll go looking for the partridges. 1 - Where? In the woods / bush? 2 - No? Over there by the lake. 1 - I'll come along too. 0 rs ity B. cu lty 1. A. 1 - Where is your older brother? 2- I don't know. He must be working outside. 1 - My older sister is looking for your older brother. 2- What for? 1 - I don't know. Maybe she wants to go with him. 2 - How about you? Where do you want to go? 1 - I want to go home. I want to eat. Ed Exercise H ea d U H/she is working. It is called... H/she is afraid. H/she is writing. H/she is singing. H/she enters (comes in) It is cold (weather). There is Northern Lights. 2. 4. 6. 8. 10. 12. 14. H/she speaks the native language. H/she is cooking. H/she is leaving. H/she is dancing. H/she is crying. It arrives (inanimate) H/she speaks English. La k eh 1. 3. 5. 7. 9. 11. 13. 15. ni ve Exercise I Exercise J 1). 2). 3). 4). 5). What is the boy doing? What is your dog doing? What does the white person want to do? What does the child want to do? How is the weather outside? 0 188 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Lessons Exercise A: sun. (1) tell news (2) tell legend 2. A) 1 - It is night now, go to sleep! 2 - No, I don't want to go sleep yet. I want to play more. 1 - You will be getting up early tomorrow morning. 2- What for? 1 - You will be going to work tomorrow. B). 1 - Do you see the moon? 2 - No. Where? 1 - There far away beside the star. 2- Where? I don't see it. (animate) I only see a partridge. C). 1 - The sun is rising now, get up! 2 - What for? I want to sleep more. 1 - You will start working soon. 2 - I don't want to work today. I feel sick. Tell my boss. 1 - No. You tell him. ni ve rs ity ( Fa cu lty of Ed It is night It is day uc at io n star sun sets moon sun rise 1. U Exercise P ea d 1. Tell news and tell legends. eh Verbs: tell news. Tell legends. Nouns: News. Legends La k 2. Some examples: L A). Okay, I will tell a short story. Long ago, once during the summer, I was hunting/looking for moose. Soon I saw a baby moose/calf. I didn't shoot him. He/she was too small. B). Okay, I will tell a short story about legend. Long ago, once there was this legend. His name was Cahkaapehsh. 189 �INTRODUCTORY OilBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION He was always causing problems. He was always trying to win. "I know everything", he thought. He was always competing. He was always after the women too. He never did win. He was always losing. That is all for now. I will tell a legend again tomorrow. uc at io n 0 Dialo&ues in which the preterit is used; 3. A). cu lty of Ed Where is your brother? He must have gone alone. Do you usually go with him? We usually always go hunting. Now I don't go with him anymore. Did you want to eat? Yes, it bas been a long time since I ate. Look in the stove. There was meat in there yesterday. Probably someone swallowed it up again already. C). Where is your knife? I don't know where. Fa B). ity rs ni ve Reaclin& and Writing Practice; 0 4. eh ea d U He built the fire there beside the lake. Indian women were cooking. Did you write? He/she already drive away. We were angry. (inclusion) Did you laugh? Note: This exercise will be done in the text. Corrections will be done by the instructor. La k Exercise E ExerciseF A). ashkipwaawihsh shiiwihtaakanihsh tiiwahkihkohsh shiihshiipihsh ohkaataahkohsh animohshihsh tihkinaakanihsh B). paanahkihkohsh ahkihkohsh kinooshewihsh onaakanihsh waashtenikanihsh ohpwaakanihsh aapihsakahikanihsh 190 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise G Note: Corrections will done by the instructor. Exercise H 7. on the shore 8. portage 9. across the lake or river 10. rocky island 11. there is a bay 12. island In the bush swamp bridge peninsula across the river dock uc at io n 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Exercise J Note: Corrections will be done by the instructor. of Lesson 6, Review Lessons: rs ity Fa aanahkonaa pine waapoos wiiyaahs piihswe-aanahkonaa waaw coocoohshaapoo kinooshe anoominaapoo ashkipwaaw ohkaataahk shiihshiip d U ni ve C cu lty Exercise A - Twenty Four Articles; onaakan rninihkwaakan moohkomaan emibkwaan ciishtahikan shiiwihtaakan pepaa pirnite nipi tiiwahkibk abkihk paanabkihk ea Exercise B - Numbers: La k eh peshik niishin nihsin niiwin niyaanan ninkotwaahso niishwaahso ayinaanew saankahso mitaahso peshikoshaap niishoshaap L Ed Exercise I Note: Corrections will be done by the instructor. nihsoshaap niiwishaap niyaananoshaap ninkotwaahsoshaap niishwaahsoshaap ayinaanewishaap saankahsoshaap niishitana niishitana peshikoshaap miishitana niishoshaap miishitana nihsoshaap niishitana niiwishaap 191 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise C 0 Usin~ Numbers in Verb Fonns; VTA VTI Peshiko waapoos Niishiwak pinewak. Nihsiwak k.inooshek Niiwiwak emihkwaanak Niyaananiwak ohkaataahkwak. Ninkotwaahsiwak aanahkonaak Niishwaahsiwak ahkihkwak. Ayinaanewiwak shiihshiipak. Saankahsiwak tiiwahk.ihkwak. Mitaahsiwak paanahk.ihkwak. cu lty of Ed uc at io n Peshikwan waaw. Niishinoon onaakanan. Nihsinoon moohkomaanan. Niiwinoon ciishtahikanan. Niyaananinoon waawan. Ninkotwaahsinoon pepaan. Niishwaahsinoon pemiten. Ayinaanewinoon wiiyaahsan. Saankahsinoon coocoohshaapoon. Mitaahsinoon shiwihtaakanan. Exercise P Fa May I Introduce Myself? Eha/ehe rs 0 ni ve Mii.kwehc Aan eshinihkaasoyan? Nitishinihkaas Aanti wenciiyan? Nitooncii. ity Kaawin Keniin La k eh ea d U Kiin tahsh wiin? Miina ihk.iton ! Pehkaac ihkiton ! Kinihsitohtaan ina? Eba, ninihsitohtaan. Kaawin, kaawin ninihsitohtahsiin. Kekonen ihi? Awenen aha? Aan eshinihkaaso? _ _ _ _ _.ishinihkaaso. 0 192 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise E Imperatives; 1. l. Piintiken ! Ed uc at io n 2. Niipawin! 3. Maacaan! 4. Kiiwen! 5. Nipaan! 6. Apin! 7. Piishaan ! 8. Pootawen! 9. Nikamon! 10. Wanishkaan! of Locatives: 2. ishkotehkaanaapihkonk ishkwaantemiok tehsapiwini,nk pahpaapiwin.ink wiihsiniiwinaahtik.Qllk nipewinink cu lty Fa ity kishiwaasi kiiwe kishitepo nipaa niimi anohkii d U nikamo aahkosi pootawe ni ve Intransitive Verbs; rs Exercise F ea Exercise G eh Aan eshihsek? Peshik Niishin Nihsin Niiwin Niyaanan Ninkotwaahso Niishwaahso Ayinaanew Saankahso Mitaahso Peshikoshaap Niishoshaap La k ( pimihsewini.ok ciimaanink waahkaahikanink otaapaanink wiiskwebokaanink matikwaanink ishihse ishihse ishihse ishihse ishihse ishihse ishihse ishihse ishihse ishihse ishihse ishihse 193 wiihsini tepi-wiihsini metawe �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise H 0 What Are They Doing? awaashihsh awaashihshak ihkwesenhs ihkwesenhsak rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed Nahke piko. Aan entootaman? Aan entootamaan? Aan entootank? Aan entootamowaac? Aan entootamek? Aan entootamak? Aan waa-tootaman? Aan waa-tootamaan? Aan waa-tootank? Aan waa-tootamowaac? Aan waa-tootamek? Aan eshinihkaasoc? Aan eshinihkaatek? Kakwecim! Wiintamaw! 0 ni ve Exercise I naapenhs naapenhsak uc at io n naape naapewak ihkwe ihkwewak \Toluntatives: La k eh ea d U 1. Niwii-minihkwe nipi. Kekiin na kiwii-minihkwe nipi? Naape wii-anohkii noonkom kaa-kiishikaak. Wii-anohkii noonkom kaa-kiishikaak. Wii-pootawe akwaciink. Kaawin, kaawin niwii-metawehsiin. Awaashihshak tahsh wiin. Wii-metawewak na? Kiwii-kiiwenaawaa na? 2. Nikiiwe noonkom kaa-kishikaak. Kikii-anohkii na onaako? Ta-maacaa waapank. Kikii-nipaanaawaa onaako. Wiipac ta-niimiwak. 0 194 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise J Waakaahkwat Waashtenikan Wepahikan Aapihsakahikan Ohpwaakan Ahpihkwehshimon 1. Animohsh Mahkisin Masinahikan Tikinaakan Masinahikannahtik Waapoyaan Ed First Person Plural: nimasinahikemin ninipaamin nimetawemin nimaacaamin Diminutives: Fa ity ni ve Transitive Verbs: mahiinkan mahiinkanenhs rs Exercise K amihk amihkoonhs d U 1. Niwaapamaa ihkwe. Kinantawenimaa na animohsh? Ninanaantawenimaa naapenhs. Kitamwaa kinooshe. eh ea Kiwaapantaan ina pimihsewin? Ninantawentaan masinahikan. Kinanaantawaapantaan ina moohkomaan? Nimiicin mooso-wiiyaahs. La k ( shikaak shikaakoonhs cu lty of 2. Kikiiwemin Kiwiihsinimin Kipootawemin kitaahkosimin 3. uc at io n Vocabulazy: How is the Weather? 2. a). nootin b). tahkaayaa c). kishite d). sookihpwan i). kashkawan j). anwaahtin k). nikwahkwan I). papiikwaanakwan e). waawaahte f). pinehsiiwan g). kimiwan h). waashekwan 195 shiihshiip shiihshiipenhs �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Some Useful E,wressions: 0 uc at io n 3. Kekonen? Kekonen nantawentaman? Kekonen tahsh? Aan tahsh ekaa? Aanti eshaayan? Aanti eshaayek? Aan eshiwepahk? Aan enahkamikahk? Maawac. Nimiicin wiiyaahs. Kimiicin wiiyaahs. Omiicin wiiyaahsini. cu lty 1. Nitamwaa kinooshe. Kitamwaa kinooshe. Otamwaan kinooshen. of Ed Exercise L Obviatives; ity 0 ni ve rs 2. Owaapamaan pinen or pinewan. Ominohpwaan mahkwan. Onanaantawaapamaan nihkan. Okiishiswaan shikaakwan. Onantawenimaan emihkwaanan. Osaakihaan animohshan. Okanawenimaan nishtehsan. Fa Third Person Only: La k eh ea d U Omiicin waawini. Owaapantaan waahkaahikanini. Ominohpitaan wiiyaahsini. Onanaantawaapantaan pimiteni. Okiishisaan ashkipwaawini Osaakhtoon coocoohshaapooni. Okanawentaan ciimaanini. Exercise M Possessive Nouns: 1. Nitehsapiwin Kimasinahikanaahtik Otiim Niwaawiman Kitishkwaanteman Opiihswe-aanahkonaaman Nipiihsimohkaan Kitiiwahkihk Ominihkwaakanan Niciishtahikanan Kimoohkomaanan Otaanahkonaaman 196 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION vocabuJary: 2. shiipiikwaan ashtotin pihkwan naapihkaakan pakwaan kihcipison mitaahs ashikan micihkaawan makoot niin niwiiciiwaakan nimihsens nishtehs niciimic niciimic nikosihs nitaanihs Ed 3. nimihsoom noohkom nitaataa nimaamaa uc at io n My Family: of Exercise N cu lty More about TA Verbs; (1 acting on 2) Fa means a first person (1), "niin", is doing something to a second person (2), "kiin". (1 acting on 3) kiwaapamin kinanaantawaapamin kiwiichihin kiwiiciiwin ni ve U (2 acting on 3) kiwaapamihsh kinanaantawaapamihsh kiwiicihihsh kiwiiciiwihsh (3 acting on 1) (3 acting on 2) niwaapamik ninanaantawaapamik niwiicihik niwiiciiwik kiwaapamik kinanaantawaapamik kiwiicihik kiwiiciiwik La k eh ea d kiwaapamaa kinanaantawaapamaa kiwiicihaa kiwiiciiwaa (2 acting on l) niwaapamaa ninanaantawaapamaa niwiicihaa niwiiciiwaa rs ( ity (1 acting on 2) (3 acting on 4) owapaamaan onanaantawaapamaan owiicihaan owiiciiwaan L 197 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise o 0 Scenezy and Useful Articles: Yocabulazy and Ex;pressions; wemihti.kooshiihkwe anihshininiimo wemihtikooshiimo wemihti.kooshi ishinihkaate ishinihkaaso anihshinini anhshininiiwihke cu lty 2. Certain and Uncertain: metawetok aahkositok nipaatok Fa aahkosi anohkii anohkiitok Moon and sun: piihsim saakaahte tipaacimo aatihsoohke eh ea d U tipihkaa tipihki-piihsim kiishikaa wananlcohsh pakihshimon ni ve rs Exercise P 1. 0 ity 3. Ed uc at io n Paashkisikan Siipi Pihkwaamatinaa Pimipanihci.kan Pi.kwatahkamik Wacii Saalcahikan Paawihtik W aanipiiyaa Apwi Niimaawiniwash Minihti.k of 1. La k Preterits: 2. nikii-ishaaminaapan tahso-niipin kii-wiikitoopan niyaananoyahki otaanaank. nikii-ataawenaapan waahkaahikan Pe;orative: 3. tehsapiwinihsh onaakanihsh ciimaanihsh wiiskwehokaanihsh nipewinihsh mahkisinihsh 0 198 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise Q mashkiik aashokan neyaahsh akaami-siipi uc at io n naanew onikam akaamink minihtikwaapihk niminaaweyaatawaan 1. noohpimink ity Fa cu lty of Ed waashahaa La k eh ea d U ni ve rs C L 199 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION A. Nominals 0 Animate Nouns: of Ed uc at io n bear star fox moon moose goose my grandfather, his grandfather man boy my grandmother, his grandmother woman my father, his father girl my mother, his mother my daughter, his daughter my older brother, his older brother smoke pipe my older sister, his older sister clock my spouse, his spouse sun my younger brother/sister, his younger brother/sister skunk my son, his son Whiteman white woman cu lty dog my dog, his dog child legend native man native woman beaver caribou paddle sock scarf mitten pants wolf rs ity engine/motor calendar lake river sweater cradleboard story 0 ax blanket bloom mountain lamp La k eh ea d U ni ve key pillow hat belt book pencil/pen coat shoe swamp teepee island inland lunch box shirt rapids gun blouse hill forest/wilderness airplane Fa Inanimate Nouns: Pronouns: we/us (exc.) they/them we/us (inc.) person/someone 200 you (pl) 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION B. Verbs of Intransitive Inanimate Verbs: ity rs Transitive Aimate Verbs: Fa ram hot wind overcast sunset/sundown ea d U ni ve I see him. I eat him. I look around for ... I like the taste of... I kill him. I need/want. .. I take care of... I forget him. I ask him. I give it to him. I help him. I go with him. I cook him. I put him in a container. I love him. I am worrying about him. I tell him. I think about him. La k eh cloudy thundering it arrives cold snowing sunny northern lights cu lty calm foggy ( Ed get ready/prepare portages cold alive arrive split wood tell news go out speaks English drink play cry drive off write hunt fetch water tell legend speaks native language uc at io n Intransitive Animate Verbs: L 201 pond �INTRODUCTORY OilBWE · UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Transitive Inanimate Verbs: tomorrow long time ago hurry/soon What? exceedingly, most of all of cu lty What about/what for? now yesterday after a long while Fa When? Why not? Why is not so? The day before yesterday The day after tomorrow Listen Ed C. Particles 0 uc at io n I kill it. I need/want it. I help it. I cook it. I love it. I am worried about it. I am worried. I see it. I eat it. I look around for it. I like the taste of it. I put it in a container. I take care of it. I forget it. I think about it. ity D. Preverbs ea d U ni ve rs here, towards enough, sufficient stop, quit skilled at, knows how, can do visible, (a distance) away from, in progress towards after, complete before big, great try secretly unable, fail to start, begin go to do in error, wrongly need to do (before usual time) 0 E. Expressions Ohmy! Oops. Tell him. What do you want to do? (pl) What's his name? What's it called? How's the weather? What's happening? How many are they? Why not? Why is it not so? How much? Where are you going? Where are you going? (pl) La k eh I don't know What are you doing? What am I doing? What is he/she doing? What are they doing? What are you doing? (pl) What are we doing? What do you want to do? What do I want to do? What does he/she want to do? What do they want to do? What do you want/need? What about/what for? Ask him. 202 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE GLOSSARY Guide to the Glossaries This section is divided into two parts: Anihshininiimowin-English Glossary, and EnglishAnihshininiimowin Glossary. The glossaries contains listings of basic words (word stems) and some prefixes. In order to make the glossaries more useful we will explain the way that entries are organized and the information they contain. We will treat the Anihshininiimowin-English and English- uc at io n Anihshininiimowin sections separately, because they are organized differently. The glossaries are intended only to be a listing of words used in the books in this series. Because there are often local variations in pronunciation and vocabulary, students are encouraged to make Ed notes in the glossaries about aspects of the usage and vocabulary of their instructor which are not of already indicated there. As well, the glossaries do not present detailed information about all the possible different forms which many Anihshininiimowin words may take, especially nouns and cu lty verbs. Fa In both sections the following alphabetic order is used for Anihshininiimowin words, in which long vowels are sorted after the corresponding short vowels: h e 1 ii k m n 0 00 p s sh t w y ity c rs ANIHSIUNINIIMOWIN-ENGLISH GLOSSARY ni ve In the Anihshininiimowin-English section, each entry contains at least an Anihshininiimowin HEAD woRD, an abbreviation for the WORD CLASS code, and an English translation, as in the following entry. U Notice that the Anihshininiimowin head word is in bold print, the word class code is in italic type, ea d and the English translation is in plain type. eh kiiwe vai go home, return La k ( a aa Each Anihshininiimowin word is assigned a word class code. We will review examples of each type, and will explain the types of information which may be found in entries for different word classes. Nouns There are two main types of nouns, ANIMATE and INANIMATE. Their word class codes are as follows. na animate noun ni inanimate noun 203 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE GLOSSARY Typical entries for each are given here. 0 ahcaap -iik na bow uc at io n minihkwaakan -an ni cup The head word for a noun is usually the SINGULAR form of the noun. PREFlxEs and SUFFIXES may be added to this form to give extra meaning and grammatical infonnation. The head word for a noun is followed by the form of the PLURAL suffix that the noun takes. This suffix can be added directly to Ed the head word (minus the hyphen) to make the plural form. So for example, the entry for the noun ahcaap 'bow' given above contains the plural suffix -iik. They can be combined to give the plural of form ahcaaplik 'bows.' are as follows. dependent animate noun nid dependent inanimate noun Fa nad cu lty There are also two other types of nouns, which are called DEPENDENT nouns. Their word class codes Dependent nouns are nouns that must always occur with a POSSESSIVE prefix to indicate who the noun ity belongs to (the 'possessor'). Dependent nouns are nearly always words for body parts or kinship 0 rs terms. In the glossary dependent nouns for kinship terms are always given in the form in which the ni ve basic word is preceded by the first-person prefix ni or n. U nimihsens -ak nad my older sister (E). Stem: /-mihses-/. Also: nimihsens (W) d The head word is the prefixed form that means 'my older sister.• You will see that after the English ea translation appears the notation 'Stem: /-mihses/. • The fonn that is given in angled brackets is called eh the STEM. It is the basic form of the word without any prefixes or suffixes. This is the form of the La k word that is used when you wish to make other forms of this word by adding prefixes or suffixes. For many glossary entries the head word and the stem are identical, so the entry does not need to give any special indication of what the stem is. As with dependent nouns, we will see that other types of words may contain information indicating that the stem is slightly different from the head word. Entries for dependent nouns for body parts are slightly different from those for kinship terms. They are given in the form that contains the prefix mi or m, which means 'someone's.' Here is an exam- ~ 204 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE GLOSSARY misit -an nid foot. Stem: /-sit-/ Note that the entry is indicates what the stem of the word is. There are also a small number of entries that have the following class code: uc at io n animate noun with participle na-pt of kaa-tahkwekisoc plihsim na-pt shorter month, February Ed Entries of this type are mostly only found with names for months of the year. This is a noun which consists of two parts. The first part is a participle form of an Animate Intransi- noun (in this case piihsim 'moon, month') Verbs cu lty tive verb (in this case kaa-tahkwekisoc 'the one which is shorter') and the second part is an animate Fa Apart from nouns, there are several different types of VERBS. We will first discuss the two main types JECT but no OBJECT. Their word class codes are as follows. animate intransitive verb vai2 animate intransitive verb (-mn/.rul) vai+o ni ve rs vai animate intransitive verb+ object U The head word for any animate intransitive verb is usually the THIRD-PERSON singular form, that is, d the one that means 'he/she is... ' Such forms have no prefix or suffix on the head entry. eh ea Here is a typical entry for an animate intransitive (vai) verb. anohkll vai work La k ( ity of INTRANSmVE verbs. ANIMATE INTRANSmVB verbs are those that have an animate grammatical SUB- The class of animate intransitive verbs referred to as vai2 are very similar to animate intransitive verbs of the vai class. Here is the entry for a typical example. saakaham vai2 go out, exit The entry for a verb of the vai2 class will always have a head word that ends in am. Vai2 verbs are 205 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE GLOSSARY slightly different than other animate intransitive verbs because in any form that involves a FIRST- or SECOND-PERSON the end of the verb stem changes. For example the first-person form for the vai2 verb stem just mentioned is nisaakahaan 'I go out' (first person). 0 There is one other type of animate intransitive verb, refererred to as vai+o. Verbs of this class uc at io n resemble ordinary verbs of the vai class, but frequently occur with a grammatical object. There are not many verbs of this type, and only a few are used in the books in this series. Here is an entry for a verb of this type. those that have a grammatically inanimate subject but no gram- of INANIMATE INTRANSITIVE verbs are Ed ataawe vai+o buy s.t. inanimate intransitive verb vii cu lty matical object. There is only one word class code for inanimate intransitive verbs. The head word for any inanimate intransitive verb is usually the third-person singular form, that is, Fa the one that means 'it is ... ' Such forms have no prefix or suffix on the head entry. 0 ni ve rs ahte vii be in a certain place ity Here is a typical entry for an inanimate intransitive (vii) verb. Some animate intransitive verbs, particularly verbal forms of numbers, always occur in a plural form. In the glossary the head entry is the third-person plural form (the form that means 'they ... '). U As a result the head entry consists of the basic verb stem and the third-person plural suffix, usually ea d wak. The stem is identified between diagonal slashes. Here is an example. La k eh nihsiwak vai be three. Stem: /nihsi-/ Similarly, some inanimate intransitive verbs, particularly verbal forms of numbers, always occur in a plural form. In the glossary the head entry is the third-person plural form (the form that means 'they (inanimate) ... '). As a result the head entry consists of the basic verb stem and the third-person plural suffix, usually oon. The stem is identified between diagonal slashes. Here is an example. nihsinoon vii be three. Stem: /nihsin-/ 0 206 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE GLOSSARY Transitive verbs are those that have a subject and an object. There are several different types of transitive verbs. Their word class codes are as follows. transitive animate verb vti transitive inanimate verb (-mn/-ruu vti2 transitive inanimate verb (-QQ) vti3 transitive inanimate verb (-i) uc at io n via All transitive verbs have a grammatically animate subject. TRANSITIVE ANIMATE verbs are those that have a grammatically animate object. Ed For transitive animate verbs, the head word of the glossary entry is always the form of the verb that means you are telling someone to do the action to someone, or to some entity that is grammatically of animate (this is called the IMPERATIVE form). The entries for some transitive animate verbs contain extra information about what the stem is, as in cu lty the following example. Fa amo vta eat s.o. Stem: /amw-/ stem of the word. To make other forms of the word, prefixes and suffixes are added to the form rs ( ity The head word is still the imperative form, but you will notice there is extra information about the ni ve between the diagonal slashes, rather than to the head word. The head word for some transitive animate verbs ends in sh. When a transitive animate verb ends in U sh, the stem is not identical to the head word. ea d milsh vta give (s.t.) to s.o. Stem: /miiN-/ eh Notice that the stem of this word is given in the entry as /miiN-/. The capital N means that in certain La k forms the final consonant of the stem is an n sound, as in nimiinaa 'I give it to him/her' (with prefix ni and suffix aa). But in others the final consonant of the stem is sh, as in command forms such as the head entry. If the entry for a transitive animate verb does not contain information about the stem, then other forms of the verb may be made by adding prefixes and suffixes directly to the head word of the entry. Here is a typical example. l., kanawaapam vta look at s.o. 207 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE GLOSSARY Notice also that the entries for transitive animate verbs given above all contain the abbreviation 's.o.' This is short for 'someone.' We know that the grammatical object of a transitive animate verb 0 must be animate, and so it may refer to a human being, an animal, or anything else that is classified uc at io n as animate in Anihshininiimowin. For convenience, we use the abbreviation 's.o.• to refer to any of these possibilities. Ed Here is a typical entry for a TRANSITIVE INANIMATE verb which has the word class code vti. of caakisan vti burn s.t. cu lty Verbs of this class nearly always have a head word that ends in an. To make other forms of verbs of this class it is necessary to change the final an to aan for many of the forms that will be used in the books of these series. For example, 'I am burning it up' is nicaakisaan, with the first person prefix Fa ni. More rarely the an is changed to am when other endings are added: '(that) I bum it up· would be caakisamaan, with the suffix aan. ity Here is a typical entry for a transitive inanimate verb which has the word class code vti2. 0 rs ahtoon vti2 put s.t. in a certain place. Stem: /ahtoo-/ ni ve Verbs of the vti2 class contain a long vowel oo at the end of the basic stem. The final n which follows the long oo in the head word is a suffix found in the command forms. You will find that nearly U all of the different forms of words of the vti2 class which you will learn also have a suffix of the formn. ea d There are very few verbs of the vti3 class. Here is an example. La k eh miicin vti3 eat s.t. Stem: /miici-/ The n at the end of the head word is an imperative suffix. As with the vti2 verbs, most of the forms of vti3 forms that you will learn also have a suffix of the form n. The entries for transitive inanimate verbs given above all contain the abbreviation 's.t.' This is short for 'something.' We know that the grammatical object of a transitive inanimate verb must be inanimate, and so it may refer to anything that is classified as inanimate in Anihshininiimowin. For convenience, we use the abbreviation 's.t.' in glossary entries. 0 Particles 208 �INTRODUCTORY onBWE GLOSSARY There are several other word classes in Anihshininiimowin. There are two different types of PARTICLES. This term is used to refer to words that do not take any prefixes or suffixes to indicate informa- tion such as person or number. Here are the word class codes for the two types of particles. pc uninflected particle nu number particle uc at io n The term 'uninflected particle' emphasizes that these particles never take suffixes for what are sometimes called 'inflectional' information, such as person and number. Here is a typical entry for of mitoni pc really, entirely so, completely. Also: tetako Ed an uninflected particle. The number particles are forms of numbers which never take any prefixes or suffixes. Here is a cu lty typical entry for a number particle. Fa peshik nu one rs number particles. Some may be verbs, prenouns, or preverbs. ni ve Pronouns The word class code for PRONOUNS is as follows. pronoun U pr ea d Here is an example of a entry for a pronoun. eh niin pr I, me. [first person singular personal pronoun] Prenouns and Preverbs La k ( ity In Anihshininiimowin, numbers may take many different forms. This means that not all of them are All of the word classes we have discussed are for items that can be words on their own. However there are certain word classes whose members never occur on their own, but must always be fol- lowed by another word. pren prenoun prev preverb pre preverb and prenoun A PRENOUN must always be directly followed by a noun. The head word of the entry for a prenoun is 209 �INTRODUCTORY OHBWE GLOSSARY always followed by a hyphen. to indicate that the prenoun must be followed by a noun. Because prenouns may be followed by many different nouns, the entry for a prenoun does not attempt to list any of the possible combinations (examples will be presented in several different lessons in the 0 uc at io n books in this series). A typical example of an entry for a prenoun follows. sblipaa- pren beneath A PREVERB must always be directly followed by a verb. The head word of the entry for a preverb is Ed always followed by a hyphen, to indicate that the preverb must be followed by a verb. Because preverbs may be followed by many different verbs, the entry for a preverb does not attempt to list of any of the possible combinations (examples will be presented in several different lessons in the cu lty books in this series). A typical example of an entry for a preverb follows. Fa saakici- prev out ni ve kihci- pre big, great, very 0 rs to these. A typical entry is as follows. ity Some elements may be used both as a preverb and as a prenoun. The word class code pre is assigned U Other Information in Glossary Entries Some glossary entries contain information about sub-dialects of Anihshininiimowin. In the section ea d 'Writing Anihshininiimowin (Severn Ojibwe)' we discussed how in the 'Western' Anihshininiimowin communities, such as Bearskin Lake and Muskrat Dam, the sound n is not eh pronounced before another consonant. Information about pronunciation variation is recorded in La k glossary entries, such as the following one. kwayaancil vai get ready, prepare (E). Also: kwayaacii (W) This notation '(E)' indicates that the head word reflects the 'Eastern' pronunciation, which includes the sound n before the c. As an alternative form, the entry also includes the 'Western' form of the word, in which then before c is dropped (the 'W' indicates that it is the 'Western' form):kwayaacii 0 (W). 210 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE GLOSSARY Some entries also include infonnation about alternative pronunciations of the word, as in the following entry. uc at io n aha pr that. Also: ahawe. [animate singular demonstrative] Note that this entry also contains further infonnation about the head word in square brackets. A few entries for preverbs contain an abbreviation 'IC' in their translation. of Ed waa- prev will, want to. IC< wii- This abbreviation refers to INrnAL CHANGE, which is a change in the pronunciation of the vowel in cu lty the first syllable of certain forms of verbs. The notation 'IC<Wii-' means that waa- is the fonn of the preverb wil- which has undergone Initial Change. Wii- also has an entry. The differences in the Fa use of waa- and wii- are explained in the lessons. rs lshi- prev to. Also: in a certain place, in a certain way. Also: shi-. IC> eshi- ni ve The notation 'IC> eshi-' means that the fonn of the preverb ishi- with Initial Change is eshi-. U Now look at the following entry, which also makes use of the right-pointing arrowhead. ea d ishinihkaaso vai be called or named a certain way. IC> eshinihkaaso= eh The entry for this verb tells us what the form of the basic verb is when it has Initial Change. However there is an equal sign(=) at the end of the form with Initial Change. This is to indicate that La k ( ity Some entries may also tell you what the fonn with Initial Change is. appropriate endings need to be added. For example if you were asking 'someone what their name was you would need to add the suffix yan 'second-person Conjunct Order': Aan eshinihkaasoyan? 'What is your name?' You will also find that other entries contain an arrowhead'>' or'<.' amohsha pc it is indeed. < amii ohsha 2 11 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE GLOSSARY The left-pointing arrowhead indicates that the head word is based on a sequence of words which are 0 contracted, much like English 'don't' is a contraction of 'do not.' uc at io n Some entries may also contain further information about related words, as in the following. naanilmi vai keep on dancing. Reduplication of: niimi The notation 'Reduplication of: niimi' indicates that the head word is related to the separate word Ed niimi 'he/she dances' by a pattern of word formation called REDUPLICATION. In this case reduplication involves copying the first consonant of the shorter word at the beginning of the word and adding the of vowel aa, as if the basic word niimi is modified and becomes n-aa-niimi (the hyphens are only used for illustrative purposes and are not normally written). The meaning of the reduplicated word is cu lty related to the shorter word, but slightly different. Hence niimi means 'he/she dances,• but naaniimi means 'he/she keeps on dancing.' ity Fa ENGLISH-ANIHSIDNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY In the English-Anihshininiimowin section the head word is an English word or phrase. Each head word may include reference to one or more Anihshininiimowin words. The following entry contains Q ni ve rs information about one Anihshininiimowin term. AIRPLANE U pimihsewin -an ni airplane, plane d The Anihshininiimowin entry given under this head word is identical to the entry given in the ea Anihshininiimowin-English section. La k eh Some headwords may include entries for more than one Anihshininiimowin term. AND ekwa pc and, and so, then, and then, wait! please kaye pc and, also, too, as for. miina pc and, again tahsh pc and, but 0 212 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE GLOSSARY Word Class Codes ni inanimate noun nad dependent animate noun nid dependent inanimate noun na-pt animate noun with particle vai animate intransitive verb vai2 animate intransitive verb (-am/-aa) vai+o animate intransitive verb+ object vii inanimate intransitive verb vta transitive animate verb vti transitive inanimate verb (-am/-aa) vti2 transitive inanimate verb (:QQ) vti3 transitive inanimate verb (:i) Ed of cu lty Fa ity uninflected particle ni ve pc number particle prenoun prev preverb pre prenoun and preverb pr pronoun eh ea pren d U nu La k uc at io n animate noun rs ( na Other Abbreviations s.o. someone, something animate s.t. something 213 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY aha pr that. Also: ahawe. [animate singular demonstrative] 0 ahawe pr that. Also: aha. [animate singular demonstrative] ahaweniwan pr that, those. [animate obviative demonstrative] na bow uc at io n ahcaap -lik ahcanihsh -ak na ring ahcikanaahtik -oon ni table. Also: ahclkan na pail, kettle Ed ahklhk -wak -ook cu lty ahko- prev as far as, as long as, a certain length of ahko pc usually, formerly, used to, keep on ahpihkwehshimon -an ni pillow Fa ahpil pc when, at that time ity ahpii ahpfn pc finally when 0 rs ahpil plko pc anytime ni ve ahpllhci- prev to a certain extent. Also: apiihci- U ahpiihciklnl vai be a certain size. Also: apiihcikini na net eh ea ahsap -iik d ahpln pc when, since, then, for a reason, gone, subsequently na shuttle (with twine) for net making La k ahsapaahtik-ook ahshanke vai give food to people (E). Also: ahshake (W) ahshawaapam vta lie in wait for s.o. ahshawaapantan vti lie in wait for s.t., look out for s.t. (E). Also: ahshawaapantan (W) ahshawaapi vai be on the lookout, lie in wait ahsl vta put s.o. in a certain place. Stem: /ahs-/ ahsin -ilk na stone, rock 214 0 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY ahslnilwan vii be rocky ahtaahsonikamik -oon ni warehouse ahtay -ak na pelt, fur for trade uc at io n ahte vii be in a certain place ahtoon vti2 put s.t. in a certain place. Stem: /ahtoo-/ akaahshenshi vai be small (E). Also: akaahsheshl (W) Ed akaahsihtikweyaa vii be a narrow river of akaahslkamaa vii be a small lake akaaml- pren across, right across Fa akaaml-kihcikam pc across the ocean cu lty akaamahklink pc in Europe, abroad (E). Also: akaamahkiik (W) rs akaamlnk pc across the lake or river (E). Also: akaamik (W) ni ve akaawaac pc hardly, scarcely U akohke vai stick on, adhere d akoncln vai float, soak (E). Also: akocin (W) ea akontln vii float, soak (E). Also: akotln (W) eh akoocin vai hang, be in sky (as sun, moon, and stars) akoote vii hang La k ( ity akaamlhkana pc across the road or trail akwacllnk pc outside (E). Also: akwaclik (W) akwanahan vti cover s. t. akwanaho vta cover s.o. Stem: /akwanahw-/ amacihi vta wake s.o. up. Stem: /amacih-/ ami ahko pc used to, usually 215 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY amihl pc so. it is.< amil lhiwe. Also: amihlwe 0 amihl pc that's amlhimaa pc that is where, there in a certain location uc at io n amlhiwe pc so is that amihk -wak na beaver amihko-wanihikan -an ni trap for beaver. Also: amlhko-wanlhlikan Ed amihko-wliyaahs ni beaver meat of amihkohkonlm -Un ni beaver dam cu lty amli pc so, it is amiinahi pc is that so. is that right ity amo vta eat s.o. Stem: /amw-/ Fa amlicikahl pc that is so 0 rs amohsha pc it is indeed. < amll ohsha ni ve amohshahi pc it is indeed so. < amil ohsha ihlwe. Also: amohshahii vta suspect s.o., blame s.o. d anaamenim U anaamaakonak pc under the snow eh ea anaamentan vti suspect s.t., blame s.t. La k anaamink pc under something (E). Also: anaamlk (W) anaamipiik pc underwater anl- prev away from, in progress toward, gradual onset, from that time anl-naakosl vai be seen going (from the speaker) anihshaa pc by chance, at the last minute anihshinaape -k na Indian, person 0 anihshininl -wak na Indian, person 216 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY anlhshlnlnlimo vai speak the Native language na anlhshinlniiwihkwe Native woman, Indian woman. Also: anihshlnlniihkwe anllpilwaa vii be green uc at io n anllpliwlsl vai be green na dog anlmohsh -ak anohkli vai work be Monday of anohkilwl-kllshlkaa vii Ed anohkiinaakan -ak na worker na anoominaapoo cu lty anohkliwin -an ni job, employment, work porridge anwaahtinikamln vii be a nice and calm body of water rs ( ity anwaahtin vii be calm (not windy) Fa anoonaakohshin vii be late in the afternoon ni ve anwepiiwikamik -oon ni restroom/washroom apl vai be in a certain place, sit, be at home U na paddle, oar. Also: apoy -yak d apwi -yak -wak ashepite vii ea go backwards na eh ashikan -ak sock La k ashkipwaaw -an ni potato ashtotln -an ni hat; cap ataawe vai+o buy s.t. ataawikamik -oon ni store, trading post atihk -wak L na caribou (locally called deer) atihkamek -wak na whitefish 217 �ANIBSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY atlhko-wiiyaahs ni caribou meat atlhtemlnl•pllhslm awaashihsh -ak 0 na ripe berry month, August na child uc at io n awaashihshiiwi vai be a child awahshlme pc to greater extent, more and more awahsinaako pc day before yesterday Ed awahsite pc beyond, back of awahslwaapank pc day after tomorrow (E). Also: awahslwaapak (W) cu lty awanen -ak pr who. Also: awenen awaso vai warm oneself na animal. Also: awiiyaashiihsh ity awlyaashiihsh -ak Fa awiya -k pr person, someone, somebody, anyone, anybody. Also: awiiya U ayaan vti have s.t. ni ve ayaa vai be, be there 0 rs awlyaashilhshlwl vai be an animal. Also: awliyaashiihshiwi d ayaan vti my possession, it belongs to me ea ayaaw vta have s.o., have permission to use s.o. eh na that being, person, or animate thing. Also: ehaa, ahaa La k ayahaa -k ayaml vai speak, talk ayamihaa vai pray ayamlhe-kiishikaa vii be Sunday ayamihewikamik -oon ni church ayamlihtamaw vta speak for s.o. 0 ayamlihtan vti speak for s.t. 218 �ANIHSffiNINIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY ayapl vai sit around, stay around. Reduplication of: apl ayinaanemltana nu eighty aylnaanew nu eight. Also: enaanew uc at io n aylnaanewaaplhk na eight dollars aylnaanewlnoon vii be eight. Stem: /ayinaanewin-/ ayinaanewlwak vai be eight. Stem: /ayinaanewi-/ cu lty aylnaapl vai look around. Reduplication of: inaapi of ayinaanewlshaap tahswaaplhk na eighteen dollars Ed aylnaanewlshaap nu eighteen aylntootam vai2 do something (E). Reduplication of: tootam. Also: ayitootam (W) Fa aacaan pc gol rs aahkoslwin -an ni sickness, illness ni ve aahkwatin vii be frozen up, be frozen over U aahte- pv fade away, disappear d aahti pc please, why don't you, let mel Also: maahti ea aakim -ak na snowshoe eh aamoo -k na bee aan pc how, in what manner, why, what. Also: aanl, aanlin La k ( ity aahkosl vai be sick aan tahsln pc how many aana- pv in vain, to attempt, effort, anyway, anyhow, aanahkonaa -k na bannock aanahpil pc when? aanci-taa vai move one's residence (E). Also: aaci-taa (W) 219 �ANIHSIDNINIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY aanciko pc to do anyway regardless of... (E). Also: aaciko (W) aanclpo vai 0 be fat, be chubby (E). Also: aaclpo (W) aani pc how, in what manner, why, what. Also: aaniin, aan aanlman -oon vii uc at io n aanlln pc how, in what manner, why, what. Also: aan, aanl be difficult, be hard aanlmihse vaVii have difficulties, run into problems, get complicated Ed aanimlsi vai be difficult, be argumentative, be hard to get along with, be cranky aanti pc where aantl nehke pc whereabouts, which direction Fa aantl plko pc anywhere cu lty of aanta pc some, few ity aapaclhclkan -an ni tool, useful thing, equipment 0 rs aapaclhtoon vti2 use it. Stem: /aapacihtoo-/ U aapatlsl vai be useful ni ve aapatan vii be useful, be useable d aaplhsakahlkan -an ni key eh ea aapl hta pc half La k aaplhtaa- prev half aapihtawaapihk •ook na half dollar aaplhtawan vii be Wednesday aapikoshllhsh -ak na mouse (W). Also: waapikoshiihsh (E) aasha pc now, then, yet. Also: aashay aashokan bridge 0 aatlsoohkaan -an ni legend 220 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY aatlsoohke vai tell legends aaw pc well, well then, sure caahcaamohkl vai sneeze a lot be too tired to do anything, have no more energy caakil vai vti use s.t. up caakisan vti bum s.t. of caakinan Ed caakin vta use s.o. up uc at io n caakihse vai/ii get used up, run out, be exhausted caakiso vta bum s.o. up. Stem: /caakisw-/ Fa caakite vii bum up, be burned up ity caam ni jam cahkaahtehsicikan -an ni camera rs ( cu lty caakiso vai be lit, be on fire, have one's house on fire, burn up, be burned up ni ve capashiihsh pc low, lower level U cl- prev to, that, will, would, could, should. [conjunct future and modal] d cl-kii- prev could. cl-+ kll- 'potential' ea cllkahlkan -an ni ax (W). Also: waakaahkwat (E) La k eh clikic pc by, close to, near to cllmaan -an ni canoe, boat cllpay -ak na ghost, corpse cilpayl-mihtikowash -an ni coffin ciishtahlkan -an ni fork L cliweyaa vii be silent, be no sound cike pc for sure. Also: cikema 221 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY coocoohsh -ak na breast 0 coocoohshaapoo ni milk cwaapilhsh -ak na jackfish. Also: nlcwaapiihsh uc at io n e- prev [conjunct subordinator] ehe pc yes. Also: eha Ed ehshay pc oh yuck! ehta pc only ekwa pc and, and so, then, and then ity emihkwaan -ak na spoon, ladle Fa ekwa tahsh pc and so, and then, but then cu lty ekaawin pc don't (E). Also: lkaawln (W) of ekaa pc no, not. [conjunct negative word] 0 ni ve rs eni-tipihkaak vii last evening. IC < ani-tipihkaa enikohk pc with more effort, harder anyways, effort, at least, anyhow U eniwehk pc ea d eshkam pc sometimes eh eshkan •an ni ice chisel La k himaa pc there. Also: lhimaa homaa pc here. Also: ohomaa hsa pc emphatic hsha pc [emphatic particle]. Also: ohsha ihl pr that. Also: lhiwe. (inanimate singular demonstrative] 0 ihimaa pc there. Also: hlmaa ihiwe pr that. Also: ihl, ihiwe, hi. [inanimate singular demonstrative] 222 �ANIHSmNINIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY lhlwetl pc over there, that way. Also: hiweti lhkin vii happen a certain way, be a certain problem lhkito vai say, speak in a certain way climb up a ladder or stairs (E). Also: lhkwaatawe (W) lhkwaantawe vai na woman, female lhkwesenhs -ak na girl (E). Also: lhkwesehs -ak (W) of ihpahlwe vai run to a certain place for cover Ed lhkwe -wak uc at io n lhkwaamaclwe vai climb a hill lkaawln pc don't (W). Also: ekaawln (E) cu lty lltok pc maybe, must be Fa lklweniwak pr those. Also: iklweniwak. [animate plural demonstrative] rs lko pc [emphatic] ni ve Ina pc [yes-no question marker]. Also: na. vai take a look, take a peek vai cost so much, have such a price, be such a date of the month (E). Also: lnakiso ("' ea lnanklso d lnaapl U lnaakoomaakan -ak na relation, person one is related to eh lnanklte vii cost so much, have such a price (E). Also: lnakite (W) La k ( ity lko pc emphatic lnehke pc in direction of lnentam vai2 think so, feel so lnentan vti think so of s.t., think s.t. to be so lnentl vai be gone so long, be absent so long (E). Also: inetl (W) lnlhtaakwan vii sound so, be understood so lniweniwan pr those. Also: inwenlwan. [inanimate plural demonstrative] 223 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY ishaa vai go to a certain place ishi 0 vta say to s.o. Stem: /iN-/ lshl• prev to. Also: in a certain place, in a certain way. Also: shi-. IC> eshl- uc at io n ishi-taa vai live there, reside there ishiclwan vii flow in a certain direction, flow so lshlhse vai fly in a certain direction vti look at s.t. which looks so, see s.t. a certain way of lshinan Ed ishihse vii it happens so, continues so, ran so, the time is. Also: lsihse ishinlhkaate cu lty lshinlhkaaso vai be called or named a certain way. IC> eshlnihkaaso= vii be called or named a certain way. IC> eshinihkaate= vai attend school. Also: lshoonoowl, lshkoonii ni ve lshkoonoo 0 rs lshkoonlwlkamik -oon ni school ity ishkii vai be tired of doing something Fa ishlwepan vii be certain weather, happen in a certain way. IC: eshiwepa= U lshkotehkaanaapihk -ook na stove, heater d lshkotewaapoo ni whisky, liquor eh ea lshkwaa- prev after, completed vii event is over La k lshkwaahkamlkan lshkwaantem -an ni door (E). Also: lshkwaatem (W) lshkwaayaac pc end, last, ultimate lshpimink pc up above (E). Also: lshplmik (W) lskaaciwaso vai be boiled dry iskaaciwate vii be boiled dry 0 itl vai have such things happen to one 224 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY kaa- prev one who, one that. [conjunct relativizer] kaa-tahkweklaoc plihslm na-pt shorter month, February kaahcitin vta catch s.o., capture s.o. uc at io n kaahsanil ni gasoline kaahsanllwikamik -oon ni gas station kaahshaa vii be sharp Ed kaahslln vta wipe s.o., clean s.o., wash s.o. of kaahsiinan vti wipe s.t., clean s.t., wash s.t. kaahallnitiso vai clean oneself Fa kaahsiinlnaakane vai wash dishes cu lty kaahsiinike vai wipe things for cleaning kaak -wak na porcupine ni ve kaakaakl -wak na raven rs ( ity kaahsilnkwe vai wash one's face (E). Also: kaahaiikwe (W) U kaana pc is it possible that, would you, perhaps d kaanika pc I wonder, I wish, I hope ea kaaah vta hide s.o., hide s.t. animate. Stem: /kaaN-/ La k eh kaatoon vti2 hide it kaawin pc no, not. Also: kwaan kaawln mahshl pc not yet kaawin wllhkaa pc never kaawinlln pc no < kaawln + wiin L kahkliwe vai to portage, make a prtage, go across land to water kahkina pc all, every 225 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY kakwecim vta ask s.o. 0 kamaawin pc think not so, probably not so. <kaawln maawln kanake pc at least vta look at s.o. uc at io n kanawaapam kanawaapantan vti look at s.t. (E). Also: kanawaapatan (W) vta look after, take care of s.o. kanawenim Ed kanawentan vti look after, take care of s.t. vta remind s.o. cu lty kanoohkem of kanoohke vai+o remember kanoohkentaw vta remember s.o. Fa kanoosh vta call, address, speak to s.o. Stem: /kanooN-/ get off, disembark pre all the time, all the way, through U kape- ni ve kapat -an ni cupboard 0 rs kapaa vai ity kanootan vti call s.t., address s.t., speak to s.t. d kapehshiwin -an ni camp, campsite, hotel room ea kashkatln vii freeze up La k eh kashkatlnoo-plihsim na freeze-up month, November kashkawan vii be misted over, fogged in kashklhl vta be able to manage, can do to s.o.; let s.o. go Stem: /kashkih-/ kashkil-tlplhkaa vii be pitch dark kashkil-tlpihkanihse vii be night kawacl vai be cold (of a person) 0 kawihshimo vai lie down, go to bed 226 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY kayaash pc originally, Jong ago, former kaye pc and, also, too, as for kaye piko pc likely, to be expected, probably uc at io n ke pc as for. See: kenlln, kenllnawlnt, kekiin, kekllnawint, keklinawaa, kewiin, kewiinawaa ke- prev will, should, could. [Changed future and modal] kehcin pc probably,possibly Ed kehcinaac pc certainly, for sure of keka pc finally, eventually cu lty kekaat pc nearly, almost kekiin pr you too, as for you. [second person singular personal pronoun] Fa kekiinawaa pr you too, as for you. [second person plural personal pronoun] kekishep pc this morning (past). Also: kekishepaa rs ( ity kekiinawint prus too, as for us. [first person inclusive personal pronoun] (E). Also: kekiinawit (W) ni ve kekishepaanehkwe vai have breakfast U keklshepaayaa vii be morning d keko pc what kind or sort, which one or sort ea kekonen -an pr what eh keniin pr me too, as for me. [first person singular personal pronoun] La k keniinawlnt pr us too, as for us. [first person exclusive personal pronoun]. (E) Also: keniinawit (W) ketahtawen pc all of a sudden, suddenly kewlln pr him too, her too, as for him, as for her. [third person singular personal pronoun] kewiinawaa pr them too, as for them. [third person plural personal pronoun] L kicikwaashkonl vai jump out kihci- pre big, great, very 227 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY kihcl-ayaa na elder kihcl-mltaahsomitana nu thousand. niishwaa klhcl-mltahsomitana 'two thousand', etc. Q kihclnlhkllnk pc on the right (E). Also: kihclnihkiik (W) uc at io n kihcipison -an ni belt kihkenim vta know s.o. kihkentaakwan -oon vii be known Ed kihkentam vai2 know of kihkentamoosh vta inform s.o., let s.o. know. Stem: /kihkentamooN-/ kihklnoohamaw vta cu lty kihkentan vti know s.t. teach s.o. ity kihsaapaawanitiso vai wash oneself Fa kihklnoohamaw vta teach someting to s.o., give direction to s.o. 0 rs kihtimi vai be lazy ni ve kll- prev [past tense]. Also: kllh-. IC> kaa- U klin pr you. [second person singular personal pronoun) d kiinawaa pr you. [second person plural personal pronoun] eh ea kiinawlnt pr we, us. [first person inclusive personal pronoun] (E). Also: kilnawlt (W) La k klinehta pr you alone, you only kllnehtawaa pr you alone, you only (plural) kllnehtawlnt pr we alone, us only (inclusive) (E). Also: klinehtawit (W) kiinishtam pr you next, you first. [second person personal pronoun]. Also: nilnihtam kllshfhi vta finish s.o. Stem: /kiishih-/ kiishihtoon vti2 finish s.t., be done with s.t. Stem: /kiishihtoo-/ kilshlk ni sky, day 228 0 �ANIHSIIlNINIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY kUshikaa vii be day kiishikaahte vii be moonlight kilshlpakaawi-pHhsim na leaves are fully grown month, July uc at io n kiishlsan vti cook s.t., done kiishiso vai be cooked done kiishite vii be cooked, done Ed kilshitepo vai cook of kiishiwaayaa vii be warm weather cu lty kilshkaayawaa vii be deep water kllshkipoocike vai saw things, cut things with the saw Fa kiishowaayaa vii be warm weather kiiwe vai go home, return rs ( ity klishpin pc if ni ve kiiwe- prev returning, going home, going back U kiiwekoote vii fly back d kliwenotan vti return to s.t. ea kliwetinonk pc north (E). Also: kHwetinok (W) eh kiiwewlsh vta take s.o. home. Stem: /kiiwewiN-/ La k kilwewitoon vti take s. t. home. Stem: /kiiwewetoo-/ kllweyaahsln vii return through air, blow back kilwlke vai visit (especially in one's own community) kilwite vai visit (especially outside one's own community) L kiiyaapic pc still, yet, more. Also: kiyaapic kimiwan vii rain. Also: klmowan 229 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY k1mootl va1+0 steal s.t. klneplk -ook 0 na snake. Also: kinepik-wak kinlka pc mix uc at io n klnipi- pv fast kinipihse vaVii be quick, be fast, be used up quickly (money or time) kinipll vai hurry, be quick, be fast kinokaapawl vai Ed stand tall, be tall na minnow (E). Also: kinooshehs (W) cu lty kinooshenhs -ak of kinooshe -k na fish kinwaanlhkwe vai have long hair Fa kinwaakaash pc for a long time ity kinwensh pc for a long time (E). Also: kinwesh (W) ni ve kipihcll vai stop be closed U klplhsln -oon vii 0 rs kipaahkwahitilwlkamik -oon ni jail d klplhtlnan vti block s.t. (in an action), stop s.t. eh ea klshaakamite vii be hot (liquid) be a fast current La k kishiiciwan -oon vii klshllwemakan vii be loud klshite vii be hot (atmosphere) kishlwaasl vai be angry, be mad kisiihslpaso vai take a shower kisllplikll vai take a bath, wash self 0 klsllpiikinike vai wash clothes 230 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY klsllplikinlkewlkamlk -oon ni laundromat kltohcike vai play a musical instrument klyaashk -wak na seagull. Also: kiiyaashk uc at io n kocl- pv try to do, to attempt koclhclkaate vii be tried kocihpitan vti take a taste of, try a taste of s.t. inanimate vta take a taste of, try a taste of s.t. animate. Stem: /kocihpw-/ Ed kocihpo vta fear s.o., afraid of s.o. Stem: /kohs-/ cu lty kohsl of koclhtoon vti2 try s.t. Stem: /kocihtoo-/ kohtaacl vai be afraid, get scared Fa koncipanihclkaate vii be swallowed (E). Also: koclpanlhcikaate (W) rs kocipanih-/ kookll vai dive ni ve koohkoohkohoo -k na owl U koon -ak na snow ea d kooshta pc oops! oh my! Also: ooshta vai awaken koshkosl vai be awake, wake up eh koshkosl La k ( ity koncipanlhi vta swallow s.o. (E). Stem: /koncipanih-/ Also: kocipanihl (W). Stem:/ kotak -iyak pr the other. [animate alternative pronoun] kotak -iyan pr the other. [inanimate alternative pronoun] kwaashkoni vai jump kwaashkwepicikan -ak na fishhook kwaashkweplcike vai fish with a hook 231 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY kwaashkwepine vai fish with a hook 0 kwaashkweplsh vta hook s.o. Stem: /kwaashkwepiN-/ kwaashkwepiso vai be hooked uc at io n kwanta pc for no reason or purpose kwayaancll vai get ready, prepare (E). Also: kwayaacil (W) kwayahk pc right, straight, correct(ly), proper(ly) of kwilkwilhs -ak na Canada jay. Also: kwiihwlihshi -wak cu lty maacaa vai go, leave maacaamakan vii go, leave ity 0 rs maacihtan vii be ice breaking up Fa maaciciwan vii start to flow maacll- prev start, begin Ed kwayaantahcike vai be ready or available things (E). Also: kwayaatahcike (W) ni ve maacllhatoo vai start off on a trail, go for a walk U maacilhkwashiwe vai start to paddle, paddle off d maacilhs -ak na match eh ea maacllhse vailii fly off (as a bird), starts (as a motor) La k maaciikltowin -an ni telephone maacilpahiwaash vta run away from s.o. Stem: /maaciipahiwaaN-/ maacilpahlwaatan vti run away from s.t. maaciipahlwe vai run away from maaciipahtoo vai set out running, start running maacilplso vai set out by vehicle, speed off, drive off maacllwicikaate vii be taken away, be carried away 232 0 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY maacliwish vta take along with s.o. Stem: /maaciiwiN-/ maacliwltoon vti2 take along with s.t., take s.t. away. Stem: /maaciiwitoo-/ maacilyaahoote vii be carried away on the waves uc at io n maacishlkan -an ni scissors maaclsho vta cut s.o. Stem: /maacishw-/ maamahkaac pc amazing, astounding, that is so amazing of maamaw pc all together, in total Ed maaham vai2 go on a shopping trip, shop cu lty maamihcaashkaa vii be big waves maamitonentam vai be thinking Fa maamitonenlm vta think about s.o., consider s.o. rs maanencike vai disobey, bother things ni ve maank -wak na loon (E). Also: maak (W) U maashkooc pc perhaps, maybe, also, else d maataho vta scrape s.o. Stem: /maatahw-/ eh ea maatanohkll vai start to work maatlnawe-kiishikaa vii be Saturday La k C ity maamitonentan vti think about s.t., consider s.t. maawac pc most; most of all maawaclhitowin ni gathering, meeting maawatoonan vti gather s.t. maawin pc most likely; perhaps; maybe; must be. Also: maawiln macentaakwan vii be dull, boring maci- pre bad 233 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY maci-mlskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts bad weather 0 macl-naakosl vai be bad looking macihpo vta taste s.o. who tastes bad. Stem: /macihpw-/ maclhse vai have something bad happen, have things go wrong mahlinkan -ak na wolf (E). Also: mahilkan (W) mahkatewisl vai be black ity mahkisin -an ni shoe, moccasin Fa mahkehshi -wak na fox. Also: waakohsh cu lty mahkatewaanlhkwe vai have black hair of mahkatewaa vii be black na bear month, May mahkoonhs -ak na bear cub (E). Also: mahkoohs (W) 0 U na bear ni ve rs mahko-piihsim mahkwa •k Ed mah! pc listen! uc at io n maclhclke vai do something bad, get into trouble ea d mahshl pc yet eh makohshe vai feast, give a feast na feast day month, December La k makohahe-kilshlkani-pllhsim makohshewin -an ni feast makoot -ayan. Also: -an ni coat; dress; skirt; jacket mamaanii vai do something bad, make mistakes mamlshim vta tell on s.o. mamlshintan vta tell on s.t. (E). Also: mamishitan (W) mamlslwe- prev all over, everything 234 0 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY manehtek -wak na smoke fish manlcoohsh -ak na bug, insect manihse vai get firewood vta grab s.o., pick s.o. up quickly. Stem: /manipah-/ uc at io n manlpahl manlwaahkaahlkane vai buy a house manoway -ak nad cheek. Stem: /-anoway-/ be frozen solid cu lty mashkawaahkwatln -oon vii Fa mashkawll vai be strong mashklhki •In ni medicine, drug of mashkash •Ilk nad fingemaiVtoenail. Stem: /-ashkash-/ Ed manklhtlkweyaa vii be a wide river (E). Also: maklhtlkweyaa (W) mashkihkllwinlnl -wak na medicine person, doctor rs ( ity mashkihkilwikamik -oon ni nursing station ni ve mashkiik -oon ni muskeg, bog, swamp U masinaahtehslclkan -an ni television d masinahamaw vta write to or for s.o., owe to s.o., borrow from s.o. ea masinahikan -an ni book, document, paper, letter, newspaper La k eh maslnahlkanaahtlk -oon ni pencil, pen maslnahikanikamlk -oon ni library maslnahike vai write, borrow, get credit masinahlkewlkamlk -oon ni office, band office mate- prev visible (at a distance) L matokwaan •an ni tipi. Also: matokaan, matlkwaan matwehikan -ak na drum 235 �ANIHSHININIII\,fOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY matwehlke vai be drumming 0 mawl vai cry mawlnehlke vai compete, attack uc at io n mayaam pc exactly mekwaa pc while, during, at the time memecikaahclke vai examine things, check up on things Ed mekwaac pc while, during, at the (same) time, now cu lty of memecikaayaapantan vti examine s.t., investigate s.t., check up on s.t. (by looking) (E). Also: memecikaayaapatan (W) na butterfly (E). Also: memekwe (W) memepiso vai swing oneself Fa memenkwe •k ity memepison -an ni swing, blanket cradle 0 rs metawaakan -an ni toy, plaything ni ve metawe vai play metawewlkamik -oon ni recreation hall eye. Stem: /-caap-/ U micaap -an nid vti find s.t. eh mihkan ea d mihkaat -an nid leg. Stem: /-hkaat-/ La k mlhkaw vta find s.o. mlhkwam -iik na ice mlhsan ni firewood. Stem: /mihs-/ Plural of: mlhsl mlhsat -an ni stomach mihsawaac pc even though, anyhow, although 0 mihshiin pc many, much, a lot 236 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY mlhshllnatlnoon vii be a lot of, be many of. Stem: /mihshiinatin-/ (' mlhshllnlwaa pc many times, often. Also: mlhshilnwaa mlhshllnowak vai be many. Stem: /mihshiino-/ uc at io n mihshlkamaa vii be a big lake mlhsl ni stick of firewood. Stem: /mihs-/ Plural: mlhsan 'firewood' mihtlk -ook na tree (deciduous) of mlhtlk -oon ni stick, piece of wood, yard (measurement) Ed mlhtawak -an nid ear. Stem: /-htawak-/ cu lty mihtlkowash -an ni suitcase, wooden box. milcim ni food miihkana -n nl trail, path, road rs ( ity milcin vti3 eat s.t. Stem: /miici-/ Fa miicimihkancikan -an ni bait (E). Also: mlicimihkacikan -an (W) ni ve mllhsaweshklshil val have a mustache U milhshitoone vai have a beard d miikaash vta fight s.o. Stem: /miikaaN-/ ea miikaaso vai fight La k eh miikaasowin -an ni fight, violence. Also: miikaatlwin miikaatan vti fight s.t. milklhsikwaahson -an ni beaded article milkwehc pc thanks miina pc and, again, next L mlinkwan -ak na feather. Also: miikwan mlish vta give (s.t.) to s.o. Stem: /miiN-/ 237 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN .. ENGLISH GLOSSARY miishkoc pc mikaash vta in exchange, instead of, in turn 0 fight s.o. Stem: /miikaaN-/ miklhtik •oon nid knee. Stem: /-kihtik-/ mikisllwi-plihsim na bald eagle month, March nid inside of mouth. Also: mikwinew. Stem: /-konew-/ worry about s.o., be concerned about s.o. vta mlkoshkaatentam vai2 worry, be concerned, wonder worry about s.t., be concerned about s.t. vti cu lty mikoshkaatentan nid nose. Stem: /-kot-/ mlkot -an Ed mikoshkaatenlm of mikonew uc at io n mikanakaap •an nid forehead. Stem: /-kanakaap-/ Fa mikotashkway •an nid throat. Stem: /-kotashkway-/ ity mikwayaw -an nid neck. Stem: /-kwayaw-/ 0 rs mlncihkaawan .. ak na mitt, glove (E). Also: micihkaawan (W) ann. Stem: /-nlhk-/ U minihk -an nid ni ve minclnawesi vai be sorry, be regretful (E). Also: micinawesi (W) ea d mlnihkwaakan •an ni cup eh minihkwe vai drink, drink s.t. La k minlhkwewln •an ni drink, booze minihtlk •oon ni island minlhtikwaapihk •oon ni rocky island minlkohk pc much, many. Also: mlnikwahk minlnc •iin nid finger (E). Stem: /-nine-/. Also: minic (W) 0 mino• pre nice, good mino•ayaawamaciho vai feel well, feel better 238 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY mlno-kllshikaa vii be a nice day mlno-mlskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts good weather mlno-naakosl vai look nice, good looking. Also: mlnonaakosi uc at io n minohpakosl vai taste good. Also: minohpikosi minohpakwan vii taste good minohpitan vti like taste of s.t. Ed minohpo vta like taste of s.o. Stem: /minohpw-/ of minomaakosl vai smell nice, smell good mlntito vai be big (E). Also: mltito (W) Fa minwaahshln vii be nice, look nice cu lty minomaakwan vii smell nice, smell good vta like s.o. rs minwenlm ni ve mlnwentaakwan vii be enjoyable, be liked, be fun, be a good time, be appreciated U mlnwentam vai2 be happy, be glad d minwentan vti like s.t., enjoy s.t. nid hair. Stem: /-piiway-/. Also: pllway ea mipilway -an eh mipwaam -an nid thigh. Stem: /-pwaam-/ La k C ity minwanclke vai eat well, enjoy one's meal (E). Also: minwaclke (W) mishookan -an nid hip. Stem: /-shookan-/ mlshtahi pc much, a lot. Also: mlstahl mlshtikwaan -an nid head. Stem: /-shtikwaan-/ misit -an nid foot. Stem: /-sit-/ misiwe pc all over, everything, whole mlskosl vai be red 239 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY vii mlskwaa be red 0 mlskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky at dawn or after sunset mitaahs -ak nad pants. Stem: /-taahs-/ uc at io n mltaahslnoon vii be ten. Stem: /mitaahsin-/ mltaahslwak vai be ten. Stem: /mitaahsi-/ ten mltaahsomltana nu na ten cents (E). Also: mitaahso piiwaapihkohsh (W) Ed mltaahso pllwaapihkonhsh -ak hundred. nlishwaa mltaahsomltana 'two hundred', etc. mltaahsoopllhlkan -ak na of nu ten dollar bill cu lty mltaahso mltaahswaaplhk na ten dollars nid heart. Stem: /-tehi-/ ity mitehi -In nid chin. Stem: /-taamihkan-/ Fa mltaamlhkan -an 0 rs mltenan -iln nid tongue. Stem: /-tenan-/ ni ve mitlhs -iin nid navel. Stem: /-tihs-/ pc really, entirely so, completely. Also: tetako d mitonl U mltihtlman -an nid shoulder. Stem: /-tihtiman-/ eh ea mitoon -an nid mouth (especially outer part of mouth; lips). Stem: /-toon-/ La k mitoontan -an nid heel (E). Stem: /-toontan-/. Also: mltootan (W) mitooskwan -an nid elbow. Stem: /-tooskwan-/ mlyaw -an nid body. Stem: /-yaw-/. Also: mliyaw moohkomaan -an ni knife moos -ook na moose mooshak pc always, all the time 0 mooshkahan vii flood, be high water 240 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN · ENGLISH GLOSSARY mooshkine vii be full mooso-wiiyaahs ni moose meat mwaye- prev before. Usually e-mwaye uc at io n na pc [yes-no question marker]. Also: Ina. naacl- pv get, fetch, go for naaclhkomaane vai get a knife Ed naacimllclme vai go for food, fetch food cu lty naahpic pc really, very, to a high degree, extensively of naaclwanihlkane vai go to check traps. Also: naaciwanihlikane naake pc later Fa naakosl vai be visible, show up. (pl-naakosi be seen coming this way) rs naanaakacihi vta investigate s.o., watch for s.o. Stem: /naamaakacih-/ ni ve naanew pc down at the shore, on the shore U naanewl- pren on shore d naanl- pren near, by ea naanllml vai keep on dancing. Reduplication of: nllmi eh naanipaawe -wak vai yawn. Also: naanipaayawe La k ( ity naakwan vii be visible, show up. (pl-naakwan be seen coming this way) naaniyahll pc near something naanta pc maybe, perhaps, in some way. Also: naanlta naapakwaash vta snare s.o. Stem: /naapakwaaN-/ naapakwe vai set snares naape -wak na man naapenhs -ak na boy (E). Also: naapehs -ak (W) 241 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY naap1- prev put together, assemble naapihkaakan •ak na 0 kerchief; scarf naasihkan vti get s.t., fetch s.t. naasihkaw vtia get, fetch s.o. uc at io n naashaantawe -wak vai climb down a tree, go downstairs (E). Also: naashaatawe (W) naasipll vai go to the shore, go to the water vti go to get s.t. by boat of naatahan Ed naataham vai2 go to get by boat cu lty naatahipii vai get water, go for water naatahsapll vai get one's net, check one's net Fa naatakwe vai go to check snares U nahsaw pc middle of ni ve nahke piko pc I don't know 0 rs nahl pc look! look outl ity naawl• pren center of, middle of d nahsemaa -k na tobacco eh ea nahshine pc often, all the time, frequently vta leave s.o. behind Stem: /nakaN-/ La k nakash nakatan vti leave s.t. behind nakwaakan -an ni snare nakwaakanaahtik •oon ni snare stick (wooden frame) nakwaakanlyaap -Un ni snare wire nakwaash vta snare s.o. Stem: /nakwaaN-/ nakwaaso vai be snared 242 0 �ANIHSIDNINIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY namancinihklink pc on the left. Also: namacinlhkilk (W) namatapl vai sit down, be seated name -wak na sturgeon nanaahkom vta thank s.o uc at io n namekohs -ak na lake trout nanaantawaapam vta look around for s.o. 1 hunt for s.o. (E). Also: nanaatawaapam (W) Ed nanaantawenclke vai hunt (E). Also: nanaatawenclke (W) of nanaantawenlm vta look around for s.o., search for s.o. (E). Also: nanaatawenlm (W) cu lty nanaantawentan vti look around for s.t., search for s.t. (E). Also: nanaatawentan (W) nanaantawi-oocilwe vai go about looking for flies (E). Also: nanaatawi-oocliwe (W) Fa nanaantawl-prev seek, go around for (E). Reduplication of: nantawi-, ntawi-. Also: nanaatawl- (W) nanaatlhkosii vai do mean things, tease, make fun of people ni ve rs nanahaclke vai tidy things ity ( nantawencike vai hunt (E). Also: natawenclke (W) U nantawenlm vta want/need s.o. (E). Also: natawenim (W) ea d nantawentaakosl vai be wanted, be desirable (E). Also: natawentaakosl (W). eh nantawentan vti want/need s.t. (E). Also: natawentan (W) La k nantohtamowln ni radio nantohtan vti listen to s.t. nantohtaw vta listen to s.o. (E). Also: natohtaw (W) nantonaw vta look for s.o. natawlhiwe vai heal people. Also: antawihiwe l., nato- pre real, natural, plain 243 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY natohtamoowikamik -oon ni radio station 0 natohtan vti listen to s.t. natok pc suddenly, miraculously, as a suprise uc at io n nawac pc more, quite (-er) nehplci- pv permanently, not knowing when to quit neyaa vii be a peninsula, be a point in the lake of neyaahsh -Un ni point of land, peninsula Ed nekaaplihanonk pc west (E). Also: nekaapiihanok (W) cu lty nlcaahkohsh -ak nad my (woman's) (female cross-)cousin, my (woman's) sister-in-law. Stem: /-caahkohsh-/ Fa nlclimic -ak nad my younger brother. Also: sister, my younger sibling. Stem: /-ciimic-/ ity nihka -k na Canada goose 0 rs nihkaakone vaVii be covered with snow ni ve nihki-plihsim na goose month, April nihsaapaawe vai drown U nlhshiwanaatan -oon vii be spoiled ea d nihsi vta kill s.o. Stem: /nihs-/ eh nlhsln nu three La k nlhsinoon vii be three. Stem: /nihsin-/ nlhsitawlnan vti recognize s.t. by sight, realize s.t. nihsitohtam vai2 understand nihsitohtan vti understand s.t. nihsiwak vai be three. Stem: /nihsi-/ 0 nihsomitana nu thirty 244 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY nihsoshaap nu thirteen nihsoshaap tahswaaplhk na thirteen dollars nlhswaa pc three times, thrice uc at io n nihswaapihk ni three dollars nlhtaa- prev can do, skilled at, know how nihtaawe vai know how to talk, can talk of nihtaawihse vai know how to walk, can walk, walks well Ed nlhtaawanohkli vai work well, be a good worker cu lty niicl-kihcihaa -k nad my fellow elder. Stem:/-iici-kihcihaa-/ nllcl-naape -wak nad my fellow man. Stem: /-iici-naapew-/ Fa niicl-toohkan -ak nad my name-sake. Stem: /-iici-toohkan-/ nilciihaa -k nad my spouse. Stem: /-iiciihaa-/ rs C ity niicihkiwesl -wak nad my (man's) brother. Stem: /-iicihkiwesiw-/ ni ve nllclmohsh -ak nad my (cross-)cousin of opposite sex. Stem: /-iicimohsh-/ U niihsllkinincaan -an ni finger. Also: niihsilkinlcaan d niihsllklsltaan -an ni toe ea niihtaawihs -ak nad my (man's) brother-in-law. Stem: /-iihtaawahs-/. Also: nlihtaawahs La k eh niikate pc a ways off, far away niikateshkaa vai go away nlimaawinlwash -an ni provisions box, container niimi vai dance niimitana L nu forty niin pr I, me. [first person singular personal pronoun) niinamii vai be weak 245 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY nlinawint pr we, us (E) [first person exclusive personal pronoun]. Also: nilnawit (W) 0 niinehta pr I alone, me only nlinehtawlnt pr we alone, us only (exclusive) (E). Also: nllnehtawlt (W) uc at io n nlinim -ook nad my (cross-)cousin of opposite sex, my sibling-in-law of opposite sex. Stem: /-iinimw-/ nllnishtam pr me next, me first. [first person singular pronoun]. Also: nlinlhtam Ed nllpaa- pv at night, happening at night, noctumal of niipawl vai stand, be standing cu lty niipin vii summer nlishln nu two Fa nlishlnoon vii be two. Stem: /niishin-/ ity nilshltana nu twenty 0 rs nilshltana tahswaaplhk na twenty dollars ni ve nllshitanawepiihikan -ak na twenty dollar bill nllshiwak vai be two. Stem: /niishi-/ U niisho-kllshikaa vii be Tuesday na two dollar bill ea d nlishoopilhlkan -ak eh niishoshaap nu twelve, (decade number) plus two La k niishoshaap tahswaapihk na twelve dollars niishwaa pc twice niishwaahslnoon vii be seven. Stem: /niishwaahsin-/ niishwaahsiwak vai be seven. Stem: /niishwaahsi-/ niishwaahso nu seven 0 niishwaahsomitana nu seventy 246 �ANIHSIIlNINIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY niishwaahsoshaap nu seventeen, (decade number) plus seven nilshwaahsoshaap tahswaapihk na seventeen dollars nilshwaahswaapihk na seven dollars nliskaatan vii be miserable weather niltihkwe -wak nad my fellow woman. Stem: /-iitihkwew-/ of nliwaa pc four times Ed nlitfhkwe -wak nad my (woman's) sister. Stem: /-iitihkwew-/ uc at io n niishwaapihk na two dollars. cu lty nliwaaplhk na four dollars nllwl-kilshlkaa vii be Thursday Fa nllwln nu tour rs nilwlshaap nu fourteen, (decade number) plus four ni ve nllwishaap tahswaaplhk na fourteen dollars nliwlwak vai be four. Stem: /niiwi-/ d U nlkamo vai sing ea nlkamowln -an ni song eh nlkayaashlm -ak nad my ex-spouse . Stem: /-kayaashim-/ nlkoslhs -ak nad my son. Stem: /-kosihs-/ La k ( ity niiwlnoon vii be four. Stem: /niiwin-/ nlmaamaa -mak nad my mother. Stem: /-maamaa(m)-/ nlmlhsens -ak nad my older sister (E). Stem: /-mihses-/. Also: nlmlhsens (W) nimohshoom -ak nad my grandfather. Stem: /-mohshoom-/. Also: nimihshoom nlmoosom -ak nad my sweetheart. Stem: /-moosom-/ 247 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY ninahaankanlhkwem -ak nad my daughter-in-law, my (cross-)niece (E). Stem: /-nahaakanihkwem-/. Also: ninahaakanihkwem (W) Q ninahaanklhshllm -ak nad my son-in-law, my (cross-)nephew (E). Stem: /-nahaakihshiim-/. Also: nlnahaakihshllm (W) uc at io n ninilkihik -ook nad my parent. Stem: /-niikihikw-/ nlnlnc -iin nid my hand (E). Stem: /-nincy-/. Also: ninlc. Stem: /-nicy-/ (W) nlnklk -wak na otter (E). Also: nikik (W) of Ed ninklko-wanihlkan -an ni trap for otter (E). Also: nlklko-wanlhlkan (W), ninkiko-wanlhlikan (E) nlnkiso vai be melted (E). Also nlkfso (W) cu lty nlnkotwaahsinoon vii be six (E). Stem: /ninkotwaahsin-/. Also: nikotwaahslnoon (W) six (E). Also: nfkotwaahso (W) nu nlnkotwaahsomitana nu 0 sixteen (E). Also: nlkotwaahsoshaap (W) ni ve nlnkotwaahsoshaap sixty (E). Also: nlkotwaahsomltana (W) ity nu rs nlnkotwaahso Fa nlnkotwaahsiwak vai be six (E). Stem: /ninkotwaahsi-/. Also: nikotwaahsiwak (W) U nlnkotwaahsoshaap tahswaapihk na sixteen dollars (E). Also: nikotwaahsoshaap tahswaaplhk (W) na six dollars (E). Also: nikotwaahswaapihk (W) d ninkotwaahswaapihk ea ninkwahkwan vii be overcast (E). Also: nikwahkwan (W) La k eh nintawl- prev go to do. Also: nantawi-, ntawl- (E). Also: nltawi-, natawl-, ntawi- (W) nlpaa vai sleep nlpaaciyaa vii be dirty, slimy nlpahtoon vti2 kill s.t. Stem: /nipahtoo-/ nlpewln -an ni bed nipi ni water 0 nipiihkaank pc in the water (E). Also: nipiihkaak (W) 248 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN · ENGLISH GLOSSARY nipo vai die, be dead nlshlhsensh -ak nad my (cross-) uncle, my father-in-law (E). Stem: /-shihsensh-/. Also: nlshihsesh (W) uc at io n nlshtam pc first, next nishtehs -ak nad my older brother. Stem: /-shtehs-/ nlslkohs -ak nad my (cross-) aunt; my mother-in-law. Stem: /-sikohs-/ Ed nltaanlhs -ak nad my daughter. Stem: /-taanihs-/ cu lty nitawaac pc might as well, rather. Also: ntawaac of nltaataa -mak nad my father. Stem: /-taataa(m)-/ nltawemaa •k nad my (man's) sister, my (woman's) brother. Stem: /-tawemaa-/ Fa nitaylhihsh -ak nad my dog. Stem: /-tayihsh-/ nitooshlm -ak nad my (parallel-) nephew. Stem: /-tooshim-/ rs ( ity nltiko pc it seems, probably. Also: ntiko ni ve nltooshlmlhkwem -ak nad my (parallel-) niece. Stem: /-tooshimihkwem-/ U nltoosihs -ak nad my (parallel-) aunt. Stem: /-toosihs-/ d nlyaanan nu five ea nlyaanan pllwaapihkohsh -ak na five cents (W). Also: niyaanan pllwaaplhkoonhsh (E) La k eh nlyaananlwak vai be five. Stem: /niyaanani-/ nlyaanano-ahkl pc five years niyaananomltana nu fifty. Also: nlyaanomltana nlyaananoon vii be five. Stem: /niyaanan-/ nlyaananoopllhlkan -ak L na five dollar bill niyaananoshaap nu fifteen. Also: nlyaanoshaap niyaananoshaap tahswaapihk na fifteen dollars 249 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY myaananwaa pc five times 0 niyaananwaaplhk na five dollars noohkom -ak nad my grandmother. Stem: /-oohkom-/ noohkomlhs -ak nad my (parallel-)uncle. Stem: /-oohkomihs-/ noomake pc for a while cu lty noonkom pc now, today (E). Also: nookom (W) of nooncihshipe vai hunt ducks (E). Also: noocihshlpe (W) Ed noohpimink pc in the bush, inland (E). Also: noohpimlk (W) uc at io n noocl-kinooshewi-aapacihcikan ni fishing gear noonkom kaa-kllshikaak vii today (E). Also: noonkom kaa•kllshikaak (W) Fa noontaw vta hear s.o. (E). Also: nootaw (W) ity noonte- prev want to, need to (before usual time) (E). Also: noote- (W) 0 rs noosihs -ak nad my grandchild. Stem: /-oosihs-/ ni ve nootlhkwewe vai womanize; chase women U nootln vii be windy, be a wind d nootlnikewln -an ni war, violence eh ea ntlko pc it seems, probably. Also: nitiko La k ociimaani vai have a boat, have s.t. as one's boat ocilmitoo-pilhslm na kissing month, January. Also: ociiml-klishikaawi-piihslm ohkaataahk -wak na carrot oho pr this. [inanimate singular demonstrative]. Also: ohowe, howe. ohomaa pc here. Also: homaa ohowe pr this. Also: oho, howe. [inanimate singular demonstrative] ohsha pc [emphatic particle]. Also: hsha 250 0 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN · ENGLISH GLOSSARY okaanhs -ak na pickerel (E). Also: okaahs (W) oklmaa -k na boss, manager okimaahkaan -ak na chief uc at io n okin -iik ni tomatoe okowenlwan pr this, these. Also: okwenlwan. [inanimate obviative demonstrative] omplpaniho vai go up in a hurry (E). Also: oplpaniho (W) of onaakan -an ni dish, plate Ed omakahkll -k na frog cu lty onaako pc yesterday oncl pc from (E). Also: oci (W) ity onci- prev from, cause (E). IC> wenci-. Also: oci- (W). IC> wecionci-wiicl-taamaakan na neighbour (E). Also: ocl-wiicl-taamaakan (W) rs C Fa onahtoon vti2 arrange s.t., organize s.t., put s.t. in order, stack s.t. Stem: /onahtoo-/ ni ve oncihcihse vii be the time of, come to happen, the time has come (E). Also: oclhclhse (W) U oncll vai come from a certain place (E). IC> wencii=. Also: ocll (W). IC> wecii= ea d oncinowe vii the wind is blowing from a certain direction (E). Also: oclnowe (W) eh onclta pc purposely, jokingly (E). Also: oclta (W) La k onclwltoon vti2 carry s.t. from a certain place (E). Stem: /onciwitoo-/. Also: onclwitoon (W) onlkam -Un ni portage onsaam pc too much, extreme, excessive (E). Also: osaam (W) ontami- prev busy at (E). Also: otaml- (W) ontamlhse vai get busy (E). Also: otamihse (W) L ontamii vai be busy (E). Also: otamll (W) 251 �ANIHSmNINIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY ontamlihke vai be busy (E). Also: otamllhke (W) 0 ontentl vai be absent, be gone (E). Also: otetl (W) oocil -k na fly uc at io n ooshta pc oops! oh my! Also: kooshta oplhkwahko vai have arrows oplhkwanaacllhsh -ak na bat Ed osaawaa vii be yellow/brown of osaawaanlhkwe vai have brown hair cu lty osaawisl vai be yellow/brown oshaawashkosi vai be blue be made, be build, be processed ity oshihclkaate vii Fa oshaawashkwaa vii be blue 0 rs osohsotam vai2 cough ni ve ota pc emphatic U otaahplnan vti choose s.t.. accept s.t., take s.t.. pick s.t. d otaahplnlkaate vii be chosen, be taken, be accepted, be picked ea otaanaank pc at the back, behind, previously (E). Also: otaanaak (W) eh na La k otaapaan -ak skidoo, car otaapaanaahk -wak na toboggan paahkihsln -oon vii be open paahpi vai laugh paahpihl vta laugh at s.o. Stem: /paahpih-/ paahpihtoon vti2 laugh at s.t. Stem: /kaatoo-/ paahso vta dry s.o. (by heat). Stem: /paahsw-/ 252 0 �ANIHSHININI™OWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY paakwaa vii be shallow water na paanahklhk -wak frying pan paane- prav wide; broad; roomy; expanded uc at io n paanesi vai be wide, broad, roomy, expanded paaneyaa vii be wide, broad, roomy, expanded paanlmaa pc much later, later on, after a long while of vta shoot s.o. Stem: /paashkisw-/ paashkiso cu lty vai be skinny, be starving paawanli paawlhtlk -oon ni rapids Fa pahkaan pc different vti hit s.t., strike s.t. pahkihteho vta hit s.o. Stem: /pahkihtehw-/ rs ity pahkihtehan vta skin s.o., cut the pelt off s.o. U pahkon ni ve pahklnaake vai win; beat someone (in a competition) na flour, bread d pahkweshlkan ea pahkweshikanaapoo ni stew, soup with flour eh pahkweshlkanl-kllshikaa vii be Friday La k ( Ed paashklslkan -an ni gun pahpaaplwln -an ni window. Also: pahpaapowin paklcllwln -an pakltahwe vai fish with a net, set a net pakitanemo pakltin ni airport. Also: pooniiwin vta regurgitate s.o. Stem: /pakitanemw-/ vta let go of s.o. pakltinan vti let go of s.t. 253 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY pakohsenlmo vai wish, hope 0 pakwaan -an ni shirt pankihshimon panklhsin vii be the setting sun (E). Also: paklhshimon (W) vii fall (E). Also: paklhsln (W) pankll pc a little, some (E). Also: pakil (W) papaami-ishaamakan vai walk about, take a walk paplihkwahkamlkisi vai fumble things, cause problems vai fumble things, cause problems ity papilkwaanahkwan vii be cloudy Fa papiikonike vii go about, go there cu lty papaamohse Ed vai swim around of papaamaatake ni ve pashkwewash -an ni pack 0 rs pashkwatahikan -an ni clear-cut area vai stand up, arise U pasikwii uc at io n paninan vti drop s.t. from hand d patoteplso vai drive off the road eh ea payahklnan vti clean s. t. La k payahtak pc very carefully payehklnlke vai clean things pehkaac pc slowly, carefully pehkihsh pc at the same time, while pehpeshik pc one by one pehshonc pc close, near (E). Also: pehshoc (W) pehshotaahkoomaakan -ak na close relation 254 0 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY pepaa ni pepper peshlk nu one peshik pliwaaplhkohsh -ak na one cent. Also: peshik piiwaapihkoonhs uc at io n peshiko vai be alone, single peshlko- pre one, single peshlkooplihlkan -ak na peshikoshaap nu eleven, (decade number) plus one of peshikoshaap tahswaapihk na eleven dollars cu lty peshikwaa pc once, one time peshishooniyaahsh -ak na twenty-five cents, (quarter). Also: peshlk shoonlyaahsh rs ( ity peshikwan vii be alone, single Fa peshlkwaaplhk na one dollar peshlkwan pc same Ed one dollar bill ni ve pi- prev here, hither, towards U pl-kliwenotan vti return to s.t., come back to s.t. d pi-kliwenotaw vta return to s.o., come back to s.o. ea pl-naakosi vai be visible coming this way La k eh plhkwaamatinaa -n ni hill plhkwahk -oon ni arrow plhkwan -an ni blouse plhkwatahkamlnk ni forest; wilderness (E). Also: pihkwatahkamik (W) plhtaahplso vai put clothes on, dress L plhtaho vta hit s.o. accidentally using s.t. Stem: /pihtahw-/ piiclwlsh vta bring s.o. Stem: /piiciwiN-/. Also: piish 255 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY plihl vta wait for s.o. Stem: /piih-/ 0 pliho vai wait, be waiting piihshaakaneyaap ni rope, string uc at io n piihslm -ook na sun, moon, month. Also: piihsom pllhslmohkaan -ak na clock piihswe-aanahkonaa -k na bread (loaf) vii get broken, break down, break by itself cu lty piikohse of piikohse vai break out in a rash or pimples, have a blow out Ed pllhsimoo-masinahlkan •an ni calendar pilkohsitoon vti2 break s.t. by dropping. Stem: /piikohsitoo-/ ity pllnahikan -an ni purse Fa pllkoshkaa vaVii be broken vai put something in a container, pack something 0 rs piinahike ni ve pltnaho vta put s.o. in a container, pack s.o. Stem: /piinahw-/ U piinci- pren inside, into (E). Also: plici- (W) d pllnciyahll pc inside something (E). Also: pllciyahii (W) eh ea piintikamink pc indoors (E). Also: piltlkamlk (W) La k pilntlke vai enter, go in, come in (E). Also: plltlke (W) pllsh vta bring s.o. Stem: /piiN-/. Also: pllclwlsh pllshaa vai come here. Also: pi-ishaa plitoon vti2 bring s.t. Stem: /piitoo-/ piiway -an ni hair. Also: mlpllway piiwite -k na stranger 0 plko pc just. Also: poko 256 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY piko tooho pc any kind, varied, anything, ail sort of pimaahkwepahlke vai play hockey pimaahkwepahikewin ni hockey uc at io n pimaahoote vii drift along on the waves pimaapoote vii drift along on the current pimaatisi vai live, be alive Ed pimaatislwln -an ni life of plmahkwashiwaake vai paddle something pimakoote vii fly along, fly by Fa piml- prev by, past, along, in process of cu lty pimahkwashiwe vai paddle, paddle by pimlhsewln -an ni airplane, plane. Also: plminaakan ni ve pimihshin vai lie down rs ( ity plmihse vai fly along, fly by (of a bird) U plmikonaakaa vii be a week d plminlke vai carry things along on one's shoulder ea plmlpahtoo vai run along, run by eh pimlpanlhcikan -an ni engine, motor, machine La k plmiplso vai drive along, drive by plmltaaclmo vai crawl along, crawl by pimltaapil vai go along by sled or sleigh pimlte ni lard, grease, fuel oil, gas L pimiwane vai carry a pack along on one's back pimiwitoon vti2 carry s.t. along, carry s.t. by. Stem: /pimiwitoo-/ 257 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY pimo vta shoot s.o. with an arrow. Stem: /pimw-/ 0 plmohse vai walk along, walk by plmoocike vai carry things uc at io n plnaahkwaan -an ni comb plnaahkweho vai comb one's hair na spruce hen na plnehshlinsh -ak bird (E). Also: pinehshlish (W) cu lty pine -wak of plnamaa pc wait a while; for a short while; in awhile Ed pinaahkwiiwi-plihslm na leaves are falling month, October plnehsllwan vii there is thunder Fa plpoon vii winter ity plshiw -ak na lynx be stocky, be chubby ni ve pltlkosl vai 0 rs pltlkohtaakosi vai have a muffled or low sound, have a muffled or low voice U poonanohkll vai quit a job, stop working d pooni- prev stop, cease, quit eh ea poonl-plmaatlsl vai die La k pooshoo pc hello poosl vai get on, embark poosihl vta put s.o. on board. Stem: /poosih-/ poosihtoon vti put s.t. on board. Stem: /poosihtoo-/ pooslkwaashkoni vai jump aboard pooslpaniho vai hurry aboard. Also: pooslpanihoo pootaanitiso vai blow on oneself 258 0 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY pootawaan -an ni fireplace, campfire pootawe vai make a fire, build a fire Powaan -ak na Paul (person's name) uc at io n pwaatawi- pv delayed, late pwatan ni butter saakaahte vii the sun is rising, the sun comes up. Ed saakaapahte vii smoke comes out (in the distance) of saakaham vai2 go out, exit cu lty saakahlkan -an -lin ni lake saaklhl vta love s.o. Stem: /saakih-/ Fa saaklcl- prev out saaklpaakaawl-plihslm na leaves are out month, June rs ( ity saakihtoon vti2 like s.t. Stem: /saakihtoo-/ ni ve saankahslnoon vii be nine (E}. Stem: /saakahsin-/. Also: shaankahsinoon (E), saakahsinoon (W) d U saankahsiwak vai be nine (E). Stem: /saankahsi-/. Also: shaankahslwak (E), saakahslwak (W) ea saankahso nu nine (E}. Also: shaankahso (E), saakahso (W) La k eh saankahsohshaap nu nineteen, (decade number} plus nine (E}. Also: shaakahsoshaap (W) saankahsomitana nu ninety. Also: shaankahsomitana (E), saakahsomltana (W) saankahsoshaap tahswaapihk na nineteen dollars (E). Also: saakahsoshaap tahswaapihk (W) saankahswaapihk na nine dollars (E). Also: saakahswaapihk (W) sahkiso vai be lit, be on fire, have one's house on fire L sahkite vii be lit, be on fire 259 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY sakamaatapl vai stay in place, sit quietly 0 sakime •k na mosquito sakimewayaan -ak na mosquito net uc at io n shaakashkine vii be full shaakooc pc however, nevertheless, after all shaawanonk pc south (E). Also: shaawanok (W) Ed sheshtak -ook na thread of shiihshlip -ak na duck cu lty shiipaa- pren beneath shiipaahl pc beneath something be sweet ity shiiwaa vii 0 rs shilpiikwaan -an ni sweater Fa shiipllkii vai stretch one's body ni ve shilwaakamin -oon vii be sweet (liquid) U shliwaapoo ni pop, soft drink, juice d shiiwlhtaakan ni salt eh ea shlkaak -wak na skunk La k shikatentam vai2 be bored, be lonely, be homesick, be sad shikatentan vti be lonesome for s.t. shimaakanihshilwikamlk -oon ni police station shinkop -iik na evergreen tree, spruce (E). Also: shikop (W) shinkopiiwaapoo ni beer (E). Also: shikopiiwaapoo (W) shoohp shookaa na soap 0 na sugar 260 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY shoomlnaapoo ni wine shoomlnlhsh -ak na raisin shooniyaan -ak na money. Also: shoonlyaa uc at io n shooniyaawash -an ni wallet shooshkwahikan -ak na iron vti pour s.t., pump s.t. out vii be poured siikinikaate Ed siikinan of silkwan vii be spring cu lty slipi -in ni river siltawaac pc barely, hardly, poorly na vii snow, be snowing. Also: sookohpwan vai be brave (E). Also: aookitehe (W) rs soonkitehe ity sookihpwan ni ve ta- prev will [future tense in independent with no personal prefix] taa- prev would, could, should, ought, can [modal] d U taaplshkooc pc alike, even, at the same time vai split wood ea taashkikahike vta split s.o. by cutting. Stem: /taashkishw-/ eh taashklsho taawin ni town, village La k ( weasel Fa sikohsl -wak tahkaayaa vii be cold (weather) tahkokaapawi vai stand short, be short tahkwaanihkwe vai have short hair tahsh pc and, but tahsin pc a certain number 261 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY tahsinoon vii be a certain number of. Stem: /tahsin-/ 0 tahsiwak vai be a certain number of. Stem: /tahsi-/ tahso• pre so many, so much, every uc at io n tahso-niipln pc every summer tahsoosh vta trap s.o. Stem: /tahsooN-/ takahkinaakosi vai be good looking, handsome of takiin pc usually takohshin vii arrive Fa takoosh vta arrive with s.o. Stem: /takooN-/ cu lty takohse vii arrive by flying ity takoplsl vai arrive by vehicle 0 ni ve rs takwaakin vii be fall, be autumn takwan vii be there, exist Ed tahswaa pc so many times, every time U tanenlm vta think s.o. to be there d tanihtaakwan vii be heard there ea taniwewitam vai2 be heard from a certain place La k eh tashiihke vai stay there, hang around, live there, play tashlihkewln -an ni village, settlement, community tashllwlhtoo vai do things in a certain location tashlm vta tell about, talk about s.o. tashoplsh vta stretch s.o. (as a pelt). Stem: /tashopiN-/ tatipaaclmo vai be telling. Reduplication of: tipaacimo tawehkonehlke vai plow snow 262 0 �ANIHSIDNINIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY tehsaplwln -an ni chair. Also: tehsapowln tepi- prev enough, sufficient tepi-naakosi vai be visible at a distance uc at io n tepi-wiihsini vai have enough to eat tepihse vaVii be enough of s.t., be sufficient tepihtan vti hear s.t. in the distance Ed tepihtaw vta hear s.o. in the distance of tepinaahk pc carelessly cu lty tepwe pc true, for sure tepwehtam vai2 believe, agree, go ahead with something (what someone says to do) rs ity tepwehtaw vta believe in s.o., agree with s.o. 1 go ahead with something (what someone says to do) ni ve tetako pc extremely, totally, very tetipaa pc around d U tetlpaahi pc around something ea tihkinaakan -an ni cradleboard eh tihtlpanaweyaanihkwe vai have curly hair tihtipihse vailli roll La k ( Fa tepwehtan vti believe s.t., agree with s.t., go ahead with something (what someone says to do) tihtipipaniho vai roll fast. Also: tlhtiplpanlhoo tlhtlpwepishkikan -ak ni bicycle tll ni tea tiihke vai make tea tlihtipaamaciwe vai go downhill 263 �ANIHSHININI™OWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY tiihtipaantawe vai climb down a ladder, climb downstairs (E). Also: tiihtipaatawe (W) 0 tllwahkihk -wak -ook na kettle, teakettle tlpaaclmo vai tell news, narrate vta tell s.o. news, tell a story about someone uc at io n tipaaclmohtaw tlpaacimowln -an ni story, narration tipaahkon vta judge s.o. punish s.o., charge s.o. Ed tipaahkonike vai judge things/people, measure things (as something stick-like) vta tipentan vti own s.o., keep s.o., control s.o. own s.t., keep s.t., control s.t. Fa tipenim cu lty tipencikewin -an ni property, belongings, family of tipahlkaneyaa vii be so many hours 0 rs tlpihkl-piihslm -ook na moon ity tipihkaa vii be night ni ve tipihkonk pc last night (E). Also: tiplhkok (W) U toohaan -ak na ball d toohkaan pc sort, kind. Also: tinoohkaan, toowlnlhkaan ea tootaaso vai do so to oneself La k eh tootam vai2 do in a certain way tootan vti do s.t. so, do so to s.t., treat s.t. so tootaw vta do so to s.o., treat s.o. so twaahlkan -an ni hole in ice twaahike vai make a hole in the ice 0 waa- prev will, want to. IC< wiiwaaciye pc hello! greeting! (also used by some speakers as a farewell) 264 �ANIHSlllNINIIMOWIN · ENGLISH GLOSSARY waac1ye vai shake hands waahkaahl pc around something waahkaahikan -an ni house uc at io n waahkaahike vai build a house waahkaahse vii go around, be an hour waahkamisl vai behave Ed waahklkan -an ni chest of waahsa pc far, distant cu lty waahshehkwan vii the sky is clear Fa waahtepakllwl-pllhslm na leaves are changing colour month, September. Also: waahtepakaawi-piihslm waakaahkwat -oon ni ax (E). Also: ciikahikan (W) na fox. Also: mahkehshl -wak ity waakohsh -ak ni ve rs waanipilyaa vii pond, be an area of water waapaa vii be white U waapaanihkwe vai have white/grey hair ea d waapam vta see s.o. eh waapan vii be morning, be dawn, be tomorrow waapank vii tomorrow (E). [conjunct form of: waapan]. Also: waapak (W) La k ( waapanonk pc east (E). Also: waapanok (W) waapantan vti see s.t (E). Also: waapatan (W) waaplhsahaa vii be grey waapihsahlsi vai be grey waaplkoshiihsh -ak na mouse (E). Also: aapikoshiihsh (W) 265 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY waaplsl vai be white 0 waapoos -ook na snowshoe hare (rabbit) waapoyaan -an ni blanket. Also: waapiyaan waashahaa vii be a bay waashtenikan -an ni lamp. Also: waahtenikan, waastenikan Ed waaw -an ni egg of waawaahte vii northern lights cu lty waawaashkehshl -wak na deer waawikan -an ni uc at io n waapooso-wanihikan -an ni trap for snowshoe hare (rabbit) back Fa wacahkohsh -ak na star (W). Also: wanankohsh -ak (E) ity wacashk -wak na muskrat 0 rs wacll -n ni mountain ni ve wahawe pr this. Also: wahwawe. [animate singular demonstrative] U wahkwi -in ni cloud. Also: wahko d wakic pc on top of something eh ea wakici- pren on top of La k wakiciyahii pc on top of something wanankohsh •ak na star. Also: wacahkohsh wanlhi vta lose s.o., miss s.o., mislay s.o. Stem: /wanih-/ wanlhikan -an ni trap. Also: wanihilkan wanihikanaahtlk -oon ni trap stake. Also: wanihiikanaahtik wanihike vai trap. Also: wanlhlike 0 wanlhtoon vti2 lose s.t. Stem: /wanihtoo-/ 266 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY wanllhkenotan vti forget s.t. wanllhkenotaw vta forget s.o. wanishkaa vai get up uc at io n washkil vai tum washklnan vti tum s.t., steer s.t. watakaml- pv easily Ed waweshahitaapaanewikamlk -oon ni garage of waweshihi vta fix s.o. Stem: /waweshih-/ cu lty waweshlhtoon vti2 fix s.t., repair s.t. Stem: /waweshihtoo-/ wawlyatlsllke vai do funny things Fa wawiyaslnaakosl vai look cute, look funny rs wehwe -k na snow goose ni ve wehwew -ak na white goose U wemihtlkooshl -wak na whiteman d wemihtikooshlihkwe -k na white woman ea wemihtikooshilmo vai speak English eh wenci- prev what purpose, why is it so (W). IC< onci- Also: weci- (W). IC< ocl- La k ( ity wawoono vai howl (of dog, wolf etc.) wenlpan pc be gone, disappear wenootlsl vai be rich wepahaakone vai shovel snow wepahikan -an ni broom wepahlke vai sweep the floor weshkac pc long ago, in the past 267 �ANIHSIDNINIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY weshkacl- pv long ago, in the past weshkacl-anlhshininl na 0 old-timer, old Indian person, elder wetl pc there, that way, yonder, over there wiiclhl vta help s.o. Stem: /wiicih-/ wiicllw vta go with, accompany s.o. spouse, companion Ed na wiicllwaakan -ak wllhkwehplcikan ni bundle, package wllhkwepahlke vai use a vacuum cleaner cu lty of wllhkaa pc ever taste bitter (liquid) Fa wilhsakaakamin -oon vii uc at io n wli- prev will, want to. [desiderative, voluntative] ity wiihsakentam vai2 be extremely hurt, feel extreme pain 0 rs wiihslnl vai eat ni ve wilhsinliwikamlk -oon ni restaurant U wllhslniiwlnaahtlk -oon ni table d wlikito vai be married, marry eh ea wllkwaahs -an ni birchbark La k wllkwemot -an ni birchbark basket wiin pc [contrastive]. Also: =iin wiin pr he, she, him, her. [third person singular personal pronoun) wiinashk -wak na groundhog wiinawaa pr they, them. [third person plural personal pronoun) wiincilklsl vai stink (E). Also: wiiciikisi (W) 0 wiinehta pr him/her alone, him/her only 268 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY wilnehtawaa pr they alone, them only wllnishtam pr him first, her first, him next, her next. [third person singular personal pronoun]. Also: wilnihtam wilntamaw vta tell something to s.o. (E). Also: wiltamaw (W) wiipac pc soon, in a little while, quick, hurry, early Ed wliskwehokaan -an ni tent uc at io n wlintamaake vai announce to people (E). Also: wiltamaake (W) wiitanohkiimaakan -ak na co-worker Fa cu lty of wllyaahs ni meat La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity ( 269 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY ALOT mihshiin pc many, much, a lot mishtahi pc much, a lot. Also: mistahi 0 ABLE kashkihi vta be able to manage, can do to s.o.; let s.o. go. Stem: /kashkih-/ ABOUT uc at io n papaami-ishaamakan vii go about, go there ABOVE ishpimink pc up above (E). Also: ishpimik (W) ABROAD akaamahkiink pc in Europe, abroad Ed ABSENT inenti vai be gone so long, be absent so long (E). Also: ineti (W) ontenti vai be absent, be gone (E). Also: oteti (W) of ACCEPT cu lty otaahpinan vti choose s.t., accept s.t., take s.t., pick s.t. otaahpinikaate vii be chosen, be taken, be accepted, be picked ACCIDENTALLY pihtaho vta hit s.o. accidentally using s.t. Stem: /pihtahw-/ wiiciiw vta go with, accompany s.o. ACROSS Fa ACCOMPANY 0 ni ve rs ity akaami- pren across, right across akaamink pc across the lake or river (E). Also: akaamink (W) akaami-kihcikam pc across the ocean akaamihkana pc across the road or trail ADDRESS kanoosh vta call, address, speak to s.o. Stem: /kanooN-/ kanootan vti call s.t., address s.t., speak to s.t. U ADHERE ea AFRAID d akohke vai stick on, adhere eh kohsi vta be afraid of s.o. Stem: /kohs-/ kohtaaci vai be afraid, get scared AFTER La k ishkwaa- prev after, completed AFTER ALL shaakooc pc however, nevertheless, after all AFTERNOON anoonaakohshin vii be late in the afternoon AGAIN miina pc and, again AGREE tepwehtam vai2 believe, agree, go ahead with something (what someone says to do) tepwehtan vti believe s.t., agree with s.t., go ahead with something (what some one says to do) tepwehtaw vta believe in s.o., agree with s.o., go ahead with something (what someone says to do) 270 0 �ENGLISH · ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY rs ni ve U d ea eh La k ( ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n AIRPLANE pimihsewin -an ni airplane, plane AIRPORT pakiciiwin -an ni airport. Also: pooniiwin ALIKE taapishkooc pc alike, even, at the same time ALIVE pimaatisi vai live, be alive ALL kahkina pc all, every ALL OF A SUDDEN ketahtawen pc all of a sudden, suddenly ALLOVER mamisiwe- prev all over, everything misiwe pc all over, everything, whole ALL THE TIME kape- pre all the time, all the way, through mooshak pc always, all the time nahshine pc often, all the time, frequently ALMOST kekaat pc nearly, almost ALONE peshiko vai be alone, single peshikwan vii be alone, single kiinehta pr you alone, you only kiinehtawaa pr you alone, you only (plural) kiinehtawint pr we alone, us only (inclusive) (E). Also: kiinehtawit (W) niinehta pr I alone, me only niinehtawint pr we alone, us only (exclusive) (E). Also: niinehtawit (W) wiinehta pr him/her alone, him/her only wiinehtawaa pr they alone, them only ALONG pimi- prev by, past, along, in process of ALSO kaye pc and, also, too, as for. ALTHOUGH mihsawaac pc even though, anyhow, although ALWAYS mooshak pc always, all the time AMAZING maamahkaac pc amazing, astounding, that is so amazing AND ekwa pc and, and so, then, and then, wait! please kaye pc and, also, too, as for. miina pc and, again tahsh pc and, but 271 �ENGLISH -ANIHSmNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 0 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n ANGRY kishiwaasi vai be angry, be mad ANIMAL awiyaashiihsh -ak na animal. Also: awiiyaashiihsh awiyaashiihshiwi vai be an animal. Also: awiiyaashiihshiwi ANNOUNCE wiintamaake vai announce to people (E). Also: wiitamaake (W) ANYHOW aana- pv in vain, to attempt, effort, anyway, anyhow mihsawaac pc even though, anyhow, although ANYONE awiya -k pr person, someone, somebody, anyone, anybody. Also: awiiya ANYTIME ahpii piko pc anytime ANYWAY aana- pv in vain, to attempt, effort, anyway, anyhow aanciko pc to do anyway regardless of... (E). Also: aaciko (W) ANYWAYS eniwehk pc anyways, effort, at least, anyhow ANYWHERE aanti piko pc anywhere APPRECIATE minwentaakwan vii be fun, liked, appreciated APRIL nihki-piihsim na goose month, April ARGUMENTATIVE aanimisi vai be difficult, be argumentative, be hard to get along with, be cranky ARISE pasikwii vai stand up, arise ARM minihk -an nid arm AROUND tetipaahi pc around something waahkaahi pc around something waahkaahse vii go around, be an hour ARRANGE onahtoon vti2 arrange s.t., organize s.t., put s.t. in order, stack s.t. Stem: /onahtoo-/ ARRIVE takohse vii arrive takohshin vii arrive takoosh vta arrive with s.o. Stem: /takooN-/ takopisi vai arrive by vehicle ARROW opihkwahko vai have arrows pihkwahk -con ni arrow AS FOR ke pc as for. See: keniin, keniinawint, kekiin, kekiinawint, kekiinawaa, kewiin, kewiinawaa 272 0 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY rs ni ve U d ea eh La k ( ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n kekiin pr you too, as for you. [second person singular personal pronoun] kekiinawaa pr you too, as for you. [second person plural personal pronoun] kekiinawint pr us too, as for us(E). [first person inclusive personal pronoun] .Also: kekiinawit (W) keniin pr me too, as for me. [first person singular personal pronoun] keniinawint pr us too, as for us (E). [first person exclusive personalpronoun] . Also: keniinawit (W) kewiin pr him too, her too, as for him, as for her. [third person singular personal pronoun] kewiinawaa pr them too, as for them. [third person plural personal pronoun] ASK kakwecim vta ask s.o. ASTOUNDING maamahkaac pc amazing, astounding, that is so amazing AT THAT TIME ahpii pc when, at that time ATTEMPT aana- pv in vain, to attempt, effort, anyway, anyhow koci- pv try to do, to attempt ATTEND ishkoonoo vai attend school. Also: ishoonoowi, ishkoonii AUGUST atihtemini-piihsim na ripe berry month, August AUNT nisikohs -ak nad my (cross-)aunt; my mother-in-law. Stem: /-sikohs-/ nitoosihs -ak nad my (parallel-)aunt. Stem: /-toosihs-/ AWAKE koshkosi vai be awake, wake up AWAKEN koshkosi vai awaken AWAY ani- prev away from, in progress toward, gradual onset, from that time AX ciikahikan -an ni ax (W). Also: waakaahkwat (E) waakaahkwat -oon ni ax (E). Also: ciikahikan (W) BACK awahsite pc beyond, back otaanaak pc back, behind. Also: otaanaank waawikan -an ni back pimiwane vai carry a pack along on one's back BAD maci-pre bad maci-miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts bad weather macihse vai have something bad happen, have things go wrong BAD LOOKING maci-naakosi vai be bad looking BAD TASTE macihpo vta taste s.o. who tastes bad. Stem: /macihpw-/ 273 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY BAIT miicimihkancikan -an ni bait (E). Also: miicimihkancikan (W) BALL toohaan -ak na ball BAND OFFICE 0 masinahikewikamik -oon ni office, band office uc at io n BANNOCK aanahkonaa -k na bannock BARELY siitawaac pc barely, hardly, poorly BAT opihkwanaaciihsh -ak na bat vai wash oneself, bathe, take a bath BATHE kisiipiikii vai wash oneself, bathe, take a bath cu lty BAY vii be a bay waashahaa of kisiipiikii Ed BATH BE BEADED ARTICLE beaded article 0 rs miikihsikwaahson -an ni ity Fa ahte vii be in a certain place api vai be in a certain place, sit, be at home ayaa vai be, be there takwan vii be there, exist BEAR ni ve mahkwa -k na bear mahkoonhs -ak na bear cub (E). Also: mahkoohs (W) BEARD vai have a beard U miihshitoone BEAVER La k BED eh ea d amihk -wak na beaver amihko-wanihikan -an ni trap for beaver. Also: amihko-wanihiikan amihko-wiiyaahs ni beaver meat amihkohkonim ni beaver dam nipewin -an kawihshimo ni bed vai lie down, go to bed BEE aamoo -k na bee BEER shinkopiiwaapoo ni beer (E). Also: shikopiiwaapoo (W) BEFORE mwaye- prev before. Usually e-mwaye- BEGIN 0 maacii- prev start, begin 274 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY rs ni ve U d ea eh La k ( ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n BEHAVE waahkamisi vai behave BEHIND otaanaank pc back. behind (E). Also: otaanaak (W) BEING ayahaa -k na that being, person, or animate thing. Also: ehaa, ahaa BELIEVE tepwehtam vai2 believe, agree, go ahead with something (what someone says to do) tepwehtan vti believe s.t., agree with s.t., go ahead with something (what someone says to do) tepwehtaw vta believe in s.o., agree with s.o., go ahead with something (what someone says to do) BELONGINGS tipencikewin -an ni property, belongings, family BELT kihcipison -an ni belt BENEATH shiipaa- prsn beneath shiipaahi pc beneath something BESIDE naaniyahii pc beside something BETTER mino-ayaawamaciho vai feel well, feel better BEYOND awahsite pc beyond, back BICYCLE tihtipwepishkikan -ak na bicycle BIG ahpiihcikini vai be a certain size. Also: apiihcikini kihci- pre big, great, very mintito vai be big (E). Also: mitito (W) maamihcaashkaa vii be big waves mihshikamaa vii be a big lake BIRCH BARK wiikwaahs -an ni birchbark BIRCHBARK BASKET wiikwemot -an ni birchbark basket BIRD pinehshiinsh -ak na bird (E). Also: pinehshiish (W) BLACK mahkatewaa vii be black mahkatewisi vai be black BLACK HAIR mahkatewaanihkwe vai have black hair BLAME anaamenim vta suspect s.o., blame s.o. anaamentan vti suspect s.t., blame s.t. 275 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY BLANKET waapoyaan -an ni blanket. Also: waapiyaan 0 BLANKET CRADLE memepison -an ni swing, blanket cradle BLOUSE pihkwan -an ni blouse uc at io n BLOW kiiweyaahsin vii return through air, blow back oncinowe vii the wind blows from a certain direction (E). Also: ocinowe (W) pootaanitiso vai blow on oneself BLUE Ed oshaawashkosi vai be blue oshaawashkwaa vii be blue BODY miyaw -an nid cu lty ciimaan -an ni canoe, boat ociimaani vai have a boat, have s.t. as one's boat of BOAT body. Stem: /-yaw-/. Also: miiyaw. Stem: /-iiyaw-/ BOG mashkiik -oon ni muskeg, bog, swamp Fa BOILED iskaaciwaso vai be boiled dry iskaaciwate vii be boiled dry ity BOOK 0 rs masinahikan -an ni book, document, paper, letter, newspaper BORED ni ve shikatentam vai2 be bored, be lonely, be homesick, be sad BORING macentaakwan U BORROW vii be dull, boring ea BOSS d masinahike vai write, borrow, get credit masinahamaw vta write to or for s.o., owe to s.o., borrow from s.o. okimaa -k na boss, manager eh BOTHER La k maanencike vai disobey, bother things, get into trouble BOW ahcaap -iik na bow BOX mihtikowash -an ni suitcase, wooden box niimaawiniwash -an ni provisions box or container BOY naapenhs -ak na boy (E). Also: naapehs (W) BRAVE soonkitehe vai be brave (E). Also: sookitehe (W) BREAD pahkweshikan na flour, bread 276 0 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ( ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n piihswe-aanahkonaa -k na bread (loaf) BREAK piikohse vii get broken, break down, break by itself piikohsitoon vti2 break s.t. by dropping. Stem: /piikohsitoo-/ BREAKDOWN piikohse vii get broken, break down, break by itself BREAKOUT piikohse vai break out in a rash or pimples, have a blow out BREAKUP maacihtan vii be ice breaking up maacihtan vii ice break up BREAKFAST kekishepaanehkwe vai have breakfast BREAST coocoohsh -ak na breast BRIDGE aashokan -ak na bridge BRING piiciwish vta bring s.o. Stem: /piiciwiN-/. Also: piish piish vta bring s.o. Stem: /piiN-/. Also: piiciwish piitoon vti2 bring s.t. Stem: /pitoo-/ BROKEN piikoshkaa vaVii be broken BROOM wepahikan -an ni broom BROTHER niciimic -ak nad my younger brother or sister, my younger sibling. Stem: /-ciimic-/ nishtehs -ak nad my older brother.Stem: /-shtehs-/ nitawemaa -k nad my (man's) sister, my (woman's) brother. Stem: /-tawemaa-/ niicihkiwesi -wak nad my (man's) brother. Stem: /-iicihkiwesiw-/ BROTHER-IN-LAW niihtaawahs -ak nad my (man's) brother-in-law. Stem: /-iihtaawahs-/. Also: niihtaawihs BROWN osaawisi vai be brown, yellow BROWN HAIR osaawaanihkwe vai have brown hair BUG manicoohsh -ak na bug, insect BUILD waahkaahike vai build the house pootawe vai make or build up a fire BUILT oshihcikaate vii be made, be built, be processed BURN caakisan vti burn s.t. caakiso vai be lit, be on fire, have one's house on fire, burn up, be burned up caakiso vta bum s.o. up. Stem: /caakisw-/ L 277 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIM:OWIN GLOSSARY caakite vii bum up, be burned up BUSH 0 noohpimink pc in the bush, inland (E). Also: noohpimik (W) BUSY ontamiihke vai be busy (E). Also: otamiihke (W) ontamihse vai get busy (E). Also: otamihse (W) BUSY AT uc at io n ontami- prev busy at (E). Also: otami- (W) BUT tahsh pc and, but BUTTER pwatan ni butter Ed BUTTERFLY memenkwe -k na buttertly (E). Also: memekwe (W) BY naani- pren near, by pimi- prev by, past, along, in process of ciikic pc by, close to, near to Fa CALENDAR cu lty ataawe vai to buy (s.t.) maniwaahkaahikane vai buy a new house of BUY piihsimoo-masinahikan -an ni calendar ity CALL 0 ni ve rs kanoosh vta call, address, speak to s.o. Stem: /kanooN-/ ishinihkaaso vai be called or named a certain way. IC> eshinihkaaso= ishinihkaate vii be called or named a certain way. IC> eshinihkaate= kanootan vti call s.t., address s.t., speak to s.t. CALM U anwaahtin vii be calm (not windy) anwaahtinikamin vii be a nice and calm body of water d CAMERA CAMP ea cahkaahtehsicikan -an ni camera eh kapehshiwin -an ni camp, campsite, hotel room CAMPFIRE La k pootawaan -an ni campfire, fire CANDO kashkihi vta be able to manage, can do to s.o.; let s.o. go. Stem: /kashkih-/ nihtaa- prev can do, skilled at, know how CANOE ciimaan -an ni canoe, boat CAPTURE kaahcitin vta catch s.o., capture s.o. CAR 0 otaapaan -ak na skidoo, car CAREFULLY 278 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY rs ni ve U d ea eh La k ( ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n pehkaac pc slowly, carefully payahtak pc very carefully CARELESSLY tepinaahk pc carelessly CARIBOU atihk -wak na caribou atihko-wiiyaahs ni caribou meat CARROT ohkaataahk -wak na carrot CARRY piminike vai carry things along on one's shoulder pimiwane vai carry a pack along on one's back pimiwitoon vti2 carry s.t. along, carry s.t. by. Stem: /pimiwitoo-/ pimoocike vai carry things CARRY AWAY maaciiwicikaate vii be taken away, be carried away maaciiyaahoote vii be carried away on the waves CARRY FROM onciwitoon vti2 carry s.t. from a certain place. Stem: /onciwitoo-/ (E). Also: ociwitoon (W) Stem: /ociwitoo-/ CATCH kaahcitin vta catch s.o., capture s.o. CAUSE onci- prev from, cause (E). IC: wenci-. Also: oci- (W) IC: weciCAUSE PROBLEMS papiikonike vai fumble things, cause problems CEASE pooni- prev stop, cease, quit CENTER nenaawi- pren center of, middle of CERTAINLY kehcinaac pc certainly, for sure CHAIR tehsapiwin -an ni chair. Also: tehsapowin CHANCE anihshaa pc by chance, at the last minute CHARGE tipaahkon vta judge s.o. punish s.o., charge s.o. CHECK naaciwanihikane vai go to check traps. Also: naaciwanihiikane naatakwe vai go to check snares naatahsapii vai get one's net, check one's net CHECKUP memecikaahcike vai examine things, check up on things memecikaayaapantan vti examine s.t., investigate s.t., check up on s.t. {by looking) (E). Also: memecikaayaapatan (W) 279 �ENGLISH · ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 0 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n CHEEK manoway -ak nad cheek. Stem: /-anoway-/ CHEST waahkikan -an ni chest CHIEF okimaahkaan -ak na chief CHILD awaashihsh -ak na child awaashihshiiwi vai be a child CHIN mitaamihkan -an nid chin. Stem: /-taamihkan-/ CHISEL eshkan -an ni ice chisel CHOOSE otaahpinan vti choose s.t., accept s.t., take s.t., pick s.t. otaahpinikaate vii be chosen, be taken, be accepted, be picked CHURCH ayamihewikamik -oon ni church CLEAN kaahsiinitiso vai clean oneself payahkinan vti clean s.t. kaahsiin vta wipe s.o., clean s.o., wash s.o. kaahsiinan vti wipe s.t., clean s.t., wash s.t. payehkinike vai clean things CLEAR SKY waahshehkwan vii the sky is clear CLEAR-CUT AREA pashkwatahikan -an ni clear-cut area CLIMB naashaantawe -wak vai climb down a tree (E). Also: naashaatawe (W) tiihtipaantawe -wak vai climb down a ladder or stairs (E). Also:tiihtipaatwe (W) ihkwaantawe vai climb up a ladder or stairs (E). Also: ihkwaatawe (W) CLIMB A HILL ihkwaamaciwe vai climb a hill CLOCK piihsimohkaan -ak na clock CLOSE pehshonc pc close, near (E). Also: pehshoc (W) ciikic pc by, close to, near to pehshotaahkoomaakan -ak na close relation CLOSED kipihsin vii be closed CLOUD wahkwi -in ni cloud. Also: wahko CLOUDY papiikwaanahkwan ni cloudy 280 0 �ENGLISH .. ANIHSfilNINI™OWIN GLOSSARY CO-WORKER wiitanohkiimaakan •ak na co•worker COAT makoot -an or •ayan ni coat, dress, skirt, jacket COFFIN ciipayi•mihtikowash -an ni coffin uc at io n COLD kawaci vai be cold (of a person) tahkaayaa vii be cold (weather) COMB pinaahkwaan -an ni comb COMB HAIR comb one's hair Ed pinaahkweho vai COME of naakosi vai be visible, show up (pi•naakosi be seen coming this way) piishaa vai come here. Also: pi•ishaa Fa cu lty COME FROM oncii vai come from a certain place (E). IC: wencii=. Also: ocii (W) IC: wecii= COME IN piintike vai enter, go in, come in (E). Also: piitike (W) COMPANION wiiciiwaakan •ak na spouse, companion ity ni ve rs ( - COMPLETED ishkwaa- prev after, completed COMPLICATED aanimihse vaVii have difficulties, run into problems, get complicated CONCERNED CONSIDER U mikoshkaatenim vta worry about s.o., be concerned about s.o. mikoshkaatentam vai2 worry, be concerned, wonder mikoshkaatentan vti worry about s.t., be concerned about s.t. ea d maamitonenim vta think about s.o., consider s.o. maamitonentan vti think about s.t., consider s.t. eh CONTEST mawinehike vai compete, take part in a contest La k COOK kiishitepo vai cook kiishisan vti cook s.t., done kiishite vii be cooked, done COOKED DONE kiishiso vai be cooked done CORPSE ciipay •ak na ghost, corpse CORRECT kwayahk pc right, straight, correct(ly), proper(ly) 281 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY COST SO MUCH inankiso vai cost so much, have such a price, be such a date of the month (E). Also: inakiso (W) inankite vii cost so much, have such a price (E). Also: inakite (W) 0 COUGH osohsotam vai2 cough uc at io n COULD ci- prev that, will, would, could, should [conjunct future and modal] ci-kii- prev could. ci- + kii- 'potential' ke- prev will, should, should, could [Changed future and modal] taa- prev would, could, should, ought, can [modal] COUSIN cu lty of Ed nicaahkohsh -ak nad my (woman's) (female cross-)cousin, my (woman's) sister-in-law. Stem: /-caahkohsh-/ ninahaankanihkwem -ak nad my daughter-in-law, my (cross-) niece (E). Stem: /-nahaankanihkwem-/ . Also: ninahaakanihkwem (W) niicimohsh -ak nad my (cross-)cousin of opposite sex). Stem: /-iicimohsh-/ niinim -ook nad my (cross-)cousin of opposite sex), my sibling-in-law of opposite sex. Stem: /-iinimw-/ niicimohsh -ak nad my cousin (cross cousin of opposite sex). Stem:/iicimohsh-/ Fa COVER ity akwanahan vti cover s.t. akwanaho vta cover s.o. Stem: /akwanahw-/ nihkaakone vailii be covered with snow 0 rs CRADLE BOARD tihkinaakan -an ni cradleboard aanimisi ni ve CRANKY vai be difficult, be argumentative, be hard to get along with, be cranky CRAWL vai crawl along, crawl by U pimitaacimo CREDIT CUB d vai cry eh mawi vai write, borrow, get credit ea masinahike CRY La k mahkoonhs -ak na bear cub (E). Also: mahkoohs (W) CUP minihkwaakan -an ni cup CUPBOARD kapat -an ni cupboard CURLY HAIR tihtipanaweyaanihkwe vai have curly hair CURRENT pimaapoote vii drift along on the current CUT maacisho vta cut s.o. Stem: /maacishw-/ pahkon vta skin s.o., cut pelt off s.o. 282 0 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY rs ni ve U d ea eh La k ( ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n kiishkipoocike vai saw things, cut things with the saw CUTE wawiyasinaakosi vai look cute, look funny DAM ohkonim ni dam DANCE niimi vai dance naaniimi vai keep on dancing. Reduplication of: niimi DARK kashkii-tipihkaa vii be pitch dark kashkii-tipihkanihse vii get dark quickly (at night) DAUGHTER nitaanihs -ak nad my daughter. Stem: /-taanihs-/ DAUGHTER-IN-LAW ninahaankanihkwem -ak nad my daughter-in-law, my (cross-)niece. Stem: /-nahaankanihkwem-/ (E). Also: ninahaakanihkwem (W) DAWN waapan vii be morning, be dawn, be tomorrow mino-miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts good or badweather miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky at dawn or after sunset DAY kiishikaa vii be day mino-kiishikaa vii be a nice day kiishik ni sky, day DAY AFTER TOMORROW awahsiwaapank pc day after tomorrow (E). Also: awahsiwaapak(W) DAY BEFORE YESTERDAY awahsinaako pc day before yesterday DEAD nipo vai die, be dead DECEMBER makohshe-kiishikani-piihsim na feast day month, December DEEP kiishkaayawaa vii be deep water DEER waawaashkehshi -wak na deer DELAY pwaatawi- pv delayed, late DESIRABLE nantawentaakosi vai be wanted, be desirable (E). Also: natawentaakosi (W). DIE nipo vai die, be dead pooni-pimaatisi vai die DIFFERENT pahkaan pc different DIFFICULT aaniman vii be difficult, be hard 283 �ENGLISH -ANIHSWNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 0 Q La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n aanimisi vai be difficult, be argumentative, be hard to get along with, be cranky DIFFICULTY aanimihse vaVii have difficulties, run into problems, get complicated DIRECTION aanti nehke pc whereabouts, which direction inehke pc in direction of DIRTY nipaaciyaa vii be dirty, slimy DISAPPEAR aahte- pv fade away, disappear wenipan pc be gone, disappear DISH onaakan -an ni dish, plate DISOBEY maanencike vai disobey, bother things, get into trouble DISTANT waahsa pc far, distant DIVE kookii vai dive DO ayintootam vai2 do something (E). Reduplication of: tootam. Also: ayitootam (W) tootam vai2 do in a certain way aanciko pc to do anyway regardless of... (E). Also: aaciko (W) koci- pv try to do, to attempt tashiiwihtoo vai do things in a certain location tootaaso vai do so to oneself tootan vti do s.t. so, do so to s.t., treat s.t. so tootaw vta do so to s.o., treat s.o. so DO BAD macihcike vai do something bad, get into trouble mamaani vai do something bad, make mistakes DOCTOR mashkihkiiwinini -wak na medicine person, doctor DOCUMENT masinahikan -an ni book, document, paper, letter, newspaper DOG animohsh -ak na dog nitayihsh -ak nad my dog. Stem: /-tayihsh-/ DON'T ikaawin pc don't. Also: ekaawin DON'T KNOW nahke piko pc I don't know DONE kiishihtoon vti2 finish s.t., be done with s.t. Stem: /kiishihtoo-/ DOOR ishkwaantem -an ni door (E). Also: ishkwaatem (W) 284 0 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY Ed of naanew pc down the shore, on the shore DRESS pihtaahpiso vai get dressed. Also: pohtaahpiso DRIFT pimaahoote vii drift along on the waves pimaapoote vii drift along on the current DRINK minihkwe vai drink, drink s.t. minihkwewin -an ni drink, booze DRIVE patotepiso vai drive off the road pimipiso vai drive along, drive by DRIVE OFF maaciipiso vai set out by vehicle, speed off, drive off uc at io n DOWN THE SHORE rs ni ve U DUCK ea DUCKS d shiihshiip -ak na duck eh nooncihshipe vai hunt ducks (E). Also: noocihshipe (W) DURING mekwaac pc while, during, at the (same) time, now EAR mihtawak -an nid ear. Stem: /-htawak-/ EASILY watakami- pv easily EAST waapanonk pc east (E). Also: waapanok (W) EAT amo vta eat s.o. Stem: /amw-/ miicin vti3 eat s.t. Stem: /miici-/ tepi-wiihsini vai have enough to eat wiihsini vai eat La k ( ity Fa cu lty DROP paninan vtl drop s.t. from hand piikohsitoon vti2 break s.t. by dropping. Stem: /piikohsitoo-/ DROWN nihsaapaawe vai drown DRUG mashkihki -in ni medicine, drug DRUM matwehikan -ak na drum DRUMMING matwehike vai be drumming DRY paahso vta dry s.o. (by heat). Stem: /paahsw-/ iskaaciwaso vai be boiled dry iskaaciwate vii be boiled dry 285 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY uc at io n 0 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed EFFORT aana- pv in vain, to attempt, effort, anyway, anyhow enikohk pc with more effort, harder EGG waaw -an ni egg EIGHT ayinaanew nu eight. Also: enaanew ayinaanewinoon vii be eight. Stem: /ayinaanewin-/ ayinaanewiwak vai be eight. Stem: /ayinaanewi-/ EIGHT DOLLARS ayinaanewaapihk na eight dollars EIGHTEEN ayinaanewishaap nu eighteen EIGHTEEN DOLLARS ayinaanewishaap tahsiwaapihk na eighteen dollars EIGHTY ayinaanemitana nu eighty ELBOW mitooskwan -an nid elbow. Stem: /-tooskwan-/ ELDER kihci-ayaa na elder niici-kihcihaa -k nad my fellow elder. Stem:/-iici-kihcihaa-/ weshkaci-anihshinini na old-timer, old Indian person, elder ELEVEN peshikoshaap nu eleven, (decade number) plus one ELEVEN DOLLARS peshikoshaap tahsiwaapihk na eleven dollars ELSE maashkooc pc perhaps, maybe, or else EMBARK poosi vai get on, embark EMPHATIC hsa pc emphatic ota pc emphatic iko pc emphatic EMPLOYMENT anohkiiwin -an ni job, employment, work END ishkwaayaac pc end, last, ultimate ENGINE pimipanihcikan -an ni engine, motor, machine ENGLISH wemihtikooshiimo vai speak English ENJOY EATING minwancike vai eat well, enjoy eating (E). Also: minwacike (W) ENJOYABLE minwentaakwan vii be enjoyable, be liked, fun, be a good time 286 0 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ( ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n ENOUGH tepi- prev enough, sufficient tepihse vaVii be enough of s.t., be sufficient ENTER piintike vai enter, go in, come in (E). Also: piitike (W) ENTIRELY mitoni pc really, entirely so, completely. Also: tetako ENTIRELY SO mitoni pc really, entirely so EQUIPMENT aapacihcikan -an ni tool, useful thing, equipment EUROPE akaamahkiink pc in Europe, abroad EVEN mihsawaac pc even though, anyhow, although EVENING eni-tipihkaak vii last evening. IC < ani-tipihkaa EVENT IS OVER ishkwaahkamikan vii event is over EVENTUALLY keka pc finally, eventually EVER wiihkaa pc ever EVERGREEN shinkop -iik na evergreen tree, spruce (E). Also: shikop (W) EVERY kahkina pc all, every tahso- pre every, a certain number EVERY SUMMER tahso-niipin pc every summer EVERYTHING mamisiwe- prev all over, everything misiwe pc all over, everything, whole EVIDENTLY ohsha pc [emphatic particle) Also: hsha EX-SPOUSE nikayaashim -ak nad my ex-spouse. Stem: /-kayaashim-/ EXACTLY mayaam pc exactly EXAMINE memecikaahcike vai examine things, check up on things memecikaayaapantan vti examine s.t., investigate s.t., check up on s.t. (by looking) (E). Also: memecikaayaapatan (W) EXCESSIVE onsaam pc too much, extreme, excessive (E). Also: osaam (W) EXCHANGE miishkoc pc in exchange, instead of, in turn L 287 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 0 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n EXHAUSTED caakihse vailii get used up, run out, be exhausted EXIST takwan vii be there, exist EXIT saakaham vai2 go out, exit EXPECTED kaye piko pc likely, to be expected, probably EXTENSIVELV naahpic pc really, very, to a high degree, extensively EXTENT ahpiihci- prev to a certain extent. Also: apiihciawahshime pc to greater extent, more and more EXTREME osaam pc too much, extreme, excessive wiihsakentam vai2 be extremely hurt, feel extreme pain EXTREMELY tetako pc extremely, totally, very wiihsakentam vai2 be extremely hurt, feel extreme pain EYE micaap -an nid eye. Stem: /-caap-/ FADE aahte- pv fade away, disappear FALL pankihsin vii fall (E). Also: pakihsin (W) FALUAUTUMN takwaakin vii be fall, be autumn FAR waahsa pc far, distant ahko- prev as far as, as long as, a certain length FARAWAY niikate pc a ways off, far away FAST kinipi- pv fast kinipii vai hurry, be quick, be fast FAT aancipo vai be fat, be chubby (E). Also: aacipo (W) FATHER nitaataa -mak nad my father. Stem: /-taataa(m)-/ FATHER-IN-LAW nishihsesh -ak nad my (cross-)uncle, my father-in-law. Stem: /-shihsesh-/ FEAR kohsi vta fear s.o. Stem: /kohs-/ FEAST makohshe vai feast, give a feast makohshewin -an ni feast 288 0 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY FEATHER miinkwan -ak na feather. Also: miikwan FEBRUARY kaa-tahkwekisoc piihsim na-pt shorter month, February FEEL FELLOW niici-kihcihaa -k nad my fellow elder. Stem:/-iici-kihcihaa-/ niici-naape -wak nad my fellow man. Stem: /-iici-naapew-/ niitihkwe -wak nad my fellow woman. Stem: /-iitihkwew-/ FEMALE Ed ihkwe -wak na woman, female uc at io n mino-ayaawamaciho vai feel well, feel better wiihsakentam vai2 be extremely hurt, feel extreme pain FETCH of naasihkan vti fetch s.t., get s.t. naaci- pv get, fetch, go for cu lty FEW aanta pc some, few FIFTEEN niyaananoshaap nu fifteen. Also: niyaanoshaap Fa FIFTEEN DOLLARS niyaananoshaap tahsiwaapihk na fifteen dollars FIFTY ity niyaananomitana nu fifty. Also: niyaanomitana FIGHT ni ve rs mikaash vta fight s.o. Stem: /miikaaN-/ miikaaso vai fight miikaasowin -an ni fight, violence. Also: miikaatiwin miikaatan vti fight s.t. U FILLED UP FINALLY be filled up, be full. Also: mooshkine d shaakashkine vii ea keka pc finally, eventually eh FINALLY WHEN ahpii ahpin pc finally when FIND La k ( mihkaw mihkan vta find s.o. vti find s.t. FINGER niihsiikinincaan -an ni finger FINGERNAIL mashkash -iik nad fingernail/toenail. Stem: /-ashkash-/ FINISH kiishihi vta finish s.o. Stem: /kiishih-/ kiishihtoon vti2 finish s.t., be done with s.t. Stem: /kiishihtoo-/ FIRE pootawe vai make or build up a fire 289 �ENGLISH - ANIHSIDNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 0 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n caakiso vai be lit, be on fire, have one's house on fire, burn up, be burned up sahkiso vai be lit, be on fire, have one's house on fire sahkite vii be lit, be on fire FIREWOOD mihsan ni firewood. Plural of: mihsi mihsi ni stick of firewood. Plural: mihsan 'firewood' manihse vai get firewood FIRST kiinishtarn pr you next, you first. [second person personal pronoun]. Also: niinihtam nishtam pc first, next niinishtam pr me next, me first. [first person singular pronoun]. Also: niinihtam wiinishtam pr him first, her first, him next, her next. [third person singular personal pronoun]. Also: wiinihtam FISH kinooshe -k na fish pakitahwe vai fish with a net, set a net FISH WITH HOOK kwaashkwepicike vai fish with a hook and a line kwaashkwepine vai fish with a hook and a line FISHHOOK kwaashkwepicikan -ak na fishhook FISHING GEAR nooci-kinooshewi-aapacihcikan ni fishing gear FIVE niyaanan nu five niyaananiwak vai be five. Stem: /niyaanani-/ niyaananoon vii be five. Stem: /niyaanan-/ FIVE CENTS niyaanan piiwaapihkohsh -ak na five cents. Also: niyaanan piiwaapihkoonhsh FIVE DOLLAR BILL niyaananoopiihikan -ak na five dollar bill FIVE DOLLARS niyaananwaapihk na five dollars. Also: niyaananwaapihk FIVE TIMES niyaananwaa pc five times FIVE YEARS niyaanowahki or niyaanino-ahki pc five years FIX waweshihi vta fix s.o. Stem: /waweshih-/ waweshihtoon vti2 fix s.t., repair s.t. Stem: /waweshihtoo-/ FLASH waawaahte vii flash (light), Northern Lights FLOAT akoncin vai float, soak (E). Also: akocin (W) akontin vii float, soak (E). Also: akotin (W) FLOOD mooshkahan vii flood, be high water 290 0 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY FLOOR wepahike vai sweep the floor FLOUR pahkweshikan na flour FLOW ishiciwan vii flow in a certain direction, flow so FLOW SWIFTLY flow swiftly uc at io n kishiiciwan -oon vii ishihse vai fly in a certain direction maaciihse vaVii fly off (as a bird), starts (as a motor) pimakoote vii fly along, fly by pimihse vai fly along, fly by (of a bird) FLY (INSECT) Ed FLY of nanaantawi-oociiwe vai go about looking for flies (E). Also: nanaatawi-oociiwe (W) oocii -k na fly FLY BACK cu lty kiiwekoote vii fly back FOGGED IN kashkawan vii be misted over, be fogged in Fa FOOD miicim ni food ahshanke vai give food to people (E). Also: ahshake (W) ity FOOT misit -an nid FOREST pihkwatahkamik ni forest, wilderness U FORGET vti forget s.t. vta forget s.o. ea d waniihkenotan waniihkenotaw FORK forehead. Stem: /-kanakaap-/ ni ve mikanakaap -an nid rs foot. Stem: /-sit-/ FOREHEAD ciishtahikan -an ni fork. Also: ciishtahipon eh FORMER kayaash pc originally, long ago, former La k ( FORTY niimitana nu forty FOUR niiwin nu four niiwinoon vii be four. Stem: /niiwin-/ niiwiwak vai be four. Stem: /niiwi-/ FOUR DOLLARS niiwaapihk na four dollars FOUR TIMES niiwaa pc four times 291 �ENGLISH - ANIHSfilNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY uc at io n 0 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed FOURTEEN niiwishaap nu fourteen, (decade number) plus four FOURTEEN DOLLARS niiwishaap tahsiwaapihk na fourteen dollars FOX mahkehshi -wak na fox. Also: waakohsh waakohsh -ak na fox. Also: mahkehshi -wak FREEZE kashkatin vii freeze up FREQUENT nahshine pc often, all the time, frequently FRIDAY pahkweshikani-kiishikaa vii flour day, be Friday FROG omakahkii -k na frog FROM onci pc from (E). Also: ocl (W) onci- prev from, cause (E). IC: wenci-. Also: oci- (W)IC: weciFROZEN aahkwatin vii be frozen up, be frozen over FROZEN SOLID mashkwaakwatin vii be frozen solid FRYING PAN paanahkihk -wak na frying pan FUMBLE papiikonike vai fumble things, cause problems FUN minwentaakwan vii be fun, be liked, be appreciated FUNNY wawiyasinaakosi vai look cute, look funny wawiyatisiike vai do funny things FUR ahtay -ak na pelt, fur for trade FUTURE ta- prev will [future tense in independent with no personal prefix] GARAGE waweshahitaapaanewikamik -oon ni garage GAS pimite ni lard, grease, fuel oil, gas GAS STATION kaahsaniiwikamik -oon ni gas station GASOLINE kaahsanii ni gasoline GATHER maawatoonan vti gather s.t. GATHERING maawacihitowin ni gathering, meeting 292 0 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY rs ni ve U d ea eh La k ( ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n GET naasihkan vti get s.t., fetch s.t. naaci- pv get, fetch, go for GET BY BOAT naataham vai2 go to get by boat naatahan vti go to get s.t. by boat GET NET naatahsapii vai get one's net, check one's net GET OFF kapaa vai get off, disembark GETON poosi vai get on, embark poosihi vta get on board Stem: /poosih-/ GET READY kwayaancii vai get ready, prepare (E). Also: kwayaacii (W) GETUP wanishkaa vai get up in the morning GET WATER naatahipii vai get water, go for water GHOST ciipay -ak na ghost, corpse GIRL ihkwesenhs -ak na girl (E). Also: ihkwesehs (W) GIVE miish vta give (s.t.) to s.o. Stem: /miiN-/ ahshanke vai give food to people (E). Also: ahshake (W) GO aacaan pc go! ishaa vai go to a certain place maacaa vai go, leave papaami-ishaamakan vii go about, go there pimitaapii vai go along by sled or sleigh waahkaahse vii go around, be an hour GO AHEAD tepwehtam vai2 believe, agree, go ahead with something (what someone says to do) tepwehtan vti believe s.t., agree with s.t., go ahead with something (what someone says to do) tepwehtaw vta believe in s.o., agree with s.o., go ahead with something (what some one says to do) GO AROUND nanaantawi- prev seek, go around for (E). Reduplication of: nantawi-, ntawi-. Also: nanaatawi- (W) GO AWAY ani-naakosi vai be seen going away (from the speaker) niikateshkaa vai go away GO BACK kiiwe- prev returning, going home, going back 293 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 0 Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n GO BACKWARDS ashepite vii go backwards GO DOWNHILL tiihtipaamaciwe vai go downhill GO FOR naaci- pv get, fetch, go for GO FOR FOOD naacimiicime vai go for food GO HOME kiiwe vai go home, return kiiwe- prev returning, going home, going back GOIN piintike vai enter, go in, come in (E). Also: piitike (W) GO OUT saakaham vai2 go out, exit GOTO DO nintawi- prev go to do (E). Also: nantawi-, ntawi- (E). Also: nitawi-, natawi-, ntawi- (W) GOTO SHORE naasipii vai go to the shore, go to the water GOUP ompipaniho vai go up in a hurry (E). Also: opipanihoo, opipaniho (W) GO WITH ity wiiciiw vta go with s.o., accompany s.o. GOING AWAY 0 rs maacaamakan -oon vii go away, leave GONE ni ve inenti vai be gone so long, be absent so long (E). Also: ineti (W) ontenti vai be absent, be gone (E). Also: oteti (W) wenipan pc be gone, disappear U GOOD d mino- pre nice, good nihtaawanohkii vai work well, be a good worker ea GOOD LOOKING eh takahkinaakosi vai be good looking, handsome GOOD TASTE La k minohpitan vti like taste of s.t. minohpo vta like taste of s.o. Stem: /minohpw-/ GOOSE nihka -k na Canada goose wehwe -k na snow goose wehwew -ak na white goose GRAB manipahi vta grab s.o., pick s.o. up quickly. Stem: /manipah-/ GRANDCHILD noosihs -ak nad my grandchild. Stem: /-oosihs-/ GRANDFATHER nimohshoom -ak nad my grandfather. Stem: /-mohshoom-/. Also: nimihshoom 294 Q �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY GRANDMOTHER noohkom -ak nad my grandmother. Stem: /-oohkom-/ GREASE pimite ni lard, grease, fuel oil, gas GREAT kihci- pre big, great, very GREATER uc at io n awahshime pc to greater extent, more and more GREEN aniipiiwaa vii be green aniipiiwisi vai be green GREETING Ed waaciye pc hello! greeting! (also used by some speakers as a farewell) GREY of waapisahaa vii be grey waapisahisi vai be grey GROUNDHOG cu lty wiinashk -wak na groundhog GUN paashkisikan -an ni gun HAIR HALF-DOLLAR Fa ni ve aapihta pc half aapihtaa- prev half aapihtawaapihk -ook HALL ity HALF na half-dollar U metawewikamik -oon ni recreation hall HAND HANG ea d mininc -iin ni my hand (E). Stem: /-nine-/. Also: minic (W). Stem: /-nic-/ waaciye vai shake hands eh akoocin vai hang, be in the sky (as sun, moon, and stars) akoote vii hang HANG AROUND La k ( nid hair. Stem: /-piiway-/ rs mipiiway -an piiway ni hair tashiihke vai stay there, hang around, live there, play HAPPEN ishiwepan vii be certain weather, happen in a certain way. IC: eshiwepa= iti vai have such things happen to one ihkin vii happen a certain way, be a certain problem macihse vai have something bad happen, have things go wrong oncihcihse vii be the time of, come to happen, the time has come (E). Also: ocihcihse (W) HAPPY minwentam vai2 be happy, be glad 295 �ENGLISH - ANIHSIDNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY HARD aanimisi vai be difficult, be argumentative, be hard to get along with, be cranky HARDER enikohk pc with more effort, harder 0 HARDLY HARE waapoos -ook na snowshoe hare (rabbit) waapooso-wanihikan -an ni trap for snowshoe hare (rabbit) HAT HAVE A BOAT ociimaani vai have a boat, have s.t. as one's boat cu lty HAVE ARROWS of ayaan vti have s.t. ayaaw vta have s.o., have permission to use s.o. Ed ashtotin -an ni hat, cap HAVE uc at io n akaawaac pc hardly, scarcely siitawaac pc barely, hardly, poorly opihkwahko vai have arrows HE HEAD head. Stem: /-shtikwaan-/ ni ve mishtikwaan -an nid Q rs ity Fa kewiin pr him too, her too, as for him, as for her [third person singular personal pronoun] wiin pr he, she, him, her [third person singular personal pronoun] wiinishtam pr him first, her first, him next, her next [third person singular personal pronoun]. Also: wiinihtam wiinehta pr him/her alone, him/her only HEAL natawihiwe -wak vai heal people (W). Also: antawihiwe (E) U HEAR d noontaw vta hear s.o.(E). Also: nontaw (W) tanihtaakwan vii be heard there ea HEAR S.O. vta hear s.o. in the distance vti hear s.t. in the distance eh tepihtaw tepihtan La k HEARD taniwewitam vai2 be heard from a certain place HEART mitehi -in nid heart. Stem: /-tehi-/ HEATER kishisikanaapihk -oon ni heater HEEL mitoontan -an nid heel (E). Stem: /-toontan-/. Also: mitootan (W). Stem: /-tootan-/ HELLO pooshoo pc hello waaciye pc hello! greeting! (also used by some speakers as a farewell) 296 0 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY HELP wiicihi vta help s.o. Stem: /wiicih-/ HER uc at io n kewiin pr him too, her too, as for him, as for her [third person singular personal pronoun] wiin pr he, she, him, her [third person singular personal pronoun] wiinishtam pr him first, her first, him next, her next [third person singular personal pronoun]. Also: wiinihtam wiinehta pr him/her alone, him/her only HERE ohomaa pc here. Also: homaa pi- prev here, hither, towards kaash vta hide s.o., hide s.t. animate. Stem: /kaaN-/ kaatoon vti2 hide it HIGH of mooshkahan vii flood, be high water HILL cu lty pihkwaamatinaa -n ni hill Ed HIDE HIM HIP rs mishiikan -an nid hip. Stem: /-shiikan-/ ni ve HIT U pahkihteho vta hit s.o. /pahkihtehw-/ pahkihtehan vti hit s.t., strike s.t. pihtaho vta hit s.o. accidentally using s.t. Stem: /pihtahw-/ HITHER ea HOCKEY d pi- prev here, hither, towards eh pimaahkwepahike vai play hockey pimaahkwepahikewin ni hockey HOLE IN ICE La k ( ity Fa kewiin pr him too, her too, as for him, as for her [third person singular personal pronoun] wiin pr he, she, him, her [third person singular personal pronoun] wiinishtam pr him first, her first, him next, her next [third person singular personal pronoun]. Also: wiinihtam wiinehta pr him/her alone, him/her only twaahikan -an ni hole in ice twaahike vai make a hole in the ice HOME api vai be in a certain place, sit, be at home kiiwe vai go home, return HOMESICK shikatentam vai2 be bored, be lonely, be homesick, be sad HOOK kwaashkwepicikan -ak na fishhook kwaashkwepish vta hook s.o. Stem: /kwaashkwepiN-/ 297 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY HOOKED kwaashkwepiso vai be hooked 0 HOPE kaanika pc I wonder, I wish, I hope HOT uc at io n kishite vii be hot (atmosphere) kishaakamite vii be hot (liquid) HOUR waahkaahse vii go around, be an hour HOUSE HOW Fa cu lty of aan pc how, in what manner, why, what. Also: aani, aaniin HOW MANY aan tahsin pc how many HOWEVER shaakooc pc however, nevertheless, after all HOWL wawoono vai howl (of dog, wolf etc.) HUNDRED Ed maniwaahkaahikane vai buy a house waahkaahikan -an ni house mitaahsomitana nu hundred. niishwaa mitaahsomitana 'two hundred', etc. ity HUNGRY paawanii vai be skinny, starving, hungry Q rs HUNT U ni ve nanaantawaapam vta look around for s.o., hunt for s.o. (E). Also:nanaatawaapam (W) nanaantawaapantan vti look around for s.t., hunt for s.t. (E). Also: nanaatawaapatan (W) nanaantawencike vai hunt (E). Also: nanaatawencike (W) nantawencike vai hunt (E). Also: natawencike (W) nooncihshipe vai hunt ducks (E). Also: noocihshipe (W) HURRY d kinipii vai hurry, be quick, be fast La k eh ea HURRY ABOARD poosipaniho vai hurry aboard. Also: poosipanihoo HURT wiihsakentam vai2 be extremely hurt, feel extreme pain keniin pr me too, as for me [first person singular personal pronoun] niin pr I, me [first person singular personal pronoun) niinishtam pr me next, me first [first person singular pronoun]. Also: niinihtam niinehta pr I alone, me only ICE mihkwam -iik na ice maacihtan vii be ice breaking up maacihtan vii ice break up 0 ICE BREAKUP maacihtan vii be ice breaking up 298 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY maacihtan vii ice break up IF La k eh ea d U ni ve rs C. ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n kiishpin pc if ILLNESS aahkosiwin -an ni sickness, illness IN ishi- prev to or in a certain place, in a certain way. Also: shi-. IC> eshilN PROCESS pimi- prev by, past, along, in process of IN PROGRESS ani- prev away from, in progress toward, gradual onset, from that time IN THE WATER nipiihkaank pc in the water (E). Also: nipiihkaak (W) INDIAN anihshinaape -k na Indian, person anihshinini -wak na Indian, person anihshininiimo vai speak the native language anihshininiiwihkwe na native woman, Indian woman. Also: anihshininiihkwe INDIAN weshkaci-anihshinini na old-timer, old Indian person, elder INDOORS piintikamik pc indoors (E). Also: piitikamik (W) INFORM kihkentamoosh vta inform s.o., let s.o. know. Stem: /kihkentamooN-/ INLAND noohpimink pc in the bush, inland (E). Also: noohpimik (W) INSECT manicoohsh -ak na bug, insect INSIDE piinci- pren inside, into (E). Also: piici- (W) piinciyahii pc inside something (E). Also: piiciyahii (W) INTO piinci- pren inside, into (E). Also: piinci- (W) INVESTIGATE memecikaayaapantan vti examine s.t., investigate s.t., check up on s.t. (by looking) (E). Also: memecikaayaapatan (W) naanaakacihi vta investigate s.o., watch for s.o. Stem: /naamaakacih-/ IRON shooshkwahikan -ak na iron ISLAND minihtik -oon ni island JACKFISH cwaapiihsh -ak na jackfish. Also: nicwaapiihsh JAIL kipaahkwahitiiwikamik -oon ni jail JAM caam ni jam L 299 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY JANUARY ociimitoo-piihsim na kiss month, January. Also: ociimi-kiishikaawi-piihsim JAY kwiikwiihs -ak na Canada jay. Also: kwiihwiihshi -wak 0 JOB uc at io n anohkiiwin -an ni job, employment, work poonanohkii vai quit a job, stop working JOKINGLY oncita pc purposely, jokingly (E). Also: ocita (W) JUDGE Ed tipaahkon vta judge s.o. punish s.o., charge s.o. tipaahkonike vai judge things/people, measure things (as something stick-like) JULY kiishipakaawi-piihsim na leaves are fully grown month, July of JUMP cu lty kwaashkoni vai jump poosikwaashkoni vai jump aboard kicikwaashkoni vai jump out JUNE na saakipaakaawi-piihsim leaves are out month, June Fa JUST piko pc just. Also: poko naapihkaakan -ak na ity KERCHIEF kerchief, scarf 0 rs KETTLE ni ve ahkihk -wak -ook na pail, kettle tiiwahkihk -wak -oak na kettle, teakettle KEY aapihsakahikan -an ni key U KILL KIND ea d nihsi vta kill s.o. Stem: /nihs-/ nipahtoon vti2 kill s.t. Stem: /nipahtoo-/ eh toohkaan pc sort, kind. Also: tinoohkaan, toowinihkaan keko pc what kind or sort, which one or sort La k KITCHEN TABLE wiihsiniiwinaahtik -oon ni kitchen table KNEE mikitik -oon ni knee KNIFE moohkomaan -an ni knife naacihkomaane vai get a knife KNOW kihkenim vta know s.o. kihkentan vti know s.t. nahke piko pc I don't know kihkentam vai2 know 0 300 �rs ni ve U d ea eh La k ( ity Fa cu lty of Ed KNOWHOW nihtaa- prev can do, skilled at, know how nihtaawe vai know how to talk, can talk KNOWN kihkentaakwan vii known LADLE emihkwaan -ak na spoon, ladle LAKE saakahikan -an -iin ni lake akaahsikamaa vii be a small lake mihshikamaa vii be a big lake LAKE TROUT namekohs -ak na lake trout LAMP waashtenikan -an ni lamp. Also: waahtenikan, waastenikan LARD pimite ni lard, grease, fuel oil, gas LAST anihshaa pc by chance, at the last minute eni-tipihkaak vii last evening. IC < ani-tipihkaa ishkwaayaac pc end, last, ultimate LATE anoonaakohshin vii be late in the afternoon pwaatawi- pv delayed, late LATER paanimaa pc later, later on, after a long while naake pc later LAUGH paahpi vai laugh paahpihi vta laugh at s.o. Stem: /paahpih-/ LAUGH AT paahpihtoon vti2 laugh at s.t. Stem: /kaatoo-/ LAUNDROMAT kisiipiikinikewikamik -oon ni laundromat LAZV kihtimi vai be lazy LEAST kanake pc at least LEAVE maacaa vai go, leave LEAVE BEHIND nakash vta leave s.o. behind. Stem: /nakaN-/ nakatan vti leave s.t. behind LEFT namancinihkiink pc on the left. Also: namacinihkiik (W) LEG mihkaat -an nid leg. Stem: /-hkaat-/ uc at io n ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 301 �ENGLISH · ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 0 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n LEGEND aatisoohkaan -an ni legend aatisoohke vai tell legends LENGTH ahko- prev as far as, as long as, a certain length LET GOOF pakitin vta let go of s.o. pakitinan vti let go of s.t. LET KNOW kihkentamoosh vta inform s.o., let s.o. know. Stem: /kihkentamooN-/ LETTER masinahikan -an ni book, document, paper, letter, newspaper LIBRARY masinahikanikamik -oon ni library LIE ahshawaapam vta lie in wait for s.o. ahshawaapantan vti lie in wait for s.t., look out for s.t. (E). Also: ahshawaapantan (W) LIE DOWN kawihshimo vai lie down, go to bed pimihshin vai lie down LIFE pimaatisiwin -an ni life LIGHT sahkiso vai be lit, be on fire, have one's house on fire sahkite vii be lit, be on fire LIKE minwenim vta like s.o. minwentan vti like s.t., enjoy s.t. LIKE TASTE minohpitan vti like taste of s.t. minohpo vta like taste of s.o. Stem: /minohpw-/ LIKED minwentaakwan vii be fun, liked, appreciated LIKELY maawin pc likely, perhaps, maybe, must be kaye piko pc likely, to be expected, probably LIPS mitoon -an nid mouth (especially outer part of mouth; lips) LISTEN nantohtaw vta listen to s.o. (E). Also: natohtaw (W) nantohtan vti listen to s.t. (E). Also: natohtan (W) LISTEN! mah! pc listen! LITTLE pankii pc a little (E). Also: pakii (W) LIVE pimaatisi vai live, be alive 302 0 �ENGLISH - ANIBSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY rs ni ve U d ea eh La k ( ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n tashiihke vai stay there, hang around, live there, play ishi-taa vai live there, reside there LOCATION amihimaa pc that is where, there in a certain location LONELY shikatentam vai2 be bored, be lonely, be homesick, be sad LONESOME shikatentan vti be lonesome for s.t. LONG ahko- prev as far as, as long as, a certain length kinwaakaash pc for a long time LONG AGO weshkac pc long ago, in the past kayaash pc originally, long ago, former weshkaci- pv long ago, in the past LONG HAIR kinwaanihkwe vai have long hair LONG TIME kinwensh pc for a long time (E). Also: kinwesh (W) LOOK inaapi vai take a look wawiyasinaakosi vai look cute, look funny LOOK AFTER kanawenim vta look after, take care of s.o. kanawentan vti look after, take care of s.t. LOOK AROUND ayinaapi vai look around. Reduplication of: inaapi nanaantawaapam vta look around for s.o., hunt for s.o. (E) Also: nanaatawaapam (W) nanaantawenim vta look around for s.o., search for s.o. (E) Also: nanaatawenim (W) nanaantawentan vti look around for s.t., search for s.t. (E) Also: nanaatawentan(W) nanaatawaapam vta look around for s.o., hunt for s.o. (E) Also: nanaantawaapam (W) nanaatawaapatan vti look around for s.t., hunt for s.t. (E) Also: nanaantawaapantan (W) nanaatawenim vta look around for s.o., search for s.o. (E) Also: nanaantawenim (W) nanaatawentan vti look around for s.t., search for s.t. (E) Also: nanaantawentan (W) LOOK AT kanawaapam vta look at s.o. kanawaapantan vti look at s.t. (E). Also: kanawaapatan (W) LOOK FOR nantonaw vta look for s.o. LOOK NICE mino-naakosi vai looks nice, good looking. Also: minonaakosi LOOKI nah! pc look! look out! LOOKOUT ahshawaapi vai be on the lookout, lie in wait LOON maank -wak na loon (E). Also: maak (W) 303 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY LOSE wanihi vta lose s.o., miss s.o., mislay s.o. Stem: /wanih-/ wanihtoon vti2 lose s.t. Stem: /wanihtoo-/ 0 LOT mihshiinatinoon vii be a lot of, be many of. Stem: /mihshiinatin-/ LOUD uc at io n kishiiwemakan vii be loud LOVE saakihi vta like, love s.o. Stem: /saakih-/ LOW Ed capashiihsh pc low, lower level LOW SOUND OR VOICE pitikohtaakosi vai have a muffled or low sound, have a muffled or low voice LYNX MACHINE cu lty pimipanihcikan -an ni engine, motor, machine MAD kishiwaasi vai be angry, be mad pootawe vai make or build up a fire Fa MAKE FIRE MAKE FUN of pishiw -ak na lynx ity nanaatihkosii vai do mean things, tease, make fun of people MAN 0 rs naape -wak na man niici-naape -wak nad my fellow man. Stem: /-iici-naapew-/ ni ve MANAGE kashkihi vta be able to manage, can do to s.o.; let s.o. go. Stem: /kashkih-/ MANAGER U okimaa -k na boss, manager MANY La k eh ea d aan tahsin pc how many mihshiin pc many, much, a lot mihshiinowak vai be many. Stem: /mihshiino-/ minikohk pc much, many. Also: minikwahk tahsin pc a certain number tahsinoon vii be a certain number of. Stem: /tahsin-/ tahsiwak vai be a certain number of. Stem: /tahsi-/ mihshiinatinoon vii be a lot of, be many of. Stem: /mihshiinatin-/ MANY TIMES mihshiiniwaa pc many times, often. Also: mihshiinwaa MARCH mikisiwi-piihsim na bald eagle month, March MARRIED wiikito vai be married, marry 0 MARRY wiikito vai be married, marry 304 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININI™OWIN GLOSSARY La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ( ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n MATCH maaciihs -ak na match MAY mahko-piihsim na bear month, May MAYBE iitok pc maybe, must be maashkooc pc perhaps, maybe, or else maawin pc likely, perhaps, maybe, must be naanita pc maybe, perhaps, in some way. Also: naanta ME keniin pr me too, as for me (first person singular personal pronoun] niin pr I, me (first person singular personal pronoun] niinishtam pr me next, me first (first person singular pronoun]. Also: niinihtam niinehta pr I alone, me only MEAN nanaatihkosii vai do mean things, tease, make fun of people MEASURE tipaahkonike vai judge things/people, measure things (as something stick-like) MEAT wiiyaahs ni meat amihko-wiiyaahs ni beaver meat atihko-wiiyaahs ni caribou meat mooso-wiiyaahs ni moose meat MEDICINE mashkihki -in ni medicine, drug mashkihkiiwinini -wak na medicine person, doctor MELT ninkiso -wak vai be melted (E). Also: nikiso (W) MIDDLE nahsaw pc middle of MIGHT AS WELL nitawaac pc might as well, rather. Also: ntawaac MILK coocoohshaapoo ni milk MINNOW kinooshenhs -ak na minnow (E). Also: kinooshehs (W) MINUTE anihshaa pc by chance, at the last minute MIRACULOUSLY natok pc suddenly, miraculously, as a suprise MISERABLE WEATHER niiskaatan vii be miserable weather MISTAKE mamaanii vai do something bad, make mistakes MITTEN mincihkaawan -ak na mitten (E). Also: micihkaawan (W) L 305 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 0 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n MIX kinika pc mix MOCCASIN mahkisin -an ni shoe, moccasin MONDAY anohkiiwi-kiishikaa vii work day, be Monday MONEY shooniyaan -ak na money. Also: shooniyaa MONTH piihsim -ook na sun, moon, month. Also: piihsom MOON akoocin vai hang, be in the sky (as sun, moon, and stars) piihsim -ook na sun, moon, month. Also: piihsom tipihki-piihsim -ook na moon MOONLIGHT kiishikaahte vii be moonlight MOOSE moos -ook na moose mooso-wiiyaahs ni moose meat MORE kiiyaapic pc still, yet, more. Also: kiyaapic awahshime pc to greater extent, more and more enikohk pc with more effort, harder nawac pc more, quite (-er) MORNING kekishepaayaa vii be morning waapan vii be morning, be dawn, be tomorrow kekishep pc this morning (past). Also: kekishepaa MOSQUITO sakime -k na mosquito MOSQUITO NET sakimewayaan -ak na mosquito net MOST maawac pc most, most of all MOTHER nimaamaa -mak nad my mother. Stem: /-maamaa(m)-/ MOTHER-IN-LAW nisikohs -ak nad my (cross-)aunt; my mother-in-law. Stem: /-sikohs-/ MOTOR pimipanihcikan -an ni engine, motor, machine MOTOR OIL apaakaminikan na motor oil MOUNTAIN wacii -n ni mountain MOUSE aapikoshiihsh -ak na mouse. Also: waapikoshiihsh 306 0 �ENGLISH . ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY MOUTH mikonew ni mouth, inside mouth. Stem: /-konew-/ MOVE aanci-taa vai move one's residence (E}. Also: aaci-taa (W) MUCH uc at io n mihshiin pc many, much, a lot minikohk pc much, many. Also: minikwahk mishtahi pc much, a lot. Also: mistahi MUSIC kitohcike vai play a musical instrument MUSKEG mashkiik -oon ni muskeg, bog, swamp na muskrat MUST maawin pc likely, perhaps, maybe, must be MUST BE cu lty iitok pc maybe, must be of wacashk -wak Ed MUSKRAT MUSTACHE miihsaweshkishii vai have a mustache NAME-SAKE Fa niici-toohkan -ak nad my name-sake. Stem: /-iici-toohkan-/ NAMED ity ishinihkaaso vai be called or named a certain way. IC> eshinihkaaso= ishinihkaate vii be called or named a certain way. IC> eshinihkaate= rs NARRATE tipaacimo vai tell news, narrate ni ve NARRATION tipaacimowin -an ni story, narration NARROW U akaahsihtikweyaa vii be a narrow river NATIVE ea d anihshininiimo vai speak the native language anihshininiiwihkwe na native woman, Indian woman. Also: anihshiniihkwe eh NATURAL nato- pre real, natural, plain NAVEL La k ( mitihs -iin ni navel. Stem: /-tihs-/ NEAR naani- pren near, by naaniyahii pc near something pehshonc pc close, near (E). Also: pehshoc (W) NEAR ciikic pc by, close to, near to NEARLY kekaat pc nearly, almost 307 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY NECK mikwayaw -an nid neck. Stem: /kwayaw-/ NEIGHBOUR onci-wiici-taamaakan na neighbour (E). Also: oci-wiici-taamaakan (W) 0 NEPHEW uc at io n ninahaankihshiim -ak nad my son-in-law, my (cross-)nephew (E). Stem: /-nahaankihshiim-/. Also: ninahaakihshiim (W) nitooshim -ak nad my (parallel-)nephew. Stem: /-tooshim-/ NET ahsap -iik na net naatahsapii vai get one's net, check one's net pakitahwe vai fish with a net, set a net Ed NEVER kaawin wiihkaa pc never shaakooc pc however, nevertheless, after all NEWS vta tell s.o. news or a story cu lty tipaacimohtaw of NEVERTHELESS NEXT ity Fa kiinishtam pr you next, you first [second person personal pronoun]. Also: niinihtam nishtam pc first, next niinishtam pr me next, me first [first person singular pronoun]. Also: niinihtam wiinishtam pr him first, her first, him next, her next {third person singular personal pronoun]. Also: wiinihtam NICE Q ni ve rs mino- pre nice, good minwaahshin vii be nice, look nice anwaahtinikamin vii be a nice and calm body of water NICE DAY U mino-kiishikaa vii be a nice day NIECE ea NIGHT d nitooshimihkwem -ak nad my (parallel-)niece. Stem: /-tooshimihkwem-/ La k eh kashkii-tipihkanihse vii get dark quickly (at night) tipihkaa vii be night niipaa- pv at night, happening at night, nocturnal tipihkonk pc last night (E). Also: tipihkok (W) NINE saankahso nu nine (E). Also: shaakahso, saakahso (W) NINE DOLLARS saankahswaapihk na nine dollars (E). Also: saakahsowaapihk. Also: saakahswaapihk (W) NINETEEN saankahsohshaap nu nineteen, (decade number) plus nine (E). Also: shaankahsoshaap (W) NINETEEN DOLLARS saankahsoshaap tahswaapihk na nineteen dollars (E). Also: saakahsoshaap tahsiwaapihk( ' "-t NINETY saankahsomitana nu ninety (E). Also: shaakahsomitana, saankahsomitana (W) 308 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY NO ekaa pc no, not [conjunct negative word] kaawin pc no, not. Also: kwaan. NO REASON kwanta pc tor no reason or purpose NORTH kiiwetinonk pc north (E). Also: kiiwetinok (W) waawaahte uc at io n NORTHERN LIGHTS vii flash (light), Northern Lights NOSE mikot -an nid nose. Stem: /-kot-/ ekaa pc no, not. [conjunct negative word] kaawin pc no, not. Also: kwaan. nehpici- pv permanently, not knowing when to quit of NOT YET kaawin mahshi pc not yet na cu lty NOVEMBER kashkatinoo-piihsim Ed NOT freeze up month, November NOW Fa aasha pc now, then, yet. Also: aashay noonkom pc now, today (E). Also: nookom (W) NUMBER ni ve rs ity tahsin pc a certain number tahsinoon vii be a certain number of. Stem: /tahsin-/ tahsiwak vai be a certain number of. Stem: /tahsi-/ tahso- pre every, a certain number NURSING STATION mashkihkiiwikamik -oon ni nursing station U OAR na paddle, oar. d ashepoyaan -ak OCEAN ea akaami-kihcikam pc across the ocean OCTOBER eh pinaahkwiiwi-piihsim na leaves are falling month, October OFFICE La k ( masinahikewikamik -oon ni office, band office OFTEN nahshine pc often, all the time, frequently OH MY! kooshta pc oopsl oh my! Also: ooshta ooshta pc oops! oh my! Also: kooshta OLD weshkaci-anihshinini na old-timer, old Indian person, elder na old-timer, old Indian person, elder OLD-TIMER weshkaci-anihshinini 309 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 0 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n ONCE peshikwaa pc once, one time ONE peshik nu one peshiko- pre one, single pehpeshik pc one by one ONE CENT peshik piiwaapihkohsh -ak na one cent. Also: peshik piiwaapihkoonhsh ONE DOLLAR peshikwaapihk na one dollar ONE DOLLAR BILL peshikoopiihikan -ak na one dollar bill ONE THAT kaa- prev one who, one that [conjunct relativizer] ONE TIME peshikwaa pc once, one time ONE WHO kaa- prev one who, one that [conjunct relativizer] ONLY ehta pc only kiinehta pr you alone, you only kiinehtawaa pr you alone, you only (plural) kiinehtawint pr we alone, us only (inclusive) (E). Also: kiinehtawit (W) niinehta pr I alone, me only niinehtawint pr we alone, us only (exclusive) (E). Also: niinehtawit (W) wiinehta pr him/her alone, him/her only wiinehtawaa pr they alone, them only OOPS! ooshta pc oops! oh my! Also: kooshta OPEN paahkihsin -oon vii be open ORDER onahtoon vti2 arrange s.t., organize s.t., put s.t. in order, stack s.t. Stem: /onahtoo-/ ORGANIZE onahtoon vti2 arrange s.t., organize s.t., put s.t. in order, stack s.t. Stem: /onahtoo-/ ORIGINALLY kayaash pc originally, long ago, former OTHER kotak -iyak pr the other. [animate alternative] kotak -iyan pr the other. [inanimate alternative] OTTER nikik -wak na otter. Also: ninkik nikiko-wanihikan -an ni trap for otter. Also: nikiko-wanihiikan, ninkiko-wanohikan OUGHT taa- prev would, could, should, ought, can [modal] OUT saakici- prev out 310 0 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY OUTSIDE akwaciink pc outside (E). Also: akwaciik (W) OVER THERE ihiweti pc over there, that way. Also: hiweti OVERCAST ninkwahkwan vii overcast (E). Also: nikwahkwan (W) OWE uc at io n masinahamaw vta write to or for s.o., owe to s.o., borrow from s.o. OWL koohkoohkohoo -k na owl OWN Ed tipenim vta own s.o., keep s.o., control s.o. tipentan vti own s.t., keep s.t., control s.t. PACK cu lty of pashkwewash -an ni pack piinahike vai put something in a container, pack something piinaho vta put s.o. in a container, pack s.o. Stem: /pinahw-/ pimiwane vai carry a pack along on one's back PADDLE ity PAIL ahkihk -wak -ook na pail, kettle rs PAIN ni ve wiihsakentam vai2 be extremely hurt, feel extreme pain PANTS mitaahs -ak nad pants. Stem: /-taahs-/ U PAPER d masinahikan -an ni book, document, paper, letter, newspaper PARENT PAST ea niniikihik -ook nad my parent. Stem: /-niikihikw•/ eh pimi- prev by, past, along, in process of weshkac pc long ago, in the past weshkaci- pv long ago, in the past La k ( Fa apwi -yak -wak na paddle, oar. Also: apoy -yak pimahkwashiwaake vai paddle something pimahkwashiwe vai paddle, paddle by maaciihkwashiwe vai start to paddle, paddle off PAST TENSE kii- prev [past tense] Also: kiih-. IC> kaaoci- prev [negative past tense]. Also: oncionci- prev [negative past tense]. Also: oci- PATH miihkana -n ni trail, path, road PAUL Powaan -ak na Paul (person's name) PELT ahtay -ak na pelt, fur for trade 311 �ENGLISH • ANIHSmNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY PEN masinahikanaahtik -oon ni pencil, pen 0 PENCIL masinahikanaahtik -oon ni pencil, pen PENINSULA neyaahsh ni be a peninsula or point of land in the lake pepaa uc at io n PEPPER ni pepper PERHAPS ayaaw vta have s.o., have permission to use s.o. PERSON of PERMANENTLY nehpici- pv permanently, not knowing when to quit PERMISSION Ed maashkooc pc perhaps, maybe, or else maawin pc likely, perhaps, maybe, must be naanita pc maybe, perhaps, in some way. Also: naanta Fa cu lty anihshinaape -k na Indian, person anihshinini -wak na Indian, person awiya -k pr person, someone, somebody, anyone, anybody. Also: awiiya ayahaa -k na that being, person, or animate thing. Also: ehaa, ahaa PICK ity otaahpinan vti choose s.t., accept s.t., take s.t., pick s.t. otaahpinikaate vii be chosen, be taken, be accepted, be picked PICKUP vta grab s.o., pick s.o. up quickly. Stem: /manipah-/ rs manipahi 0 ni ve PICKEREL okaahs -ak na pickerel PILLOW ni pillow U ahpihkwehshimon -an PLAIN ea d nato- pre real, natural, plain PLANE pimihsewin -an ni airplane, plane eh PLATE La k onaakan -an ni dish, plate PLAY metawe vai play tashiihke vai stay there, hang around, live there, play pimaahkwepahike vai play hockey PLAY INSTRUMENT kitohcike vai play a musical instrument PLAYTHING metawaakan -an ni toy, plaything PLEASE aahti pc please, why don't you, why not, let me! Also: maahti ekwa pc and, and so, then, and then, wait! please 312 0 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY rs ni ve U d ea eh La k ( ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n PLOW tawehkonehike vai plow snow POLICE STATION shimaakanihshiiwikamik -oon ni police station POND waanipiiyaa vii pond, be an area of water POORLY siitawaac pc barely, hardly, poorly POP/JUICE shiiwaapoo ni pop, soft drink, juice PORCUPINE kaak -wak na porcupine PORRIDGE anoominaapoo na porridge PORTAGE kahkiiwe vai to portage onikam -iin ni portage POSSESSION ayaan vti my possession, it belongs to me POSSIBLE kaana pc is it possible that, would you, perhaps POSSIBLY kehcin pc probably possibly POTATO ashkipwaaw -an ni potato POUR siikinan vti pour s.t., pump s.t. out POURED siikinikaate -wan vii be poured (liquid) PRAY ayamihaa vai pray PREPARE kwayaancii vai get ready, prepare (E). Also: kwayaacii (W) PROBABLY nitiko pc probably. Also: ntiko kaye piko pc likely, to be expected, probably kehcin pc probably possibly PROBABLY NOT kamaawin pc think not so, probably not so. <kaawin maawin PROBLEM aanimihse vaVii have difficulties, run into problems, get complicated PROBLEMS papiikonike vai fumble things, cause problems PROPERTY tipencikewin -an ni property, belongings, family PROVISIONS BOX niimaawiniwash -an ni provisions box or container 313 �ENGLISH - ANIHSIDNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 0 Q La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n PUNISH tipaahkon vta judge s.o. punish s.o., charge s.o. PURPOSE kwanta pc for no reason or purpose PURPOSELY oncita pc purposely, jokingly (E). Also: ocita (W) PURSE piinahikan -an ni purse PUT ahsi vta put s.o. in a certain place. Stem: /ahs-/ ahtoon vti2 put s.t. in a certain place. Stem: /ahtoo-/ onahtoon vti2 arrange s.t., organize s.t., put s.t. in order, stack s.t. Stem: /onahtoo-/ PUT CLOTHES ON pihtaahpiso vai put clothes on, get dressed PUT IN CONTAINER piinahike vai put something in a container, pack something piinaho vta put s.o. in a container, pack s.o. Stem: /piinahw-/ PUT ON BOARD poosihi vta put on board s.o. Stem: /poosih-/ poosihtoon vti2 put s.t. on board. Stem: /poosihtoo-/ QUARTER peshishooniyaahsh -ak na twenty-five cents, (quarter). Also: peshik shooniyaahsh QUESTION ina pc [yes-no question marker] also na. QUICK kinipihse vaVii be quick, be fast, be used up quickly (money or time) kinipii vai hurry, be quick, be fast QUICKLY wiipac pc soon, in a little while, quick, hurry kashkii-tipihkanihse vii get dark quickly (at night) QUIETLY sakamaatapi vai stay in place, sit quietly QUIT pooni- prev stop, cease, quit poonanohkii vai quit a job, stop working QUITE nawac pc more, quite (-er) RABBIT waapoos -ook na snowshoe hare (rabbit) waapooso-wanihikan -an ni trap for snowshoe hare (rabbit) RADIO nantohtamowin ni radio RADIO STATION natohtamoowikamik -oon ni radio station RAIN kimiwan vii rain. Also: kimowan 314 0 �ENGLISH - ANillSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY rs ni ve U d ea eh La k ( ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n RAISIN shoominihsh -ak na raisin RAPIDS paawihtik -oon ni rapids RATHER nitawaac pc might as well, rather. Also: ntawaac RAVEN kaakaaki -wak na raven READY kwayaancii vai get ready, prepare (E). Also: kwayaacii (W) kwayaantahcike vai be ready or available things (E). Also: kwayaatahcike (W) REAL nato- pre real, natural, plain REALIZE nihsitawinan vti recognize s.t. by sight, realize s.t. REALLY mitoni pc really, entirely so naahpic pc really, very, to a high degree, extensively RECOGNIZE nihsitawinan vti recognize s.t. by sight, realize s.t. RECREATION HALL metawewikamik -oon ni recreation hall RED miskosi vai be red miskwaa vii be red maci-miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts bad weather mino-miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts good weather miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky at dawn or after sunset REGARDLESS aanciko pc to do anyway regardless of... (E). Also: aaciko (W) REGRETFUL mincinawesi vai be sorry, be regretful (E). Also: micinawesi (W) REGURGITATE pakitanemo vta regurgitate s.o. Stem: /pakitanemw-/ RELATION inaakoomaakan -ak na relation, person one is related to pehshotaahkoomaakan -ak na close relation REMEMBER kanoohkentaw vta remember s.o. kanoohke vai+o remember REMIND kanoohkem vta remind s.o. REPAIR waweshihtoon vti2 fix s.t., repair s.t. Stem: /waweshihtoo-/ RESIDE ishi-taa vai live there, reside there 315 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 0 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n RESIDENCE aanci-taa vai move one's residence (E). Also: aaci-taa (W) RESTAURANT wiihsiniiwikamik -oon ni restaurant RESTROOM/WASHROOM anwepiiwikamik -oon ni restroom/washroom RETURN kiiwe vai go home, return kiiwe- prev returning, going home, going back kiiwenotan vti return to s.t. RETURN THROUGH AIR kiiweyaahsin vii return through air, blow back RETURN TO pi-kiiwenotaw vta return to s.o., come back to s.o. pi-kiiwenotan vti return to s.t., come back to s.t. RICH wenootisi vai be rich RIGHT kwayahk pc right, straight, correct(ly), proper(ly) kihcinihkiink pc on the right (E). Also: kihcinihkiik (W) RING ahcanihsh -ak na ring RIVER siipi -in ni river akaahsihtikweyaa vii be a narrow river mankihtikweyaa vii be a wide river (E). Also: makihtikweyaa (W) ROAD miihkana -n ni trail, path, road akaamihkana pc across the road or trail patotepiso vai drive off the road ROCK ahsin -iik na stone, rock ROCKY ahsiniiwan vii be rocky ROCKY ISLAND minihtikwaapihk -oon ni rocky island ROLL tihtipihse vaVii roll ROLL FAST tihtipipaniho vai roll fast. Also: tihtipipanihoo RUN pimipahtoo vai run along, run by maaciipahtoo vai set out running, start running ihpahiwe -wak vai run to a certain place (for cover) RUN AWAY FROM maaciipahiwe vai run away from maaciipahiwaash vta run away from s.o. Stem: /maaciipahiwaaN-/ 316 0 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY maaciipahiwaatan vti run away from s.t. RUN OUT caakihse vaVii get used up, run out, be exhausted SAD shikatentam vai2 be bored, be lonely, be homesick, be sad SALT shiiwihtaakan ni salt uc at io n SAME peshikwan pc same pehkihsh pc at the same time, while SAME TIME maatinawe-kiishikaa vii distribution day, be Saturday SAW vai saw things, cut things with the saw of kiishkipoocike Ed mekwaac pc while, during, at the (same) time, now SATURDAY ihkito vai say, speak in a certain way ishi vta say to s.o. Stem: /iN-/ SCARCELY akaawaac pc hardly, scarcely Fa SCARED cu lty SAY kohtaaci vai be afraid, get scared ity SCHOOL rs ishkooniwikamik -oon ni school ishkoonoo vai attend school. Also: ishoonoowi, ishkoonii ni ve SCISSORS maacishikan -an SCRAPE vta scrape s.o. Stem: /maatahw-/ U maataho SEAGULL na ea d kiyaashk -wak SEARCH ni scissors eh nanaantawenim nanaantawentan seagull. Also: kiiyaashk vta look around for s.o., search for s.o. (E). Also: nanaatawenim (W) vti look around for s.t., search for s.t. (E). Also: nanaatawentan (W) SEATED namatapi vai sit down, be seated La k ( SEE ishinan vti look at s.t. which looks so, see s.t. a certain way waapam vta see s.o. waapantan vti see s.t. Also: waapatan ani-naakosi vai be seen going away (from the speaker) SEEK nanaantawi- prev seek (E). Reduplication of: nantawi-, ntawi-. Also: nanaatawi- (W) SEPTEMBER waahtepakiiwi-piihsim na leaves are changing colour month, September. Also: waahtepakaawi-piihsim 317 �ENGLISH - ANIHSfilNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 0 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n SET pakitahwe vai fish with a net, set a net SET OUT maaciipahtoo vai set out running, start running maaciipiso vai set out by vehicle, speed off, drive off SEVEN niishwaahsinoon vii be seven. Stem: /niishwaahsin-/ niishwaahsiwak vai be seven. Stem: /niishwaahsi-/ niishwaahso nu seven SEVEN DOLLARS niishwaahswaapihk na na seven dollars SEVENTEEN niishwaahsoshaap nu seventeen, (decade number) plus seven SEVENTEEN DOLLARS niishwaahsoshaap tahsiwaapihk na seventeen dollars SEVENTY niishwaahsomitana nu seventy SHAKE HANDS waaciye vai shake hands SHALLOW paakwaa vii be shallow water SHARP kaahshaa vii be sharp SHE kewiin pr him too, her too, as for him, as for her [third person singular personal pronoun] wiin pr he, she, him, her [third person singular personal pronoun] wiinishtam pr him first, her first, him next, her next [third person singular personal pronoun]. Also: wiinihtam SHIRT pakwaan -an ni shirt SHOE mahkisin -an ni shoe, moccasin SHOOT paashkiso vta shoot s.o. Stem: /paashkisw-/ SHOOT WITH ARROW pimo vta shoot s.o. with an arrow. Stem: /pimw-/ SHOP maaham vai2 go on a shopping trip, shop SHORE naanew pc down the shore, on the shore naanewi- pren on shore SHORT tahkokaapawi vai stand short, be short SHORTHAIR tahkwaanihkwe vai have short hair SHOULD ci- prev to, that, will, would, could, should [conjunct future and modal] 318 0 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY ke- prev will, should, would, could [Changed future and modal] taa- prev would, could, should, ought, can [modal] SHOULDER mitihtiman -an nid shoulder. Stem: /-tihtiman-/ piminike vai carry things along on one's shoulder SHOVEL wepahaakone vai shovel snow uc at io n SHOW UP naakosi vai be visible, show up naakwan vii be visible, show up. (pi-naakwan be seen coming this way) SHOWER take a shower SHUTTLE ahsapaahtik -ook na shuttle (with twine) for net making SIBLING Ed kisiisihpaso vai of niciimic -ak nad my younger brother or sister, my younger sibling. Stem: /-ciimic-/ nitawemaa -k nad my (man's) sister, my (woman's) brother. Stem: /-tawemaa-/ cu lty SIBLING-IN-LAW niinim -ook nad my (cross-)cousin of opposite sex, my sibling-in-law of opposite sex. Stem: /-iinimw-/ Fa SICK aahkosi vai be sick SICKNESS ity aahkosiwin -an ni sickness, illness SIGHT nihsitawinan vti recognize s.t. by sight, realize s.t. ni ve SILENT rs ( ciiweyaa vii be silent, be no sound SINCE U ahpin pc when, since, then, subsequently SING ea SINGLE d nikamo vai sing La k eh peshiko vai be alone, single peshiko- pre one, single peshikwan vii be alone, single SISTER niciimic -ak nad my younger brother or sister, my younger sibling. Stem: /-ciimic-/ nimihses -ak nad my older sister. Stem: /-mihses-/ nitawemaa -k nad my (man's) sister, my (woman's) brother. Stem: /-tawemaa-/ niitihkwe -wak nad my (woman's) sister. Stem: /-iitihkwew-/ SISTER-IN-LAW nicaahkohsh -ak nad my (woman's) (female cross-)cousin, my (woman's) sister-in-law. Stem: /-caahkohsh-/ L SIT api vai be in a certain place, sit, be at home namatapi vai sit down, be seated 319 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 0 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n IT ayapi vai sit around, stay around. Reduplication of: api sakamaatapi vai stay in place, sit quietly SIX ninkotwaahsinoon vii be six (E). Stem: /ninkotwaahsin-/. Also: nikotwaahsinoon (W) ninkotwaahsiwak vai be six (E). Stem: /ninkotwaahsi-/. Also: nikotwaahsiwak (W) ninkotwaahso nu six (E). Also: nikotwaahso (W) SIX DOLLARS ninkotwaahsowaapihk na six dollars (E). Also: ninkotwaahswaapihk (W) SIXTEEN ninkotwaahsoshaap nu sixteen (E). Also: ninkotwaahsoshaap (W) SIXTEEN DOLLARS ninkotwaahsoshaap tahswaapihk na sixteen dollars (E). Also: nikotwaahsoshaap tahswaapihk (W) SIXTY ninkotwaahsomitana nu sixty (E). Also: nikotwaahsomitana (W) SIZE ahpiihcikini vai be a certain size. Also: apiihcikini SKIDOO otaapaan -ak na skidoo, car SKILLED nihtaa- prev can do, skilled at, know how SKIN pahkon vta skin s.o., cut pelt off s.o. SKINNY paawanii vai be skinny, starving, hungry SKUNK shikaak -wak na skunk SKY kiishik ni sky. kiishik ni sky, day maci-miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts bad weather mino-miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts good weather miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky at dawn or after sunset SLED pimitaapii vai go along by sled or sleigh SLEEP nipaa vai sleep SLEIGH pimitaapii vai go along by sled or sleigh SLIMY nipaaciyaa vii be dirty, slimy SLOWLY pehkaac pc slowly, carefully SMALL ahpiihcikini vai be a certain size. Also: apiihcikini akaahshenshi vai be small (E). Also: akaahsheshi (W) 320 0 �Ed rs ni ve U so eh ea d amiicikahi pc that is so amiinahi pc is that so, is that right ekwa tahsh pc and so, and then, but then SO IS THAT amihiwe pc so is that SOAK akoncin vai float, soak (E). Also: akocin (W) akontin vii float, soak (E). Also: akotin (W) SOAP shoohp na soap SOCK ashikan -ak na sock SOME aanta pc some, few SOMEONE awiya -k pr person, someone, somebody, anyone, anybody. Also: awiiya La k ( ity Fa cu lty of akaahsikamaa vii be a small lake SMELL NICE minomaakosi vai smells nice, smells good minomaakwan vii smells nice, smells good SMOKE COMES OUT saakaapahte vii smoke comes out SMOKE FISH manehtek -wak na smoke fish SNAKE kinepik -ook na snake SNARE nakwaakan -an ni snare nakwaakanaahtik -oon ni snare stick (wooden frame) nakwaakaniyaap -iin ni snare wire nakwaaso vai be snared nakwaash vta snare s.o. Stem: /nakwaaN-/ naapakwaash vta snare s.o. Stem: /naapakwaaN-/ naapakwe vai set snares naatakwe vai go to check snares SNEEZE caahcaamohki vai sneeze a lot SNOW koon -ak na snow sookihpwan vii be snowing. Also: sookohpwan anaamaakonak pc under the snow nihkaakone vaVii be covered with snow tawehkonehike vai plow snow wepahaakone vai shovel snow SNOWSHOE aakim -ak na snowshoe uc at io n ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 321 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 0 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n SOMETIMES eshkam pc sometimes SON nikosihs -ak nad my son. Stem: /-kosihs-/ SON-IN-LAW ninahaankihshiim -ak nad my son-in-law, my (cross-)nephew (E). Stem: /-nahaankihshiim-/. Also: ninahaankihshiim (W) SONG nikamowin -an ni song SOON wiipac pc soon, in a little while, quick, hurry SORRY mincinawesi vai be sorry, be regretful (E). Also: micinawesi (W) SORT toohkaan pc sort, kind. Also: tinoohkaan, toowinihkaan SORT keko pc what kind or sort, which one or sort SOUND ciiweyaa vii be silent, be no sound inihtaakwan vii sound so, be understood so SOUTH shaawanonk pc south (E). Also: shaawanok (W) SPEAK ihkito vai say, speak in a certain way kanoosh vta call, address, speak to s.o. Stem: /kanooN-/ anihshininiimo vai speak the native language ayami vai speak, talk ayamiihtamaw vta speak for s.o. ayamiihtan vti speak for s.t. SPEAK TO kanootan vti call s.t., address s.t., speak to s.t. SPEED OFF maaciipiso vai set out by vehicle, speed off, drive off SPLIT taashkisho vta split s.o. by cutting. Stem: /taashkishw-/ SPLIT WOOD taashkikahike vai split wood SPOILED nihshiwanaatan vii be spoiled SPOON emihkwaan -ak na spoon, ladle SPOUSE wiiciiwaakan -ak na spouse, companion niiciihaa -k nad my spouse. Stem: /-iiciihaa-/ nikayaashim -ak nad my ex-spouse. Stem: /-kayaashim-/ SPRING siikwan vii spring 322 0 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY rs ni ve U d ea eh La k ( ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n SPRUCE shikop -iik na evergreen tree, spruce. Also: shinkop -iik SPRUCE HEN pine -wak na spruce hen STACK onahtoon vti2 arrange s.t., organize s.t., put s.t. in order, stack s.t. Stem: /onahtoo-/ STAND niipawi vai stand, be standing STAND UP pasikwii vai stand up, arise STAR wacahkohsh -ak na star (W). Also: wanankosh (E) START maacii- prev start, begin maaciihatoo vai start off on a trail, go for a walk maaciciwan -oon vii start to flow maaciipahtoo vai set out running, start running maaciihkwashiwe vai start to paddle, paddle off maaciihse vai/ii fly off (as a bird), starts (as a motor) maatanohkii vai start to work STARVE paawanii vai be skinny, starving, hungry STAY tashiihke vai stay there, hang around, live there, play ayapi vai sit around, stay around. Reduplication of: api sakamaatapi vai stay in place, sit quietly STEAL kimooti vai+o steal s.t. STEER washkinan vti tum s.t., steer s.t. STICK mihtik -oon ni stick, piece of wood, yard (measurement) STICK ON akohke vai stick on, adhere STILL kiiyaapic pc still, yet, more. Also: kiyaapic STINK wiinciikisi vai stink (E). Also: wiiciikisi (W) STOCKY pitikosi vai be stocky, be chubby STOMACH mihsat -an ni stomach STONE ahsin -iik na stone, rock STOP kipihcii vai stop pooni- prev stop, cease, quit 323 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY kipiht1nan vti (in an action) stop s.t., block s.t. poonanohkii vai quit a job, stop working 0 STORE ataawikamik -oon ni store, trading post STORY tipaacimowin -an ni story, narration ishkotehkaanaapihk -ook na uc at io n STOVE stove, heater STRAIGHT kwayahk pc right, straight, correct(ly), proper(ly) STRANGER na stranger STRETCH of shiipiikii vai stretch one's body tashopish vta stretch s.o. (as a pelt). Stem: /tashopiN-/ STRIKE cu lty pahkihtehan vti hit s.t., strike s.t. STRONG mashkawii vai be strong STURGEON na sturgeon Fa name -wak Ed piiwite -k SUDDENLY ity ketahtawen pc all of a sudden, suddenly natok pc suddenly, miraculously, as a suprise 0 rs SUFFICIENT ni ve tepi- prev enough, sufficient tepihse vaVii be enough of s.t., be sufficient SUGAR shookaa na sugar U SUITCASE mihtikowash -an ni suitcase, wooden box. d SUMMER SUN eh ea niipin vii summer tahso-niipin pc every summer La k piihsim -ook na sun, moon, month. Also: piihsom SUN RISE saakaahte vii the sun is rising, the sun comes up SUN SET pankihshimon vii the sun sets (E). Also: pakihshimon (W) SUNDAY ayamihe-kiishikaa vii pray day, be Sunday SUNSET mino-miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts good weather miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky at dawn or after sunset SURE aaw pc well, well then, sure 324 0 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY rs ni ve U d ea eh La k ( ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n r cike. cikema pc tor sure kehcinaac pc certainly, for sure tepwe pc true, for sure SUSPECT anaamenim vta suspect s.o., blame s.o. anaamentan vti suspect s.t., blame s.t. SWALLOW koncipanihi vta swallow s.o. (E). Stem: /kocipanih-/. Also kocipanihi (W) SWALLOWED koncipanihcikaate vii be swallowed (E). Also: kocipanihcikaate (W) SWAMP mashkiik -oon ni muskeg, bog, swamp SWEATER shiipiikwaan -an ni seater SWEEP wepahike vai sweep the floor SWEET shiiwaa vii be sweet shiiwaakamin vii be sweet (liquid) SWEETHEART nimoosom -ak nad my sweetheart. Stem: /-moosom-/ SWIM AROUND papaamaatake vai swim around SWING memepiso vai swing oneself memepison -an ni swing, blanket cradle TABLE ahcikanaahtik -oon ni table, also ahcikan wiihsiniiwinaantik -oon . ni kitchen table TAKE otaahpinan vti choose s.t., accept s.t., take s.t., pick s.t. otaahpinikaate vii be chosen, be taken, be accepted, be picked TAKE ALONG maaciiwish vta take along with s.o. Stem: /maaciiwiN-/ maaciiwitoon vti take along with s.t., take s.t. away. Stem: /maaciiwitoo-/ TAKEAWAY maaciiwitoon vti2 take along with s.t., take s.t. away. Stem: /maaciiwitoo-/ maaciiwicikaate vii be taken away, be carried away TAKE CARE kanawenim vta look after, take care of s.o. kanawentan vti look after, take care of s.t. TAKE S.O. /S.T. HOME kiiwewish vta take s.o. home. Stem: /kiiwewiN-/ kiiwewitoon vti take s.t. home. Stem: /kiiwewitoo-/ TALK ayami vai speak, talk nihtaawe vai know how to talk, can talk 325 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY TALL vai stand tall, be tall kinokaapawi 0 TASTE BAD macihpo vta taste s.o. who tastes bad. Stem: /macihpw-/ macihpikwan vti taste bad TASTE BITTER uc at io n wiihsakaakamin -oon vii tastes bitter (liquid) TASTE GOOD minohpakosi vai taste good. Also: minohpikosi minohpakwan vii taste good kocihpitan vti take a taste of, try a taste of s.t. inanimate kocihpo vta take a taste of, try a taste of s.t. animate TEA TEACH kihkinoohamaw kihkinoohamaw vta teach s.o. vta teach someting to s.o., give direction to s.o. TEAKETTLE na kettle, teakettle Fa tiiwahkihk -wak -ook TEASE vai do mean things, tease, make fun of people ity nanaatihkosii cu lty of tii ni tea tiihke vai make tea Ed TASTE OF TELEPHONE 0 rs maaciikitowin -an ni telephone TELEVISION ni ve masinaahtehsicikan -an ni television TELL wiintamaw vta tell something to s.o. (E). Also: wiitamaw (W) tashim U TELL ABOUT vta tell about, talk about s.o. vai tell legends ea aatisoohke d TELL LEGENDS eh TELL NEWS La k tipaacimo vai tell news, narrate tipaacimohtaw vta tell s.o. news or a story about someone TELL ON mamihshim vta tell on s.o. mamihshintan vta tell on s.t. (E). Also: mamihshitan (W) TELL STORY tipaacimohtaw vta tell s.o. news or a story about someone TEN mitaahsinoon vii be ten. Stem: /mitaahsin-/ mitaahsiwak vai be ten. Stem: /mitaahsi-/ mitaahso nu ten TEN CENTS mitaahso piiwaapihkohsh -ak na ten cents. Also: mitaahso piiwaapihkoonhsh 326 0 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ( ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n TEN DOLLAR BILL mitaahsoopiihikan -ak na ten dollar bill TEN DOLLARS mitaahswaapihk na ten dollars TENT wiiskwehokaan -an ni tent THANK nanaahkom vta thank s.o. THANKS miikwehc pc thanks THAT aha pr that. Also: ahawe. [animate singular demonstrative] ahawe pr that. Also: aha. [animate singular demonstrative] ahaweniwan pr that, those. [animate obviative demonstrative] ci- prev that, will, would, could, should. [conjunct future and modal] ihi pr that. Also: ihiwe. [inanimate singular demonstrative] ihiwe pr that. Also: ihi, ihiwe, hi. [inanimate singular demonstrative] THATWAY ihiweti pc over there, that way. Also: hiweti weti pc there, that way, yonder, over there THAT'S amihi pc that's THEM kewiinawaa pr them too, as for them. [third person plural personal pronoun] wiinawaa pr they, them. [third person plural personal pronoun] wiinehtawaa pr they alone, them only THEN ahpin pc when, since, then, subsequently aasha pc now, then, yet. Also: aashay ekwa pc and, and so, then, and then, wait! please THEN ekwa tahsh pc and so, and then, but then THERE ihimaa pc there. Also: himaa weti pc there, that way, yonder, over there THESE okoweniwan pr this, these. Also: okweniwan. [inanimate obviative demonstrative] THEY kewiinawaa pr them too, as for them. [third person plural personal pronoun] wiinawaa pr they, them. [third person plural personal pronoun] wiinehtawaa pr they alone, them only THIGH mipwaam -an nid thigh. Stem: /-pwaam-/ THING ayahaa -k na that being, person, or animate thing. Also: ehaa, ahaa THINK inentam vai2 think so L 327 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY inentan vti think so of s.t., to be so maamitonentam vai be thinking inentan vti think so of s.t., think s.t. to be so 0 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n tanenim vta think s.o. to be there THINK ABOUT maamitonenim vta think about s.o., consider s.o. maamitonentan vti think about s.t., consider s.t. THIRTEEN nihsoshaap nu thirteen THIRTEEN DOLLARS nihsoshaap tahswaapihk na thirteen dollars THIRTY nihsomitana nu thirty THIS oho pr this. [inanimate singular demonstrative]. Also: ohowe, howe. ohowe pr this. Also: oho, howe. [inanimate singular demonstrative] okoweniwan pr this, these. Also: okweniwan. [inanimate obviative demonstrative] wahawe pr this. Also: wahwawe. [animate singular demonstrative] THOSE ahaweniwan pr that, those. [animate obviative demonstrative] ikiweniwak pr those. Also: ikiweniwak. [animate plural demonstrative] iniweniwan pr those. Also: inweniwan. [inanimate plural demonstrative] THOUGH mihsawaac pc even though, anyhow, although THOUSAND kihci-mitaahsomitana nu thousand. niishwaa kihci-mitahsomitana 'two thousand', etc. THREAD sheshtak -ook na thread THREE nihsin nu three nihsinoon vii be three. Stem: /nihsin-/ nihsiwak vai be three. Stem: /nihsi-/ THREE DOLLARS nihsowaapihk ni three dollars. Also: nihswaapihk THREE TIMES nihswaa pc three times, thrice THRICE nihswaa pc three times, thrice THROAT mikotashkway -an nid throat. Stem: /kotashkway-/ THUNDER pinehsiiwan vii be thunder THURSDAY niiwi-kiishikaa vii fourth day, be Thursday TIDY nanahacike vai tidy things 328 0 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININI™OWIN GLOSSARY La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ( ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n r TIME kinwaakaash pc for a long time oncihcihse vii be the time of, come to happen, the time has come (E). Also: ocihcihse (W) pehkihsh pc at the same time, while TIMES tahswaa pc so many times, every time TIPI matokwaan -an ni tipi. Also: matokaan, matikwaan TIRED caakii vai be too tired to do anything, have no more energy ishkii vai be tired of doing something TO ishi- prev to or in a certain place, in a certain way. Also: shi-. IC> eshiTOBACCO nahsemaa -k na tobacco TOBACCO PIPE ohpwaakan -ak na tobacco pipe TOBOGGAN otaapaanaahk -wak na toboggan TODAY noonkom pc now, today (E). Also: nookom (W) noonkom kaa-kiishikaak vii today (E). Also: nookom kaa-kiishikaak (W) TOE niihsiikisitaan -an ni toe TOENAIL mashkash -iik nad fingemaiVtoenail. Stem: /-ashkash-/ TOGETHER maamaw pc all together, in total naapi- prev together TOMATOE okin -iik ni tomatoe TOMORROW waapank vii tomorrow (E). Also: waapak (W) waapan vii be morning, be dawn, be tomorrow TONGUE mitenan -iin nid tongue. Stem: /-tenan-/ TOO kekiin pr you too, as for you. [second person singular personal pronoun] kekiinawaa pr you too, as for you. [second person plural personal pronoun] kekiinawint pr us too, as for us (E). [first person inclusive personal pronoun]. Also: kekiinawit (W) keniin pr me too, as for me. [first person singular personal pronoun] keniinawint pr us too, as for us (E). [first person exclusive personal pronoun]. Also: keniinawit (W) kewiin pr him too, her too, as for him, as for her. [third person singular personal pronoun] kewiinawaa pr them too, as for them. [third person plural personal pronoun] L 329 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY TOO MUCH 0 Q La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n onsaam pc too much, extreme, excessive. (E). Also: osaam (W) TOO,AS FOR kaye pc and. Also:, too, as for. TOOL aapacihcikan -an ni tool, useful thing, equipment TOP wakic pc on top of something wakici- pren on top of wakiciyahii pc on top of something TOTAL maamaw pc all together, in total TOWARDS pi- prev here, hither, towards TOWN taawin na town. Also: taawinink (locative) TOY metawaakan -an ni toy, plaything TRAIL miihkana -n ni trail, path, road akaamihkana pc across the road or trail TRAP amihko-wanihikan -an ni trap for beaver. Also: amihko-wanihiikan naaciwanihikane vai go to check traps. Also: naaciwanihiikane nikiko-wanihikan -an ni trap for otter. Also: nikiko-wanihiikan, ninkiko-wanohikan tahsoosh vta trap s.o. Stem: /tahsooN-/ wanihikan -an ni trap. Also: wanihiikan wanihike vai trap. Also: wanihiike TRAP HARE waapooso-wanihikan -an ni trap for snowshoe hare (rabbit) TRAP STAKE wanihikanaahtik -oon ni trap stake. Also: wanihiikanaahtik TREE mihtik -ook na tree (deciduous) shnikop -iik na evergreen tree, spruce (E). Also: shinkop (W) TROUBLE macihcike vai do something bad, get into trouble maanencike vai disobey, bother things, get into trouble TRUE tepwe pc true, for sure TRY koci- pv try to do, to attempt kocihcikaate vii be tried kocihtoon vti2 try s.t. Stem: /kocihtoo-/ TUESDAY niisho-kiishikaa vii second day, it is Tuesday 330 0 �ENGLISH · ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY TURN washkii vai tum washkinan vti turn s.t., steer s.t. TWELVE niishoshaap nu twelve, (decade number) plus two TWELVE DOLLARS niishoshaap tahswaapihk na twelve dollars niishitana nu uc at io n TWENTY twenty TWENTY DOLLAR BILL niishitanawepiihikan -ak na twenty dollar bill TWENTY DOLLARS na twenty dollars Ed niishitana tahswaapihk TWICE niishwaa pc twice TWO DOLLAR BILL na two dollar bill TWO DOLLARS niishwaapihk na two dollars ity UNDER ni ve rs nishihsesh -ak nad my (cross-)uncle, my father-in-law. Stem: /-shihsesh-/ noohkomihs -ak nad my (parallel-)uncle. Stem: /-oohkomihs-/ anaamink pc under something (E). Also anaamik (W) anaamaakonak pc under the snow U UNDERSTAND ea d nihsitohtam vai2 understand nihsitohtan vti understand s.t. inihtaakwan vii sound so, be understood so UNDERWATER eh anaamipiik pc underwater us La k ( UNCLE Fa niishoopiihikan -ak cu lty niishin nu two niishinoon vii be two. Stem: /niishin-/ niishiwak vai be two. Stem: /niishi-/ of TWO kekiinawint pr us too, as for us (E). [first person inclusive personal pronoun}. Also: kekiinawit (W) keniinawint pr us too, as for us (E). [first person exclusive personal pronoun]. Also: keniinawit (W) kiinawint pr we, us {E). [first person inclusive personal pronoun]. Also: kiinawit (W) niinawint pr we, us (E). [first person exclusive personal pronoun]. Also: niinawint (W) kiinehtawint pr we alone, us only (inclusive) {E). Also: kiinehtawit {W) niinehtawint pr we alone, us only (exclusive) (E). Also: niinehtawit {W) USE aapacihtoon vti2 use it. Stem: /aapacihtoo-/ 331 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY USE UP caakin vta use s.o. up caakinan vti use s.t. up 0 USEABLE aapatan vii be useful, be useable USED TO uc at io n ami ahko pc used to, usually USED UP caakihse vailii get used up, run out, be exhausted USEFUL aapatan vii be useful, be useable aapatisi vai be useful Ed USEFUL THING aapacihcikan -an ni tool, useful thing, equipment ahko pc usually ami ahko pc used to, usually VACUUM CLEANER wiihkwepahike vai use a vacuum cleaner VAIN cu lty of USUALLY Fa aana- pv in vain, to attempt, effort, anyway, anyhow VARIED VEHICLE VERY ni ve kihci- pre big, great, very 0 rs takopisi vai arrive by vehicle ity piko tooho pc any kind, varied, anything, all sort of VERY naahpic pc really, very, to a high degree, extensively U VILLAGE VIOLENCE d tashiihkewin -an ni village, settlement, community eh ea miikaasowin -an ni fight, violence. Also: miikaatiwin nootinikewin -an ni war, violence VISIBLE La k mate- prev visible (at a distance) naakosi vai be visible, show up. pi-naakosi 'come' tepi-naakosi vai be visible at a distance naakwan vii be visible, show up. (pi-naakwan be seen coming this way) VISIT kiiwite vai visit (especially outside one's own community) kiiwike vai visit (especially in one's own community) WAIT ekwa pc and, and so, then, and then, wait! please piihi vta wait for s.o. Stem: /piih-/ piiho vai wait 332 0 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY rs ni ve U d ea eh La k (_ ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n WAITA WHILE pinamaa pc wait a while, for a short while, in a while WAKEUP amacihi vta wake s.o. up. Stem: /amacih-/ WALK pimohse vai walk along, walk by maaciihatoo vai start off on a trail, go for a walk pimohse vai walk, walk by, walk past pimohse vai walk, walk by, walk past nihtaawihse vai know how to walk, can walk, walks well papaamohse vai walk about, take a walk WALLET shooniyaawash -an ni wallet WANT nantawenim vta want s.o. (E). Also: natawenim (W) nantawentan vti want s.t.(E). Also: natawentan (W) nantawentaakosi vai be wanted, be desirable (E). Also: natawentaakosi (W). WANTTO waa- prev will, want to. IC> wiiwii- prev will, want to. [desiderative, voluntative] WANT TO/NEED TO noonte- prev want to, need to (be usual time) (E). Also noote- (W) WAR nootinikewin -an ni war, violence WAREHOUSE ahtaahsonikamik -oon ni warehouse WARM awaso vai warm oneself kiishowaayaa vii be warm weather WARM WEATHER kiishiwaayaa vii be warm weather WASH kihsaapaawanitiso vai wash oneself kisiipiikii vai wash oneself, bathe, take a bath kaahsiin vta wipe s.o., clean s.o., wash s.o. kaahsiinan vti wipe s.t., clean s.t., wash s.t. WASH CLOTHES kisiipiikinike vai wash clothes WASH DISHES kaahsiininaakane -wak vai wash dishes WASH FACE kaahsiinkwe vai wash one's face (E). Also: koohsiikwe (W) WATCH FOR naanaakacihi vta investigate s.o., watch for s.o. Stem: /naamaakacih-/ WATER naatahipii vai get water, go for water nipi ni water 333 �ENGLISH · ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 0 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n anwaahtinikamin vii be a nice and calm body of water kiishkaayawaa vii be deep water mooshkahan vii flood, be high water paakwaa vii be shallow water WAVES maaciiyaahoote vii be carried away on the waves maamihcaashkaa vii be big waves pimaahoote vii drift along on the waves WAY ishi- prev to or in a certain place, in a certain way. Also: shi-. IC> eshinaanita pc maybe, perhaps, in some way. Also: naanta WAYS OFF niikate pc a ways off, far away WE kekiinawint pr us too, as for us (E). [first person inclusive personal pronoun]. Also: kekiinawit (W) keniinawint pr us too, as for us (E). [first person exclusive personal pronoun]. Also: keniinawit (W) kiinawint pr we, us (E). [first person inclusive personal pronoun). Also: kiinawit (W) niinawint pr we, us (E). [first person exclusive personal pronoun]. Also: niinawit (W) kiinehtawint pr we alone, us only (inclusive) (E). Also: kiinehtawit (W) niinehtawint pr we alone, us only (exclusive) (E). Also: niinehtawit (W) WEAK niinamii vai be weak WEASEL sikohsi -wak na weasel WEATHER ishiwepan vii be certain weather, happen in a certain way. IC> eshiwepakiishowaayaa vii be warm weather maci-miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts bad weather WEDNESDAY aapihtawan vii be half, be Wednesday WEEK pimikonaakaa vii be a week WELL aaw pc well, well then, sure mino-ayaawamaciho vai feel well, feel better nihtaawanohkii vai work well, be a good worker WEST nekaapiihanonk pc west (E). Also: nekaapiihanok (W) WHAT aan pc how, in what manner, why, what. Also: aani, aaniin aani pc how, in what manner, why, what. Also: aaniin, aan aaniin pc how, in what manner, why, what. Also: aan, aani kekonen -an pr what WHAT PURPOSE wenci- prev what purpose, why is it so (E). IC< onci-. Also: wenci- (W) 334 0 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ( ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n WHEN ahpin pc when, since, then, subsequently ahpii pc when, at that time aanahpii pc when? WHERE aanti pc where amihimaa pc that is where, there in a certain location WHEREABOUTS aanti nehke pc whereabouts, which direction WHILE mekwaac pc while, during, at the (same) time, now paanimaa pc later, later on, after a long while wiipac pc soon, in a little while, quick, hurry mekwaa pc while, during, at the time noomake pc for a while pehkihsh pc at the same time, while WHISKEY ishkotewaapoo ni fire water, whiskey, liquor WHITE waapaa vii be white waapisi vai be white WHITE WOMAN wemihtikooshiihkwe na white woman WHITE/GREY HAIR waapaanihkwe vai have white/grey hair WHITEFISH atihkamek -wak ni whitefish WHITEMAN wemihtikooshi -wak na whiteman WHO awanen -ak pr who. Also: awenen WHOLE misiwe pc all over, everything, whole WHY aan pc how, in what manner, why, what. Also: aani, aaniin aani pc how, in what manner, why, what. Also: aaniin, aan WHY DON'T YOU aahti pc please, why don't you, why not, let mel. Also: maahti WIDE mankihtikweyaa vii be a wide river (E). Also: makihtikweyaa (W) WILL ci- prev that, will, would, could, should. {conjunct future and modal] ka- prev will. {future tense in independent verbs with personal prefix.] ke- prev will, should, should, could. [Changed future and modal] ta- prev will. [future tense in independent with no personal prefix] waa- prev will, want to. IC< wiiwii- prev will, want to. [desiderative, voluntative] L 335 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY WIN pahkinaake vai win, beat someone (in a competition) 0 WINDOW pahpaapiwin -an ni window. Also: pahpaapowin WINDY nootin vii be windy, be a wind uc at io n WINE shoominaapoo ni wine WINTER pipoon vii winter WIPE Ed kaahsiin vta wipe s.o., clean s.o., wash s.o. kaahsiinan vti wipe s.t., clean s.t., wash s.t. kaahsiinike vai wipe things for cleaning of WISH cu lty pakohsenimo vai wish, hope kaanika pc I wonder, I wish, I hope WOLF mahiinkan -ak na wolf (E). Also: mahiikan (W) WOMAN ity Fa anihshininiiwihkwe na native woman, Indian woman. Also: anihshininiihkwe ihkwe -wak na woman, female nootihkwewe vai womanize, chase women niitihkwe -wak nad my fellow woman. Stem: /-iitihkwew-/ 0 rs WONDER ni ve kaanika pc I wonder, I wish, I hope mikoshkaatentam vai2 worry, be concerned, wonder WOOD WOODEN BOX U mihtik -oon ni stick, piece of wood, yard (measurement) mihtikowash -an ni suitcase, wooden box. d WORK La k eh ea anohkii vai work anohkiiwin -an ni job, employment, work maatanohkii vai start to work nihtaawanohkii vai work well, be a good worker poonanohkii vai quit a job, stop working WORKER anohkiinaakan -ak na worker nihtaawanohkii vai work well, be a good worker wiitanohkiimaakan -ak na my co-worker WORRY mikoshkaatenim vta worry about s.o., be concerned about s.o. mikoshkaatentarn vai2 worry, be concerned, wonder mikoshkaatentan vti worry about s.t., be concerned about s.t. WOULD ci- prev that, will, would, could, should. [conjunct future and modal] 336 0 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY taa- prev would, could, should, ought, can. [modal] WOULD YOU kaana pc is it possible that, would you, perhaps WRITE masinahike vai write, borrow, get credit masinahamaw vta write to or for s.o., owe to s.o., borrow from s.o. WRONG macihse vai have something bad happen, have things go wrong YARD mihtik -oon ni stick, piece of wood, yard {measurement) uc at io n YAWN naanipaawe -wak vai yawn. Also: naanipaayawe YELLOW osaawaa vii be yellow/brown osaawisi vai be yellow/brown Ed YES ehe pc yes. Also: eha YESTERDAY of onaako pc yesterday VET cu lty Fa YONDER weti pc there, that way, yonder, over there ity YOU U ni ve rs kekiin pr you too, as for you. [second person singular personal pronoun] kekiinawaa pr you too, as for you. [second person plural personal pronoun] kiin pr you. [second person singular personal pronoun] kiinawaa pr you. [second person plural personal pronoun] kiinishtam pr you next, you first. [second person personal pronoun]. Also: niinihta kiinehta pr you alone, you only kiinehtawaa pr you alone, you only (plural) d YUCK eh ea ehshay pc oh yuck! La k ( aasha pc already, now, then, yet. Also: aashay kaawin mahshi pc not yet kiiyaapic pc still, yet, more. Also: kiyaapic mahshi pc yet 337 � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Anishinaabemowik - Indigenous Languages Program Historical Documents Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Faculty of Education, Native Language Instructors Program Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Introductory Ojibwe Parts One and Two in Severn Dialect Subject The topic of the resource Universities Description An account of the resource The Native Language Instructors Program, Faculty of Education, Lakehead University. Text for Introductory Ojibwe (Severn Dialect) course. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Native Language Instructors Program, Lakehead University Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Faculty of Education, Lakehead University. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1996-07-01 Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource Native Language Instructors Program, Faculty of Education, Lakehead University. The print version of this text and accompanying audio files are available at Lakehead University Libraries (Chancellor Paterson and Education Libraries) library.lakeheadu.ca This text has been scanned as part of the Anishinaabemowik - Indigenous Languages Program Historical Documents Digitization Project, Faculty of Education, Education Library (Thunder Bay Campus), Lakehead University. This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercialNoDerivatives 4.0 International License. To view a copy of this license, visit https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Please contact the Faculty of Education, Office of the Dean, Lakehead University, Thunder Bay, Ontario Canada for additional information or permissions. 807-343-8010 (ext. 8520) Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource PDF Language A language of the resource English https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/e6b64f29f01bb178765d4cabbc0f5c05.pdf a82e514b6092d02b052645cf79d851cf PDF Text Text n io ty of Ed uc at INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE: Fa cu l Parts One and Two in Anishinaabemowin (Western Ojibwe) La ke he ad U ni v er sit y (_ Native Language Instructors' Program Lakehead University Thunder Bay, Ontario �Introductory Ojibwe: Parts One and Two in Anishinaabemowin (Western Ojibwe) ©2001, Native Language Instructors’ Program, Faculty of Education, Lakehead University, Thunder Bay, Ontario Canada The print version of this text and accompanying audio files are available at Lakehead University Libraries (Chancellor Paterson and Education Libraries) library.lakeheadu.ca This text has been scanned as part of the Anishinaabemowik - Indigenous Languages Program Historical Documents Digitization Project, Faculty of Education, Education Library (Thunder Bay Campus), Lakehead University. This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercialNoDerivatives 4.0 International License. To view a copy of this license, visit https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Please contact the Faculty of Education, Office of the Dean, Lakehead University, Thunder Bay, Ontario Canada for additional information or permissions. 807-343-8010 (ext. 8520) �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE: of Ed uc at io n PARTS ONE AND TWO IN ANISHINAABEMOWIN (WEST ERN OJIBWE) cu l Fa ni v er sit y ( Gilbert Descham ps Agnes Hardy John O'Meara Sonya Matson Bruce Beardy ty Revisons for this version: Language Consultan t Editorial Assistance: Typing and Graphics: Graphic Artist: La ke he ad U This book is an adaptation of "Introductory Ojibwe: Parts One and Two in Severn Dialect)," by Tom Beardy. A special thanks to the late Lena Odjig White for all of her help in making the books in this series a reality and for all of her devotion to the preservation of Native languages. L �cu l ty of Ed uc at io n :D LIB ,97.333 61 Fa This publication is based upon "Introductory Ojibwe: Parts One and Two in Severn Dialect, "which in tum is based partly on material contained in the following publications: 0 ni v er sit y "Introductory Ojibwe (Severn dialect)" by Mary L. Mitchell, Lakehead University, Thunder Bay, Ontario and SS 509 Conversational Ojibwe (In the Severn Dialect) Confederation College of Applied Arts and Technology, P.O. Box 398, Thunder Bay, Ontario Lakehead University Thunder Bay, Ontario P7B 5El he ad U Printed and distributed by: ke Not to be sold for profit. La © 2001 by the Native Language Instructors' Program, Lakehead University. All rights reserved. No part of this work may be reproduced in any fonn or by any means without written permission from the Native Language Instructors' Program, Lakehead University. Some illustrations© 1994, RT Graphics, NM. 0 ISBN 0-88663-034-7 �Course Description Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n This is the beginning of a journey in Anishinaabemowin, the language of the Anishinaabe (Ojibwe). This book will introduce students to the language and culture of the indigenous people of Northern Ontario. Students will learn basic vocabulary through listening, speaking, reading, and writing in Ojibwe. Students will develop basic communication skills in Ojibwe through study and practice. They will also become familiar with the traditional values and culture, which are vital when working with indigenous people. ke he ad U ni v er sit y ( La t~v\~\J>- vJJJ ~ ~ V\, \, \J"' ~\ LET'S CONTINUE OUR JOURNEY UP THE RIVER TO DISCOVER ANISHINAABEMOWIN �What is Anishinaabemowin? Q io n Anishinaabemowin is the indigenous name for the Ojibwe language. Anishinaabemowin is spoken in several different DlALECTS throughout Canada and parts of the United States. In this book we are focussing on the dialect of Anishinaabemowin which is spoken in Ontario, in the area between Thunder Bay, Ontario, at the west end of Lake Superior, and Sault Ste Marie, Ontario. Similar dialects of Anishinaabemowin are spoken in the Lake of the Woods area, in the area between Thunder Bay and the Ontario-Manitoba border, and also in Minnesota. Ed uc at This book was prepared in conjunction with the Native Language Instructors' Program (NLIP) at Lakehead University in Thunder Bay. For convenience the Anishinaabemowin dialect being studied here is sometimes called 'Western Ojibwe,' in order to distinguish the varieties of Anishinaabemowin spoken in Ontario west of Sault Ste Marie from those spoken in southern Ontario. In the book, however, we will use the term Anishinaabemowin. cu l ty of Some of the communities where the dialect of Anishinaabemowin being studied here is spoken include Rocky Bay and Gull Bay, on the shores of Lake Nipigon. Other communities include Pays Plat, Pie Heron, Mobert, Lake Helen, Batchewana Bay, and Whitesands. y Fa Because there are many different dialects of Anishinaabemowin, you may find that Anishinaabe people from other areas use words, pronunciation, and spelling that are somewhat different from the ones used in this book. But at the same time there are many similarities between all dialects of Anishinaabemowin. sit If you are interested in more detailed information about the dialects of Anishinaabemowin, you ni v er may wish to consult the following book. Although much of the discussion is technical in nature and requires some knowledge of linguistics, there are many maps and lists of words which may be interesting to the general reader. ad U J. Randolph Valentine. 1994. Ojibwe Dialect Variation. PhD dissertation, University of Texas, Austin. ke he Another useful reference which is recommended for students using this book is this dictionary of a closely related dialect of Anishinaabemowin spoken in Minnesota. La Earl Nyholm and John Nichols. 1995. A Concise Dictionary ofMinnesota Ojibwe. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. What is in this course? There are two units of study. This book is intended as an introduction to Anishinaabewmowin. In these units, you will be given instructions in English and guided through exercises. Many of the answers are included in the book, so you can check your work. At the back of the book there are glossaries which list all the words used in this book. You are encouraged to listen carefully to your instructor, and to other speakers of Anishinaabemowin, who can introduce you to new words and expressions. ii 0 �But these are only a beginning - to learn more Anishinaabemowin please be certain to learn from speakers of Anishinaabemowin in your community. By the end of the course of studies, you will be able to carry on a short conversation in Anishinaabemowin. n SUBJECT OUTLINE io Subject Name: Introductory Ojibwe (Western dialect) uc at Subject Number: OJ 1010 Part One and OJ 101~ Part Two Ed Subject Description: ty of The aim of this subject is to provide students with the skills necessary to speak Anishinaabemowin. In this functional and conversational program, students will learn basic vocabulary through listening, speaking, writing and understanding. y Fa to understand through conversation the structure of Anishinaabemowin. to listen with understanding and to converse at a basic level in Anishinaabemowin. to pronounce words accurately. to demonstrate effective use of Anishinaabemowin in culturally appropriate contexts. er What is this subject about? sit ( - cu l Objectives: ke he ad U ni v This is an introductory course for students who wish to learn to speak the Anishinaabemowin dialect. It is designed to give practice in conversation using everyday situations that students might encounter as they live and work in a Native community. It can be used to practice Native language by students of Native ancestry or by students from other backgrounds. Leaming a Native language can lead to a better appreciation and understanding of the whole society who uses it. Both Native and non-Native learners can gain a sense of the traditions, the customs, and both the historical and modem view of Native life. La Where should the learning begin? There is no right or wrong dialect. What is important is to keep the Native language alive and growing in use. Perhaps then, it is important to become familiar with one dialect of the language to start, and it would be simple from there to learn the differences in sounds of words to learn other dialects. Appreciating the dialects of other communities takes a trained ear and a curiosity to understand one another. Perhaps this first step will help to bring a stronger unity among our Native communities to keep alive the Native culture. L Although people in their own communities must be the ones to decide how to carry on their language through the generations, this advanced course of studies uses Anishinaabemowin. iii �Writing Anishinaabemowin In this section we discuss the writing system which is used in this book. First there is a discussion of 0 the basic letters and combinations of letters which are used to write Anishinaabemowin. Following this there is a discussion of some issues which arise in writing and reading Anishinaabemowin. You io n do not need to read all the information at once. You may find it helpful to read it over from time to Ed uc standable to you after you have been exposed to the language for some time. at time as you progress through the course. Some of the topics discussed here will become more under- The Writing System of In this book Anishinaabemowin is written with Roman (alphabetic) letters. Anishinaabemowin uses ty some of the letters used in writing English. However Anishinaabemowin is written in a way that is cu l more consistent than English writing. Although English writing is basically fairly regular, there are Fa enough irregularities found in English writing that we would not want to import them into y Anishinaabemowin writing. When we use letters or combinations of letters in Anishinaabemowin, sit these consistently represent the same sound or combination of sounds. Each letter corresponds to a 0 er certain sound, and is only used to represent that sound. VOWELS and CONSONANTS. U ni v Sounds in Anishinaabemowin are divided into two basic types: ad Vowels he There are seven vowel sounds in Anishinaabemowin. Vowels are divided into two types: LONG ke vowels and SHORT vowels. Long vowels take longer to say. With one exception, there is a long vowel La corresponding to each short vowel. In elementary school you may have learned that certain English vowels were long and others were short. However, the way that vowels are analysed as long and short in Anishinaabemowin is different from the way they are presented in English, and you should ignore the English usage. Here is a chart of the long and short vowels. You will learn how they are pronounced in the following paragraphs. IV Q �LONG r SHORT ii 00 0 aa a at io n e uc You can see that the first three long vowels are represented by writing them double. Each is still one Ed vowel, though. Further, each of the first three long vowels has a corresponding short vowel, and each short vowel is written with a single letter. The last long vowel, e, has no corresponding short of vowel. Because there is no need to indicate a distinction between a long and short e sound, the long cu l ty e is written with a single letter. You will find that some of the letters do not represent what we might expect them to in English. Fa But remember that when we use these letters to write words in Anishinaabemowin, they are sit expect them to be pronounced the same way they are pronounced in English. Every language has its ni v er own rules for how letters are to be pronounced, and Anishinaabemowin is no exception. Here are some examples of Anishinaabemowin words that contain long vowels. The examples U show the vowel in three positions: beginning, middle, and end of a word. The vowel in question in ad each word is written in bold type. The approximate English equivalent of the Ojibwe vowel sound is ke he also given. Most of the words given in this section are also used in the book. Vowel ii Ojibweword iidog ·supposedly' niin •1, me' anokii 'he/she is working' Approximate English Equivalent seat 00 oojii 'fly' mooz 'moose' giigoo 'finish' note, toot aa aakozi 'he/she is sick' anishinaabe 'native person' maajaa 'he/she leaves' father La (_ y Anishinaabemowin letters! So the letters represent Anishinaabemowin sounds and you should not V �bed emikwaan 'spoon• bekaa 'slowly' giiwe 'he/she goes home' e 0 io n Now here are some examples of words that contain short vowels. Approximate English Equivalent sit 0 onaagan 'plate' animosh 'dog• bijiinaago 'yesterday' put a abwi 'paddle' but uc Ed of ty cu l i at Ojibwe word ikwe 'woman' nika 'Canada goose' aakozi 'he/she is sick' Vowel y Fa gaye 'and, also' makwa 'bear' sit Consonants 0 er There are more consonants than vowels in Anishinaabemowin. All the letters used to write conso- ni v nants are also found in English. Some have a pronunciation very similar to that which they have in ad U English, while others are quite different. he The consonant letters used to write Anishinaabemowin are: b, d, g, ', j, k, m, n, p, s, sh, t, w, y, z, zh. ke Not used are c, f, q, v, x. The letter h is used in only a very small number of words. The letters l and La r do occur in some word borrowed from English or French. Some of the letters used for consonants are virtually the same as ones used in English: m, n, w, and y. They should not cause you any difficulty. The sounds m, n and w can appear in any position in a word: beginning, middle, and end. Ojibwe m Ojibwe examples English equivalent makizin 'shoe' man o'omaa 'here' doodam 'he/she goes something' vi a �nagamo 'he/she is singing' bine 'partridge' waakaa'igan 'house' name w waasa 'far' gaawiin 'no' wiindamaw 'tell him!' win io n n uc ty of y English equivalent yes Ed Ojibwe examples geyaabi 'still' ninday 'my dog!' Ojibwe at The sound y usually does not appear at the beginning of a word. cu l Anishinaabemowin has one letter (and sound) which does not correspond to any letter in English. This is the apostrophe('), which in Anishinaabemowin represents the sound called a GLOTTAL STOP. Fa In English the glottal stop sometimes occurs: listen carefully to the pause between the two syllables y of 'oh-oh.• But in English there is no letter to represent this sound. sit ( Ojibwe examples English equivalent mazina'igan 'book' oh-oh U ni v er Phonetic ad The sound h normally does not occur in Anishinaabemowin words. But you will find it in the word ke he that means 'okay.' English equivalent him La Phonetic Ojibwe examples h ahaaw 'okay' The remaining consonants are divided into two series, which are called the WEAK consonants and the STRONG consonants. The L weak and strong consonants come in pairs. WEAK b d g J z zh STRONG p t k ch s sh vii �The strong consonants normally do not appear at the beginning of a word, only in the middle or at the end of a word. The weak consonants may occur in any position in a word: beginning, middle, Q end. Notice also that in Anishinaabemowin the sequence of letters sh, ch, and zh are used to io n represent single sounds, even though two letters are used for each. at The following table presents examples of the weak consonants. The second English equivalent uc sound is the one that occurs between vowel (or between n or m and a vowel sound; see the of Ed discussion below in the 'Spelling Notes' section). English equivalent pit, bit Ojibwe examples bine 'partridge' nibi 'water' wewiib 'hurry' d debwe 'really' badaka' igan 'fork' wiisagad 'pepper' Fa cu l ty Sound b time, dime er sit y 0 giiwe 'he/she goes home' nagamo 'he/she is singing' biindig 'inside' j jiimaan 'canoe' agwajiing •outside' amanj igo 'don't know' chip.judge U ni v g zaaga'igan 'lake' gwiiwizens 'boy' waabooz 'rabbit' sit, zip zhiishiib 'duck' bezhig •one' biizh 'bring him!' ship, measure La ke z he ad keep, game zh The following table presents examples of the strong consonants. The strong consonants appear in the middle of a word or at the end of a word, but do not appear at the beginning of a word. viii Q �Ojibwe examples apii 'when' nimbaap 'I laugh· t eta 'only' k ikido 'he/she says' amik 'beaver' ch waasecbigan 'window' miigwech 'thank you' s asin 'stone' wiiyaas 'meat' sh mashi 'yet' ty of Ed uc at io n Sounds p cu l dash 'but, and' Fa A sequence of two strong consonants may also occur in the middle of a word or at the end of a word, but not at the beginning of a word. sit y ( Ojibwe examples miskwi 'blood' sbp ishpiming 'above' ni v U jiishta'igan 'broom' ad sht er Sounds sk weshkad 'long ago' giiyaashk 'seagull' La ke he shk SPELLING NOTES These notes discuss several aspects of Anishinaabemowin spelling and pronunciation. You may find it helpful to read them over as you become more familiar with the materials in the course, and L as you become more accustomed to hearing Anishinaabemowin words and sentences. The pronunciation of words in Anishinaabemowin does not always consistently match the spelling ix �of words in this book. There are several sources of variation in pronunciation which may make the pronunciation of words different from their speliing. Variations in pronunciaton affect both vowels Q and consonants. You may find that some speakers have slightly different pronunciations of some words. and even that a single speaker may vary in the way that they pronounce particular words. In n this book the way that words are written does not reflect these different types of variation. We have of Ed to other speakers of Anishinaabemowin. and follow their pronunciation. uc at io attempted to use a more consistent spelling which can be used by a wide variety of learners and speakers. However as a result language learners will need to listen carefully to their instructors and 1. VOWELS cu l ty The pronunciation of short vowels is subject to several sources of variation. Some of the more common ones are summarized in this section. Fa (a) Dropping of short vowels y A common feature of the dialect of Anishinaabemowin being spoken here is that SHORT VOWELS are 0 er sit frequently dropped. That is. they are not pronounced. Note that long vowels are not affected by this phenomenon. Dropping of vowels is common in everyday speech; when individuals are speaking end of a word. ad U ni v more slowly they may drop vowels less frequently. Vowel dropping occurs at the beginning of words or internal to a word; the type of vowel dropping being discussed here does not occur at the he Vowel dropping is common at the beginning of a word. In the first column we give the full form of ke the word, without vowel dropping. In the second column we give the form of the word with vowel La dropping. In the second column, the location of the vowel which is dropped is marked with an underline(_); this use of underlining appears only in this section. Full Pronunciation Everday Pronunciation Translation agwajiing _gwajiing 'outside' inini _nini 'man• ikwe _kwe 'woman' X 0 �Short vowels may also dropped internal to a word. Everday Pronunciation Translation gwiiwizens gwiiw_zens 'boy' aapiji aap_ji 'very, quite' Ed uc at io n Full Pronunciation As noted above, in this book we write all words in their full form, including all short vowels. This of makes it easier for students to recognize that there is a common word underlying the variations in cu l ty pronunciation which you may hear. Fa (b) Modification of short vowels. you may notice that speakers may pronounce certain words with a different vowel. In particular, sit ( y Apart form the dropping of short vowels, if you listen to different speakers of Anishinaabemowin er where the general pronunciation of a word begins with the short vowel i, you may find that some ni v speakers will have a short a sound at the beginning instead. Compare the first vowel of the words in ad U the next two columns. Bold type highlights the vowels under discussion. Everyday Pronunciation inini anini 'man' ke he General Pronunciation akwe 'woman' La i.kwe (c) Modification of short vowels word-internally. You may also find that sometimes the pronunciation of a short vowel which appears internal to a word may change: sometimes one short vowel is used, and sometimes another. In these examples the vowel under discussion is in bold type; note also that in the word for 'forty' the second vowel is L often dropped, marked here with an underline. xi �General Pronunciation Everyday Pronunciation gisayenh gisiyenh 'your older brother' niimiclana niim_dina 'forty' n 0 at io Listen carefully to your instructor and other speakers of Anishinaabemowin, and follow their models Ed uc for pronunciation. 2. PERSONAL PREFIXES of The pronunciation of the personal prefixes which are used on nouns and verbs is also subject to ty variation. cu l (a) Personal Prefixes Fa Anishinaabemowin has three personal prefixes which appear on verbs and nouns. Here are the basic Meaning ni- •1, me' gi- 0 er Prefix ni v sit y forms of the three prefixes. U 'you' 'he, she' ad o- he Please note that in this section we write the prefixes followed by a hyphen, to indicate that these are ke only word parts, not words. La The pronunciation of the the prefixes may vary depending upon whether the word the prefix is added to begins with a VOWEL or a CONSONANT. Here are examples of the prefixes added to the word makizin 'shoe.' For convenience, in the examples the prefix is in bold type. Ojibwe Word Meaning nimakizin 'my shoe' gimakizin 'your shoe' 0 xii �omakizin 'his/her shoe' When the prefixes are added to a word that begins with a VOWEL, the sound d appears as a 'connector' between the prefix and the main word. These examples show the prefixes added to the word io n aazhogan 'bridge.• Meaning nindaazhogan 1 'my bridge' gidaazhogan 'your bridge' odaazhogan 'his/her bridge' ty of Ed uc at Ojibwe Word cu l (b) The First-Person Prefix Fa The pronunciation of the personal prefix ni- 'I, me,' which is also called the 'first-person personal prefix,• changes depending upon the initial sound of the word it is added to. sit y For words that begin with the sounds m, s, sh, or w the prefix stays the same. nisayenh U nishiime Meaning ni v Ojibwe Word er ( 'my younger sibling' 'I eat' he ad niwiisin 'my older brother' ke If the word begins with the sound b, the sound m is added between the prefix and the beginning of La the word. As well, speakers of Anishinaabemowin will often not pronounce the initial part of the prefix itself. In this book, the variation in pronunciation is reflected by placing the first consonant of the prefix in brackets. It is advisable to listen carefully to your instructor to find out just how he or she pronounces these words. L 1. Further information on the pronunciation of the first-person prefix when added to words that begin with a vowel is given on the following page. xiii �OjibweWord Meaning (n)imbaap 'I laugh' 0 Similar modifications of pronunciation occur when the first-person prefix is added to nouns or verbs io consonants). In these cases the sound n is inserted between the prefix and the beginning of the at WEAK z. zh, (recall that the these are the the sounds referred to as the n that begin with the sounds d, g, j, Meaning (n)indaanis 'my daughter' (n)ingozis 'my son' (n)injiimaan 'my canoe' (n)inzegiz 'I'm afraid' Fa cu l ty Ojibwe Word of Ed of the prefix is written in brackets to reflect the variation in pronunciation. uc word, and it is oftend the case that the initial part of the prefix ni- is dropped. Again, the first letter 0 er sit y (n)inzhaaganaashiim 'I speak English' ni v As noted above, when the first-person prefix is added to a word that begins with a vowel, the sound U d is added between the prefix and the beginning of the word. As well, the sound n is added between the prefix and the inserted d. Here we will repeat the example already given above of ni- added to he ad the noun aazhogan 'bridge,• which begins with a vowel. Meaning (n)indaazhogan 'my bridge' La ke OjibweWord (c) The Second-Person Prefix. The second person prefix 'you' has the form gi-, or gid- when added to a word that begins with a vowel. When added to a word that begins with a g the prefix is often not pronounced. In these cases the prefix is still written - you should listen carefully to your instructor and follow their pronuncia- tion. xiv 0 �OjibweWord Meaning gigiiwe 'you are going home' 3. OTHER VARIATION IN CONSONANTS io n There are other variations in the pronunciation of consonants which occur. You will find, particu- the weak consonant and the vowel will not be pronounced (look at the chart on uc STRONG consonant, at larly at the beginning of a word, that when a WEAK consonant is followed by a short vowel and a Ed page vi to remind yourself of which consonants are weak and which are strong). In the examples an gakina _kina gakiiwe _kiiwe Fa 'all, every' y C ty Everyday Pronunciation cu l General Pronunciation of underline is used to indicate where the consonant and vowel have been deleted. 'portage' sit As with other such cases, we write the word in its full form, and you can listen to your instructor to La ke he ad U ni v er hear how they pronounce these words. L xv �CONTENTS UNIT ONE "What's On The Kitchen Table?"..................................... . "Pass the Bannock Please." - Sounding Syllables - Spelling System - Nouns: Animate and Inanimate - Singular and Plural Lesson Two: "How Much/Many?' ................................................... . - Numbers 1-24 - How many are there? (animate) -How many are there? (inanimate) - Singular and Plural Lesson Three: "What is Your Name?"................................................ . -My name is... -I am from ... - Some Useful Phrase - Translations Lesson Four: "Command!"............................................................ . - Imperatives; singular and Plural - Word Search -Locatives - Some Useful Particles Lesson Five: "What 1s . HeI she D 01ng. . ?".............................................. . 1 24 30 sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n Lesson One: 45 La ke he ad Lesson Six: U ni v er - Intransitive Verbs - Hfshe is Singing - Making Verbs Negative - Personal Pronouns. singular - Questions and Answers - Some Useful Particles and Translation "What Time Is It?" ...................................................... . - Understanding and Practice Writing - Listening and Speaking - Understanding and Practice Writing - Listening and Speaking - Understanding and Practice Writing - Listening and Speaking - Understanding and Practice Writing - Exercise Review Test 56 Review the Words You Know Lessons l-6 .............................................. .. 67 Translation Section Lessons 1-6.............................................................. 70 L xvii �CONTENTS UNIT TWO 0 Lesson Two: Plural Pronouns.......................................................... - Inclusive and exclusive - Let's talk around the table -Dialogues - Diminutives - Introduction to Transitive Verbs - "How is the Weather?" - Some useful expressions Lesson Three: Introduction to the Obviative........................................... - Forming the Obviative - More about verb types - Introduction to possession - New vocabulary - Understanding different classes of words - Introduction to kinship :My family: -Additional vocabulary (optional) - More about TA verbs - New vocabulary 112 Scenery and Useful Articles............................................ - Reading and Understanding - Translation - Mini-dialogues - Introduction to Preverbs - More Preverbs - New Vocabulary and Expressions - Introduction to the Dubitative - More Mini-dialogues 131 Lesson Five: The Sun and The Moon................................................. - Introduction to the Preterit -Dibaajimo - Introduction to the pejorative - Preterit, Pejorative, and Diminutive - Map exercises 143 Lesson Six: Unit 1 Review Lessons 1-6............................................. - Twenty-four articles - Using numbers - Using numbers in verb forms - May I introduce myself? 153 at io n Singular and Plural Nouns and Verbs................................. - "What are they doing?" - Translation - The Voluntative - Some useful expressions - Yesterday, today and tomorrow - Using the tenses - New vocabulary ni v 79 Lesson One: Fa cu l ty of Ed uc 93 er sit y 0 La ke he ad U Lesson Four: xviii 0 �- Imperatives and Locatives - Intransitive verbs (vai) - What time is it? n 157 ty of Ed uc at Unit 2 Review Lessons 1-5............................................. - What are they doing? - Voluntatives - Vocabulary and diminutives - Transitive verbs - How is the weather? - Some useful expression - Obviatives - Possessive nouns - More about TA verbs - Scenery and useful articles - Vocabulary Expressions - Certain and uncertain - More Inanimate Intransitive verbs (VII) - Preterit and geographical terms io ( y Fa cu l Review the Words You Know Lessons 1 - 5............................................... Translation Section Lessons 1 - 6............................................................ Guide to the Glossaries ..........................................................;.............................. Anishinaabemowin - English.................................................................. English - Anishinaabemowin.................................................................. La ke he ad U ni v er sit (_ xix 166 169 203 214 234 �ad he ke La y sit er ni v U ty cu l C Fa of at uc Ed n io r Part One Migizi �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Exercise A r What's on the Kitchen Table? Listen carefully as your instructor says these words. Each word will be repeated three or four times. English translation on page 70. io 1 n a Ed of 8 10 'C9 11 ni v er sit y 9 7 ty Fa ( i 6 cu l i 0 5 uc at 3 1S 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 0 La ke he ad U 14 24 l �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Exercise 8 In this exercise, there are 24 numbered pictures. Accompanying the words is a small box to the left of the word. Using a pencil, write the number which matches the picture in the appropriate box. n s at 12 11 Ed ,lo~ 0 17 ty 14 io -~ :1 ,.0 @] of 7 •✓ 14 uc 20 := I~ 0 Fa __ ,__ 21 __, 22 .I 24 er U giigoo ad mookomaan he zhiiwitaagan nibi La badaka' igan minikwaajigan opin D 0 0 ni v wiiyaas ke □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ sit y 20 cu l . .. .... □ □ □ □ □ waabooz zhiishiib bimide abwewin emikwaanens2 nitiiwakik onaagan okaadaak D D D D □ D D D wiisagad bakwezhiganikaan doodooshaaboo waawan akik bine napenh looloot l The term emikwaanens is used for a 'teaspoon'; the general word for 'spoon' is emikwaan. 2 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 1; LESSON 1 In the Native Language, two different words are used when asking for an article to be brought, or passed to you. The language has a structural rule that divides all nouns into two classes, called GENDER. One gender is called ANIMATE. In this gender, are found all Jiving things, animals, birds, reptiles, bugs, people, etc., and also some other things such as stars, tobacco, drums, fishnets, and kettles that we don't usually think of as living. The other gender is called INANIMATE, and in it are found all the nouns that are not animate. n Since there is no way to figure out whether a noun is animate or inanimate, you will just have to remember each one. cu l ty of Ed uc at io You have already learned the gender of 24 nouns. If you say "biizh" with a noun, it's because it's an animate noun. If you say "biidoon'' it's because the noun is inanimate. For writing and thinking practice, you may now rewrite all 24 nouns with either "biizh" (animate) or "biidoon" (inanimate). Miigwan La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa ( L 3 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Exercise C 1. In this exercise you will need to remember the gender of each of the numbered items below. For each one, in your notebook write the sentence that means "Bring__", and write the gender of the noun in brackets after the sentence. The first two responses have been done for you. 0 For example: 17. wiisagad 9. waabooz 10. zhiishiib 18. bakwezhiganikaan 3. mookomaan 11. bimide 19.doodooshaaboo 4. zhiiwitaagan 12. abwewin 20. waawan 5. nibi 13. emikwaanens 21. akik 6. badaka'igan 14. nitiiwakik 22. bine 7. minikwaajigan 15.onaagan 23.napenh 8. opin 16.okaadaak 24. looloot Fa cu l ty of Ed uc 2. giigoo * at 1. wiiyaas * io n 1 - Biidoon wiiyaas (ni). 2 - Biizh giigoo (na). 0 er sit y 2. In this exercise you will need to refer to the 24 numbered pictures in Unit 1, Lesson 1, Exercise B. For each picture write the sentence that means "Bring_" and write the gender on the same line. The first two responses have been done for you. Gender ni v 1. na U 2. *Biizh giigoo 3. 7. he 13. 14. 15. 16. *Biidoon wiiyaas ni 17. 18. 19. 20. La 8. ke 5. 6. ad 4. Gender 9. 21. 10. 22. 11. 23. 12. 24. 0 4 �INTRODUCTORY·OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Exercise D Using the language that you have learned: You now know the names of 24 items often used on the kitchen table and how to ask for them. The secret to learning the language well will be to !!SE what you learn whenever you get the chance. n In this exercise, work in pairs talcing turns asking for an article to be brought, or passed to you using the word either •'biizh or biidoon". Individual articles in picture form will be provided by the instructor for this exercise. at io Exercise E uc Here are two listening exercises to work on: Ed Assemble all the articles (or pictures of the articles) you see at the beginning of this lesson. frying pan of pepper duck cup water pot cu l ty fish bannock rabbit porridge meat partridge Reading and writing: y C salt fork milk teakettle bread plate carrot lard Fa spoon knife egg potato U he (t) wiiyaas giigoo mookomaan zhii witaagan nibi badaka' igan minikwaajigan opin ad (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) ni v er sit Here is a list of all the articles you have learned, given in mixed order. Use the numbered pictures on page I to match up numbers and letters in the spaces below. ke (g) La (h) L (i) waabooz G) zhiishiib (k) bimide (1) abwewin (m) emikwaanens (n) nitiiwakik (o) onaagan (p) okaadaak 1. 7. 13. 19. 2. 8. 14. 20. 3. 4. 5. 6. 9. 15. 21. 10. 16. 22. 11. 17. 23. 12. 18. 24. 5 wiisagad (r) bakwezhiganikaan (s) doodooshaaboo (t) waawan (u) akik (v) bine (w) napenh (x) looloot (q) �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Exercise F (5) (6) (7) giigoo bakwezhiganikaan bine waabooz wiiyaas napenh waawan doodooshaaboo abwewin looloot opin okaadaak zhiishiib Ed uc (8) akik (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) io (4) nibi nitiiwakik (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) onaagan minikwaajigan mookomaan emikwaanens badaka'igan zhiiwitaagan wiisagad bimide at (1) (2) (3) 0 n For review, listen carefully to your instructor say these following words, and imitate what you hear. You can also practise saying these words with your partner. Exercise G na penh waa wan doo doo shaa boo gii goo loo loot opm o kaadaak zhii shiib y Fa cu l (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) 0 La ke he ad U ni v (5) (6) (7) (8) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) ni bi ni tiiw a kik akik a bwewin ba kwe zhi ga ni kaan bi ne waa booz wii yaas sit (4) (9) o naagan mi ni kwaa ji gan mooko maan e mi kwaa nens ba da ka'i gan zhii wi taa gan wii sa gad bi mi de er (1) (2) (3) ty of Listen carefully as your instructor says these words. Notice how they can be broken down into syllables. To help you identify the syllables we have written a space between each one. 0 6 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect)- UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Exercise H For each of the following words, fill in the missing letters. Then match up the pictures with the words by writing the number which corresponds to each picture beside the correctly spelled word. D D D o ___ g __ _aa ___ z _ii ___ nh 0 i D _aa __ n 0 0 o ___ d __ _ __ ii ____ b ty D a_i_ O __ da __ ' __ a_ D _oo __ m __ _ D e __ k __ a __ n_ n 0 _b ___ i_ 0 __ u_n __ a __ _ 0 l __ l __ t __ ii __ t __ g __ io □ □ □ □ at D _a_ wez_i ___ik __n D _ u.. ___ _ d oo ___ s ___ b uc 0 __ ni _ waa _ i __ _ _n_aa_ Ed _i_e of D cu l D ___ i_e D a enh O_ib_ ~ ./ ~ ~ ~ ,.0 ~ 11 .fu sit .0 t 4 er C 3 5 6 11 12 8 he 7 ad U ni v 1 y Fa C La ke ~ 13 L 19 i \ C, \' ~ 14 16 17 ✓ 0 18 H\~ ~ ~ 20 21 22 7 "I @] 24 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Exercise I 1. Your instructor will say twelve words from the vocabulary you have learned. Listen carefully as your instructor says each word. Then you can either write the word in a square or make a little drawing in the square to represent the word your instructor said. Check your answers with the instructor. Nouns: Animate and Inanimate Ed uc at io n Listening Exercise: Q 3 cu l ty of 2 Fa 0 6 ad U ni v er sit y 5 8 9 11 12 La ke he 7 IO 2. Now. go back over each of the words and for each one decide whether you would say "biidoon" or "biizh." Write your answers in the squares. 8 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 1; LESSON 1 ExerciseJ Look back to the pictures at the beginning of this lesson and listen while your instructor gives the plural fonns of these nouns. Did you notice that there are two kinds of "endings" that form the plural? The ending -n is heard on ______ nouns. The ending -g is heard O D - - - - - nouns. Plural biizh emikwaanens -ag ty cu l Fa minikwaaiilrnn zhiiwitaagan io nitiiwakik zhiishiib mookomaan 2iiswo badaka'igan ooin ni v er bakwezhii!anikaan sit looloot y doodooshaaboo Noun onaagan wiivaas ( Gender of Noun Ed Do the following exercise as shown in the example: ':;ender at uc The plural endings of"animate" nouns are ____ , _ , and _ _ n The plural endings of "inanimate" nouns are _ _ _ , _ , and_ _ . waabooz abwewin waawan bimide akik ad U okaadaak wiisagad he bine napenh La ke nibi L 9 Plural �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Introduction to Numbers Using numbers is part of daily life. Numbers are found everywhere. Now you will learn the numbers from 1 to 24 in Anishinaabemowin (Western Ojibwe). This will be especially useful to you as you will hear the numbers from 1 to 24 constantly in the lessons that follow. 0 n In this exercise, you will be introduced to the numbers 1 to 24 in Anishinaabemowin. After completing these lessons, you will be able to ask the question Aaniin minik? ("How much/How many?") and respond appropriately by stating a number from 1 to 24. Look at the numbers on the opposite page. 2. You will hear the Anishinaabemowin words for the numbers from 1 to 24. uc at io 1. Practice makes perfect: Practice until you are sure that you can name each number. You must know them well in order to do the rest of the exercises. 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty 3. of Ed Listen as the instructor calls the numbers in the order that they are shown in the pictures. Each number will be repeated three times. Makizinan (plural form) 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Exercise A Listen carefully as your instructor says these words. The English translations are on page 70. La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n 4 L 11 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Exercise B 0 Reading and writing practice: In this exercise, you will practice recognizing the words in writing for numbers. Listen carefully as your instructor says these words. Notice how they can be broken down into syllables. io at uc Ed Fa cu l ty of Mi daa so ashi ni swi Mi daa so ashi nii win Mi daa so ashi naa nan Mi daa so ashi nin go dwaa swi Mi daa so ashi nii zhwaa swi Mi daa so ashi ni shwaa swi Mi daa so ashi zhaan ga swi Niish ta na Niish ta na ashi be zhig Niish ta na ashi nii zhin Niish ta na ashi ni swi Niish ta na ashi naa nan Be zhig Nii zhin Ni swi Nii win Naa nan Nin go dwaa si Nii zhwaa swi Ni shwaa swi Zhaan ga swi Mi daa swi Mi daa so ashi be zhig Mi daa so ashi niizhin n Note: The word ashi found in many numbers above 'ten' is also pronounced shi in informal speech. sit y Exercise C 0 er In this exercise, you will practice pronunciation and recognizing the number words. On the next page are twenty.four boxes labelled A to X. In each box are 5 numbers. 2. The instructor will tell you which row you are to look at, then he/she will call a number in Anishinaabemowin and you are to circle the number that you hear. 3. Remember to use a pencil to mark your answers so that you can try this exercise again if you wish. he ad U ni v l. La ke * As an example, the answer in Row A have been circled for you. 0 12 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 I 20 8 12 9 5 I I I I I ol 8 4 11 20 21 I 22 15 2 7 10 Fl 3 12 9 1 5 17 3 9 23 14 HI 116 16 14 11 2 8 18 13 24 J Kl 16 2 19 22 6 Ml 4 8 11 21 20 0 9 12 3 5 1 Q 16 2 6 11 14 I at io I 9 10 24 13 4 LI 23 15 3 19 23 NI 20 22 12 17 9 er sit y Fa ( U ni v p 1 15 6 10 4 10 4 9 13 24 Tl 2 10 22 15 7 u 15 3 21 23 19 vi 23 3 9 17 14 wl 17 9 20 12 22 xi 13 24 2 18 8 ke he ad 5 20 8 12 9 La L I RI s n 2 16 19 22 6 B uc G © I Ed E 6 10 1 15 of C I ty A cu l r 13 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Exercise D 0 This Exercise will give you more practice recognizing words for numbers. On the next page are twenty-four boxes labelled A to X. 2. The instructor will tell you which box to look at. Then he will call the number in Anishinaabemowin and you are to write the number that you hear, (you don't have to write number in Ojibwe). 3. Remember to use a pencil to mark your answers so that you can try this exercise again if you wish. 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n 1. Wiigiwaam (Tent) 0 )4 �B C D E F G H I J K L C Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io A n INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 0 p R s T V w X N u La ke he ad U ni v er sit y M L 15 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Exercise E In this exercise, you will learn a question, Aaniin minik "How much/many?" and you will answer by naming a number from one to twenty-four (1 to 24). On the next page are boxes labelled A to X. 2. The instructor will tell you which box you are to look at. Then he will ask you a question "How many?" You are to answer by saying out loud the number of dots that you see in each box. 3. The instructor will give you the answer so that you can check to see if you are correct. 4. When you have completed the exercise, practice more until you can easily state the number of dots you see in each box. 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n 1. Q Miskwaadesi (turtle) 0 16 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 2 A B C D • •••• ••••• ••••• • •••• • ••• • • • ••• ••••• • • • • • • • • • • E F G • • • • • • • • • • • I J K • • ••• • • ••• • •• •• • • •••• • • ••••• • ••• • • • •• • • y sit er ni v • • • R n io at uc • • • • • • • • 0 p • •••• •• ••••• •• •• • ••••• • • ••• • s T • • u V w X • • •• • • •• •• • • ••• • ••••• • • ••• • •• • ••• •• •••• ••• ••••• • •••• • •••• • ••• • •••• U ••••• ••• ••••• ad he ke La L • ••• • ••••• • ••• -···· • ••• • L • ••• • • •••• • •••• • ••• Ed of cu l ty ••••• • • ••• •• • • • • • H ••••• N M • • • •• •• • Fa ( • • •••••• •••• 17 • �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Exercise F 0 Zhaangaswi = N) Midaaso ashi bezhig = C) Midaaso ashi niizhin = 0) Midaaso ashi nishwaaswi = D) Niizhwaaswi = P) Midaaso ashi zhaangaswi = E) Naanan= Q) Midaaso ashi naanan = F) Niizhin = R) Niishtana ashi bezhig = G) Midaaso ashi niizhin = S) Midaaso ashi ningodwaaswi = H) Nishwaaswi = T) Niishtana ashi niiwin = I) Midaaso ashi niswi = U) Midaaso ashi niizhwaaswi = J) Bezhig = V) K) Midaaso = L) Niiwin = uc Ed of ty cu l Niishtana ashi niizhin = Fa B) 6 io Niishtana = Ningodwaaswi = at M) A) n Reading exercise for number recognition. Do the exercise as shown in example A. Niswi = X) Niishtana ashi niswi = 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y W) 0 18 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Exercise G In this exercise, fill in the missing letters for each of the following words. The numbers are in order. N id_a_o_s_ _ _ _sw_ _ _ _ _ _ aas_ b z _idasoa _ _ n ng__w_ M_ _a_sw_ N_ _zh_ _ z___ _g Ni_ _ M _ _aa_ _ a_iin_ _w_n B_ _ h_g z wai M_d_ _ so _sh_ b_zh _g _id_o a i n zh n M_d_ _ s_ _ sh_ n_sh_ _as_ _ N _ _g_dw_ _ _s_ _ M_ a o _sh_ n _ _g_d_a N _ _ zh_n N_ _z_ _ a_s_ _ Nsh__ a a i ii i _ M _ _ _ oa h z _ ng_s N_ _shta_ _ _ _i_ _t_na as_ _ _ _ _wi n N_ _ n__ Ni_sh_ _ _ _ as_i _ _ana of ty cu l ad U ni v er sit y Fa ( he io Ed uc wi N_sh_ _ _sw_ Aamoo (bee) La ke _aa a at _ d a o_s L 19 i �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Exercise H Using Numbers in Verb Forms: 0 In this lesson, you have learned to count from 1 to 24. Often, numbers are in verb form, as in: A. Bezhigo waabooz. There is one rabbit, the rabbit is alone. Q. Aaniin endasingin? How many (inanimate)? A. Bezhigwan waawan. There is one egg, the egg is alone. io n Q. Aaniin endasiwaad? How many (animate)? Ed uc at Notice that in order to use "verbs" of number, you must know whether what you are describing is animate or inanimate. Listen carefully as your instructor says these sentences. Check with your instructor to make sure you understand what they mean. English translation on page 70. Bezhigwan waawan. Niizhiwag binewag. Niizhinoon onaaganan. Nisiwag giigooyag. Nisinoon mookomaanan. Niiwiwag emikwaanensag. Niiwinoon badaka'iganan. Naananiwag okaadaakwag. Naananinoon waawanoon. Fa cu l ty of Bezhigo waabooz. Ningodwaasinoon minikwaajiganan. Nishwaasinoon wiiyaasan. Zhaangasinoon doodooshaaboon. Midaasinoon abwewinan. La ke he ad U ni v Zhaangasiwag nitiiwakikwag. er Nishwaasiwag zhiishiibag. sit Niizhwaasinoon bimiden. Niizhwaasiwag akikwag. Midaasiwag binewag. 0 y Ningodwaasiwag bakwezhiganikaanag. 0 20 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Exercise I ( Read and answer each question correctly using the appropriate number verb. The first one has been done for you. 5. Aaniin endasingin? at io n 1. Aaniin endasi waad? uc Nisiwag akikwag 6. Aaniin endasingin? cu l ty of Ed 2. Aaniin endasiwaad? Fa ( 7. Aaniin endasingin? sit y 3. Aaniin endasiwaad? U ni v er 100000 00000 8. Aan endasingin? La ke he ad 4. Aaniin endasiwaad? L 21 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 ExerciseJ In Ojibwe, for each picture, write the appropriate fonn of the question .. how many" in Severn dialect and answer with the correct ..number verb" fonn. Q 5. ty of :r sit ~@)~~ ~~~ r ni v U ad 0 7. er 3. y Fa ;: e' ?' 0 6. cu l 2. Ed uc at io n 1. , - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8. La ke he 4 . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 0 22 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Exercise K The following two columns give the Animate and Inanimate number verbs for numbers eleven through twenty-four. Inanimate Verb Form Midaaso ashi bezhig dasinoon. Midaaso ashi niizhin dasinoon. Midaaso ashi niswi dasinoon. Midaaso ashi niiwin dasinoon. Midaaso ashi naanan dasinoon. Midaaso ashi ningodwaaso dasinoon. Midaaso shi niizhwaaso dasinoon. Midaaso ashi nishwaaso dasinoon. Niishtana ashi zhangaso dasinoon. Nishtana dasinoon. Niishtana ashi bezhig dasinoon. Niishtana ashi niizhin dasinoon. Niishtana ashi niswi dasinoon. Niishtana ashi niiwin dasinoon. of Ed uc at io n Animate Verb Form Midaaso ashi bezhig dasi wag. Midaaso ashi niizhing dasiwag. Midaaso ashi niswi dasiwag. Midaaso ashi niiwin dasiwag. Midaaso ashi naanan dasiwag. Midaaso ashi ningodwaaso dasiwag. Midaaso ashi niizhwaaso dasiwag. Midaaso ashi nishwaaso dasiwag. Midaaso ashi zhaangaso dasiwag. Niishtana dasiwag. Niishtana ashi bezhig dasiwag. Niishtana ashi niizhin dasiwag. Niishtana ashi niswi dasiwag. Niishtana ashi niiwin dasiwag. cu l zhiiwitaaganan bakwezhiganikaanag onaaganan opiniin nitiiwakikoog nibiin Fa y mookomaanan akikwag okaadaakwag wiisagadan doodooshaaboon waaboozoog giigoonyag abwewinan zhiishiibag napenyag bimiden sit ( minikwaajiganan emikwaanensag wiiyaasan waawanoon binewag badaka' iganan ty Here are the plural forms of twenty-four nouns. Some are animate and some are inanimate. ni v er Using nouns of your choice from the above list, give the appropriate question that means "How many_ _ are there?" in the first column. Then in the second column, give the answer that uses the appropriate form of the number verb. The first two have been done for you. U 1. Aaniin endasingiin minikwaajiganan? 2. Aan endasiwaad emikwaanensag? Midaaso ashi bezhig dasinoon minkwaaiignanan. Niishtana dasiwag emikwaanensag. he ad 3. - - - - - - - - - - - - 4. - - - - - - - - - - - - - ke 5. - - - - - - - - - - - - 6. - - - - - - - - - - - - La 7. - - - - - - - - - - - - 8. - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9. -_ -_ -_ --_ -_10.___ ___ 11._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 12._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ L 13._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 14._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 15._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 23 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Exercise A May I Introduce Myself! 0 Before you begin listening to the instructor, read these instructions: When you listen to the instructor, you will hear in Anishinaabemowin: - the number of the picture you are to look at. - the instructor will ask, "Aaniin ezhinikaazoyan ?" ("What is your name?" ) (N)indizhinikaaz." ("My name is (shown in the picture)".) - an answer," 2) Follow the pictures 1 to 7 below as the names shown are used in the answer. Listen carefully as the instructor repeats each question and answer 2 times. 1. Don of Ed uc at io n 1) 3. Paul YourName 4. Maida 0 6. Dolores er sit 5. Elame y Fa cu l ty 2. David ni v Exercise B U Before you begin listening to the instructor, read these instructions. Look at the illustrations on the opposite page. Notice that there are six pictures around the map. Each box has an arrow pointing to a community on the map from which each person illustrated comes from. 2) When you listen to the instructor, you will hear in Anishinaabemowin: - the number of the picture you are to look at. - the question, "Aandi wenjiiyan?" ("Where are you from?") - the answer, "(N)indoonjii." ("I am from (the community shown on the map)".) La ke he ad 1) 3) Look at each picture and listen to the instructor ask the question. Follow the arrow pointing to the community on the map. Then you will hear the answer to the question, naming the community shown. 4) Keep practicing until you feel comfortable with the questions and answers. 24 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect)- UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Exercise B r Ed uc at io n 1 • KJNGFISHERLAKE ty of DEER.LAKE • he ad U ni v er sit y C • AROLAND Fa () cu l GRASSY NARROWS• La ke \ L 4 YOURCOMMUNITY s 25 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Exercise C io • at R>RT SBYERN Ed uc _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (n)indoonjll Q n In this exercise, you are talking to each of the following people. Write their answers in the spaces below their names. • BIO TRO~ I WAPEICBICA PAUL I KASmONIKA ty UJCE DON of BBARSICIN UJCE SACHIGO l..AEE I cu l .LONODOOL • IWBBPQUIE - - - - - - - - - 0 .UMMBR BEAVER Fa WEA sit y e LANSDOWNE DAVID REDLAICB ni v I er e CATLAICB eR>ltTHOPB I PICKLE l..AEE ARMSTRONG AU.AN WA1Ell I UX LOOKOt.rr • PBRLAND • CXlllNS e I AUDEN IDRYDEN I ke he ad U LACSEUL La MAIDA .NEWSIA1EP ALLS GBRALDTON .NIPIOON ------------ lllUNDE:l t~ DOLORES 0 26 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect)- UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Exercise D at io • BIG TRO~ I WAPl!ICEKA I cu l ICINGFISlfl ILONGOOGL t WBAOOMOW WUNNUNINI..AICE t NOR.TII SPIRIT tWEBF.QUIE LAKE t LANSDOWNE y • ---------- .UMMPJl BEAVP.R. Fa ( KASIBONIKA ty LUE • I of ''BA'JSKJN LAKB SACIDGO 1..A1CE I MUSDAT DAM Ed uc R>RTSEVBRN n Give each of the following people a name and a place that they come from. Then working with a partner, ask and answer questions about them. sit MAC>OWEU.. LAICE CATI..AICE ni v er t REDI..AICE ad INEW Sl.A'll! PAU.S ARMSTRONG All.AN WA'JEll I I SIOUX LOOKOUT • FERLAND • • CXlllINS I I AUDEN DRYDEN OUU.BAYe I La ke he I PICKLE l.ilB t LAC SEUL U I tR>RTHOPE tNJPIGON THUNDER. BAYI 27 GERALDTON �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Exercise E 0 SOME USEFUL PHRASES Yes No Thank you What is your name? My name is _ _ __ Where are you from? lam from _ _ Me too. How about you? Say it again. Say it slowly. Do you understand? Yes, I understand. I do not understand. What is that (inanimate)? Who is/what is that (animate)? What is his/her name? His/her name is _ _ Eya Gaawiin Miigwech Aaniin ezhinikaazoyan? (N)indizhinikaaz Aandi wenjiiyan? (N)indoonjii. Geniin Giin dash (wiin)? Miinawaa ikidon! Bekaa ikidonH Ginisidotaan ina? Eya, ninisidotaan. Gaawiin ninisidotanziin. Wegonen awe? 1 Awenen awe? Aaniin ezhinikaazod? _ izhinikaazo. 2. Fill in the missing words using the words above. Write English translations in this column. Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n 1. Q y Check your translations from the above list. sit 1. Mary _ _ __ 5. Miinawaa _ __ ad 6. _ _ _ ikidon! U 4. _ _ _wenjiiyan? ni v 3. Thunder Bay _ __ er 2. Aaniin _ _ _ __ 8. he 7. Giin _ _ _ wiin? ina? La ke 9. Eya, 10. Gaawii•.___ _ _ __ 11. _ _ _ _ _ awe? 12. Awenen _ _ _ _ __ 13. Aaniin _ _ _ __ 14. Tanya._ _ __ l An alternative way of saying 'what is that?' is Wegonen dinokaan awe? The word dinokaan is often pronounced nikaan or dnikaan. 28 Q �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect)- UNIT 1; LESSON 3 3. For each of the following words, fill in the missing letters. _ _n _zh _ _k _z. Aa _ _ _ _ hi_ k z _ Aa _ _ i w _ _ _ _iy _? _i_d_ _nj_ _. K _ _ _ _n. n? G_ _n d_ _ _ w _ _ _? t _n _ _a? at _ _d n n i_id_ _ ! _ek_ _ G 1_ _ _ 00! io M _ _n_w_ _ ___ n n _ o aa si n. _ Ed G uc _y_ n_n_ _id_t_ _n. A _ _ n _ _h n_k _ _ _? ___ e in __ k _ ? o of Aa ty _zh_ _ _k_ _z_. Write these in English: 1. Naansii (n)indizhinikaaz. 2. Biizh zhiishiib. 3. Miinawaa ikidon! 4. Biidoon wiiyaas ! 5. Aandi wenjiiyan? 6. Biidoon onaagan! 7. Biizh okaadaak ! 8. Geniin. 9. Giin dash wiin? 10. Webique (n)indoonjii. 11. Ginisidotaan ina? 12. Miigwech. ad Write these in Ojibwe: 1. I don't understand. 2. Bring the salt! 3. Bring the fork! 4. Bring the partridge! 5. What is your name? 6. How about you? La ke he (b) U ni v er sit (a) Fa Complete these exercises: y ( cu l Exercise F (c) L 7. What is that (animate)? 8. Bring the teakettle! 9. I am from Thunder Bay. 10. Say it slowly! 11. My name is Nancy. 12. Bring the bread! Ask and answer these questions in Ojibwe: 1. Do you understand? 2. What is his/her name? 3. Where are you from? 4. My name is___ How about you? 5. I am from _ _ _ How about you? 6. What is your name? 29 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise A Introduction to Imperatives Imperatives are those words we use when we want to "tell" someone what to do. They are, in fact, commands. Now you will learn ten imperatives in the following lesson. 0 In this exercise, you will be introduced to sentences for making commands or imperatives. On the opposite page are pictures of ten imperative sentences. When you listen to the instructor, you will hear the number of the picture you are to look at, and an imperative statement. They are presented in this order. For your convenience, each word is written twice, the first time in 'regular' writing, and the second time with the word broken into syllables. English translations are on page 71. Ed of ty cu l 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Biin di gen Na ma da bin Nii ba win Bii zhaan Maajaan Booda wen Gii wen Nagamon Ni baan Wa ni shkaan Biindigen! Namadabin! Niibawin! Biizhaan! Maajaan! Boodawen! Giiwen! Nagamon! Nibaan! W anishkaan! must think er sit y You are to clearly understand what imperative statement each picture represents. Once you are certain that you know which statement each picture represents. you of these sentences in Anishinaabemowin only. ni v Look at each picture and listen as an instructor repeats each imperative statement. Keep practicing on your own until you are sure you can easily recognize and use these ten imperatives. La ke he ad U 3) 0 Fa 1. 2. 3. 4. uc at io n 1) 2) 0 30 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) ~ UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise A 1 io n yJe\ton.e 2 cu l ty of Ed uc at 3 4 5 U ni v er sit y Fa C La ke he ad 6 8 9 L 31 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise B 0 In this exercise, you will practice recognizing imperatives. On the opposite page are six rows labelled A to F. In each row are four pictures representing the imperatives you are studying. In the upper left hand comer of each picture is a small box. 2) When you listen to the instructor, he will tell you which row you are to look at. Then you will hear in Western Ojibwe an imperative expression. In each row you may hear more than one imperative. 3) Place a check mark or a number in the box matching the imperative you hear. As an example, the first row has been done for you. Pay particular attention to the pronunciation as you are at io n 1) 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc going along doing the exercise. Jiiweganaabizhiish (dragonfly) 0 32 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 cu l ty of Ed uc at io n Exercise B ni v er sit y Fa ( U Er---,--------------r------~-.------. .. ... ~ ad ROW ~ La ke he " 33 ~ �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise C 0 Listening: Your instructor will give some commands. Watch for clues as to meaning, and try to respond correctly to each command. Notice that sometimes the instructor is speaking to only one person (singular) and sometimes to two or more people at once (plural). Here are the imperatives you'll be asked to do (in any order). Maajaan Maajaayog Giiwen Giiweyog Nibaan Nibaayog Biindigen Biindigeyog Boodawen Boodaweyog Nagamon Nagamoyog Biizhaan Biizhaayog Namadabin Namadabiyog Wanishkaan Wanishkaayog Write the correct imperative for each of the following: io at uc cu l ty 2. of SINGULAR IMPERATIVES n Niibawin Niibawiyog Ed 1. Fa 0 2. ni v er sit y 1. 5. ....__ _ _ ____, 4. La ke he ad U 3. 6. 7. 0 9. 34 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise D PLURAL IMPERATIVES io n Write the correct plural imperatives for each of the following: 2. cu l ty of Ed uc at L 4. y Fa C sit .,_ -- ni v er .:I, 1/2_ t I. 8. La ke he ad 6. U _J;;_ L 35 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise E 0 Reading and Writing: Here are the words you have been using. Try sorting them out for meaning by filling in the chart below. Your instructor will help you check your answers. For the plural imperatives, notice that the ending is yog. These endings are listed. Boodawen Boodaweyog Maajaan Maajaayog Nagamon Nagamoyog Giiwen Giiweyog Biizhaan Biizhaayog Nibaan Nibaayog Namadabin Namadabiyog Biindigen Biindigeyog Wanishkaan Wanishkaayog Ed uc at io n Niibawin Niibawiyog of s·meuar I ty Come in! Plural cu l Stand up! Go away! Fa Go home! Go to sleep! y Sit down! 0 sit Come here! er Make (build) a fire ni v Sing! U Get up! ad Speaking: La ke he When you think you've heard and understood the commands well, try telling someone (or several people) to do some of these things. If you do it successfully, you should have all the people making the appropriate responses. 0 36 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise F Fill in the missing letters to complete the words. 1. B __nd_g_n 2. N__b_w_n 3. _iizh__n 4. B__d_w_y_g 5. N___d_b_y__ 6. _iiw__ _g 7. _ii_a_iy__ 9. _ii_aw__o_ 13. __m_d___n 10. __nish_aa_ 11. _oo_a_e 15. Wan___k___o_ 8. _aa_aa_ 12. _a_ad__iy__ 14. N_g_m_n 18. _ii__a_ey __ 19. G__w __n io 17. _a_a_o_ _g 16. _ii__aa_o_ 20. M_j___ _g n r at Exercise G Sin211lar Imperative cu l ty of English Ed uc In this exercise, fill in the chart below by using the words from the previous page exercise E. La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa C L 37 Plural Imperative �INTROD UCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise H-1 0 Word Search: 1. The words listed in 1-30 below can be found in the puzzle. Look for these and circle each one as you find it. 0 T E E H N 0 A N s s I N I A A N N N N 0 A A MA N G H 0 A z 0 N I N N I B I B A I I z N z H n io at 0 D A I B N I G N I uc ws I N A z E G MI z A y A AN H B A y N D I A ' y 0 0 I B N A N 0 s 0 I N I N H s N I M J I A I s I I I A s H B I B D I H D I N I D N 0 D WMOO D A A N T 0 I p A A A B N I WA A w A N A B N A H I N I I B A B A K WA Ed H I D B E G I N E N E of s I G I N E ty B A A H WI A A N N A T 0 B 0 0 0 D MO D E z H D A G I G A A B 0 0 B N MO A I K A MON AMA A Z N H I N s MI cu l s N D A s H N I K 0 0 B I s 0 E z A B z H H A H E A B I y s A G A A K A • H A 0 G A A B D A N I z H I N N A G A I B A D N A T A A 0 s K E N 0 Fa I s A D N E N I I N A A 0 sit y D I G 0 G I B A WE N E D I B s N A M I N I I G I N KE I N I N I N N z G I I G 0 0 E G D I WI N 0 0 MB A I I DO 0 D I WI D G E N A AW I D A A N I I N A N I G E N B s p WMA B I I s A B B I N MI D G A AW I I 1. giin dash wiin? = 2. biizh = he 5. niiwin = ad U 3. nibaan = 4. aaniin endasingin? = ni v er 2. For each of the following give the English translation. ke 6. bezhig = 7. gaawin = 19. midaaso = 20. waabooz = 21. eya = 22. niswi = 23. giiwen = La 8. giigoo = 16. zhiishiib = 17. eya, ninisidotaan = 18. awenesh nikaan? = 9. geniin = 10. doodooshaaboo = 11. biizhaan = 12. (n)indoonjii = 24. nagamon = 25. wiisagad = 26. aaniin ezhinikaazod? = 27. midaaso ashi niizhin = 13. bimide = 14. naanan = 28. zhiiwitaagan? = 15. namadabin = 29. waawan= 30. bine= 38 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise H-2 Word Search: There are thirty Ojibwe words or phrases in the puzzle. As you find each one, circle the letters. Then write the Ojibwe word or phrase in the appropriate space in 1-30 below. I io n A A 0 B K A A WN I A N N A I I A p N A I N D I B A N D A I I WE I A WI A G G K s WNA E 0 A S N A N H A A I B A A WAH MD 0 D W Z A I N 0 H 0 A N A G Z D J E N N I I A N WI I G A 0 I N N I N 0 D 0 0 B I B of ty s E ' Ed G N I I 0 I N N MI A I s G I I I s D H A 0 z G T E 0 A WI A K I N A ' I B N N N A A 0 y E WI A N A B A D N A G 0 y E WA at K 0 uc 0 N A H I J I N A WI A G A N A N K A B I E p A s H I A A N H A N s H I E N E N A S N E N A WE A N D A A N K ' A y E I E N s E A B N A I B N I E N WA A I A N A K G N A N A B A A A s D A A G cu l K I D K H s T A A 0 s A N A I WH A A A K AWE N K B H N 0 H I N H T A N I T K I T C H s I y A WA A K I N Fa A I A A WI T I I N I I N I I p K A A A I z I s p 0 I s WE WI s H s H er 1. Bring it (animate)= 2. plate= ad U ni v 3. No= 4. Water= 5. Metoo= 6. Bannock= he 7. Meat= Yes= Salt= Thank you= Carrot= Say it slowly= Partridge = Come in! = How many (animate)?= 24. Do you understand?= 25. Go home(plu.)! = 11. Nine= 12. Two= 13. Six= 26. Stand up!= 27. Wake/get up! = 28. Who/what's that (animate)?= 14. Eight= 15. Seven= 29. Go/go away!= 30. Build a fire (plural)! = La L 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. ke 8. Bread= 9. An egg= 10. Twenty= sit y C B E K A I z N N s H I I B A WI N A A B B N B s 0 G I I D A I N N s N N I WA N B I N I I I N I 0 MN I G I B I MI I G C H I I B I N I N I B A 39 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) ~ UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise I - 1 Introduction to Nouns: 2 s 6 4 7 Listen as your instructor pronounces the names of the things pictured above. After you have heard each word several times, try to match the pictures to the words written below: English translations are on page 71. 0 ombaasin• U ishkwaandem ni v gizhaabikizigan er sit y 1. Fa cu l ty of Ed 8 uc at io n 1 0 # # # nibaagan # # # # # # # # wiigiwaam3 # ad jiimaan apabiwin he waakaa' igan ke waasechigan La odaabaanens adoopowin babagiwayaanegamig2 1 The word ombaasin is often pronounced 'ambwaasin.' Some speakers may also use other words such as gaa-ombaasing or bimisewin. 2,3 The word babagiwayaanegamig is used for 'canvas tent'; wiigiwaam is a word for 'tent' in general. 40 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 2. Fill in the missing letters to complete the words. The numbers are in order from section 3 below. Check your own spelling. 1. a _ _ _ p _ _ _ n 2. _ _ab_ _ _n 3. g _ _ _ aa _ _ _ _ z _ _ _ n 4. w _ _ s _ _ h a at io n 5. n ew n 6.i _ _ _ wa _ _ _ e_ 7. w _ _k _ _ _ g _ _ 8. b_j _ _ _ h _ _ _ o _ _ _ n Ed uc 9. o aa n 10. j _ _ m __ _ 11. b _ _ a_i_wa _ _ _ ne _ _ _ _g ty 7. waa kaa 'i gan Fa 1. a doo po win 8. ba jiish ka 'o gaan 5. ni baa gan 1 L ba ba gi wa yaa ne ga mig 12. o daa baan ke he ad U ni v 6. ish kwaan dem 10. jii maan er 4. waa se chi gan 9. om baa sin sit 3. gi zhaa bi ki zi gan y 2. a pa bi win La C Listen carefully as your instructor repeats these words. Notice the words are broken down into syllables. This will help you to concentrate on pronunciation. cu l 3. of 12. o _ _ _ b_ _ n 41 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise I - 2 Introduction to Locatives 0 Ed uc at io n 2 6......:11---....11.._ 0 y Fa cu l ty of 5 er sit Now, watch and listen as your instructor repeats the names of the items you have just learned. Pay special attention to the new ending on each word. The English translation are on page 71. ombaasinini jiimaaning waakaa' iganing odaabaaning babagiwayaanegamigQn& wiigiwaami..n& ke he ad U gizhaabik.iziganing ishkwaandeming apabiwinin.i waasechiganing adoopowin.ini nibaaganing ni v LOCATIVE means the form that tells you where something is located. La Remember, locative endings can mean "in," "at" or "on." Repeat the pronunciation as many times as you want. When you think you understand the names of the items with the locative endings, learn the word for "where." It should look like this: "Aandi." Now that you know these locative forms, in this exercise, work in pairs. Your partner will now ask you questions such as: "Aandi minikwaajigan?" or "Aandi mookomaan?" by referring to the following pictures. By taking turns asking and answering questions, complete this exercise until you have mastered these questions and answers. 42 Q �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise J How can you make a noun locative? (a) (b) (c) Usually, just add /-ing/ to the simple noun. However, if the simple noun ends with a /-g/, add /-ong/ instead. And, if the simple noun ends in a vowel, just add /-ng/. n A few nouns don't follow these rules, but they will be pointed out to you as we come to them. at io Using what you have learned: Ed uc To continue practicing with locative forms, look back to the 24 pictures on page 1 of your text. For exercise writing, list those 24 articles with locative forms and underline the locative endings. Continue reading and writing practice: cu l biinjayi •ii zhiibaaya' ii beshonjiya'ii jiigayi'ii inside it under it closer to it by it y C along side it on top of it under it beyond it Fa opimeya'ii wagijiya' ii anaamiya'ii awasaya'ii ty of If you want to be more specific about a location, it is helpful to use one of the following words with the locative form of the noun: La ke he ad U ni v ashi! atoon! bakite'o! gwayak na! bangii eta bangii eta (o)sha! i' imaa, imaa o' omaa, omaa omwaadi 1 wedi i'iwedi waasa aaniinpii? apii er New Vocabulary sit (biindig (indoors) and agwajiing (outdoors) are used without nouns.) put him! (animate) put it! (inanimate) hit him! well (correctly, thoroughly) look! a little bit only only a little bit emphatic particle there here over here, this way there that (inanimate) over there way over there, far when? (in question only) when 1 The word omwaadi is probably a contraction of omaa 'here' and owidi 'over here.' 43 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 ExerciseK Working in pairs with the language. Read until you understand well the following mini-dialogues. Translations of the dialogues may be found on page 71. (b) Biizhaan! Aandi? Owedi! Namadabin omwaadi! Atoon miijim adoopowining. Aandi zhiiwitaagan gaye wiisagad? Imaa opimeya'ii onaaganing. Biizh bakwezhiganikaan gaye bimide. Gegiin wiisinin ! Ahaaw, miigwech. Ed uc at io (a) • Na! Wedi! Aandi? Iwidi! Awenen a'a? Waabooz gaye bine. Aazha ninisidotaan ! Bine gaye waabooz. Aazha ninisidotaan. Miigwech. 0 n 1. Using what you have learned, now, write two mini-dialogues of your own by trying to use all the nouns and verbs and particles that you can think of. 3. Continue working in pairs with the language. Share what you have learned and take turns with your partner sharing your own dialogue. Make sure that you both understand! cu l ty of 2. Review this lesson with your instructor. Pay particular attention to pronunciation. 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y 4. Fa Note: At this time, your instructor will be concentrating on pronunciation and grammatical structure. 0 44 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 1; LESSON 5 Introduction to Intransitive Verbs (VAl) What is an intransitive verb? An intransitive verb is a word that: - describes what the activity is. - describes what the state is. - describes what the condition is. In the Native language, all intransitive verbs are complete sentences. For example, "Anokii" means "He/she is working." English translations of the following verbs may be found on page 72. io n Exercise A of Ed uc at (1) cu l Fa ( ty - :========== . . . .--;; ; ._----"" '-; . ._-----_ ~ ::====:::::~ !:::::~~~~= U ni v er sit y ....J- (4) wiisini (5) aakozi (8) debisinii he ad The pictures above show persons who are: (1) nagamo (2) nishkaadizi (3) nibaa ke (9) boodawe (6) giiwe ( 10) jiibaakwe (7) niimi (11) anokii (12) odamino La Watch the pictures as you listen to your instructor. (2) Pronunciation Practice: As your instructor says these words, listen to how they are broken down into syllables. (1) na ga mo (2) nish kaa di zi (3) ni baa (4) wii si ni (6) gii we (7) nii mi (8) de bi si nii (5) aa ko zi (9) boo da we (10) jii baa kwe (11) a no kii 45 (12) o da mi no �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Ojibwe) - UNIT 1; LESSON 5 (3) Practice speaking with a partner by asking questions and giving answers. First, learn the sentence for "What is he/she doing?" It should look like this: "Aaniin endoodang?" Your partner will now ask you questions such as: "Aaniin endoodang?" the answer would be "Nagamo" or "Anokii" etc. Pay particular attention to good pronunciation on both questions and answers. Repeat taking turns asking questions and answers until you have completely mastered the pronunciation. Example: 0 n Question: Aaniin endoodang? Answer: Nagamo at Fill in the blank spaces for your answers by using the pictures from the previous page. 2.___________ 3.__________ 4._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 5.__________ 6.___________ 7.,_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 8. ___________ 9. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 10. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 12. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ of Ed uc Aaniin endoodang? l. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ty (4) io Exercise writing cu l 11 . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 0 In this exercise, you will continue practice speaking with your partner by asking questions and answers. This time, your partner will ask questions such as, "Is Mary going home?" Translation in the Native language should look like this: "Giiwe na Mary?" For now, the answer should be either "Gaawiin" or "Eya." Continue this exercise until you complete all 12 verbs. Once again, pay particular attention to good pronunciation. Beside each of the questions below, write positive or negative answers. The first one is done for you. U ni v er sit y 1. Fa Exercise B Nagamo na Jane? w,. ad Aakozi na Richard? he Boodawe na Aaron? ke Jiibaakwe na? Anokii na Duane? La Odamino na Tony? Debisinii na? Wiisini na Judy? Nibaa na zhiishiib? Nishkaadizi na Ann? 0 Giiwe na Nancy? Niimi na? 46 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 1; LESSON 5 Exercise C Reading and Writing: (a) Here is a list of the verbs you have been learning, given in mixed order. See if you can identify them by matching numbers and letters and the numbers which correspond to each picture. Remember, the pictures are at the beginning of this lesson in Exercise A. (A) (B) wiisini debisinii 7._ _ 10. 8._ _ 6._ _ 9._ _ 11. 12.- - n io Fa Exercise D sit y Introduction to Negatives ni v Turn back to the beginning of this lesson, and use the twelve verb pictures for reference as you listen to your instructor ask and answer questions like these U 1. er Listening: ad Nagamo na Jane? Nagamo na Jane? Eya, nagamo Jane. Gaawiin nagamosii Jane. ke he As you listen to the examples your instructor gives, notice how to give a NEGATIVE ("no") answer correctly. Negative responses always follow the pattern of: La ( 8-B 9-F 10-H 11 - J 12-K cu l 3-G 7-C of 4-A 5-E 6- I 1 -L 2-D Answer key: ty 2. 3.- - Ed 4. 5._ _ -- l.- - (K) (L) giiwe anokii odamino nagamo at (C) mum (D) nishkaadizi (I) (J) uc (E) aakozi (F) boodawe (G) nibaa (H) jiibaakwe Gaawiin + Verb +sii As an example: Gaawiin nagamo+sii Jane. 47 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Ojibwe) ~ UNIT 1; LESSON 5 Reading and Writing: 2. Answer the following questions in the negative only. The first one has been done for you. Q Gaawiin giiwesii Nancy. Giiwe na Nancy? Nishkaadizi na? Nagamo na Kim? Aakozi na Richard? n Nibaa na zhiishiib? io Niimi na John? at Wiisini na bine? uc Boodawe na Scott? Ed Debisinii na? Jiibaakwe na? of Anokii na Duane? ty Odamino na Tony? cu l Exercise E Fa Speaking: 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y When you believe you've got it ... answer the questions the instructor asks using the negative forms of the verbs. Mooz 48 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 1; LESSON 5 Exercise F Positive and Negative Responses Answer the following questions with either a positive or a negative response. Make sure each answer makes sense. Remember, you have to do this exercise on your own. 1. Nagamo na Jane? 2. Odamino na Don? n 3. Boodawe na Paul? io 4. Nibaa na Sarah? at 5. Wiisini na bine? uc 6. Debisinii na Maida? 7. Aakozi na Betty? Ed 8. Jiibaakwe na Delores? of 9. Nishkaadizi na? 10. Niimi na Dave? ty 11. Giiwe na Jonathan? ( 14. Odamino na Lisa? ------------------ Fa 13. Wiisini na Elaine? cu l 12. Debisinii na? 15. Nagamo na Sally? 17. Nibaa na John? er 18. Boodawe na Paul? sit y 16. Anokii na Lena? ni v 19. Aakozi na Susan? U 20. Niimi na Wendy? ad 21. Giiwe na Paul? 22. Jiibaakwe na? he 23. Anokii na Dave? La ke 24. Nishkaadizi na Don? L 49 �INTRODUCTORY OHBWE (Western Ojibwe) - UNIT 1; LESSON 5 ExerciseG Introduction to Person: 0 Listening Exercise: io at uc You'll need to know how to express these ideas: _ _ _ _called "first" person." "You" _ _ _ _called "second person... "He/she" or Him/her" _ _ _ _called "third person." of Ed "I" or "Me.. In lesson three. page 28. you learned to say "Giin dash wiin" (often shortened to "Giin dash"). Now listen to your instructor so you •u hear and understand the meaning of: 0 y Fa (b) cu l ty (a) wiin giin niin n Listen to your instructor as he/she says these words in Ojibwe (Severn dialect) and watch him as he identifies what each word means. When you think you've got it, tell which word below is first person, which is second person. and which is third person: sit "Niin dash wiin?" and "Wiin dash wiin?" ni v er Note that these are often shortened to Niin dash and Wiin dash. Now listen to these phrases until you understand them easily too. The English translations are on page 72. he ad (c) "Linda dash wiin?" and "Jimmy dash wiin?" U What would these mean? 5. gaawiin niin 9. eya niin 13. niinitam 2. gegiin 6. gaawiin giin 10. eya giin 14. giinitam 3. gewiin 7. gaawiin wiin 11. eya wiin 15. wiinitam 4. gaye James 8. gaawiin Joan 12. eya Mary 16. wiinitam Tim La ke 1. geniin (d) Listen to your instructor and pay particular attention to the pronunciation and to find out the exact meaning of each of the following words on the next page. The English translations are on page 72. 50 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 1; LESSON 5 ninishkaadiz ginishkaadiz nishkaadizi nigiiwe gigiiwe giiwe (n)indaakos gidaakos aakozi niwiisin giwiisin wiisini ninibaa ginibaa nibaa Ed uc at io n ninagam ginagam nagamo niboodawe nijiibaakwe (n)indanokii (n)indoodamin giniim gidebisinii gijiibaakwe gidanokii gidoodamin niimi debisinii giboodawe boodawe anokii odamino cu l jiibaakwe Fa Exercise H (a) of (n)indebisinii Now you know twelve verbs. Before you continue. practice how to ask and answer questions with them in the first, second. and third person forms. First you have to learn some phrases for asking questions. Here they are: sit y ( niniim ty 11 What are you doing? What am I doing? What is he/she doing? U Working with the language, in pairs. take turns going through all twelve verbs. both asking and answering questions. For example: ad (b) ni v er Aaniin endoodaman? Aaniin endoodamaan? Aaniin endood~? Answer Aaniin endoodaman? Aaniin endoodamaan? Aaniin endoodang? (N)indanokii. (also pronounced (n)indanokwii) Gigiiwe. Nibaa. ke he Ouestion La Before doing some exercise speaking with your partner, look back to the words under the pictures in exercise G (d) of this lesson. They seem to follow a fairly regular pattern. What information do you understand from "ni-" at the beginning of a verb? What information do you understand from "gi-" at the beginning? (_ Notice the verb listed for pictures 5, 8. 11. Is there anything different about these examples? How do you account for these irregularities? (The added "d" is just slipped in to make the word easier to pronounce. in much the same way we add and "n" in English phrases such as "an apple".) 51 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Ojibwe) - UNIT 1; LESSON 5 Notice too. that the first and second person forms of the verb sometimes keep the final vowel and sometimes drop it. From your own observation, can you think of any ..rule" you could make to predict when the vowel will drop? The third person form of the verb is also the verb Q STEM. (c) Here are some exercises for you to complete using the pictures and phrases from the previous page. The first one has been done for you. Ninagam. Aaniin endoodamaan? Qinagam. Aaniin endoodang? Nagamo. 0 Continue working in pairs and take turns going through all twelve verbs. both asking and answering questions. This time, questions and answers should look like this: Question U ni v (d) er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n Aaniin endoodaman? Gaawiin (n)indaakozisii. Gaawiin gidaakozisii. Gaawiin aakozisii. Gaawiin aakozisii Mary. ke he ad Gidaakoz ina? (N)indaakoz ina? Aakozi na? Aakozi na Mary? Answer La Here are some questions for you to answer in the negative form only. Ninagam ina? Ninishkaadiz ina? Nibaa na Jane? Niwiisin na? Gigiiwe na? 0 Niimi na Paul? 52 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 1; LESSON 5 Debisinii na? Niboodawe na? Ninishkaadiz ina? Dave na anokii? or Eya, gigiiwe. Gaawiin gigiiwesii. or Eya, giiwe. Gaawiin giiwesii. or Eya, giiwe Mary. Gaawiin giiwesii Mary. Giiwe na Mary? SOME USEFUL PHRASES uc ni v er sit y Again, and Also, too Hurry! quick! soon (not a verb) More, still Now, then, yet, already Really ("It's the truth") Really? ("Is that true?") Right away Maybe, perhaps he ad U Miinawaa Gaye Wiiba! Geyaabi Aazha Debwe Debwe na? Baabige Maagizhaa Ed cu l ty Giiwe na? of Nigiiwe na? at or Eya, nigiiwe. Gaawiin ningiiwesii. Gigiiwe na? ( io Continue working in pairs. This time mix asking questions and answers. For example: Fa (e) n Odamino na Susan? Gidoodamin ina? ke Exercise I Read the following mini-dialogues until you fully understand them. Translations are on page 73. La (a) (1) (2) Henry biizhaan ! Bi-wiisinin! Namadabin, wiisinin! Biizh giigoo gaye opin ! Miigwech. Geyaabi na opin? Gaawiin, aazha (n)indebisinii. Gidanokii na? Eya, giin dash wiin? Gaawiin, (n)indaakoz. Gigiiwe na baabige? Eya nigiiwe wiiba. Gaawiin niin. Maagizhaa geyaabi (n)indanokii. 53 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Ojibwe) ~ UNIT 1; LESSON 5 (b) Now, write one of your own. uc at io n 0 Working in pairs, share your dialogue with your partner. Both of you should read it through, making sure that you can understand it all, and that you can pronounce all the words. Check with your instructor if you need help. (d) Complete these exercises. Translations are on page 73. Say in English: Fa (1) cu l ty of Ed (c) 0 Say in Ojibwe: I'm sick. Are you sick? He/she is sick. Is Sam sick? You are sick. La ke he ad (2) Debwena? Biizhaan baabige! Bi-wiisinin! Ginishkaadiz ina? Gidebisinii na? Eya, miigwech. Biizh emikwaanens gaye ziinzibaakwad. U ni v er sit y Miinawaa ikidon ! Aazha na giiwe? Mary (n)indizhinikaaz. Geyaabi na giigoo? Nibaa na Samuel? Gaawiin nimaajaasii. Biidoon mookomaan gaye onaagan. Do all five of the sentences in (2) above again, changing the verb to: (3) eating (8) sleeping (4) angry (9) dance (5) going home (10) playing (6) make a fire (11) cooking (7) full (12) working 54 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 1; LESSON 5 (e) Say these pronouns in Ojibwe: (1) Not me! You too! Jane too! (2) Not you! Me too! (3) Not him/her. My turn. Your turn. Jack's turn. How about him? How about me? How about you? Exercise J n Practice writing these following mini-dialogues. Translations are on page 74. at io Write in Ojibwe: (1) What is your name? uc My name is George. Where are you from? Ed I'm from Gull Bayi. of Really? Gull Bay. (2) Sam is sleeping. Are you sleeping too? cu l Not me ... I'm eating. ty Me too, I'm from Gull Bay. ( Fa Bring the bannock! The Partridge too. Bring the knife! The fork too. y More bannock? Is Mary dancing? er (3) sit No, I'm already full. Thank you. ni v No, she's working. How about you? Are you working? ad U Yes, me too, I am working. Me, I am not dancing also I'm not working., _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ he I am eating. La ke 1 The Anishinaabemowin name for Gull Bay is Giiyaashko-Zaagiing. L 55 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 1; LESSON 6 Exercise A What Time Is It? 0 Listening and Speaking: Listen carefully as your instructor reads the times displayed on the following clocks. The instructor will repeat the words three times the first time around, then, repeat after him. The English translations are on page 74. Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n 1. Niizho- diba'igane Niso- diba'igane Niiyo- diba'igane sit diba'igane U ni v er Bezhigo- 0 y Aan endaso-dibai'iganeg? (or: Aan ezhiseg?) diba'igane he Ningodwaaso- ad diba'igane Naano- diba'igane Nishwaaswi- diba'igane Zhaangaswi- diba'igane Midaaso- diba'igane La ke Niizhwaaso- Midaaso ashi bezhigo- diba'igane Midaaso ashi niizho- 0 diba' igane 56 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 1; LESSON 6 In this exercise you should look at the clocks above and say the time in Anishinaabemowin. Then write it in the corresponding space below. The first one is done for you. Check your answers and spelling from the previous page. ty of 2. Ed uc at io n Understanding and Practice Writing: Bezhigo-diba' igane. Fa 1. 2. sit y 3. er 4. ni v 5. U 6. ad 7. ke 9. he 8. 10. La ( cu l Aan endaso-diba 'iganeg? 11. 12. 57 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 1; LESSON 6 Exercise B 0 Listening and Speaking: Listen carefully as your instructor reads the time displayed on the following clocks. The instructor will repeat the words three times the first time around, then, repeat after him. English translations are on page 74 and 75. Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n 1. diba'igane Niizho- ashi aabita diba'igane ni v er sit Bezhig ashi aabita diba'igane ad Naano- ashi aabita U Niso- ashi aabita Niiyo- ashi aabita 0 y Aan eshihsek? diba'igane diba'igane diba'igane Niizhwaaso- ashi aabita diba'igane Nishwaaso- ashi aabita diba'igane Zhaaangaso- ashi aabita diba'igane Midaaswi ashi aabita diba'igane Midaaswi ashi bezhigo- aabita diba'igane Midaaswi ashi niizho- aabita diba'igane La ke he Ningodwaaso- ashi aabita 0 58 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 1; LESSON 6 In this exercise you should look at the clocks above, and say the time in Severn Ojibwe. Then write it in the corresponding space below. The first one is done for you. Check your answers and spelling from the previous page. ty of 2. Ed uc at io n Understanding and Practice Writing: cu l Bezhigo-diba•igane 1. y 3. sit 4. er 5. ni v 6. U 7. ad 8. ke 10. he 9. 11. La ( Fa 2. 12. 59 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 1; LESSON 6 Exercise C 0 Listening and Speaking: I. Before we move on asking what time it is, we need to add some numbers first. Let's start from fifteen (15) to sixty (60). Translations are on page 75. Midaaswi ashi naanan Niishtana Niishtana ashi naanan io n Nisimidana at Nisimidana ashi naanan Niimidana uc Niimidana ashi naanan Ed Naanimidana Naanimidana ashi naanan of Ningodwaasimidana cu l Listen carefully as your instructor reads the time displayed on the following clocks. Translations on page 75. 0 ni v er sit y Fa 2. ty Listening and Speaking: U 4 5 ad 7 8 he Aan ezhiseg? (or Aan endaso-diba'iganeg?) La ke Naano-dib a' igaans ishkwaa-bezhigo-diba' iganeg. Midaaso-d iba' igaans ishkwaa-niizho-diba' iganeg. Midaaswi ashi naanan diba' igaans ishkwaa-niso-diba'iganeg. Niishtana diba'igaan s ishkwaa-niiyo-diba'ig aneg. 5. Niishtana ashi naanan diba'igaans ishkwaa-naano-diba' iganeg. 6. Ningodwaaswi ashi aabita. 7. Niishtana ashi naanan diba'igaans jibwaa-nishwaaswi-diba'iganeg. 8. Niishtana diba'igaan s jibwaa-zha angaso-dib a'iganeg. 9. Midaaswi ashi naanan diba' igaans jibwaa-mid aaso-diba'i ganeg. IO. Midaaso-d iba'igaans jibwaa-mid aaswi ashi bezhig diba'iganeg . 11. Naano-dib a'igaans jibwaa-naa wakweg. [noon] OR ...jibwaa-abitoo-dibikak. [midnight] 12. Naawakwe. [noon] OR Aabitoo-dibikad. [midnight] . 1. 2. 3. 4. 60 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 1; LESSON 6 Ed uc at io n Understanding and Practice Writing: ty of 3. In this exercise, you should look at the clocks above and say the time in Anishinaabemowin. Then write it in the corresponding space below. All of the answers will contain the words diba'igaans, which means "minutes" and ishkwaa- which means "after." cu l 1. y 3. sit 4. er 5. ni v 6. U 7. ad 8. ke 10. he 9. 11. La C Fa 2. 12. 61 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 1; LESSON 6 Exercise D 0 Listening and Speaking: 1. Listen carefully as your instructor reads the time displayed on the following clocks. All of the answers will contain the word jibwaa- which means "before," except # l, which is 'twelvethirty.' The English translations are on page 75. 2 n l io 3 ' at 5 cu l ty of Ed uc 6 Aan ezbiseg? (OR Aan endaso-diba'iganeg?) Fa 1. Aabita naawakwe (noon). 0 sit y 2. Niishtana ashi niizhwaaswi-diba'igaans jibwaa-bezhigo-diba'iganeg. er 3. Niishtana ashi naano-diba'igaans jibwaa-niizho-diba'iganeg. ni v 4. Niishtana ashi niizhin diba'igaans jibwaa-niiyo-diba'iganeg. 5. Niishtana diba'igaans jibwaa-naano-diba'iganeg. U 6. Midaaso ashi nishwaaswi-diba'igaans jibwaa-ningodwaaswi-diba'iganeg. ad 7. Midaaso ashi niiwin-diba'igaans jibwaa-niizhwaaswi-diba'iganeg. he 8. Midaaso ashi niizho-diba'igaans jibwaa-nishwaaswi-diba'iganeg. ke 9. Midaaswi-diba' igaans jibwaa-zhaangaswi-diba'iganeg. La 10. Midaaswi ashi naano diba'igaans jibwaa-diba'iganeg. 11. Nishwaaswi-diba'igaans jibwaa-naano-diba'iganeg. 12. Ningodwaaswi-diba' igaans jibwaa-ningodwaaso-diba' iganeg. 0 62 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 1; LESSON 6 Understanding and Practice Writing: Listen carefully as your instructor reads the time displayed on the following clocks. All of the the answers will contain the word jibwaa- 'before.' You have to do this exercise on your own. If you are doing this exercise in class, check your answers with your instructor. ty of Ed uc at io n 2. cu l 1. 2. 3. Fa C sit y 4. er 5. ni v 6. 7. he 10. ad 9. U 8. ke 11. La 12. L 63 �INTRO DUCTO RY OJIBW E (Wester n Dialect) - UNIT 1; LESSON 6 Exercise E 0 n Understanding and Practice Writing: io I at 9 uc 8 Ed 7 of Look at the clocks above and say the time in Anishinaabemowin. Then write it in the corresponding space below. You have to do this exercise on your own. If you are doing this exercise in class, check your answers with your instructor. cu l ty 1. 1. Fa 2. sit 4. ni v er 5. 6. U 7. he ke 10. ad 8. 9. 0 y 3. La 11. 12. 0 64 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 1; LESSON 6 Exercise F io n Continuation of Understanding and Practice Writing: 2 3 Ed uc at 1 1. Fa ( cu l ty of Look at the clocks above and say the time in Anishinaabemowin. Then write it in the corresponding space below. The answers may contain either ishkwaa- 'after' or jibwaa- •before.' Please try to do this exercise on your own. If you are doing this exercise in class. check your answers with your instructor. sit y 2. er 3. ni v 4. 5. he 8. ad 7. U 6. ke 9. La 10. 11. 12. L 65 �INTRO DUCT ORY OJIBW E (Western Dialect) - UNIT 1; LESSO N 6 Exercis eG Review Test n 0 io l 3 Ed uc at • of iate Translate each of the following sentences into English. Then draw the hands in the appropr position on the clocks above. Translations are on page 76. _ _ _ __ ty _ 1. Bezhigo-diba'igane._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Fa cu l _ __ 2. Bezhigo- ashi aabita -diba'igane.,_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 3. Niishtana ashi niiwin ishkwaa-niizho-diba'iganeg . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 0 sit y _ 4. Midaaswi ashi niso-diba'igaans ishkwaa-naano-diba'iganeg.,_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ er _ 5. Midaaswi ashi naano-diba'igaans jibwaa-zhaangaswi-diba'iganeg. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ni v __ 6. Niishtana diba'igaans ishkwaa-midaaswi-diba'iganeg.,_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ad U _ 7. Niishtana ashi niizhwaaswi jibwaa-ningodwaaso-diba'iganeg._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ he _ 8. Nishwaaswi-diba'igaans jibwaa-nishwaaswi-diba'iganeg. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ __ _ 9. Midaaswi ashi niizho-diba'igaans ishkwaa-niso-diba'iganeg._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ La ke __ _ __ 10. Ningodwaaswi-diba'igaans ishkwaa-ningodwaaswi-diba'iganeg._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 11. Niishtana ashi niizho-diba' igaans jibwaa-midaaswi- ashi bezhigo- diba' iganeg.,_ _ __ 12. Niishtana dibai' igaans jibwaa-naawakweg (OR jibwaa-aabitoo-dibikak). _ _ _ _ 66 __ 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 1; REVIEW LESSONS UNIT 1: Let's Look Back at What You Have Learned- Lessons 1 to 6 1. Vocabulary - Review the words you know: Translations are on pages 77 and 78. A. Nominals niin giin geniin gegiin niinitam giinitam nitiiwakik odaabaanens waabooz zhiishiib io emikwaanens gizhaabik.izigan giigoo napenh uc at akik bakwezhiganikaan bine diba'igiiziswaan n Animate Nouns: of wiin wiinitam cu l ty gewiin y looloot miijim minikwaajigan mookomaan nibaagan nibi nitii ombaasin onaagan opin ad U ni v er sit abwewin adoopowin anishinaabemowin apabiwin babagiwayaanegamig badaka'igan bimide doodooshaaboo ishkwaandem Fa Inanimate Nouns: C Ed Pronouns: B. Verbs La ke he Jnmaan waakaa'igan waasechigan waawan wiigiwaam wiisagad wiiyaas zhiiwitaagan ziinzibaakwad You have learned the following IMPERATIVE forms: anokiin ashi atoon bakite'o bi-wiisinin biidoon biindigen biizh biizhaan boodawen giiwen ikidon 67 maajaan nagamon namadabin nibaan niibawin wanishkaan �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 1; REVIEW LESSONS You have also learned the following verbs and can make simple statements with them (you should also be able to make imperative forms for them as well): 0 Independent Verbs niimi nishkaadizi odamino wanishkaa wiisini gotaaji izhinikaazo jiibaakwe nagarno nibaa at io n aakozi anokii boodawe debisinii giiwe uc C. Number Verbs Ed Animate Verbs: zhaangasiwag niizhiwag ningodwaasiwag nisiwag niizhwaasiwag niiwiwag nishwaasiwag midaasiwag of naananiwag cu l ty bezhigo Fa Inanimate Verbs: naananinoon zhaangasinoon niizhinoon ningodwaasinoon midaasinoon nisinoon niizhwaasinoon niwinoon nishwaasinoon er ni v D. Particles midaaso ashi bezhig niizhwaaswi midaaso ashi niizhin niswi nishwaaswi midaaso ashi niswi niiwin zhaangaswi midaaso ashi niiwin naanan midaaswi midaaso ashi naanan La he niizhin ad ningodwaaswi ke U Numbers: bezhig 0 sit y bezhigwan midaaso ashi ningodwaaswi niishtana ashi bezhig midaaso ashi niizhwaaswi niishtana ashi niizhin midaaso ashi nishwaaswi niishtana ashi niswi midaaso ashi zhaangaswi niishtana ashi niiwin niishtana 68 0 �miigwech miinawaa na! o'omaa omwaadi opimeya'ii waasa wagijiya' ii wiiba zhiibaa'ii of Ed uc at io dash debwe eta eya gaawiin gaye geyaabi gwayak i'imaa ina (na) iwedi iwidi maagizhaa agwajiing ahaaw anaamiya'ii apane apii awasaya'ii aandi aaniinpii aazha baabige beshonjiya'ii biindig biinjiya'ii n INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 1; REVIEW LESSONS Particles: ty E. Expressions Aaniin endoodaman? Giin dash (wiin)? cu l Wegonen iwe? Fa ( Aaniin ezhiseg? / Aaniin endaso-diba'iganeg Aaniin endoodamaan? y Aaniin endoodang? Ginisidotaan ina? Osha. Miinawaa ikidon ! Aaniin ezhinikaazod? (N)indizhinikaaz (N)indoonjii ni v Aaniin minik? er sit Aaniin ezhinikaazoyan? Ninisidotaan Aaniin endasiwaad? Bekaa ikidon ! Aandi wenjiiyan? Izhise ad U Aaniin endasingin? he Awenen awe? ke 2. Structure - Things you can do with the words you know: La - Find the difference between an animate and an inanimate noun by using them in different kinds of sentences. - Give singular and plural commands. - Give first, second, and third person forms of verbs. - Ask questions in writing and answer them with positive and negative statements. - Use locative endings to indicate where things are. To be more specific about a location, use additional particle locative forms. - Recognize and use counting numbers and number verbs. - Tell time. L 69 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 1: TRANSLATION SECTION Unit 1; Lessons 1-6 In this section we have provided English translations for the Anishinaabemowin words and sentences introduced in Unit 1. 0 Lesson 1: io at of Lesson 2: Spoon Lard Frying pan Meat Fish Duck uc 10. Teakettle 14. Partridge 18. Egg 22. Potato 4. 8. 12. 16. 20. 24. Ed 3. Knife 7. Pepper 11. Pot 15. Rabbit 19. Mille 23. Carrot 2. Cup 6. Salt Plate Fork Water Bannock Bread Porridge 1. 5. 9. 13. 17. 21. n 24 Articles (page 1J cu l ty Numbers (pages J1, 12) 2. Two Fa Six 3. Three 7. Seven 11. Eleven 15. Fifteen 19. Nineteen 23. Twenty three Ten Fourteen Eighteen Twenty two 4. 8. 12. 16. 20. 24. Four Eight Twelve Sixteen Twenty Twenty four 0 U Number Verbs (page 20) ni v er Five Nine Thirteen Seventeen 21. Twenty one y 6. 10. 14. 18. 22. 5. 9. 13. 17. sit 1. One La ke he ad Animate There is one rabbit. There are two partridges. There are three fish. There are four spoons. There are five carrots. There are six pieces of bannock. There are seven pots. There are eight ducks. There are nine teakettles. There are ten frying pans. Inanimate There is one egg. There are two plates. There are three knives. There are four forks. There are five eggs. There are six peppers. There are seven cartons of lard. There are eight pieces of meat. There are nine cartons of millc. There are ten containers of salt. 0 70 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Lesson 4: Imperatives (page 30) 6. Build the fire! 7. Go home! 8. Sing! 9. Go to sleep! 10. Get up! 1. Come in! Lesson 4, Exercise I (1) (page 40) 6. Door 7. House 1 l. Tent 10. Canoe 4. Window 8. Tipi at 3. Stove uc 2. Chair 12. Car Ed 1. Kitchen table 5. Bed 9. Airplane of Lesson 4, Exercise I (2) (page 42) ty Locatives; 7. On the house 8. On the tipi 9. On the airplane 10. In the canoe 1 l. On the tent 12. On the car Look! There! Where? Over there? Who is that? Rabbit and partridge. Say it again! Partridge and rabbit. I understand now. Thank you. (B) Come here! Where? Over here? Sit right here! Put food on the kitchen table. Where the salt and pepper? Right there beside the plate. Pass the bannock and lard. You too eat! Okay, thank you. La ke he ad l. (A) U Dialogues <page 44> ni v Lesson 4, Exercise K: er sit y Fa cu l 1. On the kitchen table 2. On the chair 3. On the stove 4. At the window 5. On the bed 6. At the door ( io n 2. Sit down! 3. Stand up! 4. Come here ! 5. Go away or leave! 71 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 1: TRANSLATION SECTION Lesson S, Exercise A: 0 (page 45) Verbs; 1. Singing 2. Angry 3. Sleeping 4.Eating 5. Sick 6. Going home 7. Dancing 8.Full 11. Working 12. Playing 13. My turn n 10. Cooking 9. Build a fire io Lesson 5, Exercise G (c) (page 50) 5. Not me 9. Yes me 2. You too 6. Not you 10. Yes you 3. Her/Him too 7. Not him/her 11. Yes her/him 4. Also James 8. Not Joan 12. Yes Mary at 1. Me too uc 14. Your turn Ed 15. Him/her turn of 16. Jim's turn Lesson 5, Exercise G (d): ty (pages 50-51) cu l Verbs; 3. I am sleeping 2. I am angry Fa 1. I am singing You are angry You are sleeping He/she is singing He/she is angry He/she is sleeping sit y You are singing 5. I am sick er 4. I am eating ad 7. I am dancing U He/she is eating he You are dancing ke He/she is dancing La 10. I am cooking 6. I am going home You are sick You are going home He/she is sick he/she is going home ni v You are eating 0 9. I am building a fire 8. I am full You are full You are building a fire He/she is full He/she is building a fire 11. I am working 12. I am playing You are cooking You are working You are playing He/she is cooking He/she is working He/she is playing 0 72 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION (page 53) Dialogues: Say it again! Are you going home now? My name is Mary. Do you want some more fish? Is Samuel sleeping? I am not leaving. Bring the knife also plate. Fa (page 54) sit y ( he ad U ni v er Is that true? Come here right now! (right away) come and eat! Are you angry? Are you full? Yes, thanks. Bring the spoon, and also sugar. Say in Ojibwe: ke ill (page 54) La uc cu l (d) (1) ty Are you working? Yes, How about you? No, I am sick. Are you going home right now? (right away?) Yes, I am going home soon. Not me. Maybe I am working still. at io n Henry, come here! Come and eat! Sit down, eat! Pass the fish also potato. Thank you. More Potato? No, I am already full. Ed (a) (1) of r Lesson 5 Exercise I: (N)indaakoz. Gidaakoz ina? Aakozi. Sam ina aakozi? Gidaakoz. L 73 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 1: TRANSLATION SECTION Lesson 5 Exercise J: 0 (page 55) Write in Oiibwe: Aaniin ezhinikaazoyan? George (n)indizhinikaaz. Aandi wenjiiyan? Giiyaashko-Zaagiing (n)indoonjii. Debwe na? Giiyaashko-Zaagiing. Geniin, Giiyaashko-Zaagiing (n)indoonjii. (2). Sam nibaa. Gegiin ina ginibaa? Gaawiin niin. Niwiisin. Biizh bakwezhiganikaan. Gaye bine. Biidoon mookomaan! Badaka'igan gaye. Geyaabi na bakwezhiganikaan? Gaawiin, aazha (n)indebisinii. Miigwech. (3). Mary na niimi? Gaawiin, anokii. Giin dash wiin? Gidanokii na? Eya' geniin (n)indanokii. Niin, gaawiin niniimisii gaye gaawiin (n)indanokiisii. Niwiisin. 0 sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n (1) Lesson 6: er (page 56) ni v Exercise A U What time is it? It is seven o'clock. It is eight o'clock. It is nine o'clock. It is ten o'clock. It is eleven o'clock. it is twelve o'clock. La ke he ad It is one o'clock. It is two o'clock. It is three o'clock. It is four o'clock. It is five o'clock. It is six o'clock. Exercise B (page 58) What time is it? It is half past one./ It is one-thirty. It is half past two. / It is two-thirty. It is half past three. / It is three-thirty. It is half past four. / It is four-thirty. 0 74 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION It is half past five. / It is five-thirty. It is half past six. / It is six-thirty. It is half past seven. / It is seven-thirty. It is half past eight./ It is eight-thirty. It is half past nine. / It is nine-thirty. It is half past ten. / It is ten-thirty. it is half past eleven. / It is eleven-thirty. It is half past twelve. / It is twelve-thirty. n Exercise C cu l er sit y Fa 3). 4). 5). 6). 8). 9). 10). 11). 12). ni v ( Five minutes after one o'clock. Ten minutes after two o'clock. Fifteen minutes after three o'clock. Twenty minutes after four o'clock. Twenty five minutes after five o'clock. Thirty five minutes after seven o'clock. Forty minutes after eight o'clock. Forty five minutes after nice o'clock. Fifty minutes after ten o'clock. Fifty five minutes after eleven o'clock. Explained in text already. ty (page60) 1). 2). U Exercise D ad (page 62) he What time is it? It is half past twelve./ It is twelve thirty. It is twenty seven minutes before one o'clock. It is twenty-five minutes before two o'clock. It is twenty-three minutes before four o'clock. It is twenty minutes before five o'clock. It is eighteen minutes before six o'clock. It is fourteen minutes before seven o'clock. It is twelve minutes before eight o'clock. It is ten minutes before nine o'clock. It is fifteen minutes before ten o'clock. It is eight minutes before five o'clock. It is six minutes before six o'clock. La ke I). 2). 3). 4). 5). 6). 7). 8). 9). 10). 11 ). 12). l. at What time is it? uc (2). forty forty-five fifty fifty-five sixty Ed fifteen twenty twenty-five thirty thirty-five of (1 ). io (page 60) 75 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) • UNIT 1: TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise G Review Test 0 (page 66) l). It is one o'clock. 2). It is half past one. / It is one-thirty. 3). lt is twenty-four minutes after two o'clock. 4). It is thirteen minutes after five o'clock. 5). It is fifteen minutes before nine o'clock. io n 6). it is twenty minutes after ten o'clock. at 7). It is twenty-seven minutes before six o'clock. uc 8). It is eight minutes before eight o'clock. 9). It is twelve minutes after three o'clock. Ed 10). It is six minutes before six o'clock. 11). It is twenty-two minutes before eleven o'clock. 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of 12). lt is twenty minutes before twelve o'clock. 0 76 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT l; TRANSLATION SECTION A.Nominals (page 67) Animate Nouns: pail/pot bannock partridge clock teaspoon stove fish bread me me too it's my tum you you too it's your tum teakettle car rabbit duck io n Pronouns: Ed uc at him/her him/her too it's his/her tum Inanimate nouns: rolled oats, porridge food cup knife bed water tea airplane dish, plate potato (page 67) ty cu l Fa y he ad Work! Put/place him! Put/place it! Hit him! Come and eat! Bring it! ke La house window egg tent pepper meat salt sugar sit U Imperative Verbs: ni v er C of frying pan table native language chair canvas tent fork lard milk door canoe B. Verbs Leave! Sing! Sit down! Sleep! Stand! Get up! Come inside! Bring him! Come here! Make a fire! Go home! Say it! Independent Verbs: (page 30) L is sick is working is making a fire is full from eating is afraid is named is cooking is singing 77 is dancing is angry is playing is eating �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 1: TRANSLATION SECTION C. Number Verbs (page 68) 0 Animate Verbs: there is one of animate there are two of animate there are three of animate there are four of animate there are five of animate there are six of animate there are seven of animate there are eight of animate there are nine of animate there are ten of animate there are five of inanimate there are six of inanimate there are seven of inanimate there are eight of inanimate there are nine of inanimate there are ten of inanimate io at uc there is one of inanimate there are two of inanimate there are three of inanimate there are four of inanimate n Inanimate Verbs: Ed D. Particles cu l sit true y and, but er only yes no and still, yet correct there question marker that over there over there perhaps La ke he ad U ni v outside okay inside it always when on the other side of it where when? now. then, already right away close to it indoors. inside inside it Fa Particles: sixteen seventeen eighteen nineteen twenty ty eleven twelve thirteen fourteen fifteen six seven eight nine ten one two three four five What time is it? What are you doing? What am I doing? What is he doing? What is your name? How much? How many? (inanimate) of Numbers: twenty-one twenty-two twenty-three twenty-four thank you and Look! here right here alongside it far on top of it hurry, soon. early underneath it 0 E. Expressions How many? (animate) Where are you from? Who is that? What is that? How about you? Do you understand? Emphatic. particle 78 Say it again? My name is .. . I am from .. . I understand. Say it slowly. The time is ... 0 �ad he ke La y C sit er ni v U ty cu l Fa of at uc Ed Makwa n io Part Two �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 r Exercise A Singular and Plural Nouns and Verbs 5. abinoojii 6. abinoojiiyag 7. gwiiwizens 8. gwiiwizensag 9. ikwezens 10. ikwezensag Fa cu l ty 3. inini 4. ininiwag 1. ikwe 2. ikwewag of Ed uc at io n Here are some nouns to learn, with their singular and plural forms given. Listen carefully as the instructor says these words. Pay particular attention to the endings of the plural forms. English translations are on page 169. #__ ininiwag ( y #__ abinoojii er #__ ikwe sit #__ ikwezensag ni v # __ abinoojiiyag # _ _ gwiiwizens U # __ ikwewag ad # _ _ inini #__ ikwezens ke he #__ gwiiwizensag Fill in the missing letters to complete the words. La 2. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. _ _e w_w i_1_1 i __ n ___ g a ___n _ _ j _ _ 6. a _ _n_ _ j _ _ y _ _ 7. gw _ _ w_z _ _ s 8. gw _ _ w_ z_ _ s_ _ 9. _k __ z _ _ s 10. _k_ _ z _ _ s _ _ L 79 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE(Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Exercise B What are They Doing? of Ed uc at io n 0 0 ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty s #_ _ Wiisini bine. Gotaajiwag giigooyag he #_ ad U I. Listen to and imitate the sentences describing the following pictures. Then identify each one by number. English translations on page 169. Anokiiwag ininiwag. #_ #_ Anokii ikwe. Wiisiniwag binewag #_ Boodawe ikwezens. #_ Anokiiwag ikwewag. #_ Nibaa abinoojii. #_ Gotaaji giigoo. #_ _ Anokii inini. #_ Nibaawag abinoojiiyag #_ Boodawewag ikwezensag. La ke #_ 0 80 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 2. Read and understand the sentences below. Then translate them in the Native language. A. The man is working. B. n The men are working. io C. at The fish is afraid. uc D. The fish are afraid. Ed E. The baby is sleeping. of F. ty The babies are sleeping. cu l G. The girl is building (or making) a fire. Fa H. The girls are building (or making) a fire. y I. sit ( The partridge is eating. er J. ni v The partridges are eating. U K. L. ad The woman is working. La ke he The women are working. C 81 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE(Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Now you know four verb fonns as follows. English translations on page 169. (Practice by reading aloud.) 4) They're ninishkaadiz ginishkaadiz nishkaadizi nishkaadiziwag (n)indoodarnin gidoodamin odamino odaminowag ninibaa ginibaa nibaa nibaawag 1) I'm 2) You're 3) He/she's 0 n 3. ninishkaadizisii ginishkaadizisii nishkaadizisii nishkaadizisiiwag Ed gaawiin ninibaasii gaawiin ginibaasii 3) He/she's not_ _ gaawiin nibaasii 4) They're not._ _ _ gaawiin nibaasiiwag uc (n)indoodarninosii gidoodaminosii odaminosii odaminosiiwag 1) I'm not 2) You're not at io Let's also practise these forms in the negative. Here are some verbs listed below to be used for further exercises. You might have to use a seperate sheet to do the exercises properly. cu l 4. ty of Although you already have a very good idea how to fonn the negative response, do more practice in writing by using the verbs that you already have learned. boodawe giiwe y 1. I'm___ _ sit 2. You're__ _ nagamo wanishkaa 0 er 3. He/she's__ ni v 4. They're__ _ U 1. I'm___ _ 2. You're__ _ Fa anokii aakozi ke Negatives: English translations on page 169. 1. I'm not___ _ La 5. he ad 3. He/she's__ 4. They're__ _ 2. You're not__ _ 3. He/she's not 4. They're not 1. I'm not___ _ 2. You're not_ __ 0 3. He/she's not 4. They're not 82 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 r- , 6. Read each phrase below, and be sure to pronounce the words carefully. Be sure you know the meaning of each phrase you read. Use your textbook to help you with the meanings of the words, if necessary. Gotaajiwag abinoojiiyag. n Giiwewag gwiiwizensag. at io Ninibaa. uc Anokiiwag ikwezensag. Ed Debisiniiwag ina binewag? Nishkaadiziwag ina gwiizensag? of Gaawiin, boodawewag. ty Maagizhaa aakoziwag. cu l Wiisiniwag wiiba. Fa Nagamowag ikwewag. Gotaajiwag ina giigooyag? er Say in Ojibwe: They're angry. They're sleeping. U They' re working. They're playing. ad They're making a fire. They' re sick. They're eating. They're cooking. They're singing. They' re afraid. They' re dancing. La ke he They're getting up. They're going home. They're full. ni v 7. sit y ( C 83 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE(Western Dialect) . UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Exercise C In this exercise, write your own dialogue by using singular and plural nouns and verbs and as many particles as you can. English translations on page 170. () For example: n 1 - Aandi abinoojiiyag? Ed uc at io 2 - Odaminowag agwajiing 1 - Aandi agwajiing? 2 - Iwidi jiigiya'ii wiigiwaaming. 1 - Gegiin ina gidoodamin? 2 - Gaawiin, (n)indanokii. Giin dash wiin? 1 - Gaawiin, geniin (n)indanokii of Sharing What You Have Learned: Fa cu l ty With your partner practice reading the above dialogue, as well as your own. Pay particular attention to pronunciation and grammatical structure. Your instructor will give you further instructions. Exercise D The Voluntative sit y 0 ni v er 1. It is possible to put the prefix "wii-" on most verbs. Doing this gives the idea of "want to" or "intend to." Listen to, read, and understand the following: U Example: Voluntative Prefix+ Verb wiisini "eat" he ad wii+ "wants to" ke Here are some more examples both in statement and negative forms. 1st line guwe wii-giiwe wii-giiwe na? gaawiin wii-giiwesii nibaawag wii-nibaawag wii-nibaawag na? gaawiin wii-niaahiiwag 3rd line gidanokii giwii-anokii giwii-anokii na? gaawiin giwii-anokiisii 4th line boodawe wii-boodawe wii-boodawe na? gaawiin wii-boodawesii La 2nd line 0 84 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Now let's work with some new verbs. Practice reading aloud the verbs under each picture. As you read, think about what each verb means. Pay particular attention to the prefixes on each verb. These prefixes indicate the person who is doing the action of the verb. English translations on page 170. niminikwe at io n 2. giminikwe nimaw gimaw gibaap minikwe mawi baapi wiisini minikwewag mawiwag baapiwag wiisiniwag niwiisin giwiisin uc of Ed nibaap cu l ty Now read each of the verbs again, this time adding the voluntative prefix to each one. Here are some examples for you. The English translations are on page 170. niwii-minikwe giwii-baap Fa wii-mawi 1 - Mawi abinoojii. 2 - Maagizhaa wii-minikwe. 1 - Doodooshaaboo na? 2 - Minikwe aazha. 1 - Wii-nibaa. 2 - Nibaa aazha. sit A. B. 1 - Aandi ikwewag? 2 - Boodawewag. Wii-jiibaakwewag. 1 - Aandi? 2 - Wedi bajiishka'ogaaning. 1 - Wii-wiisiniwag na? 2-Eya. 1 - Gegiin bi-wiisinin. he ad U ni v er ( y 3. Read and understand the following dialogues with a partner for practice speaking. 1 - Nishkaadiziwag na gwiiwizensag? 2 - Gaawiin, anokiiwag. 1 - Wii-giiwewag na wiiba? 2 - Eya, wii-giiwewag. 1 - Wii-wiisiniwag gaye wii-nibaawag. Giin dash wiin? 2 - Geniin niwii-giiwe naanaage. La ke C. C 85 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE(Westem Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Some Useful Expressions uc at io n 0 of Ed I don't know. What are you doing? (singular) What am I doing? What is he/she doing? What are they doing? What are l'.QY._doing? (pl.) What are~ doing? (pl. inclusive) What do you want to do? What do I want to do? What does he/she want to do? What do they want to do? What do El! want to do? (pl.) What is he/she called? (What's his name?) What is it called? (What's its name?) Ask him! Tell him! cu l Amanj igo. Aaniin endoodaman? Aaniin endoodamaan? Aaniin endoodang? Aaniin endoodamowaad? Aaniin endoodameg? Aaniin endoodamang? Aaniin waa-doodaman? Aaniin waa-doodamaan? Aaniin waa-doodang? Aaniin waa-doodamowaad? Aaniin waa-doodameg? Aaniin ezhinikaazod? Aaniin ezhinikaadeg? Gagwejim! Wiindamaw! ty 4. Now write your own dialogues. Try to use sentences which contain the prefix wii- in your dialogue. 6. Sharing what you have learned with your partner, practice reading the dialogues in section #3 a, b, and c, as well as your own. Concentrate mainly on pronunciation and grammar structure. Your instructor will give you further instructions. Q er sit y Fa 5. ni v ExerciseE Remember in Lesson One how it was important to distinguish singular from plural forms when giving commands? In the same way one must distinguish between these two ideas: he ad 1. U Reading and Understanding: La ke Giwii-giiwe na? Do you want to go home? (talking to one person) Giwii-giiwem ina? (talking to more than one person) Do you want to go home? (You plural) Example: /\~jn~~ pronominal prefix "you" volu~~tive\ "you" plural question prefix verb suffix marker 86 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Here are some more examples: play? work? Giwii-odamin ina? Giwii-odaminom ina? playing? working? Gidoodamin ina? Gidoodaminom ina? Gidanokii na? Gidanokiim ina? at "YJpl~on suffix marker ty of verb Ed uc Gidoodaminom ina? pro~ prefix "you" n Are you: Singular: Plural: Giwii-anokii na? Giwii-anokiim ina? io Do you want to: Singular: Plural: Fa cu l To practice this distinction, work in groups of three. Each member of your group takes a tum asking "you" questions, first to only one member of the group, then to both. Ask different questions by using different AI verbs. Some are listed below. sit debisinii wanishkaa wiisini niimi er ( giiwe gotaaji nagamo nibaa y aakozi anokii nishkaadizi jiibaakwe ni v 2. Negative forms with "you" plural he ad U Continue practice speaking in groups with negative forms by using same verbs from the box above. Listen as your instructor says these examples. Notice particularly where the negative suffix sii occurs. La ke Examples: C //~iw\_ . You (plural) don't want to go home. Negative / Particle Pronominal prefix "you" oluntative prefix Negative suffix verb 87 "you" plural suffix �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE(Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 You (Plural) are not playing. 0 Gaawiin giwii-odaminosiim ~~"plum suffix suffix at io Pronominal prefix "you" uc Particle 71 n Ne~ Ed Exercise F of Read the following two dialogues. Then write two of your own, using as many of the new expressions you have learned at the beginning of this lesson as you can. Here are 2 examples. Aaniin endoodamowaad? Gaawiin anokiisiiwag. Nibaawag. Giin dash wiin? Gaawiin niwii-nibaasii. Niwii-anokii. Aandi? Jiigayi'ii waakaa'iganing. Geniin niwii-anokii. ty A: B: A: B: A: B: A: Fa cu l 2. y A: Aaniin endoodaman? B: Niin ina? A: Eya, giin. B: Nijiibaakwe. Giin dash wiin? A: Gaawiin niwii-jiibaakwesii. Niwii-odamin. B: Giwii-wiisin ina? A: Ahaaw, bangii eta. B: Geniin bangii niwii-wiisin. 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit 1. 0 88 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Exercise G Yesterday, Today and Tomorrow ( io at uc Fa cu l ty of yesterday day before yesterday a long time ago today now tomorrow day after tomorrow hurry! soon later much later wait! not yet when? when Ed bijiinaago awasinaago weshkad noongom gaa-giizhigak noongom waabang awasiwaabang wiiba naanaage baanimaa / baamaa bekaa! gaa mashi! aaniinpii? apii n 1. Past, Present and Future Tenses. When talking about time, you will need to know these expressions: English translations on page 171. 2. sit Starting with the Present Tense nigiiwe gigiiwe giiwe gigiiwem giiwewag U ni v er (_ y Note: Use "aaniinpii" only in a question. Use "apii" only in a statement. What do you do to form the Future Tense? he ad What do you do to form the Past Tense? La ke nigii-giiwe gigii-giiwe gii-giiwe gigii-giiwem gii-giiwewag niga-giiwe giga-giiwe da-giiwe giga-giiwem da-giiwewag JJ What did you do in Unit 2, Lesson 1, Exercise D to form the Voluntative? C niwii-giiwe giwii-giiwe wii-giiwe giwii-giiwem wii-giiwewag 89 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE(Westem Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Noongom odamino. Bijiinaago ningii-anokii. Awasinaago gii-odamino. Waabang niga-anokii. Awasiwaabang da-odamino. Giwii-nibaa na noongom? Noongom ina gidaakoz? Gigii-wii-nibaa na bijiinaago? Weshkad ina gigii-aakoz? Giga-wii-nibaa na waabang? Baanimaa na giga-aakoz? 0 uc at io n Noongom gaa-giizhigak (n)indanokii. Now try using the tenses in your own speech. The first few are done for you: English translations on pages 172 and 173. I was nigii-giiwe I'll niga-giiwe He was gii-boodawe He'll be da-boodawe sleepmg angry 0 ni v er sit boodawe crymg y making a fire He is sick cu l nigiiwe Fa lam cooking laughing ty going home Ed 4. Listen to these sentences, and think about what they mean: English translation on pages 172 and 173. of 3. working scared drinking smgmg drinking playmg crymg anokiiwag U They are gii-anokiiwag They'll be da-anokii wag eanng You're (singular)_ giwiisin You were gigii-wiisin You'll be giga-wiisin La ke he ad They were_ _ laughing Are you (plural)_ gibaapim ina? Were you gigii-baapim ina? Will you be giga-baapim ina? sleeping full 0 90 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Exercise H Using the Tenses For practice speaking, work with a partner to create mini-dialogues using some of the words in numbers 3 and 4 on the previous pages. Make sure to use different tense forms. 2. Continue working with a partner, and think of your own short dialogues to write in which you will need to use past, present and future tenses. io n 1. at For example: Gigii-anokii na bijiinaago? Gaawiin, ningii-aakoz. Noongom dash wiin, gidanokii na? Eya, bangii eta. Giin dash wiin? Eya, geniin ninga-anokii. B. Gigii-aakoz ina awasinaago? Gaawiin, ningii-nibaa. Noongom gaa-giizhigak (n)indoodamin. Gegiin na giwii-odamin? Gaawiin, baanimaa waabang ninga-odamin. Fa cu l ty of Ed uc A. La ke he ad U ni v er sit y ( C Amik 91 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE(Westem Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Exercise I New Vocabulary An( Ed ~ ty w 10 C D 12 sit y 9 8 7 6 of s at uc - ' 4 3 io ~ cu l l / n Listen carefully as your instructor says the following words. Fa 1. 0 0 ni v er Match the pictures to the words by writing the appropriate number beside each word. English translation on page 173. #_ _ Ozhibii' iganaak2 #_ _ #_ _ Waabowayaan # #_ _ Apikweshimon # Dikinaagan #_ _ Opwaagan #_ _ Waazakonenjigan #_ _ Waagaakwad #_ _ Jiishta' igan #_ _ Aabaabika' igan #_ _ Makizin La Note: ke he ad Mazina'iganl U Animosh 1. This word can mean: book, textbook, notebook, bill, writing paper, newspaper, letter, etc. It really just means ..anything on which something is written." 2. This word can mean "pen" or "pencil." It refers to almost any writing utensil. Excercise J For a final exercise in this lesson, review your new vocabulary and the words you already know by writing two mini-dialogues of no less than six lines each. Your instructor will help you to review pronunciation. 92 Q �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercise A Plural Pronouns Listening and Understanding: giinawind first person plural we/us giinawaa second person plural you wiinawaa third person plural io we/us at first person plural Ed uc niinawind n 1. In Unit 1, Lesson 6, Exercise A, you learned the meaning of niin, giin, and wiin. These are all singular pronouns, because each one refers to only one person. Now you will look at the plural pronouns, each of which stands for more than one person. of they/them Listen to and then practice saying these phrases until their meaning is clear to you, and you can pronounce them clearly. The English translations are on page 173. Fa 2. cu l ty Note that Ojibwe has two ways of saying 'we' or 'us.' These will be discussed below. Eya, niinawind. Eya, giinawind. sit y In the second column in the box immediately below the word 'wiin' is often left out. Niinawind dash (wiin). er ( Geniinawind. Gegiinawind. Eya, giinawaa. Giinawaa dash (wiin). Gegiinawaa. Eya, wiinawaa. Wiinawaa dash (wiin). Gewiinawaa. La ke he ad U ni v Giinawind dash (wiin). Niinawind nitarn. Gaawiin niinawind. Giinawind nitarn. Gaawiin giinawind. Giinawaa nitam. Gaawiin giinawaa. Wiinawaa nitam. Gaawiin wiinawaa. C 93 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 First Person Plural Gigiiwemin Giwiisinimin Giboodawemin Ginagamomin Gibaapimin Gidanokiimin io Kidaakozimin Gidoozhibii' igemin Gimawimin 0 n The English word "we., can mean "you and I." For example, if you call someone with whom you're going on a trip, and say, "We'll be leaving at six,.. you are including the person you're talking to in the "we" you use. This kind of "we" is expressed in examples like the following: at This fonn of the verb is called the first person plural INCLUSIVE. It corresponds to the pronoun uc giinawind which we introduced above in 1. The important thing to remember about the inclusive Ed is that the person doing the action or asking the question is INCLUDED among those that the verb or pronoun refers to. For example, if we ask the following question, of Aaniin endoodamanii? What are we (inclusive) doing? cu l ty then we could answer with any of the inclusive verb fonns above. er Niwii-wiisinimin Nidebi-wiisinimin Ninibaamin Q Nijiibaakwemin Niboodawemin Nindanokiimin U ni v Niminikwemin Nidoozhibii' igemin Ningotaajimin sit y Fa 3. The English word "we.. can also mean I and someone else (him/her/them), but not you. For example, if you call someone who is not going on the trip with you, you may say, "We will be leaving at six." This "we" is different from the inclusive "we.,, because that "we" INCLUDES the person you're talking to, while the exclusive "we., EXCLUDES the person you're talking to. This second kind of "we., is expressed in the following: ke he ad This fonn of the verb is called the first person plural EXCLUSIVE. It corresponds to the pronoun niinawind which we introduced above in 1. The important thing to remember about the exclusive is that the person doing the action or asking the question is EXCLUDED from those that the verb or pronoun refers to. For example, if we ask the following question, What are you (plural) doing? La Aaniin endoodameg? then we could answer with any of the exclusive verb fonns above. 4. Since English speakers don't make a distinction between the two meanings of "we., you will have to pay close attention to these ideas for a while, until they become automatic to you. Take extra time to review these two kinds of "we." Answer the following questions. What part of both sets of words is the same?._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ What part is different between the first and second sets?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ In which set of words are the speaker excluded?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 94 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Using What You Have Learned: 5. Ask questions and answers by using the question phrases "Aaniin endoodamang?" and "Aaniin endoodameg?" You can use the AI verbs below. Try these with a partner, and then write them down. The English translations are on page 174. Wanishkaa Maajaa Biindige Boodawe io n Nagamo Biizhaa Gizhiwaazi Niimi uc Ed ty cu l Fa y Exercise B er Reading and Understanding: sit ( (getting up) (crying) (drinking) (dancing) (making a fire) (entering) (working) (sleeping) (singing) (eating) (playing) (going home) of Aaniin endoodaman? Aaniin endoodamaan? Aaniin endoodang? Aaniin endoodamowaad? Aaniin endoodameg? Aaniin endoodamang? Aaniin waa-doodaman? Aaniin waa-doodamaan? Aaniin waa-doodang? Aaniin waa-doodamowaad? Aaniin waa-doodameg? Aaniin waa-doodamang? at 6. Reply in full sentences to these questions: English translation on page 174. ni v 1. Work in groups of three, being careful to look at the person you're talking to, and clearly U understand these mini-dialogues, thinking about who you mean by "we" in each case. The English translations are on pages 174 and 175. he ad Gidanokiim ina noongom gaa-giizhigak? Eya, nidanokiimin. ke Giga-anokiimin ina noongom gaa-giizhigak? Eya, giga-anohkiimin. La Giga-giiwem ina waabang? Gaawiin, gaawiin ninga-giiwesiimin. Giga-maajaamin ina waabang? Gaawiin giga-maajaasiimin waabang. Gigii-nagamom ina bijiinaago? Eya, ningii-nagamomin. C Wiiba na giga-gijiibaakwemin? Eya, wiiba giga-giijiibaakwemin. Aazha na ginibaam? Gaawiin mashi ninibaasiimin. 95 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 2. Translate these sentences and reply in full sentences. The English translations are on page 175. Giwii-wiisinim ina?_ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ __ __ _ _ __ __ _ _ __ _ 0 Giga-giiwe na waabang?_ __ _ _ _ _ _ __ __ _ _ __ __ _ _ __ __ _ Gigii-aakozim ina bijiinaago?._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Giga-anokiimin ina awasiwaabang?._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ io n Aazha na wiiba giga-maajaamin?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Aazha na wii-nibaawak?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ at Aazha na gidebi-wiisin?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Ed uc Waabang na giga-boodawemin gizhaabikiziganing?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of 3. For practice speaking, work with a partner using the questions and answers you just completed. Mitigwaab miinawaa Bikwak 0 96 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercise C Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n Let's Talk Around the Table sit y ( ni v er Reply to these questions in full sentences by using locative endings and location words. The first one is done for you. The English translations are on page 175. Aandi giizisoo-mazina' igan?_Jiigi-waasechiganing. Aandi diba'igiiziswaan?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ U · Aandi animosh?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ad Aandi waazakonenjigan?._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ he Aandi dikinaagan?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Aandi mazina'igan?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ke Aandi waakaa'igan?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ La Aandi waagaakwad?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Practice Speaking: Study this picture, and see how many things and events you can see. For example, you could: - Ask and answer questions about the naming of articles. - Ask and answer questions about the naming of people. - Ask and answer questions about the locations of things. - Ask and answer questions about the activities or people. - Repeating the same questions and answers by using past and future tenses. - Make plural forms of the articles. 97 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 ExerciseD Read and Understand: io at uc Ed of ty m. n. o. p. cu l I. Aazha nibaa animosh. Diba'igiiziswaan adoopowining abi. Mawiwag abinoojiinyag. Aazha jiibaakwe ikwe gizhaabikiziganing. Waazakonenjigan adoopowining. Aazha minikwe inini. Aazha boodawe ikwezens. Dikinaagan ishkwaandeming. Aazha ozhibii'ige gwiiwizens. Giizisoo-masina'igan ate apabiwining. Makizinan atewan ishkwaandeming. Baapi ikwe. Nagamo animosh. Inini, gwiiwizens miina ikwezens wiisiniwag adoopowining. Bine waasechiganing. Boodawewag abinoojiiyag. Fa a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. Q er sit y Notes: In sentence (b) above, abi means 'to be (sitting) there' (something animate); in sentence (j) above ate means 'to be there' (something inanimate); in sentence (k) above atewan means 'to be there' (several inanimate things). ni v Dialogues: Listen to these dialogues carefully in class, then practice them with your partner. The English translations are on page 176. A. I - Aandi animosh? C. Knock! Knock! 1 - Awenen awe? 2 - I'iwedi naaniya'ii babagiwayaanegamigong. 2 - Niin (oh)sha John. l - Aaniin endoodang? 1 - Ahaaw biindigen! Abin o'omaa! 2 - Wiisini. Giwii-minikwe na nitii? l - Giin dash wiin? Aaniin endoodaman? 2 Gaawiin, nibi eta. 2 - Geniin niwii-wiisin. 1 - Gaawiin niin niwii-wiisinisiin. Niwii-maajaa. La ke he ad U 2. Q n 1. Your instructor will ask you the following questions about the picture. Try not to look at the questions; just listen to what your instructor says and answer each question with either debwe or gaawiin. The English translations are on page 175. B. 1 - Aaniin waa-doodaman? 2 - Biizh bakwezhiganikaan miina waawanoon ! Gegiin na giwii-wiisin? l - Gaawiin, niwii-anokii. 2- Aandi? 1 - Waasa noopiming. Gegiin na? 2 - Gaawiin, niwii-nibaa. 98 0 �12121212- of Ed Aaniin waa-doodameg noongorn gaa-giizhigak? Niwii-ozhibii'igernin. Geniinawind. Aandi ozhibii'iganaakoog? Wedi jiigiya'ii mazina'iganing. Daga biizh omaa. Gegiin ornaa namadabin ! Atoon gimazina'iganan omaa! io E. at 1 - Aaniin endoodang ikwe? 2 - Boodawe gizhaabikiziganing. Wii-jiibaakwe. 1 - Aazha na gii-wiisiniwag gwiiwizensag? 2 - Gaawiin. Geshdine wii-wiisiniwag. 1 - Giin dash wiin. Gegiin na giwii-wiisin? 2 - Gaawiin. Aazha niin nigii-wiisin. Geshdine niwii-anokii. uc D. n INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 cu l ty Practice writing: The English translations are on pages 176 and 177. Fa 3. Write full answers to these questions about the picture at the beginning of this lesson. Aaniin endoodamowaad abinoojiiyag?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Aandi diba'igiiziswaan?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Aaniin endoodang ikwe?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ y ( er sit Wiisiniwag ina inini gaye gwiiwizens?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Aandi makizinan?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ni v Aazha na gii-boodawe ikwe?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ U Wiiba na da-debisiniiwag ikwezensag?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Aandi waazakonenjigan?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Aaniin endoodang gwiiwizens?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ad Aaniin endoodang animosh?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ke he 4. Answer these questions from your own experience. Aaniin endoodaman noongorn?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ La Aaniin ezhinikaazoyan?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Aandi wenjiiyan?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Giwii-wiisin ina?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Giwii-nagarn ina?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Giwii-nibaam ina?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Gigii-aakozim ina awasinaago?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Aaniin endoodameg noongorn gaa-giizhigak?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Giga-maajaam ina awasiwaabang?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Giboodawern ina?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 99 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 5. Complete each of these phrases with a suitable word. 0 A. Wewiib!Bakite'o _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ B. Biidoon zhiiwitaagan gaye _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ C. Wewiib biizhaan bi-_ _ _ _ _ _ __ io n D. Gegiin ina _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _? E. Atoon mazina'igan _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ F. Waabang giga-_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Ed uc at G. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ noongom gaa-giizhigak? H. (N)indanokii. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _? I. Gigiiwe na _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _? J. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ da-maajaawag. wiin? N. (n)indizhinikaaz. of K. Giinawaa L. Gegiinawind M. Animosh dash cu l ty waabang. ? Gewiin na _ _ _ _ _ _ _? Fa 0. ezhinikaazoyan? P. Baapiwag _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ y Q. Da-nagamo _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _. sit R. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ niwii-nibaa. ? gii-gotaajiwag. er S. Debwe 0 La ke he ad U ni v T. 0 100 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercise E Noopiming Diminutives: Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n 1. Listen to the names of the animals listed below and watch as your instructor points to them. When you think you can identify them yourself, try doing so, imitating Ojibwe pronunciation carefully. Next, write the correct identifying number beside each picture. English translations on page 177. La ke he ad U ni v er sit y ( L 1. zhigaag 2. zhigaagoons 3. mooz 4. moozoons 5. makwa 6. makoons 7. waabooz 8. waaboozoons 9. amik 10. amikoons 11. adik 12. adikoons 13. nika 15. bineshii 14. nikens 16. bineshiiyens 17. ma'iingan 18. ma'iinganens 19. waagosh 20. waagoshens 101 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 2. How does an Ojibwe speaker indicate a "small'' (young) animal? When the ending (ns) is used to indicate smallness, the form is called a DIMINUTIVE. Diminutive forms can be made from animate and inanimate nouns. Listen, for example, to these: English translation on page 177. emikwaan emikwaanens 1 bakwezhiganikaan bakwezhiganikaanens mazina'igan mazina' iganens onaagan onaagaans giigoo giigoons animosh animoons waasechigan waasechiganens dikinaagan dikinaaganens Ed uc at io n apabiwin apabiwinens Q c. bimide = d. mooz= e. adik= f. akik= g. jiimaan = h. nika= i. onaagan = J· k. n. makwa= o. mookomaan= minikwaajigan = q. waabooz= r. waasechigan = s. zhiiwitaagan = t. apabiwin = u. zhiishiib = nibaagan = v. ma'iingan = giigoo = w. dikinaagan = animosh = x. waazakonenjigan = ad U ni v er p. 0 La ke I. badaka'igan = Fa amik= y b. m. sit zhigaag = he a. cu l ty of 3. You may find that the form of the diminutive suffix changes slightly when you add it to different nouns. Look at the dimunitive forms above and see if you can spot the differences we are talking about. Can you see a pattern which predicts when the forms are different? For the following list of nouns, write the dimunitive form beside each one. Check your answers with the instructor if you need help. The English translations are on page 178. 1 The word emikwaan is the general word for 'spoon,' while the diminutive fonn emikwaanens is used specifically to refer to 'teaspoon.' 0 102 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 4. In this exercise, put the dimunitive nouns from part 3 above into the proper columns. A .___ __._ ; - T + - ,.,_ - ~ 1 io n ,., at ~ uc A Ed .( ,:;,_ of ., 12 ty 0 cu l 11\ 11 Fa 1 ') La ke he ad U ni v er sit y ( Memengwe (butterfly) 103 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 5. Diminutives are used in Ojibwe to refer to small and young animals. Fill in the missing letters and then write the correct diminutive fonn as shown in the example. Go back to page 101 for spelling corrections. 3. n_ ka 2. bineshiiyens 4. - - - - - 5. amik 7. _d_k Ed 6. ·_ _ _ __ uc at io n 1. bineshii 0 cu l ty of 8. - - - - - - 11. __'iin 12. _ _ _ _ __ 0 ni v er sit y Fa 9. waa h 10. _ _ _ _ __ U 13. mak 16. _ _ _ __ ke he ad 14. - - - - - ....___ 15. ___ gaag La 17. zh __ sh __ b 18. _ _ _ _ __ 19. ___ booz 20. _ _ __ 21. - - - 22. _ _ _ __ 0 104 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercise F Introduction to Transitive Verbs uc at io Niwaabandaan dikinaagan. Giwaabandaan ina wiiwakwaan? Apabiwinens niwaabandaan. Giwaabandaan ina adiko-wiiyaas? Niwaabandaan mazina'igan. Niwaabamaa mooz. Giwaabamaa na nika? Makoons niwaabamaa. Giwaabamaa na waabooz? Niwaabamaa amik. n 1. Listen to understand, and then pronounce the following sentences. In each sentence the verb means "see": English translations on page 178 for sections 1 to 5. of Ed 2. Now, with a partner, turn back to the picture of the animals at the beginning of this lesson, and put each of the animal names in one of the sentences: "I see _____." or "Do you see ___?" Experiment with a variety of word orders, as the sentences above illustrate. It is also possible to simply say "Niwaabamaa" or "Niwaabandaan" without any other words to fonn a complete sentence. In this case, you would mean, "I see him" or "I see it." cu l ty 3. Did you notice in section 1 that the Ojibwe word for "see" was written in two different ways? How do you account for this difference? Fa "Niwaabamaa" and "Giwaabamaa" are _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ fonns. "Niwaabandaan" and "Giwaabandaan" are forms. Nimiijin wiiyaas. Gimiijin ina bagishkiboojiganaaboo? Opin nimiijin. Bimide na gimiijin? sit (N)indamwaa waabooz Gidamwaa na makwa? Giigoo (n)indamwaa. Adik ina gidamwaa? ni v er (_ y 4. Now look at these sentences. In each case below, the verb means "eat". ad U You now know three Ojibwe words for "eat". How are they different? 1. niwiisin 2. (n)indamwaa he 3. nimiijin 5. Using the verbs niwaabamaa, niwaabandaan. {n}indamwaa and nimiijin, go back over all the La ke nouns you have learned so far in the course, and, using one of these four verbs, put each into at least one sentence. If you can make more than one. do so. Use your file cards for this, supplemented with the list of animal names from Exercise E of this lesson. Now go through your noun list again, asking the following questions of each noun: 1. L Gi waabamaa na? or Giwaabandaanina? 2. Gidamwaa na? or Gimiijin ina? In both 1 and 2 use whichever form is appropriate for the noun in question. 105 �INTROD UCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Thinking about verb types: 0 6. In the chart below, you'll notice that all three of the sentences have subjects and verbs, but that only two of the sentences have objects. Verb eat. eat eat n fish. meat. io I I I Obj~s;;t Ed uc - Verbs that take an object are called TRANSITIVE VERBS. - Verbs that do not take an object are called INTRANSITIVE VERBS. at Subje~t cu l ty of When we talk about subjects and objects, what do we mean? Roughly, the SUBJECT of a sentence is the person or thing that is doing the action, or in some cases, the person or thing that is being described. The OBJECT is the person or thing that the action is being done to, or in some way is affected by the verb. If you look at the English translations in the box above, you can see how these rough definitions apply. y Fa Which of the following verbs are transitive and which are intransitive? Put a 'T' beside the transitive one and an 'I' beside the intransitive ones. (n)indamwaa niwaabandaan biidoon 0 nimiijin (n)indanokii namadabin ni v er sit niwiisin niwaabamaa biizh • U Notice that on each line above there are two transitive verbs but only one intransitive verb. What is the difference between the two transitive verbs in each case (look back to section 3)? ke he ad Some transitive verbs take an ANIMATE object. These are called TRANSITIVE ANIMATE verbs or (VTA) for short. Other transitive verbs take an INANIMATE object. These are called TRANSITIVE INANIMATE or (VTI) for short. From now on, when we need to talk about verb types, we'll use the short forms: VTA and VTI verbs. La Now you should be able to fill in this chart, using the nine verbs from above: lnlransiti n V~tbs VTA Verbs VTI Vtrbs 0 106 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercise G New Vocabulary (VD) 2 3 4 Fa cu l ty of Ed 1 uc at io n 1. Listen carefully as your instructor says the words that correspond to each of the following pictures. Aaniin ezhiwebak? / How is the Weather? U ni v er sit y ( ad Write the number which corresponds to each picture. English translations on page 179. #_ _ Zaagaate #_ _ Awanl #_ _ Dakaayaa #_ _ Gimiwan #_ _ Gizhide #_ _ Animikiikaa #_ _ Anwaatin Maazhi-giizhigad2 #_ _ #_ _ Zoogipon #_ _ Waawaate #_ _ Ningwakwad3 #_ _ La ke he Noodin 2. Learn this vocabulary in the usual way: Listen, then pronounce the words, then in your notebook make up a little sentence for each of the words. Be creative when writing sentences. For example: "Naanda da-dakaayaa waabang." "Gii-awan bijiinaago." 1 The word gashkawan is often used with the same meaning. 2 This word is used to mean 'it is an unpleasant day, the weather is bad.' The word baabiidaanakwad 'there are clouds coming' is often used to suggest a similar meaning, 'be cloudy.' 3 The word ningwaanakwad has a similar meaning. 107 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercise H Working with the Language: 0 1. Say these words and sentences in the Native language. nidandawaabamaa (VTA) nidandawaabandaan (VTI) cu l (n)indamwaa (VTA) nimiijin (VTI) Fa niwaabamaa (VTA) niwaabandaan (VTI) ty of Ed uc 2. Some More Transitive Verbs: The English translations are on page 179. at io n - a little canoe, a small house, a baby partridge. - far away in the bush, the dog is under the table. - by the tipi, a moose is in the bush, it was hot yesterday. - maybe it will rain tomorrow, it was snowing yesterday. - today is windy, today is a sunny day. ni v er sit y 0 U nimaaminonenimaa (VTA) nimaaminonendaan (VTI) niminopwaa (VTA) niminopodaan (VTI) ninisaa (VTA) ninitoon (VTI) ad 3. With which picture does each of the following words go? La ke he look for, see, like the taste of. eat, kill, think Wegonen? Wegonen endawendaman? Aaniish? Aaniin danaa? Aaniish wiin danaa? Aaniish wiin? Aandiezhaayan? Aandiezhaayeg? Aaniin ezhiwebak? Aaniin enakamigak? Aapiji. Some Useful Expressions What? What do you want? What about? or what for? Why not? Why is it not so? Why, how come? Where are you (singular) going? Where are you (plural) going? How's the weather? What's going on? Very, quite 108 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Reading and understanding exercise: 4. Read these dialogues carefully and make sure you understand them. Work with a partner for practice speaking. B. 1 - Wegonen andawendaman? 2 - Gaawiin gegoon nidandawendanziin. 1 - Aaniish dash? 2 - Niwii-nibaa. 1 - Aandi ezhaayan? 2 - Nigiiwe 1 - Aaniish? 2 - (N)indaakoz. C. D. 1 - Giwii-nibaa na? 2-Gaawiin. 1 - Aaniish wiin dash? 2 - Nimaaminonenimaa (n)indinawemaagan. E. 1 - Aandi ezhaayeg? 2 - Nigiiwemin. 1 - Aaniish wiin? 2 - Niwii-wiisinimin gaye aapiji niwii-nibaamin. F. 1 - Na! Aazha zoogipon! 2 - Giwii-odamin ina agwajiing? 1 - Gaawiin, nimaajaa. 2 -Oonh! Aandi ezhaayan? 1 - Waasa noopiming. Niwii-andawaabamaa waabooz. 2- Gigii-waabamaa dash waabooz bijiinaago? 1 - Eya, bezhig eta nigii-waabamaa. G. 1 - Gigii-waabamaa na mooz awasinaago? 2 - Eya, nigii-waabamaa. 1 - Aandi? 2 - Iwidi besho noopiming. 1 - Gigii-nisaa na mooz? 2 - Eya, gigii-minopwaa na mooz? 1 - Miinawaa ikidon ! 2 - Giminopodaan ina moozo-wiiyaas? 1 - Eya, aapiji niminopodaan. at io n A. y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc 1 - Aan ezhiwebak agwajiing? 2 - Zoogipon. 1 - Giwii-odamin ina agwajiing? 2 - Gaawiin, niwii-nibaa. La ke he ad U ni v er sit ( Exercise I In this exercise, write two mini-dialogues of no less than eight lines each. After you have done that, practice speaking using these mini-dialogues. You can also work with the dialogues from Exercise H - 4 (A-G) and the expressions from Exercise H - 3. 109 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercise J 0 Write sentences in Ojibwe using the Present, Past and Future tenses. ·:••:;•ttfi - i ., .- • • Iii> . n • 1 2 io • 3 at • I._ _ _ _ _ _ __ I._ _ _ _ _ _ __ 2. 3. 2._ _ _ _ _ _ __ 3._ _ _ _ _ _ __ 2._ _ _ _ _ _ __ 3._ _ _ _ _ _ __ of Ed uc 1. cu l ty 1{ s Fa 4 1. I._ _ _ _ _ _ __ l._ _ _ _ _ _ __ 2._ _ _ _ _ _ __ 2._ _ _ _ _ _ __ 3._ _ _ _ _ _ __ y 2. 3. 6 0 U ni v er sit 3._ _ _ _ _ _ __ he 1. 1. 2. 3. 2. 3. La 3. ke 1. 2. 8 ad 7 11 I._ _ _ _ _ _ __ 2._ _ _ _ _ _ __ 3._ _ _ _ _ _ __ I.._ _ _ _ _ _ __ l._ _ _ _ _ _ __ 2.,_ _ _ _ _ _ __ 3._ _ _ _ _ _ __ 2._ _ _ _ _ _ __ 3._ _ _ _ _ _ __ 110 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 ( ExerciseK Translate the following sentences into Ojibwe. io n 1. I see the bear cub. uc at 2. I am looking for the skunk. of Ed 3. I am eating one potato. y sit 6. I like the taste of bannock. er ( Fa 5. I am thinking about a small canoe. cu l ty 4. I will kill a moose tomorrow. ni v 7. I saw a pipe the day before yesterday. ad U 8. I am eating bread. ke he 9. I am looking for a small plate. La 10. I saw a small house yesterday. 11. I am thinking about the small bed. 12. I like the taste of moose-meat. L �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Exercise A Introduction to the Obviative 0 1. Listen to and imitate these sets of sentences: Translations are on page 180. Nimiijin wiiyaas. Gimiijin wiiyaas. Odamwaan giigooyan. Omiijin wiiyaas. Niwaabamaa zhigaag. Giwaabamaa zhigaag. Niwaabandaan waakaa'igan. Giwaabandaan waakaa'igan. Owaabamaan zhigaagoon. Owaabandaan waakaa'igan. Ed uc at io n (N)indamwaa giigoo. Gidamwaa giigoo. ty of Look carefully at the objects of each sentence. Do you notice anything different about some of these sentences? y Fa cu l Look back to Unit 1, Lesson 5, Exercise G, if you need a reminder about what we mean when we say "first", "second", and "third" person. It's in sentences with _ _ _ _ _ _ _ person subjects that you may have noticed an extra ending on the noun object. Nouns having this form are called OBVIATIVES. Can you make a rule about when you can expect to find obviative nouns? It is common in paradigm work to use numbers for the different persons to help in an orderly arrangement and identification of your work. The following numbers are used in studying and describing Anishinaabemowin paradigms: First Person Exclusive Second Person 21 First Person Inclusive Third Person 22 Second Person Plural 33 Third Person Plural he 2 13 First Person ad 1 U ni v 2. er sit 0 ke 3 La Think about why the numbers 13 and 21 are used for the first person exclusive and inclusive. The order in which these numbers occur is also important. Notice that singular forms always come before the plural forms and that the numerical order is 1, 2, 3. The translations are on page 180. 0 112 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 (N)indamwaanaan nika. Gidamwaanaan nika. Gidamwaam nika. Odamwaawaan nikan. Niwaabamaanaan waagosh. Giwaabamaanaan waagosh. Giwaabamaam waagosh. Owaabamaawaan waagoshan. uc Ed TI Verbs Niwaabandaan baashkizigan. Giwaabandaan baashkizigan. Owaabandaan baashkizigan. cu l ty of Nimiijin bimide. Gimiijin bimide. Omiijin bimide. Niwaabandaamin baashkizigan. Giwaabandaamin baashkizigan. Giwaabandaanaawaa baashkizigan. Owaabandaanaawaa baashkizigan. sit y Fa Nimiijimin bimide. Gimiijimin bimide. Gimiijinaawaa bimide. Omiijinaawaa bimide. ni v er Write out and practice reading aloud full paradigms for these verbs. Use the paradigms in Section 2 if you have forgotten anything. TA Verbs U Ni waabandaan waakaa' igan. ad Ninisaa waagosh. he 1 2 TI Verbs ke 3 13 21 22 La ( io Niwaabamaa waagosh. Gowaabamaa waagosh. Owaabamaan waagoshan. at (N)indamwaa nika. Gidamwaa nika. Odamwaan nikan. n TA Verbs 33 113 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) · UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Forming the Obviative: 0 n You may have noticed that only animate nouns have an obviative form. If you are familiar with other dialects you may find that some of them have obviative forms for inanimate nouns, but for the variety of Anishinaabemowin that we are learning you only need to learn the obviative forms of animate nouns. makwan waagoshan to to Does your rule apply to: of Ed Check the rule you made in Section 1, above, to see if it works all through the paradigm. If not, adjust your rule to fit what's really happening. animate nouns only? ty 3. makwag waagoshag uc Change at io Making the obviative form of an animate noun is simple if you know the plural. Simply change the final g of the plural to n, and you have the obviative form. cu l Working with the Language: Do you (plural) like the taste of _ _ _ _ _ _? Answer: Yes, we like the taste of him/it. sit y (a) Fa 4. In groups of three using all your new VTA and VTI verbs, each person take a tum asking to the other two: 0 er Are we (inclusive) looking for _ _ _ _ _ _ _? Using as many different animals as possible, work with your partner asking and answering questions: U (b) ni v Answer: Yes, we're looking for him/it. ad Do you (singular) see _ _ _ _ _ _? he Does he see ? Yes, I see _ _ _ _ _ __ Yes, he sees _ _ _ _ _ __ ke Be certain in this exercise to use the obviative form when it's needed. Using as many different things that you can eat as possible, work with your partner asking: La (c) Are you (singular) eating _ _ _ _ _ _? Yes, I _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ls he/she eating _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _? Yes he/she _ _ _ _ __ Be certain in this exercise to use the obviative form when necessary. 0 114 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) .. UNIT 2; LESSON 3 (d) Make up several little two or three line dialogues with this pattern: Niga-nandawaabamaa waabooz waabang. Gegiin na giwii-biizhaa? Gaawiin, niwii-nibaa. Exercise B io at uc Ed of ty cu l Fa y er ( He hunts. He sets out by vehicle. He arrives. It arrives. I am helping him. I am helping it. I am going with him/her. I cook it (animate). I cook it (inanimate). I need him/she, want him/she. I need it, want it. I give to him (VTA). I put him in (a container/packsack); I pack him. I put it in (a container/packsack); I pack it. Listen! Someone, person. a. (N)andawenjige b. Maajiibizo c. Dagoshin d. Dagoshinoomagad e. Niwiiji'aa f. Niwiijitoon g. Niwiijiiwaa h. Nigiizhizwaa i. Nigiizhizaan j. Nidandawenimaa k. Nidandawendan 1. Nimiinaa m. Nibiina'waa n. Nibiina' aan o. Ma! p. Awiiya sit 1. n More About Verb Types ni v 2. Reading and Understanding Exercise: Andawenjige John. Owii-nisaan moozoon. Maajiibizo Mary. Giiwe. c. Mary waabang da-dagoshin. Da-anokii. d. Da-dagoshinoomagad ombaasin awasiwaabang. e. Niwiiji'aa (n)indinawemaagan noongom gaa-giizhigak. f. Niwiijitoon anokiiwin. Niga-wiijiiwaa (n)indinawemaagan noongom gaa-giizhigak. ke he ad U a. b. La g. h. Nigiizhizwaa giigoo. 1. Nigiizhizaan wiiyaas. j. Ninandawenimaa niwiijiiwaagan. k. Ninandawendaan jiimaan. I. m. n. Nimiinaa minikwaajigan. o. Ma! Aazha ombaasin dagoshinoomagad. p. Na! Awiiya bi-naagozi. Nibiina'waa waabooz. Nibiina'aan waabowayaan. 115 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 io at 1 - Ma! Aazha awiiya dagoshin. 2 -Aandi? 1 - Agwajiing ishkwaandeming. 2 - Wegonen dash, gigotaaj ina? 1 - Eya. nigotaaj. Wewiib biidoon nibaashkizigan! 2 - Gaawiin! Gaawiin niin nigotaajisii. 1 - Daga inaabin agwajiing ! 2-Ahaaw. 1 - Awiiya na giwaabamaa? 2 - Gaawiin. Animosh eta niwaabamaa. uc B. Ed 1 - Aandi waa-izhaayeg noongom gaa-giizhigak? 2- Noopiming niwii-izhaamin. 1 - Aaniinpii waa-maajaayeg? 2 - Geshtine niwii-maajaamin. 1 - Aaniin waa-doodameg wedi? 2 - Niwii-nandawenjigemin eta. 1 - Maagizhaa mooz giga-nisaawaa. 2 - Ambegish. of A. 0 n Read these dialogues carefully. Pay attention to proper pronunciation. Check with your instructor if you need help understanding any of the sentences. Translations on page 181. Write your own two mini-dialogues. Then get someone to work with you for practice speaking, using those dialogues above plus your own. 0 ni v er 4. sit y Fa cu l ty 3. U Exercise C Introduction to Possession ke he ad 1. Listen, understand and repeat these words: niwaakaa' igan nibaashkizigan giwaakaa •igan gibaashkizigan owaakaa'igan obaashkizigan nibabagiwayaanegamig gibabagiwayaanegamig obababiwayaanegamig J nigiigoom gigiigoom ogiigooman nibinem gibinem obineman nibakwezhiganikaan gibakwezhiganikaan obakwezhiganikaan nimookomaan gimookomaan omoolomaan ninitiiwakik ginitiiwakik onitiiwakikoon nindemikwaan gidemikwaan odemikwaanan nidoonaagan gidoonaagan odoonaagan nidoodooshaaboom gidoodooshaaboom odoodooshaaboom La nijiimaan gijiimaan ojiimaan 116 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 2. Observations: My fork Yourknive His bannock uc My clock Your kettle His cup My egg My door His bread My chair Your pencil His tea at io In this exercise, translate the following words in the Native language: Check with your instructor for your corrections. Ed 3. n - What prefix means "my"? - What prefix means "yours"? - What prefix means "his"? - What suffix do you find on third person forms? - Why is there a (d) in gi(d)emihkwaan? of 4. An exception. There is a special way to say "dog" (animosh) when it is possessed: Fa cu l ty "my dog" "your dog" "his dog" (n)inday giday odayan sit Aandi nibagishkiboojiganaaboom? Onandawendaan nibaashkizigan. Aaniin ezhinikaazod giday? Biidoon giwaagaakwad! Giwaabandaan ina John owaakaa'igan? Aandi gidoozhibii' iganaak? Nigii-miinaa obineman. La ke he ad U ni v er ( y 5. Listen, understand and repeat: L 117 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Exercise D New Vocabulary Listen carefully as your instructor pronounces the names of the nouns pictured here. After you have heard each word several times, match the pictures to the written words below: Translations and answers on page 182. 0 at io n ------- s uc 3 4 8 7 #_giizhoopizon #__ babiinskawaagan2 #__azhiganag3 #__ wiiwakwaan #_ _babagiwayaan # __minjikaawanag4 # _giboodiyegwaazon #_gijipizon #__ bikwan sit y Fa #__ giishkijiiwayaanl cu l 6 ty of Ed I ni v my = niminijikaawan your = giminjikaawan his/hers = Qminjikaawanm er In this exercise, write the three possessive forms for each of the nouns. The first set is done for you. U =--------- =--------- my your = ___________ his/hers = __________ =---------- my your = - - - - - - - - - his/hers=----------- my=--------your = __________ his/hers = ________ my your = - - - - - - - - - his/hers - - - - - - - - - - ke he ad my your=---------his/hers = _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ =--------- =--------- my your = - - - - - - - - - his/hers = _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ =-------- my your = __________ his/hers = _________ La =-------- my your = _________ his/hers = ________ my your = _________ his/hers = ________ 0 =---------- I The word nasweta is also used for 'sweater.' 2 When this word is used without a personal (possessive) prefix the first syllable ba- is dropped, and the word is pronounced biiskawaagan. When a personal prefix is used, the first syllable is retained: nibabiiskawaagan 'my coat.' 3, 4 The singular fonn of azhiganag is azbigan; the singular fonn of minjikaawanag is minjikaawan. Q �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Exercise E Understanding Different Classes of Words n 1. This exercise is to give practice identifying the different types of words (nouns, verbs, and particles). Underline each word and then write its abbreviation underneath. The first sentence has been done for you. Ni Yil YTI fC at NA io A. Animosh! Nidandawendaan nimakizin! Wewiib biidoon! Ed of C. Ogii-nandawendaan mookomaan, ngii-miinaa dash. uc B. Giwii-wiijiiwaa na Peter? Onandawaabamaan adikoon. ty D. Gaawiin owiiji'aasiin ikwezens ikwewan. Aazha nibaa. cu l E. Niga-wiiji'aa gwiiwizens waabang. Gaye awasiwaabang. Fa F. Gaawiin ogii-waabamaasiin moozoon. Ininiwan eta ogii-waabamaan. y G. Gidandawaabandaanaawaa ina jiimaan? sit ( ni v er H. Giwii-miijinaawaa na moozo-wiiyaas? Gaawiin, zhigaag niwii-amwaanaan. U I. Makoons ogii-waabamaan zhigaagoon. Gii-gotaaji! La ke he ad J. (N)inday ogii-amwaan waaboozoon. L 119 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Exercise F Reading and Understanding: Answer these questions with full sentences using both positive and negative responses. The English translations are on page 182. at io n Gigii-wiiji'aawaa ina inini? Gii-andawenjigewag ina? Ogii-waabamaan ina waagosh binewan? Aandi ombaasin? Giminopwaawaa ina bakwezhiganikaan? Giwii-wiijiiwaawaa ina Frank? Gigii-miinaa na moozo-wiiyaas? uc A. Ed 1. 0 cu l 1 - Aan ge-doodang waabang? or (with obviative ..waabaninig") 2 - Wii-maajaa waabaninig. Aazha ozhiitaa. 1 - Aandi waa-izhaad? 2 - Waasa noopiming. 1 - Giga-wiijiiwaa na? 2 - Eya, niga-wiijiiwaa iidog. 1 - Gegiin ina giwii-biizhaa? 2-Gaawiin. 0 1 - Aandi Henry? 2 - Aazha gii-maajaa. 1 - Aaniinpii? 2 - Awasinaago. 1 - Aandi gaa-izhaad? 2 - Babaa-andawenjige noopiming l. 1 - Bezhigo na? 2 - Gaawiin. Odayan owiijiiwaan. 1 - Gwiiwizens dash wiin? Gewiin ina maajaa? 2 - Gaawiin. Geyaabi nibaa. La ke he ad U C. ni v er sit y Fa B. ty of Listen as your instructor reads the dialogues in B and C below. Then work with your partner to practice them. D. Write two of your own mini-dialogues containing obviative endings. Practice these with your partner. 1 Babaa- is a PREVERB which means '(do something) here and there, in different places.' In this sentence the combination of preverb+verb means 'he/she goes hunting.' 0 120 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Exercise G - Translations on page 183. Introduction to Kinship; "My Family" 1. (n)imbaabaa nimaamaa n nookomis nisayenh niin niwiidigemaagan nishiime nishiime Fa cu l ty of nimisenh Ed uc at io nimishoomis sit Note that: 1) There are three terms for siblings in Ojibwe, one for an older brother, one for an older sister, and one for a younger brother or sister. 2) Kinship words are always found in the possessive form. 3) U ni v er ( (n)indaanis y (n)ingozis ad The suffix "ban", when used with kin terms, means that the relation is no longer living. For example. nimaamaayiban means my late mother. ke he Kinship charts are structured from the point of view of a particular family member, referred to as EGO. On the chart above, EGO is identified as niin, the Ojibwe first-person singular pronoun. La Now make your own chart, similar to the one above, but with your own family depicted. Draw a line through deceased family members. L Then, with a friend, ask and answer questions about relatives' names such as: 1) Aaniin ezhinikaazod gimishoomis? Peter izhinikaazo nimishoomis. 2) Aaniin ezhinikaazod gookomis? Mary izhinikaazo nookomis. 3) Aaniin ezhinikaazod gibaabaa? Jacob izhinikaazo (n)imbaabaa. 4) Aaniin ezhinikaazod gimaamaa? Sarah izhinikaazo nimaamaa. 5) Aaniin ezhinikaazod gigozis? Thomas izhinikaazo (n)ingozis. 6) Aaniin ezhinikaazod gidaanis? Emily izhinikaazo (n)indaanis. 121 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Ojibwe Kinship: 2. In English. we have one word for "aunt.. which means "sister(s) of your father or mother:• In Ojibwe, there are two words for "aunt." The first is used for your father's sister(s) and the other is used for your mother•s sister(s). The same division is found with the word for uncle. In Ojibwe. there are two terms whereas in English there is but one. Q Ed uc at io n This is just the beginning of an important difference between the Ojibwe and the English kinship systems. In the Ojibwe system, there are two types of aunts, uncles, and cousins. In the first category are mother's sister and her children and father's brother and his children. These are called PARALLEL aunts. uncles, and cousins because they are related to you through siblings (brothers or sisters) of the same sex. ty of The second category consists of those aunts, uncles and cousins who are related to you through siblings of opposite sexes. In this category are your mother•s brother and his children and your father's sister and her children. These are called CROSS aunts. uncles and cousins. Fa cu l The concepts of "parallel" and "cross" relatives are necessary for understanding the Ojibwe terms for cousins. You will find that parallel cousins use the same terms as "brothers" and "sisters" but crosscousins are designated by different terms. sit y Certain kin terms are used when a male is speaking and others if a female is speaking. In the other cases the meaning of a term may differ depending upon whether the speaker is male or female. The following list includes these specific terms. Remember on your own family chart to use the appropriate terms. Female Speaker (male) niitaawisl niitaa niinim (n)indawemaa (female) (n)indaangoshenh2 niinim (n)indaangwe (n)indawemaa er Male speaker ad U ni v Cross-cousin Brother-in-law Sister-in-law Sibling (sister/brother) of opposite sex3 Q La ke he You will notice that the word for a cross cousin of the opposite sex of EGO in the diagram is similar to the word for brother-in-law (for a female). or sister-in-law (for a male). This similarity probably reflects a very old pattern in which it was common (and even preferred) for a person to marry his cross-cousin~ this pattern still occurs in some areas even during the contemporary period. So, in a way. these crosscousin terms mean "marriageable relative." Check the word for 'mother-in-law• on the next page. Where else on the chart do you find this word? l. The tenn niitaawis refers to father's sister's son. 2. The tenn nindaangoshenh is used by female speakers to refer to mother's brother's daughter or father's sister's daughter. 3. There are separate terms for 'brother' and 'sister' which make other distinctions; these are listed on the following page. 122 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Additional Vocabulary (Optional): 3. Below is a basic chart of the Ojibwe family. Using the words given under the diagram. produce a colour key and colour each person on the chart according to their kin name. This chart has a male as EGO, so be sure to use the correct terms for a male speaker. There are other kinship terms which not listed here; you can check with your instructor or with another Anishinaabemowin speaker to find out which terms they use. 1-J I A-l o-1 n A-6 1-o uc at b=~ l-o o=! pt~=n=~ n n=A X-o n nn o-0-~ of Ed o=n ~-o I io o-~ I English Equivalent Line /-2/ nookomis nimishoomis my grandmother my grandfather line /-1/ nimaamaa (n)imbaabaa ninoshenh nimishoome (n)inzigos (n)inzhishenh (n)inzigos my mother my father my parallel aunt (mother's sister) my parallel uncle (father's brother) my cross aunt (father's sister) my cross uncle (mother's brother) my mother-in-law Line/0/ mm nimisenh nisayenh nishiime cu l Fa y sit er ni v U he ad ( ty Ojibwe La ke niinimoshenh (n)indaangoshenh niitaawis niitaa l. I (EGO) my older sister/older parallel female cousin my older brother/older male parallel cousin my younger brother or sister/my younger parallel cousin my sweetheart, my cross cousin of opposite sex my female cross cousin (woman speaking) my male cross-cousin (man speaking) my brother-in-law (man speaking) Line/+ 1/ (n)indaanis (n)ingozis (n)indoozhim nina' aanganikwe nina' aanganishiim my daughter my son my parallel nephew/niece my cross niece/daughter-in-law my cross nephew/son-in-law Line /+2/ my grandchild noozhis 123 +2 +1 +O -1 -2 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Pages 89 and 91 of this text are adapted from a language learning book called L.A.M.P. (which stands for "Language Acquisition Made fractical"), by E. Thomas and Elizabeth Brewster. (Published by Lingua House, 915 West Jackson, Colorado Springs, CO 80907, 1976. Material here is from pp. 206208. Use restricted.) Q uc at io n L.A,M.P. is designed to help learners of languages for which teaching aids such as grammars and dictionaries are not readily available. Many of the methods in L,A,M,P. are adaptable to Ojibwe language learning, easpecially if one has the opportunity of living in a community of Ojibwe speakers. L,A,M,P. is recommended for students who wish to continue their Ojibwe studies after this course is over. Ed 4. Here are some questions and answers involving kinship tenns. English translations on page 183. ty of Aaniin endoodang gisayenh agwajiing? Amanj igo. Ganabaj anokiidog l, cu l Aaniin endoodang gimisenh biindigamig? Jiibaakwe. Wii-wiisini. y Fa Aaniin endoodang giwiijiiwaagan waabaninig? Da-anokii noopiming. 0 er sit Aaniin waa-doodang gibaabaa noongom gaa-giizhiganinig? Wii-andawenjige. U ni v Aaniin gaa-doodang gimaamaa bijiinaago? Gii-boodawe agwajiing. Gii-jiibaakwe. ad 5. Now, try making up some questions and answers that use kinship tenns. La ke he l The suffix dog on the end of the verb anokil is the DUBITATIVE suffix, which will be discussed in Unit 2, Lesson 4, page 138. The meaning of the verb and suffix is "he/she is probably working." 0 124 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Exercise H Ojibwe Kinship y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n Using the diagram below, and the vocabulary on kinship terms: Produce a legend using a colour key and colour each person on the chart according to their kin name. This chart has "niin" as EGO, so be sure to use the correct terms for a male or female speaker. ad U ni v er sit ( <EGO) = = = = = = = = = = = La ke he = NHN = = = = = = = = = = = L 125 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Exercise I More About TA Verbs 1. The following words express actions with different subjects (the doers of the action) and objects (those who have the action done to them). A heading such as; 0 (1 acting on 2) at io n means a first person (1) NJIN is doing something to a second person (2) GJIN. The English translations are on page 184. (1 acting on 3) (2 acting on 1) giwaabamin ginandawaabamin giwiiji'in giwiijiiwin niwaabamaa ninandawaabamaa niwiiji'aa niwiijiiwaa giwaabam ginandawaabam giwiiji' giwiijiiw (2 acting on 3) (3 acting on 1) giwaabamaa ginandawaabamaa giwiiji'aa giwiijiiwaa niwaabamig ninandawaabamig niwiiji'ig niwiijiiwig of Ed uc (1 acting on 2) Fa cu l ty (3 acting on 2) y (3 acting on 4) giwaabamig ginandawaabamig giwiiji'ig giwiijiiwig er sit 0 ni v owaabamaan onandawaabamaan owiiji'aan owiiiiiwaan U The verb stem is the part that doesn't change when you change the subject and the object: ad niwaabamaa giwaabam he Here, the verb stem is waabam. Note that in the '2 acting on l' forms there is a prefix but no suffix. La ke 2. Copy all the above examples into your notebook, and underline each verb stem. Working with first person markers (ni-) and second person markers (ki-), highlight all the SUBJECTS in yellow and all the OBJECTS in blue. Questions and Answers Exercise: (2 acting on 1) Q. Giwaabam na? (1 acting on 2) A. Eya, giwaabamin. (2 acting on 3) Q. Giwaabamaa na? (1 acting on 3) A. Eya, niwaabamaa. (3 acting on 1) Q. Niwaabamig na? (3 acting on 2) A. Eya, giwaabamig. Now try making up some questions and answers by using TA verbs listed above. 126 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Observation: In some Ojibwe verbs, the subject marker comes at the beginning. These are called DIRECT fonns. In other Ojibwe verbs, the ~ marker comes at the beginning. These are said to be INVERSE fonns. y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n You'll need lots of practice in 1!filil& these fonns until you can understand and use them without thinking. First, try reading them in the comics on page 130. When the comics make sense to you, work with a partner and create your own short dialogues, to include as many forms as possible in meaningful contexts. La ke he ad U ni v er sit ( Opwaagan (smoking pipe) L 127 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 The Unspoken Language In English, we associate certain qualities or ideas with specific animal, for example: "as sly as a fox," "as busy as a beaver," "as wise as an owl," etc. Ojibwe speakers often make different associations than English speakers do. 0 at io n As you learn the Ojibwe language and culture, watch for concepts that connect with the various animals in Ojibwe; don't bring your English associations with you to Ojibwe! uc 3. In exercise I, you learned seven combinations ofTransitive Animate (VTA) forms. Here is one more: Ed 4 acting on 3 owaabamigoon "he (obv.) sees him" 3 acting on 4: Does John (3) see her (4)? John na owaabamaan? 4 acting on 3: Yes, and she (4) sees him (3). ty of This form would only be used when you've already been referring to the two people involved, and the subject of the action has previously been referred to in the obviative. For example: cu l Other verbs in the 4 acting on 3 form: omiinigoon Fa owiijiiwigoon Eya, owaabamigoon gaye. sit y Now, let's TRANSFORM some TA combinations: English translations on page 184. Negative ni v gaawiin owiiji'igoosiin gaawiin gidamwaasii gaawiin niwaabamigosii gaawiin ominopwaasiin U he ad owiiji •igoon gidamwaa niwaabamig ominopwaan er VTA 0 ogii-wiiji'igoon gigii-amwaa nigii-waabamig ogii-minopwaan Voluntative Future giwii-wiijiiwin giwii-miinig (gi)ga-wiijiiwin* (gi)ga-miinig La ke giwiijiiwin gimiinig Past *The sequence of prefix giga- is usually reduced toga-. Practicing with TA Verbs 4. You have learned to handle eight different VTA subject-object combinations. Here they are: 2onl gi-- lon2 gi--in 2on3 ii--aa 3on2 gi--ig lon3 3on4 ni--M 3on 1 4on3 ni--ii 2---aan 128 2---ii:oon 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 -wiiji' -wiijiiw- -zaagi' -ganawenim- -miin- -waniikaan- ExerciseJ at cu l ty of Ed uc I love him/her. I love it. I take care of him/her. I take care of it. I like him/her. I like it. I am worried about it. I forget him/her. I forget it. I tell him/her. I ask him. y sit Go through the appropriate language learning steps for each word. If you're not sure of what any word means, your instructor will help you. Listen carefully as your instructor pronounces these words. La ke he ad U ni v er ( New Vocabulary Nizaagi'aa Nizaagitoon Niganawenimaa Niganawendaan Niminwenimaa Niminwendaan Nimigoshkaadendaan Niwaniikaanaa Niwaniikaadaan Niwiindamawaa Nigagwejimaa 1. n -andawenim- io -waabam- Fa ( Practice the forms above by combining various stems with the prefix-suffix combinations above. Here are some stems to practice with: English translations on page 185. L 129 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Nimaajaa 2. English translations on page 185. Aandi ezhaayan? Thunder Bay nidizhaa. Eya, niwiijiiwig sha, owii-waabamaan Richardan. 0 at io n Alexina giwiijiijiiwig? Gidaa-miinaa na awe mazina'igan? ty of Ed uc Aandi Richard? Aazha niwaabamaa iwidi. lwidi, giwaabamaa na? Romance 0 - Giin dash? Gizaagi' ina? Eya, gizaagi'in gegiin. ad ... ---~'' Gigichi· zaagi'in. Eya, niwaabamaa La ke he ' U Onh! Nizaagi'ig! ni v er sit y Fa Gaawiin niwaabamaasii Aandi Gordon? cu l Aandi nidinawemaagan? Chief and Counselor Ogimaa gibabaa- Oshta! Nibabaaandawaabamig. andawaabamig ina? 0 Eyawewiib! Geshtine giwiiwaabamig. Gaawiin, giin eta giwii-waabamig. 0 3. For further exercise, create your own comic strips and write mini-dialogues. 130 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Exercise A Scenery and Useful Articles 5 Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n 1. Listen carefully as your instructor says the words which correspond to each of the following pictures. 7 8 11 12 y 6 ni v er sit ( 10 he ad U 9 ke Write in the number which corresponds to each picture. English translation on page 186. baashkizigan #_ _ ziibi # waanzhibiiyaa #_ _ #_ _ #_ _ bikwadinaa # abwi #_ _ maajiinikaajiganens2 # La zaaga'igan baawitig nawapowini-makakoons 1 #_ _ #_ _ minis bagwajiya' iing # wajiw # l. An alternate word for 'lunch box' is wiisini-makakoons. 2. An alternate word for 'motor' is akikoons. 131 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) · UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Reading and Understanding: 2. Listen carefully to the following questions and answers. Notice that many of the answers contain locative particles and endings. Notice also the obviative forms. English translation on page 186. Q io n Aandi giigooyag? Wedi baawitigong. at Aaniin endoodang Piitan bagwajigamig? uc Binewan onandawaabamaan. Ed Aaniin endoodang amik waanizhibiiyaang? of Onandawaabandaan ziibi. ty Wegonen i'iwedi zaaga'iganiing? cu l Minis. Fa Aandi zaaga' igan? y Wedi jiigew-ziibiing. 0 er Jiigew-ziibiing. sit Aandi ezhaayan? ni v Giwaabamaa na adik wagijayi'ii bikwadinaang. U Eya, niwaabamaa. ad Ginandawaabamaa na migizi besho wajiwing? he Gaawiin. Ninandawaabamaa makoons. ke Aandi nibaashkizigan? Niiwii-nisaa ma'iingan. La Gaawiin omaa atemagasinoon gibaashkizigan. Aandi nawapowini-makakoons? Niwii-wiisin. Wedi wagijayi'ii adoopowining. Gidandawenimaa na nindabwi? Gaawiin. Gaa mashi. Baamaa waabang. Gimaajiinikaajiganens dash wiin? Gidandawendaan ina? Eya, wewiib nidandawendaan. 132 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Exercise C Mini-dialogues: Listen to the following dialogues in class and then read them on your own. Practice speaking these with your partner. English translation on page 187. 1 - Aandi nibaashkizigan? Niwii-babaa-andawenjige. 2 - Aandi waa-izhaayan? 1 - Wedi jiigi-bikwadinaag. 2 - Giday na giga-wiijiiwig? 1 - Eya. 2 - Gigozis dash wiin? Gewiin na giwiijiiwig? 1 - Gaawiin. Wii-nibaa geyaabi. B: 1 - Aandi nawapowini-makakoons? 2 - Namanj igo. Aaniish dash? 1 - Niwii-maajaa. 2 - Onh! Aaniish dash? Giwii-nandawaabamaa na awesii? 1 - Eya. Niwii-nandawaabamaag awesiiyag. 2 - Gidaanis na giwiijiiwig? 1 - Eya, gewiin owii-waabamaan waagoshan. 2- Ahaaw, naanaage (gi)ga-waabamin. C: 1 - Wewiib, biidoon baashkizigan! 2 - Aaniish wiin dash? 1 - Gegoon niwaabandaan wedi. 2 - Aandi? Gaawiin gegoon niin niwaabandanziin. 1 - Omaa biizhaan. Giwaabamaa na? Mooz osha awe! 2 - Giwii-baashkizwaa na? 1 - Gaawiin. Giin baazhkizo. of Ed uc at io n A: y Fa cu l ty 1. he ad U ni v er sit ( La ke 2. Now write two dialogues of your own of up to eight lines each. Practice these with your partner. L 134 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) . UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Exercise B 0 C. Are you going hunting now? No, I want to sleep. D. Are you always dancing at night? at Where are you going tomorrow? I am going home tomorrow. ty of Ed uc B. io n Translation: 1. Translate the following questions and answers in Ojibwe. A. What are you doing today?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ I am working today._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ cu l No, I am always eating. Are you going to kill the moose? No, I want to kill the caribou. F. Will you be going to the forest today? Yes, I will be going with Frank. G. Does this man always sleep? Yes, he is always sleeping. H. What do you want todo today? I want to go home. sit he ad U ni v er 0 What will you be doing the day after tomorrow?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ I don't know. Maybe I'll be working. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ La ke I. y Fa E. J. Are you going by the river?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Yes, I want to look for ducks., _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ K. Did you see the eagle at the mountain yesterday?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ No, I only saw a bear._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ L. Did Sally see the dog the day before yesterday?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ No, she only saw a wolf. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 133 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Exercise D Introduction to Preverbs 1. Increase your own "word power". Since the beginning of the course, you have been using preverbs, as in "bi-wiisinin" and "nitaa-nagamo". The preverbs in these words are: io n here, come towards enough bi debi- ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of here and there, in different places stop, quit skilled at, knows how, can do away from, in progress towards after, done, complete before try, to make an effort towards secretly unable to find, fail at, no place for start, begin, proceed, move forward go to do, to go there and to do something in error, wrongly, mistake want to, anxious, need to do something (before usual time) visible (at a distance) big, great, very U babaabooninitaaaniishkwaajibwaagagwegiimoojigiinawimaajiiando-/andawiwaninoondemadegichi- Ed uc at These are the ones you already know, but there are plenty more where they came from. Here are a few more preverbs to add to your vocabulary. Remember the hyphen (-) is important when joining preverbs to the verbs. La ke he ad 2. Here are some examples of how to use preverbs for the third person in sentences. Study and understand these sentences. He/she goes hunting. Babaa-andawenjige He/she has had enough to drink. Debi-minikwe He/she is stopped drinking. Booni-minikwe He/she is skilled at cooking. Nitaa-jiibaakwe He/she is getting ready to go home. Ani-giiwe He/she completes the work. Ishkwaa-anokii Come before it rains. Biizhaan jibwaa-gimi wang ! He/she is trying to sing. Gagwe-nagamo He/she is secretly leaving. Giimooji-maajaa He/she is unable to find something to drink. Giinawi-minikwe He/she is starting to write. Maajii-ozhibii' ige He/she is going out to the dance. Ando-niimi He/she makes a mistake/does something incorrectly. Wani-doodam He/she want to go home anxiously. Noonde-wii-giiwe He/she is playing (over there) Made-odamino He/she eats a big meal. Gichi-wiisini 135 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io I have had enough to drink. I am going hunting. I stop drinking. I am skilled at cooking. I am getting ready to go home. I complete the work. I am coming before it rains. I am trying to sing. I am secretly leaving. I am unable to find something to drink. I am starting to write. I am going out ot the dance. I am making a mistake/wrong doing. I want to go home anxiously. I am playing (over there). I am eating a big meal. Nidebi-minkwe. Nibabaa-andawenjige. Nibooni-minikwe. Ninitaa-jiibaakwe. Nidani-giiwe. Nidishkwaa-anokii. Nibiizhaa jibwaa-gimiwang. Nigagwe-nagam. Nigiimooji-maajaa. Nigwiinawi-minikwe. Nimaajii-ozhibii' ige. Nidandawi-niim. Niwani-doodam. Ninoonde-wii-giiwe. Nimade-odamin. Nigichi-wiisin. 0 n 3. Here are some examples of how to use preverbs for the first person in sentences. Study and understand these sentences. Come and eat! You have eaten enough. You are going hunting. You stop drinking. You are skilled at cooking. You are getting ready to go home. You complete the work. You are coming before it rains. You are trying to sing. You are secretly leaving. You are unable to find something to drink. You are starting to write. You are going out to the dance. You are making a mistake/wrong doing. You want to go home anxiously. You are playing (over there). You are eating a big meal. 0 La ke he ad U ni v er Bi-wiisinin! Gidebi-wiisin. Gibabaa-andawenjige. Gibooni-minikwe. Ginitaa-giizhideb. Gidani-giiwe. Gidishkwaa-anokii. Gibiizhaa jibwaa-gimiwang. Gigagwe-nagam. Gigiimooji-maajaa. Gigiinawi-minikwe. Gimaajii-ozhibii' ige. Gidandado-niim. Giwani-doodam. Ginoonde-wii-giiwe. Gimade-odamin. Gigichi-wiisin. sit y 4. Here are some examples of how to use preverbs for the second person in sentences. Study and understand these sentences. 0 136 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 ( Exercise E Understanding How to Use Preverbs: In this exercise, write your own sentences using preverbs. The examples given were in Exercise D and refer to first, second and third person. Repeat this exercise until you completely understand how to use preverbs in sentences. anokii dagoshinoomagan zoogipon giiwe wiisini gimiwan nibaa maajaa maajiibizo aakozi niimi odamino biindige boodawe cu l Fa y sit U ad he ke 5. er Booni-odamino ikwezens. 2. 3. La 6. 7. 8. 9. L Ed gagwenitaagiinawiishkwaaandawianiwanijibwaagichinoondemaajiimadegiida1. 4. Nouns 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 137 gwiiwizens ombaasin abinoojii wiijiiwaagan ikwezens bine ikwe animosh giigoo wiiba baamaa odaabaan waabishkiiwe inini of Verbs ty Preverbs ni v ( uc at io n Exercise F More Preverbs: In this exercise, write complete sentences using the following words. Each sentence should have a minimum of three words. The first one is done for you as an example. �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 ExerciseG New Vocabulary and Expressions l. izhinikaade. izhinikaazo. It is called His/her name is 0 (or He/she is called) native person native woman white man white woman He speaks the native language. He speaks English. An expression roughly translated: "oops!" or "Oh my!" of Ed uc at io n anishinaabe anishinaabekwe waabishkiiwe/zhaaganaash waabishkiiwekwe/zhaaganaashiikwe anishinaabemo waabishkiiwemo/zhaaganaashiimo Oshta! Ojibwe speakers make an important distinction between what they are certain about and what they have some doubts about. For example: English translations on page 187. Fa cu l 2. ty Introduction to the Dubitative Uncertain y Certain nidaakozinaadog 1 2 gidaakoz 3 aakozi 13 21 22 nidaakozimin gidaakozimin gidaakozim gidaakozimwaadog 33 aakoziwag aakozidogwenag sit nidaakoz 0 aakozidog nidaakoziminaadog gidaakoziminaadog he ad U ni v er gidaakozinaadog La ke Listen to and repeat the paradigm above. Note and underline the part of each word that indicates information is uncertain or there is some doubt about it. Verbs taking this form expressing doubt are said to be DUBITATIVE. A dubitative form indicates that the speaker is unable or unwilling to say for sure that the action/state of the verb has really occurred. The speaker may be unwilling because he did not personally witness the event. or because he has only inferred or supposed the action. He may feel that he has forgoten some details. and so doesn't want to wholly commit himself to what he has said. The dubitative may also be used with knowledge that is of a traditional nature. The dubitative is expressed in English by adding words such as "seems to be," or "must be" to the basic idea. For example: Certain Uncertain He•s sick. He must be sick. He seems to be sick 138 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 An important difference between the dubitative in Ojibwe and English is in the consistency of its usage. In Ojibwe, most information that you assume or have not personally verified by direct observation is presented in the dubitative. So, if someone tells you something that you have not personally verified, you would normally use a dubitativein Ojibwe if you were to tell anyone else this information. Compare the following sentences. io n Aakozi Bill. at Bill is sick. (I've seen it with my own eyes.) Ed Bill seems to be sick. (I've heard it, but haven't seen it.) uc Aakozidog Bill. of Watch for dubitatives as you listen to people speaking, and try to use them in your own speech, when appropriate. cu l ty Now, ask and reply to the following questions which assume, rather than observe, the answers given. Then ask and answer some questions of your own in the same way. English translations on page 187. Andawenjigedog. Maajiibizodog. Jiibaakwedog. Odarninodog. y Fa Aaniin endoodang gisayenh? Aaniin endoodang gimisenh? Aaniin endoodang giwiidigemaagan? Aaniin endoodang gishiime? Reply to the following questions using the dubitative form for your answers. The first one has been done for you. English translation on page 188. ni v er 3. sit ( ad U Maajaadog Aandi anishinaabekwe? Aandi waabishkiiwe?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Aandi gigozis?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ he Aandi Zoozan?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Aandi nisayenh?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ke Aandi gishiime?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ La Aandi Piitan?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Aandi animosh?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ L 139 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Exercise H Mini-dialogues 0 io at 1 - Aandi gishiime? 2 - Geyaabi maawiin nibaadog. 1 - Aaniin ge-doodaman noongom gaa-giizhigak? 2 - Niga-nandawaabamaag binewag. 1 - Aandi? Noopiming ina? 2 - Gaawiin. Wedi jiigew-zaaga'iganiing. 1 - Geniin ninga-biizhaa. uc B: Ed 1 - Aandi gisayenh? 2 - Amanj igo. Anokiidog agwajiing. 1 - Nimisenh nandawaabamaan osayenyan. 2 - Aaniish dash? 1 - Amanj igo. Owii-wiijiiwaadogwen maawiin. 2 - Giin dash? Aandi waa-izhaayan? 1 - Niwii-giiwe. Niwii-wiisin. of A: n Listen to the following dialogues in class, and then practice them with your partner. The English translations are on page 188. Fa cu l ty 1. y In this exercise, write two mini-dialogues using dubitative forms. Practice your dialogues with your partner. Check each other's pronunciation, and get help from your instructor if you need it. Q La ke he ad U ni v er sit 2. Waagosh 0 140 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Exercise I Dubitatives Change each of the following verbs into the dubitative form. Be sure to include the English translation also. Do as shown in the example. English translation on page 188. Certain Aakozidog He is sick. He seems/must be sick. Anokii 2. Anishinaabemo 3. Izhinikaade 4. Jiibaakwe 5. Gotaaji 6. Maajaa 7. Ozhibii'ige 8. Niimi 9. Nagamo 10. Mawi y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at 1. ke he ad U ni v er sit ( Biindi1?e La 11. L io Aakozi n Uncertain 12. Nibaa 13. Dakaayaa 14. Zhaaganaashiimo 15. Waawaate 141 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Exercise J Dubitatives 0 In this exercise, answer the following questions in the dubitative only. Use the verbs listed below. Give three different answers to each question. The English translations are on page 188. Aaniin endoodang gwiiwizens? a)_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ n 1. Aaniin endoodang giday? a),_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ b),____________________ uc 2. at io b),_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ c)_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 3. Ed C),_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Aaniin waa-doodang zhaaganaash?a),_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ of b)_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Aaniin waa-doodang abinoojii? a),_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ cu l 4. ty c),_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ b)_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ a)._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ b)_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Aaniin ezhiwebak. agwajiing? sit y 5. Fa c),_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 0 ni v er c)_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ maajiibizo giiwe mawi debi-wiisini nishkaadizi odamino nibaa izhinikaazo ozhibii' ige maajaa niimi anishinaabemo jiibaakwe biizhaa baapi dakaayaa biindige minikwe nagamo zhaaganaash aakozi gizhide ad he boodawe U anokii wanishkaa wiisini La ke dagoshinoomagan izhinikaade waawaate gotaaji 0 142 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON S Exercise A The Sun and the Moon ( 1. Listening and Understanding: of Ed uc at io n In this exercise, listen carefully as your instructor pronounces the names of the words pictured below. After you have heard each word several times, rewrite the words until you completely understand the meaning of the words. English translation on page 189. dibiki-giizis ty anang ~.., cu l dibikad ~~M- y Fa ~ _..r- _1J_ er sit ( giizis giizhigad bangishimon ni v mooka'am (1) dibaajimo (2) aadizooke 1 - Aazha dibikad. Nibaan! 2 - Gaawiin, gaa mashi niwii-nibaasii. Geyaabi niwii-odamin. 1 - Wiiba sha giga-wanishkaa waabang. 2 - Aaniish dash? 1 - Giga-andawi-anokii waabang. La ke he ad A) U 2. Listening, speaking and understanding: The English translations are on page 189. L B) 1 - Giwaabamaa na dibiki-giizis? 2 - Gaawiin. Aandi? 1 - Wedi waasajiigayi'ii anangong. 2 - Aandi? Gaawiin niwaabamaasii. Bine eta niwaabamaa. C) 1 - Aazha mooka' am. Wanishkaan ! 2 - Aaniish dash? Geyaabi sha niwii-nibaa. I - Wiiba osha giga-maadanokii. 2 - Gaawiin niwii-anokiisii noongom gaa-giizhigak. Nidaakoziiwimanji'. Wiindamaw nidoogimaam. 1 - Gaawiin. Giin wiindamaw. 143 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 5 Exercise B 0 Writing, Reading and Understanding: n 1. In this exercise, write some of your own mini-dialogues. After completing your dialogues, work in pairs to practice the dialogue out loud. Make sure you understand the meanings of each sentence, and get help from your instructor with pronunciation if you need it. io ExerciseC at Introduction to the Preterit of Ed uc 1. Ojibwe speakers distinguish between past activities or states that contrast with the present situation and those that do not. The PRETERIT marker ban indicates an action or state that was cut off in the past and no longer occurs, or an action or state that happened/existed in the remote past. We have already seen the use of pan at the end of a kin term, to indicate the contrast between a former, livin& relationship, and the present. In verbs, this contrast would be expressed in such ideas as: cu l ty "We went there every summer." Fa Nigii-izhaamin endaso-niibing. (Inference: "and we still do.") 0 sit "He got married five years ago." y Nigii-izhaaminaaban endaso-niibing. (Inference: "but we no longer do.") ni v er Gii-wiidige naano-biboonong. (Inference: ••and is still married.") U Gii-wiidigeban naano-biboonong. (Inference: "but is not longer married.") he ad "I bought a house." Nigii-giishpinadoon waakaa' igan. (Inference: "and I still own it.") La ke Nigii-giishpinadoonaaban waakaa 'igan. (Inference: "but I no longer own it.") 2. 1 2 3 13 21 22 33 Neutral Preterit nidibaajim gidibaajim dibaajimo nidibaajimomin gidibaajimomin gidibaajimom dibaajimowag nidibaajimonaaban gidibaajimonaaban dibaajimooban nidibaajimominaaban gidibaajimominaaban gidibaajimomwaaban dobaajimoobaniig. 144 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 5 Preterit-like ideas can be expressed in English by means of phrases, such as "formerly." I (formerly) worked on a trap line. He was (fonnerly) a sick child. Exercise D Dibaajimo io ~ of Ed uc rfb at ~~ Dibaajimo Dibaajimowin Verb: Noun: ty Verb: Noun: n 1. Understanding the difference between "Dibaajimo and Aadizooke." Aadizooke Aadizookewin Fa cu l There are basically two kinds of stories in Ojibwe. A dibaajimowin is an ordinary story, true or fictional, short or long. An aatihsoohkewin is a legend story. An aadizookaan is a legend, with traditional (and sometimes religious) importance. In some areas, it is appropriate to tell aadizookaan only in certain seasons. Check this out in your area to ensure you do not cause offense. sit y After work is finished for the day, a family on the trapline can enjoy the evening together by telling stories. But don't stay up too late! Everyone will be up early the next morning for a full day of hard work: men checking and setting traps, women scraping and stretching skins, preparing and smoking meat and fish caught, in addition to the everday tasks, and children carrying water, gathering wood, setting snares. And so to sleep... ni v er ( La ke he ad U 2. Some examples: A) Ahaaw, bangii niga-dibaajim. Weshkad bezhigwaa megwaa gii-niibing, nigii-andawaabamaa mooz. Wiiba igo nigii-waabamaa moozoons. Gaawiin nidoonji-baashkizwaasii. Onzaam gii-agaashiinyi. Ahaaw, bangii niga-aadizooke. B) Weshkad bezhigwaa aadizookaan. Jakaabesh gii-izhinikaazo. Gii-nitaa-nishoonaadakamigizi. Apane gii-gagwe-bakinaage . ..Niin gakina gegoon nidibendaan," gii-inendam. Apane gii-mawine'ige. Gii-nitaa-naajikwewe gaye. Gaawiin wiikaa onji-bakinaagesii. Apane gii-bakinaajigaazo. Amii iwe minik ge-aadizookeyaan. Baamaa miinawaa waabang. L 145 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 5 In order for you to understand the sentences on the previous page, you have to work with your instructor. Listen very carefully as your instructor pronounces the words. After you have heard each word several times, listthe words that you don't know the meaning of. The instructor will give you proper translations. 0 More About Preterits: at io n There are many cases of preterit use in Ojibwe that are not matched by English equivalents. Therefore, it will be important for you to listen carefully to fluent speakers, note when they use "-ban" and think about what they mean. Gradually, as you grasp the idea, you'll be able to start using the preterit in you own speech. Ed uc 3. Here are some dialogues in which the preterit is used. Ask your instructor to read them to you, and to explain any words you're not sure of: English translation on page 190. Aandi gisayenh? Babaa-nazhikewizidog maawiin. Gibabaa-wiijiiwaaban na ako? Apane sha nigii-babaa-andawenjigeminaaban. Noongom sha dash gaa wiikaa ji-wiijiiwag. B) Giwii-wiisininaaban ina? Eya, weshkad sha gaa-gii-wiisiniyaambaan. Gizhaabikiziganing inaabin. Wiiyaas sha i'imaa ateban bijiinaago. Aazha mii go awiiya gii-gidaagwen. C) Aandi dash gimookomaan? Amanj igo, amii sa go geget e-gii-wanitooyaambaanen awasinaago. Gaa-zaagitooyaambaan. 0 ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of A) U Do not be concerned, for a while, about mastering the preterit in your own speech. Do, however, work on recognizing and understanding it when you hear the preterit in the speech of others. he ad For further practice with the preterits, with your instructor's assistance, try to write some of your own sentences. La ke For example; Nigii-nitaa-ozhibii'igenaaban. I used to be good at writing, (but not anymore). Reading and Writing Practice: 4. Rewrite the following sentences using the preterit form of the verb: English translation on page 190. Gii-boodawejiigew-zaaga'iganiing. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Anishinaabekwe gii-jiibaakwe . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Gigii-ozhibii'ige na?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Aazhagii-maajiibizo.._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Gigii-nishkaadizimin. _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ __ Gigii-baap ina?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 146 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 5 Exercise E An Introduction to the Pejorative ( at io akikosh bimidewish waawanosh uc jiimaanish waagaa' iganish bashkiziganish n 1. Sometimes a speaker wants to indicate that something he is talking about is for some reason not very good. In English he may describe it as:~. useless. poorly made, broken down. good-fornothing. worn-out, and the like. In Ojibwe, all these ideas (and more!) are conveyed in one neat way. Check the examples below to see how it is done: ty of Ed 2. The word PEJORATIVE is usually used to denote this "ish" suffix. To give yourself lots of practice in hearing and understanding pejoratives, collect and bring to class "sets" of articles: a regular comb and a comb with missing teeth, a good cup and a cracked or chipped cup, etc. Have your teacher name these things for you. The more articles you bring, the more words you'll hear, and the easier it will be for you to recognize and use pejoratives in your own conversations. mookomaan minikwaajigan makizin waabowayaan apabiwin Fa a. cu l 3. What is done to the word to give this "not very good" idea? Could you try doing it yourself with the following words? gizhaabikizigan babagiwayaanegamig adoopowin sit b. diba' igiiziswaan bimisewin wanii'igan ni v er C y wiigiwaam U If you're not sure about any of your answers, look back to the work that you did on diminutives, pages 101 and 102. Notice that the idea of "not very good" works similar in fashion to the idea of "small in size." Now check your answers: makizinish waabowayaanish apabiwinish gizhaabikiziganish bagiwayaanegamigosh adoopowinish diba' igiiziswaanish ombaasinish wan ii' igani sh ad mookomaanish minikwaajiganish wiigiwaamish he a. La ke b. 4. Other notes on the Pejorative: a. An expression, roughly translated as "yuk!" carries the pejorative sound: ayish! b. Like the diminutive, the pejorative may be used also as a tenn of affection. Ask your teacher for examples of this. L c. Sometimes you may have occasion to use both the diminutive and the pejorative endings at the same time. If you do, your word will sound something like this: jiimaanenzhish 147 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 5 Which ending comes first? Ask your instructor for lots of other examples so that you will become very familiar with the sound and the usage of the pejorative, and of the combination of pejorative and diminutive forms. 0 Write a sentence about each of the following pictures. Be sure the pictured nouns take the pejorative or diminutive/pejorative forms. cu l ty of Ed uc at io n ~ ~ Reading, Understanding and Translation: Fa Exercise F er sit y 1. Before you begin your translation, you may find it helpful to look at the comment in Exercise E above. Remember that the pejorative endings look like "ihsh" or "ohsh". English transalation on page 190. Pejorative potato salt frying pan pot fish plate carrot lamp do pipe cradleboard key La ke duck he ad teakettle B: U A: ni v Pejorative 2. Sometimes you may have occasion to use both the diminutive and the pejorative endings at the same time. If you do, your word will sound something like this: jiimaanenzhish / ~ noun ish T. T. . d nrunut.Ive peJorauve 0 148 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) ~ UNIT 2; LESSON 5 y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n In this exercise, again use the words in (1) above. This time, try using both diminutive and pejorative form together. La ke he ad U ni v er sit ( Gabeshiiwi-boodawaan (campfire) l. 149 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 5 ExerclseG Preterit and Pejorative and Diminutive In this exercise, use the preterit "ban", pejorative "ish" or the diminutive "ens"/ "oons". Add the most appropriate suffix to each of the following words below. Example: minjikaawanens = 'a little mitten' 0 1. anang 2. boodawe 3. wanishkaa io uc at 4. giizis 5. nishiimenh 6. animoons n = = Ed 7. giwiijiiwaa of 8. zaagaate 9. mookomaan_ _ ty 10. aadizooke cu l 11. ombaasin 12. bangishimon Fa 13. zhiishiib 14. maajiibizo sit y 15. niday 16. dibaajimo 20. zhiiwitaagan ad 21. nibaashkizwaa U 19. naajikwewe ni v 18. diba'igiiziswaan_ _ er 17. bakinaage he 22. nigozis 23. makizin ke 24. gichipizon La 25. giizhigad 26.onaagan 0 = = = = = = = = 27. ozhibii'ige 28. nibaagan 29. gizhaabikizigan 30. andawenjige 31. dibiki-giizis 32. izhinikaazo 0 150 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 5 Exercise H Geographical Map ( La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n Listen carefully as your instructor points to different places on the map. When you have heard each one several times, see if you can locate where the numbered terms go on the map. Ask your instructor to repeat the terms if you need to hear them again. English translation on page 191. L 1. noopiming 7. jiigew 2. mashkiig gakiiwe2 3. 4. 5. 6. aazhogan neyaashiiwan 1 agaami-ziibi 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. niminaaweyandawaagan agaaming minisaabik wiikwedong minis 1. This word means 'there is a peninsula.' The word neyaashi means 'peninsula' and is most often used in the locative form: neyaashiing. 2. This word means 'to go over a portage.' It is often pronounced kiiwe. The word onigam means 'a portage.' 151 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE (Western Dialect) - UNIT 2; LESSON 5 Exercise I Geographical map (terms) 0 2. Aandi ezhaayan? Aandi bajiishka' ogaan? uc Ed Aandi giigooyensag? Aandi dash abwiig? Aandi waa-izhaayan? 12. Aandi jiimaan? y Fa 11. Aandi iidog dash zhiishiib? Aandi iidog gichi-giigoo? of 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Aandi neyaashiiwan? Aandi aazhogan? ty 5. Aandi minis? cu l 3. 4. io Aandijiimaan? at 1. n In this exercise, answer the following questions In some cases you may need to use the locative endings on nouns. 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit ExerciseJ Now draw your own map and use the list of words below to label the geographical features. aazhogan wiikwedong mashkiig waanzhibiiyaa minis gakiiwe niminaaweyaandawaagan agaami-ziibil minisaabik noopiming baawitig2 wajiw agaaming bikwadinaa3 neyaashiiwan zaaga'igan jiigew ziibi 0 I. 'on the other side of the river.' 2. 'rapids.' 3. 'a hill.' 152 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 Unit 1 and Unit 2 Review Exercise A Twenty-Four Articles Bannock Cup Lard Partridge Knife Water Rabbit Spoon Teakettle Meat Potato Fork Pot Bread Carrot Salt Frying pan ty of Ed uc Pepper Porridge Duck cu l Egg Fish After completing the translation, you will be given a quiz in both oral and written formats. Exercise B y Using Numbers sit 1. Numbers are very common words in Ojibwe. Review the pronunciation and the meaning of the words which are listed below. Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. Seven ni v Thirteen Nineteen Eight Fourteen Twenty Three Nine Fifteen Twenty-one Four Ten Sixteen Twenty-two he er ( Mille Plate Fa 2. at io n 1. This final lesson will review lessons 1 to 5. To successfully complete the review you will need to go over the vocabulary and structures you have learned, and review the pronunciation of each item.. After each exercise is completed, you will be given a variety of mini-tests, both oral and written. Let's begin with the twenty-four kitchen articles. Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. Eleven Seventeen Twenty-three Six Twelve Eighteen Twenty-four U One ad Two La ke Five 2. After completing the translation, you will be given a quiz in both oral and written formats. L 153 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 Exercise C Using Numbers in Verb Forms 1. In lesson one, exercise H, you learned how to use numbers in verb form. Review your notes and textbook before you start to work on this exercise. Check the pronunciation of each Ojibwe word, and make sure you understand the meaning of each Ojibwe and sentence. Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. VAi n YU 0 y 2. Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io There is one egg. There is one rabbit. There are two plates. There are two partridges. There are three knives. There are three fish. There are four forks. There are four spoons. There are five eggs. There are five carrots. There are six cradleboards. There are six bannocks. There are seven pieces of lard. There are seven pots. There are eight pieces of meat. There are eight ducks. There are nine teakettles. There are nine cartons of.milk. There are ten frying pans. There are ten containers of salt. After completing the translation, you will be given a quiz in both oral and written formats. May I Introduce Myself! sit Exercise D La ke he ad U ni v er 1. When visiting Native language speaking communities, you will need to know some words, phrases and sentences to introduce yourself. Study the useful phrases listed below. Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. Yes No Thank you What is your name? My name is _ _ _ _ _ __ Where are you from? I am from _ _ _ _ __ Me too. How about you? Say it again. Say it slowly. Do you understand? Yes, I understand. No, I don't understand. What is that (inanimate)? Who is/what is that (animate)? What is his/her name? His/her name is _ _ _ __ 2. After completing the translation, you will be given a quiz in both oral and written formats. 0 154 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 Exercise E Imperatives and Locatives 1. Imperative: io n Imperatives are those words we use when we are telling someone what to do. You already have a very good idea how to use imperatives. Study those words which are listed below. Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at Come in! Stand up! Go away! Go home! Go to sleep! Sit down! Come here! Make (build) a fire! Sing! Get up! 2. Locatives: ke he ad U ni v On the stove. At the airplane. At the door. In the canoe. On the chair. In the house. At the window. On the car. On the kitchen table. In the tent. On the bed. In the lake. er sit y In the Native language, nouns with locative endings could mean "in", "at" or "on". Study the meaning of the words listed below, and check the pronunciation with your instructor if necessary. Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. La ( 3. After completing the translation, you will be given a quiz in both oral and written formats. 155 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 Exercise F n Sleeping Sick Dancing Make a fire Working Angry Eating Go home Enough eating Cooking Playing of Ed uc at io Singing After completing the translation, you will be given a quiz in both oral and written formats. What Time is it? ExerciseG Fa Using what you have learned. In this review exercise, you will study some of the telling time phrases. Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. Q. What time is it? ni v 1. It is one o'clock. 2. It is two o'clock. 0 er sit y 1. 0 ty 2. As you are already aware, in the Native language, all intransitive verbs are complete sentences. Study the meaning of the words listed below, and check the pronunciation with your instructor if necessary. Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. Translate the following verbs with the form that means 'he/she... • cu l 1. Intransitive Verbs (VAl) U 3. It is three o'clock. he ad 4. It is four o'clock. 5. It is five o'clock. 6. It is six o'clock. ke 7. It is seven o'clock. La 8. It is eight o'clock. 9. It is nine o'clock. 10. It is ten o'clock. 11. It is eleven o •clock. 12. It is twelve o'clock. 2. After completing the translation, you will be given a quiz in both oral and written formats. 0 156 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 6 Exercise H Child Boy Girl Women Men Children Boys Girls uc Ed of y Fa cu l I don't know. What are you doing? (singular) What am I doing? What is he/she doing? What are they doing? What are~ doing? (pl.) What are we doing? (pl. inclusive) What do you want to do? What do I want to do? What does he/she want to do? What do they want to do? What do~ want to do? (pl.) What is he/she called? (What's his name?) What is it called? (What's it's name?) Ask him! Tell him! io Man at Woman n In Unit 2. Lesson 1. Exercise A. you learned nouns and expressions. Study the meaning of the words listed below. and check the pronunciation with your instructor if necessary. Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. ty 1. What Are They Doing? Exercise I Voluntatives ad As you already know, it is possible to put the prefix "wii-" before most verbs. Doing this expresses the idea "want to" or "intend to." Study the meaning of the words listed below. and check the pronunciation with your instructor if necessary. Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. La ke he 1. ni v After completing the translation, you will be given a quiz in both oral and written formats. U 2. er sit ( I want to drink water. Do you want to drink water too? The man wants to work today. He/she wants to work today. He/she wants to make a fire outside. No, I don't want to play. How about the children. Do they want to play? L Do you want to go home? (pl) 157 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 2. Past, Present and Future Tenses: 0 I am going home today. Did you work yesterday? He/she will be leaving tomorrow. n You slept yesterday. (pl) at After completing the translations, you will be given a quiz in both oral and written formats. 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc 3. io They will be dancing soon. Madwe'ige / Dewe'ige (He is drumming) 0 158 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 ExerciseJ Vocabulary Broom Cradleboard Key Pencil Pipe Blanket Pillow io Book at Lamp uc Shoe Ed Ax First Person Plural: of 2. Dog n Study the meaning of the words listed below, and check the pronunciation with your instructor if necessary. Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. ty We are going home. (incl.) cu l We are eating. (incl.) We are making a fire. (incl.) Fa We are sick. (incl.) We are sleeping. (excl.) er We are playing. (excl.) sit ( y We are writing. (excl.) Diminutives: U 3. ni v We are leaving. (excl.) Beaver Wolf Duck Baby skunk Baby beaver Baby wolf Baby duck After completing the translations, you will be given a quiz in both oral and written formats. La ke 4. he ad Skunk 159 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 ExerciseK Transitive Verbs 1. Study the meaning of the words listed below, and check the pronunciation with your instructor if necessary. Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. I see a woman. io n Do you want/need a dog? I am looking for a boy. uc at You are eating a fish. Ed Do you see an airplane? I want/need a book. of Are you looking for a knife? y Fa Northern lights Thundering Raining Sunny j) Calm k) Overcast I) Cloudy 0 What? U What do you want? ad What for? Why not? ni v er Some Useful Expressions: i) Foggy sit e) f) g) h) Windy Cold Hot Snowing cu l How is the Weather? a) b) c) d) 3. ty I am eating moose meat. 2. 0 he Where are you going? (sing) ke Where are you going? (pl.) La How is the weather? What's going on? Very, quite. 4. After completing the translations, you will be given a quiz in both oral and written formats. 0 160 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 Obviatives 1. In this review exercise, concentrate on the meanings of the words, phrases and sentences. Pay particular attention to extra endings. Look carefully at the objects of each sentence. Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. 2. I am eating meat. You are eating fish. You are eating meat. He/she is eating fish. He/she is eating meat. at io n I am eating fish. uc r Exercise L Third Person Only: Ed He/she sees the partridge. He/she likes the taste of bear. of He/she is looking for goose. ty He/she is cooking skunk. cu l He/she wants/needs a spoon. He/she loves the dog. Fa He/she is taking care of my older brother. sit He/she sees the house. y He/she is eating an egg. ( er He/she likes the taste of meat. ni v He/she is looking for lard. He/she is cooking a potato. U He/she loves milk. he After completing the translations, you will be given a quiz in both oral and written formats. La ke 3. ad He/she takes care of the canoe. 161 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 ExerciseM Possessive Nouns 1. In this review exercise, concentrate on the meanings of the words, phrases and sentences. As you 0 My forks Your pencil My doors Your kettle Your knives His tea His bread His cups His bannock Sweater Shirt Sock Hat Belt Mitten Blouse Pants Coat uc at io My clock Scarf cu l ty of Ed Vocabulary: Fa My Family: My younger brother Myself My grandmother My spouse My father My older sister My son My mother My older brother My daughter sit y My grandfather My younger sister 0 After completing the translations, you will be given a quiz in both oral and written formats. La ke he ad U 4. My eggs er 3. My chair ni v 2. n are already aware, the possessive nouns do not have any particular rule that you can follow. Pay particular attention to extra endings. Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. 0 162 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 Exercise N More About TA Verbs 1. In this review exercise. concentrate on the meanings of the sentences listed below. The following words express actions with different subjects (the doers of the action) and objects (those who have the action done to them). A heading such as; io n ( 1 acting on 2) at means a first person (1) NON is doing something to a second person (2) GIIN. Ed uc Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. Note: The verb stem is the part that doesn't change when the subject and object do. (1 acting on 3) I see you. I see him/her. I am looking for him/her. ty of (1 acting on 2) I am looking for you. I am helping you. cu l I am helping him/her. I am going with him/her. Fa I am going with you. (2 acting on 3) ( You see me. U ni v er You are looking for me. You are helping me. You are going with me. sit y (2 acting on 1) ad (3 acting on 1) La ke he He/she sees me. He/she is looking for me. He/she is helping me. He/she is going with me. You see him/her. You are looking for him/her. You are helping him/her. You are going with him/her. (3 acting on 2) He/she sees you. He/she is looking for you. He/she is helping you. He/she is going with you. (3 acting on 4) He/she sees him. He/she is looking for him/her. He/she is helping him. He/she is going with him. 2. After completing the translations, you will be given a quiz in both oral and written formats. 163 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 Exercise 0 Scenery and Useful Articles 1. In this review exercise, study the meanings of the words listed below. Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. Lake uc Ed Vocabulary and Expressions: at Outboard Motor Forest, Wilderness Mountain White woman He speaks the Native language. He speaks English Whiteman of ty cu l Fa Certain and Uncertain: sit y He must be playing He must be sick He must be sleeping 0 er He is sick He is working He must be working After completing the translations, you will be given a quiz in both oral and written formats. La ke he ad U ni v 4. io Hill It is called His/her name is Native person Nativewoman 3. n Gun River Rapid Pond Paddle Lunch Box Island 2. 0 0 164 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 Exercise P More II Verbs (VII) at uc Preterit: Ed 2. Sun It is sunrise, the sun is out He/she is tailing a story He/she is telling a legend story io It is night Moon It is day Star It is sunset, the sun is setting n I .In this review exercise, study the meanings of the words listed below. Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. of We went there every summer but we no longer do. cu l I bought a house but I no longer own it. ty He got married five years ago but is no longer married. Name these articles in pejorative form: 4. After completing the translations, you will be given a quiz in both oral and written formats. y Fa 3. ke he ad U ni v er sit ( La Exercise Q Geographical Terms 1. In this review exercise, study those words which are listed below. Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. L In the bush (in the forest) Swamp Bridge There is a peninsula (point in the lake) Across the river On the shore Portage Across the lake or river Dock Ar the bay 2. After completing the translations, you will be given a quiz in both oral and written formats. 165 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; REVIEW LESSONS Let's Look Back at What You Have Learned Unit 2; Lessons 1 to S 0 1. Review the words you know: A. Nominals Animate Nouns: n io at y Fa cu l ty anang animosh anishinaabe anishinaabekwe azhigan bineshii diba' igiiziswaan dibiki-giizis giboodiyegwaazon giizhoopizon uc amik nindaanis, odaanisan ninday, odayan nisayenh, osayenyan nishiime, oshiimeyan niwiijiiwaagan, owiijiiwaaganan nookomis,ookomisan opwaagan ozhibii 'iganaak waabishkii we waabishkiiwekwe waagosh zhaaganash zhaaganaashiikwe zhigaag Ed giizis gwiiwizens ikwe ikwezens inini ma'iingan makwa minjikaawan mooz nibaabaa,obaabaayan nigozis, ogozisan nika nimaamaa, omaamaayan nimisenh,omisenyan nimishoomis, omishoomisan of aadizookaan abinoojii abwi adik Inanimate Nouns: giizisoo-masina' igan jiishta' igan maajiinikaajiganens makizin mashkiig mazina'igan minis minisaabik nawapowini-makakoons niminaaweyaandawaagan ombaasin onigarn La ke he ad U aabaabika' igan aazhogan apikweshimon baashkizigan baawitig babagiwayaan bagwajiya'iing biiskawaagan dibaajimowin dikinaagan gijipizon giishkijiiwayaan ni v er sit 0 pikwan waabowayaan waagaakwad waasechigan waazakonenjigan wajiw wiiwakwaan zaaga'igan ziibi 0 166 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; REVIEW LESSONS Pronouns: giinawind gegiinawind nitam giinawaa gegiinawaa wiinawaa gewiinawa n ninawind geniinawind awiiya io B. Verbs ad sit y Ed of gakiiwe gashkawan giizhigad gimiwan gizhide izhinikaade maazhi-giizhigad mooka'am neyaashiiwan er U ni v ( Fa Inanimate Intransitive Verbs: animikiikaa anwaatin awan baabiidaanakwad bangishimon bikwadinaa dagoshinoomagan dakaayaa dibikad odamino ozhibii •ige ozhiitaa waabishkiiwemo zaaga'am zhaaganaashiimo cu l gawaji izhinikaazo maajiibizo mawi minikwe (n)andawenjige naadoobii ty aadizooke anishinaabemo bimaadizi daashkiga•ise dagoshin dibaajimo gakiiwe uc at Animate Intransitive Verbs: ningwakwad ningwaanakwad noodin waanzhibiiyaa waaseyaa waashekwan waawaate zaagaate zoogipon ke he Transitive Animate Verbs: La nibiina'waa nidamwaa nidandawaabamaa nidandawenimaa niganawenimaa nigiizhizwaa nigojaanimendami' ig nimiinaa niminopwaa ninanaandawaabamaa ninisaa niwaabamaa niwiiji'aa niwiijiiwaa nizaagi'aa L 167 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; REVIEW LESSONS Transitive Inanimate Verbs: nibiina•aan nidandawaabandaan nidandawendaan niganawendaan nigiizhizaan nigojaanimendaan nigojaanimendami •igon nimaamidonendaan nimiijin niminopodaan ninanaandawaabandaan 0 io n ninitoon niwaabandaan niwaniikaadaan niwiijitoon nizaagitoon aapljl uc Ed noopiming waabang wegonen dash? wegonen? weshkad wiiba wiikwedong of ty baanimaa bijiinaago daga geshdine jiigew mah! naanaage noongom cu l agaaming ambegish awasinaago awasiwaabang aanapii / aaniinpii? aaniish aaniish dash? at C. Particles Fa D. Preverbs maajiimadenitaanoondewaniwii- ni v er sit y gagwegichigiimoojiishkwaajibwaagiinawi- 0 E. Expressions ad U andaw-/andoanibabaabiboonidebi- Amanj igo. Aan endoodman? Aan endoodamaan? Aan endoodang? Aan endoodamowaad? Aan endoodameg? Aan endoodamang? Aan waa-doodaman? Aan waa-doodamaan? Aan waa-doodang? Aan waa-doodamowaad? Wegonen endawendaman? Wegonen dash? Gagwejim! Wiindamaw! La ke he Aan waa-doodameg? Aan ezhinikaazod? Aan ezhinikaadeg? Aan ezhiwebak? Aan enakamigak? Aan endasiwaad? Aaniish dash? Aaniin minik? Aandi ezhaayan? Aandi ezhaayeg? Oshta! Ayish! 0 168 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Unit 2; Lessons 1-6 ( In this section, we have provided English translations for the Anishinaabemowin words and sentences introduced in Unit 2. Lesson 1. Exercise A (page 78) 1st Row 2nd Row man men child children boy boys girl girls io n woman women uc Ed of ty The partridge is eating. The fish are afraid. The men are working. The women is working. The partridges are eating. The girl is building / making a fire. The women are working. The child is sleeping. The fish is afraid. The man is working. The children are sleeping. The girls are building / making a fire. Fa cu l 1. at Exercise B (page 80) 5. er I am sleeping. You are sleeping. H/she's sleeping. They're sleeping. ni v (page 82) 1). 2). 3). 4). I am playing. You are playing. H/she's playing. They're playing. I am angry. You are angry. Hfshe's angry. They're angry. I'm not playing. You're not playing. H/she's not playing. They're not playing. I'm not angry. You're not angry. H/she's not angry. They're not angry. Negative Forms (page 82) I'm not sleeping. You 're not sleeping. H/she's not sleeping. They're not sleeping. ad 1). U 3. sit y ( 2). ke he 3). 4). 6. La (page 83) The children are afraid. The boys are going home. I am sleeping. The girls are working. Are the partridges full / had enough to eat? Are the boys angry? No, they're building/ making a fire. Maybe they are sick. They're eating soon. The women are singing. Are the fish afraid? 169 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise C (page 84) 0 1 - Where are the children? 2 - They are playing outside. I - Where outside. 2 - Over there beside the teepee. 1 - Are you playing too? 2 - No, I'm working. How about you? 1 - No, I'm working too. n Example: at io Exercise D uc The Voluntative (page 84) H/she' s going home. Does h/she want to go home? H/she wants to go home. No, h/she does not want to go home. 2nd Line They're sleeping. Do they want to sleep? They want to sleep. No, they don't want to sleep. 3rd Line You are working. Do you want to work? You want to work. No, you don't want to work. 4th Line H/she's making a fire. Does h/she want to make a fire? 2. I am drinking. You are drinking. H/she's drinking. They're drinking. Fa cu l ty of Ed 1st Line 0 er U ni v (page 85) sit y H/she wants to make a fire. No, h/she does not want to make a fire. I am eating. You are eating. H/she' s eating. They're eating. ke he ad I am laughing. You are laughing. H/she's laughting. They're laughing. La * I want to drink. 3. A). (page 85) I am crying. You are crying. Hfshe's crying. They're crying. You want to laugh. H/she wants to cry. 1 - The child is crying. 2 - Maybe hfshe wants to drink. 1 - Milk? 2- H/she's drinking now. 1 - H/she wants to sleep. 2 - H/she's sleeping now. 0 170 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION B). C). 1 - Are the boys angry? No, they're working. 2 - Do they want to go home soon? I - Yes, they want to go home soon. 2 -They want to eat and they want to go to sleep. How about you? 1 - I'll go home too later. (in a while) uc at io (page 85) n 1 - Where are the women? 2 - They're building a fire. They want to cook. 1 - Where? 2 - There in the teepee. I - Do they want to eat / Are they hungry? 2-Yes I - You (too) come and eat. (too) (page 85) 2. A). What are they doing? B). They're not working, they're sleeping. A). How about you? B). I don't want to sleep; I want to work. A). Where? B). By the house. A). Me too, I want to work. cu l Fa y U ni v er sit ( What are you doing? Me? Yes, you. I'm cooking. How about you? I don't want to cook. I want to play. Do you want to eat? Okay, only a little bit. Me too. I want to eat a little bit/some. ad Exercise G he 1. Past, present and future tenses: La ke Note: Translations are done in text. 2. Present Tense: (page 89) L of A). B). A). B). A). B). A). B). ty 1. Ed Exercise F (page 88) I am going home. You are going home. Hfshe is going home. You (plural) are going home. They are going home. 171 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Past Tense (page 89) 0 I went home I I did go home. You went home. / You did go home. H/she went home. / h/she did go home. You (plural) went home. They went home. n Future Tense (page89) Ed uc at io I will be going home. You will be going home. H/she will be going home. You (plural) will be going home. They will be going home. of What did you do to form the voluntative (page 89) cu l Fa 0 y Today, I am working. Yesterday, I worked / I did work. Tomorrow, I'll work/ I'll be working. er sit 3. ty I want to go home. You want to go home. H/she wants to go home. You (plural) want to go home. They want to go home. U ni v Do you want to sleep now? Were you sleeping yesterday? Are you going to be sleeping tomorrow? ke he ad H/she is playing now. Hfshe played the day before yesterday. H/she will play the day after tomorrow. La Are you sick now? Were you sick a long time ago? Are you going to be sick much later? 4. I am going home. I went home / I did go home. I will be going home. 0 He is making a fire. He was making a fire. He'll be making a fire. 172 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION They are working. They were working. They will be working. You (singular) are eating. You were eating. You will be eating. at io n Are you (plural) laughing? Were you (plural) laughing? Will you be (plural) laughing? uc Exercise J of ty Fa Lesson 2: y ( pencil/ pen blanket pillow pipe axe key cu l dog shoe book/ paper cradleboard lamp broom Ed New Vocabulary (page 92) sit Plural Pronouns; ni v er Note: Translations are done in text. 2). How about us (exclusive)? How about us (inclusive)? How about you (plural)? How about them/they? Us, too (exclusive). Us, too (inclusive). You (plural) too. They/them too. Us first/next, our tum (exclusive). Us first/next, our tum (inclusive). You (plural) first/next, your turn. Them first/next, their tum. La ke he ad U (page 93) Yes. We/us. (exclusive) Yes. We/us. (inclusive) Yes. You (plural) Yes. They/them. Not us/we (exclusive). Not us/we (inclusive). Not you (plural). Not them/they. l. 173 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION First Person Plural (page 94) 0 io at Ed of ty (page 95) singing coming angry dancing 0 ni v er sit y getting up leaving come in building a fire What do you want to do? What do I want to do? What does h/she want to do? What do they want to do? What do you (plural) want to do? What do we want to do? What are you doing? What am I doing? What is h/she doing? What are they doing? What are you (plural) doing? What are we doing? ke he ad U 6. cu l 5. Using what you have learned uc We are drinking (exclusive) We are writing. (exclusive) We are afraid. (exclusive) We want to eat/ We're hungry. We are full/ had enough to eat. We are sleeping. (exclusive) We are cooking. We are making a fire (exclusive) We are working. Fa 3. n We are going home. (inclusive) We are eating. (inclusive) We are making a fire. (inclusive) We are sick. (inclusive) We are writing. (inclusive) We are crying. (inclusive) We are singing. (inclusive) We are laughing (inclusive) We are working (inclusive) I La Exercise B (page 95) Are you (plural) working today? Yes, we are working. Are we going to work today? Yes, we are going to work. 0 Are you (plural) going home tomorrow? No, we're not going to go home. 174 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Are we leaving tomorrow? We are not leaving tomorrow. ( Were you {plural) singing yesterday. Yes, we sang/ we did sing. Are we going to cook soon? Yes, we will cook soon. io at uc of (page 96) Do you (plural) want to eat? Are you going home tomorrow? Were you (plural) sick the day before yesterday? Are we going to work the day after tomorrow? Are we going to leave soon? Do they want to sleep now? Are you full now I did you have enough to eat now? Are we going to make a fire in the stove tomorrow? Ed 2. n Are you (plural) sleeping now? We're not sleeping yet. Note: Translations are done in the text. cu l Exercise c tpage 97> ty 3. Fa Where is the calendar? Beside / near the window. Where is the clock? Where is the dog? Where is the lamp? Where is the cradleboard? Where is the book? Where is the house? Where is the axe? The dog is sleeping /asleep now. The clock is on the table. The children are crying. The woman is cooking on the stove, (now, then) The lamp is on the table. The man is drinking (now, already). The girl is making a fire already. The cradleboard is at the door. The boy is writing (now, already). The calender is on the chair. The shoes are by the door. The woman is laughing. The dog is singing. The man, boy and girl are eating at the table. The partridge is by the door. The children are making a fire. 175 ad a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. La ke he 1. U Exercise P tpage 98) j. k. 1. m. n. 0. p. ni v er sit y ( �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION D) n io at uc Ed 1 - What is the woman doing? 2 - She is making a fire in the stove. She wants to cook. 1 - Did the boys eat already? 2 - No, they want to eat right away. 1 - How about you? Do you want to eat, too? 2 - No, I ate already. I want to work right away / right now. 0 U ni v er (page 99) Knock! Knock! 1 - Who's there/ Who's that? 2 - Me, it's John. 1 - Well, come in! Sit down here! Do you want to drink tea? 2 - No, only water. of (page 98) 2 - Bring the bannock and eggs! Do you want to eat, too? I - No, I want to work. 2- Where? 1 - Far away in the bush. You too? 2 - No, I want to sleep. ty C) I - What do you want to do? cu l (page 98) 0 Fa B) 1 - Where is the dog? 2 - Over there by the teepee. 1 - What is he doing? 2 - He is eating. I - How about you? What are doing? 2 - I want to eat, too. 1 - Not me, I don't want to eat. I want to leave/ go. y A) sit 2. (page 98) La ke he (page 99) 1 - What do you (plural) want to do today? 2 - We want to write. 1 - Us, too. 2 - Where are the pencils / pens? 1 - There beside the book. 2 - Please, bring them here! 1 - You too, sit down here! 2 - Put your books here! ad E) 3. (page 99) What are the children doing? Where is the clock? What is the woman doing? Is/ are the man and boy eating? Where are the shoes? 0 176 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION What are you doing now? What is your name? Where do you come from? Do you want to eat? Do you want to sing? Do you (plural} want to sleep? Were you (plural} sick the day before yesterday? What are you (plural} doing today? Are/ will you (plural) be leaving the day after tomorrow? Are you (plural) making a fire? ty of Ed uc (page 99) io 4. at ( n Did the woman make a fire already? Are the girls going to be full soon? Where is the lamp? What is the boy doing? What is the dog doing? cu l Exercise E U ni v er sit y 11. Caribou 12. Baby caribou 13. Goose 14. Baby goose 15. Bird 16. Baby bird 17. Wolf 18. Baby wolf 19.Fox 20. Baby fox Chair Small chair Spoon Small spoon Bannock Small bannock Book Small book Plate Small plate Fish Small fish (minnow) Dog Small dog (pup) Window Small window Cradleboard Small cradleboard ke 2. ad 1. Skunk 2. Baby skunk 3. Moose 4. Baby moose 5. Bear 6. Baby bear 7. Rabbit 8. Baby rabbit 9. Beaver 10. Baby beaver he ( Fa In the Forest (page 101J La (page 102) L 177 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION 3. (page 102) a.skunk b. beaver c. lard d. moose e.caribou f. pail / bucket g.canoe h. goose i. plate j. bed k. fish 1. dog s. salt t. chair u.duck v. wolf w. cradleboard x. lamp m. fork n. bear o. knife p.cup q. rabbit r. window 0 4. Done in text by student. io n 5. Done in text by student. uc at Exercise F I see a cradleboard. Do you see a hat? I see a small chair. Do you see the caribou-meat? I see a book. ty of I see a moose. Do you see a goose? I see a bear cub. Do you see a rabbit? I see a beaver. cu l 1. I am eating. 5. 1). 0 y 1) I am eating meat. Are you eating porridge. I am eating a potato. Are you eating lard? sit I am eating a rabbit. Are you eating a bear? I am eating fish. Are you eating a caribou? er 4. Fa Note: #2/3 are done in text. ni v 2). I am eating (animate). 3. I am eating (inanimate). ad U Do you see (animate)? Do you see (inanimate)? Are you eating (animate)? Are you eating (inanimate)? he 2). Ed TA Verbs (page 105) I am eating. I see him/her. Bring something (animate). I am eating something (animate). I see it (inanimate). Bring something (inanimate). I am eating something (inanimate). I am working. Sit down. ke 6. La (page 106) 0 178 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise G How is the weather? (VII) ( (page 107) It is windy. It is thundering. There are northern lights. It is foggy. It is calm. It is overcast, is bad weather. It is cloudy. It is cold. It is hot. It is snowing. It is a sunny day. It is raining. Exercise H A) (page 109) uc at io n I am eating something animate. I am eating something inanimate. I am thinking of something animate. I am thinking of something inanimate. I am killing something animate. I am killing something inanimate. 1 - Where are you going? 2 - I am going home. 1 - What for? or what about? B) Ed 4. I see something animate. I see something inanimate. I'm looking for something animate. I'm looking for something inanimate. I like the taste of something animate. I like the taste of something inanimate. 1 - What do you want? 2 - I don't want anything. of (page 108) cu l ty 2- I am sick. 1 - Why not? 2 - I want to sleep. 1 - How is the weather? 2- Snowing. 1 - Do you want to go outside? 2 - No, I want to sleep. D) 1 - Do you want to sleep? 2-No. 1 - Why not? 2 - I am thinking about my friend. E) I - Where are you (plural) going? 2- We (exclusive) are going home. 1-Howcome? 2 - We (exclusive) want to eat and we really want to sleep. F) I - Look! It's snowing now. 2 - Do you want to play outside? I - No, I am leaving. 2 - Oh yeah! Where are you going? 1 - Far away in the bush. I want to look for a rabbit. 2 - So did you see a rabbit yesterday? 1 - Yes, I saw one only. sit ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa C) La G) 1 - Did you see a moose the day before yesterday. 2 - Yes, I saw him. 1 - Where? 2 - Over there close to the woods. 1 - Did you kill the moose? 2 - Yes. Do you like the taste of the moose? 1 - Say it again! 2 - Do you like the taste of moose-meat? 1 - Yes, I like the taste of it very much. 179 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Lesson 3: 0 Obviative I see a house. You see a house. Hfshe sees a house. io I see a skunk. You see a skunk. ff/she sees a skunk. at I am eating meat. You are eating meat. Hfshe's eating meat. uc 2) I am eating fish. You are eating fish. ff/she's eating fish. VTA Verbs; Ed I) n (page 112) (page 113) ty cu l Fa er sit y 0 U ni v I see a fox. You see a fox. ff/she sees a fox. We see a fox. (exclusive) We see a fox. (inclusive) You (plural) see a fox. They see a fox. of I am eating a goose. You are eating a goose. ff/she's eating a goose. We are eating a goose (exclusive) We are eating a goose (inclusive). You (plural) are eating a goose. They are eating a goose. ad VTI Verbs; La ke he I am eating lard. You are eating lard. ff/she's eating lard. We're eating lard (exclusive) We're eating lard. (inclusive) You (plural) are eating lard. They are eating lard. I see a gun. You see a gun. ff/she sees a gun. We see a gun. (exclusive) We see a gun. (inclusive) You (plural) see a gun. They see a gun. 0 180 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise B A) io at uc 1 - Listen! Someone is arriving now. 2 - Where? 1 - Outside the door/ at the door. 2 - What for. are you afraid? 1 - Yes, I am afraid. Bring the gun, hurry! 2 - No, I'm not afraid. 1 - Why don't you look outside! 2 - Okay. 1 - Do you see someone? 2 - No, I only see a dog. cu l ty B) Ed (page 116) n 1 - Where do you(plural) want to go today? 2 - We want to go in the woods/ bush. 1 - When are you (plural) going to leave? 2 - We want to leave right away. 1 - What are you (plural) going to do over there? 2 - We want to hunt only. 1 - Maybe it is possible that you (plural) will kill a moose. 2 - I hope so. of 3. Fa Exercise C ( (page 116) sit er My gun Your gun h/her gun ad U my canoe your canoe h/hercanoe ni v 1. y Possession; ke he my bannock your bannock h/her bannock La my spoon your spoon h/her spoon 5. (page 117) L my house your house h/her house my tent you tent h/her tent my fish your fish h/her fish my partridge your partirdge h/her partridge my knife your knife h/herknife my tea-pot your tea-pot h/her tea-pot my plate your plate h/her plate my milk you milk h/her milk Where is my porridge? H/she wants my gun. What is your dog's name: Bring your axe! Do you see John's house? Where is your pencil / pen? I gave him his partridge. 181 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise D (page 118) 4. sweater 2. coat 6. hat 5. blouse 0 1. mitten 3. pants 8. belt 7. scarf 9.sock IO.shirt G). H). J). A) Did you (plural) help the man? Were they hunting? Did the fox see the partridge? Where is the airplane? Do you (plural) like the taste of bannock? Do you (plural) want to go with Frank? Did you give him/her the moose-meat? io at 0 B). 1 - What is he/she going to do tomorrow? 2 - H/she wants to leave tomorrow. H/she is ready now. 1 - Where is h/she going to go? 2 - Far away in the bush. 1 - Will you be going with h/her? 2 - Yes, probably I'll be going with h/her. l - Do you want to come along too? 2-No. ke he ad U (page 120) ni v er sit y Fa (page 120) cu l Exercise F 1. uc F). Ed B). C). D). E). Dog! I want my shoe! Hurry, bring it! Do you want to go with Peter? He's looking for a caribou. H/she wanted a knife, so I gave it to him/her. The girl is not helping the woman. She's sleeping already. I will help the boy tomorrow. The day after tomorrow, too. They did not see the moose. They only saw a man. Are you (plural) looking for a canoe? Do you (plural) want to eat moose-meat? No, we want to eat the skunk. They were afraid. My dog ate the rabbit. of A). ty (page 119) n Exercise E La C). 1 - Where is Henry? 2 - He left already. 1 - When? 2 - The day before yesterday. 1 - Where did he go? 2 - He is hunting in the bush. 1 - Is he alone?/ Go by himself? 2 - No, he went with his dog. 1 - How about the boy? Did he go, too? 2 - No, he is still sleeping. (page 120) 182 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise G Kinship: 4). 5). 6). ( (page 124) n io at uc Ed What is your older brother doing outside? (outdoors} I don't know. Maybe he is working. sit 4. of 3). ty 2). What is your grandfather's name? Peter is my grandfather's name? What is your grandmother's name? Mary is my grandmother's name. What is your father's name? Jacob is my father's name. What is your mother's name? Sarah is my mother's name. What is your son's name? Thomas is my son• s name. What is your daughter's name? Emily is my daughter• s name. cu l (page 121) 1). me, I my spouse, companion my younger sister my younger brother my son my daughter my grandfather my grandmother my father my mother my older brother my older sisiter Fa 1. y l (page 121) ni v er What is your older sister doing inside? (indoors) She is cooking. She is hungry. ad U What is your spouse going to do tomorrow? Hfshe is going to work in the bush. ke he What is your father going to do today? He wants to go hunting. La What did your mother do yesterday. She made a fire outside. She cooked. L 183 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise I (page 126) 2on 3 You see me. You're looking for me. You help me. You accompany me. You see h/her. You're looking for h/her. You help him/her. You accompany him/her. 3 on 1 3 on2 H/she sees me. H.she's looking for me. H/she helps me. H/she accompanys me. H/she sees you. H/she's looking for you. Hf she helps you. H/she accompanys you. io 2on 1 at I'm looking for you. I help you. I accompany you. I see him/her. I'm looking for h/her. I help h/her. I accompany him/her. uc I see you. cu l ty of Ed 1 on 3 n 0 1 on 2 sit y 0 er H/she sees him/her. H/she's looking for him/her. H.she's helping him/her. H/she accompanys him/her. Fa 3 on4 (page 128) ni v Transforming some TA combinations: Negative He doesn't help her. Past He helped her. Negative You are not eating (animate) Past You ate (animate) Negative He doesn't see me. Past He saw me. Present (3 on 4) He like the taste of (animate) Negative He doesn't like the taste of (animate) Past He liked the taste of (animate) Present (1 on 2) I accompany you. Voluntative I want to accompany you. Future I will accompany you. U Present (4 on 3) He helps her. he ad Present (2 on 3) You are eating (animate) La ke Present (3 on 1) He sees me. Present (3 on 2) He gives you. Voluntative He wants to give you. 184 Future He will give you. 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Verb Stems: (page 129) See/ to see help / to help accompany / to accompany give/ to give want / to want love / to love keep / to keep forget I to forget Comic Strips io n I am leaving: uc Ed cu l ty Where are you going? I'm going to Thunder Bay. Is Alec going with you? Yes, he's going with me I he wants to see Richard. Where is Richard? He's in Thunder Bay, already. Are you going to see Sally? Probably I'll see her. Can you give her this book please? Okay, I'll give it to her ifl see her. Thank you! at 1st Caption of 1. (page 130) 2nd Caption y ( Fa Where is my friend? ni v er sit Where is Gordon? I don't see him. Now, I see him over there. Where? Over there, do you see him now? Now, I see him in the canoe. U Romance: ad 3rd Caption ke he I love you. Oh, he loves me. I love you lots; how about you, do you love me? Yes, I love you, too! La Chief and counselor: 4th Caption L The boss is looking for you. Oh my! Is he looking for me? Are you sure? Yes, hurry! He wants to see you right away. I'm afraid! Please come with me! No, he wants to see you only. 185 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Lesson4 0 Exercise A (page /31) n gun(s) river(s) hill(s) motor(engine)(s) wilderness mountain lake (s) falls / rapids pond paddle(s) lunch box(s) island(s) io 1. Where are the fish? (page 132) Over there at the rapids/ falls. uc at 2. of Ed What is Peter doing in the wilderness? He is looking for a partridge. ty What is the beaver doing in the pond? He is looking for the river. Fa cu l What is over there in the lake? An island. 0 er ni v Where are you going? By the river! sit y Where is the lake? There by the river. U Do you see a caribou on top of the hill! Yes, I see him/her. he ad Are you looking for an eagle near the mountain? No, I'm looking for a bear cub. La ke Where is my gun? I want to kill a wolf. Your gun is not here. Where is my lunch-box? I want to eat! There on top of the table. Do you want my paddle? No, not yet. Later on tomorrow. 0 How about your motor? Do you want it? Yes, I want it right away/right now. 186 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise C io at 1 - Hurry, bring the gun! 2- What for? 1 - I see something over there! 2 - Where? I don't see anything. 1 - Come over here! Do you see it? It's a moose! 2 - Do you want to shoot him/her? 1 - No, you shot him! uc C). Ed 1 - Where is my lunch-box? 2 - I don't know, what about it? 1 - I want to go. 2 - Oh yeah! Do you want to look for an animal? 1 - Yes, I want to look for animals. 2 - Is your daughter going along with you? 1 - Yes, she wants to see the animals too. 2 - Okay, I'll see you later on. of B). Fa cu l ty 1 - Where is my gun? I want to go hunting. 2 - Where do you want to go? 1 - There by the hill. 2 - Is your dog going along with you? 1 - Yes. 2 - How about your son? Is he going with you. too? 1 - No, he still wants to sleep some more. n (page 134) A). (page 135) ni v Note: Explained in text. er Exercise D sit y C Exercise E ad U Note: Done in text by the student. 1. 2. 3. 13. 21. 22. 33. I am sick. You are sick. H/she is sick. We are sick. (exclusive) We are sick. (inclusive) You (plural) are sick. They are sick. La ke 2. <page 13BJ he Exercise G {page 138) l. What is your older brother doing? What is your older sister doing? What is your spouse doing? What is your younger sibling doing? I seem to be sick. You must be sick. H/she must be sick. We must be sick. We seem to be sick. You (plural) must be sick. They must be sick. He must be hunting. She must be driving off. She must be cooking. He must be playing. 187 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Where is the native woman? She must be leaving. Where is the white man? Where is your son? Where is Susan's husband? Where is my older brother? Where is your younger sibling? Where is Peter's older sister? Where is the dog? (page 140) n Exercise H 0 io 2. (page 139) 9. 11. 13. uc Ed Fa sit y 0 er ni v 2. 4. 6. 8. 10. 12. 14. H/she speaks the native language. H/she is cooking. Hfshe is leaving. H/she is dancing. H/she is crying. He/she is sleeping. H/she speaks English. ke 15. U 5. 7. H/she is working. It is called... Hfshe is afraid. Hfshe is writing. H/she is singing. H/she enters (comes in) It is cold (weather). There is Northern Lights. ad 1. 3. (page 141) he Exercise I cu l 2 - H/she must still be sleeping. 1 - What will you be doing today? 2 - I'll go looking for the partridges. 1 - Where? In the woods/ bush? 2 - No? Over there by the lake. 1 - I'll come along too. of 1 - Where is your younger sibling? ty B. at 1. A. 1 - Where is your older brother? 2 - I don't know. He must be working outside. I - My older sister is looking for your older brother. 2- What for? 1 - I don't know. Maybe she wants to go with him. 2 - How about you? Where do you want to go? 1 - I want to go home. I want to eat. (page 142) La Exercise J 1). 2). 3). 4). 5). What is the boy doing? What is your dog doing? What does the white person want to do? What does the child want to do? How is the weather outside? 0 188 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE ~ UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Lessons Exercise A; (page 143) (page 143) B). Ed 1 - It is night now, go to sleep! 2 - No, I don't want to go sleep yet. I want to play more. 1 - You will be getting up early tomorrow morning. 2 - What for? I - You will be going to work tomorrow. I - Do you see the moon? ty I -The sun is rising now, get up! 2 - What for? I want to sleep more. I - You will start working soon. 2 - I don't want to work today. I feel sick. Tell my boss. I - No. You tell him. Fa ni v er sit y ( cu l I - There far away beside the star. 2- Where? I don't see it. (animate) I only see a partridge. of 2 - No. Where? C). Exercise D U (page 145) ad 1. Tell news and tell legends. ke he Verbs: tell news. Tell legends. Nouns: News. Legends 2. Some examples: La (page 145) l n A) sun. ( 1) tell news (2) tell legend star sun sets io 2. moon sun rise at It is night It is day uc 1. A). Okay, I will tell a short story. Long ago, once during the summer, I was hunting/looking for moose. Soon I saw a baby moose/calf. I didn't shoot him. He/she was too small. B). Okay, I will tell a short story about legend. Long ago, once there was this legend. His name was Cahkaapehsh. 189 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE • UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION He was always causing problems. He was always trying to win. "I know everything," he thought. He was always competing. He was always after the women too. He never did win. He was always losing. That is all for now. I will tell a legend again tomorrow. n 0 io Dialo&ues in which the preterit is used: 3. A). at (page 146) of Ed uc Where is your brother? He must have gone alone. Do you usually go with him? We usually always go hunting. Now I don't go with him anymore. Did you want to eat? Yes, it has been a long time since I ate. Look in the stove. There was meat in there yesterday. Somebody must have eaten it up. C). Where is your knife? I don't know, I must have lost it the day before yesterday. I used to like it. 0 ni v er Readin2 and Writin& Practice; (page 146) sit y Fa cu l ty B). 4. ke he ad U He built the fire there beside the lake. Native women were cooking. Did you write? He/she already drove away. We (inclusive) were angry. Did you laugh? Exercise E Note: This exercise will be done in the text. Corrections will be done by the instructor. La (page 148) Exercise F A). opiniish zhiiwitaaganish nitiiwakikosh zhiishiibish okaadaakosh animoshish dikinaaganish abwewinish akikosh giigoowish onaaganish waazakonenjiganish opwaaganish abaabika' iganish B). 190 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise G Note: Corrections will done by the instructor. Exercise H (page 151) 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. along the shore portage across the lake or river rocky island at the bay island n in the bush swamp bridge peninsula across the river dock io 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. of Lesson 6, Review Lessons: Exercise A - Twenty Four Articles; er sit y Fa cu l bakwezhiganikaan bine waabooz wiiyaas napenh waawan doodooshaaboo giigoo bagishkiboojiganaaboo opin okaadaak zhiishiib U ni v onaagan minikwaajigan mookomaan emikwaan badaka' igan zhiiwitaagan wiisagad bimide nibi nitiiwakik akik abwewin ty (page 153) ( uc Note: Corrections will be done by the instructor. Ed Exercise J at Exercise I Note: Corrections will be done by the instructor. he (page 153) ad Exercise B - Numbers: La ke bezhig niizhin niswi niiwin naanan ningodwaaswi niizhwaaswi nishwaasw zhaangaswi midaaswi midaaswi ashi bezhig midaaswi ashi niizhin l. midaaswi ashi niswi midaaswi ashi niiwin midaaswi ashi naanan midaaswi ashi ningodwaaswi midaaswi ashi niizhwaaswi midaaswi ashi nishwaaswi midaaswi ashi zhaangaswi niishtana niishtana ashi bezhig niishtana ashi niizhin niishtana ashi niswi niishtana ashi nii win 191 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise C (page 154) 0 Using Numbers in Verb Forms; Ed uc at io Bezhigwan waawan. Niizhinoon onaaganan. Nisinoon mookomaanan. Nii winoon badaka' iganan. Naananinoon waawanoon. Ningodwaasinoon dikinaaganan. Niizhwaasinoon bimiden. Nishwaasinoon wiiyaasan. Zhaangaswinoon doodooshaaboon. Midaasinoon zhiwitaaganan. of Bezhigo waabooz Niizhiwag binewag. Nisiwag giigooyag. Niiwiwag emikwaanag Naananiwag okaadaakwag. Ningodwaasiwag bakwezhiganikaanag. Niizhwaasiwag akikwag. Nishwaasiwag zhiishiibag. Zhaangasowag nitii wakikoog. Midaasiwag abwewinag. n vn VAi Exercise D ty (page 154) Fa y 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit Eya Gaawiin Miigwech Aan ezhinikaazoyan? Nidizhinikaaz Aandi wenjiiyan? Nidoonjii. Geniin Giin dash wiin? Miinawaa ikidon ! Bekaa ikidon ! Ginisidotaan ina? Eya, ninisidotaan. Gaawiin, gaawiin ninisidotanziin. Wegonen awe? Awenen awe? Aan ezhinikaazod? -----'izhinikaazo. cu l May I Introduce Myself! 0 192 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise E (page 155) Imperatives; 1. 1. Biindigen ! Ed uc at io n 2. Niibawin ! 3. Maajaan! 4. Giiwen! 5. Nibaan! 6. Abin! 7. Biizhaan! 8. Boodawen! 9. Nagamon! 10. Wanishkaan! Locatives; of (page 155) ombaasining jiimaani.ng waakaa' iganin& odaabaaning babagi wayaanigamigong zaaga•igani.ing Fa cu l ty 2. gizhaabikiziganin& ishkwaandeming apabiwinin& waasechiganini adoopowining nibaaganing ( y Exercise F sit (page 156) ni v gizhiwaazi giiwe jiibaakwe U nagamo aakozi boodawe er Intransitive Verbs: nibaa niimi anokii (page J56) ad Exercise G he Aan ezhiseg / endaso-diba'iganeg? La ke BezhigoNiizhoNisoNiiyoNaanoNingodwaasoNiizhwaahsoNishwaasoZhaangasoMidaasoMidaaso- ashi bezhig Midaaso- ashi niizhin L diba'igane diba'igane diba'igane diba'igane diba'igane diba'igane diba'igane diba'igane diba'igane diba'igane diba'igane diba'igane 193 wiisini debi-wiisini (OR debisinii) odamino �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise H 0 What Are They Doin&? (page 157) ikwe inini ikwewag ininiwag abinoojii abinoojiiyag gwiiwizens gwiiwizensag 0 y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n Amanj igo. Aan endoodaman? Aan endoodamaan? Aan endoodang? Aan endoodamowaad? Aan endoodameg? Aan endoodamang? Aan waa•doodaman? Aan waa•doodamaan? Aan waa•doodang? Aan waa•doodamowaad? Aan waa•doodameg? Aan ezhinikaazod? Aan ezhinihkaadeg? Gagwejim! Wiindamaw! ikwezens ikwezensag er sit Exercise I Voluntatives ni v (page 157) ke he ad U 1. Niwii•minikwe nibi. Gegiin na giwii-minikwe nibi? Inini wii-anokii noongom gii-giizhigak. Wii-anokii noongom gii-giizhigak. Wii-boodawe agwajiing. Gaawiin, gaawiin niwii-odaminosii. Abinoojiiyag dash wiin. Wii-odaminowag ina? Giwii-kiiwem ina? La (page 158) 2. Nidani-giiwe noongom gii-giizhigak. Gigii-anokii na bijiinaago? Da-ani-maajaa waabang. Gigii-nibaam bijiinaago. Wiiba da-niimiwag. 0 194 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise J Vocabulazy: (page 159) io n Waagaakwad Waazakonenj igan Jiishta'igan Aabaabika' igan Opwaagan Apikweshimon 1. Animosh Makizin Mazina' igan Dikinaagan Ozhibii' iganaak Waaboyaan at First Person Plural: Nidoozhibii' igemin Ninibaamin Nidoodaminomin Nimaajaamin of Ed 2. Gigiiwemin Giwiisinimin Giboodawemin Gidaakozimin ty Diminutives: ma'iingan ma' iinganens amik amikoons zhiishiib zhiishiibens Fa zhigaag zhigaagoons Exercise K y ( cu l (page 159) 3. uc (page 159) sit Transitive Verbs: er (page 160) U ni v 1. Niwaabamaa ikwe. Gidandawenimaa na animosh? Ninanaandawenimaa gwiiwizens. Gidamwaa giigoo. ke he ad Giwaabandaan ina ombaasin? Nidandawendaan mazina' igan. K.inanaandawaabandaan ina mookomaan? Nimiijin moozo-wiiyaas. La How is the Weather? (page 160) 2. a). noodin b).dakaayaa c). gizhide d). zoogipon i). gashkawan j). anwaatin k). ningwakwad 1). maazhi-giizhigad e). waawaate t). animikiikaa g). gimiwan h). waashekwan L 1'95 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Some Useful Expressions: (page 160) 0 at io n 3. Wegonen? Wegonen andawendaman? Wegonen dash? Aan dash? Aanti ezhaayan? Aanti ezhaayeg? Aan ezhiwebak? Aan enakamigak? Aapiji. uc Exercise L Ed Obviatives: (page 161) ty of Nimiijin wiiyaas. Gimiijin wiiyaas. Omiijin wiiyaas. 1. Nidamwaa giigoo. Gidamwaa giigoo. Odamwaan giigooyan. cu l Third Person Only: sit y 0 ni v er 2. Owaabamaan binewan. Ominopwaan mak:wan. Onanaandawaabamaan nikan. Ogiizhizwaan zhigaagoon. Odandawenimaan emikwaanan. Ozaagi' aan animoshan. Oganawenimaan nisayenyan. Fa (page 161) La ke he ad U Omiijin waawan. Owaabandaan waahkaahikanini. Ominopodaan wiiyaas. Onanaandawaapandaan bimide. Ogiizhizaan opin. Ozaagitoon doodaashaaboo. Oganawendaan jiimaan. Exercise M Possessive Nouns: (page 162) 1. Nidapabiwin Gidoozhibii' iganaak Onitiim Nidiba'igiiziswaan Ginitiiwakik Ominikwaajiganan Niwaawanooman Gidishkwaandeman Onapenyan Nibadaka' iganan Gimookomaanan Obakwezhiganikaanan 196 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Voca6u1azy; 2. giishkijiiwayaan wiiwakwaan bikwan giizhoopizon babagiwayaan gichipizon giboodiyegwaazon azhigan minjikaawan biiskawaagan niin niwiijiiwaagan nimisenh nisayenh nishiime nishiime nigozis nidaanis Ed Exercise N of More about TA Verbs: NIIN is doing something to a second person (2) GUN. cu l means a first person (1) ty (1 acting on 2) (1 acting on 3) (2 acting on 1) giwaabamin ginanaandawaabamin giwiiji'in giwiijiiwin niwaabamaa ninanaandawaabamaa niwiiji'aa niwiijiiwaa giwaapam ginanaandawaapam giwiiji' giwiijiiw y sit er U (2 acting on 3) Fa (1 acting on 2) ni v C io uc nookomis nibaabaa nimaamaa at 3. nimishoomis n My Family; (3 acting on 2) niwaabamig ninanaandawaabamig niwiiji'ig niwiijiiwig giwaabamig ginanaandawaabamig giwiiji'ig giwiijiiwig ke he ad giwaabamaa ginanaandawaabamaa giwiiji'aa giwiijiiwaa (3 acting on 1) La (3 acting on 4) owabaamaan onanaandawaabamaan owiiji'aan owiijiiwaan L 197 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise 0 (page 164) 0 Scenery and Useful Articles; Abwi Nawapowini-makakoons Minis Baashkizigan Ziibi Bikwadinaa Maajiinikaajiganens Noopiming Wajiw n Zaaga'igan Baawitig Waanzhibiiyaa io 1. at Vocabulary and Expressions; ty Certain and Uncertain; odaminodog aakozidog nibaadog Fa aakozi anokii anokiidog 0 sit y Exercise P er Moon and Sun; giizis zaagaate dibaajimo aadizooke Preterits; U Ningii-izhaaminaaban endaso-niibing. Gii-wiidigeban naano-bibooning. Ningii-giishpinadoonaaban waakaa' igan. La 2. ke (page 165) he ad dibikad dibiki-giizis giizhigad anang bangishimon ni v (page 165) 1. cu l (page 164) 3. Ed zhaaganaashikwe anishinaabemo zhaaganaashiimo zhaaganash izhinikaade izhinikaazo anishinaabe anishinaabekwe of 2. uc (page 164) Pejorative; (page 165) 3. apabiwinish onaaganish nibaaganish makizinish jimaanish babagiwayaanegamigosh 0 198 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise Q (page 165) Geographical Terms; 1. noopiming mashkiig aazhogan neyaashiiwan agaami-ziibiing Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n Jngew gakiiwe agaaming minisaabik niminaaweyaandawaagan wiikwedong La ke he ad U ni v er sit y ( l. 199 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION A. Nominals 0 Animate Nouns: n io at uc ty Fa blouse blanket axe window lamp mountain hat lake river 0 ke he ad U ni v er sit y calendar broom boat motor shoe swamp book island rock island lunch box dock airplane portage cu l Inanimate Nouns: lock dock pillow gun falls, rapids shirt wilderness coat story cradleboard belt sweater Ed star dog native person native woman sock bird clock moon pants scarf my daughter, his daughter my dog, his dog my older brother, his older brother my younger sibling, his younger sibling my companion my grandmother, his grandmother pipe pencil White person White woman fox White person white woman skunk of sun, moon, month boy woman girl man wolf bear mitten moose my father, his father my son, his son my mother, his mother my older sister, his older sister my grandfather, his grandfather legend child paddle beaver La Pronouns: we/us (exc.) we/us too (exc.) someone we/us (inc.) we/us too (inc.) first you (pl.) you too (pl.) they, them they, them too 0 200 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION B. Verbs tell a legend speak native language live split wood arrive tell a story portage play write get ready speak English go out speak English uc at io be cold be named start off cry drink hunt fetch water n Animate Intransitive Verbs: be cloudy be cloudy wind be a pond be bright out. shiny be northern lights be a clear sky be snowing y Fa cu l ty of portage be foggy be a day rain be hot be named be unpleasant weather come up (sun) be a point of land ni v Transitive Aimate Verbs: er sit C be thundering be calm be foggy be clouds coming this way be the setting sun be a hill arrive be cold be night Ed Inanimate Intransitive Verbs: I like the taste of him. I look around for him. I kill him. I see him. I help him. I go with him. I love him. I tell him. La ke he ad U I put him in a container. I eat him. I look for him I need/want him I take care of him I cook him I worry about him I give it to him L 201 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Transitive Inanimate Verbs: I put it in a container. I look for it. I need/want it. I take care of it. I cook it. I am worried. I kill it. I see it. I forget about it. I help it. I like it at uc Ed of sit y Fa try big, great secretly after, complete before unable to start, begin in the distance good at, habitually need to do (before usual time) in error, by mistake want to 0 E. Expressions U ni v er go and (do) away from, in progress towards about, here and there in this direction, to here stop enough cu l D. Preverbs in the bush, inland tomorrow what about? what for? what? long ago soon, hurry at the bay ty after a while yesterday please, let me soon along the shore look! in a while now io C. Particles on the other side of the lake I wish the day before yesterday the day after tomorrow when? how, why why not? very, quite 0 n I am worried about it. I think about it. I eat it. I like the taste of it. I look around for it. What do you want to do? (pl.) What's his name? What's it called? How's the weather? What's happening? How many are they? Why not? How much? Where are you going? Why is it not so? Where are you going? (pl.) Oops! Oh my! Yuck! La ke he ad I don't know What are you doing? What am I doing? What is he/she doing? What are they doing? What are you doing? (pl.) What are we doing? What do you want to do? What do I want to do? What does he/she want to do? What do they want to do? What do you want/need? What about/what for? Ask him. Tell him. 0 202 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE GLOSSARY Guide to the Glossaries This section is divided into two parts: Anishinaabemowin-English Glossary. and EnglishAnishinaabemowin Glossary. The glossaries contains listings of basic words (word stems) and some prefixes. In order to make the glossaries more useful we will explain the way that entries are organ- io Anishinaabemowin sections separately, because they are organized differently. n ized and the information they contain. We will treat the Anishinaabemowin-English and English- at The glossaries are intended only to be a listing of words used in this book. Because there are often uc local variations in pronunciation and vocabulary. students are encouraged to make notes in the Ed glossaries about aspects of the usage and vocabulary of their instructor which are not already indi- of cated there. As well. the glossaries do not present detailed information about all the possible differ- ty ent fonns which many Anishinaabemowin words may take, especially nouns and verbs. cu l There are many Anishinaabemowin words which do not appear in the glossaries. Students are en- lished dictionary which focusses on the dialect of Anishinaabemowin being studied in this book, students may find it helpful to consult A Concise Dictionary ofMinnesota Ojibwe by John Nichols y ( Fa couraged to check with their instructor for words they are interested in. Although there is no pub- sit and Early Nyholm (University of Minnesota Press, 1995). An inexpensive paperback edition is er readily available. The vocabulary used in that publication is similar to that being studied here. It is U ni v advisable to check with your instructor about words you are interested in. In both sections the following alphabetic order is used for Anishinaabemowin words. in which long b a aa 0 00 d e g p s sh w t ii j k y z zh m n La ke he ad vowels are sorted after the corresponding short vowels: ANISIDNAABEMOWIN-ENGLISH GLOSSARY In the Anishinaabemowin-English section, each entry contains at least an Anishinaabemowin HEAD WORD, L an abbreviation for the WORD CLASS code, and an English translation. as in the following entry. Notice that the Anishinaabemowin head word is in bold print, the word class code is in SMALL CAPS type, and the English translation is in plain type. 203 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE GLOSSARY 0 giiwe vAI go home, return Each Anishinaabemowin word is assigned a word class code. A complete list of all word class codes is found on page 213. We will review examples of each type, and will explain the types of information which may be found in entries for different word classes. A complete list of all word class codes io n appears at the end of this section. uc at Nouns animate noun NI inanimate noun of NA Ed There are two main types of nouns, ANIMATE and INANIMATE. Their word class codes are as follows. cu l NA spoon NI cup 0 sit y minikwaajigan -an Fa emikwaan -ag ty Typical entries for each are given here. The head word for a noun is usually the SINGULAR form of the noun. PREFIXES and SUFFIXES may be er added to this form to give extra meaning and grammatical information. The head word for a noun is ni v followed by the form of the PLURAL suffix that the noun takes. This suffix can be added directly to U the head word (minus the hyphen) to make the plural form. So for example, the entry for the noun ad emikwaan 'spoon' given above contains the plural suffix -ag. They can be combined to give the plural form emikwaanag 'spoons.' he There are also two other types of nouns, which are called DEPENDENT nouns. Their word class codes La ke are as follows. NAD dependent animate noun NID dependent inanimate noun Dependent nouns are nouns that must always occur with a POSSESSIVE prefix to indicate who the noun belongs to (the 'possessor'). Dependent nouns are nearly always words for body parts or kinship terms. In this book there are no terms for body parts included, so we will not discuss them further. In the glossary dependent nouns for kinship terms are always given in the form in which the basic word 204 0 �INTRODUCTORY OilBWE GLOSSARY r is preceded by the first-person prefix ni or n. nimaamaa -yag my mother. Stem: /-maamaay-/. NAD The head word is the prefixed form that means 'my mother.' You will see that after the English translation appears the notation 'Stem /-maamaay-/.' The form that is given in angled brackets is n called the STEM. It is the basic form of the word without any prefixes or suffixes. This is the form of io the word that is used when you wish to make other forms of this word by adding prefixes or suf- uc at fixes. For many glossary entries the head word and the stem are identical, so the entry does not need to give any special indication of what the stem is. As with dependent nouns, we will see that other Ed types of words may contain information indicating that the stem is slightly different from the head of word. ty There are also a small number of entries that have the following class code. inanimate noun with participle Fa NI-PT airplane. Also ombaasin. er gaa-ombaasing y One of the words that means 'airplane' belongs to this word class. sit ( cu l NI-PT U ni v Words of this type are nouns which are based upon verbs. Verbs ad Apart from nouns, there are several different types of VERBS. We will first discuss the two main types ANIMATE INTRANSITIVE verbs are those that have an animate grammatical SUB- but no OBJECT. Their word class codes are as follows. La ke JECT he of INTRANSITIVE verbs. L VAi animate intransitive verb vAI2 animate intransitive verb vAI+o animate intransitive verb + object The head word for any animate intransitive verb is usually the THIRD-PERSON singular form, that is, the one that means 'he/she is ... ' Such forms have no prefix or suffix on the head entry. Here is a typical entry for an animate intransitive (VAI) verb. 205 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE GLOSSARY 0 anokii vAI work The class of animate intransitive verbs referred to as VAI2 are very similar to animate intransitive verbs of the VAi class. Here is the entry for a typical example. io n doodam vAI2 do in a certain way. uc at The entry for a verb of the vai2 class will always have a head word that ends in am. The glossary contains only a few words of this class. Ed There is one other type of animate intransitive verb, refererred to as vAI+o. Verbs of this class re- of semble ordinary verbs of the VAi class, but frequently occur with a grammatical object. There are not many verbs of this type, and only a few are used in this books. Here is an entry for a verb of this drink s.t. INANIMATE INIRANSITTVE Fa VAI+O verbs are those that have a grammatically inanimate subject but no gram- 0 y minikwe cu l ty type. er sit matical object. There is only one word class code for inanimate intransitive verbs. inanimate intransitive verb U ni v VII The head word for any inanimate intransitive verb is usually the third-person singular form, that is, ad the one that means 'it is ... ' Such forms have no prefix or suffix on the head entry. ke he Here is a typical entry for an inanimate intransitive (vu) verb. La ate v11 be there, be in a certain place. Also atemagad. Some animate intransitive verbs, particularly verbal forms of numbers, always occur in a plural form. In the glossary the head entry is the third-person plural form (the form that means 'they ... '). As a result the head entry consists of the basic verb stem and the third-person plural suffix, usually wag. The stem is identified between diagonal slashes. Here is an example. nisiwag vAI be three of them. Stem /nisi-/ 206 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE GLOSSARY ( Similarly, some inanimate intransitive verbs, particularly verbal forms of numbers, always occur in a plural form. In the glossary the head entry is the third-person plural form (the form that means 'they (inanimate) ... '). As a result the head entry consists of the basic verb stem and the third-person plural suffix, usually oon. The stem is identified between diagonal slashes. Here is an example. VII be three of them. Stem /nisin-/ io n nisinoon at Transitive verbs are those that have a subject and an object. There are several different types of Ed vn transitive inanimate verb (-mn/-W vn2 transitive inanimate verb (-.QQ) vn3 transitive inanimate verb (-D of transitive animate verb Fa cu l ty VTA All transitive verbs have a grammatically animate subject. TRANSITIVE ANIMATE verbs are those that y have a grammatically animate object. sit For transitive animate verbs, the head word of the glossary entry is always the form of the verb that er means you are telling someone to do the action to someone, or to some entity that is grammatically ni v animate (this is called the IMPERATIVE form). U The entries for some transitive animate verbs contain extra information about what the STEM is, as in the following example. You can think of the stem as the most general form of a word once all pre- ad fixes and suffixes have been removed. In many cases the stem is the same as the head word of the he glossary entry and so does not need to be mentioned. But sometimes the stem is different from the ke head word, and we list it as part of the glossary entry. La C uc transitive verbs. Their word class codes are as follows. amo VTA eat s.o. Stem /amw-/ The head word is still the imperative form, but you will notice there is extra information about the stem of the word. To make other forms of the word, prefixes and suffixes are added to the fonn between the diagonal slashes, rather than to the head word. The head word for some transitive animate verbs ends in zh. When a transitive animate verb ends in zh, the stem is not identical to the head word. 207 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE GLOSSARY miizh VTA 0 give (s.t.) to s.o. Stem: /miiN-/ Notice that the stem of this word is given in the entry as /miiN-/. The capital N means that in certain forms the final consonant of the stem is an n sound, as in nimiinaa 'I give it to him/her' (with prefix ni and suffix aa). But in others the final consonant of the stem is zh, as in command forms such as n the head entry. io If the entry for a transitive animate verb does not contain information about the stem, then other uc at forms of the verb may be made by adding prefixes and suffixes directly to the head word of the VTA see s.o. of waabam Ed entry. Here is a typical example. ty Notice also that the entries for transitive animate verbs given above all contain the abbreviation cu l 's.o. • This is short for 'someone.' We know that the grammatical object of a transitive animate verb Fa must be animate, and so it may refer to a human being. an animal, or anything else that is classified as animate in Anishinaabemowin. For convenience, we use the abbreviation 's.o. • to refer to any of 0 sit y these possibilities. VTI see s. t. Stem /waabandam-/ U waabandan ni v er Here is a typical entry for a TRANsmvE INANIMATE verb which has the word class code VTI. ad Verbs of this class nearly always have a head word that ends in an. The entry contains information he about the STEM, which is a more abstract basic form of the word. To make other forms of verbs of ke this class it is necessary to change the final an to aan for many of the forms that will be used in the La books of these series. For example, 'I see it' is niwaabandaan, with the first person prefix ni. In other cases the an is changed to am when other endings are added: '(that) I seeit' would be waabandamaan, with the suffix aan. These other forms are not discussed in this book, but would be learned in a more advanced course. Here is a typical entry for a transitive inanimate verb which has the word class code vn2. atoon v112 put s.t. in a certain place. Stem /atoo-/ 208 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE GLOSSARY Verbs of the VTI2 class contain a long vowel oo at the end of the basic stem. The final n which follows the long oo in the head word is a suffix found in the command forms. You will find that nearly all of the different forms of words of the VTI2 class which you will learn also have a suffix of the form n. There are very few verbs of the VTI3 class. Here is an example. io n miijin VTI3 eat s.t. Stem /miiji-/ uc of VTI3 forms that you will learn also have a suffix of the form n. at The n at the end of the head word is an imperative suffix. As with the vn2 verbs. most of the forms Ed The entries for transitive inanimate verbs given above all contain the abbreviation 's.t.' This is short of for 'something.• We know that the grammatical object of a transitive inanimate verb must be inanimate. and so it may refer to anything that is classified as inanimate in Anishinaabemowin. For cu l ty convenience, we use the abbreviation 's.t. • in glossary entries. There are several other word classes in Anishinaabemowin. There are two different types of PARTICLES. This term is used to refer to words that do not take any prefixes or suffixes to indicate informa- y ( Fa Particles er sit tion such as person or number. Here are the word class codes for the two types of particles. uninflected particle ni v PC number particle U NU ad The term 'uninflected particle' emphasizes that these particles never take suffixes for what are he sometimes called 'inflectional' information. such as person and number. Here is a typical entry for La ke an uninflected particle. aapiji PC really. entirely so, completely. The number particles are forms of numbers which never take any prefixes or suffixes. Here is a typical entry for a number particle. L bezhig NU one 209 �INTRODUCTORY onBWE GLOSSARY In Anishinaabemowin. numbers may take many different forms. This means that not all of them are 0 number particles. Some may be verbs, prenouns, or preverbs. Pronouns The word class code for PRONOUNS is as follows. pronoun io n PR uc PR I, me [first person singular personal pronoun]. Ed niin at Here is an example of a entry for a pronoun. of Prenouns and Preverbs ty All of the word classes we have discussed are for items that can be words on their own. However cu l there are certain word classes whose members never occur on their own, but must always be fol- Fa lowed by another word. prenoun PREV preverb PRE preverb and prenoun 0 ni v er sit y PREN A PRENOUN must always be directly followed by a noun. The head word of the entry for a prenoun is U always followed by a hyphen, to indicate that the prenoun must be followed by a noun. Because ad prenouns may be followed by many different nouns, the entry for a prenoun does not attempt to list he any of the possible combinations (examples will be presented in several different lessons in the ke books in this series). A typical example of an entry for a prenoun follows. In this book only a small La number of prenouns are used. jiigi- PREN close to A PREVERB must always be directly followed by a verb. The head word of the entry for a preverb is always followed by a hyphen, to indicate that the preverb must be followed by a verb. Because preverbs may be followed by many different verbs, the entry for a preverb does not attempt to list any of the possible combinations (examples will be presented in several different lessons in the 210 Q �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE GLOSSARY books in this series). A typical example of an entry for a preverb follows. gagwe- PREv try to Some elements may be used both as a preverb and as a prenoun. The word class code PRE for 'pre- n fix' is assigned to these. This book only contains one or two elements of this type. at io gichi- PRE big, great, very Ed uc Other Information in Glossary Entries Some entries also include information about alternative pronunciations of the word, as in the follow- ty of ing entry. Note that this entry also contains further information about the head word in square brackets. A few entries for preverbs contain a notation Internal Change ofin their translation. sit y ( Fa cu l i'imaa PR there [animate singular demonstrative]. Also: imaa. ni v er waa- PREV will, want to. Internal Change ofwii- U This abbreviation refers to INITIAL CHANGE, which is a change in the pronunciation of the vowel in the first syllable of certain forms of verbs and preverbs. The notation 'Internal Change ofwii-' ad means that waa- is the form of the preverb wii- which has undergone Initial Change. Wii- also has ke he an entry. The differences in the use of waa- and wii- are explained in the lessons. La Some entries may have an equal sign('=') at the end of the head word. ezhinikaade= VII have a certain name, be named. Internal Change ofizhinikaade. The equal sign at the end of this word tells us that the word is not complete and would need to have a suffix (ending) added to makea complete word. In the glossary, all words of this type are forms l.. which have have Initial Change. The form of the basic word without Initial Change is indicated in the entry. 211 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE GLOSSARY You will also find that other entries contain an arrowhead '>' or'<.• omwaadi PC 0 over here. < omaa iwidi The left-pointing arrowhead indicates that the head word is based on a sequence of words which are n contracted, much like English 'don't' is a contraction of 'do not.• io Some entries may also contain further information about related words with the same meaning, as in uc at the following. of Ed giishkijiiwayaan NI sweater. See also nasweta. ENGLISH-ANISHINAABEMOWIN GLOSSARY ty In the English-Anishinaabemowin section the head word is an English word or phrase. Each head cu l word may include reference to one or more Anishinaabemowin words. The following entry contains Fa information about one Anishinaabemowin term. airplane, plane. See also gaa-ombaasing. sit NI er ombaasin -an 0 y AIRPLANE ni v The Anishinaabemowin entry given under this head word is identical to the entry given in the U Anishinaabemowin-English section. he ad Some headwords may include entries for more than one Anishinaabemowin term. La ke TWO niizhin NU two niizhinoon vn be two of them niizhiwag v Al be two of them 0 212 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE GLOSSARY r Word Class Codes animate noun NI inanimate noun NAO dependent animate noun NID dependent inanimate noun NA-Pf animate noun with particle VAi animate intransitive verb VAI2 animate intransitive verb (-am/-aa) VAI+o animate intransitive verb+ object vu inanimate intransitive verb VTA transitive animate verb VTI transitive inanimate verb (-am/-aa) VTI2 transitive inanimate verb (-oo) VTI3 transitive inanimate verb 8) PC uninflected particle NU number particle cu l Fa er ni v U PREN sit y ( ty of Ed uc at io n NA ad PREV PR preverb prenoun and preverb pronoun La ke he PRE prenoun Other Abbreviations s.o. someone, something animate s.t. something 213 �ANISIDNAABEMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY be there, be in a certain place. abinoojii Plural -yag abwewin Plural -an caribou. NI NI n NA adoopowin Plural -an agaami-ziibi frying pan. NI paddle. NA adik Plural -oog 0 child. table. io abwi Plural -ig NA at VAi on the other side of the river, across the river. uc abi be small. VAi of agaashiinyi ty agwajiing PC outside. ahaaw PC a'a that [animate singular demonstrative]. See also awe. cu l okay. NA pail. 0 I don't know. PC amik Plural -oog beaver. U VTA NA eat s.t. animate, s.o. Stem /amw-/. ad amo outboard motor. See also maajiinikaajiganens. ni v amanj igo NA er akikoons Plural -ag sit y akik Plural -oog Fa PR Ed agaaming PC on the other side of the lake, across the lake. NA star. he anang Plural -oog anaamiya 'ii under it. La ke PC andawaabam VTA look for s.o. look for s.t. Stem /andawaabandam-/. andawaabandan VTI andawendan need s.t., want s.t. Stem /andawendam-/. andawenim andawenjige VTI VTA VAI need s.o., want s.o. 0 hunt. 214 �ANISHINAABEMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY ando- ani- PV go and do. Also andawi-. motion away from, start to. PV animikiikaa vn be thundering. anishinaabe Plural -g dog. NA NA native woman. at anishinaabekwe Plural -g native person. n NA io animosh Plural -ag uc anokii vAI work. apikweshimon Plural -an pillow. apii PC when. ashi PC and (in number combinations). ashi VTA sit y ( NI ty always. cu l PC chair. Fa apane NI of apabiwin Plural -an Ed anwaatin vu be calm (weather). er put s.o., place s.o. Stem /as-/. ni v ate vu be there, be in a certain place. See also atemagad. U atemagad vn be there, be in a certain place. See also ate. v11 fog, be foggy. See also gashkawan. he awan ad atoon vn2 put s.t., place s.t. Stem /atoo-/. PC beyond it, on the other side of it. La ke awasaya'ii awasinaago PC awasiwaabang awe L PR awedi PC day after tomorrow. that [animate singular demonstrative]. See also a'a. PR awenen day before yesterday. that over there [animate singular demonstrative]. Also wedi. PR who. 215 �ANISHINAABEMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY awiiya someone, a person. PR azhigan Plural -ag aabaabika'igan Plural -an aabita 0 sock. NA NI key. half. PC n aabitoo-dibikad vn be midnight. aakoziiwimaoji'o NA feel sick. bee. aaniin where. Fa PC cu l how, in what manner, why, what. See also aaniin, aaniish. PC aandi VAi ty aamoo Plural -g aan at be sick. Ed VAI legend, traditional story. of aakozi NI uc aadizookewin Plural -an io aadizooke vAl tell a legend, tell a traditional story. how, in what manner, why, what. See also aan, aaniish. 0 PC when? Also aanapii. er aaniish PC how, in what manner, why, what. See also aaniin, aan. ni v aaniinpii sit y PC PC very, quite. aazha PC now, then, already. ad U aapiji NI he aazbogan Plural -an bridge. NI shirt. La ke babagiwayaan Plural -an babagiwayaanegamig Plural -oon babaa- PV NI canvas tent. here and there, going about. babiiskwawaagan Plural -an badaka'igan Plural -an bagwajiya'iing PC NI NI coat. fork. 0 in the wilderness. 216 �ANISIDNAABEMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY bakinaage VAi win, beat in a competition. bakinaajigaazo bakite'o be beaten, lose. VAi hit s.o. Stem /bakite'w•/. VTA bakwezhigan Plural •ag NA bread. See also napenb. NA bannock. n bakwezhiganikaan Plural •ag baabige at uc a little bit. PC right away. PC Ed bangii io bangishimon vu be sunset. baanimaa PC baapi laugh. baashkizigan Plural •an baashkizo rifle, gun. shoot s.o. Stem /baashkizw./. baawitig Plural -oon sit y VTA rapids, falls. er NI PC slowly. besho PC close to, near to. beshonjiya'ii ad NU close to it, near to it. one. he bezhig PC U ni v bekaa ke bezhigo vAI be alone, be one. La ( NI cu l ty after a while. Fa VAI of baabiidaanakwad vn clouds are coming. bezhigo•dibai'igane bezhigwan bi- PV VII be one o'oclock. be the only one, be one. VII in this direction, towards, to here. bijiinaago PC bikwadinaa yesterday. VII be a hill. 217 �ANISHINAABEMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY bikwak Plural -oon arrow. 0 blouse. NI bimide Plural -n NI bine Plural -wag NA bineshii Plural -yag lard. partridge. NA bird. n bikwan NI VTA bllndig PC put s.o. inside (a container), pack s.o. Stem /biina'w-/. bllndigamig PC bllndige come inside. biinjayi'ii PC biizh bring s.o. Stem /biiN-1. inside it. 0 come here. VAi er biizhaa sit y VTA at ty inside the house. in a building. cu l VAi of indoors. inside. uc blina'o put s.t. inside (a container). pack s.t. Stem /biina'am-/. Ed VTA Fa bllna'an io blldoon vn2 bring s.t. Stem /biidoo-/. booni- PV da- future tense. U stop, quite. ad PV ni v boodawe vAI make a fire. he dagoshin v AI arrive. La ke dagoshinoomagad v11 arrive (s.t. inanimate). dakaayaa v11 be cold outside. dasinoon v11 be a certain number of them. Stem /dasin-/. dasiwag VAi daso• a certain amount, so many. PV be a certain number of them. Stem /dasi-/. daso-diba'igane vu be a certain time of the day. 218 0 �ANISHINAABEMOWIN ~ ENGLISH GLOSSARY r dash PC but, and. debi- PV enough. debisinii vAI be full from eating. dibai'igane be a time of the day [with combining form of number]. VII dibai'igaans PC minute. diba'igiiziswaan Plural -ag NA of story. NI clock. ty dibaajimowin Plural -an Ed dibaajimo v Al tell a story. NA moon. doodam cradleboard. do in a certain way. ni v VAI2 NI er dikinaagan Plural -an sit y dibiki-giizis Plural -oog Fa dibikad vn be night. cu l dibendan vn own s.t. Stem /dibendam-/. U doodan vn do s.t. Stem /doodam-/. NI emikwaan Plural -ak spoon. he ad doodoosbaaboo Plural -n NA ke emikwaanens Plural -ag NA milk. teaspoon. La ( n be drumming. See also madwe'ige. VAi io dewe'ige really, it's true. at PC uc debwe enakamiga= vu be a certain type of activity, be something happening. Internal Change of inakamigad. endaso-diba'igane= vn be a certain time of the day. Internal Change of daso-diba'igane. endood= VTI do s.t. Internal Change of doodan. endooda= v AI2 do in a certain way. Internal Change of doodam. 219 �ANISHINAABEMOWIN · ENGLISH GLOSSARY eta PC only. eya PC yes. ezhaa= 0 go, go there. Internal Change o/izhaa. VAi ezhinikaade= vn have a certain name, be named. Internal Change o/izhinikaade. VAi have a certain name, be named. Internal Change o/izhinikaazo. gabeshiiwi-boodawaan Plural -an all. PC ty gakina ask s.o. gakina gegoon PR cu l VTA of try. PV gagwejim everything. portage. VAi 0 sit y gakiiwe campfire. Fa gagwe- NI uc future tense. PV Ed ga- at io ezhiweba= vu be a certain kind of weather, happen. Internal Change o/izhiwebad. n ezhinikaazo= ganawenim take care of s.o. ni v VTA er ganawendan vn take care of s.t. Stem /ganawendam-/. PC and, also. gaa mashi not yet. < gaawiin mashi. he PC ad gaye U gashkawan vn fog, be foggy. See also awan. NI-PT airplane. See also ombaasin. La ke gaa-ombaasing Plural -in gaawiin PC no. gaawiin wiikaa gegiin PR PC never. you too [second person singular pronoun]. gegiinawaa gegiinawind PR PR you too [second person plural pronoun]. we too [first person plural inclusive pronoun]. 220 0 �ANISHINAABEMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY me too [first person singular pronoun]. geniinawind gewiin him too, her too [third person singular pronoun]. PR gewiinawaa geyaabi we too [first person plural exclusive pronoun]. PR PR they too, them too [third person plural pronoun]. n PR still, yet. PC io geniin giboodiyegwaazon Plural -ag pants. uc gichi- NA at ( something, a thing. PR big, very. PV Ed gegoon NI belt. ty gijipizon Plural -an of gidaan vn eat s.t. up. Stem /gidaa-/. stove. past tense. giigoo Plural -yag giimooji- U you. giinawaa you [second person plural pronoun]. PR PV unable to, fail to. ke giinawi- ad PR secretly. PV fish. he giin NA er PV ni v gii- sit y gizhide vn be hot. giinawind La (_ NA Fa gizhaabikizigan Plural -ag cu l gimiwan vn rain, be raining. giinitam PR PR we [first person plural inclusive pronoun]. you first, you next [second person singular pronoun]. giishkijiiwayaan Plural -an NI sweater. See also nasweta. giishpinadoon vn2 buy s.t. Stem /giishpinadoo-/. giiwe VAI go home. 221 �ANISIDNAABEMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY Giiyaashko-Zaagiing Gull Bay, Ontario. PC 0 giizis Plural -oog NA sun, moon, month. giizisoo-mazina'igan Plural -an NI calendar. giizhigad vu be day. n cook s.o., cook s.t. animate. Stem /giizhizw-/. giizhoopizon Plural -ag NA io VTA at giizhizo cook s.t. Stem /giizhizam-/. VTI scarf. uc giizhizan gwiiwizens Plural-ag ikido emphatic particle. cu l PC boy. NA say. VAI ikwe Plural -wag woman. 0 PC girl. question marker [used in yes-no questions]. Also na. ni v ina NA er ikwezens Plural -ag sit y NA Fa igo of correct, properly. PC ty gwayak Ed gotaaji vAI be afraid. See also zegizi. VAi look in a certain place. ad inaabi U inakamigad vn be a certain type of activity, be something happening. man. PV after. La ke ishkwaa- NA he inini Plural -wag ishkwaandem Plural -an NI door. iwedi PR that (inanimate) over there. Also i'iwedi, wedi. iwidi PC over there. izhaa vAI go, go there. izhinikaade VII 0 have a certain name, be named. 222 �ANISHINAABEMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY izhinik.11azo have a certain name, be named. v AI izhiwebad vu be a certain kind of weather, happen. i'imaa PC jibwaa- there. Also imaa. before. PV io at along the shore. jiishta'igan Plural -an NI broom. jiiweganaabizhiish Plural -ag dragonfly. NA looloot NI porridge, rolled oats. made- PV visible (in the distance). makizin Plural -an PC bear. yet. ad mashi NA shoe. U makwa Plural -g NI he mashkiig Plural -oon NI swamp. cry. ke mawi er be drumming. See also dewe'ige. vAI ni v madwe'ige sit y ( of canoe. NI ty jiimaan Plural -an Ed close to. PRE cu l jiigi- PC Fa jiigew by it, close to it. PC uc jiigayi'ii n jiibaakwe v AI cook. La VAI mawine'ige VAI sneak up to attack. mazina'igan Plural -an ma! L PC NI book. listen! maadanokii maagizhaa VAI PC start to work. maybe, perhaps. 223 �ANISHINAABEMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY maajaa VAI maajii- PV maajiibizo leave, go. 0 start, begin, start off. VAi start off (in a vehicle), leave (in a vehicle). maajiinikaajiganens Plural -ag outboard motor. See also akikoons. NA ma'iingan Plural -ag memengwe Plural -g midaasinoon VII NA of while, during. butterfly. be ten of them. Stem /midaasin-/. Fa midaasiwag vAI be ten of them. Stem /midaasi-/. ty PC wolf. NA cu l megwaa at be bad weather, be an unpleasant day. VII uc maazhi-giizhigad io think about s.o. VTA Ed maaminonenim n maaminonendan VTil think about s.t. Stem /maaminonendam-/. Q VII be twelve o'clock. er midaaso ashi niizho-dibai'igane sit y midaaso ashi bezhigo-dibai'igane vn be eleven o'clock. NU ten. NA bald eagle. ad migizi Plural -ig U midaaswi ni v midaaso-dibai'igane v11 be ten o'clock. PC be worried about s.t. Stem /migoshkaadendam-/. amount. ke minik VTI he migoshkaadendan La minikwaajigan Plural -an NI cup. minikwe vAI drink. minikwe VAI+O drink s.t. minis Plural -an NI island. 0 minisaabik Plural -oon NI rocky island. 224 �ANISHINAABEMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY minjikaawan Plural -ag like the taste of s.t. animate, s.o. Stem /minopw-/. minopodan VTI minwendan VTI like s.o. miskwaadesi Plural -wag NA mitigwaab Plural -iig bow. miigwecb PC turtle. feather. NA Ed miigwan Plural -ag NA n VTA like s.t. Stem /minwendam-/. io minwenim like the taste of s.t. Stem /minopodam-/. at VTA uc minopo mitten. thank you. of r NA miinawaa PC miizb give to s.o. Stem /miiN-/. cu l Fa VTA and, again. mooka'am vu sun comes up. NI knife. er mookomaan Plural -an mooz Plural -oog NA moozo-wiiyaas moosemeat. ni v U NI moose. sit y C ty miijin vn3 eat s.t. Stem /miiji-/. PC look (here it is). na PC question marker [used in yes-no questions]. Also ina he ad na La ke nagamo vAI sing. namadabi VAi sit. nanaandawaabam VTA look around for s.o. nanaandawaabandan vnl look around for s.t. Stem /nanaandawaabandam-/. napenh Plural -yag L nasweta Plural -n NA NI bread. See also bakwezhigan. sweater. See also giishkijiiwayaan. 225 �ANISHINAABEMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY nawapowini-makakoons Plural -an nazhikewizi NI lunchbox. See also wiisini-makakoons. 0 be alone. VAi naajikwewe vAI go after women. five. be five of them. Stem /naanani-/. PC fifty. naano-dibai'igane naawakwe VII neyaashiing PC Ed naanimidana uc in a while. PC be five o'clock. VII of naanaage VAi n naananiwag be five of them. Stem /naananin-/. io VII at naananinoon be noon. ty NU point of land. cu l naanan Fa neyaashiiwan vu be a point of land, be a peninsula. 0 bed. NI water. NA Canada goose. U nika Plural -g ni v nibi NI er nibaagan Plural -an sit y nibaa vAI sleep. my mother. Stem /-maamaay-/. NAD ad nimaamaa Plural -yag nimbaabaa Plural -yag my father. Stem /-baabaay-/. he NAD ke niminaaweyaandawaagan Plural -an La nimisenh Plural -yag NAD nimishoome Plural -yag nimishoomis Plural-ag NI dock. my older sister, my older parallel female cousin. Stem /-misenh-/. NAD NAD my parallel uncle, my father's brother. Stem /-mishoomey-/. my grandfather. Stem /-mishoomis-/. my daughter-in-law, my cross niece. Stem /-na'aanganikwe-/. nina'aanganikwe Plural -g NAD nindawemaa Plural -g sibling of opposite sex, brother or sister of opposite sex. Stem I- NAD 226 0 �ANISHINAABEMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY dawemaa-/. ninday Plural -ag my dog. Stem /-day/. NAO nindaangoshenh Plural -yag NAO my female cross cousin (woman speaking) [mother's brother's daughter, father's sister's daughter]. Stem /-daangoshenh-/. ningodwaasimidana NAD n my parallel nephew or niece. Stem /-doozhim-/. sixty. PC uc nindoozhim Plural -ag my daughter. Stem /-daanis-/. ningodwaasiwag vAI be six of them. Stem /ningodwaasi-/. ningozis Plural -ag cu l NAO Fa six. my son. Stem /-gozis-/. y ( NU ty ningodwaaso-dibai'igane vu be six o'clock. of ningodwaasinoon vn be six of them. Stem /ningodwaasin-/. ningodwaaswi io NAO Ed nindaanis Plural -ag my sister-in-law (woman speaking). Stem /-daangwey-/. NAD at nindaangwe Plural -yag sit ningwakwad vn be cloudy. See also ningwaanakwad. ninoshenh Plural -yag NAO NAD my parallel aunt, my mother's sister. Stem /-noshenh-/. my cross aunt, my father's sister, my mother-in-law. Stem /-zigos-/. ad U ninzigos Plural -ag ni v er ningwaanakwad vu be cloudy. See also ningwakwad. NAD my older brother. Stem /-sayellh-/. he nisayenh Plural -yag VTI understand s.t. Stem /nisidotam-/. ke nisidotan La nisimidana nisinoon VII nisiwag VAi PC thirty. be three of them. Stem /nisin-/. be three of them. Stem /nisi-/. niso-dibai'igane l niswi NU VII be three o'clock. three. 227 �ANISIDNAABEMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY nishi kill s.o. Stem lnis-1. VTA nishiime Plural -yag my younger sibling, my younger brother or sister. Stem /-shiimey-/. NAO Q nishkaadizi vAI be angry. nishoonaadakamigizi nishwaaswi PC n be eight of them. Stem /nishwaasi-/. io VAI be eight of them. Stem /nisbwaasin-/. at nishwaasiwag v11 eight. uc nishwaasinoon be busy destroying things. VAI PC first, next. nitaa- PV be skilled at, be good at, do habitually, know how. tea. nitiiwakik Plural -oog NA cu l NI teakettle. Fa nitii ty nitam of Ed nishwaaswi-dibai'igane vu be eight o'clock. 0 PR fourty. PC ad niimidana niin ni v dance. VAI U niimi stand. VAi my spouse, my partner. Stem /-wiidigemaagan-/. I, me [first person singular pronoun]. we [first person plural exclusive pronoun]. PR ke niinawind he niibawi NAD er niwiidigemaagan Plural -ag sit y nitoon vn2 kill s.t. Stem /nitoo-/. La niinim Plural -oog NAD my sister-in-law (man speaking). Stem /-iinimw-/. niinimoshenh Plural -yag Stem /-iinimoshenh-/. niinitam niishtana PR NAD my sweetheart, my cross-cousin of opposite sex. me first, me next [first person singular pronoun]. NU 0 twenty. 228 �ANISHINAABEMOWIN · ENGLISH GLOSSARY niitaa Plural -g NAD my brother-in-law (man speaking). Stem /-iitaa-/. niitaawis Plural -ag NAD my male cross cousin (man speaking) [father's sister's son or mother's brother's son]. Stem /-iitaawis-/. niiwin four. NU niiwinoon vu be four of them. Stem /niiwin-/. n be four of them. Stem /niiwi-/. VAi io niiwiwag uc two. NU Ed niizhin at niiyo-dibai'igane v11 be four o'clock. niizhinoon vn be two of them. Stem /niizhin-/. be two o'clock. VII cu l niizho-dibai'igane of be two of them. Stem /niizhi./. VAI ty niizhiwag niizhwaasiwag VAi be seven of them. Stem /niizhwaaswi-/. y ( Fa niizhwaasinoon vn be seven of them. Stem /niizbwaasin-/. noodin seven. be windy. VII NAD my grandmother. Stem /-ookomis-/. noonde- ad U nookomis Plural -ag er NU ni v niizhwaaswi sit niizhwaaso-dibai'igane v11 be seven o'clock. need to, before the usual time. he PV PC now. ke noongom La noongom gaa-giizhigak vn today. noopiming PC in the forest, in the bush, inland. noozhis Plural -ag odamino L VAi NAD my grandchild. Stem /-oozbis-/. play. odaabaanens Plural -ag NA car, automobile. 229 �ANISIDNAABEMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY ogimaa Plural -g boss, chief. NA okaadaak Plural -oog ombaasin Plural -an over here. < omaa widi. onigam Plural -iin dish, plate. NI n onaagan Plural -an portage. NI io PC airplane. See also gaa-ombaasing. at omwaadi NI 0 carrot. NA opin Plural -iin NI potato. opwaagan Plural -ag pipe. indeed [emphatic particle]. Also sha. PC oh my. PC 0 sit y oshta NA Fa osha of alongside it. PC ty opimeya 'ii Ed too much, excessive. PC cu l onzaam uc onjii v AI come from a certain place. PR this over here [inanimate singular demonstrative]. Also wedi. owidi PC over here. ni v er owedi oh. PC PC here. Also omaa. ke o'omaa write. he oonh VAi pencil, pen. ad ozhibii'ige NA U ozhibii'iganaak Plural -oog La wagijiya'ii PC on top of it. wajiw Plural -an wani- PV NI mountain. by mistake, in error. wanishkaa v AI get up. waniikaadan VTI forget s.t. Stem /waniikaadam-/. 230 0 �ANISHINAABEMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY waniikaazh VTA forget s.o. Stem /waniikaaN-/. wanii'igan Plural -an waa- trap. NI want [voluntative prefix]. Internal Change ofwii. PV waabam see s.o. VTA waabisbkiiwekwe Plural -g Ed waabooz Plural -oog of blanket. NI axe. fox. NI house. PC far. U waasa ni v waanzhibiiyaa vu be a pond. er waakaa'igan Plural -an sit y NA NI rabbit. NA waagaakwad Plural -oon waagosb Plural -ag white woman. See also zhaaganaashiikwe. speak English. See also zbaaganaashiimo. VAi waabowayaan Plural -an ( NA ty waabishkiiwemo waasecbigan Plural -an window. ad NI he waaseyaa vu be bright out, be sunny. NI egg. La ke waawan Plural -oon waawaate vn be the Northern Lights. waazakonenjigan Plural -an wedi L PC at white person. See also zbaaganaash. NA uc waabisbkiiwe Plural -g io tomorrow. cu l PC Fa waabang n waabandan vn see s.t. Stem /waabandam-/. NI lamp. there. wegonen PR what. wesbkad PC a long time ago. 231 �ANISHINAABEMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY wewiib PC wii- want [voluntative prefix]. PV wiiba PC hurry, in a hurry, quickly. 0 hurry, soon, early. wiidige v AI get married. tent. io help s.o. VTA at wiiji' NI n wiigiwaam Plural -an VTA wiikaa PC go with s.o., accompany s.o. wiinawaa PR cu l he, she, him, her [third person singular pronoun]. ty at a bay. PC they, them [third person plural pronoun]. Fa PR of ever. wiikwedong wiin Ed wiijiiw uc wiijitoon VTI2 help s.t. Stem /wiijitoo-/. wiindamaw VTA wiinitam PR him first, him next, her first, her next [second person singular pronoun]. wiisagad NI pepper. 0 ni v er sit y tell s.o. U wiisini v AI eat. ad wiisini-makakoons Plural -an he wiiwakwaan Plural -an NI lunchbox. See also nawapowini-makakoons. hat. meat. La ke wiiyaas Plural -an NI NI zaagaate vn be a sunny day, be shiny out. zaaga'igan Plural -ling NI lake. zaagitoon VTI2 love s.t., treasure s.t. Stem /zaagitoo-/. zaagi' VTA love s.o. 0 zegizi vAI be afraid. See also gotaaji. 232 �ANISIDNAABEMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY r ziibi Plural -in NI river. ziinzibaakwad NI sugar. zoogipon vn be snowing. NA white person. See also waabishkiiwe. zhaaganaashlikwe Plural -ag Vil io speak English. See also waabishkiiwemo. at zhaangasinoon VAi white woman. See also waabishkiiwekwe. be nine of them. Stem /zhaangasin-/. uc zhaaganaashiimo NA n zhaaganaash Plural -ag Vil zhigaag Plural -oog skunk. ty be nine o'clock. under it. duck. NA NI salt. La ke he ad U ni v er zhiiwitaagan Plural -an sit y zhiishiib Plural -ag Fa PC NA of nine. zhaangaswi-dibai'igane zhiibaaya'ii ( NU cu l zhaangaswi Ed zhaangasiwag vAI be nine of them. Stem /zbaangasi-/. L 233 �Ed uc at io n 0 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of EnglishAnishinaabemowin Glossary 0 234 �ENGLISH -ANINAABEMOWIN GLOSSARY ABOUT babaa- PV here and there, going about. ACCOMPANY wiijiiw vrA go with s.o., accompany s.o. ACROSS n agaami-ziibi NI on the other side of the river, across the river. agaaming PC on the other side of the lake, across the lake. io ACTIVITY at enakamiga= vn be a certain type of activity, be something happening. Initial Change of Ed inakamigad vu be a certain type of activity, be something happening. AFRAID of gotaaji vAI be afraid. See also zegizi. zegizi v AI be afraid. See also gotaaji. miinawaa and, again. PC cu l Fa a long time ago. ni v PC er AGO weshkad y AGAIN sit ( ty AFTER awasiwaabang PC day after tomorrow. baanimaa PC after a while. ishkwaa- PV after. AIRPLANE PC all. ke gakina he ad U gaa-ombaasing NI-PT airplane. See also ombaasin. ombaasin NI airplane. See also gaa-ombaasing. ALL La ALONE bezhigo v AI be alone, be one. nazhikewizi VAi be alone. ALONG jiigew l. PC along the shore. ALONGSIDE opimeya'ii PC uc inakamigad. alongside it. 235 �ENGLISH - ANISHINAABEMOWIN GLOSSARY ALREADY aazha now, then, already. PC 0 ALSO gaye and, also. PC ALWAYS apane always. PC PC io a certain amount, so many. amount. PV at dasomini.k n AMOUNT uc AND of Ed ashi PC and (in number combinations). dash PC but, and. gaye PC and, also. miinawaa PC and, again. be angry. VAi cu l nishkaadizi ty ANGRY Fa ARRIVE 0 sit y dagoshin VAi arrive. dagoshinoomagad v11 arrive (s.t. inanimate). ARROW arrow. er NI ASK VTA ask s.o. ATTACK VAI sneak up to attack. he mawine'ige ad U gagwejim ni v bikwak AUNT La ke ninoshenh NAO my parallel aunt, my mother's sister. Stem /-noshenh-/. ninzigos NAO my cross aunt, my father's sister, my mother-in-law. Stem /-zigos-/. AWAY ani- PV motion away from, start to. AXE waagaakwad NI axe. 0 BAD maazhi-giizhigad v11 be bad weather, be an unpleasant day. 236 �ENGLISH - ANINAABEMOWIN GLOSSARY BANNOCK ( bakwezhiganikaan NA bannock. BAY wiikwedong PC at a bay. BE io n abi VAI be there. be in a certain place. ate vu be there, be in a certain place. See also atemagad. atemagad vn be there. be in a certain place. See also ate. bear. NA uc makwa at BEAR Ed BEAT of bakinaage VAi win, beat in a competition. bakinaajigaazo v AI be beaten. lose. BEAVER ty beaver. NA cu l amik BED aamoo NA y BEE bee. sit (_ Fa nibaagan NI bed. er BEFORE U ni v awasinaago PC day before yesterday. jibwaa- PV before. noonde- PV need to, before the usual time. BELT start, begin, start off. pv he maajii- ad BEGIN belt. ke gijipizon La NI BEYOND awasaya'ii PC beyond it, on the other side of it. BIG gichi- L PV big, very. BIRD bineshii NA bird. 237 �ENGLISH -ANISHINAABEMOWIN GLOSSARY BIT bangii a little bit. PC 0 BLANKET waabowayaan NI blanket. BLOUSE bikwan NI blouse. book. io NI at mazina'igan n BOOK BOSS uc boss, chief. NA Ed ogimaa BOW bow. NA of mitigwaab BOY boy. ty NA cu l gwiiwizens 0 y bakwezhigan NA bread. See also napenh. napenh NA bread. See also bakwezhigan. Fa BREAD aazhogan bridge. er NI sit BRIDGE ni v BRIGHT waaseyaa vu be bright out, be sunny. U BRING BROOM he ad biidoon VTI2 bring s.t. Stem /biidoo-/. biizh VTA bring s.o. Stem /biiN-/. NI broom. La ke jiishta'igan BROTHER nindawemaa NAD sibling of opposite sex, brother or sister of opposite sex. Stem /-dawemaa-/. nisayenh NAD my older brother. Stem /-sayenh-/. nishiime NAD my younger sibling, my younger brother or sister. Stem /-shiimey-/. BROTHER-IN-LAW niitaa NAD my brother-in-law (man speaking). Stem /-iitaa-/. 238 0 �ENGLISH -ANINAABEMOWIN GLOSSARY BUILDING biindigamig PC inside the house. in a building. BUSH noopiming in the forest. in the bush, inland. PC BUT dash but, and. PC butterfly. io NA at memengwe n BUTTERFLY Ed uc BUY giishpinadoon VTI2 buy s.t. Stem /giishpinadoo-/. BY jiigayi' ii by it, close to it. of PC CALENDAR calendar. ty NI cu l giizisoo-mazina'igan CALM CAMPFIRE NI campfire. sit gabeshiiwi-boodawaan CANOE U canoe. ad NI ni v Canada goose. NA jiimaan er CANADA GOOSE nika CANVAS y ( Fa anwaatin vu be calm (weather). he babagiwayaanegamig NI canvas tent. ke CAR, AUTOMOBILE NA car. automobile. La odaabaanens CARIBOU adik NA caribou. CARROT okaadaak L CHAIR apabiwin NA NI carrot. chair. 239 �ENGLISH - ANISHINAABEMOWIN GLOSSARY CHIEF ogimaa NA boss, chief. 0 CHILD abinoojii NA child. CLOCK diba'igiiziswaan NA clock. n CLOSE Ed uc at io besho PC close to, near to. beshonjiya'ii PC close to it, near to it. jiigayi'ii PC by it, close to it. jiigi- PRE close to. CLOUD VII clouds are coming. of baabiidaanakwad cu l ningwaanakwad v11 be cloudy. See also ningwakwad. ningwakwad vu be cloudy. See also ningwaanakwad. ty CLOUDY NI coat. 0 COLD VII be cold outside. er dakaayaa sit y babiiskwawaagan Fa COAT ni v COME ad U baabiidaanakwad vn clouds are coming. biindige VAi come inside. biizhaa v AI come here. COME UP ke COOK he mooka'am vn sun comes up. La giizhizan VTI cook s.t. Stem /giizhizam-/. giizhizo VTA cook s.o., cook s.t. animate. Stem /giizhizw-/. jiibaakwe VAi cook. CORRECT gwayak PC correct, properly. COUSIN niinimoshenh NAO my sweetheart, my cross-cousin of opposite sex. Stem /-iinimoshenh-/. niitaawis NAO my male cross cousin (man speaking) [father's sister's son or mother's brother's son]. 240 0 �ENGLISH -ANINAABEMOWIN GLOSSARY Stem /-iitaawis-/. nimisenh NAD my older sister, my older parallel female cousin. Stem /-misenh-/. nindaangoshenh NAD my female cross cousin (woman speaking) [mother's brother's daughter, father's sister's daughter]. Stem /-daangoshenh-/. CRADLEBOARD dikinaagan NI cradleboard. CRY io at NI cup. uc CUP minikwaajigan n mawi v AI cry. niimi VAi Ed DANCE dance. ty of DAUGHTER nindaanis NAD my daughter. Stem /-daanis-/. DAY awasinaago PC day before yesterday. awasiwaabang PC day after tomorrow. daso-diba'igane VII be a certain time of the day. dibai'igane VII be a time of the day [with combining form of number]. endaso-diba'igane= VII be a certain time of the day. Initial Change ofdaso-diba'igane. giizhigad VII be day. maazhi-giizhigad VII be bad weather, be an unpleasant day. ad DESTROY U ni v er sit y ( Fa cu l DAUGHTER-IN-LAW nina'aanganikwe NAD my daughter-in-law, my cross niece. Stem /-na'aanganikwe-/. DISH VAi be busy destroying things. he nishoonaadakamigizi dish, plate. ke onaagan La NI DO ando- PV go and do. Also andawi-. doodam VAl2 do in a certain way. doodan VTI do s.t. Stem /doodam-/. endood= VTI do s.t. Initial Change of doodan. endooda= v AI2 do in a certain way. Initial Change of doodam. L DOCK niminaaweyaandawaagan NI dock. 241 �ENGLISH - ANISIDNAABEMOWIN GLOSSARY DOG animosh NA dog. ninday NAD my dog. Stem /-day/. 0 DON'T amanj igo PC I don't know. DOOR n ishkwaandem NI door. NA dragonfly. VAi drink. drink s.t. Ed DRINK minikwe minikwe uc at jiiweganaabizhiish io DRAGONFLY ty DRIVE maajiibizo v AI start off (in a vehicle). leave (in a vehicle). of VAI+o cu l DRUM NA DURING megwaa PC duck. EARLY er hurry, soon, early. he EAT PC ke wiiba U bald eagle. ad NA ni v while, during. EAGLE migizi 0 sit DUCK zhiishiib y Fa dewe'ige VAi be drumming. See also madwe'ige. madwe'ige VAi be drumming. See also dewe'ige. La amo VTA eat s.t. animate, s.o. Stem /amw-/. debisinii vAI be full from eating. gidaan VTI eat s.t. up. Stem /gidaa-/. miijin VTI3 eat s.t. Stem /miiji-/. wiisini v AI eat. EGG waawan NI egg. 0 242 �ENGLISH -ANINAABEMOWIN GLOSSARY EIGHT nishwaasinoon VII be eight of them. Stem /nishwaasin-/. nishwaasiwag VAI be eight of them. Stem /nishwaasi-/. nishwaaswi PC eight. nishwaaswi-dibai'igane vn be eight o'clock. ELEVEN midaaso ashi bezhigo-dibai' igane VII be eleven o'clock. n EMPHATIC ENGLISH VAi VAi speak English. See also zbaaganaashiimo. speak English. See also waabishkiiwemo. Ed waabishkiiwemo zhaaganaashiimo of ENOUGH enough. PV ty debi- Fa by mistake, in error. PV EVER wiikaa ever. PC EVERYTHING EXCESSIVE too much, excessive. PC U onzaam ad EXCLUSIVE niinawind PR we [first person plural exclusive pronoun]. he FAIL everything. er PR ni v gakina gegoon sit y ( cu l ERROR wani- PV unable to, fail to. NI rapids, falls. La ke giinawi- FALLS baawitig FAR waasa L PC far. FATHER nimbaabaa NAD uc at io igo PC emphatic particle. osha PC indeed [emphatic particle]. Also sba. my father. Stem /-baabaay-/. 243 �ENGLISH - ANISHINAABEMOWIN GLOSSARY FEATHER miigwan NA feather. 0 FEEL aakoziiwimanji'o VAi feel sick. FIFI'Y naanimidana fifty. PC make a fire. at VAI io boodawe n FIRE FIRST of Ed uc giinitam PR you first, you next [second person singular pronoun]. niinitam PR me first, me next [first person singular pronoun]. nitam PC first, next. wiinitam PR him first, him next, her first, her next [second person singular pronoun]. NA fish. cu l giigoo ty FISH 0 sit y Fa FIVE naanan NU five. naananinoon VII be five of them. Stem /naananin-/. naananiwag VAi be five of them. Stem /naanani-/. naano-dibai •igane vn be five o'clock. er FOG U ni v awan VII fog, be foggy. See also gashkawan. gashkawan VII fog, be foggy. See also awan. FOREST ad FORGET in the forest, in the bush, inland. PC he noopiming La ke waniikaadan vn forget s.t. Stem /waniikaadam-/. waniikaazh VTA forget s.o. Stem /waniikaaN-/. FORK badaka' igan NI fork. FORTY niimidana PC fourty. FOUR niiwin NU four. niiwinoon VII be four of them. Stem /niiwin-/. 244 0 �ENGLISH -ANINAABEMOWIN GLOSSARY niiwiwag VAi be four of them. Stem /niiwi-/. niiyo-dibai'igane vu be four o'clock. FOX waagosh NA fox. FRYING PAN abwewin NI frying pan. n FULL at io debisinii v AI be full from eating. FUTURE GIRL ikwezens GIVE miizh NA VTA Ed of get up. girl. give to s.o. Stem lmiiN-1. y ( VAi ty GETUP wanishkaa cu l PV uc future tense. future tense. PV Fa daga- VAi go after women. he GOAFfER naajikwewe ad U ni v er sit GO ando- PV go and do. Also andawi-. babaa- PV here and there, going about. ezhaa= VAi go, go there. Initial Change o/izhaa. giiwe v AI go home. izhaa vAI go, go there. maajaa VAi leave, go. La ke GO WITH wiijiiw VTA go with s.o., accompany s.o. GOOD nitaa- PV be skilled at, be good at, do habitually, know how. GOOSE nika L NA Canada goose. GRANDCIIlLD noozhis NAD my grandchild. Stem /-oozhis-/. 245 �ENGLISH - ANISHINAABEMOWIN GLOSSARY GRANDFATHER nimishoomis NAD my grandfather. Stem /-mishoomis-/. 0 GRANDMOTHER nookomis NAD my grandmother. Stem /-ookomis-/. GULL BAY, ONTARIO Giiyaashko-Zaagiing PC Gull Bay, Ontario. rifle, gun. at NI io baashkizigan n GUN PV be skilled at, be good at, do habitually, know how. PC half. Ed nitaa- uc HABITUALLY aabita of HALF HAPPEN ty enakamiga= v11 be a certain type of activity, be something happening. Initial Change of cu l inakamigad. 0 y Fa ezhiweba= VII be a certain kind of weather, happen. Initial Change of izhiwebad. inakamigad vu be a certain type of activity, be something happening. izhiwebad vu be a certain kind of weather, happen. hat. PR ni v HE wiin NI er wiiwakwaan sit HAT he, she, him, her [third person singular pronoun]. U HELP HER he ad wiiji' VTA help s.o. wiijitoon VTI2 help s.t. Stem /wiijitoo-/. La ke gewiin PR him too, her too [third person singular pronoun]. wiinitam PR him first, him next, her first, her next [second person singular pronoun]. HERE bi- PV in this direction, towards, to here. biizhaa VAi come here. o' omaa PC here. Also omaa. omwaadi PC over here. owedi PR this over here [inanimate singular demonstrative]. Also wedi. owidi PC over here. 246 0 �ENGLISH -ANINAABEMOWIN GLOSSARY HERE AND THERE babaa- Pv here and there, going about. HILL bikwadinaa VII be a hill. at hit s.o. Stem /bakite'w-/. VTA uc HIT bakite'o io n IIlM gewiin PR him too, her too [third person singular pronoun]. wiin PR he, she, him, her [third person singular pronoun]. wiinitam PR him first, him next, her first, her next [second person singular pronoun]. giiwe VAI Ed HOME go home. of HOT ty gizhide vn be hot. cu l HOUSE HOW y ( Fa biindigamig PC inside the house, in a building. waakaa'igan NI house. ni v er sit aan PC how, in what manner, why, what. See also aaniin, aaniish. aaniin PC how, in what manner, why, what. See also aan, aaniish. aaniish PC how, in what manner, why, what. See also aaniin, aan. HUNT VAI hunt. U andawenjige ad HURRY ke I he wewiib PC hurry, in a hurry, quickly. wiiba PC hurry, soon, early. La geniin PR me too [first person singular pronoun]. niin PR I, me [first person singular pronoun]. INCLUSIVE gegiinawind PR we too [first person plural inclusive pronoun]. giinawind PR we [first person plural inclusive pronoun]. l. INDEED osha PC indeed [emphatic particle]. Also sha. 247 �ENGLISH · ANISHINAABEMOWIN GLOSSARY INDOORS biindig PC indoors, inside. 0 INLAND noopiming in the forest, in the bush, inland. PC INSIDE at io n biindig PC indoors, inside. biindigamig PC inside the house, in a building. biindige VAI come inside. biinjayi'ii PC inside it. uc ISLAND Ed minis NI island. minisaabik NI rocky island. KETTLE NA teakettle. of nitiiwakik NI key. cu l aabaabika'igan ty KEY Fa KILL sit KNIFE knife. er NI ni v mookomaan 0 y nishi VTA kill s.o. Stem lnis-1. nitoon VTI2 kill s.t. Stem lnitoo-1. KNOW ad U amanj igo PC I don't know. nitaa- PV be skilled at, be good at, do habitually, know how. LAKE ke he agaaming PC on the other side of the lake, across the lake. zaaga'igan NI lake. La LAMP waazakonenjigan NI lamp. LAND neyaashiing PC point of land. neyaashiiwan vn be a point of land, be a peninsula. LARD bimide NI 0 lard. 248 �ENGLISH -ANINAABEMOWIN GLOSSARY LAUGH baapi laugh. VAi LEAVE maajaa VAi leave, go. maajiibizo VAi start off (in a vehicle), leave (in a vehicle). LEGEND io n aadizooke VAi tell a legend, tell a traditional story. aadizookewin NI legend, traditional story. PC listen! Fa a little bit. PC LONG weshkad PC a long time ago. sit y C cu l LITTLE bangii uc ty ma! of LISTEN Ed minopo VTA like the taste of s.t. animate, s.o. Stem /minopw-/. minopodan VTI like the taste of s.t. Stem /minopodam-/. minwendan VTI like s.t. Stem /minwendam-/. minwenim VTA like s.o. at LIKE LOOK ad LOOKFOR U ni v er inaabi v AI look in a certain place. na PC look (here it is). nanaandawaabam VTA look around for s.o. nanaandawaabandan vnl look around for s.t. Stem /nanaandawaabandam-/. ke LOSE he andawaabam VTA look for s.o. andawaabandan VTI look for s.t. Stem /andawaabandam-/. La bakinaajigaazo v AI be beaten, lose. LOVE zaagi' VTA love s.o. zaagitoon VTI2 love s.t., treasure s.t. Stem /zaagitoo-/. LUNCHBOX L nawapowini-makakoons NI lunchbox. See also wiisini-makakoons. wiisini-makakoons NI lunchbox. See also nawapowini-makakoons. 249 �ENGLISH - ANISHINAABEMOWIN GLOSSARY MAKE boodawe vAI make a fire. 0 MAN inini NA man. MANY daso- PV a certain amount, so many. n MARRY at io wiidige v AI get married. MAYBE maybe, perhaps. uc PC ME ty of geniin PR me too [first person singular pronoun]. niin PR I, me [first person singular pronoun]. niinitam PR me first, me next [first person singular pronoun]. Ed maagizhaa cu l MEAT Fa moozo-wiiyaas NI moosemeat. wiiyaas NI meat. NI milk. MISTAKE by mistake, in error. ke MITTEN minute. he PV PC ad dibai'igaans U MINUTE wani- sit ni v MILK doodooshaaboo er aabitoo-dibikad vn be midnight. 0 y MIDNIGHT NA mitten. La minjikaawan MONTH giizis NA sun, moon, month. MOON dibiki-giizis NA moon. giizis NA sun, moon, month. 0 250 �ENGLISH - ANINAABEMOWIN GLOSSARY MOOSE mooz NA moose. moozo-wiiyaas NI moosemeat. MOTHER nimaamaa NAD my mother. Stem /-maamaay-/. MOTHER-IN-LAW NAD my cross aunt, my father's sister, my mother-in-law. Stem /-zigos-/. n ninzigos io MOTOR uc at akikoons NA outboard motor. See also maajiinikaajiganens. maajiinikaajiganens NA outboard motor. See also akikoons. Ed MOUNTAIN wajiw NI mountain. of NAME anishinaabe NA native person. anishinaabekwe NA native woman. y NATIVE sit ( Fa cu l ty ezhinikaade= vn have a certain name, be named. Initial Change of izhinikaade. ezhinikaazo= VAI have a certain name, be named. Initial Change ofizhinikaazo. izhinikaade vn have a certain name, be named. izhinikaazo VAi have a certain name, be named. er NEAR ni v besho PC close to, near to. beshonjiya'ii PC close to it, near to it. U NEED he ad andawendan VTI need s.t., want s.t. Stem /andawendam-/. andawenim VTA need s.o., want s.o. noonde- PV need to, before the usual time. ke NEPHEW NAD La nindoozhim my parallel nephew or niece. Stem /-doozhim-/. NEVER gaawiin wiikaa PC never. NEXT l giinitam PR you first, you next [second person singular pronoun]. niinitam PR me first, me next [first person singular pronoun]. nitam PC first, next. wiinitam PR him first, him next, her first, her next [second person singular pronoun]. 251 �ENGLISH· ANISIDNAABEMOWIN GLOSSARY NIECE nina'aanganikwe NAD my daughter-in-law, my cross niece. Stem /-oa'aanganikwe-/. nindoozhim NAD my parallel nephew or niece. Stem /-doozbim-/. 0 NIGHT dibikad vn be night. uc at io n NINE zhaangasinoon VII be nine of them. Stem /zhaangasin-/. zhaangasiwag VAi be nine of them. Stem /zhaangasi-/. zhaangaswi NU nine. zhaangaswi-dibai'igane vn be nine o'clock. NO PC no. Ed gaawiin NOON of naawakwe vn be noon. cu l ty NORTHERN LIGHTS waawaate vu be the Northern Lights. PC not yet. 0 ni v aazha PC now, then, already. noongom PC now. er NOW sit y gaa mashi Fa NOT NUMBER ad U dasinoon VII be a certain number of them. Stem /dasin-/. dasiwag VAi be a certain number of them. Stem /dasi-/. OH PC oh. oh my. he PC ke oonh oshta La OKAY ahaaw PC okay. ONE bezhig NU one. bezhigo vAI be alone, be one. bezhigo-dibai'igane vn be one o'oclock. bezhigwan VII be the only one, be one. 0 252 �ENGLISH -ANINAABEMOWIN GLOSSARY ONLY eta only. PC OTHER agaami-ziibi NI on the other side of the river, across the river. awasaya'ii PC beyond it, on the other side of it. OTHERSIDE PC on the other side of the lake, across the lake. PC outside. n agaaming at agwajiing io OUTSIDE Ed uc OWN dibendan vn own s.t. Stem /dibendam-/. PACK ty of biina'an VTA put s.t. inside (a container), pack s.t. Stem /biina'am-/. biina'o VTA put s.o. inside (a container), pack s.o. Stem /biina'w-/. PAIL akik NA pail. frying pan. pants. ad PARTNER niwiidigemaagan NA U PANTS giboodiyegwaazon er NI ni v PAN abwewin sit y ( paddle. NA Fa abwi cu l PADDLE my spouse, my partner. Stem /-wiidigemaagan-/. he NAD La ke PARTRIDGE bine NA partridge. PAST gii- L PV past tense. PEN ozhibii•iganaak NA pencil, pen. PENCIL ozhibii' iganaak NA pencil, pen. 253 �ENGLISH -ANISHINAABEMOWIN GLOSSARY PENINSULA neyaashiiwan v11 be a point of land, be a peninsula. 0 PEPPER wiisagad NI pepper. PERHAPS maagizhaa PC maybe, perhaps. someone, a person. io PR at awiiya n PERSON NI pillow. Ed apikweshimon uc PILLOW PIPE of opwaagan NA pipe. PLACE dish, plate. 0 sit y NI cu l Fa PLATE onaagan ty ashi VTA put s.o., place s.o. Stem /as-/. atoon VTI2 put s.t., place s.t. Stem /atoo-/. onjii VAi come from a certain place. PLAY ni v er odamino v AI play. POINT POND VII be a pond. he waanzhibiiyaa ad U neyaashiing PC point of land. neyaashiiwan vu be a point of land, be a peninsula. ke PORRIDGE NI porridge, rolled oats. La looloot PORTAGE gakiiwe onigam portage. portage. VAI NI POTATO opin NI potato. 0 254 �ENGLISH -ANINA ABEM OWIN GLOSSARY PROPERLY gwayak PC correct, properly. PUT ashi VTA put s.o., place s.o. Stem /as-/. atoon VTI2 put s.t., place s.t. Stem /atoo-/. biina'an VTA put s.t. inside (a container), pack s.t. Stem /biina'am-/. biina'o VTA put s.o. inside (a container), pack s.o. Stem /biina'w-/. QUIT rabbit. NA ni v er RAIN gimiwan vn rain, be raining. RAPIDS baawitig rapids, falls. NI he ad U REALLY debwe PC really, it's true. RIFLE NI rifle, gun. ke baashkizigan La RIGHT AWAY baabige PC right away. RIVER agaami-ziibi NI on the other side of the river, across the river. ziibi NI river. L ROCK minisaabik NI io of ty cu l RABBIT waabooz Fa ( very, quite. PC y QUITE aapiji stop, quite. PV sit booni- at Ed uc QUICKLY wewiib PC hurry, in a hurry, quickly. n QUESTION ina PC question marker [used in yes-no questions]. Also na. na PC question marker [used in yes-no questions]. Also ina. rocky island. 255 �ENGLISH - ANISHINAABEMOWIN GLOSSARY SALT zhiiwitaagan salt. NI 0 SAY ikido say. VAI SCARF giizhoopizon NA scarf. secretly. io PV at giimooji- n SECRETLY uc SEE Ed waabam VTA see s.o. waabandan vn see s.t. Stem /waabandam-/. Fa PR he, she, him, her [third person singular pronoun]. 0 y SHE wiin cu l ty niizhwaasinoon v11 be seven of them. Stem /niizhwaasin-/. niizhwaasiwag VAi be seven of them. Stem /niizhwaaswi-/. niizhwaaso-dibai'igane VII be seven o'clock. niizhwaaswi NU seven. of SEVEN NI shirt. er babagiwayaan sit SHIRT shoe. NI U makizin SHOOT PC along the shore. ke jiigew shoot s.o. Stem /baasbkizw-/. ad SHORE VTA he baashkizo ni v SHOE La SIBLING nindawemaa NAD sibling of opposite sex, brother or sister of opposite sex. Stem /-dawemaa-/. nishiime NAD my younger sibling, my younger brother or sister. Stem /-shiimey-/. SICK aakozi vAI be sick. aakoziiwimanji'o VAi feel sick. SIDE awasaya'ii 0 PC beyond it, on the other side of it. 256 �ENGLISH -ANINAABEMOWIN GLOSSARY SING nagamo v AI sing. ( SISTER nimisenh NAD my older sister, my older parallel female cousin. Stem /-misenh-/. nindawemaa NAD sibling of opposite sex, brother or sister of opposite sex. Stem /-dawemaa-/. nishiime NAD my younger sibling, my younger brother or sister. Stem /-shiimey-/. at SIT SIX cu l ty of ningodwaasinoon vu be six of them. Stem /ningodwaasio-/. ningodwaasiwag VAi be six of them. Stem /ningodwaasi-/. ningodwaaso-dibai'igane v11 be six o'clock. ningodwaaswi NU six. Ed uc namadabi vAI sit. SIXTY sixty. nitaa- PV y SKILLED be skilled at, be good at, do habitually, know how. sit ( PC Fa ningodwaasimidana ni v skunk. NA SLEEP sleep. PC slowly. ke SMALL he SLOW bekaa U VAi ad nibaa er SKUNK zhigaag VAi be small. VAi sneak up to attack. La agaashiinyi SNEAK mawine'ige SNOW zoogipon L v11 be snowing. SOCK azhigan NA io niinim NAD my sister-in-law (man speaking). Stem /-iinimw-/. nindaangwe NAD my sister-in-law (woman speaking). Stem /-daangwey-/. n SISTER-IN-LAW sock. 257 �ENGLISH -ANISHINAABEMOWIN GLOSSARY SOMEONE awiiya someone, a person. PR 0 SOMETHING gegoon PR something, a thing. SON ningozis NAD my son. Stem /-gozis-/. n SOON at io wiiba PC hurry, soon, early. SPEAK Ed uc waabishkiiwemo VAI speak English. See also zbaaganaashiimo. zhaaganaashiimo v AI speak English. See also waabishkiiwemo. SPOON ty of emikwaan NA spoon. emikwaanens NA teaspoon. NAD my spouse, my partner. Stem /-wiidigemaagan-/. Fa niwiidigemaagan cu l SPOUSE STAND niibawi stand. 0 sit y VAi STAR star. NA er anang ni v START STILL still, yet. La STOP PC ke geyaabi he ad U ani- PV motion away from, start to. maadanokii VAi start to work. maajii- PV start, begin, start off. booni- PV stop, quite. STORY aadizooke VAi tell a legend, tell a traditional story. aadizookewin NI legend, traditional story. dibaajimo VAi tell a story. dibaajimowin NI story. 258 0 �ENGLISH -ANINAABEMOWIN GLOSSARY STOVE gizhaabikizigan NA stove. SUGAR ziinzibaakwad NI sugar. SUN n giizis NA sun, moon, month. mooka'am v11 sun comes up. io SUNNY uc at waaseyaa VII be bright out, be sunny. zaagaate v11 be a sunny day, be shiny out. Ed SUNSET bangishimon v11 be sunset. swamp. NI ty mashkiig of SWAMP SWEETHEART niinimoshenh NAO my sweetheart, my cross-cousin of opposite sex. Stem /-iinimoshenh-/. NI table. ni v TABLE adoopowin er sit y ( Fa cu l SWEATER giishkijiiwayaan NI sweater. See also nasweta. nasweta NI sweater. See also giishkijiiwayaan. TAKE CARE he TASTE ad U ganawendan VTI take care of s.t. Stem /ganawendam-/. ganawenim VTA take care of s.o. La ke minopo VTA like the taste of s.t. animate, s.o. Stem /minopw-/. minopodan VTI like the taste of s.t. Stem /minopodam-/. TEA nitii NI tea. TEAKETTLE nitiiwakik NA teakettle. L TEASPOON emikwaanens NA teaspoon. 259 �ENGLISH - ANISHINAABEMOWIN GLOSSARY TELL aadizooke VAi tell a legend, tell a traditional story. dibaajimo VAi tell a story. wiindamaw VTA tell s.o. 0 TEN io n midaasinoon vu be ten of them. Stem /midaasin-/. midaasiwag vAI be ten of them. Stem /midaasi-/. midaaso-dibai'igane vn be ten o'clock. midaaswi NU ten. canvas tent. uc NI Ed babagiwayaanegamig wiigiwaam NI tent. at TENT of THANKYOU miigwech PC thank you. Fa cu l ty THAT a'a PR that [animate singular demonstrative]. See also awe. awe PR that [animate singular demonstrative]. See also a'a. awedi PR that over there [animate singular demonstrative]. Also wedi. iwedi PR that (inanimate) over there. Also i'iwedi, wedi. 0 y THEM er sit gewiinawaa PR they too, them too [third person plural pronoun]. wiinawaa PR they, them [third person plural pronoun]. aazha PC ni v THEN now, then, already. U THERE ke he ad awedi PR that over there [animate singular demonstrative]. Also wedi. i'imaa PC there. Also imaa. iwidi PC over there. wedi PC there. La THEY gewiinawaa PR they too, them too [third person plural pronoun]. wiinawaa PR they, them [third person plural pronoun]. THING gegoon PR something, a thing. THINK maaminonendan vnl think about s.t. Stem /maaminonendam-/. maaminonenim VTA think about s.o. 260 0 �ENGLIS H - ANINAA BEMOW IN GLOSSA RY THIRTY nisimidana TIDS owedi PR PC thirty. this over here [inanimate singular demonstrative]. Also wedi. io n THREE nisinoon VII be three of them. Stem /nisin-/. nisiwag VAi be three of them. Stem /nisi-/. niso-dibai' igane v11 be three o'clock. niswi NU three. at THUNDER Ed uc animikiika a v11 be thundering . TIME TODAY noongom gaa-giizhigak v11 today. TOMORR OW awasiwaab ang PC day after tomorrow. waabang PC tomorrow. er sit y ( Fa cu l ty of daso-diba'i gane VII be a certain time of the day. dibai'igane v11 be a time of the day [with combining form of number]. endaso-dib a' igane= vn be a certain time of the day. Initial Change of daso-diba'igane. weshkad PC a long time ago. ke he ad U ni v TOO gegiin PR you too [second person singular pronoun]. gegiinawaa PR you too [second person plural pronoun]. gegiinawin d PR we too [first person plural inclusive pronoun]. geniin PR me too [first person singular pronoun]. geniinawin d PR we too [first person plural exclusive pronoun]. gewiin PR him too, her too [third person singular pronoun]. gewiinawa a PR they too, them too [third person plural pronoun]. La TOOMUC H onzaam PC too much, excessive. TOP wagijiya'ii L PC on top of it. TOWARD bi- PV in this direction, towards, to here. 261 �ENGLISH - ANISHINAABEMOWIN GLOSSARY TRAP wanii'igan trap. NI 0 TREASURE zaagitoon vn2 love s.t., treasure s.t. Stem /zaagitoo-/. TRUE debwe PC really, it's true. n TRY at io gagwe- PV try. TURTLE turtle. uc NA Ed miskwaadesi TWELVE of midaaso ashi niizho-dibai'igane vn be twelve o'clock. TWENTY ty twenty. NU 0 UNABLE PV unable to, fail to. ni v giinawi- UNCLE my parallel uncle, my father's brother. Stem /-mishoomey-/. ad NAD U nimishoome UNDER PC under it. under it. he anaamiya'ii zhiibaaya'ii er sit y Fa TWO niizhin NU two. niizhinoon VII be two of them. Stem /niizhin-/. niizhiwag VAi be two of them. Stem /niizhi-/. niizho--dibai'igane v11 be two o'clock. cu l niishtana ke PC La UNDERSTAND nisidotan VTI understand s.t. Stem /nisidotam-/. UNPLEASANT maazhi-giizhigad v11 be bad weather, be an unpleasant day. VERY aapiji gichi- PC PV very, quite. big, very. 0 262 �ENGLISH -ANINA ABEM OWIN GLOSSARY VISIBLE made- PV visible (in the distance). VOLUNTATIVE waa- PV want [voluntative prefix]. Initial Change ofwii. wii- PV want [voluntative prefix]. WANT at io n andawendan vn need s.t., want s.t. Stem /andawendam-/. andawenim VTA need s.o., want s.o. waa- PV want [voluntative prefix]. Initial Change ofwii. wii- PV want [voluntative prefix]. NI water. WE ty of gegiinawind PR we too [first person plural inclusive pronoun]. geniinawind PR we too [first person plural exclusive pronoun]. giinawind PR we [first person plural inclusive pronoun] . niinawind PR we [first person plural exclusive pronoun]. Ed nibi I uc WATER .. cu l Fa WEATHER ezhiweba= vn be a certain kind of weather, happen. Initial Change ofizhiwebad. izhiwebad vu be a certain kind of weather, happen. maazhi-giizhigad vu be bad weather, be an unpleasant day. sit y C .f ..,. . - . ..... , er WHAT U ni v aan PC how, in what manner, why, what. See also aaniin, aaniish. aaniin PC how, in what manner, why, what. See also aan, aaniish. aaniish PC how, in what manner, why, what. See also aaniin, aan. wegonen PR what. ad WHEN ke he aaniinpii PC when? Also aanapii apii PC when. WHERE where. La aandi PC WHILE baanimaa PC after a while. megwaa PC while, during. naanaage PC in a while. L WHITE PERSON waabishkiiwe NA white person. See also zhaaganaash. 263 ,, . 1 ,f �ENGLISH - ANISHINAABEMOWIN GLOSSARY ·~ - ~~iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii;;;;;;.;;;;;iiiiiiiiiiiiiii~~~~~iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii zhaaganaash white person. See also waabishkiiwe. NA WIDTE WOMAN waabishkiiwekwe zhaaganaashiikwe WHO awenen PR NA NA 0 white woman. See also zhaaganaashiikwe. white woman. See also waabishkiiwekwe. who. WIN bakinaage win, beat in a competition. VII io of ty cu l NJ window. be windy. 0 wolf. ni v NA er WOLF ma'iingan sit y WINDY noodin in the wilderness. Fa WINDOW waasechigan at uc PC Ed WILDERNESS bagwajiya'iing VAJ n WHY aan PC how, in what manner, why, what. See also aaniin, aaniish. aaniin PC how, in what manner, why, what. See also aan, aaniish. aaniish PC how, in what manner, why, what. See also aaniin, aan. he ad U WOMAN anishinaabekwe NA native woman. ikwe NA woman. naajikwewe vAl go after women. waabishkiiwekwe NA white woman. See also zhaaganaashiikwe. zhaaganaashiikwe NA white woman. See also waabishkiiwekwe. La ke WORK anokii vAJ work. maadanokii VAi start to work. WORRY migoshkaadendan vn be worried about s.t. Stem /migoshkaadendam-/. WRITE ozhibii'ige VAi write. 0 264 �ENGLISH -ANINA ABEMO WIN GLOSSARY YES eya PC yes. YESTERDAY ~ I .. ..... awasinaago PC day before yesterday. bijiinaago PC yesterday. r .. , • • I • ,, , I fl f YET ·'. n gaa mashi PC not yet. geyaabi PC still, yet. mashi PC yet. .... io . ' ' • •• f j at / , : l 1' G.C . ., ... Fa cu l ty of Ed gegiin PR you too [second person singular pronoun]. gegiinawaa PR you too [second person plural pronoun]. giin PR you. giinawaa PR you [second person plural pronoun]. giinitam PR you first, you next [second person singular pronoun]. I uc YOU ' •• ;' ; •J he ad U ni v er sit y C La ke .:: . ,. -. , L 265 � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Anishinaabemowik - Indigenous Languages Program Historical Documents Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Faculty of Education, Native Language Instructors Program Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Introductory Ojibwe Parts One and Two in Anishinaabemowin (Western Ojibwe) Subject The topic of the resource Universities Description An account of the resource The Native Language Instructors Program, Faculty of Education, Lakehead University. Text for Introductory Ojibwe (Western Dialect) course. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Native Language Instructor Program, Faculty of Education, Lakehead University Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2001-07-01 Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource Faculty of Education, Lakehead University. The print version of this text and accompanying audio files are available at Lakehead University Libraries (Chancellor Paterson and Education Libraries) library.lakeheadu.ca This text has been scanned as part of the Anishinaabemowik - Indigenous Languages Program Historical Documents Digitization Project, Faculty of Education, Education Library (Thunder Bay Campus), Lakehead University. This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercialNoDerivatives 4.0 International License. To view a copy of this license, visit https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Please contact the Faculty of Education, Office of the Dean, Lakehead University, Thunder Bay, Ontario Canada for additional information or permissions. 807-343-8010 (ext. 8520) Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource PDF Language A language of the resource English Type The nature or genre of the resource text Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Faculty of Education, Lakehead University https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/e3c61b41a70507fde9996cd617f8254c.pdf 5c6ea3ce1c186fe3f505a7f6cb70f3e2 PDF Text Text January 2012 Newsletter Message from the NLIP Coordinator Bruce K. Beardy Booshoo, Waachiye, Aniin to all of you. Welcome to the latest issue of the NLIP newsletter. We are doing our best to offer two issues of the NLIP newsletter annually that will be submitted to you, NLIP students, electronically. In each issue, you will find information pertaining to Native Languages and Native Language Education. Feel free to pass it on to others. The past 2011 NLIP Summer School was a success and it was great to see many people achieve their goals. In the fall of 2011, I have been busy attending conferences and doing some research for Native Languages Immersion programming. I participated in an Indigenous Languages Institute symposium entitled "Immersion for all Environments" in Albuquerque, NM. It was a two day conference discussing the Native language immersion programs and its successes across Canada and the United States. A lot of networking resulted from this gathering. I also had an opportunity to visit an Immersion school in the state of Arizona while I was in the area. The Tse'hootsooi Dine' Bi'olta' is a Navajo immersion school located in Fort Defiance, Arizona. I felt very welcomed by the administration and staff of the school. I observed in classrooms and briefly spoke to teaching staff. It was so wonderful to see and hear the children speak in their Native language and many of them wearing their traditional Navajo clothing. More recently, I visited the Niigaane Ojibwe Immersion School at Leech Lake Indian Reservation in Minnesota. This visit was to do some research and get an idea how the immersion school operates and its' function, the role of the teachers and the community. I also attended the "Circle of Light - Learning Together for Student Success" conference in Toronto. This is a First Nation, Metis and Inuit Education conference put on jointly by Aboriginal Affairs and Northern Development and Ministry of Education. Approximately 1000 participants attended this conference. While at this conference, the Chair of the Aboriginal Education Department and I met with Ontario College of Teachers representatives to discuss some of the issues NLIP students have told us about. It was a very positive and productive meeting and we hope this will alleviate some obstacles that you are facing. We will continue to work with OCT and resolve the issues that we experience. .....Continues on page 2 ' · 'Ii • { A 'IP". � _.,1 ........., �...continued from page 1 Lakehead University, Aboriginal Education Department also co­ hosted with the Ontario College of Teachers a "Conversation Circles to Support the Development of Additional Qualification Guidelines for Teaching First Nations Students". There were approximately 30 participants of Ojibwe and Oji-Cree speakers at this gathering. Out of this conversations, teaching immersion Native languages was a big topic. The Cree speakers held their own conversations in their territory with OCT. We are hoping to offer a course Teaching Native Language Immersion to our NLIP students for 2012 summer. This course will fall under the NLIP Summer Institute program and is designed for Native Language teachers who have completed the NLTC or the NASL Diploma programs. For more information, you can call me directly at 1-807-343-8003 or e­ mail: bbeardy@lakeheadu.ca. We feel it Is Important to remind people of the description of the Native Language Instructors' Program (NLIP), Its objectives and other programs. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5, 6. 7. 8. Description of the Program The Native Language Instructors' Program (NLIP) at Lakehead University is the only program in Ontario with a mandate from the Ontario College of Teachers to provide teacher certification in Algonquian languages. Established in 1984, the purpose of NLIP is to provide persons who are fluent in their native language with a recognized (in accordance with the Ministry of Education) means of teaching that language to their respective communities. In other words, NLIP serves largely as a school that educates students in a relatively standardized method of instruction, which is applied to traditional languages. By no means restrictive, NLIP provides a learning environment that respects, encompasses and promotes traditional teaching practices and beliefs. NLIP also provides courses to those persons who wish to become fluent in a particular language. Students for the Native Language Instructors' program apply from across Ontario and other regions; once accepted they have an opportunity to earn a teaching certificate or diploma. The program is offered in the month of July for three or four summers. The purpose of the Native Language Instructors' Program is to increase the number of Native language teachers through summer programs, which will prepare them to teach Native Languages as described in Ontario Ministry of Education regulations. The program provides the students the study of the structure of the Native language, pedagogical principles, methods and techniques for teaching Native Languages. Course requirements are met through a combination of courses and student teaching. the students will have understanding of the underlying structure of their language and will have developed literacy skills; the �udents will have a knowledge of methods and techniques for teaching Native As A Second Language; the students will have an understanding of practical pedagogical principles that will help them work within the context of the school, with administrators, teachers, students, and the community; the students will successfully complete a combination of observation and teaching experience; the students will have gained knowledge of the traditional teachings and values inherent in Native languages and culture; to maintain the survival of the Native language and culture; that the NLIP students have outlined for them the traits, skills and habits of a successful university student; that the NLIP students be trained in and measured by a single teaching formula and a common lesson planning and evaluation format; that NUP provide to its students the means to develop traits, skills and habits of a successful university !s'tlldent. Anishinaabemowin Gikino'amaadiiwigamig �Native Language Teacher's Certification A three summer program for the month of July; training in teaching Native as a second language to students whose first language is English. The Certification Program is designed for individuals who want to teach a Native Language as a second language in a primary or secondary school. It focuses on developing skills required for second language teaching. The curriculum is designed for students who enter the program with an Algonquian Language background. Admission to the NLTC Program Students will be admitted to the program provided that they meet both of the following: (a) Native language requirement of the course to which the candidate wishes to be admitted. i.e. for both NASL/NLTC - fluently speak a native language. (b) Lakehead University Admission Requirements. Requirements for Admission to Undergraduate Degree Programs (See Mature Student and Extraordinary Admissions in the Lakehead University on-line calendar at www.lakeheadu.ca). Components In order to qualify for the Transitional Certificate of Qualification and Registration through the Ontario College of Teachers (OCT), a student will be required to complete successfully each year all four half-courses of the following: 1. Algonquian Courses: Introduction to literacy in Native Language, Practice in reading and writing, curriculum materials and understanding of language structures. 2. Methodology Courses: Methods of second language teaching, planning, use of curriculum guidelines, classroom activities, evaluation, and materials production. 3. Pedagogy Courses: A survey of teacher ethics, classroom management skills, record keeping and planning. An examination of characteristics of children. Identification and solutions to common problems facing Native language teachers. An examination of bilingual education, strengths, weaknesses, problems, and opportunities. 4. Practicum: Students become familiar with Ministry of Education documents, plan for instruction, classroom observation and on-site teaching experiences in Native language classes with children aged five to sixteen. Students participate in workshops and assemblies that provide activities and resources for the classroom. Anishinaabemowin Gikino'amaadiiwigamig �- --- �-- ----�---- Native as a Second Language for Non-fluent Speakers NLTC student graduates wishing to enter the fourth year of the NASL diploma may do so providing that they complete all the NLIP requirements. NASL on-campus courses consists of: Algonquian 2233, Education 1354, and Education 1574. Education 1599 is a supervised fall and winter practicum, off-campus, in the fourth year of the Native Language Instructors' Program and is a required course to complete six prescribed assignments. Upon successful completion of the Fourth Year or NASL Program, student is awarded a Lakehead University Native as a Second Language Diploma and can attend the Lakehead University Convocation. Each summer, two Advanced Native Language and/or Linguistic courses are offered to students who have graduated from both NLTC and NASL programs wishing to extend their knowledge and do research in the area of their specialty as well as to any person similarly qualified. For 2012 NLIP Summer Session these courses are being offered: Native language 2711 Introduction to Native American linguistics A survey of the native languages of North America: present situation, historical relationships, sound systems, grammatical structures, geographic and social variation, writing systems and language maintenance. The basic principles of descriptive and historical linguistics will be introduced. Native language 3811 Special Topic I A half course on a selected topic. (Possibly an Immersion course.) The courses in this series are intended for students who wish to learn either Ojibwe or Cree, and are not normally intended for students already fluent in one of these languages. These Ojibwe and Cree courses are usually offered through-out the year including spring and summer and depending on the student enrollment. Some of these courses are cross listed with Indigenous Learning. Ojibwe as a Second Language Lakehead University offers introductory courses in two of the main dialect variants found in Ontario. Severn Ojibwe (sometimes also referred to as 'Oji-Cree,' and as Anihshininiimowin in the language itself) is the primary dialect spoken in much of Ontario north of the Berens River. It is frequently written using the traditional syllabic writing system; a wide variety of orthographic traditions, both alphabetic and syllabic, are used in Ojibwe dialects. Western Ojibwe refers to the dialects of Ojibwe spoken in communities from approximately Sault Ste. Marie in the east, along the north shore of Lake Superior, and through the Lake of the Woods area. Severn Ojibwe Courses include: Introduction to Severn Ojibwe Part I and Part II. Intermediate Ojibwe Advanced Ojibwe Western Ojibwe Courses include: Introduction to Western Ojibwe Part I and Part II. Cree as a Second Language Introduction to Cree Part I and Part II are normally offered through out the year but is dependent on the student enrollment. �The Native Language Minor Students at Lakehead University may obtain a Minor in Native Languages by taking an appropriate series of courses. NLIP Linguistic Community Residence A) The first is intended for fluent speakers of a Native language (usually Ojibwe or Cree). With the cooperation of the Lakehead University Residence and Conference Services, townhouses for NLIP students are set a side for the month of July each summer. The residence provides atmosphere conducive to serious study and encourages the use of the Native language to the greatest extent. Parents are responsible for children in the residence community and on campus. B) The second is intended for individuals who wish to learn a Native language, or to improve their fluency in a Native language. NLIP Residence Coordinator and Assistant are available to provide services day and evenings including weekends on­ site at the residence. An overall average of 60% is required in three courses chosen in consultation with the Coordinator, NLIP program. NLIP Elders Program There are two paths for obtaining the Native Language Minor. Program Requirements for Fluent Speakers The following sequence of courses is recommended for �tudents who are fluent in Ojibwe or Cree. 1) The equivalent of ONE full first year" ALGO" course. This requirement may be satisfied by taking ALGO 1212 and ALGO 1232 (Note: these courses are normally offered during the summer session only). 2) The equivalent of TWO full courses beyond the first year level. This may be met by taking a combination of"ALGO" courses and/or" NALA" courses. In consultation with the NLIP coordinator, special combinations of courses may be designed. Program Requirements for Second Language Learners and Non-Fluent Speakers The following sequence of courses is recommended for students who are learning Ojibwe or Cree. 1) The equivalent of ONE full first year"OJIB" or "CREE" course. This requirement is satisfied by taking OJIB 1013 or 1014 and OJIB 1015 or 1016 or Cree 1010 and Cree 1012. These courses are regularly offered during the fall and winter semesters, and may also be offered during the month of July. 2) The equivalent of TWO full courses beyond the first year level. This may be met by taking a combination of"OJIB" or"CREE" courses and/or appropriate "NALA" courses. In consultation with the NLIP coordinator, special combinations of courses may be designed. Elders provide counselling and general support to students regarding personal, social, guidance and cultural needs. On occasion, Elders are invited by the faculty lecturers and children's programs to share storytelling sessions and cultural knowledge and experiences to the classes. They conduct opening and closing prayers at assemblies and staff meetings, smudges, sweat lodge, and sunrise ceremonies. They maintain liaison and communication with the students, children's programs, faculty and staff. Elders are available during the day and in the evenings including weekends for the students. NLIP Student Support Workers The student support workers provide assistance and support to students in accessing University services: Aboriginal Services, Library, Learning Assistance Centre, Health Services, Financial Aid Office, etc. They also support students regarding personal, social and cultural needs. Maintain liaison and communication with the students, children's programs, faculty and staff and work with NLIP student council regarding goals and activities. They encourage students to participate in the planning and organization of activities, maintaining communication links, scheduling and advertising of events. Aboriginal Education Counsellor may be available on-site, three days per week to provide social, cultural and academic support to students during the summer programs. �Lakehead University Native Language Teacher's Certification (NLTC) July 3 - July 27, 2012 Native as a Second Language (NASL) Diploma July 9 - July 27, 2012 Institute Courses July 9 - July 27, 2012 Native Language 2 711 Introduction to Native American Linguistics A survey of the Native languages of North America: present situation, historical relationships, sound systems, grammatical structures, geographic and social variation, writing systems and language maintenance. The basic principles of descriptive and historical linguistics will be introduced. Native Language 3811 Special Topic I A half course on a selected topic. (Possibly an Immersion course.) Second Language Courses Ojibwe July 3 - July 19, 2012 Ojibwe 1013 Part I Introduction to basic Severn Ojibwe phonetics, grammar and conversation. July 23 - August 9, 2012 Ojibwe 1015 Part II Developmental of conversational skills and practice in writing. Cree July 3 - July 19, 2012 Cree 1010 Part I Introduction to basic Severn Ojibwe phonetics, grammar and conversation. July 23 - August 9, 2012 Cree 1012 Part II Developmental of conversational skills and practice in writing. �™� Ani$hinaabemowin-Teg Inc. Presents 0 March 28th to April 1, 2012 l<Gw�dln C�1tno ;md Convctntlon Centre Saull St•. M,uht, Mich,tffan R�lttrotlon f.1,&,,,dOo.odt,,.,•-­ Dotc_, IS 2'0111<: V$Ot m•oo .a«n ,,oo 1'!000 E-..:�• 0 00 �'l'o./11 This is a Drug and Alcohol Free Event Please Koop Conforoncc Aroa Smoke F roe $t-nd l'•1mitnt .end ff�••trJtton to 0t•tr-.iN- C tunJ fc:unc:t� •H.....,, S61, P o na 1"Ch� 011 POP IC.0 f•• ,�, lf7-64at morv lnformotlon phNISV vmoll Nortlna Osowomldc ot mortl1<1omlk@hotm"Gll.com or Jonis Fairbanks ot foirbonksj hotmoil.com or check out oor wetbsltv www.ateg.<<1 for ... 19th Annual Stablllzlng Indigenous Languages Symposium Thompson Rivers University, Kamloops, British Columbia, Canada, May 17-19, 2012 For more information contact Jack Miller at JamiUer@tru.ca Click here to see Tim on youtube: Tjm speaks Ojibwe[Tim ojibwemo http:/Jwww.tr:.u.ca/sils,'1tml �New Release Are you returning for NLIP 20 12 Summer School? If you were an NLTC (Year 1 , 2 and 3) student last summer, you may proceed to register on-line for the NLTC summer courses. Year 3 NLTC students who wish to do an additional year for year 4 or NASL Diploma program may also proceed to register on-line. Since many of you were able to register your courses on-line last year, this should be a little bit more easier. If you are unsure which courses you should register, please refer to your transcripts. The "ALGO" year 1 and 2 courses are a bit tricky as you will need to know which section of the ALGO course you took last year and must register the same section for second year students, i.e. for Cree speakers you took ALGO 1 21 2 AC and can register for ALGO 1 232 AC; for western Oji-Cree speakers; ALGO 1 21 2 AA for 1 232 AA; eastern Ojibwe speakers AB; and for western speakers AD. For returning first year NLTC students, ALGO 1 232 AA/AD sections of Western Ojibwe and Western Oji-Cree may be combined for the 201 2 Summer session as is the first year ALGO 1 21 2 AA/AD sections. All others, new first year NLTC applicants and Institute Courses applicants MUST apply through Lakehead ADMISSIONS office. If you require assistance or need more information, call Diane Maybee or Bruce K. Beardy at 1 -807-343-8542 or 1 -807-343-8003; E-mail: dma bee@lakeheadu.ca or bbeardy@lakeheadu.ca. Nenapohs Legends Memoir 2 Margaret Cote ISBN: 978-0-88977-219-9 Series: University of Regina Publications 25 Year: 2011 Pages: 1 1 2 Binding: Paperback $19.95 Seven traditional stories of the Saulteaux trickster. Nenapohs. In both Standard Roman Orthography and Syllabics, with English translation and a glossary of Saulteaux words. Shop on-line at WWW.CPRCPRESS.CA For returning NLTC students, using your Mylnfo (WebAdvisor) go to htt!UL howtoregister.lakeheadu.ca/ for registration instructions. PLEASE read and follow the instructions. If you are having a difficult time, call Diane or Bruce at the NLIP office. Bring your Lesson Plans The summer NLIP Practicum Planner is encouraging all returning NLTC students to bring their Lesson Plans that they used for their classes over the school year. Please review your lessons carefully and identify what worked best and how they can be improved. Bring all, if you have available, your worksheets, exemplars and rubrics that go with the lessons. With this idea, you will have all your resources to use for your practice teaching next summer. You will be required to teach a minimum of three practicums during the summer. For Ontario Ministry of Education Native Languages resources, visit the website at: hUp://www._edu_.gov.on.caLeng/ For Ontario College of Teachers, visit the website at: b_ttp;//�o_ct.ca/ � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Anishinaabemowik - Indigenous Languages Program Historical Documents Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Faculty of Education, Native Language Instructors Program Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Native Language Instructor's Program Newsletter January 2012 Subject The topic of the resource Universities Description An account of the resource Native Language Instructor Program, Faculty of Education, Lakehead University. This newsletter was sent to students (current and future), and faculty and staff. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Native Language Instructor Program Faculty of Education Lakehead University Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2012-01-01 Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource Faculty of Education, Lakehead University Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource PDF Language A language of the resource English Type The nature or genre of the resource Text https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/3e37d66ea2ef94f7247b2b9f29a8d1f2.pdf 0f119cb53f0e214bb5fdf701eef07ec8 PDF Text Text _.,, -Volume 5 Spring Issue March 2010 Greetings Everyone, I am so thrilled that at this coming spring convocation (May 2010) we shall see a record number of possibly 47 NASL Diploma graduates. Isn't this exciting news! I want to encourage each potential graduate to complete all assignments by April 1, 2010. Call our office or email Diane or myself if you need assistance. The registration forms for all years are coming in quite quickly now, so please send in yours if you have not. We still want to use paper registration so our office has access to number of students so we can decide how many classes we are going to schedule. You are able to start registering online now from home or work, if you required assistance phone me at 807-343-8003 or Diane at 807-3438542. To check the dates for the summer courses for 2010, see page 4. The N.L.I.P. faculty lecturers are returning and so are the elders, Ron and Gloria. If you would like to contribute any information to the next newsletter, email Diane at dmayee@lakeheadu.ca or call her. Gidaa miigwechiwendam ekashkitooyan chi anishinaabemoyan (Be thankful you can speak your Native Language) Kichi Miigwech, Charlotte Neckoway Native Language Instructors' Program Lakehead University, 955 Oliver Road Thunder Bay, ON P7B 5E1 IA Message from tbe Principal Good Day to all Teachers, Don't forget to bring your lessons and visual aids that you have already done in your classroom, for those that are not teaching to begin writing their lesson plans and making visual aids. July is coming around and before we know it we are all meeting and having to do what we do best; teaching and speaking our Native languages. Also please don't forget to start asking your students what are the main slang words/sayings. E.g. cool man, high five and so on. Write them out in your Native language and we will share them in our classes in July See you all there in July, Meegwetch, Florrie Inside this Issue: Message from your Coordinator and Principal 1 Upcoming Conferences 2 Recipes 3 2010 Spring and Summer Courses, Language books 4 Native Crafts-Hoop Drums and Arrowhead Necklace 5 Joke Page 6 �I C t! .!C Antshinnnbomowtn An ond Ortuno Anlsh1naobo�n Ro?Ourco Oovak>pmont Amshlnn.nbomowfn Storie� on<I Musk: AddJo ond Stop Oonce Nl!)hl Sc.holarthrp Award.sand Bnnquot OorfUc Storlighl. Puppor En1orto1nor Anrshloaat>omowfn BlllQO Fun Night P,ooorv;-iUon l1111L,ttvoG Ch11drnn's Activttlos Fonst ond Socml Cmlt WOfkahops Country and Wostom MurJc Youth WorkShops ones Evening Socials l:cJucnlkm and t loallh Work.a.hops Roolstor for tho Conforonco .:md hoar Anlshlnnabomowln for 4 doysl 0 (.) ·E- D) C 8a. :, The web site for the 17th Annual Stabilizing Indigenous Languages Sympo­ sium "Indigenous Languages Across the Generations - "Language and Place" to be held June 25-27, 2010 at University of Oregon - Eugene, Oregon, USA is now accessible at http://www.uoregon.edu/~nwili/SILS/SILS.html The 6th Giving the Gift of Language Symposium and Workshop on Native Lan­ guage Instruction and Acquisition held on April 17-19, 2010, is now accessi­ ble at http://www.nsilc.org/private/GTOL1.htm Native Language Instructors' Program Newsletter Page 2 �_... Cook me up a VeciPe! ........................................................................................•..••••..................................... ...._,, ' Ingredients Directions Calabacitas (Skillet Squash} 5 cubed small summer squash 1 diced large onion 2 roasted peeled green pep­ pers or 1 small can diced green pep­ pers 1 tablespoon shortening or oil 3/4 cup shredded longhorn cheese Saute onion in shortening or oil until soft. Add squash and stir until almost tender. Add peppers; simmer briefly. Sprinkle on cheese and stir until melted. From: Dove Yield: 5 servings 7. Drain and eat like hamburgers. Chicken and Ramps with Sweet Potatoes Ingredients 2 tbsp olive oil 2 tsp chopped fresh sage 2 tbsp Dijon mustard 2 tsp grated lemon rind 2 tsp chili powder 4 boneless, skinless, chicken breasts salt and freshly ground pepper 2 sweet potatoes cut into I inch cubes 4 ramps or 2 leeks, white and light green part only, sliced I cup chicken stock 2 tbsp balsamic vinegar Directions Preheat oven to 400F Combine I tbsp olive oil, sage, mustard, lemon rind, and chili. Reserve I tbsp of mixture, and brush the rest over the chicken breasts. Season with salt and pepper. Heat remaining I tbsp oil in a large oven proof skillet over medium heat. Add chicken breasts, and cook 2 minutes per side or until browned. Remove from skillet and toss in sweet pota­ toes. Saute for I minute, add ramps or leeks and saute for 2 minutes. Add stock, reserved mustard mixture and balsamic vinegar and bring to a boil. Reduce heat, return chicken breasts to skillet and place over vegetables. Cover skillet. Place in oven and bake for 15 to 20 minutes, or until chicken juices run clear. Slice chicken breasts and serve over vegetables. Drizzle over the pan liquid . •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Grilled: Lemon, Butter, \Vorcester­ shire Planked Salmon Ingredients 4 salmon 6-8 oz fillets, about I inch thick, skin-on I cedar plank, soaked under water for at least I hour Lemon-Pepper dry seasoning I /3 cup melted butter or margarine 1/3 cup fresh lemon juice I /3 cup Worcestershire sauce 24 drops Tabasco sauce Basting Sauce: Melt butter in a sauce pan on low heat, add lemon juice1 Worcestershire sauce, and Tabasco ana heat through. Seasoning: Sprinkle fillets on all sides with lemon­ pepper dry seasoning pressing the season- i�fo the nesh and place in the refrigerator for 30 minutes. Directions Preheat grill to medium low heat, about 350 degrees, place soaked plank on grill rack, close lid, and heat for 3 minutes. Using tongs, nip plank and place salmon skin side down on heated side of plank. Baste fillets with prepared sauce. Close lid and grill for 12-15 minutes until done and salmon is opaque in the center and nakes easily with a fork. Baste a few times with basting sauce during cooking. Remove plank and salmon from the grill and serve. Garnish with lemon wedges, and goes well with sides of broccoli and parsley boiled new potatoes. Page 3 •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• �Job hunting hmmmmmm? Maybe this can help........ Various teaching positions may be found online. Those who are looking for positions in language and for those who are interested in teaching in First Nations may want to check out the following link. www.jobsineducation.com or www.educationcanada.com Fantastic teaching resources incorporating Native language can be found at these sites: http://snow.utoronto.ca/index.php?option=com-content&task =v1ew&id=24&Itemid=33 http://www.native-languages.org/ojibwe_animals.htm http://www.nativetech.org/games/index.php Native Language Institute courses offered for summer term 2010 r------------------------------------------------· Institute courses for 2010 NL 2713 - Algonquian Linguistics NL 3813 - Special Topics II Native Language Teacher Certification (NLTC) 2010 July 5-30, 2010 lnstitute/Y ear 4 July 12-30, 2010 Ojibwe OJI 1013 Pan I July 5-22, 2010 OJI 1015 Part II July 26 - August 12, 2010 Cree Language Resources Intermediate Ojibwe Advance Ojibwe Introductory Ojibway (Severn) ISBN: 88800002873 Publisher: Lu Printer ISBN: 88800003687 Author: Beardy ISBN: 88800000826 Author: Beardy, Tom Price: $69.95 Price: $69.95 Price: $69.95 Cree Legends & Narratives From West Coat ISBN: 0887 5 51599 Author: Ellis, C. Douglas Price: $56.25 Ninootaan I can Hear It ISBN: 0921064144 Author: O'Meara Price: $34.95 Please visit the Lakehead Bookstore website for information about the books they have in stock, at http://bookstore.lakeheadu.ca Page 4 �_.. e Materials: Hoop Di-um • A round metal cookie tin • A can opener • Self-sticking shelf paper • Scissors, a pencil and ruler • A piece of leather large enough to fit over the top of the cookie tin • A knife • 2.5 meters (8 ft.) of leather lace Directions: Have an adult remove the bottom of the cookie tin with the can opener. f Cut a piece of shelf paper the same circumference and width as the tin. Peel of the backing and stick the paper on the tin. Trace a circle about 2.5 cm ( I -inch) bigger than the tin. Cut out the circle. Mark 12 evenly spaced dots around the edge of the rough side of the leather, about 2.5 cm (I -inch) in from the edge. Use the knife to carefully poke holes in the leather at these dots. Cut the leather lace into six equal pieces. Soak the laces and the leather circle in warm water for about 15 minutes, until they soften. Take the laces and leather out of the water and pat them dry. Thread a lace through one of the holes in the leather. Double knot the lace, leaving a length hanging. Place the cookie tin on the center of the leather on the rough side. Stretch the lace across the bot1om of the drnm and thread it up through the hole that is across from where the lace is tied. Pull it tight and double knot it. Thread and tie the next three laces the same way, pulling the leather tight but being careful not to tear it. As you pull the last two laces across the bottom of the drum, wrap them around the other laces where they cross in the center. Tie the laces tightly. Set the drum in a wann place to dry for a few days. As the leather dries, it will shrink and tighten. •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• An-owheac\ Necklace Use actual stone arrowheads to make a Native American necklace. You need: • • • Stone Arrowhead 30" Suede Cord Pony Beads Instructions: Wrap a 30" piece of suede around the arrowhead cross crossing as shown in the photo. Tie in the back. Push both ends of the cord through a pony bead. You'll need to cut the ends to a point to get them to fit through. Push the bead down to the arrowhead. Slide three more pony beads on each side. Tie ends together. Trim. Page 5 �COLD\\ INTER! The Blackfeet asked their Chief in autumn, if the winter was going to be cold or not. Not really knowing the an­ swer, the chief replies that the winter was going to be cold and that the members of the village were to collect wood to be prepared. Being a good leader, he then went to the nearest phone booth and called the National Weather Service and asked, "Is this winter to be cold?" The man on the phone responded, "This winter was going to be quite cold indeed." So the Chief went back to speed up his people to collect even more wood to be prepared. A week later he called the National Weather Service again, "Is it going to be a very cold winter?" "Yes," the man re­ plied, "its going to be a very cold winter." So the Chief goes back to his people and orders them to go and find every scrap of wood they can find. Two weeks later he calls the National Weather Service again and asks "Are you absolutely sure, that the winter is going to be very cold?" "Absolutely" the man replies, "the Blackfeet are collecting wood like crazy!" Dry Bones STRANGE WHITE I/EN TN AN./Y CLOTHES Pl.ANTING CROPS?! TIE ARST THAM<SGMNG "Youj11.�t sl,o,v 11p here i/legt1f�r t111d expect m to tell you 11bo11t com?" DON BURNSTICK JOKES YOU MIGHT BE A REDSKIN IF YOU> you have blankets for curtains ... your dogs look like their going on a hunger strike... you have more than 5 cars and only one of them works ... and that's only in the summer, because in the winter, its too cold for II to start up you use ketchup and water to fill your bingo dabber... you use a close hanger for a car antenna... your cars only alarm is the sound of it opening up a mile away and the hunger struck dog inside.... you can fit 16 Indians in a ford pickup or a Honda... you go swimming in your underwear .. . you go to AA meetings just for coffee... you hide your money in your sock, don't hide it in your bra, it'll be found anyway you go to KFC to celebrate thanksgiving you use your sons hockey bag for a bingo bag you bank at the money mart you ever skinned road kill.... "oh look at that deer...oh.... uh ... we'll come back when its dark you ever shot a deer or a moose inside your house "hey .... what is that... ... honey, bring me my .22!!!" the most confusing day in your community is fathers day ... you can properly execute the red river gig with rubber boots on .... if you carry a five gallon jug and a cut up garden hose in the trunk of your car... if you try to make dry meat out of baloney... if your pocket knife has ever been display as "exhibit A your honor" you use your probation officer as a reference... if your screen door has no screen on it... if people can hear your car long before they can see it... you been kicked out of several rehab centers for snagging... you met your current spouse in a AA rehab... your toolbox consists of duck tape and a butter knife... Page 6 � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Anishinaabemowik - Indigenous Languages Program Historical Documents Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Faculty of Education, Native Language Instructors Program Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Native Language Instructor's Program Newsletter Vol 5 (Spring Issue) March 2010 Subject The topic of the resource Universities Description An account of the resource Native Language Instructor Program Faculty of Education Lakehead University Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Native Language Instructor Program Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2009-03-01 Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource Faculty of Education, Lakehead University Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource PDF Language A language of the resource English Type The nature or genre of the resource Text https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/ca2bcd66767a1ce16f18208ea0513f1c.pdf 87ad867402422a245bf621df5d9218fd PDF Text Text ..:, Volume 4 Fall Issue September 2009 Native Language Instructors' Program News Boozhoo Well folks! Another summer has come and gone. What a busy summer it was and enjoyable. I trust that everyone is off to a great start for the school year. I have full confidence that you will do AWE­ SOME in whatever it is you set to do this year at work, community and home. Be sure to apply what you have learn this summer and BE SUCCESSFUL. --=�����=---E l! ea. Cl l! A u 0 •- 2 • C Cl Cl :::, Cl C !I •z ·-i This year planning for the 25th NLTC celebration was worth it. The events of the day on July 10th were successful. Kichi Miigwech to Helen Roy for her wonderful Ojibwe tunes and John Fletcher and friends who had us square dancing. Miigwech to the guys who carried the boxes into the ATAC building and got the giveaways organized on the table and my Miigwech goes out to the faculty lecturers who facili­ lated the workshops and to everyone else who was involved. Kichi Miigwech to the student support workers, student council representatives, associate teachers, fac­ ulty and to all who contributed to the graduation dinner and dance fundraising. This year was the most we've fundraised for the event and we have some money remaining to make a deposit for the NLIP 2010 hall rental. BRAVO!!! In closing, I want to acknowledge my honouring ceremony at the graduation dinner. It was a surprise and it's been my pleasure working for NLIP and to have worked with/for the staff/faculty and students. God bless you as you endeavor to save the Native Languages and may our paths cross someday. Again I ask if you would like to contribute any teaching ideas, resources or a lesson plan, even your fa­ vorite recipe(s) or NLIP memory, upcoming conferences that you are aware of, Please send them to the NLIP office via postal service or email to dmaybee@lakeheadu.ca. Sincerely, Charlotte Neckoway, Coordinator, NLIP IA Message from the Principal It has been awesome and rewarding for the Faulty to see students and our children graduate from NLIP. It was so beautiful to see many students stay behind to receive their certificates. I have asked the Year 1 students to listen and write down five expressions example: what'z up, cool, right on, high five, as if , etc that they hear from students in school or in their community. Write down the expression in English and translate in the Native Language. When they return to Lakehead University, we will write them and have a discussion about the expressions. I would like the Year 2 students to do the same. I will do the same here in my school and community . Students that are not employed with the school and want to do their 20 hours, please contact the school and show them the paper of your 20 hour contact days. The copy of the 20 hour contact days are in the blue student handbook. Students that may have any questions may contact me through my work email: florrie.sutherland@clfn.on.ca Have a wonderful summer and winter. I had a wonderful time teaching the students. Taking one step at a time in my grieving of my Dad and I thank everyone for their support in my time of need. Kitchi Meegwetch, Florrie Sutherland Inside this issue: Message from the NLIP Coordinator and Principal 1 NLIP's gratitude to the organizations that contributed to the 25th celebration 2 Recipes 3 Job Hunting?, 2010 Summer Courses, Language books 4 Native Crafts-Pinch Pots and Clay Beads 5 Joke Page/2009 NLIP Photos and Class Photos 6/7 �The Native Language Instructors' Program would like to thank the following organizations for their generous contributions to the 25th Year Celebration. I. Northern Nishnawbe Education Council 2. Matawa 3. Aboriginal Culture Support Services 4. LUNSA-Lakehead University Native Student Association 5. Alumni Board of Directors 6. Seven Generations 7. Aboriginal Initiatives 8. Anishnabek Employment and Training Services Kichi Mligwech Native �J ,.. Cook me up a VeciPe! � ........•...•........................ .........••........•.......•.•••••••.•.••...•.•••..•••.•••••.....•....•••....••....•........•.. Ingredients - 1 Can Chickpeas -­ - 1 drained Cup Bulgur -- soaked for mmutes 2Medium Onion -- finely chopped - 4 Cloves Garlic -- finely chopped 1/4 Cup Cilantro -- finely chopped - 1 Teaspoon Baking Pow­ der - 1 Teaspoon Baking Soda 1/2 Teaspoon Cumin 1/2 Teaspoon Allspice 1 Pinch Cayenne - Salt And Pepper -- to taste 1 Cup Flour s 14 Minute Maple Fudge Directions Ingredients 1.Starting cold, cook maple syrup, cream and butter together at a gentle boil for 9 minutes after boiling point is reached. - 4 cups maple syrup - 1 cup whipping cream - 1/4 cup butter - 1 cup chopped nut meats - 1 tsp lemon extract Directions 1.Place all ingredients but flour and oil in food processor. 2. Blend until thoroughly ground. 3. Transfer to mixing bowl. 4. Add flour and mix well. 5. Form into walnut sized balls then flatten into patties about 1/4 inch thick. 6.Heat oil in frying pan, fry patties until they turn a golden brown on both sides about 10 minutes per side. 2. Remove from heat, add nut meats and lemon, stir vigorously with wooden spoon for 5 minutes. 3. Pour into buttered pans. 4. When cool cut in squares . •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Wajapi Directions Ingredients - 1 Bag (5 ib) frozen berries 8 cups of Water 2 cups of Sugar - Cornstarch 1. To a 5 quart pot add all the berries and smash them use a food processor. Stop short of puree, you want fine pieces throughout. 2. Add the water and sugar. Boil this mixture lightly until everything is cooked. (Approximately 15 to 20 mins) Thicken to desired thickness with corn­ starch that has been dissolved in cold water. Serve warm and eat with lndian Fry Bread. P!ige 3 •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• �Job hunting hmmmmmm? Maybe this can help ...... .. Various teaching positions may be found online. Those who are looking for positions in language and for those who are interested in teaching in First Na­ tions may want to check out the following link. www.jobsineducation.com or www.educationcanada.com Fantastic teaching resources incorporating Native language can be found at these sites: http://www.native-languages.org/ http://www.knet.ca/dictionary.html http://www.onionlake.ca/Language-Keepers/Introduction /Introduction.html Native Language courses offered for summer term 2010 Institute courses for 2010 NL 3813 Special Topics II NL 2713 Algonquin Linguistics Native Language Teacher Certification (NLTC)- 2010 July5 -30, 2010 Institute/Year 4 - 2010 July 12- 30, 2010 Ojibwe OJI 1013 Part I July 5 - 22, 2010 OJI 1015 Part ll July26-August 13,2010 Cree CR 1010 Part I July S - 22,2010 Language Resources Explore Ojibwe ISBN: 88800000540 Author: White, Lena Price: $11.45 Cree Legends & Narratives From West Coat ISBN: 0887551599 Author: Ellis, C. Douglas Moons of Winter & Other Stories Concise Dictionary Of Minne­ sota Ojibwe ISBN: 08 I 6624283 0816624283 Author: Nichols, John ISBN: 88800005789 Author: Quill,Norman l __ 1 Price: $7 .50 Ninootaan I can Hear It ISBN: 0921064144 Author: O'Meara Price: $34.95 Price: $56.25 Please visit the Lakehead Bookstore website for information about the books theyhave in stock,at http://bookstore.lakeheadu.ca Page4 �Pinch Pots Materials: • self-drying clay (no firing or baking needed) • a small container of water for each students • butcher paper to cover tables • damp paper towels for each students • assorted shells, sticks, stones, etc., for etching designs in the pots. Directions: 1. Take a small handful of clay and shape into a round ball. 2. While holding the ball in the palm of one hand, take the thumb of the other hand and make an indentation in the center of the ball. Keep turning the ball of clay and pressing down with the thumb to within 1/2 inch of the bottom. 3. When the pot is the desired depth, rotate while pinching the sides with the thumb (inside} and fingers (outside). 4. Work from the bottom up until you have achieved the desired shape. As the clay dries it may begin to crack. Keep dipping your fingers in the small container of water and wipe the surface of the pot frequently with damp pa­ per towels. 5. When the pot is finished, used small objects that would normally be found in nature, to etch designs in the pot. Make sure each students etches their initials in the bottom. 6. Allow several days to completely dry. Caution: These pots will break if not treated gently and they are not water resistant. •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Clay Beads Materials: • Clay • Paint • Yarn Directions: I. Make many sizes and shapes of beads. 2. Use a toothpick or straw to make a whole in the bead for stringing. 3. Paint them, and use yam or string to make fashionable jewelry. Page 5 �An eccentric philosophy professor gave a one question final exam after a semester dealing with a broad array of top­ ics. \. 'l \ The class was already seated and ready to go when the pro­ fessor picked up his chair, plopped it on his desk and wrote on the board: "Using everything we have learned this semes­ ter, prove that this chair does not exist." Fingers flew, erasers erased, notebooks were filled in furious fashion. Some students wrote over 30 pages in one hour at­ tempting to refute the existence of the chair. One member of the class however, was up and finished in less than a minute. Weeks later when the grades were posted, the rest of the group wondered how he could have gotten an A when he had barely written anything at all. His answer consisted of two words: "What chair?" www.ebaumsworld.com/j okes/read/5 195 You might be a Redskin lfyou know how to filet bologna www.donburnstick.com 'to) E,<� � l 7 r / I (. :t' y I II\ \l,, (0-. .tr'o -=- (o,. + =� ({>\ '1 "' ') b}V) \:, � L vi 'b ') e,,k_ ..... You might be a Redskin ... If you use your son's hockey bag for a bingo bag www.donburnstick.com 2009 Summer Photos Page 6 �Year One Year Three Year Two Year Four Institute Page 7 � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Anishinaabemowik - Indigenous Languages Program Historical Documents Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Faculty of Education, Native Language Instructors Program Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Native Language Instructor's Program Newsletter Vol 4 Fall Issue September 2009 Subject The topic of the resource Universities Description An account of the resource The Native Language Instructor Program, Faculty of Education, Lakehead University. This newsletter was sent to students (current and future), and faculty and staff. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Native Language Instructor Program Faculty of Education Lakehead University Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2009-09-01 Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource Faculty of Education, Lakehead University Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource PDF Language A language of the resource English Type The nature or genre of the resource Text